24089 files changed, 1546117 insertions, 755351 deletions

diff --git a/.clang-format b/.clang-format
index 1d5da22e0ba5..f3923a1f9858 100644
--- a/.clang-format
+++ b/.clang-format
@@ -72,8 +72,14 @@ ForEachMacros:
   - 'apei_estatus_for_each_section'
   - 'ata_for_each_dev'
   - 'ata_for_each_link'
+  - '__ata_qc_for_each'
+  - 'ata_qc_for_each'
+  - 'ata_qc_for_each_raw'
+  - 'ata_qc_for_each_with_internal'
   - 'ax25_for_each'
   - 'ax25_uid_for_each'
+  - '__bio_for_each_bvec'
+  - 'bio_for_each_bvec'
   - 'bio_for_each_integrity_vec'
   - '__bio_for_each_segment'
   - 'bio_for_each_segment'
@@ -85,6 +91,7 @@ ForEachMacros:
   - 'blk_queue_for_each_rl'
   - 'bond_for_each_slave'
   - 'bond_for_each_slave_rcu'
+  - 'bpf_for_each_spilled_reg'
   - 'btree_for_each_safe128'
   - 'btree_for_each_safe32'
   - 'btree_for_each_safe64'
@@ -103,6 +110,8 @@ ForEachMacros:
   - 'drm_atomic_crtc_for_each_plane'
   - 'drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane'
   - 'drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane_state'
+  - 'drm_atomic_for_each_plane_damage'
+  - 'drm_connector_for_each_possible_encoder'
   - 'drm_for_each_connector_iter'
   - 'drm_for_each_crtc'
   - 'drm_for_each_encoder'
@@ -111,21 +120,33 @@ ForEachMacros:
   - 'drm_for_each_legacy_plane'
   - 'drm_for_each_plane'
   - 'drm_for_each_plane_mask'
+  - 'drm_for_each_privobj'
   - 'drm_mm_for_each_hole'
   - 'drm_mm_for_each_node'
   - 'drm_mm_for_each_node_in_range'
   - 'drm_mm_for_each_node_safe'
+  - 'flow_action_for_each'
   - 'for_each_active_drhd_unit'
   - 'for_each_active_iommu'
   - 'for_each_available_child_of_node'
   - 'for_each_bio'
   - 'for_each_board_func_rsrc'
   - 'for_each_bvec'
+  - 'for_each_card_components'
+  - 'for_each_card_links'
+  - 'for_each_card_links_safe'
+  - 'for_each_card_prelinks'
+  - 'for_each_card_rtds'
+  - 'for_each_card_rtds_safe'
+  - 'for_each_cgroup_storage_type'
   - 'for_each_child_of_node'
   - 'for_each_clear_bit'
   - 'for_each_clear_bit_from'
   - 'for_each_cmsghdr'
   - 'for_each_compatible_node'
+  - 'for_each_component_dais'
+  - 'for_each_component_dais_safe'
+  - 'for_each_comp_order'
   - 'for_each_console'
   - 'for_each_cpu'
   - 'for_each_cpu_and'
@@ -133,10 +154,17 @@ ForEachMacros:
   - 'for_each_cpu_wrap'
   - 'for_each_dev_addr'
   - 'for_each_dma_cap_mask'
+  - 'for_each_dpcm_be'
+  - 'for_each_dpcm_be_rollback'
+  - 'for_each_dpcm_be_safe'
+  - 'for_each_dpcm_fe'
   - 'for_each_drhd_unit'
   - 'for_each_dss_dev'
   - 'for_each_efi_memory_desc'
   - 'for_each_efi_memory_desc_in_map'
+  - 'for_each_element'
+  - 'for_each_element_extid'
+  - 'for_each_element_id'
   - 'for_each_endpoint_of_node'
   - 'for_each_evictable_lru'
   - 'for_each_fib6_node_rt_rcu'
@@ -149,6 +177,7 @@ ForEachMacros:
   - 'for_each_iommu'
   - 'for_each_ip_tunnel_rcu'
   - 'for_each_irq_nr'
+  - 'for_each_link_codecs'
   - 'for_each_lru'
   - 'for_each_matching_node'
   - 'for_each_matching_node_and_match'
@@ -160,6 +189,7 @@ ForEachMacros:
   - 'for_each_mem_range_rev'
   - 'for_each_migratetype_order'
   - 'for_each_msi_entry'
+  - 'for_each_msi_entry_safe'
   - 'for_each_net'
   - 'for_each_netdev'
   - 'for_each_netdev_continue'
@@ -172,6 +202,7 @@ ForEachMacros:
   - 'for_each_net_rcu'
   - 'for_each_new_connector_in_state'
   - 'for_each_new_crtc_in_state'
+  - 'for_each_new_mst_mgr_in_state'
   - 'for_each_new_plane_in_state'
   - 'for_each_new_private_obj_in_state'
   - 'for_each_node'
@@ -183,12 +214,16 @@ ForEachMacros:
   - 'for_each_node_with_property'
   - 'for_each_of_allnodes'
   - 'for_each_of_allnodes_from'
+  - 'for_each_of_cpu_node'
   - 'for_each_of_pci_range'
   - 'for_each_old_connector_in_state'
   - 'for_each_old_crtc_in_state'
+  - 'for_each_old_mst_mgr_in_state'
   - 'for_each_oldnew_connector_in_state'
   - 'for_each_oldnew_crtc_in_state'
+  - 'for_each_oldnew_mst_mgr_in_state'
   - 'for_each_oldnew_plane_in_state'
+  - 'for_each_oldnew_plane_in_state_reverse'
   - 'for_each_oldnew_private_obj_in_state'
   - 'for_each_old_plane_in_state'
   - 'for_each_old_private_obj_in_state'
@@ -206,14 +241,21 @@ ForEachMacros:
   - 'for_each_process'
   - 'for_each_process_thread'
   - 'for_each_property_of_node'
+  - 'for_each_registered_fb'
   - 'for_each_reserved_mem_region'
-  - 'for_each_resv_unavail_range'
+  - 'for_each_rtd_codec_dai'
+  - 'for_each_rtd_codec_dai_rollback'
   - 'for_each_rtdcom'
   - 'for_each_rtdcom_safe'
   - 'for_each_set_bit'
   - 'for_each_set_bit_from'
   - 'for_each_sg'
+  - 'for_each_sg_dma_page'
   - 'for_each_sg_page'
+  - 'for_each_sibling_event'
+  - 'for_each_subelement'
+  - 'for_each_subelement_extid'
+  - 'for_each_subelement_id'
   - '__for_each_thread'
   - 'for_each_thread'
   - 'for_each_zone'
@@ -223,6 +265,8 @@ ForEachMacros:
   - 'fwnode_for_each_child_node'
   - 'fwnode_graph_for_each_endpoint'
   - 'gadget_for_each_ep'
+  - 'genradix_for_each'
+  - 'genradix_for_each_from'
   - 'hash_for_each'
   - 'hash_for_each_possible'
   - 'hash_for_each_possible_rcu'
@@ -251,6 +295,8 @@ ForEachMacros:
   - 'hlist_nulls_for_each_entry_from'
   - 'hlist_nulls_for_each_entry_rcu'
   - 'hlist_nulls_for_each_entry_safe'
+  - 'i3c_bus_for_each_i2cdev'
+  - 'i3c_bus_for_each_i3cdev'
   - 'ide_host_for_each_port'
   - 'ide_port_for_each_dev'
   - 'ide_port_for_each_present_dev'
@@ -259,19 +305,25 @@ ForEachMacros:
   - 'idr_for_each_entry_ul'
   - 'inet_bind_bucket_for_each'
   - 'inet_lhash2_for_each_icsk_rcu'
-  - 'iov_for_each'
   - 'key_for_each'
   - 'key_for_each_safe'
   - 'klp_for_each_func'
+  - 'klp_for_each_func_safe'
+  - 'klp_for_each_func_static'
   - 'klp_for_each_object'
+  - 'klp_for_each_object_safe'
+  - 'klp_for_each_object_static'
   - 'kvm_for_each_memslot'
   - 'kvm_for_each_vcpu'
   - 'list_for_each'
+  - 'list_for_each_codec'
+  - 'list_for_each_codec_safe'
   - 'list_for_each_entry'
   - 'list_for_each_entry_continue'
   - 'list_for_each_entry_continue_rcu'
   - 'list_for_each_entry_continue_reverse'
   - 'list_for_each_entry_from'
+  - 'list_for_each_entry_from_rcu'
   - 'list_for_each_entry_from_reverse'
   - 'list_for_each_entry_lockless'
   - 'list_for_each_entry_rcu'
@@ -291,6 +343,9 @@ ForEachMacros:
   - 'media_device_for_each_intf'
   - 'media_device_for_each_link'
   - 'media_device_for_each_pad'
+  - 'mp_bvec_for_each_page'
+  - 'mp_bvec_for_each_segment'
+  - 'nanddev_io_for_each_page'
   - 'netdev_for_each_lower_dev'
   - 'netdev_for_each_lower_private'
   - 'netdev_for_each_lower_private_rcu'
@@ -323,10 +378,10 @@ ForEachMacros:
   - 'protocol_for_each_card'
   - 'protocol_for_each_dev'
   - 'queue_for_each_hw_ctx'
-  - 'radix_tree_for_each_contig'
   - 'radix_tree_for_each_slot'
   - 'radix_tree_for_each_tagged'
   - 'rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe'
+  - 'rdma_for_each_port'
   - 'resource_list_for_each_entry'
   - 'resource_list_for_each_entry_safe'
   - 'rhl_for_each_entry_rcu'
@@ -341,6 +396,7 @@ ForEachMacros:
   - 'rht_for_each_rcu'
   - 'rht_for_each_rcu_continue'
   - '__rq_for_each_bio'
+  - 'rq_for_each_bvec'
   - 'rq_for_each_segment'
   - 'scsi_for_each_prot_sg'
   - 'scsi_for_each_sg'
@@ -358,12 +414,14 @@ ForEachMacros:
   - 'sk_nulls_for_each'
   - 'sk_nulls_for_each_from'
   - 'sk_nulls_for_each_rcu'
+  - 'snd_array_for_each'
   - 'snd_pcm_group_for_each_entry'
   - 'snd_soc_dapm_widget_for_each_path'
   - 'snd_soc_dapm_widget_for_each_path_safe'
   - 'snd_soc_dapm_widget_for_each_sink_path'
   - 'snd_soc_dapm_widget_for_each_source_path'
   - 'tb_property_for_each'
+  - 'tcf_exts_for_each_action'
   - 'udp_portaddr_for_each_entry'
   - 'udp_portaddr_for_each_entry_rcu'
   - 'usb_hub_for_each_child'
@@ -372,6 +430,13 @@ ForEachMacros:
   - 'v4l2_m2m_for_each_dst_buf_safe'
   - 'v4l2_m2m_for_each_src_buf'
   - 'v4l2_m2m_for_each_src_buf_safe'
+  - 'virtio_device_for_each_vq'
+  - 'xa_for_each'
+  - 'xa_for_each_marked'
+  - 'xa_for_each_start'
+  - 'xas_for_each'
+  - 'xas_for_each_conflict'
+  - 'xas_for_each_marked'
   - 'zorro_for_each_dev'
 
 #IncludeBlocks: Preserve # Unknown to clang-format-5.0
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index 97ba6b79834c..a20ac26aa2f5 100644
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 *.bin
 *.bz2
 *.c.[012]*.*
+*.dt.yaml
 *.dtb
 *.dtb.S
 *.dwo
diff --git a/.mailmap b/.mailmap
index 285e09645b31..ae2bcad06f4b 100644
--- a/.mailmap
+++ b/.mailmap
@@ -36,9 +36,10 @@ Bart Van Assche <bvanassche@acm.org> <bart.vanassche@sandisk.com>
 Ben Gardner <bgardner@wabtec.com>
 Ben M Cahill <ben.m.cahill@intel.com>
 Björn Steinbrink <B.Steinbrink@gmx.de>
-Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@bootlin.com> <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
-Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@bootlin.com> <b.brezillon.dev@gmail.com>
-Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@bootlin.com> <b.brezillon@overkiz.com>
+Boris Brezillon <bbrezillon@kernel.org> <boris.brezillon@bootlin.com>
+Boris Brezillon <bbrezillon@kernel.org> <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
+Boris Brezillon <bbrezillon@kernel.org> <b.brezillon.dev@gmail.com>
+Boris Brezillon <bbrezillon@kernel.org> <b.brezillon@overkiz.com>
 Brian Avery <b.avery@hp.com>
 Brian King <brking@us.ibm.com>
 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
@@ -47,7 +48,10 @@ Corey Minyard <minyard@acm.org>
 Damian Hobson-Garcia <dhobsong@igel.co.jp>
 David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>
 David Woodhouse <dwmw2@shinybook.infradead.org>
-Deng-Cheng Zhu <dengcheng.zhu@mips.com> <dengcheng.zhu@imgtec.com>
+Dengcheng Zhu <dzhu@wavecomp.com> <dengcheng.zhu@mips.com>
+Dengcheng Zhu <dzhu@wavecomp.com> <dengcheng.zhu@imgtec.com>
+Dengcheng Zhu <dzhu@wavecomp.com> <dczhu@mips.com>
+Dengcheng Zhu <dzhu@wavecomp.com> <dengcheng.zhu@gmail.com>
 Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
 Domen Puncer <domen@coderock.org>
 Douglas Gilbert <dougg@torque.net>
@@ -119,6 +123,14 @@ Mark Brown <broonie@sirena.org.uk>
 Mark Yao <markyao0591@gmail.com> <mark.yao@rock-chips.com>
 Martin Kepplinger <martink@posteo.de> <martin.kepplinger@theobroma-systems.com>
 Martin Kepplinger <martink@posteo.de> <martin.kepplinger@ginzinger.com>
+Mathieu Othacehe <m.othacehe@gmail.com>
+Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> <matthew.r.wilcox@intel.com>
+Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> <matthew@wil.cx>
+Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> <mawilcox@linuxonhyperv.com>
+Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> <mawilcox@microsoft.com>
+Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> <willy@debian.org>
+Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> <willy@linux.intel.com>
+Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> <willy@parisc-linux.org>
 Matthieu CASTET <castet.matthieu@free.fr>
 Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> <mchehab@brturbo.com.br>
 Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org> <maurochehab@gmail.com>
@@ -144,6 +156,8 @@ Morten Welinder <welinder@darter.rentec.com>
 Morten Welinder <welinder@troll.com>
 Mythri P K <mythripk@ti.com>
 Nguyen Anh Quynh <aquynh@gmail.com>
+Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net> <nicolas.pitre@linaro.org>
+Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net> <nico@linaro.org>
 Paolo 'Blaisorblade' Giarrusso <blaisorblade@yahoo.it>
 Patrick Mochel <mochel@digitalimplant.org>
 Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com> <paul.burton@imgtec.com>
@@ -152,7 +166,13 @@ Peter Oruba <peter@oruba.de>
 Peter Oruba <peter.oruba@amd.com>
 Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@gmail.com> <pratyush.anand@st.com>
 Praveen BP <praveenbp@ti.com>
+Punit Agrawal <punitagrawal@gmail.com> <punit.agrawal@arm.com>
 Qais Yousef <qsyousef@gmail.com> <qais.yousef@imgtec.com>
+Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <bug-track@fisher-privat.net>
+Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <external.Oleksij.Rempel@de.bosch.com>
+Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <fixed-term.Oleksij.Rempel@de.bosch.com>
+Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <o.rempel@pengutronix.de>
+Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> <ore@pengutronix.de>
 Rajesh Shah <rajesh.shah@intel.com>
 Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
 Ralf Wildenhues <Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de>
@@ -206,3 +226,5 @@ Yakir Yang <kuankuan.y@gmail.com> <ykk@rock-chips.com>
 Yusuke Goda <goda.yusuke@renesas.com>
 Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
 Gustavo Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
+Changbin Du <changbin.du@intel.com> <changbin.du@intel.com>
+Changbin Du <changbin.du@intel.com> <changbin.du@gmail.com>
diff --git a/CREDITS b/CREDITS
index 5befd2d714d0..8e0342620a06 100644
--- a/CREDITS
+++ b/CREDITS
@@ -842,10 +842,9 @@ D: ax25-utils maintainer.
 
 N: Helge Deller
 E: deller@gmx.de
-E: hdeller@redhat.de
-D: PA-RISC Linux hacker, LASI-, ASP-, WAX-, LCD/LED-driver
-S: Schimmelsrain 1
-S: D-69231 Rauenberg
+W: http://www.parisc-linux.org/
+D: PA-RISC Linux architecture maintainer
+D: LASI-, ASP-, WAX-, LCD/LED-driver
 S: Germany
 
 N: Jean Delvare
@@ -1222,7 +1221,7 @@ S: Brazil
 
 N: Oded Gabbay
 E: oded.gabbay@gmail.com
-D: AMD KFD maintainer
+D: HabanaLabs and AMD KFD maintainer
 S: 12 Shraga Raphaeli
 S: Petah-Tikva, 4906418
 S: Israel
@@ -1361,7 +1360,7 @@ S: Stellenbosch, Western Cape
 S: South Africa
 
 N: Grant Grundler
-E: grundler@parisc-linux.org
+E: grantgrundler@gmail.com
 W: http://obmouse.sourceforge.net/
 W: http://www.parisc-linux.org/
 D: obmouse - rewrote Olivier Florent's Omnibook 600 "pop-up" mouse driver
@@ -2138,6 +2137,10 @@ E: paul@laufernet.com
 D: Soundblaster driver fixes, ISAPnP quirk
 S: California, USA
 
+N: Jarkko Lavinen
+E: jarkko.lavinen@nokia.com
+D: OMAP MMC support
+
 N: Jonathan Layes
 D: ARPD support
 
@@ -2200,6 +2203,16 @@ S: Post Office Box 371
 S: North Little Rock, Arkansas 72115
 S: USA
 
+N: Christopher Li
+E: sparse@chrisli.org
+D: Sparse maintainer 2009 - 2018
+
+N: Shaohua Li
+D: Worked on many parts of the kernel, from core x86, ACPI, PCI, KVM, MM,
+D: and much more. He was the maintainer of MD from 2016 to 2018. Shaohua
+D: passed away late 2018, he will be greatly missed.
+W: https://www.spinics.net/lists/raid/msg61993.html
+
 N: Stephan Linz
 E: linz@mazet.de
 E: Stephan.Linz@gmx.de
@@ -2478,7 +2491,7 @@ S: Syracuse, New York 13206
 S: USA
 
 N: Kyle McMartin
-E: kyle@parisc-linux.org
+E: kyle@mcmartin.ca
 D: Linux/PARISC hacker
 D: AD1889 sound driver
 S: Ottawa, Canada
@@ -2533,6 +2546,10 @@ S: Ormond
 S: Victoria 3163
 S: Australia
 
+N: Eric Miao
+E: eric.y.miao@gmail.com
+D: MMP support
+
 N: Pauline Middelink
 E: middelin@polyware.nl
 D: General low-level bug fixes, /proc fixes, identd support
@@ -3762,14 +3779,13 @@ S: 21513 Conradia Ct
 S: Cupertino, CA 95014
 S: USA
 
-N: Thibaut Varene
-E: T-Bone@parisc-linux.org
-W: http://www.parisc-linux.org/~varenet/
-P: 1024D/B7D2F063 E67C 0D43 A75E 12A5 BB1C  FA2F 1E32 C3DA B7D2 F063
+N: Thibaut Varène
+E: hacks+kernel@slashdirt.org
+W: http://hacks.slashdirt.org/
 D: PA-RISC port minion, PDC and GSCPS2 drivers, debuglocks and other bits
 D: Some ARM at91rm9200 bits, S1D13XXX FB driver, random patches here and there
 D: AD1889 sound driver
-S: Paris, France
+S: France
 
 N: Heikki Vatiainen
 E: hessu@cs.tut.fi
@@ -4107,6 +4123,10 @@ S: 1507 145th Place SE #B5
 S: Bellevue, Washington 98007
 S: USA
 
+N: Haojian Zhuang
+E: haojian.zhuang@gmail.com
+D: MMP support
+
 N: Richard Zidlicky
 E: rz@linux-m68k.org, rdzidlic@geocities.com
 W: http://www.geocities.com/rdzidlic
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-dax b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-dax
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2cb9fc5e8bd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-dax
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+What:           /sys/class/dax/
+Date:           May, 2016
+KernelVersion:  v4.7
+Contact:        linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
+Description:	Device DAX is the device-centric analogue of Filesystem
+		DAX (CONFIG_FS_DAX).  It allows memory ranges to be
+		allocated and mapped without need of an intervening file
+		system.  Device DAX is strict, precise and predictable.
+		Specifically this interface:
+
+		1/ Guarantees fault granularity with respect to a given
+		page size (pte, pmd, or pud) set at configuration time.
+
+		2/ Enforces deterministic behavior by being strict about
+		what fault scenarios are supported.
+
+		The /sys/class/dax/ interface enumerates all the
+		device-dax instances in the system. The ABI is
+		deprecated and will be removed after 2020. It is
+		replaced with the DAX bus interface /sys/bus/dax/ where
+		device-dax instances can be found under
+		/sys/bus/dax/devices/
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
index 3fed8fdb873d..826689dcc2e6 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
@@ -146,3 +146,36 @@ KernelVersion:	4.16
 Contact:	Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
 Description:	Binary file created by uio_hv_generic for ring buffer
 Users:		Userspace drivers
+
+What:           /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/<UUID>/channels/<N>/intr_in_full
+Date:           February 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:        Michael Kelley <mikelley@microsoft.com>
+Description:    Number of guest to host interrupts caused by the inbound ring
+		buffer transitioning from full to not full while a packet is
+		waiting for buffer space to become available
+Users:          Debugging tools
+
+What:           /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/<UUID>/channels/<N>/intr_out_empty
+Date:           February 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:        Michael Kelley <mikelley@microsoft.com>
+Description:    Number of guest to host interrupts caused by the outbound ring
+		buffer transitioning from empty to not empty
+Users:          Debugging tools
+
+What:           /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/<UUID>/channels/<N>/out_full_first
+Date:           February 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:        Michael Kelley <mikelley@microsoft.com>
+Description:    Number of write operations that were the first to encounter an
+		outbound ring buffer full condition
+Users:          Debugging tools
+
+What:           /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/<UUID>/channels/<N>/out_full_total
+Date:           February 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:        Michael Kelley <mikelley@microsoft.com>
+Description:    Total number of write operations that encountered an outbound
+		ring buffer full condition
+Users:          Debugging tools
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-mlxreg-io b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-mlxreg-io
index d9d117d457e1..156319fc5b80 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-mlxreg-io
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-mlxreg-io
@@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ Description:	This file shows ASIC health status. The possible values are:
 What:		/sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/
 							cpld1_version
 							cpld2_version
-
 Date:		June 2018
 KernelVersion:	4.19
 Contact:	Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com>
@@ -21,6 +20,40 @@ Description:	These files show with which CPLD versions have been burned
 
 		The files are read only.
 
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/
+							fan_dir
+
+Date:		December 2018
+KernelVersion:	5.0
+Contact:	Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com>
+Description:	This file shows the system fans direction:
+		forward direction - relevant bit is set 0;
+		reversed direction - relevant bit is set 1.
+
+		The files are read only.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/
+							jtag_enable
+
+Date:		November 2018
+KernelVersion:	5.0
+Contact:	Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com>
+Description:	These files show with which CPLD versions have been burned
+		on LED board.
+
+		The files are read only.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/
+							jtag_enable
+
+Date:		November 2018
+KernelVersion:	5.0
+Contact:	Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com>
+Description:	These files enable and disable the access to the JTAG domain.
+		By default access to the JTAG domain is disabled.
+
+		The file is read/write.
+
 What:		/sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/select_iio
 Date:		June 2018
 KernelVersion:	4.19
@@ -76,3 +109,21 @@ Description:	These files show the system reset cause, as following: power
 		reset cause.
 
 		The files are read only.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/mlxplat/mlxreg-io/hwmon/hwmon*/
+						reset_comex_pwr_fail
+						reset_from_comex
+						reset_system
+						reset_voltmon_upgrade_fail
+
+Date:		November 2018
+KernelVersion:	5.0
+Contact:	Vadim Pasternak <vadimpmellanox.com>
+Description:	These files show the system reset cause, as following: ComEx
+		power fail, reset from ComEx, system platform reset, reset
+		due to voltage monitor devices upgrade failure,
+		Value 1 in file means this is reset cause, 0 - otherwise.
+		Only one bit could be 1 at the same time, representing only
+		the last reset cause.
+
+		The files are read only.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc
index e960cd027e1e..a9e123ba32cd 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc
@@ -25,38 +25,3 @@ Description:
 		4.2.2.
 
 		The files are read only.
-
-
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/TermChar
-Date:		August 2008
-Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-Description:
-		This file is the TermChar value to be sent to the USB TMC
-		device as described by the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test
-		and Measurement Class Specification
-		(USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF.
-
-		Note that the TermCharEnabled file determines if this value is
-		sent to the device or not.
-
-
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/TermCharEnabled
-Date:		August 2008
-Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-Description:
-		This file determines if the TermChar is to be sent to the
-		device on every transaction or not.  For more details about
-		this, please see the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test and
-		Measurement Class Specification (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as
-		published by the USB-IF.
-
-
-What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/auto_abort
-Date:		August 2008
-Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-Description:
-		This file determines if the transaction of the USB TMC
-		device is to be automatically aborted if there is any error.
-		For more details about this, please see the document,
-		"Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification
-		(USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy-p_sys-t b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy-p_sys-t
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b290d1c00dcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-stp-policy-p_sys-t
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+What:		/config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/uuid
+Date:		June 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.19
+Description:
+		UUID source identifier string, RW.
+		Default value is randomly generated at the mkdir <node> time.
+		Data coming from trace sources that use this <node> will be
+		tagged with this UUID in the MIPI SyS-T packet stream, to
+		allow the decoder to discern between different sources
+		within the same master/channel range, and identify the
+		higher level decoders that may be needed for each source.
+
+What:		/config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/do_len
+Date:		June 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.19
+Description:
+		Include payload length in the MIPI SyS-T header, boolean.
+		If enabled, the SyS-T protocol encoder will include payload
+		length in each packet's metadata. This is normally redundant
+		if the underlying transport protocol supports marking message
+		boundaries (which STP does), so this is off by default.
+
+What:		/config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/ts_interval
+Date:		June 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.19
+Description:
+		Time interval in milliseconds. Include a timestamp in the
+		MIPI SyS-T packet metadata, if this many milliseconds have
+		passed since the previous packet from this source. Zero is
+		the default and stands for "never send the timestamp".
+
+What:		/config/stp-policy/<device>:p_sys-t.<policy>/<node>/clocksync_interval
+Date:		June 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.19
+Description:
+		Time interval in milliseconds. Send a CLOCKSYNC packet if
+		this many milliseconds have passed since the previous
+		CLOCKSYNC packet from this source. Zero is the default and
+		stands for "never send the CLOCKSYNC". It makes sense to
+		use this option with sources that generate constant and/or
+		periodic data, like stm_heartbeat.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
index 9281e2aa38df..809765bd9573 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc
@@ -12,6 +12,10 @@ Date:		Dec 2014
 KernelVersion:	4.0
 Description:	Control descriptors
 
+		All attributes read only:
+		bInterfaceNumber	- USB interface number for this
+					  streaming interface
+
 What:		/config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class
 Date:		Dec 2014
 KernelVersion:	4.0
@@ -109,6 +113,10 @@ Date:		Dec 2014
 KernelVersion:	4.0
 Description:	Streaming descriptors
 
+		All attributes read only:
+		bInterfaceNumber	- USB interface number for this
+					  streaming interface
+
 What:		/config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class
 Date:		Dec 2014
 KernelVersion:	4.0
@@ -160,6 +168,10 @@ Description:	Specific MJPEG format descriptors
 
 		All attributes read only,
 		except bmaControls and bDefaultFrameIndex:
+		bFormatIndex		- unique id for this format descriptor;
+					only defined after parent header is
+					linked into the streaming class;
+					read-only
 		bmaControls		- this format's data for bmaControls in
 					the streaming header
 		bmInterfaceFlags	- specifies interlace information,
@@ -177,6 +189,10 @@ Date:		Dec 2014
 KernelVersion:	4.0
 Description:	Specific MJPEG frame descriptors
 
+		bFrameIndex		- unique id for this framedescriptor;
+					only defined after parent format is
+					linked into the streaming header;
+					read-only
 		dwFrameInterval		- indicates how frame interval can be
 					programmed; a number of values
 					separated by newline can be specified
@@ -204,6 +220,10 @@ Date:		Dec 2014
 KernelVersion:	4.0
 Description:	Specific uncompressed format descriptors
 
+		bFormatIndex		- unique id for this format descriptor;
+					only defined after parent header is
+					linked into the streaming class;
+					read-only
 		bmaControls		- this format's data for bmaControls in
 					the streaming header
 		bmInterfaceFlags	- specifies interlace information,
@@ -224,6 +244,10 @@ Date:		Dec 2014
 KernelVersion:	4.0
 Description:	Specific uncompressed frame descriptors
 
+		bFrameIndex		- unique id for this framedescriptor;
+					only defined after parent format is
+					linked into the streaming header;
+					read-only
 		dwFrameInterval		- indicates how frame interval can be
 					programmed; a number of values
 					separated by newline can be specified
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2f5b80be07a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-habanalabs
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/addr
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Sets the device address to be used for read or write through
+                PCI bar. The acceptable value is a string that starts with "0x"
+
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/command_buffers
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Displays a list with information about the currently allocated
+                command buffers
+
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/command_submission
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Displays a list with information about the currently active
+                command submissions
+
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/command_submission_jobs
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Displays a list with detailed information about each JOB (CB) of
+                each active command submission
+
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/data32
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Allows the root user to read or write directly through the
+                device's PCI bar. Writing to this file generates a write
+                transaction while reading from the file generates a read
+                transcation. This custom interface is needed (instead of using
+                the generic Linux user-space PCI mapping) because the DDR bar
+                is very small compared to the DDR memory and only the driver can
+                move the bar before and after the transaction
+
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/device
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Enables the root user to set the device to specific state.
+                Valid values are "disable", "enable", "suspend", "resume".
+                User can read this property to see the valid values
+
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_addr
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Sets I2C device address for I2C transaction that is generated
+                by the device's CPU
+
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_bus
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Sets I2C bus address for I2C transaction that is generated by
+                the device's CPU
+
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_data
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Triggers an I2C transaction that is generated by the device's
+                CPU. Writing to this file generates a write transaction while
+                reading from the file generates a read transcation
+
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/i2c_reg
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Sets I2C register id for I2C transaction that is generated by
+                the device's CPU
+
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/led0
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Sets the state of the first S/W led on the device
+
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/led1
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Sets the state of the second S/W led on the device
+
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/led2
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Sets the state of the third S/W led on the device
+
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/mmu
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Displays the hop values and physical address for a given ASID
+                and virtual address. The user should write the ASID and VA into
+                the file and then read the file to get the result.
+                e.g. to display info about VA 0x1000 for ASID 1 you need to do:
+                echo "1 0x1000" > /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl0/mmu
+
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/set_power_state
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Sets the PCI power state. Valid values are "1" for D0 and "2"
+                for D3Hot
+
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/userptr
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Displays a list with information about the currently user
+                pointers (user virtual addresses) that are pinned and mapped
+                to DMA addresses
+
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/habanalabs/hl<n>/vm
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Displays a list with information about all the active virtual
+                address mappings per ASID
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f814f112e213
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What:		/sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw
+Date:		January 2019
+KernelVersion:	5.1
+Description:
+		Write and read raw mailbox commands to the EC.
+
+		For writing:
+		Bytes 0-1 indicate the message type:
+			00 F0 = Execute Legacy Command
+			00 F2 = Read/Write NVRAM Property
+		Byte 2 provides the command code
+		Bytes 3+ consist of the data passed in the request
+
+		At least three bytes are required, for the msg type and command,
+		with additional bytes optional for additional data.
+
+		Example:
+		// Request EC info type 3 (EC firmware build date)
+		$ echo 00 f0 38 00 03 00 > raw
+		// View the result. The decoded ASCII result "12/21/18" is
+		// included after the raw hex.
+		$ cat raw
+		00 31 32 2f 32 31 2f 31 38 00 38 00 01 00 2f 00  .12/21/18.8...
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
index dea212db9df3..dfad7427817c 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ Description:
 
 What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/zoned
 Date:		September 2016
-Contact:	Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@hgst.com>
+Contact:	Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@wdc.com>
 Description:
 		zoned indicates if the device is a zoned block device
 		and the zone model of the device if it is indeed zoned.
@@ -259,6 +259,14 @@ Description:
 		zone commands, they will be treated as regular block
 		devices and zoned will report "none".
 
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/nr_zones
+Date:		November 2018
+Contact:	Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@wdc.com>
+Description:
+		nr_zones indicates the total number of zones of a zoned block
+		device ("host-aware" or "host-managed" zone model). For regular
+		block devices, the value is always 0.
+
 What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/chunk_sectors
 Date:		September 2016
 Contact:	Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.com>
@@ -268,6 +276,15 @@ Description:
 		indicates the size in 512B sectors of the RAID volume
 		stripe segment. For a zoned block device, either
 		host-aware or host-managed, chunk_sectors indicates the
-		size of 512B sectors of the zones of the device, with
+		size in 512B sectors of the zones of the device, with
 		the eventual exception of the last zone of the device
 		which may be smaller.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/io_timeout
+Date:		November 2018
+Contact:	Weiping Zhang <zhangweiping@didiglobal.com>
+Description:
+		io_timeout is the request timeout in milliseconds. If a request
+		does not complete in this time then the block driver timeout
+		handler is invoked. That timeout handler can decide to retry
+		the request, to fail it or to start a device recovery strategy.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram
index c1513c756af1..14b2bf2e5105 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram
@@ -98,3 +98,42 @@ Description:
 		The backing_dev file is read-write and set up backing
 		device for zram to write incompressible pages.
 		For using, user should enable CONFIG_ZRAM_WRITEBACK.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/idle
+Date:		November 2018
+Contact:	Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+		idle file is write-only and mark zram slot as idle.
+		If system has mounted debugfs, user can see which slots
+		are idle via /sys/kernel/debug/zram/zram<id>/block_state
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/writeback
+Date:		November 2018
+Contact:	Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+		The writeback file is write-only and trigger idle and/or
+		huge page writeback to backing device.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/bd_stat
+Date:		November 2018
+Contact:	Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+		The bd_stat file is read-only and represents backing device's
+		statistics (bd_count, bd_reads, bd_writes) in a format
+		similar to block layer statistics file format.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/writeback_limit_enable
+Date:		November 2018
+Contact:	Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+		The writeback_limit_enable file is read-write and specifies
+		eanbe of writeback_limit feature. "1" means eable the feature.
+		No limit "0" is the initial state.
+
+What:		/sys/block/zram<id>/writeback_limit
+Date:		November 2018
+Contact:	Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org>
+Description:
+		The writeback_limit file is read-write and specifies the maximum
+		amount of writeback ZRAM can do. The limit could be changed
+		in run time.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2f332ec36f82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i3c
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:	linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		An I3C bus. This directory will contain one sub-directory per
+		I3C device present on the bus.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/current_master
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:	linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Expose the master that owns the bus (<bus-id>-<master-pid>) at
+		the time this file is read. Note that bus ownership can change
+		overtime, so there's no guarantee that when the read() call
+		returns, the value returned is still valid.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/mode
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:	linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		I3C bus mode. Can be "pure", "mixed-fast" or "mixed-slow". See
+		the I3C specification for a detailed description of what each
+		of these modes implies.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/i3c_scl_frequency
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:	linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		The frequency (expressed in Hz) of the SCL signal when
+		operating in I3C SDR mode.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/i2c_scl_frequency
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:	linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		The frequency (expressed in Hz) of the SCL signal when
+		operating in I2C mode.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/dynamic_address
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:	linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Dynamic address assigned to the master controller. This
+		address may change if the bus is re-initialized.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/bcr
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:	linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		BCR stands for Bus Characteristics Register and express the
+		device capabilities in term of speed, maximum read/write
+		length, etc. See the I3C specification for more details.
+		This entry describes the BCR of the master controller driving
+		the bus.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/dcr
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:	linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		DCR stands for Device Characteristics Register and express the
+		device capabilities in term of exposed features. See the I3C
+		specification for more details.
+		This entry describes the DCR of the master controller driving
+		the bus.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/pid
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:	linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		PID stands for Provisional ID and is used to uniquely identify
+		a device on a bus. This PID contains information about the
+		vendor, the part and an instance ID so that several devices of
+		the same type can be connected on the same bus.
+		See the I3C specification for more details.
+		This entry describes the PID of the master controller driving
+		the bus.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/hdrcap
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:	linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Expose the HDR (High Data Rate) capabilities of a device.
+		Returns a list of supported HDR mode, each element is separated
+		by space. Modes can be "hdr-ddr", "hdr-tsp" and "hdr-tsl".
+		See the I3C specification for more details about these HDR
+		modes.
+		This entry describes the HDRCAP of the master controller
+		driving the bus.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:	linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		An I3C device present on I3C bus identified by <bus-id>. Note
+		that all devices are represented including the master driving
+		the bus.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/dynamic_address
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:	linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Dynamic address assigned to device <bus-id>-<device-pid>. This
+		address may change if the bus is re-initialized.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/bcr
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:	linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		BCR stands for Bus Characteristics Register and express the
+		device capabilities in term of speed, maximum read/write
+		length, etc. See the I3C specification for more details.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/dcr
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:	linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		DCR stands for Device Characteristics Register and express the
+		device capabilities in term of exposed features. See the I3C
+		specification for more details.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/pid
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:	linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		PID stands for Provisional ID and is used to uniquely identify
+		a device on a bus. This PID contains information about the
+		vendor, the part and an instance ID so that several devices of
+		the same type can be connected on the same bus.
+		See the I3C specification for more details.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>/hdrcap
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:	linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Expose the HDR (High Data Rate) capabilities of a device.
+		Returns a list of supported HDR mode, each element is separated
+		by space. Modes can be "hdr-ddr", "hdr-tsp" and "hdr-tsl".
+		See the I3C specification for more details about these HDR
+		modes.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/i3c/devices/<bus-id>-<device-pid>
+KernelVersion:  5.0
+Contact:	linux-i3c@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		These directories are just symbolic links to
+		/sys/bus/i3c/devices/i3c-<bus-id>/<bus-id>-<device-pid>.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
index a5b4f223641d..864f8efd12e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Description:
 
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_positionrelative_x_raw
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_positionrelative_y_raw
-KernelVersion:	4.18
+KernelVersion:	4.19
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		Relative position in direction x or y on a pad (may be
@@ -1554,6 +1554,10 @@ What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_raw
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_raw
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_co2_raw
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_co2_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_ethanol_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_ethanol_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_h2_raw
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_h2_raw
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_voc_raw
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentrationX_voc_raw
 KernelVersion:	4.3
@@ -1684,4 +1688,19 @@ KernelVersion:	4.18
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		Raw (unscaled) phase difference reading from channel Y
-		that can be processed to radians.
\ No newline at end of file
+		that can be processed to radians.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentration_pm1_input
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentrationY_pm1_input
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentration_pm2p5_input
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentrationY_pm2p5_input
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentration_pm4_input
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentrationY_pm4_input
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentration_pm10_input
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_massconcentrationY_pm10_input
+KernelVersion:	4.22
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Mass concentration reading of particulate matter in ug / m3.
+		pmX consists of particles with aerodynamic diameter less or
+		equal to X micrometers.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sps30 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sps30
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..143df8e89d08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sps30
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/start_cleaning
+Date:		December 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.22
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Writing 1 starts sensor self cleaning. Internal fan accelerates
+		to its maximum speed and keeps spinning for about 10 seconds in
+		order to blow out accumulated dust.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/cleaning_period
+Date:		January 2019
+KernelVersion:	5.1
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Sensor is capable of triggering self cleaning periodically.
+		Period can be changed by writing a new value here. Upon reading
+		the current one is returned. Units are seconds.
+
+		Writing 0 disables periodical self cleaning entirely.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/cleaning_period_available
+Date:		January 2019
+KernelVersion:	5.1
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		The range of available values in seconds represented as the
+		minimum value, the step and the maximum value, all enclosed in
+		square brackets.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices
index 4d48a9451866..d1f667104944 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-output-devices
@@ -3,11 +3,13 @@ Date:		June 2015
 KernelVersion:	4.3
 Contact:	Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
 Description:	(RW) Writes of 1 or 0 enable or disable trace output to this
-		output device. Reads return current status.
+		output device. Reads return current status. Requires that the
+		correstponding output port driver be loaded.
 
 What:		/sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/port
 Date:		June 2015
 KernelVersion:	4.3
 Contact:	Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
 Description:	(RO) Port number, corresponding to this output device on the
-		switch (GTH).
+		switch (GTH) or "unassigned" if the corresponding output
+		port driver is not loaded.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
index 44d4b2be92fd..8bfee557e50e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
@@ -323,3 +323,27 @@ Description:
 
 		This is similar to /sys/bus/pci/drivers_autoprobe, but
 		affects only the VFs associated with a specific PF.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../p2pmem/size
+Date:		November 2017
+Contact:	Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description:
+		If the device has any Peer-to-Peer memory registered, this
+	        file contains the total amount of memory that the device
+		provides (in decimal).
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../p2pmem/available
+Date:		November 2017
+Contact:	Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description:
+		If the device has any Peer-to-Peer memory registered, this
+	        file contains the amount of memory that has not been
+		allocated (in decimal).
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../p2pmem/published
+Date:		November 2017
+Contact:	Logan Gunthorpe <logang@deltatee.com>
+Description:
+		If the device has any Peer-to-Peer memory registered, this
+	        file contains a '1' if the memory has been published for
+		use outside the driver that owns the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt
index 151584a1f950..b21fba14689b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-thunderbolt
@@ -21,6 +21,15 @@ Description:	Holds a comma separated list of device unique_ids that
 		If a device is authorized automatically during boot its
 		boot attribute is set to 1.
 
+What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/iommu_dma_protection
+Date:		Mar 2019
+KernelVersion:	4.21
+Contact:	thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
+Description:	This attribute tells whether the system uses IOMMU
+		for DMA protection. Value of 1 means IOMMU is used 0 means
+		it is not (DMA protection is solely based on Thunderbolt
+		security levels).
+
 What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/security
 Date:		Sep 2017
 KernelVersion:	4.13
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
index 08d456e07b53..614d216dff1d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -186,9 +186,19 @@ Contact:	Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com>
 Description:
 		Some platforms provide usb port connect types through ACPI.
 		This attribute is to expose these information to user space.
-		The file will read "hotplug", "wired" and "not used" if the
+		The file will read "hotplug", "hardwired" and "not used" if the
 		information is available, and "unknown" otherwise.
 
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/location
+Date:		October 2018
+Contact:	Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
+Description:
+		Some platforms provide usb port physical location through
+		firmware. This is used by the kernel to pair up logical ports
+		mapping to the same physical connector. The attribute exposes the
+		raw location value as a hex integer.
+
+
 What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/quirks
 Date:		May 2018
 Contact:	Nicolas Boichat <drinkcat@chromium.org>
@@ -219,7 +229,14 @@ Description:
 		ports and report them to the kernel. This attribute is to expose
 		the number of over-current situation occurred on a specific port
 		to user space. This file will contain an unsigned 32 bit value
-		which wraps to 0 after its maximum is reached.
+		which wraps to 0 after its maximum is reached. This file supports
+		poll() for monitoring changes to this value in user space.
+
+		Any time this value changes the corresponding hub device will send a
+		udev event with the following attributes:
+
+		OVER_CURRENT_PORT=/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX
+		OVER_CURRENT_COUNT=[current value of this sysfs attribute]
 
 What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/usb3_lpm_permit
 Date:		November 2015
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vmbus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vmbus
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..91e6c065973c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-vmbus
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/vmbus/devices/.../driver_override
+Date:		August 2019
+Contact:	Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
+Description:
+		This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which
+		will override standard static and dynamic ID matching.  When
+		specified, only a driver with a name matching the value written
+		to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to the
+		device.  The override is specified by writing a string to the
+		driver_override file (echo uio_hv_generic > driver_override) and
+		may be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override).
+		This returns the device to standard matching rules binding.
+		Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the
+		device from its current driver or make any attempt to
+		automatically load the specified driver.  If no driver with a
+		matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device
+		will not bind to any driver.  This also allows devices to
+		opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override name such as
+		"none".  Only a single driver may be specified in the override,
+		there is no support for parsing delimiters.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5819699d66ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+What:		/sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/flashinfo
+Date:		August 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.2
+Description:
+		Show the EC flash information.
+
+What:		/sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/kb_wake_angle
+Date:		March 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.17
+Description:
+		Control the keyboard wake lid angle. Values are between
+		0 and 360. This file will also show the keyboard wake lid
+		angle by querying the hardware.
+
+What:		/sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/reboot
+Date:		August 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.2
+Description:
+		Tell the EC to reboot in various ways. Options are:
+		"cancel": Cancel a pending reboot.
+		"ro": Jump to RO without rebooting.
+		"rw": Jump to RW without rebooting.
+		"cold": Cold reboot.
+		"disable-jump": Disable jump until next reboot.
+		"hibernate": Hibernate the EC.
+		"at-shutdown": Reboot after an AP shutdown.
+
+What:		/sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/version
+Date:		August 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.2
+Description:
+		Show the information about the EC software and hardware.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-lightbar b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-lightbar
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..57a037791403
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-lightbar
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+What:		/sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/brightness
+Date:		August 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.2
+Description:
+		Writing to this file adjusts the overall brightness of
+		the lightbar, separate from any color intensity. The
+		valid range is 0 (off) to 255 (maximum brightness).
+
+What:		/sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/interval_msec
+Date:		August 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.2
+Description:
+		The lightbar is controlled by an embedded controller (EC),
+		which also manages the keyboard, battery charging, fans,
+		and other system hardware. To prevent unprivileged users
+		from interfering with the other EC functions, the rate at
+		which the lightbar control files can be read or written is
+		limited.
+
+		Reading this file will return the number of milliseconds
+		that must elapse between accessing any of the lightbar
+		functions through this interface. Going faster will simply
+		block until the necessary interval has lapsed. The interval
+		applies uniformly to all accesses of any kind by any user.
+
+What:		/sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/led_rgb
+Date:		August 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.2
+Description:
+		This allows you to control each LED segment. If the
+		lightbar is already running one of the automatic
+		sequences, you probably won’t see anything change because
+		your color setting will be almost immediately replaced.
+		To get useful results, you should stop the lightbar
+		sequence first.
+
+		The values written to this file are sets of four integers,
+		indicating LED, RED, GREEN, BLUE. The LED number is 0 to 3
+		to select a single segment, or 4 to set all four segments
+		to the same value at once. The RED, GREEN, and BLUE
+		numbers should be in the range 0 (off) to 255 (maximum).
+		You can update more than one segment at a time by writing
+		more than one set of four integers.
+
+What:		/sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/program
+Date:		August 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.2
+Description:
+		This allows you to upload and run custom lightbar sequences.
+
+What:		/sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/sequence
+Date:		August 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.2
+Description:
+		The Pixel lightbar has a number of built-in sequences
+		that it displays under various conditions, such as at
+		power on, shut down, or while running. Reading from this
+		file displays the current sequence that the lightbar is
+		displaying. Writing to this file allows you to change the
+		sequence.
+
+What:		/sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/userspace_control
+Date:		August 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.2
+Description:
+		This allows you to take the control of the lightbar. This
+		prevents the kernel from going through its normal
+		sequences.
+
+What:		/sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/lightbar/version
+Date:		August 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.2
+Description:
+		Show the information about the lightbar version.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-vbc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-vbc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..38c5aaaaa89a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-chromeos-driver-cros-ec-vbc
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+What:		/sys/class/chromeos/<ec-device-name>/vbc/vboot_context
+Date:		October 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.4
+Description:
+		Read/write the verified boot context data included on a
+		small nvram space on some EC implementations.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd-s6e63m0 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd-s6e63m0
deleted file mode 100644
index ae0a2d3dcc07..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd-s6e63m0
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-sysfs interface for the S6E63M0 AMOLED LCD panel driver
--------------------------------------------------------
-
-What:		/sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/gamma_mode
-Date:		May, 2010
-KernelVersion:	v2.6.35
-Contact:	dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org
-Description:
-		(RW) Read or write the gamma mode. Following three modes are
-		supported:
-		0 - gamma value 2.2,
-		1 - gamma value 1.9 and
-		2 - gamma value 1.7.
-
-
-What:		/sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/gamma_table
-Date:		May, 2010
-KernelVersion:	v2.6.35
-Contact:	dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org
-Description:
-		(RO) Displays the size of the gamma table i.e. the number of
-		gamma modes available.
-
-This is a backlight lcd driver. These interfaces are an extension to the API
-documented in Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd and in
-Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight (under
-/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern
index fb3d1e03b881..bd92ef9d6faa 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-trigger-pattern
@@ -7,55 +7,10 @@ Description:
 		timer. It can do gradual dimming and step change of brightness.
 
 		The pattern is given by a series of tuples, of brightness and
-		duration (ms). The LED is expected to traverse the series and
-		each brightness value for the specified duration. Duration of
-		0 means brightness should immediately change to new value, and
-		writing malformed pattern deactivates any active one.
+		duration (ms).
 
-		1. For gradual dimming, the dimming interval now is set as 50
-		milliseconds. So the tuple with duration less than dimming
-		interval (50ms) is treated as a step change of brightness,
-		i.e. the subsequent brightness will be applied without adding
-		intervening dimming intervals.
-
-		The gradual dimming format of the software pattern values should be:
-		"brightness_1 duration_1 brightness_2 duration_2 brightness_3
-		duration_3 ...". For example:
-
-		echo 0 1000 255 2000 > pattern
-
-		It will make the LED go gradually from zero-intensity to max (255)
-		intensity in 1000 milliseconds, then back to zero intensity in 2000
-		milliseconds:
-
-		LED brightness
-		    ^
-		255-|       / \            / \            /
-		    |      /    \         /    \         /
-		    |     /       \      /       \      /
-		    |    /          \   /          \   /
-		  0-|   /             \/             \/
-		    +---0----1----2----3----4----5----6------------> time (s)
-
-		2. To make the LED go instantly from one brigntess value to another,
-		we should use use zero-time lengths (the brightness must be same as
-		the previous tuple's). So the format should be:
-		"brightness_1 duration_1 brightness_1 0 brightness_2 duration_2
-		brightness_2 0 ...". For example:
-
-		echo 0 1000 0 0 255 2000 255 0 > pattern
-
-		It will make the LED stay off for one second, then stay at max brightness
-		for two seconds:
-
-		LED brightness
-		    ^
-		255-|        +---------+    +---------+
-		    |        |         |    |         |
-		    |        |         |    |         |
-		    |        |         |    |         |
-		  0-|   -----+         +----+         +----
-		    +---0----1----2----3----4----5----6------------> time (s)
+		The exact format is described in:
+		Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-trigger-pattern.txt
 
 What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/hw_pattern
 Date:		September 2018
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
index e2e0fe553ad8..664a8f6a634f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
@@ -91,6 +91,24 @@ Description:
 		stacked (e.g: VLAN interfaces) but still have the same MAC
 		address as their parent device.
 
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/dev_port
+Date:		February 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.15
+Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Indicates the port number of this network device, formatted
+		as a decimal value. Some NICs have multiple independent ports
+		on the same PCI bus, device and function. This attribute allows
+		userspace to distinguish the respective interfaces.
+
+		Note: some device drivers started to use 'dev_id' for this
+		purpose since long before 3.15 and have not adopted the new
+		attribute ever since. To query the port number, some tools look
+		exclusively at 'dev_port', while others only consult 'dev_id'.
+		If a network device has multiple client adapter ports as
+		described in the previous paragraph and does not set this
+		attribute to its port number, it's a kernel bug.
+
 What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/dormant
 Date:		March 2006
 KernelVersion:	2.6.17
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa
index f240221e071e..985d84c585c6 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-dsa
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/tagging
+What:		/sys/class/net/<iface>/dsa/tagging
 Date:		August 2018
 KernelVersion:	4.20
 Contact:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog
index 736046b33040..6317ade5ad19 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-watchdog
@@ -49,3 +49,26 @@ Contact:	Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be>
 Description:
 		It is a read only file. It is read to know about current
 		value of timeout programmed.
+
+What:		/sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/pretimeout
+Date:		December 2016
+Contact:	Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be>
+Description:
+		It is a read only file. It specifies the time in seconds before
+		timeout when the pretimeout interrupt is delivered.  Pretimeout
+		is an optional feature.
+
+What:		/sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/pretimeout_avaialable_governors
+Date:		February 2017
+Contact:	Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be>
+Description:
+		It is a read only file. It shows the pretimeout governors
+		available for this watchdog.
+
+What:		/sys/class/watchdog/watchdogn/pretimeout_governor
+Date:		February 2017
+Contact:	Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be>
+Description:
+		It is a read/write file. When read, the currently assigned
+		pretimeout governor is returned.  When written, it sets
+		the pretimeout governor.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-software_node b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-software_node
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..85df37de359f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-software_node
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../software_node/
+Date:		January 2019
+Contact:	Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
+Description:
+		This directory contains the details about the device that are
+		assigned in kernel (i.e. software), as opposed to the
+		firmware_node directory which contains the details that are
+		assigned for the device in firmware. The main attributes in the
+		directory will show the properties the device has, and the
+		relationship it has to some of the other devices.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
index 73318225a368..4fb76c0e8d30 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -145,6 +145,8 @@ What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/name
 		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/power
 		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/time
 		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/usage
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/above
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/below
 Date:		September 2007
 KernelVersion:	v2.6.24
 Contact:	Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org>
@@ -166,6 +168,11 @@ Description:
 
 		usage: (RO) Number of times this state was entered (a count).
 
+		above: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the
+		       observed CPU idle duration was too short for it (a count).
+
+		below: (RO) Number of times this state was entered, but the
+		       observed CPU idle duration was too long for it (a count).
 
 What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/desc
 Date:		February 2008
@@ -504,10 +511,30 @@ Description:	Control Symetric Multi Threading (SMT)
 		control: Read/write interface to control SMT. Possible
 			 values:
 
-			 "on"		SMT is enabled
-			 "off"		SMT is disabled
-			 "forceoff"	SMT is force disabled. Cannot be changed.
-			 "notsupported" SMT is not supported by the CPU
+			 "on"		  SMT is enabled
+			 "off"		  SMT is disabled
+			 "forceoff"	  SMT is force disabled. Cannot be changed.
+			 "notsupported"   SMT is not supported by the CPU
+			 "notimplemented" SMT runtime toggling is not
+					  implemented for the architecture
 
 			 If control status is "forceoff" or "notsupported" writes
 			 are rejected.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/power/energy_perf_bias
+Date:		March 2019
+Contact:	linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Intel Energy and Performance Bias Hint (EPB)
+
+		EPB for the given CPU in a sliding scale 0 - 15, where a value
+		of 0 corresponds to a hint preference for highest performance
+		and a value of 15 corresponds to the maximum energy savings.
+
+		In order to change the EPB value for the CPU, write either
+		a number in the 0 - 15 sliding scale above, or one of the
+		strings: "performance", "balance-performance", "normal",
+		"balance-power", "power" (that represent values reflected by
+		their meaning), to this attribute.
+
+		This attribute is present for all online CPUs supporting the
+		Intel EPB feature.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..78b2bcf316a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-habanalabs
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/armcp_kernel_ver
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Version of the Linux kernel running on the device's CPU
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/armcp_ver
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Version of the application running on the device's CPU
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/cpld_ver
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Version of the Device's CPLD F/W
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/device_type
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Displays the code name of the device according to its type.
+                The supported values are: "GOYA"
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/eeprom
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    A binary file attribute that contains the contents of the
+                on-board EEPROM
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/fuse_ver
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Displays the device's version from the eFuse
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/hard_reset
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Interface to trigger a hard-reset operation for the device.
+                Hard-reset will reset ALL internal components of the device
+                except for the PCI interface and the internal PLLs
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/hard_reset_cnt
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Displays how many times the device have undergone a hard-reset
+                operation since the driver was loaded
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/high_pll
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency for MME, TPC
+                and IC when the power management profile is set to "automatic".
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/ic_clk
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency of the
+                Interconnect fabric. Writes to this parameter affect the device
+                only when the power management profile is set to "manual" mode.
+                The device IC clock might be set to lower value then the
+                maximum. The user should read the ic_clk_curr to see the actual
+                frequency value of the IC
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/ic_clk_curr
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Displays the current clock frequency of the Interconnect fabric
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/infineon_ver
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Version of the Device's power supply F/W code
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/max_power
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Allows the user to set the maximum power consumption of the
+                device in milliwatts.
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/mme_clk
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency of the
+                MME compute engine. Writes to this parameter affect the device
+                only when the power management profile is set to "manual" mode.
+                The device MME clock might be set to lower value then the
+                maximum. The user should read the mme_clk_curr to see the actual
+                frequency value of the MME
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/mme_clk_curr
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Displays the current clock frequency of the MME compute engine
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/pci_addr
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Displays the PCI address of the device. This is needed so the
+                user would be able to open a device based on its PCI address
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/pm_mng_profile
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Power management profile. Values are "auto", "manual". In "auto"
+                mode, the driver will set the maximum clock frequency to a high
+                value when a user-space process opens the device's file (unless
+                it was already opened by another process). The driver will set
+                the max clock frequency to a low value when there are no user
+                processes that are opened on the device's file. In "manual"
+                mode, the user sets the maximum clock frequency by writing to
+                ic_clk, mme_clk and tpc_clk
+
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/preboot_btl_ver
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Version of the device's preboot F/W code
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/soft_reset
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Interface to trigger a soft-reset operation for the device.
+                Soft-reset will reset only the compute and DMA engines of the
+                device
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/soft_reset_cnt
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Displays how many times the device have undergone a soft-reset
+                operation since the driver was loaded
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/status
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Status of the card: "Operational", "Malfunction", "In reset".
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/thermal_ver
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Version of the Device's thermal daemon
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/tpc_clk
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Allows the user to set the maximum clock frequency of the
+                TPC compute engines. Writes to this parameter affect the device
+                only when the power management profile is set to "manual" mode.
+                The device TPC clock might be set to lower value then the
+                maximum. The user should read the tpc_clk_curr to see the actual
+                frequency value of the TPC
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/tpc_clk_curr
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Displays the current clock frequency of the TPC compute engines
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/uboot_ver
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Version of the u-boot running on the device's CPU
+
+What:           /sys/class/habanalabs/hl<n>/write_open_cnt
+Date:           Jan 2019
+KernelVersion:  5.1
+Contact:        oded.gabbay@gmail.com
+Description:    Displays the total number of user processes that are currently
+                opened on the device's file
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
index c631253cf85c..78604db56279 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
@@ -109,3 +109,10 @@ Description:
 		write operation (since a 4k random write might turn
 		into a much larger write due to the zeroout
 		operation).
+
+What:		/sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/journal_task
+Date:		February 2019
+Contact:	"Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+		This file is read-only and shows the pid of journal thread in
+		current pid-namespace or 0 if task is unreachable.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
index 3ac41774ad3c..91822ce25831 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs
@@ -86,12 +86,28 @@ Description:
 		The unit size is one block, now only support configuring in range
 		of [1, 512].
 
+What:          /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/umount_discard_timeout
+Date:          January 2019
+Contact:       "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
+Description:
+		Set timeout to issue discard commands during umount.
+		Default: 5 secs
+
 What:		/sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_victim_search
 Date:		January 2014
 Contact:	"Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
 Description:
 		 Controls the number of trials to find a victim segment.
 
+What:		/sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/migration_granularity
+Date:		October 2018
+Contact:	"Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com>
+Description:
+		 Controls migration granularity of garbage collection on large
+		 section, it can let GC move partial segment{s} of one section
+		 in one GC cycle, so that dispersing heavy overhead GC to
+		 multiple lightweight one.
+
 What:		/sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/dir_level
 Date:		March 2014
 Contact:	"Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch
index dac7e1e62a8b..85db352f68f9 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch
@@ -33,18 +33,6 @@ Description:
 		An attribute which indicates whether the patch is currently in
 		transition.
 
-What:		/sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/signal
-Date:		Nov 2017
-KernelVersion:	4.15.0
-Contact:	live-patching@vger.kernel.org
-Description:
-		A writable attribute that allows administrator to affect the
-		course of an existing transition. Writing 1 sends a fake
-		signal to all remaining blocking tasks. The fake signal
-		means that no proper signal is delivered (there is no data in
-		signal pending structures). Tasks are interrupted or woken up,
-		and forced to change their patched state.
-
 What:		/sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/force
 Date:		Nov 2017
 KernelVersion:	4.15.0
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..cf47749b19df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-lg-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/reader_mode
+Date:		October 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.20
+Contact:	"Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org>
+Description:
+        Control reader mode. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/fn_lock
+Date:		October 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.20
+Contact:	"Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org>
+Description:
+        Control FN lock mode. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/battery_care_limit
+Date:		October 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.20
+Contact:	"Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org>
+Description:
+        Maximal battery charge level. Accepted values are 80 or 100.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/fan_mode
+Date:		October 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.20
+Contact:	"Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org>
+Description:
+        Control fan mode. 1 for performance mode, 0 for silent mode.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/lg-laptop/usb_charge
+Date:		October 2018
+KernelVersion:	4.20
+Contact:	"Matan Ziv-Av <matan@svgalib.org>
+Description:
+        Control USB port charging when device is turned off.
+        1 means on, 0 means off.
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
index f0cc3f772265..1a721d0f35c8 100644
--- a/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
@@ -146,114 +146,75 @@ What about block I/O and networking buffers?  The block I/O and
 networking subsystems make sure that the buffers they use are valid
 for you to DMA from/to.
 
-DMA addressing limitations
+DMA addressing capabilities
 ==========================
 
-Does your device have any DMA addressing limitations?  For example, is
-your device only capable of driving the low order 24-bits of address?
-If so, you need to inform the kernel of this fact.
+By default, the kernel assumes that your device can address 32-bits of DMA
+addressing.  For a 64-bit capable device, this needs to be increased, and for
+a device with limitations, it needs to be decreased.
 
-By default, the kernel assumes that your device can address the full
-32-bits.  For a 64-bit capable device, this needs to be increased.
-And for a device with limitations, as discussed in the previous
-paragraph, it needs to be decreased.
+Special note about PCI: PCI-X specification requires PCI-X devices to support
+64-bit addressing (DAC) for all transactions.  And at least one platform (SGI
+SN2) requires 64-bit consistent allocations to operate correctly when the IO
+bus is in PCI-X mode.
 
-Special note about PCI: PCI-X specification requires PCI-X devices to
-support 64-bit addressing (DAC) for all transactions.  And at least
-one platform (SGI SN2) requires 64-bit consistent allocations to
-operate correctly when the IO bus is in PCI-X mode.
+For correct operation, you must set the DMA mask to inform the kernel about
+your devices DMA addressing capabilities.
 
-For correct operation, you must interrogate the kernel in your device
-probe routine to see if the DMA controller on the machine can properly
-support the DMA addressing limitation your device has.  It is good
-style to do this even if your device holds the default setting,
-because this shows that you did think about these issues wrt. your
-device.
-
-The query is performed via a call to dma_set_mask_and_coherent()::
+This is performed via a call to dma_set_mask_and_coherent()::
 
 	int dma_set_mask_and_coherent(struct device *dev, u64 mask);
 
-which will query the mask for both streaming and coherent APIs together.
-If you have some special requirements, then the following two separate
-queries can be used instead:
+which will set the mask for both streaming and coherent APIs together.  If you
+have some special requirements, then the following two separate calls can be
+used instead:
 
-	The query for streaming mappings is performed via a call to
+	The setup for streaming mappings is performed via a call to
 	dma_set_mask()::
 
 		int dma_set_mask(struct device *dev, u64 mask);
 
-	The query for consistent allocations is performed via a call
+	The setup for consistent allocations is performed via a call
 	to dma_set_coherent_mask()::
 
 		int dma_set_coherent_mask(struct device *dev, u64 mask);
 
-Here, dev is a pointer to the device struct of your device, and mask
-is a bit mask describing which bits of an address your device
-supports.  It returns zero if your card can perform DMA properly on
-the machine given the address mask you provided.  In general, the
-device struct of your device is embedded in the bus-specific device
-struct of your device.  For example, &pdev->dev is a pointer to the
-device struct of a PCI device (pdev is a pointer to the PCI device
-struct of your device).
+Here, dev is a pointer to the device struct of your device, and mask is a bit
+mask describing which bits of an address your device supports.  Often the
+device struct of your device is embedded in the bus-specific device struct of
+your device.  For example, &pdev->dev is a pointer to the device struct of a
+PCI device (pdev is a pointer to the PCI device struct of your device).
 
-If it returns non-zero, your device cannot perform DMA properly on
-this platform, and attempting to do so will result in undefined
-behavior.  You must either use a different mask, or not use DMA.
+These calls usually return zero to indicated your device can perform DMA
+properly on the machine given the address mask you provided, but they might
+return an error if the mask is too small to be supportable on the given
+system.  If it returns non-zero, your device cannot perform DMA properly on
+this platform, and attempting to do so will result in undefined behavior.
+You must not use DMA on this device unless the dma_set_mask family of
+functions has returned success.
 
-This means that in the failure case, you have three options:
+This means that in the failure case, you have two options:
 
-1) Use another DMA mask, if possible (see below).
-2) Use some non-DMA mode for data transfer, if possible.
-3) Ignore this device and do not initialize it.
+1) Use some non-DMA mode for data transfer, if possible.
+2) Ignore this device and do not initialize it.
 
-It is recommended that your driver print a kernel KERN_WARNING message
-when you end up performing either #2 or #3.  In this manner, if a user
-of your driver reports that performance is bad or that the device is not
-even detected, you can ask them for the kernel messages to find out
-exactly why.
+It is recommended that your driver print a kernel KERN_WARNING message when
+setting the DMA mask fails.  In this manner, if a user of your driver reports
+that performance is bad or that the device is not even detected, you can ask
+them for the kernel messages to find out exactly why.
 
-The standard 32-bit addressing device would do something like this::
+The standard 64-bit addressing device would do something like this::
 
-	if (dma_set_mask_and_coherent(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) {
+	if (dma_set_mask_and_coherent(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64))) {
 		dev_warn(dev, "mydev: No suitable DMA available\n");
 		goto ignore_this_device;
 	}
 
-Another common scenario is a 64-bit capable device.  The approach here
-is to try for 64-bit addressing, but back down to a 32-bit mask that
-should not fail.  The kernel may fail the 64-bit mask not because the
-platform is not capable of 64-bit addressing.  Rather, it may fail in
-this case simply because 32-bit addressing is done more efficiently
-than 64-bit addressing.  For example, Sparc64 PCI SAC addressing is
-more efficient than DAC addressing.
-
-Here is how you would handle a 64-bit capable device which can drive
-all 64-bits when accessing streaming DMA::
-
-	int using_dac;
+If the device only supports 32-bit addressing for descriptors in the
+coherent allocations, but supports full 64-bits for streaming mappings
+it would look like this:
 
-	if (!dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64))) {
-		using_dac = 1;
-	} else if (!dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) {
-		using_dac = 0;
-	} else {
-		dev_warn(dev, "mydev: No suitable DMA available\n");
-		goto ignore_this_device;
-	}
-
-If a card is capable of using 64-bit consistent allocations as well,
-the case would look like this::
-
-	int using_dac, consistent_using_dac;
-
-	if (!dma_set_mask_and_coherent(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64))) {
-		using_dac = 1;
-		consistent_using_dac = 1;
-	} else if (!dma_set_mask_and_coherent(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) {
-		using_dac = 0;
-		consistent_using_dac = 0;
-	} else {
+	if (dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64))) {
 		dev_warn(dev, "mydev: No suitable DMA available\n");
 		goto ignore_this_device;
 	}
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-API.txt b/Documentation/DMA-API.txt
index ac66ae2509a9..0076150fdccb 100644
--- a/Documentation/DMA-API.txt
+++ b/Documentation/DMA-API.txt
@@ -60,15 +60,6 @@ the returned memory, like GFP_DMA).
 
 ::
 
-	void *
-	dma_zalloc_coherent(struct device *dev, size_t size,
-			    dma_addr_t *dma_handle, gfp_t flag)
-
-Wraps dma_alloc_coherent() and also zeroes the returned memory if the
-allocation attempt succeeded.
-
-::
-
 	void
 	dma_free_coherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, void *cpu_addr,
 			  dma_addr_t dma_handle)
@@ -204,6 +195,14 @@ Requesting the required mask does not alter the current mask.  If you
 wish to take advantage of it, you should issue a dma_set_mask()
 call to set the mask to the value returned.
 
+::
+
+	size_t
+	dma_direct_max_mapping_size(struct device *dev);
+
+Returns the maximum size of a mapping for the device. The size parameter
+of the mapping functions like dma_map_single(), dma_map_page() and
+others should not be larger than the returned value.
 
 Part Id - Streaming DMA mappings
 --------------------------------
@@ -539,8 +538,8 @@ that simply cannot make consistent memory.
 	dma_free_attrs(struct device *dev, size_t size, void *cpu_addr,
 		       dma_addr_t dma_handle, unsigned long attrs)
 
-Free memory allocated by the dma_alloc_attrs().  All parameters common
-parameters must identical to those otherwise passed to dma_fre_coherent,
+Free memory allocated by the dma_alloc_attrs().  All common
+parameters must be identical to those otherwise passed to dma_free_coherent,
 and the attrs argument must be identical to the attrs passed to
 dma_alloc_attrs().
 
@@ -575,8 +574,7 @@ boundaries when doing this.
 
 	int
 	dma_declare_coherent_memory(struct device *dev, phys_addr_t phys_addr,
-				    dma_addr_t device_addr, size_t size, int
-				    flags)
+				    dma_addr_t device_addr, size_t size);
 
 Declare region of memory to be handed out by dma_alloc_coherent() when
 it's asked for coherent memory for this device.
@@ -590,12 +588,6 @@ dma_addr_t in dma_alloc_coherent()).
 
 size is the size of the area (must be multiples of PAGE_SIZE).
 
-flags can be ORed together and are:
-
-- DMA_MEMORY_EXCLUSIVE - only allocate memory from the declared regions.
-  Do not allow dma_alloc_coherent() to fall back to system memory when
-  it's out of memory in the declared region.
-
 As a simplification for the platforms, only *one* such region of
 memory may be declared per device.
 
@@ -614,23 +606,6 @@ unconditionally having removed all the required structures.  It is the
 driver's job to ensure that no parts of this memory region are
 currently in use.
 
-::
-
-	void *
-	dma_mark_declared_memory_occupied(struct device *dev,
-					  dma_addr_t device_addr, size_t size)
-
-This is used to occupy specific regions of the declared space
-(dma_alloc_coherent() will hand out the first free region it finds).
-
-device_addr is the *device* address of the region requested.
-
-size is the size (and should be a page-sized multiple).
-
-The return value will be either a pointer to the processor virtual
-address of the memory, or an error (via PTR_ERR()) if any part of the
-region is occupied.
-
 Part III - Debug drivers use of the DMA-API
 -------------------------------------------
 
@@ -705,6 +680,9 @@ dma-api/disabled		This read-only file contains the character 'Y'
 				happen when it runs out of memory or if it was
 				disabled at boot time
 
+dma-api/dump			This read-only file contains current DMA
+				mappings.
+
 dma-api/error_count		This file is read-only and shows the total
 				numbers of errors found.
 
@@ -717,13 +695,16 @@ dma-api/num_errors		The number in this file shows how many
 dma-api/min_free_entries	This read-only file can be read to get the
 				minimum number of free dma_debug_entries the
 				allocator has ever seen. If this value goes
-				down to zero the code will disable itself
-				because it is not longer reliable.
+				down to zero the code will attempt to increase
+				nr_total_entries to compensate.
 
 dma-api/num_free_entries	The current number of free dma_debug_entries
 				in the allocator.
 
-dma-api/driver-filter		You can write a name of a driver into this file
+dma-api/nr_total_entries	The total number of dma_debug_entries in the
+				allocator, both free and used.
+
+dma-api/driver_filter		You can write a name of a driver into this file
 				to limit the debug output to requests from that
 				particular driver. Write an empty string to
 				that file to disable the filter and see
@@ -742,10 +723,15 @@ driver filter at boot time. The debug code will only print errors for that
 driver afterwards. This filter can be disabled or changed later using debugfs.
 
 When the code disables itself at runtime this is most likely because it ran
-out of dma_debug_entries. These entries are preallocated at boot. The number
-of preallocated entries is defined per architecture. If it is too low for you
-boot with 'dma_debug_entries=<your_desired_number>' to overwrite the
-architectural default.
+out of dma_debug_entries and was unable to allocate more on-demand. 65536
+entries are preallocated at boot - if this is too low for you boot with
+'dma_debug_entries=<your_desired_number>' to overwrite the default. Note
+that the code allocates entries in batches, so the exact number of
+preallocated entries may be greater than the actual number requested. The
+code will print to the kernel log each time it has dynamically allocated
+as many entries as were initially preallocated. This is to indicate that a
+larger preallocation size may be appropriate, or if it happens continually
+that a driver may be leaking mappings.
 
 ::
 
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-ISA-LPC.txt b/Documentation/DMA-ISA-LPC.txt
index 8c2b8be6e45b..b1ec7b16c21f 100644
--- a/Documentation/DMA-ISA-LPC.txt
+++ b/Documentation/DMA-ISA-LPC.txt
@@ -52,8 +52,8 @@ Address translation
 -------------------
 
 To translate the virtual address to a bus address, use the normal DMA
-API. Do _not_ use isa_virt_to_phys() even though it does the same
-thing. The reason for this is that the function isa_virt_to_phys()
+API. Do _not_ use isa_virt_to_bus() even though it does the same
+thing. The reason for this is that the function isa_virt_to_bus()
 will require a Kconfig dependency to ISA, not just ISA_DMA_API which
 is really all you need. Remember that even though the DMA controller
 has its origins in ISA it is used elsewhere.
diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/1024x768.S b/Documentation/EDID/1024x768.S
index 6f3e4b75e49e..4aed3f9ab88a 100644
--- a/Documentation/EDID/1024x768.S
+++ b/Documentation/EDID/1024x768.S
@@ -31,14 +31,13 @@
 #define YBLANK 38
 #define XOFFSET 8
 #define XPULSE 144
-#define YOFFSET (63+3)
-#define YPULSE (63+6)
+#define YOFFSET 3
+#define YPULSE 6
 #define DPI 72
 #define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */
 #define TIMING_NAME "Linux XGA"
 #define ESTABLISHED_TIMING2_BITS 0x08 /* Bit 3 -> 1024x768 @60 Hz */
 #define HSYNC_POL 0
 #define VSYNC_POL 0
-#define CRC 0x55
 
 #include "edid.S"
diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/1280x1024.S b/Documentation/EDID/1280x1024.S
index bd9bef2a65af..b26dd424cad7 100644
--- a/Documentation/EDID/1280x1024.S
+++ b/Documentation/EDID/1280x1024.S
@@ -31,14 +31,13 @@
 #define YBLANK 42
 #define XOFFSET 48
 #define XPULSE 112
-#define YOFFSET (63+1)
-#define YPULSE (63+3)
+#define YOFFSET 1
+#define YPULSE 3
 #define DPI 72
 #define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */
 #define TIMING_NAME "Linux SXGA"
 /* No ESTABLISHED_TIMINGx_BITS */
 #define HSYNC_POL 1
 #define VSYNC_POL 1
-#define CRC 0xa0
 
 #include "edid.S"
diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/1600x1200.S b/Documentation/EDID/1600x1200.S
index a45101c6160c..0d091b282768 100644
--- a/Documentation/EDID/1600x1200.S
+++ b/Documentation/EDID/1600x1200.S
@@ -31,14 +31,13 @@
 #define YBLANK 50
 #define XOFFSET 64
 #define XPULSE 192
-#define YOFFSET (63+1)
-#define YPULSE (63+3)
+#define YOFFSET 1
+#define YPULSE 3
 #define DPI 72
 #define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */
 #define TIMING_NAME "Linux UXGA"
 /* No ESTABLISHED_TIMINGx_BITS */
 #define HSYNC_POL 1
 #define VSYNC_POL 1
-#define CRC 0x9d
 
 #include "edid.S"
diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/1680x1050.S b/Documentation/EDID/1680x1050.S
index b0d7c69282b4..7dfed9a33eab 100644
--- a/Documentation/EDID/1680x1050.S
+++ b/Documentation/EDID/1680x1050.S
@@ -31,14 +31,13 @@
 #define YBLANK 39
 #define XOFFSET 104
 #define XPULSE 176
-#define YOFFSET (63+3)
-#define YPULSE (63+6)
+#define YOFFSET 3
+#define YPULSE 6
 #define DPI 96
 #define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */
 #define TIMING_NAME "Linux WSXGA"
 /* No ESTABLISHED_TIMINGx_BITS */
 #define HSYNC_POL 1
 #define VSYNC_POL 1
-#define CRC 0x26
 
 #include "edid.S"
diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/1920x1080.S b/Documentation/EDID/1920x1080.S
index 3084355e81e7..d6ffbba28e95 100644
--- a/Documentation/EDID/1920x1080.S
+++ b/Documentation/EDID/1920x1080.S
@@ -31,14 +31,13 @@
 #define YBLANK 45
 #define XOFFSET 88
 #define XPULSE 44
-#define YOFFSET (63+4)
-#define YPULSE (63+5)
+#define YOFFSET 4
+#define YPULSE 5
 #define DPI 96
 #define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */
 #define TIMING_NAME "Linux FHD"
 /* No ESTABLISHED_TIMINGx_BITS */
 #define HSYNC_POL 1
 #define VSYNC_POL 1
-#define CRC 0x05
 
 #include "edid.S"
diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/800x600.S b/Documentation/EDID/800x600.S
index 6644e26d5801..a5616588de08 100644
--- a/Documentation/EDID/800x600.S
+++ b/Documentation/EDID/800x600.S
@@ -28,14 +28,13 @@
 #define YBLANK 28
 #define XOFFSET 40
 #define XPULSE 128
-#define YOFFSET (63+1)
-#define YPULSE (63+4)
+#define YOFFSET 1
+#define YPULSE 4
 #define DPI 72
 #define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */
 #define TIMING_NAME "Linux SVGA"
 #define ESTABLISHED_TIMING1_BITS 0x01 /* Bit 0: 800x600 @ 60Hz */
 #define HSYNC_POL 1
 #define VSYNC_POL 1
-#define CRC 0xc2
 
 #include "edid.S"
diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/EDID/HOWTO.txt
index 835db332289b..539871c3b785 100644
--- a/Documentation/EDID/HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/EDID/HOWTO.txt
@@ -45,14 +45,5 @@ EDID:
 
 #define YPIX vdisp
 #define YBLANK vtotal-vdisp
-#define YOFFSET (63+(vsyncstart-vdisp))
-#define YPULSE (63+(vsyncend-vsyncstart))
-
-The CRC value in the last line
-  #define CRC 0x55
-also is a bit tricky. After a first version of the binary data set is
-created, it must be checked with the "edid-decode" utility which will
-most probably complain about a wrong CRC. Fortunately, the utility also
-displays the correct CRC which must then be inserted into the source
-file. After the make procedure is repeated, the EDID data set is ready
-to be used.
+#define YOFFSET vsyncstart-vdisp
+#define YPULSE vsyncend-vsyncstart
diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/Makefile b/Documentation/EDID/Makefile
index 17763ca3f12b..85a927dfab02 100644
--- a/Documentation/EDID/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/EDID/Makefile
@@ -15,10 +15,21 @@ clean:
 %.o:	%.S
 	@cc -c $^
 
-%.bin:	%.o
+%.bin.nocrc:	%.o
 	@objcopy -Obinary $^ $@
 
-%.bin.ihex:	%.o
+%.crc:	%.bin.nocrc
+	@list=$$(for i in `seq 1 127`; do head -c$$i $^ | tail -c1 \
+		| hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X+"'; done); \
+		echo "ibase=16;100-($${list%?})%100" | bc >$@
+
+%.p:	%.crc %.S
+	@cc -c -DCRC="$$(cat $*.crc)" -o $@ $*.S
+
+%.bin:	%.p
+	@objcopy -Obinary $^ $@
+
+%.bin.ihex:	%.p
 	@objcopy -Oihex $^ $@
 	@dos2unix $@ 2>/dev/null
 
diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/edid.S b/Documentation/EDID/edid.S
index ef082dcc6084..c3d13815526d 100644
--- a/Documentation/EDID/edid.S
+++ b/Documentation/EDID/edid.S
@@ -47,9 +47,11 @@
 #define mfgname2id(v1,v2,v3) \
 	((((v1-'@')&0x1f)<<10)+(((v2-'@')&0x1f)<<5)+((v3-'@')&0x1f))
 #define swap16(v1) ((v1>>8)+((v1&0xff)<<8))
+#define lsbs2(v1,v2) (((v1&0x0f)<<4)+(v2&0x0f))
 #define msbs2(v1,v2) ((((v1>>8)&0x0f)<<4)+((v2>>8)&0x0f))
 #define msbs4(v1,v2,v3,v4) \
-	(((v1&0x03)>>2)+((v2&0x03)>>4)+((v3&0x03)>>6)+((v4&0x03)>>8))
+	((((v1>>8)&0x03)<<6)+(((v2>>8)&0x03)<<4)+\
+	(((v3>>4)&0x03)<<2)+((v4>>4)&0x03))
 #define pixdpi2mm(pix,dpi) ((pix*25)/dpi)
 #define xsize pixdpi2mm(XPIX,DPI)
 #define ysize pixdpi2mm(YPIX,DPI)
@@ -200,9 +202,9 @@ y_msbs:		.byte	msbs2(YPIX,YBLANK)
 x_snc_off_lsb:	.byte	XOFFSET&0xff
 /* Horizontal sync pulse width pixels 8 lsbits (0-1023) */
 x_snc_pls_lsb:	.byte	XPULSE&0xff
-/* Bits 7-4 	Vertical sync offset lines 4 lsbits -63)
-   Bits 3-0 	Vertical sync pulse width lines 4 lsbits -63) */
-y_snc_lsb:	.byte	((YOFFSET-63)<<4)+(YPULSE-63)
+/* Bits 7-4 	Vertical sync offset lines 4 lsbits (0-63)
+   Bits 3-0 	Vertical sync pulse width lines 4 lsbits (0-63) */
+y_snc_lsb:	.byte	lsbs2(YOFFSET, YPULSE)
 /* Bits 7-6 	Horizontal sync offset pixels 2 msbits
    Bits 5-4 	Horizontal sync pulse width pixels 2 msbits
    Bits 3-2 	Vertical sync offset lines 2 msbits
diff --git a/Documentation/Makefile b/Documentation/Makefile
index 2ca77ad0f238..9786957c6a35 100644
--- a/Documentation/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/Makefile
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 # Makefile for Sphinx documentation
 #
 
-subdir-y :=
+subdir-y := devicetree/bindings/
 
 # You can set these variables from the command line.
 SPHINXBUILD   = sphinx-build
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/pci-test-howto.txt b/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/pci-test-howto.txt
index e40cf0fb58d7..040479f437a5 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/pci-test-howto.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/endpoint/pci-test-howto.txt
@@ -99,17 +99,20 @@ Note that the devices listed here correspond to the value populated in 1.4 above
 2.2 Using Endpoint Test function Device
 
 pcitest.sh added in tools/pci/ can be used to run all the default PCI endpoint
-tests. Before pcitest.sh can be used pcitest.c should be compiled using the
-following commands.
+tests. To compile this tool the following commands should be used:
 
-	cd <kernel-dir>
-	make headers_install ARCH=arm
-	arm-linux-gnueabihf-gcc -Iusr/include tools/pci/pcitest.c -o pcitest
-	cp pcitest  <rootfs>/usr/sbin/
-	cp tools/pci/pcitest.sh <rootfs>
+	# cd <kernel-dir>
+	# make -C tools/pci
+
+or if you desire to compile and install in your system:
+
+	# cd <kernel-dir>
+	# make -C tools/pci install
+
+The tool and script will be located in <rootfs>/usr/bin/
 
 2.2.1 pcitest.sh Output
-	# ./pcitest.sh
+	# pcitest.sh
 	BAR tests
 
 	BAR0:           OKAY
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt
index 688b69121e82..0b6bb3ef449e 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ The actual steps taken by a platform to recover from a PCI error
 event will be platform-dependent, but will follow the general
 sequence described below.
 
-STEP 0: Error Event: ERR_NONFATAL
+STEP 0: Error Event
 -------------------
 A PCI bus error is detected by the PCI hardware.  On powerpc, the slot
 is isolated, in that all I/O is blocked: all reads return 0xffffffff,
@@ -228,7 +228,13 @@ proceeds to either STEP3 (Link Reset) or to STEP 5 (Resume Operations).
 If any driver returned PCI_ERS_RESULT_NEED_RESET, then the platform
 proceeds to STEP 4 (Slot Reset)
 
-STEP 3: Slot Reset
+STEP 3: Link Reset
+------------------
+The platform resets the link.  This is a PCI-Express specific step
+and is done whenever a fatal error has been detected that can be
+"solved" by resetting the link.
+
+STEP 4: Slot Reset
 ------------------
 
 In response to a return value of PCI_ERS_RESULT_NEED_RESET, the
@@ -314,7 +320,7 @@ Failure).
 >>> However, it probably should.
 
 
-STEP 4: Resume Operations
+STEP 5: Resume Operations
 -------------------------
 The platform will call the resume() callback on all affected device
 drivers if all drivers on the segment have returned
@@ -326,7 +332,7 @@ a result code.
 At this point, if a new error happens, the platform will restart
 a new error recovery sequence.
 
-STEP 5: Permanent Failure
+STEP 6: Permanent Failure
 -------------------------
 A "permanent failure" has occurred, and the platform cannot recover
 the device.  The platform will call error_detected() with a
@@ -349,27 +355,6 @@ errors. See the discussion in powerpc/eeh-pci-error-recovery.txt
 for additional detail on real-life experience of the causes of
 software errors.
 
-STEP 0: Error Event: ERR_FATAL
--------------------
-PCI bus error is detected by the PCI hardware. On powerpc, the slot is
-isolated, in that all I/O is blocked: all reads return 0xffffffff, all
-writes are ignored.
-
-STEP 1: Remove devices
---------------------
-Platform removes the devices depending on the error agent, it could be
-this port for all subordinates or upstream component (likely downstream
-port)
-
-STEP 2: Reset link
---------------------
-The platform resets the link.  This is a PCI-Express specific step and is
-done whenever a fatal error has been detected that can be "solved" by
-resetting the link.
-
-STEP 3: Re-enumerate the devices
---------------------
-Initiates the re-enumeration.
 
 Conclusion; General Remarks
 ---------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/BigTreeClassicRCUBH.svg b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/BigTreeClassicRCUBH.svg
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bbb1944f962..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/BigTreeClassicRCUBH.svg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,499 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
-<!-- Creator: fig2dev Version 3.2 Patchlevel 5e -->
-
-<!-- CreationDate: Wed Dec  9 17:26:09 2015 -->
-
-<!-- Magnification: 2.000 -->
-
-<svg
-   xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
-   xmlns:cc="http://creativecommons.org/ns#"
-   xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
-   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-   xmlns:sodipodi="http://sodipodi.sourceforge.net/DTD/sodipodi-0.dtd"
-   xmlns:inkscape="http://www.inkscape.org/namespaces/inkscape"
-   width="5.7in"
-   height="6.6in"
-   viewBox="-44 -44 6838 7888"
-   id="svg2"
-   version="1.1"
-   inkscape:version="0.48.4 r9939"
-   sodipodi:docname="BigTreeClassicRCUBH.fig">
-  <metadata
-     id="metadata110">
-    <rdf:RDF>
-      <cc:Work
-         rdf:about="">
-        <dc:format>image/svg+xml</dc:format>
-        <dc:type
-           rdf:resource="http://purl.org/dc/dcmitype/StillImage" />
-        <dc:title></dc:title>
-      </cc:Work>
-    </rdf:RDF>
-  </metadata>
-  <defs
-     id="defs108">
-    <marker
-       inkscape:stockid="Arrow1Mend"
-       orient="auto"
-       refY="0.0"
-       refX="0.0"
-       id="Arrow1Mend"
-       style="overflow:visible;">
-      <path
-         id="path3868"
-         d="M 0.0,0.0 L 5.0,-5.0 L -12.5,0.0 L 5.0,5.0 L 0.0,0.0 z "
-         style="fill-rule:evenodd;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:1.0pt;"
-         transform="scale(0.4) rotate(180) translate(10,0)" />
-    </marker>
-    <marker
-       inkscape:stockid="Arrow2Mend"
-       orient="auto"
-       refY="0.0"
-       refX="0.0"
-       id="Arrow2Mend"
-       style="overflow:visible;">
-      <path
-         id="path3886"
-         style="fill-rule:evenodd;stroke-width:0.62500000;stroke-linejoin:round;"
-         d="M 8.7185878,4.0337352 L -2.2072895,0.016013256 L 8.7185884,-4.0017078 C 6.9730900,-1.6296469 6.9831476,1.6157441 8.7185878,4.0337352 z "
-         transform="scale(0.6) rotate(180) translate(0,0)" />
-    </marker>
-  </defs>
-  <sodipodi:namedview
-     pagecolor="#ffffff"
-     bordercolor="#666666"
-     borderopacity="1"
-     objecttolerance="10"
-     gridtolerance="10"
-     guidetolerance="10"
-     inkscape:pageopacity="0"
-     inkscape:pageshadow="2"
-     inkscape:window-width="878"
-     inkscape:window-height="1148"
-     id="namedview106"
-     showgrid="false"
-     inkscape:zoom="1.3547758"
-     inkscape:cx="256.5"
-     inkscape:cy="297"
-     inkscape:window-x="45"
-     inkscape:window-y="24"
-     inkscape:window-maximized="0"
-     inkscape:current-layer="g4" />
-  <g
-     style="stroke-width:.025in; fill:none"
-     id="g4">
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="450"
-       y="0"
-       width="6300"
-       height="7350"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffffff; "
-       id="rect6" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="4950"
-       y="4950"
-       width="1500"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
-       id="rect8" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="750"
-       y="600"
-       width="5700"
-       height="3750"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffff00; "
-       id="rect10" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="0"
-       y="450"
-       width="6300"
-       height="7350"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffffff; "
-       id="rect12" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="300"
-       y="1050"
-       width="5700"
-       height="3750"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffff00; "
-       id="rect14" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="2850"
-       cy="3900"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle16" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="3150"
-       cy="3900"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle18" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="3450"
-       cy="3900"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle20" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="1350"
-       cy="5100"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle22" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="1650"
-       cy="5100"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle24" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="1950"
-       cy="5100"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle26" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="4350"
-       cy="5100"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle28" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="4650"
-       cy="5100"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle30" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="4950"
-       cy="5100"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle32" />
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="1350,3450 2350,2590 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.0045575;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline34" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1350 3450 - 2444 2510-->
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="4950,3450 3948,2590 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.0045575;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline38" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4950 3450 - 3854 2510-->
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="750"
-       y="3450"
-       width="1800"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffbfbf; "
-       id="rect42" />
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="2250,5400 2250,4414 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.0045575;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline44" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 2250 5400 - 2250 4290-->
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="1500"
-       y="5400"
-       width="1500"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
-       id="rect48" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="300"
-       y="6600"
-       width="1500"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
-       id="rect50" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="3750"
-       y="3450"
-       width="1800"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffbfbf; "
-       id="rect52" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="4500"
-       y="5400"
-       width="1500"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
-       id="rect54" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="3300"
-       y="6600"
-       width="1500"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
-       id="rect56" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="2250"
-       y="1650"
-       width="1800"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffbfbf; "
-       id="rect58" />
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="6450"
-       y="300"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Helvetica"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="normal"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="end"
-       id="text60">rcu_bh</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="3150"
-       y="1950"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text62">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="3150"
-       y="2250"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text64">rcu_node</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1650"
-       y="3750"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text66">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1650"
-       y="4050"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text68">rcu_node</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4650"
-       y="4050"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text70">rcu_node</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4650"
-       y="3750"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text72">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="2250"
-       y="5700"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text74">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="2250"
-       y="6000"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text76">rcu_data</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1050"
-       y="6900"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text78">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1050"
-       y="7200"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text80">rcu_data</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="5250"
-       y="5700"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text82">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="5250"
-       y="6000"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text84">rcu_data</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4050"
-       y="6900"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text86">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4050"
-       y="7200"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text88">rcu_data</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="450"
-       y="1350"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="start"
-       id="text90">struct rcu_state</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="6000"
-       y="750"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Helvetica"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="normal"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="end"
-       id="text92">rcu_sched</text>
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="5250,5400 5250,4414 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.0045575;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline94" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 5250 5400 - 5250 4290-->
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="4050,6600 4050,4414 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.0045575;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline98" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4050 6600 - 4050 4290-->
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="1050,6600 1050,4414 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.0045575;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline102" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1050 6600 - 1050 4290-->
-  </g>
-</svg>
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/BigTreeClassicRCUBHdyntick.svg b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/BigTreeClassicRCUBHdyntick.svg
deleted file mode 100644
index 21ba7823479d..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/BigTreeClassicRCUBHdyntick.svg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,695 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
-<!-- Creator: fig2dev Version 3.2 Patchlevel 5e -->
-
-<!-- CreationDate: Wed Dec  9 17:20:02 2015 -->
-
-<!-- Magnification: 2.000 -->
-
-<svg
-   xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
-   xmlns:cc="http://creativecommons.org/ns#"
-   xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
-   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-   xmlns:sodipodi="http://sodipodi.sourceforge.net/DTD/sodipodi-0.dtd"
-   xmlns:inkscape="http://www.inkscape.org/namespaces/inkscape"
-   width="5.7in"
-   height="8.6in"
-   viewBox="-44 -44 6838 10288"
-   id="svg2"
-   version="1.1"
-   inkscape:version="0.48.4 r9939"
-   sodipodi:docname="BigTreeClassicRCUBHdyntick.fig">
-  <metadata
-     id="metadata166">
-    <rdf:RDF>
-      <cc:Work
-         rdf:about="">
-        <dc:format>image/svg+xml</dc:format>
-        <dc:type
-           rdf:resource="http://purl.org/dc/dcmitype/StillImage" />
-        <dc:title></dc:title>
-      </cc:Work>
-    </rdf:RDF>
-  </metadata>
-  <defs
-     id="defs164">
-    <marker
-       inkscape:stockid="Arrow1Mend"
-       orient="auto"
-       refY="0.0"
-       refX="0.0"
-       id="Arrow1Mend"
-       style="overflow:visible;">
-      <path
-         id="path3924"
-         d="M 0.0,0.0 L 5.0,-5.0 L -12.5,0.0 L 5.0,5.0 L 0.0,0.0 z "
-         style="fill-rule:evenodd;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:1.0pt;"
-         transform="scale(0.4) rotate(180) translate(10,0)" />
-    </marker>
-    <marker
-       inkscape:stockid="Arrow2Lend"
-       orient="auto"
-       refY="0.0"
-       refX="0.0"
-       id="Arrow2Lend"
-       style="overflow:visible;">
-      <path
-         id="path3936"
-         style="fill-rule:evenodd;stroke-width:0.62500000;stroke-linejoin:round;"
-         d="M 8.7185878,4.0337352 L -2.2072895,0.016013256 L 8.7185884,-4.0017078 C 6.9730900,-1.6296469 6.9831476,1.6157441 8.7185878,4.0337352 z "
-         transform="scale(1.1) rotate(180) translate(1,0)" />
-    </marker>
-  </defs>
-  <sodipodi:namedview
-     pagecolor="#ffffff"
-     bordercolor="#666666"
-     borderopacity="1"
-     objecttolerance="10"
-     gridtolerance="10"
-     guidetolerance="10"
-     inkscape:pageopacity="0"
-     inkscape:pageshadow="2"
-     inkscape:window-width="845"
-     inkscape:window-height="988"
-     id="namedview162"
-     showgrid="false"
-     inkscape:zoom="1.0452196"
-     inkscape:cx="256.5"
-     inkscape:cy="387.00003"
-     inkscape:window-x="356"
-     inkscape:window-y="61"
-     inkscape:window-maximized="0"
-     inkscape:current-layer="g4" />
-  <g
-     style="stroke-width:.025in; fill:none"
-     id="g4">
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="450"
-       y="0"
-       width="6300"
-       height="7350"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffffff; "
-       id="rect6" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="4950"
-       y="4950"
-       width="1500"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
-       id="rect8" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="750"
-       y="600"
-       width="5700"
-       height="3750"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffff00; "
-       id="rect10" />
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="5250,8100 5688,5912 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline12" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 5250 8100 - 5710 5790-->
-    <polyline
-       points="5714 6068 5704 5822 5598 6044 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline14" />
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="4050,9300 4486,7262 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline16" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4050 9300 - 4512 7140-->
-    <polyline
-       points="4514 7418 4506 7172 4396 7394 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline18" />
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="1040,9300 1476,7262 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline20" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1040 9300 - 1502 7140-->
-    <polyline
-       points="1504 7418 1496 7172 1386 7394 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline22" />
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="2240,8100 2676,6062 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline24" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 2240 8100 - 2702 5940-->
-    <polyline
-       points="2704 6218 2696 5972 2586 6194 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline26" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="0"
-       y="450"
-       width="6300"
-       height="7350"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffffff; "
-       id="rect28" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="300"
-       y="1050"
-       width="5700"
-       height="3750"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffff00; "
-       id="rect30" />
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="1350,3450 2350,2590 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.0045575;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline32" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1350 3450 - 2444 2510-->
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="4950,3450 3948,2590 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.0045575;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline36" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4950 3450 - 3854 2510-->
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="4050,6600 4050,4414 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00455750000000066;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline40" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4050 6600 - 4050 4290-->
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="1050,6600 1050,4414 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00455750000000066;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline44" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1050 6600 - 1050 4290-->
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="2250,5400 2250,4414 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00455750000000066;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline48" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 2250 5400 - 2250 4290-->
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="2250,8100 2250,6364 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline52" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 2250 8100 - 2250 6240-->
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="1050,9300 1050,7564 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline56" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1050 9300 - 1050 7440-->
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="4050,9300 4050,7564 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline60" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4050 9300 - 4050 7440-->
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="5250,8100 5250,6364 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline64" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 5250 8100 - 5250 6240-->
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="2850"
-       cy="3900"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle68" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="3150"
-       cy="3900"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle70" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="3450"
-       cy="3900"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle72" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="1350"
-       cy="5100"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle74" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="1650"
-       cy="5100"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle76" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="1950"
-       cy="5100"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle78" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="4350"
-       cy="5100"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle80" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="4650"
-       cy="5100"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle82" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="4950"
-       cy="5100"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle84" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="750"
-       y="3450"
-       width="1800"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffbfbf; "
-       id="rect86" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="300"
-       y="6600"
-       width="1500"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
-       id="rect88" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="3750"
-       y="3450"
-       width="1800"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffbfbf; "
-       id="rect90" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="4500"
-       y="5400"
-       width="1500"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
-       id="rect92" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="3300"
-       y="6600"
-       width="1500"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
-       id="rect94" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="2250"
-       y="1650"
-       width="1800"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffbfbf; "
-       id="rect96" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="0"
-       y="9300"
-       width="2100"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#00ff00; "
-       id="rect98" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="1350"
-       y="8100"
-       width="2100"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#00ff00; "
-       id="rect100" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="3000"
-       y="9300"
-       width="2100"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#00ff00; "
-       id="rect102" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="4350"
-       y="8100"
-       width="2100"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#00ff00; "
-       id="rect104" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="1500"
-       y="5400"
-       width="1500"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
-       id="rect106" />
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="6450"
-       y="300"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Helvetica"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="normal"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="end"
-       id="text108">rcu_bh</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="3150"
-       y="1950"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text110">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="3150"
-       y="2250"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text112">rcu_node</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1650"
-       y="3750"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text114">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1650"
-       y="4050"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text116">rcu_node</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4650"
-       y="4050"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text118">rcu_node</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4650"
-       y="3750"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text120">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="2250"
-       y="5700"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text122">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="2250"
-       y="6000"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text124">rcu_data</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1050"
-       y="6900"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text126">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1050"
-       y="7200"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text128">rcu_data</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="5250"
-       y="5700"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text130">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="5250"
-       y="6000"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text132">rcu_data</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4050"
-       y="6900"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text134">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4050"
-       y="7200"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text136">rcu_data</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="450"
-       y="1350"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="start"
-       id="text138">struct rcu_state</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1050"
-       y="9600"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text140">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1050"
-       y="9900"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text142">rcu_dynticks</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4050"
-       y="9600"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text144">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4050"
-       y="9900"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text146">rcu_dynticks</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="2400"
-       y="8400"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text148">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="2400"
-       y="8700"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text150">rcu_dynticks</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="5400"
-       y="8400"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text152">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="5400"
-       y="8700"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text154">rcu_dynticks</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="6000"
-       y="750"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Helvetica"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="normal"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="end"
-       id="text156">rcu_sched</text>
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="5250,5400 5250,4414 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00455750000000066;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline158" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 5250 5400 - 5250 4290-->
-  </g>
-</svg>
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/BigTreePreemptRCUBHdyntick.svg b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/BigTreePreemptRCUBHdyntick.svg
deleted file mode 100644
index 15adcac036c7..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/BigTreePreemptRCUBHdyntick.svg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,741 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
-<!-- Creator: fig2dev Version 3.2 Patchlevel 5e -->
-
-<!-- CreationDate: Wed Dec  9 17:32:59 2015 -->
-
-<!-- Magnification: 2.000 -->
-
-<svg
-   xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
-   xmlns:cc="http://creativecommons.org/ns#"
-   xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
-   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
-   xmlns:sodipodi="http://sodipodi.sourceforge.net/DTD/sodipodi-0.dtd"
-   xmlns:inkscape="http://www.inkscape.org/namespaces/inkscape"
-   width="6.1in"
-   height="8.9in"
-   viewBox="-44 -44 7288 10738"
-   id="svg2"
-   version="1.1"
-   inkscape:version="0.48.4 r9939"
-   sodipodi:docname="BigTreePreemptRCUBHdyntick.fig">
-  <metadata
-     id="metadata182">
-    <rdf:RDF>
-      <cc:Work
-         rdf:about="">
-        <dc:format>image/svg+xml</dc:format>
-        <dc:type
-           rdf:resource="http://purl.org/dc/dcmitype/StillImage" />
-        <dc:title></dc:title>
-      </cc:Work>
-    </rdf:RDF>
-  </metadata>
-  <defs
-     id="defs180">
-    <marker
-       inkscape:stockid="Arrow1Mend"
-       orient="auto"
-       refY="0.0"
-       refX="0.0"
-       id="Arrow1Mend"
-       style="overflow:visible;">
-      <path
-         id="path3940"
-         d="M 0.0,0.0 L 5.0,-5.0 L -12.5,0.0 L 5.0,5.0 L 0.0,0.0 z "
-         style="fill-rule:evenodd;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:1.0pt;"
-         transform="scale(0.4) rotate(180) translate(10,0)" />
-    </marker>
-  </defs>
-  <sodipodi:namedview
-     pagecolor="#ffffff"
-     bordercolor="#666666"
-     borderopacity="1"
-     objecttolerance="10"
-     gridtolerance="10"
-     guidetolerance="10"
-     inkscape:pageopacity="0"
-     inkscape:pageshadow="2"
-     inkscape:window-width="874"
-     inkscape:window-height="1148"
-     id="namedview178"
-     showgrid="false"
-     inkscape:zoom="1.2097379"
-     inkscape:cx="274.5"
-     inkscape:cy="400.49997"
-     inkscape:window-x="946"
-     inkscape:window-y="24"
-     inkscape:window-maximized="0"
-     inkscape:current-layer="g4" />
-  <g
-     style="stroke-width:.025in; fill:none"
-     id="g4">
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="900"
-       y="0"
-       width="6300"
-       height="7350"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffffff; "
-       id="rect6" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="1200"
-       y="600"
-       width="5700"
-       height="3750"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffff00; "
-       id="rect8" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="5400"
-       y="4950"
-       width="1500"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
-       id="rect10" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="450"
-       y="450"
-       width="6300"
-       height="7350"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffffff; "
-       id="rect12" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="750"
-       y="1050"
-       width="5700"
-       height="3750"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffff00; "
-       id="rect14" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="4950"
-       y="5400"
-       width="1500"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
-       id="rect16" />
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="5250,8550 5688,6362 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline18" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 5250 8550 - 5710 6240-->
-    <polyline
-       points="5714 6518 5704 6272 5598 6494 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline20" />
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="4050,9750 4486,7712 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline22" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4050 9750 - 4512 7590-->
-    <polyline
-       points="4514 7868 4506 7622 4396 7844 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline24" />
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="1040,9750 1476,7712 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline26" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1040 9750 - 1502 7590-->
-    <polyline
-       points="1504 7868 1496 7622 1386 7844 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline28" />
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="2240,8550 2676,6512 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline30" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 2240 8550 - 2702 6390-->
-    <polyline
-       points="2704 6668 2696 6422 2586 6644 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline32" />
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="4050,9750 5682,6360 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline34" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4050 9750 - 5736 6246-->
-    <polyline
-       points="5672 6518 5722 6276 5562 6466 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline36" />
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="1010,9750 2642,6360 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline38" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1010 9750 - 2696 6246-->
-    <polyline
-       points="2632 6518 2682 6276 2522 6466 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline40" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="0"
-       y="900"
-       width="6300"
-       height="7350"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffffff; "
-       id="rect42" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="300"
-       y="1500"
-       width="5700"
-       height="3750"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffff00; "
-       id="rect44" />
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="1350,3900 2350,3040 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00205472;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline46" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1350 3900 - 2444 2960-->
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="4950,3900 3948,3040 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00205472;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline50" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4950 3900 - 3854 2960-->
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="4050,7050 4050,4864 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00205472;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline54" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4050 7050 - 4050 4740-->
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="1050,7050 1050,4864 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00205472;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline58" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1050 7050 - 1050 4740-->
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="2250,5850 2250,4864 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00205472;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline62" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 2250 5850 - 2250 4740-->
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="2250,8550 2250,6814 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline66" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 2250 8550 - 2250 6690-->
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="1050,9750 1050,8014 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30.00205472;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline70" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1050 9750 - 1050 7890-->
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="4050,9750 4050,8014 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30.00205472;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline74" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4050 9750 - 4050 7890-->
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="5250,8550 5250,6814 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline78" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 5250 8550 - 5250 6690-->
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="2850"
-       cy="4350"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle82" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="3150"
-       cy="4350"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle84" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="3450"
-       cy="4350"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle86" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="1350"
-       cy="5550"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle88" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="1650"
-       cy="5550"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle90" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="1950"
-       cy="5550"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle92" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="4350"
-       cy="5550"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle94" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="4650"
-       cy="5550"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle96" />
-    <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="4950"
-       cy="5550"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle98" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="750"
-       y="3900"
-       width="1800"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffbfbf; "
-       id="rect100" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="300"
-       y="7050"
-       width="1500"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
-       id="rect102" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="3750"
-       y="3900"
-       width="1800"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffbfbf; "
-       id="rect104" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="4500"
-       y="5850"
-       width="1500"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
-       id="rect106" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="3300"
-       y="7050"
-       width="1500"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
-       id="rect108" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="2250"
-       y="2100"
-       width="1800"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffbfbf; "
-       id="rect110" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="0"
-       y="9750"
-       width="2100"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#00ff00; "
-       id="rect112" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="1350"
-       y="8550"
-       width="2100"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#00ff00; "
-       id="rect114" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="3000"
-       y="9750"
-       width="2100"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#00ff00; "
-       id="rect116" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="4350"
-       y="8550"
-       width="2100"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#00ff00; "
-       id="rect118" />
-    <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="1500"
-       y="5850"
-       width="1500"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
-       id="rect120" />
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="6450"
-       y="750"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Helvetica"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="normal"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="end"
-       id="text122">rcu_bh</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="3150"
-       y="2400"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text124">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="3150"
-       y="2700"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text126">rcu_node</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1650"
-       y="4200"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text128">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1650"
-       y="4500"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text130">rcu_node</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4650"
-       y="4500"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text132">rcu_node</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4650"
-       y="4200"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text134">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="2250"
-       y="6150"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text136">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="2250"
-       y="6450"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text138">rcu_data</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1050"
-       y="7350"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text140">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1050"
-       y="7650"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text142">rcu_data</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="5250"
-       y="6150"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text144">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="5250"
-       y="6450"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text146">rcu_data</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4050"
-       y="7350"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text148">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4050"
-       y="7650"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text150">rcu_data</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="450"
-       y="1800"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="start"
-       id="text152">struct rcu_state</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1050"
-       y="10050"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text154">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1050"
-       y="10350"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text156">rcu_dynticks</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4050"
-       y="10050"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text158">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4050"
-       y="10350"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text160">rcu_dynticks</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="2400"
-       y="8850"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text162">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="2400"
-       y="9150"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text164">rcu_dynticks</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="5400"
-       y="8850"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text166">struct</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="5400"
-       y="9150"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text168">rcu_dynticks</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="6900"
-       y="300"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Helvetica"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="normal"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="end"
-       id="text170">rcu_preempt</text>
-    <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="6000"
-       y="1200"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Helvetica"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="normal"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="end"
-       id="text172">rcu_sched</text>
-    <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="5250,5850 5250,4864 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00205472;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline174" />
-    <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 5250 5850 - 5250 4740-->
-  </g>
-</svg>
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/BigTreePreemptRCUBHdyntickCB.svg b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/BigTreePreemptRCUBHdyntickCB.svg
index bbc3801470d0..3a1a4f85dc3a 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/BigTreePreemptRCUBHdyntickCB.svg
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/BigTreePreemptRCUBHdyntickCB.svg
@@ -13,12 +13,12 @@
    xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
    xmlns:sodipodi="http://sodipodi.sourceforge.net/DTD/sodipodi-0.dtd"
    xmlns:inkscape="http://www.inkscape.org/namespaces/inkscape"
-   width="7.4in"
-   height="9.9in"
-   viewBox="-44 -44 8938 11938"
+   width="7.4000001in"
+   height="7.9000001in"
+   viewBox="-44 -44 8938 9526.283"
    id="svg2"
    version="1.1"
-   inkscape:version="0.48.4 r9939"
+   inkscape:version="0.92.2pre0 (973e216, 2017-07-25)"
    sodipodi:docname="BigTreePreemptRCUBHdyntickCB.svg">
   <metadata
      id="metadata212">
@@ -37,15 +37,46 @@
     <marker
        inkscape:stockid="Arrow1Mend"
        orient="auto"
-       refY="0.0"
-       refX="0.0"
+       refY="0"
+       refX="0"
+       id="marker1177"
+       style="overflow:visible"
+       inkscape:isstock="true">
+      <path
+         id="path897"
+         d="M 0,0 5,-5 -12.5,0 5,5 Z"
+         style="fill:#000000;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:evenodd;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:1.00000003pt;stroke-opacity:1"
+         transform="matrix(-0.4,0,0,-0.4,-4,0)"
+         inkscape:connector-curvature="0" />
+    </marker>
+    <marker
+       inkscape:stockid="Arrow1Lend"
+       orient="auto"
+       refY="0"
+       refX="0"
+       id="Arrow1Lend"
+       style="overflow:visible"
+       inkscape:isstock="true">
+      <path
+         id="path891"
+         d="M 0,0 5,-5 -12.5,0 5,5 Z"
+         style="fill:#000000;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:evenodd;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:1.00000003pt;stroke-opacity:1"
+         transform="matrix(-0.8,0,0,-0.8,-10,0)"
+         inkscape:connector-curvature="0" />
+    </marker>
+    <marker
+       inkscape:stockid="Arrow1Mend"
+       orient="auto"
+       refY="0"
+       refX="0"
        id="Arrow1Mend"
-       style="overflow:visible;">
+       style="overflow:visible">
       <path
          id="path3970"
-         d="M 0.0,0.0 L 5.0,-5.0 L -12.5,0.0 L 5.0,5.0 L 0.0,0.0 z "
-         style="fill-rule:evenodd;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:1.0pt;"
-         transform="scale(0.4) rotate(180) translate(10,0)" />
+         d="M 0,0 5,-5 -12.5,0 5,5 Z"
+         style="fill-rule:evenodd;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:1.00000003pt"
+         transform="matrix(-0.4,0,0,-0.4,-4,0)"
+         inkscape:connector-curvature="0" />
     </marker>
   </defs>
   <sodipodi:namedview
@@ -57,802 +88,575 @@
      guidetolerance="10"
      inkscape:pageopacity="0"
      inkscape:pageshadow="2"
-     inkscape:window-width="881"
-     inkscape:window-height="1128"
+     inkscape:window-width="1920"
+     inkscape:window-height="1019"
      id="namedview208"
      showgrid="false"
      inkscape:zoom="1.0195195"
-     inkscape:cx="333"
-     inkscape:cy="445.49997"
-     inkscape:window-x="936"
-     inkscape:window-y="24"
-     inkscape:window-maximized="0"
+     inkscape:cx="166.25478"
+     inkscape:cy="362.18693"
+     inkscape:window-x="0"
+     inkscape:window-y="0"
+     inkscape:window-maximized="1"
      inkscape:current-layer="g4" />
   <g
-     style="stroke-width:.025in; fill:none"
-     id="g4">
+     style="fill:none;stroke-width:0.025in"
+     id="g4"
+     transform="translate(0,-2415.6743)">
     <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="900"
-       y="0"
-       width="6300"
-       height="7350"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffffff; "
-       id="rect6" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="1200"
-       y="600"
-       width="5700"
-       height="3750"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffff00; "
-       id="rect8" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="5400"
-       y="4950"
-       width="1500"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
-       id="rect10" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="450"
-       y="450"
-       width="6300"
-       height="7350"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffffff; "
-       id="rect12" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="750"
-       y="1050"
-       width="5700"
-       height="3750"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffff00; "
-       id="rect14" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="4950"
-       y="5400"
-       width="1500"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
-       id="rect16" />
     <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="5250,8550 5688,6362 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline18" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 5250 8550 - 5710 6240-->
     <polyline
        points="5714 6518 5704 6272 5598 6494 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline20" />
+       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8"
+       id="polyline20"
+       transform="matrix(1,0,0,0.95854605,12.340758,1579.9033)" />
     <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="4050,9750 4486,7712 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline22" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4050 9750 - 4512 7590-->
     <polyline
        points="4514 7868 4506 7622 4396 7844 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline24" />
+       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8"
+       id="polyline24"
+       transform="matrix(1,0,0,0.95854605,12.340758,1579.9033)" />
     <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="1040,9750 1476,7712 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline26" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1040 9750 - 1502 7590-->
     <polyline
        points="1504 7868 1496 7622 1386 7844 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline28" />
+       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8"
+       id="polyline28"
+       transform="matrix(1,0,0,0.95854605,12.340758,1579.9033)" />
     <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="2240,8550 2676,6512 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline30" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 2240 8550 - 2702 6390-->
     <polyline
        points="2704 6668 2696 6422 2586 6644 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline32" />
+       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8"
+       id="polyline32"
+       transform="matrix(1,0,0,0.95854605,12.340758,1579.9033)" />
     <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="4050,9600 5692,6062 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline34" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4050 9600 - 5744 5948-->
     <polyline
        points="5682 6220 5730 5978 5574 6170 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline36" />
+       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8"
+       id="polyline36"
+       transform="matrix(1,0,0,0.95854605,12.340758,1579.9033)" />
     <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="1086,9600 2728,6062 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline38" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1086 9600 - 2780 5948-->
     <polyline
        points="2718 6220 2766 5978 2610 6170 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline40" />
+       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8"
+       id="polyline40"
+       transform="matrix(1,0,0,0.95854605,12.340758,1579.9033)" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="0"
-       y="900"
+       x="12.340758"
+       y="2442.5947"
        width="6300"
-       height="7350"
+       height="7045.3135"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffffff; "
+       style="fill:#ffffff;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:29.37160873;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect42" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="300"
-       y="1500"
+       x="312.34076"
+       y="3017.7224"
        width="5700"
-       height="3750"
+       height="3594.5476"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffff00; "
+       style="fill:#ffff00;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:29.37160873;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect44" />
     <!-- Line -->
     <polyline
        points="1350,3900 2350,3040 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:29.99463964;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline46" />
+       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:29.99464035;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
+       id="polyline46"
+       transform="matrix(1,0,0,0.95854605,12.340758,1579.9033)" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1350 3900 - 2444 2960-->
     <!-- Line -->
     <polyline
        points="4950,3900 3948,3040 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:29.99463964;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline50" />
+       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:29.99464035;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
+       id="polyline50"
+       transform="matrix(1,0,0,0.95854605,12.340758,1579.9033)" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4950 3900 - 3854 2960-->
     <!-- Line -->
     <polyline
        points="4050,7050 4050,4864 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:29.99463964;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline54" />
+       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:29.99464035;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
+       id="polyline54"
+       transform="matrix(1,0,0,0.95854605,12.340758,1579.9033)" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4050 7050 - 4050 4740-->
     <!-- Line -->
     <polyline
        points="1050,7050 1050,4864 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:29.99463964;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline58" />
+       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:29.99464035;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
+       id="polyline58"
+       transform="matrix(1,0,0,0.95854605,12.340758,1579.9033)" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1050 7050 - 1050 4740-->
     <!-- Line -->
     <polyline
        points="2250,5850 2250,4864 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:29.99463964;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline62" />
+       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:29.99464035;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
+       id="polyline62"
+       transform="matrix(1,0,0,0.95854605,12.340758,1579.9033)" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 2250 5850 - 2250 4740-->
     <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="2250,8550 2250,6814 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:29.99463964;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline66" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 2250 8550 - 2250 6690-->
     <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="1050,9750 1050,8014 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:29.99463964;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline70" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1050 9750 - 1050 7890-->
     <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="4050,9750 4050,8014 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:29.99463964;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline74" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4050 9750 - 4050 7890-->
     <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="5250,8550 5250,6814 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:29.99463964;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline78" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 5250 8550 - 5250 6690-->
     <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="6000,6300 8048,7910 "
-       style="stroke:#87cfff;stroke-width:30;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline82" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 6000 6300 - 8146 7986-->
     <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="2850"
-       cy="4350"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle86" />
+    <ellipse
+       cx="2862.3408"
+       cy="5749.5786"
+       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:13.70675087"
+       id="circle86"
+       rx="76"
+       ry="72.849495" />
     <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="3150"
-       cy="4350"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle88" />
+    <ellipse
+       cx="3162.3408"
+       cy="5749.5786"
+       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:13.70675087"
+       id="circle88"
+       rx="76"
+       ry="72.849495" />
     <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="3450"
-       cy="4350"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle90" />
+    <ellipse
+       cx="3462.3408"
+       cy="5749.5786"
+       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:13.70675087"
+       id="circle90"
+       rx="76"
+       ry="72.849495" />
     <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="1350"
-       cy="5550"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle92" />
+    <ellipse
+       cx="1362.3407"
+       cy="6899.834"
+       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:13.70675087"
+       id="circle92"
+       rx="76"
+       ry="72.849495" />
     <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="1650"
-       cy="5550"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle94" />
+    <ellipse
+       cx="1662.3407"
+       cy="6899.834"
+       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:13.70675087"
+       id="circle94"
+       rx="76"
+       ry="72.849495" />
     <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="1950"
-       cy="5550"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle96" />
+    <ellipse
+       cx="1962.3407"
+       cy="6899.834"
+       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:13.70675087"
+       id="circle96"
+       rx="76"
+       ry="72.849495" />
     <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="4350"
-       cy="5550"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle98" />
+    <ellipse
+       cx="4362.3408"
+       cy="6899.834"
+       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:13.70675087"
+       id="circle98"
+       rx="76"
+       ry="72.849495" />
     <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="4650"
-       cy="5550"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle100" />
+    <ellipse
+       cx="4662.3408"
+       cy="6899.834"
+       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:13.70675087"
+       id="circle100"
+       rx="76"
+       ry="72.849495" />
     <!-- Circle -->
-    <circle
-       cx="4950"
-       cy="5550"
-       r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
-       id="circle102" />
+    <ellipse
+       cx="4962.3408"
+       cy="6899.834"
+       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:13.70675087"
+       id="circle102"
+       rx="76"
+       ry="72.849495" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="7350"
-       y="7950"
+       x="6745.3027"
+       y="8146.0654"
        width="1500"
-       height="900"
+       height="862.69141"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
+       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:29.37160873;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect104" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="7350"
-       y="9450"
+       x="6745.3027"
+       y="9583.8857"
        width="1500"
-       height="900"
+       height="862.69141"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
+       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:29.37160873;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect106" />
     <!-- Line -->
     <polyline
        points="8100,8850 8100,9384 "
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline108" />
+       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
+       id="polyline108"
+       transform="matrix(1,0,0,0.95854605,-604.69715,525.62477)" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 8100 8850 - 8100 9510-->
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="7350"
-       y="10950"
+       x="6745.3027"
+       y="11021.704"
        width="1500"
-       height="900"
+       height="862.69141"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
+       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:29.37160873;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect112" />
     <!-- Line -->
     <polyline
        points="8100,10350 8100,10884 "
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline114" />
+       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
+       id="polyline114"
+       transform="matrix(1,0,0,0.95854605,-604.69715,525.62477)" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 8100 10350 - 8100 11010-->
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="750"
-       y="3900"
+       x="762.34076"
+       y="5318.2324"
        width="1800"
-       height="900"
+       height="862.69141"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffbfbf; "
+       style="fill:#ffbfbf;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:29.37160873;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect118" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="300"
-       y="7050"
+       x="312.34076"
+       y="8337.6533"
        width="1500"
-       height="900"
+       height="862.69141"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
+       style="fill:#87cfff;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:29.37160873;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect120" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="3750"
-       y="3900"
+       x="3762.3408"
+       y="5318.2324"
        width="1800"
-       height="900"
+       height="862.69141"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffbfbf; "
+       style="fill:#ffbfbf;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:29.37160873;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect122" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="4500"
-       y="5850"
+       x="4512.3408"
+       y="7187.3975"
        width="1500"
-       height="900"
+       height="862.69141"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
+       style="fill:#87cfff;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:29.37160873;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect124" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="3300"
-       y="7050"
+       x="3312.3408"
+       y="8337.6533"
        width="1500"
-       height="900"
+       height="862.69141"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
+       style="fill:#87cfff;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:29.37160873;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect126" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="2250"
-       y="2100"
+       x="2262.3408"
+       y="3592.8503"
        width="1800"
-       height="900"
+       height="862.69141"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffbfbf; "
+       style="fill:#ffbfbf;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:29.37160873;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect128" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="0"
-       y="9750"
-       width="2100"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#00ff00; "
-       id="rect130" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="1350"
-       y="8550"
-       width="2100"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#00ff00; "
-       id="rect132" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="3000"
-       y="9750"
-       width="2100"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#00ff00; "
-       id="rect134" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="4350"
-       y="8550"
-       width="2100"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#00ff00; "
-       id="rect136" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="1500"
-       y="5850"
+       x="1512.3407"
+       y="7187.3975"
        width="1500"
-       height="900"
+       height="862.69141"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
+       style="fill:#87cfff;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:29.37160873;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect138" />
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="8100"
-       y="8250"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="7338.3037"
+       y="8614.0625"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text140">struct</text>
+       id="text140"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="8100"
-       y="8550"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="7338.3037"
+       y="8907.7783"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text142">rcu_head</text>
+       id="text142"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">rcu_head</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="8100"
-       y="9750"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="7338.3037"
+       y="10082.644"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text144">struct</text>
+       id="text144"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="8100"
-       y="10050"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="7338.3037"
+       y="10376.36"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text146">rcu_head</text>
+       id="text146"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">rcu_head</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="8100"
-       y="11250"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="7338.3037"
+       y="11551.224"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text148">struct</text>
+       id="text148"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="8100"
-       y="11550"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="7338.3037"
+       y="11844.94"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text150">rcu_head</text>
+       id="text150"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">rcu_head</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="6000"
-       y="1200"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Helvetica"
+       x="5886.4043"
+       y="2788.5688"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="normal"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="end"
-       id="text152">rcu_sched</text>
+       id="text152"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:normal;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Helvetica;text-anchor:end;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">rcu_state</text>
     <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="6450"
-       y="750"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Helvetica"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="normal"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="end"
-       id="text154">rcu_bh</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="3150"
-       y="2400"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="3096.1016"
+       y="3963.4336"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text156">struct</text>
+       id="text156"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="3150"
-       y="2700"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="3096.1016"
+       y="4257.1494"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text158">rcu_node</text>
+       id="text158"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">rcu_node</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1650"
-       y="4200"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="1627.5209"
+       y="5725.7305"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text160">struct</text>
+       id="text160"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1650"
-       y="4500"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="1627.5209"
+       y="6019.4463"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text162">rcu_node</text>
+       id="text162"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">rcu_node</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4650"
-       y="4500"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="4564.6821"
+       y="6019.4463"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text164">rcu_node</text>
+       id="text164"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">rcu_node</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4650"
-       y="4200"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="4564.6821"
+       y="5725.7305"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text166">struct</text>
+       id="text166"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="2250"
-       y="6150"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="2214.9531"
+       y="7634.8848"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text168">struct</text>
+       id="text168"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="2250"
-       y="6450"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="2214.9531"
+       y="7928.6011"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text170">rcu_data</text>
+       id="text170"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">rcu_data</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1050"
-       y="7350"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="1040.0886"
+       y="8809.749"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text172">struct</text>
+       id="text172"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1050"
-       y="7650"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="1040.0886"
+       y="9103.4648"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text174">rcu_data</text>
+       id="text174"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">rcu_data</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="5250"
-       y="6150"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="5152.1138"
+       y="7634.8848"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text176">struct</text>
+       id="text176"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="5250"
-       y="6450"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="5152.1138"
+       y="7928.6011"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text178">rcu_data</text>
+       id="text178"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">rcu_data</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4050"
-       y="7350"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="3977.2495"
+       y="8809.749"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text180">struct</text>
+       id="text180"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4050"
-       y="7650"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="3977.2495"
+       y="9103.4648"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text182">rcu_data</text>
+       id="text182"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">rcu_data</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="450"
-       y="1800"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="452.6564"
+       y="3376.0012"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="start"
-       id="text184">struct rcu_state</text>
+       id="text184"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:187.978302px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.02447634in"
+       transform="scale(1.0213945,0.97905363)">struct rcu_state</text>
     <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1050"
-       y="10050"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text186">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1050"
-       y="10350"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text188">rcu_dynticks</text>
     <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4050"
-       y="10050"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text190">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4050"
-       y="10350"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text192">rcu_dynticks</text>
     <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="2400"
-       y="8850"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text194">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="2400"
-       y="9150"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text196">rcu_dynticks</text>
     <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="5400"
-       y="8850"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text198">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="5400"
-       y="9150"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text200">rcu_dynticks</text>
     <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="6900"
-       y="300"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Helvetica"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="normal"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="end"
-       id="text202">rcu_preempt</text>
     <!-- Line -->
     <polyline
        points="5250,5850 5250,4864 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:29.99463964;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline204" />
+       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:29.99464035;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
+       id="polyline204"
+       transform="matrix(1,0,0,0.95854605,12.340758,1579.9033)" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 5250 5850 - 5250 4740-->
+    <path
+       style="fill:none;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:34.24744034;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;stroke-opacity:1;marker-end:url(#marker1177)"
+       d="m 6000.1472,7564.2558 c 1498.5508,0 1498.5508,0 1498.5508,0 v 520.0252"
+       id="path886"
+       inkscape:connector-curvature="0" />
   </g>
 </svg>
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/Data-Structures.html b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/Data-Structures.html
index 1d2051c0c3fc..c30c1957c7e6 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/Data-Structures.html
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/Data-Structures.html
@@ -23,8 +23,6 @@ to each other.
 	The <tt>rcu_segcblist</tt> Structure</a>
 <li>	<a href="#The rcu_data Structure">
 	The <tt>rcu_data</tt> Structure</a>
-<li>	<a href="#The rcu_dynticks Structure">
-	The <tt>rcu_dynticks</tt> Structure</a>
 <li>	<a href="#The rcu_head Structure">
 	The <tt>rcu_head</tt> Structure</a>
 <li>	<a href="#RCU-Specific Fields in the task_struct Structure">
@@ -127,9 +125,11 @@ CPUs, RCU would configure the <tt>rcu_node</tt> tree as follows:
 </p><p>RCU currently permits up to a four-level tree, which on a 64-bit system
 accommodates up to 4,194,304 CPUs, though only a mere 524,288 CPUs for
 32-bit systems.
-On the other hand, you can set <tt>CONFIG_RCU_FANOUT</tt> to be
-as small as 2 if you wish, which would permit only 16 CPUs, which
-is useful for testing.
+On the other hand, you can set both <tt>CONFIG_RCU_FANOUT</tt> and
+<tt>CONFIG_RCU_FANOUT_LEAF</tt> to be as small as 2, which would result
+in a 16-CPU test using a 4-level tree.
+This can be useful for testing large-system capabilities on small test
+machines.
 
 </p><p>This multi-level combining tree allows us to get most of the
 performance and scalability
@@ -154,44 +154,8 @@ on that root <tt>rcu_node</tt> structure remains acceptably low.
 keeping lock contention under control at all tree levels regardless
 of the level of loading on the system.
 
-</p><p>The Linux kernel actually supports multiple flavors of RCU
-running concurrently, so RCU builds separate data structures for each
-flavor.
-For example, for <tt>CONFIG_TREE_RCU=y</tt> kernels, RCU provides
-rcu_sched and rcu_bh, as shown below:
-
-</p><p><img src="BigTreeClassicRCUBH.svg" alt="BigTreeClassicRCUBH.svg" width="33%">
-
-</p><p>Energy efficiency is increasingly important, and for that
-reason the Linux kernel provides <tt>CONFIG_NO_HZ_IDLE</tt>, which
-turns off the scheduling-clock interrupts on idle CPUs, which in
-turn allows those CPUs to attain deeper sleep states and to consume
-less energy.
-CPUs whose scheduling-clock interrupts have been turned off are
-said to be in <i>dyntick-idle mode</i>.
-RCU must handle dyntick-idle CPUs specially
-because RCU would otherwise wake up each CPU on every grace period,
-which would defeat the whole purpose of <tt>CONFIG_NO_HZ_IDLE</tt>.
-RCU uses the <tt>rcu_dynticks</tt> structure to track
-which CPUs are in dyntick idle mode, as shown below:
-
-</p><p><img src="BigTreeClassicRCUBHdyntick.svg" alt="BigTreeClassicRCUBHdyntick.svg" width="33%">
-
-</p><p>However, if a CPU is in dyntick-idle mode, it is in that mode
-for all flavors of RCU.
-Therefore, a single <tt>rcu_dynticks</tt> structure is allocated per
-CPU, and all of a given CPU's <tt>rcu_data</tt> structures share
-that <tt>rcu_dynticks</tt>, as shown in the figure.
-
-</p><p>Kernels built with <tt>CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU</tt> support
-rcu_preempt in addition to rcu_sched and rcu_bh, as shown below:
-
-</p><p><img src="BigTreePreemptRCUBHdyntick.svg" alt="BigTreePreemptRCUBHdyntick.svg" width="35%">
-
 </p><p>RCU updaters wait for normal grace periods by registering
-RCU callbacks, either directly via <tt>call_rcu()</tt> and
-friends (namely <tt>call_rcu_bh()</tt> and <tt>call_rcu_sched()</tt>),
-there being a separate interface per flavor of RCU)
+RCU callbacks, either directly via <tt>call_rcu()</tt>
 or indirectly via <tt>synchronize_rcu()</tt> and friends.
 RCU callbacks are represented by <tt>rcu_head</tt> structures,
 which are queued on <tt>rcu_data</tt> structures while they are
@@ -214,9 +178,6 @@ its own synchronization:
 <li>	Each <tt>rcu_node</tt> structure has a spinlock.
 <li>	The fields in <tt>rcu_data</tt> are private to the corresponding
 	CPU, although a few can be read and written by other CPUs.
-<li>	Similarly, the fields in <tt>rcu_dynticks</tt> are private
-	to the corresponding CPU, although a few can be read by
-	other CPUs.
 </ol>
 
 <p>It is important to note that different data structures can have
@@ -272,11 +233,6 @@ follows:
 	access to this information from the corresponding CPU.
 	Finally, this structure records past dyntick-idle state
 	for the corresponding CPU and also tracks statistics.
-<li>	<tt>rcu_dynticks</tt>:
-	This per-CPU structure tracks the current dyntick-idle
-	state for the corresponding CPU.
-	Unlike the other three structures, the <tt>rcu_dynticks</tt>
-	structure is not replicated per RCU flavor.
 <li>	<tt>rcu_head</tt>:
 	This structure represents RCU callbacks, and is the
 	only structure allocated and managed by RCU users.
@@ -287,14 +243,14 @@ follows:
 <p>If all you wanted from this article was a general notion of how
 RCU's data structures are related, you are done.
 Otherwise, each of the following sections give more details on
-the <tt>rcu_state</tt>, <tt>rcu_node</tt>, <tt>rcu_data</tt>,
-and <tt>rcu_dynticks</tt> data structures.
+the <tt>rcu_state</tt>, <tt>rcu_node</tt> and <tt>rcu_data</tt> data
+structures.
 
 <h3><a name="The rcu_state Structure">
 The <tt>rcu_state</tt> Structure</a></h3>
 
 <p>The <tt>rcu_state</tt> structure is the base structure that
-represents a flavor of RCU.
+represents the state of RCU in the system.
 This structure forms the interconnection between the
 <tt>rcu_node</tt> and <tt>rcu_data</tt> structures,
 tracks grace periods, contains the lock used to
@@ -389,7 +345,7 @@ sequence number.
 The bottom two bits are the state of the current grace period,
 which can be zero for not yet started or one for in progress.
 In other words, if the bottom two bits of <tt>-&gt;gp_seq</tt> are
-zero, the corresponding flavor of RCU is idle.
+zero, then RCU is idle.
 Any other value in the bottom two bits indicates that something is broken.
 This field is protected by the root <tt>rcu_node</tt> structure's
 <tt>-&gt;lock</tt> field.
@@ -419,10 +375,10 @@ as follows:
 grace period in jiffies.
 It is protected by the root <tt>rcu_node</tt>'s <tt>-&gt;lock</tt>.
 
-<p>The <tt>-&gt;name</tt> field points to the name of the RCU flavor
-(for example, &ldquo;rcu_sched&rdquo;), and is constant.
-The <tt>-&gt;abbr</tt> field contains a one-character abbreviation,
-for example, &ldquo;s&rdquo; for RCU-sched.
+<p>The <tt>-&gt;name</tt> and <tt>-&gt;abbr</tt> fields distinguish
+between preemptible RCU (&ldquo;rcu_preempt&rdquo; and &ldquo;p&rdquo;)
+and non-preemptible RCU (&ldquo;rcu_sched&rdquo; and &ldquo;s&rdquo;).
+These fields are used for diagnostic and tracing purposes.
 
 <h3><a name="The rcu_node Structure">
 The <tt>rcu_node</tt> Structure</a></h3>
@@ -971,25 +927,31 @@ this <tt>rcu_segcblist</tt> structure, <i>not</i> the <tt>-&gt;head</tt>
 pointer.
 The reason for this is that all the ready-to-invoke callbacks
 (that is, those in the <tt>RCU_DONE_TAIL</tt> segment) are extracted
-all at once at callback-invocation time.
+all at once at callback-invocation time (<tt>rcu_do_batch</tt>), due
+to which <tt>-&gt;head</tt> may be set to NULL if there are no not-done
+callbacks remaining in the <tt>rcu_segcblist</tt>.
 If callback invocation must be postponed, for example, because a
 high-priority process just woke up on this CPU, then the remaining
-callbacks are placed back on the <tt>RCU_DONE_TAIL</tt> segment.
-Either way, the <tt>-&gt;len</tt> and <tt>-&gt;len_lazy</tt> counts
-are adjusted after the corresponding callbacks have been invoked, and so
-again it is the <tt>-&gt;len</tt> count that accurately reflects whether
-or not there are callbacks associated with this <tt>rcu_segcblist</tt>
-structure.
+callbacks are placed back on the <tt>RCU_DONE_TAIL</tt> segment and
+<tt>-&gt;head</tt> once again points to the start of the segment.
+In short, the head field can briefly be <tt>NULL</tt> even though the
+CPU has callbacks present the entire time.
+Therefore, it is not appropriate to test the <tt>-&gt;head</tt> pointer
+for <tt>NULL</tt>.
+
+<p>In contrast, the <tt>-&gt;len</tt> and <tt>-&gt;len_lazy</tt> counts
+are adjusted only after the corresponding callbacks have been invoked.
+This means that the <tt>-&gt;len</tt> count is zero only if
+the <tt>rcu_segcblist</tt> structure really is devoid of callbacks.
 Of course, off-CPU sampling of the <tt>-&gt;len</tt> count requires
-the use of appropriate synchronization, for example, memory barriers.
+careful use of appropriate synchronization, for example, memory barriers.
 This synchronization can be a bit subtle, particularly in the case
 of <tt>rcu_barrier()</tt>.
 
 <h3><a name="The rcu_data Structure">
 The <tt>rcu_data</tt> Structure</a></h3>
 
-<p>The <tt>rcu_data</tt> maintains the per-CPU state for the
-corresponding flavor of RCU.
+<p>The <tt>rcu_data</tt> maintains the per-CPU state for the RCU subsystem.
 The fields in this structure may be accessed only from the corresponding
 CPU (and from tracing) unless otherwise stated.
 This structure is the
@@ -1015,30 +977,19 @@ as follows:
 
 <pre>
   1   int cpu;
-  2   struct rcu_state *rsp;
-  3   struct rcu_node *mynode;
-  4   struct rcu_dynticks *dynticks;
-  5   unsigned long grpmask;
-  6   bool beenonline;
+  2   struct rcu_node *mynode;
+  3   unsigned long grpmask;
+  4   bool beenonline;
 </pre>
 
 <p>The <tt>-&gt;cpu</tt> field contains the number of the
-corresponding CPU, the <tt>-&gt;rsp</tt> pointer references
-the corresponding <tt>rcu_state</tt> structure (and is most frequently
-used to locate the name of the corresponding flavor of RCU for tracing),
-and the <tt>-&gt;mynode</tt> field references the corresponding
-<tt>rcu_node</tt> structure.
+corresponding CPU and the <tt>-&gt;mynode</tt> field references the
+corresponding <tt>rcu_node</tt> structure.
 The <tt>-&gt;mynode</tt> is used to propagate quiescent states
 up the combining tree.
-<p>The <tt>-&gt;dynticks</tt> pointer references the
-<tt>rcu_dynticks</tt> structure corresponding to this
-CPU.
-Recall that a single per-CPU instance of the <tt>rcu_dynticks</tt>
-structure is shared among all flavors of RCU.
-These first four fields are constant and therefore require not
-synchronization.
+These two fields are constant and therefore do not require synchronization.
 
-</p><p>The <tt>-&gt;grpmask</tt> field indicates the bit in
+<p>The <tt>-&gt;grpmask</tt> field indicates the bit in
 the <tt>-&gt;mynode-&gt;qsmask</tt> corresponding to this
 <tt>rcu_data</tt> structure, and is also used when propagating
 quiescent states.
@@ -1057,12 +1008,12 @@ as follows:
   3   bool cpu_no_qs;
   4   bool core_needs_qs;
   5   bool gpwrap;
-  6   unsigned long rcu_qs_ctr_snap;
 </pre>
 
-<p>The <tt>-&gt;gp_seq</tt> and <tt>-&gt;gp_seq_needed</tt>
-fields are the counterparts of the fields of the same name
-in the <tt>rcu_state</tt> and <tt>rcu_node</tt> structures.
+<p>The <tt>-&gt;gp_seq</tt> field is the counterpart of the field of the same
+name in the <tt>rcu_state</tt> and <tt>rcu_node</tt> structures.  The
+<tt>-&gt;gp_seq_needed</tt> field is the counterpart of the field of the same
+name in the rcu_node</tt> structure.
 They may each lag up to one behind their <tt>rcu_node</tt>
 counterparts, but in <tt>CONFIG_NO_HZ_IDLE</tt> and
 <tt>CONFIG_NO_HZ_FULL</tt> kernels can lag
@@ -1103,10 +1054,6 @@ CPU has remained idle for so long that the
 <tt>gp_seq</tt> counter is in danger of overflow, which
 will cause the CPU to disregard the values of its counters on
 its next exit from idle.
-Finally, the <tt>rcu_qs_ctr_snap</tt> field is used to detect
-cases where a given operation has resulted in a quiescent state
-for all flavors of RCU, for example, <tt>cond_resched()</tt>
-when RCU has indicated a need for quiescent states.
 
 <h5>RCU Callback Handling</h5>
 
@@ -1179,26 +1126,22 @@ Finally, the <tt>-&gt;dynticks_fqs</tt> field is used to
 count the number of times this CPU is determined to be in
 dyntick-idle state, and is used for tracing and debugging purposes.
 
-<h3><a name="The rcu_dynticks Structure">
-The <tt>rcu_dynticks</tt> Structure</a></h3>
-
-<p>The <tt>rcu_dynticks</tt> maintains the per-CPU dyntick-idle state
-for the corresponding CPU.
-Unlike the other structures, <tt>rcu_dynticks</tt> is not
-replicated over the different flavors of RCU.
-The fields in this structure may be accessed only from the corresponding
-CPU (and from tracing) unless otherwise stated.
-Its fields are as follows:
+<p>
+This portion of the rcu_data structure is declared as follows:
 
 <pre>
   1   long dynticks_nesting;
   2   long dynticks_nmi_nesting;
   3   atomic_t dynticks;
   4   bool rcu_need_heavy_qs;
-  5   unsigned long rcu_qs_ctr;
-  6   bool rcu_urgent_qs;
+  5   bool rcu_urgent_qs;
 </pre>
 
+<p>These fields in the rcu_data structure maintain the per-CPU dyntick-idle
+state for the corresponding CPU.
+The fields may be accessed only from the corresponding CPU (and from tracing)
+unless otherwise stated.
+
 <p>The <tt>-&gt;dynticks_nesting</tt> field counts the
 nesting depth of process execution, so that in normal circumstances
 this counter has value zero or one.
@@ -1240,19 +1183,12 @@ it is willing to call for heavy-weight dyntick-counter operations.
 This flag is checked by RCU's context-switch and <tt>cond_resched()</tt>
 code, which provide a momentary idle sojourn in response.
 
-</p><p>The <tt>-&gt;rcu_qs_ctr</tt> field is used to record
-quiescent states from <tt>cond_resched()</tt>.
-Because <tt>cond_resched()</tt> can execute quite frequently, this
-must be quite lightweight, as in a non-atomic increment of this
-per-CPU field.
-
 </p><p>Finally, the <tt>-&gt;rcu_urgent_qs</tt> field is used to record
-the fact that the RCU core code would really like to see a quiescent
-state from the corresponding CPU, with the various other fields indicating
-just how badly RCU wants this quiescent state.
-This flag is checked by RCU's context-switch and <tt>cond_resched()</tt>
-code, which, if nothing else, non-atomically increment <tt>-&gt;rcu_qs_ctr</tt>
-in response.
+the fact that the RCU core code would really like to see a quiescent state from
+the corresponding CPU, with the various other fields indicating just how badly
+RCU wants this quiescent state.
+This flag is checked by RCU's context-switch path
+(<tt>rcu_note_context_switch</tt>) and the cond_resched code.
 
 <table>
 <tr><th>&nbsp;</th></tr>
@@ -1425,11 +1361,11 @@ the last part of the array, thus traversing only the leaf
 <h3><a name="Summary">
 Summary</a></h3>
 
-So each flavor of RCU is represented by an <tt>rcu_state</tt> structure,
+So the state of RCU is represented by an <tt>rcu_state</tt> structure,
 which contains a combining tree of <tt>rcu_node</tt> and
 <tt>rcu_data</tt> structures.
 Finally, in <tt>CONFIG_NO_HZ_IDLE</tt> kernels, each CPU's dyntick-idle
-state is tracked by an <tt>rcu_dynticks</tt> structure.
+state is tracked by dynticks-related fields in the <tt>rcu_data</tt> structure.
 
 If you made it this far, you are well prepared to read the code
 walkthroughs in the other articles in this series.
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/blkd_task.svg b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/blkd_task.svg
index 00e810bb8419..bed13e9ecab8 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/blkd_task.svg
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Data-Structures/blkd_task.svg
@@ -14,12 +14,12 @@
    xmlns:sodipodi="http://sodipodi.sourceforge.net/DTD/sodipodi-0.dtd"
    xmlns:inkscape="http://www.inkscape.org/namespaces/inkscape"
    width="10.1in"
-   height="8.6in"
-   viewBox="-44 -44 12088 10288"
+   height="6.5999999in"
+   viewBox="-44 -44 12088 7895.4414"
    id="svg2"
    version="1.1"
-   inkscape:version="0.48.4 r9939"
-   sodipodi:docname="blkd_task.fig">
+   inkscape:version="0.92.2pre0 (973e216, 2017-07-25)"
+   sodipodi:docname="blkd_task.svg">
   <metadata
      id="metadata212">
     <rdf:RDF>
@@ -37,15 +37,16 @@
     <marker
        inkscape:stockid="Arrow1Mend"
        orient="auto"
-       refY="0.0"
-       refX="0.0"
+       refY="0"
+       refX="0"
        id="Arrow1Mend"
-       style="overflow:visible;">
+       style="overflow:visible">
       <path
          id="path3970"
-         d="M 0.0,0.0 L 5.0,-5.0 L -12.5,0.0 L 5.0,5.0 L 0.0,0.0 z "
-         style="fill-rule:evenodd;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:1.0pt;"
-         transform="scale(0.4) rotate(180) translate(10,0)" />
+         d="M 0,0 5,-5 -12.5,0 5,5 Z"
+         style="fill-rule:evenodd;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:1.00000003pt"
+         transform="matrix(-0.4,0,0,-0.4,-4,0)"
+         inkscape:connector-curvature="0" />
     </marker>
   </defs>
   <sodipodi:namedview
@@ -57,787 +58,574 @@
      guidetolerance="10"
      inkscape:pageopacity="0"
      inkscape:pageshadow="2"
-     inkscape:window-width="1087"
-     inkscape:window-height="1144"
+     inkscape:window-width="1920"
+     inkscape:window-height="1019"
      id="namedview208"
      showgrid="false"
      inkscape:zoom="1.0495049"
-     inkscape:cx="454.50003"
-     inkscape:cy="387.00003"
-     inkscape:window-x="833"
-     inkscape:window-y="28"
-     inkscape:window-maximized="0"
-     inkscape:current-layer="g4" />
+     inkscape:cx="456.40569"
+     inkscape:cy="348.88682"
+     inkscape:window-x="0"
+     inkscape:window-y="0"
+     inkscape:window-maximized="1"
+     inkscape:current-layer="g4"
+     showguides="false" />
   <g
-     style="stroke-width:.025in; fill:none"
-     id="g4">
+     style="fill:none;stroke-width:0.025in"
+     id="g4"
+     transform="translate(0,-2393.6637)">
     <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="450"
-       y="0"
-       width="6300"
-       height="7350"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffffff; "
-       id="rect6" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="4950"
-       y="4950"
-       width="1500"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
-       id="rect8" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="750"
-       y="600"
-       width="5700"
-       height="3750"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffff00; "
-       id="rect10" />
     <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="5250,8100 5688,5912 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline12" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 5250 8100 - 5710 5790-->
     <polyline
        points="5714 6068 5704 5822 5598 6044 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline14" />
+       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8"
+       id="polyline14"
+       transform="translate(23.757862,2185.7233)" />
     <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="4050,9300 4486,7262 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline16" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4050 9300 - 4512 7140-->
     <polyline
        points="4514 7418 4506 7172 4396 7394 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline18" />
+       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8"
+       id="polyline18"
+       transform="translate(23.757862,2185.7233)" />
     <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="1040,9300 1476,7262 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline20" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1040 9300 - 1502 7140-->
     <polyline
        points="1504 7418 1496 7172 1386 7394 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline22" />
+       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8"
+       id="polyline22"
+       transform="translate(23.757862,2185.7233)" />
     <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="2240,8100 2676,6062 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
-       id="polyline24" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 2240 8100 - 2702 5940-->
     <polyline
        points="2704 6218 2696 5972 2586 6194 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8; "
-       id="polyline26" />
+       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:14;stroke-miterlimit:8"
+       id="polyline26"
+       transform="translate(23.757862,2185.7233)" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="0"
-       y="450"
+       x="23.757858"
+       y="2635.7231"
        width="6300"
        height="7350"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffffff; "
+       style="fill:#ffffff;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect28" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="300"
-       y="1050"
+       x="323.75787"
+       y="3235.7231"
        width="5700"
        height="3750"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffff00; "
+       style="fill:#ffff00;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect30" />
     <!-- Line -->
     <polyline
        points="1350,3450 2350,2590 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00057884;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline32" />
+       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00057793;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
+       id="polyline32"
+       transform="translate(23.757862,2185.7233)" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1350 3450 - 2444 2510-->
     <!-- Line -->
     <polyline
        points="4950,3450 3948,2590 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00057884;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline36" />
+       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00057793;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
+       id="polyline36"
+       transform="translate(23.757862,2185.7233)" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4950 3450 - 3854 2510-->
     <!-- Line -->
     <polyline
        points="4050,6600 4050,4414 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00057884;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline40" />
+       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00057793;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
+       id="polyline40"
+       transform="translate(23.757862,2185.7233)" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4050 6600 - 4050 4290-->
     <!-- Line -->
     <polyline
        points="1050,6600 1050,4414 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00057884;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline44" />
+       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00057793;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
+       id="polyline44"
+       transform="translate(23.757862,2185.7233)" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1050 6600 - 1050 4290-->
     <!-- Line -->
     <polyline
        points="2250,5400 2250,4414 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00057884;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline48" />
+       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00057793;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
+       id="polyline48"
+       transform="translate(23.757862,2185.7233)" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 2250 5400 - 2250 4290-->
     <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="2250,8100 2250,6364 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30.00057884;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline52" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 2250 8100 - 2250 6240-->
     <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="1050,9300 1050,7564 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30.00057884;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline56" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 1050 9300 - 1050 7440-->
     <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="4050,9300 4050,7564 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30.00057884;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline60" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 4050 9300 - 4050 7440-->
     <!-- Line -->
-    <polyline
-       points="5250,8100 5250,6364 "
-       style="stroke:#00ff00;stroke-width:30.00057884;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline64" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 5250 8100 - 5250 6240-->
     <!-- Circle -->
     <circle
-       cx="2850"
-       cy="3900"
+       cx="2873.7581"
+       cy="6085.7236"
        r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
+       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14"
        id="circle68" />
     <!-- Circle -->
     <circle
-       cx="3150"
-       cy="3900"
+       cx="3173.7581"
+       cy="6085.7236"
        r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
+       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14"
        id="circle70" />
     <!-- Circle -->
     <circle
-       cx="3450"
-       cy="3900"
+       cx="3473.7581"
+       cy="6085.7236"
        r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
+       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14"
        id="circle72" />
     <!-- Circle -->
     <circle
-       cx="1350"
-       cy="5100"
+       cx="1373.7578"
+       cy="7285.7236"
        r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
+       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14"
        id="circle74" />
     <!-- Circle -->
     <circle
-       cx="1650"
-       cy="5100"
+       cx="1673.7578"
+       cy="7285.7236"
        r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
+       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14"
        id="circle76" />
     <!-- Circle -->
     <circle
-       cx="1950"
-       cy="5100"
+       cx="1973.7578"
+       cy="7285.7236"
        r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
+       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14"
        id="circle78" />
     <!-- Circle -->
     <circle
-       cx="4350"
-       cy="5100"
+       cx="4373.7578"
+       cy="7285.7236"
        r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
+       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14"
        id="circle80" />
     <!-- Circle -->
     <circle
-       cx="4650"
-       cy="5100"
+       cx="4673.7578"
+       cy="7285.7236"
        r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
+       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14"
        id="circle82" />
     <!-- Circle -->
     <circle
-       cx="4950"
-       cy="5100"
+       cx="4973.7578"
+       cy="7285.7236"
        r="76"
-       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;"
+       style="fill:#000000;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14"
        id="circle84" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="750"
-       y="3450"
+       x="773.75781"
+       y="5635.7236"
        width="1800"
        height="900"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffbfbf; "
+       style="fill:#ffbfbf;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect86" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="300"
-       y="6600"
+       x="323.75787"
+       y="8785.7227"
        width="1500"
        height="900"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
+       style="fill:#87cfff;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect88" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="4500"
-       y="5400"
+       x="4523.7578"
+       y="7585.7236"
        width="1500"
        height="900"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
+       style="fill:#87cfff;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect90" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="3300"
-       y="6600"
+       x="3323.7581"
+       y="8785.7227"
        width="1500"
        height="900"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
+       style="fill:#87cfff;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect92" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="2250"
-       y="1650"
+       x="2273.7581"
+       y="3835.7231"
        width="1800"
        height="900"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffbfbf; "
+       style="fill:#ffbfbf;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect94" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="0"
-       y="9300"
-       width="2100"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#00ff00; "
-       id="rect96" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="1350"
-       y="8100"
-       width="2100"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#00ff00; "
-       id="rect98" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="3000"
-       y="9300"
-       width="2100"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#00ff00; "
-       id="rect100" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
-    <rect
-       x="4350"
-       y="8100"
-       width="2100"
-       height="900"
-       rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#00ff00; "
-       id="rect102" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="1500"
-       y="5400"
+       x="1523.7578"
+       y="7585.7236"
        width="1500"
        height="900"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#87cfff; "
+       style="fill:#87cfff;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect104" />
     <!-- Line -->
     <polygon
-       points="5550,3450 7350,2850 7350,5100 5550,4350 5550,3450 "
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; stroke-dasharray:120 120;fill:#ffbfbf; "
-       id="polygon106" />
+       points="7350,2850 7350,5100 5550,4350 5550,3450 "
+       style="fill:#ffbfbf;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:14;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-dasharray:120, 120"
+       id="polygon106"
+       transform="translate(23.757862,2185.7233)" />
     <!-- Line -->
     <polyline
        points="9300,3150 10734,3150 "
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30.00057884;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline108" />
+       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30.00057793;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
+       id="polyline108"
+       transform="translate(23.757862,2185.7233)" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 9300 3150 - 10860 3150-->
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="10800"
-       y="2850"
+       x="10823.758"
+       y="5035.7236"
        width="1200"
        height="750"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
+       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect112" />
     <!-- Line -->
     <polyline
        points="11400,3600 11400,4284 "
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30.00057884;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline114" />
+       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30.00057793;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
+       id="polyline114"
+       transform="translate(23.757862,2185.7233)" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 11400 3600 - 11400 4410-->
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="10800"
-       y="4350"
+       x="10823.758"
+       y="6535.7236"
        width="1200"
        height="750"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
+       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect118" />
     <!-- Line -->
     <polyline
        points="11400,5100 11400,5784 "
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30.00057884;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline120" />
+       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30.00057793;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
+       id="polyline120"
+       transform="translate(23.757862,2185.7233)" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 11400 5100 - 11400 5910-->
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="10800"
-       y="5850"
+       x="10823.758"
+       y="8035.7236"
        width="1200"
        height="750"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; "
+       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect124" />
     <!-- Line -->
     <polyline
        points="9300,3900 9900,3900 9900,4650 10734,4650 "
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30.00057884;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline126" />
+       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30.00057793;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
+       id="polyline126"
+       transform="translate(23.757862,2185.7233)" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 9900 4650 - 10860 4650-->
     <!-- Line -->
     <polyline
        points="9300,4650 9600,4650 9600,6150 10734,6150 "
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30.00057884;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline130" />
+       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30.00057793;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
+       id="polyline130"
+       transform="translate(23.757862,2185.7233)" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 9600 6150 - 10860 6150-->
     <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="6450"
-       y="300"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Helvetica"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="normal"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="end"
-       id="text134">rcu_bh</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="3150"
-       y="1950"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="3173.7581"
+       y="4135.7231"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text136">struct</text>
+       id="text136"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:192px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="3150"
-       y="2250"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="3173.7581"
+       y="4435.7236"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text138">rcu_node</text>
+       id="text138"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:192px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000">rcu_node</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1650"
-       y="3750"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="1673.7578"
+       y="5935.7236"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text140">struct</text>
+       id="text140"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:192px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1650"
-       y="4050"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="1673.7578"
+       y="6235.7236"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text142">rcu_node</text>
+       id="text142"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:192px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000">rcu_node</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="2250"
-       y="5700"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="2273.7581"
+       y="7885.7236"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text144">struct</text>
+       id="text144"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:192px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="2250"
-       y="6000"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="2273.7581"
+       y="8185.7236"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text146">rcu_data</text>
+       id="text146"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:192px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000">rcu_data</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1050"
-       y="6900"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="1073.7578"
+       y="9085.7227"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text148">struct</text>
+       id="text148"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:192px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1050"
-       y="7200"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="1073.7578"
+       y="9385.7227"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text150">rcu_data</text>
+       id="text150"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:192px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000">rcu_data</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="5250"
-       y="5700"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="5273.7578"
+       y="7885.7236"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text152">struct</text>
+       id="text152"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:192px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="5250"
-       y="6000"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="5273.7578"
+       y="8185.7236"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text154">rcu_data</text>
+       id="text154"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:192px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000">rcu_data</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4050"
-       y="6900"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="4073.7578"
+       y="9085.7227"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text156">struct</text>
+       id="text156"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:192px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4050"
-       y="7200"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="4073.7578"
+       y="9385.7227"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text158">rcu_data</text>
+       id="text158"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:192px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000">rcu_data</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="450"
-       y="1350"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="473.75784"
+       y="3535.7231"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="start"
-       id="text160">struct rcu_state</text>
+       id="text160"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:192px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000">struct rcu_state</text>
     <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1050"
-       y="9600"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text162">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="1050"
-       y="9900"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text164">rcu_dynticks</text>
     <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4050"
-       y="9600"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text166">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4050"
-       y="9900"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text168">rcu_dynticks</text>
     <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="2400"
-       y="8400"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text170">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="2400"
-       y="8700"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text172">rcu_dynticks</text>
     <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="5400"
-       y="8400"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text174">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
-    <text
-       xml:space="preserve"
-       x="5400"
-       y="8700"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
-       font-style="normal"
-       font-weight="bold"
-       font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text176">rcu_dynticks</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="6000"
-       y="750"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Helvetica"
+       x="6023.7578"
+       y="2935.7231"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="normal"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="end"
-       id="text178">rcu_sched</text>
+       id="text178"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:normal;font-size:192px;font-family:Helvetica;text-anchor:end;fill:#000000">rcu_state</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="11400"
-       y="3300"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Helvetica"
+       x="11423.758"
+       y="5485.7236"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="normal"
        font-size="216"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text180">T3</text>
+       id="text180"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:normal;font-size:216px;font-family:Helvetica;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000">T3</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="11400"
-       y="4800"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Helvetica"
+       x="11423.758"
+       y="6985.7236"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="normal"
        font-size="216"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text182">T2</text>
+       id="text182"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:normal;font-size:216px;font-family:Helvetica;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000">T2</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="11400"
-       y="6300"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Helvetica"
+       x="11423.758"
+       y="8485.7227"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="normal"
        font-size="216"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text184">T1</text>
+       id="text184"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:normal;font-size:216px;font-family:Helvetica;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000">T1</text>
     <!-- Line -->
     <polyline
        points="5250,5400 5250,4414 "
-       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00057884;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
-       id="polyline186" />
+       style="stroke:#00d1d1;stroke-width:30.00057793;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;marker-end:url(#Arrow1Mend)"
+       id="polyline186"
+       transform="translate(23.757862,2185.7233)" />
     <!-- Arrowhead on XXXpoint 5250 5400 - 5250 4290-->
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="3750"
-       y="3450"
+       x="3773.7581"
+       y="5635.7236"
        width="1800"
        height="900"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffbfbf; "
+       style="fill:#ffbfbf;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect190" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="7350"
-       y="2850"
+       x="7373.7578"
+       y="5035.7236"
        width="1950"
        height="750"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffbfbf; "
+       style="fill:#ffbfbf;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect192" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="7350"
-       y="3600"
+       x="7373.7578"
+       y="5785.7236"
        width="1950"
        height="750"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffbfbf; "
+       style="fill:#ffbfbf;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect194" />
     <!-- Line: box -->
     <rect
-       x="7350"
-       y="4350"
+       x="7373.7578"
+       y="6535.7236"
        width="1950"
        height="750"
        rx="0"
-       style="stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30; stroke-linejoin:miter; stroke-linecap:butt; fill:#ffbfbf; "
+       style="fill:#ffbfbf;stroke:#000000;stroke-width:30;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter"
        id="rect196" />
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4650"
-       y="4050"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="4673.7578"
+       y="6235.7236"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text198">rcu_node</text>
+       id="text198"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:192px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000">rcu_node</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="4650"
-       y="3750"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="4673.7578"
+       y="5935.7236"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="middle"
-       id="text200">struct</text>
+       id="text200"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:192px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000">struct</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="7500"
-       y="3300"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="7523.7578"
+       y="5485.7236"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="start"
-       id="text202">blkd_tasks</text>
+       id="text202"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:192px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000">blkd_tasks</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="7500"
-       y="4050"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="7523.7578"
+       y="6235.7236"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="start"
-       id="text204">gp_tasks</text>
+       id="text204"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:192px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000">gp_tasks</text>
     <!-- Text -->
     <text
        xml:space="preserve"
-       x="7500"
-       y="4800"
-       fill="#000000"
-       font-family="Courier"
+       x="7523.7578"
+       y="6985.7236"
        font-style="normal"
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
-       text-anchor="start"
-       id="text206">exp_tasks</text>
+       id="text206"
+       style="font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;font-size:192px;font-family:Courier;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000">exp_tasks</text>
   </g>
 </svg>
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Expedited-Grace-Periods/ExpSchedFlow.svg b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Expedited-Grace-Periods/ExpSchedFlow.svg
index e4233ac93c2b..6189ffcc6aff 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Expedited-Grace-Periods/ExpSchedFlow.svg
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Expedited-Grace-Periods/ExpSchedFlow.svg
@@ -328,13 +328,13 @@
      inkscape:window-height="1148"
      id="namedview90"
      showgrid="true"
-     inkscape:zoom="0.80021373"
-     inkscape:cx="462.49289"
-     inkscape:cy="473.6718"
+     inkscape:zoom="0.69092787"
+     inkscape:cx="476.34085"
+     inkscape:cy="712.80957"
      inkscape:window-x="770"
      inkscape:window-y="24"
      inkscape:window-maximized="0"
-     inkscape:current-layer="g4114-9-3-9"
+     inkscape:current-layer="g4"
      inkscape:snap-grids="false"
      fit-margin-top="5"
      fit-margin-right="5"
@@ -813,14 +813,18 @@
       <text
          sodipodi:linespacing="125%"
          id="text4110-5-7-6-2-4-0"
-         y="841.88086"
+         y="670.74316"
          x="1460.1007"
          style="font-size:267.24359131px;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal;text-align:center;line-height:125%;letter-spacing:0px;word-spacing:0px;text-anchor:middle;fill:#000000;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Sans"
          xml:space="preserve"><tspan
-           y="841.88086"
+           y="670.74316"
+           x="1460.1007"
+           sodipodi:role="line"
+           id="tspan4925-1-2-4-5">Request</tspan><tspan
+           y="1004.7976"
            x="1460.1007"
            sodipodi:role="line"
-           id="tspan4925-1-2-4-5">reched_cpu()</tspan></text>
+           id="tspan3100">context switch</tspan></text>
     </g>
   </g>
 </svg>
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Expedited-Grace-Periods/Expedited-Grace-Periods.html b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Expedited-Grace-Periods/Expedited-Grace-Periods.html
index e62c7c34a369..57300db4b5ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Expedited-Grace-Periods/Expedited-Grace-Periods.html
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Expedited-Grace-Periods/Expedited-Grace-Periods.html
@@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ sections.
 RCU-preempt Expedited Grace Periods</a></h2>
 
 <p>
+<tt>CONFIG_PREEMPT=y</tt> kernels implement RCU-preempt.
 The overall flow of the handling of a given CPU by an RCU-preempt
 expedited grace period is shown in the following diagram:
 
@@ -72,10 +73,10 @@ will ignore it because idle and offline CPUs are already residing
 in quiescent states.
 Otherwise, the expedited grace period will use
 <tt>smp_call_function_single()</tt> to send the CPU an IPI, which
-is handled by <tt>sync_rcu_exp_handler()</tt>.
+is handled by <tt>rcu_exp_handler()</tt>.
 
 <p>
-However, because this is preemptible RCU, <tt>sync_rcu_exp_handler()</tt>
+However, because this is preemptible RCU, <tt>rcu_exp_handler()</tt>
 can check to see if the CPU is currently running in an RCU read-side
 critical section.
 If not, the handler can immediately report a quiescent state.
@@ -139,30 +140,30 @@ or offline, among other things.
 RCU-sched Expedited Grace Periods</a></h2>
 
 <p>
+<tt>CONFIG_PREEMPT=n</tt> kernels implement RCU-sched.
 The overall flow of the handling of a given CPU by an RCU-sched
 expedited grace period is shown in the following diagram:
 
 <p><img src="ExpSchedFlow.svg" alt="ExpSchedFlow.svg" width="55%">
 
 <p>
-As with RCU-preempt's <tt>synchronize_rcu_expedited()</tt>,
-<tt>synchronize_sched_expedited()</tt> ignores offline and
+As with RCU-preempt, RCU-sched's
+<tt>synchronize_rcu_expedited()</tt> ignores offline and
 idle CPUs, again because they are in remotely detectable
 quiescent states.
-However, the <tt>synchronize_rcu_expedited()</tt> handler
-is <tt>sync_sched_exp_handler()</tt>, and because the
+However, because the
 <tt>rcu_read_lock_sched()</tt> and <tt>rcu_read_unlock_sched()</tt>
 leave no trace of their invocation, in general it is not possible to tell
 whether or not the current CPU is in an RCU read-side critical section.
-The best that <tt>sync_sched_exp_handler()</tt> can do is to check
+The best that RCU-sched's <tt>rcu_exp_handler()</tt> can do is to check
 for idle, on the off-chance that the CPU went idle while the IPI
 was in flight.
-If the CPU is idle, then <tt>sync_sched_exp_handler()</tt> reports
+If the CPU is idle, then <tt>rcu_exp_handler()</tt> reports
 the quiescent state.
 
-<p>
-Otherwise, the handler invokes <tt>resched_cpu()</tt>, which forces
-a future context switch.
+<p> Otherwise, the handler forces a future context switch by setting the
+NEED_RESCHED flag of the current task's thread flag and the CPU preempt
+counter.
 At the time of the context switch, the CPU reports the quiescent state.
 Should the CPU go offline first, it will report the quiescent state
 at that time.
@@ -298,19 +299,18 @@ Instead, the task pushing the grace period forward will include the
 idle CPUs in the mask passed to <tt>rcu_report_exp_cpu_mult()</tt>.
 
 <p>
-For RCU-sched, there is an additional check for idle in the IPI
-handler, <tt>sync_sched_exp_handler()</tt>.
+For RCU-sched, there is an additional check:
 If the IPI has interrupted the idle loop, then
-<tt>sync_sched_exp_handler()</tt> invokes <tt>rcu_report_exp_rdp()</tt>
+<tt>rcu_exp_handler()</tt> invokes <tt>rcu_report_exp_rdp()</tt>
 to report the corresponding quiescent state.
 
 <p>
 For RCU-preempt, there is no specific check for idle in the
-IPI handler (<tt>sync_rcu_exp_handler()</tt>), but because
+IPI handler (<tt>rcu_exp_handler()</tt>), but because
 RCU read-side critical sections are not permitted within the
-idle loop, if <tt>sync_rcu_exp_handler()</tt> sees that the CPU is within
+idle loop, if <tt>rcu_exp_handler()</tt> sees that the CPU is within
 RCU read-side critical section, the CPU cannot possibly be idle.
-Otherwise, <tt>sync_rcu_exp_handler()</tt> invokes
+Otherwise, <tt>rcu_exp_handler()</tt> invokes
 <tt>rcu_report_exp_rdp()</tt> to report the corresponding quiescent
 state, regardless of whether or not that quiescent state was due to
 the CPU being idle.
@@ -625,6 +625,8 @@ checks, but only during the mid-boot dead zone.
 <p>
 With this refinement, synchronous grace periods can now be used from
 task context pretty much any time during the life of the kernel.
+That is, aside from some points in the suspend, hibernate, or shutdown
+code path.
 
 <h3><a name="Summary">
 Summary</a></h3>
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/Tree-RCU-Memory-Ordering.html b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/Tree-RCU-Memory-Ordering.html
index a346ce0116eb..c64f8d26609f 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/Tree-RCU-Memory-Ordering.html
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/Tree-RCU-Memory-Ordering.html
@@ -34,12 +34,11 @@ Similarly, any code that happens before the beginning of a given RCU grace
 period is guaranteed to see the effects of all accesses following the end
 of that grace period that are within RCU read-side critical sections.
 
-<p>This guarantee is particularly pervasive for <tt>synchronize_sched()</tt>,
-for which RCU-sched read-side critical sections include any region
+<p>Note well that RCU-sched read-side critical sections include any region
 of code for which preemption is disabled.
 Given that each individual machine instruction can be thought of as
 an extremely small region of preemption-disabled code, one can think of
-<tt>synchronize_sched()</tt> as <tt>smp_mb()</tt> on steroids.
+<tt>synchronize_rcu()</tt> as <tt>smp_mb()</tt> on steroids.
 
 <p>RCU updaters use this guarantee by splitting their updates into
 two phases, one of which is executed before the grace period and
@@ -77,7 +76,7 @@ The key point is that the lock-acquisition functions, including
 <tt>smp_mb__after_unlock_lock()</tt> immediately after successful
 acquisition of the lock.
 
-<p>Therefore, for any given <tt>rcu_node</tt> struction, any access
+<p>Therefore, for any given <tt>rcu_node</tt> structure, any access
 happening before one of the above lock-release functions will be seen
 by all CPUs as happening before any access happening after a later
 one of the above lock-acquisition functions.
@@ -485,13 +484,13 @@ section that the grace period must wait on.
 noted by <tt>rcu_node_context_switch()</tt> on the left.
 On the other hand, if the CPU takes a scheduler-clock interrupt
 while executing in usermode, a quiescent state will be noted by
-<tt>rcu_check_callbacks()</tt> on the right.
+<tt>rcu_sched_clock_irq()</tt> on the right.
 Either way, the passage through a quiescent state will be noted
 in a per-CPU variable.
 
 <p>The next time an <tt>RCU_SOFTIRQ</tt> handler executes on
 this CPU (for example, after the next scheduler-clock
-interrupt), <tt>__rcu_process_callbacks()</tt> will invoke
+interrupt), <tt>rcu_core()</tt> will invoke
 <tt>rcu_check_quiescent_state()</tt>, which will notice the
 recorded quiescent state, and invoke
 <tt>rcu_report_qs_rdp()</tt>.
@@ -651,7 +650,7 @@ to end.
 These callbacks are identified by <tt>rcu_advance_cbs()</tt>,
 which is usually invoked by <tt>__note_gp_changes()</tt>.
 As shown in the diagram below, this invocation can be triggered by
-the scheduling-clock interrupt (<tt>rcu_check_callbacks()</tt> on
+the scheduling-clock interrupt (<tt>rcu_sched_clock_irq()</tt> on
 the left) or by idle entry (<tt>rcu_cleanup_after_idle()</tt> on
 the right, but only for kernels build with
 <tt>CONFIG_RCU_FAST_NO_HZ=y</tt>).
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-callback-invocation.svg b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-callback-invocation.svg
index 832408313d93..3fcf0c17cef2 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-callback-invocation.svg
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-callback-invocation.svg
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
        id="text202-7-5"
-       style="font-size:192px;font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.025in;font-family:Courier">rcu_check_callbacks()</text>
+       style="font-size:192px;font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.025in;font-family:Courier">rcu_sched_clock_irq()</text>
     <rect
        x="7069.6187"
        y="5087.4678"
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-gp.svg b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-gp.svg
index acd73c7ad0f4..2bcd742d6e49 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-gp.svg
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-gp.svg
@@ -3902,7 +3902,7 @@
          font-style="normal"
          y="-4418.6582"
          x="3745.7725"
-         xml:space="preserve">rcu_check_callbacks()</text>
+         xml:space="preserve">rcu_sched_clock_irq()</text>
     </g>
     <g
        transform="translate(-850.30204,55463.106)"
@@ -3924,7 +3924,7 @@
          font-style="normal"
          y="-4418.6582"
          x="3745.7725"
-         xml:space="preserve">rcu_process_callbacks()</text>
+         xml:space="preserve">rcu_core()</text>
       <text
          style="font-size:192px;font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.025in;font-family:Courier"
          id="text202-7-5-3-27-0"
@@ -3933,7 +3933,7 @@
          font-style="normal"
          y="-4165.7954"
          x="3745.7725"
-         xml:space="preserve">rcu_check_quiescent_state())</text>
+         xml:space="preserve">rcu_check_quiescent_state()</text>
       <text
          style="font-size:192px;font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.025in;font-family:Courier"
          id="text202-7-5-3-27-0-9"
@@ -4968,7 +4968,7 @@
        font-weight="bold"
        font-size="192"
        id="text202-7-5-19"
-       style="font-size:192px;font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.025in;font-family:Courier">rcu_check_callbacks()</text>
+       style="font-size:192px;font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.025in;font-family:Courier">rcu_sched_clock_irq()</text>
     <rect
        x="5314.2671"
        y="82817.688"
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-qs.svg b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-qs.svg
index 149bec2a4493..779c9ac31a52 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-qs.svg
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Memory-Ordering/TreeRCU-qs.svg
@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@
          font-style="normal"
          y="-4418.6582"
          x="3745.7725"
-         xml:space="preserve">rcu_check_callbacks()</text>
+         xml:space="preserve">rcu_sched_clock_irq()</text>
     </g>
     <g
        transform="translate(399.7744,828.86448)"
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@
          font-style="normal"
          y="-4418.6582"
          x="3745.7725"
-         xml:space="preserve">rcu_process_callbacks()</text>
+         xml:space="preserve">rcu_core()</text>
       <text
          style="font-size:192px;font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.025in;font-family:Courier"
          id="text202-7-5-3-27-0"
@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@
          font-style="normal"
          y="-4165.7954"
          x="3745.7725"
-         xml:space="preserve">rcu_check_quiescent_state())</text>
+         xml:space="preserve">rcu_check_quiescent_state()</text>
       <text
          style="font-size:192px;font-style:normal;font-weight:bold;text-anchor:start;fill:#000000;stroke-width:0.025in;font-family:Courier"
          id="text202-7-5-3-27-0-9"
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Requirements/Requirements.html b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Requirements/Requirements.html
index 43c4e2f05f40..5a9238a2883c 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/Design/Requirements/Requirements.html
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/Design/Requirements/Requirements.html
@@ -900,8 +900,6 @@ Except where otherwise noted, these non-guarantees were premeditated.
 	Grace Periods Don't Partition Read-Side Critical Sections</a>
 <li>	<a href="#Read-Side Critical Sections Don't Partition Grace Periods">
 	Read-Side Critical Sections Don't Partition Grace Periods</a>
-<li>	<a href="#Disabling Preemption Does Not Block Grace Periods">
-	Disabling Preemption Does Not Block Grace Periods</a>
 </ol>
 
 <h3><a name="Readers Impose Minimal Ordering">Readers Impose Minimal Ordering</a></h3>
@@ -1259,54 +1257,6 @@ of RCU grace periods.
 <tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
 </table>
 
-<h3><a name="Disabling Preemption Does Not Block Grace Periods">
-Disabling Preemption Does Not Block Grace Periods</a></h3>
-
-<p>
-There was a time when disabling preemption on any given CPU would block
-subsequent grace periods.
-However, this was an accident of implementation and is not a requirement.
-And in the current Linux-kernel implementation, disabling preemption
-on a given CPU in fact does not block grace periods, as Oleg Nesterov
-<a href="https://lkml.kernel.org/g/20150614193825.GA19582@redhat.com">demonstrated</a>.
-
-<p>
-If you need a preempt-disable region to block grace periods, you need to add
-<tt>rcu_read_lock()</tt> and <tt>rcu_read_unlock()</tt>, for example
-as follows:
-
-<blockquote>
-<pre>
- 1 preempt_disable();
- 2 rcu_read_lock();
- 3 do_something();
- 4 rcu_read_unlock();
- 5 preempt_enable();
- 6
- 7 /* Spinlocks implicitly disable preemption. */
- 8 spin_lock(&amp;mylock);
- 9 rcu_read_lock();
-10 do_something();
-11 rcu_read_unlock();
-12 spin_unlock(&amp;mylock);
-</pre>
-</blockquote>
-
-<p>
-In theory, you could enter the RCU read-side critical section first,
-but it is more efficient to keep the entire RCU read-side critical
-section contained in the preempt-disable region as shown above.
-Of course, RCU read-side critical sections that extend outside of
-preempt-disable regions will work correctly, but such critical sections
-can be preempted, which forces <tt>rcu_read_unlock()</tt> to do
-more work.
-And no, this is <i>not</i> an invitation to enclose all of your RCU
-read-side critical sections within preempt-disable regions, because
-doing so would degrade real-time response.
-
-<p>
-This non-requirement appeared with preemptible RCU.
-
 <h2><a name="Parallelism Facts of Life">Parallelism Facts of Life</a></h2>
 
 <p>
@@ -1381,6 +1331,7 @@ Classes of quality-of-implementation requirements are as follows:
 <ol>
 <li>	<a href="#Specialization">Specialization</a>
 <li>	<a href="#Performance and Scalability">Performance and Scalability</a>
+<li>	<a href="#Forward Progress">Forward Progress</a>
 <li>	<a href="#Composability">Composability</a>
 <li>	<a href="#Corner Cases">Corner Cases</a>
 </ol>
@@ -1645,7 +1596,7 @@ used in place of <tt>synchronize_rcu()</tt> as follows:
 16   struct foo *p;
 17
 18   spin_lock(&amp;gp_lock);
-19   p = rcu_dereference(gp);
+19   p = rcu_access_pointer(gp);
 20   if (!p) {
 21     spin_unlock(&amp;gp_lock);
 22     return false;
@@ -1822,6 +1773,106 @@ so it is too early to tell whether they will stand the test of time.
 RCU thus provides a range of tools to allow updaters to strike the
 required tradeoff between latency, flexibility and CPU overhead.
 
+<h3><a name="Forward Progress">Forward Progress</a></h3>
+
+<p>
+In theory, delaying grace-period completion and callback invocation
+is harmless.
+In practice, not only are memory sizes finite but also callbacks sometimes
+do wakeups, and sufficiently deferred wakeups can be difficult
+to distinguish from system hangs.
+Therefore, RCU must provide a number of mechanisms to promote forward
+progress.
+
+<p>
+These mechanisms are not foolproof, nor can they be.
+For one simple example, an infinite loop in an RCU read-side critical
+section must by definition prevent later grace periods from ever completing.
+For a more involved example, consider a 64-CPU system built with
+<tt>CONFIG_RCU_NOCB_CPU=y</tt> and booted with <tt>rcu_nocbs=1-63</tt>,
+where CPUs&nbsp;1 through&nbsp;63 spin in tight loops that invoke
+<tt>call_rcu()</tt>.
+Even if these tight loops also contain calls to <tt>cond_resched()</tt>
+(thus allowing grace periods to complete), CPU&nbsp;0 simply will
+not be able to invoke callbacks as fast as the other 63 CPUs can
+register them, at least not until the system runs out of memory.
+In both of these examples, the Spiderman principle applies:  With great
+power comes great responsibility.
+However, short of this level of abuse, RCU is required to
+ensure timely completion of grace periods and timely invocation of
+callbacks.
+
+<p>
+RCU takes the following steps to encourage timely completion of
+grace periods:
+
+<ol>
+<li>	If a grace period fails to complete within 100&nbsp;milliseconds,
+	RCU causes future invocations of <tt>cond_resched()</tt> on
+	the holdout CPUs to provide an RCU quiescent state.
+	RCU also causes those CPUs' <tt>need_resched()</tt> invocations
+	to return <tt>true</tt>, but only after the corresponding CPU's
+	next scheduling-clock.
+<li>	CPUs mentioned in the <tt>nohz_full</tt> kernel boot parameter
+	can run indefinitely in the kernel without scheduling-clock
+	interrupts, which defeats the above <tt>need_resched()</tt>
+	strategem.
+	RCU will therefore invoke <tt>resched_cpu()</tt> on any
+	<tt>nohz_full</tt> CPUs still holding out after
+	109&nbsp;milliseconds.
+<li>	In kernels built with <tt>CONFIG_RCU_BOOST=y</tt>, if a given
+	task that has been preempted within an RCU read-side critical
+	section is holding out for more than 500&nbsp;milliseconds,
+	RCU will resort to priority boosting.
+<li>	If a CPU is still holding out 10&nbsp;seconds into the grace
+	period, RCU will invoke <tt>resched_cpu()</tt> on it regardless
+	of its <tt>nohz_full</tt> state.
+</ol>
+
+<p>
+The above values are defaults for systems running with <tt>HZ=1000</tt>.
+They will vary as the value of <tt>HZ</tt> varies, and can also be
+changed using the relevant Kconfig options and kernel boot parameters.
+RCU currently does not do much sanity checking of these
+parameters, so please use caution when changing them.
+Note that these forward-progress measures are provided only for RCU,
+not for
+<a href="#Sleepable RCU">SRCU</a> or
+<a href="#Tasks RCU">Tasks RCU</a>.
+
+<p>
+RCU takes the following steps in <tt>call_rcu()</tt> to encourage timely
+invocation of callbacks when any given non-<tt>rcu_nocbs</tt> CPU has
+10,000 callbacks, or has 10,000 more callbacks than it had the last time
+encouragement was provided:
+
+<ol>
+<li>	Starts a grace period, if one is not already in progress.
+<li>	Forces immediate checking for quiescent states, rather than
+	waiting for three milliseconds to have elapsed since the
+	beginning of the grace period.
+<li>	Immediately tags the CPU's callbacks with their grace period
+	completion numbers, rather than waiting for the <tt>RCU_SOFTIRQ</tt>
+	handler to get around to it.
+<li>	Lifts callback-execution batch limits, which speeds up callback
+	invocation at the expense of degrading realtime response.
+</ol>
+
+<p>
+Again, these are default values when running at <tt>HZ=1000</tt>,
+and can be overridden.
+Again, these forward-progress measures are provided only for RCU,
+not for
+<a href="#Sleepable RCU">SRCU</a> or
+<a href="#Tasks RCU">Tasks RCU</a>.
+Even for RCU, callback-invocation forward progress for <tt>rcu_nocbs</tt>
+CPUs is much less well-developed, in part because workloads benefiting
+from <tt>rcu_nocbs</tt> CPUs tend to invoke <tt>call_rcu()</tt>
+relatively infrequently.
+If workloads emerge that need both <tt>rcu_nocbs</tt> CPUs and high
+<tt>call_rcu()</tt> invocation rates, then additional forward-progress
+work will be required.
+
 <h3><a name="Composability">Composability</a></h3>
 
 <p>
@@ -2272,7 +2323,7 @@ that meets this requirement.
 Furthermore, NMI handlers can be interrupted by what appear to RCU
 to be normal interrupts.
 One way that this can happen is for code that directly invokes
-<tt>rcu_irq_enter()</tt> and </tt>rcu_irq_exit()</tt> to be called
+<tt>rcu_irq_enter()</tt> and <tt>rcu_irq_exit()</tt> to be called
 from an NMI handler.
 This astonishing fact of life prompted the current code structure,
 which has <tt>rcu_irq_enter()</tt> invoking <tt>rcu_nmi_enter()</tt>
@@ -2294,7 +2345,7 @@ via <tt>del_timer_sync()</tt> or similar.
 <p>
 Unfortunately, there is no way to cancel an RCU callback;
 once you invoke <tt>call_rcu()</tt>, the callback function is
-going to eventually be invoked, unless the system goes down first.
+eventually going to be invoked, unless the system goes down first.
 Because it is normally considered socially irresponsible to crash the system
 in response to a module unload request, we need some other way
 to deal with in-flight RCU callbacks.
@@ -2424,23 +2475,37 @@ for context-switch-heavy <tt>CONFIG_NO_HZ_FULL=y</tt> workloads,
 but there is room for further improvement.
 
 <p>
-In the past, it was forbidden to disable interrupts across an
-<tt>rcu_read_unlock()</tt> unless that interrupt-disabled region
-of code also included the matching <tt>rcu_read_lock()</tt>.
-Violating this restriction could result in deadlocks involving the
-scheduler's runqueue and priority-inheritance spinlocks.
-This restriction was lifted when interrupt-disabled calls to
-<tt>rcu_read_unlock()</tt> started deferring the reporting of
-the resulting RCU-preempt quiescent state until the end of that
+It is forbidden to hold any of scheduler's runqueue or priority-inheritance
+spinlocks across an <tt>rcu_read_unlock()</tt> unless interrupts have been
+disabled across the entire RCU read-side critical section, that is,
+up to and including the matching <tt>rcu_read_lock()</tt>.
+Violating this restriction can result in deadlocks involving these
+scheduler spinlocks.
+There was hope that this restriction might be lifted when interrupt-disabled
+calls to <tt>rcu_read_unlock()</tt> started deferring the reporting of
+the resulting RCU-preempt quiescent state until the end of the corresponding
 interrupts-disabled region.
-This deferred reporting means that the scheduler's runqueue and
-priority-inheritance locks cannot be held while reporting an RCU-preempt
-quiescent state, which lifts the earlier restriction, at least from
-a deadlock perspective.
-Unfortunately, real-time systems using RCU priority boosting may
+Unfortunately, timely reporting of the corresponding quiescent state
+to expedited grace periods requires a call to <tt>raise_softirq()</tt>,
+which can acquire these scheduler spinlocks.
+In addition, real-time systems using RCU priority boosting
 need this restriction to remain in effect because deferred
-quiescent-state reporting also defers deboosting, which in turn
-degrades real-time latencies.
+quiescent-state reporting would also defer deboosting, which in turn
+would degrade real-time latencies.
+
+<p>
+In theory, if a given RCU read-side critical section could be
+guaranteed to be less than one second in duration, holding a scheduler
+spinlock across that critical section's <tt>rcu_read_unlock()</tt>
+would require only that preemption be disabled across the entire
+RCU read-side critical section, not interrupts.
+Unfortunately, given the possibility of vCPU preemption, long-running
+interrupts, and so on, it is not possible in practice to guarantee
+that a given RCU read-side critical section will complete in less than
+one second.
+Therefore, as noted above, if scheduler spinlocks are held across
+a given call to <tt>rcu_read_unlock()</tt>, interrupts must be
+disabled across the entire RCU read-side critical section.
 
 <h3><a name="Tracing and RCU">Tracing and RCU</a></h3>
 
@@ -3034,7 +3099,7 @@ If you block forever in one of a given domain's SRCU read-side critical
 sections, then that domain's grace periods will also be blocked forever.
 Of course, one good way to block forever is to deadlock, which can
 happen if any operation in a given domain's SRCU read-side critical
-section can block waiting, either directly or indirectly, for that domain's
+section can wait, either directly or indirectly, for that domain's
 grace period to elapse.
 For example, this results in a self-deadlock:
 
@@ -3074,12 +3139,18 @@ API, which, in combination with <tt>srcu_read_unlock()</tt>,
 guarantees a full memory barrier.
 
 <p>
-Also unlike other RCU flavors, SRCU's callbacks-wait function
-<tt>srcu_barrier()</tt> may be invoked from CPU-hotplug notifiers,
-though this is not necessarily a good idea.
-The reason that this is possible is that SRCU is insensitive
-to whether or not a CPU is online, which means that <tt>srcu_barrier()</tt>
-need not exclude CPU-hotplug operations.
+Also unlike other RCU flavors, <tt>synchronize_srcu()</tt> may <b>not</b>
+be invoked from CPU-hotplug notifiers, due to the fact that SRCU grace
+periods make use of timers and the possibility of timers being temporarily
+&ldquo;stranded&rdquo; on the outgoing CPU.
+This stranding of timers means that timers posted to the outgoing CPU
+will not fire until late in the CPU-hotplug process.
+The problem is that if a notifier is waiting on an SRCU grace period,
+that grace period is waiting on a timer, and that timer is stranded on the
+outgoing CPU, then the notifier will never be awakened, in other words,
+deadlock has occurred.
+This same situation of course also prohibits <tt>srcu_barrier()</tt>
+from being invoked from CPU-hotplug notifiers.
 
 <p>
 SRCU also differs from other RCU flavors in that SRCU's expedited and
@@ -3233,6 +3304,11 @@ For example, RCU callback overhead might be charged back to the
 originating <tt>call_rcu()</tt> instance, though probably not
 in production kernels.
 
+<p>
+Additional work may be required to provide reasonable forward-progress
+guarantees under heavy load for grace periods and for callback
+invocation.
+
 <h2><a name="Summary">Summary</a></h2>
 
 <p>
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.txt
index 687777f83b23..881353fd5bff 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/NMI-RCU.txt
@@ -81,18 +81,19 @@ currently executing on some other CPU.  We therefore cannot free
 up any data structures used by the old NMI handler until execution
 of it completes on all other CPUs.
 
-One way to accomplish this is via synchronize_sched(), perhaps as
+One way to accomplish this is via synchronize_rcu(), perhaps as
 follows:
 
 	unset_nmi_callback();
-	synchronize_sched();
+	synchronize_rcu();
 	kfree(my_nmi_data);
 
-This works because synchronize_sched() blocks until all CPUs complete
-any preemption-disabled segments of code that they were executing.
-Since NMI handlers disable preemption, synchronize_sched() is guaranteed
+This works because (as of v4.20) synchronize_rcu() blocks until all
+CPUs complete any preemption-disabled segments of code that they were
+executing.
+Since NMI handlers disable preemption, synchronize_rcu() is guaranteed
 not to return until all ongoing NMI handlers exit.  It is therefore safe
-to free up the handler's data as soon as synchronize_sched() returns.
+to free up the handler's data as soon as synchronize_rcu() returns.
 
 Important note: for this to work, the architecture in question must
 invoke nmi_enter() and nmi_exit() on NMI entry and exit, respectively.
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/UP.txt b/Documentation/RCU/UP.txt
index 90ec5341ee98..53bde717017b 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/UP.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/UP.txt
@@ -86,10 +86,8 @@ even on a UP system.  So do not do it!  Even on a UP system, the RCU
 infrastructure -must- respect grace periods, and -must- invoke callbacks
 from a known environment in which no locks are held.
 
-It -is- safe for synchronize_sched() and synchronize_rcu_bh() to return
-immediately on an UP system.  It is also safe for synchronize_rcu()
-to return immediately on UP systems, except when running preemptable
-RCU.
+Note that it -is- safe for synchronize_rcu() to return immediately on
+UP systems, including !PREEMPT SMP builds running on UP systems.
 
 Quick Quiz #3: Why can't synchronize_rcu() return immediately on
 	UP systems running preemptable RCU?
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt
index 49747717d905..e98ff261a438 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
 	pointer must be covered by rcu_read_lock(), rcu_read_lock_bh(),
 	rcu_read_lock_sched(), or by the appropriate update-side lock.
 	Disabling of preemption can serve as rcu_read_lock_sched(), but
-	is less readable.
+	is less readable and prevents lockdep from detecting locking issues.
 
 	Letting RCU-protected pointers "leak" out of an RCU read-side
 	critical section is every bid as bad as letting them leak out
@@ -182,16 +182,13 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
 		when publicizing a pointer to a structure that can
 		be traversed by an RCU read-side critical section.
 
-5.	If call_rcu(), or a related primitive such as call_rcu_bh(),
-	call_rcu_sched(), or call_srcu() is used, the callback function
-	will be called from softirq context.  In particular, it cannot
-	block.
+5.	If call_rcu() or call_srcu() is used, the callback function will
+	be called from softirq context.  In particular, it cannot block.
 
-6.	Since synchronize_rcu() can block, it cannot be called from
-	any sort of irq context.  The same rule applies for
-	synchronize_rcu_bh(), synchronize_sched(), synchronize_srcu(),
-	synchronize_rcu_expedited(), synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited(),
-	synchronize_sched_expedite(), and synchronize_srcu_expedited().
+6.	Since synchronize_rcu() can block, it cannot be called
+	from any sort of irq context.  The same rule applies
+	for synchronize_srcu(), synchronize_rcu_expedited(), and
+	synchronize_srcu_expedited().
 
 	The expedited forms of these primitives have the same semantics
 	as the non-expedited forms, but expediting is both expensive and
@@ -212,20 +209,20 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
 	of the system, especially to real-time workloads running on
 	the rest of the system.
 
-7.	If the updater uses call_rcu() or synchronize_rcu(), then the
-	corresponding readers must use rcu_read_lock() and
-	rcu_read_unlock().  If the updater uses call_rcu_bh() or
-	synchronize_rcu_bh(), then the corresponding readers must
-	use rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh().  If the
-	updater uses call_rcu_sched() or synchronize_sched(), then
-	the corresponding readers must disable preemption, possibly
-	by calling rcu_read_lock_sched() and rcu_read_unlock_sched().
-	If the updater uses synchronize_srcu() or call_srcu(), then
-	the corresponding readers must use srcu_read_lock() and
+7.	As of v4.20, a given kernel implements only one RCU flavor,
+	which is RCU-sched for PREEMPT=n and RCU-preempt for PREEMPT=y.
+	If the updater uses call_rcu() or synchronize_rcu(),
+	then the corresponding readers my use rcu_read_lock() and
+	rcu_read_unlock(), rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh(),
+	or any pair of primitives that disables and re-enables preemption,
+	for example, rcu_read_lock_sched() and rcu_read_unlock_sched().
+	If the updater uses synchronize_srcu() or call_srcu(),
+	then the corresponding readers must use srcu_read_lock() and
 	srcu_read_unlock(), and with the same srcu_struct.  The rules for
 	the expedited primitives are the same as for their non-expedited
 	counterparts.  Mixing things up will result in confusion and
-	broken kernels.
+	broken kernels, and has even resulted in an exploitable security
+	issue.
 
 	One exception to this rule: rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock()
 	may be substituted for rcu_read_lock_bh() and rcu_read_unlock_bh()
@@ -285,15 +282,10 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
 		here is that superuser already has lots of ways to crash
 		the machine.
 
-	d.	Use call_rcu_bh() rather than call_rcu(), in order to take
-		advantage of call_rcu_bh()'s faster grace periods.  (This
-		is only a partial solution, though.)
-
-	e.	Periodically invoke synchronize_rcu(), permitting a limited
+	d.	Periodically invoke synchronize_rcu(), permitting a limited
 		number of updates per grace period.
 
-	The same cautions apply to call_rcu_bh(), call_rcu_sched(),
-	call_srcu(), and kfree_rcu().
+	The same cautions apply to call_srcu() and kfree_rcu().
 
 	Note that although these primitives do take action to avoid memory
 	exhaustion when any given CPU has too many callbacks, a determined
@@ -324,37 +316,14 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
 	will break Alpha, cause aggressive compilers to generate bad code,
 	and confuse people trying to read your code.
 
-11.	Note that synchronize_rcu() -only- guarantees to wait until
-	all currently executing rcu_read_lock()-protected RCU read-side
-	critical sections complete.  It does -not- necessarily guarantee
-	that all currently running interrupts, NMIs, preempt_disable()
-	code, or idle loops will complete.  Therefore, if your
-	read-side critical sections are protected by something other
-	than rcu_read_lock(), do -not- use synchronize_rcu().
-
-	Similarly, disabling preemption is not an acceptable substitute
-	for rcu_read_lock().  Code that attempts to use preemption
-	disabling where it should be using rcu_read_lock() will break
-	in CONFIG_PREEMPT=y kernel builds.
-
-	If you want to wait for interrupt handlers, NMI handlers, and
-	code under the influence of preempt_disable(), you instead
-	need to use synchronize_irq() or synchronize_sched().
-
-	This same limitation also applies to synchronize_rcu_bh()
-	and synchronize_srcu(), as well as to the asynchronous and
-	expedited forms of the three primitives, namely call_rcu(),
-	call_rcu_bh(), call_srcu(), synchronize_rcu_expedited(),
-	synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited(), and synchronize_srcu_expedited().
-
-12.	Any lock acquired by an RCU callback must be acquired elsewhere
+11.	Any lock acquired by an RCU callback must be acquired elsewhere
 	with softirq disabled, e.g., via spin_lock_irqsave(),
-	spin_lock_bh(), etc.  Failing to disable irq on a given
+	spin_lock_bh(), etc.  Failing to disable softirq on a given
 	acquisition of that lock will result in deadlock as soon as
 	the RCU softirq handler happens to run your RCU callback while
 	interrupting that acquisition's critical section.
 
-13.	RCU callbacks can be and are executed in parallel.  In many cases,
+12.	RCU callbacks can be and are executed in parallel.  In many cases,
 	the callback code simply wrappers around kfree(), so that this
 	is not an issue (or, more accurately, to the extent that it is
 	an issue, the memory-allocator locking handles it).  However,
@@ -362,15 +331,18 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
 	must use whatever locking or other synchronization is required
 	to safely access and/or modify that data structure.
 
-	RCU callbacks are -usually- executed on the same CPU that executed
-	the corresponding call_rcu(), call_rcu_bh(), or call_rcu_sched(),
-	but are by -no- means guaranteed to be.  For example, if a given
-	CPU goes offline while having an RCU callback pending, then that
-	RCU callback will execute on some surviving CPU.  (If this was
-	not the case, a self-spawning RCU callback would prevent the
-	victim CPU from ever going offline.)
-
-14.	Unlike other forms of RCU, it -is- permissible to block in an
+	Do not assume that RCU callbacks will be executed on the same
+	CPU that executed the corresponding call_rcu() or call_srcu().
+	For example, if a given CPU goes offline while having an RCU
+	callback pending, then that RCU callback will execute on some
+	surviving CPU.	(If this was not the case, a self-spawning RCU
+	callback would prevent the victim CPU from ever going offline.)
+	Furthermore, CPUs designated by rcu_nocbs= might well -always-
+	have their RCU callbacks executed on some other CPUs, in fact,
+	for some  real-time workloads, this is the whole point of using
+	the rcu_nocbs= kernel boot parameter.
+
+13.	Unlike other forms of RCU, it -is- permissible to block in an
 	SRCU read-side critical section (demarked by srcu_read_lock()
 	and srcu_read_unlock()), hence the "SRCU": "sleepable RCU".
 	Please note that if you don't need to sleep in read-side critical
@@ -408,13 +380,13 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
 
 	SRCU's expedited primitive (synchronize_srcu_expedited())
 	never sends IPIs to other CPUs, so it is easier on
-	real-time workloads than is synchronize_rcu_expedited(),
-	synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited() or synchronize_sched_expedited().
+	real-time workloads than is synchronize_rcu_expedited().
 
-	Note that rcu_dereference() and rcu_assign_pointer() relate to
-	SRCU just as they do to other forms of RCU.
+	Note that rcu_assign_pointer() relates to SRCU just as it does to
+	other forms of RCU, but instead of rcu_dereference() you should
+	use srcu_dereference() in order to avoid lockdep splats.
 
-15.	The whole point of call_rcu(), synchronize_rcu(), and friends
+14.	The whole point of call_rcu(), synchronize_rcu(), and friends
 	is to wait until all pre-existing readers have finished before
 	carrying out some otherwise-destructive operation.  It is
 	therefore critically important to -first- remove any path
@@ -426,13 +398,16 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
 	is the caller's responsibility to guarantee that any subsequent
 	readers will execute safely.
 
-16.	The various RCU read-side primitives do -not- necessarily contain
+15.	The various RCU read-side primitives do -not- necessarily contain
 	memory barriers.  You should therefore plan for the CPU
 	and the compiler to freely reorder code into and out of RCU
 	read-side critical sections.  It is the responsibility of the
 	RCU update-side primitives to deal with this.
 
-17.	Use CONFIG_PROVE_LOCKING, CONFIG_DEBUG_OBJECTS_RCU_HEAD, and the
+	For SRCU readers, you can use smp_mb__after_srcu_read_unlock()
+	immediately after an srcu_read_unlock() to get a full barrier.
+
+16.	Use CONFIG_PROVE_LOCKING, CONFIG_DEBUG_OBJECTS_RCU_HEAD, and the
 	__rcu sparse checks to validate your RCU code.	These can help
 	find problems as follows:
 
@@ -455,22 +430,19 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome!
 	These debugging aids can help you find problems that are
 	otherwise extremely difficult to spot.
 
-18.	If you register a callback using call_rcu(), call_rcu_bh(),
-	call_rcu_sched(), or call_srcu(), and pass in a function defined
-	within a loadable module, then it in necessary to wait for
-	all pending callbacks to be invoked after the last invocation
-	and before unloading that module.  Note that it is absolutely
-	-not- sufficient to wait for a grace period!  The current (say)
-	synchronize_rcu() implementation waits only for all previous
-	callbacks registered on the CPU that synchronize_rcu() is running
-	on, but it is -not- guaranteed to wait for callbacks registered
-	on other CPUs.
+17.	If you register a callback using call_rcu() or call_srcu(), and
+	pass in a function defined within a loadable module, then it in
+	necessary to wait for all pending callbacks to be invoked after
+	the last invocation and before unloading that module.  Note that
+	it is absolutely -not- sufficient to wait for a grace period!
+	The current (say) synchronize_rcu() implementation is -not-
+	guaranteed to wait for callbacks registered on other CPUs.
+	Or even on the current CPU if that CPU recently went offline
+	and came back online.
 
 	You instead need to use one of the barrier functions:
 
 	o	call_rcu() -> rcu_barrier()
-	o	call_rcu_bh() -> rcu_barrier_bh()
-	o	call_rcu_sched() -> rcu_barrier_sched()
 	o	call_srcu() -> srcu_barrier()
 
 	However, these barrier functions are absolutely -not- guaranteed
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/lockdep-splat.txt b/Documentation/RCU/lockdep-splat.txt
index 238e9f61352f..9c015976b174 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/lockdep-splat.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/lockdep-splat.txt
@@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ being the real world and all that.
 So let's look at an example RCU lockdep splat from 3.0-rc5, one that
 has long since been fixed:
 
-===============================
-[ INFO: suspicious RCU usage. ]
--------------------------------
+=============================
+WARNING: suspicious RCU usage
+-----------------------------
 block/cfq-iosched.c:2776 suspicious rcu_dereference_protected() usage!
 
 other info that might help us debug this:
@@ -24,11 +24,11 @@ other info that might help us debug this:
 
 rcu_scheduler_active = 1, debug_locks = 0
 3 locks held by scsi_scan_6/1552:
- #0:  (&shost->scan_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8145efca>]
+ #0:  (&shost->scan_mutex){+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8145efca>]
 scsi_scan_host_selected+0x5a/0x150
- #1:  (&eq->sysfs_lock){+.+...}, at: [<ffffffff812a5032>]
+ #1:  (&eq->sysfs_lock){+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff812a5032>]
 elevator_exit+0x22/0x60
- #2:  (&(&q->__queue_lock)->rlock){-.-...}, at: [<ffffffff812b6233>]
+ #2:  (&(&q->__queue_lock)->rlock){-.-.}, at: [<ffffffff812b6233>]
 cfq_exit_queue+0x43/0x190
 
 stack backtrace:
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/rcu.txt b/Documentation/RCU/rcu.txt
index 721b3e426515..c818cf65c5a9 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/rcu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/rcu.txt
@@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ o	If I am running on a uniprocessor kernel, which can only do one
 o	How can I see where RCU is currently used in the Linux kernel?
 
 	Search for "rcu_read_lock", "rcu_read_unlock", "call_rcu",
-	"rcu_read_lock_bh", "rcu_read_unlock_bh", "call_rcu_bh",
-	"srcu_read_lock", "srcu_read_unlock", "synchronize_rcu",
-	"synchronize_net", "synchronize_srcu", and the other RCU
-	primitives.  Or grab one of the cscope databases from:
+	"rcu_read_lock_bh", "rcu_read_unlock_bh", "srcu_read_lock",
+	"srcu_read_unlock", "synchronize_rcu", "synchronize_net",
+	"synchronize_srcu", and the other RCU primitives.  Or grab one
+	of the cscope databases from:
 
 	http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/linuxusage/rculocktab.html
 
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.txt b/Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.txt
index ab96227bad42..bf699e8cfc75 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/rcu_dereference.txt
@@ -351,3 +351,106 @@ garbage values.
 
 In short, rcu_dereference() is -not- optional when you are going to
 dereference the resulting pointer.
+
+
+WHICH MEMBER OF THE rcu_dereference() FAMILY SHOULD YOU USE?
+
+First, please avoid using rcu_dereference_raw() and also please avoid
+using rcu_dereference_check() and rcu_dereference_protected() with a
+second argument with a constant value of 1 (or true, for that matter).
+With that caution out of the way, here is some guidance for which
+member of the rcu_dereference() to use in various situations:
+
+1.	If the access needs to be within an RCU read-side critical
+	section, use rcu_dereference().  With the new consolidated
+	RCU flavors, an RCU read-side critical section is entered
+	using rcu_read_lock(), anything that disables bottom halves,
+	anything that disables interrupts, or anything that disables
+	preemption.
+
+2.	If the access might be within an RCU read-side critical section
+	on the one hand, or protected by (say) my_lock on the other,
+	use rcu_dereference_check(), for example:
+
+		p1 = rcu_dereference_check(p->rcu_protected_pointer,
+					   lockdep_is_held(&my_lock));
+
+
+3.	If the access might be within an RCU read-side critical section
+	on the one hand, or protected by either my_lock or your_lock on
+	the other, again use rcu_dereference_check(), for example:
+
+		p1 = rcu_dereference_check(p->rcu_protected_pointer,
+					   lockdep_is_held(&my_lock) ||
+					   lockdep_is_held(&your_lock));
+
+4.	If the access is on the update side, so that it is always protected
+	by my_lock, use rcu_dereference_protected():
+
+		p1 = rcu_dereference_protected(p->rcu_protected_pointer,
+					       lockdep_is_held(&my_lock));
+
+	This can be extended to handle multiple locks as in #3 above,
+	and both can be extended to check other conditions as well.
+
+5.	If the protection is supplied by the caller, and is thus unknown
+	to this code, that is the rare case when rcu_dereference_raw()
+	is appropriate.  In addition, rcu_dereference_raw() might be
+	appropriate when the lockdep expression would be excessively
+	complex, except that a better approach in that case might be to
+	take a long hard look at your synchronization design.  Still,
+	there are data-locking cases where any one of a very large number
+	of locks or reference counters suffices to protect the pointer,
+	so rcu_dereference_raw() does have its place.
+
+	However, its place is probably quite a bit smaller than one
+	might expect given the number of uses in the current kernel.
+	Ditto for its synonym, rcu_dereference_check( ... , 1), and
+	its close relative, rcu_dereference_protected(... , 1).
+
+
+SPARSE CHECKING OF RCU-PROTECTED POINTERS
+
+The sparse static-analysis tool checks for direct access to RCU-protected
+pointers, which can result in "interesting" bugs due to compiler
+optimizations involving invented loads and perhaps also load tearing.
+For example, suppose someone mistakenly does something like this:
+
+	p = q->rcu_protected_pointer;
+	do_something_with(p->a);
+	do_something_else_with(p->b);
+
+If register pressure is high, the compiler might optimize "p" out
+of existence, transforming the code to something like this:
+
+	do_something_with(q->rcu_protected_pointer->a);
+	do_something_else_with(q->rcu_protected_pointer->b);
+
+This could fatally disappoint your code if q->rcu_protected_pointer
+changed in the meantime.  Nor is this a theoretical problem:  Exactly
+this sort of bug cost Paul E. McKenney (and several of his innocent
+colleagues) a three-day weekend back in the early 1990s.
+
+Load tearing could of course result in dereferencing a mashup of a pair
+of pointers, which also might fatally disappoint your code.
+
+These problems could have been avoided simply by making the code instead
+read as follows:
+
+	p = rcu_dereference(q->rcu_protected_pointer);
+	do_something_with(p->a);
+	do_something_else_with(p->b);
+
+Unfortunately, these sorts of bugs can be extremely hard to spot during
+review.  This is where the sparse tool comes into play, along with the
+"__rcu" marker.  If you mark a pointer declaration, whether in a structure
+or as a formal parameter, with "__rcu", which tells sparse to complain if
+this pointer is accessed directly.  It will also cause sparse to complain
+if a pointer not marked with "__rcu" is accessed using rcu_dereference()
+and friends.  For example, ->rcu_protected_pointer might be declared as
+follows:
+
+	struct foo __rcu *rcu_protected_pointer;
+
+Use of "__rcu" is opt-in.  If you choose not to use it, then you should
+ignore the sparse warnings.
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/rcubarrier.txt b/Documentation/RCU/rcubarrier.txt
index 5d7759071a3e..a2782df69732 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/rcubarrier.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/rcubarrier.txt
@@ -83,16 +83,15 @@ Pseudo-code using rcu_barrier() is as follows:
    2. Execute rcu_barrier().
    3. Allow the module to be unloaded.
 
-There are also rcu_barrier_bh(), rcu_barrier_sched(), and srcu_barrier()
-functions for the other flavors of RCU, and you of course must match
-the flavor of rcu_barrier() with that of call_rcu().  If your module
-uses multiple flavors of call_rcu(), then it must also use multiple
+There is also an srcu_barrier() function for SRCU, and you of course
+must match the flavor of rcu_barrier() with that of call_rcu().  If your
+module uses multiple flavors of call_rcu(), then it must also use multiple
 flavors of rcu_barrier() when unloading that module.  For example, if
-it uses call_rcu_bh(), call_srcu() on srcu_struct_1, and call_srcu() on
+it uses call_rcu(), call_srcu() on srcu_struct_1, and call_srcu() on
 srcu_struct_2(), then the following three lines of code will be required
 when unloading:
 
- 1 rcu_barrier_bh();
+ 1 rcu_barrier();
  2 srcu_barrier(&srcu_struct_1);
  3 srcu_barrier(&srcu_struct_2);
 
@@ -185,12 +184,12 @@ module invokes call_rcu() from timers, you will need to first cancel all
 the timers, and only then invoke rcu_barrier() to wait for any remaining
 RCU callbacks to complete.
 
-Of course, if you module uses call_rcu_bh(), you will need to invoke
-rcu_barrier_bh() before unloading.  Similarly, if your module uses
-call_rcu_sched(), you will need to invoke rcu_barrier_sched() before
-unloading.  If your module uses call_rcu(), call_rcu_bh(), -and-
-call_rcu_sched(), then you will need to invoke each of rcu_barrier(),
-rcu_barrier_bh(), and rcu_barrier_sched().
+Of course, if you module uses call_rcu(), you will need to invoke
+rcu_barrier() before unloading.  Similarly, if your module uses
+call_srcu(), you will need to invoke srcu_barrier() before unloading,
+and on the same srcu_struct structure.  If your module uses call_rcu()
+-and- call_srcu(), then you will need to invoke rcu_barrier() -and-
+srcu_barrier().
 
 
 Implementing rcu_barrier()
@@ -223,8 +222,8 @@ shown below. Note that the final "1" in on_each_cpu()'s argument list
 ensures that all the calls to rcu_barrier_func() will have completed
 before on_each_cpu() returns. Line 9 then waits for the completion.
 
-This code was rewritten in 2008 to support rcu_barrier_bh() and
-rcu_barrier_sched() in addition to the original rcu_barrier().
+This code was rewritten in 2008 and several times thereafter, but this
+still gives the general idea.
 
 The rcu_barrier_func() runs on each CPU, where it invokes call_rcu()
 to post an RCU callback, as follows:
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt
index 491043fd976f..1ab70c37921f 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt
@@ -176,9 +176,8 @@ causing stalls, and that the stall was affecting RCU-sched.  This message
 will normally be followed by stack dumps for each CPU.  Please note that
 PREEMPT_RCU builds can be stalled by tasks as well as by CPUs, and that
 the tasks will be indicated by PID, for example, "P3421".  It is even
-possible for a rcu_preempt_state stall to be caused by both CPUs -and-
-tasks, in which case the offending CPUs and tasks will all be called
-out in the list.
+possible for an rcu_state stall to be caused by both CPUs -and- tasks,
+in which case the offending CPUs and tasks will all be called out in the list.
 
 CPU 2's "(3 GPs behind)" indicates that this CPU has not interacted with
 the RCU core for the past three grace periods.  In contrast, CPU 16's "(0
@@ -206,7 +205,7 @@ handlers are no longer able to execute on this CPU.  This can happen if
 the stalled CPU is spinning with interrupts are disabled, or, in -rt
 kernels, if a high-priority process is starving RCU's softirq handler.
 
-The "fps=" shows the number of force-quiescent-state idle/offline
+The "fqs=" shows the number of force-quiescent-state idle/offline
 detection passes that the grace-period kthread has made across this
 CPU since the last time that this CPU noted the beginning of a grace
 period.
@@ -220,17 +219,18 @@ an estimate of the total number of RCU callbacks queued across all CPUs
 In kernels with CONFIG_RCU_FAST_NO_HZ, more information is printed
 for each CPU:
 
-	0: (64628 ticks this GP) idle=dd5/3fffffffffffffff/0 softirq=82/543 last_accelerate: a345/d342 nonlazy_posted: 25 .D
+	0: (64628 ticks this GP) idle=dd5/3fffffffffffffff/0 softirq=82/543 last_accelerate: a345/d342 Nonlazy posted: ..D
 
 The "last_accelerate:" prints the low-order 16 bits (in hex) of the
 jiffies counter when this CPU last invoked rcu_try_advance_all_cbs()
 from rcu_needs_cpu() or last invoked rcu_accelerate_cbs() from
-rcu_prepare_for_idle().  The "nonlazy_posted:" prints the number
-of non-lazy callbacks posted since the last call to rcu_needs_cpu().
-Finally, an "L" indicates that there are currently no non-lazy callbacks
-("." is printed otherwise, as shown above) and "D" indicates that
-dyntick-idle processing is enabled ("." is printed otherwise, for example,
-if disabled via the "nohz=" kernel boot parameter).
+rcu_prepare_for_idle().  The "Nonlazy posted:" indicates lazy-callback
+status, so that an "l" indicates that all callbacks were lazy at the start
+of the last idle period and an "L" indicates that there are currently
+no non-lazy callbacks (in both cases, "." is printed otherwise, as
+shown above) and "D" indicates that dyntick-idle processing is enabled
+("." is printed otherwise, for example, if disabled via the "nohz="
+kernel boot parameter).
 
 If the grace period ends just as the stall warning starts printing,
 there will be a spurious stall-warning message, which will include
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt b/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt
index 55918b54808b..a41a0384d20c 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt
@@ -10,173 +10,8 @@ status messages via printk(), which can be examined via the dmesg
 command (perhaps grepping for "torture").  The test is started
 when the module is loaded, and stops when the module is unloaded.
 
-
-MODULE PARAMETERS
-
-This module has the following parameters:
-
-fqs_duration	Duration (in microseconds) of artificially induced bursts
-		of force_quiescent_state() invocations.  In RCU
-		implementations having force_quiescent_state(), these
-		bursts help force races between forcing a given grace
-		period and that grace period ending on its own.
-
-fqs_holdoff	Holdoff time (in microseconds) between consecutive calls
-		to force_quiescent_state() within a burst.
-
-fqs_stutter	Wait time (in seconds) between consecutive bursts
-		of calls to force_quiescent_state().
-
-gp_normal	Make the fake writers use normal synchronous grace-period
-		primitives.
-
-gp_exp		Make the fake writers use expedited synchronous grace-period
-		primitives.  If both gp_normal and gp_exp are set, or
-		if neither gp_normal nor gp_exp are set, then randomly
-		choose the primitive so that about 50% are normal and
-		50% expedited.  By default, neither are set, which
-		gives best overall test coverage.
-
-irqreader	Says to invoke RCU readers from irq level.  This is currently
-		done via timers.  Defaults to "1" for variants of RCU that
-		permit this.  (Or, more accurately, variants of RCU that do
-		-not- permit this know to ignore this variable.)
-
-n_barrier_cbs	If this is nonzero, RCU barrier testing will be conducted,
-		in which case n_barrier_cbs specifies the number of
-		RCU callbacks (and corresponding kthreads) to use for
-		this testing.  The value cannot be negative.  If you
-		specify this to be non-zero when torture_type indicates a
-		synchronous RCU implementation (one for which a member of
-		the synchronize_rcu() rather than the call_rcu() family is
-		used -- see the documentation for torture_type below), an
-		error will be reported and no testing will be carried out.
-
-nfakewriters	This is the number of RCU fake writer threads to run.  Fake
-		writer threads repeatedly use the synchronous "wait for
-		current readers" function of the interface selected by
-		torture_type, with a delay between calls to allow for various
-		different numbers of writers running in parallel.
-		nfakewriters defaults to 4, which provides enough parallelism
-		to trigger special cases caused by multiple writers, such as
-		the synchronize_srcu() early return optimization.
-
-nreaders	This is the number of RCU reading threads supported.
-		The default is twice the number of CPUs.  Why twice?
-		To properly exercise RCU implementations with preemptible
-		read-side critical sections.
-
-onoff_interval
-		The number of seconds between each attempt to execute a
-		randomly selected CPU-hotplug operation.  Defaults to
-		zero, which disables CPU hotplugging.  In HOTPLUG_CPU=n
-		kernels, rcutorture will silently refuse to do any
-		CPU-hotplug operations regardless of what value is
-		specified for onoff_interval.
-
-onoff_holdoff	The number of seconds to wait until starting CPU-hotplug
-		operations.  This would normally only be used when
-		rcutorture was built into the kernel and started
-		automatically at boot time, in which case it is useful
-		in order to avoid confusing boot-time code with CPUs
-		coming and going.
-
-shuffle_interval
-		The number of seconds to keep the test threads affinitied
-		to a particular subset of the CPUs, defaults to 3 seconds.
-		Used in conjunction with test_no_idle_hz.
-
-shutdown_secs	The number of seconds to run the test before terminating
-		the test and powering off the system.  The default is
-		zero, which disables test termination and system shutdown.
-		This capability is useful for automated testing.
-
-stall_cpu	The number of seconds that a CPU should be stalled while
-		within both an rcu_read_lock() and a preempt_disable().
-		This stall happens only once per rcutorture run.
-		If you need multiple stalls, use modprobe and rmmod to
-		repeatedly run rcutorture.  The default for stall_cpu
-		is zero, which prevents rcutorture from stalling a CPU.
-
-		Note that attempts to rmmod rcutorture while the stall
-		is ongoing will hang, so be careful what value you
-		choose for this module parameter!  In addition, too-large
-		values for stall_cpu might well induce failures and
-		warnings in other parts of the kernel.  You have been
-		warned!
-
-stall_cpu_holdoff
-		The number of seconds to wait after rcutorture starts
-		before stalling a CPU.  Defaults to 10 seconds.
-
-stat_interval	The number of seconds between output of torture
-		statistics (via printk()).  Regardless of the interval,
-		statistics are printed when the module is unloaded.
-		Setting the interval to zero causes the statistics to
-		be printed -only- when the module is unloaded, and this
-		is the default.
-
-stutter		The length of time to run the test before pausing for this
-		same period of time.  Defaults to "stutter=5", so as
-		to run and pause for (roughly) five-second intervals.
-		Specifying "stutter=0" causes the test to run continuously
-		without pausing, which is the old default behavior.
-
-test_boost	Whether or not to test the ability of RCU to do priority
-		boosting.  Defaults to "test_boost=1", which performs
-		RCU priority-inversion testing only if the selected
-		RCU implementation supports priority boosting.  Specifying
-		"test_boost=0" never performs RCU priority-inversion
-		testing.  Specifying "test_boost=2" performs RCU
-		priority-inversion testing even if the selected RCU
-		implementation does not support RCU priority boosting,
-		which can be used to test rcutorture's ability to
-		carry out RCU priority-inversion testing.
-
-test_boost_interval
-		The number of seconds in an RCU priority-inversion test
-		cycle.	Defaults to "test_boost_interval=7".  It is
-		usually wise for this value to be relatively prime to
-		the value selected for "stutter".
-
-test_boost_duration
-		The number of seconds to do RCU priority-inversion testing
-		within any given "test_boost_interval".  Defaults to
-		"test_boost_duration=4".
-
-test_no_idle_hz	Whether or not to test the ability of RCU to operate in
-		a kernel that disables the scheduling-clock interrupt to
-		idle CPUs.  Boolean parameter, "1" to test, "0" otherwise.
-		Defaults to omitting this test.
-
-torture_type	The type of RCU to test, with string values as follows:
-
-		"rcu":  rcu_read_lock(), rcu_read_unlock() and call_rcu(),
-			along with expedited, synchronous, and polling
-			variants.
-
-		"rcu_bh": rcu_read_lock_bh(), rcu_read_unlock_bh(), and
-			call_rcu_bh(), along with expedited and synchronous
-			variants.
-
-		"rcu_busted": This tests an intentionally incorrect version
-			of RCU in order to help test rcutorture itself.
-
-		"srcu": srcu_read_lock(), srcu_read_unlock() and
-			call_srcu(), along with expedited and
-			synchronous variants.
-
-		"sched": preempt_disable(), preempt_enable(), and
-			call_rcu_sched(), along with expedited,
-			synchronous, and polling variants.
-
-		"tasks": voluntary context switch and call_rcu_tasks(),
-			along with expedited and synchronous variants.
-
-		Defaults to "rcu".
-
-verbose		Enable debug printk()s.  Default is disabled.
-
+Module parameters are prefixed by "rcutorture." in
+Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt.
 
 OUTPUT
 
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt
index 86d82f7f3500..981651a8b65d 100644
--- a/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt
+++ b/Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ rcu_dereference()
 	unnecessary overhead on Alpha CPUs.
 
 	Note that the value returned by rcu_dereference() is valid
-	only within the enclosing RCU read-side critical section.
+	only within the enclosing RCU read-side critical section [1].
 	For example, the following is -not- legal:
 
 		rcu_read_lock();
@@ -292,12 +292,25 @@ rcu_dereference()
 	typically used indirectly, via the _rcu list-manipulation
 	primitives, such as list_for_each_entry_rcu().
 
+	[1] The variant rcu_dereference_protected() can be used outside
+	of an RCU read-side critical section as long as the usage is
+	protected by locks acquired by the update-side code.  This variant
+	avoids the lockdep warning that would happen when using (for
+	example) rcu_dereference() without rcu_read_lock() protection.
+	Using rcu_dereference_protected() also has the advantage
+	of permitting compiler optimizations that rcu_dereference()
+	must prohibit.	The rcu_dereference_protected() variant takes
+	a lockdep expression to indicate which locks must be acquired
+	by the caller. If the indicated protection is not provided,
+	a lockdep splat is emitted.  See RCU/Design/Requirements/Requirements.html
+	and the API's code comments for more details and example usage.
+
 The following diagram shows how each API communicates among the
 reader, updater, and reclaimer.
 
 
 	    rcu_assign_pointer()
-	    			    +--------+
+	                            +--------+
 	    +---------------------->| reader |---------+
 	    |                       +--------+         |
 	    |                           |              |
@@ -305,12 +318,12 @@ reader, updater, and reclaimer.
 	    |                           |              | rcu_read_lock()
 	    |                           |              | rcu_read_unlock()
 	    |        rcu_dereference()  |              |
-       +---------+                      |              |
-       | updater |<---------------------+              |
-       +---------+                                     V
+	    +---------+                 |              |
+	    | updater |<----------------+              |
+	    +---------+                                V
 	    |                                    +-----------+
 	    +----------------------------------->| reclaimer |
-	    				         +-----------+
+	                                         +-----------+
 	      Defer:
 	      synchronize_rcu() & call_rcu()
 
@@ -322,28 +335,27 @@ to their callers and (2) call_rcu() callbacks may be invoked.  Efficient
 implementations of the RCU infrastructure make heavy use of batching in
 order to amortize their overhead over many uses of the corresponding APIs.
 
-There are no fewer than three RCU mechanisms in the Linux kernel; the
-diagram above shows the first one, which is by far the most commonly used.
-The rcu_dereference() and rcu_assign_pointer() primitives are used for
-all three mechanisms, but different defer and protect primitives are
-used as follows:
-
-	Defer			Protect
+There are at least three flavors of RCU usage in the Linux kernel. The diagram
+above shows the most common one. On the updater side, the rcu_assign_pointer(),
+sychronize_rcu() and call_rcu() primitives used are the same for all three
+flavors. However for protection (on the reader side), the primitives used vary
+depending on the flavor:
 
-a.	synchronize_rcu()	rcu_read_lock() / rcu_read_unlock()
-	call_rcu()		rcu_dereference()
+a.	rcu_read_lock() / rcu_read_unlock()
+	rcu_dereference()
 
-b.	synchronize_rcu_bh()	rcu_read_lock_bh() / rcu_read_unlock_bh()
-	call_rcu_bh()		rcu_dereference_bh()
+b.	rcu_read_lock_bh() / rcu_read_unlock_bh()
+	local_bh_disable() / local_bh_enable()
+	rcu_dereference_bh()
 
-c.	synchronize_sched()	rcu_read_lock_sched() / rcu_read_unlock_sched()
-	call_rcu_sched()	preempt_disable() / preempt_enable()
-				local_irq_save() / local_irq_restore()
-				hardirq enter / hardirq exit
-				NMI enter / NMI exit
-				rcu_dereference_sched()
+c.	rcu_read_lock_sched() / rcu_read_unlock_sched()
+	preempt_disable() / preempt_enable()
+	local_irq_save() / local_irq_restore()
+	hardirq enter / hardirq exit
+	NMI enter / NMI exit
+	rcu_dereference_sched()
 
-These three mechanisms are used as follows:
+These three flavors are used as follows:
 
 a.	RCU applied to normal data structures.
 
@@ -548,7 +560,7 @@ presents two such "toy" implementations of RCU, one that is implemented
 in terms of familiar locking primitives, and another that more closely
 resembles "classic" RCU.  Both are way too simple for real-world use,
 lacking both functionality and performance.  However, they are useful
-in getting a feel for how RCU works.  See kernel/rcupdate.c for a
+in getting a feel for how RCU works.  See kernel/rcu/update.c for a
 production-quality implementation, and see:
 
 	http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU
@@ -867,18 +879,20 @@ RCU:	Critical sections	Grace period		Barrier
 
 bh:	Critical sections	Grace period		Barrier
 
-	rcu_read_lock_bh	call_rcu_bh		rcu_barrier_bh
-	rcu_read_unlock_bh	synchronize_rcu_bh
-	rcu_dereference_bh	synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited
+	rcu_read_lock_bh	call_rcu		rcu_barrier
+	rcu_read_unlock_bh	synchronize_rcu
+	[local_bh_disable]	synchronize_rcu_expedited
+	[and friends]
+	rcu_dereference_bh
 	rcu_dereference_bh_check
 	rcu_dereference_bh_protected
 	rcu_read_lock_bh_held
 
 sched:	Critical sections	Grace period		Barrier
 
-	rcu_read_lock_sched	synchronize_sched	rcu_barrier_sched
-	rcu_read_unlock_sched	call_rcu_sched
-	[preempt_disable]	synchronize_sched_expedited
+	rcu_read_lock_sched	call_rcu		rcu_barrier
+	rcu_read_unlock_sched	synchronize_rcu
+	[preempt_disable]	synchronize_rcu_expedited
 	[and friends]
 	rcu_read_lock_sched_notrace
 	rcu_read_unlock_sched_notrace
@@ -890,8 +904,8 @@ sched:	Critical sections	Grace period		Barrier
 
 SRCU:	Critical sections	Grace period		Barrier
 
-	srcu_read_lock		synchronize_srcu	srcu_barrier
-	srcu_read_unlock	call_srcu
+	srcu_read_lock		call_srcu		srcu_barrier
+	srcu_read_unlock	synchronize_srcu
 	srcu_dereference	synchronize_srcu_expedited
 	srcu_dereference_check
 	srcu_read_lock_held
@@ -1034,7 +1048,7 @@ Answer:		Just as PREEMPT_RT permits preemption of spinlock
 		spinlocks blocking while in RCU read-side critical
 		sections.
 
-		Why the apparent inconsistency?  Because it is it
+		Why the apparent inconsistency?  Because it is
 		possible to use priority boosting to keep the RCU
 		grace periods short if need be (for example, if running
 		short of memory).  In contrast, if blocking waiting
diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/psi.txt b/Documentation/accounting/psi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7e71c9c1d8e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/accounting/psi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+================================
+PSI - Pressure Stall Information
+================================
+
+:Date: April, 2018
+:Author: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
+
+When CPU, memory or IO devices are contended, workloads experience
+latency spikes, throughput losses, and run the risk of OOM kills.
+
+Without an accurate measure of such contention, users are forced to
+either play it safe and under-utilize their hardware resources, or
+roll the dice and frequently suffer the disruptions resulting from
+excessive overcommit.
+
+The psi feature identifies and quantifies the disruptions caused by
+such resource crunches and the time impact it has on complex workloads
+or even entire systems.
+
+Having an accurate measure of productivity losses caused by resource
+scarcity aids users in sizing workloads to hardware--or provisioning
+hardware according to workload demand.
+
+As psi aggregates this information in realtime, systems can be managed
+dynamically using techniques such as load shedding, migrating jobs to
+other systems or data centers, or strategically pausing or killing low
+priority or restartable batch jobs.
+
+This allows maximizing hardware utilization without sacrificing
+workload health or risking major disruptions such as OOM kills.
+
+Pressure interface
+==================
+
+Pressure information for each resource is exported through the
+respective file in /proc/pressure/ -- cpu, memory, and io.
+
+The format for CPU is as such:
+
+some avg10=0.00 avg60=0.00 avg300=0.00 total=0
+
+and for memory and IO:
+
+some avg10=0.00 avg60=0.00 avg300=0.00 total=0
+full avg10=0.00 avg60=0.00 avg300=0.00 total=0
+
+The "some" line indicates the share of time in which at least some
+tasks are stalled on a given resource.
+
+The "full" line indicates the share of time in which all non-idle
+tasks are stalled on a given resource simultaneously. In this state
+actual CPU cycles are going to waste, and a workload that spends
+extended time in this state is considered to be thrashing. This has
+severe impact on performance, and it's useful to distinguish this
+situation from a state where some tasks are stalled but the CPU is
+still doing productive work. As such, time spent in this subset of the
+stall state is tracked separately and exported in the "full" averages.
+
+The ratios (in %) are tracked as recent trends over ten, sixty, and
+three hundred second windows, which gives insight into short term events
+as well as medium and long term trends. The total absolute stall time
+(in us) is tracked and exported as well, to allow detection of latency
+spikes which wouldn't necessarily make a dent in the time averages,
+or to average trends over custom time frames.
+
+Cgroup2 interface
+=================
+
+In a system with a CONFIG_CGROUP=y kernel and the cgroup2 filesystem
+mounted, pressure stall information is also tracked for tasks grouped
+into cgroups. Each subdirectory in the cgroupfs mountpoint contains
+cpu.pressure, memory.pressure, and io.pressure files; the format is
+the same as the /proc/pressure/ files.
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/DSD-properties-rules.txt b/Documentation/acpi/DSD-properties-rules.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e4862bdad98..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/DSD-properties-rules.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-_DSD Device Properties Usage Rules
-----------------------------------
-
-Properties, Property Sets and Property Subsets
-----------------------------------------------
-
-The _DSD (Device Specific Data) configuration object, introduced in ACPI 5.1,
-allows any type of device configuration data to be provided via the ACPI
-namespace.  In principle, the format of the data may be arbitrary, but it has to
-be identified by a UUID which must be recognized by the driver processing the
-_DSD output.  However, there are generic UUIDs defined for _DSD recognized by
-the ACPI subsystem in the Linux kernel which automatically processes the data
-packages associated with them and makes those data available to device drivers
-as "device properties".
-
-A device property is a data item consisting of a string key and a value (of a
-specific type) associated with it.
-
-In the ACPI _DSD context it is an element of the sub-package following the
-generic Device Properties UUID in the _DSD return package as specified in the
-Device Properties UUID definition document [1].
-
-It also may be regarded as the definition of a key and the associated data type
-that can be returned by _DSD in the Device Properties UUID sub-package for a
-given device.
-
-A property set is a collection of properties applicable to a hardware entity
-like a device.  In the ACPI _DSD context it is the set of all properties that
-can be returned in the Device Properties UUID sub-package for the device in
-question.
-
-Property subsets are nested collections of properties.  Each of them is
-associated with an additional key (name) allowing the subset to be referred
-to as a whole (and to be treated as a separate entity).  The canonical
-representation of property subsets is via the mechanism specified in the
-Hierarchical Properties Extension UUID definition document [2].
-
-Property sets may be hierarchical.  That is, a property set may contain
-multiple property subsets that each may contain property subsets of its
-own and so on.
-
-General Validity Rule for Property Sets
----------------------------------------
-
-Valid property sets must follow the guidance given by the Device Properties UUID
-definition document [1].
-
-_DSD properties are intended to be used in addition to, and not instead of, the
-existing mechanisms defined by the ACPI specification.  Therefore, as a rule,
-they should only be used if the ACPI specification does not make direct
-provisions for handling the underlying use case.  It generally is invalid to
-return property sets which do not follow that rule from _DSD in data packages
-associated with the Device Properties UUID.
-
-Additional Considerations
--------------------------
-
-There are cases in which, even if the general rule given above is followed in
-principle, the property set may still not be regarded as a valid one.
-
-For example, that applies to device properties which may cause kernel code
-(either a device driver or a library/subsystem) to access hardware in a way
-possibly leading to a conflict with AML methods in the ACPI namespace.  In
-particular, that may happen if the kernel code uses device properties to
-manipulate hardware normally controlled by ACPI methods related to power
-management, like _PSx and _DSW (for device objects) or _ON and _OFF (for power
-resource objects), or by ACPI device disabling/enabling methods, like _DIS and
-_SRS.
-
-In all cases in which kernel code may do something that will confuse AML as a
-result of using device properties, the device properties in question are not
-suitable for the ACPI environment and consequently they cannot belong to a valid
-property set.
-
-Property Sets and Device Tree Bindings
---------------------------------------
-
-It often is useful to make _DSD return property sets that follow Device Tree
-bindings.
-
-In those cases, however, the above validity considerations must be taken into
-account in the first place and returning invalid property sets from _DSD must be
-avoided.  For this reason, it may not be possible to make _DSD return a property
-set following the given DT binding literally and completely.  Still, for the
-sake of code re-use, it may make sense to provide as much of the configuration
-data as possible in the form of device properties and complement that with an
-ACPI-specific mechanism suitable for the use case at hand.
-
-In any case, property sets following DT bindings literally should not be
-expected to automatically work in the ACPI environment regardless of their
-contents.
-
-References
-----------
-
-[1] http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-device-properties-UUID.pdf
-[2] http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-hierarchical-data-extension-UUID-v1.1.pdf
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/acpi-lid.txt b/Documentation/acpi/acpi-lid.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index effe7af3a5af..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/acpi-lid.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-Special Usage Model of the ACPI Control Method Lid Device
-
-Copyright (C) 2016, Intel Corporation
-Author: Lv Zheng <lv.zheng@intel.com>
-
-
-Abstract:
-
-Platforms containing lids convey lid state (open/close) to OSPMs using a
-control method lid device. To implement this, the AML tables issue
-Notify(lid_device, 0x80) to notify the OSPMs whenever the lid state has
-changed. The _LID control method for the lid device must be implemented to
-report the "current" state of the lid as either "opened" or "closed".
-
-For most platforms, both the _LID method and the lid notifications are
-reliable. However, there are exceptions. In order to work with these
-exceptional buggy platforms, special restrictions and expections should be
-taken into account. This document describes the restrictions and the
-expections of the Linux ACPI lid device driver.
-
-
-1. Restrictions of the returning value of the _LID control method
-
-The _LID control method is described to return the "current" lid state.
-However the word of "current" has ambiguity, some buggy AML tables return
-the lid state upon the last lid notification instead of returning the lid
-state upon the last _LID evaluation. There won't be difference when the
-_LID control method is evaluated during the runtime, the problem is its
-initial returning value. When the AML tables implement this control method
-with cached value, the initial returning value is likely not reliable.
-There are platforms always retun "closed" as initial lid state.
-
-2. Restrictions of the lid state change notifications
-
-There are buggy AML tables never notifying when the lid device state is
-changed to "opened". Thus the "opened" notification is not guaranteed. But
-it is guaranteed that the AML tables always notify "closed" when the lid
-state is changed to "closed". The "closed" notification is normally used to
-trigger some system power saving operations on Windows. Since it is fully
-tested, it is reliable from all AML tables.
-
-3. Expections for the userspace users of the ACPI lid device driver
-
-The ACPI button driver exports the lid state to the userspace via the
-following file:
-  /proc/acpi/button/lid/LID0/state
-This file actually calls the _LID control method described above. And given
-the previous explanation, it is not reliable enough on some platforms. So
-it is advised for the userspace program to not to solely rely on this file
-to determine the actual lid state.
-
-The ACPI button driver emits the following input event to the userspace:
-  SW_LID
-The ACPI lid device driver is implemented to try to deliver the platform
-triggered events to the userspace. However, given the fact that the buggy
-firmware cannot make sure "opened"/"closed" events are paired, the ACPI
-button driver uses the following 3 modes in order not to trigger issues.
-
-If the userspace hasn't been prepared to ignore the unreliable "opened"
-events and the unreliable initial state notification, Linux users can use
-the following kernel parameters to handle the possible issues:
-A. button.lid_init_state=method:
-   When this option is specified, the ACPI button driver reports the
-   initial lid state using the returning value of the _LID control method
-   and whether the "opened"/"closed" events are paired fully relies on the
-   firmware implementation.
-   This option can be used to fix some platforms where the returning value
-   of the _LID control method is reliable but the initial lid state
-   notification is missing.
-   This option is the default behavior during the period the userspace
-   isn't ready to handle the buggy AML tables.
-B. button.lid_init_state=open:
-   When this option is specified, the ACPI button driver always reports the
-   initial lid state as "opened" and whether the "opened"/"closed" events
-   are paired fully relies on the firmware implementation.
-   This may fix some platforms where the returning value of the _LID
-   control method is not reliable and the initial lid state notification is
-   missing.
-
-If the userspace has been prepared to ignore the unreliable "opened" events
-and the unreliable initial state notification, Linux users should always
-use the following kernel parameter:
-C. button.lid_init_state=ignore:
-   When this option is specified, the ACPI button driver never reports the
-   initial lid state and there is a compensation mechanism implemented to
-   ensure that the reliable "closed" notifications can always be delievered
-   to the userspace by always pairing "closed" input events with complement
-   "opened" input events. But there is still no guarantee that the "opened"
-   notifications can be delivered to the userspace when the lid is actually
-   opens given that some AML tables do not send "opened" notifications
-   reliably.
-   In this mode, if everything is correctly implemented by the platform
-   firmware, the old userspace programs should still work. Otherwise, the
-   new userspace programs are required to work with the ACPI button driver.
-   This option will be the default behavior after the userspace is ready to
-   handle the buggy AML tables.
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/aml-debugger.txt b/Documentation/acpi/aml-debugger.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index e851cc5de63f..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/aml-debugger.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-The AML Debugger
-
-Copyright (C) 2016, Intel Corporation
-Author: Lv Zheng <lv.zheng@intel.com>
-
-
-This document describes the usage of the AML debugger embedded in the Linux
-kernel.
-
-1. Build the debugger
-
-   The following kernel configuration items are required to enable the AML
-   debugger interface from the Linux kernel:
-
-   CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUGGER=y
-   CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUGGER_USER=m
-
-   The userspace utilities can be built from the kernel source tree using
-   the following commands:
-
-   $ cd tools
-   $ make acpi
-
-   The resultant userspace tool binary is then located at:
-
-     tools/acpi/power/acpi/acpidbg/acpidbg
-
-   It can be installed to system directories by running "make install" (as a
-   sufficiently privileged user).
-
-2. Start the userspace debugger interface
-
-   After booting the kernel with the debugger built-in, the debugger can be
-   started by using the following commands:
-
-   # mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug
-   # modprobe acpi_dbg
-   # tools/acpi/power/acpi/acpidbg/acpidbg
-
-   That spawns the interactive AML debugger environment where you can execute
-   debugger commands.
-
-   The commands are documented in the "ACPICA Overview and Programmer Reference"
-   that can be downloaded from
-
-   https://acpica.org/documentation
-
-   The detailed debugger commands reference is located in Chapter 12 "ACPICA
-   Debugger Reference".  The "help" command can be used for a quick reference.
-
-3. Stop the userspace debugger interface
-
-   The interactive debugger interface can be closed by pressing Ctrl+C or using
-   the "quit" or "exit" commands.  When finished, unload the module with:
-
-   # rmmod acpi_dbg
-
-   The module unloading may fail if there is an acpidbg instance running.
-
-4. Run the debugger in a script
-
-   It may be useful to run the AML debugger in a test script. "acpidbg" supports
-   this in a special "batch" mode.  For example, the following command outputs
-   the entire ACPI namespace:
-
-   # acpidbg -b "namespace"
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt b/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index e550c8b98139..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
-			APEI Error INJection
-			~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-EINJ provides a hardware error injection mechanism. It is very useful
-for debugging and testing APEI and RAS features in general.
-
-You need to check whether your BIOS supports EINJ first. For that, look
-for early boot messages similar to this one:
-
-ACPI: EINJ 0x000000007370A000 000150 (v01 INTEL           00000001 INTL 00000001)
-
-which shows that the BIOS is exposing an EINJ table - it is the
-mechanism through which the injection is done.
-
-Alternatively, look in /sys/firmware/acpi/tables for an "EINJ" file,
-which is a different representation of the same thing.
-
-It doesn't necessarily mean that EINJ is not supported if those above
-don't exist: before you give up, go into BIOS setup to see if the BIOS
-has an option to enable error injection. Look for something called WHEA
-or similar. Often, you need to enable an ACPI5 support option prior, in
-order to see the APEI,EINJ,... functionality supported and exposed by
-the BIOS menu.
-
-To use EINJ, make sure the following are options enabled in your kernel
-configuration:
-
-CONFIG_DEBUG_FS
-CONFIG_ACPI_APEI
-CONFIG_ACPI_APEI_EINJ
-
-The EINJ user interface is in <debugfs mount point>/apei/einj.
-
-The following files belong to it:
-
-- available_error_type
-
-  This file shows which error types are supported:
-
-  Error Type Value	Error Description
-  ================	=================
-  0x00000001		Processor Correctable
-  0x00000002		Processor Uncorrectable non-fatal
-  0x00000004		Processor Uncorrectable fatal
-  0x00000008		Memory Correctable
-  0x00000010		Memory Uncorrectable non-fatal
-  0x00000020		Memory Uncorrectable fatal
-  0x00000040		PCI Express Correctable
-  0x00000080		PCI Express Uncorrectable fatal
-  0x00000100		PCI Express Uncorrectable non-fatal
-  0x00000200		Platform Correctable
-  0x00000400		Platform Uncorrectable non-fatal
-  0x00000800		Platform Uncorrectable fatal
-
-  The format of the file contents are as above, except present are only
-  the available error types.
-
-- error_type
-
-  Set the value of the error type being injected. Possible error types
-  are defined in the file available_error_type above.
-
-- error_inject
-
-  Write any integer to this file to trigger the error injection. Make
-  sure you have specified all necessary error parameters, i.e. this
-  write should be the last step when injecting errors.
-
-- flags
-
-  Present for kernel versions 3.13 and above. Used to specify which
-  of param{1..4} are valid and should be used by the firmware during
-  injection. Value is a bitmask as specified in ACPI5.0 spec for the
-  SET_ERROR_TYPE_WITH_ADDRESS data structure:
-
-	Bit 0 - Processor APIC field valid (see param3 below).
-	Bit 1 - Memory address and mask valid (param1 and param2).
-	Bit 2 - PCIe (seg,bus,dev,fn) valid (see param4 below).
-
-  If set to zero, legacy behavior is mimicked where the type of
-  injection specifies just one bit set, and param1 is multiplexed.
-
-- param1
-
-  This file is used to set the first error parameter value. Its effect
-  depends on the error type specified in error_type. For example, if
-  error type is memory related type, the param1 should be a valid
-  physical memory address. [Unless "flag" is set - see above]
-
-- param2
-
-  Same use as param1 above. For example, if error type is of memory
-  related type, then param2 should be a physical memory address mask.
-  Linux requires page or narrower granularity, say, 0xfffffffffffff000.
-
-- param3
-
-  Used when the 0x1 bit is set in "flags" to specify the APIC id
-
-- param4
-  Used when the 0x4 bit is set in "flags" to specify target PCIe device
-
-- notrigger
-
-  The error injection mechanism is a two-step process. First inject the
-  error, then perform some actions to trigger it. Setting "notrigger"
-  to 1 skips the trigger phase, which *may* allow the user to cause the
-  error in some other context by a simple access to the CPU, memory
-  location, or device that is the target of the error injection. Whether
-  this actually works depends on what operations the BIOS actually
-  includes in the trigger phase.
-
-BIOS versions based on the ACPI 4.0 specification have limited options
-in controlling where the errors are injected. Your BIOS may support an
-extension (enabled with the param_extension=1 module parameter, or boot
-command line einj.param_extension=1). This allows the address and mask
-for memory injections to be specified by the param1 and param2 files in
-apei/einj.
-
-BIOS versions based on the ACPI 5.0 specification have more control over
-the target of the injection. For processor-related errors (type 0x1, 0x2
-and 0x4), you can set flags to 0x3 (param3 for bit 0, and param1 and
-param2 for bit 1) so that you have more information added to the error
-signature being injected. The actual data passed is this:
-
-	memory_address = param1;
-	memory_address_range = param2;
-	apicid = param3;
-	pcie_sbdf = param4;
-
-For memory errors (type 0x8, 0x10 and 0x20) the address is set using
-param1 with a mask in param2 (0x0 is equivalent to all ones). For PCI
-express errors (type 0x40, 0x80 and 0x100) the segment, bus, device and
-function are specified using param1:
-
-         31     24 23    16 15    11 10      8  7        0
-	+-------------------------------------------------+
-	| segment |   bus  | device | function | reserved |
-	+-------------------------------------------------+
-
-Anyway, you get the idea, if there's doubt just take a look at the code
-in drivers/acpi/apei/einj.c.
-
-An ACPI 5.0 BIOS may also allow vendor-specific errors to be injected.
-In this case a file named vendor will contain identifying information
-from the BIOS that hopefully will allow an application wishing to use
-the vendor-specific extension to tell that they are running on a BIOS
-that supports it. All vendor extensions have the 0x80000000 bit set in
-error_type. A file vendor_flags controls the interpretation of param1
-and param2 (1 = PROCESSOR, 2 = MEMORY, 4 = PCI). See your BIOS vendor
-documentation for details (and expect changes to this API if vendors
-creativity in using this feature expands beyond our expectations).
-
-
-An error injection example:
-
-# cd /sys/kernel/debug/apei/einj
-# cat available_error_type		# See which errors can be injected
-0x00000002	Processor Uncorrectable non-fatal
-0x00000008	Memory Correctable
-0x00000010	Memory Uncorrectable non-fatal
-# echo 0x12345000 > param1		# Set memory address for injection
-# echo $((-1 << 12)) > param2		# Mask 0xfffffffffffff000 - anywhere in this page
-# echo 0x8 > error_type			# Choose correctable memory error
-# echo 1 > error_inject			# Inject now
-
-You should see something like this in dmesg:
-
-[22715.830801] EDAC sbridge MC3: HANDLING MCE MEMORY ERROR
-[22715.834759] EDAC sbridge MC3: CPU 0: Machine Check Event: 0 Bank 7: 8c00004000010090
-[22715.834759] EDAC sbridge MC3: TSC 0
-[22715.834759] EDAC sbridge MC3: ADDR 12345000 EDAC sbridge MC3: MISC 144780c86
-[22715.834759] EDAC sbridge MC3: PROCESSOR 0:306e7 TIME 1422553404 SOCKET 0 APIC 0
-[22716.616173] EDAC MC3: 1 CE memory read error on CPU_SrcID#0_Channel#0_DIMM#0 (channel:0 slot:0 page:0x12345 offset:0x0 grain:32 syndrome:0x0 -  area:DRAM err_code:0001:0090 socket:0 channel_mask:1 rank:0)
-
-For more information about EINJ, please refer to ACPI specification
-version 4.0, section 17.5 and ACPI 5.0, section 18.6.
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/apei/output_format.txt b/Documentation/acpi/apei/output_format.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c49c197c47a..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/apei/output_format.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
-                     APEI output format
-                     ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-APEI uses printk as hardware error reporting interface, the output
-format is as follow.
-
-<error record> :=
-APEI generic hardware error status
-severity: <integer>, <severity string>
-section: <integer>, severity: <integer>, <severity string>
-flags: <integer>
-<section flags strings>
-fru_id: <uuid string>
-fru_text: <string>
-section_type: <section type string>
-<section data>
-
-<severity string>* := recoverable | fatal | corrected | info
-
-<section flags strings># :=
-[primary][, containment warning][, reset][, threshold exceeded]\
-[, resource not accessible][, latent error]
-
-<section type string> := generic processor error | memory error | \
-PCIe error | unknown, <uuid string>
-
-<section data> :=
-<generic processor section data> | <memory section data> | \
-<pcie section data> | <null>
-
-<generic processor section data> :=
-[processor_type: <integer>, <proc type string>]
-[processor_isa: <integer>, <proc isa string>]
-[error_type: <integer>
-<proc error type strings>]
-[operation: <integer>, <proc operation string>]
-[flags: <integer>
-<proc flags strings>]
-[level: <integer>]
-[version_info: <integer>]
-[processor_id: <integer>]
-[target_address: <integer>]
-[requestor_id: <integer>]
-[responder_id: <integer>]
-[IP: <integer>]
-
-<proc type string>* := IA32/X64 | IA64
-
-<proc isa string>* := IA32 | IA64 | X64
-
-<processor error type strings># :=
-[cache error][, TLB error][, bus error][, micro-architectural error]
-
-<proc operation string>* := unknown or generic | data read | data write | \
-instruction execution
-
-<proc flags strings># :=
-[restartable][, precise IP][, overflow][, corrected]
-
-<memory section data> :=
-[error_status: <integer>]
-[physical_address: <integer>]
-[physical_address_mask: <integer>]
-[node: <integer>]
-[card: <integer>]
-[module: <integer>]
-[bank: <integer>]
-[device: <integer>]
-[row: <integer>]
-[column: <integer>]
-[bit_position: <integer>]
-[requestor_id: <integer>]
-[responder_id: <integer>]
-[target_id: <integer>]
-[error_type: <integer>, <mem error type string>]
-
-<mem error type string>* :=
-unknown | no error | single-bit ECC | multi-bit ECC | \
-single-symbol chipkill ECC | multi-symbol chipkill ECC | master abort | \
-target abort | parity error | watchdog timeout | invalid address | \
-mirror Broken | memory sparing | scrub corrected error | \
-scrub uncorrected error
-
-<pcie section data> :=
-[port_type: <integer>, <pcie port type string>]
-[version: <integer>.<integer>]
-[command: <integer>, status: <integer>]
-[device_id: <integer>:<integer>:<integer>.<integer>
-slot: <integer>
-secondary_bus: <integer>
-vendor_id: <integer>, device_id: <integer>
-class_code: <integer>]
-[serial number: <integer>, <integer>]
-[bridge: secondary_status: <integer>, control: <integer>]
-[aer_status: <integer>, aer_mask: <integer>
-<aer status string>
-[aer_uncor_severity: <integer>]
-aer_layer=<aer layer string>, aer_agent=<aer agent string>
-aer_tlp_header: <integer> <integer> <integer> <integer>]
-
-<pcie port type string>* := PCIe end point | legacy PCI end point | \
-unknown | unknown | root port | upstream switch port | \
-downstream switch port | PCIe to PCI/PCI-X bridge | \
-PCI/PCI-X to PCIe bridge | root complex integrated endpoint device | \
-root complex event collector
-
-if section severity is fatal or recoverable
-<aer status string># :=
-unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | Data Link Protocol | \
-unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | \
-Poisoned TLP | Flow Control Protocol | Completion Timeout | \
-Completer Abort | Unexpected Completion | Receiver Overflow | \
-Malformed TLP | ECRC | Unsupported Request
-else
-<aer status string># :=
-Receiver Error | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | \
-Bad TLP | Bad DLLP | RELAY_NUM Rollover | unknown | unknown | unknown | \
-Replay Timer Timeout | Advisory Non-Fatal
-fi
-
-<aer layer string> :=
-Physical Layer | Data Link Layer | Transaction Layer
-
-<aer agent string> :=
-Receiver ID | Requester ID | Completer ID | Transmitter ID
-
-Where, [] designate corresponding content is optional
-
-All <field string> description with * has the following format:
-
-field: <integer>, <field string>
-
-Where value of <integer> should be the position of "string" in <field
-string> description. Otherwise, <field string> will be "unknown".
-
-All <field strings> description with # has the following format:
-
-field: <integer>
-<field strings>
-
-Where each string in <fields strings> corresponding to one set bit of
-<integer>. The bit position is the position of "string" in <field
-strings> description.
-
-For more detailed explanation of every field, please refer to UEFI
-specification version 2.3 or later, section Appendix N: Common
-Platform Error Record.
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/cppc_sysfs.txt b/Documentation/acpi/cppc_sysfs.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index f20fb445135d..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/cppc_sysfs.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-
-	Collaborative Processor Performance Control (CPPC)
-
-CPPC defined in the ACPI spec describes a mechanism for the OS to manage the
-performance of a logical processor on a contigious and abstract performance
-scale. CPPC exposes a set of registers to describe abstract performance scale,
-to request performance levels and to measure per-cpu delivered performance.
-
-For more details on CPPC please refer to the ACPI specification at:
-
-http://uefi.org/specifications
-
-Some of the CPPC registers are exposed via sysfs under:
-
-/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/acpi_cppc/
-
-for each cpu X
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-$ ls -lR  /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/acpi_cppc/
-/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/acpi_cppc/:
-total 0
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 65536 Mar  5 19:38 feedback_ctrs
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 65536 Mar  5 19:38 highest_perf
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 65536 Mar  5 19:38 lowest_freq
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 65536 Mar  5 19:38 lowest_nonlinear_perf
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 65536 Mar  5 19:38 lowest_perf
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 65536 Mar  5 19:38 nominal_freq
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 65536 Mar  5 19:38 nominal_perf
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 65536 Mar  5 19:38 reference_perf
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 65536 Mar  5 19:38 wraparound_time
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-* highest_perf : Highest performance of this processor (abstract scale).
-* nominal_perf : Highest sustained performance of this processor (abstract scale).
-* lowest_nonlinear_perf : Lowest performance of this processor with nonlinear
-  power savings (abstract scale).
-* lowest_perf : Lowest performance of this processor (abstract scale).
-
-* lowest_freq : CPU frequency corresponding to lowest_perf (in MHz).
-* nominal_freq : CPU frequency corresponding to nominal_perf (in MHz).
-  The above frequencies should only be used to report processor performance in
-  freqency instead of abstract scale. These values should not be used for any
-  functional decisions.
-
-* feedback_ctrs : Includes both Reference and delivered performance counter.
-  Reference counter ticks up proportional to processor's reference performance.
-  Delivered counter ticks up proportional to processor's delivered performance.
-* wraparound_time: Minimum time for the feedback counters to wraparound (seconds).
-* reference_perf : Performance level at which reference performance counter
-  accumulates (abstract scale).
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-		Computing Average Delivered Performance
-
-Below describes the steps to compute the average performance delivered by taking
-two different snapshots of feedback counters at time T1 and T2.
-
-T1: Read feedback_ctrs as fbc_t1
-    Wait or run some workload
-T2: Read feedback_ctrs as fbc_t2
-
-delivered_counter_delta = fbc_t2[del] - fbc_t1[del]
-reference_counter_delta = fbc_t2[ref] - fbc_t1[ref]
-
-delivered_perf = (refernce_perf x delivered_counter_delta) / reference_counter_delta
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/debug.txt b/Documentation/acpi/debug.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 65bf47c46b6d..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/debug.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-			ACPI Debug Output
-
-
-The ACPI CA, the Linux ACPI core, and some ACPI drivers can generate debug
-output.  This document describes how to use this facility.
-
-Compile-time configuration
---------------------------
-
-ACPI debug output is globally enabled by CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG.  If this config
-option is turned off, the debug messages are not even built into the
-kernel.
-
-Boot- and run-time configuration
---------------------------------
-
-When CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG=y, you can select the component and level of messages
-you're interested in.  At boot-time, use the acpi.debug_layer and
-acpi.debug_level kernel command line options.  After boot, you can use the
-debug_layer and debug_level files in /sys/module/acpi/parameters/ to control
-the debug messages.
-
-debug_layer (component)
------------------------
-
-The "debug_layer" is a mask that selects components of interest, e.g., a
-specific driver or part of the ACPI interpreter.  To build the debug_layer
-bitmask, look for the "#define _COMPONENT" in an ACPI source file.
-
-You can set the debug_layer mask at boot-time using the acpi.debug_layer
-command line argument, and you can change it after boot by writing values
-to /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_layer.
-
-The possible components are defined in include/acpi/acoutput.h and
-include/acpi/acpi_drivers.h.  Reading /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_layer
-shows the supported mask values, currently these:
-
-    ACPI_UTILITIES                  0x00000001
-    ACPI_HARDWARE                   0x00000002
-    ACPI_EVENTS                     0x00000004
-    ACPI_TABLES                     0x00000008
-    ACPI_NAMESPACE                  0x00000010
-    ACPI_PARSER                     0x00000020
-    ACPI_DISPATCHER                 0x00000040
-    ACPI_EXECUTER                   0x00000080
-    ACPI_RESOURCES                  0x00000100
-    ACPI_CA_DEBUGGER                0x00000200
-    ACPI_OS_SERVICES                0x00000400
-    ACPI_CA_DISASSEMBLER            0x00000800
-    ACPI_COMPILER                   0x00001000
-    ACPI_TOOLS                      0x00002000
-    ACPI_BUS_COMPONENT              0x00010000
-    ACPI_AC_COMPONENT               0x00020000
-    ACPI_BATTERY_COMPONENT          0x00040000
-    ACPI_BUTTON_COMPONENT           0x00080000
-    ACPI_SBS_COMPONENT              0x00100000
-    ACPI_FAN_COMPONENT              0x00200000
-    ACPI_PCI_COMPONENT              0x00400000
-    ACPI_POWER_COMPONENT            0x00800000
-    ACPI_CONTAINER_COMPONENT        0x01000000
-    ACPI_SYSTEM_COMPONENT           0x02000000
-    ACPI_THERMAL_COMPONENT          0x04000000
-    ACPI_MEMORY_DEVICE_COMPONENT    0x08000000
-    ACPI_VIDEO_COMPONENT            0x10000000
-    ACPI_PROCESSOR_COMPONENT        0x20000000
-
-debug_level
------------
-
-The "debug_level" is a mask that selects different types of messages, e.g.,
-those related to initialization, method execution, informational messages, etc.
-To build debug_level, look at the level specified in an ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT()
-statement.
-
-The ACPI interpreter uses several different levels, but the Linux
-ACPI core and ACPI drivers generally only use ACPI_LV_INFO.
-
-You can set the debug_level mask at boot-time using the acpi.debug_level
-command line argument, and you can change it after boot by writing values
-to /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_level.
-
-The possible levels are defined in include/acpi/acoutput.h.  Reading
-/sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_level shows the supported mask values,
-currently these:
-
-    ACPI_LV_INIT                    0x00000001
-    ACPI_LV_DEBUG_OBJECT            0x00000002
-    ACPI_LV_INFO                    0x00000004
-    ACPI_LV_INIT_NAMES              0x00000020
-    ACPI_LV_PARSE                   0x00000040
-    ACPI_LV_LOAD                    0x00000080
-    ACPI_LV_DISPATCH                0x00000100
-    ACPI_LV_EXEC                    0x00000200
-    ACPI_LV_NAMES                   0x00000400
-    ACPI_LV_OPREGION                0x00000800
-    ACPI_LV_BFIELD                  0x00001000
-    ACPI_LV_TABLES                  0x00002000
-    ACPI_LV_VALUES                  0x00004000
-    ACPI_LV_OBJECTS                 0x00008000
-    ACPI_LV_RESOURCES               0x00010000
-    ACPI_LV_USER_REQUESTS           0x00020000
-    ACPI_LV_PACKAGE                 0x00040000
-    ACPI_LV_ALLOCATIONS             0x00100000
-    ACPI_LV_FUNCTIONS               0x00200000
-    ACPI_LV_OPTIMIZATIONS           0x00400000
-    ACPI_LV_MUTEX                   0x01000000
-    ACPI_LV_THREADS                 0x02000000
-    ACPI_LV_IO                      0x04000000
-    ACPI_LV_INTERRUPTS              0x08000000
-    ACPI_LV_AML_DISASSEMBLE         0x10000000
-    ACPI_LV_VERBOSE_INFO            0x20000000
-    ACPI_LV_FULL_TABLES             0x40000000
-    ACPI_LV_EVENTS                  0x80000000
-
-Examples
---------
-
-For example, drivers/acpi/bus.c contains this:
-
-    #define _COMPONENT              ACPI_BUS_COMPONENT
-    ...
-    ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT((ACPI_DB_INFO, "Device insertion detected\n"));
-
-To turn on this message, set the ACPI_BUS_COMPONENT bit in acpi.debug_layer
-and the ACPI_LV_INFO bit in acpi.debug_level.  (The ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT
-statement uses ACPI_DB_INFO, which is macro based on the ACPI_LV_INFO
-definition.)
-
-Enable all AML "Debug" output (stores to the Debug object while interpreting
-AML) during boot:
-
-    acpi.debug_layer=0xffffffff acpi.debug_level=0x2
-
-Enable PCI and PCI interrupt routing debug messages:
-
-    acpi.debug_layer=0x400000 acpi.debug_level=0x4
-
-Enable all ACPI hardware-related messages:
-
-    acpi.debug_layer=0x2 acpi.debug_level=0xffffffff
-
-Enable all ACPI_DB_INFO messages after boot:
-
-    # echo 0x4 > /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_level
-
-Show all valid component values:
-
-    # cat /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_layer
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/dsd/data-node-references.txt b/Documentation/acpi/dsd/data-node-references.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index c3871565c8cf..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/dsd/data-node-references.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation
-Author: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@linux.intel.com>
-
-
-Referencing hierarchical data nodes
------------------------------------
-
-ACPI in general allows referring to device objects in the tree only.
-Hierarchical data extension nodes may not be referred to directly, hence this
-document defines a scheme to implement such references.
-
-A reference consist of the device object name followed by one or more
-hierarchical data extension [1] keys. Specifically, the hierarchical data
-extension node which is referred to by the key shall lie directly under the
-parent object i.e. either the device object or another hierarchical data
-extension node.
-
-The keys in the hierarchical data nodes shall consist of the name of the node,
-"@" character and the number of the node in hexadecimal notation (without pre-
-or postfixes). The same ACPI object shall include the _DSD property extension
-with a property "reg" that shall have the same numerical value as the number of
-the node.
-
-In case a hierarchical data extensions node has no numerical value, then the
-"reg" property shall be omitted from the ACPI object's _DSD properties and the
-"@" character and the number shall be omitted from the hierarchical data
-extension key.
-
-
-Example
--------
-
-	In the ASL snippet below, the "reference" _DSD property [2] contains a
-	device object reference to DEV0 and under that device object, a
-	hierarchical data extension key "node@1" referring to the NOD1 object
-	and lastly, a hierarchical data extension key "anothernode" referring to
-	the ANOD object which is also the final target node of the reference.
-
-	Device (DEV0)
-	{
-	    Name (_DSD, Package () {
-		ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"),
-		Package () {
-		    Package () { "node@0", NOD0 },
-		    Package () { "node@1", NOD1 },
-		}
-	    })
-	    Name (NOD0, Package() {
-		ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
-		Package () {
-		    Package () { "random-property", 3 },
-		}
-	    })
-	    Name (NOD1, Package() {
-		ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"),
-		Package () {
-		    Package () { "anothernode", ANOD },
-		}
-	    })
-	    Name (ANOD, Package() {
-		ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
-		Package () {
-		    Package () { "random-property", 0 },
-		}
-	    })
-	}
-
-	Device (DEV1)
-	{
-	    Name (_DSD, Package () {
-		ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
-		Package () {
-		    Package () { "reference", ^DEV0, "node@1", "anothernode" },
-		}
-	    })
-	}
-
-Please also see a graph example in graph.txt .
-
-References
-----------
-
-[1] Hierarchical Data Extension UUID For _DSD.
-    <URL:http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-hierarchical-data-extension-UUID-v1.1.pdf>,
-    referenced 2018-07-17.
-
-[2] Device Properties UUID For _DSD.
-    <URL:http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-device-properties-UUID.pdf>,
-    referenced 2016-10-04.
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/dsd/graph.txt b/Documentation/acpi/dsd/graph.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index b9ce910781dc..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/dsd/graph.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
-Graphs
-
-
-_DSD
-----
-
-_DSD (Device Specific Data) [7] is a predefined ACPI device
-configuration object that can be used to convey information on
-hardware features which are not specifically covered by the ACPI
-specification [1][6]. There are two _DSD extensions that are relevant
-for graphs: property [4] and hierarchical data extensions [5]. The
-property extension provides generic key-value pairs whereas the
-hierarchical data extension supports nodes with references to other
-nodes, forming a tree. The nodes in the tree may contain properties as
-defined by the property extension. The two extensions together provide
-a tree-like structure with zero or more properties (key-value pairs)
-in each node of the tree.
-
-The data structure may be accessed at runtime by using the device_*
-and fwnode_* functions defined in include/linux/fwnode.h .
-
-Fwnode represents a generic firmware node object. It is independent on
-the firmware type. In ACPI, fwnodes are _DSD hierarchical data
-extensions objects. A device's _DSD object is represented by an
-fwnode.
-
-The data structure may be referenced to elsewhere in the ACPI tables
-by using a hard reference to the device itself and an index to the
-hierarchical data extension array on each depth.
-
-
-Ports and endpoints
--------------------
-
-The port and endpoint concepts are very similar to those in Devicetree
-[3]. A port represents an interface in a device, and an endpoint
-represents a connection to that interface.
-
-All port nodes are located under the device's "_DSD" node in the hierarchical
-data extension tree. The data extension related to each port node must begin
-with "port" and must be followed by the "@" character and the number of the port
-as its key. The target object it refers to should be called "PRTX", where "X" is
-the number of the port. An example of such a package would be:
-
-    Package() { "port@4", PRT4 }
-
-Further on, endpoints are located under the port nodes. The hierarchical
-data extension key of the endpoint nodes must begin with
-"endpoint" and must be followed by the "@" character and the number of the
-endpoint. The object it refers to should be called "EPXY", where "X" is the
-number of the port and "Y" is the number of the endpoint. An example of such a
-package would be:
-
-    Package() { "endpoint@0", EP40 }
-
-Each port node contains a property extension key "port", the value of which is
-the number of the port. Each endpoint is similarly numbered with a property
-extension key "reg", the value of which is the number of the endpoint. Port
-numbers must be unique within a device and endpoint numbers must be unique
-within a port. If a device object may only has a single port, then the number
-of that port shall be zero. Similarly, if a port may only have a single
-endpoint, the number of that endpoint shall be zero.
-
-The endpoint reference uses property extension with "remote-endpoint" property
-name followed by a reference in the same package. Such references consist of the
-the remote device reference, the first package entry of the port data extension
-reference under the device and finally the first package entry of the endpoint
-data extension reference under the port. Individual references thus appear as:
-
-    Package() { device, "port@X", "endpoint@Y" }
-
-In the above example, "X" is the number of the port and "Y" is the number of the
-endpoint.
-
-The references to endpoints must be always done both ways, to the
-remote endpoint and back from the referred remote endpoint node.
-
-A simple example of this is show below:
-
-    Scope (\_SB.PCI0.I2C2)
-    {
-	Device (CAM0)
-	{
-	    Name (_DSD, Package () {
-		ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
-		Package () {
-		    Package () { "compatible", Package () { "nokia,smia" } },
-		},
-		ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"),
-		Package () {
-		    Package () { "port@0", PRT0 },
-		}
-	    })
-	    Name (PRT0, Package() {
-		ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
-		Package () {
-		    Package () { "reg", 0 },
-		},
-		ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"),
-		Package () {
-		    Package () { "endpoint@0", EP00 },
-		}
-	    })
-	    Name (EP00, Package() {
-		ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
-		Package () {
-		    Package () { "reg", 0 },
-		    Package () { "remote-endpoint", Package() { \_SB.PCI0.ISP, "port@4", "endpoint@0" } },
-		}
-	    })
-	}
-    }
-
-    Scope (\_SB.PCI0)
-    {
-	Device (ISP)
-	{
-	    Name (_DSD, Package () {
-		ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"),
-		Package () {
-		    Package () { "port@4", PRT4 },
-		}
-	    })
-
-	    Name (PRT4, Package() {
-		ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
-		Package () {
-		    Package () { "reg", 4 }, /* CSI-2 port number */
-		},
-		ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"),
-		Package () {
-		    Package () { "endpoint@0", EP40 },
-		}
-	    })
-
-	    Name (EP40, Package() {
-		ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
-		Package () {
-		    Package () { "reg", 0 },
-		    Package () { "remote-endpoint", Package () { \_SB.PCI0.I2C2.CAM0, "port@0", "endpoint@0" } },
-		}
-	    })
-	}
-    }
-
-Here, the port 0 of the "CAM0" device is connected to the port 4 of
-the "ISP" device and vice versa.
-
-
-References
-----------
-
-[1] _DSD (Device Specific Data) Implementation Guide.
-    <URL:http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-implementation-guide-toplevel-1_1.htm>,
-    referenced 2016-10-03.
-
-[2] Devicetree. <URL:http://www.devicetree.org>, referenced 2016-10-03.
-
-[3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt
-
-[4] Device Properties UUID For _DSD.
-    <URL:http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-device-properties-UUID.pdf>,
-    referenced 2016-10-04.
-
-[5] Hierarchical Data Extension UUID For _DSD.
-    <URL:http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-hierarchical-data-extension-UUID-v1.1.pdf>,
-    referenced 2016-10-04.
-
-[6] Advanced Configuration and Power Interface Specification.
-    <URL:http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/ACPI_6_1.pdf>,
-    referenced 2016-10-04.
-
-[7] _DSD Device Properties Usage Rules.
-    Documentation/acpi/DSD-properties-rules.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/dsdt-override.txt b/Documentation/acpi/dsdt-override.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 784841caa6e6..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/dsdt-override.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-Linux supports a method of overriding the BIOS DSDT:
-
-CONFIG_ACPI_CUSTOM_DSDT builds the image into the kernel.
-
-When to use this method is described in detail on the
-Linux/ACPI home page:
-https://01.org/linux-acpi/documentation/overriding-dsdt
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 7bcf9c3d9fbe..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,426 +0,0 @@
-ACPI based device enumeration
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-ACPI 5 introduced a set of new resources (UartTSerialBus, I2cSerialBus,
-SpiSerialBus, GpioIo and GpioInt) which can be used in enumerating slave
-devices behind serial bus controllers.
-
-In addition we are starting to see peripherals integrated in the
-SoC/Chipset to appear only in ACPI namespace. These are typically devices
-that are accessed through memory-mapped registers.
-
-In order to support this and re-use the existing drivers as much as
-possible we decided to do following:
-
-	o Devices that have no bus connector resource are represented as
-	  platform devices.
-
-	o Devices behind real busses where there is a connector resource
-	  are represented as struct spi_device or struct i2c_device
-	  (standard UARTs are not busses so there is no struct uart_device).
-
-As both ACPI and Device Tree represent a tree of devices (and their
-resources) this implementation follows the Device Tree way as much as
-possible.
-
-The ACPI implementation enumerates devices behind busses (platform, SPI and
-I2C), creates the physical devices and binds them to their ACPI handle in
-the ACPI namespace.
-
-This means that when ACPI_HANDLE(dev) returns non-NULL the device was
-enumerated from ACPI namespace. This handle can be used to extract other
-device-specific configuration. There is an example of this below.
-
-Platform bus support
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Since we are using platform devices to represent devices that are not
-connected to any physical bus we only need to implement a platform driver
-for the device and add supported ACPI IDs. If this same IP-block is used on
-some other non-ACPI platform, the driver might work out of the box or needs
-some minor changes.
-
-Adding ACPI support for an existing driver should be pretty
-straightforward. Here is the simplest example:
-
-	#ifdef CONFIG_ACPI
-	static const struct acpi_device_id mydrv_acpi_match[] = {
-		/* ACPI IDs here */
-		{ }
-	};
-	MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(acpi, mydrv_acpi_match);
-	#endif
-
-	static struct platform_driver my_driver = {
-		...
-		.driver = {
-			.acpi_match_table = ACPI_PTR(mydrv_acpi_match),
-		},
-	};
-
-If the driver needs to perform more complex initialization like getting and
-configuring GPIOs it can get its ACPI handle and extract this information
-from ACPI tables.
-
-DMA support
-~~~~~~~~~~~
-DMA controllers enumerated via ACPI should be registered in the system to
-provide generic access to their resources. For example, a driver that would
-like to be accessible to slave devices via generic API call
-dma_request_slave_channel() must register itself at the end of the probe
-function like this:
-
-	err = devm_acpi_dma_controller_register(dev, xlate_func, dw);
-	/* Handle the error if it's not a case of !CONFIG_ACPI */
-
-and implement custom xlate function if needed (usually acpi_dma_simple_xlate()
-is enough) which converts the FixedDMA resource provided by struct
-acpi_dma_spec into the corresponding DMA channel. A piece of code for that case
-could look like:
-
-	#ifdef CONFIG_ACPI
-	struct filter_args {
-		/* Provide necessary information for the filter_func */
-		...
-	};
-
-	static bool filter_func(struct dma_chan *chan, void *param)
-	{
-		/* Choose the proper channel */
-		...
-	}
-
-	static struct dma_chan *xlate_func(struct acpi_dma_spec *dma_spec,
-			struct acpi_dma *adma)
-	{
-		dma_cap_mask_t cap;
-		struct filter_args args;
-
-		/* Prepare arguments for filter_func */
-		...
-		return dma_request_channel(cap, filter_func, &args);
-	}
-	#else
-	static struct dma_chan *xlate_func(struct acpi_dma_spec *dma_spec,
-			struct acpi_dma *adma)
-	{
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	#endif
-
-dma_request_slave_channel() will call xlate_func() for each registered DMA
-controller. In the xlate function the proper channel must be chosen based on
-information in struct acpi_dma_spec and the properties of the controller
-provided by struct acpi_dma.
-
-Clients must call dma_request_slave_channel() with the string parameter that
-corresponds to a specific FixedDMA resource. By default "tx" means the first
-entry of the FixedDMA resource array, "rx" means the second entry. The table
-below shows a layout:
-
-	Device (I2C0)
-	{
-		...
-		Method (_CRS, 0, NotSerialized)
-		{
-			Name (DBUF, ResourceTemplate ()
-			{
-				FixedDMA (0x0018, 0x0004, Width32bit, _Y48)
-				FixedDMA (0x0019, 0x0005, Width32bit, )
-			})
-		...
-		}
-	}
-
-So, the FixedDMA with request line 0x0018 is "tx" and next one is "rx" in
-this example.
-
-In robust cases the client unfortunately needs to call
-acpi_dma_request_slave_chan_by_index() directly and therefore choose the
-specific FixedDMA resource by its index.
-
-SPI serial bus support
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Slave devices behind SPI bus have SpiSerialBus resource attached to them.
-This is extracted automatically by the SPI core and the slave devices are
-enumerated once spi_register_master() is called by the bus driver.
-
-Here is what the ACPI namespace for a SPI slave might look like:
-
-	Device (EEP0)
-	{
-		Name (_ADR, 1)
-		Name (_CID, Package() {
-			"ATML0025",
-			"AT25",
-		})
-		...
-		Method (_CRS, 0, NotSerialized)
-		{
-			SPISerialBus(1, PolarityLow, FourWireMode, 8,
-				ControllerInitiated, 1000000, ClockPolarityLow,
-				ClockPhaseFirst, "\\_SB.PCI0.SPI1",)
-		}
-		...
-
-The SPI device drivers only need to add ACPI IDs in a similar way than with
-the platform device drivers. Below is an example where we add ACPI support
-to at25 SPI eeprom driver (this is meant for the above ACPI snippet):
-
-	#ifdef CONFIG_ACPI
-	static const struct acpi_device_id at25_acpi_match[] = {
-		{ "AT25", 0 },
-		{ },
-	};
-	MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(acpi, at25_acpi_match);
-	#endif
-
-	static struct spi_driver at25_driver = {
-		.driver = {
-			...
-			.acpi_match_table = ACPI_PTR(at25_acpi_match),
-		},
-	};
-
-Note that this driver actually needs more information like page size of the
-eeprom etc. but at the time writing this there is no standard way of
-passing those. One idea is to return this in _DSM method like:
-
-	Device (EEP0)
-	{
-		...
-		Method (_DSM, 4, NotSerialized)
-		{
-			Store (Package (6)
-			{
-				"byte-len", 1024,
-				"addr-mode", 2,
-				"page-size, 32
-			}, Local0)
-
-			// Check UUIDs etc.
-
-			Return (Local0)
-		}
-
-Then the at25 SPI driver can get this configuration by calling _DSM on its
-ACPI handle like:
-
-	struct acpi_buffer output = { ACPI_ALLOCATE_BUFFER, NULL };
-	struct acpi_object_list input;
-	acpi_status status;
-
-	/* Fill in the input buffer */
-
-	status = acpi_evaluate_object(ACPI_HANDLE(&spi->dev), "_DSM",
-				      &input, &output);
-	if (ACPI_FAILURE(status))
-		/* Handle the error */
-
-	/* Extract the data here */
-
-	kfree(output.pointer);
-
-I2C serial bus support
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-The slaves behind I2C bus controller only need to add the ACPI IDs like
-with the platform and SPI drivers. The I2C core automatically enumerates
-any slave devices behind the controller device once the adapter is
-registered.
-
-Below is an example of how to add ACPI support to the existing mpu3050
-input driver:
-
-	#ifdef CONFIG_ACPI
-	static const struct acpi_device_id mpu3050_acpi_match[] = {
-		{ "MPU3050", 0 },
-		{ },
-	};
-	MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(acpi, mpu3050_acpi_match);
-	#endif
-
-	static struct i2c_driver mpu3050_i2c_driver = {
-		.driver	= {
-			.name	= "mpu3050",
-			.owner	= THIS_MODULE,
-			.pm	= &mpu3050_pm,
-			.of_match_table = mpu3050_of_match,
-			.acpi_match_table = ACPI_PTR(mpu3050_acpi_match),
-		},
-		.probe		= mpu3050_probe,
-		.remove		= mpu3050_remove,
-		.id_table	= mpu3050_ids,
-	};
-
-GPIO support
-~~~~~~~~~~~~
-ACPI 5 introduced two new resources to describe GPIO connections: GpioIo
-and GpioInt. These resources can be used to pass GPIO numbers used by
-the device to the driver. ACPI 5.1 extended this with _DSD (Device
-Specific Data) which made it possible to name the GPIOs among other things.
-
-For example:
-
-Device (DEV)
-{
-	Method (_CRS, 0, NotSerialized)
-	{
-		Name (SBUF, ResourceTemplate()
-		{
-			...
-			// Used to power on/off the device
-			GpioIo (Exclusive, PullDefault, 0x0000, 0x0000,
-				IoRestrictionOutputOnly, "\\_SB.PCI0.GPI0",
-				0x00, ResourceConsumer,,)
-			{
-				// Pin List
-				0x0055
-			}
-
-			// Interrupt for the device
-			GpioInt (Edge, ActiveHigh, ExclusiveAndWake, PullNone,
-				 0x0000, "\\_SB.PCI0.GPI0", 0x00, ResourceConsumer,,)
-			{
-				// Pin list
-				0x0058
-			}
-
-			...
-
-		}
-
-		Return (SBUF)
-	}
-
-	// ACPI 5.1 _DSD used for naming the GPIOs
-	Name (_DSD, Package ()
-	{
-		ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
-		Package ()
-		{
-			Package () {"power-gpios", Package() {^DEV, 0, 0, 0 }},
-			Package () {"irq-gpios", Package() {^DEV, 1, 0, 0 }},
-		}
-	})
-	...
-
-These GPIO numbers are controller relative and path "\\_SB.PCI0.GPI0"
-specifies the path to the controller. In order to use these GPIOs in Linux
-we need to translate them to the corresponding Linux GPIO descriptors.
-
-There is a standard GPIO API for that and is documented in
-Documentation/gpio/.
-
-In the above example we can get the corresponding two GPIO descriptors with
-a code like this:
-
-	#include <linux/gpio/consumer.h>
-	...
-
-	struct gpio_desc *irq_desc, *power_desc;
-
-	irq_desc = gpiod_get(dev, "irq");
-	if (IS_ERR(irq_desc))
-		/* handle error */
-
-	power_desc = gpiod_get(dev, "power");
-	if (IS_ERR(power_desc))
-		/* handle error */
-
-	/* Now we can use the GPIO descriptors */
-
-There are also devm_* versions of these functions which release the
-descriptors once the device is released.
-
-See Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt for more information about the
-_DSD binding related to GPIOs.
-
-MFD devices
-~~~~~~~~~~~
-The MFD devices register their children as platform devices. For the child
-devices there needs to be an ACPI handle that they can use to reference
-parts of the ACPI namespace that relate to them. In the Linux MFD subsystem
-we provide two ways:
-
-	o The children share the parent ACPI handle.
-	o The MFD cell can specify the ACPI id of the device.
-
-For the first case, the MFD drivers do not need to do anything. The
-resulting child platform device will have its ACPI_COMPANION() set to point
-to the parent device.
-
-If the ACPI namespace has a device that we can match using an ACPI id or ACPI
-adr, the cell should be set like:
-
-	static struct mfd_cell_acpi_match my_subdevice_cell_acpi_match = {
-		.pnpid = "XYZ0001",
-		.adr = 0,
-	};
-
-	static struct mfd_cell my_subdevice_cell = {
-		.name = "my_subdevice",
-		/* set the resources relative to the parent */
-		.acpi_match = &my_subdevice_cell_acpi_match,
-	};
-
-The ACPI id "XYZ0001" is then used to lookup an ACPI device directly under
-the MFD device and if found, that ACPI companion device is bound to the
-resulting child platform device.
-
-Device Tree namespace link device ID
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-The Device Tree protocol uses device identification based on the "compatible"
-property whose value is a string or an array of strings recognized as device
-identifiers by drivers and the driver core.  The set of all those strings may be
-regarded as a device identification namespace analogous to the ACPI/PNP device
-ID namespace.  Consequently, in principle it should not be necessary to allocate
-a new (and arguably redundant) ACPI/PNP device ID for a devices with an existing
-identification string in the Device Tree (DT) namespace, especially if that ID
-is only needed to indicate that a given device is compatible with another one,
-presumably having a matching driver in the kernel already.
-
-In ACPI, the device identification object called _CID (Compatible ID) is used to
-list the IDs of devices the given one is compatible with, but those IDs must
-belong to one of the namespaces prescribed by the ACPI specification (see
-Section 6.1.2 of ACPI 6.0 for details) and the DT namespace is not one of them.
-Moreover, the specification mandates that either a _HID or an _ADR identification
-object be present for all ACPI objects representing devices (Section 6.1 of ACPI
-6.0).  For non-enumerable bus types that object must be _HID and its value must
-be a device ID from one of the namespaces prescribed by the specification too.
-
-The special DT namespace link device ID, PRP0001, provides a means to use the
-existing DT-compatible device identification in ACPI and to satisfy the above
-requirements following from the ACPI specification at the same time.  Namely,
-if PRP0001 is returned by _HID, the ACPI subsystem will look for the
-"compatible" property in the device object's _DSD and will use the value of that
-property to identify the corresponding device in analogy with the original DT
-device identification algorithm.  If the "compatible" property is not present
-or its value is not valid, the device will not be enumerated by the ACPI
-subsystem.  Otherwise, it will be enumerated automatically as a platform device
-(except when an I2C or SPI link from the device to its parent is present, in
-which case the ACPI core will leave the device enumeration to the parent's
-driver) and the identification strings from the "compatible" property value will
-be used to find a driver for the device along with the device IDs listed by _CID
-(if present).
-
-Analogously, if PRP0001 is present in the list of device IDs returned by _CID,
-the identification strings listed by the "compatible" property value (if present
-and valid) will be used to look for a driver matching the device, but in that
-case their relative priority with respect to the other device IDs listed by
-_HID and _CID depends on the position of PRP0001 in the _CID return package.
-Specifically, the device IDs returned by _HID and preceding PRP0001 in the _CID
-return package will be checked first.  Also in that case the bus type the device
-will be enumerated to depends on the device ID returned by _HID.
-
-It is valid to define device objects with a _HID returning PRP0001 and without
-the "compatible" property in the _DSD or a _CID as long as one of their
-ancestors provides a _DSD with a valid "compatible" property.  Such device
-objects are then simply regarded as additional "blocks" providing hierarchical
-configuration information to the driver of the composite ancestor device.
-
-However, PRP0001 can only be returned from either _HID or _CID of a device
-object if all of the properties returned by the _DSD associated with it (either
-the _DSD of the device object itself or the _DSD of its ancestor in the
-"composite device" case described above) can be used in the ACPI environment.
-Otherwise, the _DSD itself is regarded as invalid and therefore the "compatible"
-property returned by it is meaningless.
-
-Refer to DSD-properties-rules.txt for more information.
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt b/Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 88c65cb5bf0a..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-_DSD Device Properties Related to GPIO
---------------------------------------
-
-With the release of ACPI 5.1, the _DSD configuration object finally
-allows names to be given to GPIOs (and other things as well) returned
-by _CRS.  Previously, we were only able to use an integer index to find
-the corresponding GPIO, which is pretty error prone (it depends on
-the _CRS output ordering, for example).
-
-With _DSD we can now query GPIOs using a name instead of an integer
-index, like the ASL example below shows:
-
-  // Bluetooth device with reset and shutdown GPIOs
-  Device (BTH)
-  {
-      Name (_HID, ...)
-
-      Name (_CRS, ResourceTemplate ()
-      {
-          GpioIo (Exclusive, PullUp, 0, 0, IoRestrictionInputOnly,
-                  "\\_SB.GPO0", 0, ResourceConsumer) {15}
-          GpioIo (Exclusive, PullUp, 0, 0, IoRestrictionInputOnly,
-                  "\\_SB.GPO0", 0, ResourceConsumer) {27, 31}
-      })
-
-      Name (_DSD, Package ()
-      {
-          ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
-          Package ()
-	  {
-              Package () {"reset-gpios", Package() {^BTH, 1, 1, 0 }},
-              Package () {"shutdown-gpios", Package() {^BTH, 0, 0, 0 }},
-          }
-      })
-  }
-
-The format of the supported GPIO property is:
-
-  Package () { "name", Package () { ref, index, pin, active_low }}
-
-  ref - The device that has _CRS containing GpioIo()/GpioInt() resources,
-        typically this is the device itself (BTH in our case).
-  index - Index of the GpioIo()/GpioInt() resource in _CRS starting from zero.
-  pin - Pin in the GpioIo()/GpioInt() resource. Typically this is zero.
-  active_low - If 1 the GPIO is marked as active_low.
-
-Since ACPI GpioIo() resource does not have a field saying whether it is
-active low or high, the "active_low" argument can be used here.  Setting
-it to 1 marks the GPIO as active low.
-
-In our Bluetooth example the "reset-gpios" refers to the second GpioIo()
-resource, second pin in that resource with the GPIO number of 31.
-
-It is possible to leave holes in the array of GPIOs. This is useful in
-cases like with SPI host controllers where some chip selects may be
-implemented as GPIOs and some as native signals. For example a SPI host
-controller can have chip selects 0 and 2 implemented as GPIOs and 1 as
-native:
-
-  Package () {
-      "cs-gpios",
-      Package () {
-          ^GPIO, 19, 0, 0, // chip select 0: GPIO
-          0,               // chip select 1: native signal
-          ^GPIO, 20, 0, 0, // chip select 2: GPIO
-      }
-  }
-
-Other supported properties
---------------------------
-
-Following Device Tree compatible device properties are also supported by
-_DSD device properties for GPIO controllers:
-
-- gpio-hog
-- output-high
-- output-low
-- input
-- line-name
-
-Example:
-
-  Name (_DSD, Package () {
-      // _DSD Hierarchical Properties Extension UUID
-      ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"),
-      Package () {
-          Package () {"hog-gpio8", "G8PU"}
-      }
-  })
-
-  Name (G8PU, Package () {
-      ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
-      Package () {
-          Package () {"gpio-hog", 1},
-          Package () {"gpios", Package () {8, 0}},
-          Package () {"output-high", 1},
-          Package () {"line-name", "gpio8-pullup"},
-      }
-  })
-
-- gpio-line-names
-
-Example:
-
-  Package () {
-      "gpio-line-names",
-      Package () {
-          "SPI0_CS_N", "EXP2_INT", "MUX6_IO", "UART0_RXD", "MUX7_IO",
-          "LVL_C_A1", "MUX0_IO", "SPI1_MISO"
-      }
-  }
-
-See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt for more information
-about these properties.
-
-ACPI GPIO Mappings Provided by Drivers
---------------------------------------
-
-There are systems in which the ACPI tables do not contain _DSD but provide _CRS
-with GpioIo()/GpioInt() resources and device drivers still need to work with
-them.
-
-In those cases ACPI device identification objects, _HID, _CID, _CLS, _SUB, _HRV,
-available to the driver can be used to identify the device and that is supposed
-to be sufficient to determine the meaning and purpose of all of the GPIO lines
-listed by the GpioIo()/GpioInt() resources returned by _CRS.  In other words,
-the driver is supposed to know what to use the GpioIo()/GpioInt() resources for
-once it has identified the device.  Having done that, it can simply assign names
-to the GPIO lines it is going to use and provide the GPIO subsystem with a
-mapping between those names and the ACPI GPIO resources corresponding to them.
-
-To do that, the driver needs to define a mapping table as a NULL-terminated
-array of struct acpi_gpio_mapping objects that each contain a name, a pointer
-to an array of line data (struct acpi_gpio_params) objects and the size of that
-array.  Each struct acpi_gpio_params object consists of three fields,
-crs_entry_index, line_index, active_low, representing the index of the target
-GpioIo()/GpioInt() resource in _CRS starting from zero, the index of the target
-line in that resource starting from zero, and the active-low flag for that line,
-respectively, in analogy with the _DSD GPIO property format specified above.
-
-For the example Bluetooth device discussed previously the data structures in
-question would look like this:
-
-static const struct acpi_gpio_params reset_gpio = { 1, 1, false };
-static const struct acpi_gpio_params shutdown_gpio = { 0, 0, false };
-
-static const struct acpi_gpio_mapping bluetooth_acpi_gpios[] = {
-  { "reset-gpios", &reset_gpio, 1 },
-  { "shutdown-gpios", &shutdown_gpio, 1 },
-  { },
-};
-
-Next, the mapping table needs to be passed as the second argument to
-acpi_dev_add_driver_gpios() that will register it with the ACPI device object
-pointed to by its first argument.  That should be done in the driver's .probe()
-routine.  On removal, the driver should unregister its GPIO mapping table by
-calling acpi_dev_remove_driver_gpios() on the ACPI device object where that
-table was previously registered.
-
-Using the _CRS fallback
------------------------
-
-If a device does not have _DSD or the driver does not create ACPI GPIO
-mapping, the Linux GPIO framework refuses to return any GPIOs. This is
-because the driver does not know what it actually gets. For example if we
-have a device like below:
-
-  Device (BTH)
-  {
-      Name (_HID, ...)
-
-      Name (_CRS, ResourceTemplate () {
-          GpioIo (Exclusive, PullNone, 0, 0, IoRestrictionNone,
-                  "\\_SB.GPO0", 0, ResourceConsumer) {15}
-          GpioIo (Exclusive, PullNone, 0, 0, IoRestrictionNone,
-                  "\\_SB.GPO0", 0, ResourceConsumer) {27}
-      })
-  }
-
-The driver might expect to get the right GPIO when it does:
-
-  desc = gpiod_get(dev, "reset", GPIOD_OUT_LOW);
-
-but since there is no way to know the mapping between "reset" and
-the GpioIo() in _CRS desc will hold ERR_PTR(-ENOENT).
-
-The driver author can solve this by passing the mapping explictly
-(the recommended way and documented in the above chapter).
-
-The ACPI GPIO mapping tables should not contaminate drivers that are not
-knowing about which exact device they are servicing on. It implies that
-the ACPI GPIO mapping tables are hardly linked to ACPI ID and certain
-objects, as listed in the above chapter, of the device in question.
-
-Getting GPIO descriptor
------------------------
-
-There are two main approaches to get GPIO resource from ACPI:
-	desc = gpiod_get(dev, connection_id, flags);
-	desc = gpiod_get_index(dev, connection_id, index, flags);
-
-We may consider two different cases here, i.e. when connection ID is
-provided and otherwise.
-
-Case 1:
-	desc = gpiod_get(dev, "non-null-connection-id", flags);
-	desc = gpiod_get_index(dev, "non-null-connection-id", index, flags);
-
-Case 2:
-	desc = gpiod_get(dev, NULL, flags);
-	desc = gpiod_get_index(dev, NULL, index, flags);
-
-Case 1 assumes that corresponding ACPI device description must have
-defined device properties and will prevent to getting any GPIO resources
-otherwise.
-
-Case 2 explicitly tells GPIO core to look for resources in _CRS.
-
-Be aware that gpiod_get_index() in cases 1 and 2, assuming that there
-are two versions of ACPI device description provided and no mapping is
-present in the driver, will return different resources. That's why a
-certain driver has to handle them carefully as explained in previous
-chapter.
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/i2c-muxes.txt b/Documentation/acpi/i2c-muxes.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fcc4f0b885e..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/i2c-muxes.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-ACPI I2C Muxes
---------------
-
-Describing an I2C device hierarchy that includes I2C muxes requires an ACPI
-Device () scope per mux channel.
-
-Consider this topology:
-
-+------+   +------+
-| SMB1 |-->| MUX0 |--CH00--> i2c client A (0x50)
-|      |   | 0x70 |--CH01--> i2c client B (0x50)
-+------+   +------+
-
-which corresponds to the following ASL:
-
-Device (SMB1)
-{
-    Name (_HID, ...)
-    Device (MUX0)
-    {
-        Name (_HID, ...)
-        Name (_CRS, ResourceTemplate () {
-            I2cSerialBus (0x70, ControllerInitiated, I2C_SPEED,
-                          AddressingMode7Bit, "^SMB1", 0x00,
-                          ResourceConsumer,,)
-        }
-
-        Device (CH00)
-        {
-            Name (_ADR, 0)
-
-            Device (CLIA)
-            {
-                Name (_HID, ...)
-                Name (_CRS, ResourceTemplate () {
-                    I2cSerialBus (0x50, ControllerInitiated, I2C_SPEED,
-                                  AddressingMode7Bit, "^CH00", 0x00,
-                                  ResourceConsumer,,)
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        Device (CH01)
-        {
-            Name (_ADR, 1)
-
-            Device (CLIB)
-            {
-                Name (_HID, ...)
-                Name (_CRS, ResourceTemplate () {
-                    I2cSerialBus (0x50, ControllerInitiated, I2C_SPEED,
-                                  AddressingMode7Bit, "^CH01", 0x00,
-                                  ResourceConsumer,,)
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/initrd_table_override.txt b/Documentation/acpi/initrd_table_override.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index eb651a6aa285..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/initrd_table_override.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-Upgrading ACPI tables via initrd
-================================
-
-1) Introduction (What is this about)
-2) What is this for
-3) How does it work
-4) References (Where to retrieve userspace tools)
-
-1) What is this about
----------------------
-
-If the ACPI_TABLE_UPGRADE compile option is true, it is possible to
-upgrade the ACPI execution environment that is defined by the ACPI tables
-via upgrading the ACPI tables provided by the BIOS with an instrumented,
-modified, more recent version one, or installing brand new ACPI tables.
-
-For a full list of ACPI tables that can be upgraded/installed, take a look
-at the char *table_sigs[MAX_ACPI_SIGNATURE]; definition in
-drivers/acpi/tables.c.
-All ACPI tables iasl (Intel's ACPI compiler and disassembler) knows should
-be overridable, except:
-   - ACPI_SIG_RSDP (has a signature of 6 bytes)
-   - ACPI_SIG_FACS (does not have an ordinary ACPI table header)
-Both could get implemented as well.
-
-
-2) What is this for
--------------------
-
-Complain to your platform/BIOS vendor if you find a bug which is so severe
-that a workaround is not accepted in the Linux kernel. And this facility
-allows you to upgrade the buggy tables before your platform/BIOS vendor
-releases an upgraded BIOS binary.
-
-This facility can be used by platform/BIOS vendors to provide a Linux
-compatible environment without modifying the underlying platform firmware.
-
-This facility also provides a powerful feature to easily debug and test
-ACPI BIOS table compatibility with the Linux kernel by modifying old
-platform provided ACPI tables or inserting new ACPI tables.
-
-It can and should be enabled in any kernel because there is no functional
-change with not instrumented initrds.
-
-
-3) How does it work
--------------------
-
-# Extract the machine's ACPI tables:
-cd /tmp
-acpidump >acpidump
-acpixtract -a acpidump
-# Disassemble, modify and recompile them:
-iasl -d *.dat
-# For example add this statement into a _PRT (PCI Routing Table) function
-# of the DSDT:
-Store("HELLO WORLD", debug)
-# And increase the OEM Revision. For example, before modification:
-DefinitionBlock ("DSDT.aml", "DSDT", 2, "INTEL ", "TEMPLATE", 0x00000000)
-# After modification:
-DefinitionBlock ("DSDT.aml", "DSDT", 2, "INTEL ", "TEMPLATE", 0x00000001)
-iasl -sa dsdt.dsl
-# Add the raw ACPI tables to an uncompressed cpio archive.
-# They must be put into a /kernel/firmware/acpi directory inside the cpio
-# archive. Note that if the table put here matches a platform table
-# (similar Table Signature, and similar OEMID, and similar OEM Table ID)
-# with a more recent OEM Revision, the platform table will be upgraded by
-# this table. If the table put here doesn't match a platform table
-# (dissimilar Table Signature, or dissimilar OEMID, or dissimilar OEM Table
-# ID), this table will be appended.
-mkdir -p kernel/firmware/acpi
-cp dsdt.aml kernel/firmware/acpi
-# A maximum of "NR_ACPI_INITRD_TABLES (64)" tables are currently allowed
-# (see osl.c):
-iasl -sa facp.dsl
-iasl -sa ssdt1.dsl
-cp facp.aml kernel/firmware/acpi
-cp ssdt1.aml kernel/firmware/acpi
-# The uncompressed cpio archive must be the first. Other, typically
-# compressed cpio archives, must be concatenated on top of the uncompressed
-# one. Following command creates the uncompressed cpio archive and
-# concatenates the original initrd on top:
-find kernel | cpio -H newc --create > /boot/instrumented_initrd
-cat /boot/initrd >>/boot/instrumented_initrd
-# reboot with increased acpi debug level, e.g. boot params:
-acpi.debug_level=0x2 acpi.debug_layer=0xFFFFFFFF
-# and check your syslog:
-[    1.268089] ACPI: PCI Interrupt Routing Table [\_SB_.PCI0._PRT]
-[    1.272091] [ACPI Debug]  String [0x0B] "HELLO WORLD"
-
-iasl is able to disassemble and recompile quite a lot different,
-also static ACPI tables.
-
-
-4) Where to retrieve userspace tools
-------------------------------------
-
-iasl and acpixtract are part of Intel's ACPICA project:
-http://acpica.org/
-and should be packaged by distributions (for example in the acpica package
-on SUSE).
-
-acpidump can be found in Len Browns pmtools:
-ftp://kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/lenb/acpi/utils/pmtools/acpidump
-This tool is also part of the acpica package on SUSE.
-Alternatively, used ACPI tables can be retrieved via sysfs in latest kernels:
-/sys/firmware/acpi/tables
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/linuxized-acpica.txt b/Documentation/acpi/linuxized-acpica.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ad7b0dfb083..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/linuxized-acpica.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
-Linuxized ACPICA - Introduction to ACPICA Release Automation
-
-Copyright (C) 2013-2016, Intel Corporation
-Author: Lv Zheng <lv.zheng@intel.com>
-
-
-Abstract:
-
-This document describes the ACPICA project and the relationship between
-ACPICA and Linux.  It also describes how ACPICA code in drivers/acpi/acpica,
-include/acpi and tools/power/acpi is automatically updated to follow the
-upstream.
-
-
-1. ACPICA Project
-
-   The ACPI Component Architecture (ACPICA) project provides an operating
-   system (OS)-independent reference implementation of the Advanced
-   Configuration and Power Interface Specification (ACPI).  It has been
-   adapted by various host OSes.  By directly integrating ACPICA, Linux can
-   also benefit from the application experiences of ACPICA from other host
-   OSes.
-
-   The homepage of ACPICA project is: www.acpica.org, it is maintained and
-   supported by Intel Corporation.
-
-   The following figure depicts the Linux ACPI subsystem where the ACPICA
-   adaptation is included:
-
-      +---------------------------------------------------------+
-      |                                                         |
-      |   +---------------------------------------------------+ |
-      |   | +------------------+                              | |
-      |   | | Table Management |                              | |
-      |   | +------------------+                              | |
-      |   | +----------------------+                          | |
-      |   | | Namespace Management |                          | |
-      |   | +----------------------+                          | |
-      |   | +------------------+       ACPICA Components      | |
-      |   | | Event Management |                              | |
-      |   | +------------------+                              | |
-      |   | +---------------------+                           | |
-      |   | | Resource Management |                           | |
-      |   | +---------------------+                           | |
-      |   | +---------------------+                           | |
-      |   | | Hardware Management |                           | |
-      |   | +---------------------+                           | |
-      | +---------------------------------------------------+ | |
-      | | |                            +------------------+ | | |
-      | | |                            | OS Service Layer | | | |
-      | | |                            +------------------+ | | |
-      | | +-------------------------------------------------|-+ |
-      | |   +--------------------+                          |   |
-      | |   | Device Enumeration |                          |   |
-      | |   +--------------------+                          |   |
-      | |   +------------------+                            |   |
-      | |   | Power Management |                            |   |
-      | |   +------------------+     Linux/ACPI Components  |   |
-      | |   +--------------------+                          |   |
-      | |   | Thermal Management |                          |   |
-      | |   +--------------------+                          |   |
-      | |   +--------------------------+                    |   |
-      | |   | Drivers for ACPI Devices |                    |   |
-      | |   +--------------------------+                    |   |
-      | |   +--------+                                      |   |
-      | |   | ...... |                                      |   |
-      | |   +--------+                                      |   |
-      | +---------------------------------------------------+   |
-      |                                                         |
-      +---------------------------------------------------------+
-
-                 Figure 1. Linux ACPI Software Components
-
-   NOTE:
-    A. OS Service Layer - Provided by Linux to offer OS dependent
-       implementation of the predefined ACPICA interfaces (acpi_os_*).
-         include/acpi/acpiosxf.h
-         drivers/acpi/osl.c
-         include/acpi/platform
-         include/asm/acenv.h
-    B. ACPICA Functionality - Released from ACPICA code base to offer
-       OS independent implementation of the ACPICA interfaces (acpi_*).
-         drivers/acpi/acpica
-         include/acpi/ac*.h
-         tools/power/acpi
-    C. Linux/ACPI Functionality - Providing Linux specific ACPI
-       functionality to the other Linux kernel subsystems and user space
-       programs.
-         drivers/acpi
-         include/linux/acpi.h
-         include/linux/acpi*.h
-         include/acpi
-         tools/power/acpi
-    D. Architecture Specific ACPICA/ACPI Functionalities - Provided by the
-       ACPI subsystem to offer architecture specific implementation of the
-       ACPI interfaces.  They are Linux specific components and are out of
-       the scope of this document.
-         include/asm/acpi.h
-         include/asm/acpi*.h
-         arch/*/acpi
-
-2. ACPICA Release
-
-   The ACPICA project maintains its code base at the following repository URL:
-   https://github.com/acpica/acpica.git. As a rule, a release is made every
-   month.
-
-   As the coding style adopted by the ACPICA project is not acceptable by
-   Linux, there is a release process to convert the ACPICA git commits into
-   Linux patches.  The patches generated by this process are referred to as
-   "linuxized ACPICA patches".  The release process is carried out on a local
-   copy the ACPICA git repository.  Each commit in the monthly release is
-   converted into a linuxized ACPICA patch.  Together, they form the monthly
-   ACPICA release patchset for the Linux ACPI community.  This process is
-   illustrated in the following figure:
-
-    +-----------------------------+
-    | acpica / master (-) commits |
-    +-----------------------------+
-       /|\         |
-        |         \|/
-        |  /---------------------\    +----------------------+
-        | < Linuxize repo Utility >-->| old linuxized acpica |--+
-        |  \---------------------/    +----------------------+  |
-        |                                                       |
-     /---------\                                                |
-    < git reset >                                                \
-     \---------/                                                  \
-       /|\                                                        /+-+
-        |                                                        /   |
-    +-----------------------------+                             |    |
-    | acpica / master (+) commits |                             |    |
-    +-----------------------------+                             |    |
-                   |                                            |    |
-                  \|/                                           |    |
-         /-----------------------\    +----------------------+  |    |
-        < Linuxize repo Utilities >-->| new linuxized acpica |--+    |
-         \-----------------------/    +----------------------+       |
-                                                                    \|/
-    +--------------------------+                  /----------------------\
-    | Linuxized ACPICA Patches |<----------------< Linuxize patch Utility >
-    +--------------------------+                  \----------------------/
-                   |
-                  \|/
-     /---------------------------\
-    < Linux ACPI Community Review >
-     \---------------------------/
-                   |
-                  \|/
-    +-----------------------+    /------------------\    +----------------+
-    | linux-pm / linux-next |-->< Linux Merge Window >-->| linux / master |
-    +-----------------------+    \------------------/    +----------------+
-
-                Figure 2. ACPICA -> Linux Upstream Process
-
-   NOTE:
-    A. Linuxize Utilities - Provided by the ACPICA repository, including a
-       utility located in source/tools/acpisrc folder and a number of
-       scripts located in generate/linux folder.
-    B. acpica / master - "master" branch of the git repository at
-       <https://github.com/acpica/acpica.git>.
-    C. linux-pm / linux-next - "linux-next" branch of the git repository at
-       <http://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm.git>.
-    D. linux / master - "master" branch of the git repository at
-       <http://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git>.
-
-   Before the linuxized ACPICA patches are sent to the Linux ACPI community
-   for review, there is a quality assurance build test process to reduce
-   porting issues.  Currently this build process only takes care of the
-   following kernel configuration options:
-   CONFIG_ACPI/CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG/CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUGGER
-
-3. ACPICA Divergences
-
-   Ideally, all of the ACPICA commits should be converted into Linux patches
-   automatically without manual modifications, the "linux / master" tree should
-   contain the ACPICA code that exactly corresponds to the ACPICA code
-   contained in "new linuxized acpica" tree and it should be possible to run
-   the release process fully automatically.
-
-   As a matter of fact, however, there are source code differences between
-   the ACPICA code in Linux and the upstream ACPICA code, referred to as
-   "ACPICA Divergences".
-
-   The various sources of ACPICA divergences include:
-   1. Legacy divergences - Before the current ACPICA release process was
-      established, there already had been divergences between Linux and
-      ACPICA. Over the past several years those divergences have been greatly
-      reduced, but there still are several ones and it takes time to figure
-      out the underlying reasons for their existence.
-   2. Manual modifications - Any manual modification (eg. coding style fixes)
-      made directly in the Linux sources obviously hurts the ACPICA release
-      automation.  Thus it is recommended to fix such issues in the ACPICA
-      upstream source code and generate the linuxized fix using the ACPICA
-      release utilities (please refer to Section 4 below for the details).
-   3. Linux specific features - Sometimes it's impossible to use the
-      current ACPICA APIs to implement features required by the Linux kernel,
-      so Linux developers occasionally have to change ACPICA code directly.
-      Those changes may not be acceptable by ACPICA upstream and in such cases
-      they are left as committed ACPICA divergences unless the ACPICA side can
-      implement new mechanisms as replacements for them.
-   4. ACPICA release fixups - ACPICA only tests commits using a set of the
-      user space simulation utilities, thus the linuxized ACPICA patches may
-      break the Linux kernel, leaving us build/boot failures.  In order to
-      avoid breaking Linux bisection, fixes are applied directly to the
-      linuxized ACPICA patches during the release process.  When the release
-      fixups are backported to the upstream ACPICA sources, they must follow
-      the upstream ACPICA rules and so further modifications may appear.
-      That may result in the appearance of new divergences.
-   5. Fast tracking of ACPICA commits - Some ACPICA commits are regression
-      fixes or stable-candidate material, so they are applied in advance with
-      respect to the ACPICA release process.  If such commits are reverted or
-      rebased on the ACPICA side in order to offer better solutions, new ACPICA
-      divergences are generated.
-
-4. ACPICA Development
-
-   This paragraph guides Linux developers to use the ACPICA upstream release
-   utilities to obtain Linux patches corresponding to upstream ACPICA commits
-   before they become available from the ACPICA release process.
-
-   1. Cherry-pick an ACPICA commit
-
-   First you need to git clone the ACPICA repository and the ACPICA change
-   you want to cherry pick must be committed into the local repository.
-
-   Then the gen-patch.sh command can help to cherry-pick an ACPICA commit
-   from the ACPICA local repository:
-
-   $ git clone https://github.com/acpica/acpica
-   $ cd acpica
-   $ generate/linux/gen-patch.sh -u [commit ID]
-
-   Here the commit ID is the ACPICA local repository commit ID you want to
-   cherry pick.  It can be omitted if the commit is "HEAD".
-
-   2. Cherry-pick recent ACPICA commits
-
-   Sometimes you need to rebase your code on top of the most recent ACPICA
-   changes that haven't been applied to Linux yet.
-
-   You can generate the ACPICA release series yourself and rebase your code on
-   top of the generated ACPICA release patches:
-
-   $ git clone https://github.com/acpica/acpica
-   $ cd acpica
-   $ generate/linux/make-patches.sh -u [commit ID]
-
-   The commit ID should be the last ACPICA commit accepted by Linux.  Usually,
-   it is the commit modifying ACPI_CA_VERSION.  It can be found by executing
-   "git blame source/include/acpixf.h" and referencing the line that contains
-   "ACPI_CA_VERSION".
-
-   3. Inspect the current divergences
-
-   If you have local copies of both Linux and upstream ACPICA, you can generate
-   a diff file indicating the state of the current divergences:
-
-   # git clone https://github.com/acpica/acpica
-   # git clone http://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git
-   # cd acpica
-   # generate/linux/divergences.sh -s ../linux
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/lpit.txt b/Documentation/acpi/lpit.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index b426398d2e97..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/lpit.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-To enumerate platform Low Power Idle states, Intel platforms are using
-“Low Power Idle Table” (LPIT). More details about this table can be
-downloaded from:
-http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/Intel_ACPI_Low_Power_S0_Idle.pdf
-
-Residencies for each low power state can be read via FFH
-(Function fixed hardware) or a memory mapped interface.
-
-On platforms supporting S0ix sleep states, there can be two types of
-residencies:
-- CPU PKG C10 (Read via FFH interface)
-- Platform Controller Hub (PCH) SLP_S0 (Read via memory mapped interface)
-
-The following attributes are added dynamically to the cpuidle
-sysfs attribute group:
-	/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/low_power_idle_cpu_residency_us
-	/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/low_power_idle_system_residency_us
-
-The "low_power_idle_cpu_residency_us" attribute shows time spent
-by the CPU package in PKG C10
-
-The "low_power_idle_system_residency_us" attribute shows SLP_S0
-residency, or system time spent with the SLP_S0# signal asserted.
-This is the lowest possible system power state, achieved only when CPU is in
-PKG C10 and all functional blocks in PCH are in a low power state.
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/method-customizing.txt b/Documentation/acpi/method-customizing.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 7235da975f23..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/method-customizing.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-Linux ACPI Custom Control Method How To
-=======================================
-
-Written by Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com>
-
-
-Linux supports customizing ACPI control methods at runtime.
-
-Users can use this to
-1. override an existing method which may not work correctly,
-   or just for debugging purposes.
-2. insert a completely new method in order to create a missing
-   method such as _OFF, _ON, _STA, _INI, etc.
-For these cases, it is far simpler to dynamically install a single
-control method rather than override the entire DSDT, because kernel
-rebuild/reboot is not needed and test result can be got in minutes.
-
-Note: Only ACPI METHOD can be overridden, any other object types like
-      "Device", "OperationRegion", are not recognized. Methods
-      declared inside scope operators are also not supported.
-Note: The same ACPI control method can be overridden for many times,
-      and it's always the latest one that used by Linux/kernel.
-Note: To get the ACPI debug object output (Store (AAAA, Debug)),
-      please run "echo 1 > /sys/module/acpi/parameters/aml_debug_output".
-
-1. override an existing method
-   a) get the ACPI table via ACPI sysfs I/F. e.g. to get the DSDT,
-      just run "cat /sys/firmware/acpi/tables/DSDT > /tmp/dsdt.dat"
-   b) disassemble the table by running "iasl -d dsdt.dat".
-   c) rewrite the ASL code of the method and save it in a new file,
-   d) package the new file (psr.asl) to an ACPI table format.
-      Here is an example of a customized \_SB._AC._PSR method,
-
-      DefinitionBlock ("", "SSDT", 1, "", "", 0x20080715)
-      {
-	Method (\_SB_.AC._PSR, 0, NotSerialized)
-	{
-		Store ("In AC _PSR", Debug)
-		Return (ACON)
-	}
-      }
-      Note that the full pathname of the method in ACPI namespace
-      should be used.
-   e) assemble the file to generate the AML code of the method.
-      e.g. "iasl -vw 6084 psr.asl" (psr.aml is generated as a result)
-      If parameter "-vw 6084" is not supported by your iASL compiler,
-      please try a newer version.
-   f) mount debugfs by "mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug"
-   g) override the old method via the debugfs by running
-      "cat /tmp/psr.aml > /sys/kernel/debug/acpi/custom_method"
-
-2. insert a new method
-   This is easier than overriding an existing method.
-   We just need to create the ASL code of the method we want to
-   insert and then follow the step c) ~ g) in section 1.
-
-3. undo your changes
-   The "undo" operation is not supported for a new inserted method
-   right now, i.e. we can not remove a method currently.
-   For an overridden method, in order to undo your changes, please
-   save a copy of the method original ASL code in step c) section 1,
-   and redo step c) ~ g) to override the method with the original one.
-
-
-Note: We can use a kernel with multiple custom ACPI method running,
-      But each individual write to debugfs can implement a SINGLE
-      method override. i.e. if we want to insert/override multiple
-      ACPI methods, we need to redo step c) ~ g) for multiple times.
-
-Note: Be aware that root can mis-use this driver to modify arbitrary
-      memory and gain additional rights, if root's privileges got
-      restricted (for example if root is not allowed to load additional
-      modules after boot).
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/method-tracing.txt b/Documentation/acpi/method-tracing.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 0aba14c8f459..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/method-tracing.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
-ACPICA Trace Facility
-
-Copyright (C) 2015, Intel Corporation
-Author: Lv Zheng <lv.zheng@intel.com>
-
-
-Abstract:
-
-This document describes the functions and the interfaces of the method
-tracing facility.
-
-1. Functionalities and usage examples:
-
-   ACPICA provides method tracing capability. And two functions are
-   currently implemented using this capability.
-
-   A. Log reducer
-   ACPICA subsystem provides debugging outputs when CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG is
-   enabled. The debugging messages which are deployed via
-   ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT() macro can be reduced at 2 levels - per-component
-   level (known as debug layer, configured via
-   /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_layer) and per-type level (known as
-   debug level, configured via /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_level).
-
-   But when the particular layer/level is applied to the control method
-   evaluations, the quantity of the debugging outputs may still be too
-   large to be put into the kernel log buffer. The idea thus is worked out
-   to only enable the particular debug layer/level (normally more detailed)
-   logs when the control method evaluation is started, and disable the
-   detailed logging when the control method evaluation is stopped.
-
-   The following command examples illustrate the usage of the "log reducer"
-   functionality:
-   a. Filter out the debug layer/level matched logs when control methods
-      are being evaluated:
-      # cd /sys/module/acpi/parameters
-      # echo "0xXXXXXXXX" > trace_debug_layer
-      # echo "0xYYYYYYYY" > trace_debug_level
-      # echo "enable" > trace_state
-   b. Filter out the debug layer/level matched logs when the specified
-      control method is being evaluated:
-      # cd /sys/module/acpi/parameters
-      # echo "0xXXXXXXXX" > trace_debug_layer
-      # echo "0xYYYYYYYY" > trace_debug_level
-      # echo "\PPPP.AAAA.TTTT.HHHH" > trace_method_name
-      # echo "method" > /sys/module/acpi/parameters/trace_state
-   c. Filter out the debug layer/level matched logs when the specified
-      control method is being evaluated for the first time:
-      # cd /sys/module/acpi/parameters
-      # echo "0xXXXXXXXX" > trace_debug_layer
-      # echo "0xYYYYYYYY" > trace_debug_level
-      # echo "\PPPP.AAAA.TTTT.HHHH" > trace_method_name
-      # echo "method-once" > /sys/module/acpi/parameters/trace_state
-   Where:
-      0xXXXXXXXX/0xYYYYYYYY: Refer to Documentation/acpi/debug.txt for
-			     possible debug layer/level masking values.
-      \PPPP.AAAA.TTTT.HHHH: Full path of a control method that can be found
-			    in the ACPI namespace. It needn't be an entry
-			    of a control method evaluation.
-
-   B. AML tracer
-
-   There are special log entries added by the method tracing facility at
-   the "trace points" the AML interpreter starts/stops to execute a control
-   method, or an AML opcode. Note that the format of the log entries are
-   subject to change:
-     [    0.186427]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Method Begin [0xf58394d8:\_SB.PCI0.LPCB.ECOK] execution.
-     [    0.186630]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode Begin [0xf5905c88:If] execution.
-     [    0.186820]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode Begin [0xf5905cc0:LEqual] execution.
-     [    0.187010]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode Begin [0xf5905a20:-NamePath-] execution.
-     [    0.187214]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode End [0xf5905a20:-NamePath-] execution.
-     [    0.187407]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode Begin [0xf5905f60:One] execution.
-     [    0.187594]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode End [0xf5905f60:One] execution.
-     [    0.187789]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode End [0xf5905cc0:LEqual] execution.
-     [    0.187980]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode Begin [0xf5905cc0:Return] execution.
-     [    0.188146]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode Begin [0xf5905f60:One] execution.
-     [    0.188334]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode End [0xf5905f60:One] execution.
-     [    0.188524]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode End [0xf5905cc0:Return] execution.
-     [    0.188712]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode End [0xf5905c88:If] execution.
-     [    0.188903]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Method End [0xf58394d8:\_SB.PCI0.LPCB.ECOK] execution.
-
-   Developers can utilize these special log entries to track the AML
-   interpretion, thus can aid issue debugging and performance tuning. Note
-   that, as the "AML tracer" logs are implemented via ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT()
-   macro, CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG is also required to be enabled for enabling
-   "AML tracer" logs.
-
-   The following command examples illustrate the usage of the "AML tracer"
-   functionality:
-   a. Filter out the method start/stop "AML tracer" logs when control
-      methods are being evaluated:
-      # cd /sys/module/acpi/parameters
-      # echo "0x80" > trace_debug_layer
-      # echo "0x10" > trace_debug_level
-      # echo "enable" > trace_state
-   b. Filter out the method start/stop "AML tracer" when the specified
-      control method is being evaluated:
-      # cd /sys/module/acpi/parameters
-      # echo "0x80" > trace_debug_layer
-      # echo "0x10" > trace_debug_level
-      # echo "\PPPP.AAAA.TTTT.HHHH" > trace_method_name
-      # echo "method" > trace_state
-   c. Filter out the method start/stop "AML tracer" logs when the specified
-      control method is being evaluated for the first time:
-      # cd /sys/module/acpi/parameters
-      # echo "0x80" > trace_debug_layer
-      # echo "0x10" > trace_debug_level
-      # echo "\PPPP.AAAA.TTTT.HHHH" > trace_method_name
-      # echo "method-once" > trace_state
-   d. Filter out the method/opcode start/stop "AML tracer" when the
-      specified control method is being evaluated:
-      # cd /sys/module/acpi/parameters
-      # echo "0x80" > trace_debug_layer
-      # echo "0x10" > trace_debug_level
-      # echo "\PPPP.AAAA.TTTT.HHHH" > trace_method_name
-      # echo "opcode" > trace_state
-   e. Filter out the method/opcode start/stop "AML tracer" when the
-      specified control method is being evaluated for the first time:
-      # cd /sys/module/acpi/parameters
-      # echo "0x80" > trace_debug_layer
-      # echo "0x10" > trace_debug_level
-      # echo "\PPPP.AAAA.TTTT.HHHH" > trace_method_name
-      # echo "opcode-opcode" > trace_state
-
-  Note that all above method tracing facility related module parameters can
-  be used as the boot parameters, for example:
-      acpi.trace_debug_layer=0x80 acpi.trace_debug_level=0x10 \
-      acpi.trace_method_name=\_SB.LID0._LID acpi.trace_state=opcode-once
-
-2. Interface descriptions:
-
-   All method tracing functions can be configured via ACPI module
-   parameters that are accessible at /sys/module/acpi/parameters/:
-
-   trace_method_name
-	The full path of the AML method that the user wants to trace.
-	Note that the full path shouldn't contain the trailing "_"s in its
-	name segments but may contain "\" to form an absolute path.
-
-   trace_debug_layer
-	The temporary debug_layer used when the tracing feature is enabled.
-	Using ACPI_EXECUTER (0x80) by default, which is the debug_layer
-	used to match all "AML tracer" logs.
-
-   trace_debug_level
-	The temporary debug_level used when the tracing feature is enabled.
-	Using ACPI_LV_TRACE_POINT (0x10) by default, which is the
-	debug_level used to match all "AML tracer" logs.
-
-   trace_state
-	The status of the tracing feature.
-	Users can enable/disable this debug tracing feature by executing
-	the following command:
-	    # echo string > /sys/module/acpi/parameters/trace_state
-	Where "string" should be one of the following:
-	"disable"
-	    Disable the method tracing feature.
-	"enable"
-	    Enable the method tracing feature.
-	    ACPICA debugging messages matching
-	    "trace_debug_layer/trace_debug_level" during any method
-	    execution will be logged.
-	"method"
-	    Enable the method tracing feature.
-	    ACPICA debugging messages matching
-	    "trace_debug_layer/trace_debug_level" during method execution
-	    of "trace_method_name" will be logged.
-	"method-once"
-	    Enable the method tracing feature.
-	    ACPICA debugging messages matching
-	    "trace_debug_layer/trace_debug_level" during method execution
-	    of "trace_method_name" will be logged only once.
-	"opcode"
-	    Enable the method tracing feature.
-	    ACPICA debugging messages matching
-	    "trace_debug_layer/trace_debug_level" during method/opcode
-	    execution of "trace_method_name" will be logged.
-	"opcode-once"
-	    Enable the method tracing feature.
-	    ACPICA debugging messages matching
-	    "trace_debug_layer/trace_debug_level" during method/opcode
-	    execution of "trace_method_name" will be logged only once.
-	Note that, the difference between the "enable" and other feature
-        enabling options are:
-	1. When "enable" is specified, since
-	   "trace_debug_layer/trace_debug_level" shall apply to all control
-	   method evaluations, after configuring "trace_state" to "enable",
-	   "trace_method_name" will be reset to NULL.
-	2. When "method/opcode" is specified, if
-	   "trace_method_name" is NULL when "trace_state" is configured to
-	   these options, the "trace_debug_layer/trace_debug_level" will
-	   apply to all control method evaluations.
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/namespace.txt b/Documentation/acpi/namespace.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 1860cb3865c6..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/namespace.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,388 +0,0 @@
-ACPI Device Tree - Representation of ACPI Namespace
-
-Copyright (C) 2013, Intel Corporation
-Author: Lv Zheng <lv.zheng@intel.com>
-
-
-Abstract:
-
-The Linux ACPI subsystem converts ACPI namespace objects into a Linux
-device tree under the /sys/devices/LNXSYSTEM:00 and updates it upon
-receiving ACPI hotplug notification events.  For each device object in this
-hierarchy there is a corresponding symbolic link in the
-/sys/bus/acpi/devices.
-This document illustrates the structure of the ACPI device tree.
-
-
-Credit:
-
-Thanks for the help from Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com> and Rafael J.
-Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>.
-
-
-1. ACPI Definition Blocks
-
-   The ACPI firmware sets up RSDP (Root System Description Pointer) in the
-   system memory address space pointing to the XSDT (Extended System
-   Description Table).  The XSDT always points to the FADT (Fixed ACPI
-   Description Table) using its first entry, the data within the FADT
-   includes various fixed-length entries that describe fixed ACPI features
-   of the hardware.  The FADT contains a pointer to the DSDT
-   (Differentiated System Descripition Table).  The XSDT also contains
-   entries pointing to possibly multiple SSDTs (Secondary System
-   Description Table).
-
-   The DSDT and SSDT data is organized in data structures called definition
-   blocks that contain definitions of various objects, including ACPI
-   control methods, encoded in AML (ACPI Machine Language).  The data block
-   of the DSDT along with the contents of SSDTs represents a hierarchical
-   data structure called the ACPI namespace whose topology reflects the
-   structure of the underlying hardware platform.
-
-   The relationships between ACPI System Definition Tables described above
-   are illustrated in the following diagram.
-
-     +---------+    +-------+    +--------+    +------------------------+
-     |  RSDP   | +->| XSDT  | +->|  FADT  |    |  +-------------------+ |
-     +---------+ |  +-------+ |  +--------+  +-|->|       DSDT        | |
-     | Pointer | |  | Entry |-+  | ...... |  | |  +-------------------+ |
-     +---------+ |  +-------+    | X_DSDT |--+ |  | Definition Blocks | |
-     | Pointer |-+  | ..... |    | ...... |    |  +-------------------+ |
-     +---------+    +-------+    +--------+    |  +-------------------+ |
-                    | Entry |------------------|->|       SSDT        | |
-                    +- - - -+                  |  +-------------------| |
-                    | Entry | - - - - - - - -+ |  | Definition Blocks | |
-                    +- - - -+                | |  +-------------------+ |
-                                             | |  +- - - - - - - - - -+ |
-                                             +-|->|       SSDT        | |
-                                               |  +-------------------+ |
-                                               |  | Definition Blocks | |
-                                               |  +- - - - - - - - - -+ |
-                                               +------------------------+
-                                                           |
-                                              OSPM Loading |
-                                                          \|/
-                                                    +----------------+
-                                                    | ACPI Namespace |
-                                                    +----------------+
-
-                     Figure 1. ACPI Definition Blocks
-
-   NOTE: RSDP can also contain a pointer to the RSDT (Root System
-         Description Table).  Platforms provide RSDT to enable
-         compatibility with ACPI 1.0 operating systems.  The OS is expected
-         to use XSDT, if present.
-
-
-2. Example ACPI Namespace
-
-   All definition blocks are loaded into a single namespace.  The namespace
-   is a hierarchy of objects identified by names and paths.
-   The following naming conventions apply to object names in the ACPI
-   namespace:
-   1. All names are 32 bits long.
-   2. The first byte of a name must be one of 'A' - 'Z', '_'.
-   3. Each of the remaining bytes of a name must be one of 'A' - 'Z', '0'
-      - '9', '_'.
-   4. Names starting with '_' are reserved by the ACPI specification.
-   5. The '\' symbol represents the root of the namespace (i.e. names
-      prepended with '\' are relative to the namespace root).
-   6. The '^' symbol represents the parent of the current namespace node
-      (i.e. names prepended with '^' are relative to the parent of the
-      current namespace node).
-
-   The figure below shows an example ACPI namespace.
-
-   +------+
-   | \    |                     Root
-   +------+
-     |
-     | +------+
-     +-| _PR  |                 Scope(_PR): the processor namespace
-     | +------+
-     |   |
-     |   | +------+
-     |   +-| CPU0 |             Processor(CPU0): the first processor
-     |     +------+
-     |
-     | +------+
-     +-| _SB  |                 Scope(_SB): the system bus namespace
-     | +------+
-     |   |
-     |   | +------+
-     |   +-| LID0 |             Device(LID0); the lid device
-     |   | +------+
-     |   |   |
-     |   |   | +------+
-     |   |   +-| _HID |         Name(_HID, "PNP0C0D"): the hardware ID
-     |   |   | +------+
-     |   |   |
-     |   |   | +------+
-     |   |   +-| _STA |         Method(_STA): the status control method
-     |   |     +------+
-     |   |
-     |   | +------+
-     |   +-| PCI0 |             Device(PCI0); the PCI root bridge
-     |     +------+
-     |       |
-     |       | +------+
-     |       +-| _HID |         Name(_HID, "PNP0A08"): the hardware ID
-     |       | +------+
-     |       |
-     |       | +------+
-     |       +-| _CID |         Name(_CID, "PNP0A03"): the compatible ID
-     |       | +------+
-     |       |
-     |       | +------+
-     |       +-| RP03 |         Scope(RP03): the PCI0 power scope
-     |       | +------+
-     |       |   |
-     |       |   | +------+
-     |       |   +-| PXP3 |     PowerResource(PXP3): the PCI0 power resource
-     |       |     +------+
-     |       |
-     |       | +------+
-     |       +-| GFX0 |         Device(GFX0): the graphics adapter
-     |         +------+
-     |           |
-     |           | +------+
-     |           +-| _ADR |     Name(_ADR, 0x00020000): the PCI bus address
-     |           | +------+
-     |           |
-     |           | +------+
-     |           +-| DD01 |     Device(DD01): the LCD output device
-     |             +------+
-     |               |
-     |               | +------+
-     |               +-| _BCL | Method(_BCL): the backlight control method
-     |                 +------+
-     |
-     | +------+
-     +-| _TZ  |                 Scope(_TZ): the thermal zone namespace
-     | +------+
-     |   |
-     |   | +------+
-     |   +-| FN00 |             PowerResource(FN00): the FAN0 power resource
-     |   | +------+
-     |   |
-     |   | +------+
-     |   +-| FAN0 |             Device(FAN0): the FAN0 cooling device
-     |   | +------+
-     |   |   |
-     |   |   | +------+
-     |   |   +-| _HID |         Name(_HID, "PNP0A0B"): the hardware ID
-     |   |     +------+
-     |   |
-     |   | +------+
-     |   +-| TZ00 |             ThermalZone(TZ00); the FAN thermal zone
-     |     +------+
-     |
-     | +------+
-     +-| _GPE |                 Scope(_GPE): the GPE namespace
-       +------+
-
-                     Figure 2. Example ACPI Namespace
-
-
-3. Linux ACPI Device Objects
-
-   The Linux kernel's core ACPI subsystem creates struct acpi_device
-   objects for ACPI namespace objects representing devices, power resources
-   processors, thermal zones.  Those objects are exported to user space via
-   sysfs as directories in the subtree under /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00.  The
-   format of their names is <bus_id:instance>, where 'bus_id' refers to the
-   ACPI namespace representation of the given object and 'instance' is used
-   for distinguishing different object of the same 'bus_id' (it is
-   two-digit decimal representation of an unsigned integer).
-
-   The value of 'bus_id' depends on the type of the object whose name it is
-   part of as listed in the table below.
-
-                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
-                |   | Object/Feature  | Table | bus_id   |
-                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
-                | N | Root            | xSDT  | LNXSYSTM |
-                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
-                | N | Device          | xSDT  | _HID     |
-                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
-                | N | Processor       | xSDT  | LNXCPU   |
-                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
-                | N | ThermalZone     | xSDT  | LNXTHERM |
-                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
-                | N | PowerResource   | xSDT  | LNXPOWER |
-                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
-                | N | Other Devices   | xSDT  | device   |
-                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
-                | F | PWR_BUTTON      | FADT  | LNXPWRBN |
-                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
-                | F | SLP_BUTTON      | FADT  | LNXSLPBN |
-                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
-                | M | Video Extension | xSDT  | LNXVIDEO |
-                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
-                | M | ATA Controller  | xSDT  | LNXIOBAY |
-                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
-                | M | Docking Station | xSDT  | LNXDOCK  |
-                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
-
-                 Table 1. ACPI Namespace Objects Mapping
-
-   The following rules apply when creating struct acpi_device objects on
-   the basis of the contents of ACPI System Description Tables (as
-   indicated by the letter in the first column and the notation in the
-   second column of the table above):
-   N:
-      The object's source is an ACPI namespace node (as indicated by the
-      named object's type in the second column).  In that case the object's
-      directory in sysfs will contain the 'path' attribute whose value is
-      the full path to the node from the namespace root.
-   F:
-      The struct acpi_device object is created for a fixed hardware
-      feature (as indicated by the fixed feature flag's name in the second
-      column), so its sysfs directory will not contain the 'path'
-      attribute.
-   M:
-      The struct acpi_device object is created for an ACPI namespace node
-      with specific control methods (as indicated by the ACPI defined
-      device's type in the second column).  The 'path' attribute containing
-      its namespace path will be present in its sysfs directory.  For
-      example, if the _BCL method is present for an ACPI namespace node, a
-      struct acpi_device object with LNXVIDEO 'bus_id' will be created for
-      it.
-
-   The third column of the above table indicates which ACPI System
-   Description Tables contain information used for the creation of the
-   struct acpi_device objects represented by the given row (xSDT means DSDT
-   or SSDT).
-
-   The forth column of the above table indicates the 'bus_id' generation
-   rule of the struct acpi_device object:
-   _HID:
-      _HID in the last column of the table means that the object's bus_id
-      is derived from the _HID/_CID identification objects present under
-      the corresponding ACPI namespace node. The object's sysfs directory
-      will then contain the 'hid' and 'modalias' attributes that can be
-      used to retrieve the _HID and _CIDs of that object.
-   LNXxxxxx:
-      The 'modalias' attribute is also present for struct acpi_device
-      objects having bus_id of the "LNXxxxxx" form (pseudo devices), in
-      which cases it contains the bus_id string itself.
-   device:
-      'device' in the last column of the table indicates that the object's
-      bus_id cannot be determined from _HID/_CID of the corresponding
-      ACPI namespace node, although that object represents a device (for
-      example, it may be a PCI device with _ADR defined and without _HID
-      or _CID).  In that case the string 'device' will be used as the
-      object's bus_id.
-
-
-4. Linux ACPI Physical Device Glue
-
-   ACPI device (i.e. struct acpi_device) objects may be linked to other
-   objects in the Linux' device hierarchy that represent "physical" devices
-   (for example, devices on the PCI bus).  If that happens, it means that
-   the ACPI device object is a "companion" of a device otherwise
-   represented in a different way and is used (1) to provide configuration
-   information on that device which cannot be obtained by other means and
-   (2) to do specific things to the device with the help of its ACPI
-   control methods.  One ACPI device object may be linked this way to
-   multiple "physical" devices.
-
-   If an ACPI device object is linked to a "physical" device, its sysfs
-   directory contains the "physical_node" symbolic link to the sysfs
-   directory of the target device object.  In turn, the target device's
-   sysfs directory will then contain the "firmware_node" symbolic link to
-   the sysfs directory of the companion ACPI device object.
-   The linking mechanism relies on device identification provided by the
-   ACPI namespace.  For example, if there's an ACPI namespace object
-   representing a PCI device (i.e. a device object under an ACPI namespace
-   object representing a PCI bridge) whose _ADR returns 0x00020000 and the
-   bus number of the parent PCI bridge is 0, the sysfs directory
-   representing the struct acpi_device object created for that ACPI
-   namespace object will contain the 'physical_node' symbolic link to the
-   /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:02:0/ sysfs directory of the
-   corresponding PCI device.
-
-   The linking mechanism is generally bus-specific.  The core of its
-   implementation is located in the drivers/acpi/glue.c file, but there are
-   complementary parts depending on the bus types in question located
-   elsewhere.  For example, the PCI-specific part of it is located in
-   drivers/pci/pci-acpi.c.
-
-
-5. Example Linux ACPI Device Tree
-
-   The sysfs hierarchy of struct acpi_device objects corresponding to the
-   example ACPI namespace illustrated in Figure 2 with the addition of
-   fixed PWR_BUTTON/SLP_BUTTON devices is shown below.
-
-   +--------------+---+-----------------+
-   | LNXSYSTEM:00 | \ | acpi:LNXSYSTEM: |
-   +--------------+---+-----------------+
-     |
-     | +-------------+-----+----------------+
-     +-| LNXPWRBN:00 | N/A | acpi:LNXPWRBN: |
-     | +-------------+-----+----------------+
-     |
-     | +-------------+-----+----------------+
-     +-| LNXSLPBN:00 | N/A | acpi:LNXSLPBN: |
-     | +-------------+-----+----------------+
-     |
-     | +-----------+------------+--------------+
-     +-| LNXCPU:00 | \_PR_.CPU0 | acpi:LNXCPU: |
-     | +-----------+------------+--------------+
-     |
-     | +-------------+-------+----------------+
-     +-| LNXSYBUS:00 | \_SB_ | acpi:LNXSYBUS: |
-     | +-------------+-------+----------------+
-     |   |
-     |   | +- - - - - - - +- - - - - - +- - - - - - - -+
-     |   +-| PNP0C0D:00 | \_SB_.LID0 | acpi:PNP0C0D: |
-     |   | +- - - - - - - +- - - - - - +- - - - - - - -+
-     |   |
-     |   | +------------+------------+-----------------------+
-     |   +-| PNP0A08:00 | \_SB_.PCI0 | acpi:PNP0A08:PNP0A03: |
-     |     +------------+------------+-----------------------+
-     |       |
-     |       | +-----------+-----------------+-----+
-     |       +-| device:00 | \_SB_.PCI0.RP03 | N/A |
-     |       | +-----------+-----------------+-----+
-     |       |   |
-     |       |   | +-------------+----------------------+----------------+
-     |       |   +-| LNXPOWER:00 | \_SB_.PCI0.RP03.PXP3 | acpi:LNXPOWER: |
-     |       |     +-------------+----------------------+----------------+
-     |       |
-     |       | +-------------+-----------------+----------------+
-     |       +-| LNXVIDEO:00 | \_SB_.PCI0.GFX0 | acpi:LNXVIDEO: |
-     |         +-------------+-----------------+----------------+
-     |           |
-     |           | +-----------+-----------------+-----+
-     |           +-| device:01 | \_SB_.PCI0.DD01 | N/A |
-     |             +-----------+-----------------+-----+
-     |
-     | +-------------+-------+----------------+
-     +-| LNXSYBUS:01 | \_TZ_ | acpi:LNXSYBUS: |
-       +-------------+-------+----------------+
-         |
-         | +-------------+------------+----------------+
-         +-| LNXPOWER:0a | \_TZ_.FN00 | acpi:LNXPOWER: |
-         | +-------------+------------+----------------+
-         |
-         | +------------+------------+---------------+
-         +-| PNP0C0B:00 | \_TZ_.FAN0 | acpi:PNP0C0B: |
-         | +------------+------------+---------------+
-         |
-         | +-------------+------------+----------------+
-         +-| LNXTHERM:00 | \_TZ_.TZ00 | acpi:LNXTHERM: |
-           +-------------+------------+----------------+
-
-                  Figure 3. Example Linux ACPI Device Tree
-
-   NOTE: Each node is represented as "object/path/modalias", where:
-         1. 'object' is the name of the object's directory in sysfs.
-         2. 'path' is the ACPI namespace path of the corresponding
-            ACPI namespace object, as returned by the object's 'path'
-            sysfs attribute.
-         3. 'modalias' is the value of the object's 'modalias' sysfs
-            attribute (as described earlier in this document).
-   NOTE: N/A indicates the device object does not have the 'path' or the
-         'modalias' attribute.
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/osi.txt b/Documentation/acpi/osi.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 50cde0ceb9b0..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/osi.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-ACPI _OSI and _REV methods
---------------------------
-
-An ACPI BIOS can use the "Operating System Interfaces" method (_OSI)
-to find out what the operating system supports. Eg. If BIOS
-AML code includes _OSI("XYZ"), the kernel's AML interpreter
-can evaluate that method, look to see if it supports 'XYZ'
-and answer YES or NO to the BIOS.
-
-The ACPI _REV method returns the "Revision of the ACPI specification
-that OSPM supports"
-
-This document explains how and why the BIOS and Linux should use these methods.
-It also explains how and why they are widely misused.
-
-How to use _OSI
----------------
-
-Linux runs on two groups of machines -- those that are tested by the OEM
-to be compatible with Linux, and those that were never tested with Linux,
-but where Linux was installed to replace the original OS (Windows or OSX).
-
-The larger group is the systems tested to run only Windows.  Not only that,
-but many were tested to run with just one specific version of Windows.
-So even though the BIOS may use _OSI to query what version of Windows is running,
-only a single path through the BIOS has actually been tested.
-Experience shows that taking untested paths through the BIOS
-exposes Linux to an entire category of BIOS bugs.
-For this reason, Linux _OSI defaults must continue to claim compatibility
-with all versions of Windows.
-
-But Linux isn't actually compatible with Windows, and the Linux community
-has also been hurt with regressions when Linux adds the latest version of
-Windows to its list of _OSI strings.  So it is possible that additional strings
-will be more thoroughly vetted before shipping upstream in the future.
-But it is likely that they will all eventually be added.
-
-What should an OEM do if they want to support Linux and Windows
-using the same BIOS image?  Often they need to do something different
-for Linux to deal with how Linux is different from Windows.
-Here the BIOS should ask exactly what it wants to know:
-
-_OSI("Linux-OEM-my_interface_name")
-where 'OEM' is needed if this is an OEM-specific hook,
-and 'my_interface_name' describes the hook, which could be a
-quirk, a bug, or a bug-fix.
-
-In addition, the OEM should send a patch to upstream Linux
-via the linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org mailing list.  When that patch
-is checked into Linux, the OS will answer "YES" when the BIOS
-on the OEM's system uses _OSI to ask if the interface is supported
-by the OS.  Linux distributors can back-port that patch for Linux
-pre-installs, and it will be included by all distributions that
-re-base to upstream.  If the distribution can not update the kernel binary,
-they can also add an acpi_osi=Linux-OEM-my_interface_name
-cmdline parameter to the boot loader, as needed.
-
-If the string refers to a feature where the upstream kernel
-eventually grows support, a patch should be sent to remove
-the string when that support is added to the kernel.
-
-That was easy.  Read on, to find out how to do it wrong.
-
-Before _OSI, there was _OS
---------------------------
-
-ACPI 1.0 specified "_OS" as an
-"object that evaluates to a string that identifies the operating system."
-
-The ACPI BIOS flow would include an evaluation of _OS, and the AML
-interpreter in the kernel would return to it a string identifying the OS:
-
-Windows 98, SE: "Microsoft Windows"
-Windows ME: "Microsoft WindowsME:Millenium Edition"
-Windows NT: "Microsoft Windows NT"
-
-The idea was on a platform tasked with running multiple OS's,
-the BIOS could use _OS to enable devices that an OS
-might support, or enable quirks or bug workarounds
-necessary to make the platform compatible with that pre-existing OS.
-
-But _OS had fundamental problems.  First, the BIOS needed to know the name
-of every possible version of the OS that would run on it, and needed to know
-all the quirks of those OS's.  Certainly it would make more sense
-for the BIOS to ask *specific* things of the OS, such
-"do you support a specific interface", and thus in ACPI 3.0,
-_OSI was born to replace _OS.
-
-_OS was abandoned, though even today, many BIOS look for
-_OS "Microsoft Windows NT", though it seems somewhat far-fetched
-that anybody would install those old operating systems
-over what came with the machine.
-
-Linux answers "Microsoft Windows NT" to please that BIOS idiom.
-That is the *only* viable strategy, as that is what modern Windows does,
-and so doing otherwise could steer the BIOS down an untested path.
-
-_OSI is born, and immediately misused
---------------------------------------
-
-With _OSI, the *BIOS* provides the string describing an interface,
-and asks the OS: "YES/NO, are you compatible with this interface?"
-
-eg. _OSI("3.0 Thermal Model") would return TRUE if the OS knows how
-to deal with the thermal extensions made to the ACPI 3.0 specification.
-An old OS that doesn't know about those extensions would answer FALSE,
-and a new OS may be able to return TRUE.
-
-For an OS-specific interface, the ACPI spec said that the BIOS and the OS
-were to agree on a string of the form such as "Windows-interface_name".
-
-But two bad things happened.  First, the Windows ecosystem used _OSI
-not as designed, but as a direct replacement for _OS -- identifying
-the OS version, rather than an OS supported interface.  Indeed, right
-from the start, the ACPI 3.0 spec itself codified this misuse
-in example code using _OSI("Windows 2001").
-
-This misuse was adopted and continues today.
-
-Linux had no choice but to also return TRUE to _OSI("Windows 2001")
-and its successors.  To do otherwise would virtually guarantee breaking
-a BIOS that has been tested only with that _OSI returning TRUE.
-
-This strategy is problematic, as Linux is never completely compatible with
-the latest version of Windows, and sometimes it takes more than a year
-to iron out incompatibilities.
-
-Not to be out-done, the Linux community made things worse by returning TRUE
-to _OSI("Linux").  Doing so is even worse than the Windows misuse
-of _OSI, as "Linux" does not even contain any version information.
-_OSI("Linux") led to some BIOS' malfunctioning due to BIOS writer's
-using it in untested BIOS flows.  But some OEM's used _OSI("Linux")
-in tested flows to support real Linux features.  In 2009, Linux
-removed _OSI("Linux"), and added a cmdline parameter to restore it
-for legacy systems still needed it.  Further a BIOS_BUG warning prints
-for all BIOS's that invoke it.
-
-No BIOS should use _OSI("Linux").
-
-The result is a strategy for Linux to maximize compatibility with
-ACPI BIOS that are tested on Windows machines.  There is a real risk
-of over-stating that compatibility; but the alternative has often been
-catastrophic failure resulting from the BIOS taking paths that
-were never validated under *any* OS.
-
-Do not use _REV
----------------
-
-Since _OSI("Linux") went away, some BIOS writers used _REV
-to support Linux and Windows differences in the same BIOS.
-
-_REV was defined in ACPI 1.0 to return the version of ACPI
-supported by the OS and the OS AML interpreter.
-
-Modern Windows returns _REV = 2.  Linux used ACPI_CA_SUPPORT_LEVEL,
-which would increment, based on the version of the spec supported.
-
-Unfortunately, _REV was also misused.  eg. some BIOS would check
-for _REV = 3, and do something for Linux, but when Linux returned
-_REV = 4, that support broke.
-
-In response to this problem, Linux returns _REV = 2 always,
-from mid-2015 onward.  The ACPI specification will also be updated
-to reflect that _REV is deprecated, and always returns 2.
-
-Apple Mac and _OSI("Darwin")
-----------------------------
-
-On Apple's Mac platforms, the ACPI BIOS invokes _OSI("Darwin")
-to determine if the machine is running Apple OSX.
-
-Like Linux's _OSI("*Windows*") strategy, Linux defaults to
-answering YES to _OSI("Darwin") to enable full access
-to the hardware and validated BIOS paths seen by OSX.
-Just like on Windows-tested platforms, this strategy has risks.
-
-Starting in Linux-3.18, the kernel answered YES to _OSI("Darwin")
-for the purpose of enabling Mac Thunderbolt support.  Further,
-if the kernel noticed _OSI("Darwin") being invoked, it additionally
-disabled all _OSI("*Windows*") to keep poorly written Mac BIOS
-from going down untested combinations of paths.
-
-The Linux-3.18 change in default caused power regressions on Mac
-laptops, and the 3.18 implementation did not allow changing
-the default via cmdline "acpi_osi=!Darwin".  Linux-4.7 fixed
-the ability to use acpi_osi=!Darwin as a workaround, and
-we hope to see Mac Thunderbolt power management support in Linux-4.11.
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt b/Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 3246ccf15992..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/scan_handlers.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-ACPI Scan Handlers
-
-Copyright (C) 2012, Intel Corporation
-Author: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
-
-During system initialization and ACPI-based device hot-add, the ACPI namespace
-is scanned in search of device objects that generally represent various pieces
-of hardware.  This causes a struct acpi_device object to be created and
-registered with the driver core for every device object in the ACPI namespace
-and the hierarchy of those struct acpi_device objects reflects the namespace
-layout (i.e. parent device objects in the namespace are represented by parent
-struct acpi_device objects and analogously for their children).  Those struct
-acpi_device objects are referred to as "device nodes" in what follows, but they
-should not be confused with struct device_node objects used by the Device Trees
-parsing code (although their role is analogous to the role of those objects).
-
-During ACPI-based device hot-remove device nodes representing pieces of hardware
-being removed are unregistered and deleted.
-
-The core ACPI namespace scanning code in drivers/acpi/scan.c carries out basic
-initialization of device nodes, such as retrieving common configuration
-information from the device objects represented by them and populating them with
-appropriate data, but some of them require additional handling after they have
-been registered.  For example, if the given device node represents a PCI host
-bridge, its registration should cause the PCI bus under that bridge to be
-enumerated and PCI devices on that bus to be registered with the driver core.
-Similarly, if the device node represents a PCI interrupt link, it is necessary
-to configure that link so that the kernel can use it.
-
-Those additional configuration tasks usually depend on the type of the hardware
-component represented by the given device node which can be determined on the
-basis of the device node's hardware ID (HID).  They are performed by objects
-called ACPI scan handlers represented by the following structure:
-
-struct acpi_scan_handler {
-	const struct acpi_device_id *ids;
-	struct list_head list_node;
-	int (*attach)(struct acpi_device *dev, const struct acpi_device_id *id);
-	void (*detach)(struct acpi_device *dev);
-};
-
-where ids is the list of IDs of device nodes the given handler is supposed to
-take care of, list_node is the hook to the global list of ACPI scan handlers
-maintained by the ACPI core and the .attach() and .detach() callbacks are
-executed, respectively, after registration of new device nodes and before
-unregistration of device nodes the handler attached to previously.
-
-The namespace scanning function, acpi_bus_scan(), first registers all of the
-device nodes in the given namespace scope with the driver core.  Then, it tries
-to match a scan handler against each of them using the ids arrays of the
-available scan handlers.  If a matching scan handler is found, its .attach()
-callback is executed for the given device node.  If that callback returns 1,
-that means that the handler has claimed the device node and is now responsible
-for carrying out any additional configuration tasks related to it.  It also will
-be responsible for preparing the device node for unregistration in that case.
-The device node's handler field is then populated with the address of the scan
-handler that has claimed it.
-
-If the .attach() callback returns 0, it means that the device node is not
-interesting to the given scan handler and may be matched against the next scan
-handler in the list.  If it returns a (negative) error code, that means that
-the namespace scan should be terminated due to a serious error.  The error code
-returned should then reflect the type of the error.
-
-The namespace trimming function, acpi_bus_trim(), first executes .detach()
-callbacks from the scan handlers of all device nodes in the given namespace
-scope (if they have scan handlers).  Next, it unregisters all of the device
-nodes in that scope.
-
-ACPI scan handlers can be added to the list maintained by the ACPI core with the
-help of the acpi_scan_add_handler() function taking a pointer to the new scan
-handler as an argument.  The order in which scan handlers are added to the list
-is the order in which they are matched against device nodes during namespace
-scans.
-
-All scan handles must be added to the list before acpi_bus_scan() is run for the
-first time and they cannot be removed from it.
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/ssdt-overlays.txt b/Documentation/acpi/ssdt-overlays.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ae13f161ea2..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/ssdt-overlays.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-
-In order to support ACPI open-ended hardware configurations (e.g. development
-boards) we need a way to augment the ACPI configuration provided by the firmware
-image. A common example is connecting sensors on I2C / SPI buses on development
-boards.
-
-Although this can be accomplished by creating a kernel platform driver or
-recompiling the firmware image with updated ACPI tables, neither is practical:
-the former proliferates board specific kernel code while the latter requires
-access to firmware tools which are often not publicly available.
-
-Because ACPI supports external references in AML code a more practical
-way to augment firmware ACPI configuration is by dynamically loading
-user defined SSDT tables that contain the board specific information.
-
-For example, to enumerate a Bosch BMA222E accelerometer on the I2C bus of the
-Minnowboard MAX development board exposed via the LSE connector [1], the
-following ASL code can be used:
-
-DefinitionBlock ("minnowmax.aml", "SSDT", 1, "Vendor", "Accel", 0x00000003)
-{
-    External (\_SB.I2C6, DeviceObj)
-
-    Scope (\_SB.I2C6)
-    {
-        Device (STAC)
-        {
-            Name (_ADR, Zero)
-            Name (_HID, "BMA222E")
-
-            Method (_CRS, 0, Serialized)
-            {
-                Name (RBUF, ResourceTemplate ()
-                {
-                    I2cSerialBus (0x0018, ControllerInitiated, 0x00061A80,
-                                  AddressingMode7Bit, "\\_SB.I2C6", 0x00,
-                                  ResourceConsumer, ,)
-                    GpioInt (Edge, ActiveHigh, Exclusive, PullDown, 0x0000,
-                             "\\_SB.GPO2", 0x00, ResourceConsumer, , )
-                    { // Pin list
-                        0
-                    }
-                })
-                Return (RBUF)
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-which can then be compiled to AML binary format:
-
-$ iasl minnowmax.asl
-
-Intel ACPI Component Architecture
-ASL Optimizing Compiler version 20140214-64 [Mar 29 2014]
-Copyright (c) 2000 - 2014 Intel Corporation
-
-ASL Input:     minnomax.asl - 30 lines, 614 bytes, 7 keywords
-AML Output:    minnowmax.aml - 165 bytes, 6 named objects, 1 executable opcodes
-
-[1] http://wiki.minnowboard.org/MinnowBoard_MAX#Low_Speed_Expansion_Connector_.28Top.29
-
-The resulting AML code can then be loaded by the kernel using one of the methods
-below.
-
-== Loading ACPI SSDTs from initrd ==
-
-This option allows loading of user defined SSDTs from initrd and it is useful
-when the system does not support EFI or when there is not enough EFI storage.
-
-It works in a similar way with initrd based ACPI tables override/upgrade: SSDT
-aml code must be placed in the first, uncompressed, initrd under the
-"kernel/firmware/acpi" path. Multiple files can be used and this will translate
-in loading multiple tables. Only SSDT and OEM tables are allowed. See
-initrd_table_override.txt for more details.
-
-Here is an example:
-
-# Add the raw ACPI tables to an uncompressed cpio archive.
-# They must be put into a /kernel/firmware/acpi directory inside the
-# cpio archive.
-# The uncompressed cpio archive must be the first.
-# Other, typically compressed cpio archives, must be
-# concatenated on top of the uncompressed one.
-mkdir -p kernel/firmware/acpi
-cp ssdt.aml kernel/firmware/acpi
-
-# Create the uncompressed cpio archive and concatenate the original initrd
-# on top:
-find kernel | cpio -H newc --create > /boot/instrumented_initrd
-cat /boot/initrd >>/boot/instrumented_initrd
-
-== Loading ACPI SSDTs from EFI variables ==
-
-This is the preferred method, when EFI is supported on the platform, because it
-allows a persistent, OS independent way of storing the user defined SSDTs. There
-is also work underway to implement EFI support for loading user defined SSDTs
-and using this method will make it easier to convert to the EFI loading
-mechanism when that will arrive.
-
-In order to load SSDTs from an EFI variable the efivar_ssdt kernel command line
-parameter can be used. The argument for the option is the variable name to
-use. If there are multiple variables with the same name but with different
-vendor GUIDs, all of them will be loaded.
-
-In order to store the AML code in an EFI variable the efivarfs filesystem can be
-used. It is enabled and mounted by default in /sys/firmware/efi/efivars in all
-recent distribution.
-
-Creating a new file in /sys/firmware/efi/efivars will automatically create a new
-EFI variable. Updating a file in /sys/firmware/efi/efivars will update the EFI
-variable. Please note that the file name needs to be specially formatted as
-"Name-GUID" and that the first 4 bytes in the file (little-endian format)
-represent the attributes of the EFI variable (see EFI_VARIABLE_MASK in
-include/linux/efi.h). Writing to the file must also be done with one write
-operation.
-
-For example, you can use the following bash script to create/update an EFI
-variable with the content from a given file:
-
-#!/bin/sh -e
-
-while ! [ -z "$1" ]; do
-        case "$1" in
-        "-f") filename="$2"; shift;;
-        "-g") guid="$2"; shift;;
-        *) name="$1";;
-        esac
-        shift
-done
-
-usage()
-{
-        echo "Syntax: ${0##*/} -f filename [ -g guid ] name"
-        exit 1
-}
-
-[ -n "$name" -a -f "$filename" ] || usage
-
-EFIVARFS="/sys/firmware/efi/efivars"
-
-[ -d "$EFIVARFS" ] || exit 2
-
-if stat -tf $EFIVARFS | grep -q -v de5e81e4; then
-        mount -t efivarfs none $EFIVARFS
-fi
-
-# try to pick up an existing GUID
-[ -n "$guid" ] || guid=$(find "$EFIVARFS" -name "$name-*" | head -n1 | cut -f2- -d-)
-
-# use a randomly generated GUID
-[ -n "$guid" ] || guid="$(cat /proc/sys/kernel/random/uuid)"
-
-# efivarfs expects all of the data in one write
-tmp=$(mktemp)
-/bin/echo -ne "\007\000\000\000" | cat - $filename > $tmp
-dd if=$tmp of="$EFIVARFS/$name-$guid" bs=$(stat -c %s $tmp)
-rm $tmp
-
-== Loading ACPI SSDTs from configfs ==
-
-This option allows loading of user defined SSDTs from userspace via the configfs
-interface. The CONFIG_ACPI_CONFIGFS option must be select and configfs must be
-mounted. In the following examples, we assume that configfs has been mounted in
-/config.
-
-New tables can be loading by creating new directories in /config/acpi/table/ and
-writing the SSDT aml code in the aml attribute:
-
-cd /config/acpi/table
-mkdir my_ssdt
-cat ~/ssdt.aml > my_ssdt/aml
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/video_extension.txt b/Documentation/acpi/video_extension.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 79bf6a4921be..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/acpi/video_extension.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-ACPI video extensions
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-This driver implement the ACPI Extensions For Display Adapters for
-integrated graphics devices on motherboard, as specified in ACPI 2.0
-Specification, Appendix B, allowing to perform some basic control like
-defining the video POST device, retrieving EDID information or to
-setup a video output, etc.  Note that this is an ref. implementation
-only.  It may or may not work for your integrated video device.
-
-The ACPI video driver does 3 things regarding backlight control:
-
-1 Export a sysfs interface for user space to control backlight level
-
-If the ACPI table has a video device, and acpi_backlight=vendor kernel
-command line is not present, the driver will register a backlight device
-and set the required backlight operation structure for it for the sysfs
-interface control. For every registered class device, there will be a
-directory named acpi_videoX under /sys/class/backlight.
-
-The backlight sysfs interface has a standard definition here:
-Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight.
-
-And what ACPI video driver does is:
-actual_brightness: on read, control method _BQC will be evaluated to
-get the brightness level the firmware thinks it is at;
-bl_power: not implemented, will set the current brightness instead;
-brightness: on write, control method _BCM will run to set the requested
-brightness level;
-max_brightness: Derived from the _BCL package(see below);
-type: firmware
-
-Note that ACPI video backlight driver will always use index for
-brightness, actual_brightness and max_brightness. So if we have
-the following _BCL package:
-
-Method (_BCL, 0, NotSerialized)
-{
-	Return (Package (0x0C)
-	{
-		0x64,
-		0x32,
-		0x0A,
-		0x14,
-		0x1E,
-		0x28,
-		0x32,
-		0x3C,
-		0x46,
-		0x50,
-		0x5A,
-		0x64
-	})
-}
-
-The first two levels are for when laptop are on AC or on battery and are
-not used by Linux currently. The remaining 10 levels are supported levels
-that we can choose from. The applicable index values are from 0 (that
-corresponds to the 0x0A brightness value) to 9 (that corresponds to the
-0x64 brightness value) inclusive. Each of those index values is regarded
-as a "brightness level" indicator. Thus from the user space perspective
-the range of available brightness levels is from 0 to 9 (max_brightness)
-inclusive.
-
-2 Notify user space about hotkey event
-
-There are generally two cases for hotkey event reporting:
-i) For some laptops, when user presses the hotkey, a scancode will be
-   generated and sent to user space through the input device created by
-   the keyboard driver as a key type input event, with proper remap, the
-   following key code will appear to user space:
-
-	EV_KEY, KEY_BRIGHTNESSUP
-	EV_KEY, KEY_BRIGHTNESSDOWN
-	etc.
-
-For this case, ACPI video driver does not need to do anything(actually,
-it doesn't even know this happened).
-
-ii) For some laptops, the press of the hotkey will not generate the
-    scancode, instead, firmware will notify the video device ACPI node
-    about the event. The event value is defined in the ACPI spec. ACPI
-    video driver will generate an key type input event according to the
-    notify value it received and send the event to user space through the
-    input device it created:
-
-	event		keycode
-	0x86		KEY_BRIGHTNESSUP
-	0x87		KEY_BRIGHTNESSDOWN
-	etc.
-
-so this would lead to the same effect as case i) now.
-
-Once user space tool receives this event, it can modify the backlight
-level through the sysfs interface.
-
-3 Change backlight level in the kernel
-
-This works for machines covered by case ii) in Section 2. Once the driver
-received a notification, it will set the backlight level accordingly. This does
-not affect the sending of event to user space, they are always sent to user
-space regardless of whether or not the video module controls the backlight level
-directly. This behaviour can be controlled through the brightness_switch_enabled
-module parameter as documented in admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst. It is recommended to
-disable this behaviour once a GUI environment starts up and wants to have full
-control of the backlight level.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/SELinux.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/SELinux.rst
index f722c9b4173a..520a1c2c6fd2 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/SELinux.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/SELinux.rst
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ If you want to use SELinux, chances are you will want
 to use the distro-provided policies, or install the
 latest reference policy release from
 
-	http://oss.tresys.com/projects/refpolicy
+	https://github.com/SELinuxProject/refpolicy
 
 However, if you want to install a dummy policy for
 testing, you can do using ``mdp`` provided under
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/SafeSetID.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/SafeSetID.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..212434ef65ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/SafeSetID.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+=========
+SafeSetID
+=========
+SafeSetID is an LSM module that gates the setid family of syscalls to restrict
+UID/GID transitions from a given UID/GID to only those approved by a
+system-wide whitelist. These restrictions also prohibit the given UIDs/GIDs
+from obtaining auxiliary privileges associated with CAP_SET{U/G}ID, such as
+allowing a user to set up user namespace UID mappings.
+
+
+Background
+==========
+In absence of file capabilities, processes spawned on a Linux system that need
+to switch to a different user must be spawned with CAP_SETUID privileges.
+CAP_SETUID is granted to programs running as root or those running as a non-root
+user that have been explicitly given the CAP_SETUID runtime capability. It is
+often preferable to use Linux runtime capabilities rather than file
+capabilities, since using file capabilities to run a program with elevated
+privileges opens up possible security holes since any user with access to the
+file can exec() that program to gain the elevated privileges.
+
+While it is possible to implement a tree of processes by giving full
+CAP_SET{U/G}ID capabilities, this is often at odds with the goals of running a
+tree of processes under non-root user(s) in the first place. Specifically,
+since CAP_SETUID allows changing to any user on the system, including the root
+user, it is an overpowered capability for what is needed in this scenario,
+especially since programs often only call setuid() to drop privileges to a
+lesser-privileged user -- not elevate privileges. Unfortunately, there is no
+generally feasible way in Linux to restrict the potential UIDs that a user can
+switch to through setuid() beyond allowing a switch to any user on the system.
+This SafeSetID LSM seeks to provide a solution for restricting setid
+capabilities in such a way.
+
+The main use case for this LSM is to allow a non-root program to transition to
+other untrusted uids without full blown CAP_SETUID capabilities. The non-root
+program would still need CAP_SETUID to do any kind of transition, but the
+additional restrictions imposed by this LSM would mean it is a "safer" version
+of CAP_SETUID since the non-root program cannot take advantage of CAP_SETUID to
+do any unapproved actions (e.g. setuid to uid 0 or create/enter new user
+namespace). The higher level goal is to allow for uid-based sandboxing of system
+services without having to give out CAP_SETUID all over the place just so that
+non-root programs can drop to even-lesser-privileged uids. This is especially
+relevant when one non-root daemon on the system should be allowed to spawn other
+processes as different uids, but its undesirable to give the daemon a
+basically-root-equivalent CAP_SETUID.
+
+
+Other Approaches Considered
+===========================
+
+Solve this problem in userspace
+-------------------------------
+For candidate applications that would like to have restricted setid capabilities
+as implemented in this LSM, an alternative option would be to simply take away
+setid capabilities from the application completely and refactor the process
+spawning semantics in the application (e.g. by using a privileged helper program
+to do process spawning and UID/GID transitions). Unfortunately, there are a
+number of semantics around process spawning that would be affected by this, such
+as fork() calls where the program doesn???t immediately call exec() after the
+fork(), parent processes specifying custom environment variables or command line
+args for spawned child processes, or inheritance of file handles across a
+fork()/exec(). Because of this, as solution that uses a privileged helper in
+userspace would likely be less appealing to incorporate into existing projects
+that rely on certain process-spawning semantics in Linux.
+
+Use user namespaces
+-------------------
+Another possible approach would be to run a given process tree in its own user
+namespace and give programs in the tree setid capabilities. In this way,
+programs in the tree could change to any desired UID/GID in the context of their
+own user namespace, and only approved UIDs/GIDs could be mapped back to the
+initial system user namespace, affectively preventing privilege escalation.
+Unfortunately, it is not generally feasible to use user namespaces in isolation,
+without pairing them with other namespace types, which is not always an option.
+Linux checks for capabilities based off of the user namespace that ???owns??? some
+entity. For example, Linux has the notion that network namespaces are owned by
+the user namespace in which they were created. A consequence of this is that
+capability checks for access to a given network namespace are done by checking
+whether a task has the given capability in the context of the user namespace
+that owns the network namespace -- not necessarily the user namespace under
+which the given task runs. Therefore spawning a process in a new user namespace
+effectively prevents it from accessing the network namespace owned by the
+initial namespace. This is a deal-breaker for any application that expects to
+retain the CAP_NET_ADMIN capability for the purpose of adjusting network
+configurations. Using user namespaces in isolation causes problems regarding
+other system interactions, including use of pid namespaces and device creation.
+
+Use an existing LSM
+-------------------
+None of the other in-tree LSMs have the capability to gate setid transitions, or
+even employ the security_task_fix_setuid hook at all. SELinux says of that hook:
+"Since setuid only affects the current process, and since the SELinux controls
+are not based on the Linux identity attributes, SELinux does not need to control
+this operation."
+
+
+Directions for use
+==================
+This LSM hooks the setid syscalls to make sure transitions are allowed if an
+applicable restriction policy is in place. Policies are configured through
+securityfs by writing to the safesetid/add_whitelist_policy and
+safesetid/flush_whitelist_policies files at the location where securityfs is
+mounted. The format for adding a policy is '<UID>:<UID>', using literal
+numbers, such as '123:456'. To flush the policies, any write to the file is
+sufficient. Again, configuring a policy for a UID will prevent that UID from
+obtaining auxiliary setid privileges, such as allowing a user to set up user
+namespace UID mappings.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/Smack.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/Smack.rst
index 6a5826a13aea..6d44f4fdbf59 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/Smack.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/Smack.rst
@@ -818,6 +818,10 @@ Smack supports some mount options:
 	specifies a label to which all labels set on the
 	filesystem must have read access. Not yet enforced.
 
+  smackfstransmute=label:
+	behaves exactly like smackfsroot except that it also
+	sets the transmute flag on the root of the mount
+
 These mount options apply to all file system types.
 
 Smack auditing
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/index.rst
index c980dfe9abf1..a6ba95fbaa9f 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/LSM/index.rst
@@ -17,9 +17,8 @@ MAC extensions, other extensions can be built using the LSM to provide
 specific changes to system operation when these tweaks are not available
 in the core functionality of Linux itself.
 
-Without a specific LSM built into the kernel, the default LSM will be the
-Linux capabilities system. Most LSMs choose to extend the capabilities
-system, building their checks on top of the defined capability hooks.
+The Linux capabilities modules will always be included. This may be
+followed by any number of "minor" modules and at most one "major" module.
 For more details on capabilities, see ``capabilities(7)`` in the Linux
 man-pages project.
 
@@ -30,6 +29,14 @@ order in which checks are made. The capability module will always
 be first, followed by any "minor" modules (e.g. Yama) and then
 the one "major" module (e.g. SELinux) if there is one configured.
 
+Process attributes associated with "major" security modules should
+be accessed and maintained using the special files in ``/proc/.../attr``.
+A security module may maintain a module specific subdirectory there,
+named after the module. ``/proc/.../attr/smack`` is provided by the Smack
+security module and contains all its special files. The files directly
+in ``/proc/.../attr`` remain as legacy interfaces for modules that provide
+subdirectories.
+
 .. toctree::
    :maxdepth: 1
 
@@ -39,3 +46,4 @@ the one "major" module (e.g. SELinux) if there is one configured.
    Smack
    tomoyo
    Yama
+   SafeSetID
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst
index 0797eec76be1..a582c780c3bd 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 .. _readme:
 
-Linux kernel release 4.x <http://kernel.org/>
+Linux kernel release 5.x <http://kernel.org/>
 =============================================
 
-These are the release notes for Linux version 4.  Read them carefully,
+These are the release notes for Linux version 5.  Read them carefully,
 as they tell you what this is all about, explain how to install the
 kernel, and what to do if something goes wrong.
 
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Installing the kernel source
    directory where you have permissions (e.g. your home directory) and
    unpack it::
 
-     xz -cd linux-4.X.tar.xz | tar xvf -
+     xz -cd linux-5.x.tar.xz | tar xvf -
 
    Replace "X" with the version number of the latest kernel.
 
@@ -72,26 +72,26 @@ Installing the kernel source
    files.  They should match the library, and not get messed up by
    whatever the kernel-du-jour happens to be.
 
- - You can also upgrade between 4.x releases by patching.  Patches are
+ - You can also upgrade between 5.x releases by patching.  Patches are
    distributed in the xz format.  To install by patching, get all the
    newer patch files, enter the top level directory of the kernel source
-   (linux-4.X) and execute::
+   (linux-5.x) and execute::
 
-     xz -cd ../patch-4.x.xz | patch -p1
+     xz -cd ../patch-5.x.xz | patch -p1
 
-   Replace "x" for all versions bigger than the version "X" of your current
+   Replace "x" for all versions bigger than the version "x" of your current
    source tree, **in_order**, and you should be ok.  You may want to remove
    the backup files (some-file-name~ or some-file-name.orig), and make sure
    that there are no failed patches (some-file-name# or some-file-name.rej).
    If there are, either you or I have made a mistake.
 
-   Unlike patches for the 4.x kernels, patches for the 4.x.y kernels
+   Unlike patches for the 5.x kernels, patches for the 5.x.y kernels
    (also known as the -stable kernels) are not incremental but instead apply
-   directly to the base 4.x kernel.  For example, if your base kernel is 4.0
-   and you want to apply the 4.0.3 patch, you must not first apply the 4.0.1
-   and 4.0.2 patches. Similarly, if you are running kernel version 4.0.2 and
-   want to jump to 4.0.3, you must first reverse the 4.0.2 patch (that is,
-   patch -R) **before** applying the 4.0.3 patch. You can read more on this in
+   directly to the base 5.x kernel.  For example, if your base kernel is 5.0
+   and you want to apply the 5.0.3 patch, you must not first apply the 5.0.1
+   and 5.0.2 patches. Similarly, if you are running kernel version 5.0.2 and
+   want to jump to 5.0.3, you must first reverse the 5.0.2 patch (that is,
+   patch -R) **before** applying the 5.0.3 patch. You can read more on this in
    :ref:`Documentation/process/applying-patches.rst <applying_patches>`.
 
    Alternatively, the script patch-kernel can be used to automate this
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Installing the kernel source
 Software requirements
 ---------------------
 
-   Compiling and running the 4.x kernels requires up-to-date
+   Compiling and running the 5.x kernels requires up-to-date
    versions of various software packages.  Consult
    :ref:`Documentation/process/changes.rst <changes>` for the minimum version numbers
    required and how to get updates for these packages.  Beware that using
@@ -132,12 +132,12 @@ Build directory for the kernel
    place for the output files (including .config).
    Example::
 
-     kernel source code: /usr/src/linux-4.X
+     kernel source code: /usr/src/linux-5.x
      build directory:    /home/name/build/kernel
 
    To configure and build the kernel, use::
 
-     cd /usr/src/linux-4.X
+     cd /usr/src/linux-5.x
      make O=/home/name/build/kernel menuconfig
      make O=/home/name/build/kernel
      sudo make O=/home/name/build/kernel modules_install install
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Configuring the kernel
 Compiling the kernel
 --------------------
 
- - Make sure you have at least gcc 3.2 available.
+ - Make sure you have at least gcc 4.6 available.
    For more information, refer to :ref:`Documentation/process/changes.rst <changes>`.
 
    Please note that you can still run a.out user programs with this kernel.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/cppc_sysfs.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/cppc_sysfs.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a4b99afbe331
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/cppc_sysfs.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+==================================================
+Collaborative Processor Performance Control (CPPC)
+==================================================
+
+CPPC
+====
+
+CPPC defined in the ACPI spec describes a mechanism for the OS to manage the
+performance of a logical processor on a contigious and abstract performance
+scale. CPPC exposes a set of registers to describe abstract performance scale,
+to request performance levels and to measure per-cpu delivered performance.
+
+For more details on CPPC please refer to the ACPI specification at:
+
+http://uefi.org/specifications
+
+Some of the CPPC registers are exposed via sysfs under::
+
+  /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/acpi_cppc/
+
+for each cpu X::
+
+  $ ls -lR  /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/acpi_cppc/
+  /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/acpi_cppc/:
+  total 0
+  -r--r--r-- 1 root root 65536 Mar  5 19:38 feedback_ctrs
+  -r--r--r-- 1 root root 65536 Mar  5 19:38 highest_perf
+  -r--r--r-- 1 root root 65536 Mar  5 19:38 lowest_freq
+  -r--r--r-- 1 root root 65536 Mar  5 19:38 lowest_nonlinear_perf
+  -r--r--r-- 1 root root 65536 Mar  5 19:38 lowest_perf
+  -r--r--r-- 1 root root 65536 Mar  5 19:38 nominal_freq
+  -r--r--r-- 1 root root 65536 Mar  5 19:38 nominal_perf
+  -r--r--r-- 1 root root 65536 Mar  5 19:38 reference_perf
+  -r--r--r-- 1 root root 65536 Mar  5 19:38 wraparound_time
+
+* highest_perf : Highest performance of this processor (abstract scale).
+* nominal_perf : Highest sustained performance of this processor
+  (abstract scale).
+* lowest_nonlinear_perf : Lowest performance of this processor with nonlinear
+  power savings (abstract scale).
+* lowest_perf : Lowest performance of this processor (abstract scale).
+
+* lowest_freq : CPU frequency corresponding to lowest_perf (in MHz).
+* nominal_freq : CPU frequency corresponding to nominal_perf (in MHz).
+  The above frequencies should only be used to report processor performance in
+  freqency instead of abstract scale. These values should not be used for any
+  functional decisions.
+
+* feedback_ctrs : Includes both Reference and delivered performance counter.
+  Reference counter ticks up proportional to processor's reference performance.
+  Delivered counter ticks up proportional to processor's delivered performance.
+* wraparound_time: Minimum time for the feedback counters to wraparound
+  (seconds).
+* reference_perf : Performance level at which reference performance counter
+  accumulates (abstract scale).
+
+
+Computing Average Delivered Performance
+=======================================
+
+Below describes the steps to compute the average performance delivered by
+taking two different snapshots of feedback counters at time T1 and T2.
+
+  T1: Read feedback_ctrs as fbc_t1
+      Wait or run some workload
+
+  T2: Read feedback_ctrs as fbc_t2
+
+::
+
+  delivered_counter_delta = fbc_t2[del] - fbc_t1[del]
+  reference_counter_delta = fbc_t2[ref] - fbc_t1[ref]
+
+  delivered_perf = (refernce_perf x delivered_counter_delta) / reference_counter_delta
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/dsdt-override.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/dsdt-override.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..50bd7f194bf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/dsdt-override.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+===============
+Overriding DSDT
+===============
+
+Linux supports a method of overriding the BIOS DSDT:
+
+CONFIG_ACPI_CUSTOM_DSDT - builds the image into the kernel.
+
+When to use this method is described in detail on the
+Linux/ACPI home page:
+https://01.org/linux-acpi/documentation/overriding-dsdt
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4d13eeea1eca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+============
+ACPI Support
+============
+
+Here we document in detail how to interact with various mechanisms in
+the Linux ACPI support.
+
+.. toctree::
+   :maxdepth: 1
+
+   initrd_table_override
+   dsdt-override
+   ssdt-overlays
+   cppc_sysfs
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/initrd_table_override.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/initrd_table_override.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..cbd768207631
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/initrd_table_override.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+================================
+Upgrading ACPI tables via initrd
+================================
+
+What is this about
+==================
+
+If the ACPI_TABLE_UPGRADE compile option is true, it is possible to
+upgrade the ACPI execution environment that is defined by the ACPI tables
+via upgrading the ACPI tables provided by the BIOS with an instrumented,
+modified, more recent version one, or installing brand new ACPI tables.
+
+When building initrd with kernel in a single image, option
+ACPI_TABLE_OVERRIDE_VIA_BUILTIN_INITRD should also be true for this
+feature to work.
+
+For a full list of ACPI tables that can be upgraded/installed, take a look
+at the char `*table_sigs[MAX_ACPI_SIGNATURE];` definition in
+drivers/acpi/tables.c.
+
+All ACPI tables iasl (Intel's ACPI compiler and disassembler) knows should
+be overridable, except:
+
+  - ACPI_SIG_RSDP (has a signature of 6 bytes)
+  - ACPI_SIG_FACS (does not have an ordinary ACPI table header)
+
+Both could get implemented as well.
+
+
+What is this for
+================
+
+Complain to your platform/BIOS vendor if you find a bug which is so severe
+that a workaround is not accepted in the Linux kernel. And this facility
+allows you to upgrade the buggy tables before your platform/BIOS vendor
+releases an upgraded BIOS binary.
+
+This facility can be used by platform/BIOS vendors to provide a Linux
+compatible environment without modifying the underlying platform firmware.
+
+This facility also provides a powerful feature to easily debug and test
+ACPI BIOS table compatibility with the Linux kernel by modifying old
+platform provided ACPI tables or inserting new ACPI tables.
+
+It can and should be enabled in any kernel because there is no functional
+change with not instrumented initrds.
+
+
+How does it work
+================
+::
+
+  # Extract the machine's ACPI tables:
+  cd /tmp
+  acpidump >acpidump
+  acpixtract -a acpidump
+  # Disassemble, modify and recompile them:
+  iasl -d *.dat
+  # For example add this statement into a _PRT (PCI Routing Table) function
+  # of the DSDT:
+  Store("HELLO WORLD", debug)
+  # And increase the OEM Revision. For example, before modification:
+  DefinitionBlock ("DSDT.aml", "DSDT", 2, "INTEL ", "TEMPLATE", 0x00000000)
+  # After modification:
+  DefinitionBlock ("DSDT.aml", "DSDT", 2, "INTEL ", "TEMPLATE", 0x00000001)
+  iasl -sa dsdt.dsl
+  # Add the raw ACPI tables to an uncompressed cpio archive.
+  # They must be put into a /kernel/firmware/acpi directory inside the cpio
+  # archive. Note that if the table put here matches a platform table
+  # (similar Table Signature, and similar OEMID, and similar OEM Table ID)
+  # with a more recent OEM Revision, the platform table will be upgraded by
+  # this table. If the table put here doesn't match a platform table
+  # (dissimilar Table Signature, or dissimilar OEMID, or dissimilar OEM Table
+  # ID), this table will be appended.
+  mkdir -p kernel/firmware/acpi
+  cp dsdt.aml kernel/firmware/acpi
+  # A maximum of "NR_ACPI_INITRD_TABLES (64)" tables are currently allowed
+  # (see osl.c):
+  iasl -sa facp.dsl
+  iasl -sa ssdt1.dsl
+  cp facp.aml kernel/firmware/acpi
+  cp ssdt1.aml kernel/firmware/acpi
+  # The uncompressed cpio archive must be the first. Other, typically
+  # compressed cpio archives, must be concatenated on top of the uncompressed
+  # one. Following command creates the uncompressed cpio archive and
+  # concatenates the original initrd on top:
+  find kernel | cpio -H newc --create > /boot/instrumented_initrd
+  cat /boot/initrd >>/boot/instrumented_initrd
+  # reboot with increased acpi debug level, e.g. boot params:
+  acpi.debug_level=0x2 acpi.debug_layer=0xFFFFFFFF
+  # and check your syslog:
+  [    1.268089] ACPI: PCI Interrupt Routing Table [\_SB_.PCI0._PRT]
+  [    1.272091] [ACPI Debug]  String [0x0B] "HELLO WORLD"
+
+iasl is able to disassemble and recompile quite a lot different,
+also static ACPI tables.
+
+
+Where to retrieve userspace tools
+=================================
+
+iasl and acpixtract are part of Intel's ACPICA project:
+http://acpica.org/
+
+and should be packaged by distributions (for example in the acpica package
+on SUSE).
+
+acpidump can be found in Len Browns pmtools:
+ftp://kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/lenb/acpi/utils/pmtools/acpidump
+
+This tool is also part of the acpica package on SUSE.
+Alternatively, used ACPI tables can be retrieved via sysfs in latest kernels:
+/sys/firmware/acpi/tables
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/ssdt-overlays.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/ssdt-overlays.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..da37455f96c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/acpi/ssdt-overlays.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+=============
+SSDT Overlays
+=============
+
+In order to support ACPI open-ended hardware configurations (e.g. development
+boards) we need a way to augment the ACPI configuration provided by the firmware
+image. A common example is connecting sensors on I2C / SPI buses on development
+boards.
+
+Although this can be accomplished by creating a kernel platform driver or
+recompiling the firmware image with updated ACPI tables, neither is practical:
+the former proliferates board specific kernel code while the latter requires
+access to firmware tools which are often not publicly available.
+
+Because ACPI supports external references in AML code a more practical
+way to augment firmware ACPI configuration is by dynamically loading
+user defined SSDT tables that contain the board specific information.
+
+For example, to enumerate a Bosch BMA222E accelerometer on the I2C bus of the
+Minnowboard MAX development board exposed via the LSE connector [1], the
+following ASL code can be used::
+
+    DefinitionBlock ("minnowmax.aml", "SSDT", 1, "Vendor", "Accel", 0x00000003)
+    {
+        External (\_SB.I2C6, DeviceObj)
+
+        Scope (\_SB.I2C6)
+        {
+            Device (STAC)
+            {
+                Name (_ADR, Zero)
+                Name (_HID, "BMA222E")
+
+                Method (_CRS, 0, Serialized)
+                {
+                    Name (RBUF, ResourceTemplate ()
+                    {
+                        I2cSerialBus (0x0018, ControllerInitiated, 0x00061A80,
+                                    AddressingMode7Bit, "\\_SB.I2C6", 0x00,
+                                    ResourceConsumer, ,)
+                        GpioInt (Edge, ActiveHigh, Exclusive, PullDown, 0x0000,
+                                "\\_SB.GPO2", 0x00, ResourceConsumer, , )
+                        { // Pin list
+                            0
+                        }
+                    })
+                    Return (RBUF)
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+which can then be compiled to AML binary format::
+
+    $ iasl minnowmax.asl
+
+    Intel ACPI Component Architecture
+    ASL Optimizing Compiler version 20140214-64 [Mar 29 2014]
+    Copyright (c) 2000 - 2014 Intel Corporation
+
+    ASL Input:     minnomax.asl - 30 lines, 614 bytes, 7 keywords
+    AML Output:    minnowmax.aml - 165 bytes, 6 named objects, 1 executable opcodes
+
+[1] http://wiki.minnowboard.org/MinnowBoard_MAX#Low_Speed_Expansion_Connector_.28Top.29
+
+The resulting AML code can then be loaded by the kernel using one of the methods
+below.
+
+Loading ACPI SSDTs from initrd
+==============================
+
+This option allows loading of user defined SSDTs from initrd and it is useful
+when the system does not support EFI or when there is not enough EFI storage.
+
+It works in a similar way with initrd based ACPI tables override/upgrade: SSDT
+aml code must be placed in the first, uncompressed, initrd under the
+"kernel/firmware/acpi" path. Multiple files can be used and this will translate
+in loading multiple tables. Only SSDT and OEM tables are allowed. See
+initrd_table_override.txt for more details.
+
+Here is an example::
+
+    # Add the raw ACPI tables to an uncompressed cpio archive.
+    # They must be put into a /kernel/firmware/acpi directory inside the
+    # cpio archive.
+    # The uncompressed cpio archive must be the first.
+    # Other, typically compressed cpio archives, must be
+    # concatenated on top of the uncompressed one.
+    mkdir -p kernel/firmware/acpi
+    cp ssdt.aml kernel/firmware/acpi
+
+    # Create the uncompressed cpio archive and concatenate the original initrd
+    # on top:
+    find kernel | cpio -H newc --create > /boot/instrumented_initrd
+    cat /boot/initrd >>/boot/instrumented_initrd
+
+Loading ACPI SSDTs from EFI variables
+=====================================
+
+This is the preferred method, when EFI is supported on the platform, because it
+allows a persistent, OS independent way of storing the user defined SSDTs. There
+is also work underway to implement EFI support for loading user defined SSDTs
+and using this method will make it easier to convert to the EFI loading
+mechanism when that will arrive.
+
+In order to load SSDTs from an EFI variable the efivar_ssdt kernel command line
+parameter can be used. The argument for the option is the variable name to
+use. If there are multiple variables with the same name but with different
+vendor GUIDs, all of them will be loaded.
+
+In order to store the AML code in an EFI variable the efivarfs filesystem can be
+used. It is enabled and mounted by default in /sys/firmware/efi/efivars in all
+recent distribution.
+
+Creating a new file in /sys/firmware/efi/efivars will automatically create a new
+EFI variable. Updating a file in /sys/firmware/efi/efivars will update the EFI
+variable. Please note that the file name needs to be specially formatted as
+"Name-GUID" and that the first 4 bytes in the file (little-endian format)
+represent the attributes of the EFI variable (see EFI_VARIABLE_MASK in
+include/linux/efi.h). Writing to the file must also be done with one write
+operation.
+
+For example, you can use the following bash script to create/update an EFI
+variable with the content from a given file::
+
+    #!/bin/sh -e
+
+    while ! [ -z "$1" ]; do
+            case "$1" in
+            "-f") filename="$2"; shift;;
+            "-g") guid="$2"; shift;;
+            *) name="$1";;
+            esac
+            shift
+    done
+
+    usage()
+    {
+            echo "Syntax: ${0##*/} -f filename [ -g guid ] name"
+            exit 1
+    }
+
+    [ -n "$name" -a -f "$filename" ] || usage
+
+    EFIVARFS="/sys/firmware/efi/efivars"
+
+    [ -d "$EFIVARFS" ] || exit 2
+
+    if stat -tf $EFIVARFS | grep -q -v de5e81e4; then
+            mount -t efivarfs none $EFIVARFS
+    fi
+
+    # try to pick up an existing GUID
+    [ -n "$guid" ] || guid=$(find "$EFIVARFS" -name "$name-*" | head -n1 | cut -f2- -d-)
+
+    # use a randomly generated GUID
+    [ -n "$guid" ] || guid="$(cat /proc/sys/kernel/random/uuid)"
+
+    # efivarfs expects all of the data in one write
+    tmp=$(mktemp)
+    /bin/echo -ne "\007\000\000\000" | cat - $filename > $tmp
+    dd if=$tmp of="$EFIVARFS/$name-$guid" bs=$(stat -c %s $tmp)
+    rm $tmp
+
+Loading ACPI SSDTs from configfs
+================================
+
+This option allows loading of user defined SSDTs from userspace via the configfs
+interface. The CONFIG_ACPI_CONFIGFS option must be select and configfs must be
+mounted. In the following examples, we assume that configfs has been mounted in
+/config.
+
+New tables can be loading by creating new directories in /config/acpi/table/ and
+writing the SSDT aml code in the aml attribute::
+
+    cd /config/acpi/table
+    mkdir my_ssdt
+    cat ~/ssdt.aml > my_ssdt/aml
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
index caf36105a1c7..20f92c16ffbf 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
@@ -56,11 +56,13 @@ v1 is available under Documentation/cgroup-v1/.
          5-3-3-2. IO Latency Interface Files
      5-4. PID
        5-4-1. PID Interface Files
-     5-5. Device
-     5-6. RDMA
-       5-6-1. RDMA Interface Files
-     5-7. Misc
-       5-7-1. perf_event
+     5-5. Cpuset
+       5.5-1. Cpuset Interface Files
+     5-6. Device
+     5-7. RDMA
+       5-7-1. RDMA Interface Files
+     5-8. Misc
+       5-8-1. perf_event
      5-N. Non-normative information
        5-N-1. CPU controller root cgroup process behaviour
        5-N-2. IO controller root cgroup process behaviour
@@ -966,6 +968,12 @@ All time durations are in microseconds.
 	$PERIOD duration.  "max" for $MAX indicates no limit.  If only
 	one number is written, $MAX is updated.
 
+  cpu.pressure
+	A read-only nested-key file which exists on non-root cgroups.
+
+	Shows pressure stall information for CPU. See
+	Documentation/accounting/psi.txt for details.
+
 
 Memory
 ------
@@ -1127,6 +1135,10 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back.
 		disk readahead.  For now OOM in memory cgroup kills
 		tasks iff shortage has happened inside page fault.
 
+		This event is not raised if the OOM killer is not
+		considered as an option, e.g. for failed high-order
+		allocations.
+
 	  oom_kill
 		The number of processes belonging to this cgroup
 		killed by any kind of OOM killer.
@@ -1177,6 +1189,10 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back.
 		Amount of cached filesystem data that was modified and
 		is currently being written back to disk
 
+	  anon_thp
+		Amount of memory used in anonymous mappings backed by
+		transparent hugepages
+
 	  inactive_anon, active_anon, inactive_file, active_file, unevictable
 		Amount of memory, swap-backed and filesystem-backed,
 		on the internal memory management lists used by the
@@ -1236,6 +1252,18 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back.
 
 		Amount of reclaimed lazyfree pages
 
+	  thp_fault_alloc
+
+		Number of transparent hugepages which were allocated to satisfy
+		a page fault, including COW faults. This counter is not present
+		when CONFIG_TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE is not set.
+
+	  thp_collapse_alloc
+
+		Number of transparent hugepages which were allocated to allow
+		collapsing an existing range of pages. This counter is not
+		present when CONFIG_TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE is not set.
+
   memory.swap.current
 	A read-only single value file which exists on non-root
 	cgroups.
@@ -1271,6 +1299,12 @@ PAGE_SIZE multiple when read back.
 	higher than the limit for an extended period of time.  This
 	reduces the impact on the workload and memory management.
 
+  memory.pressure
+	A read-only nested-key file which exists on non-root cgroups.
+
+	Shows pressure stall information for memory. See
+	Documentation/accounting/psi.txt for details.
+
 
 Usage Guidelines
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -1408,6 +1442,12 @@ IO Interface Files
 
 	  8:16 rbps=2097152 wbps=max riops=max wiops=max
 
+  io.pressure
+	A read-only nested-key file which exists on non-root cgroups.
+
+	Shows pressure stall information for IO. See
+	Documentation/accounting/psi.txt for details.
+
 
 Writeback
 ~~~~~~~~~
@@ -1479,7 +1519,7 @@ protected workload.
 
 The limits are only applied at the peer level in the hierarchy.  This means that
 in the diagram below, only groups A, B, and C will influence each other, and
-groups D and F will influence each other.  Group G will influence nobody.
+groups D and F will influence each other.  Group G will influence nobody::
 
 			[root]
 		/	   |		\
@@ -1588,6 +1628,176 @@ through fork() or clone(). These will return -EAGAIN if the creation
 of a new process would cause a cgroup policy to be violated.
 
 
+Cpuset
+------
+
+The "cpuset" controller provides a mechanism for constraining
+the CPU and memory node placement of tasks to only the resources
+specified in the cpuset interface files in a task's current cgroup.
+This is especially valuable on large NUMA systems where placing jobs
+on properly sized subsets of the systems with careful processor and
+memory placement to reduce cross-node memory access and contention
+can improve overall system performance.
+
+The "cpuset" controller is hierarchical.  That means the controller
+cannot use CPUs or memory nodes not allowed in its parent.
+
+
+Cpuset Interface Files
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+  cpuset.cpus
+	A read-write multiple values file which exists on non-root
+	cpuset-enabled cgroups.
+
+	It lists the requested CPUs to be used by tasks within this
+	cgroup.  The actual list of CPUs to be granted, however, is
+	subjected to constraints imposed by its parent and can differ
+	from the requested CPUs.
+
+	The CPU numbers are comma-separated numbers or ranges.
+	For example:
+
+	  # cat cpuset.cpus
+	  0-4,6,8-10
+
+	An empty value indicates that the cgroup is using the same
+	setting as the nearest cgroup ancestor with a non-empty
+	"cpuset.cpus" or all the available CPUs if none is found.
+
+	The value of "cpuset.cpus" stays constant until the next update
+	and won't be affected by any CPU hotplug events.
+
+  cpuset.cpus.effective
+	A read-only multiple values file which exists on all
+	cpuset-enabled cgroups.
+
+	It lists the onlined CPUs that are actually granted to this
+	cgroup by its parent.  These CPUs are allowed to be used by
+	tasks within the current cgroup.
+
+	If "cpuset.cpus" is empty, the "cpuset.cpus.effective" file shows
+	all the CPUs from the parent cgroup that can be available to
+	be used by this cgroup.  Otherwise, it should be a subset of
+	"cpuset.cpus" unless none of the CPUs listed in "cpuset.cpus"
+	can be granted.  In this case, it will be treated just like an
+	empty "cpuset.cpus".
+
+	Its value will be affected by CPU hotplug events.
+
+  cpuset.mems
+	A read-write multiple values file which exists on non-root
+	cpuset-enabled cgroups.
+
+	It lists the requested memory nodes to be used by tasks within
+	this cgroup.  The actual list of memory nodes granted, however,
+	is subjected to constraints imposed by its parent and can differ
+	from the requested memory nodes.
+
+	The memory node numbers are comma-separated numbers or ranges.
+	For example:
+
+	  # cat cpuset.mems
+	  0-1,3
+
+	An empty value indicates that the cgroup is using the same
+	setting as the nearest cgroup ancestor with a non-empty
+	"cpuset.mems" or all the available memory nodes if none
+	is found.
+
+	The value of "cpuset.mems" stays constant until the next update
+	and won't be affected by any memory nodes hotplug events.
+
+  cpuset.mems.effective
+	A read-only multiple values file which exists on all
+	cpuset-enabled cgroups.
+
+	It lists the onlined memory nodes that are actually granted to
+	this cgroup by its parent. These memory nodes are allowed to
+	be used by tasks within the current cgroup.
+
+	If "cpuset.mems" is empty, it shows all the memory nodes from the
+	parent cgroup that will be available to be used by this cgroup.
+	Otherwise, it should be a subset of "cpuset.mems" unless none of
+	the memory nodes listed in "cpuset.mems" can be granted.  In this
+	case, it will be treated just like an empty "cpuset.mems".
+
+	Its value will be affected by memory nodes hotplug events.
+
+  cpuset.cpus.partition
+	A read-write single value file which exists on non-root
+	cpuset-enabled cgroups.  This flag is owned by the parent cgroup
+	and is not delegatable.
+
+        It accepts only the following input values when written to.
+
+        "root"   - a paritition root
+        "member" - a non-root member of a partition
+
+	When set to be a partition root, the current cgroup is the
+	root of a new partition or scheduling domain that comprises
+	itself and all its descendants except those that are separate
+	partition roots themselves and their descendants.  The root
+	cgroup is always a partition root.
+
+	There are constraints on where a partition root can be set.
+	It can only be set in a cgroup if all the following conditions
+	are true.
+
+	1) The "cpuset.cpus" is not empty and the list of CPUs are
+	   exclusive, i.e. they are not shared by any of its siblings.
+	2) The parent cgroup is a partition root.
+	3) The "cpuset.cpus" is also a proper subset of the parent's
+	   "cpuset.cpus.effective".
+	4) There is no child cgroups with cpuset enabled.  This is for
+	   eliminating corner cases that have to be handled if such a
+	   condition is allowed.
+
+	Setting it to partition root will take the CPUs away from the
+	effective CPUs of the parent cgroup.  Once it is set, this
+	file cannot be reverted back to "member" if there are any child
+	cgroups with cpuset enabled.
+
+	A parent partition cannot distribute all its CPUs to its
+	child partitions.  There must be at least one cpu left in the
+	parent partition.
+
+	Once becoming a partition root, changes to "cpuset.cpus" is
+	generally allowed as long as the first condition above is true,
+	the change will not take away all the CPUs from the parent
+	partition and the new "cpuset.cpus" value is a superset of its
+	children's "cpuset.cpus" values.
+
+	Sometimes, external factors like changes to ancestors'
+	"cpuset.cpus" or cpu hotplug can cause the state of the partition
+	root to change.  On read, the "cpuset.sched.partition" file
+	can show the following values.
+
+	"member"       Non-root member of a partition
+	"root"         Partition root
+	"root invalid" Invalid partition root
+
+	It is a partition root if the first 2 partition root conditions
+	above are true and at least one CPU from "cpuset.cpus" is
+	granted by the parent cgroup.
+
+	A partition root can become invalid if none of CPUs requested
+	in "cpuset.cpus" can be granted by the parent cgroup or the
+	parent cgroup is no longer a partition root itself.  In this
+	case, it is not a real partition even though the restriction
+	of the first partition root condition above will still apply.
+	The cpu affinity of all the tasks in the cgroup will then be
+	associated with CPUs in the nearest ancestor partition.
+
+	An invalid partition root can be transitioned back to a
+	real partition root if at least one of the requested CPUs
+	can now be granted by its parent.  In this case, the cpu
+	affinity of all the tasks in the formerly invalid partition
+	will be associated to the CPUs of the newly formed partition.
+	Changing the partition state of an invalid partition root to
+	"member" is always allowed even if child cpusets are present.
+
+
 Device controller
 -----------------
 
@@ -1879,7 +2089,7 @@ the configuration, the bio may be executed at a lower priority and if
 the writeback session is holding shared resources, e.g. a journal
 entry, may lead to priority inversion.  There is no one easy solution
 for the problem.  Filesystems can try to work around specific problem
-cases by skipping wbc_init_bio() or using bio_associate_create_blkg()
+cases by skipping wbc_init_bio() and using bio_associate_blkg()
 directly.
 
 
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/devices.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/devices.rst
index 7fadc05330dd..d41671aeaef0 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/devices.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/devices.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.. _admin_devices:
 
 Linux allocated devices (4.x+ version)
 ======================================
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/dynamic-debug-howto.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/dynamic-debug-howto.rst
index fdf72429f801..252e5ef324e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/dynamic-debug-howto.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/dynamic-debug-howto.rst
@@ -110,8 +110,8 @@ If your query set is big, you can batch them too::
 
   ~# cat query-batch-file > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control
 
-A another way is to use wildcard. The match rule support ``*`` (matches
-zero or more characters) and ``?`` (matches exactly one character).For
+Another way is to use wildcards. The match rule supports ``*`` (matches
+zero or more characters) and ``?`` (matches exactly one character). For
 example, you can match all usb drivers::
 
   ~# echo "file drivers/usb/* +p" > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ this boot parameter for debugging purposes.
 
 If ``foo`` module is not built-in, ``foo.dyndbg`` will still be processed at
 boot time, without effect, but will be reprocessed when module is
-loaded later. ``dyndbg_query=`` and bare ``dyndbg=`` are only processed at
+loaded later. ``ddebug_query=`` and bare ``dyndbg=`` are only processed at
 boot.
 
 
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ The ``dyndbg`` option is a "fake" module parameter, which means:
 
 For ``CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG`` kernels, any settings given at boot-time (or
 enabled by ``-DDEBUG`` flag during compilation) can be disabled later via
-the sysfs interface if the debug messages are no longer needed::
+the debugfs interface if the debug messages are no longer needed::
 
    echo "module module_name -p" > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control
 
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
index 965745d5fb9a..5b8286fdd91b 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
@@ -76,6 +76,8 @@ configure specific aspects of kernel behavior to your liking.
    thunderbolt
    LSM/index
    mm/index
+   perf-security
+   acpi/index
 
 .. only::  subproject and html
 
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst
index b8d0bc07ed0a..0124980dca2d 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst
@@ -88,6 +88,7 @@ parameter is applicable::
 	APIC	APIC support is enabled.
 	APM	Advanced Power Management support is enabled.
 	ARM	ARM architecture is enabled.
+	ARM64	ARM64 architecture is enabled.
 	AX25	Appropriate AX.25 support is enabled.
 	CLK	Common clock infrastructure is enabled.
 	CMA	Contiguous Memory Area support is enabled.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
index e129cd8a6dcc..fd03e2b629bb 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@
 			APC and your system crashes randomly.
 
 	apic=		[APIC,X86] Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller
-			Change the output verbosity whilst booting
+			Change the output verbosity while booting
 			Format: { quiet (default) | verbose | debug }
 			Change the amount of debugging information output
 			when initialising the APIC and IO-APIC components.
@@ -461,6 +461,11 @@
 			possible to determine what the correct size should be.
 			This option provides an override for these situations.
 
+	carrier_timeout=
+			[NET] Specifies amount of time (in seconds) that
+			the kernel should wait for a network carrier. By default
+			it waits 120 seconds.
+
 	ca_keys=	[KEYS] This parameter identifies a specific key(s) on
 			the system trusted keyring to be used for certificate
 			trust validation.
@@ -486,10 +491,14 @@
 			cut the overhead, others just disable the usage. So
 			only cgroup_disable=memory is actually worthy}
 
-	cgroup_no_v1=	[KNL] Disable one, multiple, all cgroup controllers in v1
-			Format: { controller[,controller...] | "all" }
+	cgroup_no_v1=	[KNL] Disable cgroup controllers and named hierarchies in v1
+			Format: { { controller | "all" | "named" }
+			          [,{ controller | "all" | "named" }...] }
 			Like cgroup_disable, but only applies to cgroup v1;
 			the blacklisted controllers remain available in cgroup2.
+			"all" blacklists all controllers and "named" disables
+			named mounts. Specifying both "all" and "named" disables
+			all v1 hierarchies.
 
 	cgroup.memory=	[KNL] Pass options to the cgroup memory controller.
 			Format: <string>
@@ -674,6 +683,9 @@
 	cpuidle.off=1	[CPU_IDLE]
 			disable the cpuidle sub-system
 
+	cpuidle.governor=
+			[CPU_IDLE] Name of the cpuidle governor to use.
+
 	cpufreq.off=1	[CPU_FREQ]
 			disable the cpufreq sub-system
 
@@ -692,8 +704,11 @@
 			upon panic. This parameter reserves the physical
 			memory region [offset, offset + size] for that kernel
 			image. If '@offset' is omitted, then a suitable offset
-			is selected automatically. Check
-			Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt for further details.
+			is selected automatically.
+			[KNL, x86_64] select a region under 4G first, and
+			fall back to reserve region above 4G when '@offset'
+			hasn't been specified.
+			See Documentation/kdump/kdump.txt for further details.
 
 	crashkernel=range1:size1[,range2:size2,...][@offset]
 			[KNL] Same as above, but depends on the memory
@@ -856,7 +871,8 @@
 			causing system reset or hang due to sending
 			INIT from AP to BSP.
 
-	disable_counter_freezing [HW]
+	perf_v4_pmi=	[X86,INTEL]
+			Format: <bool>
 			Disable Intel PMU counter freezing feature.
 			The feature only exists starting from
 			Arch Perfmon v4 (Skylake and newer).
@@ -902,6 +918,10 @@
 			The filter can be disabled or changed to another
 			driver later using sysfs.
 
+	driver_async_probe=  [KNL]
+			List of driver names to be probed asynchronously.
+			Format: <driver_name1>,<driver_name2>...
+
 	drm.edid_firmware=[<connector>:]<file>[,[<connector>:]<file>]
 			Broken monitors, graphic adapters, KVMs and EDIDless
 			panels may send no or incorrect EDID data sets.
@@ -1020,6 +1040,12 @@
 			specified address. The serial port must already be
 			setup and configured. Options are not yet supported.
 
+		rda,<addr>
+			Start an early, polled-mode console on a serial port
+			of an RDA Micro SoC, such as RDA8810PL, at the
+			specified address. The serial port must already be
+			setup and configured. Options are not yet supported.
+
 		smh	Use ARM semihosting calls for early console.
 
 		s3c2410,<addr>
@@ -1059,16 +1085,22 @@
 			specified address. The serial port must already be
 			setup and configured. Options are not yet supported.
 
+		efifb,[options]
+			Start an early, unaccelerated console on the EFI
+			memory mapped framebuffer (if available). On cache
+			coherent non-x86 systems that use system memory for
+			the framebuffer, pass the 'ram' option so that it is
+			mapped with the correct attributes.
+
 	earlyprintk=	[X86,SH,ARM,M68k,S390]
 			earlyprintk=vga
-			earlyprintk=efi
 			earlyprintk=sclp
 			earlyprintk=xen
 			earlyprintk=serial[,ttySn[,baudrate]]
 			earlyprintk=serial[,0x...[,baudrate]]
 			earlyprintk=ttySn[,baudrate]
 			earlyprintk=dbgp[debugController#]
-			earlyprintk=pciserial,bus:device.function[,baudrate]
+			earlyprintk=pciserial[,force],bus:device.function[,baudrate]
 			earlyprintk=xdbc[xhciController#]
 
 			earlyprintk is useful when the kernel crashes before
@@ -1100,6 +1132,10 @@
 
 			The sclp output can only be used on s390.
 
+			The optional "force" to "pciserial" enables use of a
+			PCI device even when its classcode is not of the
+			UART class.
+
 	edac_report=	[HW,EDAC] Control how to report EDAC event
 			Format: {"on" | "off" | "force"}
 			on: enable EDAC to report H/W event. May be overridden
@@ -1164,9 +1200,10 @@
 			arch/x86/kernel/cpu/cpufreq/elanfreq.c.
 
 	elevator=	[IOSCHED]
-			Format: {"cfq" | "deadline" | "noop"}
-			See Documentation/block/cfq-iosched.txt and
-			Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.txt for details.
+			Format: { "mq-deadline" | "kyber" | "bfq" }
+			See Documentation/block/deadline-iosched.txt,
+			Documentation/block/kyber-iosched.txt and
+			Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt for details.
 
 	elfcorehdr=[size[KMG]@]offset[KMG] [IA64,PPC,SH,X86,S390]
 			Specifies physical address of start of kernel core
@@ -1678,12 +1715,11 @@
 			By default, super page will be supported if Intel IOMMU
 			has the capability. With this option, super page will
 			not be supported.
-		ecs_off [Default Off]
-			By default, extended context tables will be supported if
-			the hardware advertises that it has support both for the
-			extended tables themselves, and also PASID support. With
-			this option set, extended tables will not be used even
-			on hardware which claims to support them.
+		sm_on [Default Off]
+			By default, scalable mode will be disabled even if the
+			hardware advertises that it has support for the scalable
+			mode translation. With this option set, scalable mode
+			will be used on hardware which claims to support it.
 		tboot_noforce [Default Off]
 			Do not force the Intel IOMMU enabled under tboot.
 			By default, tboot will force Intel IOMMU on, which
@@ -1759,6 +1795,18 @@
 		nobypass	[PPC/POWERNV]
 			Disable IOMMU bypass, using IOMMU for PCI devices.
 
+	iommu.strict=	[ARM64] Configure TLB invalidation behaviour
+			Format: { "0" | "1" }
+			0 - Lazy mode.
+			  Request that DMA unmap operations use deferred
+			  invalidation of hardware TLBs, for increased
+			  throughput at the cost of reduced device isolation.
+			  Will fall back to strict mode if not supported by
+			  the relevant IOMMU driver.
+			1 - Strict mode (default).
+			  DMA unmap operations invalidate IOMMU hardware TLBs
+			  synchronously.
+
 	iommu.passthrough=
 			[ARM64] Configure DMA to bypass the IOMMU by default.
 			Format: { "0" | "1" }
@@ -1801,6 +1849,11 @@
 			to let secondary kernels in charge of setting up
 			LPIs.
 
+	irqchip.gicv3_pseudo_nmi= [ARM64]
+			Enables support for pseudo-NMIs in the kernel. This
+			requires the kernel to be built with
+			CONFIG_ARM64_PSEUDO_NMI.
+
 	irqfixup	[HW]
 			When an interrupt is not handled search all handlers
 			for it. Intended to get systems with badly broken
@@ -1952,6 +2005,12 @@
 			Built with CONFIG_DEBUG_KMEMLEAK_DEFAULT_OFF=y,
 			the default is off.
 
+	kpti=		[ARM64] Control page table isolation of user
+			and kernel address spaces.
+			Default: enabled on cores which need mitigation.
+			0: force disabled
+			1: force enabled
+
 	kvm.ignore_msrs=[KVM] Ignore guest accesses to unhandled MSRs.
 			Default is 0 (don't ignore, but inject #GP)
 
@@ -2079,6 +2138,9 @@
 			off
 				Disables hypervisor mitigations and doesn't
 				emit any warnings.
+				It also drops the swap size and available
+				RAM limit restriction on both hypervisor and
+				bare metal.
 
 			Default is 'flush'.
 
@@ -2286,6 +2348,10 @@
 
 	lsm.debug	[SECURITY] Enable LSM initialization debugging output.
 
+	lsm=lsm1,...,lsmN
+			[SECURITY] Choose order of LSM initialization. This
+			overrides CONFIG_LSM, and the "security=" parameter.
+
 	machvec=	[IA-64] Force the use of a particular machine-vector
 			(machvec) in a generic kernel.
 			Example: machvec=hpzx1_swiotlb
@@ -2416,7 +2482,7 @@
 			seconds.  Use this parameter to check at some
 			other rate.  0 disables periodic checking.
 
-	memtest=	[KNL,X86,ARM] Enable memtest
+	memtest=	[KNL,X86,ARM,PPC] Enable memtest
 			Format: <integer>
 			default : 0 <disable>
 			Specifies the number of memtest passes to be
@@ -2481,6 +2547,40 @@
 			in the "bleeding edge" mini2440 support kernel at
 			http://repo.or.cz/w/linux-2.6/mini2440.git
 
+	mitigations=
+			[X86,PPC,S390,ARM64] Control optional mitigations for
+			CPU vulnerabilities.  This is a set of curated,
+			arch-independent options, each of which is an
+			aggregation of existing arch-specific options.
+
+			off
+				Disable all optional CPU mitigations.  This
+				improves system performance, but it may also
+				expose users to several CPU vulnerabilities.
+				Equivalent to: nopti [X86,PPC]
+					       kpti=0 [ARM64]
+					       nospectre_v1 [PPC]
+					       nobp=0 [S390]
+					       nospectre_v2 [X86,PPC,S390,ARM64]
+					       spectre_v2_user=off [X86]
+					       spec_store_bypass_disable=off [X86,PPC]
+					       ssbd=force-off [ARM64]
+					       l1tf=off [X86]
+
+			auto (default)
+				Mitigate all CPU vulnerabilities, but leave SMT
+				enabled, even if it's vulnerable.  This is for
+				users who don't want to be surprised by SMT
+				getting disabled across kernel upgrades, or who
+				have other ways of avoiding SMT-based attacks.
+				Equivalent to: (default behavior)
+
+			auto,nosmt
+				Mitigate all CPU vulnerabilities, disabling SMT
+				if needed.  This is for users who always want to
+				be fully mitigated, even if it means losing SMT.
+				Equivalent to: l1tf=flush,nosmt [X86]
+
 	mminit_loglevel=
 			[KNL] When CONFIG_DEBUG_MEMORY_INIT is set, this
 			parameter allows control of the logging verbosity for
@@ -2810,10 +2910,10 @@
 			check bypass). With this option data leaks are possible
 			in the system.
 
-	nospectre_v2	[X86] Disable all mitigations for the Spectre variant 2
-			(indirect branch prediction) vulnerability. System may
-			allow data leaks with this option, which is equivalent
-			to spectre_v2=off.
+	nospectre_v2	[X86,PPC_FSL_BOOK3E,ARM64] Disable all mitigations for
+			the Spectre variant 2 (indirect branch prediction)
+			vulnerability. System may allow data leaks with this
+			option.
 
 	nospec_store_bypass_disable
 			[HW] Disable all mitigations for the Speculative Store Bypass vulnerability
@@ -3065,6 +3165,14 @@
 			timeout < 0: reboot immediately
 			Format: <timeout>
 
+	panic_print=	Bitmask for printing system info when panic happens.
+			User can chose combination of the following bits:
+			bit 0: print all tasks info
+			bit 1: print system memory info
+			bit 2: print timer info
+			bit 3: print locks info if CONFIG_LOCKDEP is on
+			bit 4: print ftrace buffer
+
 	panic_on_warn	panic() instead of WARN().  Useful to cause kdump
 			on a WARN().
 
@@ -3323,6 +3431,8 @@
 				bridges without forcing it upstream. Note:
 				this removes isolation between devices and
 				may put more devices in an IOMMU group.
+		force_floating	[S390] Force usage of floating interrupts.
+		nomio		[S390] Do not use MIO instructions.
 
 	pcie_aspm=	[PCIE] Forcibly enable or disable PCIe Active State Power
 			Management.
@@ -3488,6 +3598,10 @@
 			before loading.
 			See Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt.
 
+	psi=		[KNL] Enable or disable pressure stall information
+			tracking.
+			Format: <bool>
+
 	psmouse.proto=	[HW,MOUSE] Highest PS2 mouse protocol extension to
 			probe for; one of (bare|imps|exps|lifebook|any).
 	psmouse.rate=	[HW,MOUSE] Set desired mouse report rate, in reports
@@ -3548,7 +3662,9 @@
 				see CONFIG_RAS_CEC help text.
 
 	rcu_nocbs=	[KNL]
-			The argument is a cpu list, as described above.
+			The argument is a cpu list, as described above,
+			except that the string "all" can be used to
+			specify every CPU on the system.
 
 			In kernels built with CONFIG_RCU_NOCB_CPU=y, set
 			the specified list of CPUs to be no-callback CPUs.
@@ -3609,19 +3725,6 @@
 			latencies, which will choose a value aligned
 			with the appropriate hardware boundaries.
 
-	rcutree.jiffies_till_sched_qs= [KNL]
-			Set required age in jiffies for a
-			given grace period before RCU starts
-			soliciting quiescent-state help from
-			rcu_note_context_switch().  If not specified, the
-			kernel will calculate a value based on the most
-			recent settings of rcutree.jiffies_till_first_fqs
-			and rcutree.jiffies_till_next_fqs.
-			This calculated value may be viewed in
-			rcutree.jiffies_to_sched_qs.  Any attempt to
-			set rcutree.jiffies_to_sched_qs will be
-			cheerfully overwritten.
-
 	rcutree.jiffies_till_first_fqs= [KNL]
 			Set delay from grace-period initialization to
 			first attempt to force quiescent states.
@@ -3633,6 +3736,20 @@
 			quiescent states.  Units are jiffies, minimum
 			value is one, and maximum value is HZ.
 
+	rcutree.jiffies_till_sched_qs= [KNL]
+			Set required age in jiffies for a
+			given grace period before RCU starts
+			soliciting quiescent-state help from
+			rcu_note_context_switch() and cond_resched().
+			If not specified, the kernel will calculate
+			a value based on the most recent settings
+			of rcutree.jiffies_till_first_fqs
+			and rcutree.jiffies_till_next_fqs.
+			This calculated value may be viewed in
+			rcutree.jiffies_to_sched_qs.  Any attempt to set
+			rcutree.jiffies_to_sched_qs will be cheerfully
+			overwritten.
+
 	rcutree.kthread_prio= 	 [KNL,BOOT]
 			Set the SCHED_FIFO priority of the RCU per-CPU
 			kthreads (rcuc/N). This value is also used for
@@ -3676,6 +3793,11 @@
 			This wake_up() will be accompanied by a
 			WARN_ONCE() splat and an ftrace_dump().
 
+	rcutree.sysrq_rcu= [KNL]
+			Commandeer a sysrq key to dump out Tree RCU's
+			rcu_node tree with an eye towards determining
+			why a new grace period has not yet started.
+
 	rcuperf.gp_async= [KNL]
 			Measure performance of asynchronous
 			grace-period primitives such as call_rcu().
@@ -3727,24 +3849,6 @@
 			in microseconds.  The default of zero says
 			no holdoff.
 
-	rcutorture.cbflood_inter_holdoff= [KNL]
-			Set holdoff time (jiffies) between successive
-			callback-flood tests.
-
-	rcutorture.cbflood_intra_holdoff= [KNL]
-			Set holdoff time (jiffies) between successive
-			bursts of callbacks within a given callback-flood
-			test.
-
-	rcutorture.cbflood_n_burst= [KNL]
-			Set the number of bursts making up a given
-			callback-flood test.  Set this to zero to
-			disable callback-flood testing.
-
-	rcutorture.cbflood_n_per_burst= [KNL]
-			Set the number of callbacks to be registered
-			in a given burst of a callback-flood test.
-
 	rcutorture.fqs_duration= [KNL]
 			Set duration of force_quiescent_state bursts
 			in microseconds.
@@ -3757,6 +3861,23 @@
 			Set wait time between force_quiescent_state bursts
 			in seconds.
 
+	rcutorture.fwd_progress= [KNL]
+			Enable RCU grace-period forward-progress testing
+			for the types of RCU supporting this notion.
+
+	rcutorture.fwd_progress_div= [KNL]
+			Specify the fraction of a CPU-stall-warning
+			period to do tight-loop forward-progress testing.
+
+	rcutorture.fwd_progress_holdoff= [KNL]
+			Number of seconds to wait between successive
+			forward-progress tests.
+
+	rcutorture.fwd_progress_need_resched= [KNL]
+			Enclose cond_resched() calls within checks for
+			need_resched() during tight-loop forward-progress
+			testing.
+
 	rcutorture.gp_cond= [KNL]
 			Use conditional/asynchronous update-side
 			primitives, if available.
@@ -4046,11 +4167,9 @@
 			Note: increases power consumption, thus should only be
 			enabled if running jitter sensitive (HPC/RT) workloads.
 
-	security=	[SECURITY] Choose a security module to enable at boot.
-			If this boot parameter is not specified, only the first
-			security module asking for security registration will be
-			loaded. An invalid security module name will be treated
-			as if no module has been chosen.
+	security=	[SECURITY] Choose a legacy "major" security module to
+			enable at boot. This has been deprecated by the
+			"lsm=" parameter.
 
 	selinux=	[SELINUX] Disable or enable SELinux at boot time.
 			Format: { "0" | "1" }
@@ -4178,9 +4297,13 @@
 
 	spectre_v2=	[X86] Control mitigation of Spectre variant 2
 			(indirect branch speculation) vulnerability.
+			The default operation protects the kernel from
+			user space attacks.
 
-			on   - unconditionally enable
-			off  - unconditionally disable
+			on   - unconditionally enable, implies
+			       spectre_v2_user=on
+			off  - unconditionally disable, implies
+			       spectre_v2_user=off
 			auto - kernel detects whether your CPU model is
 			       vulnerable
 
@@ -4190,6 +4313,12 @@
 			CONFIG_RETPOLINE configuration option, and the
 			compiler with which the kernel was built.
 
+			Selecting 'on' will also enable the mitigation
+			against user space to user space task attacks.
+
+			Selecting 'off' will disable both the kernel and
+			the user space protections.
+
 			Specific mitigations can also be selected manually:
 
 			retpoline	  - replace indirect branches
@@ -4199,6 +4328,48 @@
 			Not specifying this option is equivalent to
 			spectre_v2=auto.
 
+	spectre_v2_user=
+			[X86] Control mitigation of Spectre variant 2
+		        (indirect branch speculation) vulnerability between
+		        user space tasks
+
+			on	- Unconditionally enable mitigations. Is
+				  enforced by spectre_v2=on
+
+			off     - Unconditionally disable mitigations. Is
+				  enforced by spectre_v2=off
+
+			prctl   - Indirect branch speculation is enabled,
+				  but mitigation can be enabled via prctl
+				  per thread.  The mitigation control state
+				  is inherited on fork.
+
+			prctl,ibpb
+				- Like "prctl" above, but only STIBP is
+				  controlled per thread. IBPB is issued
+				  always when switching between different user
+				  space processes.
+
+			seccomp
+				- Same as "prctl" above, but all seccomp
+				  threads will enable the mitigation unless
+				  they explicitly opt out.
+
+			seccomp,ibpb
+				- Like "seccomp" above, but only STIBP is
+				  controlled per thread. IBPB is issued
+				  always when switching between different
+				  user space processes.
+
+			auto    - Kernel selects the mitigation depending on
+				  the available CPU features and vulnerability.
+
+			Default mitigation:
+			If CONFIG_SECCOMP=y then "seccomp", otherwise "prctl"
+
+			Not specifying this option is equivalent to
+			spectre_v2_user=auto.
+
 	spec_store_bypass_disable=
 			[HW] Control Speculative Store Bypass (SSB) Disable mitigation
 			(Speculative Store Bypass vulnerability)
@@ -4573,6 +4744,10 @@
 			[x86] unstable: mark the TSC clocksource as unstable, this
 			marks the TSC unconditionally unstable at bootup and
 			avoids any further wobbles once the TSC watchdog notices.
+			[x86] nowatchdog: disable clocksource watchdog. Used
+			in situations with strict latency requirements (where
+			interruptions from clocksource watchdog are not
+			acceptable).
 
 	turbografx.map[2|3]=	[HW,JOY]
 			TurboGraFX parallel port interface
@@ -4602,7 +4777,8 @@
 	usbcore.authorized_default=
 			[USB] Default USB device authorization:
 			(default -1 = authorized except for wireless USB,
-			0 = not authorized, 1 = authorized)
+			0 = not authorized, 1 = authorized, 2 = authorized
+			if device connected to internal port)
 
 	usbcore.autosuspend=
 			[USB] The autosuspend time delay (in seconds) used
@@ -4623,7 +4799,8 @@
 
 	usbcore.old_scheme_first=
 			[USB] Start with the old device initialization
-			scheme (default 0 = off).
+			scheme,  applies only to low and full-speed devices
+			 (default 0 = off).
 
 	usbcore.usbfs_memory_mb=
 			[USB] Memory limit (in MB) for buffers allocated by
@@ -4696,6 +4873,8 @@
 					prevent spurious wakeup);
 				n = USB_QUIRK_DELAY_CTRL_MSG (Device needs a
 					pause after every control message);
+				o = USB_QUIRK_HUB_SLOW_RESET (Hub needs extra
+					delay after resetting its port);
 			Example: quirks=0781:5580:bk,0a5c:5834:gij
 
 	usbhid.mousepoll=
@@ -4838,6 +5017,18 @@
 			This is actually a boot loader parameter; the value is
 			passed to the kernel using a special protocol.
 
+	vm_debug[=options]	[KNL] Available with CONFIG_DEBUG_VM=y.
+			May slow down system boot speed, especially when
+			enabled on systems with a large amount of memory.
+			All options are enabled by default, and this
+			interface is meant to allow for selectively
+			enabling or disabling specific virtual memory
+			debugging features.
+
+			Available options are:
+			  P	Enable page structure init time poisoning
+			  -	Disable all of the above options
+
 	vmalloc=nn[KMG]	[KNL,BOOT] Forces the vmalloc area to have an exact
 			size of <nn>. This can be used to increase the
 			minimum size (128MB on x86). It can also be used to
@@ -4932,6 +5123,14 @@
 			or other driver-specific files in the
 			Documentation/watchdog/ directory.
 
+	watchdog_thresh=
+			[KNL]
+			Set the hard lockup detector stall duration
+			threshold in seconds. The soft lockup detector
+			threshold is set to twice the value. A value of 0
+			disables both lockup detectors. Default is 10
+			seconds.
+
 	workqueue.watchdog_thresh=
 			If CONFIG_WQ_WATCHDOG is configured, workqueue can
 			warn stall conditions and dump internal state to
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/l1tf.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/l1tf.rst
index b85dd80510b0..9af977384168 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/l1tf.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/l1tf.rst
@@ -405,6 +405,9 @@ time with the option "l1tf=". The valid arguments for this option are:
 
   off		Disables hypervisor mitigations and doesn't emit any
 		warnings.
+		It also drops the swap size and available RAM limit restrictions
+		on both hypervisor and bare metal.
+
   ============  =============================================================
 
 The default is 'flush'. For details about L1D flushing see :ref:`l1d_flush`.
@@ -576,7 +579,8 @@ Default mitigations
   The kernel default mitigations for vulnerable processors are:
 
   - PTE inversion to protect against malicious user space. This is done
-    unconditionally and cannot be controlled.
+    unconditionally and cannot be controlled. The swap storage is limited
+    to ~16TB.
 
   - L1D conditional flushing on VMENTER when EPT is enabled for
     a guest.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/md.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/md.rst
index 84de718f24a4..3c51084ffd37 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/md.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/md.rst
@@ -756,3 +756,6 @@ These currently include:
       The cache mode for raid5. raid5 could include an extra disk for
       caching. The mode can be "write-throuth" and "write-back". The
       default is "write-through".
+
+  ppl_write_hint
+      NVMe stream ID to be set for each PPL write request.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/concepts.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/concepts.rst
index 291699c810d4..c2531b14bf46 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/concepts.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/concepts.rst
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@
 Concepts overview
 =================
 
-The memory management in Linux is complex system that evolved over the
-years and included more and more functionality to support variety of
+The memory management in Linux is a complex system that evolved over the
+years and included more and more functionality to support a variety of
 systems from MMU-less microcontrollers to supercomputers. The memory
-management for systems without MMU is called ``nommu`` and it
+management for systems without an MMU is called ``nommu`` and it
 definitely deserves a dedicated document, which hopefully will be
 eventually written. Yet, although some of the concepts are the same,
-here we assume that MMU is available and CPU can translate a virtual
+here we assume that an MMU is available and a CPU can translate a virtual
 address to a physical address.
 
 .. contents:: :local:
@@ -21,10 +21,10 @@ Virtual Memory Primer
 The physical memory in a computer system is a limited resource and
 even for systems that support memory hotplug there is a hard limit on
 the amount of memory that can be installed. The physical memory is not
-necessary contiguous, it might be accessible as a set of distinct
+necessarily contiguous; it might be accessible as a set of distinct
 address ranges. Besides, different CPU architectures, and even
-different implementations of the same architecture have different view
-how these address ranges defined.
+different implementations of the same architecture have different views
+of how these address ranges are defined.
 
 All this makes dealing directly with physical memory quite complex and
 to avoid this complexity a concept of virtual memory was developed.
@@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ appropriate kernel configuration option.
 
 Each physical memory page can be mapped as one or more virtual
 pages. These mappings are described by page tables that allow
-translation from virtual address used by programs to real address in
-the physical memory. The page tables organized hierarchically.
+translation from a virtual address used by programs to the physical
+memory address. The page tables are organized hierarchically.
 
 The tables at the lowest level of the hierarchy contain physical
 addresses of actual pages used by the software. The tables at higher
@@ -121,8 +121,8 @@ Nodes
 Many multi-processor machines are NUMA - Non-Uniform Memory Access -
 systems. In such systems the memory is arranged into banks that have
 different access latency depending on the "distance" from the
-processor. Each bank is referred as `node` and for each node Linux
-constructs an independent memory management subsystem. A node has it's
+processor. Each bank is referred to as a `node` and for each node Linux
+constructs an independent memory management subsystem. A node has its
 own set of zones, lists of free and used pages and various statistics
 counters. You can find more details about NUMA in
 :ref:`Documentation/vm/numa.rst <numa>` and in
@@ -149,9 +149,9 @@ for program's stack and heap or by explicit calls to mmap(2) system
 call. Usually, the anonymous mappings only define virtual memory areas
 that the program is allowed to access. The read accesses will result
 in creation of a page table entry that references a special physical
-page filled with zeroes. When the program performs a write, regular
+page filled with zeroes. When the program performs a write, a regular
 physical page will be allocated to hold the written data. The page
-will be marked dirty and if the kernel will decide to repurpose it,
+will be marked dirty and if the kernel decides to repurpose it,
 the dirty page will be swapped out.
 
 Reclaim
@@ -181,8 +181,8 @@ pressure.
 The process of freeing the reclaimable physical memory pages and
 repurposing them is called (surprise!) `reclaim`. Linux can reclaim
 pages either asynchronously or synchronously, depending on the state
-of the system. When system is not loaded, most of the memory is free
-and allocation request will be satisfied immediately from the free
+of the system. When the system is not loaded, most of the memory is free
+and allocation requests will be satisfied immediately from the free
 pages supply. As the load increases, the amount of the free pages goes
 down and when it reaches a certain threshold (high watermark), an
 allocation request will awaken the ``kswapd`` daemon. It will
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ asynchronously scan memory pages and either just free them if the data
 they contain is available elsewhere, or evict to the backing storage
 device (remember those dirty pages?). As memory usage increases even
 more and reaches another threshold - min watermark - an allocation
-will trigger the `direct reclaim`. In this case allocation is stalled
+will trigger `direct reclaim`. In this case allocation is stalled
 until enough memory pages are reclaimed to satisfy the request.
 
 Compaction
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ As the system runs, tasks allocate and free the memory and it becomes
 fragmented. Although with virtual memory it is possible to present
 scattered physical pages as virtually contiguous range, sometimes it is
 necessary to allocate large physically contiguous memory areas. Such
-need may arise, for instance, when a device driver requires large
+need may arise, for instance, when a device driver requires a large
 buffer for DMA, or when THP allocates a huge page. Memory `compaction`
 addresses the fragmentation issue. This mechanism moves occupied pages
 from the lower part of a memory zone to free pages in the upper part
@@ -208,15 +208,16 @@ of the zone. When a compaction scan is finished free pages are grouped
 together at the beginning of the zone and allocations of large
 physically contiguous areas become possible.
 
-Like reclaim, the compaction may happen asynchronously in ``kcompactd``
-daemon or synchronously as a result of memory allocation request.
+Like reclaim, the compaction may happen asynchronously in the ``kcompactd``
+daemon or synchronously as a result of a memory allocation request.
 
 OOM killer
 ==========
 
-It may happen, that on a loaded machine memory will be exhausted. When
-the kernel detects that the system runs out of memory (OOM) it invokes
-`OOM killer`. Its mission is simple: all it has to do is to select a
-task to sacrifice for the sake of the overall system health. The
-selected task is killed in a hope that after it exits enough memory
-will be freed to continue normal operation.
+It is possible that on a loaded machine memory will be exhausted and the
+kernel will be unable to reclaim enough memory to continue to operate. In
+order to save the rest of the system, it invokes the `OOM killer`.
+
+The `OOM killer` selects a task to sacrifice for the sake of the overall
+system health. The selected task is killed in a hope that after it exits
+enough memory will be freed to continue normal operation.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst
index 25157aec5b31..5c4432c96c4b 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/memory-hotplug.rst
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Memory Hotplug
 ==============
 
 :Created:							Jul 28 2007
-:Updated: Add description of notifier of memory hotplug:	Oct 11 2007
+:Updated: Add some details about locking internals:		Aug 20 2018
 
 This document is about memory hotplug including how-to-use and current status.
 Because Memory Hotplug is still under development, contents of this text will
@@ -392,6 +392,46 @@ Need more implementation yet....
  - Notification completion of remove works by OS to firmware.
  - Guard from remove if not yet.
 
+
+Locking Internals
+=================
+
+When adding/removing memory that uses memory block devices (i.e. ordinary RAM),
+the device_hotplug_lock should be held to:
+
+- synchronize against online/offline requests (e.g. via sysfs). This way, memory
+  block devices can only be accessed (.online/.state attributes) by user
+  space once memory has been fully added. And when removing memory, we
+  know nobody is in critical sections.
+- synchronize against CPU hotplug and similar (e.g. relevant for ACPI and PPC)
+
+Especially, there is a possible lock inversion that is avoided using
+device_hotplug_lock when adding memory and user space tries to online that
+memory faster than expected:
+
+- device_online() will first take the device_lock(), followed by
+  mem_hotplug_lock
+- add_memory_resource() will first take the mem_hotplug_lock, followed by
+  the device_lock() (while creating the devices, during bus_add_device()).
+
+As the device is visible to user space before taking the device_lock(), this
+can result in a lock inversion.
+
+onlining/offlining of memory should be done via device_online()/
+device_offline() - to make sure it is properly synchronized to actions
+via sysfs. Holding device_hotplug_lock is advised (to e.g. protect online_type)
+
+When adding/removing/onlining/offlining memory or adding/removing
+heterogeneous/device memory, we should always hold the mem_hotplug_lock in
+write mode to serialise memory hotplug (e.g. access to global/zone
+variables).
+
+In addition, mem_hotplug_lock (in contrast to device_hotplug_lock) in read
+mode allows for a quite efficient get_online_mems/put_online_mems
+implementation, so code accessing memory can protect from that memory
+vanishing.
+
+
 Future Work
 ===========
 
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/pagemap.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/pagemap.rst
index 3f7bade2c231..340a5aee9b80 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/pagemap.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/pagemap.rst
@@ -75,9 +75,10 @@ number of times a page is mapped.
     20. NOPAGE
     21. KSM
     22. THP
-    23. BALLOON
+    23. OFFLINE
     24. ZERO_PAGE
     25. IDLE
+    26. PGTABLE
 
  * ``/proc/kpagecgroup``.  This file contains a 64-bit inode number of the
    memory cgroup each page is charged to, indexed by PFN. Only available when
@@ -118,8 +119,8 @@ Short descriptions to the page flags
     identical memory pages dynamically shared between one or more processes
 22 - THP
     contiguous pages which construct transparent hugepages
-23 - BALLOON
-    balloon compaction page
+23 - OFFLINE
+    page is logically offline
 24 - ZERO_PAGE
     zero page for pfn_zero or huge_zero page
 25 - IDLE
@@ -128,6 +129,8 @@ Short descriptions to the page flags
     Note that this flag may be stale in case the page was accessed via
     a PTE. To make sure the flag is up-to-date one has to read
     ``/sys/kernel/mm/page_idle/bitmap`` first.
+26 - PGTABLE
+    page is in use as a page table
 
 IO related page flags
 ---------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/perf-security.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf-security.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..72effa7c23b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/perf-security.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+.. _perf_security:
+
+Perf Events and tool security
+=============================
+
+Overview
+--------
+
+Usage of Performance Counters for Linux (perf_events) [1]_ , [2]_ , [3]_
+can impose a considerable risk of leaking sensitive data accessed by
+monitored processes. The data leakage is possible both in scenarios of
+direct usage of perf_events system call API [2]_ and over data files
+generated by Perf tool user mode utility (Perf) [3]_ , [4]_ . The risk
+depends on the nature of data that perf_events performance monitoring
+units (PMU) [2]_ and Perf collect and expose for performance analysis.
+Collected system and performance data may be split into several
+categories:
+
+1. System hardware and software configuration data, for example: a CPU
+   model and its cache configuration, an amount of available memory and
+   its topology, used kernel and Perf versions, performance monitoring
+   setup including experiment time, events configuration, Perf command
+   line parameters, etc.
+
+2. User and kernel module paths and their load addresses with sizes,
+   process and thread names with their PIDs and TIDs, timestamps for
+   captured hardware and software events.
+
+3. Content of kernel software counters (e.g., for context switches, page
+   faults, CPU migrations), architectural hardware performance counters
+   (PMC) [8]_ and machine specific registers (MSR) [9]_ that provide
+   execution metrics for various monitored parts of the system (e.g.,
+   memory controller (IMC), interconnect (QPI/UPI) or peripheral (PCIe)
+   uncore counters) without direct attribution to any execution context
+   state.
+
+4. Content of architectural execution context registers (e.g., RIP, RSP,
+   RBP on x86_64), process user and kernel space memory addresses and
+   data, content of various architectural MSRs that capture data from
+   this category.
+
+Data that belong to the fourth category can potentially contain
+sensitive process data. If PMUs in some monitoring modes capture values
+of execution context registers or data from process memory then access
+to such monitoring capabilities requires to be ordered and secured
+properly. So, perf_events/Perf performance monitoring is the subject for
+security access control management [5]_ .
+
+perf_events/Perf access control
+-------------------------------
+
+To perform security checks, the Linux implementation splits processes
+into two categories [6]_ : a) privileged processes (whose effective user
+ID is 0, referred to as superuser or root), and b) unprivileged
+processes (whose effective UID is nonzero). Privileged processes bypass
+all kernel security permission checks so perf_events performance
+monitoring is fully available to privileged processes without access,
+scope and resource restrictions.
+
+Unprivileged processes are subject to a full security permission check
+based on the process's credentials [5]_ (usually: effective UID,
+effective GID, and supplementary group list).
+
+Linux divides the privileges traditionally associated with superuser
+into distinct units, known as capabilities [6]_ , which can be
+independently enabled and disabled on per-thread basis for processes and
+files of unprivileged users.
+
+Unprivileged processes with enabled CAP_SYS_ADMIN capability are treated
+as privileged processes with respect to perf_events performance
+monitoring and bypass *scope* permissions checks in the kernel.
+
+Unprivileged processes using perf_events system call API is also subject
+for PTRACE_MODE_READ_REALCREDS ptrace access mode check [7]_ , whose
+outcome determines whether monitoring is permitted. So unprivileged
+processes provided with CAP_SYS_PTRACE capability are effectively
+permitted to pass the check.
+
+Other capabilities being granted to unprivileged processes can
+effectively enable capturing of additional data required for later
+performance analysis of monitored processes or a system. For example,
+CAP_SYSLOG capability permits reading kernel space memory addresses from
+/proc/kallsyms file.
+
+perf_events/Perf privileged users
+---------------------------------
+
+Mechanisms of capabilities, privileged capability-dumb files [6]_ and
+file system ACLs [10]_ can be used to create a dedicated group of
+perf_events/Perf privileged users who are permitted to execute
+performance monitoring without scope limits. The following steps can be
+taken to create such a group of privileged Perf users.
+
+1. Create perf_users group of privileged Perf users, assign perf_users
+   group to Perf tool executable and limit access to the executable for
+   other users in the system who are not in the perf_users group:
+
+::
+
+   # groupadd perf_users
+   # ls -alhF
+   -rwxr-xr-x  2 root root  11M Oct 19 15:12 perf
+   # chgrp perf_users perf
+   # ls -alhF
+   -rwxr-xr-x  2 root perf_users  11M Oct 19 15:12 perf
+   # chmod o-rwx perf
+   # ls -alhF
+   -rwxr-x---  2 root perf_users  11M Oct 19 15:12 perf
+
+2. Assign the required capabilities to the Perf tool executable file and
+   enable members of perf_users group with performance monitoring
+   privileges [6]_ :
+
+::
+
+   # setcap "cap_sys_admin,cap_sys_ptrace,cap_syslog=ep" perf
+   # setcap -v "cap_sys_admin,cap_sys_ptrace,cap_syslog=ep" perf
+   perf: OK
+   # getcap perf
+   perf = cap_sys_ptrace,cap_sys_admin,cap_syslog+ep
+
+As a result, members of perf_users group are capable of conducting
+performance monitoring by using functionality of the configured Perf
+tool executable that, when executes, passes perf_events subsystem scope
+checks.
+
+This specific access control management is only available to superuser
+or root running processes with CAP_SETPCAP, CAP_SETFCAP [6]_
+capabilities.
+
+perf_events/Perf unprivileged users
+-----------------------------------
+
+perf_events/Perf *scope* and *access* control for unprivileged processes
+is governed by perf_event_paranoid [2]_ setting:
+
+-1:
+     Impose no *scope* and *access* restrictions on using perf_events
+     performance monitoring. Per-user per-cpu perf_event_mlock_kb [2]_
+     locking limit is ignored when allocating memory buffers for storing
+     performance data. This is the least secure mode since allowed
+     monitored *scope* is maximized and no perf_events specific limits
+     are imposed on *resources* allocated for performance monitoring.
+
+>=0:
+     *scope* includes per-process and system wide performance monitoring
+     but excludes raw tracepoints and ftrace function tracepoints
+     monitoring. CPU and system events happened when executing either in
+     user or in kernel space can be monitored and captured for later
+     analysis. Per-user per-cpu perf_event_mlock_kb locking limit is
+     imposed but ignored for unprivileged processes with CAP_IPC_LOCK
+     [6]_ capability.
+
+>=1:
+     *scope* includes per-process performance monitoring only and
+     excludes system wide performance monitoring. CPU and system events
+     happened when executing either in user or in kernel space can be
+     monitored and captured for later analysis. Per-user per-cpu
+     perf_event_mlock_kb locking limit is imposed but ignored for
+     unprivileged processes with CAP_IPC_LOCK capability.
+
+>=2:
+     *scope* includes per-process performance monitoring only. CPU and
+     system events happened when executing in user space only can be
+     monitored and captured for later analysis. Per-user per-cpu
+     perf_event_mlock_kb locking limit is imposed but ignored for
+     unprivileged processes with CAP_IPC_LOCK capability.
+
+perf_events/Perf resource control
+---------------------------------
+
+Open file descriptors
++++++++++++++++++++++
+
+The perf_events system call API [2]_ allocates file descriptors for
+every configured PMU event. Open file descriptors are a per-process
+accountable resource governed by the RLIMIT_NOFILE [11]_ limit
+(ulimit -n), which is usually derived from the login shell process. When
+configuring Perf collection for a long list of events on a large server
+system, this limit can be easily hit preventing required monitoring
+configuration. RLIMIT_NOFILE limit can be increased on per-user basis
+modifying content of the limits.conf file [12]_ . Ordinarily, a Perf
+sampling session (perf record) requires an amount of open perf_event
+file descriptors that is not less than the number of monitored events
+multiplied by the number of monitored CPUs.
+
+Memory allocation
++++++++++++++++++
+
+The amount of memory available to user processes for capturing
+performance monitoring data is governed by the perf_event_mlock_kb [2]_
+setting. This perf_event specific resource setting defines overall
+per-cpu limits of memory allowed for mapping by the user processes to
+execute performance monitoring. The setting essentially extends the
+RLIMIT_MEMLOCK [11]_ limit, but only for memory regions mapped
+specifically for capturing monitored performance events and related data.
+
+For example, if a machine has eight cores and perf_event_mlock_kb limit
+is set to 516 KiB, then a user process is provided with 516 KiB * 8 =
+4128 KiB of memory above the RLIMIT_MEMLOCK limit (ulimit -l) for
+perf_event mmap buffers. In particular, this means that, if the user
+wants to start two or more performance monitoring processes, the user is
+required to manually distribute the available 4128 KiB between the
+monitoring processes, for example, using the --mmap-pages Perf record
+mode option. Otherwise, the first started performance monitoring process
+allocates all available 4128 KiB and the other processes will fail to
+proceed due to the lack of memory.
+
+RLIMIT_MEMLOCK and perf_event_mlock_kb resource constraints are ignored
+for processes with the CAP_IPC_LOCK capability. Thus, perf_events/Perf
+privileged users can be provided with memory above the constraints for
+perf_events/Perf performance monitoring purpose by providing the Perf
+executable with CAP_IPC_LOCK capability.
+
+Bibliography
+------------
+
+.. [1] `<https://lwn.net/Articles/337493/>`_
+.. [2] `<http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/perf_event_open.2.html>`_
+.. [3] `<http://web.eece.maine.edu/~vweaver/projects/perf_events/>`_
+.. [4] `<https://perf.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Main_Page>`_
+.. [5] `<https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/security/credentials.html>`_
+.. [6] `<http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man7/capabilities.7.html>`_
+.. [7] `<http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/ptrace.2.html>`_
+.. [8] `<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hardware_performance_counter>`_
+.. [9] `<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Model-specific_register>`_
+.. [10] `<http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man5/acl.5.html>`_
+.. [11] `<http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/getrlimit.2.html>`_
+.. [12] `<http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man5/limits.conf.5.html>`_
+
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst
index 47153e64dfb5..0c74a7784964 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+.. include:: <isonum.txt>
+
 .. |struct cpufreq_policy| replace:: :c:type:`struct cpufreq_policy <cpufreq_policy>`
 .. |intel_pstate| replace:: :doc:`intel_pstate <intel_pstate>`
 
@@ -5,9 +8,10 @@
 CPU Performance Scaling
 =======================
 
-::
+:Copyright: |copy| 2017 Intel Corporation
+
+:Author: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
 
- Copyright (c) 2017 Intel Corp., Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
 
 The Concept of CPU Performance Scaling
 ======================================
@@ -150,7 +154,7 @@ data structures necessary to handle the given policy and, possibly, to add
 a governor ``sysfs`` interface to it.  Next, the governor is started by
 invoking its ``->start()`` callback.
 
-That callback it expected to register per-CPU utilization update callbacks for
+That callback is expected to register per-CPU utilization update callbacks for
 all of the online CPUs belonging to the given policy with the CPU scheduler.
 The utilization update callbacks will be invoked by the CPU scheduler on
 important events, like task enqueue and dequeue, on every iteration of the
@@ -396,8 +400,8 @@ RT or deadline scheduling classes, the governor will increase the frequency to
 the allowed maximum (that is, the ``scaling_max_freq`` policy limit).  In turn,
 if it is invoked by the CFS scheduling class, the governor will use the
 Per-Entity Load Tracking (PELT) metric for the root control group of the
-given CPU as the CPU utilization estimate (see the `Per-entity load tracking`_
-LWN.net article for a description of the PELT mechanism).  Then, the new
+given CPU as the CPU utilization estimate (see the *Per-entity load tracking*
+LWN.net article [1]_ for a description of the PELT mechanism).  Then, the new
 CPU frequency to apply is computed in accordance with the formula
 
 	f = 1.25 * ``f_0`` * ``util`` / ``max``
@@ -698,4 +702,8 @@ hardware feature (e.g. all Intel ones), even if the
 :c:macro:`CONFIG_X86_ACPI_CPUFREQ_CPB` configuration option is set.
 
 
-.. _Per-entity load tracking: https://lwn.net/Articles/531853/
+References
+==========
+
+.. [1] Jonathan Corbet, *Per-entity load tracking*,
+       https://lwn.net/Articles/531853/
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpuidle.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpuidle.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e70b365dbc60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpuidle.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,723 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+.. include:: <isonum.txt>
+
+.. |struct cpuidle_state| replace:: :c:type:`struct cpuidle_state <cpuidle_state>`
+.. |cpufreq| replace:: :doc:`CPU Performance Scaling <cpufreq>`
+
+========================
+CPU Idle Time Management
+========================
+
+:Copyright: |copy| 2018 Intel Corporation
+
+:Author: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+
+
+Concepts
+========
+
+Modern processors are generally able to enter states in which the execution of
+a program is suspended and instructions belonging to it are not fetched from
+memory or executed.  Those states are the *idle* states of the processor.
+
+Since part of the processor hardware is not used in idle states, entering them
+generally allows power drawn by the processor to be reduced and, in consequence,
+it is an opportunity to save energy.
+
+CPU idle time management is an energy-efficiency feature concerned about using
+the idle states of processors for this purpose.
+
+Logical CPUs
+------------
+
+CPU idle time management operates on CPUs as seen by the *CPU scheduler* (that
+is the part of the kernel responsible for the distribution of computational
+work in the system).  In its view, CPUs are *logical* units.  That is, they need
+not be separate physical entities and may just be interfaces appearing to
+software as individual single-core processors.  In other words, a CPU is an
+entity which appears to be fetching instructions that belong to one sequence
+(program) from memory and executing them, but it need not work this way
+physically.  Generally, three different cases can be consider here.
+
+First, if the whole processor can only follow one sequence of instructions (one
+program) at a time, it is a CPU.  In that case, if the hardware is asked to
+enter an idle state, that applies to the processor as a whole.
+
+Second, if the processor is multi-core, each core in it is able to follow at
+least one program at a time.  The cores need not be entirely independent of each
+other (for example, they may share caches), but still most of the time they
+work physically in parallel with each other, so if each of them executes only
+one program, those programs run mostly independently of each other at the same
+time.  The entire cores are CPUs in that case and if the hardware is asked to
+enter an idle state, that applies to the core that asked for it in the first
+place, but it also may apply to a larger unit (say a "package" or a "cluster")
+that the core belongs to (in fact, it may apply to an entire hierarchy of larger
+units containing the core).  Namely, if all of the cores in the larger unit
+except for one have been put into idle states at the "core level" and the
+remaining core asks the processor to enter an idle state, that may trigger it
+to put the whole larger unit into an idle state which also will affect the
+other cores in that unit.
+
+Finally, each core in a multi-core processor may be able to follow more than one
+program in the same time frame (that is, each core may be able to fetch
+instructions from multiple locations in memory and execute them in the same time
+frame, but not necessarily entirely in parallel with each other).  In that case
+the cores present themselves to software as "bundles" each consisting of
+multiple individual single-core "processors", referred to as *hardware threads*
+(or hyper-threads specifically on Intel hardware), that each can follow one
+sequence of instructions.  Then, the hardware threads are CPUs from the CPU idle
+time management perspective and if the processor is asked to enter an idle state
+by one of them, the hardware thread (or CPU) that asked for it is stopped, but
+nothing more happens, unless all of the other hardware threads within the same
+core also have asked the processor to enter an idle state.  In that situation,
+the core may be put into an idle state individually or a larger unit containing
+it may be put into an idle state as a whole (if the other cores within the
+larger unit are in idle states already).
+
+Idle CPUs
+---------
+
+Logical CPUs, simply referred to as "CPUs" in what follows, are regarded as
+*idle* by the Linux kernel when there are no tasks to run on them except for the
+special "idle" task.
+
+Tasks are the CPU scheduler's representation of work.  Each task consists of a
+sequence of instructions to execute, or code, data to be manipulated while
+running that code, and some context information that needs to be loaded into the
+processor every time the task's code is run by a CPU.  The CPU scheduler
+distributes work by assigning tasks to run to the CPUs present in the system.
+
+Tasks can be in various states.  In particular, they are *runnable* if there are
+no specific conditions preventing their code from being run by a CPU as long as
+there is a CPU available for that (for example, they are not waiting for any
+events to occur or similar).  When a task becomes runnable, the CPU scheduler
+assigns it to one of the available CPUs to run and if there are no more runnable
+tasks assigned to it, the CPU will load the given task's context and run its
+code (from the instruction following the last one executed so far, possibly by
+another CPU).  [If there are multiple runnable tasks assigned to one CPU
+simultaneously, they will be subject to prioritization and time sharing in order
+to allow them to make some progress over time.]
+
+The special "idle" task becomes runnable if there are no other runnable tasks
+assigned to the given CPU and the CPU is then regarded as idle.  In other words,
+in Linux idle CPUs run the code of the "idle" task called *the idle loop*.  That
+code may cause the processor to be put into one of its idle states, if they are
+supported, in order to save energy, but if the processor does not support any
+idle states, or there is not enough time to spend in an idle state before the
+next wakeup event, or there are strict latency constraints preventing any of the
+available idle states from being used, the CPU will simply execute more or less
+useless instructions in a loop until it is assigned a new task to run.
+
+
+.. _idle-loop:
+
+The Idle Loop
+=============
+
+The idle loop code takes two major steps in every iteration of it.  First, it
+calls into a code module referred to as the *governor* that belongs to the CPU
+idle time management subsystem called ``CPUIdle`` to select an idle state for
+the CPU to ask the hardware to enter.  Second, it invokes another code module
+from the ``CPUIdle`` subsystem, called the *driver*, to actually ask the
+processor hardware to enter the idle state selected by the governor.
+
+The role of the governor is to find an idle state most suitable for the
+conditions at hand.  For this purpose, idle states that the hardware can be
+asked to enter by logical CPUs are represented in an abstract way independent of
+the platform or the processor architecture and organized in a one-dimensional
+(linear) array.  That array has to be prepared and supplied by the ``CPUIdle``
+driver matching the platform the kernel is running on at the initialization
+time.  This allows ``CPUIdle`` governors to be independent of the underlying
+hardware and to work with any platforms that the Linux kernel can run on.
+
+Each idle state present in that array is characterized by two parameters to be
+taken into account by the governor, the *target residency* and the (worst-case)
+*exit latency*.  The target residency is the minimum time the hardware must
+spend in the given state, including the time needed to enter it (which may be
+substantial), in order to save more energy than it would save by entering one of
+the shallower idle states instead.  [The "depth" of an idle state roughly
+corresponds to the power drawn by the processor in that state.]  The exit
+latency, in turn, is the maximum time it will take a CPU asking the processor
+hardware to enter an idle state to start executing the first instruction after a
+wakeup from that state.  Note that in general the exit latency also must cover
+the time needed to enter the given state in case the wakeup occurs when the
+hardware is entering it and it must be entered completely to be exited in an
+ordered manner.
+
+There are two types of information that can influence the governor's decisions.
+First of all, the governor knows the time until the closest timer event.  That
+time is known exactly, because the kernel programs timers and it knows exactly
+when they will trigger, and it is the maximum time the hardware that the given
+CPU depends on can spend in an idle state, including the time necessary to enter
+and exit it.  However, the CPU may be woken up by a non-timer event at any time
+(in particular, before the closest timer triggers) and it generally is not known
+when that may happen.  The governor can only see how much time the CPU actually
+was idle after it has been woken up (that time will be referred to as the *idle
+duration* from now on) and it can use that information somehow along with the
+time until the closest timer to estimate the idle duration in future.  How the
+governor uses that information depends on what algorithm is implemented by it
+and that is the primary reason for having more than one governor in the
+``CPUIdle`` subsystem.
+
+There are three ``CPUIdle`` governors available, ``menu``, `TEO <teo-gov_>`_
+and ``ladder``.  Which of them is used by default depends on the configuration
+of the kernel and in particular on whether or not the scheduler tick can be
+`stopped by the idle loop <idle-cpus-and-tick_>`_.  It is possible to change the
+governor at run time if the ``cpuidle_sysfs_switch`` command line parameter has
+been passed to the kernel, but that is not safe in general, so it should not be
+done on production systems (that may change in the future, though).  The name of
+the ``CPUIdle`` governor currently used by the kernel can be read from the
+:file:`current_governor_ro` (or :file:`current_governor` if
+``cpuidle_sysfs_switch`` is present in the kernel command line) file under
+:file:`/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/` in ``sysfs``.
+
+Which ``CPUIdle`` driver is used, on the other hand, usually depends on the
+platform the kernel is running on, but there are platforms with more than one
+matching driver.  For example, there are two drivers that can work with the
+majority of Intel platforms, ``intel_idle`` and ``acpi_idle``, one with
+hardcoded idle states information and the other able to read that information
+from the system's ACPI tables, respectively.  Still, even in those cases, the
+driver chosen at the system initialization time cannot be replaced later, so the
+decision on which one of them to use has to be made early (on Intel platforms
+the ``acpi_idle`` driver will be used if ``intel_idle`` is disabled for some
+reason or if it does not recognize the processor).  The name of the ``CPUIdle``
+driver currently used by the kernel can be read from the :file:`current_driver`
+file under :file:`/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/` in ``sysfs``.
+
+
+.. _idle-cpus-and-tick:
+
+Idle CPUs and The Scheduler Tick
+================================
+
+The scheduler tick is a timer that triggers periodically in order to implement
+the time sharing strategy of the CPU scheduler.  Of course, if there are
+multiple runnable tasks assigned to one CPU at the same time, the only way to
+allow them to make reasonable progress in a given time frame is to make them
+share the available CPU time.  Namely, in rough approximation, each task is
+given a slice of the CPU time to run its code, subject to the scheduling class,
+prioritization and so on and when that time slice is used up, the CPU should be
+switched over to running (the code of) another task.  The currently running task
+may not want to give the CPU away voluntarily, however, and the scheduler tick
+is there to make the switch happen regardless.  That is not the only role of the
+tick, but it is the primary reason for using it.
+
+The scheduler tick is problematic from the CPU idle time management perspective,
+because it triggers periodically and relatively often (depending on the kernel
+configuration, the length of the tick period is between 1 ms and 10 ms).
+Thus, if the tick is allowed to trigger on idle CPUs, it will not make sense
+for them to ask the hardware to enter idle states with target residencies above
+the tick period length.  Moreover, in that case the idle duration of any CPU
+will never exceed the tick period length and the energy used for entering and
+exiting idle states due to the tick wakeups on idle CPUs will be wasted.
+
+Fortunately, it is not really necessary to allow the tick to trigger on idle
+CPUs, because (by definition) they have no tasks to run except for the special
+"idle" one.  In other words, from the CPU scheduler perspective, the only user
+of the CPU time on them is the idle loop.  Since the time of an idle CPU need
+not be shared between multiple runnable tasks, the primary reason for using the
+tick goes away if the given CPU is idle.  Consequently, it is possible to stop
+the scheduler tick entirely on idle CPUs in principle, even though that may not
+always be worth the effort.
+
+Whether or not it makes sense to stop the scheduler tick in the idle loop
+depends on what is expected by the governor.  First, if there is another
+(non-tick) timer due to trigger within the tick range, stopping the tick clearly
+would be a waste of time, even though the timer hardware may not need to be
+reprogrammed in that case.  Second, if the governor is expecting a non-timer
+wakeup within the tick range, stopping the tick is not necessary and it may even
+be harmful.  Namely, in that case the governor will select an idle state with
+the target residency within the time until the expected wakeup, so that state is
+going to be relatively shallow.  The governor really cannot select a deep idle
+state then, as that would contradict its own expectation of a wakeup in short
+order.  Now, if the wakeup really occurs shortly, stopping the tick would be a
+waste of time and in this case the timer hardware would need to be reprogrammed,
+which is expensive.  On the other hand, if the tick is stopped and the wakeup
+does not occur any time soon, the hardware may spend indefinite amount of time
+in the shallow idle state selected by the governor, which will be a waste of
+energy.  Hence, if the governor is expecting a wakeup of any kind within the
+tick range, it is better to allow the tick trigger.  Otherwise, however, the
+governor will select a relatively deep idle state, so the tick should be stopped
+so that it does not wake up the CPU too early.
+
+In any case, the governor knows what it is expecting and the decision on whether
+or not to stop the scheduler tick belongs to it.  Still, if the tick has been
+stopped already (in one of the previous iterations of the loop), it is better
+to leave it as is and the governor needs to take that into account.
+
+The kernel can be configured to disable stopping the scheduler tick in the idle
+loop altogether.  That can be done through the build-time configuration of it
+(by unsetting the ``CONFIG_NO_HZ_IDLE`` configuration option) or by passing
+``nohz=off`` to it in the command line.  In both cases, as the stopping of the
+scheduler tick is disabled, the governor's decisions regarding it are simply
+ignored by the idle loop code and the tick is never stopped.
+
+The systems that run kernels configured to allow the scheduler tick to be
+stopped on idle CPUs are referred to as *tickless* systems and they are
+generally regarded as more energy-efficient than the systems running kernels in
+which the tick cannot be stopped.  If the given system is tickless, it will use
+the ``menu`` governor by default and if it is not tickless, the default
+``CPUIdle`` governor on it will be ``ladder``.
+
+
+.. _menu-gov:
+
+The ``menu`` Governor
+=====================
+
+The ``menu`` governor is the default ``CPUIdle`` governor for tickless systems.
+It is quite complex, but the basic principle of its design is straightforward.
+Namely, when invoked to select an idle state for a CPU (i.e. an idle state that
+the CPU will ask the processor hardware to enter), it attempts to predict the
+idle duration and uses the predicted value for idle state selection.
+
+It first obtains the time until the closest timer event with the assumption
+that the scheduler tick will be stopped.  That time, referred to as the *sleep
+length* in what follows, is the upper bound on the time before the next CPU
+wakeup.  It is used to determine the sleep length range, which in turn is needed
+to get the sleep length correction factor.
+
+The ``menu`` governor maintains two arrays of sleep length correction factors.
+One of them is used when tasks previously running on the given CPU are waiting
+for some I/O operations to complete and the other one is used when that is not
+the case.  Each array contains several correction factor values that correspond
+to different sleep length ranges organized so that each range represented in the
+array is approximately 10 times wider than the previous one.
+
+The correction factor for the given sleep length range (determined before
+selecting the idle state for the CPU) is updated after the CPU has been woken
+up and the closer the sleep length is to the observed idle duration, the closer
+to 1 the correction factor becomes (it must fall between 0 and 1 inclusive).
+The sleep length is multiplied by the correction factor for the range that it
+falls into to obtain the first approximation of the predicted idle duration.
+
+Next, the governor uses a simple pattern recognition algorithm to refine its
+idle duration prediction.  Namely, it saves the last 8 observed idle duration
+values and, when predicting the idle duration next time, it computes the average
+and variance of them.  If the variance is small (smaller than 400 square
+milliseconds) or it is small relative to the average (the average is greater
+that 6 times the standard deviation), the average is regarded as the "typical
+interval" value.  Otherwise, the longest of the saved observed idle duration
+values is discarded and the computation is repeated for the remaining ones.
+Again, if the variance of them is small (in the above sense), the average is
+taken as the "typical interval" value and so on, until either the "typical
+interval" is determined or too many data points are disregarded, in which case
+the "typical interval" is assumed to equal "infinity" (the maximum unsigned
+integer value).  The "typical interval" computed this way is compared with the
+sleep length multiplied by the correction factor and the minimum of the two is
+taken as the predicted idle duration.
+
+Then, the governor computes an extra latency limit to help "interactive"
+workloads.  It uses the observation that if the exit latency of the selected
+idle state is comparable with the predicted idle duration, the total time spent
+in that state probably will be very short and the amount of energy to save by
+entering it will be relatively small, so likely it is better to avoid the
+overhead related to entering that state and exiting it.  Thus selecting a
+shallower state is likely to be a better option then.   The first approximation
+of the extra latency limit is the predicted idle duration itself which
+additionally is divided by a value depending on the number of tasks that
+previously ran on the given CPU and now they are waiting for I/O operations to
+complete.  The result of that division is compared with the latency limit coming
+from the power management quality of service, or `PM QoS <cpu-pm-qos_>`_,
+framework and the minimum of the two is taken as the limit for the idle states'
+exit latency.
+
+Now, the governor is ready to walk the list of idle states and choose one of
+them.  For this purpose, it compares the target residency of each state with
+the predicted idle duration and the exit latency of it with the computed latency
+limit.  It selects the state with the target residency closest to the predicted
+idle duration, but still below it, and exit latency that does not exceed the
+limit.
+
+In the final step the governor may still need to refine the idle state selection
+if it has not decided to `stop the scheduler tick <idle-cpus-and-tick_>`_.  That
+happens if the idle duration predicted by it is less than the tick period and
+the tick has not been stopped already (in a previous iteration of the idle
+loop).  Then, the sleep length used in the previous computations may not reflect
+the real time until the closest timer event and if it really is greater than
+that time, the governor may need to select a shallower state with a suitable
+target residency.
+
+
+.. _teo-gov:
+
+The Timer Events Oriented (TEO) Governor
+========================================
+
+The timer events oriented (TEO) governor is an alternative ``CPUIdle`` governor
+for tickless systems.  It follows the same basic strategy as the ``menu`` `one
+<menu-gov_>`_: it always tries to find the deepest idle state suitable for the
+given conditions.  However, it applies a different approach to that problem.
+
+First, it does not use sleep length correction factors, but instead it attempts
+to correlate the observed idle duration values with the available idle states
+and use that information to pick up the idle state that is most likely to
+"match" the upcoming CPU idle interval.   Second, it does not take the tasks
+that were running on the given CPU in the past and are waiting on some I/O
+operations to complete now at all (there is no guarantee that they will run on
+the same CPU when they become runnable again) and the pattern detection code in
+it avoids taking timer wakeups into account.  It also only uses idle duration
+values less than the current time till the closest timer (with the scheduler
+tick excluded) for that purpose.
+
+Like in the ``menu`` governor `case <menu-gov_>`_, the first step is to obtain
+the *sleep length*, which is the time until the closest timer event with the
+assumption that the scheduler tick will be stopped (that also is the upper bound
+on the time until the next CPU wakeup).  That value is then used to preselect an
+idle state on the basis of three metrics maintained for each idle state provided
+by the ``CPUIdle`` driver: ``hits``, ``misses`` and ``early_hits``.
+
+The ``hits`` and ``misses`` metrics measure the likelihood that a given idle
+state will "match" the observed (post-wakeup) idle duration if it "matches" the
+sleep length.  They both are subject to decay (after a CPU wakeup) every time
+the target residency of the idle state corresponding to them is less than or
+equal to the sleep length and the target residency of the next idle state is
+greater than the sleep length (that is, when the idle state corresponding to
+them "matches" the sleep length).  The ``hits`` metric is increased if the
+former condition is satisfied and the target residency of the given idle state
+is less than or equal to the observed idle duration and the target residency of
+the next idle state is greater than the observed idle duration at the same time
+(that is, it is increased when the given idle state "matches" both the sleep
+length and the observed idle duration).  In turn, the ``misses`` metric is
+increased when the given idle state "matches" the sleep length only and the
+observed idle duration is too short for its target residency.
+
+The ``early_hits`` metric measures the likelihood that a given idle state will
+"match" the observed (post-wakeup) idle duration if it does not "match" the
+sleep length.  It is subject to decay on every CPU wakeup and it is increased
+when the idle state corresponding to it "matches" the observed (post-wakeup)
+idle duration and the target residency of the next idle state is less than or
+equal to the sleep length (i.e. the idle state "matching" the sleep length is
+deeper than the given one).
+
+The governor walks the list of idle states provided by the ``CPUIdle`` driver
+and finds the last (deepest) one with the target residency less than or equal
+to the sleep length.  Then, the ``hits`` and ``misses`` metrics of that idle
+state are compared with each other and it is preselected if the ``hits`` one is
+greater (which means that that idle state is likely to "match" the observed idle
+duration after CPU wakeup).  If the ``misses`` one is greater, the governor
+preselects the shallower idle state with the maximum ``early_hits`` metric
+(or if there are multiple shallower idle states with equal ``early_hits``
+metric which also is the maximum, the shallowest of them will be preselected).
+[If there is a wakeup latency constraint coming from the `PM QoS framework
+<cpu-pm-qos_>`_ which is hit before reaching the deepest idle state with the
+target residency within the sleep length, the deepest idle state with the exit
+latency within the constraint is preselected without consulting the ``hits``,
+``misses`` and ``early_hits`` metrics.]
+
+Next, the governor takes several idle duration values observed most recently
+into consideration and if at least a half of them are greater than or equal to
+the target residency of the preselected idle state, that idle state becomes the
+final candidate to ask for.  Otherwise, the average of the most recent idle
+duration values below the target residency of the preselected idle state is
+computed and the governor walks the idle states shallower than the preselected
+one and finds the deepest of them with the target residency within that average.
+That idle state is then taken as the final candidate to ask for.
+
+Still, at this point the governor may need to refine the idle state selection if
+it has not decided to `stop the scheduler tick <idle-cpus-and-tick_>`_.  That
+generally happens if the target residency of the idle state selected so far is
+less than the tick period and the tick has not been stopped already (in a
+previous iteration of the idle loop).  Then, like in the ``menu`` governor
+`case <menu-gov_>`_, the sleep length used in the previous computations may not
+reflect the real time until the closest timer event and if it really is greater
+than that time, a shallower state with a suitable target residency may need to
+be selected.
+
+
+.. _idle-states-representation:
+
+Representation of Idle States
+=============================
+
+For the CPU idle time management purposes all of the physical idle states
+supported by the processor have to be represented as a one-dimensional array of
+|struct cpuidle_state| objects each allowing an individual (logical) CPU to ask
+the processor hardware to enter an idle state of certain properties.  If there
+is a hierarchy of units in the processor, one |struct cpuidle_state| object can
+cover a combination of idle states supported by the units at different levels of
+the hierarchy.  In that case, the `target residency and exit latency parameters
+of it <idle-loop_>`_, must reflect the properties of the idle state at the
+deepest level (i.e. the idle state of the unit containing all of the other
+units).
+
+For example, take a processor with two cores in a larger unit referred to as
+a "module" and suppose that asking the hardware to enter a specific idle state
+(say "X") at the "core" level by one core will trigger the module to try to
+enter a specific idle state of its own (say "MX") if the other core is in idle
+state "X" already.  In other words, asking for idle state "X" at the "core"
+level gives the hardware a license to go as deep as to idle state "MX" at the
+"module" level, but there is no guarantee that this is going to happen (the core
+asking for idle state "X" may just end up in that state by itself instead).
+Then, the target residency of the |struct cpuidle_state| object representing
+idle state "X" must reflect the minimum time to spend in idle state "MX" of
+the module (including the time needed to enter it), because that is the minimum
+time the CPU needs to be idle to save any energy in case the hardware enters
+that state.  Analogously, the exit latency parameter of that object must cover
+the exit time of idle state "MX" of the module (and usually its entry time too),
+because that is the maximum delay between a wakeup signal and the time the CPU
+will start to execute the first new instruction (assuming that both cores in the
+module will always be ready to execute instructions as soon as the module
+becomes operational as a whole).
+
+There are processors without direct coordination between different levels of the
+hierarchy of units inside them, however.  In those cases asking for an idle
+state at the "core" level does not automatically affect the "module" level, for
+example, in any way and the ``CPUIdle`` driver is responsible for the entire
+handling of the hierarchy.  Then, the definition of the idle state objects is
+entirely up to the driver, but still the physical properties of the idle state
+that the processor hardware finally goes into must always follow the parameters
+used by the governor for idle state selection (for instance, the actual exit
+latency of that idle state must not exceed the exit latency parameter of the
+idle state object selected by the governor).
+
+In addition to the target residency and exit latency idle state parameters
+discussed above, the objects representing idle states each contain a few other
+parameters describing the idle state and a pointer to the function to run in
+order to ask the hardware to enter that state.  Also, for each
+|struct cpuidle_state| object, there is a corresponding
+:c:type:`struct cpuidle_state_usage <cpuidle_state_usage>` one containing usage
+statistics of the given idle state.  That information is exposed by the kernel
+via ``sysfs``.
+
+For each CPU in the system, there is a :file:`/sys/devices/system/cpu<N>/cpuidle/`
+directory in ``sysfs``, where the number ``<N>`` is assigned to the given
+CPU at the initialization time.  That directory contains a set of subdirectories
+called :file:`state0`, :file:`state1` and so on, up to the number of idle state
+objects defined for the given CPU minus one.  Each of these directories
+corresponds to one idle state object and the larger the number in its name, the
+deeper the (effective) idle state represented by it.  Each of them contains
+a number of files (attributes) representing the properties of the idle state
+object corresponding to it, as follows:
+
+``above``
+	Total number of times this idle state had been asked for, but the
+	observed idle duration was certainly too short to match its target
+	residency.
+
+``below``
+	Total number of times this idle state had been asked for, but cerainly
+	a deeper idle state would have been a better match for the observed idle
+	duration.
+
+``desc``
+	Description of the idle state.
+
+``disable``
+	Whether or not this idle state is disabled.
+
+``latency``
+	Exit latency of the idle state in microseconds.
+
+``name``
+	Name of the idle state.
+
+``power``
+	Power drawn by hardware in this idle state in milliwatts (if specified,
+	0 otherwise).
+
+``residency``
+	Target residency of the idle state in microseconds.
+
+``time``
+	Total time spent in this idle state by the given CPU (as measured by the
+	kernel) in microseconds.
+
+``usage``
+	Total number of times the hardware has been asked by the given CPU to
+	enter this idle state.
+
+The :file:`desc` and :file:`name` files both contain strings.  The difference
+between them is that the name is expected to be more concise, while the
+description may be longer and it may contain white space or special characters.
+The other files listed above contain integer numbers.
+
+The :file:`disable` attribute is the only writeable one.  If it contains 1, the
+given idle state is disabled for this particular CPU, which means that the
+governor will never select it for this particular CPU and the ``CPUIdle``
+driver will never ask the hardware to enter it for that CPU as a result.
+However, disabling an idle state for one CPU does not prevent it from being
+asked for by the other CPUs, so it must be disabled for all of them in order to
+never be asked for by any of them.  [Note that, due to the way the ``ladder``
+governor is implemented, disabling an idle state prevents that governor from
+selecting any idle states deeper than the disabled one too.]
+
+If the :file:`disable` attribute contains 0, the given idle state is enabled for
+this particular CPU, but it still may be disabled for some or all of the other
+CPUs in the system at the same time.  Writing 1 to it causes the idle state to
+be disabled for this particular CPU and writing 0 to it allows the governor to
+take it into consideration for the given CPU and the driver to ask for it,
+unless that state was disabled globally in the driver (in which case it cannot
+be used at all).
+
+The :file:`power` attribute is not defined very well, especially for idle state
+objects representing combinations of idle states at different levels of the
+hierarchy of units in the processor, and it generally is hard to obtain idle
+state power numbers for complex hardware, so :file:`power` often contains 0 (not
+available) and if it contains a nonzero number, that number may not be very
+accurate and it should not be relied on for anything meaningful.
+
+The number in the :file:`time` file generally may be greater than the total time
+really spent by the given CPU in the given idle state, because it is measured by
+the kernel and it may not cover the cases in which the hardware refused to enter
+this idle state and entered a shallower one instead of it (or even it did not
+enter any idle state at all).  The kernel can only measure the time span between
+asking the hardware to enter an idle state and the subsequent wakeup of the CPU
+and it cannot say what really happened in the meantime at the hardware level.
+Moreover, if the idle state object in question represents a combination of idle
+states at different levels of the hierarchy of units in the processor,
+the kernel can never say how deep the hardware went down the hierarchy in any
+particular case.  For these reasons, the only reliable way to find out how
+much time has been spent by the hardware in different idle states supported by
+it is to use idle state residency counters in the hardware, if available.
+
+
+.. _cpu-pm-qos:
+
+Power Management Quality of Service for CPUs
+============================================
+
+The power management quality of service (PM QoS) framework in the Linux kernel
+allows kernel code and user space processes to set constraints on various
+energy-efficiency features of the kernel to prevent performance from dropping
+below a required level.  The PM QoS constraints can be set globally, in
+predefined categories referred to as PM QoS classes, or against individual
+devices.
+
+CPU idle time management can be affected by PM QoS in two ways, through the
+global constraint in the ``PM_QOS_CPU_DMA_LATENCY`` class and through the
+resume latency constraints for individual CPUs.  Kernel code (e.g. device
+drivers) can set both of them with the help of special internal interfaces
+provided by the PM QoS framework.  User space can modify the former by opening
+the :file:`cpu_dma_latency` special device file under :file:`/dev/` and writing
+a binary value (interpreted as a signed 32-bit integer) to it.  In turn, the
+resume latency constraint for a CPU can be modified by user space by writing a
+string (representing a signed 32-bit integer) to the
+:file:`power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us` file under
+:file:`/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu<N>/` in ``sysfs``, where the CPU number
+``<N>`` is allocated at the system initialization time.  Negative values
+will be rejected in both cases and, also in both cases, the written integer
+number will be interpreted as a requested PM QoS constraint in microseconds.
+
+The requested value is not automatically applied as a new constraint, however,
+as it may be less restrictive (greater in this particular case) than another
+constraint previously requested by someone else.  For this reason, the PM QoS
+framework maintains a list of requests that have been made so far in each
+global class and for each device, aggregates them and applies the effective
+(minimum in this particular case) value as the new constraint.
+
+In fact, opening the :file:`cpu_dma_latency` special device file causes a new
+PM QoS request to be created and added to the priority list of requests in the
+``PM_QOS_CPU_DMA_LATENCY`` class and the file descriptor coming from the
+"open" operation represents that request.  If that file descriptor is then
+used for writing, the number written to it will be associated with the PM QoS
+request represented by it as a new requested constraint value.  Next, the
+priority list mechanism will be used to determine the new effective value of
+the entire list of requests and that effective value will be set as a new
+constraint.  Thus setting a new requested constraint value will only change the
+real constraint if the effective "list" value is affected by it.  In particular,
+for the ``PM_QOS_CPU_DMA_LATENCY`` class it only affects the real constraint if
+it is the minimum of the requested constraints in the list.  The process holding
+a file descriptor obtained by opening the :file:`cpu_dma_latency` special device
+file controls the PM QoS request associated with that file descriptor, but it
+controls this particular PM QoS request only.
+
+Closing the :file:`cpu_dma_latency` special device file or, more precisely, the
+file descriptor obtained while opening it, causes the PM QoS request associated
+with that file descriptor to be removed from the ``PM_QOS_CPU_DMA_LATENCY``
+class priority list and destroyed.  If that happens, the priority list mechanism
+will be used, again, to determine the new effective value for the whole list
+and that value will become the new real constraint.
+
+In turn, for each CPU there is only one resume latency PM QoS request
+associated with the :file:`power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us` file under
+:file:`/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu<N>/` in ``sysfs`` and writing to it causes
+this single PM QoS request to be updated regardless of which user space
+process does that.  In other words, this PM QoS request is shared by the entire
+user space, so access to the file associated with it needs to be arbitrated
+to avoid confusion.  [Arguably, the only legitimate use of this mechanism in
+practice is to pin a process to the CPU in question and let it use the
+``sysfs`` interface to control the resume latency constraint for it.]  It
+still only is a request, however.  It is a member of a priority list used to
+determine the effective value to be set as the resume latency constraint for the
+CPU in question every time the list of requests is updated this way or another
+(there may be other requests coming from kernel code in that list).
+
+CPU idle time governors are expected to regard the minimum of the global
+effective ``PM_QOS_CPU_DMA_LATENCY`` class constraint and the effective
+resume latency constraint for the given CPU as the upper limit for the exit
+latency of the idle states they can select for that CPU.  They should never
+select any idle states with exit latency beyond that limit.
+
+
+Idle States Control Via Kernel Command Line
+===========================================
+
+In addition to the ``sysfs`` interface allowing individual idle states to be
+`disabled for individual CPUs <idle-states-representation_>`_, there are kernel
+command line parameters affecting CPU idle time management.
+
+The ``cpuidle.off=1`` kernel command line option can be used to disable the
+CPU idle time management entirely.  It does not prevent the idle loop from
+running on idle CPUs, but it prevents the CPU idle time governors and drivers
+from being invoked.  If it is added to the kernel command line, the idle loop
+will ask the hardware to enter idle states on idle CPUs via the CPU architecture
+support code that is expected to provide a default mechanism for this purpose.
+That default mechanism usually is the least common denominator for all of the
+processors implementing the architecture (i.e. CPU instruction set) in question,
+however, so it is rather crude and not very energy-efficient.  For this reason,
+it is not recommended for production use.
+
+The ``cpuidle.governor=`` kernel command line switch allows the ``CPUIdle``
+governor to use to be specified.  It has to be appended with a string matching
+the name of an available governor (e.g. ``cpuidle.governor=menu``) and that
+governor will be used instead of the default one.  It is possible to force
+the ``menu`` governor to be used on the systems that use the ``ladder`` governor
+by default this way, for example.
+
+The other kernel command line parameters controlling CPU idle time management
+described below are only relevant for the *x86* architecture and some of
+them affect Intel processors only.
+
+The *x86* architecture support code recognizes three kernel command line
+options related to CPU idle time management: ``idle=poll``, ``idle=halt``,
+and ``idle=nomwait``.  The first two of them disable the ``acpi_idle`` and
+``intel_idle`` drivers altogether, which effectively causes the entire
+``CPUIdle`` subsystem to be disabled and makes the idle loop invoke the
+architecture support code to deal with idle CPUs.  How it does that depends on
+which of the two parameters is added to the kernel command line.  In the
+``idle=halt`` case, the architecture support code will use the ``HLT``
+instruction of the CPUs (which, as a rule, suspends the execution of the program
+and causes the hardware to attempt to enter the shallowest available idle state)
+for this purpose, and if ``idle=poll`` is used, idle CPUs will execute a
+more or less ``lightweight'' sequence of instructions in a tight loop.  [Note
+that using ``idle=poll`` is somewhat drastic in many cases, as preventing idle
+CPUs from saving almost any energy at all may not be the only effect of it.
+For example, on Intel hardware it effectively prevents CPUs from using
+P-states (see |cpufreq|) that require any number of CPUs in a package to be
+idle, so it very well may hurt single-thread computations performance as well as
+energy-efficiency.  Thus using it for performance reasons may not be a good idea
+at all.]
+
+The ``idle=nomwait`` option disables the ``intel_idle`` driver and causes
+``acpi_idle`` to be used (as long as all of the information needed by it is
+there in the system's ACPI tables), but it is not allowed to use the
+``MWAIT`` instruction of the CPUs to ask the hardware to enter idle states.
+
+In addition to the architecture-level kernel command line options affecting CPU
+idle time management, there are parameters affecting individual ``CPUIdle``
+drivers that can be passed to them via the kernel command line.  Specifically,
+the ``intel_idle.max_cstate=<n>`` and ``processor.max_cstate=<n>`` parameters,
+where ``<n>`` is an idle state index also used in the name of the given
+state's directory in ``sysfs`` (see
+`Representation of Idle States <idle-states-representation_>`_), causes the
+``intel_idle`` and ``acpi_idle`` drivers, respectively, to discard all of the
+idle states deeper than idle state ``<n>``.  In that case, they will never ask
+for any of those idle states or expose them to the governor.  [The behavior of
+the two drivers is different for ``<n>`` equal to ``0``.  Adding
+``intel_idle.max_cstate=0`` to the kernel command line disables the
+``intel_idle`` driver and allows ``acpi_idle`` to be used, whereas
+``processor.max_cstate=0`` is equivalent to ``processor.max_cstate=1``.
+Also, the ``acpi_idle`` driver is part of the ``processor`` kernel module that
+can be loaded separately and ``max_cstate=<n>`` can be passed to it as a module
+parameter when it is loaded.]
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/index.rst
index 49237ac73442..39f8f9f81e7a 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/index.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
 ================
 Power Management
 ================
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/intel_epb.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/intel_epb.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..005121167af7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/intel_epb.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+.. include:: <isonum.txt>
+
+======================================
+Intel Performance and Energy Bias Hint
+======================================
+
+:Copyright: |copy| 2019 Intel Corporation
+
+:Author: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+
+
+.. kernel-doc:: arch/x86/kernel/cpu/intel_epb.c
+   :doc: overview
+
+Intel Performance and Energy Bias Attribute in ``sysfs``
+========================================================
+
+The Intel Performance and Energy Bias Hint (EPB) value for a given (logical) CPU
+can be checked or updated through a ``sysfs`` attribute (file) under
+:file:`/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu<N>/power/`, where the CPU number ``<N>``
+is allocated at the system initialization time:
+
+``energy_perf_bias``
+	Shows the current EPB value for the CPU in a sliding scale 0 - 15, where
+	a value of 0 corresponds to a hint preference for highest performance
+	and a value of 15 corresponds to the maximum energy savings.
+
+	In order to update the EPB value for the CPU, this attribute can be
+	written to, either with a number in the 0 - 15 sliding scale above, or
+	with one of the strings: "performance", "balance-performance", "normal",
+	"balance-power", "power" that represent values reflected by their
+	meaning.
+
+	This attribute is present for all online CPUs supporting the EPB
+	feature.
+
+Note that while the EPB interface to the processor is defined at the logical CPU
+level, the physical register backing it may be shared by multiple CPUs (for
+example, SMT siblings or cores in one package).  For this reason, updating the
+EPB value for one CPU may cause the EPB values for other CPUs to change.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/intel_pstate.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/intel_pstate.rst
index ac6f5c597a56..67e414e34f37 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/intel_pstate.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/intel_pstate.rst
@@ -1,10 +1,13 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+.. include:: <isonum.txt>
+
 ===============================================
 ``intel_pstate`` CPU Performance Scaling Driver
 ===============================================
 
-::
+:Copyright: |copy| 2017 Intel Corporation
 
- Copyright (c) 2017 Intel Corp., Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+:Author: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
 
 
 General Information
@@ -20,11 +23,10 @@ you have not done that yet.]
 
 For the processors supported by ``intel_pstate``, the P-state concept is broader
 than just an operating frequency or an operating performance point (see the
-`LinuxCon Europe 2015 presentation by Kristen Accardi <LCEU2015_>`_ for more
+LinuxCon Europe 2015 presentation by Kristen Accardi [1]_ for more
 information about that).  For this reason, the representation of P-states used
 by ``intel_pstate`` internally follows the hardware specification (for details
-refer to `Intel® 64 and IA-32 Architectures Software Developer’s Manual
-Volume 3: System Programming Guide <SDM_>`_).  However, the ``CPUFreq`` core
+refer to Intel Software Developer’s Manual [2]_).  However, the ``CPUFreq`` core
 uses frequencies for identifying operating performance points of CPUs and
 frequencies are involved in the user space interface exposed by it, so
 ``intel_pstate`` maps its internal representation of P-states to frequencies too
@@ -495,7 +497,15 @@ on the following rules, regardless of the current operation mode of the driver:
 
  2. Each individual CPU is affected by its own per-policy limits (that is, it
     cannot be requested to run faster than its own per-policy maximum and it
-    cannot be requested to run slower than its own per-policy minimum).
+    cannot be requested to run slower than its own per-policy minimum). The
+    effective performance depends on whether the platform supports per core
+    P-states, hyper-threading is enabled and on current performance requests
+    from other CPUs. When platform doesn't support per core P-states, the
+    effective performance can be more than the policy limits set on a CPU, if
+    other CPUs are requesting higher performance at that moment. Even with per
+    core P-states support, when hyper-threading is enabled, if the sibling CPU
+    is requesting higher performance, the other siblings will get higher
+    performance than their policy limits.
 
  3. The global and per-policy limits can be set independently.
 
@@ -553,9 +563,9 @@ or to pin every task potentially sensitive to them to a specific CPU.]
 
 On the majority of systems supported by ``intel_pstate``, the ACPI tables
 provided by the platform firmware contain ``_PSS`` objects returning information
-that can be used for CPU performance scaling (refer to the `ACPI specification`_
-for details on the ``_PSS`` objects and the format of the information returned
-by them).
+that can be used for CPU performance scaling (refer to the ACPI specification
+[3]_ for details on the ``_PSS`` objects and the format of the information
+returned by them).
 
 The information returned by the ACPI ``_PSS`` objects is used by the
 ``acpi-cpufreq`` scaling driver.  On systems supported by ``intel_pstate``
@@ -720,6 +730,14 @@ P-state is called, the ``ftrace`` filter can be set to to
            <idle>-0     [000] ..s.  2537.654843: intel_pstate_set_pstate <-intel_pstate_timer_func
 
 
-.. _LCEU2015: http://events.linuxfoundation.org/sites/events/files/slides/LinuxConEurope_2015.pdf
-.. _SDM: http://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/architecture-and-technology/64-ia-32-architectures-software-developer-system-programming-manual-325384.html
-.. _ACPI specification: http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/ACPI_6_1.pdf
+References
+==========
+
+.. [1] Kristen Accardi, *Balancing Power and Performance in the Linux Kernel*,
+       http://events.linuxfoundation.org/sites/events/files/slides/LinuxConEurope_2015.pdf
+
+.. [2] *Intel® 64 and IA-32 Architectures Software Developer’s Manual Volume 3: System Programming Guide*,
+       http://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/architecture-and-technology/64-ia-32-architectures-software-developer-system-programming-manual-325384.html
+
+.. [3] *Advanced Configuration and Power Interface Specification*,
+       https://uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/ACPI_6_3_final_Jan30.pdf
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/sleep-states.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/sleep-states.rst
index dbf5acd49f35..cd3a28cb81f4 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/sleep-states.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/sleep-states.rst
@@ -1,10 +1,14 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+.. include:: <isonum.txt>
+
 ===================
 System Sleep States
 ===================
 
-::
+:Copyright: |copy| 2017 Intel Corporation
+
+:Author: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
 
- Copyright (c) 2017 Intel Corp., Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
 
 Sleep states are global low-power states of the entire system in which user
 space code cannot be executed and the overall system activity is significantly
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/strategies.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/strategies.rst
index afe4d3f831fe..dd0362e32fa5 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/strategies.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/strategies.rst
@@ -1,10 +1,14 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+.. include:: <isonum.txt>
+
 ===========================
 Power Management Strategies
 ===========================
 
-::
+:Copyright: |copy| 2017 Intel Corporation
+
+:Author: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
 
- Copyright (c) 2017 Intel Corp., Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
 
 The Linux kernel supports two major high-level power management strategies.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/system-wide.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/system-wide.rst
index 0c81e4c5de39..2b1f987b34f0 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/system-wide.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/system-wide.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
 ============================
 System-Wide Power Management
 ============================
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/working-state.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/working-state.rst
index fa01bf083dfe..fc298eb1234b 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/working-state.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/working-state.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
 ==============================
 Working-State Power Management
 ==============================
@@ -5,5 +7,7 @@ Working-State Power Management
 .. toctree::
    :maxdepth: 2
 
+   cpuidle
    cpufreq
    intel_pstate
+   intel_epb
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/ras.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/ras.rst
index 197896718f81..c7495e42e6f4 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/ras.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/ras.rst
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ those errors are correctable.
 Types of errors
 ---------------
 
-Most mechanisms used on modern systems use use technologies like Hamming
+Most mechanisms used on modern systems use technologies like Hamming
 Codes that allow error correction when the number of errors on a bit packet
 is below a threshold. If the number of errors is above, those mechanisms
 can indicate with a high degree of confidence that an error happened, but
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/reporting-bugs.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/reporting-bugs.rst
index 4650edb8840a..49ac8dc3594d 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/reporting-bugs.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/reporting-bugs.rst
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ If you can't figure out which subsystem caused the issue, you should file
 a bug in kernel.org bugzilla and send email to
 linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org, referencing the bugzilla URL.  (For more
 information on the linux-kernel mailing list see
-http://www.tux.org/lkml/).
+http://vger.kernel.org/lkml/).
 
 
 Tips for reporting bugs
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst
index 30491d91e93d..dcd6c93c7aac 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst
@@ -26,23 +26,35 @@ information is helpful.  Any exploit code is very helpful and will not
 be released without consent from the reporter unless it has already been
 made public.
 
-Disclosure
-----------
-
-The goal of the Linux kernel security team is to work with the bug
-submitter to understand and fix the bug.  We prefer to publish the fix as
-soon as possible, but try to avoid public discussion of the bug itself
-and leave that to others.
-
-Publishing the fix may be delayed when the bug or the fix is not yet
-fully understood, the solution is not well-tested or for vendor
-coordination.  However, we expect these delays to be short, measurable in
-days, not weeks or months.  A release date is negotiated by the security
-team working with the bug submitter as well as vendors.  However, the
-kernel security team holds the final say when setting a timeframe.  The
-timeframe varies from immediate (esp. if it's already publicly known bug)
-to a few weeks.  As a basic default policy, we expect report date to
-release date to be on the order of 7 days.
+Disclosure and embargoed information
+------------------------------------
+
+The security list is not a disclosure channel.  For that, see Coordination
+below.
+
+Once a robust fix has been developed, the release process starts.  Fixes
+for publicly known bugs are released immediately.
+
+Although our preference is to release fixes for publicly undisclosed bugs
+as soon as they become available, this may be postponed at the request of
+the reporter or an affected party for up to 7 calendar days from the start
+of the release process, with an exceptional extension to 14 calendar days
+if it is agreed that the criticality of the bug requires more time.  The
+only valid reason for deferring the publication of a fix is to accommodate
+the logistics of QA and large scale rollouts which require release
+coordination.
+
+While embargoed information may be shared with trusted individuals in
+order to develop a fix, such information will not be published alongside
+the fix or on any other disclosure channel without the permission of the
+reporter.  This includes but is not limited to the original bug report
+and followup discussions (if any), exploits, CVE information or the
+identity of the reporter.
+
+In other words our only interest is in getting bugs fixed.  All other
+information submitted to the security list and any followup discussions
+of the report are treated confidentially even after the embargo has been
+lifted, in perpetuity.
 
 Coordination
 ------------
@@ -68,7 +80,7 @@ may delay the bug handling. If a reporter wishes to have a CVE identifier
 assigned ahead of public disclosure, they will need to contact the private
 linux-distros list, described above. When such a CVE identifier is known
 before a patch is provided, it is desirable to mention it in the commit
-message, though.
+message if the reporter agrees.
 
 Non-disclosure agreements
 -------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst
index 28a869c509a0..71e9184a9079 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst
@@ -1,59 +1,164 @@
 Tainted kernels
 ---------------
 
-Some oops reports contain the string **'Tainted: '** after the program
-counter. This indicates that the kernel has been tainted by some
-mechanism.  The string is followed by a series of position-sensitive
-characters, each representing a particular tainted value.
-
- 1)  ``G`` if all modules loaded have a GPL or compatible license, ``P`` if
+The kernel will mark itself as 'tainted' when something occurs that might be
+relevant later when investigating problems. Don't worry too much about this,
+most of the time it's not a problem to run a tainted kernel; the information is
+mainly of interest once someone wants to investigate some problem, as its real
+cause might be the event that got the kernel tainted. That's why bug reports
+from tainted kernels will often be ignored by developers, hence try to reproduce
+problems with an untainted kernel.
+
+Note the kernel will remain tainted even after you undo what caused the taint
+(i.e. unload a proprietary kernel module), to indicate the kernel remains not
+trustworthy. That's also why the kernel will print the tainted state when it
+notices an internal problem (a 'kernel bug'), a recoverable error
+('kernel oops') or a non-recoverable error ('kernel panic') and writes debug
+information about this to the logs ``dmesg`` outputs. It's also possible to
+check the tainted state at runtime through a file in ``/proc/``.
+
+
+Tainted flag in bugs, oops or panics messages
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+You find the tainted state near the top in a line starting with 'CPU:'; if or
+why the kernel was tainted is shown after the Process ID ('PID:') and a shortened
+name of the command ('Comm:') that triggered the event::
+
+	BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000000
+	Oops: 0002 [#1] SMP PTI
+	CPU: 0 PID: 4424 Comm: insmod Tainted: P        W  O      4.20.0-0.rc6.fc30 #1
+	Hardware name: Red Hat KVM, BIOS 0.5.1 01/01/2011
+	RIP: 0010:my_oops_init+0x13/0x1000 [kpanic]
+	[...]
+
+You'll find a 'Not tainted: ' there if the kernel was not tainted at the
+time of the event; if it was, then it will print 'Tainted: ' and characters
+either letters or blanks. In above example it looks like this::
+
+	Tainted: P        W  O
+
+The meaning of those characters is explained in the table below. In tis case
+the kernel got tainted earlier because a proprietary Module (``P``) was loaded,
+a warning occurred (``W``), and an externally-built module was loaded (``O``).
+To decode other letters use the table below.
+
+
+Decoding tainted state at runtime
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+At runtime, you can query the tainted state by reading
+``cat /proc/sys/kernel/tainted``. If that returns ``0``, the kernel is not
+tainted; any other number indicates the reasons why it is. The easiest way to
+decode that number is the script ``tools/debugging/kernel-chktaint``, which your
+distribution might ship as part of a package called ``linux-tools`` or
+``kernel-tools``; if it doesn't you can download the script from
+`git.kernel.org <https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/plain/tools/debugging/kernel-chktaint>`_
+and execute it with ``sh kernel-chktaint``, which would print something like
+this on the machine that had the statements in the logs that were quoted earlier::
+
+	Kernel is Tainted for following reasons:
+	 * Proprietary module was loaded (#0)
+	 * Kernel issued warning (#9)
+	 * Externally-built ('out-of-tree') module was loaded  (#12)
+	See Documentation/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.rst in the the Linux kernel or
+	 https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/admin-guide/tainted-kernels.html for
+	 a more details explanation of the various taint flags.
+	Raw taint value as int/string: 4609/'P        W  O     '
+
+You can try to decode the number yourself. That's easy if there was only one
+reason that got your kernel tainted, as in this case you can find the number
+with the table below. If there were multiple reasons you need to decode the
+number, as it is a bitfield, where each bit indicates the absence or presence of
+a particular type of taint. It's best to leave that to the aforementioned
+script, but if you need something quick you can use this shell command to check
+which bits are set::
+
+	$ for i in $(seq 18); do echo $(($i-1)) $(($(cat /proc/sys/kernel/tainted)>>($i-1)&1));done
+
+Table for decoding tainted state
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+===  ===  ======  ========================================================
+Bit  Log  Number  Reason that got the kernel tainted
+===  ===  ======  ========================================================
+  0  G/P       1  proprietary module was loaded
+  1  _/F       2  module was force loaded
+  2  _/S       4  SMP kernel oops on an officially SMP incapable processor
+  3  _/R       8  module was force unloaded
+  4  _/M      16  processor reported a Machine Check Exception (MCE)
+  5  _/B      32  bad page referenced or some unexpected page flags
+  6  _/U      64  taint requested by userspace application
+  7  _/D     128  kernel died recently, i.e. there was an OOPS or BUG
+  8  _/A     256  ACPI table overridden by user
+  9  _/W     512  kernel issued warning
+ 10  _/C    1024  staging driver was loaded
+ 11  _/I    2048  workaround for bug in platform firmware applied
+ 12  _/O    4096  externally-built ("out-of-tree") module was loaded
+ 13  _/E    8192  unsigned module was loaded
+ 14  _/L   16384  soft lockup occurred
+ 15  _/K   32768  kernel has been live patched
+ 16  _/X   65536  auxiliary taint, defined for and used by distros
+ 17  _/T  131072  kernel was built with the struct randomization plugin
+===  ===  ======  ========================================================
+
+Note: The character ``_`` is representing a blank in this table to make reading
+easier.
+
+More detailed explanation for tainting
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+ 0)  ``G`` if all modules loaded have a GPL or compatible license, ``P`` if
      any proprietary module has been loaded.  Modules without a
      MODULE_LICENSE or with a MODULE_LICENSE that is not recognised by
      insmod as GPL compatible are assumed to be proprietary.
 
- 2)  ``F`` if any module was force loaded by ``insmod -f``, ``' '`` if all
+ 1)  ``F`` if any module was force loaded by ``insmod -f``, ``' '`` if all
      modules were loaded normally.
 
- 3)  ``S`` if the oops occurred on an SMP kernel running on hardware that
+ 2)  ``S`` if the oops occurred on an SMP kernel running on hardware that
      hasn't been certified as safe to run multiprocessor.
      Currently this occurs only on various Athlons that are not
      SMP capable.
 
- 4)  ``R`` if a module was force unloaded by ``rmmod -f``, ``' '`` if all
+ 3)  ``R`` if a module was force unloaded by ``rmmod -f``, ``' '`` if all
      modules were unloaded normally.
 
- 5)  ``M`` if any processor has reported a Machine Check Exception,
+ 4)  ``M`` if any processor has reported a Machine Check Exception,
      ``' '`` if no Machine Check Exceptions have occurred.
 
- 6)  ``B`` if a page-release function has found a bad page reference or
-     some unexpected page flags.
+ 5)  ``B`` If a page-release function has found a bad page reference or some
+     unexpected page flags. This indicates a hardware problem or a kernel bug;
+     there should be other information in the log indicating why this tainting
+     occured.
 
- 7)  ``U`` if a user or user application specifically requested that the
+ 6)  ``U`` if a user or user application specifically requested that the
      Tainted flag be set, ``' '`` otherwise.
 
- 8)  ``D`` if the kernel has died recently, i.e. there was an OOPS or BUG.
+ 7)  ``D`` if the kernel has died recently, i.e. there was an OOPS or BUG.
 
- 9)  ``A`` if the ACPI table has been overridden.
+ 8)  ``A`` if an ACPI table has been overridden.
 
- 10) ``W`` if a warning has previously been issued by the kernel.
+ 9)  ``W`` if a warning has previously been issued by the kernel.
      (Though some warnings may set more specific taint flags.)
 
- 11) ``C`` if a staging driver has been loaded.
+ 10) ``C`` if a staging driver has been loaded.
 
- 12) ``I`` if the kernel is working around a severe bug in the platform
+ 11) ``I`` if the kernel is working around a severe bug in the platform
      firmware (BIOS or similar).
 
- 13) ``O`` if an externally-built ("out-of-tree") module has been loaded.
+ 12) ``O`` if an externally-built ("out-of-tree") module has been loaded.
 
- 14) ``E`` if an unsigned module has been loaded in a kernel supporting
+ 13) ``E`` if an unsigned module has been loaded in a kernel supporting
      module signature.
 
- 15) ``L`` if a soft lockup has previously occurred on the system.
+ 14) ``L`` if a soft lockup has previously occurred on the system.
+
+ 15) ``K`` if the kernel has been live patched.
 
- 16) ``K`` if the kernel has been live patched.
+ 16) ``X`` Auxiliary taint, defined for and used by Linux distributors.
 
-The primary reason for the **'Tainted: '** string is to tell kernel
-debuggers if this is a clean kernel or if anything unusual has
-occurred.  Tainting is permanent: even if an offending module is
-unloaded, the tainted value remains to indicate that the kernel is not
-trustworthy.
+ 17) ``T`` Kernel was build with the randstruct plugin, which can intentionally
+     produce extremely unusual kernel structure layouts (even performance
+     pathological ones), which is important to know when debugging. Set at
+     build time.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/thunderbolt.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/thunderbolt.rst
index 35fccba6a9a6..898ad78f3cc7 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/thunderbolt.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/thunderbolt.rst
@@ -133,6 +133,26 @@ If the user still wants to connect the device they can either approve
 the device without a key or write a new key and write 1 to the
 ``authorized`` file to get the new key stored on the device NVM.
 
+DMA protection utilizing IOMMU
+------------------------------
+Recent systems from 2018 and forward with Thunderbolt ports may natively
+support IOMMU. This means that Thunderbolt security is handled by an IOMMU
+so connected devices cannot access memory regions outside of what is
+allocated for them by drivers. When Linux is running on such system it
+automatically enables IOMMU if not enabled by the user already. These
+systems can be identified by reading ``1`` from
+``/sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/domainX/iommu_dma_protection`` attribute.
+
+The driver does not do anything special in this case but because DMA
+protection is handled by the IOMMU, security levels (if set) are
+redundant. For this reason some systems ship with security level set to
+``none``. Other systems have security level set to ``user`` in order to
+support downgrade to older OS, so users who want to automatically
+authorize devices when IOMMU DMA protection is enabled can use the
+following ``udev`` rule::
+
+  ACTION=="add", SUBSYSTEM=="thunderbolt", ATTRS{iommu_dma_protection}=="1", ATTR{authorized}=="0", ATTR{authorized}="1"
+
 Upgrading NVM on Thunderbolt device or host
 -------------------------------------------
 Since most of the functionality is handled in firmware running on a
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Booting b/Documentation/arm/Booting
index 259f00af3ab3..f1f965ce93d6 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Booting
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Booting
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ tagged list.
 The boot loader must pass at a minimum the size and location of the
 system memory, and the root filesystem location.  The dtb must be
 placed in a region of memory where the kernel decompressor will not
-overwrite it, whilst remaining within the region which will be covered
+overwrite it, while remaining within the region which will be covered
 by the kernel's low-memory mapping.
 
 A safe location is just above the 128MiB boundary from start of RAM.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt
index 0ebd7e2244d0..e8f918b96123 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/GPIO.txt
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ out s3c2410 API, then here are some notes on the process.
    as they have the same arguments, and can either take the pin specific
    values, or the more generic special-function-number arguments.
 
-3) s3c2410_gpio_pullup() changes have the problem that whilst the
+3) s3c2410_gpio_pullup() changes have the problem that while the
    s3c2410_gpio_pullup(x, 1) can be easily translated to the
    s3c_gpio_setpull(x, S3C_GPIO_PULL_NONE), the s3c2410_gpio_pullup(x, 0)
    are not so easy.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt
index 359587b2367b..00d3c3141e21 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Introduction
   versions.
 
   The S3C2416 and S3C2450 devices are very similar and S3C2450 support is
-  included under the arch/arm/mach-s3c2416 directory. Note, whilst core
+  included under the arch/arm/mach-s3c2416 directory. Note, while core
   support for these SoCs is in, work on some of the extra peripherals
   and extra interrupts is still ongoing.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt
index 1ca63b3e5635..cb4f0c0cdf9d 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Suspend.txt
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Debugging
      suspending, which means that use of printascii() or similar direct
      access to the UARTs will cause the debug to stop.
 
-  2) Whilst the pm code itself will attempt to re-enable the UART clocks,
+  2) While the pm code itself will attempt to re-enable the UART clocks,
      care should be taken that any external clock sources that the UARTs
      rely on are still enabled at that point.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt
index ed494ac0beb2..d17ed518a7ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Bootloader-interface.txt
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ Offset        Value                                        Purpose
 0x20          0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie)                    AFTR
 0x24          exynos_cpu_resume_ns                         AFTR
 0x28 + 4*cpu  0x8 (Magic cookie, Exynos3250)               AFTR
+0x28          0x0 or last value during resume (Exynos542x) System suspend
 
 
 2. Secure mode
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/kernel_mode_neon.txt b/Documentation/arm/kernel_mode_neon.txt
index 525452726d31..b9e060c5b61e 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/kernel_mode_neon.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/kernel_mode_neon.txt
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ TL;DR summary
 * Use only NEON instructions, or VFP instructions that don't rely on support
   code
 * Isolate your NEON code in a separate compilation unit, and compile it with
-  '-mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp'
+  '-march=armv7-a -mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp'
 * Put kernel_neon_begin() and kernel_neon_end() calls around the calls into your
   NEON code
 * Don't sleep in your NEON code, and be aware that it will be executed with
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ instructions appearing in unexpected places if no special care is taken.
 Therefore, the recommended and only supported way of using NEON/VFP in the
 kernel is by adhering to the following rules:
 * isolate the NEON code in a separate compilation unit and compile it with
-  '-mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp';
+  '-march=armv7-a -mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp';
 * issue the calls to kernel_neon_begin(), kernel_neon_end() as well as the calls
   into the unit containing the NEON code from a compilation unit which is *not*
   built with the GCC flag '-mfpu=neon' set.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt
index 8d0df62c3fe0..fbab7e21d116 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt
@@ -188,6 +188,11 @@ Before jumping into the kernel, the following conditions must be met:
   the kernel image will be entered must be initialised by software at a
   higher exception level to prevent execution in an UNKNOWN state.
 
+  - SCR_EL3.FIQ must have the same value across all CPUs the kernel is
+    executing on.
+  - The value of SCR_EL3.FIQ must be the same as the one present at boot
+    time whenever the kernel is executing.
+
   For systems with a GICv3 interrupt controller to be used in v3 mode:
   - If EL3 is present:
     ICC_SRE_EL3.Enable (bit 3) must be initialiased to 0b1.
@@ -205,6 +210,14 @@ Before jumping into the kernel, the following conditions must be met:
     ICC_SRE_EL2.SRE (bit 0) must be initialised to 0b0.
   - The DT or ACPI tables must describe a GICv2 interrupt controller.
 
+  For CPUs with pointer authentication functionality:
+  - If EL3 is present:
+    SCR_EL3.APK (bit 16) must be initialised to 0b1
+    SCR_EL3.API (bit 17) must be initialised to 0b1
+  - If the kernel is entered at EL1:
+    HCR_EL2.APK (bit 40) must be initialised to 0b1
+    HCR_EL2.API (bit 41) must be initialised to 0b1
+
 The requirements described above for CPU mode, caches, MMUs, architected
 timers, coherency and system registers apply to all CPUs.  All CPUs must
 enter the kernel in the same exception level.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.txt b/Documentation/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.txt
index 7964f03846b1..684a0da39378 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/cpu-feature-registers.txt
@@ -184,12 +184,20 @@ infrastructure:
      x--------------------------------------------------x
      | Name                         |  bits   | visible |
      |--------------------------------------------------|
+     | GPI                          | [31-28] |    y    |
+     |--------------------------------------------------|
+     | GPA                          | [27-24] |    y    |
+     |--------------------------------------------------|
      | LRCPC                        | [23-20] |    y    |
      |--------------------------------------------------|
      | FCMA                         | [19-16] |    y    |
      |--------------------------------------------------|
      | JSCVT                        | [15-12] |    y    |
      |--------------------------------------------------|
+     | API                          | [11-8]  |    y    |
+     |--------------------------------------------------|
+     | APA                          | [7-4]   |    y    |
+     |--------------------------------------------------|
      | DPB                          | [3-0]   |    y    |
      x--------------------------------------------------x
 
@@ -201,6 +209,22 @@ infrastructure:
      | AT                           | [35-32] |    y    |
      x--------------------------------------------------x
 
+  6) ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1 - SVE feature ID register 0
+
+     x--------------------------------------------------x
+     | Name                         |  bits   | visible |
+     |--------------------------------------------------|
+     | SM4                          | [43-40] |    y    |
+     |--------------------------------------------------|
+     | SHA3                         | [35-32] |    y    |
+     |--------------------------------------------------|
+     | BitPerm                      | [19-16] |    y    |
+     |--------------------------------------------------|
+     | AES                          | [7-4]   |    y    |
+     |--------------------------------------------------|
+     | SVEVer                       | [3-0]   |    y    |
+     x--------------------------------------------------x
+
 Appendix I: Example
 ---------------------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/elf_hwcaps.txt b/Documentation/arm64/elf_hwcaps.txt
index ea819ae024dd..b73a2519ecf2 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/elf_hwcaps.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/elf_hwcaps.txt
@@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ architected discovery mechanism available to userspace code at EL0. The
 kernel exposes the presence of these features to userspace through a set
 of flags called hwcaps, exposed in the auxilliary vector.
 
-Userspace software can test for features by acquiring the AT_HWCAP entry
-of the auxilliary vector, and testing whether the relevant flags are
-set, e.g.
+Userspace software can test for features by acquiring the AT_HWCAP or
+AT_HWCAP2 entry of the auxiliary vector, and testing whether the relevant
+flags are set, e.g.
 
 bool floating_point_is_present(void)
 {
@@ -135,6 +135,10 @@ HWCAP_DCPOP
 
     Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.DPB == 0b0001.
 
+HWCAP2_DCPODP
+
+    Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.DPB == 0b0010.
+
 HWCAP_SHA3
 
     Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.SHA3 == 0b0001.
@@ -159,6 +163,30 @@ HWCAP_SVE
 
     Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.SVE == 0b0001.
 
+HWCAP2_SVE2
+
+    Functionality implied by ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.SVEVer == 0b0001.
+
+HWCAP2_SVEAES
+
+    Functionality implied by ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.AES == 0b0001.
+
+HWCAP2_SVEPMULL
+
+    Functionality implied by ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.AES == 0b0010.
+
+HWCAP2_SVEBITPERM
+
+    Functionality implied by ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.BitPerm == 0b0001.
+
+HWCAP2_SVESHA3
+
+    Functionality implied by ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.SHA3 == 0b0001.
+
+HWCAP2_SVESM4
+
+    Functionality implied by ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1.SM4 == 0b0001.
+
 HWCAP_ASIMDFHM
 
    Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.FHM == 0b0001.
@@ -182,3 +210,22 @@ HWCAP_FLAGM
 HWCAP_SSBS
 
     Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR1_EL1.SSBS == 0b0010.
+
+HWCAP_PACA
+
+    Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.APA == 0b0001 or
+    ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.API == 0b0001, as described by
+    Documentation/arm64/pointer-authentication.txt.
+
+HWCAP_PACG
+
+    Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.GPA == 0b0001 or
+    ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1.GPI == 0b0001, as described by
+    Documentation/arm64/pointer-authentication.txt.
+
+
+4. Unused AT_HWCAP bits
+-----------------------
+
+For interoperation with userspace, the kernel guarantees that bits 62
+and 63 of AT_HWCAP will always be returned as 0.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/pointer-authentication.txt b/Documentation/arm64/pointer-authentication.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5baca42ba146
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/pointer-authentication.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+Pointer authentication in AArch64 Linux
+=======================================
+
+Author: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
+Date: 2017-07-19
+
+This document briefly describes the provision of pointer authentication
+functionality in AArch64 Linux.
+
+
+Architecture overview
+---------------------
+
+The ARMv8.3 Pointer Authentication extension adds primitives that can be
+used to mitigate certain classes of attack where an attacker can corrupt
+the contents of some memory (e.g. the stack).
+
+The extension uses a Pointer Authentication Code (PAC) to determine
+whether pointers have been modified unexpectedly. A PAC is derived from
+a pointer, another value (such as the stack pointer), and a secret key
+held in system registers.
+
+The extension adds instructions to insert a valid PAC into a pointer,
+and to verify/remove the PAC from a pointer. The PAC occupies a number
+of high-order bits of the pointer, which varies dependent on the
+configured virtual address size and whether pointer tagging is in use.
+
+A subset of these instructions have been allocated from the HINT
+encoding space. In the absence of the extension (or when disabled),
+these instructions behave as NOPs. Applications and libraries using
+these instructions operate correctly regardless of the presence of the
+extension.
+
+The extension provides five separate keys to generate PACs - two for
+instruction addresses (APIAKey, APIBKey), two for data addresses
+(APDAKey, APDBKey), and one for generic authentication (APGAKey).
+
+
+Basic support
+-------------
+
+When CONFIG_ARM64_PTR_AUTH is selected, and relevant HW support is
+present, the kernel will assign random key values to each process at
+exec*() time. The keys are shared by all threads within the process, and
+are preserved across fork().
+
+Presence of address authentication functionality is advertised via
+HWCAP_PACA, and generic authentication functionality via HWCAP_PACG.
+
+The number of bits that the PAC occupies in a pointer is 55 minus the
+virtual address size configured by the kernel. For example, with a
+virtual address size of 48, the PAC is 7 bits wide.
+
+Recent versions of GCC can compile code with APIAKey-based return
+address protection when passed the -msign-return-address option. This
+uses instructions in the HINT space (unless -march=armv8.3-a or higher
+is also passed), and such code can run on systems without the pointer
+authentication extension.
+
+In addition to exec(), keys can also be reinitialized to random values
+using the PR_PAC_RESET_KEYS prctl. A bitmask of PR_PAC_APIAKEY,
+PR_PAC_APIBKEY, PR_PAC_APDAKEY, PR_PAC_APDBKEY and PR_PAC_APGAKEY
+specifies which keys are to be reinitialized; specifying 0 means "all
+keys".
+
+
+Debugging
+---------
+
+When CONFIG_ARM64_PTR_AUTH is selected, and HW support for address
+authentication is present, the kernel will expose the position of TTBR0
+PAC bits in the NT_ARM_PAC_MASK regset (struct user_pac_mask), which
+userspace can acquire via PTRACE_GETREGSET.
+
+The regset is exposed only when HWCAP_PACA is set. Separate masks are
+exposed for data pointers and instruction pointers, as the set of PAC
+bits can vary between the two. Note that the masks apply to TTBR0
+addresses, and are not valid to apply to TTBR1 addresses (e.g. kernel
+pointers).
+
+Additionally, when CONFIG_CHECKPOINT_RESTORE is also set, the kernel
+will expose the NT_ARM_PACA_KEYS and NT_ARM_PACG_KEYS regsets (struct
+user_pac_address_keys and struct user_pac_generic_keys). These can be
+used to get and set the keys for a thread.
+
+
+Virtualization
+--------------
+
+Pointer authentication is not currently supported in KVM guests. KVM
+will mask the feature bits from ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1, and attempted use of
+the feature will result in an UNDEFINED exception being injected into
+the guest.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt b/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt
index 76ccded8b74c..68d9b74fd751 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt
@@ -44,6 +44,8 @@ stable kernels.
 
 | Implementor    | Component       | Erratum ID      | Kconfig                     |
 +----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-----------------------------+
+| Allwinner      | A64/R18         | UNKNOWN1        | SUN50I_ERRATUM_UNKNOWN1     |
+|                |                 |                 |                             |
 | ARM            | Cortex-A53      | #826319         | ARM64_ERRATUM_826319        |
 | ARM            | Cortex-A53      | #827319         | ARM64_ERRATUM_827319        |
 | ARM            | Cortex-A53      | #824069         | ARM64_ERRATUM_824069        |
@@ -57,6 +59,9 @@ stable kernels.
 | ARM            | Cortex-A73      | #858921         | ARM64_ERRATUM_858921        |
 | ARM            | Cortex-A55      | #1024718        | ARM64_ERRATUM_1024718       |
 | ARM            | Cortex-A76      | #1188873        | ARM64_ERRATUM_1188873       |
+| ARM            | Cortex-A76      | #1165522        | ARM64_ERRATUM_1165522       |
+| ARM            | Cortex-A76      | #1286807        | ARM64_ERRATUM_1286807       |
+| ARM            | Neoverse-N1     | #1188873        | ARM64_ERRATUM_1188873       |
 | ARM            | MMU-500         | #841119,#826419 | N/A                         |
 |                |                 |                 |                             |
 | Cavium         | ThunderX ITS    | #22375, #24313  | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_22375        |
@@ -73,8 +78,10 @@ stable kernels.
 | Hisilicon      | Hip0{5,6,7}     | #161010101      | HISILICON_ERRATUM_161010101 |
 | Hisilicon      | Hip0{6,7}       | #161010701      | N/A                         |
 | Hisilicon      | Hip07           | #161600802      | HISILICON_ERRATUM_161600802 |
+| Hisilicon      | Hip08 SMMU PMCG | #162001800      | N/A                         |
 |                |                 |                 |                             |
 | Qualcomm Tech. | Kryo/Falkor v1  | E1003           | QCOM_FALKOR_ERRATUM_1003    |
 | Qualcomm Tech. | Falkor v1       | E1009           | QCOM_FALKOR_ERRATUM_1009    |
 | Qualcomm Tech. | QDF2400 ITS     | E0065           | QCOM_QDF2400_ERRATUM_0065   |
 | Qualcomm Tech. | Falkor v{1,2}   | E1041           | QCOM_FALKOR_ERRATUM_1041    |
+| Fujitsu        | A64FX           | E#010001        | FUJITSU_ERRATUM_010001      |
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/sve.txt b/Documentation/arm64/sve.txt
index 7169a0ec41d8..9940e924a47e 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/sve.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/sve.txt
@@ -34,6 +34,23 @@ model features for SVE is included in Appendix A.
   following sections: software that needs to verify that those interfaces are
   present must check for HWCAP_SVE instead.
 
+* On hardware that supports the SVE2 extensions, HWCAP2_SVE2 will also
+  be reported in the AT_HWCAP2 aux vector entry.  In addition to this,
+  optional extensions to SVE2 may be reported by the presence of:
+
+	HWCAP2_SVE2
+	HWCAP2_SVEAES
+	HWCAP2_SVEPMULL
+	HWCAP2_SVEBITPERM
+	HWCAP2_SVESHA3
+	HWCAP2_SVESM4
+
+  This list may be extended over time as the SVE architecture evolves.
+
+  These extensions are also reported via the CPU ID register ID_AA64ZFR0_EL1,
+  which userspace can read using an MRS instruction.  See elf_hwcaps.txt and
+  cpu-feature-registers.txt for details.
+
 * Debuggers should restrict themselves to interacting with the target via the
   NT_ARM_SVE regset.  The recommended way of detecting support for this regset
   is to connect to a target process first and then attempt a
diff --git a/Documentation/atomic_t.txt b/Documentation/atomic_t.txt
index 913396ac5824..dca3fb0554db 100644
--- a/Documentation/atomic_t.txt
+++ b/Documentation/atomic_t.txt
@@ -56,6 +56,23 @@ Barriers:
   smp_mb__{before,after}_atomic()
 
 
+TYPES (signed vs unsigned)
+-----
+
+While atomic_t, atomic_long_t and atomic64_t use int, long and s64
+respectively (for hysterical raisins), the kernel uses -fno-strict-overflow
+(which implies -fwrapv) and defines signed overflow to behave like
+2s-complement.
+
+Therefore, an explicitly unsigned variant of the atomic ops is strictly
+unnecessary and we can simply cast, there is no UB.
+
+There was a bug in UBSAN prior to GCC-8 that would generate UB warnings for
+signed types.
+
+With this we also conform to the C/C++ _Atomic behaviour and things like
+P1236R1.
+
 
 SEMANTICS
 ---------
diff --git a/Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt b/Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt
index 8d8d8f06cab2..98a8dd5ee385 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt
@@ -357,6 +357,13 @@ video playing/streaming, a very low drop rate may be more important
 than maximum throughput. In these cases, consider setting the
 strict_guarantees parameter.
 
+slice_idle_us
+-------------
+
+Controls the same tuning parameter as slice_idle, but in microseconds.
+Either tunable can be used to set idling behavior.  Afterwards, the
+other tunable will reflect the newly set value in sysfs.
+
 strict_guarantees
 -----------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
index 207eca58efaa..ac18b488cb5e 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
@@ -65,7 +65,6 @@ Description of Contents:
     3.2.3 I/O completion
     3.2.4 Implications for drivers that do not interpret bios (don't handle
  	  multiple segments)
-    3.2.5 Request command tagging
   3.3 I/O submission
 4. The I/O scheduler
 5. Scalability related changes
@@ -708,93 +707,6 @@ is crossed on completion of a transfer. (The end*request* functions should
 be used if only if the request has come down from block/bio path, not for
 direct access requests which only specify rq->buffer without a valid rq->bio)
 
-3.2.5 Generic request command tagging
-
-3.2.5.1 Tag helpers
-
-Block now offers some simple generic functionality to help support command
-queueing (typically known as tagged command queueing), ie manage more than
-one outstanding command on a queue at any given time.
-
-	blk_queue_init_tags(struct request_queue *q, int depth)
-
-	Initialize internal command tagging structures for a maximum
-	depth of 'depth'.
-
-	blk_queue_free_tags((struct request_queue *q)
-
-	Teardown tag info associated with the queue. This will be done
-	automatically by block if blk_queue_cleanup() is called on a queue
-	that is using tagging.
-
-The above are initialization and exit management, the main helpers during
-normal operations are:
-
-	blk_queue_start_tag(struct request_queue *q, struct request *rq)
-
-	Start tagged operation for this request. A free tag number between
-	0 and 'depth' is assigned to the request (rq->tag holds this number),
-	and 'rq' is added to the internal tag management. If the maximum depth
-	for this queue is already achieved (or if the tag wasn't started for
-	some other reason), 1 is returned. Otherwise 0 is returned.
-
-	blk_queue_end_tag(struct request_queue *q, struct request *rq)
-
-	End tagged operation on this request. 'rq' is removed from the internal
-	book keeping structures.
-
-To minimize struct request and queue overhead, the tag helpers utilize some
-of the same request members that are used for normal request queue management.
-This means that a request cannot both be an active tag and be on the queue
-list at the same time. blk_queue_start_tag() will remove the request, but
-the driver must remember to call blk_queue_end_tag() before signalling
-completion of the request to the block layer. This means ending tag
-operations before calling end_that_request_last()! For an example of a user
-of these helpers, see the IDE tagged command queueing support.
-
-3.2.5.2 Tag info
-
-Some block functions exist to query current tag status or to go from a
-tag number to the associated request. These are, in no particular order:
-
-	blk_queue_tagged(q)
-
-	Returns 1 if the queue 'q' is using tagging, 0 if not.
-
-	blk_queue_tag_request(q, tag)
-
-	Returns a pointer to the request associated with tag 'tag'.
-
-	blk_queue_tag_depth(q)
-	
-	Return current queue depth.
-
-	blk_queue_tag_queue(q)
-
-	Returns 1 if the queue can accept a new queued command, 0 if we are
-	at the maximum depth already.
-
-	blk_queue_rq_tagged(rq)
-
-	Returns 1 if the request 'rq' is tagged.
-
-3.2.5.2 Internal structure
-
-Internally, block manages tags in the blk_queue_tag structure:
-
-	struct blk_queue_tag {
-		struct request **tag_index;	/* array or pointers to rq */
-		unsigned long *tag_map;		/* bitmap of free tags */
-		struct list_head busy_list;	/* fifo list of busy tags */
-		int busy;			/* queue depth */
-		int max_depth;			/* max queue depth */
-	};
-
-Most of the above is simple and straight forward, however busy_list may need
-a bit of explaining. Normally we don't care too much about request ordering,
-but in the event of any barrier requests in the tag queue we need to ensure
-that requests are restarted in the order they were queue.
-
 3.3 I/O Submission
 
 The routine submit_bio() is used to submit a single io. Higher level i/o
diff --git a/Documentation/block/biovecs.txt b/Documentation/block/biovecs.txt
index 25689584e6e0..ce6eccaf5df7 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/biovecs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/biovecs.txt
@@ -117,3 +117,28 @@ Other implications:
    size limitations and the limitations of the underlying devices. Thus
    there's no need to define ->merge_bvec_fn() callbacks for individual block
    drivers.
+
+Usage of helpers:
+=================
+
+* The following helpers whose names have the suffix of "_all" can only be used
+on non-BIO_CLONED bio. They are usually used by filesystem code. Drivers
+shouldn't use them because the bio may have been split before it reached the
+driver.
+
+	bio_for_each_segment_all()
+	bio_first_bvec_all()
+	bio_first_page_all()
+	bio_last_bvec_all()
+
+* The following helpers iterate over single-page segment. The passed 'struct
+bio_vec' will contain a single-page IO vector during the iteration
+
+	bio_for_each_segment()
+	bio_for_each_segment_all()
+
+* The following helpers iterate over multi-page bvec. The passed 'struct
+bio_vec' will contain a multi-page IO vector during the iteration
+
+	bio_for_each_bvec()
+	rq_for_each_bvec()
diff --git a/Documentation/block/cfq-iosched.txt b/Documentation/block/cfq-iosched.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 895bd3813115..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/block/cfq-iosched.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,291 +0,0 @@
-CFQ (Complete Fairness Queueing)
-===============================
-
-The main aim of CFQ scheduler is to provide a fair allocation of the disk
-I/O bandwidth for all the processes which requests an I/O operation.
-
-CFQ maintains the per process queue for the processes which request I/O
-operation(synchronous requests). In case of asynchronous requests, all the
-requests from all the processes are batched together according to their
-process's I/O priority.
-
-CFQ ioscheduler tunables
-========================
-
-slice_idle
-----------
-This specifies how long CFQ should idle for next request on certain cfq queues
-(for sequential workloads) and service trees (for random workloads) before
-queue is expired and CFQ selects next queue to dispatch from.
-
-By default slice_idle is a non-zero value. That means by default we idle on
-queues/service trees. This can be very helpful on highly seeky media like
-single spindle SATA/SAS disks where we can cut down on overall number of
-seeks and see improved throughput.
-
-Setting slice_idle to 0 will remove all the idling on queues/service tree
-level and one should see an overall improved throughput on faster storage
-devices like multiple SATA/SAS disks in hardware RAID configuration. The down
-side is that isolation provided from WRITES also goes down and notion of
-IO priority becomes weaker.
-
-So depending on storage and workload, it might be useful to set slice_idle=0.
-In general I think for SATA/SAS disks and software RAID of SATA/SAS disks
-keeping slice_idle enabled should be useful. For any configurations where
-there are multiple spindles behind single LUN (Host based hardware RAID
-controller or for storage arrays), setting slice_idle=0 might end up in better
-throughput and acceptable latencies.
-
-back_seek_max
--------------
-This specifies, given in Kbytes, the maximum "distance" for backward seeking.
-The distance is the amount of space from the current head location to the
-sectors that are backward in terms of distance.
-
-This parameter allows the scheduler to anticipate requests in the "backward"
-direction and consider them as being the "next" if they are within this
-distance from the current head location.
-
-back_seek_penalty
------------------
-This parameter is used to compute the cost of backward seeking. If the
-backward distance of request is just 1/back_seek_penalty from a "front"
-request, then the seeking cost of two requests is considered equivalent.
-
-So scheduler will not bias toward one or the other request (otherwise scheduler
-will bias toward front request). Default value of back_seek_penalty is 2.
-
-fifo_expire_async
------------------
-This parameter is used to set the timeout of asynchronous requests. Default
-value of this is 248ms.
-
-fifo_expire_sync
-----------------
-This parameter is used to set the timeout of synchronous requests. Default
-value of this is 124ms. In case to favor synchronous requests over asynchronous
-one, this value should be decreased relative to fifo_expire_async.
-
-group_idle
------------
-This parameter forces idling at the CFQ group level instead of CFQ
-queue level. This was introduced after a bottleneck was observed
-in higher end storage due to idle on sequential queue and allow dispatch
-from a single queue. The idea with this parameter is that it can be run with
-slice_idle=0 and group_idle=8, so that idling does not happen on individual
-queues in the group but happens overall on the group and thus still keeps the
-IO controller working.
-Not idling on individual queues in the group will dispatch requests from
-multiple queues in the group at the same time and achieve higher throughput
-on higher end storage.
-
-Default value for this parameter is 8ms.
-
-low_latency
------------
-This parameter is used to enable/disable the low latency mode of the CFQ
-scheduler. If enabled, CFQ tries to recompute the slice time for each process
-based on the target_latency set for the system. This favors fairness over
-throughput. Disabling low latency (setting it to 0) ignores target latency,
-allowing each process in the system to get a full time slice.
-
-By default low latency mode is enabled.
-
-target_latency
---------------
-This parameter is used to calculate the time slice for a process if cfq's
-latency mode is enabled. It will ensure that sync requests have an estimated
-latency. But if sequential workload is higher(e.g. sequential read),
-then to meet the latency constraints, throughput may decrease because of less
-time for each process to issue I/O request before the cfq queue is switched.
-
-Though this can be overcome by disabling the latency_mode, it may increase
-the read latency for some applications. This parameter allows for changing
-target_latency through the sysfs interface which can provide the balanced
-throughput and read latency.
-
-Default value for target_latency is 300ms.
-
-slice_async
------------
-This parameter is same as of slice_sync but for asynchronous queue. The
-default value is 40ms.
-
-slice_async_rq
---------------
-This parameter is used to limit the dispatching of asynchronous request to
-device request queue in queue's slice time. The maximum number of request that
-are allowed to be dispatched also depends upon the io priority. Default value
-for this is 2.
-
-slice_sync
-----------
-When a queue is selected for execution, the queues IO requests are only
-executed for a certain amount of time(time_slice) before switching to another
-queue. This parameter is used to calculate the time slice of synchronous
-queue.
-
-time_slice is computed using the below equation:-
-time_slice = slice_sync + (slice_sync/5 * (4 - prio)). To increase the
-time_slice of synchronous queue, increase the value of slice_sync. Default
-value is 100ms.
-
-quantum
--------
-This specifies the number of request dispatched to the device queue. In a
-queue's time slice, a request will not be dispatched if the number of request
-in the device exceeds this parameter. This parameter is used for synchronous
-request.
-
-In case of storage with several disk, this setting can limit the parallel
-processing of request. Therefore, increasing the value can improve the
-performance although this can cause the latency of some I/O to increase due
-to more number of requests.
-
-CFQ Group scheduling
-====================
-
-CFQ supports blkio cgroup and has "blkio." prefixed files in each
-blkio cgroup directory. It is weight-based and there are four knobs
-for configuration - weight[_device] and leaf_weight[_device].
-Internal cgroup nodes (the ones with children) can also have tasks in
-them, so the former two configure how much proportion the cgroup as a
-whole is entitled to at its parent's level while the latter two
-configure how much proportion the tasks in the cgroup have compared to
-its direct children.
-
-Another way to think about it is assuming that each internal node has
-an implicit leaf child node which hosts all the tasks whose weight is
-configured by leaf_weight[_device]. Let's assume a blkio hierarchy
-composed of five cgroups - root, A, B, AA and AB - with the following
-weights where the names represent the hierarchy.
-
-        weight leaf_weight
- root :  125    125
- A    :  500    750
- B    :  250    500
- AA   :  500    500
- AB   : 1000    500
-
-root never has a parent making its weight is meaningless. For backward
-compatibility, weight is always kept in sync with leaf_weight. B, AA
-and AB have no child and thus its tasks have no children cgroup to
-compete with. They always get 100% of what the cgroup won at the
-parent level. Considering only the weights which matter, the hierarchy
-looks like the following.
-
-          root
-       /    |   \
-      A     B    leaf
-     500   250   125
-   /  |  \
-  AA  AB  leaf
- 500 1000 750
-
-If all cgroups have active IOs and competing with each other, disk
-time will be distributed like the following.
-
-Distribution below root. The total active weight at this level is
-A:500 + B:250 + C:125 = 875.
-
- root-leaf :   125 /  875      =~ 14%
- A         :   500 /  875      =~ 57%
- B(-leaf)  :   250 /  875      =~ 28%
-
-A has children and further distributes its 57% among the children and
-the implicit leaf node. The total active weight at this level is
-AA:500 + AB:1000 + A-leaf:750 = 2250.
-
- A-leaf    : ( 750 / 2250) * A =~ 19%
- AA(-leaf) : ( 500 / 2250) * A =~ 12%
- AB(-leaf) : (1000 / 2250) * A =~ 25%
-
-CFQ IOPS Mode for group scheduling
-===================================
-Basic CFQ design is to provide priority based time slices. Higher priority
-process gets bigger time slice and lower priority process gets smaller time
-slice. Measuring time becomes harder if storage is fast and supports NCQ and
-it would be better to dispatch multiple requests from multiple cfq queues in
-request queue at a time. In such scenario, it is not possible to measure time
-consumed by single queue accurately.
-
-What is possible though is to measure number of requests dispatched from a
-single queue and also allow dispatch from multiple cfq queue at the same time.
-This effectively becomes the fairness in terms of IOPS (IO operations per
-second).
-
-If one sets slice_idle=0 and if storage supports NCQ, CFQ internally switches
-to IOPS mode and starts providing fairness in terms of number of requests
-dispatched. Note that this mode switching takes effect only for group
-scheduling. For non-cgroup users nothing should change.
-
-CFQ IO scheduler Idling Theory
-===============================
-Idling on a queue is primarily about waiting for the next request to come
-on same queue after completion of a request. In this process CFQ will not
-dispatch requests from other cfq queues even if requests are pending there.
-
-The rationale behind idling is that it can cut down on number of seeks
-on rotational media. For example, if a process is doing dependent
-sequential reads (next read will come on only after completion of previous
-one), then not dispatching request from other queue should help as we
-did not move the disk head and kept on dispatching sequential IO from
-one queue.
-
-CFQ has following service trees and various queues are put on these trees.
-
-	sync-idle	sync-noidle	async
-
-All cfq queues doing synchronous sequential IO go on to sync-idle tree.
-On this tree we idle on each queue individually.
-
-All synchronous non-sequential queues go on sync-noidle tree. Also any
-synchronous write request which is not marked with REQ_IDLE goes on this
-service tree. On this tree we do not idle on individual queues instead idle
-on the whole group of queues or the tree. So if there are 4 queues waiting
-for IO to dispatch we will idle only once last queue has dispatched the IO
-and there is no more IO on this service tree.
-
-All async writes go on async service tree. There is no idling on async
-queues.
-
-CFQ has some optimizations for SSDs and if it detects a non-rotational
-media which can support higher queue depth (multiple requests at in
-flight at a time), then it cuts down on idling of individual queues and
-all the queues move to sync-noidle tree and only tree idle remains. This
-tree idling provides isolation with buffered write queues on async tree.
-
-FAQ
-===
-Q1. Why to idle at all on queues not marked with REQ_IDLE.
-
-A1. We only do tree idle (all queues on sync-noidle tree) on queues not marked
-    with REQ_IDLE. This helps in providing isolation with all the sync-idle
-    queues. Otherwise in presence of many sequential readers, other
-    synchronous IO might not get fair share of disk.
-
-    For example, if there are 10 sequential readers doing IO and they get
-    100ms each. If a !REQ_IDLE request comes in, it will be scheduled
-    roughly after 1 second. If after completion of !REQ_IDLE request we
-    do not idle, and after a couple of milli seconds a another !REQ_IDLE
-    request comes in, again it will be scheduled after 1second. Repeat it
-    and notice how a workload can lose its disk share and suffer due to
-    multiple sequential readers.
-
-    fsync can generate dependent IO where bunch of data is written in the
-    context of fsync, and later some journaling data is written. Journaling
-    data comes in only after fsync has finished its IO (atleast for ext4
-    that seemed to be the case). Now if one decides not to idle on fsync
-    thread due to !REQ_IDLE, then next journaling write will not get
-    scheduled for another second. A process doing small fsync, will suffer
-    badly in presence of multiple sequential readers.
-
-    Hence doing tree idling on threads using !REQ_IDLE flag on requests
-    provides isolation from multiple sequential readers and at the same
-    time we do not idle on individual threads.
-
-Q2. When to specify REQ_IDLE
-A2. I would think whenever one is doing synchronous write and expecting
-    more writes to be dispatched from same context soon, should be able
-    to specify REQ_IDLE on writes and that probably should work well for
-    most of the cases.
diff --git a/Documentation/block/null_blk.txt b/Documentation/block/null_blk.txt
index ea2dafe49ae8..4cad1024fff7 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/null_blk.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/null_blk.txt
@@ -88,7 +88,8 @@ shared_tags=[0/1]: Default: 0
 
 zoned=[0/1]: Default: 0
   0: Block device is exposed as a random-access block device.
-  1: Block device is exposed as a host-managed zoned block device.
+  1: Block device is exposed as a host-managed zoned block device. Requires
+     CONFIG_BLK_DEV_ZONED.
 
 zone_size=[MB]: Default: 256
   Per zone size when exposed as a zoned block device. Must be a power of two.
diff --git a/Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.txt b/Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.txt
index 2c1e67058fd3..83b457e24bba 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.txt
@@ -64,9 +64,16 @@ guess, the kernel will put the process issuing IO to sleep for an amount
 of time, before entering a classic poll loop. This mode might be a
 little slower than pure classic polling, but it will be more efficient.
 If set to a value larger than 0, the kernel will put the process issuing
-IO to sleep for this amont of microseconds before entering classic
+IO to sleep for this amount of microseconds before entering classic
 polling.
 
+io_timeout (RW)
+---------------
+io_timeout is the request timeout in milliseconds. If a request does not
+complete in this time then the block driver timeout handler is invoked.
+That timeout handler can decide to retry the request, to fail it or to start
+a device recovery strategy.
+
 iostats (RW)
 -------------
 This file is used to control (on/off) the iostats accounting of the
@@ -194,4 +201,31 @@ blk-throttle makes decision based on the samplings. Lower time means cgroups
 have more smooth throughput, but higher CPU overhead. This exists only when
 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_THROTTLING_LOW is enabled.
 
+zoned (RO)
+----------
+This indicates if the device is a zoned block device and the zone model of the
+device if it is indeed zoned. The possible values indicated by zoned are
+"none" for regular block devices and "host-aware" or "host-managed" for zoned
+block devices. The characteristics of host-aware and host-managed zoned block
+devices are described in the ZBC (Zoned Block Commands) and ZAC
+(Zoned Device ATA Command Set) standards. These standards also define the
+"drive-managed" zone model. However, since drive-managed zoned block devices
+do not support zone commands, they will be treated as regular block devices
+and zoned will report "none".
+
+nr_zones (RO)
+-------------
+For zoned block devices (zoned attribute indicating "host-managed" or
+"host-aware"), this indicates the total number of zones of the device.
+This is always 0 for regular block devices.
+
+chunk_sectors (RO)
+------------------
+This has different meaning depending on the type of the block device.
+For a RAID device (dm-raid), chunk_sectors indicates the size in 512B sectors
+of the RAID volume stripe segment. For a zoned block device, either host-aware
+or host-managed, chunk_sectors indicates the size in 512B sectors of the zones
+of the device, with the eventual exception of the last zone of the device which
+may be smaller.
+
 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>, February 2009
diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt
index 3c1b5ab54bc0..4df0ce271085 100644
--- a/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt
@@ -156,19 +156,23 @@ Per-device statistics are exported as various nodes under /sys/block/zram<id>/
 A brief description of exported device attributes. For more details please
 read Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram.
 
-Name            access            description
-----            ------            -----------
-disksize          RW    show and set the device's disk size
-initstate         RO    shows the initialization state of the device
-reset             WO    trigger device reset
-mem_used_max      WO    reset the `mem_used_max' counter (see later)
-mem_limit         WO    specifies the maximum amount of memory ZRAM can use
-                        to store the compressed data
-max_comp_streams  RW    the number of possible concurrent compress operations
-comp_algorithm    RW    show and change the compression algorithm
-compact           WO    trigger memory compaction
-debug_stat        RO    this file is used for zram debugging purposes
-backing_dev	  RW	set up backend storage for zram to write out
+Name            	access            description
+----            	------            -----------
+disksize          	RW	show and set the device's disk size
+initstate         	RO	shows the initialization state of the device
+reset             	WO	trigger device reset
+mem_used_max      	WO	reset the `mem_used_max' counter (see later)
+mem_limit         	WO	specifies the maximum amount of memory ZRAM can use
+				to store the compressed data
+writeback_limit   	WO	specifies the maximum amount of write IO zram can
+				write out to backing device as 4KB unit
+writeback_limit_enable  RW	show and set writeback_limit feature
+max_comp_streams  	RW	the number of possible concurrent compress operations
+comp_algorithm    	RW	show and change the compression algorithm
+compact           	WO	trigger memory compaction
+debug_stat        	RO	this file is used for zram debugging purposes
+backing_dev	  	RW	set up backend storage for zram to write out
+idle		  	WO	mark allocated slot as idle
 
 
 User space is advised to use the following files to read the device statistics.
@@ -220,6 +224,17 @@ line of text and contains the following stats separated by whitespace:
  pages_compacted  the number of pages freed during compaction
  huge_pages	  the number of incompressible pages
 
+File /sys/block/zram<id>/bd_stat
+
+The stat file represents device's backing device statistics. It consists of
+a single line of text and contains the following stats separated by whitespace:
+ bd_count	size of data written in backing device.
+		Unit: 4K bytes
+ bd_reads	the number of reads from backing device
+		Unit: 4K bytes
+ bd_writes	the number of writes to backing device
+		Unit: 4K bytes
+
 9) Deactivate:
 	swapoff /dev/zram0
 	umount /dev/zram1
@@ -237,11 +252,79 @@ line of text and contains the following stats separated by whitespace:
 
 = writeback
 
-With incompressible pages, there is no memory saving with zram.
-Instead, with CONFIG_ZRAM_WRITEBACK, zram can write incompressible page
+With CONFIG_ZRAM_WRITEBACK, zram can write idle/incompressible page
 to backing storage rather than keeping it in memory.
-User should set up backing device via /sys/block/zramX/backing_dev
-before disksize setting.
+To use the feature, admin should set up backing device via
+
+	"echo /dev/sda5 > /sys/block/zramX/backing_dev"
+
+before disksize setting. It supports only partition at this moment.
+If admin want to use incompressible page writeback, they could do via
+
+	"echo huge > /sys/block/zramX/write"
+
+To use idle page writeback, first, user need to declare zram pages
+as idle.
+
+	"echo all > /sys/block/zramX/idle"
+
+From now on, any pages on zram are idle pages. The idle mark
+will be removed until someone request access of the block.
+IOW, unless there is access request, those pages are still idle pages.
+
+Admin can request writeback of those idle pages at right timing via
+
+	"echo idle > /sys/block/zramX/writeback"
+
+With the command, zram writeback idle pages from memory to the storage.
+
+If there are lots of write IO with flash device, potentially, it has
+flash wearout problem so that admin needs to design write limitation
+to guarantee storage health for entire product life.
+
+To overcome the concern, zram supports "writeback_limit" feature.
+The "writeback_limit_enable"'s default value is 0 so that it doesn't limit
+any writeback. IOW, if admin want to apply writeback budget, he should
+enable writeback_limit_enable via
+
+	$ echo 1 > /sys/block/zramX/writeback_limit_enable
+
+Once writeback_limit_enable is set, zram doesn't allow any writeback
+until admin set the budget via /sys/block/zramX/writeback_limit.
+
+(If admin doesn't enable writeback_limit_enable, writeback_limit's value
+assigned via /sys/block/zramX/writeback_limit is meaninless.)
+
+If admin want to limit writeback as per-day 400M, he could do it
+like below.
+
+	$ MB_SHIFT=20
+	$ 4K_SHIFT=12
+	$ echo $((400<<MB_SHIFT>>4K_SHIFT)) > \
+		/sys/block/zram0/writeback_limit.
+	$ echo 1 > /sys/block/zram0/writeback_limit_enable
+
+If admin want to allow further write again once the bugdet is exausted,
+he could do it like below
+
+	$ echo $((400<<MB_SHIFT>>4K_SHIFT)) > \
+		/sys/block/zram0/writeback_limit
+
+If admin want to see remaining writeback budget since he set,
+
+	$ cat /sys/block/zramX/writeback_limit
+
+If admin want to disable writeback limit, he could do
+
+	$ echo 0 > /sys/block/zramX/writeback_limit_enable
+
+The writeback_limit count will reset whenever you reset zram(e.g.,
+system reboot, echo 1 > /sys/block/zramX/reset) so keeping how many of
+writeback happened until you reset the zram to allocate extra writeback
+budget in next setting is user's job.
+
+If admin want to measure writeback count in a certain period, he could
+know it via /sys/block/zram0/bd_stat's 3rd column.
 
 = memory tracking
 
@@ -251,16 +334,17 @@ pages of the process with*pagemap.
 If you enable the feature, you could see block state via
 /sys/kernel/debug/zram/zram0/block_state". The output is as follows,
 
-	  300    75.033841 .wh
-	  301    63.806904 s..
-	  302    63.806919 ..h
+	  300    75.033841 .wh.
+	  301    63.806904 s...
+	  302    63.806919 ..hi
 
 First column is zram's block index.
 Second column is access time since the system was booted
 Third column is state of the block.
 (s: same page
 w: written page to backing store
-h: huge page)
+h: huge page
+i: idle page)
 
 First line of above example says 300th block is accessed at 75.033841sec
 and the block's state is huge so it is written back to the backing
diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/bpf_design_QA.rst b/Documentation/bpf/bpf_design_QA.rst
index 6780a6d81745..10453c627135 100644
--- a/Documentation/bpf/bpf_design_QA.rst
+++ b/Documentation/bpf/bpf_design_QA.rst
@@ -36,27 +36,27 @@ consideration important quirks of other architectures) and
 defines calling convention that is compatible with C calling
 convention of the linux kernel on those architectures.
 
-Q: can multiple return values be supported in the future?
+Q: Can multiple return values be supported in the future?
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 A: NO. BPF allows only register R0 to be used as return value.
 
-Q: can more than 5 function arguments be supported in the future?
+Q: Can more than 5 function arguments be supported in the future?
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 A: NO. BPF calling convention only allows registers R1-R5 to be used
 as arguments. BPF is not a standalone instruction set.
 (unlike x64 ISA that allows msft, cdecl and other conventions)
 
-Q: can BPF programs access instruction pointer or return address?
+Q: Can BPF programs access instruction pointer or return address?
 -----------------------------------------------------------------
 A: NO.
 
-Q: can BPF programs access stack pointer ?
+Q: Can BPF programs access stack pointer ?
 ------------------------------------------
 A: NO.
 
 Only frame pointer (register R10) is accessible.
 From compiler point of view it's necessary to have stack pointer.
-For example LLVM defines register R11 as stack pointer in its
+For example, LLVM defines register R11 as stack pointer in its
 BPF backend, but it makes sure that generated code never uses it.
 
 Q: Does C-calling convention diminishes possible use cases?
@@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ A: YES.
 BPF design forces addition of major functionality in the form
 of kernel helper functions and kernel objects like BPF maps with
 seamless interoperability between them. It lets kernel call into
-BPF programs and programs call kernel helpers with zero overhead.
-As all of them were native C code. That is particularly the case
+BPF programs and programs call kernel helpers with zero overhead,
+as all of them were native C code. That is particularly the case
 for JITed BPF programs that are indistinguishable from
 native kernel C code.
 
@@ -75,9 +75,9 @@ Q: Does it mean that 'innovative' extensions to BPF code are disallowed?
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 A: Soft yes.
 
-At least for now until BPF core has support for
+At least for now, until BPF core has support for
 bpf-to-bpf calls, indirect calls, loops, global variables,
-jump tables, read only sections and all other normal constructs
+jump tables, read-only sections, and all other normal constructs
 that C code can produce.
 
 Q: Can loops be supported in a safe way?
@@ -109,16 +109,16 @@ For example why BPF_JNE and other compare and jumps are not cpu-like?
 A: This was necessary to avoid introducing flags into ISA which are
 impossible to make generic and efficient across CPU architectures.
 
-Q: why BPF_DIV instruction doesn't map to x64 div?
+Q: Why BPF_DIV instruction doesn't map to x64 div?
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 A: Because if we picked one-to-one relationship to x64 it would have made
 it more complicated to support on arm64 and other archs. Also it
 needs div-by-zero runtime check.
 
-Q: why there is no BPF_SDIV for signed divide operation?
+Q: Why there is no BPF_SDIV for signed divide operation?
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 A: Because it would be rarely used. llvm errors in such case and
-prints a suggestion to use unsigned divide instead
+prints a suggestion to use unsigned divide instead.
 
 Q: Why BPF has implicit prologue and epilogue?
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -157,12 +157,11 @@ Q: Does BPF have a stable ABI?
 ------------------------------
 A: YES. BPF instructions, arguments to BPF programs, set of helper
 functions and their arguments, recognized return codes are all part
-of ABI. However when tracing programs are using bpf_probe_read() helper
-to walk kernel internal datastructures and compile with kernel
-internal headers these accesses can and will break with newer
-kernels. The union bpf_attr -> kern_version is checked at load time
-to prevent accidentally loading kprobe-based bpf programs written
-for a different kernel. Networking programs don't do kern_version check.
+of ABI. However there is one specific exception to tracing programs
+which are using helpers like bpf_probe_read() to walk kernel internal
+data structures and compile with kernel internal headers. Both of these
+kernel internals are subject to change and can break with newer kernels
+such that the program needs to be adapted accordingly.
 
 Q: How much stack space a BPF program uses?
 -------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/btf.rst b/Documentation/bpf/btf.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7313d354f20e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/bpf/btf.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,848 @@
+=====================
+BPF Type Format (BTF)
+=====================
+
+1. Introduction
+***************
+
+BTF (BPF Type Format) is the metadata format which encodes the debug info
+related to BPF program/map. The name BTF was used initially to describe data
+types. The BTF was later extended to include function info for defined
+subroutines, and line info for source/line information.
+
+The debug info is used for map pretty print, function signature, etc. The
+function signature enables better bpf program/function kernel symbol. The line
+info helps generate source annotated translated byte code, jited code and
+verifier log.
+
+The BTF specification contains two parts,
+  * BTF kernel API
+  * BTF ELF file format
+
+The kernel API is the contract between user space and kernel. The kernel
+verifies the BTF info before using it. The ELF file format is a user space
+contract between ELF file and libbpf loader.
+
+The type and string sections are part of the BTF kernel API, describing the
+debug info (mostly types related) referenced by the bpf program. These two
+sections are discussed in details in :ref:`BTF_Type_String`.
+
+.. _BTF_Type_String:
+
+2. BTF Type and String Encoding
+*******************************
+
+The file ``include/uapi/linux/btf.h`` provides high-level definition of how
+types/strings are encoded.
+
+The beginning of data blob must be::
+
+    struct btf_header {
+        __u16   magic;
+        __u8    version;
+        __u8    flags;
+        __u32   hdr_len;
+
+        /* All offsets are in bytes relative to the end of this header */
+        __u32   type_off;       /* offset of type section       */
+        __u32   type_len;       /* length of type section       */
+        __u32   str_off;        /* offset of string section     */
+        __u32   str_len;        /* length of string section     */
+    };
+
+The magic is ``0xeB9F``, which has different encoding for big and little
+endian systems, and can be used to test whether BTF is generated for big- or
+little-endian target. The ``btf_header`` is designed to be extensible with
+``hdr_len`` equal to ``sizeof(struct btf_header)`` when a data blob is
+generated.
+
+2.1 String Encoding
+===================
+
+The first string in the string section must be a null string. The rest of
+string table is a concatenation of other null-terminated strings.
+
+2.2 Type Encoding
+=================
+
+The type id ``0`` is reserved for ``void`` type. The type section is parsed
+sequentially and type id is assigned to each recognized type starting from id
+``1``. Currently, the following types are supported::
+
+    #define BTF_KIND_INT            1       /* Integer      */
+    #define BTF_KIND_PTR            2       /* Pointer      */
+    #define BTF_KIND_ARRAY          3       /* Array        */
+    #define BTF_KIND_STRUCT         4       /* Struct       */
+    #define BTF_KIND_UNION          5       /* Union        */
+    #define BTF_KIND_ENUM           6       /* Enumeration  */
+    #define BTF_KIND_FWD            7       /* Forward      */
+    #define BTF_KIND_TYPEDEF        8       /* Typedef      */
+    #define BTF_KIND_VOLATILE       9       /* Volatile     */
+    #define BTF_KIND_CONST          10      /* Const        */
+    #define BTF_KIND_RESTRICT       11      /* Restrict     */
+    #define BTF_KIND_FUNC           12      /* Function     */
+    #define BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO     13      /* Function Proto       */
+
+Note that the type section encodes debug info, not just pure types.
+``BTF_KIND_FUNC`` is not a type, and it represents a defined subprogram.
+
+Each type contains the following common data::
+
+    struct btf_type {
+        __u32 name_off;
+        /* "info" bits arrangement
+         * bits  0-15: vlen (e.g. # of struct's members)
+         * bits 16-23: unused
+         * bits 24-27: kind (e.g. int, ptr, array...etc)
+         * bits 28-30: unused
+         * bit     31: kind_flag, currently used by
+         *             struct, union and fwd
+         */
+        __u32 info;
+        /* "size" is used by INT, ENUM, STRUCT and UNION.
+         * "size" tells the size of the type it is describing.
+         *
+         * "type" is used by PTR, TYPEDEF, VOLATILE, CONST, RESTRICT,
+         * FUNC and FUNC_PROTO.
+         * "type" is a type_id referring to another type.
+         */
+        union {
+                __u32 size;
+                __u32 type;
+        };
+    };
+
+For certain kinds, the common data are followed by kind-specific data. The
+``name_off`` in ``struct btf_type`` specifies the offset in the string table.
+The following sections detail encoding of each kind.
+
+2.2.1 BTF_KIND_INT
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``struct btf_type`` encoding requirement:
+ * ``name_off``: any valid offset
+ * ``info.kind_flag``: 0
+ * ``info.kind``: BTF_KIND_INT
+ * ``info.vlen``: 0
+ * ``size``: the size of the int type in bytes.
+
+``btf_type`` is followed by a ``u32`` with the following bits arrangement::
+
+  #define BTF_INT_ENCODING(VAL)   (((VAL) & 0x0f000000) >> 24)
+  #define BTF_INT_OFFSET(VAL)     (((VAL  & 0x00ff0000)) >> 16)
+  #define BTF_INT_BITS(VAL)       ((VAL)  & 0x000000ff)
+
+The ``BTF_INT_ENCODING`` has the following attributes::
+
+  #define BTF_INT_SIGNED  (1 << 0)
+  #define BTF_INT_CHAR    (1 << 1)
+  #define BTF_INT_BOOL    (1 << 2)
+
+The ``BTF_INT_ENCODING()`` provides extra information: signedness, char, or
+bool, for the int type. The char and bool encoding are mostly useful for
+pretty print. At most one encoding can be specified for the int type.
+
+The ``BTF_INT_BITS()`` specifies the number of actual bits held by this int
+type. For example, a 4-bit bitfield encodes ``BTF_INT_BITS()`` equals to 4.
+The ``btf_type.size * 8`` must be equal to or greater than ``BTF_INT_BITS()``
+for the type. The maximum value of ``BTF_INT_BITS()`` is 128.
+
+The ``BTF_INT_OFFSET()`` specifies the starting bit offset to calculate values
+for this int. For example, a bitfield struct member has:
+ * btf member bit offset 100 from the start of the structure,
+ * btf member pointing to an int type,
+ * the int type has ``BTF_INT_OFFSET() = 2`` and ``BTF_INT_BITS() = 4``
+
+Then in the struct memory layout, this member will occupy ``4`` bits starting
+from bits ``100 + 2 = 102``.
+
+Alternatively, the bitfield struct member can be the following to access the
+same bits as the above:
+ * btf member bit offset 102,
+ * btf member pointing to an int type,
+ * the int type has ``BTF_INT_OFFSET() = 0`` and ``BTF_INT_BITS() = 4``
+
+The original intention of ``BTF_INT_OFFSET()`` is to provide flexibility of
+bitfield encoding. Currently, both llvm and pahole generate
+``BTF_INT_OFFSET() = 0`` for all int types.
+
+2.2.2 BTF_KIND_PTR
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``struct btf_type`` encoding requirement:
+  * ``name_off``: 0
+  * ``info.kind_flag``: 0
+  * ``info.kind``: BTF_KIND_PTR
+  * ``info.vlen``: 0
+  * ``type``: the pointee type of the pointer
+
+No additional type data follow ``btf_type``.
+
+2.2.3 BTF_KIND_ARRAY
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``struct btf_type`` encoding requirement:
+  * ``name_off``: 0
+  * ``info.kind_flag``: 0
+  * ``info.kind``: BTF_KIND_ARRAY
+  * ``info.vlen``: 0
+  * ``size/type``: 0, not used
+
+``btf_type`` is followed by one ``struct btf_array``::
+
+    struct btf_array {
+        __u32   type;
+        __u32   index_type;
+        __u32   nelems;
+    };
+
+The ``struct btf_array`` encoding:
+  * ``type``: the element type
+  * ``index_type``: the index type
+  * ``nelems``: the number of elements for this array (``0`` is also allowed).
+
+The ``index_type`` can be any regular int type (``u8``, ``u16``, ``u32``,
+``u64``, ``unsigned __int128``). The original design of including
+``index_type`` follows DWARF, which has an ``index_type`` for its array type.
+Currently in BTF, beyond type verification, the ``index_type`` is not used.
+
+The ``struct btf_array`` allows chaining through element type to represent
+multidimensional arrays. For example, for ``int a[5][6]``, the following type
+information illustrates the chaining:
+
+  * [1]: int
+  * [2]: array, ``btf_array.type = [1]``, ``btf_array.nelems = 6``
+  * [3]: array, ``btf_array.type = [2]``, ``btf_array.nelems = 5``
+
+Currently, both pahole and llvm collapse multidimensional array into
+one-dimensional array, e.g., for ``a[5][6]``, the ``btf_array.nelems`` is
+equal to ``30``. This is because the original use case is map pretty print
+where the whole array is dumped out so one-dimensional array is enough. As
+more BTF usage is explored, pahole and llvm can be changed to generate proper
+chained representation for multidimensional arrays.
+
+2.2.4 BTF_KIND_STRUCT
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+2.2.5 BTF_KIND_UNION
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``struct btf_type`` encoding requirement:
+  * ``name_off``: 0 or offset to a valid C identifier
+  * ``info.kind_flag``: 0 or 1
+  * ``info.kind``: BTF_KIND_STRUCT or BTF_KIND_UNION
+  * ``info.vlen``: the number of struct/union members
+  * ``info.size``: the size of the struct/union in bytes
+
+``btf_type`` is followed by ``info.vlen`` number of ``struct btf_member``.::
+
+    struct btf_member {
+        __u32   name_off;
+        __u32   type;
+        __u32   offset;
+    };
+
+``struct btf_member`` encoding:
+  * ``name_off``: offset to a valid C identifier
+  * ``type``: the member type
+  * ``offset``: <see below>
+
+If the type info ``kind_flag`` is not set, the offset contains only bit offset
+of the member. Note that the base type of the bitfield can only be int or enum
+type. If the bitfield size is 32, the base type can be either int or enum
+type. If the bitfield size is not 32, the base type must be int, and int type
+``BTF_INT_BITS()`` encodes the bitfield size.
+
+If the ``kind_flag`` is set, the ``btf_member.offset`` contains both member
+bitfield size and bit offset. The bitfield size and bit offset are calculated
+as below.::
+
+  #define BTF_MEMBER_BITFIELD_SIZE(val)   ((val) >> 24)
+  #define BTF_MEMBER_BIT_OFFSET(val)      ((val) & 0xffffff)
+
+In this case, if the base type is an int type, it must be a regular int type:
+
+  * ``BTF_INT_OFFSET()`` must be 0.
+  * ``BTF_INT_BITS()`` must be equal to ``{1,2,4,8,16} * 8``.
+
+The following kernel patch introduced ``kind_flag`` and explained why both
+modes exist:
+
+  https://github.com/torvalds/linux/commit/9d5f9f701b1891466fb3dbb1806ad97716f95cc3#diff-fa650a64fdd3968396883d2fe8215ff3
+
+2.2.6 BTF_KIND_ENUM
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``struct btf_type`` encoding requirement:
+  * ``name_off``: 0 or offset to a valid C identifier
+  * ``info.kind_flag``: 0
+  * ``info.kind``: BTF_KIND_ENUM
+  * ``info.vlen``: number of enum values
+  * ``size``: 4
+
+``btf_type`` is followed by ``info.vlen`` number of ``struct btf_enum``.::
+
+    struct btf_enum {
+        __u32   name_off;
+        __s32   val;
+    };
+
+The ``btf_enum`` encoding:
+  * ``name_off``: offset to a valid C identifier
+  * ``val``: any value
+
+2.2.7 BTF_KIND_FWD
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``struct btf_type`` encoding requirement:
+  * ``name_off``: offset to a valid C identifier
+  * ``info.kind_flag``: 0 for struct, 1 for union
+  * ``info.kind``: BTF_KIND_FWD
+  * ``info.vlen``: 0
+  * ``type``: 0
+
+No additional type data follow ``btf_type``.
+
+2.2.8 BTF_KIND_TYPEDEF
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``struct btf_type`` encoding requirement:
+  * ``name_off``: offset to a valid C identifier
+  * ``info.kind_flag``: 0
+  * ``info.kind``: BTF_KIND_TYPEDEF
+  * ``info.vlen``: 0
+  * ``type``: the type which can be referred by name at ``name_off``
+
+No additional type data follow ``btf_type``.
+
+2.2.9 BTF_KIND_VOLATILE
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``struct btf_type`` encoding requirement:
+  * ``name_off``: 0
+  * ``info.kind_flag``: 0
+  * ``info.kind``: BTF_KIND_VOLATILE
+  * ``info.vlen``: 0
+  * ``type``: the type with ``volatile`` qualifier
+
+No additional type data follow ``btf_type``.
+
+2.2.10 BTF_KIND_CONST
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``struct btf_type`` encoding requirement:
+  * ``name_off``: 0
+  * ``info.kind_flag``: 0
+  * ``info.kind``: BTF_KIND_CONST
+  * ``info.vlen``: 0
+  * ``type``: the type with ``const`` qualifier
+
+No additional type data follow ``btf_type``.
+
+2.2.11 BTF_KIND_RESTRICT
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``struct btf_type`` encoding requirement:
+  * ``name_off``: 0
+  * ``info.kind_flag``: 0
+  * ``info.kind``: BTF_KIND_RESTRICT
+  * ``info.vlen``: 0
+  * ``type``: the type with ``restrict`` qualifier
+
+No additional type data follow ``btf_type``.
+
+2.2.12 BTF_KIND_FUNC
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``struct btf_type`` encoding requirement:
+  * ``name_off``: offset to a valid C identifier
+  * ``info.kind_flag``: 0
+  * ``info.kind``: BTF_KIND_FUNC
+  * ``info.vlen``: 0
+  * ``type``: a BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO type
+
+No additional type data follow ``btf_type``.
+
+A BTF_KIND_FUNC defines not a type, but a subprogram (function) whose
+signature is defined by ``type``. The subprogram is thus an instance of that
+type. The BTF_KIND_FUNC may in turn be referenced by a func_info in the
+:ref:`BTF_Ext_Section` (ELF) or in the arguments to :ref:`BPF_Prog_Load`
+(ABI).
+
+2.2.13 BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``struct btf_type`` encoding requirement:
+  * ``name_off``: 0
+  * ``info.kind_flag``: 0
+  * ``info.kind``: BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO
+  * ``info.vlen``: # of parameters
+  * ``type``: the return type
+
+``btf_type`` is followed by ``info.vlen`` number of ``struct btf_param``.::
+
+    struct btf_param {
+        __u32   name_off;
+        __u32   type;
+    };
+
+If a BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO type is referred by a BTF_KIND_FUNC type, then
+``btf_param.name_off`` must point to a valid C identifier except for the
+possible last argument representing the variable argument. The btf_param.type
+refers to parameter type.
+
+If the function has variable arguments, the last parameter is encoded with
+``name_off = 0`` and ``type = 0``.
+
+3. BTF Kernel API
+*****************
+
+The following bpf syscall command involves BTF:
+   * BPF_BTF_LOAD: load a blob of BTF data into kernel
+   * BPF_MAP_CREATE: map creation with btf key and value type info.
+   * BPF_PROG_LOAD: prog load with btf function and line info.
+   * BPF_BTF_GET_FD_BY_ID: get a btf fd
+   * BPF_OBJ_GET_INFO_BY_FD: btf, func_info, line_info
+     and other btf related info are returned.
+
+The workflow typically looks like:
+::
+
+  Application:
+      BPF_BTF_LOAD
+          |
+          v
+      BPF_MAP_CREATE and BPF_PROG_LOAD
+          |
+          V
+      ......
+
+  Introspection tool:
+      ......
+      BPF_{PROG,MAP}_GET_NEXT_ID (get prog/map id's)
+          |
+          V
+      BPF_{PROG,MAP}_GET_FD_BY_ID (get a prog/map fd)
+          |
+          V
+      BPF_OBJ_GET_INFO_BY_FD (get bpf_prog_info/bpf_map_info with btf_id)
+          |                                     |
+          V                                     |
+      BPF_BTF_GET_FD_BY_ID (get btf_fd)         |
+          |                                     |
+          V                                     |
+      BPF_OBJ_GET_INFO_BY_FD (get btf)          |
+          |                                     |
+          V                                     V
+      pretty print types, dump func signatures and line info, etc.
+
+
+3.1 BPF_BTF_LOAD
+================
+
+Load a blob of BTF data into kernel. A blob of data, described in
+:ref:`BTF_Type_String`, can be directly loaded into the kernel. A ``btf_fd``
+is returned to a userspace.
+
+3.2 BPF_MAP_CREATE
+==================
+
+A map can be created with ``btf_fd`` and specified key/value type id.::
+
+    __u32   btf_fd;         /* fd pointing to a BTF type data */
+    __u32   btf_key_type_id;        /* BTF type_id of the key */
+    __u32   btf_value_type_id;      /* BTF type_id of the value */
+
+In libbpf, the map can be defined with extra annotation like below:
+::
+
+    struct bpf_map_def SEC("maps") btf_map = {
+        .type = BPF_MAP_TYPE_ARRAY,
+        .key_size = sizeof(int),
+        .value_size = sizeof(struct ipv_counts),
+        .max_entries = 4,
+    };
+    BPF_ANNOTATE_KV_PAIR(btf_map, int, struct ipv_counts);
+
+Here, the parameters for macro BPF_ANNOTATE_KV_PAIR are map name, key and
+value types for the map. During ELF parsing, libbpf is able to extract
+key/value type_id's and assign them to BPF_MAP_CREATE attributes
+automatically.
+
+.. _BPF_Prog_Load:
+
+3.3 BPF_PROG_LOAD
+=================
+
+During prog_load, func_info and line_info can be passed to kernel with proper
+values for the following attributes:
+::
+
+    __u32           insn_cnt;
+    __aligned_u64   insns;
+    ......
+    __u32           prog_btf_fd;    /* fd pointing to BTF type data */
+    __u32           func_info_rec_size;     /* userspace bpf_func_info size */
+    __aligned_u64   func_info;      /* func info */
+    __u32           func_info_cnt;  /* number of bpf_func_info records */
+    __u32           line_info_rec_size;     /* userspace bpf_line_info size */
+    __aligned_u64   line_info;      /* line info */
+    __u32           line_info_cnt;  /* number of bpf_line_info records */
+
+The func_info and line_info are an array of below, respectively.::
+
+    struct bpf_func_info {
+        __u32   insn_off; /* [0, insn_cnt - 1] */
+        __u32   type_id;  /* pointing to a BTF_KIND_FUNC type */
+    };
+    struct bpf_line_info {
+        __u32   insn_off; /* [0, insn_cnt - 1] */
+        __u32   file_name_off; /* offset to string table for the filename */
+        __u32   line_off; /* offset to string table for the source line */
+        __u32   line_col; /* line number and column number */
+    };
+
+func_info_rec_size is the size of each func_info record, and
+line_info_rec_size is the size of each line_info record. Passing the record
+size to kernel make it possible to extend the record itself in the future.
+
+Below are requirements for func_info:
+  * func_info[0].insn_off must be 0.
+  * the func_info insn_off is in strictly increasing order and matches
+    bpf func boundaries.
+
+Below are requirements for line_info:
+  * the first insn in each func must have a line_info record pointing to it.
+  * the line_info insn_off is in strictly increasing order.
+
+For line_info, the line number and column number are defined as below:
+::
+
+    #define BPF_LINE_INFO_LINE_NUM(line_col)        ((line_col) >> 10)
+    #define BPF_LINE_INFO_LINE_COL(line_col)        ((line_col) & 0x3ff)
+
+3.4 BPF_{PROG,MAP}_GET_NEXT_ID
+
+In kernel, every loaded program, map or btf has a unique id. The id won't
+change during the lifetime of a program, map, or btf.
+
+The bpf syscall command BPF_{PROG,MAP}_GET_NEXT_ID returns all id's, one for
+each command, to user space, for bpf program or maps, respectively, so an
+inspection tool can inspect all programs and maps.
+
+3.5 BPF_{PROG,MAP}_GET_FD_BY_ID
+
+An introspection tool cannot use id to get details about program or maps.
+A file descriptor needs to be obtained first for reference-counting purpose.
+
+3.6 BPF_OBJ_GET_INFO_BY_FD
+==========================
+
+Once a program/map fd is acquired, an introspection tool can get the detailed
+information from kernel about this fd, some of which are BTF-related. For
+example, ``bpf_map_info`` returns ``btf_id`` and key/value type ids.
+``bpf_prog_info`` returns ``btf_id``, func_info, and line info for translated
+bpf byte codes, and jited_line_info.
+
+3.7 BPF_BTF_GET_FD_BY_ID
+========================
+
+With ``btf_id`` obtained in ``bpf_map_info`` and ``bpf_prog_info``, bpf
+syscall command BPF_BTF_GET_FD_BY_ID can retrieve a btf fd. Then, with
+command BPF_OBJ_GET_INFO_BY_FD, the btf blob, originally loaded into the
+kernel with BPF_BTF_LOAD, can be retrieved.
+
+With the btf blob, ``bpf_map_info``, and ``bpf_prog_info``, an introspection
+tool has full btf knowledge and is able to pretty print map key/values, dump
+func signatures and line info, along with byte/jit codes.
+
+4. ELF File Format Interface
+****************************
+
+4.1 .BTF section
+================
+
+The .BTF section contains type and string data. The format of this section is
+same as the one describe in :ref:`BTF_Type_String`.
+
+.. _BTF_Ext_Section:
+
+4.2 .BTF.ext section
+====================
+
+The .BTF.ext section encodes func_info and line_info which needs loader
+manipulation before loading into the kernel.
+
+The specification for .BTF.ext section is defined at ``tools/lib/bpf/btf.h``
+and ``tools/lib/bpf/btf.c``.
+
+The current header of .BTF.ext section::
+
+    struct btf_ext_header {
+        __u16   magic;
+        __u8    version;
+        __u8    flags;
+        __u32   hdr_len;
+
+        /* All offsets are in bytes relative to the end of this header */
+        __u32   func_info_off;
+        __u32   func_info_len;
+        __u32   line_info_off;
+        __u32   line_info_len;
+    };
+
+It is very similar to .BTF section. Instead of type/string section, it
+contains func_info and line_info section. See :ref:`BPF_Prog_Load` for details
+about func_info and line_info record format.
+
+The func_info is organized as below.::
+
+     func_info_rec_size
+     btf_ext_info_sec for section #1 /* func_info for section #1 */
+     btf_ext_info_sec for section #2 /* func_info for section #2 */
+     ...
+
+``func_info_rec_size`` specifies the size of ``bpf_func_info`` structure when
+.BTF.ext is generated. ``btf_ext_info_sec``, defined below, is a collection of
+func_info for each specific ELF section.::
+
+     struct btf_ext_info_sec {
+        __u32   sec_name_off; /* offset to section name */
+        __u32   num_info;
+        /* Followed by num_info * record_size number of bytes */
+        __u8    data[0];
+     };
+
+Here, num_info must be greater than 0.
+
+The line_info is organized as below.::
+
+     line_info_rec_size
+     btf_ext_info_sec for section #1 /* line_info for section #1 */
+     btf_ext_info_sec for section #2 /* line_info for section #2 */
+     ...
+
+``line_info_rec_size`` specifies the size of ``bpf_line_info`` structure when
+.BTF.ext is generated.
+
+The interpretation of ``bpf_func_info->insn_off`` and
+``bpf_line_info->insn_off`` is different between kernel API and ELF API. For
+kernel API, the ``insn_off`` is the instruction offset in the unit of ``struct
+bpf_insn``. For ELF API, the ``insn_off`` is the byte offset from the
+beginning of section (``btf_ext_info_sec->sec_name_off``).
+
+5. Using BTF
+************
+
+5.1 bpftool map pretty print
+============================
+
+With BTF, the map key/value can be printed based on fields rather than simply
+raw bytes. This is especially valuable for large structure or if your data
+structure has bitfields. For example, for the following map,::
+
+      enum A { A1, A2, A3, A4, A5 };
+      typedef enum A ___A;
+      struct tmp_t {
+           char a1:4;
+           int  a2:4;
+           int  :4;
+           __u32 a3:4;
+           int b;
+           ___A b1:4;
+           enum A b2:4;
+      };
+      struct bpf_map_def SEC("maps") tmpmap = {
+           .type = BPF_MAP_TYPE_ARRAY,
+           .key_size = sizeof(__u32),
+           .value_size = sizeof(struct tmp_t),
+           .max_entries = 1,
+      };
+      BPF_ANNOTATE_KV_PAIR(tmpmap, int, struct tmp_t);
+
+bpftool is able to pretty print like below:
+::
+
+      [{
+            "key": 0,
+            "value": {
+                "a1": 0x2,
+                "a2": 0x4,
+                "a3": 0x6,
+                "b": 7,
+                "b1": 0x8,
+                "b2": 0xa
+            }
+        }
+      ]
+
+5.2 bpftool prog dump
+=====================
+
+The following is an example showing how func_info and line_info can help prog
+dump with better kernel symbol names, function prototypes and line
+information.::
+
+    $ bpftool prog dump jited pinned /sys/fs/bpf/test_btf_haskv
+    [...]
+    int test_long_fname_2(struct dummy_tracepoint_args * arg):
+    bpf_prog_44a040bf25481309_test_long_fname_2:
+    ; static int test_long_fname_2(struct dummy_tracepoint_args *arg)
+       0:   push   %rbp
+       1:   mov    %rsp,%rbp
+       4:   sub    $0x30,%rsp
+       b:   sub    $0x28,%rbp
+       f:   mov    %rbx,0x0(%rbp)
+      13:   mov    %r13,0x8(%rbp)
+      17:   mov    %r14,0x10(%rbp)
+      1b:   mov    %r15,0x18(%rbp)
+      1f:   xor    %eax,%eax
+      21:   mov    %rax,0x20(%rbp)
+      25:   xor    %esi,%esi
+    ; int key = 0;
+      27:   mov    %esi,-0x4(%rbp)
+    ; if (!arg->sock)
+      2a:   mov    0x8(%rdi),%rdi
+    ; if (!arg->sock)
+      2e:   cmp    $0x0,%rdi
+      32:   je     0x0000000000000070
+      34:   mov    %rbp,%rsi
+    ; counts = bpf_map_lookup_elem(&btf_map, &key);
+    [...]
+
+5.3 Verifier Log
+================
+
+The following is an example of how line_info can help debugging verification
+failure.::
+
+       /* The code at tools/testing/selftests/bpf/test_xdp_noinline.c
+        * is modified as below.
+        */
+       data = (void *)(long)xdp->data;
+       data_end = (void *)(long)xdp->data_end;
+       /*
+       if (data + 4 > data_end)
+               return XDP_DROP;
+       */
+       *(u32 *)data = dst->dst;
+
+    $ bpftool prog load ./test_xdp_noinline.o /sys/fs/bpf/test_xdp_noinline type xdp
+        ; data = (void *)(long)xdp->data;
+        224: (79) r2 = *(u64 *)(r10 -112)
+        225: (61) r2 = *(u32 *)(r2 +0)
+        ; *(u32 *)data = dst->dst;
+        226: (63) *(u32 *)(r2 +0) = r1
+        invalid access to packet, off=0 size=4, R2(id=0,off=0,r=0)
+        R2 offset is outside of the packet
+
+6. BTF Generation
+*****************
+
+You need latest pahole
+
+  https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/devel/pahole/pahole.git/
+
+or llvm (8.0 or later). The pahole acts as a dwarf2btf converter. It doesn't
+support .BTF.ext and btf BTF_KIND_FUNC type yet. For example,::
+
+      -bash-4.4$ cat t.c
+      struct t {
+        int a:2;
+        int b:3;
+        int c:2;
+      } g;
+      -bash-4.4$ gcc -c -O2 -g t.c
+      -bash-4.4$ pahole -JV t.o
+      File t.o:
+      [1] STRUCT t kind_flag=1 size=4 vlen=3
+              a type_id=2 bitfield_size=2 bits_offset=0
+              b type_id=2 bitfield_size=3 bits_offset=2
+              c type_id=2 bitfield_size=2 bits_offset=5
+      [2] INT int size=4 bit_offset=0 nr_bits=32 encoding=SIGNED
+
+The llvm is able to generate .BTF and .BTF.ext directly with -g for bpf target
+only. The assembly code (-S) is able to show the BTF encoding in assembly
+format.::
+
+    -bash-4.4$ cat t2.c
+    typedef int __int32;
+    struct t2 {
+      int a2;
+      int (*f2)(char q1, __int32 q2, ...);
+      int (*f3)();
+    } g2;
+    int main() { return 0; }
+    int test() { return 0; }
+    -bash-4.4$ clang -c -g -O2 -target bpf t2.c
+    -bash-4.4$ readelf -S t2.o
+      ......
+      [ 8] .BTF              PROGBITS         0000000000000000  00000247
+           000000000000016e  0000000000000000           0     0     1
+      [ 9] .BTF.ext          PROGBITS         0000000000000000  000003b5
+           0000000000000060  0000000000000000           0     0     1
+      [10] .rel.BTF.ext      REL              0000000000000000  000007e0
+           0000000000000040  0000000000000010          16     9     8
+      ......
+    -bash-4.4$ clang -S -g -O2 -target bpf t2.c
+    -bash-4.4$ cat t2.s
+      ......
+            .section        .BTF,"",@progbits
+            .short  60319                   # 0xeb9f
+            .byte   1
+            .byte   0
+            .long   24
+            .long   0
+            .long   220
+            .long   220
+            .long   122
+            .long   0                       # BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO(id = 1)
+            .long   218103808               # 0xd000000
+            .long   2
+            .long   83                      # BTF_KIND_INT(id = 2)
+            .long   16777216                # 0x1000000
+            .long   4
+            .long   16777248                # 0x1000020
+      ......
+            .byte   0                       # string offset=0
+            .ascii  ".text"                 # string offset=1
+            .byte   0
+            .ascii  "/home/yhs/tmp-pahole/t2.c" # string offset=7
+            .byte   0
+            .ascii  "int main() { return 0; }" # string offset=33
+            .byte   0
+            .ascii  "int test() { return 0; }" # string offset=58
+            .byte   0
+            .ascii  "int"                   # string offset=83
+      ......
+            .section        .BTF.ext,"",@progbits
+            .short  60319                   # 0xeb9f
+            .byte   1
+            .byte   0
+            .long   24
+            .long   0
+            .long   28
+            .long   28
+            .long   44
+            .long   8                       # FuncInfo
+            .long   1                       # FuncInfo section string offset=1
+            .long   2
+            .long   .Lfunc_begin0
+            .long   3
+            .long   .Lfunc_begin1
+            .long   5
+            .long   16                      # LineInfo
+            .long   1                       # LineInfo section string offset=1
+            .long   2
+            .long   .Ltmp0
+            .long   7
+            .long   33
+            .long   7182                    # Line 7 Col 14
+            .long   .Ltmp3
+            .long   7
+            .long   58
+            .long   8206                    # Line 8 Col 14
+
+7. Testing
+**********
+
+Kernel bpf selftest `test_btf.c` provides extensive set of BTF-related tests.
diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/index.rst b/Documentation/bpf/index.rst
index 00a8450a602f..4e77932959cc 100644
--- a/Documentation/bpf/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/bpf/index.rst
@@ -15,6 +15,13 @@ that goes into great technical depth about the BPF Architecture.
 The primary info for the bpf syscall is available in the `man-pages`_
 for `bpf(2)`_.
 
+BPF Type Format (BTF)
+=====================
+
+.. toctree::
+   :maxdepth: 1
+
+   btf
 
 
 Frequently asked questions (FAQ)
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/memcg_test.txt b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/memcg_test.txt
index 5c7f310f32bb..621e29ffb358 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/memcg_test.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/memcg_test.txt
@@ -107,9 +107,9 @@ Under below explanation, we assume CONFIG_MEM_RES_CTRL_SWAP=y.
 
 8. LRU
         Each memcg has its own private LRU. Now, its handling is under global
-	VM's control (means that it's handled under global zone_lru_lock).
+	VM's control (means that it's handled under global pgdat->lru_lock).
 	Almost all routines around memcg's LRU is called by global LRU's
-	list management functions under zone_lru_lock().
+	list management functions under pgdat->lru_lock.
 
 	A special function is mem_cgroup_isolate_pages(). This scans
 	memcg's private LRU and call __isolate_lru_page() to extract a page
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/memory.txt b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/memory.txt
index 3682e99234c2..a33cedf85427 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/memory.txt
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Brief summary of control files.
  memory.soft_limit_in_bytes	 # set/show soft limit of memory usage
  memory.stat			 # show various statistics
  memory.use_hierarchy		 # set/show hierarchical account enabled
- memory.force_empty		 # trigger forced move charge to parent
+ memory.force_empty		 # trigger forced page reclaim
  memory.pressure_level		 # set memory pressure notifications
  memory.swappiness		 # set/show swappiness parameter of vmscan
 				 (See sysctl's vm.swappiness)
@@ -267,11 +267,11 @@ When oom event notifier is registered, event will be delivered.
    Other lock order is following:
    PG_locked.
    mm->page_table_lock
-       zone_lru_lock
+       pgdat->lru_lock
 	  lock_page_cgroup.
   In many cases, just lock_page_cgroup() is called.
   per-zone-per-cgroup LRU (cgroup's private LRU) is just guarded by
-  zone_lru_lock, it has no lock of its own.
+  pgdat->lru_lock, it has no lock of its own.
 
 2.7 Kernel Memory Extension (CONFIG_MEMCG_KMEM)
 
@@ -459,8 +459,9 @@ About use_hierarchy, see Section 6.
   the cgroup will be reclaimed and as many pages reclaimed as possible.
 
   The typical use case for this interface is before calling rmdir().
-  Because rmdir() moves all pages to parent, some out-of-use page caches can be
-  moved to the parent. If you want to avoid that, force_empty will be useful.
+  Though rmdir() offlines memcg, but the memcg may still stay there due to
+  charged file caches. Some out-of-use page caches may keep charged until
+  memory pressure happens. If you want to avoid that, force_empty will be useful.
 
   Also, note that when memory.kmem.limit_in_bytes is set the charges due to
   kernel pages will still be seen. This is not considered a failure and the
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/pids.txt b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/pids.txt
index 1a078b5d281a..e105d708ccde 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/pids.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/pids.txt
@@ -33,6 +33,9 @@ limit in the hierarchy is followed).
 pids.current tracks all child cgroup hierarchies, so parent/pids.current is a
 superset of parent/child/pids.current.
 
+The pids.events file contains event counters:
+  - max: Number of times fork failed because limit was hit.
+
 Example
 -------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/rdma.txt b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/rdma.txt
index af618171e0eb..9bdb7fd03f83 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroup-v1/rdma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroup-v1/rdma.txt
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ cgroup.
 Currently user space applications can easily take away all the rdma verb
 specific resources such as AH, CQ, QP, MR etc. Due to which other applications
 in other cgroup or kernel space ULPs may not even get chance to allocate any
-rdma resources. This can leads to service unavailability.
+rdma resources. This can lead to service unavailability.
 
 Therefore RDMA controller is needed through which resource consumption
 of processes can be limited. Through this controller different rdma
diff --git a/Documentation/clearing-warn-once.txt b/Documentation/clearing-warn-once.txt
index 5b1f5d547be1..c68598b31428 100644
--- a/Documentation/clearing-warn-once.txt
+++ b/Documentation/clearing-warn-once.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-WARN_ONCE / WARN_ON_ONCE only print a warning once.
+WARN_ONCE / WARN_ON_ONCE / printk_once only emit a message once.
 
 echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/clear_warn_once
 
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/assoc_array.rst b/Documentation/core-api/assoc_array.rst
index 8231b915c939..792bbf9939e1 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/assoc_array.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/assoc_array.rst
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ properties:
 8. The array can iterated over.  The objects will not necessarily come out in
    key order.
 
-9. The array can be iterated over whilst it is being modified, provided the
+9. The array can be iterated over while it is being modified, provided the
    RCU readlock is being held by the iterator.  Note, however, under these
    circumstances, some objects may be seen more than once.  If this is a
    problem, the iterator should lock against modification.  Objects will not
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ properties:
 
 10. Objects in the array can be looked up by means of their index key.
 
-11. Objects can be looked up whilst the array is being modified, provided the
+11. Objects can be looked up while the array is being modified, provided the
     RCU readlock is being held by the thread doing the look up.
 
 The implementation uses a tree of 16-pointer nodes internally that are indexed
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ The function will return ``0`` if successful and ``-ENOMEM`` if there wasn't
 enough memory.
 
 It is possible for other threads to iterate over or search the array under
-the RCU read lock whilst this function is in progress.  The caller should
+the RCU read lock while this function is in progress.  The caller should
 lock exclusively against other modifiers of the array.
 
 
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/boot-time-mm.rst b/Documentation/core-api/boot-time-mm.rst
index 6e12e89a03e0..e5ec9f1a563d 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/boot-time-mm.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/boot-time-mm.rst
@@ -5,54 +5,23 @@ Boot time memory management
 Early system initialization cannot use "normal" memory management
 simply because it is not set up yet. But there is still need to
 allocate memory for various data structures, for instance for the
-physical page allocator. To address this, a specialized allocator
-called the :ref:`Boot Memory Allocator <bootmem>`, or bootmem, was
-introduced. Several years later PowerPC developers added a "Logical
-Memory Blocks" allocator, which was later adopted by other
-architectures and renamed to :ref:`memblock <memblock>`. There is also
-a compatibility layer called `nobootmem` that translates bootmem
-allocation interfaces to memblock calls.
+physical page allocator.
 
-The selection of the early allocator is done using
-``CONFIG_NO_BOOTMEM`` and ``CONFIG_HAVE_MEMBLOCK`` kernel
-configuration options. These options are enabled or disabled
-statically by the architectures' Kconfig files.
-
-* Architectures that rely only on bootmem select
-  ``CONFIG_NO_BOOTMEM=n && CONFIG_HAVE_MEMBLOCK=n``.
-* The users of memblock with the nobootmem compatibility layer set
-  ``CONFIG_NO_BOOTMEM=y && CONFIG_HAVE_MEMBLOCK=y``.
-* And for those that use both memblock and bootmem the configuration
-  includes ``CONFIG_NO_BOOTMEM=n && CONFIG_HAVE_MEMBLOCK=y``.
-
-Whichever allocator is used, it is the responsibility of the
-architecture specific initialization to set it up in
-:c:func:`setup_arch` and tear it down in :c:func:`mem_init` functions.
+A specialized allocator called ``memblock`` performs the
+boot time memory management. The architecture specific initialization
+must set it up in :c:func:`setup_arch` and tear it down in
+:c:func:`mem_init` functions.
 
 Once the early memory management is available it offers a variety of
 functions and macros for memory allocations. The allocation request
 may be directed to the first (and probably the only) node or to a
 particular node in a NUMA system. There are API variants that panic
-when an allocation fails and those that don't. And more recent and
-advanced memblock even allows controlling its own behaviour.
-
-.. _bootmem:
-
-Bootmem
-=======
+when an allocation fails and those that don't.
 
-(mostly stolen from Mel Gorman's "Understanding the Linux Virtual
-Memory Manager" `book`_)
+Memblock also offers a variety of APIs that control its own behaviour.
 
-.. _book: https://www.kernel.org/doc/gorman/
-
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/bootmem.c
-   :doc: bootmem overview
-
-.. _memblock:
-
-Memblock
-========
+Memblock Overview
+=================
 
 .. kernel-doc:: mm/memblock.c
    :doc: memblock overview
@@ -61,26 +30,6 @@ Memblock
 Functions and structures
 ========================
 
-Common API
-----------
-
-The functions that are described in this section are available
-regardless of what early memory manager is enabled.
-
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/nobootmem.c
-
-Bootmem specific API
---------------------
-
-These interfaces available only with bootmem, i.e when ``CONFIG_NO_BOOTMEM=n``
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/bootmem.h
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/bootmem.c
-   :functions:
-
-Memblock specific API
----------------------
-
 Here is the description of memblock data structures, functions and
 macros. Some of them are actually internal, but since they are
 documented it would be silly to omit them. Besides, reading the
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/cachetlb.rst b/Documentation/core-api/cachetlb.rst
index 6eb9d3f090cd..93cb65d52720 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/cachetlb.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/cachetlb.rst
@@ -101,16 +101,6 @@ changes occur:
 	translations for software managed TLB configurations.
 	The sparc64 port currently does this.
 
-6) ``void tlb_migrate_finish(struct mm_struct *mm)``
-
-	This interface is called at the end of an explicit
-	process migration. This interface provides a hook
-	to allow a platform to update TLB or context-specific
-	information for the address space.
-
-	The ia64 sn2 platform is one example of a platform
-	that uses this interface.
-
 Next, we have the cache flushing interfaces.  In general, when Linux
 is changing an existing virtual-->physical mapping to a new value,
 the sequence will be in one of the following forms::
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/flexible-arrays.rst b/Documentation/core-api/flexible-arrays.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index b6b85a1b518e..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/core-api/flexible-arrays.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-
-===================================
-Using flexible arrays in the kernel
-===================================
-
-Large contiguous memory allocations can be unreliable in the Linux kernel.
-Kernel programmers will sometimes respond to this problem by allocating
-pages with :c:func:`vmalloc()`.  This solution not ideal, though.  On 32-bit
-systems, memory from vmalloc() must be mapped into a relatively small address
-space; it's easy to run out.  On SMP systems, the page table changes required
-by vmalloc() allocations can require expensive cross-processor interrupts on
-all CPUs.  And, on all systems, use of space in the vmalloc() range increases
-pressure on the translation lookaside buffer (TLB), reducing the performance
-of the system.
-
-In many cases, the need for memory from vmalloc() can be eliminated by piecing
-together an array from smaller parts; the flexible array library exists to make
-this task easier.
-
-A flexible array holds an arbitrary (within limits) number of fixed-sized
-objects, accessed via an integer index.  Sparse arrays are handled
-reasonably well.  Only single-page allocations are made, so memory
-allocation failures should be relatively rare.  The down sides are that the
-arrays cannot be indexed directly, individual object size cannot exceed the
-system page size, and putting data into a flexible array requires a copy
-operation.  It's also worth noting that flexible arrays do no internal
-locking at all; if concurrent access to an array is possible, then the
-caller must arrange for appropriate mutual exclusion.
-
-The creation of a flexible array is done with :c:func:`flex_array_alloc()`::
-
-    #include <linux/flex_array.h>
-
-    struct flex_array *flex_array_alloc(int element_size,
-					unsigned int total,
-					gfp_t flags);
-
-The individual object size is provided by ``element_size``, while total is the
-maximum number of objects which can be stored in the array.  The flags
-argument is passed directly to the internal memory allocation calls.  With
-the current code, using flags to ask for high memory is likely to lead to
-notably unpleasant side effects.
-
-It is also possible to define flexible arrays at compile time with::
-
-    DEFINE_FLEX_ARRAY(name, element_size, total);
-
-This macro will result in a definition of an array with the given name; the
-element size and total will be checked for validity at compile time.
-
-Storing data into a flexible array is accomplished with a call to
-:c:func:`flex_array_put()`::
-
-    int flex_array_put(struct flex_array *array, unsigned int element_nr,
-    		       void *src, gfp_t flags);
-
-This call will copy the data from src into the array, in the position
-indicated by ``element_nr`` (which must be less than the maximum specified when
-the array was created).  If any memory allocations must be performed, flags
-will be used.  The return value is zero on success, a negative error code
-otherwise.
-
-There might possibly be a need to store data into a flexible array while
-running in some sort of atomic context; in this situation, sleeping in the
-memory allocator would be a bad thing.  That can be avoided by using
-``GFP_ATOMIC`` for the flags value, but, often, there is a better way.  The
-trick is to ensure that any needed memory allocations are done before
-entering atomic context, using :c:func:`flex_array_prealloc()`::
-
-    int flex_array_prealloc(struct flex_array *array, unsigned int start,
-			    unsigned int nr_elements, gfp_t flags);
-
-This function will ensure that memory for the elements indexed in the range
-defined by ``start`` and ``nr_elements`` has been allocated.  Thereafter, a
-``flex_array_put()`` call on an element in that range is guaranteed not to
-block.
-
-Getting data back out of the array is done with :c:func:`flex_array_get()`::
-
-    void *flex_array_get(struct flex_array *fa, unsigned int element_nr);
-
-The return value is a pointer to the data element, or NULL if that
-particular element has never been allocated.
-
-Note that it is possible to get back a valid pointer for an element which
-has never been stored in the array.  Memory for array elements is allocated
-one page at a time; a single allocation could provide memory for several
-adjacent elements.  Flexible array elements are normally initialized to the
-value ``FLEX_ARRAY_FREE`` (defined as 0x6c in <linux/poison.h>), so errors
-involving that number probably result from use of unstored array entries.
-Note that, if array elements are allocated with ``__GFP_ZERO``, they will be
-initialized to zero and this poisoning will not happen.
-
-Individual elements in the array can be cleared with
-:c:func:`flex_array_clear()`::
-
-    int flex_array_clear(struct flex_array *array, unsigned int element_nr);
-
-This function will set the given element to ``FLEX_ARRAY_FREE`` and return
-zero.  If storage for the indicated element is not allocated for the array,
-``flex_array_clear()`` will return ``-EINVAL`` instead.  Note that clearing an
-element does not release the storage associated with it; to reduce the
-allocated size of an array, call :c:func:`flex_array_shrink()`::
-
-    int flex_array_shrink(struct flex_array *array);
-
-The return value will be the number of pages of memory actually freed.
-This function works by scanning the array for pages containing nothing but
-``FLEX_ARRAY_FREE`` bytes, so (1) it can be expensive, and (2) it will not work
-if the array's pages are allocated with ``__GFP_ZERO``.
-
-It is possible to remove all elements of an array with a call to
-:c:func:`flex_array_free_parts()`::
-
-    void flex_array_free_parts(struct flex_array *array);
-
-This call frees all elements, but leaves the array itself in place.
-Freeing the entire array is done with :c:func:`flex_array_free()`::
-
-    void flex_array_free(struct flex_array *array);
-
-As of this writing, there are no users of flexible arrays in the mainline
-kernel.  The functions described here are also not exported to modules;
-that will probably be fixed when somebody comes up with a need for it.
-
-
-Flexible array functions
-------------------------
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/flex_array.h
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/generic-radix-tree.rst b/Documentation/core-api/generic-radix-tree.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ed42839ae42f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/generic-radix-tree.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+=================================
+Generic radix trees/sparse arrays
+=================================
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/generic-radix-tree.h
+   :doc: Generic radix trees/sparse arrays
+
+generic radix tree functions
+----------------------------
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/generic-radix-tree.h
+   :functions:
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/index.rst b/Documentation/core-api/index.rst
index 29c790f571a5..6870baffef82 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/index.rst
@@ -21,12 +21,14 @@ Core utilities
    local_ops
    workqueue
    genericirq
+   xarray
    flexible-arrays
    librs
    genalloc
    errseq
    printk-formats
    circular-buffers
+   generic-radix-tree
    memory-allocation
    mm-api
    gfp_mask-from-fs-io
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/kernel-api.rst b/Documentation/core-api/kernel-api.rst
index 3431337ee4e6..71f5d2fe39b7 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/kernel-api.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/kernel-api.rst
@@ -291,12 +291,6 @@ Block Devices
 .. kernel-doc:: block/blk-lib.c
    :export:
 
-.. kernel-doc:: block/blk-tag.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: block/blk-tag.c
-   :internal:
-
 .. kernel-doc:: block/blk-integrity.c
    :export:
 
@@ -362,10 +356,6 @@ Read-Copy Update (RCU)
 
 .. kernel-doc:: include/linux/rcupdate.h
 
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/rcupdate_wait.h
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/rcutree.h
-
 .. kernel-doc:: kernel/rcu/tree.c
 
 .. kernel-doc:: kernel/rcu/tree_plugin.h
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/memory-allocation.rst b/Documentation/core-api/memory-allocation.rst
index f8bb9aa120c4..7744aa3bf2e0 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/memory-allocation.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/memory-allocation.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+.. _memory_allocation:
+
 =======================
 Memory Allocation Guide
 =======================
@@ -111,9 +113,11 @@ see :c:func:`kvmalloc_node` reference documentation. Note that
 
 If you need to allocate many identical objects you can use the slab
 cache allocator. The cache should be set up with
-:c:func:`kmem_cache_create` before it can be used. Afterwards
-:c:func:`kmem_cache_alloc` and its convenience wrappers can allocate
-memory from that cache.
+:c:func:`kmem_cache_create` or :c:func:`kmem_cache_create_usercopy`
+before it can be used. The second function should be used if a part of
+the cache might be copied to the userspace.  After the cache is
+created :c:func:`kmem_cache_alloc` and its convenience wrappers can
+allocate memory from that cache.
 
 When the allocated memory is no longer needed it must be freed. You
 can use :c:func:`kvfree` for the memory allocated with `kmalloc`,
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst b/Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst
index 5ce1ec1dd066..128e8a721c1e 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/mm-api.rst
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ users will want to use a plain ``GFP_KERNEL``.
    :doc: Reclaim modifiers
 
 .. kernel-doc:: include/linux/gfp.h
-   :doc: Common combinations
+   :doc: Useful GFP flag combinations
 
 The Slab Cache
 ==============
@@ -46,11 +46,20 @@ The Slab Cache
 .. kernel-doc:: mm/slab.c
    :export:
 
+.. kernel-doc:: mm/slab_common.c
+   :export:
+
 .. kernel-doc:: mm/util.c
    :functions: kfree_const kvmalloc_node kvfree
 
-More Memory Management Functions
-================================
+Virtually Contiguous Mappings
+=============================
+
+.. kernel-doc:: mm/vmalloc.c
+   :export:
+
+File Mapping and Page Cache
+===========================
 
 .. kernel-doc:: mm/readahead.c
    :export:
@@ -58,23 +67,28 @@ More Memory Management Functions
 .. kernel-doc:: mm/filemap.c
    :export:
 
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/memory.c
+.. kernel-doc:: mm/page-writeback.c
    :export:
 
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/vmalloc.c
+.. kernel-doc:: mm/truncate.c
    :export:
 
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/page_alloc.c
-   :internal:
+Memory pools
+============
 
 .. kernel-doc:: mm/mempool.c
    :export:
 
+DMA pools
+=========
+
 .. kernel-doc:: mm/dmapool.c
    :export:
 
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/page-writeback.c
-   :export:
+More Memory Management Functions
+================================
 
-.. kernel-doc:: mm/truncate.c
+.. kernel-doc:: mm/memory.c
    :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: mm/page_alloc.c
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst b/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst
index 86023c33906f..75d2bbe9813f 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst
@@ -13,6 +13,10 @@ Integer types
 
 	If variable is of Type,		use printk format specifier:
 	------------------------------------------------------------
+		char			%hhd or %hhx
+		unsigned char		%hhu or %hhx
+		short int		%hd or %hx
+		unsigned short int	%hu or %hx
 		int			%d or %x
 		unsigned int		%u or %x
 		long			%ld or %lx
@@ -21,6 +25,10 @@ Integer types
 		unsigned long long	%llu or %llx
 		size_t			%zu or %zx
 		ssize_t			%zd or %zx
+		s8			%hhd or %hhx
+		u8			%hhu or %hhx
+		s16			%hd or %hx
+		u16			%hu or %hx
 		s32			%d or %x
 		u32			%u or %x
 		s64			%lld or %llx
@@ -50,6 +58,14 @@ A raw pointer value may be printed with %p which will hash the address
 before printing. The kernel also supports extended specifiers for printing
 pointers of different types.
 
+Some of the extended specifiers print the data on the given address instead
+of printing the address itself. In this case, the following error messages
+might be printed instead of the unreachable information::
+
+	(null)	 data on plain NULL address
+	(efault) data on invalid address
+	(einval) invalid data on a valid address
+
 Plain Pointers
 --------------
 
@@ -412,6 +428,24 @@ Examples::
 
 Passed by reference.
 
+Time and date (struct rtc_time)
+-------------------------------
+
+::
+
+	%ptR		YYYY-mm-ddTHH:MM:SS
+	%ptRd		YYYY-mm-dd
+	%ptRt		HH:MM:SS
+	%ptR[dt][r]
+
+For printing date and time as represented by struct rtc_time structure in
+human readable format.
+
+By default year will be incremented by 1900 and month by 1. Use %ptRr (raw)
+to suppress this behaviour.
+
+Passed by reference.
+
 struct clk
 ----------
 
@@ -420,9 +454,8 @@ struct clk
 	%pC	pll1
 	%pCn	pll1
 
-For printing struct clk structures. %pC and %pCn print the name
-(Common Clock Framework) or address (legacy clock framework) of the
-structure.
+For printing struct clk structures. %pC and %pCn print the name of the clock
+(Common Clock Framework) or a unique 32-bit ID (legacy clock framework).
 
 Passed by reference.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/refcount-vs-atomic.rst b/Documentation/core-api/refcount-vs-atomic.rst
index 322851bada16..976e85adffe8 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/refcount-vs-atomic.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/refcount-vs-atomic.rst
@@ -54,6 +54,13 @@ must propagate to all other CPUs before the release operation
 (A-cumulative property). This is implemented using
 :c:func:`smp_store_release`.
 
+An ACQUIRE memory ordering guarantees that all post loads and
+stores (all po-later instructions) on the same CPU are
+completed after the acquire operation. It also guarantees that all
+po-later stores on the same CPU must propagate to all other CPUs
+after the acquire operation executes. This is implemented using
+:c:func:`smp_acquire__after_ctrl_dep`.
+
 A control dependency (on success) for refcounters guarantees that
 if a reference for an object was successfully obtained (reference
 counter increment or addition happened, function returned true),
@@ -119,13 +126,24 @@ Memory ordering guarantees changes:
    result of obtaining pointer to the object!
 
 
-case 5) - decrement-based RMW ops that return a value
------------------------------------------------------
+case 5) - generic dec/sub decrement-based RMW ops that return a value
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 Function changes:
 
  * :c:func:`atomic_dec_and_test` --> :c:func:`refcount_dec_and_test`
  * :c:func:`atomic_sub_and_test` --> :c:func:`refcount_sub_and_test`
+
+Memory ordering guarantees changes:
+
+ * fully ordered --> RELEASE ordering + ACQUIRE ordering on success
+
+
+case 6) other decrement-based RMW ops that return a value
+---------------------------------------------------------
+
+Function changes:
+
  * no atomic counterpart --> :c:func:`refcount_dec_if_one`
  * ``atomic_add_unless(&var, -1, 1)`` --> ``refcount_dec_not_one(&var)``
 
@@ -136,7 +154,7 @@ Memory ordering guarantees changes:
 .. note:: :c:func:`atomic_add_unless` only provides full order on success.
 
 
-case 6) - lock-based RMW
+case 7) - lock-based RMW
 ------------------------
 
 Function changes:
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/xarray.rst b/Documentation/core-api/xarray.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ef6f9f98f595
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/xarray.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,476 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
+
+======
+XArray
+======
+
+:Author: Matthew Wilcox
+
+Overview
+========
+
+The XArray is an abstract data type which behaves like a very large array
+of pointers.  It meets many of the same needs as a hash or a conventional
+resizable array.  Unlike a hash, it allows you to sensibly go to the
+next or previous entry in a cache-efficient manner.  In contrast to a
+resizable array, there is no need to copy data or change MMU mappings in
+order to grow the array.  It is more memory-efficient, parallelisable
+and cache friendly than a doubly-linked list.  It takes advantage of
+RCU to perform lookups without locking.
+
+The XArray implementation is efficient when the indices used are densely
+clustered; hashing the object and using the hash as the index will not
+perform well.  The XArray is optimised for small indices, but still has
+good performance with large indices.  If your index can be larger than
+``ULONG_MAX`` then the XArray is not the data type for you.  The most
+important user of the XArray is the page cache.
+
+Each non-``NULL`` entry in the array has three bits associated with
+it called marks.  Each mark may be set or cleared independently of
+the others.  You can iterate over entries which are marked.
+
+Normal pointers may be stored in the XArray directly.  They must be 4-byte
+aligned, which is true for any pointer returned from :c:func:`kmalloc` and
+:c:func:`alloc_page`.  It isn't true for arbitrary user-space pointers,
+nor for function pointers.  You can store pointers to statically allocated
+objects, as long as those objects have an alignment of at least 4.
+
+You can also store integers between 0 and ``LONG_MAX`` in the XArray.
+You must first convert it into an entry using :c:func:`xa_mk_value`.
+When you retrieve an entry from the XArray, you can check whether it is
+a value entry by calling :c:func:`xa_is_value`, and convert it back to
+an integer by calling :c:func:`xa_to_value`.
+
+Some users want to store tagged pointers instead of using the marks
+described above.  They can call :c:func:`xa_tag_pointer` to create an
+entry with a tag, :c:func:`xa_untag_pointer` to turn a tagged entry
+back into an untagged pointer and :c:func:`xa_pointer_tag` to retrieve
+the tag of an entry.  Tagged pointers use the same bits that are used
+to distinguish value entries from normal pointers, so each user must
+decide whether they want to store value entries or tagged pointers in
+any particular XArray.
+
+The XArray does not support storing :c:func:`IS_ERR` pointers as some
+conflict with value entries or internal entries.
+
+An unusual feature of the XArray is the ability to create entries which
+occupy a range of indices.  Once stored to, looking up any index in
+the range will return the same entry as looking up any other index in
+the range.  Setting a mark on one index will set it on all of them.
+Storing to any index will store to all of them.  Multi-index entries can
+be explicitly split into smaller entries, or storing ``NULL`` into any
+entry will cause the XArray to forget about the range.
+
+Normal API
+==========
+
+Start by initialising an XArray, either with :c:func:`DEFINE_XARRAY`
+for statically allocated XArrays or :c:func:`xa_init` for dynamically
+allocated ones.  A freshly-initialised XArray contains a ``NULL``
+pointer at every index.
+
+You can then set entries using :c:func:`xa_store` and get entries
+using :c:func:`xa_load`.  xa_store will overwrite any entry with the
+new entry and return the previous entry stored at that index.  You can
+use :c:func:`xa_erase` instead of calling :c:func:`xa_store` with a
+``NULL`` entry.  There is no difference between an entry that has never
+been stored to, one that has been erased and one that has most recently
+had ``NULL`` stored to it.
+
+You can conditionally replace an entry at an index by using
+:c:func:`xa_cmpxchg`.  Like :c:func:`cmpxchg`, it will only succeed if
+the entry at that index has the 'old' value.  It also returns the entry
+which was at that index; if it returns the same entry which was passed as
+'old', then :c:func:`xa_cmpxchg` succeeded.
+
+If you want to only store a new entry to an index if the current entry
+at that index is ``NULL``, you can use :c:func:`xa_insert` which
+returns ``-EBUSY`` if the entry is not empty.
+
+You can enquire whether a mark is set on an entry by using
+:c:func:`xa_get_mark`.  If the entry is not ``NULL``, you can set a mark
+on it by using :c:func:`xa_set_mark` and remove the mark from an entry by
+calling :c:func:`xa_clear_mark`.  You can ask whether any entry in the
+XArray has a particular mark set by calling :c:func:`xa_marked`.
+
+You can copy entries out of the XArray into a plain array by calling
+:c:func:`xa_extract`.  Or you can iterate over the present entries in
+the XArray by calling :c:func:`xa_for_each`.  You may prefer to use
+:c:func:`xa_find` or :c:func:`xa_find_after` to move to the next present
+entry in the XArray.
+
+Calling :c:func:`xa_store_range` stores the same entry in a range
+of indices.  If you do this, some of the other operations will behave
+in a slightly odd way.  For example, marking the entry at one index
+may result in the entry being marked at some, but not all of the other
+indices.  Storing into one index may result in the entry retrieved by
+some, but not all of the other indices changing.
+
+Sometimes you need to ensure that a subsequent call to :c:func:`xa_store`
+will not need to allocate memory.  The :c:func:`xa_reserve` function
+will store a reserved entry at the indicated index.  Users of the
+normal API will see this entry as containing ``NULL``.  If you do
+not need to use the reserved entry, you can call :c:func:`xa_release`
+to remove the unused entry.  If another user has stored to the entry
+in the meantime, :c:func:`xa_release` will do nothing; if instead you
+want the entry to become ``NULL``, you should use :c:func:`xa_erase`.
+Using :c:func:`xa_insert` on a reserved entry will fail.
+
+If all entries in the array are ``NULL``, the :c:func:`xa_empty` function
+will return ``true``.
+
+Finally, you can remove all entries from an XArray by calling
+:c:func:`xa_destroy`.  If the XArray entries are pointers, you may wish
+to free the entries first.  You can do this by iterating over all present
+entries in the XArray using the :c:func:`xa_for_each` iterator.
+
+Allocating XArrays
+------------------
+
+If you use :c:func:`DEFINE_XARRAY_ALLOC` to define the XArray, or
+initialise it by passing ``XA_FLAGS_ALLOC`` to :c:func:`xa_init_flags`,
+the XArray changes to track whether entries are in use or not.
+
+You can call :c:func:`xa_alloc` to store the entry at an unused index
+in the XArray.  If you need to modify the array from interrupt context,
+you can use :c:func:`xa_alloc_bh` or :c:func:`xa_alloc_irq` to disable
+interrupts while allocating the ID.
+
+Using :c:func:`xa_store`, :c:func:`xa_cmpxchg` or :c:func:`xa_insert` will
+also mark the entry as being allocated.  Unlike a normal XArray, storing
+``NULL`` will mark the entry as being in use, like :c:func:`xa_reserve`.
+To free an entry, use :c:func:`xa_erase` (or :c:func:`xa_release` if
+you only want to free the entry if it's ``NULL``).
+
+By default, the lowest free entry is allocated starting from 0.  If you
+want to allocate entries starting at 1, it is more efficient to use
+:c:func:`DEFINE_XARRAY_ALLOC1` or ``XA_FLAGS_ALLOC1``.  If you want to
+allocate IDs up to a maximum, then wrap back around to the lowest free
+ID, you can use :c:func:`xa_alloc_cyclic`.
+
+You cannot use ``XA_MARK_0`` with an allocating XArray as this mark
+is used to track whether an entry is free or not.  The other marks are
+available for your use.
+
+Memory allocation
+-----------------
+
+The :c:func:`xa_store`, :c:func:`xa_cmpxchg`, :c:func:`xa_alloc`,
+:c:func:`xa_reserve` and :c:func:`xa_insert` functions take a gfp_t
+parameter in case the XArray needs to allocate memory to store this entry.
+If the entry is being deleted, no memory allocation needs to be performed,
+and the GFP flags specified will be ignored.
+
+It is possible for no memory to be allocatable, particularly if you pass
+a restrictive set of GFP flags.  In that case, the functions return a
+special value which can be turned into an errno using :c:func:`xa_err`.
+If you don't need to know exactly which error occurred, using
+:c:func:`xa_is_err` is slightly more efficient.
+
+Locking
+-------
+
+When using the Normal API, you do not have to worry about locking.
+The XArray uses RCU and an internal spinlock to synchronise access:
+
+No lock needed:
+ * :c:func:`xa_empty`
+ * :c:func:`xa_marked`
+
+Takes RCU read lock:
+ * :c:func:`xa_load`
+ * :c:func:`xa_for_each`
+ * :c:func:`xa_find`
+ * :c:func:`xa_find_after`
+ * :c:func:`xa_extract`
+ * :c:func:`xa_get_mark`
+
+Takes xa_lock internally:
+ * :c:func:`xa_store`
+ * :c:func:`xa_store_bh`
+ * :c:func:`xa_store_irq`
+ * :c:func:`xa_insert`
+ * :c:func:`xa_insert_bh`
+ * :c:func:`xa_insert_irq`
+ * :c:func:`xa_erase`
+ * :c:func:`xa_erase_bh`
+ * :c:func:`xa_erase_irq`
+ * :c:func:`xa_cmpxchg`
+ * :c:func:`xa_cmpxchg_bh`
+ * :c:func:`xa_cmpxchg_irq`
+ * :c:func:`xa_store_range`
+ * :c:func:`xa_alloc`
+ * :c:func:`xa_alloc_bh`
+ * :c:func:`xa_alloc_irq`
+ * :c:func:`xa_reserve`
+ * :c:func:`xa_reserve_bh`
+ * :c:func:`xa_reserve_irq`
+ * :c:func:`xa_destroy`
+ * :c:func:`xa_set_mark`
+ * :c:func:`xa_clear_mark`
+
+Assumes xa_lock held on entry:
+ * :c:func:`__xa_store`
+ * :c:func:`__xa_insert`
+ * :c:func:`__xa_erase`
+ * :c:func:`__xa_cmpxchg`
+ * :c:func:`__xa_alloc`
+ * :c:func:`__xa_set_mark`
+ * :c:func:`__xa_clear_mark`
+
+If you want to take advantage of the lock to protect the data structures
+that you are storing in the XArray, you can call :c:func:`xa_lock`
+before calling :c:func:`xa_load`, then take a reference count on the
+object you have found before calling :c:func:`xa_unlock`.  This will
+prevent stores from removing the object from the array between looking
+up the object and incrementing the refcount.  You can also use RCU to
+avoid dereferencing freed memory, but an explanation of that is beyond
+the scope of this document.
+
+The XArray does not disable interrupts or softirqs while modifying
+the array.  It is safe to read the XArray from interrupt or softirq
+context as the RCU lock provides enough protection.
+
+If, for example, you want to store entries in the XArray in process
+context and then erase them in softirq context, you can do that this way::
+
+    void foo_init(struct foo *foo)
+    {
+        xa_init_flags(&foo->array, XA_FLAGS_LOCK_BH);
+    }
+
+    int foo_store(struct foo *foo, unsigned long index, void *entry)
+    {
+        int err;
+
+        xa_lock_bh(&foo->array);
+        err = xa_err(__xa_store(&foo->array, index, entry, GFP_KERNEL));
+        if (!err)
+            foo->count++;
+        xa_unlock_bh(&foo->array);
+        return err;
+    }
+
+    /* foo_erase() is only called from softirq context */
+    void foo_erase(struct foo *foo, unsigned long index)
+    {
+        xa_lock(&foo->array);
+        __xa_erase(&foo->array, index);
+        foo->count--;
+        xa_unlock(&foo->array);
+    }
+
+If you are going to modify the XArray from interrupt or softirq context,
+you need to initialise the array using :c:func:`xa_init_flags`, passing
+``XA_FLAGS_LOCK_IRQ`` or ``XA_FLAGS_LOCK_BH``.
+
+The above example also shows a common pattern of wanting to extend the
+coverage of the xa_lock on the store side to protect some statistics
+associated with the array.
+
+Sharing the XArray with interrupt context is also possible, either
+using :c:func:`xa_lock_irqsave` in both the interrupt handler and process
+context, or :c:func:`xa_lock_irq` in process context and :c:func:`xa_lock`
+in the interrupt handler.  Some of the more common patterns have helper
+functions such as :c:func:`xa_store_bh`, :c:func:`xa_store_irq`,
+:c:func:`xa_erase_bh`, :c:func:`xa_erase_irq`, :c:func:`xa_cmpxchg_bh`
+and :c:func:`xa_cmpxchg_irq`.
+
+Sometimes you need to protect access to the XArray with a mutex because
+that lock sits above another mutex in the locking hierarchy.  That does
+not entitle you to use functions like :c:func:`__xa_erase` without taking
+the xa_lock; the xa_lock is used for lockdep validation and will be used
+for other purposes in the future.
+
+The :c:func:`__xa_set_mark` and :c:func:`__xa_clear_mark` functions are also
+available for situations where you look up an entry and want to atomically
+set or clear a mark.  It may be more efficient to use the advanced API
+in this case, as it will save you from walking the tree twice.
+
+Advanced API
+============
+
+The advanced API offers more flexibility and better performance at the
+cost of an interface which can be harder to use and has fewer safeguards.
+No locking is done for you by the advanced API, and you are required
+to use the xa_lock while modifying the array.  You can choose whether
+to use the xa_lock or the RCU lock while doing read-only operations on
+the array.  You can mix advanced and normal operations on the same array;
+indeed the normal API is implemented in terms of the advanced API.  The
+advanced API is only available to modules with a GPL-compatible license.
+
+The advanced API is based around the xa_state.  This is an opaque data
+structure which you declare on the stack using the :c:func:`XA_STATE`
+macro.  This macro initialises the xa_state ready to start walking
+around the XArray.  It is used as a cursor to maintain the position
+in the XArray and let you compose various operations together without
+having to restart from the top every time.
+
+The xa_state is also used to store errors.  You can call
+:c:func:`xas_error` to retrieve the error.  All operations check whether
+the xa_state is in an error state before proceeding, so there's no need
+for you to check for an error after each call; you can make multiple
+calls in succession and only check at a convenient point.  The only
+errors currently generated by the XArray code itself are ``ENOMEM`` and
+``EINVAL``, but it supports arbitrary errors in case you want to call
+:c:func:`xas_set_err` yourself.
+
+If the xa_state is holding an ``ENOMEM`` error, calling :c:func:`xas_nomem`
+will attempt to allocate more memory using the specified gfp flags and
+cache it in the xa_state for the next attempt.  The idea is that you take
+the xa_lock, attempt the operation and drop the lock.  The operation
+attempts to allocate memory while holding the lock, but it is more
+likely to fail.  Once you have dropped the lock, :c:func:`xas_nomem`
+can try harder to allocate more memory.  It will return ``true`` if it
+is worth retrying the operation (i.e. that there was a memory error *and*
+more memory was allocated).  If it has previously allocated memory, and
+that memory wasn't used, and there is no error (or some error that isn't
+``ENOMEM``), then it will free the memory previously allocated.
+
+Internal Entries
+----------------
+
+The XArray reserves some entries for its own purposes.  These are never
+exposed through the normal API, but when using the advanced API, it's
+possible to see them.  Usually the best way to handle them is to pass them
+to :c:func:`xas_retry`, and retry the operation if it returns ``true``.
+
+.. flat-table::
+   :widths: 1 1 6
+
+   * - Name
+     - Test
+     - Usage
+
+   * - Node
+     - :c:func:`xa_is_node`
+     - An XArray node.  May be visible when using a multi-index xa_state.
+
+   * - Sibling
+     - :c:func:`xa_is_sibling`
+     - A non-canonical entry for a multi-index entry.  The value indicates
+       which slot in this node has the canonical entry.
+
+   * - Retry
+     - :c:func:`xa_is_retry`
+     - This entry is currently being modified by a thread which has the
+       xa_lock.  The node containing this entry may be freed at the end
+       of this RCU period.  You should restart the lookup from the head
+       of the array.
+
+   * - Zero
+     - :c:func:`xa_is_zero`
+     - Zero entries appear as ``NULL`` through the Normal API, but occupy
+       an entry in the XArray which can be used to reserve the index for
+       future use.  This is used by allocating XArrays for allocated entries
+       which are ``NULL``.
+
+Other internal entries may be added in the future.  As far as possible, they
+will be handled by :c:func:`xas_retry`.
+
+Additional functionality
+------------------------
+
+The :c:func:`xas_create_range` function allocates all the necessary memory
+to store every entry in a range.  It will set ENOMEM in the xa_state if
+it cannot allocate memory.
+
+You can use :c:func:`xas_init_marks` to reset the marks on an entry
+to their default state.  This is usually all marks clear, unless the
+XArray is marked with ``XA_FLAGS_TRACK_FREE``, in which case mark 0 is set
+and all other marks are clear.  Replacing one entry with another using
+:c:func:`xas_store` will not reset the marks on that entry; if you want
+the marks reset, you should do that explicitly.
+
+The :c:func:`xas_load` will walk the xa_state as close to the entry
+as it can.  If you know the xa_state has already been walked to the
+entry and need to check that the entry hasn't changed, you can use
+:c:func:`xas_reload` to save a function call.
+
+If you need to move to a different index in the XArray, call
+:c:func:`xas_set`.  This resets the cursor to the top of the tree, which
+will generally make the next operation walk the cursor to the desired
+spot in the tree.  If you want to move to the next or previous index,
+call :c:func:`xas_next` or :c:func:`xas_prev`.  Setting the index does
+not walk the cursor around the array so does not require a lock to be
+held, while moving to the next or previous index does.
+
+You can search for the next present entry using :c:func:`xas_find`.  This
+is the equivalent of both :c:func:`xa_find` and :c:func:`xa_find_after`;
+if the cursor has been walked to an entry, then it will find the next
+entry after the one currently referenced.  If not, it will return the
+entry at the index of the xa_state.  Using :c:func:`xas_next_entry` to
+move to the next present entry instead of :c:func:`xas_find` will save
+a function call in the majority of cases at the expense of emitting more
+inline code.
+
+The :c:func:`xas_find_marked` function is similar.  If the xa_state has
+not been walked, it will return the entry at the index of the xa_state,
+if it is marked.  Otherwise, it will return the first marked entry after
+the entry referenced by the xa_state.  The :c:func:`xas_next_marked`
+function is the equivalent of :c:func:`xas_next_entry`.
+
+When iterating over a range of the XArray using :c:func:`xas_for_each`
+or :c:func:`xas_for_each_marked`, it may be necessary to temporarily stop
+the iteration.  The :c:func:`xas_pause` function exists for this purpose.
+After you have done the necessary work and wish to resume, the xa_state
+is in an appropriate state to continue the iteration after the entry
+you last processed.  If you have interrupts disabled while iterating,
+then it is good manners to pause the iteration and reenable interrupts
+every ``XA_CHECK_SCHED`` entries.
+
+The :c:func:`xas_get_mark`, :c:func:`xas_set_mark` and
+:c:func:`xas_clear_mark` functions require the xa_state cursor to have
+been moved to the appropriate location in the xarray; they will do
+nothing if you have called :c:func:`xas_pause` or :c:func:`xas_set`
+immediately before.
+
+You can call :c:func:`xas_set_update` to have a callback function
+called each time the XArray updates a node.  This is used by the page
+cache workingset code to maintain its list of nodes which contain only
+shadow entries.
+
+Multi-Index Entries
+-------------------
+
+The XArray has the ability to tie multiple indices together so that
+operations on one index affect all indices.  For example, storing into
+any index will change the value of the entry retrieved from any index.
+Setting or clearing a mark on any index will set or clear the mark
+on every index that is tied together.  The current implementation
+only allows tying ranges which are aligned powers of two together;
+eg indices 64-127 may be tied together, but 2-6 may not be.  This may
+save substantial quantities of memory; for example tying 512 entries
+together will save over 4kB.
+
+You can create a multi-index entry by using :c:func:`XA_STATE_ORDER`
+or :c:func:`xas_set_order` followed by a call to :c:func:`xas_store`.
+Calling :c:func:`xas_load` with a multi-index xa_state will walk the
+xa_state to the right location in the tree, but the return value is not
+meaningful, potentially being an internal entry or ``NULL`` even when there
+is an entry stored within the range.  Calling :c:func:`xas_find_conflict`
+will return the first entry within the range or ``NULL`` if there are no
+entries in the range.  The :c:func:`xas_for_each_conflict` iterator will
+iterate over every entry which overlaps the specified range.
+
+If :c:func:`xas_load` encounters a multi-index entry, the xa_index
+in the xa_state will not be changed.  When iterating over an XArray
+or calling :c:func:`xas_find`, if the initial index is in the middle
+of a multi-index entry, it will not be altered.  Subsequent calls
+or iterations will move the index to the first index in the range.
+Each entry will only be returned once, no matter how many indices it
+occupies.
+
+Using :c:func:`xas_next` or :c:func:`xas_prev` with a multi-index xa_state
+is not supported.  Using either of these functions on a multi-index entry
+will reveal sibling entries; these should be skipped over by the caller.
+
+Storing ``NULL`` into any index of a multi-index entry will set the entry
+at every index to ``NULL`` and dissolve the tie.  Splitting a multi-index
+entry into entries occupying smaller ranges is not yet supported.
+
+Functions and structures
+========================
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/xarray.h
+.. kernel-doc:: lib/xarray.c
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt
index a873855c811d..14378cecb172 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpufreq-stats.txt
@@ -86,9 +86,11 @@ transitions.
 This will give a fine grained information about all the CPU frequency
 transitions. The cat output here is a two dimensional matrix, where an entry
 <i,j> (row i, column j) represents the count of number of transitions from 
-Freq_i to Freq_j. Freq_i is in descending order with increasing rows and 
-Freq_j is in descending order with increasing columns. The output here also 
-contains the actual freq values for each row and column for better readability.
+Freq_i to Freq_j. Freq_i rows and Freq_j columns follow the sorting order in
+which the driver has provided the frequency table initially to the cpufreq core
+and so can be sorted (ascending or descending) or unsorted.  The output here
+also contains the actual freq values for each row and column for better
+readability.
 
 If the transition table is bigger than PAGE_SIZE, reading this will
 return an -EFBIG error.
diff --git a/Documentation/cpuidle/core.txt b/Documentation/cpuidle/core.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 63ecc5dc9d8a..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/cpuidle/core.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-
-		Supporting multiple CPU idle levels in kernel
-
-				cpuidle
-
-General Information:
-
-Various CPUs today support multiple idle levels that are differentiated
-by varying exit latencies and power consumption during idle.
-cpuidle is a generic in-kernel infrastructure that separates
-idle policy (governor) from idle mechanism (driver) and provides a
-standardized infrastructure to support independent development of
-governors and drivers.
-
-cpuidle resides under drivers/cpuidle.
-
-Boot options:
-"cpuidle_sysfs_switch"
-enables current_governor interface in /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/,
-which can be used to switch governors at run time. This boot option
-is meant for developer testing only. In normal usage, kernel picks the
-best governor based on governor ratings.
-SEE ALSO: sysfs.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/cpuidle/driver.txt b/Documentation/cpuidle/driver.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b0d81d92583..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/cpuidle/driver.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-
-
-		Supporting multiple CPU idle levels in kernel
-
-				cpuidle drivers
-
-
-
-
-cpuidle driver hooks into the cpuidle infrastructure and handles the
-architecture/platform dependent part of CPU idle states. Driver
-provides the platform idle state detection capability and also
-has mechanisms in place to support actual entry-exit into CPU idle states.
-
-cpuidle driver initializes the cpuidle_device structure for each CPU device
-and registers with cpuidle using cpuidle_register_device.
-
-If all the idle states are the same, the wrapper function cpuidle_register
-could be used instead.
-
-It can also support the dynamic changes (like battery <-> AC), by using
-cpuidle_pause_and_lock, cpuidle_disable_device and cpuidle_enable_device,
-cpuidle_resume_and_unlock.
-
-Interfaces:
-extern int cpuidle_register(struct cpuidle_driver *drv,
-                            const struct cpumask *const coupled_cpus);
-extern int cpuidle_unregister(struct cpuidle_driver *drv);
-extern int cpuidle_register_driver(struct cpuidle_driver *drv);
-extern void cpuidle_unregister_driver(struct cpuidle_driver *drv);
-extern int cpuidle_register_device(struct cpuidle_device *dev);
-extern void cpuidle_unregister_device(struct cpuidle_device *dev);
-
-extern void cpuidle_pause_and_lock(void);
-extern void cpuidle_resume_and_unlock(void);
-extern int cpuidle_enable_device(struct cpuidle_device *dev);
-extern void cpuidle_disable_device(struct cpuidle_device *dev);
diff --git a/Documentation/cpuidle/governor.txt b/Documentation/cpuidle/governor.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index d9020f5e847b..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/cpuidle/governor.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-		Supporting multiple CPU idle levels in kernel
-
-				cpuidle governors
-
-
-
-
-cpuidle governor is policy routine that decides what idle state to enter at
-any given time. cpuidle core uses different callbacks to the governor.
-
-* enable() to enable governor for a particular device
-* disable() to disable governor for a particular device
-* select() to select an idle state to enter
-* reflect() called after returning from the idle state, which can be used
-  by the governor for some record keeping.
-
-More than one governor can be registered at the same time and
-users can switch between drivers using /sysfs interface (when enabled).
-More than one governor part is supported for developers to easily experiment
-with different governors. By default, most optimal governor based on your
-kernel configuration and platform will be selected by cpuidle.
-
-Interfaces:
-extern int cpuidle_register_governor(struct cpuidle_governor *gov);
-struct cpuidle_governor
diff --git a/Documentation/cpuidle/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/cpuidle/sysfs.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index d1587f434e7b..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/cpuidle/sysfs.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-
-
-		Supporting multiple CPU idle levels in kernel
-
-				cpuidle sysfs
-
-System global cpuidle related information and tunables are under
-/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle
-
-The current interfaces in this directory has self-explanatory names:
-* current_driver
-* current_governor_ro
-
-With cpuidle_sysfs_switch boot option (meant for developer testing)
-following objects are visible instead.
-* current_driver
-* available_governors
-* current_governor
-In this case users can switch the governor at run time by writing
-to current_governor.
-
-
-Per logical CPU specific cpuidle information are under
-/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle
-for each online cpu X
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# ls -lR /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpuidle/
-/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpuidle/:
-total 0
-drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Feb  8 10:42 state0
-drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Feb  8 10:42 state1
-drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Feb  8 10:42 state2
-drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Feb  8 10:42 state3
-
-/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpuidle/state0:
-total 0
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 desc
--rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 disable
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 latency
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 name
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 power
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 residency
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 time
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 usage
-
-/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpuidle/state1:
-total 0
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 desc
--rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 disable
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 latency
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 name
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 power
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 residency
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 time
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 usage
-
-/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpuidle/state2:
-total 0
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 desc
--rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 disable
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 latency
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 name
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 power
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 residency
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 time
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 usage
-
-/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpuidle/state3:
-total 0
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 desc
--rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 disable
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 latency
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 name
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 power
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 residency
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 time
--r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb  8 10:42 usage
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-* desc : Small description about the idle state (string)
-* disable : Option to disable this idle state (bool) -> see note below
-* latency : Latency to exit out of this idle state (in microseconds)
-* residency : Time after which a state becomes more effecient than any
-  shallower state (in microseconds)
-* name : Name of the idle state (string)
-* power : Power consumed while in this idle state (in milliwatts)
-* time : Total time spent in this idle state (in microseconds)
-* usage : Number of times this state was entered (count)
-
-Note:
-The behavior and the effect of the disable variable depends on the
-implementation of a particular governor. In the ladder governor, for
-example, it is not coherent, i.e. if one is disabling a light state,
-then all deeper states are disabled as well, but the disable variable
-does not reflect it. Likewise, if one enables a deep state but a lighter
-state still is disabled, then this has no effect.
diff --git a/Documentation/cputopology.txt b/Documentation/cputopology.txt
index c6e7e9196a8b..cb61277e2308 100644
--- a/Documentation/cputopology.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cputopology.txt
@@ -3,79 +3,79 @@ How CPU topology info is exported via sysfs
 ===========================================
 
 Export CPU topology info via sysfs. Items (attributes) are similar
-to /proc/cpuinfo output of some architectures:
+to /proc/cpuinfo output of some architectures.  They reside in
+/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/:
 
-1) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/physical_package_id:
+physical_package_id:
 
 	physical package id of cpuX. Typically corresponds to a physical
 	socket number, but the actual value is architecture and platform
 	dependent.
 
-2) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/core_id:
+core_id:
 
 	the CPU core ID of cpuX. Typically it is the hardware platform's
 	identifier (rather than the kernel's).  The actual value is
 	architecture and platform dependent.
 
-3) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/book_id:
+book_id:
 
 	the book ID of cpuX. Typically it is the hardware platform's
 	identifier (rather than the kernel's).	The actual value is
 	architecture and platform dependent.
 
-4) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/drawer_id:
+drawer_id:
 
 	the drawer ID of cpuX. Typically it is the hardware platform's
 	identifier (rather than the kernel's).	The actual value is
 	architecture and platform dependent.
 
-5) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/thread_siblings:
+thread_siblings:
 
 	internal kernel map of cpuX's hardware threads within the same
 	core as cpuX.
 
-6) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/thread_siblings_list:
+thread_siblings_list:
 
 	human-readable list of cpuX's hardware threads within the same
 	core as cpuX.
 
-7) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/core_siblings:
+core_siblings:
 
 	internal kernel map of cpuX's hardware threads within the same
 	physical_package_id.
 
-8) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/core_siblings_list:
+core_siblings_list:
 
 	human-readable list of cpuX's hardware threads within the same
 	physical_package_id.
 
-9) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/book_siblings:
+book_siblings:
 
 	internal kernel map of cpuX's hardware threads within the same
 	book_id.
 
-10) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/book_siblings_list:
+book_siblings_list:
 
 	human-readable list of cpuX's hardware threads within the same
 	book_id.
 
-11) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/drawer_siblings:
+drawer_siblings:
 
 	internal kernel map of cpuX's hardware threads within the same
 	drawer_id.
 
-12) /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/topology/drawer_siblings_list:
+drawer_siblings_list:
 
 	human-readable list of cpuX's hardware threads within the same
 	drawer_id.
 
-To implement it in an architecture-neutral way, a new source file,
-drivers/base/topology.c, is to export the 6 to 12 attributes. The book
-and drawer related sysfs files will only be created if CONFIG_SCHED_BOOK
-and CONFIG_SCHED_DRAWER are selected.
+Architecture-neutral, drivers/base/topology.c, exports these attributes.
+However, the book and drawer related sysfs files will only be created if
+CONFIG_SCHED_BOOK and CONFIG_SCHED_DRAWER are selected, respectively.
 
-CONFIG_SCHED_BOOK and CONFIG_DRAWER are currently only used on s390, where
-they reflect the cpu and cache hierarchy.
+CONFIG_SCHED_BOOK and CONFIG_SCHED_DRAWER are currently only used on s390,
+where they reflect the cpu and cache hierarchy.
 
 For an architecture to support this feature, it must define some of
 these macros in include/asm-XXX/topology.h::
@@ -98,10 +98,10 @@ To be consistent on all architectures, include/linux/topology.h
 provides default definitions for any of the above macros that are
 not defined by include/asm-XXX/topology.h:
 
-1) physical_package_id: -1
-2) core_id: 0
-3) sibling_cpumask: just the given CPU
-4) core_cpumask: just the given CPU
+1) topology_physical_package_id: -1
+2) topology_core_id: 0
+3) topology_sibling_cpumask: just the given CPU
+4) topology_core_cpumask: just the given CPU
 
 For architectures that don't support books (CONFIG_SCHED_BOOK) there are no
 default definitions for topology_book_id() and topology_book_cpumask().
diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/api-samples.rst b/Documentation/crypto/api-samples.rst
index 0f6ca8b7261e..f14afaaf2f32 100644
--- a/Documentation/crypto/api-samples.rst
+++ b/Documentation/crypto/api-samples.rst
@@ -133,7 +133,6 @@ Code Example For Use of Operational State Memory With SHASH
         if (!sdesc)
             return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
         sdesc->shash.tfm = alg;
-        sdesc->shash.flags = 0x0;
         return sdesc;
     }
 
diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/api.rst b/Documentation/crypto/api.rst
index 2e519193ab4a..b91b31736df8 100644
--- a/Documentation/crypto/api.rst
+++ b/Documentation/crypto/api.rst
@@ -1,15 +1,6 @@
 Programming Interface
 =====================
 
-Please note that the kernel crypto API contains the AEAD givcrypt API
-(crypto_aead_giv\* and aead_givcrypt\* function calls in
-include/crypto/aead.h). This API is obsolete and will be removed in the
-future. To obtain the functionality of an AEAD cipher with internal IV
-generation, use the IV generator as a regular cipher. For example,
-rfc4106(gcm(aes)) is the AEAD cipher with external IV generation and
-seqniv(rfc4106(gcm(aes))) implies that the kernel crypto API generates
-the IV. Different IV generators are available.
-
 .. class:: toc-title
 
 	   Table of contents
diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/architecture.rst b/Documentation/crypto/architecture.rst
index ca2d09b991f5..ee8ff0762d7f 100644
--- a/Documentation/crypto/architecture.rst
+++ b/Documentation/crypto/architecture.rst
@@ -157,10 +157,6 @@ applicable to a cipher, it is not displayed:
 
    -  rng for random number generator
 
-   -  givcipher for cipher with associated IV generator (see the geniv
-      entry below for the specification of the IV generator type used by
-      the cipher implementation)
-
    -  kpp for a Key-agreement Protocol Primitive (KPP) cipher such as
       an ECDH or DH implementation
 
@@ -174,16 +170,7 @@ applicable to a cipher, it is not displayed:
 
 -  digestsize: output size of the message digest
 
--  geniv: IV generation type:
-
-   -  eseqiv for encrypted sequence number based IV generation
-
-   -  seqiv for sequence number based IV generation
-
-   -  chainiv for chain iv generation
-
-   -  <builtin> is a marker that the cipher implements IV generation and
-      handling as it is specific to the given cipher
+-  geniv: IV generator (obsolete)
 
 Key Sizes
 ---------
@@ -218,10 +205,6 @@ the aforementioned cipher types:
 
 -  CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_ABLKCIPHER Asynchronous multi-block cipher
 
--  CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_GIVCIPHER Asynchronous multi-block cipher packed
-   together with an IV generator (see geniv field in the /proc/crypto
-   listing for the known IV generators)
-
 -  CRYPTO_ALG_TYPE_KPP Key-agreement Protocol Primitive (KPP) such as
    an ECDH or DH implementation
 
@@ -338,18 +321,14 @@ uses the API applicable to the cipher type specified for the block.
 
 The following call sequence is applicable when the IPSEC layer triggers
 an encryption operation with the esp_output function. During
-configuration, the administrator set up the use of rfc4106(gcm(aes)) as
-the cipher for ESP. The following call sequence is now depicted in the
-ASCII art above:
+configuration, the administrator set up the use of seqiv(rfc4106(gcm(aes)))
+as the cipher for ESP. The following call sequence is now depicted in
+the ASCII art above:
 
 1. esp_output() invokes crypto_aead_encrypt() to trigger an
    encryption operation of the AEAD cipher with IV generator.
 
-   In case of GCM, the SEQIV implementation is registered as GIVCIPHER
-   in crypto_rfc4106_alloc().
-
-   The SEQIV performs its operation to generate an IV where the core
-   function is seqiv_geniv().
+   The SEQIV generates the IV.
 
 2. Now, SEQIV uses the AEAD API function calls to invoke the associated
    AEAD cipher. In our case, during the instantiation of SEQIV, the
diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt b/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt
index 5969bf42562a..8763866b11cf 100644
--- a/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/crypto/asymmetric-keys.txt
@@ -183,6 +183,10 @@ and looks like the following:
 
 		void (*describe)(const struct key *key, struct seq_file *m);
 		void (*destroy)(void *payload);
+		int (*query)(const struct kernel_pkey_params *params,
+			     struct kernel_pkey_query *info);
+		int (*eds_op)(struct kernel_pkey_params *params,
+			      const void *in, void *out);
 		int (*verify_signature)(const struct key *key,
 					const struct public_key_signature *sig);
 	};
@@ -207,12 +211,22 @@ There are a number of operations defined by the subtype:
      asymmetric key will look after freeing the fingerprint and releasing the
      reference on the subtype module.
 
- (3) verify_signature().
+ (3) query().
 
-     Optional.  These are the entry points for the key usage operations.
-     Currently there is only the one defined.  If not set, the caller will be
-     given -ENOTSUPP.  The subtype may do anything it likes to implement an
-     operation, including offloading to hardware.
+     Mandatory.  This is a function for querying the capabilities of a key.
+
+ (4) eds_op().
+
+     Optional.  This is the entry point for the encryption, decryption and
+     signature creation operations (which are distinguished by the operation ID
+     in the parameter struct).  The subtype may do anything it likes to
+     implement an operation, including offloading to hardware.
+
+ (5) verify_signature().
+
+     Optional.  This is the entry point for signature verification.  The
+     subtype may do anything it likes to implement an operation, including
+     offloading to hardware.
 
 
 ==========================
@@ -234,6 +248,8 @@ Examples of blob formats for which parsers could be implemented include:
  - X.509 ASN.1 stream.
  - Pointer to TPM key.
  - Pointer to UEFI key.
+ - PKCS#8 private key [RFC 5208].
+ - PKCS#5 encrypted private key [RFC 2898].
 
 During key instantiation each parser in the list is tried until one doesn't
 return -EBADMSG.
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/coccinelle.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/coccinelle.rst
index aa14f05cabb1..00a3409b0c28 100644
--- a/Documentation/dev-tools/coccinelle.rst
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/coccinelle.rst
@@ -4,6 +4,8 @@
 
 .. highlight:: none
 
+.. _devtools_coccinelle:
+
 Coccinelle
 ==========
 
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/index.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/index.rst
index e313925fb0fa..b0522a4dd107 100644
--- a/Documentation/dev-tools/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/index.rst
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ Development tools for the kernel
 ================================
 
 This document is a collection of documents about development tools that can
-be used to work on the kernel.  For now, the documents have been pulled
-together without any significant effot to integrate them into a coherent
+be used to work on the kernel. For now, the documents have been pulled
+together without any significant effort to integrate them into a coherent
 whole; patches welcome!
 
 .. class:: toc-title
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst
index aabc8738b3d8..b72d07d70239 100644
--- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kasan.rst
@@ -4,15 +4,25 @@ The Kernel Address Sanitizer (KASAN)
 Overview
 --------
 
-KernelAddressSANitizer (KASAN) is a dynamic memory error detector. It provides
-a fast and comprehensive solution for finding use-after-free and out-of-bounds
-bugs.
+KernelAddressSANitizer (KASAN) is a dynamic memory error detector designed to
+find out-of-bound and use-after-free bugs. KASAN has two modes: generic KASAN
+(similar to userspace ASan) and software tag-based KASAN (similar to userspace
+HWASan).
 
-KASAN uses compile-time instrumentation for checking every memory access,
-therefore you will need a GCC version 4.9.2 or later. GCC 5.0 or later is
-required for detection of out-of-bounds accesses to stack or global variables.
+KASAN uses compile-time instrumentation to insert validity checks before every
+memory access, and therefore requires a compiler version that supports that.
 
-Currently KASAN is supported only for the x86_64 and arm64 architectures.
+Generic KASAN is supported in both GCC and Clang. With GCC it requires version
+4.9.2 or later for basic support and version 5.0 or later for detection of
+out-of-bounds accesses for stack and global variables and for inline
+instrumentation mode (see the Usage section). With Clang it requires version
+7.0.0 or later and it doesn't support detection of out-of-bounds accesses for
+global variables yet.
+
+Tag-based KASAN is only supported in Clang and requires version 7.0.0 or later.
+
+Currently generic KASAN is supported for the x86_64, arm64, xtensa and s390
+architectures, and tag-based KASAN is supported only for arm64.
 
 Usage
 -----
@@ -21,12 +31,14 @@ To enable KASAN configure kernel with::
 
 	  CONFIG_KASAN = y
 
-and choose between CONFIG_KASAN_OUTLINE and CONFIG_KASAN_INLINE. Outline and
-inline are compiler instrumentation types. The former produces smaller binary
-the latter is 1.1 - 2 times faster. Inline instrumentation requires a GCC
-version 5.0 or later.
+and choose between CONFIG_KASAN_GENERIC (to enable generic KASAN) and
+CONFIG_KASAN_SW_TAGS (to enable software tag-based KASAN).
+
+You also need to choose between CONFIG_KASAN_OUTLINE and CONFIG_KASAN_INLINE.
+Outline and inline are compiler instrumentation types. The former produces
+smaller binary while the latter is 1.1 - 2 times faster.
 
-KASAN works with both SLUB and SLAB memory allocators.
+Both KASAN modes work with both SLUB and SLAB memory allocators.
 For better bug detection and nicer reporting, enable CONFIG_STACKTRACE.
 
 To disable instrumentation for specific files or directories, add a line
@@ -43,85 +55,85 @@ similar to the following to the respective kernel Makefile:
 Error reports
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
-A typical out of bounds access report looks like this::
+A typical out-of-bounds access generic KASAN report looks like this::
 
     ==================================================================
-    BUG: AddressSanitizer: out of bounds access in kmalloc_oob_right+0x65/0x75 [test_kasan] at addr ffff8800693bc5d3
-    Write of size 1 by task modprobe/1689
-    =============================================================================
-    BUG kmalloc-128 (Not tainted): kasan error
-    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-    Disabling lock debugging due to kernel taint
-    INFO: Allocated in kmalloc_oob_right+0x3d/0x75 [test_kasan] age=0 cpu=0 pid=1689
-     __slab_alloc+0x4b4/0x4f0
-     kmem_cache_alloc_trace+0x10b/0x190
-     kmalloc_oob_right+0x3d/0x75 [test_kasan]
-     init_module+0x9/0x47 [test_kasan]
-     do_one_initcall+0x99/0x200
-     load_module+0x2cb3/0x3b20
-     SyS_finit_module+0x76/0x80
-     system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x17
-    INFO: Slab 0xffffea0001a4ef00 objects=17 used=7 fp=0xffff8800693bd728 flags=0x100000000004080
-    INFO: Object 0xffff8800693bc558 @offset=1368 fp=0xffff8800693bc720
-
-    Bytes b4 ffff8800693bc548: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 5a 5a 5a 5a 5a 5a 5a 5a  ........ZZZZZZZZ
-    Object ffff8800693bc558: 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b  kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk
-    Object ffff8800693bc568: 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b  kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk
-    Object ffff8800693bc578: 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b  kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk
-    Object ffff8800693bc588: 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b  kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk
-    Object ffff8800693bc598: 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b  kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk
-    Object ffff8800693bc5a8: 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b  kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk
-    Object ffff8800693bc5b8: 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b  kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk
-    Object ffff8800693bc5c8: 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b a5  kkkkkkkkkkkkkkk.
-    Redzone ffff8800693bc5d8: cc cc cc cc cc cc cc cc                          ........
-    Padding ffff8800693bc718: 5a 5a 5a 5a 5a 5a 5a 5a                          ZZZZZZZZ
-    CPU: 0 PID: 1689 Comm: modprobe Tainted: G    B          3.18.0-rc1-mm1+ #98
-    Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS rel-1.7.5-0-ge51488c-20140602_164612-nilsson.home.kraxel.org 04/01/2014
-     ffff8800693bc000 0000000000000000 ffff8800693bc558 ffff88006923bb78
-     ffffffff81cc68ae 00000000000000f3 ffff88006d407600 ffff88006923bba8
-     ffffffff811fd848 ffff88006d407600 ffffea0001a4ef00 ffff8800693bc558
+    BUG: KASAN: slab-out-of-bounds in kmalloc_oob_right+0xa8/0xbc [test_kasan]
+    Write of size 1 at addr ffff8801f44ec37b by task insmod/2760
+
+    CPU: 1 PID: 2760 Comm: insmod Not tainted 4.19.0-rc3+ #698
+    Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS 1.10.2-1 04/01/2014
     Call Trace:
-     [<ffffffff81cc68ae>] dump_stack+0x46/0x58
-     [<ffffffff811fd848>] print_trailer+0xf8/0x160
-     [<ffffffffa00026a7>] ? kmem_cache_oob+0xc3/0xc3 [test_kasan]
-     [<ffffffff811ff0f5>] object_err+0x35/0x40
-     [<ffffffffa0002065>] ? kmalloc_oob_right+0x65/0x75 [test_kasan]
-     [<ffffffff8120b9fa>] kasan_report_error+0x38a/0x3f0
-     [<ffffffff8120a79f>] ? kasan_poison_shadow+0x2f/0x40
-     [<ffffffff8120b344>] ? kasan_unpoison_shadow+0x14/0x40
-     [<ffffffff8120a79f>] ? kasan_poison_shadow+0x2f/0x40
-     [<ffffffffa00026a7>] ? kmem_cache_oob+0xc3/0xc3 [test_kasan]
-     [<ffffffff8120a995>] __asan_store1+0x75/0xb0
-     [<ffffffffa0002601>] ? kmem_cache_oob+0x1d/0xc3 [test_kasan]
-     [<ffffffffa0002065>] ? kmalloc_oob_right+0x65/0x75 [test_kasan]
-     [<ffffffffa0002065>] kmalloc_oob_right+0x65/0x75 [test_kasan]
-     [<ffffffffa00026b0>] init_module+0x9/0x47 [test_kasan]
-     [<ffffffff810002d9>] do_one_initcall+0x99/0x200
-     [<ffffffff811e4e5c>] ? __vunmap+0xec/0x160
-     [<ffffffff81114f63>] load_module+0x2cb3/0x3b20
-     [<ffffffff8110fd70>] ? m_show+0x240/0x240
-     [<ffffffff81115f06>] SyS_finit_module+0x76/0x80
-     [<ffffffff81cd3129>] system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x17
+     dump_stack+0x94/0xd8
+     print_address_description+0x73/0x280
+     kasan_report+0x144/0x187
+     __asan_report_store1_noabort+0x17/0x20
+     kmalloc_oob_right+0xa8/0xbc [test_kasan]
+     kmalloc_tests_init+0x16/0x700 [test_kasan]
+     do_one_initcall+0xa5/0x3ae
+     do_init_module+0x1b6/0x547
+     load_module+0x75df/0x8070
+     __do_sys_init_module+0x1c6/0x200
+     __x64_sys_init_module+0x6e/0xb0
+     do_syscall_64+0x9f/0x2c0
+     entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xa9
+    RIP: 0033:0x7f96443109da
+    RSP: 002b:00007ffcf0b51b08 EFLAGS: 00000202 ORIG_RAX: 00000000000000af
+    RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 000055dc3ee521a0 RCX: 00007f96443109da
+    RDX: 00007f96445cff88 RSI: 0000000000057a50 RDI: 00007f9644992000
+    RBP: 000055dc3ee510b0 R08: 0000000000000003 R09: 0000000000000000
+    R10: 00007f964430cd0a R11: 0000000000000202 R12: 00007f96445cff88
+    R13: 000055dc3ee51090 R14: 0000000000000000 R15: 0000000000000000
+
+    Allocated by task 2760:
+     save_stack+0x43/0xd0
+     kasan_kmalloc+0xa7/0xd0
+     kmem_cache_alloc_trace+0xe1/0x1b0
+     kmalloc_oob_right+0x56/0xbc [test_kasan]
+     kmalloc_tests_init+0x16/0x700 [test_kasan]
+     do_one_initcall+0xa5/0x3ae
+     do_init_module+0x1b6/0x547
+     load_module+0x75df/0x8070
+     __do_sys_init_module+0x1c6/0x200
+     __x64_sys_init_module+0x6e/0xb0
+     do_syscall_64+0x9f/0x2c0
+     entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xa9
+
+    Freed by task 815:
+     save_stack+0x43/0xd0
+     __kasan_slab_free+0x135/0x190
+     kasan_slab_free+0xe/0x10
+     kfree+0x93/0x1a0
+     umh_complete+0x6a/0xa0
+     call_usermodehelper_exec_async+0x4c3/0x640
+     ret_from_fork+0x35/0x40
+
+    The buggy address belongs to the object at ffff8801f44ec300
+     which belongs to the cache kmalloc-128 of size 128
+    The buggy address is located 123 bytes inside of
+     128-byte region [ffff8801f44ec300, ffff8801f44ec380)
+    The buggy address belongs to the page:
+    page:ffffea0007d13b00 count:1 mapcount:0 mapping:ffff8801f7001640 index:0x0
+    flags: 0x200000000000100(slab)
+    raw: 0200000000000100 ffffea0007d11dc0 0000001a0000001a ffff8801f7001640
+    raw: 0000000000000000 0000000080150015 00000001ffffffff 0000000000000000
+    page dumped because: kasan: bad access detected
+
     Memory state around the buggy address:
-     ffff8800693bc300: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc
-     ffff8800693bc380: fc fc 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 fc
-     ffff8800693bc400: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc
-     ffff8800693bc480: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc
-     ffff8800693bc500: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc 00 00 00 00 00
-    >ffff8800693bc580: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 fc fc fc fc fc
-                                                 ^
-     ffff8800693bc600: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc
-     ffff8800693bc680: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc
-     ffff8800693bc700: fc fc fc fc fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb
-     ffff8800693bc780: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb
-     ffff8800693bc800: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb
+     ffff8801f44ec200: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb
+     ffff8801f44ec280: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc
+    >ffff8801f44ec300: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03
+                                                                    ^
+     ffff8801f44ec380: fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb
+     ffff8801f44ec400: fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fb fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc
     ==================================================================
 
-The header of the report discribe what kind of bug happened and what kind of
-access caused it. It's followed by the description of the accessed slub object
-(see 'SLUB Debug output' section in Documentation/vm/slub.rst for details) and
-the description of the accessed memory page.
+The header of the report provides a short summary of what kind of bug happened
+and what kind of access caused it. It's followed by a stack trace of the bad
+access, a stack trace of where the accessed memory was allocated (in case bad
+access happens on a slab object), and a stack trace of where the object was
+freed (in case of a use-after-free bug report). Next comes a description of
+the accessed slab object and information about the accessed memory page.
 
 In the last section the report shows memory state around the accessed address.
 Reading this part requires some understanding of how KASAN works.
@@ -138,18 +150,24 @@ inaccessible memory like redzones or freed memory (see mm/kasan/kasan.h).
 In the report above the arrows point to the shadow byte 03, which means that
 the accessed address is partially accessible.
 
+For tag-based KASAN this last report section shows the memory tags around the
+accessed address (see Implementation details section).
+
 
 Implementation details
 ----------------------
 
+Generic KASAN
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
 From a high level, our approach to memory error detection is similar to that
 of kmemcheck: use shadow memory to record whether each byte of memory is safe
-to access, and use compile-time instrumentation to check shadow memory on each
-memory access.
+to access, and use compile-time instrumentation to insert checks of shadow
+memory on each memory access.
 
-AddressSanitizer dedicates 1/8 of kernel memory to its shadow memory
-(e.g. 16TB to cover 128TB on x86_64) and uses direct mapping with a scale and
-offset to translate a memory address to its corresponding shadow address.
+Generic KASAN dedicates 1/8th of kernel memory to its shadow memory (e.g. 16TB
+to cover 128TB on x86_64) and uses direct mapping with a scale and offset to
+translate a memory address to its corresponding shadow address.
 
 Here is the function which translates an address to its corresponding shadow
 address::
@@ -162,12 +180,38 @@ address::
 
 where ``KASAN_SHADOW_SCALE_SHIFT = 3``.
 
-Compile-time instrumentation used for checking memory accesses. Compiler inserts
-function calls (__asan_load*(addr), __asan_store*(addr)) before each memory
-access of size 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16. These functions check whether memory access is
-valid or not by checking corresponding shadow memory.
+Compile-time instrumentation is used to insert memory access checks. Compiler
+inserts function calls (__asan_load*(addr), __asan_store*(addr)) before each
+memory access of size 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16. These functions check whether memory
+access is valid or not by checking corresponding shadow memory.
 
 GCC 5.0 has possibility to perform inline instrumentation. Instead of making
 function calls GCC directly inserts the code to check the shadow memory.
 This option significantly enlarges kernel but it gives x1.1-x2 performance
 boost over outline instrumented kernel.
+
+Software tag-based KASAN
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Tag-based KASAN uses the Top Byte Ignore (TBI) feature of modern arm64 CPUs to
+store a pointer tag in the top byte of kernel pointers. Like generic KASAN it
+uses shadow memory to store memory tags associated with each 16-byte memory
+cell (therefore it dedicates 1/16th of the kernel memory for shadow memory).
+
+On each memory allocation tag-based KASAN generates a random tag, tags the
+allocated memory with this tag, and embeds this tag into the returned pointer.
+Software tag-based KASAN uses compile-time instrumentation to insert checks
+before each memory access. These checks make sure that tag of the memory that
+is being accessed is equal to tag of the pointer that is used to access this
+memory. In case of a tag mismatch tag-based KASAN prints a bug report.
+
+Software tag-based KASAN also has two instrumentation modes (outline, that
+emits callbacks to check memory accesses; and inline, that performs the shadow
+memory checks inline). With outline instrumentation mode, a bug report is
+simply printed from the function that performs the access check. With inline
+instrumentation a brk instruction is emitted by the compiler, and a dedicated
+brk handler is used to print bug reports.
+
+A potential expansion of this mode is a hardware tag-based mode, which would
+use hardware memory tagging support instead of compiler instrumentation and
+manual shadow memory manipulation.
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kcov.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kcov.rst
index c2f6452e38ed..42b612677799 100644
--- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kcov.rst
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kcov.rst
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Configure the kernel with::
 
         CONFIG_KCOV=y
 
-CONFIG_KCOV requires gcc built on revision 231296 or later.
+CONFIG_KCOV requires gcc 6.1.0 or later.
 
 If the comparison operands need to be collected, set::
 
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst
index dad1bb8711e2..c8c03388b9de 100644
--- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst
@@ -9,11 +9,15 @@ and booting a kernel.
 
 On some systems, hot-plug tests could hang forever waiting for cpu and
 memory to be ready to be offlined. A special hot-plug target is created
-to run full range of hot-plug tests. In default mode, hot-plug tests run
+to run the full range of hot-plug tests. In default mode, hot-plug tests run
 in safe mode with a limited scope. In limited mode, cpu-hotplug test is
 run on a single cpu as opposed to all hotplug capable cpus, and memory
 hotplug test is run on 2% of hotplug capable memory instead of 10%.
 
+kselftest runs as a userspace process.  Tests that can be written/run in
+userspace may wish to use the `Test Harness`_.  Tests that need to be
+run in kernel space may wish to use a `Test Module`_.
+
 Running the selftests (hotplug tests are run in limited mode)
 =============================================================
 
@@ -89,9 +93,9 @@ Note that some tests will require root privileges.
 Install selftests
 =================
 
-You can use kselftest_install.sh tool installs selftests in default
-location which is tools/testing/selftests/kselftest or a user specified
-location.
+You can use the kselftest_install.sh tool to install selftests in the
+default location, which is tools/testing/selftests/kselftest, or in a
+user specified location.
 
 To install selftests in default location::
 
@@ -109,7 +113,7 @@ Running installed selftests
 Kselftest install as well as the Kselftest tarball provide a script
 named "run_kselftest.sh" to run the tests.
 
-You can simply do the following to run the installed Kselftests. Please
+You can simply do the following to run the installed Kselftests. Please
 note some tests will require root privileges::
 
    $ cd kselftest
@@ -139,7 +143,7 @@ Contributing new tests (details)
    default.
 
    TEST_CUSTOM_PROGS should be used by tests that require custom build
-   rule and prevent common build rule use.
+   rules and prevent common build rule use.
 
    TEST_PROGS are for test shell scripts. Please ensure shell script has
    its exec bit set. Otherwise, lib.mk run_tests will generate a warning.
@@ -161,11 +165,97 @@ Contributing new tests (details)
 
    e.g: tools/testing/selftests/android/config
 
+Test Module
+===========
+
+Kselftest tests the kernel from userspace.  Sometimes things need
+testing from within the kernel, one method of doing this is to create a
+test module.  We can tie the module into the kselftest framework by
+using a shell script test runner.  ``kselftest_module.sh`` is designed
+to facilitate this process.  There is also a header file provided to
+assist writing kernel modules that are for use with kselftest:
+
+- ``tools/testing/kselftest/kselftest_module.h``
+- ``tools/testing/kselftest/kselftest_module.sh``
+
+How to use
+----------
+
+Here we show the typical steps to create a test module and tie it into
+kselftest.  We use kselftests for lib/ as an example.
+
+1. Create the test module
+
+2. Create the test script that will run (load/unload) the module
+   e.g. ``tools/testing/selftests/lib/printf.sh``
+
+3. Add line to config file e.g. ``tools/testing/selftests/lib/config``
+
+4. Add test script to makefile  e.g. ``tools/testing/selftests/lib/Makefile``
+
+5. Verify it works:
+
+.. code-block:: sh
+
+   # Assumes you have booted a fresh build of this kernel tree
+   cd /path/to/linux/tree
+   make kselftest-merge
+   make modules
+   sudo make modules_install
+   make TARGETS=lib kselftest
+
+Example Module
+--------------
+
+A bare bones test module might look like this:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+   // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
+
+   #define pr_fmt(fmt) KBUILD_MODNAME ": " fmt
+
+   #include "../tools/testing/selftests/kselftest_module.h"
+
+   KSTM_MODULE_GLOBALS();
+
+   /*
+    * Kernel module for testing the foobinator
+    */
+
+   static int __init test_function()
+   {
+           ...
+   }
+
+   static void __init selftest(void)
+   {
+           KSTM_CHECK_ZERO(do_test_case("", 0));
+   }
+
+   KSTM_MODULE_LOADERS(test_foo);
+   MODULE_AUTHOR("John Developer <jd@fooman.org>");
+   MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
+
+Example test script
+-------------------
+
+.. code-block:: sh
+
+    #!/bin/bash
+    # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
+    $(dirname $0)/../kselftest_module.sh "foo" test_foo
+
+
 Test Harness
 ============
 
-The kselftest_harness.h file contains useful helpers to build tests.  The tests
-from tools/testing/selftests/seccomp/seccomp_bpf.c can be used as example.
+The kselftest_harness.h file contains useful helpers to build tests.  The
+test harness is for userspace testing, for kernel space testing see `Test
+Module`_ above.
+
+The tests from tools/testing/selftests/seccomp/seccomp_bpf.c can be used as
+example.
 
 Example
 -------
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt
index ff0841711fd5..8ae1cf8e94da 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt
@@ -206,6 +206,9 @@ Optional feature arguments are:
                   in a separate btree, which improves speed of shutting
 		  down the cache.
 
+   no_discard_passdown	: disable passing down discards from the cache
+			  to the origin's data device.
+
 A policy called 'default' is always registered.  This is an alias for
 the policy we currently think is giving best all round performance.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-init.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-init.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8464ee7c01b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-init.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+Early creation of mapped devices
+====================================
+
+It is possible to configure a device-mapper device to act as the root device for
+your system in two ways.
+
+The first is to build an initial ramdisk which boots to a minimal userspace
+which configures the device, then pivot_root(8) in to it.
+
+The second is to create one or more device-mappers using the module parameter
+"dm-mod.create=" through the kernel boot command line argument.
+
+The format is specified as a string of data separated by commas and optionally
+semi-colons, where:
+ - a comma is used to separate fields like name, uuid, flags and table
+   (specifies one device)
+ - a semi-colon is used to separate devices.
+
+So the format will look like this:
+
+ dm-mod.create=<name>,<uuid>,<minor>,<flags>,<table>[,<table>+][;<name>,<uuid>,<minor>,<flags>,<table>[,<table>+]+]
+
+Where,
+	<name>		::= The device name.
+	<uuid>		::= xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx | ""
+	<minor>		::= The device minor number | ""
+	<flags>		::= "ro" | "rw"
+	<table>		::= <start_sector> <num_sectors> <target_type> <target_args>
+	<target_type>	::= "verity" | "linear" | ... (see list below)
+
+The dm line should be equivalent to the one used by the dmsetup tool with the
+--concise argument.
+
+Target types
+============
+
+Not all target types are available as there are serious risks in allowing
+activation of certain DM targets without first using userspace tools to check
+the validity of associated metadata.
+
+	"cache":		constrained, userspace should verify cache device
+	"crypt":		allowed
+	"delay":		allowed
+	"era":			constrained, userspace should verify metadata device
+	"flakey":		constrained, meant for test
+	"linear":		allowed
+	"log-writes":		constrained, userspace should verify metadata device
+	"mirror":		constrained, userspace should verify main/mirror device
+	"raid":			constrained, userspace should verify metadata device
+	"snapshot":		constrained, userspace should verify src/dst device
+	"snapshot-origin":	allowed
+	"snapshot-merge":	constrained, userspace should verify src/dst device
+	"striped":		allowed
+	"switch":		constrained, userspace should verify dev path
+	"thin":			constrained, requires dm target message from userspace
+	"thin-pool":		constrained, requires dm target message from userspace
+	"verity":		allowed
+	"writecache":		constrained, userspace should verify cache device
+	"zero":			constrained, not meant for rootfs
+
+If the target is not listed above, it is constrained by default (not tested).
+
+Examples
+========
+An example of booting to a linear array made up of user-mode linux block
+devices:
+
+  dm-mod.create="lroot,,,rw, 0 4096 linear 98:16 0, 4096 4096 linear 98:32 0" root=/dev/dm-0
+
+This will boot to a rw dm-linear target of 8192 sectors split across two block
+devices identified by their major:minor numbers.  After boot, udev will rename
+this target to /dev/mapper/lroot (depending on the rules). No uuid was assigned.
+
+An example of multiple device-mappers, with the dm-mod.create="..." contents is shown here
+split on multiple lines for readability:
+
+  vroot,,,ro,
+    0 1740800 verity 254:0 254:0 1740800 sha1
+      76e9be054b15884a9fa85973e9cb274c93afadb6
+      5b3549d54d6c7a3837b9b81ed72e49463a64c03680c47835bef94d768e5646fe;
+  vram,,,rw,
+    0 32768 linear 1:0 0,
+    32768 32768 linear 1:1 0
+
+Other examples (per target):
+
+"crypt":
+  dm-crypt,,8,ro,
+    0 1048576 crypt aes-xts-plain64
+    babebabebabebabebabebabebabebabebabebabebabebabebabebabebabebabe 0
+    /dev/sda 0 1 allow_discards
+
+"delay":
+  dm-delay,,4,ro,0 409600 delay /dev/sda1 0 500
+
+"linear":
+  dm-linear,,,rw,
+    0 32768 linear /dev/sda1 0,
+    32768 1024000 linear /dev/sda2 0,
+    1056768 204800 linear /dev/sda3 0,
+    1261568 512000 linear /dev/sda4 0
+
+"snapshot-origin":
+  dm-snap-orig,,4,ro,0 409600 snapshot-origin 8:2
+
+"striped":
+  dm-striped,,4,ro,0 1638400 striped 4 4096
+  /dev/sda1 0 /dev/sda2 0 /dev/sda3 0 /dev/sda4 0
+
+"verity":
+  dm-verity,,4,ro,
+    0 1638400 verity 1 8:1 8:2 4096 4096 204800 1 sha256
+    fb1a5a0f00deb908d8b53cb270858975e76cf64105d412ce764225d53b8f3cfd
+    51934789604d1b92399c52e7cb149d1b3a1b74bbbcb103b2a0aaacbed5c08584
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt
index 52a719b49afd..2355bef14653 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ The target is named "raid" and it accepts the following parameters:
         [data_offset <sectors>]
 		This option value defines the offset into each data device
 		where the data starts. This is used to provide out-of-place
-		reshaping space to avoid writing over data whilst
+		reshaping space to avoid writing over data while
 		changing the layout of stripes, hence an interruption/crash
 		may happen at any time without the risk of losing data.
 		E.g. when adding devices to an existing raid set during
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/.gitignore b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ef82fcfcccab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+*.example.dts
+processed-schema.yaml
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..63b139f9ae28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+DT_DOC_CHECKER ?= dt-doc-validate
+DT_EXTRACT_EX ?= dt-extract-example
+DT_MK_SCHEMA ?= dt-mk-schema
+DT_MK_SCHEMA_FLAGS := $(if $(DT_SCHEMA_FILES), -u)
+
+quiet_cmd_chk_binding = CHKDT   $(patsubst $(srctree)/%,%,$<)
+      cmd_chk_binding = $(DT_DOC_CHECKER) $< ; \
+                        $(DT_EXTRACT_EX) $< > $@
+
+$(obj)/%.example.dts: $(src)/%.yaml FORCE
+	$(call if_changed,chk_binding)
+
+DT_TMP_SCHEMA := processed-schema.yaml
+extra-y += $(DT_TMP_SCHEMA)
+
+quiet_cmd_mk_schema = SCHEMA  $@
+      cmd_mk_schema = $(DT_MK_SCHEMA) $(DT_MK_SCHEMA_FLAGS) -o $@ $(real-prereqs)
+
+DT_DOCS = $(shell \
+	cd $(srctree)/$(src) && \
+	find * \( -name '*.yaml' ! -name $(DT_TMP_SCHEMA) \) \
+	)
+
+DT_SCHEMA_FILES ?= $(addprefix $(src)/,$(DT_DOCS))
+
+extra-y += $(patsubst $(src)/%.yaml,%.example.dts, $(DT_SCHEMA_FILES))
+extra-y += $(patsubst $(src)/%.yaml,%.example.dtb, $(DT_SCHEMA_FILES))
+
+$(obj)/$(DT_TMP_SCHEMA): $(DT_SCHEMA_FILES) FORCE
+	$(call if_changed,mk_schema)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/al,alpine.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/al,alpine.txt
index f404a4f9b165..d00debe2e86f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/al,alpine.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/al,alpine.txt
@@ -14,75 +14,3 @@ compatible: must contain "al,alpine"
 
 	...
 }
-
-* CPU node:
-
-The Alpine platform includes cortex-a15 cores.
-enable-method: must be "al,alpine-smp" to allow smp  [1]
-
-Example:
-
-cpus {
-	#address-cells = <1>;
-	#size-cells = <0>;
-	enable-method = "al,alpine-smp";
-
-	cpu@0 {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		reg = <0>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@1 {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		reg = <1>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@2 {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		reg = <2>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@3 {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		reg = <3>;
-	};
-};
-
-
-* Alpine CPU resume registers
-
-The CPU resume register are used to define required resume address after
-reset.
-
-Properties:
-- compatible : Should contain "al,alpine-cpu-resume".
-- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
-
-Example:
-
-cpu_resume {
-	compatible = "al,alpine-cpu-resume";
-	reg = <0xfbff5ed0 0x30>;
-};
-
-* Alpine System-Fabric Service Registers
-
-The System-Fabric Service Registers allow various operation on CPU and
-system fabric, like powering CPUs off.
-
-Properties:
-- compatible : Should contain "al,alpine-sysfabric-service" and "syscon".
-- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
-
-Example:
-
-nb_service {
-        compatible = "al,alpine-sysfabric-service", "syscon";
-        reg = <0xfb070000 0x10000>;
-};
-
-[1] arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 558735aacca8..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-Altera's SoCFPGA platform device tree bindings
----------------------------------------------
-
-Boards with Cyclone 5 SoC:
-Required root node properties:
-compatible = "altr,socfpga-cyclone5", "altr,socfpga";
-
-Boards with Arria 5 SoC:
-Required root node properties:
-compatible = "altr,socfpga-arria5", "altr,socfpga";
-
-Boards with Arria 10 SoC:
-Required root node properties:
-compatible = "altr,socfpga-arria10", "altr,socfpga";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..49e0362ddc11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/altera.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Altera's SoCFPGA platform device tree bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    items:
+      - enum:
+        - altr,socfpga-cyclone5
+        - altr,socfpga-arria5
+        - altr,socfpga-arria10
+      - const: altr,socfpga
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-clk-manager.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-clk-manager.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c28f1d12f45..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-clk-manager.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-Altera SOCFPGA Clock Manager
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible : "altr,clk-mgr"
-- reg : Should contain base address and length for Clock Manager
-
-Example:
-	 clkmgr@ffd04000 {
-		compatible = "altr,clk-mgr";
-		reg = <0xffd04000 0x1000>;
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-clk-manager.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-clk-manager.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e4131fa42b26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-clk-manager.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/altera/socfpga-clk-manager.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Altera SOCFPGA Clock Manager
+
+maintainers:
+  - Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
+
+description: test
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    items:
+      - const: altr,clk-mgr
+  reg:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    clkmgr@ffd04000 {
+      compatible = "altr,clk-mgr";
+      reg = <0xffd04000 0x1000>;
+    };
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic,scpi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic,scpi.txt
index 7b9a861e9306..5ab59da052df 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic,scpi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic,scpi.txt
@@ -17,4 +17,11 @@ Required sub-node properties:
 - compatible : should be "amlogic,meson-gxbb-scp-shmem" for SRAM based shared
 		memory on Amlogic GXBB SoC.
 
+Sensor bindings for the sensors based on SCPI Message Protocol
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+SCPI provides an API to access the various sensors on the SoC.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "amlogic,meson-gxbb-scpi-sensors".
+
 [0] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,scpi.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt
index b5c2b5c35766..7f40cb5f490b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt
@@ -57,12 +57,17 @@ Boards with the Amlogic Meson AXG A113D SoC shall have the following properties:
   Required root node property:
     compatible: "amlogic,a113d", "amlogic,meson-axg";
 
+Boards with the Amlogic Meson G12A S905D2 SoC shall have the following properties:
+  Required root node property:
+    compatible: "amlogic,g12a";
+
 Board compatible values (alphabetically, grouped by SoC):
 
   - "geniatech,atv1200" (Meson6)
 
   - "minix,neo-x8" (Meson8)
 
+  - "endless,ec100" (Meson8b)
   - "hardkernel,odroid-c1" (Meson8b)
   - "tronfy,mxq" (Meson8b)
 
@@ -86,8 +91,10 @@ Board compatible values (alphabetically, grouped by SoC):
 
   - "amlogic,p230" (Meson gxl s905d)
   - "amlogic,p231" (Meson gxl s905d)
+  - "phicomm,n1" (Meson gxl s905d)
 
   - "amlogic,p241" (Meson gxl s805x)
+  - "libretech,aml-s805x-ac" (Meson gxl s805x)
 
   - "amlogic,p281" (Meson gxl s905w)
   - "oranth,tx3-mini" (Meson gxl s905w)
@@ -101,6 +108,9 @@ Board compatible values (alphabetically, grouped by SoC):
 
   - "amlogic,s400" (Meson axg a113d)
 
+  - "amlogic,u200" (Meson g12a s905d2)
+  - "amediatech,x96-max" (Meson g12a s905x2)
+
 Amlogic Meson Firmware registers Interface
 ------------------------------------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armadeus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armadeus.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 9821283ff516..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armadeus.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-Armadeus i.MX Platforms Device Tree Bindings
------------------------------------------------
-
-APF51: i.MX51 based module.
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "armadeus,imx51-apf51", "fsl,imx51";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
index 31220b54d85d..4bf1b4da7659 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
@@ -70,173 +70,3 @@ compatible: must be one of:
        - "atmel,samv71q19"
        - "atmel,samv71q20"
        - "atmel,samv71q21"
-
-Chipid required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,sama5d2-chipid"
-- reg : Should contain registers location and length
-
-PIT Timer required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91sam9260-pit"
-- reg: Should contain registers location and length
-- interrupts: Should contain interrupt for the PIT which is the IRQ line
-  shared across all System Controller members.
-
-System Timer (ST) required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-st", "syscon", "simple-mfd"
-- reg: Should contain registers location and length
-- interrupts: Should contain interrupt for the ST which is the IRQ line
-  shared across all System Controller members.
-- clocks: phandle to input clock.
-Its subnodes can be:
-- watchdog: compatible should be "atmel,at91rm9200-wdt"
-
-RSTC Reset Controller required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-rstc".
-  <chip> can be "at91sam9260" or "at91sam9g45" or "sama5d3"
-- reg: Should contain registers location and length
-- clocks: phandle to input clock.
-
-Example:
-
-	rstc@fffffd00 {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-rstc";
-		reg = <0xfffffd00 0x10>;
-		clocks = <&clk32k>;
-	};
-
-RAMC SDRAM/DDR Controller required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-sdramc", "syscon"
-			"atmel,at91sam9260-sdramc",
-			"atmel,at91sam9g45-ddramc",
-			"atmel,sama5d3-ddramc",
-- reg: Should contain registers location and length
-
-Examples:
-
-	ramc0: ramc@ffffe800 {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-ddramc";
-		reg = <0xffffe800 0x200>;
-	};
-
-SHDWC Shutdown Controller
-
-required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-shdwc".
-  <chip> can be "at91sam9260", "at91sam9rl" or "at91sam9x5".
-- reg: Should contain registers location and length
-- clocks: phandle to input clock.
-
-optional properties:
-- atmel,wakeup-mode: String, operation mode of the wakeup mode.
-  Supported values are: "none", "high", "low", "any".
-- atmel,wakeup-counter: Counter on Wake-up 0 (between 0x0 and 0xf).
-
-optional at91sam9260 properties:
-- atmel,wakeup-rtt-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Timer Wake-up.
-
-optional at91sam9rl properties:
-- atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Clock Wake-up.
-- atmel,wakeup-rtt-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Timer Wake-up.
-
-optional at91sam9x5 properties:
-- atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Clock Wake-up.
-
-Example:
-
-	shdwc@fffffd10 {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-shdwc";
-		reg = <0xfffffd10 0x10>;
-		clocks = <&clk32k>;
-	};
-
-SHDWC SAMA5D2-Compatible Shutdown Controller
-
-1) shdwc node
-
-required properties:
-- compatible: should be "atmel,sama5d2-shdwc".
-- reg: should contain registers location and length
-- clocks: phandle to input clock.
-- #address-cells: should be one. The cell is the wake-up input index.
-- #size-cells: should be zero.
-
-optional properties:
-
-- debounce-delay-us: minimum wake-up inputs debouncer period in
-  microseconds. It's usually a board-related property.
-- atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer: boolean to enable Real-Time Clock wake-up.
-
-The node contains child nodes for each wake-up input that the platform uses.
-
-2) input nodes
-
-Wake-up input nodes are usually described in the "board" part of the Device
-Tree. Note also that input 0 is linked to the wake-up pin and is frequently
-used.
-
-Required properties:
-- reg: should contain the wake-up input index [0 - 15].
-
-Optional properties:
-- atmel,wakeup-active-high: boolean, the corresponding wake-up input described
-  by the child, forces the wake-up of the core power supply on a high level.
-  The default is to be active low.
-
-Example:
-
-On the SoC side:
-	shdwc@f8048010 {
-		compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-shdwc";
-		reg = <0xf8048010 0x10>;
-		clocks = <&clk32k>;
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-		atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer;
-	};
-
-On the board side:
-	shdwc@f8048010 {
-		debounce-delay-us = <976>;
-
-		input@0 {
-			reg = <0>;
-		};
-
-		input@1 {
-			reg = <1>;
-			atmel,wakeup-active-high;
-		};
-	};
-
-Special Function Registers (SFR)
-
-Special Function Registers (SFR) manage specific aspects of the integrated
-memory, bridge implementations, processor and other functionality not controlled
-elsewhere.
-
-required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-sfr", "syscon" or
-	"atmel,<chip>-sfrbu", "syscon"
-  <chip> can be "sama5d3", "sama5d4" or "sama5d2".
-- reg: Should contain registers location and length
-
-	sfr@f0038000 {
-		compatible = "atmel,sama5d3-sfr", "syscon";
-		reg = <0xf0038000 0x60>;
-	};
-
-Security Module (SECUMOD)
-
-The Security Module macrocell provides all necessary secure functions to avoid
-voltage, temperature, frequency and mechanical attacks on the chip. It also
-embeds secure memories that can be scrambled
-
-required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-secumod", "syscon".
-  <chip> can be "sama5d2".
-- reg: Should contain registers location and length
-
-	secumod@fc040000 {
-		compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-secumod", "syscon";
-		reg = <0xfc040000 0x100>;
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-sysregs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-sysregs.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e61d00e25b95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-sysregs.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+Atmel system registers
+
+Chipid required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,sama5d2-chipid"
+- reg : Should contain registers location and length
+
+PIT Timer required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91sam9260-pit"
+- reg: Should contain registers location and length
+- interrupts: Should contain interrupt for the PIT which is the IRQ line
+  shared across all System Controller members.
+
+System Timer (ST) required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-st", "syscon", "simple-mfd"
+- reg: Should contain registers location and length
+- interrupts: Should contain interrupt for the ST which is the IRQ line
+  shared across all System Controller members.
+- clocks: phandle to input clock.
+Its subnodes can be:
+- watchdog: compatible should be "atmel,at91rm9200-wdt"
+
+RSTC Reset Controller required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-rstc".
+  <chip> can be "at91sam9260", "at91sam9g45", "sama5d3" or "samx7"
+  it also can be "microchip,sam9x60-rstc"
+- reg: Should contain registers location and length
+- clocks: phandle to input clock.
+
+Example:
+
+	rstc@fffffd00 {
+		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-rstc";
+		reg = <0xfffffd00 0x10>;
+		clocks = <&clk32k>;
+	};
+
+RAMC SDRAM/DDR Controller required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-sdramc", "syscon"
+			"atmel,at91sam9260-sdramc",
+			"atmel,at91sam9g45-ddramc",
+			"atmel,sama5d3-ddramc",
+- reg: Should contain registers location and length
+
+Examples:
+
+	ramc0: ramc@ffffe800 {
+		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-ddramc";
+		reg = <0xffffe800 0x200>;
+	};
+
+SHDWC Shutdown Controller
+
+required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-shdwc".
+  <chip> can be "at91sam9260", "at91sam9rl" or "at91sam9x5".
+- reg: Should contain registers location and length
+- clocks: phandle to input clock.
+
+optional properties:
+- atmel,wakeup-mode: String, operation mode of the wakeup mode.
+  Supported values are: "none", "high", "low", "any".
+- atmel,wakeup-counter: Counter on Wake-up 0 (between 0x0 and 0xf).
+
+optional at91sam9260 properties:
+- atmel,wakeup-rtt-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Timer Wake-up.
+
+optional at91sam9rl properties:
+- atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Clock Wake-up.
+- atmel,wakeup-rtt-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Timer Wake-up.
+
+optional at91sam9x5 properties:
+- atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Clock Wake-up.
+
+Example:
+
+	shdwc@fffffd10 {
+		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-shdwc";
+		reg = <0xfffffd10 0x10>;
+		clocks = <&clk32k>;
+	};
+
+SHDWC SAMA5D2-Compatible Shutdown Controller
+
+1) shdwc node
+
+required properties:
+- compatible: should be "atmel,sama5d2-shdwc".
+- reg: should contain registers location and length
+- clocks: phandle to input clock.
+- #address-cells: should be one. The cell is the wake-up input index.
+- #size-cells: should be zero.
+
+optional properties:
+
+- debounce-delay-us: minimum wake-up inputs debouncer period in
+  microseconds. It's usually a board-related property.
+- atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer: boolean to enable Real-Time Clock wake-up.
+
+The node contains child nodes for each wake-up input that the platform uses.
+
+2) input nodes
+
+Wake-up input nodes are usually described in the "board" part of the Device
+Tree. Note also that input 0 is linked to the wake-up pin and is frequently
+used.
+
+Required properties:
+- reg: should contain the wake-up input index [0 - 15].
+
+Optional properties:
+- atmel,wakeup-active-high: boolean, the corresponding wake-up input described
+  by the child, forces the wake-up of the core power supply on a high level.
+  The default is to be active low.
+
+Example:
+
+On the SoC side:
+	shdwc@f8048010 {
+		compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-shdwc";
+		reg = <0xf8048010 0x10>;
+		clocks = <&clk32k>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer;
+	};
+
+On the board side:
+	shdwc@f8048010 {
+		debounce-delay-us = <976>;
+
+		input@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+		};
+
+		input@1 {
+			reg = <1>;
+			atmel,wakeup-active-high;
+		};
+	};
+
+Special Function Registers (SFR)
+
+Special Function Registers (SFR) manage specific aspects of the integrated
+memory, bridge implementations, processor and other functionality not controlled
+elsewhere.
+
+required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-sfr", "syscon" or
+	"atmel,<chip>-sfrbu", "syscon"
+  <chip> can be "sama5d3", "sama5d4" or "sama5d2".
+  It also can be "microchip,sam9x60-sfr", "syscon".
+- reg: Should contain registers location and length
+
+	sfr@f0038000 {
+		compatible = "atmel,sama5d3-sfr", "syscon";
+		reg = <0xf0038000 0x60>;
+	};
+
+Security Module (SECUMOD)
+
+The Security Module macrocell provides all necessary secure functions to avoid
+voltage, temperature, frequency and mechanical attacks on the chip. It also
+embeds secure memories that can be scrambled.
+
+The Security Module also offers the PIOBU pins which can be used as GPIO pins.
+Note that they maintain their voltage during Backup/Self-refresh.
+
+required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-secumod", "syscon".
+  <chip> can be "sama5d2".
+- reg: Should contain registers location and length
+- gpio-controller:	Marks the port as GPIO controller.
+- #gpio-cells:		There are 2. The pin number is the
+			first, the second represents additional
+			parameters such as GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH/LOW.
+
+
+	secumod@fc040000 {
+		compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-secumod", "syscon";
+		reg = <0xfc040000 0x100>;
+		gpio-controller;
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt
index 1e3e29a545e2..245328f36580 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt
@@ -30,6 +30,10 @@ Raspberry Pi 2 Model B
 Required root node properties:
 compatible = "raspberrypi,2-model-b", "brcm,bcm2836";
 
+Raspberry Pi 3 Model A+
+Required root node properties:
+compatible = "raspberrypi,3-model-a-plus", "brcm,bcm2837";
+
 Raspberry Pi 3 Model B
 Required root node properties:
 compatible = "raspberrypi,3-model-b", "brcm,bcm2837";
@@ -42,6 +46,14 @@ Raspberry Pi Compute Module
 Required root node properties:
 compatible = "raspberrypi,compute-module", "brcm,bcm2835";
 
+Raspberry Pi Compute Module 3
+Required root node properties:
+compatible = "raspberrypi,3-compute-module", "brcm,bcm2837";
+
+Raspberry Pi Compute Module 3 Lite
+Required root node properties:
+compatible = "raspberrypi,3-compute-module-lite", "brcm,bcm2837";
+
 Raspberry Pi Zero
 Required root node properties:
 compatible = "raspberrypi,model-zero", "brcm,bcm2835";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bhf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bhf.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 886b503caf9c..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bhf.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-Beckhoff Automation Platforms Device Tree Bindings
---------------------------------------------------
-
-CX9020 Embedded PC
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "bhf,cx9020", "fsl,imx53";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bitmain.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bitmain.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0efdb4ac028e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bitmain.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/bitmain.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Bitmain platform device tree bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    items:
+      - enum:
+        - bitmain,sophon-edge
+      - const: bitmain,bm1880
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 25fcf96795ca..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-Calxeda Platforms Device Tree Bindings
------------------------------------------------
-
-Boards with Calxeda Cortex-A9 based ECX-1000 (Highbank) SOC shall have the
-following properties.
-
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "calxeda,highbank";
-
-
-Boards with Calxeda Cortex-A15 based ECX-2000 SOC shall have the following
-properties.
-
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "calxeda,ecx-2000";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..aa5571d23c39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/calxeda.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause)
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/calxeda.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Calxeda Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
+description: |+
+  Bindings for boards with Calxeda Cortex-A9 based ECX-1000 (Highbank) SOC
+  or Cortex-A15 based ECX-2000 SOCs
+
+properties:
+  $nodename:
+    const: '/'
+  compatible:
+    items:
+      - enum:
+          - calxeda,highbank
+          - calxeda,ecx-2000
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/compulab-boards.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/compulab-boards.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 42a10285af9c..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/compulab-boards.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-CompuLab SB-SOM is a multi-module baseboard capable of carrying:
- - CM-T43
- - CM-T54
- - CM-QS600
- - CL-SOM-AM57x
- - CL-SOM-iMX7
-modules with minor modifications to the SB-SOM assembly.
-
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = should be "compulab,sb-som"
-
-Compulab CL-SOM-iMX7 is a miniature System-on-Module (SoM) based on
-Freescale i.MX7 ARM Cortex-A7 System-on-Chip.
-
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "compulab,cl-som-imx7", "fsl,imx7d";
-
-Compulab SBC-iMX7 is a single board computer based on the
-Freescale i.MX7 system-on-chip. SBC-iMX7 is implemented with
-the CL-SOM-iMX7 System-on-Module providing most of the functions,
-and SB-SOM-iMX7 carrier board providing additional peripheral
-functions and connectors.
-
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "compulab,sbc-imx7", "compulab,cl-som-imx7", "fsl,imx7d";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
index 5d1ad09bafb4..f8aff65ab921 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
@@ -54,9 +54,7 @@ its hardware characteristcs.
 	  clocks the core of that coresight component. The latter clock
 	  is optional.
 
-	* port or ports: The representation of the component's port
-	  layout using the generic DT graph presentation found in
-	  "bindings/graph.txt".
+	* port or ports: see "Graph bindings for Coresight" below.
 
 * Additional required properties for System Trace Macrocells (STM):
 	* reg: along with the physical base address and length of the register
@@ -73,7 +71,7 @@ its hardware characteristcs.
 	  AMBA markee):
 		- "arm,coresight-replicator"
 
-	* port or ports: same as above.
+	* port or ports: see "Graph bindings for Coresight" below.
 
 * Optional properties for ETM/PTMs:
 
@@ -96,6 +94,20 @@ its hardware characteristcs.
 	* interrupts : Exactly one SPI may be listed for reporting the address
 	  error
 
+Graph bindings for Coresight
+-------------------------------
+
+Coresight components are interconnected to create a data path for the flow of
+trace data generated from the "sources" to their collection points "sink".
+Each coresight component must describe the "input" and "output" connections.
+The connections must be described via generic DT graph bindings as described
+by the "bindings/graph.txt", where each "port" along with an "endpoint"
+component represents a hardware port and the connection.
+
+ * All output ports must be listed inside a child node named "out-ports"
+ * All input ports must be listed inside a child node named "in-ports".
+ * Port address must match the hardware port number.
+
 Example:
 
 1. Sinks
@@ -105,10 +117,11 @@ Example:
 
 		clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
 		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
-		port {
-			etb_in_port: endpoint@0 {
-				slave-mode;
-				remote-endpoint = <&replicator_out_port0>;
+		in-ports {
+			port {
+				etb_in_port: endpoint@0 {
+					remote-endpoint = <&replicator_out_port0>;
+				};
 			};
 		};
 	};
@@ -119,10 +132,11 @@ Example:
 
 		clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
 		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
-		port {
-			tpiu_in_port: endpoint@0 {
-				slave-mode;
-				remote-endpoint = <&replicator_out_port1>;
+		in-ports {
+			port {
+				tpiu_in_port: endpoint@0 {
+					remote-endpoint = <&replicator_out_port1>;
+				};
 			};
 		};
 	};
@@ -133,22 +147,16 @@ Example:
 
 		clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
 		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
-		ports {
-			#address-cells = <1>;
-			#size-cells = <0>;
-
-			/* input port */
-			port@0 {
-				reg =  <0>;
+		in-ports {
+			port {
 				etr_in_port: endpoint {
-					slave-mode;
 					remote-endpoint = <&replicator2_out_port0>;
 				};
 			};
+		};
 
-			/* CATU link represented by output port */
-			port@1 {
-				reg = <1>;
+		out-ports {
+			port {
 				etr_out_port: endpoint {
 					remote-endpoint = <&catu_in_port>;
 				};
@@ -163,7 +171,7 @@ Example:
 		 */
 		compatible = "arm,coresight-replicator";
 
-		ports {
+		out-ports {
 			#address-cells = <1>;
 			#size-cells = <0>;
 
@@ -181,12 +189,11 @@ Example:
 					remote-endpoint = <&tpiu_in_port>;
 				};
 			};
+		};
 
-			/* replicator input port */
-			port@2 {
-				reg = <0>;
+		in-ports {
+			port {
 				replicator_in_port0: endpoint {
-					slave-mode;
 					remote-endpoint = <&funnel_out_port0>;
 				};
 			};
@@ -199,40 +206,36 @@ Example:
 
 		clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
 		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
-		ports {
-			#address-cells = <1>;
-			#size-cells = <0>;
-
-			/* funnel output port */
-			port@0 {
-				reg = <0>;
+		out-ports {
+			port {
 				funnel_out_port0: endpoint {
 					remote-endpoint =
 							<&replicator_in_port0>;
 				};
 			};
+		};
 
-			/* funnel input ports */
-			port@1 {
+		in-ports {
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+
+			port@0 {
 				reg = <0>;
 				funnel_in_port0: endpoint {
-					slave-mode;
 					remote-endpoint = <&ptm0_out_port>;
 				};
 			};
 
-			port@2 {
+			port@1 {
 				reg = <1>;
 				funnel_in_port1: endpoint {
-					slave-mode;
 					remote-endpoint = <&ptm1_out_port>;
 				};
 			};
 
-			port@3 {
+			port@2 {
 				reg = <2>;
 				funnel_in_port2: endpoint {
-					slave-mode;
 					remote-endpoint = <&etm0_out_port>;
 				};
 			};
@@ -248,9 +251,11 @@ Example:
 		cpu = <&cpu0>;
 		clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
 		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
-		port {
-			ptm0_out_port: endpoint {
-				remote-endpoint = <&funnel_in_port0>;
+		out-ports {
+			port {
+				ptm0_out_port: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&funnel_in_port0>;
+				};
 			};
 		};
 	};
@@ -262,9 +267,11 @@ Example:
 		cpu = <&cpu1>;
 		clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
 		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
-		port {
-			ptm1_out_port: endpoint {
-				remote-endpoint = <&funnel_in_port1>;
+		out-ports {
+			port {
+				ptm1_out_port: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&funnel_in_port1>;
+				};
 			};
 		};
 	};
@@ -278,9 +285,11 @@ Example:
 
 		clocks = <&soc_smc50mhz>;
 		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
-		port {
-			stm_out_port: endpoint {
-				remote-endpoint = <&main_funnel_in_port2>;
+		out-ports {
+			port {
+				stm_out_port: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&main_funnel_in_port2>;
+				};
 			};
 		};
 	};
@@ -295,10 +304,11 @@ Example:
 		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
 
 		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 4 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-		port {
-			catu_in_port: endpoint {
-				slave-mode;
-				remote-endpoint = <&etr_out_port>;
+		in-ports {
+			port {
+				catu_in_port: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&etr_out_port>;
+				};
 			};
 		};
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-capacity.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-capacity.txt
index 9b5685a1d15d..96fa46cb133c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-capacity.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-capacity.txt
@@ -59,9 +59,11 @@ mhz values (normalized w.r.t. the highest value found while parsing the DT).
 ===========================================
 
 Example 1 (ARM 64-bit, 6-cpu system, two clusters):
-capacities-dmips-mhz are scaled w.r.t. 1024 (cpu@0 and cpu@1)
-supposing cluster0@max-freq=1100 and custer1@max-freq=850,
-final capacities are 1024 for cluster0 and 446 for cluster1
+The capacities-dmips-mhz or DMIPS/MHz values (scaled to 1024)
+are 1024 and 578 for cluster0 and cluster1. Further normalization
+is done by the operating system based on cluster0@max-freq=1100 and
+custer1@max-freq=850, final capacities are 1024 for cluster0 and
+446 for cluster1 (576*850/1100).
 
 cpus {
 	#address-cells = <2>;
@@ -233,4 +235,4 @@ cpus {
 ===========================================
 
 [1] ARM Linux Kernel documentation - CPUs bindings
-    Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
+    Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp
index c2e0cc5e4cfd..35e5afb6d9ad 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp
@@ -14,7 +14,28 @@ Related properties:	(none)
 
 Note:
 This enable method requires valid nodes compatible with
-"al,alpine-cpu-resume" and "al,alpine-nb-service"[1].
+"al,alpine-cpu-resume" and "al,alpine-nb-service".
+
+
+* Alpine CPU resume registers
+
+The CPU resume register are used to define required resume address after
+reset.
+
+Properties:
+- compatible : Should contain "al,alpine-cpu-resume".
+- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+
+
+* Alpine System-Fabric Service Registers
+
+The System-Fabric Service Registers allow various operation on CPU and
+system fabric, like powering CPUs off.
+
+Properties:
+- compatible : Should contain "al,alpine-sysfabric-service" and "syscon".
+- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+
 
 Example:
 
@@ -48,5 +69,12 @@ cpus {
 	};
 };
 
---
-[1] arm/al,alpine.txt
+cpu_resume {
+	compatible = "al,alpine-cpu-resume";
+	reg = <0xfbff5ed0 0x30>;
+};
+
+nb_service {
+        compatible = "al,alpine-sysfabric-service", "syscon";
+        reg = <0xfb070000 0x10000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 96dfccc0faa8..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,490 +0,0 @@
-=================
-ARM CPUs bindings
-=================
-
-The device tree allows to describe the layout of CPUs in a system through
-the "cpus" node, which in turn contains a number of subnodes (ie "cpu")
-defining properties for every cpu.
-
-Bindings for CPU nodes follow the Devicetree Specification, available from:
-
-https://www.devicetree.org/specifications/
-
-with updates for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM systems provided in this document.
-
-================================
-Convention used in this document
-================================
-
-This document follows the conventions described in the Devicetree
-Specification, with the addition:
-
-- square brackets define bitfields, eg reg[7:0] value of the bitfield in
-  the reg property contained in bits 7 down to 0
-
-=====================================
-cpus and cpu node bindings definition
-=====================================
-
-The ARM architecture, in accordance with the Devicetree Specification,
-requires the cpus and cpu nodes to be present and contain the properties
-described below.
-
-- cpus node
-
-	Description: Container of cpu nodes
-
-	The node name must be "cpus".
-
-	A cpus node must define the following properties:
-
-	- #address-cells
-		Usage: required
-		Value type: <u32>
-
-		Definition depends on ARM architecture version and
-		configuration:
-
-			# On uniprocessor ARM architectures previous to v7
-			  value must be 1, to enable a simple enumeration
-			  scheme for processors that do not have a HW CPU
-			  identification register.
-			# On 32-bit ARM 11 MPcore, ARM v7 or later systems
-			  value must be 1, that corresponds to CPUID/MPIDR
-			  registers sizes.
-			# On ARM v8 64-bit systems value should be set to 2,
-			  that corresponds to the MPIDR_EL1 register size.
-			  If MPIDR_EL1[63:32] value is equal to 0 on all CPUs
-			  in the system, #address-cells can be set to 1, since
-			  MPIDR_EL1[63:32] bits are not used for CPUs
-			  identification.
-	- #size-cells
-		Usage: required
-		Value type: <u32>
-		Definition: must be set to 0
-
-- cpu node
-
-	Description: Describes a CPU in an ARM based system
-
-	PROPERTIES
-
-	- device_type
-		Usage: required
-		Value type: <string>
-		Definition: must be "cpu"
-	- reg
-		Usage and definition depend on ARM architecture version and
-		configuration:
-
-			# On uniprocessor ARM architectures previous to v7
-			  this property is required and must be set to 0.
-
-			# On ARM 11 MPcore based systems this property is
-			  required and matches the CPUID[11:0] register bits.
-
-			  Bits [11:0] in the reg cell must be set to
-			  bits [11:0] in CPU ID register.
-
-			  All other bits in the reg cell must be set to 0.
-
-			# On 32-bit ARM v7 or later systems this property is
-			  required and matches the CPU MPIDR[23:0] register
-			  bits.
-
-			  Bits [23:0] in the reg cell must be set to
-			  bits [23:0] in MPIDR.
-
-			  All other bits in the reg cell must be set to 0.
-
-			# On ARM v8 64-bit systems this property is required
-			  and matches the MPIDR_EL1 register affinity bits.
-
-			  * If cpus node's #address-cells property is set to 2
-
-			    The first reg cell bits [7:0] must be set to
-			    bits [39:32] of MPIDR_EL1.
-
-			    The second reg cell bits [23:0] must be set to
-			    bits [23:0] of MPIDR_EL1.
-
-			  * If cpus node's #address-cells property is set to 1
-
-			    The reg cell bits [23:0] must be set to bits [23:0]
-			    of MPIDR_EL1.
-
-			  All other bits in the reg cells must be set to 0.
-
-	- compatible:
-		Usage: required
-		Value type: <string>
-		Definition: should be one of:
-			    "arm,arm710t"
-			    "arm,arm720t"
-			    "arm,arm740t"
-			    "arm,arm7ej-s"
-			    "arm,arm7tdmi"
-			    "arm,arm7tdmi-s"
-			    "arm,arm9es"
-			    "arm,arm9ej-s"
-			    "arm,arm920t"
-			    "arm,arm922t"
-			    "arm,arm925"
-			    "arm,arm926e-s"
-			    "arm,arm926ej-s"
-			    "arm,arm940t"
-			    "arm,arm946e-s"
-			    "arm,arm966e-s"
-			    "arm,arm968e-s"
-			    "arm,arm9tdmi"
-			    "arm,arm1020e"
-			    "arm,arm1020t"
-			    "arm,arm1022e"
-			    "arm,arm1026ej-s"
-			    "arm,arm1136j-s"
-			    "arm,arm1136jf-s"
-			    "arm,arm1156t2-s"
-			    "arm,arm1156t2f-s"
-			    "arm,arm1176jzf"
-			    "arm,arm1176jz-s"
-			    "arm,arm1176jzf-s"
-			    "arm,arm11mpcore"
-			    "arm,cortex-a5"
-			    "arm,cortex-a7"
-			    "arm,cortex-a8"
-			    "arm,cortex-a9"
-			    "arm,cortex-a12"
-			    "arm,cortex-a15"
-			    "arm,cortex-a17"
-			    "arm,cortex-a53"
-			    "arm,cortex-a57"
-			    "arm,cortex-a72"
-			    "arm,cortex-a73"
-			    "arm,cortex-m0"
-			    "arm,cortex-m0+"
-			    "arm,cortex-m1"
-			    "arm,cortex-m3"
-			    "arm,cortex-m4"
-			    "arm,cortex-r4"
-			    "arm,cortex-r5"
-			    "arm,cortex-r7"
-			    "brcm,brahma-b15"
-			    "brcm,brahma-b53"
-			    "brcm,vulcan"
-			    "cavium,thunder"
-			    "cavium,thunder2"
-			    "faraday,fa526"
-			    "intel,sa110"
-			    "intel,sa1100"
-			    "marvell,feroceon"
-			    "marvell,mohawk"
-			    "marvell,pj4a"
-			    "marvell,pj4b"
-			    "marvell,sheeva-v5"
-			    "nvidia,tegra132-denver"
-			    "nvidia,tegra186-denver"
-			    "nvidia,tegra194-carmel"
-			    "qcom,krait"
-			    "qcom,kryo"
-			    "qcom,kryo385"
-			    "qcom,scorpion"
-	- enable-method
-		Value type: <stringlist>
-		Usage and definition depend on ARM architecture version.
-			# On ARM v8 64-bit this property is required and must
-			  be one of:
-			     "psci"
-			     "spin-table"
-			# On ARM 32-bit systems this property is optional and
-			  can be one of:
-			    "actions,s500-smp"
-			    "allwinner,sun6i-a31"
-			    "allwinner,sun8i-a23"
-			    "allwinner,sun9i-a80-smp"
-			    "amlogic,meson8-smp"
-			    "amlogic,meson8b-smp"
-			    "arm,realview-smp"
-			    "brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method"
-			    "brcm,bcm23550"
-			    "brcm,bcm2836-smp"
-			    "brcm,bcm-nsp-smp"
-			    "brcm,brahma-b15"
-			    "marvell,armada-375-smp"
-			    "marvell,armada-380-smp"
-			    "marvell,armada-390-smp"
-			    "marvell,armada-xp-smp"
-			    "marvell,98dx3236-smp"
-			    "mediatek,mt6589-smp"
-			    "mediatek,mt81xx-tz-smp"
-			    "qcom,gcc-msm8660"
-			    "qcom,kpss-acc-v1"
-			    "qcom,kpss-acc-v2"
-			    "renesas,apmu"
-			    "renesas,r9a06g032-smp"
-			    "rockchip,rk3036-smp"
-			    "rockchip,rk3066-smp"
-			    "ste,dbx500-smp"
-
-	- cpu-release-addr
-		Usage: required for systems that have an "enable-method"
-		       property value of "spin-table".
-		Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
-		Definition:
-			# On ARM v8 64-bit systems must be a two cell
-			  property identifying a 64-bit zero-initialised
-			  memory location.
-
-	- qcom,saw
-		Usage: required for systems that have an "enable-method"
-		       property value of "qcom,kpss-acc-v1" or
-		       "qcom,kpss-acc-v2"
-		Value type: <phandle>
-		Definition: Specifies the SAW[1] node associated with this CPU.
-
-	- qcom,acc
-		Usage: required for systems that have an "enable-method"
-		       property value of "qcom,kpss-acc-v1" or
-		       "qcom,kpss-acc-v2"
-		Value type: <phandle>
-		Definition: Specifies the ACC[2] node associated with this CPU.
-
-	- cpu-idle-states
-		Usage: Optional
-		Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
-		Definition:
-			# List of phandles to idle state nodes supported
-			  by this cpu [3].
-
-	- capacity-dmips-mhz
-		Usage: Optional
-		Value type: <u32>
-		Definition:
-			# u32 value representing CPU capacity [4] in
-			  DMIPS/MHz, relative to highest capacity-dmips-mhz
-			  in the system.
-
-	- rockchip,pmu
-		Usage: optional for systems that have an "enable-method"
-		       property value of "rockchip,rk3066-smp"
-		       While optional, it is the preferred way to get access to
-		       the cpu-core power-domains.
-		Value type: <phandle>
-		Definition: Specifies the syscon node controlling the cpu core
-			    power domains.
-
-	- dynamic-power-coefficient
-		Usage: optional
-		Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
-		Definition: A u32 value that represents the running time dynamic
-			    power coefficient in units of mW/MHz/uV^2. The
-			    coefficient can either be calculated from power
-			    measurements or derived by analysis.
-
-			    The dynamic power consumption of the CPU  is
-			    proportional to the square of the Voltage (V) and
-			    the clock frequency (f). The coefficient is used to
-			    calculate the dynamic power as below -
-
-			    Pdyn = dynamic-power-coefficient * V^2 * f
-
-			    where voltage is in uV, frequency is in MHz.
-
-Example 1 (dual-cluster big.LITTLE system 32-bit):
-
-	cpus {
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-
-		cpu@0 {
-			device_type = "cpu";
-			compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
-			reg = <0x0>;
-		};
-
-		cpu@1 {
-			device_type = "cpu";
-			compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
-			reg = <0x1>;
-		};
-
-		cpu@100 {
-			device_type = "cpu";
-			compatible = "arm,cortex-a7";
-			reg = <0x100>;
-		};
-
-		cpu@101 {
-			device_type = "cpu";
-			compatible = "arm,cortex-a7";
-			reg = <0x101>;
-		};
-	};
-
-Example 2 (Cortex-A8 uniprocessor 32-bit system):
-
-	cpus {
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-
-		cpu@0 {
-			device_type = "cpu";
-			compatible = "arm,cortex-a8";
-			reg = <0x0>;
-		};
-	};
-
-Example 3 (ARM 926EJ-S uniprocessor 32-bit system):
-
-	cpus {
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-
-		cpu@0 {
-			device_type = "cpu";
-			compatible = "arm,arm926ej-s";
-			reg = <0x0>;
-		};
-	};
-
-Example 4 (ARM Cortex-A57 64-bit system):
-
-cpus {
-	#size-cells = <0>;
-	#address-cells = <2>;
-
-	cpu@0 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x0 0x0>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@1 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x0 0x1>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@100 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x0 0x100>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@101 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x0 0x101>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@10000 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x0 0x10000>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@10001 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x0 0x10001>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@10100 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x0 0x10100>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@10101 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x0 0x10101>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@100000000 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x1 0x0>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@100000001 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x1 0x1>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@100000100 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x1 0x100>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@100000101 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x1 0x101>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@100010000 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x1 0x10000>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@100010001 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x1 0x10001>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@100010100 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x1 0x10100>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@100010101 {
-		device_type = "cpu";
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
-		reg = <0x1 0x10101>;
-		enable-method = "spin-table";
-		cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
-	};
-};
-
---
-[1] arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt
-[2] arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt
-[3] ARM Linux kernel documentation - idle states bindings
-    Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt
-[4] ARM Linux kernel documentation - cpu capacity bindings
-    Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-capacity.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..82dd7582e945
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,508 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/cpus.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: ARM CPUs bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Lorenzo Pieralisi <lorenzo.pieralisi@arm.com>
+
+description: |+
+  The device tree allows to describe the layout of CPUs in a system through
+  the "cpus" node, which in turn contains a number of subnodes (ie "cpu")
+  defining properties for every cpu.
+
+  Bindings for CPU nodes follow the Devicetree Specification, available from:
+
+  https://www.devicetree.org/specifications/
+
+  with updates for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM systems provided in this document.
+
+  ================================
+  Convention used in this document
+  ================================
+
+  This document follows the conventions described in the Devicetree
+  Specification, with the addition:
+
+  - square brackets define bitfields, eg reg[7:0] value of the bitfield in
+    the reg property contained in bits 7 down to 0
+
+  =====================================
+  cpus and cpu node bindings definition
+  =====================================
+
+  The ARM architecture, in accordance with the Devicetree Specification,
+  requires the cpus and cpu nodes to be present and contain the properties
+  described below.
+
+properties:
+  $nodename:
+    const: cpus
+    description: Container of cpu nodes
+
+  '#address-cells':
+    enum: [1, 2]
+    description: |
+      Definition depends on ARM architecture version and configuration:
+
+      On uniprocessor ARM architectures previous to v7
+        value must be 1, to enable a simple enumeration
+        scheme for processors that do not have a HW CPU
+        identification register.
+      On 32-bit ARM 11 MPcore, ARM v7 or later systems
+        value must be 1, that corresponds to CPUID/MPIDR
+        registers sizes.
+      On ARM v8 64-bit systems value should be set to 2,
+        that corresponds to the MPIDR_EL1 register size.
+        If MPIDR_EL1[63:32] value is equal to 0 on all CPUs
+        in the system, #address-cells can be set to 1, since
+        MPIDR_EL1[63:32] bits are not used for CPUs
+        identification.
+
+  '#size-cells':
+    const: 0
+
+patternProperties:
+  '^cpu@[0-9a-f]+$':
+    properties:
+      device_type:
+        const: cpu
+
+      reg:
+        maxItems: 1
+        description: |
+          Usage and definition depend on ARM architecture version and
+          configuration:
+
+          On uniprocessor ARM architectures previous to v7
+          this property is required and must be set to 0.
+
+          On ARM 11 MPcore based systems this property is
+            required and matches the CPUID[11:0] register bits.
+
+            Bits [11:0] in the reg cell must be set to
+            bits [11:0] in CPU ID register.
+
+            All other bits in the reg cell must be set to 0.
+
+          On 32-bit ARM v7 or later systems this property is
+            required and matches the CPU MPIDR[23:0] register
+            bits.
+
+            Bits [23:0] in the reg cell must be set to
+            bits [23:0] in MPIDR.
+
+            All other bits in the reg cell must be set to 0.
+
+          On ARM v8 64-bit systems this property is required
+            and matches the MPIDR_EL1 register affinity bits.
+
+            * If cpus node's #address-cells property is set to 2
+
+              The first reg cell bits [7:0] must be set to
+              bits [39:32] of MPIDR_EL1.
+
+              The second reg cell bits [23:0] must be set to
+              bits [23:0] of MPIDR_EL1.
+
+            * If cpus node's #address-cells property is set to 1
+
+              The reg cell bits [23:0] must be set to bits [23:0]
+              of MPIDR_EL1.
+
+          All other bits in the reg cells must be set to 0.
+
+      compatible:
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - arm,arm710t
+              - arm,arm720t
+              - arm,arm740t
+              - arm,arm7ej-s
+              - arm,arm7tdmi
+              - arm,arm7tdmi-s
+              - arm,arm9es
+              - arm,arm9ej-s
+              - arm,arm920t
+              - arm,arm922t
+              - arm,arm925
+              - arm,arm926e-s
+              - arm,arm926ej-s
+              - arm,arm940t
+              - arm,arm946e-s
+              - arm,arm966e-s
+              - arm,arm968e-s
+              - arm,arm9tdmi
+              - arm,arm1020e
+              - arm,arm1020t
+              - arm,arm1022e
+              - arm,arm1026ej-s
+              - arm,arm1136j-s
+              - arm,arm1136jf-s
+              - arm,arm1156t2-s
+              - arm,arm1156t2f-s
+              - arm,arm1176jzf
+              - arm,arm1176jz-s
+              - arm,arm1176jzf-s
+              - arm,arm11mpcore
+              - arm,armv8 # Only for s/w models
+              - arm,cortex-a5
+              - arm,cortex-a7
+              - arm,cortex-a8
+              - arm,cortex-a9
+              - arm,cortex-a12
+              - arm,cortex-a15
+              - arm,cortex-a17
+              - arm,cortex-a53
+              - arm,cortex-a57
+              - arm,cortex-a72
+              - arm,cortex-a73
+              - arm,cortex-m0
+              - arm,cortex-m0+
+              - arm,cortex-m1
+              - arm,cortex-m3
+              - arm,cortex-m4
+              - arm,cortex-r4
+              - arm,cortex-r5
+              - arm,cortex-r7
+              - brcm,brahma-b15
+              - brcm,brahma-b53
+              - brcm,vulcan
+              - cavium,thunder
+              - cavium,thunder2
+              - faraday,fa526
+              - intel,sa110
+              - intel,sa1100
+              - marvell,feroceon
+              - marvell,mohawk
+              - marvell,pj4a
+              - marvell,pj4b
+              - marvell,sheeva-v5
+              - marvell,sheeva-v7
+              - nvidia,tegra132-denver
+              - nvidia,tegra186-denver
+              - nvidia,tegra194-carmel
+              - qcom,krait
+              - qcom,kryo
+              - qcom,kryo385
+              - qcom,scorpion
+
+      enable-method:
+        allOf:
+          - $ref: '/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string'
+          - oneOf:
+            # On ARM v8 64-bit this property is required
+            - enum:
+                - psci
+                - spin-table
+            # On ARM 32-bit systems this property is optional
+            - enum:
+                - actions,s500-smp
+                - allwinner,sun6i-a31
+                - allwinner,sun8i-a23
+                - allwinner,sun9i-a80-smp
+                - allwinner,sun8i-a83t-smp
+                - amlogic,meson8-smp
+                - amlogic,meson8b-smp
+                - arm,realview-smp
+                - brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method
+                - brcm,bcm23550
+                - brcm,bcm2836-smp
+                - brcm,bcm63138
+                - brcm,bcm-nsp-smp
+                - brcm,brahma-b15
+                - marvell,armada-375-smp
+                - marvell,armada-380-smp
+                - marvell,armada-390-smp
+                - marvell,armada-xp-smp
+                - marvell,98dx3236-smp
+                - mediatek,mt6589-smp
+                - mediatek,mt81xx-tz-smp
+                - qcom,gcc-msm8660
+                - qcom,kpss-acc-v1
+                - qcom,kpss-acc-v2
+                - renesas,apmu
+                - renesas,r9a06g032-smp
+                - rockchip,rk3036-smp
+                - rockchip,rk3066-smp
+                - socionext,milbeaut-m10v-smp
+                - ste,dbx500-smp
+
+      cpu-release-addr:
+        $ref: '/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint64'
+
+        description:
+          Required for systems that have an "enable-method"
+            property value of "spin-table".
+          On ARM v8 64-bit systems must be a two cell
+            property identifying a 64-bit zero-initialised
+            memory location.
+
+      cpu-idle-states:
+        $ref: '/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array'
+        description: |
+          List of phandles to idle state nodes supported
+          by this cpu (see ./idle-states.txt).
+
+      capacity-dmips-mhz:
+        $ref: '/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32'
+        description:
+          u32 value representing CPU capacity (see ./cpu-capacity.txt) in
+          DMIPS/MHz, relative to highest capacity-dmips-mhz
+          in the system.
+
+      dynamic-power-coefficient:
+        $ref: '/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32'
+        description:
+          A u32 value that represents the running time dynamic
+          power coefficient in units of uW/MHz/V^2. The
+          coefficient can either be calculated from power
+          measurements or derived by analysis.
+
+          The dynamic power consumption of the CPU  is
+          proportional to the square of the Voltage (V) and
+          the clock frequency (f). The coefficient is used to
+          calculate the dynamic power as below -
+
+          Pdyn = dynamic-power-coefficient * V^2 * f
+
+          where voltage is in V, frequency is in MHz.
+
+      qcom,saw:
+        $ref: '/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle'
+        description: |
+          Specifies the SAW* node associated with this CPU.
+
+          Required for systems that have an "enable-method" property
+          value of "qcom,kpss-acc-v1" or "qcom,kpss-acc-v2"
+
+          * arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt
+
+      qcom,acc:
+        $ref: '/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle'
+        description: |
+          Specifies the ACC* node associated with this CPU.
+
+          Required for systems that have an "enable-method" property
+          value of "qcom,kpss-acc-v1" or "qcom,kpss-acc-v2"
+
+          * arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt
+
+      rockchip,pmu:
+        $ref: '/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle'
+        description: |
+          Specifies the syscon node controlling the cpu core power domains.
+
+          Optional for systems that have an "enable-method"
+          property value of "rockchip,rk3066-smp"
+          While optional, it is the preferred way to get access to
+          the cpu-core power-domains.
+
+    required:
+      - device_type
+      - reg
+      - compatible
+
+    dependencies:
+      cpu-release-addr: [enable-method]
+      rockchip,pmu: [enable-method]
+
+required:
+  - '#address-cells'
+  - '#size-cells'
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    cpus {
+      #size-cells = <0>;
+      #address-cells = <1>;
+
+      cpu@0 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+        reg = <0x0>;
+      };
+
+      cpu@1 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+        reg = <0x1>;
+      };
+
+      cpu@100 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a7";
+        reg = <0x100>;
+      };
+
+      cpu@101 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a7";
+        reg = <0x101>;
+      };
+    };
+
+  - |
+    // Example 2 (Cortex-A8 uniprocessor 32-bit system):
+    cpus {
+      #size-cells = <0>;
+      #address-cells = <1>;
+
+      cpu@0 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a8";
+        reg = <0x0>;
+      };
+    };
+
+  - |
+    // Example 3 (ARM 926EJ-S uniprocessor 32-bit system):
+    cpus {
+      #size-cells = <0>;
+      #address-cells = <1>;
+
+      cpu@0 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,arm926ej-s";
+        reg = <0x0>;
+      };
+    };
+
+  - |
+    //  Example 4 (ARM Cortex-A57 64-bit system):
+    cpus {
+      #size-cells = <0>;
+      #address-cells = <2>;
+
+      cpu@0 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+        reg = <0x0 0x0>;
+        enable-method = "spin-table";
+        cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+      };
+
+      cpu@1 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+        reg = <0x0 0x1>;
+        enable-method = "spin-table";
+        cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+      };
+
+      cpu@100 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+        reg = <0x0 0x100>;
+        enable-method = "spin-table";
+        cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+      };
+
+      cpu@101 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+        reg = <0x0 0x101>;
+        enable-method = "spin-table";
+        cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+      };
+
+      cpu@10000 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+        reg = <0x0 0x10000>;
+        enable-method = "spin-table";
+        cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+      };
+
+      cpu@10001 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+        reg = <0x0 0x10001>;
+        enable-method = "spin-table";
+        cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+      };
+
+      cpu@10100 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+        reg = <0x0 0x10100>;
+        enable-method = "spin-table";
+        cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+      };
+
+      cpu@10101 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+        reg = <0x0 0x10101>;
+        enable-method = "spin-table";
+        cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+      };
+
+      cpu@100000000 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+        reg = <0x1 0x0>;
+        enable-method = "spin-table";
+        cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+      };
+
+      cpu@100000001 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+        reg = <0x1 0x1>;
+        enable-method = "spin-table";
+        cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+      };
+
+      cpu@100000100 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+        reg = <0x1 0x100>;
+        enable-method = "spin-table";
+        cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+      };
+
+      cpu@100000101 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+        reg = <0x1 0x101>;
+        enable-method = "spin-table";
+        cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+      };
+
+      cpu@100010000 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+        reg = <0x1 0x10000>;
+        enable-method = "spin-table";
+        cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+      };
+
+      cpu@100010001 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+        reg = <0x1 0x10001>;
+        enable-method = "spin-table";
+        cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+      };
+
+      cpu@100010100 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+        reg = <0x1 0x10100>;
+        enable-method = "spin-table";
+        cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+      };
+
+      cpu@100010101 {
+        device_type = "cpu";
+        compatible = "arm,cortex-a57";
+        reg = <0x1 0x10101>;
+        enable-method = "spin-table";
+        cpu-release-addr = <0 0x20000000>;
+      };
+    };
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 715622c36260..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-Texas Instruments DaVinci Platforms Device Tree Bindings
---------------------------------------------------------
-
-DA850/OMAP-L138/AM18x Evaluation Module (EVM) board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "ti,da850-evm", "ti,da850";
-
-DA850/OMAP-L138/AM18x L138/C6748 Development Kit (LCDK) board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "ti,da850-lcdk", "ti,da850";
-
-EnBW AM1808 based CMC board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "enbw,cmc", "ti,da850;
-
-LEGO MINDSTORMS EV3 (AM1808 based)
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "lego,ev3", "ti,da850";
-
-Generic DaVinci Boards
-----------------------
-
-DA850/OMAP-L138/AM18x generic board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "ti,da850";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/emtrion.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/emtrion.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..83329aefc483
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/emtrion.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+Emtrion Devicetree Bindings
+===========================
+
+emCON Series:
+-------------
+
+Required root node properties
+	- compatible:
+	- "emtrion,emcon-mx6", "fsl,imx6q"; 		: emCON-MX6D or emCON-MX6Q SoM
+	- "emtrion,emcon-mx6-avari", "fsl,imx6q";	: emCON-MX6D or emCON-MX6Q SoM on Avari Base
+	- "emtrion,emcon-mx6", "fsl,imx6dl"; 		: emCON-MX6S or emCON-MX6DL SoM
+	- "emtrion,emcon-mx6-avari", "fsl,imx6dl";	: emCON-MX6S or emCON-MX6DL SoM on Avari Base
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,imx7ulp-pm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,imx7ulp-pm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..75195bee116f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,imx7ulp-pm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+Freescale i.MX7ULP Power Management Components
+----------------------------------------------
+
+The Multi-System Mode Controller (MSMC) is responsible for sequencing
+the MCU into and out of all stop and run power modes. Specifically, it
+monitors events to trigger transitions between power modes while
+controlling the power, clocks, and memories of the MCU to achieve the
+power consumption and functionality of that mode.
+
+The WFI or WFE instruction is used to invoke a Sleep, Deep Sleep or
+Standby modes for either Cortex family. Run, Wait, and Stop are the
+common terms used for the primary operating modes of Kinetis
+microcontrollers.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:	Should be "fsl,imx7ulp-smc1".
+- reg:		Specifies base physical address and size of the register sets.
+
+Example:
+smc1: smc1@40410000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx7ulp-smc1";
+	reg = <0x40410000 0x1000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,imx7ulp-sim.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,imx7ulp-sim.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7d0c7f002401
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,imx7ulp-sim.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+Freescale i.MX7ULP System Integration Module
+----------------------------------------------
+The system integration module (SIM) provides system control and chip configuration
+registers. In this module, chip revision information is located in JTAG ID register,
+and a set of registers have been made available in DGO domain for SW use, with the
+objective to maintain its value between system resets.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:	Should be "fsl,imx7ulp-sim".
+- reg:		Specifies base physical address and size of the register sets.
+
+Example:
+sim: sim@410a3000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx7ulp-sim", "syscon";
+	reg = <0x410a3000 0x1000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,layerscape-dcfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,layerscape-dcfg.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b5cb374dc47d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,layerscape-dcfg.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+Freescale DCFG
+
+DCFG is the device configuration unit, that provides general purpose
+configuration and status for the device. Such as setting the secondary
+core start address and release the secondary core from holdoff and startup.
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: Should contain a chip-specific compatible string,
+	Chip-specific strings are of the form "fsl,<chip>-dcfg",
+	The following <chip>s are known to be supported:
+	ls1012a, ls1021a, ls1043a, ls1046a, ls2080a.
+
+  - reg : should contain base address and length of DCFG memory-mapped registers
+
+Example:
+	dcfg: dcfg@1ee0000 {
+		compatible = "fsl,ls1021a-dcfg";
+		reg = <0x0 0x1ee0000 0x0 0x10000>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,layerscape-scfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,layerscape-scfg.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0ab67b0b216d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,layerscape-scfg.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+Freescale SCFG
+
+SCFG is the supplemental configuration unit, that provides SoC specific
+configuration and status registers for the chip. Such as getting PEX port
+status.
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: Should contain a chip-specific compatible string,
+	Chip-specific strings are of the form "fsl,<chip>-scfg",
+	The following <chip>s are known to be supported:
+	ls1012a, ls1021a, ls1043a, ls1046a, ls2080a.
+
+  - reg: should contain base address and length of SCFG memory-mapped registers
+
+Example:
+	scfg: scfg@1570000 {
+		compatible = "fsl,ls1021a-scfg";
+		reg = <0x0 0x1570000 0x0 0x10000>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,scu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,scu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..72d481c8dd48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,scu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+NXP i.MX System Controller Firmware (SCFW)
+--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The System Controller Firmware (SCFW) is a low-level system function
+which runs on a dedicated Cortex-M core to provide power, clock, and
+resource management. It exists on some i.MX8 processors. e.g. i.MX8QM
+(QM, QP), and i.MX8QX (QXP, DX).
+
+The AP communicates with the SC using a multi-ported MU module found
+in the LSIO subsystem. The current definition of this MU module provides
+5 remote AP connections to the SC to support up to 5 execution environments
+(TZ, HV, standard Linux, etc.). The SC side of this MU module interfaces
+with the LSIO DSC IP bus. The SC firmware will communicate with this MU
+using the MSI bus.
+
+System Controller Device Node:
+============================================================
+
+The scu node with the following properties shall be under the /firmware/ node.
+
+Required properties:
+-------------------
+- compatible:	should be "fsl,imx-scu".
+- mbox-names:	should include "tx0", "tx1", "tx2", "tx3",
+			       "rx0", "rx1", "rx2", "rx3".
+- mboxes:	List of phandle of 4 MU channels for tx and 4 MU channels
+		for rx. All 8 MU channels must be in the same MU instance.
+		Cross instances are not allowed. The MU instance can only
+		be one of LSIO MU0~M4 for imx8qxp and imx8qm. Users need
+		to make sure use the one which is not conflict with other
+		execution environments. e.g. ATF.
+		Note:
+		Channel 0 must be "tx0" or "rx0".
+		Channel 1 must be "tx1" or "rx1".
+		Channel 2 must be "tx2" or "rx2".
+		Channel 3 must be "tx3" or "rx3".
+		e.g.
+		mboxes = <&lsio_mu1 0 0
+			  &lsio_mu1 0 1
+			  &lsio_mu1 0 2
+			  &lsio_mu1 0 3
+			  &lsio_mu1 1 0
+			  &lsio_mu1 1 1
+			  &lsio_mu1 1 2
+			  &lsio_mu1 1 3>;
+		See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/fsl,mu.txt
+		for detailed mailbox binding.
+
+i.MX SCU Client Device Node:
+============================================================
+
+Client nodes are maintained as children of the relevant IMX-SCU device node.
+
+Power domain bindings based on SCU Message Protocol
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+This binding for the SCU power domain providers uses the generic power
+domain binding[2].
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:		Should be one of:
+			  "fsl,imx8qm-scu-pd",
+			  "fsl,imx8qxp-scu-pd"
+			followed by "fsl,scu-pd"
+
+- #power-domain-cells:	Must be 1. Contains the Resource ID used by
+			SCU commands.
+			See detailed Resource ID list from:
+			include/dt-bindings/firmware/imx/rsrc.h
+
+Clock bindings based on SCU Message Protocol
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1].
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:		Should be one of:
+			  "fsl,imx8qm-clock"
+			  "fsl,imx8qxp-clock"
+			followed by "fsl,scu-clk"
+- #clock-cells:		Should be 1. Contains the Clock ID value.
+- clocks:		List of clock specifiers, must contain an entry for
+			each required entry in clock-names
+- clock-names:		Should include entries "xtal_32KHz", "xtal_24MHz"
+
+The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell.
+
+See the full list of clock IDs from:
+include/dt-bindings/clock/imx8qxp-clock.h
+
+Pinctrl bindings based on SCU Message Protocol
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+This binding uses the i.MX common pinctrl binding[3].
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:		Should be one of:
+			"fsl,imx8qm-iomuxc",
+			"fsl,imx8qxp-iomuxc".
+
+Required properties for Pinctrl sub nodes:
+- fsl,pins:		Each entry consists of 3 integers which represents
+			the mux and config setting for one pin. The first 2
+			integers <pin_id mux_mode> are specified using a
+			PIN_FUNC_ID macro, which can be found in
+			<dt-bindings/pinctrl/pads-imx8qm.h>,
+			<dt-bindings/pinctrl/pads-imx8qxp.h>.
+			The last integer CONFIG is the pad setting value like
+			pull-up on this pin.
+
+			Please refer to i.MX8QXP Reference Manual for detailed
+			CONFIG settings.
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt
+[3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt
+
+RTC bindings based on SCU Message Protocol
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "fsl,imx8qxp-sc-rtc";
+
+Example (imx8qxp):
+-------------
+lsio_mu1: mailbox@5d1c0000 {
+	...
+	#mbox-cells = <2>;
+};
+
+firmware {
+	scu {
+		compatible = "fsl,imx-scu";
+		mbox-names = "tx0", "tx1", "tx2", "tx3",
+			     "rx0", "rx1", "rx2", "rx3";
+		mboxes = <&lsio_mu1 0 0
+			  &lsio_mu1 0 1
+			  &lsio_mu1 0 2
+			  &lsio_mu1 0 3
+			  &lsio_mu1 1 0
+			  &lsio_mu1 1 1
+			  &lsio_mu1 1 2
+			  &lsio_mu1 1 3>;
+
+		clk: clk {
+			compatible = "fsl,imx8qxp-clk", "fsl,scu-clk";
+			#clock-cells = <1>;
+		};
+
+		iomuxc {
+			compatible = "fsl,imx8qxp-iomuxc";
+
+			pinctrl_lpuart0: lpuart0grp {
+				fsl,pins = <
+					SC_P_UART0_RX_ADMA_UART0_RX	0x06000020
+					SC_P_UART0_TX_ADMA_UART0_TX	0x06000020
+				>;
+			};
+			...
+		};
+
+		pd: imx8qx-pd {
+			compatible = "fsl,imx8qxp-scu-pd", "fsl,scu-pd";
+			#power-domain-cells = <1>;
+		};
+
+		rtc: rtc {
+			compatible = "fsl,imx8qxp-sc-rtc";
+		};
+	};
+};
+
+serial@5a060000 {
+	...
+	pinctrl-names = "default";
+	pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_lpuart0>;
+	clocks = <&clk IMX8QXP_UART0_CLK>,
+		 <&clk IMX8QXP_UART0_IPG_CLK>;
+	clock-names = "per", "ipg";
+	power-domains = <&pd IMX_SC_R_UART_0>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a1baa2b9723..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
-Freescale i.MX Platforms Device Tree Bindings
------------------------------------------------
-
-i.MX23 Evaluation Kit
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,imx23-evk", "fsl,imx23";
-
-i.MX25 Product Development Kit
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,imx25-pdk", "fsl,imx25";
-
-i.MX27 Product Development Kit
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,imx27-pdk", "fsl,imx27";
-
-i.MX28 Evaluation Kit
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,imx28-evk", "fsl,imx28";
-
-i.MX51 Babbage Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,imx51-babbage", "fsl,imx51";
-
-i.MX53 Automotive Reference Design Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,imx53-ard", "fsl,imx53";
-
-i.MX53 Evaluation Kit
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,imx53-evk", "fsl,imx53";
-
-i.MX53 Quick Start Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,imx53-qsb", "fsl,imx53";
-
-i.MX53 Smart Mobile Reference Design Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,imx53-smd", "fsl,imx53";
-
-i.MX6 Quad Armadillo2 Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,imx6q-arm2", "fsl,imx6q";
-
-i.MX6 Quad SABRE Lite Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,imx6q-sabrelite", "fsl,imx6q";
-
-i.MX6 Quad SABRE Smart Device Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,imx6q-sabresd", "fsl,imx6q";
-
-i.MX6 Quad SABRE Automotive Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,imx6q-sabreauto", "fsl,imx6q";
-
-i.MX6SLL EVK board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,imx6sll-evk", "fsl,imx6sll";
-
-Generic i.MX boards
--------------------
-
-No iomux setup is done for these boards, so this must have been configured
-by the bootloader for boards to work with the generic bindings.
-
-i.MX27 generic board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,imx27";
-
-i.MX51 generic board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,imx51";
-
-i.MX53 generic board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,imx53";
-
-i.MX6q generic board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,imx6q";
-
-Freescale Vybrid Platform Device Tree Bindings
-----------------------------------------------
-
-For the Vybrid SoC familiy all variants with DDR controller are supported,
-which is the VF5xx and VF6xx series. Out of historical reasons, in most
-places the kernel uses vf610 to refer to the whole familiy.
-The compatible string "fsl,vf610m4" is used for the secondary Cortex-M4
-core support.
-
-Required root node compatible property (one of them):
-    - compatible = "fsl,vf500";
-    - compatible = "fsl,vf510";
-    - compatible = "fsl,vf600";
-    - compatible = "fsl,vf610";
-    - compatible = "fsl,vf610m4";
-
-Freescale LS1021A Platform Device Tree Bindings
-------------------------------------------------
-
-Required root node compatible properties:
-  - compatible = "fsl,ls1021a";
-
-Freescale SoC-specific Device Tree Bindings
--------------------------------------------
-
-Freescale SCFG
-  SCFG is the supplemental configuration unit, that provides SoC specific
-configuration and status registers for the chip. Such as getting PEX port
-status.
-  Required properties:
-  - compatible: Should contain a chip-specific compatible string,
-	Chip-specific strings are of the form "fsl,<chip>-scfg",
-	The following <chip>s are known to be supported:
-	ls1012a, ls1021a, ls1043a, ls1046a, ls2080a.
-
-  - reg: should contain base address and length of SCFG memory-mapped registers
-
-Example:
-	scfg: scfg@1570000 {
-		compatible = "fsl,ls1021a-scfg";
-		reg = <0x0 0x1570000 0x0 0x10000>;
-	};
-
-Freescale DCFG
-  DCFG is the device configuration unit, that provides general purpose
-configuration and status for the device. Such as setting the secondary
-core start address and release the secondary core from holdoff and startup.
-  Required properties:
-  - compatible: Should contain a chip-specific compatible string,
-	Chip-specific strings are of the form "fsl,<chip>-dcfg",
-	The following <chip>s are known to be supported:
-	ls1012a, ls1021a, ls1043a, ls1046a, ls2080a.
-
-  - reg : should contain base address and length of DCFG memory-mapped registers
-
-Example:
-	dcfg: dcfg@1ee0000 {
-		compatible = "fsl,ls1021a-dcfg";
-		reg = <0x0 0x1ee0000 0x0 0x10000>;
-	};
-
-Freescale ARMv8 based Layerscape SoC family Device Tree Bindings
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-
-LS1012A SoC
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls1012a";
-
-LS1012A ARMv8 based RDB Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls1012a-rdb", "fsl,ls1012a";
-
-LS1012A ARMv8 based FRDM Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls1012a-frdm", "fsl,ls1012a";
-
-LS1012A ARMv8 based QDS Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls1012a-qds", "fsl,ls1012a";
-
-LS1043A SoC
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls1043a";
-
-LS1043A ARMv8 based RDB Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls1043a-rdb", "fsl,ls1043a";
-
-LS1043A ARMv8 based QDS Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls1043a-qds", "fsl,ls1043a";
-
-LS1046A SoC
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls1046a";
-
-LS1046A ARMv8 based QDS Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls1046a-qds", "fsl,ls1046a";
-
-LS1046A ARMv8 based RDB Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls1046a-rdb", "fsl,ls1046a";
-
-LS1088A SoC
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls1088a";
-
-LS1088A ARMv8 based QDS Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls1088a-qds", "fsl,ls1088a";
-
-LS1088A ARMv8 based RDB Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls1088a-rdb", "fsl,ls1088a";
-
-LS2080A SoC
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls2080a";
-
-LS2080A ARMv8 based Simulator model
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls2080a-simu", "fsl,ls2080a";
-
-LS2080A ARMv8 based QDS Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls2080a-qds", "fsl,ls2080a";
-
-LS2080A ARMv8 based RDB Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls2080a-rdb", "fsl,ls2080a";
-
-LS2088A SoC
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls2088a";
-
-LS2088A ARMv8 based QDS Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls2088a-qds", "fsl,ls2088a";
-
-LS2088A ARMv8 based RDB Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "fsl,ls2088a-rdb", "fsl,ls2088a";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7e2cd6ad26bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Freescale i.MX Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Shawn Guo <shawnguo@kernel.org>
+  - Li Yang <leoyang.li@nxp.com>
+
+properties:
+  $nodename:
+    const: '/'
+  compatible:
+    oneOf:
+      - description: i.MX23 based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,imx23-evk
+              - olimex,imx23-olinuxino
+          - const: fsl,imx23
+
+      - description: i.MX25 Product Development Kit
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,imx25-pdk
+          - const: fsl,imx25
+
+      - description: i.MX27 Product Development Kit
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,imx27-pdk
+          - const: fsl,imx27
+
+      - description: i.MX28 based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,imx28-evk
+              - i2se,duckbill
+              - i2se,duckbill-2
+              - technologic,imx28-ts4600
+          - const: fsl,imx28
+      - description: i.MX28 Duckbill 2 based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - i2se,duckbill-2-485
+              - i2se,duckbill-2-enocean
+              - i2se,duckbill-2-spi
+          - const: i2se,duckbill-2
+          - const: fsl,imx28
+
+      - description: i.MX51 Babbage Board
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - armadeus,imx51-apf51
+              - fsl,imx51-babbage
+              - technologic,imx51-ts4800
+          - const: fsl,imx51
+
+      - description: i.MX53 based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - bhf,cx9020
+              - fsl,imx53-ard
+              - fsl,imx53-evk
+              - fsl,imx53-qsb
+              - fsl,imx53-smd
+          - const: fsl,imx53
+
+      - description: i.MX6Q based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,imx6q-arm2
+              - fsl,imx6q-sabreauto
+              - fsl,imx6q-sabrelite
+              - fsl,imx6q-sabresd
+              - technologic,imx6q-ts4900
+              - technologic,imx6q-ts7970
+          - const: fsl,imx6q
+
+      - description: i.MX6QP based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,imx6qp-sabreauto      # i.MX6 Quad Plus SABRE Automotive Board
+              - fsl,imx6qp-sabresd        # i.MX6 Quad Plus SABRE Smart Device Board
+          - const: fsl,imx6qp
+
+      - description: i.MX6DL based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,imx6dl-sabreauto      # i.MX6 DualLite/Solo SABRE Automotive Board
+              - fsl,imx6dl-sabresd        # i.MX6 DualLite SABRE Smart Device Board
+              - technologic,imx6dl-ts4900
+              - technologic,imx6dl-ts7970
+              - ysoft,imx6dl-yapp4-draco  # i.MX6 DualLite Y Soft IOTA Draco board
+              - ysoft,imx6dl-yapp4-hydra  # i.MX6 DualLite Y Soft IOTA Hydra board
+              - ysoft,imx6dl-yapp4-ursa   # i.MX6 Solo Y Soft IOTA Ursa board
+          - const: fsl,imx6dl
+
+      - description: i.MX6SL based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,imx6sl-evk            # i.MX6 SoloLite EVK Board
+          - const: fsl,imx6sl
+
+      - description: i.MX6SLL based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,imx6sll-evk
+          - const: fsl,imx6sll
+
+      - description: i.MX6SX based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,imx6sx-sabreauto      # i.MX6 SoloX Sabre Auto Board
+              - fsl,imx6sx-sdb            # i.MX6 SoloX SDB Board
+          - const: fsl,imx6sx
+
+      - description: i.MX6UL based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,imx6ul-14x14-evk      # i.MX6 UltraLite 14x14 EVK Board
+          - const: fsl,imx6ul
+
+      - description: i.MX6ULL based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,imx6ull-14x14-evk     # i.MX6 UltraLiteLite 14x14 EVK Board
+          - const: fsl,imx6ull
+
+      - description: i.MX6ULZ based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,imx6ulz-14x14-evk     # i.MX6 ULZ 14x14 EVK Board
+          - const: fsl,imx6ull # This seems odd. Should be last?
+          - const: fsl,imx6ulz
+
+      - description: i.MX7D based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,imx7d-sdb             # i.MX7 SabreSD Board
+          - const: fsl,imx7d
+
+      - description:
+          Compulab SBC-iMX7 is a single board computer based on the
+          Freescale i.MX7 system-on-chip. SBC-iMX7 is implemented with
+          the CL-SOM-iMX7 System-on-Module providing most of the functions,
+          and SB-SOM-iMX7 carrier board providing additional peripheral
+          functions and connectors.
+        items:
+          - const: compulab,sbc-imx7
+          - const: compulab,cl-som-imx7
+          - const: fsl,imx7d
+
+      - description: i.MX8QXP based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,imx8qxp-mek           # i.MX8QXP MEK Board
+          - const: fsl,imx8qxp
+
+      - description:
+          Freescale Vybrid Platform Device Tree Bindings
+
+          For the Vybrid SoC familiy all variants with DDR controller are supported,
+          which is the VF5xx and VF6xx series. Out of historical reasons, in most
+          places the kernel uses vf610 to refer to the whole familiy.
+          The compatible string "fsl,vf610m4" is used for the secondary Cortex-M4
+          core support.
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,vf500
+              - fsl,vf510
+              - fsl,vf600
+              - fsl,vf610
+              - fsl,vf610m4
+
+      - description: LS1012A based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - ebs-systart,oxalis
+              - fsl,ls1012a-rdb
+              - fsl,ls1012a-frdm
+              - fsl,ls1012a-qds
+          - const: fsl,ls1012a
+
+      - description: LS1021A based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,ls1021a-moxa-uc-8410a
+              - fsl,ls1021a-qds
+              - fsl,ls1021a-twr
+          - const: fsl,ls1021a
+
+      - description: LS1043A based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,ls1043a-rdb
+              - fsl,ls1043a-qds
+          - const: fsl,ls1043a
+
+      - description: LS1046A based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,ls1046a-qds
+              - fsl,ls1046a-rdb
+          - const: fsl,ls1046a
+
+      - description: LS1088A based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,ls1088a-qds
+              - fsl,ls1088a-rdb
+          - const: fsl,ls1088a
+
+      - description: LS2080A based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,ls2080a-simu
+              - fsl,ls2080a-qds
+              - fsl,ls2080a-rdb
+          - const: fsl,ls2080a
+
+      - description: LS2088A based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,ls2088a-qds
+              - fsl,ls2088a-rdb
+          - const: fsl,ls2088a
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt
index 199cd36fe1ba..a97f643e7d1c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,14 @@ HiKey960 Board
 Required root node properties:
 	- compatible = "hisilicon,hi3660-hikey960", "hisilicon,hi3660";
 
+Hi3670 SoC
+Required root node properties:
+	- compatible = "hisilicon,hi3670";
+
+HiKey970 Board
+Required root node properties:
+	- compatible = "hisilicon,hi3670-hikey970", "hisilicon,hi3670";
+
 Hi3798cv200 SoC
 Required root node properties:
 	- compatible = "hisilicon,hi3798cv200";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/i2se.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/i2se.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index dbd54a3aa07d..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/i2se.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-I2SE Device Tree Bindings
--------------------------
-
-Duckbill Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "i2se,duckbill", "fsl,imx28";
-
-Duckbill 2 Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "i2se,duckbill-2", "fsl,imx28";
-
-Duckbill 2 485 Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "i2se,duckbill-2-485", "i2se,duckbill-2", "fsl,imx28";
-
-Duckbill 2 EnOcean Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "i2se,duckbill-2-enocean", "i2se,duckbill-2", "fsl,imx28";
-
-Duckbill 2 SPI Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "i2se,duckbill-2-spi", "i2se,duckbill-2", "fsl,imx28";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt
index 2c73847499ab..45730ba60af5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ characterised by the following graph:
 
 The graph is split in two parts delimited by time 1ms on the X-axis.
 The graph curve with X-axis values = { x | 0 < x < 1ms } has a steep slope
-and denotes the energy costs incurred whilst entering and leaving the idle
+and denotes the energy costs incurred while entering and leaving the idle
 state.
 The graph curve in the area delimited by X-axis values = {x | x > 1ms } has
 shallower slope and essentially represents the energy consumption of the idle
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ cpus {
 ===========================================
 
 [1] ARM Linux Kernel documentation - CPUs bindings
-    Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
+    Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml
 
 [2] ARM Linux Kernel documentation - PSCI bindings
     Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/ti,sci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/ti,sci.txt
index 31f5f9a104cc..b56a02c10ae6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/ti,sci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/ti,sci.txt
@@ -45,11 +45,15 @@ Optional Properties:
 	debug_messages - Map the Debug message region
 - reg:  register space corresponding to the debug_messages
 - ti,system-reboot-controller: If system reboot can be triggered by SoC reboot
+- ti,host-id: Integer value corresponding to the host ID assigned by Firmware
+	for identification of host processing entities such as virtual
+	machines
 
 Example (K2G):
 -------------
 	pmmc: pmmc {
 		compatible = "ti,k2g-sci";
+		ti,host-id = <2>;
 		mbox-names = "rx", "tx";
 		mboxes= <&msgmgr &msgmgr_proxy_pmmc_rx>,
 			<&msgmgr &msgmgr_proxy_pmmc_tx>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2c2x0.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2c2x0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index fbe6cb21f4cf..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2c2x0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-* ARM L2 Cache Controller
-
-ARM cores often have a separate L2C210/L2C220/L2C310 (also known as PL210/PL220/
-PL310 and variants) based level 2 cache controller. All these various implementations
-of the L2 cache controller have compatible programming models (Note 1).
-Some of the properties that are just prefixed "cache-*" are taken from section
-3.7.3 of the Devicetree Specification which can be found at:
-https://www.devicetree.org/specifications/
-
-The ARM L2 cache representation in the device tree should be done as follows:
-
-Required properties:
-
-- compatible : should be one of:
-  "arm,pl310-cache"
-  "arm,l220-cache"
-  "arm,l210-cache"
-  "bcm,bcm11351-a2-pl310-cache": DEPRECATED by "brcm,bcm11351-a2-pl310-cache"
-  "brcm,bcm11351-a2-pl310-cache": For Broadcom bcm11351 chipset where an
-     offset needs to be added to the address before passing down to the L2
-     cache controller
-  "marvell,aurora-system-cache": Marvell Controller designed to be
-     compatible with the ARM one, with system cache mode (meaning
-     maintenance operations on L1 are broadcasted to the L2 and L2
-     performs the same operation).
-  "marvell,aurora-outer-cache": Marvell Controller designed to be
-     compatible with the ARM one with outer cache mode.
-  "marvell,tauros3-cache": Marvell Tauros3 cache controller, compatible
-     with arm,pl310-cache controller.
-- cache-unified : Specifies the cache is a unified cache.
-- cache-level : Should be set to 2 for a level 2 cache.
-- reg : Physical base address and size of cache controller's memory mapped
-  registers.
-
-Optional properties:
-
-- arm,data-latency : Cycles of latency for Data RAM accesses. Specifies 3 cells of
-  read, write and setup latencies. Minimum valid values are 1. Controllers
-  without setup latency control should use a value of 0.
-- arm,tag-latency : Cycles of latency for Tag RAM accesses. Specifies 3 cells of
-  read, write and setup latencies. Controllers without setup latency control
-  should use 0. Controllers without separate read and write Tag RAM latency
-  values should only use the first cell.
-- arm,dirty-latency : Cycles of latency for Dirty RAMs. This is a single cell.
-- arm,filter-ranges : <start length> Starting address and length of window to
-  filter. Addresses in the filter window are directed to the M1 port. Other
-  addresses will go to the M0 port.
-- arm,io-coherent : indicates that the system is operating in an hardware
-  I/O coherent mode. Valid only when the arm,pl310-cache compatible
-  string is used.
-- interrupts : 1 combined interrupt.
-- cache-size : specifies the size in bytes of the cache
-- cache-sets : specifies the number of associativity sets of the cache
-- cache-block-size : specifies the size in bytes of a cache block
-- cache-line-size : specifies the size in bytes of a line in the cache,
-  if this is not specified, the line size is assumed to be equal to the
-  cache block size
-- cache-id-part: cache id part number to be used if it is not present
-  on hardware
-- wt-override: If present then L2 is forced to Write through mode
-- arm,double-linefill : Override double linefill enable setting. Enable if
-  non-zero, disable if zero.
-- arm,double-linefill-incr : Override double linefill on INCR read. Enable
-  if non-zero, disable if zero.
-- arm,double-linefill-wrap : Override double linefill on WRAP read. Enable
-  if non-zero, disable if zero.
-- arm,prefetch-drop : Override prefetch drop enable setting. Enable if non-zero,
-  disable if zero.
-- arm,prefetch-offset : Override prefetch offset value. Valid values are
-  0-7, 15, 23, and 31.
-- arm,shared-override : The default behavior of the L220 or PL310 cache
-  controllers with respect to the shareable attribute is to transform "normal
-  memory non-cacheable transactions" into "cacheable no allocate" (for reads)
-  or "write through no write allocate" (for writes).
-  On systems where this may cause DMA buffer corruption, this property must be
-  specified to indicate that such transforms are precluded.
-- arm,parity-enable : enable parity checking on the L2 cache (L220 or PL310).
-- arm,parity-disable : disable parity checking on the L2 cache (L220 or PL310).
-- arm,outer-sync-disable : disable the outer sync operation on the L2 cache.
-  Some core tiles, especially ARM PB11MPCore have a faulty L220 cache that
-  will randomly hang unless outer sync operations are disabled.
-- prefetch-data : Data prefetch. Value: <0> (forcibly disable), <1>
-  (forcibly enable), property absent (retain settings set by firmware)
-- prefetch-instr : Instruction prefetch. Value: <0> (forcibly disable),
-  <1> (forcibly enable), property absent (retain settings set by
-  firmware)
-- arm,dynamic-clock-gating : L2 dynamic clock gating. Value: <0> (forcibly
-  disable), <1> (forcibly enable), property absent (OS specific behavior,
-  preferably retain firmware settings)
-- arm,standby-mode: L2 standby mode enable. Value <0> (forcibly disable),
-  <1> (forcibly enable), property absent (OS specific behavior,
-  preferably retain firmware settings)
-- arm,early-bresp-disable : Disable the CA9 optimization Early BRESP (PL310)
-- arm,full-line-zero-disable : Disable the CA9 optimization Full line of zero
-  write (PL310)
-
-Example:
-
-L2: cache-controller {
-        compatible = "arm,pl310-cache";
-        reg = <0xfff12000 0x1000>;
-        arm,data-latency = <1 1 1>;
-        arm,tag-latency = <2 2 2>;
-        arm,filter-ranges = <0x80000000 0x8000000>;
-        cache-unified;
-        cache-level = <2>;
-	interrupts = <45>;
-};
-
-Note 1: The description in this document doesn't apply to integrated L2
-	cache controllers as found in e.g. Cortex-A15/A7/A57/A53. These
-	integrated L2 controllers are assumed to be all preconfigured by
-	early secure boot code. Thus no need to deal with their configuration
-	in the kernel at all.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2c2x0.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2c2x0.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..bfc5c185561c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2c2x0.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/l2c2x0.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: ARM L2 Cache Controller
+
+maintainers:
+  - Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
+
+description: |+
+  ARM cores often have a separate L2C210/L2C220/L2C310 (also known as PL210/
+  PL220/PL310 and variants) based level 2 cache controller. All these various
+  implementations of the L2 cache controller have compatible programming
+  models (Note 1). Some of the properties that are just prefixed "cache-*" are
+  taken from section 3.7.3 of the Devicetree Specification which can be found
+  at:
+  https://www.devicetree.org/specifications/
+
+  Note 1: The description in this document doesn't apply to integrated L2
+    cache controllers as found in e.g. Cortex-A15/A7/A57/A53. These
+    integrated L2 controllers are assumed to be all preconfigured by
+    early secure boot code. Thus no need to deal with their configuration
+    in the kernel at all.
+
+allOf:
+  - $ref: /schemas/cache-controller.yaml#
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    enum:
+      - arm,pl310-cache
+      - arm,l220-cache
+      - arm,l210-cache
+        # DEPRECATED by "brcm,bcm11351-a2-pl310-cache"
+      - bcm,bcm11351-a2-pl310-cache
+        # For Broadcom bcm11351 chipset where an
+        # offset needs to be added to the address before passing down to the L2
+        # cache controller
+      - brcm,bcm11351-a2-pl310-cache
+        # Marvell Controller designed to be
+        # compatible with the ARM one, with system cache mode (meaning
+        # maintenance operations on L1 are broadcasted to the L2 and L2
+        # performs the same operation).
+      - marvell,aurora-system-cache
+        # Marvell Controller designed to be
+        # compatible with the ARM one with outer cache mode.
+      - marvell,aurora-outer-cache
+        # Marvell Tauros3 cache controller, compatible
+        # with arm,pl310-cache controller.
+      - marvell,tauros3-cache
+
+  cache-level:
+    const: 2
+
+  cache-unified: true
+  cache-size: true
+  cache-sets: true
+  cache-block-size: true
+  cache-line-size: true
+
+  reg:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  arm,data-latency:
+    description: Cycles of latency for Data RAM accesses. Specifies 3 cells of
+      read, write and setup latencies. Minimum valid values are 1. Controllers
+      without setup latency control should use a value of 0.
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array
+      - minItems: 2
+        maxItems: 3
+        items:
+          minimum: 0
+          maximum: 8
+
+  arm,tag-latency:
+    description: Cycles of latency for Tag RAM accesses. Specifies 3 cells of
+      read, write and setup latencies. Controllers without setup latency control
+      should use 0. Controllers without separate read and write Tag RAM latency
+      values should only use the first cell.
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array
+      - minItems: 1
+        maxItems: 3
+        items:
+          minimum: 0
+          maximum: 8
+
+  arm,dirty-latency:
+    description: Cycles of latency for Dirty RAMs. This is a single cell.
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+      - minimum: 1
+        maximum: 8
+
+  arm,filter-ranges:
+    description: <start length> Starting address and length of window to
+      filter. Addresses in the filter window are directed to the M1 port. Other
+      addresses will go to the M0 port.
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array
+      - items:
+          minItems: 2
+          maxItems: 2
+
+  arm,io-coherent:
+    description: indicates that the system is operating in an hardware
+      I/O coherent mode. Valid only when the arm,pl310-cache compatible
+      string is used.
+    type: boolean
+
+  interrupts:
+    # Either a single combined interrupt or up to 9 individual interrupts
+    minItems: 1
+    maxItems: 9
+
+  cache-id-part:
+    description: cache id part number to be used if it is not present
+      on hardware
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+
+  wt-override:
+    description: If present then L2 is forced to Write through mode
+    type: boolean
+
+  arm,double-linefill:
+    description: Override double linefill enable setting. Enable if
+      non-zero, disable if zero.
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+      - enum: [ 0, 1 ]
+
+  arm,double-linefill-incr:
+    description: Override double linefill on INCR read. Enable
+      if non-zero, disable if zero.
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+      - enum: [ 0, 1 ]
+
+  arm,double-linefill-wrap:
+    description: Override double linefill on WRAP read. Enable
+      if non-zero, disable if zero.
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+      - enum: [ 0, 1 ]
+
+  arm,prefetch-drop:
+    description: Override prefetch drop enable setting. Enable if non-zero,
+      disable if zero.
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+      - enum: [ 0, 1 ]
+
+  arm,prefetch-offset:
+    description: Override prefetch offset value.
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+      - enum: [ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 15, 23, 31 ]
+
+  arm,shared-override:
+    description: The default behavior of the L220 or PL310 cache
+      controllers with respect to the shareable attribute is to transform "normal
+      memory non-cacheable transactions" into "cacheable no allocate" (for reads)
+      or "write through no write allocate" (for writes).
+      On systems where this may cause DMA buffer corruption, this property must
+      be specified to indicate that such transforms are precluded.
+    type: boolean
+
+  arm,parity-enable:
+    description: enable parity checking on the L2 cache (L220 or PL310).
+    type: boolean
+
+  arm,parity-disable:
+    description: disable parity checking on the L2 cache (L220 or PL310).
+    type: boolean
+
+  arm,outer-sync-disable:
+    description: disable the outer sync operation on the L2 cache.
+      Some core tiles, especially ARM PB11MPCore have a faulty L220 cache that
+      will randomly hang unless outer sync operations are disabled.
+    type: boolean
+
+  prefetch-data:
+    description: |
+      Data prefetch. Value: <0> (forcibly disable), <1>
+      (forcibly enable), property absent (retain settings set by firmware)
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+      - enum: [ 0, 1 ]
+
+  prefetch-instr:
+    description: |
+      Instruction prefetch. Value: <0> (forcibly disable),
+      <1> (forcibly enable), property absent (retain settings set by
+      firmware)
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+      - enum: [ 0, 1 ]
+
+  arm,dynamic-clock-gating:
+    description: |
+      L2 dynamic clock gating. Value: <0> (forcibly
+      disable), <1> (forcibly enable), property absent (OS specific behavior,
+      preferably retain firmware settings)
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+      - enum: [ 0, 1 ]
+
+  arm,standby-mode:
+    description: L2 standby mode enable. Value <0> (forcibly disable),
+      <1> (forcibly enable), property absent (OS specific behavior,
+      preferably retain firmware settings)
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+      - enum: [ 0, 1 ]
+
+  arm,early-bresp-disable:
+    description: Disable the CA9 optimization Early BRESP (PL310)
+    type: boolean
+
+  arm,full-line-zero-disable:
+    description: Disable the CA9 optimization Full line of zero
+      write (PL310)
+    type: boolean
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - cache-unified
+  - reg
+
+additionalProperties: false
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    cache-controller@fff12000 {
+        compatible = "arm,pl310-cache";
+        reg = <0xfff12000 0x1000>;
+        arm,data-latency = <1 1 1>;
+        arm,tag-latency = <2 2 2>;
+        arm,filter-ranges = <0x80000000 0x8000000>;
+        cache-unified;
+        cache-level = <2>;
+        interrupts = <45>;
+    };
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/ap806-system-controller.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/ap806-system-controller.txt
index 3fd21bb7cb37..7b8b8eb0191f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/ap806-system-controller.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/ap806-system-controller.txt
@@ -114,12 +114,17 @@ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt
 The thermal IP can probe the temperature all around the processor. It
 may feature several channels, each of them wired to one sensor.
 
+It is possible to setup an overheat interrupt by giving at least one
+critical point to any subnode of the thermal-zone node.
+
 Required properties:
 - compatible: must be one of:
   * marvell,armada-ap806-thermal
 - reg: register range associated with the thermal functions.
 
 Optional properties:
+- interrupts: overheat interrupt handle. Should point to line 18 of the
+  SEI irqchip. See interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
 - #thermal-sensor-cells: shall be <1> when thermal-zones subnodes refer
   to this IP and represents the channel ID. There is one sensor per
   channel. O refers to the thermal IP internal channel, while positive
@@ -133,6 +138,8 @@ ap_syscon1: system-controller@6f8000 {
 	ap_thermal: thermal-sensor@80 {
 		compatible = "marvell,armada-ap806-thermal";
 		reg = <0x80 0x10>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&sei>;
+		interrupts = <18>;
 		#thermal-sensor-cells = <1>;
 	};
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/cp110-system-controller.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/cp110-system-controller.txt
index 81ce742d2760..4db4119a6d19 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/cp110-system-controller.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/cp110-system-controller.txt
@@ -199,6 +199,9 @@ Thermal:
 The thermal IP can probe the temperature all around the processor. It
 may feature several channels, each of them wired to one sensor.
 
+It is possible to setup an overheat interrupt by giving at least one
+critical point to any subnode of the thermal-zone node.
+
 For common binding part and usage, refer to
 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt
 
@@ -208,6 +211,11 @@ Required properties:
 - reg: register range associated with the thermal functions.
 
 Optional properties:
+- interrupts-extended: overheat interrupt handle. Should point to
+  a line of the ICU-SEI irqchip (116 is what is usually used by the
+  firmware). The ICU-SEI will redirect towards interrupt line #37 of the
+  AP SEI which is shared across all CPs.
+  See interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
 - #thermal-sensor-cells: shall be <1> when thermal-zones subnodes refer
   to this IP and represents the channel ID. There is one sensor per
   channel. O refers to the thermal IP internal channel.
@@ -220,6 +228,7 @@ CP110_LABEL(syscon1): system-controller@6f8000 {
 	CP110_LABEL(thermal): thermal-sensor@70 {
 		compatible = "marvell,armada-cp110-thermal";
 		reg = <0x70 0x10>;
+		interrupts-extended = <&CP110_LABEL(icu_sei) 116 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
 		#thermal-sensor-cells = <1>;
 	};
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/marvell,berlin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/marvell,berlin.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 3bab18409b7a..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/marvell,berlin.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-Marvell Berlin SoC Family Device Tree Bindings
----------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Work in progress statement:
-
-Device tree files and bindings applying to Marvell Berlin SoCs and boards are
-considered "unstable". Any Marvell Berlin device tree binding may change at any
-time. Be sure to use a device tree binary and a kernel image generated from the
-same source tree.
-
-Please refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt for a definition of a
-stable binding/ABI.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Boards with a SoC of the Marvell Berlin family, e.g. Armada 1500
-shall have the following properties:
-
-* Required root node properties:
-compatible: must contain "marvell,berlin"
-
-In addition, the above compatible shall be extended with the specific
-SoC and board used. Currently known SoC compatibles are:
-    "marvell,berlin2"      for Marvell Armada 1500 (BG2, 88DE3100),
-    "marvell,berlin2cd"    for Marvell Armada 1500-mini (BG2CD, 88DE3005)
-    "marvell,berlin2ct"    for Marvell Armada ? (BG2CT, 88DE????)
-    "marvell,berlin2q"     for Marvell Armada 1500-pro (BG2Q, 88DE3114)
-    "marvell,berlin3"      for Marvell Armada ? (BG3, 88DE????)
-
-* Example:
-
-/ {
-	model = "Sony NSZ-GS7";
-	compatible = "sony,nsz-gs7", "marvell,berlin2", "marvell,berlin";
-
-	...
-}
-
-* Marvell Berlin CPU control bindings
-
-CPU control register allows various operations on CPUs, like resetting them
-independently.
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: should be "marvell,berlin-cpu-ctrl"
-- reg: address and length of the register set
-
-Example:
-
-cpu-ctrl@f7dd0000 {
-	compatible = "marvell,berlin-cpu-ctrl";
-	reg = <0xf7dd0000 0x10000>;
-};
-
-* Marvell Berlin2 chip control binding
-
-Marvell Berlin SoCs have a chip control register set providing several
-individual registers dealing with pinmux, padmux, clock, reset, and secondary
-CPU boot address. Unfortunately, the individual registers are spread among the
-chip control registers, so there should be a single DT node only providing the
-different functions which are described below.
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible:
-	* the first and second values must be:
-		"simple-mfd", "syscon"
-- reg: address and length of following register sets for
-  BG2/BG2CD: chip control register set
-  BG2Q: chip control register set and cpu pll registers
-
-* Marvell Berlin2 system control binding
-
-Marvell Berlin SoCs have a system control register set providing several
-individual registers dealing with pinmux, padmux, and reset.
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible:
-	* the first and second values must be:
-		"simple-mfd", "syscon"
-- reg: address and length of the system control register set
-
-Example:
-
-chip: chip-control@ea0000 {
-	compatible = "simple-mfd", "syscon";
-	reg = <0xea0000 0x400>;
-
-	/* sub-device nodes */
-};
-
-sysctrl: system-controller@d000 {
-	compatible = "simple-mfd", "syscon";
-	reg = <0xd000 0x100>;
-
-	/* sub-device nodes */
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt
index 8f260e5cfd16..56ac7896d6d8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt
@@ -15,11 +15,12 @@ compatible: Must contain one of
    "mediatek,mt6795"
    "mediatek,mt6797"
    "mediatek,mt7622"
-   "mediatek,mt7623" which is referred to MT7623N SoC
-   "mediatek,mt7623a"
+   "mediatek,mt7623"
+   "mediatek,mt7629"
    "mediatek,mt8127"
    "mediatek,mt8135"
    "mediatek,mt8173"
+   "mediatek,mt8183"
 
 
 Supported boards:
@@ -57,6 +58,9 @@ Supported boards:
 - Reference board variant 1 for MT7622:
     Required root node properties:
       - compatible = "mediatek,mt7622-rfb1", "mediatek,mt7622";
+- Bananapi BPI-R64 for MT7622:
+    Required root node properties:
+      - compatible = "bananapi,bpi-r64", "mediatek,mt7622";
 - Reference board for MT7623a with eMMC:
     Required root node properties:
       - compatible = "mediatek,mt7623a-rfb-emmc", "mediatek,mt7623";
@@ -68,6 +72,9 @@ Supported boards:
       - compatible = "mediatek,mt7623n-rfb-emmc", "mediatek,mt7623";
 - Bananapi BPI-R2 board:
       - compatible = "bananapi,bpi-r2", "mediatek,mt7623";
+- Reference board for MT7629:
+    Required root node properties:
+      - compatible = "mediatek,mt7629-rfb", "mediatek,mt7629";
 - MTK mt8127 tablet moose EVB:
     Required root node properties:
       - compatible = "mediatek,mt8127-moose", "mediatek,mt8127";
@@ -77,3 +84,6 @@ Supported boards:
 - MTK mt8173 tablet EVB:
     Required root node properties:
       - compatible = "mediatek,mt8173-evb", "mediatek,mt8173";
+- Evaluation board for MT8183:
+    Required root node properties:
+      - compatible = "mediatek,mt8183-evb", "mediatek,mt8183";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt
index b404d592ce58..de4075413d91 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ Required Properties:
 	- "mediatek,mt2712-apmixedsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt6797-apmixedsys"
 	- "mediatek,mt7622-apmixedsys"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-apmixedsys", "mediatek,mt2701-apmixedsys"
+	- "mediatek,mt7629-apmixedsys"
 	- "mediatek,mt8135-apmixedsys"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-apmixedsys"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt
index 34a69ba67f13..d1606b2c3e63 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required Properties:
 - compatible: Should be one of:
 	- "mediatek,mt2701-audsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt7622-audsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-audsys", "mediatek,mt2701-audsys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
 The AUDSYS controller uses the common clk binding from
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,bdpsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,bdpsys.txt
index 4010e37c53a0..149567a38215 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,bdpsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,bdpsys.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required Properties:
 - compatible: Should be:
 	- "mediatek,mt2701-bdpsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt2712-bdpsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-bdpsys", "mediatek,mt2701-bdpsys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
 The bdpsys controller uses the common clk binding from
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt
index 8f5335b480ac..6b7e8067e7aa 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ethsys.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ Required Properties:
 - compatible: Should be:
 	- "mediatek,mt2701-ethsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt7622-ethsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-ethsys", "mediatek,mt2701-ethsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7629-ethsys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 - #reset-cells: Must be 1
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,hifsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,hifsys.txt
index f5629d64cef2..323905af82c3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,hifsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,hifsys.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required Properties:
 - compatible: Should be:
 	- "mediatek,mt2701-hifsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt7622-hifsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-hifsys", "mediatek,mt2701-hifsys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
 The hifsys controller uses the common clk binding from
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,imgsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,imgsys.txt
index 868bd51a98be..3f99672163e3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,imgsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,imgsys.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required Properties:
 	- "mediatek,mt2701-imgsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt2712-imgsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt6797-imgsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-imgsys", "mediatek,mt2701-imgsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-imgsys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt
index 566f153f9f83..417bd83d1378 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,8 @@ Required Properties:
 	- "mediatek,mt2712-infracfg", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt6797-infracfg", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt7622-infracfg", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-infracfg", "mediatek,mt2701-infracfg", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7629-infracfg", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8135-infracfg", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-infracfg", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt
index 4eb8bbe15c01..15d977afad31 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required Properties:
 	- "mediatek,mt2701-mmsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt2712-mmsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt6797-mmsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-mmsys", "mediatek,mt2701-mmsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-mmsys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pciesys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pciesys.txt
index 7fe5dc6097a6..d179a61536f4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pciesys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pciesys.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Required Properties:
 
 - compatible: Should be:
 	- "mediatek,mt7622-pciesys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7629-pciesys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 - #reset-cells: Must be 1
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.txt
index fb58ca8c2770..4c7e478117a0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,pericfg.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ Required Properties:
 	- "mediatek,mt2701-pericfg", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt2712-pericfg", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt7622-pericfg", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-pericfg", "mediatek,mt2701-pericfg", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7629-pericfg", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8135-pericfg", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-pericfg", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,sgmiisys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,sgmiisys.txt
index d113b8e741f3..30cb645c0e54 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,sgmiisys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,sgmiisys.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Required Properties:
 
 - compatible: Should be:
 	- "mediatek,mt7622-sgmiisys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7629-sgmiisys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
 The SGMIISYS controller uses the common clk binding from
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ssusbsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ssusbsys.txt
index b8184da2508c..7cb02c930613 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ssusbsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ssusbsys.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Required Properties:
 
 - compatible: Should be:
 	- "mediatek,mt7622-ssusbsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7629-ssusbsys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 - #reset-cells: Must be 1
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt
index 24014a7e2332..d160c2b4b6fe 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ Required Properties:
 	- "mediatek,mt2712-topckgen", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt6797-topckgen"
 	- "mediatek,mt7622-topckgen"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-topckgen", "mediatek,mt2701-topckgen"
+	- "mediatek,mt7629-topckgen"
 	- "mediatek,mt8135-topckgen"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-topckgen"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vdecsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vdecsys.txt
index ea40d05089f8..3212afc753c8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vdecsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vdecsys.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required Properties:
 	- "mediatek,mt2701-vdecsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt2712-vdecsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt6797-vdecsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt7623-vdecsys", "mediatek,mt2701-vdecsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-vdecsys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/mrvl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/mrvl.txt
index 117d741a2e4f..951687528efb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/mrvl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/mrvl.txt
@@ -11,4 +11,4 @@ Required root node properties:
 
 MMP2 Brownstone Board
 Required root node properties:
-	- compatible = "mrvl,mmp2-brownstone";
+	- compatible = "mrvl,mmp2-brownstone", "mrvl,mmp2";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt
index 1333db9acfee..7f696362a4a1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-acc.txt
@@ -21,10 +21,29 @@ PROPERTIES
 		    the register region. An optional second element specifies
 		    the base address and size of the alias register region.
 
+- clocks:
+        Usage: required
+        Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+        Definition: reference to the pll parents.
+
+- clock-names:
+        Usage: required
+        Value type: <stringlist>
+        Definition: must be "pll8_vote", "pxo".
+
+- clock-output-names:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: Name of the output clock. Typically acpuX_aux where X is a
+		    CPU number starting at 0.
+
 Example:
 
 	clock-controller@2088000 {
 		compatible = "qcom,kpss-acc-v2";
 		reg = <0x02088000 0x1000>,
 		      <0x02008000 0x1000>;
+		clocks = <&gcc PLL8_VOTE>, <&gcc PXO_SRC>;
+		clock-names = "pll8_vote", "pxo";
+		clock-output-names = "acpu0_aux";
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-gcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-gcc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e628758950e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,kpss-gcc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+Krait Processor Sub-system (KPSS) Global Clock Controller (GCC)
+
+PROPERTIES
+
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: should be one of the following. The generic compatible
+			"qcom,kpss-gcc" should also be included.
+			"qcom,kpss-gcc-ipq8064", "qcom,kpss-gcc"
+			"qcom,kpss-gcc-apq8064", "qcom,kpss-gcc"
+			"qcom,kpss-gcc-msm8974", "qcom,kpss-gcc"
+			"qcom,kpss-gcc-msm8960", "qcom,kpss-gcc"
+
+- reg:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: base address and size of the register region
+
+- clocks:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: reference to the pll parents.
+
+- clock-names:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <stringlist>
+	Definition: must be "pll8_vote", "pxo".
+
+- clock-output-names:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: Name of the output clock. Typically acpu_l2_aux indicating
+		    an L2 cache auxiliary clock.
+
+Example:
+
+	l2cc: clock-controller@2011000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,kpss-gcc-ipq8064", "qcom,kpss-gcc";
+		reg = <0x2011000 0x1000>;
+		clocks = <&gcc PLL8_VOTE>, <&gcc PXO_SRC>;
+		clock-names = "pll8_vote", "pxo";
+		clock-output-names = "acpu_l2_aux";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,llcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,llcc.txt
index 5e85749262ae..eaee06b2d8f2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,llcc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,llcc.txt
@@ -16,11 +16,26 @@ Properties:
 - reg:
 	Usage: required
 	Value Type: <prop-encoded-array>
-	Definition: Start address and the the size of the register region.
+	Definition: The first element specifies the llcc base start address and
+		    the size of the register region. The second element specifies
+		    the llcc broadcast base address and size of the register region.
+
+- reg-names:
+        Usage: required
+        Value Type: <stringlist>
+        Definition: Register region names. Must be "llcc_base", "llcc_broadcast_base".
+
+- interrupts:
+	Usage: required
+	Definition: The interrupt is associated with the llcc edac device.
+			It's used for llcc cache single and double bit error detection
+			and reporting.
 
 Example:
 
 	cache-controller@1100000 {
 		compatible = "qcom,sdm845-llcc";
-		reg = <0x1100000 0x250000>;
+		reg = <0x1100000 0x200000>, <0x1300000 0x50000> ;
+		reg-names = "llcc_base", "llcc_broadcast_base";
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 582 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/nspire.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/nspire.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d08518bd176..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/nspire.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-TI-NSPIRE calculators
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: Compatible property value should contain "ti,nspire".
-	CX models should have "ti,nspire-cx"
-	Touchpad models should have "ti,nspire-tp"
-	Clickpad models should have "ti,nspire-clp"
-
-Example:
-
-/ {
-	model = "TI-NSPIRE CX";
-	compatible = "ti,nspire-cx";
-	...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/olimex.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/olimex.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index d726aeca56be..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/olimex.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-Olimex Device Tree Bindings
----------------------------
-
-SAM9-L9260 Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "olimex,sam9-l9260", "atmel,at91sam9260";
-
-i.MX23 Olinuxino Low Cost Board
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "olimex,imx23-olinuxino", "fsl,imx23";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 13611a8199bb..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-* ARM Performance Monitor Units
-
-ARM cores often have a PMU for counting cpu and cache events like cache misses
-and hits. The interface to the PMU is part of the ARM ARM. The ARM PMU
-representation in the device tree should be done as under:-
-
-Required properties:
-
-- compatible : should be one of
-	"apm,potenza-pmu"
-	"arm,armv8-pmuv3"
-	"arm,cortex-a73-pmu"
-	"arm,cortex-a72-pmu"
-	"arm,cortex-a57-pmu"
-	"arm,cortex-a53-pmu"
-	"arm,cortex-a35-pmu"
-	"arm,cortex-a17-pmu"
-	"arm,cortex-a15-pmu"
-	"arm,cortex-a12-pmu"
-	"arm,cortex-a9-pmu"
-	"arm,cortex-a8-pmu"
-	"arm,cortex-a7-pmu"
-	"arm,cortex-a5-pmu"
-	"arm,arm11mpcore-pmu"
-	"arm,arm1176-pmu"
-	"arm,arm1136-pmu"
-	"brcm,vulcan-pmu"
-	"cavium,thunder-pmu"
-	"qcom,scorpion-pmu"
-	"qcom,scorpion-mp-pmu"
-	"qcom,krait-pmu"
-- interrupts : 1 combined interrupt or 1 per core. If the interrupt is a per-cpu
-               interrupt (PPI) then 1 interrupt should be specified.
-
-Optional properties:
-
-- interrupt-affinity : When using SPIs, specifies a list of phandles to CPU
-                       nodes corresponding directly to the affinity of
-		       the SPIs listed in the interrupts property.
-
-                       When using a PPI, specifies a list of phandles to CPU
-		       nodes corresponding to the set of CPUs which have
-		       a PMU of this type signalling the PPI listed in the
-		       interrupts property, unless this is already specified
-		       by the PPI interrupt specifier itself (in which case
-		       the interrupt-affinity property shouldn't be present).
-
-                       This property should be present when there is more than
-		       a single SPI.
-
-
-- qcom,no-pc-write : Indicates that this PMU doesn't support the 0xc and 0xd
-                     events.
-
-- secure-reg-access : Indicates that the ARMv7 Secure Debug Enable Register
-		      (SDER) is accessible. This will cause the driver to do
-		      any setup required that is only possible in ARMv7 secure
-		      state. If not present the ARMv7 SDER will not be touched,
-		      which means the PMU may fail to operate unless external
-		      code (bootloader or security monitor) has performed the
-		      appropriate initialisation. Note that this property is
-		      not valid for non-ARMv7 CPUs or ARMv7 CPUs booting Linux
-		      in Non-secure state.
-
-Example:
-
-pmu {
-        compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-pmu";
-        interrupts = <100 101>;
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..52ae094ce330
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/pmu.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: ARM Performance Monitor Units
+
+maintainers:
+  - Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
+  - Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
+
+description: |+
+  ARM cores often have a PMU for counting cpu and cache events like cache misses
+  and hits. The interface to the PMU is part of the ARM ARM. The ARM PMU
+  representation in the device tree should be done as under:-
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    items:
+      - enum:
+          - apm,potenza-pmu
+          - arm,armv8-pmuv3
+          - arm,cortex-a73-pmu
+          - arm,cortex-a72-pmu
+          - arm,cortex-a57-pmu
+          - arm,cortex-a53-pmu
+          - arm,cortex-a35-pmu
+          - arm,cortex-a17-pmu
+          - arm,cortex-a15-pmu
+          - arm,cortex-a12-pmu
+          - arm,cortex-a9-pmu
+          - arm,cortex-a8-pmu
+          - arm,cortex-a7-pmu
+          - arm,cortex-a5-pmu
+          - arm,arm11mpcore-pmu
+          - arm,arm1176-pmu
+          - arm,arm1136-pmu
+          - brcm,vulcan-pmu
+          - cavium,thunder-pmu
+          - qcom,scorpion-pmu
+          - qcom,scorpion-mp-pmu
+          - qcom,krait-pmu
+
+  interrupts:
+    # Don't know how many CPUs, so no constraints to specify
+    description: 1 per-cpu interrupt (PPI) or 1 interrupt per core.
+
+  interrupt-affinity:
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array
+    description:
+      When using SPIs, specifies a list of phandles to CPU
+      nodes corresponding directly to the affinity of
+      the SPIs listed in the interrupts property.
+
+      When using a PPI, specifies a list of phandles to CPU
+      nodes corresponding to the set of CPUs which have
+      a PMU of this type signalling the PPI listed in the
+      interrupts property, unless this is already specified
+      by the PPI interrupt specifier itself (in which case
+      the interrupt-affinity property shouldn't be present).
+
+      This property should be present when there is more than
+      a single SPI.
+
+  qcom,no-pc-write:
+    type: boolean
+    description:
+      Indicates that this PMU doesn't support the 0xc and 0xd events.
+
+  secure-reg-access:
+    type: boolean
+    description:
+      Indicates that the ARMv7 Secure Debug Enable Register
+      (SDER) is accessible. This will cause the driver to do
+      any setup required that is only possible in ARMv7 secure
+      state. If not present the ARMv7 SDER will not be touched,
+      which means the PMU may fail to operate unless external
+      code (bootloader or security monitor) has performed the
+      appropriate initialisation. Note that this property is
+      not valid for non-ARMv7 CPUs or ARMv7 CPUs booting Linux
+      in Non-secure state.
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/primecell.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/primecell.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 0df6acacfaea..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/primecell.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-* ARM Primecell Peripherals
-
-ARM, Ltd. Primecell peripherals have a standard id register that can be used to
-identify the peripheral type, vendor, and revision. This value can be used for
-driver matching.
-
-Required properties:
-
-- compatible : should be a specific name for the peripheral and
-               "arm,primecell".  The specific name will match the ARM
-               engineering name for the logic block in the form: "arm,pl???"
-
-Optional properties:
-
-- arm,primecell-periphid : Value to override the h/w value with
-- clocks : From common clock binding. First clock is phandle to clock for apb
-	pclk. Additional clocks are optional and specific to those peripherals.
-- clock-names : From common clock binding. Shall be "apb_pclk" for first clock.
-- dmas : From common DMA binding. If present, refers to one or more dma channels.
-- dma-names : From common DMA binding, needs to match the 'dmas' property.
-              Devices with exactly one receive and transmit channel shall name
-              these "rx" and "tx", respectively.
-- pinctrl-<n> : Pinctrl states as described in bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt
-- pinctrl-names : Names corresponding to the numbered pinctrl states
-- interrupts : one or more interrupt specifiers
-- interrupt-names : names corresponding to the interrupts properties
-
-Example:
-
-serial@fff36000 {
-	compatible = "arm,pl011", "arm,primecell";
-	arm,primecell-periphid = <0x00341011>;
-
-	clocks = <&pclk>;
-	clock-names = "apb_pclk";
-
-	dmas = <&dma-controller 4>, <&dma-controller 5>;
-	dma-names = "rx", "tx";	
-
-	pinctrl-0 = <&uart0_default_mux>, <&uart0_default_mode>;
-	pinctrl-1 = <&uart0_sleep_mode>;
-	pinctrl-names = "default","sleep";
-
-	interrupts = <0 11 0x4>;
-};
-
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/primecell.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/primecell.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5aae37f1c563
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/primecell.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/primecell.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: ARM Primecell Peripherals
+
+maintainers:
+  - Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
+
+description: |+
+  ARM, Ltd. Primecell peripherals have a standard id register that can be used to
+  identify the peripheral type, vendor, and revision. This value can be used for
+  driver matching.
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    contains:
+      const: arm,primecell
+    description:
+      Should be a specific name for the peripheral followed by "arm,primecell".
+      The specific name will match the ARM engineering name for the logic block
+      in the form "arm,pl???"
+
+  arm,primecell-periphid:
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+    description: Value to override the h/w ID value
+  clocks:
+    minItems: 1
+    maxItems: 32
+  clock-names:
+    contains:
+      const: apb_pclk
+    additionalItems: true
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index ee532e705d6c..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-QCOM device tree bindings
--------------------------
-
-Some qcom based bootloaders identify the dtb blob based on a set of
-device properties like SoC and platform and revisions of those components.
-To support this scheme, we encode this information into the board compatible
-string.
-
-Each board must specify a top-level board compatible string with the following
-format:
-
-	compatible = "qcom,<SoC>[-<soc_version>][-<foundry_id>]-<board>[/<subtype>][-<board_version>]"
-
-The 'SoC' and 'board' elements are required. All other elements are optional.
-
-The 'SoC' element must be one of the following strings:
-
-	apq8016
-	apq8074
-	apq8084
-	apq8096
-	msm8916
-	msm8974
-	msm8992
-	msm8994
-	msm8996
-	mdm9615
-	ipq8074
-	sdm845
-
-The 'board' element must be one of the following strings:
-
-	cdp
-	liquid
-	dragonboard
-	mtp
-	sbc
-	hk01
-
-The 'soc_version' and 'board_version' elements take the form of v<Major>.<Minor>
-where the minor number may be omitted when it's zero, i.e.  v1.0 is the same
-as v1. If all versions of the 'board_version' elements match, then a
-wildcard '*' should be used, e.g. 'v*'.
-
-The 'foundry_id' and 'subtype' elements are one or more digits from 0 to 9.
-
-Examples:
-
-	"qcom,msm8916-v1-cdp-pm8916-v2.1"
-
-A CDP board with an msm8916 SoC, version 1 paired with a pm8916 PMIC of version
-2.1.
-
-	"qcom,apq8074-v2.0-2-dragonboard/1-v0.1"
-
-A dragonboard board v0.1 of subtype 1 with an apq8074 SoC version 2, made in
-foundry 2.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f6316ab66385
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/bindings/arm/qcom.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: QCOM device tree bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org>
+
+description: |
+  Some qcom based bootloaders identify the dtb blob based on a set of
+  device properties like SoC and platform and revisions of those components.
+  To support this scheme, we encode this information into the board compatible
+  string.
+
+  Each board must specify a top-level board compatible string with the following
+  format:
+
+  	compatible = "qcom,<SoC>[-<soc_version>][-<foundry_id>]-<board>[/<subtype>][-<board_version>]"
+
+  The 'SoC' and 'board' elements are required. All other elements are optional.
+
+  The 'SoC' element must be one of the following strings:
+
+  	apq8016
+  	apq8074
+  	apq8084
+  	apq8096
+  	msm8916
+  	msm8974
+  	msm8992
+  	msm8994
+  	msm8996
+  	mdm9615
+  	ipq8074
+  	sdm845
+
+  The 'board' element must be one of the following strings:
+
+  	cdp
+  	liquid
+  	dragonboard
+  	mtp
+  	sbc
+  	hk01
+
+  The 'soc_version' and 'board_version' elements take the form of v<Major>.<Minor>
+  where the minor number may be omitted when it's zero, i.e.  v1.0 is the same
+  as v1. If all versions of the 'board_version' elements match, then a
+  wildcard '*' should be used, e.g. 'v*'.
+
+  The 'foundry_id' and 'subtype' elements are one or more digits from 0 to 9.
+
+  Examples:
+
+  	"qcom,msm8916-v1-cdp-pm8916-v2.1"
+
+  A CDP board with an msm8916 SoC, version 1 paired with a pm8916 PMIC of version
+  2.1.
+
+  	"qcom,apq8074-v2.0-2-dragonboard/1-v0.1"
+
+  A dragonboard board v0.1 of subtype 1 with an apq8074 SoC version 2, made in
+  foundry 2.
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    oneOf:
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - qcom,apq8016-sbc
+          - const: qcom,apq8016
+
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - qcom,apq8064-cm-qs600
+              - qcom,apq8064-ifc6410
+          - const: qcom,apq8064
+
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - qcom,apq8074-dragonboard
+          - const: qcom,apq8074
+
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - qcom,apq8060-dragonboard
+              - qcom,msm8660-surf
+          - const: qcom,msm8660
+
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - qcom,apq8084-mtp
+              - qcom,apq8084-sbc
+          - const: qcom,apq8084
+
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - qcom,msm8960-cdp
+          - const: qcom,msm8960
+
+      - items:
+          - const: qcom,msm8916-mtp/1
+          - const: qcom,msm8916-mtp
+          - const: qcom,msm8916
+
+      - items:
+          - const: qcom,msm8996-mtp
+
+      - items:
+          - const: qcom,ipq4019
+
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - qcom,ipq8064-ap148
+          - const: qcom,ipq8064
+
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - qcom,ipq8074-hk01
+          - const: qcom,ipq8074
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rda.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rda.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..43c80762c428
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rda.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+RDA Micro platforms device tree bindings
+----------------------------------------
+
+RDA8810PL SoC
+=============
+
+Required root node properties:
+
+ - compatible :  must contain "rda,8810pl"
+
+
+Boards:
+
+Root node property compatible must contain, depending on board:
+
+ - Orange Pi 2G-IoT: "xunlong,orangepi-2g-iot"
+ - Orange Pi i96: "xunlong,orangepi-i96"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/renesas,prr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/renesas,prr.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..08e482e953ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/renesas,prr.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Renesas Product Register
+
+Most Renesas ARM SoCs have a Product Register or Boundary Scan ID Register that
+allows to retrieve SoC product and revision information.  If present, a device
+node for this register should be added.
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: Must be one of:
+    "renesas,prr"
+    "renesas,bsid"
+  - reg: Base address and length of the register block.
+
+
+Examples
+--------
+
+	prr: chipid@ff000044 {
+		compatible = "renesas,prr";
+		reg = <0 0xff000044 0 4>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/renesas.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/renesas.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..19f379863d50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/renesas.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/shmobile.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Renesas SH-Mobile, R-Mobile, and R-Car Platform Device Tree Bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
+
+properties:
+  $nodename:
+    const: '/'
+  compatible:
+    oneOf:
+      - description: Emma Mobile EV2
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,kzm9d # Kyoto Microcomputer Co. KZM-A9-Dual
+          - const: renesas,emev2
+
+      - description: RZ/A1H (R7S72100)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,genmai # Genmai (RTK772100BC00000BR)
+              - renesas,gr-peach # GR-Peach (X28A-M01-E/F)
+              - renesas,rskrza1 # RSKRZA1 (YR0K77210C000BE)
+          - const: renesas,r7s72100
+
+      - description: RZ/A2 (R7S9210)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,rza2mevb # RZ/A2M Eval Board (RTK7921053S00000BE)
+          - const: renesas,r7s9210
+
+      - description: SH-Mobile AG5 (R8A73A00/SH73A0)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,kzm9g # Kyoto Microcomputer Co. KZM-A9-GT
+          - const: renesas,sh73a0
+
+      - description: R-Mobile APE6 (R8A73A40)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,ape6evm
+          - const: renesas,r8a73a4
+
+      - description: R-Mobile A1 (R8A77400)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,armadillo800eva # Atmark Techno Armadillo-800 EVA
+          - const: renesas,r8a7740
+
+      - description: RZ/G1H (R8A77420)
+        items:
+          - const: renesas,r8a7742
+
+      - description: RZ/G1M (R8A77430)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              # iWave Systems RZ/G1M Qseven Development Platform (iW-RainboW-G20D-Qseven)
+              - iwave,g20d
+          - const: iwave,g20m
+          - const: renesas,r8a7743
+
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              # iWave Systems RZ/G1M Qseven System On Module (iW-RainboW-G20M-Qseven)
+              - iwave,g20m
+              - renesas,sk-rzg1m # SK-RZG1M (YR8A77430S000BE)
+          - const: renesas,r8a7743
+
+      - description: RZ/G1N (R8A77440)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              # iWave Systems RZ/G1N Qseven Development Platform (iW-RainboW-G20D-Qseven)
+              - iwave,g20d
+          - const: iwave,g20m
+          - const: renesas,r8a7744
+
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              # iWave Systems RZ/G1N Qseven System On Module (iW-RainboW-G20M-Qseven)
+              - iwave,g20m
+          - const: renesas,r8a7744
+
+      - description: RZ/G1E (R8A77450)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - iwave,g22m # iWave Systems RZ/G1E SODIMM System On Module (iW-RainboW-G22M-SM)
+              - renesas,sk-rzg1e # SK-RZG1E (YR8A77450S000BE)
+          - const: renesas,r8a7745
+
+      - description: iWave Systems RZ/G1E SODIMM SOM Development Platform (iW-RainboW-G22D)
+        items:
+          - const: iwave,g22d
+          - const: iwave,g22m
+          - const: renesas,r8a7745
+
+      - description: RZ/G1C (R8A77470)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - iwave,g23s #iWave Systems RZ/G1C Single Board Computer (iW-RainboW-G23S)
+          - const: renesas,r8a77470
+
+      - description: RZ/G2M (R8A774A1)
+        items:
+          - const: renesas,r8a774a1
+
+      - description: RZ/G2E (R8A774C0)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - si-linux,cat874 # Silicon Linux RZ/G2E 96board platform (CAT874)
+          - const: renesas,r8a774c0
+
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - si-linux,cat875 # Silicon Linux sub board for CAT874 (CAT875)
+          - const: si-linux,cat874
+          - const: renesas,r8a774c0
+
+      - description: R-Car M1A (R8A77781)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,bockw
+          - const: renesas,r8a7778
+
+      - description: R-Car H1 (R8A77790)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,marzen # Marzen (R0P7779A00010S)
+          - const: renesas,r8a7779
+
+      - description: R-Car H2 (R8A77900)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,lager # Lager (RTP0RC7790SEB00010S)
+              - renesas,stout # Stout (ADAS Starterkit, Y-R-CAR-ADAS-SKH2-BOARD)
+          - const: renesas,r8a7790
+
+      - description: R-Car M2-W (R8A77910)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,henninger
+              - renesas,koelsch # Koelsch (RTP0RC7791SEB00010S)
+              - renesas,porter # Porter (M2-LCDP)
+          - const: renesas,r8a7791
+
+      - description: R-Car V2H (R8A77920)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,blanche # Blanche (RTP0RC7792SEB00010S)
+              - renesas,wheat # Wheat (RTP0RC7792ASKB0000JE)
+          - const: renesas,r8a7792
+
+      - description: R-Car M2-N (R8A77930)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,gose # Gose (RTP0RC7793SEB00010S)
+          - const: renesas,r8a7793
+
+      - description: R-Car E2 (R8A77940)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,alt # Alt (RTP0RC7794SEB00010S)
+              - renesas,silk # SILK (RTP0RC7794LCB00011S)
+          - const: renesas,r8a7794
+
+      - description: R-Car H3 (R8A77950)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+                # H3ULCB (R-Car Starter Kit Premier, RTP0RC7795SKBX0010SA00 (H3 ES1.1))
+                # H3ULCB (R-Car Starter Kit Premier, RTP0RC77951SKBX010SA00 (H3 ES2.0))
+              - renesas,h3ulcb
+              - renesas,salvator-x # Salvator-X (RTP0RC7795SIPB0010S)
+              - renesas,salvator-xs # Salvator-XS (Salvator-X 2nd version, RTP0RC7795SIPB0012S)
+          - const: renesas,r8a7795
+
+      - description: R-Car M3-W (R8A77960)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,m3ulcb # M3ULCB (R-Car Starter Kit Pro, RTP0RC7796SKBX0010SA09 (M3 ES1.0))
+              - renesas,salvator-x # Salvator-X (RTP0RC7796SIPB0011S)
+              - renesas,salvator-xs # Salvator-XS (Salvator-X 2nd version, RTP0RC7796SIPB0012S)
+          - const: renesas,r8a7796
+
+      - description: Kingfisher (SBEV-RCAR-KF-M03)
+        items:
+          - const: shimafuji,kingfisher
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,h3ulcb
+              - renesas,m3ulcb
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,r8a7795
+              - renesas,r8a7796
+
+      - description: R-Car M3-N (R8A77965)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,m3nulcb # M3NULCB (R-Car Starter Kit Pro, RTP0RC77965SKBX010SA00 (M3-N ES1.1))
+              - renesas,salvator-x # Salvator-X (RTP0RC7796SIPB0011S (M3-N))
+              - renesas,salvator-xs # Salvator-XS (Salvator-X 2nd version, RTP0RC77965SIPB012S)
+          - const: renesas,r8a77965
+
+      - description: R-Car V3M (R8A77970)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,eagle # Eagle (RTP0RC77970SEB0010S)
+              - renesas,v3msk # V3MSK (Y-ASK-RCAR-V3M-WS10)
+          - const: renesas,r8a77970
+
+      - description: R-Car V3H (R8A77980)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,condor # Condor (RTP0RC77980SEB0010SS/RTP0RC77980SEB0010SA01)
+              - renesas,v3hsk # V3HSK (Y-ASK-RCAR-V3H-WS10)
+          - const: renesas,r8a77980
+
+      - description: R-Car E3 (R8A77990)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,ebisu # Ebisu (RTP0RC77990SEB0010S)
+          - const: renesas,r8a77990
+
+      - description: R-Car D3 (R8A77995)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,draak # Draak (RTP0RC77995SEB0010S)
+          - const: renesas,r8a77995
+
+      - description: RZ/N1D (R9A06G032)
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,rzn1d400-db # RZN1D-DB (RZ/N1D Demo Board for the RZ/N1D 400 pins package)
+          - const: renesas,r9a06g032
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index acfd3c773dd0..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
-Rockchip platforms device tree bindings
----------------------------------------
-
-- 96boards RK3399 Ficus (ROCK960 Enterprise Edition)
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "vamrs,ficus", "rockchip,rk3399";
-
-- Amarula Vyasa RK3288 board
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "amarula,vyasa-rk3288", "rockchip,rk3288";
-
-- Asus Tinker board
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "asus,rk3288-tinker", "rockchip,rk3288";
-
-- Kylin RK3036 board:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "rockchip,kylin-rk3036", "rockchip,rk3036";
-
-- MarsBoard RK3066 board:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "haoyu,marsboard-rk3066", "rockchip,rk3066a";
-
-- bq Curie 2 tablet:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "mundoreader,bq-curie2", "rockchip,rk3066a";
-
-- ChipSPARK Rayeager PX2 board:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "chipspark,rayeager-px2", "rockchip,rk3066a";
-
-- Radxa Rock board:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "radxa,rock", "rockchip,rk3188";
-
-- Radxa Rock2 Square board:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "radxa,rock2-square", "rockchip,rk3288";
-
-- Rikomagic MK808 v1 board:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "rikomagic,mk808", "rockchip,rk3066a";
-
-- Firefly Firefly-RK3288 board:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "firefly,firefly-rk3288", "rockchip,rk3288";
-    or
-      - compatible = "firefly,firefly-rk3288-beta", "rockchip,rk3288";
-
-- Firefly Firefly-RK3288 Reload board:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "firefly,firefly-rk3288-reload", "rockchip,rk3288";
-
-- Firefly Firefly-RK3399 board:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "firefly,firefly-rk3399", "rockchip,rk3399";
-
-- Firefly roc-rk3328-cc board:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "firefly,roc-rk3328-cc", "rockchip,rk3328";
-
-- ChipSPARK PopMetal-RK3288 board:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "chipspark,popmetal-rk3288", "rockchip,rk3288";
-
-- Netxeon R89 board:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "netxeon,r89", "rockchip,rk3288";
-
-- GeekBuying GeekBox:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "geekbuying,geekbox", "rockchip,rk3368";
-
-- Google Bob (Asus Chromebook Flip C101PA):
-    Required root node properties:
-	compatible = "google,bob-rev13", "google,bob-rev12",
-		     "google,bob-rev11", "google,bob-rev10",
-		     "google,bob-rev9", "google,bob-rev8",
-		     "google,bob-rev7", "google,bob-rev6",
-		     "google,bob-rev5", "google,bob-rev4",
-		     "google,bob", "google,gru", "rockchip,rk3399";
-
-- Google Brain (dev-board):
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "google,veyron-brain-rev0", "google,veyron-brain",
-		     "google,veyron", "rockchip,rk3288";
-
-- Google Gru (dev-board):
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "google,gru-rev15", "google,gru-rev14",
-		     "google,gru-rev13", "google,gru-rev12",
-		     "google,gru-rev11", "google,gru-rev10",
-		     "google,gru-rev9", "google,gru-rev8",
-		     "google,gru-rev7", "google,gru-rev6",
-		     "google,gru-rev5", "google,gru-rev4",
-		     "google,gru-rev3", "google,gru-rev2",
-		     "google,gru", "rockchip,rk3399";
-
-- Google Jaq (Haier Chromebook 11 and more):
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "google,veyron-jaq-rev5", "google,veyron-jaq-rev4",
-		     "google,veyron-jaq-rev3", "google,veyron-jaq-rev2",
-		     "google,veyron-jaq-rev1", "google,veyron-jaq",
-		     "google,veyron", "rockchip,rk3288";
-
-- Google Jerry (Hisense Chromebook C11 and more):
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "google,veyron-jerry-rev7", "google,veyron-jerry-rev6",
-		     "google,veyron-jerry-rev5", "google,veyron-jerry-rev4",
-		     "google,veyron-jerry-rev3", "google,veyron-jerry",
-		     "google,veyron", "rockchip,rk3288";
-
-- Google Kevin (Samsung Chromebook Plus):
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "google,kevin-rev15", "google,kevin-rev14",
-		     "google,kevin-rev13", "google,kevin-rev12",
-		     "google,kevin-rev11", "google,kevin-rev10",
-		     "google,kevin-rev9", "google,kevin-rev8",
-		     "google,kevin-rev7", "google,kevin-rev6",
-		     "google,kevin", "google,gru", "rockchip,rk3399";
-
-- Google Mickey (Asus Chromebit CS10):
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "google,veyron-mickey-rev8", "google,veyron-mickey-rev7",
-		     "google,veyron-mickey-rev6", "google,veyron-mickey-rev5",
-		     "google,veyron-mickey-rev4", "google,veyron-mickey-rev3",
-		     "google,veyron-mickey-rev2", "google,veyron-mickey-rev1",
-		     "google,veyron-mickey-rev0", "google,veyron-mickey",
-		     "google,veyron", "rockchip,rk3288";
-
-- Google Minnie (Asus Chromebook Flip C100P):
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "google,veyron-minnie-rev4", "google,veyron-minnie-rev3",
-		     "google,veyron-minnie-rev2", "google,veyron-minnie-rev1",
-		     "google,veyron-minnie-rev0", "google,veyron-minnie",
-		     "google,veyron", "rockchip,rk3288";
-
-- Google Pinky (dev-board):
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "google,veyron-pinky-rev2", "google,veyron-pinky",
-		     "google,veyron", "rockchip,rk3288";
-
-- Google Speedy (Asus C201 Chromebook):
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "google,veyron-speedy-rev9", "google,veyron-speedy-rev8",
-		     "google,veyron-speedy-rev7", "google,veyron-speedy-rev6",
-		     "google,veyron-speedy-rev5", "google,veyron-speedy-rev4",
-		     "google,veyron-speedy-rev3", "google,veyron-speedy-rev2",
-		     "google,veyron-speedy", "google,veyron", "rockchip,rk3288";
-
-- mqmaker MiQi:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "mqmaker,miqi", "rockchip,rk3288";
-
-- Phytec phyCORE-RK3288: Rapid Development Kit
-    Required root node properties:
-     - compatible = "phytec,rk3288-pcm-947", "phytec,rk3288-phycore-som", "rockchip,rk3288";
-
-- Pine64 Rock64 board:
-    Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "pine64,rock64", "rockchip,rk3328";
-
-- Rockchip PX3 Evaluation board:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "rockchip,px3-evb", "rockchip,px3", "rockchip,rk3188";
-
-- Rockchip PX5 Evaluation board:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "rockchip,px5-evb", "rockchip,px5", "rockchip,rk3368";
-
-- Rockchip RV1108 Evaluation board
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "rockchip,rv1108-evb", "rockchip,rv1108";
-
-- Rockchip RK3368 evb:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "rockchip,rk3368-evb-act8846", "rockchip,rk3368";
-
-- Rockchip R88 board:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "rockchip,r88", "rockchip,rk3368";
-
-- Rockchip RK3228 Evaluation board:
-    Required root node properties:
-     - compatible = "rockchip,rk3228-evb", "rockchip,rk3228";
-
-- Rockchip RK3229 Evaluation board:
-     - compatible = "rockchip,rk3229-evb", "rockchip,rk3229";
-
-- Rockchip RK3288 Fennec board:
-    Required root node properties:
-     - compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-fennec", "rockchip,rk3288";
-
-- Rockchip RK3328 evb:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "rockchip,rk3328-evb", "rockchip,rk3328";
-
-- Rockchip RK3399 evb:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-evb", "rockchip,rk3399";
-
-- Rockchip RK3399 Sapphire board standalone:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-sapphire", "rockchip,rk3399";
-
-- Rockchip RK3399 Sapphire Excavator board:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-sapphire-excavator", "rockchip,rk3399";
-
-- Theobroma Systems RK3368-uQ7 Haikou Baseboard:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "tsd,rk3368-uq7-haikou", "rockchip,rk3368";
-
-- Theobroma Systems RK3399-Q7 Haikou Baseboard:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "tsd,rk3399-q7-haikou", "rockchip,rk3399";
-
-- Tronsmart Orion R68 Meta
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "tronsmart,orion-r68-meta", "rockchip,rk3368";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..061a03edf9c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/rockchip.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Rockchip platforms device tree bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
+
+properties:
+  $nodename:
+    const: '/'
+  compatible:
+    oneOf:
+
+      - description: 96boards RK3399 Ficus (ROCK960 Enterprise Edition)
+        items:
+          - const: vamrs,ficus
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399
+
+      - description: 96boards RK3399 Rock960 (ROCK960 Consumer Edition)
+        items:
+          - const: vamrs,rock960
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399
+
+      - description: Amarula Vyasa RK3288
+        items:
+          - const: amarula,vyasa-rk3288
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
+      - description: Asus Tinker board
+        items:
+          - const: asus,rk3288-tinker
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
+      - description: Asus Tinker board S
+        items:
+          - const: asus,rk3288-tinker-s
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
+      - description: bq Curie 2 tablet
+        items:
+          - const: mundoreader,bq-curie2
+          - const: rockchip,rk3066a
+
+      - description: bq Edison 2 Quad-Core tablet
+        items:
+          - const: mundoreader,bq-edison2qc
+          - const: rockchip,rk3188
+
+      - description: ChipSPARK PopMetal-RK3288
+        items:
+          - const: chipspark,popmetal-rk3288
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
+      - description: ChipSPARK Rayeager PX2
+        items:
+          - const: chipspark,rayeager-px2
+          - const: rockchip,rk3066a
+
+      - description: Elgin RV1108 R1
+        items:
+          - const: elgin,rv1108-r1
+          - const: rockchip,rv1108
+
+      - description: Firefly Firefly-RK3288
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - firefly,firefly-rk3288
+              - firefly,firefly-rk3288-beta
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
+      - description: Firefly Firefly-RK3288 Reload
+        items:
+          - const: firefly,firefly-rk3288-reload
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
+      - description: Firefly Firefly-RK3399
+        items:
+          - const: firefly,firefly-rk3399
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399
+
+      - description: Firefly roc-rk3328-cc
+        items:
+          - const: firefly,roc-rk3328-cc
+          - const: rockchip,rk3328
+
+      - description: Firefly ROC-RK3399-PC
+        items:
+          - const: firefly,roc-rk3399-pc
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399
+
+      - description: FriendlyElec NanoPi4 series boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - friendlyarm,nanopc-t4
+              - friendlyarm,nanopi-m4
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399
+
+      - description: GeekBuying GeekBox
+        items:
+          - const: geekbuying,geekbox
+          - const: rockchip,rk3368
+
+      - description: Google Bob (Asus Chromebook Flip C101PA)
+        items:
+          - const: google,bob-rev13
+          - const: google,bob-rev12
+          - const: google,bob-rev11
+          - const: google,bob-rev10
+          - const: google,bob-rev9
+          - const: google,bob-rev8
+          - const: google,bob-rev7
+          - const: google,bob-rev6
+          - const: google,bob-rev5
+          - const: google,bob-rev4
+          - const: google,bob
+          - const: google,gru
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399
+
+      - description: Google Brain (dev-board)
+        items:
+          - const: google,veyron-brain-rev0
+          - const: google,veyron-brain
+          - const: google,veyron
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
+      - description: Google Gru (dev-board)
+        items:
+          - const: google,gru-rev15
+          - const: google,gru-rev14
+          - const: google,gru-rev13
+          - const: google,gru-rev12
+          - const: google,gru-rev11
+          - const: google,gru-rev10
+          - const: google,gru-rev9
+          - const: google,gru-rev8
+          - const: google,gru-rev7
+          - const: google,gru-rev6
+          - const: google,gru-rev5
+          - const: google,gru-rev4
+          - const: google,gru-rev3
+          - const: google,gru-rev2
+          - const: google,gru
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399
+
+      - description: Google Jaq (Haier Chromebook 11 and more)
+        items:
+          - const: google,veyron-jaq-rev5
+          - const: google,veyron-jaq-rev4
+          - const: google,veyron-jaq-rev3
+          - const: google,veyron-jaq-rev2
+          - const: google,veyron-jaq-rev1
+          - const: google,veyron-jaq
+          - const: google,veyron
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
+      - description: Google Jerry (Hisense Chromebook C11 and more)
+        items:
+          - const: google,veyron-jerry-rev7
+          - const: google,veyron-jerry-rev6
+          - const: google,veyron-jerry-rev5
+          - const: google,veyron-jerry-rev4
+          - const: google,veyron-jerry-rev3
+          - const: google,veyron-jerry
+          - const: google,veyron
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
+      - description: Google Kevin (Samsung Chromebook Plus)
+        items:
+          - const: google,kevin-rev15
+          - const: google,kevin-rev14
+          - const: google,kevin-rev13
+          - const: google,kevin-rev12
+          - const: google,kevin-rev11
+          - const: google,kevin-rev10
+          - const: google,kevin-rev9
+          - const: google,kevin-rev8
+          - const: google,kevin-rev7
+          - const: google,kevin-rev6
+          - const: google,kevin
+          - const: google,gru
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399
+
+      - description: Google Mickey (Asus Chromebit CS10)
+        items:
+          - const: google,veyron-mickey-rev8
+          - const: google,veyron-mickey-rev7
+          - const: google,veyron-mickey-rev6
+          - const: google,veyron-mickey-rev5
+          - const: google,veyron-mickey-rev4
+          - const: google,veyron-mickey-rev3
+          - const: google,veyron-mickey-rev2
+          - const: google,veyron-mickey-rev1
+          - const: google,veyron-mickey-rev0
+          - const: google,veyron-mickey
+          - const: google,veyron
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
+      - description: Google Minnie (Asus Chromebook Flip C100P)
+        items:
+          - const: google,veyron-minnie-rev4
+          - const: google,veyron-minnie-rev3
+          - const: google,veyron-minnie-rev2
+          - const: google,veyron-minnie-rev1
+          - const: google,veyron-minnie-rev0
+          - const: google,veyron-minnie
+          - const: google,veyron
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
+      - description: Google Pinky (dev-board)
+        items:
+          - const: google,veyron-pinky-rev2
+          - const: google,veyron-pinky
+          - const: google,veyron
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
+      - description: Google Scarlet - Kingdisplay (Acer Chromebook Tab 10)
+        items:
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev15-sku7
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev15
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev14-sku7
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev14
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev13-sku7
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev13
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev12-sku7
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev12
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev11-sku7
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev11
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev10-sku7
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev10
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev9-sku7
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev9
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev8-sku7
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev8
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev7-sku7
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev7
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev6-sku7
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev6
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev5-sku7
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev5
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev4-sku7
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev4
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev3-sku7
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev3
+          - const: google,scarlet
+          - const: google,gru
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399
+
+      - description: Google Scarlet - Innolux display (Acer Chromebook Tab 10)
+        items:
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev15-sku6
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev15
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev14-sku6
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev14
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev13-sku6
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev13
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev12-sku6
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev12
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev11-sku6
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev11
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev10-sku6
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev10
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev9-sku6
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev9
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev8-sku6
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev8
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev7-sku6
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev7
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev6-sku6
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev6
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev5-sku6
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev5
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev4-sku6
+          - const: google,scarlet-rev4
+          - const: google,scarlet
+          - const: google,gru
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399
+
+      - description: Google Speedy (Asus C201 Chromebook)
+        items:
+          - const: google,veyron-speedy-rev9
+          - const: google,veyron-speedy-rev8
+          - const: google,veyron-speedy-rev7
+          - const: google,veyron-speedy-rev6
+          - const: google,veyron-speedy-rev5
+          - const: google,veyron-speedy-rev4
+          - const: google,veyron-speedy-rev3
+          - const: google,veyron-speedy-rev2
+          - const: google,veyron-speedy
+          - const: google,veyron
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
+      - description: Haoyu MarsBoard RK3066
+        items:
+          - const: haoyu,marsboard-rk3066
+          - const: rockchip,rk3066a
+
+      - description: mqmaker MiQi
+        items:
+          - const: mqmaker,miqi
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
+      - description: Netxeon R89 board
+        items:
+          - const: netxeon,r89
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
+      - description: Phytec phyCORE-RK3288 Rapid Development Kit
+        items:
+          - const: phytec,rk3288-pcm-947
+          - const: phytec,rk3288-phycore-som
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
+      - description: Pine64 Rock64
+        items:
+          - const: pine64,rock64
+          - const: rockchip,rk3328
+
+      - description: Pine64 RockPro64
+        items:
+          - const: pine64,rockpro64
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399
+
+      - description: Radxa Rock
+        items:
+          - const: radxa,rock
+          - const: rockchip,rk3188
+
+      - description: Radxa ROCK Pi 4
+        items:
+          - const: radxa,rockpi4
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399
+
+      - description: Radxa Rock2 Square
+        items:
+          - const: radxa,rock2-square
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
+      - description: Rikomagic MK808 v1
+        items:
+          - const: rikomagic,mk808
+          - const: rockchip,rk3066a
+
+      - description: Rockchip Kylin
+        items:
+          - const: rockchip,kylin-rk3036
+          - const: rockchip,rk3036
+
+      - description: Rockchip PX3 Evaluation board
+        items:
+          - const: rockchip,px3-evb
+          - const: rockchip,px3
+          - const: rockchip,rk3188
+
+      - description: Rockchip PX30 Evaluation board
+        items:
+          - const: rockchip,px30-evb
+          - const: rockchip,px30
+
+      - description: Rockchip PX5 Evaluation board
+        items:
+          - const: rockchip,px5-evb
+          - const: rockchip,px5
+          - const: rockchip,rk3368
+
+      - description: Rockchip R88
+        items:
+          - const: rockchip,r88
+          - const: rockchip,rk3368
+
+      - description: Rockchip RK3228 Evaluation board
+        items:
+          - const: rockchip,rk3228-evb
+          - const: rockchip,rk3228
+
+      - description: Rockchip RK3229 Evaluation board
+        items:
+          - const: rockchip,rk3229-evb
+          - const: rockchip,rk3229
+
+      - description: Rockchip RK3288 Evaluation board
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - rockchip,rk3288-evb-act8846
+              - rockchip,rk3288-evb-rk808
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
+      - description: Rockchip RK3288 Fennec
+        items:
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288-fennec
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
+      - description: Rockchip RK3328 Evaluation board
+        items:
+          - const: rockchip,rk3328-evb
+          - const: rockchip,rk3328
+
+      - description: Rockchip RK3368 Evaluation board (act8846 pmic)
+        items:
+          - const: rockchip,rk3368-evb-act8846
+          - const: rockchip,rk3368
+
+      - description: Rockchip RK3399 Evaluation board
+        items:
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399-evb
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399
+
+      - description: Rockchip RK3399 Sapphire standalone
+        items:
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399-sapphire
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399
+
+      - description: Rockchip RK3399 Sapphire with Excavator Baseboard
+        items:
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399-sapphire-excavator
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399
+
+      - description: Rockchip RV1108 Evaluation board
+        items:
+          - const: rockchip,rv1108-evb
+          - const: rockchip,rv1108
+
+      - description: Theobroma Systems RK3368-uQ7 with Haikou baseboard
+        items:
+          - const: tsd,rk3368-uq7-haikou
+          - const: rockchip,rk3368
+
+      - description: Theobroma Systems RK3399-Q7 with Haikou baseboard
+        items:
+          - const: tsd,rk3399-q7-haikou
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399
+
+      - description: Tronsmart Orion R68 Meta
+        items:
+          - const: tronsmart,orion-r68-meta
+          - const: rockchip,rk3368
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/scu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/scu.txt
index 08a587875996..74d0a780ce51 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/scu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/scu.txt
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ References:
 
 Example:
 
-scu@a04100000 {
+scu@a0410000 {
 	compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-scu";
 	reg = <0xa0410000 0x100>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/secure.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/secure.txt
index e31303fb233a..f27bbff2c780 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/secure.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/secure.txt
@@ -32,7 +32,8 @@ describe the view of Secure world using the standard bindings. These
 secure- bindings only need to be used where both the Secure and Normal
 world views need to be described in a single device tree.
 
-Valid Secure world properties:
+Valid Secure world properties
+-----------------------------
 
 - secure-status : specifies whether the device is present and usable
   in the secure world. The combination of this with "status" allows
@@ -51,3 +52,19 @@ Valid Secure world properties:
    status = "disabled"; secure-status = "okay";     /* S-only */
    status = "disabled";                             /* disabled in both */
    status = "disabled"; secure-status = "disabled"; /* disabled in both */
+
+The secure-chosen node
+----------------------
+
+Similar to the /chosen node which serves as a place for passing data
+between firmware and the operating system, the /secure-chosen node may
+be used to pass data to the Secure OS. Only the properties defined
+below may appear in the /secure-chosen node.
+
+- stdout-path : specifies the device to be used by the Secure OS for
+  its console output. The syntax is the same as for /chosen/stdout-path.
+  If the /secure-chosen node exists but the stdout-path property is not
+  present, the Secure OS should not perform any console output. If
+  /secure-chosen does not exist, the Secure OS should use the value of
+  /chosen/stdout-path instead (that is, use the same device as the
+  Normal world OS).
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 89b4a389fbc7..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-Renesas SH-Mobile, R-Mobile, and R-Car Platform Device Tree Bindings
---------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SoCs:
-
-  - Emma Mobile EV2
-    compatible = "renesas,emev2"
-  - RZ/A1H (R7S72100)
-    compatible = "renesas,r7s72100"
-  - SH-Mobile AG5 (R8A73A00/SH73A0)
-    compatible = "renesas,sh73a0"
-  - R-Mobile APE6 (R8A73A40)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a73a4"
-  - R-Mobile A1 (R8A77400)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a7740"
-  - RZ/G1H (R8A77420)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a7742"
-  - RZ/G1M (R8A77430)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a7743"
-  - RZ/G1N (R8A77440)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a7744"
-  - RZ/G1E (R8A77450)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a7745"
-  - RZ/G1C (R8A77470)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a77470"
-  - R-Car M1A (R8A77781)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a7778"
-  - R-Car H1 (R8A77790)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a7779"
-  - R-Car H2 (R8A77900)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a7790"
-  - R-Car M2-W (R8A77910)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a7791"
-  - R-Car V2H (R8A77920)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a7792"
-  - R-Car M2-N (R8A77930)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a7793"
-  - R-Car E2 (R8A77940)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a7794"
-  - R-Car H3 (R8A77950)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a7795"
-  - R-Car M3-W (R8A77960)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a7796"
-  - R-Car M3-N (R8A77965)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a77965"
-  - R-Car V3M (R8A77970)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a77970"
-  - R-Car V3H (R8A77980)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a77980"
-  - R-Car E3 (R8A77990)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a77990"
-  - R-Car D3 (R8A77995)
-    compatible = "renesas,r8a77995"
-  - RZ/N1D (R9A06G032)
-    compatible = "renesas,r9a06g032"
-
-Boards:
-
-  - Alt (RTP0RC7794SEB00010S)
-    compatible = "renesas,alt", "renesas,r8a7794"
-  - APE6-EVM
-    compatible = "renesas,ape6evm", "renesas,r8a73a4"
-  - Atmark Techno Armadillo-800 EVA
-    compatible = "renesas,armadillo800eva", "renesas,r8a7740"
-  - Blanche (RTP0RC7792SEB00010S)
-    compatible = "renesas,blanche", "renesas,r8a7792"
-  - BOCK-W
-    compatible = "renesas,bockw", "renesas,r8a7778"
-  - Condor (RTP0RC77980SEB0010SS/RTP0RC77980SEB0010SA01)
-    compatible = "renesas,condor", "renesas,r8a77980"
-  - Draak (RTP0RC77995SEB0010S)
-    compatible = "renesas,draak", "renesas,r8a77995"
-  - Eagle (RTP0RC77970SEB0010S)
-    compatible = "renesas,eagle", "renesas,r8a77970"
-  - Ebisu (RTP0RC77990SEB0010S)
-    compatible = "renesas,ebisu", "renesas,r8a77990"
-  - Genmai (RTK772100BC00000BR)
-    compatible = "renesas,genmai", "renesas,r7s72100"
-  - GR-Peach (X28A-M01-E/F)
-    compatible = "renesas,gr-peach", "renesas,r7s72100"
-  - Gose (RTP0RC7793SEB00010S)
-    compatible = "renesas,gose", "renesas,r8a7793"
-  - H3ULCB (R-Car Starter Kit Premier, RTP0RC7795SKBX0010SA00 (H3 ES1.1))
-    H3ULCB (R-Car Starter Kit Premier, RTP0RC77951SKBX010SA00 (H3 ES2.0))
-    compatible = "renesas,h3ulcb", "renesas,r8a7795"
-  - Henninger
-    compatible = "renesas,henninger", "renesas,r8a7791"
-  - iWave Systems RZ/G1C Single Board Computer (iW-RainboW-G23S)
-    compatible = "iwave,g23s", "renesas,r8a77470"
-  - iWave Systems RZ/G1E SODIMM SOM Development Platform (iW-RainboW-G22D)
-    compatible = "iwave,g22d", "iwave,g22m", "renesas,r8a7745"
-  - iWave Systems RZ/G1E SODIMM System On Module (iW-RainboW-G22M-SM)
-    compatible = "iwave,g22m", "renesas,r8a7745"
-  - iWave Systems RZ/G1M Qseven Development Platform (iW-RainboW-G20D-Qseven)
-    compatible = "iwave,g20d", "iwave,g20m", "renesas,r8a7743"
-  - iWave Systems RZ/G1M Qseven System On Module (iW-RainboW-G20M-Qseven)
-    compatible = "iwave,g20m", "renesas,r8a7743"
-  - Kingfisher (SBEV-RCAR-KF-M03)
-    compatible = "shimafuji,kingfisher"
-  - Koelsch (RTP0RC7791SEB00010S)
-    compatible = "renesas,koelsch", "renesas,r8a7791"
-  - Kyoto Microcomputer Co. KZM-A9-Dual
-    compatible = "renesas,kzm9d", "renesas,emev2"
-  - Kyoto Microcomputer Co. KZM-A9-GT
-    compatible = "renesas,kzm9g", "renesas,sh73a0"
-  - Lager (RTP0RC7790SEB00010S)
-    compatible = "renesas,lager", "renesas,r8a7790"
-  - M3ULCB (R-Car Starter Kit Pro, RTP0RC7796SKBX0010SA09 (M3 ES1.0))
-    compatible = "renesas,m3ulcb", "renesas,r8a7796"
-  - Marzen (R0P7779A00010S)
-    compatible = "renesas,marzen", "renesas,r8a7779"
-  - Porter (M2-LCDP)
-    compatible = "renesas,porter", "renesas,r8a7791"
-  - RSKRZA1 (YR0K77210C000BE)
-    compatible = "renesas,rskrza1", "renesas,r7s72100"
-  - RZN1D-DB (RZ/N1D Demo Board for the RZ/N1D 400 pins package)
-    compatible = "renesas,rzn1d400-db", "renesas,r9a06g032"
-  - Salvator-X (RTP0RC7795SIPB0010S)
-    compatible = "renesas,salvator-x", "renesas,r8a7795"
-  - Salvator-X (RTP0RC7796SIPB0011S)
-    compatible = "renesas,salvator-x", "renesas,r8a7796"
-  - Salvator-X (RTP0RC7796SIPB0011S (M3-N))
-    compatible = "renesas,salvator-x", "renesas,r8a77965"
-  - Salvator-XS (Salvator-X 2nd version, RTP0RC7795SIPB0012S)
-    compatible = "renesas,salvator-xs", "renesas,r8a7795"
-  - Salvator-XS (Salvator-X 2nd version, RTP0RC7796SIPB0012S)
-    compatible = "renesas,salvator-xs", "renesas,r8a7796"
-  - Salvator-XS (Salvator-X 2nd version, RTP0RC77965SIPB012S)
-    compatible = "renesas,salvator-xs", "renesas,r8a77965"
-  - SILK (RTP0RC7794LCB00011S)
-    compatible = "renesas,silk", "renesas,r8a7794"
-  - SK-RZG1E (YR8A77450S000BE)
-    compatible = "renesas,sk-rzg1e", "renesas,r8a7745"
-  - SK-RZG1M (YR8A77430S000BE)
-    compatible = "renesas,sk-rzg1m", "renesas,r8a7743"
-  - Stout (ADAS Starterkit, Y-R-CAR-ADAS-SKH2-BOARD)
-    compatible = "renesas,stout", "renesas,r8a7790"
-  - V3HSK (Y-ASK-RCAR-V3H-WS10)
-    compatible = "renesas,v3hsk", "renesas,r8a77980"
-  - V3MSK (Y-ASK-RCAR-V3M-WS10)
-    compatible = "renesas,v3msk", "renesas,r8a77970"
-  - Wheat (RTP0RC7792ASKB0000JE)
-    compatible = "renesas,wheat", "renesas,r8a7792"
-
-
-Most Renesas ARM SoCs have a Product Register that allows to retrieve SoC
-product and revision information.  If present, a device node for this register
-should be added.
-
-Required properties:
-  - compatible: Must be "renesas,prr".
-  - reg: Base address and length of the register block.
-
-
-Examples
---------
-
-	prr: chipid@ff000044 {
-		compatible = "renesas,prr";
-		reg = <0 0xff000044 0 4>;
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b28ee6fee91..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-CSR SiRFprimaII and SiRFmarco device tree bindings.
-========================================
-
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible:
-    - "sirf,atlas6-cb" : atlas6 "cb" evaluation board
-    - "sirf,atlas6" : atlas6 device based board
-    - "sirf,atlas7-cb" : atlas7 "cb" evaluation board
-    - "sirf,atlas7" : atlas7 device based board
-    - "sirf,prima2-cb" : prima2 "cb" evaluation board
-    - "sirf,prima2" : prima2 device based board
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0b597032c923
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/sirf.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: CSR SiRFprimaII and SiRFmarco device tree bindings.
+
+maintainers:
+  - Binghua Duan <binghua.duan@csr.com>
+  - Barry Song <Baohua.Song@csr.com>
+
+properties:
+  $nodename:
+    const: '/'
+  compatible:
+    oneOf:
+      - items:
+          - const: sirf,atlas6-cb
+          - const: sirf,atlas6
+      - items:
+          - const: sirf,atlas7-cb
+          - const: sirf,atlas7
+      - items:
+          - const: sirf,prima2-cb
+          - const: sirf,prima2
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/uniphier/cache-uniphier.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/socionext/cache-uniphier.txt
index d27a646f48a9..d27a646f48a9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/uniphier/cache-uniphier.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/socionext/cache-uniphier.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/socionext/milbeaut.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/socionext/milbeaut.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..aae53fc3cb1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/socionext/milbeaut.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/milbeaut.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Milbeaut platforms device tree bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Taichi Sugaya <sugaya.taichi@socionext.com>
+  - Takao Orito <orito.takao@socionext.com>
+
+properties:
+  $nodename:
+    const: '/'
+  compatible:
+    oneOf:
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - socionext,milbeaut-m10v-evb
+          - const: socionext,sc2000a
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/socionext/uniphier.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/socionext/uniphier.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b3ed1033740e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/socionext/uniphier.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+Socionext UniPhier SoC family
+-----------------------------
+
+Required properties in the root node:
+  - compatible: should contain board and SoC compatible strings
+
+SoC and board compatible strings:
+  (sorted chronologically)
+
+  - LD4 SoC:  "socionext,uniphier-ld4"
+      - Reference Board: "socionext,uniphier-ld4-ref"
+
+  - Pro4 SoC: "socionext,uniphier-pro4"
+      - Reference Board: "socionext,uniphier-pro4-ref"
+      - Ace Board:       "socionext,uniphier-pro4-ace"
+      - Sanji Board:     "socionext,uniphier-pro4-sanji"
+
+  - sLD8 SoC: "socionext,uniphier-sld8"
+      - Reference Board: "socionext,uniphier-sld8-ref"
+
+  - PXs2 SoC: "socionext,uniphier-pxs2"
+      - Gentil Board:    "socionext,uniphier-pxs2-gentil"
+      - Vodka Board:     "socionext,uniphier-pxs2-vodka"
+
+  - LD6b SoC: "socionext,uniphier-ld6b"
+      - Reference Board: "socionext,uniphier-ld6b-ref"
+
+  - LD11 SoC: "socionext,uniphier-ld11"
+      - Reference Board: "socionext,uniphier-ld11-ref"
+      - Global Board:    "socionext,uniphier-ld11-global"
+
+  - LD20 SoC: "socionext,uniphier-ld20"
+      - Reference Board: "socionext,uniphier-ld20-ref"
+      - Global Board:    "socionext,uniphier-ld20-global"
+
+  - PXs3 SoC: "socionext,uniphier-pxs3"
+      - Reference Board: "socionext,uniphier-pxs3-ref"
+
+Example:
+
+/dts-v1/;
+
+/ {
+	compatible = "socionext,uniphier-ld20-ref", "socionext,uniphier-ld20";
+
+	...
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sp810.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sp810.txt
index 1b2ab1ff5587..46652bf65147 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sp810.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sp810.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ SP810 System Controller
 Required properties:
 
 - compatible:	standard compatible string for a Primecell peripheral,
-		see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/primecell.txt
+		see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/primecell.yaml
 		for more details
 		should be: "arm,sp810", "arm,primecell"
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d42949df6c2..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-ST SPEAr Platforms Device Tree Bindings
----------------------------------------
-
-Boards with the ST SPEAr600 SoC shall have the following properties:
-Required root node property:
-compatible = "st,spear600";
-
-Boards with the ST SPEAr300 SoC shall have the following properties:
-Required root node property:
-compatible = "st,spear300";
-
-Boards with the ST SPEAr310 SoC shall have the following properties:
-Required root node property:
-compatible = "st,spear310";
-
-Boards with the ST SPEAr320 SoC shall have the following properties:
-Required root node property:
-compatible = "st,spear320";
-
-Boards with the ST SPEAr1310 SoC shall have the following properties:
-Required root node property:
-compatible = "st,spear1310";
-
-Boards with the ST SPEAr1340 SoC shall have the following properties:
-Required root node property:
-compatible = "st,spear1340";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f6ec731c9531
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/spear.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: ST SPEAr Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Viresh Kumar <vireshk@kernel.org>
+  - Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
+
+properties:
+  $nodename:
+    const: '/'
+  compatible:
+    items:
+      - enum:
+          - st,spear600
+          - st,spear300
+          - st,spear310
+          - st,spear320
+          - st,spear1310
+          - st,spear1340
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sti.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sti.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d27f6b084c7..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sti.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-ST STi Platforms Device Tree Bindings
----------------------------------------
-
-Boards with the ST STiH415 SoC shall have the following properties:
-Required root node property:
-compatible = "st,stih415";
-
-Boards with the ST STiH416 SoC shall have the following properties:
-Required root node property:
-compatible = "st,stih416";
-
-Boards with the ST STiH407 SoC shall have the following properties:
-Required root node property:
-compatible = "st,stih407";
-
-Boards with the ST STiH410 SoC shall have the following properties:
-Required root node property:
-compatible = "st,stih410";
-
-Boards with the ST STiH418 SoC shall have the following properties:
-Required root node property:
-compatible = "st,stih418";
-
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sti.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sti.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..47f9b8eebaa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sti.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/sti.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: ST STi Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
+
+properties:
+  $nodename:
+    const: '/'
+  compatible:
+    items:
+      - enum:
+          - st,stih415
+          - st,stih416
+          - st,stih407
+          - st,stih410
+          - st,stih418
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt
index e4beec3d9ad3..9254cbe7d516 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt
@@ -14,8 +14,10 @@ using one of the following compatible strings:
   allwinner,sun8i-a83t
   allwinner,sun8i-h2-plus
   allwinner,sun8i-h3
-  allwinner-sun8i-r40
+  allwinner,sun8i-r40
+  allwinner,sun8i-t3
   allwinner,sun8i-v3s
   allwinner,sun9i-a80
   allwinner,sun50i-a64
+  allwinner,suniv-f1c100s
   nextthing,gr8
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/syna.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/syna.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2face46a5f64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/syna.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+Synaptics SoC Device Tree Bindings
+
+According to https://www.synaptics.com/company/news/conexant-marvell
+Synaptics has acquired the Multimedia Solutions Business of Marvell, so
+berlin SoCs are now Synaptics' SoCs now.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Work in progress statement:
+
+Device tree files and bindings applying to Marvell Berlin SoCs and boards are
+considered "unstable". Any Marvell Berlin device tree binding may change at any
+time. Be sure to use a device tree binary and a kernel image generated from the
+same source tree.
+
+Please refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt for a definition of a
+stable binding/ABI.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Boards with the Synaptics AS370 SoC shall have the following properties:
+  Required root node property:
+    compatible: "syna,as370"
+
+Boards with a SoC of the Marvell Berlin family, e.g. Armada 1500
+shall have the following properties:
+
+* Required root node properties:
+compatible: must contain "marvell,berlin"
+
+In addition, the above compatible shall be extended with the specific
+SoC and board used. Currently known SoC compatibles are:
+    "marvell,berlin2"      for Marvell Armada 1500 (BG2, 88DE3100),
+    "marvell,berlin2cd"    for Marvell Armada 1500-mini (BG2CD, 88DE3005)
+    "marvell,berlin2ct"    for Marvell Armada ? (BG2CT, 88DE????)
+    "marvell,berlin2q"     for Marvell Armada 1500-pro (BG2Q, 88DE3114)
+    "marvell,berlin3"      for Marvell Armada ? (BG3, 88DE????)
+
+* Example:
+
+/ {
+	model = "Sony NSZ-GS7";
+	compatible = "sony,nsz-gs7", "marvell,berlin2", "marvell,berlin";
+
+	...
+}
+
+* Marvell Berlin CPU control bindings
+
+CPU control register allows various operations on CPUs, like resetting them
+independently.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "marvell,berlin-cpu-ctrl"
+- reg: address and length of the register set
+
+Example:
+
+cpu-ctrl@f7dd0000 {
+	compatible = "marvell,berlin-cpu-ctrl";
+	reg = <0xf7dd0000 0x10000>;
+};
+
+* Marvell Berlin2 chip control binding
+
+Marvell Berlin SoCs have a chip control register set providing several
+individual registers dealing with pinmux, padmux, clock, reset, and secondary
+CPU boot address. Unfortunately, the individual registers are spread among the
+chip control registers, so there should be a single DT node only providing the
+different functions which are described below.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:
+	* the first and second values must be:
+		"simple-mfd", "syscon"
+- reg: address and length of following register sets for
+  BG2/BG2CD: chip control register set
+  BG2Q: chip control register set and cpu pll registers
+
+* Marvell Berlin2 system control binding
+
+Marvell Berlin SoCs have a system control register set providing several
+individual registers dealing with pinmux, padmux, and reset.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:
+	* the first and second values must be:
+		"simple-mfd", "syscon"
+- reg: address and length of the system control register set
+
+Example:
+
+chip: chip-control@ea0000 {
+	compatible = "simple-mfd", "syscon";
+	reg = <0xea0000 0x400>;
+
+	/* sub-device nodes */
+};
+
+sysctrl: system-controller@d000 {
+	compatible = "simple-mfd", "syscon";
+	reg = <0xd000 0x100>;
+
+	/* sub-device nodes */
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/technologic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/technologic.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index f1cedc00dcab..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/technologic.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-Technologic Systems Platforms Device Tree Bindings
---------------------------------------------------
-
-TS-4600 is a System-on-Module based on the Freescale i.MX28 System-on-Chip.
-It can be mounted on a carrier board providing additional peripheral connectors.
-Required root node properties:
-	- compatible = "technologic,imx28-ts4600", "fsl,imx28"
-
-TS-4800 board
-Required root node properties:
-	- compatible = "technologic,imx51-ts4800", "fsl,imx51";
-
-TS-4900 is a System-on-Module based on the Freescale i.MX6 System-on-Chip.
-It can be mounted on a carrier board providing additional peripheral connectors.
-Required root node properties:
-	- compatible = "technologic,imx6dl-ts4900", "fsl,imx6dl"
-	- compatible = "technologic,imx6q-ts4900", "fsl,imx6q"
-
-TS-7970 is a System-on-Module based on the Freescale i.MX6 System-on-Chip.
-It can be mounted on a carrier board providing additional peripheral connectors.
-Required root node properties:
-	- compatible = "technologic,imx6dl-ts7970", "fsl,imx6dl"
-	- compatible = "technologic,imx6q-ts7970", "fsl,imx6q"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 32f62bb7006d..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-NVIDIA Tegra device tree bindings
--------------------------------------------
-
-SoCs
--------------------------------------------
-
-Each device tree must specify which Tegra SoC it uses, using one of the
-following compatible values:
-
-  nvidia,tegra20
-  nvidia,tegra30
-  nvidia,tegra114
-  nvidia,tegra124
-  nvidia,tegra132
-  nvidia,tegra210
-  nvidia,tegra186
-  nvidia,tegra194
-
-Boards
--------------------------------------------
-
-Each device tree must specify which one or more of the following
-board-specific compatible values:
-
-  ad,medcom-wide
-  ad,plutux
-  ad,tamonten
-  ad,tec
-  compal,paz00
-  compulab,trimslice
-  nvidia,beaver
-  nvidia,cardhu
-  nvidia,cardhu-a02
-  nvidia,cardhu-a04
-  nvidia,dalmore
-  nvidia,harmony
-  nvidia,jetson-tk1
-  nvidia,norrin
-  nvidia,p2371-0000
-  nvidia,p2371-2180
-  nvidia,p2571
-  nvidia,p2771-0000
-  nvidia,p2972-0000
-  nvidia,roth
-  nvidia,seaboard
-  nvidia,tn7
-  nvidia,ventana
-  toradex,apalis_t30
-  toradex,apalis_t30-eval
-  toradex,apalis-tk1
-  toradex,apalis-tk1-eval
-  toradex,colibri_t20-512
-  toradex,colibri_t30
-  toradex,colibri_t30-eval-v3
-  toradex,iris
-
-Trusted Foundations
--------------------------------------------
-Tegra supports the Trusted Foundation secure monitor. See the
-"tlm,trusted-foundations" binding's documentation for more details.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..60b38eb5c61a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/tegra.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: NVIDIA Tegra device tree bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@gmail.com>
+  - Jonathan Hunter <jonathanh@nvidia.com>
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    oneOf:
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - compal,paz00
+              - compulab,trimslice
+              - nvidia,harmony
+              - nvidia,seaboard
+              - nvidia,ventana
+          - const: nvidia,tegra20
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - ad,medcom-wide
+              - ad,plutux
+              - ad,tec
+          - const: ad,tamonten
+          - const: nvidia,tegra20
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - toradex,colibri_t20-eval-v3
+              - toradex,colibri_t20-iris
+          - const: toradex,colibri_t20
+          - const: nvidia,tegra20
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - nvidia,beaver
+          - const: nvidia,tegra30
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - nvidia,cardhu-a02
+              - nvidia,cardhu-a04
+          - const: nvidia,cardhu
+          - const: nvidia,tegra30
+      - items:
+          - const: toradex,apalis_t30-eval
+          - const: toradex,apalis_t30
+          - const: nvidia,tegra30
+      - items:
+          - const: toradex,apalis_t30-eval-v1.1
+          - const: toradex,apalis_t30-eval
+          - const: toradex,apalis_t30-v1.1
+          - const: toradex,apalis_t30
+          - const: nvidia,tegra30
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - toradex,colibri_t30-eval-v3
+          - const: toradex,colibri_t30
+          - const: nvidia,tegra30
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - nvidia,dalmore
+              - nvidia,roth
+              - nvidia,tn7
+          - const: nvidia,tegra114
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - nvidia,jetson-tk1
+              - nvidia,venice2
+          - const: nvidia,tegra124
+      - items:
+          - const: toradex,apalis-tk1-eval
+          - const: toradex,apalis-tk1
+          - const: nvidia,tegra124
+      - items:
+          - const: toradex,apalis-tk1-v1.2-eval
+          - const: toradex,apalis-tk1-eval
+          - const: toradex,apalis-tk1-v1.2
+          - const: toradex,apalis-tk1
+          - const: nvidia,tegra124
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - nvidia,norrin
+          - const: nvidia,tegra132
+          - const: nvidia,tegra124
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - nvidia,darcy
+              - nvidia,p2371-0000
+              - nvidia,p2371-2180
+              - nvidia,p2571
+              - nvidia,p2894-0050-a08
+          - const: nvidia,tegra210
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - nvidia,p2771-0000
+          - const: nvidia,tegra186
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - nvidia,p2972-0000
+          - const: nvidia,tegra194
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra186-pmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra186-pmc.txt
index 5a3bf7c5a7a0..2d89cdc39eb0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra186-pmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra186-pmc.txt
@@ -15,6 +15,9 @@ Required properties:
 
 Optional properties:
 - nvidia,invert-interrupt: If present, inverts the PMU interrupt signal.
+- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
+- #interrupt-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+  interrupt source. The value must be 2.
 
 Example:
 
@@ -34,3 +37,96 @@ Board DTS:
 	pmc@c360000 {
 		nvidia,invert-interrupt;
 	};
+
+== Pad Control ==
+
+On Tegra SoCs a pad is a set of pins which are configured as a group.
+The pin grouping is a fixed attribute of the hardware. The PMC can be
+used to set pad power state and signaling voltage. A pad can be either
+in active or power down mode. The support for power state and signaling
+voltage configuration varies depending on the pad in question. 3.3 V and
+1.8 V signaling voltages are supported on pins where software
+controllable signaling voltage switching is available.
+
+Pad configurations are described with pin configuration nodes which
+are placed under the pmc node and they are referred to by the pinctrl
+client properties. For more information see
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt.
+
+The following pads are present on Tegra186:
+csia		csib		dsi		mipi-bias
+pex-clk-bias	pex-clk3	pex-clk2	pex-clk1
+usb0		usb1		usb2		usb-bias
+uart		audio		hsic		dbg
+hdmi-dp0	hdmi-dp1	pex-cntrl	sdmmc2-hv
+sdmmc4		cam		dsib		dsic
+dsid		csic		csid		csie
+dsif		spi		ufs		dmic-hv
+edp		sdmmc1-hv	sdmmc3-hv	conn
+audio-hv	ao-hv
+
+Required pin configuration properties:
+  - pins: A list of strings, each of which contains the name of a pad
+	  to be configured.
+
+Optional pin configuration properties:
+  - low-power-enable: Configure the pad into power down mode
+  - low-power-disable: Configure the pad into active mode
+  - power-source: Must contain either TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_1V8 or
+    TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_3V3 to select between signaling voltages.
+    The values are defined in
+    include/dt-bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-tegra-io-pad.h.
+
+Note: The power state can be configured on all of the above pads except
+      for ao-hv. Following pads have software configurable signaling
+      voltages: sdmmc2-hv, dmic-hv, sdmmc1-hv, sdmmc3-hv, audio-hv,
+      ao-hv.
+
+Pad configuration state example:
+	pmc: pmc@7000e400 {
+		compatible = "nvidia,tegra186-pmc";
+		reg = <0 0x0c360000 0 0x10000>,
+		      <0 0x0c370000 0 0x10000>,
+		      <0 0x0c380000 0 0x10000>,
+		      <0 0x0c390000 0 0x10000>;
+		reg-names = "pmc", "wake", "aotag", "scratch";
+
+		...
+
+		sdmmc1_3v3: sdmmc1-3v3 {
+			pins = "sdmmc1-hv";
+			power-source = <TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_3V3>;
+		};
+
+		sdmmc1_1v8: sdmmc1-1v8 {
+			pins = "sdmmc1-hv";
+			power-source = <TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_1V8>;
+		};
+
+		hdmi_off: hdmi-off {
+			pins = "hdmi";
+			low-power-enable;
+		}
+
+		hdmi_on: hdmi-on {
+			pins = "hdmi";
+			low-power-disable;
+		}
+	};
+
+Pinctrl client example:
+	sdmmc1: sdhci@3400000 {
+		...
+		pinctrl-names = "sdmmc-3v3", "sdmmc-1v8";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&sdmmc1_3v3>;
+		pinctrl-1 = <&sdmmc1_1v8>;
+	};
+
+	...
+
+	sor0: sor@15540000 {
+		...
+		pinctrl-0 = <&hdmi_off>;
+		pinctrl-1 = <&hdmi_on>;
+		pinctrl-names = "hdmi-on", "hdmi-off";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt
index a74b37b07e5c..cb12f33a247f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt
@@ -195,3 +195,106 @@ Example:
 		power-domains = <&pd_audio>;
 		...
 	};
+
+== Pad Control ==
+
+On Tegra SoCs a pad is a set of pins which are configured as a group.
+The pin grouping is a fixed attribute of the hardware. The PMC can be
+used to set pad power state and signaling voltage. A pad can be either
+in active or power down mode. The support for power state and signaling
+voltage configuration varies depending on the pad in question. 3.3 V and
+1.8 V signaling voltages are supported on pins where software
+controllable signaling voltage switching is available.
+
+The pad configuration state nodes are placed under the pmc node and they
+are referred to by the pinctrl client properties. For more information
+see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt.
+The pad name should be used as the value of the pins property in pin
+configuration nodes.
+
+The following pads are present on Tegra124 and Tegra132:
+audio		bb		cam		comp
+csia		csb		cse		dsi
+dsib		dsic		dsid		hdmi
+hsic		hv		lvds		mipi-bias
+nand		pex-bias	pex-clk1	pex-clk2
+pex-cntrl	sdmmc1		sdmmc3		sdmmc4
+sys_ddc		uart		usb0		usb1
+usb2		usb_bias
+
+The following pads are present on Tegra210:
+audio		audio-hv	cam		csia
+csib		csic		csid		csie
+csif		dbg		debug-nonao	dmic
+dp		dsi		dsib		dsic
+dsid		emmc		emmc2		gpio
+hdmi		hsic		lvds		mipi-bias
+pex-bias	pex-clk1	pex-clk2	pex-cntrl
+sdmmc1		sdmmc3		spi		spi-hv
+uart		usb0		usb1		usb2
+usb3		usb-bias
+
+Required pin configuration properties:
+  - pins: Must contain name of the pad(s) to be configured.
+
+Optional pin configuration properties:
+  - low-power-enable: Configure the pad into power down mode
+  - low-power-disable: Configure the pad into active mode
+  - power-source: Must contain either TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_1V8
+    or TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_3V3 to select between signaling voltages.
+    The values are defined in
+    include/dt-bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-tegra-io-pad.h.
+
+Note: The power state can be configured on all of the Tegra124 and
+      Tegra132 pads. None of the Tegra124 or Tegra132 pads support
+      signaling voltage switching.
+
+Note: All of the listed Tegra210 pads except pex-cntrl support power
+      state configuration. Signaling voltage switching is supported on
+      following Tegra210 pads: audio, audio-hv, cam, dbg, dmic, gpio,
+      pex-cntrl, sdmmc1, sdmmc3, spi, spi-hv, and uart.
+
+Pad configuration state example:
+	pmc: pmc@7000e400 {
+		compatible = "nvidia,tegra210-pmc";
+		reg = <0x0 0x7000e400 0x0 0x400>;
+		clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_PCLK>, <&clk32k_in>;
+		clock-names = "pclk", "clk32k_in";
+
+		...
+
+		sdmmc1_3v3: sdmmc1-3v3 {
+			pins = "sdmmc1";
+			power-source = <TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_3V3>;
+		};
+
+		sdmmc1_1v8: sdmmc1-1v8 {
+			pins = "sdmmc1";
+			power-source = <TEGRA_IO_PAD_VOLTAGE_1V8>;
+		};
+
+		hdmi_off: hdmi-off {
+			pins = "hdmi";
+			low-power-enable;
+		}
+
+		hdmi_on: hdmi-on {
+			pins = "hdmi";
+			low-power-disable;
+		}
+	};
+
+Pinctrl client example:
+	sdmmc1: sdhci@700b0000 {
+		...
+		pinctrl-names = "sdmmc-3v3", "sdmmc-1v8";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&sdmmc1_3v3>;
+		pinctrl-1 = <&sdmmc1_1v8>;
+	};
+	...
+	sor@54540000 {
+		...
+		pinctrl-0 = <&hdmi_off>;
+		pinctrl-1 = <&hdmi_on>;
+		pinctrl-names = "hdmi-on", "hdmi-off";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/nspire.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/nspire.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e372b43da62f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/nspire.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/ti/nspire.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: TI-NSPIRE calculators
+
+maintainers:
+  - Daniel Tang <dt.tangr@gmail.com>
+
+properties:
+  $nodename:
+    const: '/'
+  compatible:
+    items:
+      - enum:
+          # CX models
+          - ti,nspire-cx
+          # Touchpad models
+          - ti,nspire-tp
+          # Clickpad models
+          - ti,nspire-clp
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/ti,davinci.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/ti,davinci.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4326d2cfa15d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ti/ti,davinci.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/ti/davinci.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Texas Instruments DaVinci Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
+
+description:
+  DA850/OMAP-L138/AM18x based boards
+
+properties:
+  $nodename:
+    const: '/'
+  compatible:
+    items:
+      - enum:
+          - ti,da850-evm    # DA850/OMAP-L138/AM18x Evaluation Module (EVM) board
+          - ti,da850-lcdk   # DA850/OMAP-L138/AM18x L138/C6748 Development Kit (LCDK) board
+          - enbw,cmc        # EnBW AM1808 based CMC board
+          - lego,ev3        # LEGO MINDSTORMS EV3 (AM1808 based)
+      - const: ti,da850
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/topology.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/topology.txt
index de9eb0486630..b0d80c0fb265 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/topology.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/topology.txt
@@ -472,4 +472,4 @@ cpus {
 
 ===============================================================================
 [1] ARM Linux kernel documentation
-    Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
+    Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt
index 0fa429534f49..89408de55bfd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ux500/boards.txt
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Example:
 			      <0xa0410100 0x100>;
 		};
 
-		scu@a04100000 {
+		scu@a0410000 {
 			compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-scu";
 			reg = <0xa0410000 0x100>;
 		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 87dc1ddf4770..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-VIA/Wondermedia VT8500 Platforms Device Tree Bindings
----------------------------------------
-
-Boards with the VIA VT8500 SoC shall have the following properties:
-Required root node property:
-compatible = "via,vt8500";
-
-Boards with the Wondermedia WM8505 SoC shall have the following properties:
-Required root node property:
-compatible = "wm,wm8505";
-
-Boards with the Wondermedia WM8650 SoC shall have the following properties:
-Required root node property:
-compatible = "wm,wm8650";
-
-Boards with the Wondermedia WM8750 SoC shall have the following properties:
-Required root node property:
-compatible = "wm,wm8750";
-
-Boards with the Wondermedia WM8850 SoC shall have the following properties:
-Required root node property:
-compatible = "wm,wm8850";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7b25b6fa34e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vt8500.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/vt8500.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: VIA/Wondermedia VT8500 Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Tony Prisk <linux@prisktech.co.nz>
+description: test
+
+properties:
+  $nodename:
+    const: '/'
+  compatible:
+    items:
+      - enum:
+          - via,vt8500
+          - wm,wm8505
+          - wm,wm8650
+          - wm,wm8750
+          - wm,wm8850
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 26fe5ecc4332..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-Xilinx Zynq Platforms Device Tree Bindings
-
-Boards with Zynq-7000 SOC based on an ARM Cortex A9 processor
-shall have the following properties.
-
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "xlnx,zynq-7000";
-
-Additional compatible strings:
-
-- Adapteva Parallella board
-  "adapteva,parallella"
-
-- Avnet MicroZed board
-  "avnet,zynq-microzed"
-  "xlnx,zynq-microzed"
-
-- Avnet ZedBoard board
-  "avnet,zynq-zed"
-  "xlnx,zynq-zed"
-
-- Digilent Zybo board
-  "digilent,zynq-zybo"
-
-- Digilent Zybo Z7 board
-  "digilent,zynq-zybo-z7"
-
-- Xilinx CC108 internal board
-  "xlnx,zynq-cc108"
-
-- Xilinx ZC702 internal board
-  "xlnx,zynq-zc702"
-
-- Xilinx ZC706 internal board
-  "xlnx,zynq-zc706"
-
-- Xilinx ZC770 internal board, with different FMC cards
-  "xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm010"
-  "xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm011"
-  "xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm012"
-  "xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm013"
-
----------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Xilinx Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC Platforms Device Tree Bindings
-
-Boards with ZynqMP SOC based on an ARM Cortex A53 processor
-shall have the following properties.
-
-Required root node properties:
-    - compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp";
-
-
-Additional compatible strings:
-
-- Xilinx internal board zc1232
-  "xlnx,zynqmp-zc1232-revA", "xlnx,zynqmp-zc1232"
-
-- Xilinx internal board zc1254
-  "xlnx,zynqmp-zc1254-revA", "xlnx,zynqmp-zc1254"
-
-- Xilinx internal board zc1275
-  "xlnx,zynqmp-zc1275-revA", "xlnx,zynqmp-zc1275"
-
-- Xilinx internal board zc1751
-  "xlnx,zynqmp-zc1751"
-
-- Xilinx 96boards compatible board zcu100
-  "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu100-revC", "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu100"
-
-- Xilinx evaluation board zcu102
-  "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102-revA", "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102"
-  "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102-revB", "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102"
-  "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102-rev1.0", "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102"
-
-- Xilinx evaluation board zcu104
-  "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu104-revA", "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu104"
-
-- Xilinx evaluation board zcu106
-  "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu106-revA", "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu106"
-
-- Xilinx evaluation board zcu111
-  "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu111-revA", "xlnx,zynqmp-zcu111"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c73b1f5c7f49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/xilinx.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/xilinx.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Xilinx Zynq Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
+
+description: |
+  Xilinx boards with Zynq-7000 SOC or Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC
+
+properties:
+  $nodename:
+    const: '/'
+  compatible:
+    oneOf:
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - adapteva,parallella
+              - digilent,zynq-zybo
+              - digilent,zynq-zybo-z7
+              - xlnx,zynq-cc108
+              - xlnx,zynq-zc702
+              - xlnx,zynq-zc706
+              - xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm010
+              - xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm011
+              - xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm012
+              - xlnx,zynq-zc770-xm013
+          - const: xlnx,zynq-7000
+
+      - items:
+          - const: avnet,zynq-microzed
+          - const: xlnx,zynq-microzed
+          - const: xlnx,zynq-7000
+
+      - items:
+          - const: avnet,zynq-zed
+          - const: xlnx,zynq-zed
+          - const: xlnx,zynq-7000
+
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - xlnx,zynqmp-zc1751
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp
+
+      - description: Xilinx internal board zc1232
+        items:
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zc1232-revA
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zc1232
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp
+
+      - description: Xilinx internal board zc1254
+        items:
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zc1254-revA
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zc1254
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp
+
+      - description: Xilinx internal board zc1275
+        items:
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zc1275-revA
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zc1275
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp
+
+      - description: Xilinx 96boards compatible board zcu100
+        items:
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu100-revC
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu100
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp
+
+      - description: Xilinx 96boards compatible board Ultra96
+        items:
+          - const: avnet,ultra96-rev1
+          - const: avnet,ultra96
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu100-revC
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu100
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp
+
+      - description: Xilinx evaluation board zcu102
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102-revA
+              - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102-revB
+              - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102-rev1.0
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu102
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp
+
+      - description: Xilinx evaluation board zcu104
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu104-revA
+              - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu104-rev1.0
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu104
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp
+
+      - description: Xilinx evaluation board zcu106
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu106-revA
+              - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu106-rev1.0
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu106
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp
+
+      - description: Xilinx evaluation board zcu111
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu111-revA
+              - xlnx,zynqmp-zcu11-rev1.0
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp-zcu111
+          - const: xlnx,zynqmp
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte,sysctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte,sysctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7e66b7f7ba96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte,sysctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+ZTE sysctrl Registers
+
+Registers for 'zte,zx296702' SoC:
+
+System management required properties:
+      - compatible = "zte,sysctrl"
+
+Low power management required properties:
+      - compatible = "zte,zx296702-pcu"
+
+Bus matrix required properties:
+      - compatible = "zte,zx-bus-matrix"
+
+
+Registers for 'zte,zx296718' SoC:
+
+System management required properties:
+      - compatible = "zte,zx296718-aon-sysctrl"
+      - compatible = "zte,zx296718-sysctrl"
+
+Example:
+aon_sysctrl: aon-sysctrl@116000 {
+	compatible = "zte,zx296718-aon-sysctrl", "syscon";
+	reg = <0x116000 0x1000>;
+};
+
+sysctrl: sysctrl@1463000 {
+	compatible = "zte,zx296718-sysctrl", "syscon";
+	reg = <0x1463000 0x1000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 83369785d29c..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-ZTE platforms device tree bindings
----------------------------------------
-
--  ZX296702 board:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "zte,zx296702-ad1", "zte,zx296702"
-
-System management required properties:
-      - compatible = "zte,sysctrl"
-
-Low power management required properties:
-      - compatible = "zte,zx296702-pcu"
-
-Bus matrix required properties:
-      - compatible = "zte,zx-bus-matrix"
-
-
----------------------------------------
--  ZX296718 SoC:
-    Required root node properties:
-      - compatible = "zte,zx296718"
-
-ZX296718 EVB board:
-      - "zte,zx296718-evb"
-
-System management required properties:
-      - compatible = "zte,zx296718-aon-sysctrl"
-      - compatible = "zte,zx296718-sysctrl"
-
-Example:
-aon_sysctrl: aon-sysctrl@116000 {
-	compatible = "zte,zx296718-aon-sysctrl", "syscon";
-	reg = <0x116000 0x1000>;
-};
-
-sysctrl: sysctrl@1463000 {
-	compatible = "zte,zx296718-sysctrl", "syscon";
-	reg = <0x1463000 0x1000>;
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2d3fefdccdff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/zte.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/zte.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: ZTE platforms device tree bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Jun Nie <jun.nie@linaro.org>
+
+properties:
+  $nodename:
+    const: '/'
+  compatible:
+    oneOf:
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - zte,zx296702-ad1
+          - const: zte,zx296702
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - zte,zx296718-evb
+          - const: zte,zx296718
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/imx-weim.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/imx-weim.txt
index 683eaf3aed79..dda7d6d66479 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/imx-weim.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/imx-weim.txt
@@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ Optional properties:
 Timing property for child nodes. It is mandatory, not optional.
 
  - fsl,weim-cs-timing:	The timing array, contains timing values for the
-			child node. We can get the CS index from the child
-			node's "reg" property. The number of registers depends
-			on the selected chip.
+			child node. We get the CS indexes from the address
+			ranges in the child node's "reg" property.
+			The number of registers depends on the selected chip:
 			For i.MX1, i.MX21 ("fsl,imx1-weim") there are two
 			registers: CSxU, CSxL.
 			For i.MX25, i.MX27, i.MX31 and i.MX35 ("fsl,imx27-weim")
@@ -80,3 +80,29 @@ Example for an imx6q-sabreauto board, the NOR flash connected to the WEIM:
 					0x0000c000 0x1404a38e 0x00000000>;
 		};
 	};
+
+Example for an imx6q-based board, a multi-chipselect device connected to WEIM:
+
+In this case, both chip select 0 and 1 will be configured with the same timing
+array values.
+
+	weim: weim@21b8000 {
+		compatible = "fsl,imx6q-weim";
+		reg = <0x021b8000 0x4000>;
+		clocks = <&clks 196>;
+		#address-cells = <2>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		ranges = <0 0 0x08000000 0x02000000
+			  1 0 0x0a000000 0x02000000
+			  2 0 0x0c000000 0x02000000
+			  3 0 0x0e000000 0x02000000>;
+		fsl,weim-cs-gpr = <&gpr>;
+
+		acme@0 {
+			compatible = "acme,whatever";
+			reg = <0 0 0x100>, <0 0x400000 0x800>,
+				<1 0x400000 0x800>;
+			fsl,weim-cs-timing = <0x024400b1 0x00001010 0x20081100
+				0x00000000 0xa0000240 0x00000000>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/sun50i-de2-bus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/sun50i-de2-bus.txt
index 87dfb33fb3be..b9d533717dff 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/sun50i-de2-bus.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/sun50i-de2-bus.txt
@@ -1,11 +1,14 @@
-Device tree bindings for Allwinner A64 DE2 bus
+Device tree bindings for Allwinner DE2/3 bus
 
 The Allwinner A64 DE2 is on a special bus, which needs a SRAM region (SRAM C)
-to be claimed for enabling the access.
+to be claimed for enabling the access. The DE3 on Allwinner H6 is at the same
+situation, and the binding also applies.
 
 Required properties:
 
- - compatible:		Should contain "allwinner,sun50i-a64-de2"
+ - compatible:		Should be one of:
+				- "allwinner,sun50i-a64-de2"
+				- "allwinner,sun50i-h6-de3", "allwinner,sun50i-a64-de2"
  - reg:			A resource specifier for the register space
  - #address-cells:	Must be set to 1
  - #size-cells:		Must be set to 1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-sysc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-sysc.txt
index 91dc2333af01..85a23f551f02 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-sysc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-sysc.txt
@@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ Required standard properties:
 		"ti,sysc-omap3-sham"
 		"ti,sysc-omap-aes"
 		"ti,sysc-mcasp"
+		"ti,sysc-dra7-mcasp"
 		"ti,sysc-usb-host-fs"
 		"ti,sysc-dra7-mcan"
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/actions,owl-cmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/actions,owl-cmu.txt
index d1e60d297387..d19885b7c73f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/actions,owl-cmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/actions,owl-cmu.txt
@@ -2,24 +2,26 @@
 
 The Actions Semi Owl Clock Management Unit generates and supplies clock
 to various controllers within the SoC. The clock binding described here is
-applicable to S900 and S700 SoC's.
+applicable to S900, S700 and S500 SoC's.
 
 Required Properties:
 
 - compatible: should be one of the following,
 	"actions,s900-cmu"
 	"actions,s700-cmu"
+	"actions,s500-cmu"
 - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
   region.
 - clocks: Reference to the parent clocks ("hosc", "losc")
 - #clock-cells: should be 1.
+- #reset-cells: should be 1.
 
 Each clock is assigned an identifier, and client nodes can use this identifier
 to specify the clock which they consume.
 
 All available clocks are defined as preprocessor macros in corresponding
-dt-bindings/clock/actions,s900-cmu.h or actions,s700-cmu.h header and can be
-used in device tree sources.
+dt-bindings/clock/actions,s900-cmu.h or actions,s700-cmu.h or
+actions,s500-cmu.h header and can be used in device tree sources.
 
 External clocks:
 
@@ -36,6 +38,7 @@ Example: Clock Management Unit node:
                 reg = <0x0 0xe0160000 0x0 0x1000>;
                 clocks = <&hosc>, <&losc>;
                 #clock-cells = <1>;
+                #reset-cells = <1>;
         };
 
 Example: UART controller node that consumes clock generated by the clock
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,gxbb-aoclkc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,gxbb-aoclkc.txt
index 3a880528030e..c41f0be5d438 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,gxbb-aoclkc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,gxbb-aoclkc.txt
@@ -10,7 +10,15 @@ Required Properties:
 	- GXL (S905X, S905D) : "amlogic,meson-gxl-aoclkc"
 	- GXM (S912) : "amlogic,meson-gxm-aoclkc"
 	- AXG (A113D, A113X) : "amlogic,meson-axg-aoclkc"
+	- G12A (S905X2, S905D2, S905Y2) : "amlogic,meson-g12a-aoclkc"
 	followed by the common "amlogic,meson-gx-aoclkc"
+- clocks: list of clock phandle, one for each entry clock-names.
+- clock-names: should contain the following:
+  * "xtal"     : the platform xtal
+  * "mpeg-clk" : the main clock controller mother clock (aka clk81)
+  * "ext-32k-0"  : external 32kHz reference #0 if any (optional)
+  * "ext-32k-1"  : external 32kHz reference #1 if any (optional - gx only)
+  * "ext-32k-2"  : external 32kHz reference #2 if any (optional - gx only)
 
 - #clock-cells: should be 1.
 
@@ -40,8 +48,9 @@ ao_sysctrl: sys-ctrl@0 {
 		compatible = "amlogic,meson-gxbb-aoclkc", "amlogic,meson-gx-aoclkc";
 		#clock-cells = <1>;
 		#reset-cells = <1>;
+		clocks = <&xtal>, <&clkc CLKID_CLK81>;
+		clock-names = "xtal", "mpeg-clk";
 	};
-};
 
 Example: UART controller node that consumes the clock and reset generated
   by the clock controller:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,gxbb-clkc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,gxbb-clkc.txt
index e950599566a9..5c8b105be4d6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,gxbb-clkc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,gxbb-clkc.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,10 @@ Required Properties:
 		"amlogic,gxbb-clkc" for GXBB SoC,
 		"amlogic,gxl-clkc" for GXL and GXM SoC,
 		"amlogic,axg-clkc" for AXG SoC.
+		"amlogic,g12a-clkc" for G12A SoC.
+- clocks : list of clock phandle, one for each entry clock-names.
+- clock-names : should contain the following:
+  * "xtal": the platform xtal
 
 - #clock-cells: should be 1.
 
@@ -31,6 +35,8 @@ sysctrl: system-controller@0 {
 	clkc: clock-controller {
 		#clock-cells = <1>;
 		compatible = "amlogic,gxbb-clkc";
+		clocks = <&xtal>;
+		clock-names = "xtal";
 	};
 };
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,meson8b-clkc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,meson8b-clkc.txt
index b455c5aa9139..4d94091c1d2d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,meson8b-clkc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,meson8b-clkc.txt
@@ -9,15 +9,13 @@ Required Properties:
 	- "amlogic,meson8-clkc" for Meson8 (S802) SoCs
 	- "amlogic,meson8b-clkc" for Meson8 (S805) SoCs
 	- "amlogic,meson8m2-clkc" for Meson8m2 (S812) SoCs
-- reg: it must be composed by two tuples:
-	0) physical base address of the xtal register and length of memory
-	   mapped region.
-	1) physical base address of the clock controller and length of memory
-	   mapped region.
-
 - #clock-cells: should be 1.
 - #reset-cells: should be 1.
 
+Parent node should have the following properties :
+- compatible: "amlogic,meson-hhi-sysctrl", "simple-mfd", "syscon"
+- reg: base address and size of the HHI system control register space.
+
 Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier
 to specify the clock which they consume. All available clocks are defined as
 preprocessor macros in the dt-bindings/clock/meson8b-clkc.h header and can be
@@ -30,9 +28,8 @@ device tree sources).
 
 Example: Clock controller node:
 
-	clkc: clock-controller@c1104000 {
+	clkc: clock-controller {
 		compatible = "amlogic,meson8b-clkc";
-		reg = <0xc1108000 0x4>, <0xc1104000 0x460>;
 		#clock-cells = <1>;
 		#reset-cells = <1>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt
index 8f8f95056f3d..e9f70fcdfe80 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt
@@ -4,6 +4,8 @@ This binding uses the common clock binding[1].
 
 [1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
 
+Slow Clock controller:
+
 Required properties:
 - compatible : shall be one of the following:
 	"atmel,at91sam9x5-sckc" or
@@ -16,84 +18,6 @@ Required properties:
 
 	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-slow-rc-osc":
 		at91 internal slow RC oscillator
-
-	"atmel,<chip>-pmc":
-		at91 PMC (Power Management Controller)
-		All at91 specific clocks (clocks defined below) must be child
-		node of the PMC node.
-		<chip> can be: at91rm9200, at91sam9260, at91sam9261,
-		at91sam9263, at91sam9g45, at91sam9n12, at91sam9rl, at91sam9x5,
-		sama5d2, sama5d3 or sama5d4.
-
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-slow" (under sckc node)
-	or
-	"atmel,at91sam9260-clk-slow" (under pmc node):
-		at91 slow clk
-
-	"atmel,at91rm9200-clk-main-osc"
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-main-rc-osc"
-		at91 main clk sources
-
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-main"
-	"atmel,at91rm9200-clk-main":
-		at91 main clock
-
-	"atmel,at91rm9200-clk-master" or
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-master":
-		at91 master clock
-
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-peripheral" or
-	"atmel,at91rm9200-clk-peripheral":
-		at91 peripheral clocks
-
-	"atmel,at91rm9200-clk-pll" or
-	"atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-pll" or
-	"atmel,at91sam9g20-clk-pllb" or
-	"atmel,sama5d3-clk-pll":
-		at91 pll clocks
-
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-plldiv":
-		at91 plla divisor
-
-	"atmel,at91rm9200-clk-programmable" or
-	"atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-programmable" or
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-programmable":
-		at91 programmable clocks
-
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-smd":
-		at91 SMD (Soft Modem) clock
-
-	"atmel,at91rm9200-clk-system":
-		at91 system clocks
-
-	"atmel,at91rm9200-clk-usb" or
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-usb" or
-	"atmel,at91sam9n12-clk-usb":
-		at91 usb clock
-
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-utmi":
-		at91 utmi clock
-
-	"atmel,sama5d4-clk-h32mx":
-		at91 h32mx clock
-
-	"atmel,sama5d2-clk-generated":
-		at91 generated clock
-
-	"atmel,sama5d2-clk-audio-pll-frac":
-		at91 audio fractional pll
-
-	"atmel,sama5d2-clk-audio-pll-pad":
-		at91 audio pll CLK_AUDIO output pin
-
-	"atmel,sama5d2-clk-audio-pll-pmc"
-		at91 audio pll output on AUDIOPLLCLK that feeds the PMC
-		and can be used by peripheral clock or generic clock
-
-	"atmel,sama5d2-clk-i2s-mux" (under pmc node):
-		at91 I2S clock source selection
-
-Required properties for SCKC node:
 - reg : defines the IO memory reserved for the SCKC.
 - #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id).
 - #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id).
@@ -109,428 +33,30 @@ For example:
 		/* put at91 slow clocks here */
 	};
 
+Power Management Controller (PMC):
 
-Required properties for internal slow RC oscillator:
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clock-frequency : define the internal RC oscillator frequency.
-
-Optional properties:
-- clock-accuracy : define the internal RC oscillator accuracy.
-
-For example:
-	slow_rc_osc: slow_rc_osc {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-slow-rc-osc";
-		clock-frequency = <32768>;
-		clock-accuracy = <50000000>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for slow oscillator:
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall encode the main osc source clk sources (see atmel datasheet).
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be "atmel,<chip>-pmc", "syscon":
+	<chip> can be: at91rm9200, at91sam9260, at91sam9261,
+	at91sam9263, at91sam9g45, at91sam9n12, at91sam9rl, at91sam9g15,
+	at91sam9g25, at91sam9g35, at91sam9x25, at91sam9x35, at91sam9x5,
+	sama5d2, sama5d3 or sama5d4.
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 2. The first entry
+  is the type of the clock (core, system, peripheral or generated) and the
+  second entry its index as provided by the datasheet
+- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+- clock-names: Must include the following entries: "slow_clk", "main_xtal"
 
 Optional properties:
 - atmel,osc-bypass : boolean property. Set this when a clock signal is directly
   provided on XIN.
 
 For example:
-	slow_osc: slow_osc {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-slow-osc";
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&slow_xtal>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for slow clock:
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall encode the slow clk sources (see atmel datasheet).
-
-For example:
-	clk32k: slck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-slow";
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&slow_rc_osc &slow_osc>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for PMC node:
-- reg : defines the IO memory reserved for the PMC.
-- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- interrupts : shall be set to PMC interrupt line.
-- interrupt-controller : tell that the PMC is an interrupt controller.
-- #interrupt-cells : must be set to 1. The first cell encodes the interrupt id,
-	and reflect the bit position in the PMC_ER/DR/SR registers.
-	You can use the dt macros defined in dt-bindings/clock/at91.h.
-	0 (AT91_PMC_MOSCS) -> main oscillator ready
-	1 (AT91_PMC_LOCKA) -> PLL A ready
-	2 (AT91_PMC_LOCKB) -> PLL B ready
-	3 (AT91_PMC_MCKRDY) -> master clock ready
-	6 (AT91_PMC_LOCKU) -> UTMI PLL clock ready
-	8 .. 15 (AT91_PMC_PCKRDY(id)) -> programmable clock ready
-	16 (AT91_PMC_MOSCSELS) -> main oscillator selected
-	17 (AT91_PMC_MOSCRCS) -> RC main oscillator stabilized
-	18 (AT91_PMC_CFDEV) -> clock failure detected
-
-For example:
-	pmc: pmc@fffffc00 {
-		compatible = "atmel,sama5d3-pmc";
-		interrupts = <1 4 7>;
-		interrupt-controller;
-		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-
-		/* put at91 clocks here */
-	};
-
-Required properties for main clock internal RC oscillator:
-- interrupts : shall be set to "<0>".
-- clock-frequency : define the internal RC oscillator frequency.
-
-Optional properties:
-- clock-accuracy : define the internal RC oscillator accuracy.
-
-For example:
-	main_rc_osc: main_rc_osc {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-main-rc-osc";
-		interrupt-parent = <&pmc>;
-		interrupts = <0>;
-		clock-frequency = <12000000>;
-		clock-accuracy = <50000000>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for main clock oscillator:
-- interrupts : shall be set to "<0>".
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall encode the main osc source clk sources (see atmel datasheet).
-
-Optional properties:
-- atmel,osc-bypass : boolean property. Specified if a clock signal is provided
-  on XIN.
-
-  clock signal is directly provided on XIN pin.
-
-For example:
-	main_osc: main_osc {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-main-osc";
-		interrupt-parent = <&pmc>;
-		interrupts = <0>;
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&main_xtal>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for main clock:
-- interrupts : shall be set to "<0>".
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall encode the main clk sources (see atmel datasheet).
-
-For example:
-	main: mainck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-main";
-		interrupt-parent = <&pmc>;
-		interrupts = <0>;
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&main_rc_osc &main_osc>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for master clock:
-- interrupts : shall be set to "<3>".
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall be the master clock sources (see atmel datasheet) phandles.
-	e.g. "<&ck32k>, <&main>, <&plla>, <&pllb>".
-- atmel,clk-output-range : minimum and maximum clock frequency (two u32
-			   fields).
-	   e.g. output = <0 133000000>; <=> 0 to 133MHz.
-- atmel,clk-divisors : master clock divisors table (four u32 fields).
-		0 <=> reserved value.
-		e.g. divisors = <1 2 4 6>;
-- atmel,master-clk-have-div3-pres : some SoC use the reserved value 7 in the
-				    PRES field as CLOCK_DIV3 (e.g sam9x5).
-
-For example:
-	mck: mck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-master";
-		interrupt-parent = <&pmc>;
-		interrupts = <3>;
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		atmel,clk-output-range = <0 133000000>;
-		atmel,clk-divisors = <1 2 4 0>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for peripheral clocks:
-- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- clocks : shall be the master clock phandle.
-	e.g. clocks = <&mck>;
-- name: device tree node describing a specific peripheral clock.
-	* #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-	* reg: peripheral id. See Atmel's datasheets to get a full
-	  list of peripheral ids.
-	* atmel,clk-output-range : minimum and maximum clock frequency
-	  (two u32 fields). Only valid on at91sam9x5-clk-peripheral
-	  compatible IPs.
-
-For example:
-	periph: periphck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-peripheral";
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		clocks = <&mck>;
-
-		ssc0_clk {
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <2>;
-			atmel,clk-output-range = <0 133000000>;
-		};
-
-		usart0_clk {
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <3>;
-			atmel,clk-output-range = <0 66000000>;
-		};
-	};
-
-
-Required properties for pll clocks:
-- interrupts : shall be set to "<1>".
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall be the main clock phandle.
-- reg : pll id.
-	0 -> PLL A
-	1 -> PLL B
-- atmel,clk-input-range : minimum and maximum source clock frequency (two u32
-			  fields).
-	  e.g. input = <1 32000000>; <=> 1 to 32MHz.
-- #atmel,pll-clk-output-range-cells : number of cells reserved for pll output
-				      range description. Sould be set to 2, 3
-				      or 4.
-	* 1st and 2nd cells represent the frequency range (min-max).
-	* 3rd cell is optional and represents the OUT field value for the given
-	  range.
-	* 4th cell is optional and represents the ICPLL field (PLLICPR
-	  register)
-- atmel,pll-clk-output-ranges : pll output frequency ranges + optional parameter
-				depending on #atmel,pll-output-range-cells
-				property value.
-
-For example:
-	plla: pllack {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-pll";
-		interrupt-parent = <&pmc>;
-		interrupts = <1>;
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&main>;
-		reg = <0>;
-		atmel,clk-input-range = <2000000 32000000>;
-		#atmel,pll-clk-output-range-cells = <4>;
-		atmel,pll-clk-output-ranges = <74500000 800000000 0 0
-					       69500000 750000000 1 0
-					       64500000 700000000 2 0
-					       59500000 650000000 3 0
-					       54500000 600000000 0 1
-					       49500000 550000000 1 1
-					       44500000 500000000 2 1
-					       40000000 450000000 3 1>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for plldiv clocks (plldiv = pll / 2):
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall be the plla clock phandle.
-
-The pll divisor is equal to 2 and cannot be changed.
-
-For example:
-	plladiv: plladivck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-plldiv";
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&plla>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for programmable clocks:
-- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- clocks : shall be the programmable clock source phandles.
-	e.g. clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main>, <&plla>, <&pllb>;
-- name: device tree node describing a specific prog clock.
-	* #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-	* reg : programmable clock id (register offset from  PCKx
-			 register).
-	* interrupts : shall be set to "<(8 + id)>".
-
-For example:
-	prog: progck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-programmable";
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		interrupt-parent = <&pmc>;
-		clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main>, <&plladiv>, <&utmi>, <&mck>;
-
-		prog0 {
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <0>;
-			interrupts = <8>;
-		};
-
-		prog1 {
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <1>;
-			interrupts = <9>;
-		};
-	};
-
-
-Required properties for smd clock:
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall be the smd clock source phandles.
-	e.g. clocks = <&plladiv>, <&utmi>;
-
-For example:
-	smd: smdck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-smd";
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&plladiv>, <&utmi>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for system clocks:
-- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- name: device tree node describing a specific system clock.
-	* #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-	* reg: system clock id (bit position in SCER/SCDR/SCSR registers).
-	      See Atmel's datasheet to get a full list of system clock ids.
-
-For example:
-	system: systemck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-system";
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-
-		ddrck {
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <2>;
-			clocks = <&mck>;
-		};
-
-		uhpck {
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <6>;
-			clocks = <&usb>;
-		};
-
-		udpck {
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <7>;
-			clocks = <&usb>;
-		};
-	};
-
-
-Required properties for usb clock:
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall be the smd clock source phandles.
-	e.g. clocks = <&pllb>;
-- atmel,clk-divisors (only available for "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-usb"):
-	usb clock divisor table.
-	e.g. divisors = <1 2 4 0>;
-
-For example:
-	usb: usbck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-usb";
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&plladiv>, <&utmi>;
-	};
-
-	usb: usbck {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-usb";
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&pllb>;
-		atmel,clk-divisors = <1 2 4 0>;
-	};
-
-
-Required properties for utmi clock:
-- interrupts : shall be set to "<AT91_PMC_LOCKU IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>".
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall be the main clock source phandle.
-
-For example:
-	utmi: utmick {
-		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-utmi";
-		interrupt-parent = <&pmc>;
-		interrupts = <AT91_PMC_LOCKU IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&main>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for 32 bits bus Matrix clock (h32mx clock):
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall be the master clock source phandle.
-
-For example:
-	h32ck: h32mxck {
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		compatible = "atmel,sama5d4-clk-h32mx";
-		clocks = <&mck>;
-	};
-
-Required properties for generated clocks:
-- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- clocks : shall be the generated clock source phandles.
-	e.g. clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main>, <&plladiv>, <&utmi>, <&mck>, <&audio_pll_pmc>;
-- name: device tree node describing a specific generated clock.
-	* #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-	* reg: peripheral id. See Atmel's datasheets to get a full
-	  list of peripheral ids.
-	* atmel,clk-output-range : minimum and maximum clock frequency
-	  (two u32 fields).
-
-For example:
-	gck {
-		compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-clk-generated";
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main>, <&plladiv>, <&utmi>, <&mck>, <&audio_pll_pmc>;
-
-		tcb0_gclk: tcb0_gclk {
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <35>;
-			atmel,clk-output-range = <0 83000000>;
-		};
-
-		pwm_gclk: pwm_gclk {
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <38>;
-			atmel,clk-output-range = <0 83000000>;
-		};
-	};
-
-Required properties for I2S mux clocks:
-- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode I2S bus id).
-- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode I2S bus id).
-- name: device tree node describing a specific mux clock.
-	* #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-	* clocks : shall be the mux clock parent phandles; shall be 2 phandles:
-	  peripheral and generated clock; the first phandle shall belong to the
-	  peripheral clock and the second one shall belong to the generated
-	  clock; "clock-indices" property can be user to specify
-	  the correct order.
-	* reg: I2S bus id of the corresponding mux clock.
-	  e.g. reg = <0>; for i2s0, reg = <1>; for i2s1
-
-For example:
-	i2s_clkmux {
-		compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-clk-i2s-mux";
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-
-		i2s0muxck: i2s0_muxclk {
-			clocks = <&i2s0_clk>, <&i2s0_gclk>;
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <0>;
-		};
-
-		i2s1muxck: i2s1_muxclk {
-			clocks = <&i2s1_clk>, <&i2s1_gclk>;
-			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <1>;
-		};
+	pmc: pmc@f0018000 {
+		compatible = "atmel,sama5d4-pmc", "syscon";
+		reg = <0xf0018000 0x120>;
+		interrupts = <1 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 7>;
+		#clock-cells = <2>;
+		clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main_xtal>;
+		clock-names = "slow_clk", "main_xtal";
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
index 2ec489eebe72..b646bbcf7f92 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
@@ -168,3 +168,19 @@ a shared clock is forbidden.
 
 Configuration of common clocks, which affect multiple consumer devices can
 be similarly specified in the clock provider node.
+
+==Protected clocks==
+
+Some platforms or firmwares may not fully expose all the clocks to the OS, such
+as in situations where those clks are used by drivers running in ARM secure
+execution levels. Such a configuration can be specified in device tree with the
+protected-clocks property in the form of a clock specifier list. This property should
+only be specified in the node that is providing the clocks being protected:
+
+   clock-controller@a000f000 {
+        compatible = "vendor,clk95;
+        reg = <0xa000f000 0x1000>
+        #clocks-cells = <1>;
+        ...
+        protected-clocks = <UART3_CLK>, <SPI5_CLK>;
+   };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5433-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5433-clock.txt
index 50d5897c9849..183c327a7d6b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5433-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5433-clock.txt
@@ -50,6 +50,8 @@ Required Properties:
     IPs.
   - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-cam1" - clock controller compatible for CMU_CAM1
     which generates clocks for Cortex-A5/MIPI_CSIS2/FIMC-LITE_C/FIMC-FD IPs.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-imem"   - clock controller compatible for CMU_IMEM
+    which generates clocks for SSS (Security SubSystem) and SlimSSS IPs.
 
 - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
   region.
@@ -168,6 +170,12 @@ Required Properties:
 		- aclk_cam1_400
 		- aclk_cam1_552
 
+	Input clocks for imem clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- aclk_imem_sssx_266
+		- aclk_imem_266
+		- aclk_imem_200
+
 Optional properties:
   - power-domains: a phandle to respective power domain node as described by
 	generic PM domain bindings (see power/power_domain.txt for more
@@ -469,6 +477,21 @@ Example 2: Examples of clock controller nodes are listed below.
 		power-domains = <&pd_cam1>;
 	};
 
+	cmu_imem: clock-controller@11060000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-imem";
+		reg = <0x11060000 0x1000>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"aclk_imem_sssx_266",
+			"aclk_imem_266",
+			"aclk_imem_200";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+			<&cmu_top CLK_DIV_ACLK_IMEM_SSSX_266>,
+			<&cmu_top CLK_DIV_ACLK_IMEM_266>,
+			<&cmu_top CLK_DIV_ACLK_IMEM_200>;
+	};
+
 Example 3: UART controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock
 	   controller.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-clock.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 0641a663ad69..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-clock.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-Binding for simple fixed-rate clock sources.
-
-This binding uses the common clock binding[1].
-
-[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible : shall be "fixed-clock".
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clock-frequency : frequency of clock in Hz. Should be a single cell.
-
-Optional properties:
-- clock-accuracy : accuracy of clock in ppb (parts per billion).
-		   Should be a single cell.
-- clock-output-names : From common clock binding.
-
-Example:
-	clock {
-		compatible = "fixed-clock";
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clock-frequency = <1000000000>;
-		clock-accuracy = <100>;
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-clock.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-clock.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b657ecd0ef1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-clock.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/fixed-clock.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Binding for simple fixed-rate clock sources
+
+maintainers:
+  - Michael Turquette <mturquette@baylibre.com>
+  - Stephen Boyd <sboyd@kernel.org>
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    const: fixed-clock
+
+  "#clock-cells":
+    const: 0
+
+  clock-frequency: true
+
+  clock-accuracy:
+    description: accuracy of clock in ppb (parts per billion).
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+
+  clock-output-names:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - "#clock-cells"
+  - clock-frequency
+
+additionalProperties: false
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    clock {
+      compatible = "fixed-clock";
+      #clock-cells = <0>;
+      clock-frequency = <1000000000>;
+      clock-accuracy = <100>;
+    };
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-factor-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-factor-clock.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 189467a7188a..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-factor-clock.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-Binding for simple fixed factor rate clock sources.
-
-This binding uses the common clock binding[1].
-
-[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible : shall be "fixed-factor-clock".
-- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
-- clock-div: fixed divider.
-- clock-mult: fixed multiplier.
-- clocks: parent clock.
-
-Optional properties:
-- clock-output-names : From common clock binding.
-
-Some clocks that require special treatments are also handled by that
-driver, with the compatibles:
-  - allwinner,sun4i-a10-pll3-2x-clk
-
-Example:
-	clock {
-		compatible = "fixed-factor-clock";
-		clocks = <&parentclk>;
-		#clock-cells = <0>;
-		clock-div = <2>;
-		clock-mult = <1>;
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-factor-clock.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-factor-clock.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b567f8092f8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-factor-clock.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/clock/fixed-factor-clock.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Binding for simple fixed factor rate clock sources
+
+maintainers:
+  - Michael Turquette <mturquette@baylibre.com>
+  - Stephen Boyd <sboyd@kernel.org>
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    enum:
+      - allwinner,sun4i-a10-pll3-2x-clk
+      - fixed-factor-clock
+
+  "#clock-cells":
+    const: 0
+
+  clocks:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  clock-div:
+    description: Fixed divider
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+      - minimum: 1
+
+  clock-mult:
+    description: Fixed multiplier
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+
+  clock-output-names:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - clocks
+  - "#clock-cells"
+  - clock-div
+  - clock-mult
+
+additionalProperties: false
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    clock {
+      compatible = "fixed-factor-clock";
+      clocks = <&parentclk>;
+      #clock-cells = <0>;
+      clock-div = <2>;
+      clock-mult = <1>;
+    };
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-mmio-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-mmio-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c359367fd1a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-mmio-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+Binding for simple memory mapped io fixed-rate clock sources.
+The driver reads a clock frequency value from a single 32-bit memory mapped
+I/O register and registers it as a fixed rate clock.
+
+It was designed for test systems, like FPGA, not for complete, finished SoCs.
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1].
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be "fixed-mmio-clock".
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+- reg : Address and length of the clock value register set.
+
+Optional properties:
+- clock-output-names : From common clock binding.
+
+Example:
+sysclock: sysclock@fd020004 {
+	#clock-cells = <0>;
+	compatible = "fixed-mmio-clock";
+	reg = <0xfd020004 0x4>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3670-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3670-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..66f3697eca78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3670-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+* Hisilicon Hi3670 Clock Controller
+
+The Hi3670 clock controller generates and supplies clock to various
+controllers within the Hi3670 SoC.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: the compatible should be one of the following strings to
+	indicate the clock controller functionality.
+
+	- "hisilicon,hi3670-crgctrl"
+	- "hisilicon,hi3670-pctrl"
+	- "hisilicon,hi3670-pmuctrl"
+	- "hisilicon,hi3670-sctrl"
+	- "hisilicon,hi3670-iomcu"
+	- "hisilicon,hi3670-media1-crg"
+	- "hisilicon,hi3670-media2-crg"
+
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+  region.
+
+- #clock-cells: should be 1.
+
+Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier
+to specify the clock which they consume.
+
+All these identifier could be found in <dt-bindings/clock/hi3670-clock.h>.
+
+Examples:
+	crg_ctrl: clock-controller@fff35000 {
+		compatible = "hisilicon,hi3670-crgctrl", "syscon";
+		reg = <0x0 0xfff35000 0x0 0x1000>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+	uart0: serial@fdf02000 {
+		compatible = "arm,pl011", "arm,primecell";
+		reg = <0x0 0xfdf02000 0x0 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 74 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		clocks = <&crg_ctrl HI3670_CLK_GATE_UART0>,
+			 <&crg_ctrl HI3670_PCLK>;
+		clock-names = "uartclk", "apb_pclk";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt
index a45ca67a9d5f..13d36d4c6991 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,17 @@ Required properties:
 - interrupts: Should contain CCM interrupt
 - #clock-cells: Should be <1>
 
+Optional properties:
+- fsl,pmic-stby-poweroff: Configure CCM to assert PMIC_STBY_REQ signal
+  on power off.
+  Use this property if the SoC should be powered off by external power
+  management IC (PMIC) triggered via PMIC_STBY_REQ signal.
+  Boards that are designed to initiate poweroff on PMIC_ON_REQ signal should
+  be using "syscon-poweroff" driver instead.
+- clocks: list of clock specifiers, must contain an entry for each entry
+          in clock-names
+- clock-names: valid names are "osc", "ckil", "ckih1", "anaclk1" and "anaclk2"
+
 The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
 ID in its "clocks" phandle cell.  See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx6qdl-clock.h
 for the full list of i.MX6 Quad and DualLite clock IDs.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx7ulp-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx7ulp-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a4f8cd478f92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx7ulp-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+* Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX7ULP
+
+i.MX7ULP Clock functions are under joint control of the System
+Clock Generation (SCG) modules, Peripheral Clock Control (PCC)
+modules, and Core Mode Controller (CMC)1 blocks
+
+The clocking scheme provides clear separation between M4 domain
+and A7 domain. Except for a few clock sources shared between two
+domains, such as the System Oscillator clock, the Slow IRC (SIRC),
+and and the Fast IRC clock (FIRCLK), clock sources and clock
+management are separated and contained within each domain.
+
+M4 clock management consists of SCG0, PCC0, PCC1, and CMC0 modules.
+A7 clock management consists of SCG1, PCC2, PCC3, and CMC1 modules.
+
+Note: this binding doc is only for A7 clock domain.
+
+System Clock Generation (SCG) modules:
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+The System Clock Generation (SCG) is responsible for clock generation
+and distribution across this device. Functions performed by the SCG
+include: clock reference selection, generation of clock used to derive
+processor, system, peripheral bus and external memory interface clocks,
+source selection for peripheral clocks and control of power saving
+clock gating mode.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible:	Should be "fsl,imx7ulp-scg1".
+- reg : 	Should contain registers location and length.
+- #clock-cells:	Should be <1>.
+- clocks:	Should contain the fixed input clocks.
+- clock-names:  Should contain the following clock names:
+		"rosc", "sosc", "sirc", "firc", "upll", "mpll".
+
+Peripheral Clock Control (PCC) modules:
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+The Peripheral Clock Control (PCC) is responsible for clock selection,
+optional division and clock gating mode for peripherals in their
+respected power domain
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:	Should be one of:
+		  "fsl,imx7ulp-pcc2",
+		  "fsl,imx7ulp-pcc3".
+- reg : 	Should contain registers location and length.
+- #clock-cells:	Should be <1>.
+- clocks:	Should contain the fixed input clocks.
+- clock-names:  Should contain the following clock names:
+		"nic1_bus_clk", "nic1_clk", "ddr_clk", "apll_pfd2",
+		"apll_pfd1", "apll_pfd0", "upll", "sosc_bus_clk",
+		"mpll", "firc_bus_clk", "rosc", "spll_bus_clk";
+
+The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell.
+See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx7ulp-clock.h
+for the full list of i.MX7ULP clock IDs of each module.
+
+Examples:
+
+#include <dt-bindings/clock/imx7ulp-clock.h>
+
+scg1: scg1@403e0000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx7ulp-scg1;
+	reg = <0x403e0000 0x10000>;
+	clocks = <&rosc>, <&sosc>, <&sirc>,
+		 <&firc>, <&upll>, <&mpll>;
+	clock-names = "rosc", "sosc", "sirc",
+		      "firc", "upll", "mpll";
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+pcc2: pcc2@403f0000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx7ulp-pcc2";
+	reg = <0x403f0000 0x10000>;
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+	clocks = <&scg1 IMX7ULP_CLK_NIC1_BUS_DIV>,
+		 <&scg1 IMX7ULP_CLK_NIC1_DIV>,
+		 <&scg1 IMX7ULP_CLK_DDR_DIV>,
+		 <&scg1 IMX7ULP_CLK_APLL_PFD2>,
+		 <&scg1 IMX7ULP_CLK_APLL_PFD1>,
+		 <&scg1 IMX7ULP_CLK_APLL_PFD0>,
+		 <&scg1 IMX7ULP_CLK_UPLL>,
+		 <&scg1 IMX7ULP_CLK_SOSC_BUS_CLK>,
+		 <&scg1 IMX7ULP_CLK_MIPI_PLL>,
+		 <&scg1 IMX7ULP_CLK_FIRC_BUS_CLK>,
+		 <&scg1 IMX7ULP_CLK_ROSC>,
+		 <&scg1 IMX7ULP_CLK_SPLL_BUS_CLK>;
+	clock-names = "nic1_bus_clk", "nic1_clk", "ddr_clk",
+		      "apll_pfd2", "apll_pfd1", "apll_pfd0",
+		      "upll", "sosc_bus_clk", "mpll",
+		      "firc_bus_clk", "rosc", "spll_bus_clk";
+};
+
+usdhc1: usdhc@40380000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx7ulp-usdhc";
+	reg = <0x40380000 0x10000>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 43 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	clocks = <&scg1 IMX7ULP_CLK_NIC1_BUS_DIV>,
+		 <&scg1 IMX7ULP_CLK_NIC1_DIV>,
+		 <&pcc2 IMX7ULP_CLK_USDHC1>;
+	clock-names ="ipg", "ahb", "per";
+	bus-width = <4>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx8mm-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx8mm-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8e4ab9e619a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx8mm-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+* Clock bindings for NXP i.MX8M Mini
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx8mm-ccm"
+- reg: Address and length of the register set
+- #clock-cells: Should be <1>
+- clocks: list of clock specifiers, must contain an entry for each required
+          entry in clock-names
+- clock-names: should include the following entries:
+    - "osc_32k"
+    - "osc_24m"
+    - "clk_ext1"
+    - "clk_ext2"
+    - "clk_ext3"
+    - "clk_ext4"
+
+clk: clock-controller@30380000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx8mm-ccm";
+	reg = <0x0 0x30380000 0x0 0x10000>;
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+	clocks = <&osc_32k>, <&osc_24m>, <&clk_ext1>, <&clk_ext2>,
+		 <&clk_ext3>, <&clk_ext4>;
+	clock-names = "osc_32k", "osc_24m", "clk_ext1", "clk_ext2",
+		      "clk_ext3", "clk_ext4";
+};
+
+The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx8mm-clock.h
+for the full list of i.MX8M Mini clock IDs.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx8mq-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx8mq-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..52de8263e012
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx8mq-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+* Clock bindings for NXP i.MX8M Quad
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx8mq-ccm"
+- reg: Address and length of the register set
+- #clock-cells: Should be <1>
+- clocks: list of clock specifiers, must contain an entry for each required
+          entry in clock-names
+- clock-names: should include the following entries:
+    - "ckil"
+    - "osc_25m"
+    - "osc_27m"
+    - "clk_ext1"
+    - "clk_ext2"
+    - "clk_ext3"
+    - "clk_ext4"
+
+The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell.  See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx8mq-clock.h
+for the full list of i.MX8M Quad clock IDs.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx8qxp-lpcg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx8qxp-lpcg.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..965cfa42e025
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx8qxp-lpcg.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+* NXP i.MX8QXP LPCG (Low-Power Clock Gating) Clock bindings
+
+The Low-Power Clock Gate (LPCG) modules contain a local programming
+model to control the clock gates for the peripherals. An LPCG module
+is used to locally gate the clocks for the associated peripheral.
+
+Note:
+This level of clock gating is provided after the clocks are generated
+by the SCU resources and clock controls. Thus even if the clock is
+enabled by these control bits, it might still not be running based
+on the base resource.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:	Should be one of:
+		  "fsl,imx8qxp-lpcg-adma",
+		  "fsl,imx8qxp-lpcg-conn",
+		  "fsl,imx8qxp-lpcg-dc",
+		  "fsl,imx8qxp-lpcg-dsp",
+		  "fsl,imx8qxp-lpcg-gpu",
+		  "fsl,imx8qxp-lpcg-hsio",
+		  "fsl,imx8qxp-lpcg-img",
+		  "fsl,imx8qxp-lpcg-lsio",
+		  "fsl,imx8qxp-lpcg-vpu"
+- reg:		Address and length of the register set
+- #clock-cells:	Should be <1>
+
+The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell.
+See the full list of clock IDs from:
+include/dt-bindings/clock/imx8qxp-clock.h
+
+Examples:
+
+#include <dt-bindings/clock/imx8qxp-clock.h>
+
+conn_lpcg: clock-controller@5b200000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx8qxp-lpcg-conn";
+	reg = <0x5b200000 0xb0000>;
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+usdhc1: mmc@5b010000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx8qxp-usdhc", "fsl,imx7d-usdhc";
+	interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 232 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	reg = <0x5b010000 0x10000>;
+	clocks = <&conn_lpcg IMX8QXP_CONN_LPCG_SDHC0_IPG_CLK>,
+		 <&conn_lpcg IMX8QXP_CONN_LPCG_SDHC0_PER_CLK>,
+		 <&conn_lpcg IMX8QXP_CONN_LPCG_SDHC0_HCLK>;
+	clock-names = "ipg", "per", "ahb";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ingenic,cgu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ingenic,cgu.txt
index f8d4134ae409..ba5a442026b7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ingenic,cgu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ingenic,cgu.txt
@@ -6,8 +6,11 @@ to provide many different clock signals derived from only 2 external source
 clocks.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible : Should be "ingenic,<soctype>-cgu".
-  For example "ingenic,jz4740-cgu" or "ingenic,jz4780-cgu".
+- compatible : Should be one of:
+  * ingenic,jz4740-cgu
+  * ingenic,jz4725b-cgu
+  * ingenic,jz4770-cgu
+  * ingenic,jz4780-cgu
 - reg : The address & length of the CGU registers.
 - clocks : List of phandle & clock specifiers for clocks external to the CGU.
   Two such external clocks should be specified - first the external crystal
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,mmp2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,mmp2.txt
index af376a01f2b7..23b52dc02266 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,mmp2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/marvell,mmp2.txt
@@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ Required Properties:
 Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier
 to specify the clock which they consume.
 
-All these identifier could be found in <dt-bindings/clock/marvell-mmp2.h>.
+All these identifiers could be found in <dt-bindings/clock/marvell,mmp2.h>.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-dfll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-dfll.txt
index dff236f524a7..958e0ad78c52 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-dfll.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-dfll.txt
@@ -8,10 +8,11 @@ the fast CPU cluster. It consists of a free-running voltage controlled
 oscillator connected to the CPU voltage rail (VDD_CPU), and a closed loop
 control module that will automatically adjust the VDD_CPU voltage by
 communicating with an off-chip PMIC either via an I2C bus or via PWM signals.
-Currently only the I2C mode is supported by these bindings.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible : should be "nvidia,tegra124-dfll"
+- compatible : should be one of:
+  - "nvidia,tegra124-dfll": for Tegra124
+  - "nvidia,tegra210-dfll": for Tegra210
 - reg : Defines the following set of registers, in the order listed:
         - registers for the DFLL control logic.
         - registers for the I2C output logic.
@@ -45,10 +46,31 @@ Required properties for the control loop parameters:
 Optional properties for the control loop parameters:
 - nvidia,cg-scale: Boolean value, see the field DFLL_PARAMS_CG_SCALE in the TRM.
 
+Optional properties for mode selection:
+- nvidia,pwm-to-pmic: Use PWM to control regulator rather then I2C.
+
 Required properties for I2C mode:
 - nvidia,i2c-fs-rate: I2C transfer rate, if using full speed mode.
 
-Example:
+Required properties for PWM mode:
+- nvidia,pwm-period-nanoseconds: period of PWM square wave in nanoseconds.
+- nvidia,pwm-tristate-microvolts: Regulator voltage in micro volts when PWM
+  control is disabled and the PWM output is tristated. Note that this voltage is
+  configured in hardware, typically via a resistor divider.
+- nvidia,pwm-min-microvolts: Regulator voltage in micro volts when PWM control
+  is enabled and PWM output is low. Hence, this is the minimum output voltage
+  that the regulator supports when PWM control is enabled.
+- nvidia,pwm-voltage-step-microvolts: Voltage increase in micro volts
+  corresponding to a 1/33th increase in duty cycle. Eg the voltage for 2/33th
+  duty cycle would be: nvidia,pwm-min-microvolts +
+  nvidia,pwm-voltage-step-microvolts * 2.
+- pinctrl-0: I/O pad configuration when PWM control is enabled.
+- pinctrl-1: I/O pad configuration when PWM control is disabled.
+- pinctrl-names: must include the following entries:
+  - dvfs_pwm_enable: I/O pad configuration when PWM control is enabled.
+  - dvfs_pwm_disable: I/O pad configuration when PWM control is disabled.
+
+Example for I2C:
 
 clock@70110000 {
         compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-dfll";
@@ -76,3 +98,58 @@ clock@70110000 {
 
         nvidia,i2c-fs-rate = <400000>;
 };
+
+Example for PWM:
+
+clock@70110000 {
+	compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-dfll";
+	reg = <0 0x70110000 0 0x100>, /* DFLL control */
+	      <0 0x70110000 0 0x100>, /* I2C output control */
+	      <0 0x70110100 0 0x100>, /* Integrated I2C controller */
+	      <0 0x70110200 0 0x100>; /* Look-up table RAM */
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 62 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_DFLL_SOC>,
+	         <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_DFLL_REF>,
+		 <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_I2C5>;;
+	clock-names = "soc", "ref", "i2c";
+	resets = <&tegra_car TEGRA124_RST_DFLL_DVCO>;
+	reset-names = "dvco";
+	#clock-cells = <0>;
+	clock-output-names = "dfllCPU_out";
+
+	nvidia,sample-rate = <25000>;
+	nvidia,droop-ctrl = <0x00000f00>;
+	nvidia,force-mode = <1>;
+	nvidia,cf = <6>;
+	nvidia,ci = <0>;
+	nvidia,cg = <2>;
+
+	nvidia,pwm-min-microvolts = <708000>; /* 708mV */
+	nvidia,pwm-period-nanoseconds = <2500>; /* 2.5us */
+	nvidia,pwm-to-pmic;
+	nvidia,pwm-tristate-microvolts = <1000000>;
+	nvidia,pwm-voltage-step-microvolts = <19200>; /* 19.2mV */
+
+	pinctrl-names = "dvfs_pwm_enable", "dvfs_pwm_disable";
+	pinctrl-0 = <&dvfs_pwm_active_state>;
+	pinctrl-1 = <&dvfs_pwm_inactive_state>;
+};
+
+/* pinmux nodes added for completeness. Binding doc can be found in:
+ * Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra210-pinmux.txt
+ */
+
+pinmux: pinmux@700008d4 {
+	dvfs_pwm_active_state: dvfs_pwm_active {
+		dvfs_pwm_pbb1 {
+			nvidia,pins = "dvfs_pwm_pbb1";
+			nvidia,tristate = <TEGRA_PIN_DISABLE>;
+		};
+	};
+	dvfs_pwm_inactive_state: dvfs_pwm_inactive {
+		dvfs_pwm_pbb1 {
+			nvidia,pins = "dvfs_pwm_pbb1";
+			nvidia,tristate = <TEGRA_PIN_ENABLE>;
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,camcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,camcc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c5eb6694fda9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,camcc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+Qualcomm Camera Clock & Reset Controller Binding
+------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible : shall contain "qcom,sdm845-camcc".
+- reg : shall contain base register location and length.
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding, shall contain 1.
+- #reset-cells : from common reset binding, shall contain 1.
+- #power-domain-cells : from generic power domain binding, shall contain 1.
+
+Example:
+	camcc: clock-controller@ad00000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,sdm845-camcc";
+		reg = <0xad00000 0x10000>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+		#reset-cells = <1>;
+		#power-domain-cells = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt
index 664ea1fd6c76..8661c3cd3ccf 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,9 @@ Required properties :
 			"qcom,gcc-msm8996"
 			"qcom,gcc-msm8998"
 			"qcom,gcc-mdm9615"
+			"qcom,gcc-qcs404"
+			"qcom,gcc-sdm630"
+			"qcom,gcc-sdm660"
 			"qcom,gcc-sdm845"
 
 - reg : shall contain base register location and length
@@ -32,6 +35,8 @@ be part of GCC and hence the TSENS properties can also be
 part of the GCC/clock-controller node.
 For more details on the TSENS properties please refer
 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-tsens.txt
+- protected-clocks : Protected clock specifier list as per common clock
+ binding.
 
 Example:
 	clock-controller@900000 {
@@ -52,3 +57,17 @@ Example of GCC with TSENS properties:
 		#reset-cells = <1>;
 		#thermal-sensor-cells = <1>;
 	};
+
+Example of GCC with protected-clocks properties:
+	clock-controller@100000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,gcc-sdm845";
+		reg = <0x100000 0x1f0000>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+		#reset-cells = <1>;
+		#power-domain-cells = <1>;
+		protected-clocks = <GCC_QSPI_CORE_CLK>,
+				   <GCC_QSPI_CORE_CLK_SRC>,
+				   <GCC_QSPI_CNOC_PERIPH_AHB_CLK>,
+				   <GCC_LPASS_Q6_AXI_CLK>,
+				   <GCC_LPASS_SWAY_CLK>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gpucc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gpucc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4e5215ef1acd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gpucc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+Qualcomm Graphics Clock & Reset Controller Binding
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible : shall contain "qcom,sdm845-gpucc"
+- reg : shall contain base register location and length
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding, shall contain 1
+- #reset-cells : from common reset binding, shall contain 1
+- #power-domain-cells : from generic power domain binding, shall contain 1
+- clocks : shall contain the XO clock
+- clock-names : shall be "xo"
+
+Example:
+	gpucc: clock-controller@5090000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,sdm845-gpucc";
+		reg = <0x5090000 0x9000>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+		#reset-cells = <1>;
+		#power-domain-cells = <1>;
+		clocks = <&rpmhcc RPMH_CXO_CLK>;
+		clock-names = "xo";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,hfpll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,hfpll.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ec02a024424c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,hfpll.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+High-Frequency PLL (HFPLL)
+
+PROPERTIES
+
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>:
+		shall contain only one of the following. The generic
+		compatible "qcom,hfpll" should be also included.
+
+                        "qcom,hfpll-ipq8064", "qcom,hfpll"
+                        "qcom,hfpll-apq8064", "qcom,hfpll"
+                        "qcom,hfpll-msm8974", "qcom,hfpll"
+                        "qcom,hfpll-msm8960", "qcom,hfpll"
+
+- reg:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: address and size of HPLL registers. An optional second
+		    element specifies the address and size of the alias
+		    register region.
+
+- clocks:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: reference to the xo clock.
+
+- clock-names:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <stringlist>
+	Definition: must be "xo".
+
+- clock-output-names:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: Name of the PLL. Typically hfpllX where X is a CPU number
+		    starting at 0. Otherwise hfpll_Y where Y is more specific
+		    such as "l2".
+
+Example:
+
+1) An HFPLL for the L2 cache.
+
+	clock-controller@f9016000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,hfpll-ipq8064", "qcom,hfpll";
+		reg = <0xf9016000 0x30>;
+		clocks = <&xo_board>;
+		clock-names = "xo";
+		clock-output-names = "hfpll_l2";
+	};
+
+2) An HFPLL for CPU0. This HFPLL has the alias register region.
+
+	clock-controller@f908a000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,hfpll-ipq8064", "qcom,hfpll";
+		reg = <0xf908a000 0x30>, <0xf900a000 0x30>;
+		clocks = <&xo_board>;
+		clock-names = "xo";
+		clock-output-names = "hfpll0";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,krait-cc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,krait-cc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..030ba60dab08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,krait-cc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+Krait Clock Controller
+
+PROPERTIES
+
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: must be one of:
+			"qcom,krait-cc-v1"
+			"qcom,krait-cc-v2"
+
+- #clock-cells:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Definition: must be 1
+
+- clocks:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: reference to the clock parents of hfpll, secondary muxes.
+
+- clock-names:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <stringlist>
+	Definition: must be "hfpll0", "hfpll1", "acpu0_aux", "acpu1_aux", "qsb".
+
+Example:
+
+	kraitcc: clock-controller {
+		compatible = "qcom,krait-cc-v1";
+		clocks = <&hfpll0>, <&hfpll1>, <&acpu0_aux>, <&acpu1_aux>, <qsb>;
+		clock-names = "hfpll0", "hfpll1", "acpu0_aux", "acpu1_aux", "qsb";
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,lpasscc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,lpasscc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b9e9787045b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,lpasscc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Qualcomm LPASS Clock Controller Binding
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible		: shall contain "qcom,sdm845-lpasscc"
+- #clock-cells		: from common clock binding, shall contain 1.
+- reg			: shall contain base register address and size,
+			  in the order
+			Index-0 maps to LPASS_CC register region
+			Index-1 maps to LPASS_QDSP6SS register region
+
+Optional properties :
+- reg-names	: register names of LPASS domain
+		 "cc", "qdsp6ss".
+
+Example:
+
+The below node has to be defined in the cases where the LPASS peripheral loader
+would bring the subsystem out of reset.
+
+	lpasscc: clock-controller@17014000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,sdm845-lpasscc";
+		reg = <0x17014000 0x1f004>, <0x17300000 0x200>;
+		reg-names = "cc", "qdsp6ss";
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,rpmcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,rpmcc.txt
index 4491d1c104aa..944719bd586f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,rpmcc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,rpmcc.txt
@@ -16,6 +16,8 @@ Required properties :
 			"qcom,rpmcc-msm8974", "qcom,rpmcc"
 			"qcom,rpmcc-apq8064", "qcom,rpmcc"
 			"qcom,rpmcc-msm8996", "qcom,rpmcc"
+			"qcom,rpmcc-msm8998", "qcom,rpmcc"
+			"qcom,rpmcc-qcs404", "qcom,rpmcc"
 
 - #clock-cells : shall contain 1
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,videocc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,videocc.txt
index e7c035afa778..8a8622c65c5a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,videocc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,videocc.txt
@@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ Required properties :
 - reg : shall contain base register location and length
 - #clock-cells : from common clock binding, shall contain 1.
 - #power-domain-cells : from generic power domain binding, shall contain 1.
-
-Optional properties :
 - #reset-cells : from common reset binding, shall contain 1.
 
 Example:
@@ -16,4 +14,5 @@ Example:
 		reg = <0xab00000 0x10000>;
 		#clock-cells = <1>;
 		#power-domain-cells = <1>;
+		#reset-cells = <1>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qoriq-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qoriq-clock.txt
index 97f46adac85f..c655f28d5918 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qoriq-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qoriq-clock.txt
@@ -28,6 +28,12 @@ Required properties:
 	* "fsl,p4080-clockgen"
 	* "fsl,p5020-clockgen"
 	* "fsl,p5040-clockgen"
+	* "fsl,t1023-clockgen"
+	* "fsl,t1024-clockgen"
+	* "fsl,t1040-clockgen"
+	* "fsl,t1042-clockgen"
+	* "fsl,t2080-clockgen"
+	* "fsl,t2081-clockgen"
 	* "fsl,t4240-clockgen"
 	* "fsl,b4420-clockgen"
 	* "fsl,b4860-clockgen"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt
index db542abadb75..916a601b76a7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mssr.txt
@@ -13,9 +13,13 @@ They provide the following functionalities:
 
 Required Properties:
   - compatible: Must be one of:
+      - "renesas,r7s9210-cpg-mssr" for the r7s9210 SoC (RZ/A2)
       - "renesas,r8a7743-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7743 SoC (RZ/G1M)
+      - "renesas,r8a7744-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7744 SoC (RZ/G1N)
       - "renesas,r8a7745-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7745 SoC (RZ/G1E)
       - "renesas,r8a77470-cpg-mssr" for the r8a77470 SoC (RZ/G1C)
+      - "renesas,r8a774a1-cpg-mssr" for the r8a774a1 SoC (RZ/G2M)
+      - "renesas,r8a774c0-cpg-mssr" for the r8a774c0 SoC (RZ/G2E)
       - "renesas,r8a7790-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7790 SoC (R-Car H2)
       - "renesas,r8a7791-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7791 SoC (R-Car M2-W)
       - "renesas,r8a7792-cpg-mssr" for the r8a7792 SoC (R-Car V2H)
@@ -35,12 +39,13 @@ Required Properties:
   - clocks: References to external parent clocks, one entry for each entry in
     clock-names
   - clock-names: List of external parent clock names. Valid names are:
-      - "extal" (r8a7743, r8a7745, r8a77470, r8a7790, r8a7791, r8a7792,
-		 r8a7793, r8a7794, r8a7795, r8a7796, r8a77965, r8a77970,
-		 r8a77980, r8a77990, r8a77995)
-      - "extalr" (r8a7795, r8a7796, r8a77965, r8a77970, r8a77980)
-      - "usb_extal" (r8a7743, r8a7745, r8a77470, r8a7790, r8a7791, r8a7793,
-		     r8a7794)
+      - "extal" (r7s9210, r8a7743, r8a7744, r8a7745, r8a77470, r8a774a1,
+		 r8a774c0, r8a7790, r8a7791, r8a7792, r8a7793, r8a7794,
+		 r8a7795, r8a7796, r8a77965, r8a77970, r8a77980, r8a77990,
+		 r8a77995)
+      - "extalr" (r8a774a1, r8a7795, r8a7796, r8a77965, r8a77970, r8a77980)
+      - "usb_extal" (r8a7743, r8a7744, r8a7745, r8a77470, r8a7790, r8a7791,
+		     r8a7793, r8a7794)
 
   - #clock-cells: Must be 2
       - For CPG core clocks, the two clock specifier cells must be "CPG_CORE"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sun8i-de2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sun8i-de2.txt
index e94582e8b8a9..41a52c2acffd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sun8i-de2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sun8i-de2.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-Allwinner Display Engine 2.0 Clock Control Binding
---------------------------------------------------
+Allwinner Display Engine 2.0/3.0 Clock Control Binding
+------------------------------------------------------
 
 Required properties :
 - compatible: must contain one of the following compatibles:
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required properties :
 		- "allwinner,sun8i-v3s-de2-clk"
 		- "allwinner,sun50i-a64-de2-clk"
 		- "allwinner,sun50i-h5-de2-clk"
+		- "allwinner,sun50i-h6-de3-clk"
 
 - reg: Must contain the registers base address and length
 - clocks: phandle to the clocks feeding the display engine subsystem.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi-ccu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi-ccu.txt
index 47d2e902ced4..e3bd88ae456b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi-ccu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi-ccu.txt
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ Required properties :
 		- "allwinner,sun50i-h5-ccu"
 		- "allwinner,sun50i-h6-ccu"
 		- "allwinner,sun50i-h6-r-ccu"
+		- "allwinner,suniv-f1c100s-ccu"
 		- "nextthing,gr8-ccu"
 
 - reg: Must contain the registers base address and length
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt
index 8855bfcfd778..a9a2f2fc44f2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ Optional properties:
 - label: symbolic name for the connector,
 - type: size of the connector, should be specified in case of USB-A, USB-B
   non-fullsize connectors: "mini", "micro".
+- self-powered: Set this property if the usb device that has its own power
+  source.
 
 Optional properties for usb-c-connector:
 - power-role: should be one of "source", "sink" or "dual"(DRP) if typec
@@ -29,15 +31,15 @@ Required properties for usb-c-connector with power delivery support:
   in "Universal Serial Bus Power Delivery Specification" chapter 6.4.1.2
   Source_Capabilities Message, the order of each entry(PDO) should follow
   the PD spec chapter 6.4.1. Required for power source and power dual role.
-  User can specify the source PDO array via PDO_FIXED/BATT/VAR() defined in
-  dt-bindings/usb/pd.h.
+  User can specify the source PDO array via PDO_FIXED/BATT/VAR/PPS_APDO()
+  defined in dt-bindings/usb/pd.h.
 - sink-pdos: An array of u32 with each entry providing supported power
   sink data object(PDO), the detailed bit definitions of PDO can be found
   in "Universal Serial Bus Power Delivery Specification" chapter 6.4.1.3
   Sink Capabilities Message, the order of each entry(PDO) should follow
   the PD spec chapter 6.4.1. Required for power sink and power dual role.
-  User can specify the sink PDO array via PDO_FIXED/BATT/VAR() defined in
-  dt-bindings/usb/pd.h.
+  User can specify the sink PDO array via PDO_FIXED/BATT/VAR/PPS_APDO() defined
+  in dt-bindings/usb/pd.h.
 - op-sink-microwatt: Sink required operating power in microwatt, if source
   can't offer the power, Capability Mismatch is set. Required for power
   sink and power dual role.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/arm_big_little_dt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/arm_big_little_dt.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 2aa06ac0fac5..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/arm_big_little_dt.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-Generic ARM big LITTLE cpufreq driver's DT glue
------------------------------------------------
-
-This is DT specific glue layer for generic cpufreq driver for big LITTLE
-systems.
-
-Both required and optional properties listed below must be defined
-under node /cpus/cpu@x. Where x is the first cpu inside a cluster.
-
-FIXME: Cpus should boot in the order specified in DT and all cpus for a cluster
-must be present contiguously. Generic DT driver will check only node 'x' for
-cpu:x.
-
-Required properties:
-- operating-points: Refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/opp/opp.txt
-  for details
-
-Optional properties:
-- clock-latency: Specify the possible maximum transition latency for clock,
-  in unit of nanoseconds.
-
-Examples:
-
-cpus {
-	#address-cells = <1>;
-	#size-cells = <0>;
-
-	cpu@0 {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
-		reg = <0>;
-		next-level-cache = <&L2>;
-		operating-points = <
-			/* kHz    uV */
-			792000  1100000
-			396000  950000
-			198000  850000
-		>;
-		clock-latency = <61036>; /* two CLK32 periods */
-	};
-
-	cpu@1 {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
-		reg = <1>;
-		next-level-cache = <&L2>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@100 {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a7";
-		reg = <100>;
-		next-level-cache = <&L2>;
-		operating-points = <
-			/* kHz    uV */
-			792000  950000
-			396000  750000
-			198000  450000
-		>;
-		clock-latency = <61036>; /* two CLK32 periods */
-	};
-
-	cpu@101 {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a7";
-		reg = <101>;
-		next-level-cache = <&L2>;
-	};
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-qcom-hw.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-qcom-hw.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..33856947c561
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-qcom-hw.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. CPUFREQ Bindings
+
+CPUFREQ HW is a hardware engine used by some Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. (QTI)
+SoCs to manage frequency in hardware. It is capable of controlling frequency
+for multiple clusters.
+
+Properties:
+- compatible
+	Usage:		required
+	Value type:	<string>
+	Definition:	must be "qcom,cpufreq-hw".
+
+- clocks
+	Usage:		required
+	Value type:	<phandle> From common clock binding.
+	Definition:	clock handle for XO clock and GPLL0 clock.
+
+- clock-names
+	Usage:		required
+	Value type:	<string> From common clock binding.
+	Definition:	must be "xo", "alternate".
+
+- reg
+	Usage:		required
+	Value type:	<prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition:	Addresses and sizes for the memory of the HW bases in
+			each frequency domain.
+- reg-names
+	Usage:		Optional
+	Value type:	<string>
+	Definition:	Frequency domain name i.e.
+			"freq-domain0", "freq-domain1".
+
+- #freq-domain-cells:
+	Usage:		required.
+	Definition:	Number of cells in a freqency domain specifier.
+
+* Property qcom,freq-domain
+Devices supporting freq-domain must set their "qcom,freq-domain" property with
+phandle to a cpufreq_hw followed by the Domain ID(0/1) in the CPU DT node.
+
+
+Example:
+
+Example 1: Dual-cluster, Quad-core per cluster. CPUs within a cluster switch
+DCVS state together.
+
+/ {
+	cpus {
+		#address-cells = <2>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		CPU0: cpu@0 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			compatible = "qcom,kryo385";
+			reg = <0x0 0x0>;
+			enable-method = "psci";
+			next-level-cache = <&L2_0>;
+			qcom,freq-domain = <&cpufreq_hw 0>;
+			L2_0: l2-cache {
+				compatible = "cache";
+				next-level-cache = <&L3_0>;
+				L3_0: l3-cache {
+				      compatible = "cache";
+				};
+			};
+		};
+
+		CPU1: cpu@100 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			compatible = "qcom,kryo385";
+			reg = <0x0 0x100>;
+			enable-method = "psci";
+			next-level-cache = <&L2_100>;
+			qcom,freq-domain = <&cpufreq_hw 0>;
+			L2_100: l2-cache {
+				compatible = "cache";
+				next-level-cache = <&L3_0>;
+			};
+		};
+
+		CPU2: cpu@200 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			compatible = "qcom,kryo385";
+			reg = <0x0 0x200>;
+			enable-method = "psci";
+			next-level-cache = <&L2_200>;
+			qcom,freq-domain = <&cpufreq_hw 0>;
+			L2_200: l2-cache {
+				compatible = "cache";
+				next-level-cache = <&L3_0>;
+			};
+		};
+
+		CPU3: cpu@300 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			compatible = "qcom,kryo385";
+			reg = <0x0 0x300>;
+			enable-method = "psci";
+			next-level-cache = <&L2_300>;
+			qcom,freq-domain = <&cpufreq_hw 0>;
+			L2_300: l2-cache {
+				compatible = "cache";
+				next-level-cache = <&L3_0>;
+			};
+		};
+
+		CPU4: cpu@400 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			compatible = "qcom,kryo385";
+			reg = <0x0 0x400>;
+			enable-method = "psci";
+			next-level-cache = <&L2_400>;
+			qcom,freq-domain = <&cpufreq_hw 1>;
+			L2_400: l2-cache {
+				compatible = "cache";
+				next-level-cache = <&L3_0>;
+			};
+		};
+
+		CPU5: cpu@500 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			compatible = "qcom,kryo385";
+			reg = <0x0 0x500>;
+			enable-method = "psci";
+			next-level-cache = <&L2_500>;
+			qcom,freq-domain = <&cpufreq_hw 1>;
+			L2_500: l2-cache {
+				compatible = "cache";
+				next-level-cache = <&L3_0>;
+			};
+		};
+
+		CPU6: cpu@600 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			compatible = "qcom,kryo385";
+			reg = <0x0 0x600>;
+			enable-method = "psci";
+			next-level-cache = <&L2_600>;
+			qcom,freq-domain = <&cpufreq_hw 1>;
+			L2_600: l2-cache {
+				compatible = "cache";
+				next-level-cache = <&L3_0>;
+			};
+		};
+
+		CPU7: cpu@700 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			compatible = "qcom,kryo385";
+			reg = <0x0 0x700>;
+			enable-method = "psci";
+			next-level-cache = <&L2_700>;
+			qcom,freq-domain = <&cpufreq_hw 1>;
+			L2_700: l2-cache {
+				compatible = "cache";
+				next-level-cache = <&L3_0>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+ soc {
+	cpufreq_hw: cpufreq@17d43000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,cpufreq-hw";
+		reg = <0x17d43000 0x1400>, <0x17d45800 0x1400>;
+		reg-names = "freq-domain0", "freq-domain1";
+
+		clocks = <&rpmhcc RPMH_CXO_CLK>, <&gcc GPLL0>;
+		clock-names = "xo", "alternate";
+
+		#freq-domain-cells = <1>;
+	};
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/nvidia,tegra124-cpufreq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/nvidia,tegra124-cpufreq.txt
index b1669fbfb740..03196d5ea515 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/nvidia,tegra124-cpufreq.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/nvidia,tegra124-cpufreq.txt
@@ -9,11 +9,9 @@ Required properties:
   See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
 - clock-names: Must include the following entries:
   - cpu_g: Clock mux for the fast CPU cluster.
-  - cpu_lp: Clock mux for the low-power CPU cluster.
   - pll_x: Fast PLL clocksource.
   - pll_p: Auxiliary PLL used during fast PLL rate changes.
   - dfll: Fast DFLL clocksource that also automatically scales CPU voltage.
-- vdd-cpu-supply: Regulator for CPU voltage
 
 Optional properties:
 - clock-latency: Specify the possible maximum transition latency for clock,
@@ -31,13 +29,11 @@ cpus {
 		reg = <0>;
 
 		clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_CCLK_G>,
-			 <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_CCLK_LP>,
 			 <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_PLL_X>,
 			 <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_PLL_P>,
 			 <&dfll>;
-		clock-names = "cpu_g", "cpu_lp", "pll_x", "pll_p", "dfll";
+		clock-names = "cpu_g", "pll_x", "pll_p", "dfll";
 		clock-latency = <300000>;
-		vdd-cpu-supply: <&vdd_cpu>;
 	};
 
 	<...>
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/arm-cryptocell.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/arm-cryptocell.txt
index 999fb2a810f6..6130e6eb4af8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/arm-cryptocell.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/arm-cryptocell.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,12 @@
 Arm TrustZone CryptoCell cryptographic engine
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: Should be one of: "arm,cryptocell-712-ree",
-  "arm,cryptocell-710-ree" or "arm,cryptocell-630p-ree".
+- compatible: Should be one of -
+   "arm,cryptocell-713-ree"
+   "arm,cryptocell-703-ree"
+   "arm,cryptocell-712-ree"
+   "arm,cryptocell-710-ree"
+   "arm,cryptocell-630p-ree"
 - reg: Base physical address of the engine and length of memory mapped region.
 - interrupts: Interrupt number for the device.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-dcp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-dcp.txt
index 76a0b4e80e83..4e4d387e38a5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-dcp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-dcp.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,8 @@ Required properties:
 - interrupts : Should contain MXS DCP interrupt numbers, VMI IRQ and DCP IRQ
                must be supplied, optionally Secure IRQ can be present, but
 	       is currently not implemented and not used.
+- clocks : Clock reference (only required on some SOCs: 6ull and 6sll).
+- clock-names : Must be "dcp".
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/hisilicon,hip07-sec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/hisilicon,hip07-sec.txt
index 78d2db9d4de5..d28fd1af01b4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/hisilicon,hip07-sec.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/hisilicon,hip07-sec.txt
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Optional properties:
 
 Example:
 
-p1_sec_a: crypto@400,d2000000 {
+p1_sec_a: crypto@400d2000000 {
 	compatible = "hisilicon,hip07-sec";
 	reg = <0x400 0xd0000000 0x0 0x10000
 	       0x400 0xd2000000 0x0 0x10000
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/samsung-slimsss.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/samsung-slimsss.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7ec9a5a7727a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/samsung-slimsss.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+Samsung SoC SlimSSS (Slim Security SubSystem) module
+
+The SlimSSS module in Exynos5433 SoC supports the following:
+-- Feeder (FeedCtrl)
+-- Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) with ECB,CBC,CTR,XTS and (CBC/XTS)/CTS
+-- SHA-1/SHA-256 and (SHA-1/SHA-256)/HMAC
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : Should contain entry for slimSSS version:
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-slim-sss" for Exynos5433 SoC.
+- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the module
+- interrupts : interrupt specifiers of SlimSSS module interrupts (one feed
+		control interrupt).
+
+- clocks : list of clock phandle and specifier pairs for all clocks listed in
+		clock-names property.
+- clock-names : list of device clock input names; should contain "pclk" and
+		"aclk" for slim-sss in Exynos5433.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/csky/cpus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/csky/cpus.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ae79412f2680
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/csky/cpus.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+==================
+C-SKY CPU Bindings
+==================
+
+The device tree allows to describe the layout of CPUs in a system through
+the "cpus" node, which in turn contains a number of subnodes (ie "cpu")
+defining properties for every cpu.
+
+Only SMP system need to care about the cpus node and single processor
+needn't define cpus node at all.
+
+=====================================
+cpus and cpu node bindings definition
+=====================================
+
+- cpus node
+
+	Description: Container of cpu nodes
+
+	The node name must be "cpus".
+
+	A cpus node must define the following properties:
+
+	- #address-cells
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <u32>
+		Definition: must be set to 1
+	- #size-cells
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <u32>
+		Definition: must be set to 0
+
+- cpu node
+
+	Description: Describes one of SMP cores
+
+	PROPERTIES
+
+	- device_type
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <string>
+		Definition: must be "cpu"
+	- reg
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <u32>
+		Definition: CPU index
+	- compatible:
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <string>
+		Definition: must contain "csky", eg:
+			"csky,610"
+			"csky,807"
+			"csky,810"
+			"csky,860"
+
+Example:
+--------
+
+	cpus {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		cpu@0 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			reg = <0>;
+			status = "ok";
+		};
+
+		cpu@1 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			reg = <1>;
+			status = "ok";
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-vpu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-vpu.txt
index 057b81335775..c65fd7a7467c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-vpu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-vpu.txt
@@ -67,6 +67,8 @@ Required properties:
 Optional properties:
 - power-domains: Optional phandle to associated power domain as described in
 	the file ../power/power_domain.txt
+- amlogic,canvas: phandle to canvas provider node as described in the file
+	../soc/amlogic/amlogic,canvas.txt
 
 Required nodes:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,simple-framebuffer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,simple-framebuffer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..aaa6c24c8e70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,simple-framebuffer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+Meson specific Simple Framebuffer bindings
+
+This binding documents meson specific extensions to the simple-framebuffer
+bindings. The meson simplefb u-boot code relies on the devicetree containing
+pre-populated simplefb nodes.
+
+These extensions are intended so that u-boot can select the right node based
+on which pipeline is being used. As such they are solely intended for
+firmware / bootloader use, and the OS should ignore them.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "amlogic,simple-framebuffer", "simple-framebuffer"
+- amlogic,pipeline, one of:
+  "vpu-cvbs"
+  "vpu-hdmi"
+
+Example:
+
+chosen {
+	#address-cells = <2>;
+	#size-cells = <2>;
+	ranges;
+
+	simplefb_hdmi: framebuffer-hdmi {
+		compatible = "amlogic,simple-framebuffer",
+			     "simple-framebuffer";
+		amlogic,pipeline = "vpu-hdmi";
+		clocks = <&clkc CLKID_HDMI_PCLK>,
+			 <&clkc CLKID_CLK81>,
+			 <&clkc CLKID_GCLK_VENCI_INT0>;
+		power-domains = <&pwrc_vpu>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/arm,komeda.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/arm,komeda.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..02b226532ebd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/arm,komeda.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+Device Tree bindings for Arm Komeda display driver
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "arm,mali-d71"
+- reg: Physical base address and length of the registers in the system
+- interrupts: the interrupt line number of the device in the system
+- clocks: A list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry
+    in 'clock-names'
+- clock-names: A list of clock names. It should contain:
+      - "mclk": for the main processor clock
+      - "pclk": for the APB interface clock
+- #address-cells: Must be 1
+- #size-cells: Must be 0
+
+Required properties for sub-node: pipeline@nq
+Each device contains one or two pipeline sub-nodes (at least one), each
+pipeline node should provide properties:
+- reg: Zero-indexed identifier for the pipeline
+- clocks: A list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry
+    in 'clock-names'
+- clock-names: should contain:
+      - "pxclk": pixel clock
+      - "aclk": AXI interface clock
+
+- port: each pipeline connect to an encoder input port. The connection is
+    modeled using the OF graph bindings specified in
+    Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt
+
+Optional properties:
+  - memory-region: phandle to a node describing memory (see
+    Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt)
+    to be used for the framebuffer; if not present, the framebuffer may
+    be located anywhere in memory.
+
+Example:
+/ {
+	...
+
+	dp0: display@c00000 {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		compatible = "arm,mali-d71";
+		reg = <0xc00000 0x20000>;
+		interrupts = <0 168 4>;
+		clocks = <&dpu_mclk>, <&dpu_aclk>;
+		clock-names = "mclk", "pclk";
+
+		dp0_pipe0: pipeline@0 {
+			clocks = <&fpgaosc2>, <&dpu_aclk>;
+			clock-names = "pxclk", "aclk";
+			reg = <0>;
+
+			port {
+				dp0_pipe0_out: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&db_dvi0_in>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+
+		dp0_pipe1: pipeline@1 {
+			clocks = <&fpgaosc2>, <&dpu_aclk>;
+			clock-names = "pxclk", "aclk";
+			reg = <1>;
+
+			port {
+				dp0_pipe1_out: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&db_dvi1_in>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
+	...
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/arm,pl11x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/arm,pl11x.txt
index ef89ab46b2c9..572fa2773ec4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/arm,pl11x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/arm,pl11x.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 * ARM PrimeCell Color LCD Controller PL110/PL111
 
-See also Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/primecell.txt
+See also Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/primecell.yaml
 
 Required properties:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/atmel/hlcdc-dc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/atmel/hlcdc-dc.txt
index 82f2acb3d374..0398aec488ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/atmel/hlcdc-dc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/atmel/hlcdc-dc.txt
@@ -15,6 +15,13 @@ Required children nodes:
  to external devices using the OF graph reprensentation (see ../graph.txt).
  At least one port node is required.
 
+Optional properties in grandchild nodes:
+ Any endpoint grandchild node may specify a desired video interface
+ according to ../../media/video-interfaces.txt, specifically
+ - bus-width: recognized values are <12>, <16>, <18> and <24>, and
+   override any output mode selection heuristic, forcing "rgb444",
+   "rgb565", "rgb666" and "rgb888" respectively.
+
 Example:
 
 	hlcdc: hlcdc@f0030000 {
@@ -50,3 +57,19 @@ Example:
 			#pwm-cells = <3>;
 		};
 	};
+
+Example 2: With a video interface override to force rgb565; as above
+but with these changes/additions:
+
+	&hlcdc {
+		hlcdc-display-controller {
+			pinctrl-names = "default";
+			pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_lcd_base &pinctrl_lcd_rgb565>;
+
+			port@0 {
+				hlcdc_panel_output: endpoint@0 {
+					bus-width = <16>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/cdns,dsi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/cdns,dsi.txt
index f5725bb6c61c..525a4bfd8634 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/cdns,dsi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/cdns,dsi.txt
@@ -31,28 +31,7 @@ Required subnodes:
 - one subnode per DSI device connected on the DSI bus. Each DSI device should
   contain a reg property encoding its virtual channel.
 
-Cadence DPHY
-============
-
-Cadence DPHY block.
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: should be set to "cdns,dphy".
-- reg: physical base address and length of the DPHY registers.
-- clocks: DPHY reference clocks.
-- clock-names: must contain "psm" and "pll_ref".
-- #phy-cells: must be set to 0.
-
-
 Example:
-	dphy0: dphy@fd0e0000{
-		compatible = "cdns,dphy";
-		reg = <0x0 0xfd0e0000 0x0 0x1000>;
-		clocks = <&psm_clk>, <&pll_ref_clk>;
-		clock-names = "psm", "pll_ref";
-		#phy-cells = <0>;
-	};
-
 	dsi0: dsi@fd0c0000 {
 		compatible = "cdns,dsi";
 		reg = <0x0 0xfd0c0000 0x0 0x1000>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lvds-transmitter.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lvds-transmitter.txt
index fd39ad34c383..60091db5dfa5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lvds-transmitter.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/lvds-transmitter.txt
@@ -24,6 +24,10 @@ Required properties:
 
 - compatible: Must be "lvds-encoder"
 
+  Any encoder compatible with this generic binding, but with additional
+  properties not listed here, must list a device specific compatible first
+  followed by this generic compatible.
+
 Required nodes:
 
 This device has two video ports. Their connections are modeled using the OF
@@ -38,8 +42,6 @@ Example
 
 lvds-encoder {
 	compatible = "lvds-encoder";
-	#address-cells = <1>;
-	#size-cells = <0>;
 
 	ports {
 		#address-cells = <1>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/renesas,lvds.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/renesas,lvds.txt
index 4f0ab3ed3b6f..900a884ad9f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/renesas,lvds.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/renesas,lvds.txt
@@ -8,16 +8,31 @@ Required properties:
 
 - compatible : Shall contain one of
   - "renesas,r8a7743-lvds" for R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) compatible LVDS encoders
+  - "renesas,r8a7744-lvds" for R8A7744 (RZ/G1N) compatible LVDS encoders
+  - "renesas,r8a774c0-lvds" for R8A774C0 (RZ/G2E) compatible LVDS encoders
   - "renesas,r8a7790-lvds" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) compatible LVDS encoders
   - "renesas,r8a7791-lvds" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) compatible LVDS encoders
   - "renesas,r8a7793-lvds" for R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) compatible LVDS encoders
   - "renesas,r8a7795-lvds" for R8A7795 (R-Car H3) compatible LVDS encoders
   - "renesas,r8a7796-lvds" for R8A7796 (R-Car M3-W) compatible LVDS encoders
+  - "renesas,r8a77965-lvds" for R8A77965 (R-Car M3-N) compatible LVDS encoders
   - "renesas,r8a77970-lvds" for R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) compatible LVDS encoders
+  - "renesas,r8a77980-lvds" for R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) compatible LVDS encoders
+  - "renesas,r8a77990-lvds" for R8A77990 (R-Car E3) compatible LVDS encoders
   - "renesas,r8a77995-lvds" for R8A77995 (R-Car D3) compatible LVDS encoders
 
 - reg: Base address and length for the memory-mapped registers
-- clocks: A phandle + clock-specifier pair for the functional clock
+- clocks: A list of phandles + clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry in
+  the clock-names property.
+- clock-names: Name of the clocks. This property is model-dependent.
+  - The functional clock, which mandatory for all models, shall be listed
+    first, and shall be named "fck".
+  - On R8A77990, R8A77995 and R8A774C0, the LVDS encoder can use the EXTAL or
+    DU_DOTCLKINx clocks. Those clocks are optional. When supplied they must be
+    named "extal" and "dclkin.x" respectively, with "x" being the DU_DOTCLKIN
+    numerical index.
+  - When the clocks property only contains the functional clock, the
+    clock-names property may be omitted.
 - resets: A phandle + reset specifier for the module reset
 
 Required nodes:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/thine,thc63lvdm83d.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/thine,thc63lvdm83d.txt
index 527e236e9a2a..fee3c88e1a17 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/thine,thc63lvdm83d.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/thine,thc63lvdm83d.txt
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Required properties:
 
 Optional properties:
 
-- pwdn-gpios: Power down control GPIO
+- powerdown-gpios: Power down control GPIO (the /PWDN pin, active low).
 
 Required nodes:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,ds90c185.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,ds90c185.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e575f996959a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,ds90c185.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+Texas Instruments FPD-Link (LVDS) Serializer
+--------------------------------------------
+
+The DS90C185 and DS90C187 are low-power serializers for portable
+battery-powered applications that reduces the size of the RGB
+interface between the host GPU and the display.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Should be
+  "ti,ds90c185", "lvds-encoder"  for the TI DS90C185 FPD-Link Serializer
+  "ti,ds90c187", "lvds-encoder"  for the TI DS90C187 FPD-Link Serializer
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- powerdown-gpios: Power down control GPIO (the PDB pin, active-low)
+
+Required nodes:
+
+The devices have two video ports. Their connections are modeled using the OF
+graph bindings specified in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt.
+
+- Video port 0 for parallel input
+- Video port 1 for LVDS output
+
+
+Example
+-------
+
+lvds-encoder {
+	compatible = "ti,ds90c185", "lvds-encoder";
+
+	powerdown-gpios = <&gpio 17 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+
+	ports {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		port@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+
+			lvds_enc_in: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&lcdc_out_rgb>;
+			};
+		};
+
+		port@1 {
+			reg = <1>;
+
+			lvds_enc_out: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&lvds_panel_in>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,sn65dsi86.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,sn65dsi86.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0a3fbb53a16e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,sn65dsi86.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+SN65DSI86 DSI to eDP bridge chip
+--------------------------------
+
+This is the binding for Texas Instruments SN65DSI86 bridge.
+http://www.ti.com/general/docs/lit/getliterature.tsp?genericPartNumber=sn65dsi86&fileType=pdf
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must be "ti,sn65dsi86"
+- reg: i2c address of the chip, 0x2d as per datasheet
+- enable-gpios: gpio specification for bridge_en pin (active high)
+
+- vccio-supply: A 1.8V supply that powers up the digital IOs.
+- vpll-supply: A 1.8V supply that powers up the displayport PLL.
+- vcca-supply: A 1.2V supply that powers up the analog circuits.
+- vcc-supply: A 1.2V supply that powers up the digital core.
+
+Optional properties:
+- interrupts-extended: Specifier for the SN65DSI86 interrupt line.
+
+- gpio-controller: Marks the device has a GPIO controller.
+- #gpio-cells    : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and
+                   the second cell is used to specify flags.
+                   See ../../gpio/gpio.txt for more information.
+- #pwm-cells : Should be one. See ../../pwm/pwm.txt for description of
+               the cell formats.
+
+- clock-names: should be "refclk"
+- clocks: Specification for input reference clock. The reference
+	  clock rate must be 12 MHz, 19.2 MHz, 26 MHz, 27 MHz or 38.4 MHz.
+
+- data-lanes: See ../../media/video-interface.txt
+- lane-polarities: See ../../media/video-interface.txt
+
+- suspend-gpios: specification for GPIO1 pin on bridge (active low)
+
+Required nodes:
+This device has two video ports. Their connections are modelled using the
+OF graph bindings specified in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt.
+
+- Video port 0 for DSI input
+- Video port 1 for eDP output
+
+Example
+-------
+
+edp-bridge@2d {
+	compatible = "ti,sn65dsi86";
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	reg = <0x2d>;
+
+	enable-gpios = <&msmgpio 33 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+	suspend-gpios = <&msmgpio 34 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+
+	interrupts-extended = <&gpio3 4 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+
+	vccio-supply = <&pm8916_l17>;
+	vcca-supply = <&pm8916_l6>;
+	vpll-supply = <&pm8916_l17>;
+	vcc-supply = <&pm8916_l6>;
+
+	clock-names = "refclk";
+	clocks = <&input_refclk>;
+
+	ports {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		port@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+
+			edp_bridge_in: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&dsi_out>;
+			};
+		};
+
+		port@1 {
+			reg = <1>;
+
+			edp_bridge_out: endpoint {
+				data-lanes = <2 1 3 0>;
+				lane-polarities = <0 1 0 1>;
+				remote-endpoint = <&edp_panel_in>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358764.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358764.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8f9abf28a8fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/toshiba,tc358764.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+TC358764 MIPI-DSI to LVDS panel bridge
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: "toshiba,tc358764"
+  - reg: the virtual channel number of a DSI peripheral
+  - vddc-supply: core voltage supply, 1.2V
+  - vddio-supply: I/O voltage supply, 1.8V or 3.3V
+  - vddlvds-supply: LVDS1/2 voltage supply, 3.3V
+  - reset-gpios: a GPIO spec for the reset pin
+
+The device node can contain following 'port' child nodes,
+according to the OF graph bindings defined in [1]:
+  0: DSI Input, not required, if the bridge is DSI controlled
+  1: LVDS Output, mandatory
+
+[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	bridge@0 {
+		reg = <0>;
+		compatible = "toshiba,tc358764";
+		vddc-supply = <&vcc_1v2_reg>;
+		vddio-supply = <&vcc_1v8_reg>;
+		vddlvds-supply = <&vcc_3v3_reg>;
+		reset-gpios = <&gpd1 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		port@1 {
+			reg = <1>;
+			lvds_ep: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&panel_ep>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt
index 2fff8b406f4c..be377786e8cd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt
@@ -21,6 +21,9 @@ Required properties:
   - samsung,pll-clock-frequency: specifies frequency of the oscillator clock
   - #address-cells, #size-cells: should be set respectively to <1> and <0>
     according to DSI host bindings (see MIPI DSI bindings [1])
+  - samsung,burst-clock-frequency: specifies DSI frequency in high-speed burst
+    mode
+  - samsung,esc-clock-frequency: specifies DSI frequency in escape mode
 
 Optional properties:
   - power-domains: a phandle to DSIM power domain node
@@ -29,25 +32,9 @@ Child nodes:
   Should contain DSI peripheral nodes (see MIPI DSI bindings [1]).
 
 Video interfaces:
-  Device node can contain video interface port nodes according to [2].
-  The following are properties specific to those nodes:
-
-  port node inbound:
-    - reg: (required) must be 0.
-  port node outbound:
-    - reg: (required) must be 1.
-
-  endpoint node connected from mic node (reg = 0):
-    - remote-endpoint: specifies the endpoint in mic node. This node is required
-		       for Exynos5433 mipi dsi. So mic can access to panel node
-		       throughout this dsi node.
-  endpoint node connected to panel node (reg = 1):
-    - remote-endpoint: specifies the endpoint in panel node. This node is
-		       required in all kinds of exynos mipi dsi to represent
-		       the connection between mipi dsi and panel.
-    - samsung,burst-clock-frequency: specifies DSI frequency in high-speed burst
-      mode
-    - samsung,esc-clock-frequency: specifies DSI frequency in escape mode
+  Device node can contain following video interface port nodes according to [2]:
+  0: RGB input,
+  1: DSI output
 
 [1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mipi-dsi-bus.txt
 [2]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/himax,hx8357d.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/himax,hx8357d.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e641f664763d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/himax,hx8357d.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Himax HX8357D display panels
+
+This binding is for display panels using a Himax HX8357D controller in SPI
+mode, such as the Adafruit 3.5" TFT for Raspberry Pi.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:	"adafruit,yx350hv15", "himax,hx8357d"
+- dc-gpios:	D/C pin
+- reg:		address of the panel on the SPI bus
+
+The node for this driver must be a child node of a SPI controller, hence
+all mandatory properties described in ../spi/spi-bus.txt must be specified.
+
+Optional properties:
+- rotation:	panel rotation in degrees counter clockwise (0,90,180,270)
+- backlight:	phandle of the backlight device attached to the panel
+
+Example:
+	display@0{
+		compatible = "adafruit,yx350hv15", "himax,hx8357d";
+		reg = <0>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <32000000>;
+		dc-gpios = <&gpio0 25 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+		rotation = <90>;
+		backlight = <&backlight>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mipi-dsi-bus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mipi-dsi-bus.txt
index 973c27273772..a336599f6c03 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mipi-dsi-bus.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/mipi-dsi-bus.txt
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ The following assumes that only a single peripheral is connected to a DSI
 host. Experience shows that this is true for the large majority of setups.
 
 DSI host
---------
+========
 
 In addition to the standard properties and those defined by the parent bus of
 a DSI host, the following properties apply to a node representing a DSI host.
@@ -29,12 +29,24 @@ Required properties:
 - #size-cells: Should be 0. There are cases where it makes sense to use a
   different value here. See below.
 
+Optional properties:
+- clock-master: boolean. Should be enabled if the host is being used in
+  conjunction with another DSI host to drive the same peripheral. Hardware
+  supporting such a configuration generally requires the data on both the busses
+  to be driven by the same clock. Only the DSI host instance controlling this
+  clock should contain this property.
+
 DSI peripheral
---------------
+==============
+
+Peripherals with DSI as control bus, or no control bus
+------------------------------------------------------
 
-Peripherals are represented as child nodes of the DSI host's node. Properties
-described here apply to all DSI peripherals, but individual bindings may want
-to define additional, device-specific properties.
+Peripherals with the DSI bus as the primary control bus, or peripherals with
+no control bus but use the DSI bus to transmit pixel data are represented
+as child nodes of the DSI host's node. Properties described here apply to all
+DSI peripherals, but individual bindings may want to define additional,
+device-specific properties.
 
 Required properties:
 - reg: The virtual channel number of a DSI peripheral. Must be in the range
@@ -49,9 +61,37 @@ case two alternative representations can be chosen:
   property is the number of the first virtual channel and the second cell is
   the number of consecutive virtual channels.
 
-Example
--------
-
+Peripherals with a different control bus
+----------------------------------------
+
+There are peripherals that have I2C/SPI (or some other non-DSI bus) as the
+primary control bus, but are also connected to a DSI bus (mostly for the data
+path). Connections between such peripherals and a DSI host can be represented
+using the graph bindings [1], [2].
+
+Peripherals that support dual channel DSI
+-----------------------------------------
+
+Peripherals with higher bandwidth requirements can be connected to 2 DSI
+busses. Each DSI bus/channel drives some portion of the pixel data (generally
+left/right half of each line of the display, or even/odd lines of the display).
+The graph bindings should be used to represent the multiple DSI busses that are
+connected to this peripheral. Each DSI host's output endpoint can be linked to
+an input endpoint of the DSI peripheral.
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
+
+Examples
+========
+- (1), (2) and (3) are examples of a DSI host and peripheral on the DSI bus
+  with different virtual channel configurations.
+- (4) is an example of a peripheral on a I2C control bus connected to a
+  DSI host using of-graph bindings.
+- (5) is an example of 2 DSI hosts driving a dual-channel DSI peripheral,
+  which uses I2C as its primary control bus.
+
+1)
 	dsi-host {
 		...
 
@@ -67,6 +107,7 @@ Example
 		...
 	};
 
+2)
 	dsi-host {
 		...
 
@@ -82,6 +123,7 @@ Example
 		...
 	};
 
+3)
 	dsi-host {
 		...
 
@@ -96,3 +138,98 @@ Example
 
 		...
 	};
+
+4)
+	i2c-host {
+		...
+
+		dsi-bridge@35 {
+			compatible = "...";
+			reg = <0x35>;
+
+			ports {
+				...
+
+				port {
+					bridge_mipi_in: endpoint {
+						remote-endpoint = <&host_mipi_out>;
+					};
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	dsi-host {
+		...
+
+		ports {
+			...
+
+			port {
+				host_mipi_out: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&bridge_mipi_in>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+5)
+	i2c-host {
+		dsi-bridge@35 {
+			compatible = "...";
+			reg = <0x35>;
+
+			ports {
+				#address-cells = <1>;
+				#size-cells = <0>;
+
+				port@0 {
+					reg = <0>;
+					dsi0_in: endpoint {
+						remote-endpoint = <&dsi0_out>;
+					};
+				};
+
+				port@1 {
+					reg = <1>;
+					dsi1_in: endpoint {
+						remote-endpoint = <&dsi1_out>;
+					};
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	dsi0-host {
+		...
+
+		/*
+		 * this DSI instance drives the clock for both the host
+		 * controllers
+		 */
+		clock-master;
+
+		ports {
+			...
+
+			port {
+				dsi0_out: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&dsi0_in>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	dsi1-host {
+		...
+
+		ports {
+			...
+
+			port {
+				dsi1_out: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&dsi1_in>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi.txt
index dfc743219bd8..9ae946942720 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/dsi.txt
@@ -106,6 +106,7 @@ Required properties:
 - clocks: Phandles to device clocks. See [1] for details on clock bindings.
 - clock-names: the following clocks are required:
   * "iface"
+  * "ref" (only required for new DTS files/entries)
   For 28nm HPM/LP, 28nm 8960 PHYs:
 - vddio-supply: phandle to vdd-io regulator device node
   For 20nm PHY:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gmu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3439b38e60f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gmu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+Qualcomm adreno/snapdragon GMU (Graphics management unit)
+
+The GMU is a programmable power controller for the GPU. the CPU controls the
+GMU which in turn handles power controls for the GPU.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "qcom,adreno-gmu-XYZ.W", "qcom,adreno-gmu"
+    for example: "qcom,adreno-gmu-630.2", "qcom,adreno-gmu"
+  Note that you need to list the less specific "qcom,adreno-gmu"
+  for generic matches and the more specific identifier to identify
+  the specific device.
+- reg: Physical base address and length of the GMU registers.
+- reg-names: Matching names for the register regions
+  * "gmu"
+  * "gmu_pdc"
+  * "gmu_pdc_seg"
+- interrupts: The interrupt signals from the GMU.
+- interrupt-names: Matching names for the interrupts
+  * "hfi"
+  * "gmu"
+- clocks: phandles to the device clocks
+- clock-names: Matching names for the clocks
+   * "gmu"
+   * "cxo"
+   * "axi"
+   * "mnoc"
+- power-domains: should be <&clock_gpucc GPU_CX_GDSC>
+- iommus: phandle to the adreno iommu
+- operating-points-v2: phandle to the OPP operating points
+
+Example:
+
+/ {
+	...
+
+	gmu: gmu@506a000 {
+		compatible="qcom,adreno-gmu-630.2", "qcom,adreno-gmu";
+
+		reg = <0x506a000 0x30000>,
+			<0xb280000 0x10000>,
+			<0xb480000 0x10000>;
+		reg-names = "gmu", "gmu_pdc", "gmu_pdc_seq";
+
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 304 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 305 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		interrupt-names = "hfi", "gmu";
+
+		clocks = <&gpucc GPU_CC_CX_GMU_CLK>,
+			<&gpucc GPU_CC_CXO_CLK>,
+			<&gcc GCC_DDRSS_GPU_AXI_CLK>,
+			<&gcc GCC_GPU_MEMNOC_GFX_CLK>;
+		clock-names = "gmu", "cxo", "axi", "memnoc";
+
+		power-domains = <&gpucc GPU_CX_GDSC>;
+		iommus = <&adreno_smmu 5>;
+
+		operating-points-v2 = <&gmu_opp_table>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gpu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gpu.txt
index 43fac0fe09bb..aad1aef682f7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gpu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gpu.txt
@@ -1,21 +1,32 @@
 Qualcomm adreno/snapdragon GPU
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: "qcom,adreno-XYZ.W", "qcom,adreno"
+- compatible: "qcom,adreno-XYZ.W", "qcom,adreno" or
+	      "amd,imageon-XYZ.W", "amd,imageon"
     for example: "qcom,adreno-306.0", "qcom,adreno"
   Note that you need to list the less specific "qcom,adreno" (since this
   is what the device is matched on), in addition to the more specific
   with the chip-id.
+  If "amd,imageon" is used, there should be no top level msm device.
 - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
 - interrupts: The interrupt signal from the gpu.
-- clocks: device clocks
+- clocks: device clocks (if applicable)
   See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
-- clock-names: the following clocks are required:
+- clock-names: the following clocks are required by a3xx, a4xx and a5xx
+  cores:
   * "core"
   * "iface"
   * "mem_iface"
+  For GMU attached devices the GPU clocks are not used and are not required. The
+  following devices should not list clocks:
+   - qcom,adreno-630.2
+- iommus: optional phandle to an adreno iommu instance
+- operating-points-v2: optional phandle to the OPP operating points
+- qcom,gmu: For GMU attached devices a phandle to the GMU device that will
+  control the power for the GPU. Applicable targets:
+    - qcom,adreno-630.2
 
-Example:
+Example 3xx/4xx/a5xx:
 
 / {
 	...
@@ -25,7 +36,6 @@ Example:
 		reg = <0x04300000 0x20000>;
 		reg-names = "kgsl_3d0_reg_memory";
 		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 80 0>;
-		interrupt-names = "kgsl_3d0_irq";
 		clock-names =
 		    "core",
 		    "iface",
@@ -36,3 +46,30 @@ Example:
 		    <&mmcc MMSS_IMEM_AHB_CLK>;
 	};
 };
+
+Example a6xx (with GMU):
+
+/ {
+	...
+
+	gpu@5000000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,adreno-630.2", "qcom,adreno";
+		#stream-id-cells = <16>;
+
+		reg = <0x5000000 0x40000>, <0x509e000 0x10>;
+		reg-names = "kgsl_3d0_reg_memory", "cx_mem";
+
+		/*
+		 * Look ma, no clocks! The GPU clocks and power are
+		 * controlled entirely by the GMU
+		 */
+
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 300 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+
+		iommus = <&adreno_smmu 0>;
+
+		operating-points-v2 = <&gpu_opp_table>;
+
+		qcom,gmu = <&gmu>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/mdp4.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/mdp4.txt
index 3c341a15ccdc..b07eeb38f709 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/mdp4.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/mdp4.txt
@@ -38,6 +38,8 @@ Required properties:
 Optional properties:
 - clock-names: the following clocks are optional:
   * "lut_clk"
+- qcom,lcdc-align-lsb: Boolean value indicating that LSB alignment should be
+  used for LCDC. This is only valid for 18bpp panels.
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/auo,g101evn010.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/auo,g101evn010.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..bc6a0c858e23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/auo,g101evn010.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+AU Optronics Corporation 10.1" (1280x800) color TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "auo,g101evn010"
+- power-supply: as specified in the base binding
+
+Optional properties:
+- backlight: as specified in the base binding
+- enable-gpios: as specified in the base binding
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/bananapi,s070wv20-ct16.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/bananapi,s070wv20-ct16.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..35bc0c839f49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/bananapi,s070wv20-ct16.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+Banana Pi 7" (S070WV20-CT16) TFT LCD Panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "bananapi,s070wv20-ct16"
+- power-supply: see ./panel-common.txt
+
+Optional properties:
+- enable-gpios: see ./simple-panel.txt
+- backlight: see ./simple-panel.txt
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in ./simple-panel.txt.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/cdtech,s043wq26h-ct7.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/cdtech,s043wq26h-ct7.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..057f7f3f6dbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/cdtech,s043wq26h-ct7.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+CDTech(H.K.) Electronics Limited 4.3" 480x272 color TFT-LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "cdtech,s043wq26h-ct7"
+- power-supply: as specified in the base binding
+
+Optional properties:
+- backlight: as specified in the base binding
+- enable-gpios: as specified in the base binding
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/cdtech,s070wv95-ct16.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/cdtech,s070wv95-ct16.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..505615dfa0df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/cdtech,s070wv95-ct16.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+CDTech(H.K.) Electronics Limited 7" 800x480 color TFT-LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "cdtech,s070wv95-ct16"
+- power-supply: as specified in the base binding
+
+Optional properties:
+- backlight: as specified in the base binding
+- enable-gpios: as specified in the base binding
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/dlc,dlc1010gig.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/dlc,dlc1010gig.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..fbf5dcd15661
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/dlc,dlc1010gig.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+DLC Display Co. DLC1010GIG 10.1" WXGA TFT LCD Panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "dlc,dlc1010gig"
+- power-supply: See simple-panel.txt
+
+Optional properties:
+- enable-gpios: See simple-panel.txt
+- backlight: See simple-panel.txt
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,ee101ia-01d.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,ee101ia-01d.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e5ca4ccd55ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,ee101ia-01d.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Innolux Corporation 10.1" EE101IA-01D WXGA (1280x800) LVDS panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "innolux,ee101ia-01d"
+
+This binding is compatible with the lvds-panel binding, which is specified
+in panel-lvds.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,p120zdg-bf1.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,p120zdg-bf1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..513f03466aba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,p120zdg-bf1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+Innolux P120ZDG-BF1 12.02 inch eDP 2K display panel
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "innolux,p120zdg-bf1"
+- power-supply: regulator to provide the supply voltage
+
+Optional properties:
+- enable-gpios: GPIO pin to enable or disable the panel
+- backlight: phandle of the backlight device attached to the panel
+- no-hpd: If HPD isn't hooked up; add this property.
+
+Example:
+	panel_edp: panel-edp {
+		compatible = "innolux,p120zdg-bf1";
+		enable-gpios = <&msmgpio 31 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+		power-supply = <&pm8916_l2>;
+		backlight = <&backlight>;
+		no-hpd;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,tv123wam.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,tv123wam.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a9b35265fa13..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,tv123wam.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-Innolux TV123WAM 12.3 inch eDP 2K display panel
-
-This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
-in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: should be "innolux,tv123wam"
-- power-supply: regulator to provide the supply voltage
-
-Optional properties:
-- enable-gpios: GPIO pin to enable or disable the panel
-- backlight: phandle of the backlight device attached to the panel
-
-Example:
-	panel_edp: panel-edp {
-		compatible = "innolux,tv123wam";
-		enable-gpios = <&msmgpio 31 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
-		power-supply = <&pm8916_l2>;
-		backlight = <&backlight>;
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/lemaker,bl035-rgb-002.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/lemaker,bl035-rgb-002.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..74ee7ea6b493
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/lemaker,bl035-rgb-002.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+LeMaker BL035-RGB-002 3.5" QVGA TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "lemaker,bl035-rgb-002"
+- power-supply: as specified in the base binding
+
+Optional properties:
+- backlight: as specified in the base binding
+- enable-gpios: as specified in the base binding
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/olimex,lcd-olinuxino.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/olimex,lcd-olinuxino.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a89f9c830a85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/olimex,lcd-olinuxino.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+Binding for Olimex Ltd. LCD-OLinuXino bridge panel.
+
+This device can be used as bridge between a host controller and LCD panels.
+Currently supported LCDs are:
+  - LCD-OLinuXino-4.3TS
+  - LCD-OLinuXino-5
+  - LCD-OLinuXino-7
+  - LCD-OLinuXino-10
+
+The panel itself contains:
+  - AT24C16C EEPROM holding panel identification and timing requirements
+  - AR1021 resistive touch screen controller (optional)
+  - FT5x6 capacitive touch screnn controller (optional)
+  - GT911/GT928 capacitive touch screen controller (optional)
+
+The above chips share same I2C bus. The EEPROM is factory preprogrammed with
+device information (id, serial, etc.) and timing requirements.
+
+Touchscreen bingings can be found in these files:
+  - input/touchscreen/goodix.txt
+  - input/touchscreen/edt-ft5x06.txt
+  - input/touchscreen/ar1021.txt
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: should be "olimex,lcd-olinuxino"
+  - reg: address of the configuration EEPROM, should be <0x50>
+  - power-supply: phandle of the regulator that provides the supply voltage
+
+Optional properties:
+  - enable-gpios: GPIO pin to enable or disable the panel
+  - backlight: phandle of the backlight device attacked to the panel
+
+Example:
+&i2c2 {
+	panel@50 {
+		compatible = "olimex,lcd-olinuxino";
+		reg = <0x50>;
+		power-supply = <&reg_vcc5v0>;
+		enable-gpios = <&pio 7 8 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+		backlight = <&backlight>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/pda,91-00156-a0.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/pda,91-00156-a0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1639fb17a9f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/pda,91-00156-a0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+PDA 91-00156-A0 5.0" WVGA TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "pda,91-00156-a0"
+- power-supply: this panel requires a single power supply. A phandle to a
+regulator needs to be specified here. Compatible with panel-common binding which
+is specified in the panel-common.txt in this directory.
+- backlight: this panel's backlight is controlled by an external backlight
+controller. A phandle to this controller needs to be specified here.
+Compatible with panel-common binding which is specified in the panel-common.txt
+in this directory.
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/samsung,s6d16d0.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/samsung,s6d16d0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b94e366f451b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/samsung,s6d16d0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+Samsung S6D16D0 4" 864x480 AMOLED panel
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: should be:
+    "samsung,s6d16d0",
+  - reg: the virtual channel number of a DSI peripheral
+  - vdd1-supply: I/O voltage supply
+  - reset-gpios: a GPIO spec for the reset pin (active low)
+
+The device node can contain one 'port' child node with one child
+'endpoint' node, according to the bindings defined in
+media/video-interfaces.txt. This node should describe panel's video bus.
+
+Example:
+&dsi {
+	...
+
+	panel@0 {
+		compatible = "samsung,s6d16d0";
+		reg = <0>;
+		vdd1-supply = <&foo>;
+		reset-gpios = <&foo_gpio 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+
+		port {
+			panel_in: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&dsi_out>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/simple-panel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/simple-panel.txt
index 45a457ad38f0..b2b872c710f2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/simple-panel.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/simple-panel.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,9 @@ Optional properties:
 - ddc-i2c-bus: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing
 - enable-gpios: GPIO pin to enable or disable the panel
 - backlight: phandle of the backlight device attached to the panel
+- no-hpd: This panel is supposed to communicate that it's ready via HPD
+  (hot plug detect) signal, but the signal isn't hooked up so we should
+  hardcode the max delay from the panel spec when powering up the panel.
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/sitronix,st7701.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/sitronix,st7701.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ccd17597f1f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/sitronix,st7701.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+Sitronix ST7701 based LCD panels
+
+ST7701 designed for small and medium sizes of TFT LCD display, is
+capable of supporting up to 480RGBX864 in resolution. It provides
+several system interfaces like MIPI/RGB/SPI.
+
+Techstar TS8550B is 480x854, 2-lane MIPI DSI LCD panel which has
+inbuilt ST7701 chip.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be "sitronix,st7701" and one of
+  * "techstar,ts8550b"
+- reset-gpios: a GPIO phandle for the reset pin
+
+Required properties for techstar,ts8550b:
+- reg: DSI virtual channel used by that screen
+- VCC-supply: analog regulator for MIPI circuit
+- IOVCC-supply: I/O system regulator
+
+Optional properties:
+- backlight: phandle for the backlight control.
+
+panel@0 {
+	compatible = "techstar,ts8550b", "sitronix,st7701";
+	reg = <0>;
+	VCC-supply = <&reg_dldo2>;
+	IOVCC-supply = <&reg_dldo2>;
+	reset-gpios = <&pio 3 24 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; /* LCD-RST: PD24 */
+	backlight = <&backlight>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/tpo,tpg110.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/tpo,tpg110.txt
index f5e3c6f2095a..40f3d7c713bb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/tpo,tpg110.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/tpo,tpg110.txt
@@ -1,47 +1,70 @@
 TPO TPG110 Panel
 ================
 
-This binding builds on the DPI bindings, adding a few properties
-as a superset of a DPI. See panel-dpi.txt for the required DPI
-bindings.
+This panel driver is a component that acts as an intermediary
+between an RGB output and a variety of panels. The panel
+driver is strapped up in electronics to the desired resolution
+and other properties, and has a control interface over 3WIRE
+SPI. By talking to the TPG110 over SPI, the strapped properties
+can be discovered and the hardware is therefore mostly
+self-describing.
+
+       +--------+
+SPI -> |  TPO   | -> physical display
+RGB -> | TPG110 |
+       +--------+
+
+If some electrical strap or alternate resolution is desired,
+this can be set up by taking software control of the display
+over the SPI interface. The interface can also adjust
+for properties of the display such as gamma correction and
+certain electrical driving levels.
+
+The TPG110 does not know the physical dimensions of the panel
+connected, so this needs to be specified in the device tree.
+
+It requires a GPIO line for control of its reset line.
+
+The serial protocol has line names that resemble I2C but the
+protocol is not I2C but 3WIRE SPI.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible : "tpo,tpg110"
+- compatible : one of:
+  "ste,nomadik-nhk15-display", "tpo,tpg110"
+  "tpo,tpg110"
 - grestb-gpios : panel reset GPIO
-- scen-gpios : serial control enable GPIO
-- scl-gpios : serial control clock line GPIO
-- sda-gpios : serial control data line GPIO
+- width-mm : see display/panel/panel-common.txt
+- height-mm : see display/panel/panel-common.txt
+
+The device needs to be a child of an SPI bus, see
+spi/spi-bus.txt. The SPI child must set the following
+properties:
+- spi-3wire
+- spi-max-frequency = <3000000>;
+as these are characteristics of this device.
 
-Required nodes:
-- Video port for DPI input, see panel-dpi.txt
-- Panel timing for DPI setup, see panel-dpi.txt
+The device node can contain one 'port' child node with one child
+'endpoint' node, according to the bindings defined in
+media/video-interfaces.txt. This node should describe panel's video bus.
 
 Example
 -------
 
-panel {
-	compatible = "tpo,tpg110", "panel-dpi";
-	grestb-gpios = <&stmpe_gpio44 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
-	scen-gpios = <&gpio0 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
-	scl-gpios = <&gpio0 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
-	sda-gpios = <&gpio0 4 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+panel: display@0 {
+	compatible = "tpo,tpg110";
+	reg = <0>;
+	spi-3wire;
+	/* 320 ns min period ~= 3 MHz */
+	spi-max-frequency = <3000000>;
+	/* Width and height from data sheet */
+	width-mm = <116>;
+	height-mm = <87>;
+	grestb-gpios = <&foo_gpio 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
 	backlight = <&bl>;
 
 	port {
 		nomadik_clcd_panel: endpoint {
-			remote-endpoint = <&nomadik_clcd_pads>;
+			remote-endpoint = <&foo>;
 		};
 	};
-
-	panel-timing {
-		clock-frequency = <33200000>;
-		hactive = <800>;
-		hback-porch = <216>;
-		hfront-porch = <40>;
-		hsync-len = <1>;
-		vactive = <480>;
-		vback-porch = <35>;
-		vfront-porch = <10>;
-		vsync-len = <1>;
-	};
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt
index ec9d34be2ff7..aedb22b4d161 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/renesas,du.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,10 @@ Required Properties:
 
   - compatible: must be one of the following.
     - "renesas,du-r8a7743" for R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) compatible DU
+    - "renesas,du-r8a7744" for R8A7744 (RZ/G1N) compatible DU
     - "renesas,du-r8a7745" for R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) compatible DU
+    - "renesas,du-r8a77470" for R8A77470 (RZ/G1C) compatible DU
+    - "renesas,du-r8a774c0" for R8A774C0 (RZ/G2E) compatible DU
     - "renesas,du-r8a7779" for R8A7779 (R-Car H1) compatible DU
     - "renesas,du-r8a7790" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) compatible DU
     - "renesas,du-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) compatible DU
@@ -15,6 +18,8 @@ Required Properties:
     - "renesas,du-r8a7796" for R8A7796 (R-Car M3-W) compatible DU
     - "renesas,du-r8a77965" for R8A77965 (R-Car M3-N) compatible DU
     - "renesas,du-r8a77970" for R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) compatible DU
+    - "renesas,du-r8a77980" for R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) compatible DU
+    - "renesas,du-r8a77990" for R8A77990 (R-Car E3) compatible DU
     - "renesas,du-r8a77995" for R8A77995 (R-Car D3) compatible DU
 
   - reg: the memory-mapped I/O registers base address and length
@@ -50,7 +55,10 @@ corresponding to each DU output.
                         Port0          Port1          Port2          Port3
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  R8A7743 (RZ/G1M)       DPAD 0         LVDS 0         -              -
+ R8A7744 (RZ/G1N)       DPAD 0         LVDS 0         -              -
  R8A7745 (RZ/G1E)       DPAD 0         DPAD 1         -              -
+ R8A77470 (RZ/G1C)      DPAD 0         DPAD 1         LVDS 0         -
+ R8A774C0 (RZ/G2E)      DPAD 0         LVDS 0         LVDS 1         -
  R8A7779 (R-Car H1)     DPAD 0         DPAD 1         -              -
  R8A7790 (R-Car H2)     DPAD 0         LVDS 0         LVDS 1         -
  R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W)   DPAD 0         LVDS 0         -              -
@@ -61,6 +69,8 @@ corresponding to each DU output.
  R8A7796 (R-Car M3-W)   DPAD 0         HDMI 0         LVDS 0         -
  R8A77965 (R-Car M3-N)  DPAD 0         HDMI 0         LVDS 0         -
  R8A77970 (R-Car V3M)   DPAD 0         LVDS 0         -              -
+ R8A77980 (R-Car V3H)   DPAD 0         LVDS 0         -              -
+ R8A77990 (R-Car E3)    DPAD 0         LVDS 0         LVDS 1         -
  R8A77995 (R-Car D3)    DPAD 0         LVDS 0         LVDS 1         -
 
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/dw_hdmi-rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/dw_hdmi-rockchip.txt
index adc94fc3c9f8..39143424a474 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/dw_hdmi-rockchip.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/dw_hdmi-rockchip.txt
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ Required properties:
 
 - compatible: should be one of the following:
 		"rockchip,rk3288-dw-hdmi"
+		"rockchip,rk3328-dw-hdmi"
 		"rockchip,rk3399-dw-hdmi"
 - reg: See dw_hdmi.txt.
 - reg-io-width: See dw_hdmi.txt. Shall be 4.
@@ -34,6 +35,8 @@ Optional properties
 - clock-names: May contain "cec" as defined in dw_hdmi.txt.
 - clock-names: May contain "grf", power for grf io.
 - clock-names: May contain "vpll", external clock for some hdmi phy.
+- phys: from general PHY binding: the phandle for the PHY device.
+- phy-names: Should be "hdmi" if phys references an external phy.
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.txt
index eeda3597011e..4f58c5a2d195 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip-vop.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,10 @@ Required properties:
 - compatible: value should be one of the following
 		"rockchip,rk3036-vop";
 		"rockchip,rk3126-vop";
+		"rockchip,px30-vop-lit";
+		"rockchip,px30-vop-big";
+		"rockchip,rk3066-vop";
+		"rockchip,rk3188-vop";
 		"rockchip,rk3288-vop";
 		"rockchip,rk3368-vop";
 		"rockchip,rk3366-vop";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sitronix,st7735r.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sitronix,st7735r.txt
index f0a5090a3326..cd5c7186890a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sitronix,st7735r.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sitronix,st7735r.txt
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Example:
 	backlight: backlight {
 		compatible = "gpio-backlight";
 		gpios = <&gpio 44 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
-	}
+	};
 
 	...
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ssd1307fb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ssd1307fb.txt
index 209d931ef16c..b67f8caa212c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ssd1307fb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ssd1307fb.txt
@@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ ssd1307: oled@3c {
         reg = <0x3c>;
         pwms = <&pwm 4 3000>;
         reset-gpios = <&gpio2 7>;
-        reset-active-low;
 };
 
 ssd1306: oled@3c {
@@ -44,7 +43,6 @@ ssd1306: oled@3c {
         reg = <0x3c>;
         pwms = <&pwm 4 3000>;
         reset-gpios = <&gpio2 7>;
-        reset-active-low;
         solomon,com-lrremap;
         solomon,com-invdir;
         solomon,com-offset = <32>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sunxi/sun4i-drm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sunxi/sun4i-drm.txt
index f8773ecb7525..31ab72cba3d4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sunxi/sun4i-drm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/sunxi/sun4i-drm.txt
@@ -78,6 +78,8 @@ Required properties:
 
   - compatible: value must be one of:
     * "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-dw-hdmi"
+    * "allwinner,sun50i-a64-dw-hdmi", "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-dw-hdmi"
+    * "allwinner,sun50i-h6-dw-hdmi"
   - reg: base address and size of memory-mapped region
   - reg-io-width: See dw_hdmi.txt. Shall be 1.
   - interrupts: HDMI interrupt number
@@ -85,9 +87,14 @@ Required properties:
     * iahb: the HDMI bus clock
     * isfr: the HDMI register clock
     * tmds: TMDS clock
+    * cec: HDMI CEC clock (H6 only)
+    * hdcp: HDCP clock (H6 only)
+    * hdcp-bus: HDCP bus clock (H6 only)
   - clock-names: the clock names mentioned above
-  - resets: phandle to the reset controller
-  - reset-names: must be "ctrl"
+  - resets:
+    * ctrl: HDMI controller reset
+    * hdcp: HDCP reset (H6 only)
+  - reset-names: reset names mentioned above
   - phys: phandle to the DWC HDMI PHY
   - phy-names: must be "phy"
 
@@ -96,6 +103,9 @@ Required properties:
     first port should be the input endpoint. The second should be the
     output, usually to an HDMI connector.
 
+Optional properties:
+  - hvcc-supply: the VCC power supply of the controller
+
 DWC HDMI PHY
 ------------
 
@@ -103,7 +113,9 @@ Required properties:
   - compatible: value must be one of:
     * allwinner,sun8i-a83t-hdmi-phy
     * allwinner,sun8i-h3-hdmi-phy
+    * allwinner,sun8i-r40-hdmi-phy
     * allwinner,sun50i-a64-hdmi-phy
+    * allwinner,sun50i-h6-hdmi-phy
   - reg: base address and size of memory-mapped region
   - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the HDMI PHY
     * bus: the HDMI PHY interface clock
@@ -112,9 +124,9 @@ Required properties:
   - resets: phandle to the reset controller driving the PHY
   - reset-names: must be "phy"
 
-H3 and A64 HDMI PHY require additional clocks:
+H3, A64 and R40 HDMI PHY require additional clocks:
   - pll-0: parent of phy clock
-  - pll-1: second possible phy clock parent (A64 only)
+  - pll-1: second possible phy clock parent (A64/R40 only)
 
 TV Encoder
 ----------
@@ -144,6 +156,7 @@ Required properties:
    * allwinner,sun6i-a31-tcon
    * allwinner,sun6i-a31s-tcon
    * allwinner,sun7i-a20-tcon
+   * allwinner,sun8i-a23-tcon
    * allwinner,sun8i-a33-tcon
    * allwinner,sun8i-a83t-tcon-lcd
    * allwinner,sun8i-a83t-tcon-tv
@@ -151,6 +164,9 @@ Required properties:
    * allwinner,sun8i-v3s-tcon
    * allwinner,sun9i-a80-tcon-lcd
    * allwinner,sun9i-a80-tcon-tv
+   * "allwinner,sun50i-a64-tcon-lcd", "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-tcon-lcd"
+   * "allwinner,sun50i-a64-tcon-tv", "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-tcon-tv"
+   * allwinner,sun50i-h6-tcon-tv, allwinner,sun8i-r40-tcon-tv
  - reg: base address and size of memory-mapped region
  - interrupts: interrupt associated to this IP
  - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the TCON.
@@ -213,24 +229,26 @@ It allows display pipeline to be configured in very different ways:
                  \ [3] TCON-TV1 [1] - TVE1/RGB
 
 Note that both TCON TOP references same physical unit. Both mixers can be
-connected to any TCON.
+connected to any TCON. Not all TCON TOP variants support all features.
 
 Required properties:
   - compatible: value must be one of:
     * allwinner,sun8i-r40-tcon-top
+    * allwinner,sun50i-h6-tcon-top
   - reg: base address and size of the memory-mapped region.
   - clocks: phandle to the clocks feeding the TCON TOP
     * bus: TCON TOP interface clock
     * tcon-tv0: TCON TV0 clock
-    * tve0: TVE0 clock
-    * tcon-tv1: TCON TV1 clock
-    * tve1: TVE0 clock
-    * dsi: MIPI DSI clock
+    * tve0: TVE0 clock (R40 only)
+    * tcon-tv1: TCON TV1 clock (R40 only)
+    * tve1: TVE0 clock (R40 only)
+    * dsi: MIPI DSI clock (R40 only)
   - clock-names: clock name mentioned above
   - resets: phandle to the reset line driving the TCON TOP
   - #clock-cells : must contain 1
   - clock-output-names: Names of clocks created for TCON TV0 channel clock,
-    TCON TV1 channel clock and DSI channel clock, in that order.
+    TCON TV1 channel clock (R40 only) and DSI channel clock (R40 only), in
+    that order.
 
 - ports: A ports node with endpoint definitions as defined in
     Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. 6 ports should
@@ -259,6 +277,7 @@ Required properties:
   - compatible: value must be one of:
     * allwinner,sun6i-a31-drc
     * allwinner,sun6i-a31s-drc
+    * allwinner,sun8i-a23-drc
     * allwinner,sun8i-a33-drc
     * allwinner,sun9i-a80-drc
   - reg: base address and size of the memory-mapped region.
@@ -286,6 +305,7 @@ Required properties:
     * allwinner,sun5i-a13-display-backend
     * allwinner,sun6i-a31-display-backend
     * allwinner,sun7i-a20-display-backend
+    * allwinner,sun8i-a23-display-backend
     * allwinner,sun8i-a33-display-backend
     * allwinner,sun9i-a80-display-backend
   - reg: base address and size of the memory-mapped region.
@@ -343,6 +363,7 @@ Required properties:
     * allwinner,sun5i-a13-display-frontend
     * allwinner,sun6i-a31-display-frontend
     * allwinner,sun7i-a20-display-frontend
+    * allwinner,sun8i-a23-display-frontend
     * allwinner,sun8i-a33-display-frontend
     * allwinner,sun9i-a80-display-frontend
   - reg: base address and size of the memory-mapped region.
@@ -369,7 +390,12 @@ Required properties:
     * allwinner,sun8i-a83t-de2-mixer-0
     * allwinner,sun8i-a83t-de2-mixer-1
     * allwinner,sun8i-h3-de2-mixer-0
+    * allwinner,sun8i-r40-de2-mixer-0
+    * allwinner,sun8i-r40-de2-mixer-1
     * allwinner,sun8i-v3s-de2-mixer
+    * allwinner,sun50i-a64-de2-mixer-0
+    * allwinner,sun50i-a64-de2-mixer-1
+    * allwinner,sun50i-h6-de3-mixer-0
   - reg: base address and size of the memory-mapped region.
   - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the mixer
     * bus: the mixer interface clock
@@ -397,15 +423,18 @@ Required properties:
     * allwinner,sun6i-a31-display-engine
     * allwinner,sun6i-a31s-display-engine
     * allwinner,sun7i-a20-display-engine
+    * allwinner,sun8i-a23-display-engine
     * allwinner,sun8i-a33-display-engine
     * allwinner,sun8i-a83t-display-engine
     * allwinner,sun8i-h3-display-engine
     * allwinner,sun8i-r40-display-engine
     * allwinner,sun8i-v3s-display-engine
     * allwinner,sun9i-a80-display-engine
+    * allwinner,sun50i-a64-display-engine
+    * allwinner,sun50i-h6-display-engine
 
   - allwinner,pipelines: list of phandle to the display engine
-    frontends (DE 1.0) or mixers (DE 2.0) available.
+    frontends (DE 1.0) or mixers (DE 2.0/3.0) available.
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt
index 593be44a53c9..9999255ac5b6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt
@@ -238,6 +238,9 @@ of the following host1x client modules:
   - nvidia,hpd-gpio: specifies a GPIO used for hotplug detection
   - nvidia,edid: supplies a binary EDID blob
   - nvidia,panel: phandle of a display panel
+  - nvidia,xbar-cfg: 5 cells containing the crossbar configuration. Each lane
+    of the SOR, identified by the cell's index, is mapped via the crossbar to
+    the pad specified by the cell's value.
 
   Optional properties when driving an eDP output:
   - nvidia,dpaux: phandle to a DispayPort AUX interface
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/truly,nt35597.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/truly,nt35597.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f39c77ee36ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/truly,nt35597.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+Truly model NT35597 DSI display driver
+
+The Truly NT35597 is a generic display driver, currently only configured
+for use in the 2K display on the Qualcomm SDM845 MTP board.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "truly,nt35597-2K-display"
+- vdda-supply: phandle of the regulator that provides the supply voltage
+  Power IC supply
+- vdispp-supply: phandle of the regulator that provides the supply voltage
+  for positive LCD bias
+- vdispn-supply: phandle of the regulator that provides the supply voltage
+  for negative LCD bias
+- reset-gpios: phandle of gpio for reset line
+  This should be 8mA, gpio can be configured using mux, pinctrl, pinctrl-names
+  (active low)
+- mode-gpios: phandle of the gpio for choosing the mode of the display
+  for single DSI or Dual DSI
+  This should be low for dual DSI and high for single DSI mode
+- ports: This device has two video ports driven by two DSIs. Their connections
+  are modeled using the OF graph bindings specified in
+  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt.
+  - port@0: DSI input port driven by master DSI
+  - port@1: DSI input port driven by secondary DSI
+
+Example:
+
+	dsi@ae94000 {
+		panel@0 {
+			compatible = "truly,nt35597-2K-display";
+			reg = <0>;
+			vdda-supply = <&pm8998_l14>;
+			vdispp-supply = <&lab_regulator>;
+			vdispn-supply = <&ibb_regulator>;
+			pinctrl-names = "default", "suspend";
+			pinctrl-0 = <&dpu_dsi_active>;
+			pinctrl-1 = <&dpu_dsi_suspend>;
+
+			reset-gpios = <&tlmm 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+			mode-gpios = <&tlmm 52 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+			ports {
+				#address-cells = <1>;
+				#size-cells = <0>;
+				port@0 {
+					reg = <0>;
+					panel0_in: endpoint {
+						remote-endpoint = <&dsi0_out>;
+					};
+				};
+
+				port@1 {
+					reg = <1>;
+					panel1_in: endpoint {
+						remote-endpoint = <&dsi1_out>;
+					};
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/8250_mtk_dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/8250_mtk_dma.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3fe0961bcf64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/8250_mtk_dma.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+* Mediatek UART APDMA Controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible should contain:
+  * "mediatek,mt2712-uart-dma" for MT2712 compatible APDMA
+  * "mediatek,mt6577-uart-dma" for MT6577 and all of the above
+
+- reg: The base address of the APDMA register bank.
+
+- interrupts: A single interrupt specifier.
+
+- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+  See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- clock-names: The APDMA clock for register accesses
+
+Examples:
+
+	apdma: dma-controller@11000380 {
+		compatible = "mediatek,mt2712-uart-dma";
+		reg = <0 0x11000380 0 0x400>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 63 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>,
+			     <GIC_SPI 64 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>,
+			     <GIC_SPI 65 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>,
+			     <GIC_SPI 66 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>,
+			     <GIC_SPI 67 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>,
+			     <GIC_SPI 68 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>,
+			     <GIC_SPI 69 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>,
+			     <GIC_SPI 70 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+		clocks = <&pericfg CLK_PERI_AP_DMA>;
+		clock-names = "apdma";
+		#dma-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt
index 6312fb00ce8d..eeb4e4d1771e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt
@@ -16,6 +16,9 @@ Optional properties:
 - dma-channels: 	Number of DMA channels supported by the controller.
 - dma-requests: 	Number of DMA request signals supported by the
 			controller.
+- dma-channel-mask:	Bitmask of available DMA channels in ascending order
+			that are not reserved by firmware and are available to
+			the kernel. i.e. first channel corresponds to LSB.
 
 Example:
 
@@ -29,6 +32,7 @@ Example:
 		#dma-cells = <1>;
 		dma-channels = <32>;
 		dma-requests = <127>;
+		dma-channel-mask = <0xfffe>
 	};
 
 * DMA router
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-qdma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-qdma.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6a0ff9059e72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-qdma.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+NXP Layerscape SoC qDMA Controller
+==================================
+
+This device follows the generic DMA bindings defined in dma/dma.txt.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible:		Must be one of
+			 "fsl,ls1021a-qdma": for LS1021A Board
+			 "fsl,ls1043a-qdma": for ls1043A Board
+			 "fsl,ls1046a-qdma": for ls1046A Board
+- reg:			Should contain the register's base address and length.
+- interrupts:		Should contain a reference to the interrupt used by this
+			device.
+- interrupt-names:	Should contain interrupt names:
+			 "qdma-queue0": the block0 interrupt
+			 "qdma-queue1": the block1 interrupt
+			 "qdma-queue2": the block2 interrupt
+			 "qdma-queue3": the block3 interrupt
+			 "qdma-error":  the error interrupt
+- fsl,dma-queues:	Should contain number of queues supported.
+- dma-channels:	Number of DMA channels supported
+- block-number:	the virtual block number
+- block-offset:	the offset of different virtual block
+- status-sizes:	status queue size of per virtual block
+- queue-sizes:		command queue size of per virtual block, the size number
+			based on queues
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- dma-channels:		Number of DMA channels supported by the controller.
+- big-endian:		If present registers and hardware scatter/gather descriptors
+			of the qDMA are implemented in big endian mode, otherwise in little
+			mode.
+
+Examples:
+
+	qdma: dma-controller@8390000 {
+			compatible = "fsl,ls1021a-qdma";
+			reg = <0x0 0x8388000 0x0 0x1000>, /* Controller regs */
+			      <0x0 0x8389000 0x0 0x1000>, /* Status regs */
+			      <0x0 0x838a000 0x0 0x2000>; /* Block regs */
+			interrupts = <GIC_SPI 185 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+				     <GIC_SPI 76 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+				     <GIC_SPI 77 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+			interrupt-names = "qdma-error",
+				"qdma-queue0", "qdma-queue1";
+			dma-channels = <8>;
+			block-number = <2>;
+			block-offset = <0x1000>;
+			fsl,dma-queues = <2>;
+			status-sizes = <64>;
+			queue-sizes = <64 64>;
+			big-endian;
+		};
+
+DMA clients must use the format described in dma/dma.txt file.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/jz4780-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/jz4780-dma.txt
index 03e9cf7b42e0..636fcb26b164 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/jz4780-dma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/jz4780-dma.txt
@@ -2,8 +2,13 @@
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible: Should be "ingenic,jz4780-dma"
-- reg: Should contain the DMA controller registers location and length.
+- compatible: Should be one of:
+  * ingenic,jz4740-dma
+  * ingenic,jz4725b-dma
+  * ingenic,jz4770-dma
+  * ingenic,jz4780-dma
+- reg: Should contain the DMA channel registers location and length, followed
+  by the DMA controller registers location and length.
 - interrupts: Should contain the interrupt specifier of the DMA controller.
 - clocks: Should contain a clock specifier for the JZ4780 PDMA clock.
 - #dma-cells: Must be <2>. Number of integer cells in the dmas property of
@@ -19,9 +24,10 @@ Optional properties:
 
 Example:
 
-dma: dma@13420000 {
+dma: dma-controller@13420000 {
 	compatible = "ingenic,jz4780-dma";
-	reg = <0x13420000 0x10000>;
+	reg = <0x13420000 0x400
+	       0x13421000 0x40>;
 
 	interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
 	interrupts = <10>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/k3dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/k3dma.txt
index 4945aeac4dc4..10a2f15b08a3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/k3dma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/k3dma.txt
@@ -3,7 +3,9 @@
 See dma.txt first
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "hisilicon,k3-dma-1.0"
+- compatible: Must be one of
+-              "hisilicon,k3-dma-1.0"
+-              "hisilicon,hisi-pcm-asp-dma-1.0"
 - reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length.
 - interrupts: Should contain one interrupt shared by all channel
 - #dma-cells: see dma.txt, should be 1, para number
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt
index 946229c48657..5a512c5ea76a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 * Renesas R-Car (RZ/G) DMA Controller Device Tree bindings
 
-Renesas R-Car Generation 2 SoCs have multiple multi-channel DMA
+Renesas R-Car (Gen 2/3) and RZ/G SoCs have multiple multi-channel DMA
 controller instances named DMAC capable of serving multiple clients. Channels
 can be dedicated to specific clients or shared between a large number of
 clients.
@@ -17,8 +17,11 @@ Required Properties:
 - compatible: "renesas,dmac-<soctype>", "renesas,rcar-dmac" as fallback.
 	      Examples with soctypes are:
 		- "renesas,dmac-r8a7743" (RZ/G1M)
+		- "renesas,dmac-r8a7744" (RZ/G1N)
 		- "renesas,dmac-r8a7745" (RZ/G1E)
 		- "renesas,dmac-r8a77470" (RZ/G1C)
+		- "renesas,dmac-r8a774a1" (RZ/G2M)
+		- "renesas,dmac-r8a774c0" (RZ/G2E)
 		- "renesas,dmac-r8a7790" (R-Car H2)
 		- "renesas,dmac-r8a7791" (R-Car M2-W)
 		- "renesas,dmac-r8a7792" (R-Car V2H)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt
index 482e54362d3e..372f0eeb5a2a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,11 @@ Required Properties:
 -compatible: "renesas,<soctype>-usb-dmac", "renesas,usb-dmac" as fallback.
 	Examples with soctypes are:
 	  - "renesas,r8a7743-usb-dmac" (RZ/G1M)
+	  - "renesas,r8a7744-usb-dmac" (RZ/G1N)
 	  - "renesas,r8a7745-usb-dmac" (RZ/G1E)
+	  - "renesas,r8a77470-usb-dmac" (RZ/G1C)
+	  - "renesas,r8a774a1-usb-dmac" (RZ/G2M)
+	  - "renesas,r8a774c0-usb-dmac" (RZ/G2E)
 	  - "renesas,r8a7790-usb-dmac" (R-Car H2)
 	  - "renesas,r8a7791-usb-dmac" (R-Car M2-W)
 	  - "renesas,r8a7793-usb-dmac" (R-Car M2-N)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt
index 39e2b26be344..0bedceed1963 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt
@@ -23,10 +23,12 @@ Deprecated properties:
 
 
 Optional properties:
-- is_private: The device channels should be marked as private and not for by the
-  general purpose DMA channel allocator. False if not passed.
 - multi-block: Multi block transfers supported by hardware. Array property with
   one cell per channel. 0: not supported, 1 (default): supported.
+- snps,dma-protection-control: AHB HPROT[3:1] protection setting.
+  The default value is 0 (for non-cacheable, non-buffered,
+  unprivileged data access).
+  Refer to include/dt-bindings/dma/dw-dmac.h for possible values.
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sprd-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sprd-dma.txt
index 7a10fea2e51b..adccea9941f1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sprd-dma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sprd-dma.txt
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ DMA clients connected to the Spreadtrum DMA controller must use the format
 described in the dma.txt file, using a two-cell specifier for each channel.
 The two cells in order are:
 1. A phandle pointing to the DMA controller.
-2. The channel id.
+2. The slave id.
 
 spi0: spi@70a00000{
 	...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/uniphier-mio-dmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/uniphier-mio-dmac.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b12388dc7eac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/uniphier-mio-dmac.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+UniPhier Media IO DMA controller
+
+This works as an external DMA engine for SD/eMMC controllers etc.
+found in UniPhier LD4, Pro4, sLD8 SoCs.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "socionext,uniphier-mio-dmac".
+- reg: offset and length of the register set for the device.
+- interrupts: a list of interrupt specifiers associated with the DMA channels.
+- clocks: a single clock specifier.
+- #dma-cells: should be <1>. The single cell represents the channel index.
+
+Example:
+	dmac: dma-controller@5a000000 {
+		compatible = "socionext,uniphier-mio-dmac";
+		reg = <0x5a000000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <0 68 4>, <0 68 4>, <0 69 4>, <0 70 4>,
+			     <0 71 4>, <0 72 4>, <0 73 4>, <0 74 4>;
+		clocks = <&mio_clk 7>;
+		#dma-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+Note:
+In the example above, "interrupts = <0 68 4>, <0 68 4>, ..." is not a typo.
+The first two channels share a single interrupt line.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_dma.txt
index 174af2c45e77..93b6d961dd4f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_dma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/xilinx/xilinx_dma.txt
@@ -37,10 +37,11 @@ Required properties:
 Required properties for VDMA:
 - xlnx,num-fstores: Should be the number of framebuffers as configured in h/w.
 
-Optional properties:
-- xlnx,include-sg: Tells configured for Scatter-mode in
-	the hardware.
 Optional properties for AXI DMA:
+- xlnx,sg-length-width: Should be set to the width in bits of the length
+	register as configured in h/w. Takes values {8...26}. If the property
+	is missing or invalid then the default value 23 is used. This is the
+	maximum value that is supported by all IP versions.
 - xlnx,mcdma: Tells whether configured for multi-channel mode in the hardware.
 Optional properties for VDMA:
 - xlnx,flush-fsync: Tells which channel to Flush on Frame sync.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/aspeed-sdram-edac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/aspeed-sdram-edac.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6a0f3d90d682
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/aspeed-sdram-edac.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Aspeed AST2500 SoC EDAC node
+
+The Aspeed AST2500 SoC supports DDR3 and DDR4 memory with and without ECC (error
+correction check).
+
+The memory controller supports SECDED (single bit error correction, double bit
+error detection) and single bit error auto scrubbing by reserving 8 bits for
+every 64 bit word (effectively reducing available memory to 8/9).
+
+Note, the bootloader must configure ECC mode in the memory controller.
+
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "aspeed,ast2500-sdram-edac"
+- reg:        sdram controller register set should be <0x1e6e0000 0x174>
+- interrupts: should be AVIC interrupt #0
+
+
+Example:
+
+	edac: sdram@1e6e0000 {
+		compatible = "aspeed,ast2500-sdram-edac";
+		reg = <0x1e6e0000 0x174>;
+		interrupts = <0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/socfpga-eccmgr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/socfpga-eccmgr.txt
index 5626560a6cfd..8f52206cfd2a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/socfpga-eccmgr.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/edac/socfpga-eccmgr.txt
@@ -232,37 +232,152 @@ Example:
 		};
 	};
 
-Stratix10 SoCFPGA ECC Manager
+Stratix10 SoCFPGA ECC Manager (ARM64)
 The Stratix10 SoC ECC Manager handles the IRQs for each peripheral
-in a shared register similar to the Arria10. However, ECC requires
-access to registers that can only be read from Secure Monitor with
-SMC calls. Therefore the device tree is slightly different.
+in a shared register similar to the Arria10. However, Stratix10 ECC
+requires access to registers that can only be read from Secure Monitor
+with SMC calls. Therefore the device tree is slightly different. Note
+that only 1 interrupt is sent in Stratix10 because the double bit errors
+are treated as SErrors in ARM64 instead of IRQs in ARM32.
 
 Required Properties:
 - compatible : Should be "altr,socfpga-s10-ecc-manager"
-- interrupts : Should be single bit error interrupt, then double bit error
-	interrupt.
+- altr,sysgr-syscon : phandle to Stratix10 System Manager Block
+	              containing the ECC manager registers.
+- interrupts : Should be single bit error interrupt.
 - interrupt-controller : boolean indicator that ECC Manager is an interrupt controller
 - #interrupt-cells : must be set to 2.
+- #address-cells: must be 1
+- #size-cells: must be 1
+- ranges : standard definition, should translate from local addresses
 
 Subcomponents:
 
 SDRAM ECC
 Required Properties:
 - compatible : Should be "altr,sdram-edac-s10"
-- interrupts : Should be single bit error interrupt, then double bit error
-	interrupt, in this order.
+- interrupts : Should be single bit error interrupt.
+
+On-Chip RAM ECC
+Required Properties:
+- compatible      : Should be "altr,socfpga-s10-ocram-ecc"
+- reg             : Address and size for ECC block registers.
+- altr,ecc-parent : phandle to parent OCRAM node.
+- interrupts      : Should be single bit error interrupt.
+
+Ethernet FIFO ECC
+Required Properties:
+- compatible      : Should be "altr,socfpga-s10-eth-mac-ecc"
+- reg             : Address and size for ECC block registers.
+- altr,ecc-parent : phandle to parent Ethernet node.
+- interrupts      : Should be single bit error interrupt.
+
+NAND FIFO ECC
+Required Properties:
+- compatible      : Should be "altr,socfpga-s10-nand-ecc"
+- reg             : Address and size for ECC block registers.
+- altr,ecc-parent : phandle to parent NAND node.
+- interrupts      : Should be single bit error interrupt.
+
+DMA FIFO ECC
+Required Properties:
+- compatible      : Should be "altr,socfpga-s10-dma-ecc"
+- reg             : Address and size for ECC block registers.
+- altr,ecc-parent : phandle to parent DMA node.
+- interrupts      : Should be single bit error interrupt.
+
+USB FIFO ECC
+Required Properties:
+- compatible      : Should be "altr,socfpga-s10-usb-ecc"
+- reg             : Address and size for ECC block registers.
+- altr,ecc-parent : phandle to parent USB node.
+- interrupts      : Should be single bit error interrupt.
+
+SDMMC FIFO ECC
+Required Properties:
+- compatible      : Should be "altr,socfpga-s10-sdmmc-ecc"
+- reg             : Address and size for ECC block registers.
+- altr,ecc-parent : phandle to parent SD/MMC node.
+- interrupts      : Should be single bit error interrupt for port A
+		    and then single bit error interrupt for port B.
 
 Example:
 
 	eccmgr {
 		compatible = "altr,socfpga-s10-ecc-manager";
-		interrupts = <0 15 4>, <0 95 4>;
+		altr,sysmgr-syscon = <&sysmgr>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		interrupts = <0 15 4>;
 		interrupt-controller;
 		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+		ranges;
 
 		sdramedac {
 			compatible = "altr,sdram-edac-s10";
-			interrupts = <16 4>, <48 4>;
+			interrupts = <16 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		};
+
+		ocram-ecc@ff8cc000 {
+			compatible = "altr,socfpga-s10-ocram-ecc";
+			reg = <ff8cc000 0x100>;
+			altr,ecc-parent = <&ocram>;
+			interrupts = <1 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		};
+
+		emac0-rx-ecc@ff8c0000 {
+			compatible = "altr,socfpga-s10-eth-mac-ecc";
+			reg = <0xff8c0000 0x100>;
+			altr,ecc-parent = <&gmac0>;
+			interrupts = <4 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		};
+
+		emac0-tx-ecc@ff8c0400 {
+			compatible = "altr,socfpga-s10-eth-mac-ecc";
+			reg = <0xff8c0400 0x100>;
+			altr,ecc-parent = <&gmac0>;
+			interrupts = <5 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>'
+		};
+
+		nand-buf-ecc@ff8c8000 {
+			compatible = "altr,socfpga-s10-nand-ecc";
+			reg = <0xff8c8000 0x100>;
+			altr,ecc-parent = <&nand>;
+			interrupts = <11 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		};
+
+		nand-rd-ecc@ff8c8400 {
+			compatible = "altr,socfpga-s10-nand-ecc";
+			reg = <0xff8c8400 0x100>;
+			altr,ecc-parent = <&nand>;
+			interrupts = <13 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		};
+
+		nand-wr-ecc@ff8c8800 {
+			compatible = "altr,socfpga-s10-nand-ecc";
+			reg = <0xff8c8800 0x100>;
+			altr,ecc-parent = <&nand>;
+			interrupts = <12 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		};
+
+		dma-ecc@ff8c9000 {
+			compatible = "altr,socfpga-s10-dma-ecc";
+			reg = <0xff8c9000 0x100>;
+			altr,ecc-parent = <&pdma>;
+			interrupts = <10 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+
+		usb0-ecc@ff8c4000 {
+			compatible = "altr,socfpga-s10-usb-ecc";
+			reg = <0xff8c4000 0x100>;
+			altr,ecc-parent = <&usb0>;
+			interrupts = <2 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		};
+
+		sdmmc-ecc@ff8c8c00 {
+			compatible = "altr,socfpga-s10-sdmmc-ecc";
+			reg = <0xff8c8c00 0x100>;
+			altr,ecc-parent = <&mmc>;
+			interrupts = <14 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+				     <15 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
 		};
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.txt
index aededdbc262b..0e456bbc1213 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.txt
@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ Required properties:
                 "atmel,24c256",
                 "atmel,24c512",
                 "atmel,24c1024",
+                "atmel,24c2048",
 
                 If <manufacturer> is not "atmel", then a fallback must be used
                 with the same <model> and "atmel" as manufacturer.
@@ -74,6 +75,8 @@ Optional properties:
 
   - address-width: number of address bits (one of 8, 16).
 
+  - num-addresses: total number of i2c slave addresses this device takes
+
 Example:
 
 eeprom@52 {
@@ -81,4 +84,5 @@ eeprom@52 {
 	reg = <0x52>;
 	pagesize = <32>;
 	wp-gpios = <&gpio1 3 0>;
+	num-addresses = <8>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/example-schema.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/example-schema.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9175d67f355d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/example-schema.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause)
+# Copyright 2018 Linaro Ltd.
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+# All the top-level keys are standard json-schema keywords except for
+# 'maintainers' and 'select'
+
+# $id is a unique idenifier based on the filename. There may or may not be a
+# file present at the URL.
+$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/example-schema.yaml#"
+# $schema is the meta-schema this schema should be validated with.
+$schema: "http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#"
+
+title: An example schema annotated with jsonschema details
+
+maintainers:
+  - Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
+
+description: |
+  A more detailed multi-line description of the binding.
+
+  Details about the hardware device and any links to datasheets can go here.
+
+  Literal blocks are marked with the '|' at the beginning. The end is marked by
+  indentation less than the first line of the literal block. Lines also cannot
+  begin with a tab character.
+
+select: false
+  # 'select' is a schema applied to a DT node to determine if this binding
+  # schema should be applied to the node. It is optional and by default the
+  # possible compatible strings are extracted and used to match.
+
+  # In this case, a 'false' schema will never match.
+
+properties:
+  # A dictionary of DT properties for this binding schema
+  compatible:
+    # More complicated schema can use oneOf (XOR), anyOf (OR), or allOf (AND)
+    # to handle different conditions.
+    # In this case, it's needed to handle a variable number of values as there
+    # isn't another way to express a constraint of the last string value.
+    # The boolean schema must be a list of schemas.
+    oneOf:
+      - items:
+          # items is a list of possible values for the property. The number of
+          # values is determined by the number of elements in the list.
+          # Order in lists is significant, order in dicts is not
+          # Must be one of the 1st enums followed by the 2nd enum
+          #
+          # Each element in items should be 'enum' or 'const'
+          - enum:
+              - vendor,soc4-ip
+              - vendor,soc3-ip
+              - vendor,soc2-ip
+          - enum:
+              - vendor,soc1-ip
+        # additionalItems being false is implied
+        # minItems/maxItems equal to 2 is implied
+      - items:
+          # 'const' is just a special case of an enum with a single possible value
+          - const: vendor,soc1-ip
+
+  reg:
+    # The core schema already checks that reg values are numbers, so device
+    # specific schema don't need to do those checks.
+    # The description of each element defines the order and implicitly defines
+    # the number of reg entries.
+    items:
+      - description: core registers
+      - description: aux registers
+    # minItems/maxItems equal to 2 is implied
+
+  reg-names:
+    # The core schema enforces this is a string array
+    items:
+      - const: core
+      - const: aux
+
+  clocks:
+    # Cases that have only a single entry just need to express that with maxItems
+    maxItems: 1
+    description: bus clock
+
+  clock-names:
+    items:
+      - const: bus
+
+  interrupts:
+    # Either 1 or 2 interrupts can be present
+    minItems: 1
+    maxItems: 2
+    items:
+      - description: tx or combined interrupt
+      - description: rx interrupt
+    description:
+      A variable number of interrupts warrants a description of what conditions
+      affect the number of interrupts. Otherwise, descriptions on standard
+      properties are not necessary.
+
+  interrupt-names:
+    # minItems must be specified here because the default would be 2
+    minItems: 1
+    maxItems: 2
+    items:
+      - const: tx irq
+      - const: rx irq
+
+  # Property names starting with '#' must be quoted
+  '#interrupt-cells':
+    # A simple case where the value must always be '2'.
+    # The core schema handles that this must be a single integer.
+    const: 2
+
+  interrupt-controller: true
+    # The core checks this is a boolean, so just have to list it here to be
+    # valid for this binding.
+
+  clock-frequency:
+    # The type is set in the core schema. Per device schema only need to set
+    # constraints on the possible values.
+    minimum: 100
+    maximum: 400000
+    # The value that should be used if the property is not present
+    default: 200
+
+  foo-gpios:
+    maxItems: 1
+    description: A connection of the 'foo' gpio line.
+
+  vendor,int-property:
+    description: Vendor specific properties must have a description
+    # 'allOf' is the json-schema way of subclassing a schema. Here the base
+    # type schema is referenced and then additional constraints on the values
+    # are added.
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+      - enum: [2, 4, 6, 8, 10]
+
+  vendor,bool-property:
+    description: Vendor specific properties must have a description
+    # boolean properties is one case where the json-schema 'type' keyword
+    # can be used directly
+    type: boolean
+
+  vendor,string-array-property:
+    description: Vendor specific properties should reference a type in the
+      core schema.
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string-array
+      - items:
+          - enum: [ foo, bar ]
+          - enum: [ baz, boo ]
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - reg
+  - interrupts
+  - interrupt-controller
+
+examples:
+  # Examples are now compiled with dtc
+  - |
+    node@1000 {
+          compatible = "vendor,soc4-ip", "vendor,soc1-ip";
+          reg = <0x1000 0x80>,
+                <0x3000 0x80>;
+          reg-names = "core", "aux";
+          interrupts = <10>;
+          interrupt-controller;
+    };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-ptn5150.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-ptn5150.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..936fbdf12815
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-ptn5150.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+* PTN5150 CC (Configuration Channel) Logic device
+
+PTN5150 is a small thin low power CC logic chip supporting the USB Type-C
+connector application with CC control logic detection and indication functions.
+It is interfaced to the host controller using an I2C interface.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "nxp,ptn5150"
+- reg: specifies the I2C slave address of the device
+- int-gpio: should contain a phandle and GPIO specifier for the GPIO pin
+	connected to the PTN5150's INTB pin.
+- vbus-gpio: should contain a phandle and GPIO specifier for the GPIO pin which
+	is used to control VBUS.
+- pinctrl-names : a pinctrl state named "default" must be defined.
+- pinctrl-0 : phandle referencing pin configuration of interrupt and vbus
+	control.
+
+Example:
+	ptn5150@1d {
+		compatible = "nxp,ptn5150";
+		reg = <0x1d>;
+		int-gpio = <&msmgpio 78 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+		vbus-gpio = <&msmgpio 148 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&ptn5150_default>;
+		status = "okay";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/intel,stratix10-svc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/intel,stratix10-svc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1fa66065acc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/intel,stratix10-svc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+Intel Service Layer Driver for Stratix10 SoC
+============================================
+Intel Stratix10 SoC is composed of a 64 bit quad-core ARM Cortex A53 hard
+processor system (HPS) and Secure Device Manager (SDM). When the FPGA is
+configured from HPS, there needs to be a way for HPS to notify SDM the
+location and size of the configuration data. Then SDM will get the
+configuration data from that location and perform the FPGA configuration.
+
+To meet the whole system security needs and support virtual machine requesting
+communication with SDM, only the secure world of software (EL3, Exception
+Layer 3) can interface with SDM. All software entities running on other
+exception layers must channel through the EL3 software whenever it needs
+service from SDM.
+
+Intel Stratix10 service layer driver, running at privileged exception level
+(EL1, Exception Layer 1), interfaces with the service providers and provides
+the services for FPGA configuration, QSPI, Crypto and warm reset. Service layer
+driver also manages secure monitor call (SMC) to communicate with secure monitor
+code running in EL3.
+
+Required properties:
+-------------------
+The svc node has the following mandatory properties, must be located under
+the firmware node.
+
+- compatible: "intel,stratix10-svc"
+- method: smc or hvc
+        smc - Secure Monitor Call
+        hvc - Hypervisor Call
+- memory-region:
+	phandle to the reserved memory node. See
+	Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt
+	for details
+
+Example:
+-------
+
+	reserved-memory {
+                #address-cells = <2>;
+                #size-cells = <2>;
+                ranges;
+
+                service_reserved: svcbuffer@0 {
+                        compatible = "shared-dma-pool";
+                        reg = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x1000000>;
+                        alignment = <0x1000>;
+                        no-map;
+                };
+        };
+
+	firmware {
+		svc {
+			compatible = "intel,stratix10-svc";
+			method = "smc";
+			memory-region = <&service_reserved>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/nvidia,tegra186-bpmp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/nvidia,tegra186-bpmp.txt
index 0c10802c8327..ff380dadb5f9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/nvidia,tegra186-bpmp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/nvidia,tegra186-bpmp.txt
@@ -8,7 +8,6 @@ which can create the interprocessor communication (IPC) between the CPU
 and BPMP.
 
 Required properties:
-- name : Should be bpmp
 - compatible
     Array of strings
     One of:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/nvidia,tegra210-bpmp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/nvidia,tegra210-bpmp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..68d814e8c09d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/nvidia,tegra210-bpmp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra210 Boot and Power Management Processor (BPMP)
+
+The Boot and Power Management Processor (BPMP) is a co-processor found
+in Tegra210 SoC. It is designed to handle the early stages of the boot
+process as well as to assisting in entering deep low power state
+(suspend to ram), and also offloading DRAM memory clock scaling on
+some platforms. The binding document defines the resources that would
+be used by the BPMP T210 firmware driver, which can create the
+interprocessor communication (IPC) between the CPU and BPMP.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible
+    Array of strings
+    One of:
+    - "nvidia,tegra210-bpmp"
+- reg: physical base address and length for HW synchornization primitives
+       1) base address and length to Tegra 'atomics' hardware
+       2) base address and length to Tegra 'semaphore' hardware
+- interrupts: specifies the interrupt number for receiving messages ("rx")
+              and for triggering messages ("tx")
+
+Optional properties:
+- #clock-cells : Should be 1 for platforms where DRAM clock control is
+                 offloaded to bpmp.
+
+Example:
+
+bpmp@70016000 {
+	compatible = "nvidia,tegra210-bpmp";
+	reg = <0x0 0x70016000 0x0 0x2000
+	       0x0 0x60001000 0x0 0x1000>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 6 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 4 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+	interrupt-names = "tx", "rx";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt
index fcf6979c0b6d..41f133a4e2fa 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/qcom,scm.txt
@@ -7,16 +7,23 @@ assorted actions.
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible: must contain one of the following:
- * "qcom,scm-apq8064" for APQ8064 platforms
- * "qcom,scm-msm8660" for MSM8660 platforms
- * "qcom,scm-msm8690" for MSM8690 platforms
- * "qcom,scm-msm8996" for MSM8996 platforms
- * "qcom,scm-ipq4019" for IPQ4019 platforms
- * "qcom,scm" for later processors (MSM8916, APQ8084, MSM8974, etc)
-- clocks: One to three clocks may be required based on compatible.
- * No clock required for "qcom,scm-msm8996", "qcom,scm-ipq4019"
- * Only core clock required for "qcom,scm-apq8064", "qcom,scm-msm8660", and "qcom,scm-msm8960"
- * Core, iface, and bus clocks required for "qcom,scm"
+ * "qcom,scm-apq8064"
+ * "qcom,scm-apq8084"
+ * "qcom,scm-msm8660"
+ * "qcom,scm-msm8916"
+ * "qcom,scm-msm8960"
+ * "qcom,scm-msm8974"
+ * "qcom,scm-msm8996"
+ * "qcom,scm-msm8998"
+ * "qcom,scm-ipq4019"
+ * "qcom,scm-sdm845"
+ and:
+ * "qcom,scm"
+- clocks: Specifies clocks needed by the SCM interface, if any:
+ * core clock required for "qcom,scm-apq8064", "qcom,scm-msm8660" and
+   "qcom,scm-msm8960"
+ * core, iface and bus clocks required for "qcom,scm-apq8084",
+   "qcom,scm-msm8916" and "qcom,scm-msm8974"
 - clock-names: Must contain "core" for the core clock, "iface" for the interface
   clock and "bus" for the bus clock per the requirements of the compatible.
 - qcom,dload-mode: phandle to the TCSR hardware block and offset of the
@@ -26,8 +33,10 @@ Example for MSM8916:
 
 	firmware {
 		scm {
-			compatible = "qcom,scm";
-			clocks = <&gcc GCC_CRYPTO_CLK> , <&gcc GCC_CRYPTO_AXI_CLK>, <&gcc GCC_CRYPTO_AHB_CLK>;
+			compatible = "qcom,msm8916", "qcom,scm";
+			clocks = <&gcc GCC_CRYPTO_CLK> ,
+				 <&gcc GCC_CRYPTO_AXI_CLK>,
+				 <&gcc GCC_CRYPTO_AHB_CLK>;
 			clock-names = "core", "bus", "iface";
 		};
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/xilinx/xlnx,zynqmp-firmware.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/xilinx/xlnx,zynqmp-firmware.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..614bac55df86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/xilinx/xlnx,zynqmp-firmware.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+Device Tree Bindings for the Xilinx Zynq MPSoC Firmware Interface
+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The zynqmp-firmware node describes the interface to platform firmware.
+ZynqMP has an interface to communicate with secure firmware. Firmware
+driver provides an interface to firmware APIs. Interface APIs can be
+used by any driver to communicate to PMUFW(Platform Management Unit).
+These requests include clock management, pin control, device control,
+power management service, FPGA service and other platform management
+services.
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible:	Must contain:	"xlnx,zynqmp-firmware"
+ - method:	The method of calling the PM-API firmware layer.
+		Permitted values are:
+		  - "smc" : SMC #0, following the SMCCC
+		  - "hvc" : HVC #0, following the SMCCC
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Device Tree Clock bindings for the Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC controlled using
+Zynq MPSoC firmware interface
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+The clock controller is a h/w block of Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC clock
+tree. It reads required input clock frequencies from the devicetree and acts
+as clock provider for all clock consumers of PS clocks.
+
+See clock_bindings.txt for more information on the generic clock bindings.
+
+Required properties:
+ - #clock-cells:	Must be 1
+ - compatible:		Must contain:	"xlnx,zynqmp-clk"
+ - clocks:		List of clock specifiers which are external input
+			clocks to the given clock controller. Please refer
+			the next section to find the input clocks for a
+			given controller.
+ - clock-names:		List of clock names which are exteral input clocks
+			to the given clock controller. Please refer to the
+			clock bindings for more details.
+
+Input clocks for zynqmp Ultrascale+ clock controller:
+
+The Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC has one primary and four alternative reference clock
+inputs. These required clock inputs are:
+ - pss_ref_clk (PS reference clock)
+ - video_clk (reference clock for video system )
+ - pss_alt_ref_clk (alternative PS reference clock)
+ - aux_ref_clk
+ - gt_crx_ref_clk (transceiver reference clock)
+
+The following strings are optional parameters to the 'clock-names' property in
+order to provide an optional (E)MIO clock source:
+ - swdt0_ext_clk
+ - swdt1_ext_clk
+ - gem0_emio_clk
+ - gem1_emio_clk
+ - gem2_emio_clk
+ - gem3_emio_clk
+ - mio_clk_XX		# with XX = 00..77
+ - mio_clk_50_or_51	#for the mux clock to gem tsu from 50 or 51
+
+
+Output clocks are registered based on clock information received
+from firmware. Output clocks indexes are mentioned in
+include/dt-bindings/clock/xlnx,zynqmp-clk.h.
+
+-------
+Example
+-------
+
+firmware {
+	zynqmp_firmware: zynqmp-firmware {
+		compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-firmware";
+		method = "smc";
+		zynqmp_clk: clock-controller {
+			#clock-cells = <1>;
+			compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-clk";
+			clocks = <&pss_ref_clk>, <&video_clk>, <&pss_alt_ref_clk>, <&aux_ref_clk>, <&gt_crx_ref_clk>;
+			clock-names = "pss_ref_clk", "video_clk", "pss_alt_ref_clk","aux_ref_clk", "gt_crx_ref_clk";
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-region.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-region.txt
index 6db8aeda461a..90c44694a30b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-region.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-region.txt
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ DT Overlay contains:
 			firmware-name = "base.rbf";
 
 			fpga-bridge@4400 {
-				compatible = "altr,freeze-bridge";
+				compatible = "altr,freeze-bridge-controller";
 				reg = <0x4400 0x10>;
 
 				fpga_region1: fpga-region1 {
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ DT Overlay contains:
 			};
 
 			fpga-bridge@4420 {
-				compatible = "altr,freeze-bridge";
+				compatible = "altr,freeze-bridge-controller";
 				reg = <0x4420 0x10>;
 
 				fpga_region2: fpga-region2 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/intel-stratix10-soc-fpga-mgr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/intel-stratix10-soc-fpga-mgr.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6e03f79287fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/intel-stratix10-soc-fpga-mgr.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Intel Stratix10 SoC FPGA Manager
+
+Required properties:
+The fpga_mgr node has the following mandatory property, must be located under
+firmware/svc node.
+
+- compatible : should contain "intel,stratix10-soc-fpga-mgr"
+
+Example:
+
+	firmware {
+		svc {
+			fpga_mgr: fpga-mgr {
+				compatible = "intel,stratix10-soc-fpga-mgr";
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fsi/ibm,p9-occ.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fsi/ibm,p9-occ.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..99ca9862a586
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fsi/ibm,p9-occ.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+Device-tree bindings for FSI-attached POWER9 On-Chip Controller (OCC)
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+This is the binding for the P9 On-Chip Controller accessed over FSI from a
+service processor. See fsi.txt for details on bindings for FSI slave and CFAM
+nodes. The OCC is not an FSI slave device itself, rather it is accessed
+through the SBE fifo.
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible = "ibm,p9-occ"
+
+Examples:
+
+    occ {
+        compatible = "ibm,p9-occ";
+    };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/gnss.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/gnss.txt
index f1e4a2ff47c5..f547bd4549fe 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/gnss.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/gnss.txt
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ Required properties:
 		  represents
 
 Optional properties:
+- lna-supply	: Separate supply for an LNA
 - enable-gpios	: GPIO used to enable the device
 - timepulse-gpios	: Time pulse GPIO
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/mediatek.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/mediatek.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..80cb802813c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/mediatek.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+Mediatek-based GNSS Receiver DT binding
+
+Mediatek chipsets are used in GNSS-receiver modules produced by several
+vendors and can use a UART interface.
+
+Please see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/gnss.txt for generic
+properties.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible	: Must be
+
+			"globaltop,pa6h"
+
+- vcc-supply	: Main voltage regulator (pin name: VCC)
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- current-speed		: Default UART baud rate
+- gnss-fix-gpios	: GPIO used to determine device position fix state
+			  (pin name: FIX, 3D_FIX)
+- reset-gpios		: GPIO used to reset the device (pin name: RESET, NRESET)
+- timepulse-gpios	: Time pulse GPIO (pin name: PPS1, 1PPS)
+- vbackup-supply	: Backup voltage regulator (pin name: VBAT, VBACKUP)
+
+Example:
+
+serial@1234 {
+	compatible = "ns16550a";
+
+	gnss {
+		compatible = "globaltop,pa6h";
+		vcc-supply = <&vcc_3v3>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/sirfstar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/sirfstar.txt
index 648d183cdb77..f4252b6b660b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/sirfstar.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/sirfstar.txt
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ Required properties:
 
 			"fastrax,uc430"
 			"linx,r4"
+			"wi2wi,w2sg0004"
 			"wi2wi,w2sg0008i"
 			"wi2wi,w2sg0084i"
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/cdns,gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/cdns,gpio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..706ef00f5c64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/cdns,gpio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Cadence GPIO controller bindings
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "cdns,gpio-r1p02".
+- reg: the register base address and size.
+- #gpio-cells: should be 2.
+	* first cell is the GPIO number.
+	* second cell specifies the GPIO flags, as defined in
+		<dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h>. Only the GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH
+		and GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW flags are supported.
+- gpio-controller: marks the device as a GPIO controller.
+- clocks: should contain one entry referencing the peripheral clock driving
+	the GPIO controller.
+
+Optional properties:
+- ngpios: integer number of gpio lines supported by this controller, up to 32.
+- interrupts: interrupt specifier for the controllers interrupt.
+- interrupt-controller: marks the device as an interrupt controller. When
+	defined, interrupts, interrupt-parent and #interrupt-cells
+	are required.
+- interrupt-cells: should be 2.
+	* first cell is the GPIO number you want to use as an IRQ source.
+	* second cell specifies the IRQ type, as defined in
+		<dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h>.
+		Currently only level sensitive IRQs are supported.
+
+
+Example:
+	gpio0: gpio-controller@fd060000 {
+		compatible = "cdns,gpio-r1p02";
+		reg =<0xfd060000 0x1000>;
+
+		clocks = <&gpio_clk>;
+
+		interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+		interrupts = <0 5 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+
+		gpio-controller;
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gateworks,pld-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gateworks,pld-gpio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6e81f8b755c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gateworks,pld-gpio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Gateworks PLD GPIO controller bindings
+
+The GPIO controller should be a child node on an I2C bus,
+see: i2c/i2c.txt for details.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "gateworks,pld-gpio"
+- reg: I2C slave address
+- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller.
+- #gpio-cells: Should be <2>. The first cell is the gpio number and
+  the second cell is used to specify optional parameters.
+
+Example:
+
+pld@56 {
+	compatible = "gateworks,pld-gpio";
+	reg = <0x56>;
+	gpio-controller;
+	#gpio-cells = <2>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-eic-sprd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-eic-sprd.txt
index 93d98d09d92b..54040a2bfe3a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-eic-sprd.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-eic-sprd.txt
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Required properties:
   "sprd,sc9860-eic-latch",
   "sprd,sc9860-eic-async",
   "sprd,sc9860-eic-sync",
-  "sprd,sc27xx-eic".
+  "sprd,sc2731-eic".
 - reg: Define the base and range of the I/O address space containing
   the GPIO controller registers.
 - gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller.
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Example:
 	};
 
 	pmic_eic: gpio@300 {
-		compatible = "sprd,sc27xx-eic";
+		compatible = "sprd,sc2731-eic";
 		reg = <0x300>;
 		interrupt-parent = <&sc2731_pmic>;
 		interrupts = <5 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mvebu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mvebu.txt
index 38ca2201e8ae..2e097b57f170 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mvebu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mvebu.txt
@@ -14,8 +14,6 @@ Required properties:
 
     "marvell,armada-8k-gpio" should be used for the Armada 7K and 8K
     SoCs (either from AP or CP), see
-    Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/cp110-system-controller0.txt
-    and
     Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/ap806-system-controller.txt
     for specific details about the offset property.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-omap.txt
index 8d950522e7fa..e57b2cb28f6c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-omap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-omap.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,8 @@ Required properties:
   - "ti,omap2-gpio" for OMAP2 controllers
   - "ti,omap3-gpio" for OMAP3 controllers
   - "ti,omap4-gpio" for OMAP4 controllers
+- reg : Physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+  region.
 - gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller.
 - #gpio-cells : Should be two.
   - first cell is the pin number
@@ -18,6 +20,8 @@ Required properties:
       2 = high-to-low edge triggered.
       4 = active high level-sensitive.
       8 = active low level-sensitive.
+- interrupts : The interrupt the controller is rising as output when an
+  interrupt occures
 
 OMAP specific properties:
 - ti,hwmods:		Name of the hwmod associated to the GPIO:
@@ -29,11 +33,13 @@ OMAP specific properties:
 
 Example:
 
-gpio4: gpio4 {
+gpio0: gpio@44e07000 {
     compatible = "ti,omap4-gpio";
-    ti,hwmods = "gpio4";
+    reg = <0x44e07000 0x1000>;
+    ti,hwmods = "gpio1";
     gpio-controller;
     #gpio-cells = <2>;
     interrupt-controller;
     #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+    interrupts = <96>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca953x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca953x.txt
index 4e3c550e319a..fb144e2b6522 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca953x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca953x.txt
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ Required properties:
 	nxp,pca9574
 	nxp,pca9575
 	nxp,pca9698
+	nxp,pcal6416
 	nxp,pcal6524
 	nxp,pcal9555a
 	maxim,max7310
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vf610.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vf610.txt
index 0ccbae44019c..ae254aadee35 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vf610.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-vf610.txt
@@ -24,6 +24,12 @@ Required properties for GPIO node:
       4 = active high level-sensitive.
       8 = active low level-sensitive.
 
+Optional properties:
+-clocks:	Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+		See common clock-bindings.txt for details.
+-clock-names:	A list of clock names. For imx7ulp, it must contain
+		"gpio", "port".
+
 Note: Each GPIO port should have an alias correctly numbered in "aliases"
 node.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
index f0ba154b5723..a8895d339bfe 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
@@ -67,6 +67,18 @@ Optional standard bitfield specifiers for the last cell:
            https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Open_collector
 - Bit 3: 0 means the output should be maintained during sleep/low-power mode
          1 means the output state can be lost during sleep/low-power mode
+- Bit 4: 0 means no pull-up resistor should be enabled
+         1 means a pull-up resistor should be enabled
+         This setting only applies to hardware with a simple on/off
+         control for pull-up configuration. If the hardware has more
+         elaborate pull-up configuration, it should be represented
+         using a pin control binding.
+- Bit 5: 0 means no pull-down resistor should be enabled
+         1 means a pull-down resistor should be enabled
+         This setting only applies to hardware with a simple on/off
+         control for pull-down configuration. If the hardware has more
+         elaborate pull-down configuration, it should be represented
+         using a pin control binding.
 
 1.1) GPIO specifier best practices
 ----------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/intel,ixp4xx-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/intel,ixp4xx-gpio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8dc41ed99685
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/intel,ixp4xx-gpio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+Intel IXP4xx XScale Networking Processors GPIO
+
+This GPIO controller is found in the Intel IXP4xx processors.
+It supports 16 GPIO lines.
+
+The interrupt portions of the GPIO controller is hierarchical:
+the synchronous edge detector is part of the GPIO block, but the
+actual enabling/disabling of the interrupt line is done in the
+main IXP4xx interrupt controller which has a 1:1 mapping for
+the first 12 GPIO lines to 12 system interrupts.
+
+The remaining 4 GPIO lines can not be used for receiving
+interrupts.
+
+The interrupt parent of this GPIO controller must be the
+IXP4xx interrupt controller.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : Should be
+  "intel,ixp4xx-gpio"
+- reg : Should contain registers location and length
+- gpio-controller : marks this as a GPIO controller
+- #gpio-cells : Should be 2, see gpio/gpio.txt
+- interrupt-controller : marks this as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells : a standard two-cell interrupt, see
+  interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+
+Example:
+
+gpio0: gpio@c8004000 {
+	compatible = "intel,ixp4xx-gpio";
+	reg = <0xc8004000 0x1000>;
+	gpio-controller;
+	#gpio-cells = <2>;
+	interrupt-controller;
+	#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/nxp,lpc1850-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/nxp,lpc1850-gpio.txt
index eb7cdd69e10b..627efc78ecf2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/nxp,lpc1850-gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/nxp,lpc1850-gpio.txt
@@ -3,12 +3,24 @@ NXP LPC18xx/43xx GPIO controller Device Tree Bindings
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible		: Should be "nxp,lpc1850-gpio"
-- reg			: Address and length of the register set for the device
-- clocks		: Clock specifier (see clock bindings for details)
-- gpio-controller	: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller.
-- #gpio-cells 		: Should be two
-			  - First cell is the GPIO line number
-			  - Second cell is used to specify polarity
+- reg			: List of addresses and lengths of the GPIO controller
+			  register sets
+- reg-names		: Should be "gpio", "gpio-pin-ic", "gpio-group0-ic" and
+			  "gpio-gpoup1-ic"
+- clocks		: Phandle and clock specifier pair for GPIO controller
+- resets		: Phandle and reset specifier pair for GPIO controller
+- gpio-controller	: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller
+- #gpio-cells 		: Should be two:
+			  - The first cell is the GPIO line number
+			  - The second cell is used to specify polarity
+- interrupt-controller	: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells	: Should be two:
+			  - The first cell is an interrupt number within
+			    0..9 range, for GPIO pin interrupts it is equal
+			    to 'nxp,gpio-pin-interrupt' property value of
+			    GPIO pin configuration, 8 is for GPIO GROUP0
+			    interrupt, 9 is for GPIO GROUP1 interrupt
+			  - The second cell is used to specify interrupt type
 
 Optional properties:
 - gpio-ranges		: Mapping between GPIO and pinctrl
@@ -19,21 +31,29 @@ Example:
 
 gpio: gpio@400f4000 {
 	compatible = "nxp,lpc1850-gpio";
-	reg = <0x400f4000 0x4000>;
+	reg = <0x400f4000 0x4000>, <0x40087000 0x1000>,
+	      <0x40088000 0x1000>, <0x40089000 0x1000>;
+	reg-names = "gpio", "gpio-pin-ic",
+		    "gpio-group0-ic", "gpio-gpoup1-ic";
 	clocks = <&ccu1 CLK_CPU_GPIO>;
+	resets = <&rgu 28>;
 	gpio-controller;
 	#gpio-cells = <2>;
+	interrupt-controller;
+	#interrupt-cells = <2>;
 	gpio-ranges =	<&pinctrl LPC_GPIO(0,0)  LPC_PIN(0,0)  2>,
 			...
 			<&pinctrl LPC_GPIO(7,19) LPC_PIN(f,5)  7>;
 };
 
 gpio_joystick {
-	compatible = "gpio-keys-polled";
+	compatible = "gpio-keys";
 	...
 
-	button@0 {
+	button0 {
 		...
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio>;
+		interrupts = <1 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>;
 		gpios = <&gpio LPC_GPIO(4,8) GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
 	};
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,gpio-rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,gpio-rcar.txt
index 2889bbcd7416..f3f2c468c1b6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,gpio-rcar.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/renesas,gpio-rcar.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required Properties:
     - "renesas,gpio-r8a7745": for R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) compatible GPIO controller.
     - "renesas,gpio-r8a77470": for R8A77470 (RZ/G1C) compatible GPIO controller.
     - "renesas,gpio-r8a774a1": for R8A774A1 (RZ/G2M) compatible GPIO controller.
+    - "renesas,gpio-r8a774c0": for R8A774C0 (RZ/G2E) compatible GPIO controller.
     - "renesas,gpio-r8a7778": for R8A7778 (R-Car M1) compatible GPIO controller.
     - "renesas,gpio-r8a7779": for R8A7779 (R-Car H1) compatible GPIO controller.
     - "renesas,gpio-r8a7790": for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) compatible GPIO controller.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/snps-dwapb-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/snps-dwapb-gpio.txt
index 7276b50c3506..839dd32ffe11 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/snps-dwapb-gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/snps-dwapb-gpio.txt
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ gpio: gpio@20000 {
 	#address-cells = <1>;
 	#size-cells = <0>;
 
-	porta: gpio-controller@0 {
+	porta: gpio@0 {
 		compatible = "snps,dw-apb-gpio-port";
 		gpio-controller;
 		#gpio-cells = <2>;
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ gpio: gpio@20000 {
 		interrupts = <0>;
 	};
 
-	portb: gpio-controller@1 {
+	portb: gpio@1 {
 		compatible = "snps,dw-apb-gpio-port";
 		gpio-controller;
 		#gpio-cells = <2>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-utgard.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-utgard.txt
index 63cd91176a68..ae63f09fda7d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-utgard.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-utgard.txt
@@ -11,7 +11,10 @@ Required properties:
       + allwinner,sun4i-a10-mali
       + allwinner,sun7i-a20-mali
       + allwinner,sun8i-h3-mali
+      + allwinner,sun50i-a64-mali
       + allwinner,sun50i-h5-mali
+      + amlogic,meson8-mali
+      + amlogic,meson8b-mali
       + amlogic,meson-gxbb-mali
       + amlogic,meson-gxl-mali
       + rockchip,rk3036-mali
@@ -73,10 +76,18 @@ to specify one more vendor-specific compatible, among:
     Required properties:
       * resets: phandle to the reset line for the GPU
 
+  - allwinner,sun50i-a64-mali
+    Required properties:
+      * resets: phandle to the reset line for the GPU
+
   - allwinner,sun50i-h5-mali
     Required properties:
       * resets: phandle to the reset line for the GPU
 
+  - amlogic,meson8-mali and amlogic,meson8b-mali
+    Required properties:
+      * resets: phandle to the reset line for the GPU
+
   - Rockchip variants:
     Required properties:
       * resets: phandle to the reset line for the GPU
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-rotator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-rotator.txt
index 82cd1ed0be93..3aca2578da0b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-rotator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/samsung-rotator.txt
@@ -2,9 +2,10 @@
 
 Required properties:
   - compatible : value should be one of the following:
-	(a) "samsung,exynos4210-rotator" for Rotator IP in Exynos4210
-	(b) "samsung,exynos4212-rotator" for Rotator IP in Exynos4212/4412
-	(c) "samsung,exynos5250-rotator" for Rotator IP in Exynos5250
+	* "samsung,s5pv210-rotator" for Rotator IP in S5PV210
+	* "samsung,exynos4210-rotator" for Rotator IP in Exynos4210
+	* "samsung,exynos4212-rotator" for Rotator IP in Exynos4212/4412
+	* "samsung,exynos5250-rotator" for Rotator IP in Exynos5250
 
   - reg : Physical base address of the IP registers and length of memory
 	  mapped region.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/st,stm32-hwspinlock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/st,stm32-hwspinlock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..adf4f000ea3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/st,stm32-hwspinlock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+STM32 Hardware Spinlock Device Binding
+-------------------------------------
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible : should be "st,stm32-hwspinlock".
+- reg : the register address of hwspinlock.
+- #hwlock-cells : hwlock users only use the hwlock id to represent a specific
+	hwlock, so the number of cells should be <1> here.
+- clock-names : Must contain "hsem".
+- clocks : Must contain a phandle entry for the clock in clock-names, see the
+	common clock bindings.
+
+Please look at the generic hwlock binding for usage information for consumers,
+"Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwlock/hwlock.txt"
+
+Example of hwlock provider:
+	hwspinlock@4c000000 {
+		compatible = "st,stm32-hwspinlock";
+		#hwlock-cells = <1>;
+		reg = <0x4c000000 0x400>;
+		clocks = <&rcc HSEM>;
+		clock-names = "hsem";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ad741x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ad741x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9102152c8410
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ad741x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+* AD7416/AD7417/AD7418 Temperature Sensor Device Tree Bindings
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: one of
+		"adi,ad7416"
+		"adi,ad7417"
+		"adi,ad7418"
+- reg: I2C address
+
+Example:
+
+hwmon@28 {
+	compatible = "adi,ad7418";
+	reg = <0x28>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/adc128d818.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/adc128d818.txt
index 08bab0e94d25..d0ae46d7bac3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/adc128d818.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/adc128d818.txt
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Required node properties:
 
 Optional node properties:
 
- - ti,mode:     Operation mode (see above).
+ - ti,mode:     Operation mode (u8) (see above).
 
 
 Example (operation mode 2):
@@ -34,5 +34,5 @@ Example (operation mode 2):
 	adc128d818@1d {
 		compatible = "ti,adc128d818";
 		reg = <0x1d>;
-		ti,mode = <2>;
+		ti,mode = /bits/ 8 <2>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/adm1275.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/adm1275.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1ecd03f3da4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/adm1275.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+adm1275 properties
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must be one of the supported compatible strings:
+	- "adi,adm1075" for adm1075
+	- "adi,adm1272" for adm1272
+	- "adi,adm1275" for adm1275
+	- "adi,adm1276" for adm1276
+	- "adi,adm1278" for adm1278
+	- "adi,adm1293" for adm1293
+	- "adi,adm1294" for adm1294
+- reg: I2C address
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- shunt-resistor-micro-ohms
+	Shunt resistor value in micro-Ohm
+
+Example:
+
+adm1272@10 {
+	compatible = "adi,adm1272";
+	reg = <0x10>;
+	shunt-resistor-micro-ohms = <500>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/cirrus,lochnagar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ffb79ccf51ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Cirrus Logic Lochnagar Audio Development Board
+
+Lochnagar is an evaluation and development board for Cirrus Logic
+Smart CODEC and Amp devices. It allows the connection of most Cirrus
+Logic devices on mini-cards, as well as allowing connection of
+various application processor systems to provide a full evaluation
+platform.  Audio system topology, clocking and power can all be
+controlled through the Lochnagar, allowing the device under test
+to be used in a variety of possible use cases.
+
+This binding document describes the binding for the hardware monitor
+portion of the driver.
+
+This binding must be part of the Lochnagar MFD binding:
+  [4] ../mfd/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible : One of the following strings:
+                 "cirrus,lochnagar2-hwmon"
+
+Example:
+
+lochnagar-hwmon {
+	compatible = "cirrus,lochnagar2-hwmon";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/dps650ab.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/dps650ab.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..76780e795899
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/dps650ab.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+Bindings for Delta Electronics DPS-650-AB power supply
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "delta,dps650ab"
+- reg        : I2C address, one of 0x58, 0x59.
+
+Example:
+	dps650ab@58 {
+		    compatible = "delta,dps650ab";
+		    reg = <0x58>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/g762.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/g762.txt
index 25cc6d8ee575..6d154c4923de 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/g762.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/g762.txt
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ If an optional property is not set in .dts file, then current value is kept
 unmodified (e.g. u-boot installed value).
 
 Additional information on operational parameters for the device is available
-in Documentation/hwmon/g762. A detailed datasheet for the device is available
+in Documentation/hwmon/g762.rst. A detailed datasheet for the device is available
 at http://natisbad.org/NAS/refs/GMT_EDS-762_763-080710-0.2.pdf.
 
 Example g762 node:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/hih6130.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/hih6130.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2c43837af4c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/hih6130.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+Honeywell Humidicon HIH-6130 humidity/temperature sensor
+--------------------------------------------------------
+
+Requires node properties:
+- compatible : "honeywell,hi6130"
+- reg : the I2C address of the device. This is 0x27.
+
+Example:
+	hih6130@27 {
+		compatible = "honeywell,hih6130";
+		reg = <0x27>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ina3221.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ina3221.txt
index a7b25caa2b8e..fa63b6171407 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ina3221.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ina3221.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,16 @@ Texas Instruments INA3221 Device Tree Bindings
   - reg: I2C address
 
   Optional properties:
+  - ti,single-shot: This chip has two power modes: single-shot (chip takes one
+                    measurement and then shuts itself down) and continuous (
+                    chip takes continuous measurements). The continuous mode is
+                    more reliable and suitable for hardware monitor type device,
+                    but the single-shot mode is more power-friendly and useful
+                    for battery-powered device which cares power consumptions
+                    while still needs some measurements occasionally.
+                    If this property is present, the single-shot mode will be
+                    used, instead of the default continuous one for monitoring.
+
   = The node contains optional child nodes for three channels =
   = Each child node describes the information of input source =
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm75.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm75.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..586b5ed70be7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm75.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+*LM75 hwmon sensor.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: manufacturer and chip name, one of
+		"adi,adt75",
+		"dallas,ds1775",
+		"dallas,ds75",
+		"dallas,ds7505",
+		"gmt,g751",
+		"national,lm75",
+		"national,lm75a",
+		"national,lm75b",
+		"maxim,max6625",
+		"maxim,max6626",
+		"maxim,max31725",
+		"maxim,max31726",
+		"maxim,mcp980x",
+		"st,stds75",
+		"st,stlm75",
+		"microchip,tcn75",
+		"ti,tmp100",
+		"ti,tmp101",
+		"ti,tmp105",
+		"ti,tmp112",
+		"ti,tmp175",
+		"ti,tmp275",
+		"ti,tmp75",
+		"ti,tmp75b",
+		"ti,tmp75c",
+
+- reg: I2C bus address of the device
+
+Example:
+
+sensor@48 {
+	compatible = "st,stlm75";
+	reg = <0x48>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm90.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm90.txt
index 97581266e329..c76a7ac47c34 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm90.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm90.txt
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ Required node properties:
 		"onnn,nct1008"
 		"winbond,w83l771"
 		"nxp,sa56004"
+		"ti,tmp451"
 
 - reg: I2C bus address of the device
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt
index c3b9c4cfe8df..37f18d684f6a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ NTC Thermistor hwmon sensors
 Requires node properties:
 - "compatible" value : one of
 	"epcos,b57330v2103"
+	"epcos,b57891s0103"
 	"murata,ncp15wb473"
 	"murata,ncp18wb473"
 	"murata,ncp21wb473"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pwm-fan.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pwm-fan.txt
index c6d533202d3e..6ced829b0e58 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pwm-fan.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pwm-fan.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,18 @@ Required properties:
 - cooling-levels      : PWM duty cycle values in a range from 0 to 255
 			which correspond to thermal cooling states
 
+Optional properties:
+- fan-supply		: phandle to the regulator that provides power to the fan
+- interrupts		: This contains a single interrupt specifier which
+			  describes the tachometer output of the fan as an
+			  interrupt source. The output signal must generate a
+			  defined number of interrupts per fan revolution, which
+			  require that it must be self resetting edge interrupts.
+			  See interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for the format.
+- pulses-per-revolution : define the tachometer pulses per fan revolution as
+			  an integer (default is 2 interrupts per revolution).
+			  The value must be greater than zero.
+
 Example:
 	fan0: pwm-fan {
 		compatible = "pwm-fan";
@@ -35,3 +47,13 @@ Example:
 					};
 			     };
 		};
+
+Example 2:
+	fan0: pwm-fan {
+		compatible = "pwm-fan";
+		pwms = <&pwm 0 40000 0>;
+		fan-supply = <&reg_fan>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio5>;
+		interrupts = <1 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+		pulses-per-revolution = <2>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/tmp108.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/tmp108.txt
index 8c4b10df86d9..54d4beed4ee5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/tmp108.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/tmp108.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,10 @@ Requires node properties:
 - compatible : "ti,tmp108"
 - reg : the I2C address of the device. This is 0x48, 0x49, 0x4a, or 0x4b.
 
+Optional properties:
+- interrupts: Reference to the TMP108 alert interrupt.
+- #thermal-sensor-cells: should be set to 0.
+
 Example:
 	tmp108@48 {
 		compatible = "ti,tmp108";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt
index ef973a0343c7..b7cec17c3daf 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-at91.txt
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ i2c0: i2c@fff84000 {
 	clock-frequency = <400000>;
 
 	24c512@50 {
-		compatible = "24c512";
+		compatible = "atmel,24c512";
 		reg = <0x50>;
 		pagesize = <128>;
 	}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt
index fbb0a6d8b964..3e4bcc2fb6f7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 Required properties :
 
  - compatible : should be "snps,designware-i2c"
+                or "mscc,ocelot-i2c" with "snps,designware-i2c" for fallback
  - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
  - interrupts : <IRQ> where IRQ is the interrupt number.
 
@@ -11,8 +12,12 @@ Recommended properties :
  - clock-frequency : desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
 
 Optional properties :
+ - reg : for "mscc,ocelot-i2c", a second register set to configure the SDA hold
+   time, named ICPU_CFG:TWI_DELAY in the datasheet.
+
  - i2c-sda-hold-time-ns : should contain the SDA hold time in nanoseconds.
-   This option is only supported in hardware blocks version 1.11a or newer.
+   This option is only supported in hardware blocks version 1.11a or newer and
+   on Microsemi SoCs ("mscc,ocelot-i2c" compatible).
 
  - i2c-scl-falling-time-ns : should contain the SCL falling time in nanoseconds.
    This value which is by default 300ns is used to compute the tLOW period.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-gpio.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 38a05562d1d2..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-gpio.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-Device-Tree bindings for i2c gpio driver
-
-Required properties:
-	- compatible = "i2c-gpio";
-	- sda-gpios: gpio used for the sda signal, this should be flagged as
-	  active high using open drain with (GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH|GPIO_OPEN_DRAIN)
-	  from <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> since the signal is by definition
-	  open drain.
-	- scl-gpios: gpio used for the scl signal, this should be flagged as
-	  active high using open drain with (GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH|GPIO_OPEN_DRAIN)
-	  from <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> since the signal is by definition
-	  open drain.
-
-Optional properties:
-	- i2c-gpio,scl-output-only: scl as output only
-	- i2c-gpio,delay-us: delay between GPIO operations (may depend on each platform)
-	- i2c-gpio,timeout-ms: timeout to get data
-
-Deprecated properties, do not use in new device tree sources:
-	- gpios: sda and scl gpio, alternative for {sda,scl}-gpios
-	- i2c-gpio,sda-open-drain: this means that something outside of our
-	  control has put the GPIO line used for SDA into open drain mode, and
-	  that something is not the GPIO chip. It is essentially an
-	  inconsistency flag.
-	- i2c-gpio,scl-open-drain: this means that something outside of our
-	  control has put the GPIO line used for SCL into open drain mode, and
-	  that something is not the GPIO chip. It is essentially an
-	  inconsistency flag.
-
-Example nodes:
-
-#include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h>
-
-i2c@0 {
-	compatible = "i2c-gpio";
-	sda-gpios = <&pioA 23 (GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH|GPIO_OPEN_DRAIN)>;
-	scl-gpios = <&pioA 24 (GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH|GPIO_OPEN_DRAIN)>;
-	i2c-gpio,delay-us = <2>;	/* ~100 kHz */
-	#address-cells = <1>;
-	#size-cells = <0>;
-
-	rv3029c2@56 {
-		compatible = "rv3029c2";
-		reg = <0x56>;
-	};
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-gpio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-gpio.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..da6129090a8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-gpio.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/i2c/i2c-gpio.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Bindings for GPIO bitbanged I2C
+
+maintainers:
+  - Wolfram Sang <wolfram@the-dreams.de>
+
+allOf:
+  - $ref: /schemas/i2c/i2c-controller.yaml#
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    items:
+      - const: i2c-gpio
+
+  sda-gpios:
+    description:
+      gpio used for the sda signal, this should be flagged as
+      active high using open drain with (GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH|GPIO_OPEN_DRAIN)
+      from <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> since the signal is by definition
+      open drain.
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  scl-gpios:
+    description:
+      gpio used for the scl signal, this should be flagged as
+      active high using open drain with (GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH|GPIO_OPEN_DRAIN)
+      from <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h> since the signal is by definition
+      open drain.
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  i2c-gpio,scl-output-only:
+    description: scl as output only
+    type: boolean
+
+  i2c-gpio,delay-us:
+    description: delay between GPIO operations (may depend on each platform)
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+
+  i2c-gpio,timeout-ms:
+    description: timeout to get data
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+
+  # Deprecated properties, do not use in new device tree sources:
+  gpios:
+    minItems: 2
+    maxItems: 2
+    description: sda and scl gpio, alternative for {sda,scl}-gpios
+
+  i2c-gpio,sda-open-drain:
+    # Generate a warning if present
+    not: true
+    description: this means that something outside of our control has put
+      the GPIO line used for SDA into open drain mode, and that something is
+      not the GPIO chip. It is essentially an inconsistency flag.
+
+  i2c-gpio,scl-open-drain:
+    # Generate a warning if present
+    not: true
+    description: this means that something outside of our control has put the
+      GPIO line used for SCL into open drain mode, and that something is not
+      the GPIO chip. It is essentially an inconsistency flag.
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - sda-gpios
+  - scl-gpios
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx-lpi2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx-lpi2c.txt
index 091c8dfd3229..b245363d6d60 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx-lpi2c.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-imx-lpi2c.txt
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible :
   - "fsl,imx7ulp-lpi2c" for LPI2C compatible with the one integrated on i.MX7ULP soc
+  - "fsl,imx8qxp-lpi2c" for LPI2C compatible with the one integrated on i.MX8QXP soc
 - reg : address and length of the lpi2c master registers
 - interrupts : lpi2c interrupt
 - clocks : lpi2c clock specifier
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-iop3xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-iop3xx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..dcc8390e0d24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-iop3xx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+i2c Controller on XScale platforms such as IOP3xx and IXP4xx
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Must be one of
+  "intel,iop3xx-i2c"
+  "intel,ixp4xx-i2c";
+- reg
+- #address-cells = <1>;
+- #size-cells = <0>;
+
+Optional properties:
+- Child nodes conforming to i2c bus binding
+
+Example:
+
+i2c@c8011000 {
+	compatible = "intel,ixp4xx-i2c";
+	reg = <0xc8011000 0x18>;
+	interrupts = <33 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mt65xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mt65xx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ee4c32454198
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mt65xx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+* MediaTek's I2C controller
+
+The MediaTek's I2C controller is used to interface with I2C devices.
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: value should be either of the following.
+      "mediatek,mt2701-i2c", "mediatek,mt6577-i2c": for MediaTek MT2701
+      "mediatek,mt2712-i2c": for MediaTek MT2712
+      "mediatek,mt6577-i2c": for MediaTek MT6577
+      "mediatek,mt6589-i2c": for MediaTek MT6589
+      "mediatek,mt7622-i2c": for MediaTek MT7622
+      "mediatek,mt7623-i2c", "mediatek,mt6577-i2c": for MediaTek MT7623
+      "mediatek,mt7629-i2c", "mediatek,mt2712-i2c": for MediaTek MT7629
+      "mediatek,mt8173-i2c": for MediaTek MT8173
+  - reg: physical base address of the controller and dma base, length of memory
+    mapped region.
+  - interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu.
+  - clock-div: the fixed value for frequency divider of clock source in i2c
+    module. Each IC may be different.
+  - clocks: clock name from clock manager
+  - clock-names: Must include "main" and "dma", if enable have-pmic need include
+    "pmic" extra.
+
+Optional properties:
+  - clock-frequency: Frequency in Hz of the bus when transfer, the default value
+    is 100000.
+  - mediatek,have-pmic: platform can control i2c form special pmic side.
+    Only mt6589 and mt8135 support this feature.
+  - mediatek,use-push-pull: IO config use push-pull mode.
+
+Example:
+
+	i2c0: i2c@1100d000 {
+			compatible = "mediatek,mt6577-i2c";
+			reg = <0x1100d000 0x70>,
+			      <0x11000300 0x80>;
+			interrupts = <GIC_SPI 44 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+			clock-frequency = <400000>;
+			mediatek,have-pmic;
+			clock-div = <16>;
+			clocks = <&i2c0_ck>, <&ap_dma_ck>;
+			clock-names = "main", "dma";
+	};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mtk.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mtk.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index e199695b1c96..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mtk.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-* MediaTek's I2C controller
-
-The MediaTek's I2C controller is used to interface with I2C devices.
-
-Required properties:
-  - compatible: value should be either of the following.
-      "mediatek,mt2701-i2c", "mediatek,mt6577-i2c": for MediaTek MT2701
-      "mediatek,mt2712-i2c": for MediaTek MT2712
-      "mediatek,mt6577-i2c": for MediaTek MT6577
-      "mediatek,mt6589-i2c": for MediaTek MT6589
-      "mediatek,mt7622-i2c": for MediaTek MT7622
-      "mediatek,mt7623-i2c", "mediatek,mt6577-i2c": for MediaTek MT7623
-      "mediatek,mt8173-i2c": for MediaTek MT8173
-  - reg: physical base address of the controller and dma base, length of memory
-    mapped region.
-  - interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu.
-  - clock-div: the fixed value for frequency divider of clock source in i2c
-    module. Each IC may be different.
-  - clocks: clock name from clock manager
-  - clock-names: Must include "main" and "dma", if enable have-pmic need include
-    "pmic" extra.
-
-Optional properties:
-  - clock-frequency: Frequency in Hz of the bus when transfer, the default value
-    is 100000.
-  - mediatek,have-pmic: platform can control i2c form special pmic side.
-    Only mt6589 and mt8135 support this feature.
-  - mediatek,use-push-pull: IO config use push-pull mode.
-
-Example:
-
-	i2c0: i2c@1100d000 {
-			compatible = "mediatek,mt6577-i2c";
-			reg = <0x1100d000 0x70>,
-			      <0x11000300 0x80>;
-			interrupts = <GIC_SPI 44 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
-			clock-frequency = <400000>;
-			mediatek,have-pmic;
-			clock-div = <16>;
-			clocks = <&i2c0_ck>, <&ap_dma_ck>;
-			clock-names = "main", "dma";
-	};
-
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-ltc4306.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-ltc4306.txt
index 1e98c6b3a721..8b1e49cdce3f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-ltc4306.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-ltc4306.txt
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Example:
 			reg = <0>;
 
 			eeprom@50 {
-				compatible = "at,24c02";
+				compatible = "atmel,24c02";
 				reg = <0x50>;
 			};
 		};
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Example:
 			reg = <1>;
 
 			eeprom@50 {
-				compatible = "at,24c02";
+				compatible = "atmel,24c02";
 				reg = <0x50>;
 			};
 		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-pca954x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-pca954x.txt
index ccf6c86ed076..30ac6a60f041 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-pca954x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mux-pca954x.txt
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Example:
 			reg = <2>;
 
 			eeprom@54 {
-				compatible = "at,24c08";
+				compatible = "atmel,24c08";
 				reg = <0x54>;
 			};
 		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-omap.txt
index 7e49839d4124..4b90ba9f31b7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-omap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-omap.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,12 @@
 I2C for OMAP platforms
 
 Required properties :
-- compatible : Must be "ti,omap2420-i2c", "ti,omap2430-i2c", "ti,omap3-i2c"
-  or "ti,omap4-i2c"
+- compatible : Must be
+	"ti,omap2420-i2c" for OMAP2420 SoCs
+	"ti,omap2430-i2c" for OMAP2430 SoCs
+	"ti,omap3-i2c" for OMAP3 SoCs
+	"ti,omap4-i2c" for OMAP4+ SoCs
+	"ti,am654-i2c", "ti,omap4-i2c" for AM654 SoCs
 - ti,hwmods : Must be "i2c<n>", n being the instance number (1-based)
 - #address-cells = <1>;
 - #size-cells = <0>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-owl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-owl.txt
index b743fe444e9f..54c05dbdb2e4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-owl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-owl.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,9 @@ Actions Semiconductor Owl I2C controller
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible        : Should be "actions,s900-i2c".
+- compatible        : Should be one of the following:
+		      - "actions,s700-i2c" for S700 SoC
+		      - "actions,s900-i2c" for S900 SoC
 - reg               : Offset and length of the register set for the device.
 - #address-cells    : Should be 1.
 - #size-cells       : Should be 0.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt
index 39cd21d95810..3ee5e8f6ee01 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-rcar.txt
@@ -3,8 +3,11 @@ I2C for R-Car platforms
 Required properties:
 - compatible:
 	"renesas,i2c-r8a7743" if the device is a part of a R8A7743 SoC.
+	"renesas,i2c-r8a7744" if the device is a part of a R8A7744 SoC.
 	"renesas,i2c-r8a7745" if the device is a part of a R8A7745 SoC.
+	"renesas,i2c-r8a77470" if the device is a part of a R8A77470 SoC.
 	"renesas,i2c-r8a774a1" if the device is a part of a R8A774A1 SoC.
+	"renesas,i2c-r8a774c0" if the device is a part of a R8A774C0 SoC.
 	"renesas,i2c-r8a7778" if the device is a part of a R8A7778 SoC.
 	"renesas,i2c-r8a7779" if the device is a part of a R8A7779 SoC.
 	"renesas,i2c-r8a7790" if the device is a part of a R8A7790 SoC.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt
index 872673adff5a..202602e6e837 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sh_mobile.txt
@@ -5,8 +5,10 @@ Required properties:
 			- "renesas,iic-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile APE6)
 			- "renesas,iic-r8a7740" (R-Mobile A1)
 			- "renesas,iic-r8a7743" (RZ/G1M)
+			- "renesas,iic-r8a7744" (RZ/G1N)
 			- "renesas,iic-r8a7745" (RZ/G1E)
 			- "renesas,iic-r8a774a1" (RZ/G2M)
+			- "renesas,iic-r8a774c0" (RZ/G2E)
 			- "renesas,iic-r8a7790" (R-Car H2)
 			- "renesas,iic-r8a7791" (R-Car M2-W)
 			- "renesas,iic-r8a7792" (R-Car V2H)
@@ -15,6 +17,7 @@ Required properties:
 			- "renesas,iic-r8a7795" (R-Car H3)
 			- "renesas,iic-r8a7796" (R-Car M3-W)
 			- "renesas,iic-r8a77965" (R-Car M3-N)
+			- "renesas,iic-r8a77990" (R-Car E3)
 			- "renesas,iic-sh73a0" (SH-Mobile AG5)
 			- "renesas,rcar-gen2-iic" (generic R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1
 							compatible device)
@@ -27,7 +30,13 @@ Required properties:
 			the platform first followed by the generic R-Car
 			version.
 
-			renesas,rmobile-iic must always follow.
+			When compatible with "renesas,rmobile-iic" it should
+			be the last compatibility string listed.
+
+			The r8a77990 (R-Car E3) and r8a774c0 (RZ/G2E)
+			controllers are not considered compatible with
+			"renesas,rcar-gen3-iic" or "renesas,rmobile-iic"
+			due to the absence of automatic transmission registers.
 
 - reg             : address start and address range size of device
 - interrupts      : interrupt of device
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-stm32.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-stm32.txt
index 3b5489966634..69240e189b01 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-stm32.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-stm32.txt
@@ -26,6 +26,11 @@ Optional properties :
 - i2c-scl-falling-time-ns : Only for STM32F7, I2C SCL Falling time for the board
   (default: 10)
   I2C Timings are derived from these 2 values
+- st,syscfg-fmp:  Only for STM32F7, use to set Fast Mode Plus bit within SYSCFG
+  whether Fast Mode Plus speed is selected by slave.
+	1st cell : phandle to syscfg
+	2nd cell : register offset within SYSCFG
+	3rd cell : register bitmask for FMP bit
 
 Example :
 
@@ -53,4 +58,5 @@ Example :
 		clocks = <&rcc 1 CLK_I2C1>;
 		pinctrl-0 = <&i2c1_sda_pin>, <&i2c1_scl_pin>;
 		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		st,syscfg-fmp = <&syscfg 0x4 0x1>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-st-ddci2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-stu300.txt
index bd81a482634f..bd81a482634f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-st-ddci2c.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-stu300.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sunxi-p2wi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sun6i-p2wi.txt
index 49df0053347a..49df0053347a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sunxi-p2wi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-sun6i-p2wi.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-vt8500.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-wmt.txt
index 94a425eaa6c7..94a425eaa6c7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-vt8500.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-wmt.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c.txt
index 11263982470e..44efafdfd7f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c.txt
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Binding may contain optional "interrupts" property, describing interrupts
 used by the device. I2C core will assign "irq" interrupt (or the very first
 interrupt if not using interrupt names) as primary interrupt for the slave.
 
-Alternatively, devices supporting SMbus Host Notify, and connected to
+Alternatively, devices supporting SMBus Host Notify, and connected to
 adapters that support this feature, may use "host-notify" property. I2C
 core will create a virtual interrupt for Host Notify and assign it as
 primary interrupt for the slave.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ibm,p8-occ-hwmon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ibm,p8-occ-hwmon.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5dc5d2e2573d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/ibm,p8-occ-hwmon.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Device-tree bindings for I2C-based On-Chip Controller hwmon device
+------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible = "ibm,p8-occ-hwmon";
+ - reg = <I2C address>;			: I2C bus address
+
+Examples:
+
+    i2c-bus@100 {
+        #address-cells = <1>;
+        #size-cells = <0>;
+        clock-frequency = <100000>;
+        < more properties >
+
+        occ-hwmon@1 {
+            compatible = "ibm,p8-occ-hwmon";
+            reg = <0x50>;
+        };
+
+        occ-hwmon@2 {
+            compatible = "ibm,p8-occ-hwmon";
+            reg = <0x51>;
+        };
+    };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nxp,pca9541.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nxp,pca9541.txt
index 0fbbc6970ec5..42bfc09c8918 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nxp,pca9541.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nxp,pca9541.txt
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Example:
 			#size-cells = <0>;
 
 			eeprom@54 {
-				compatible = "at,24c08";
+				compatible = "atmel,24c08";
 				reg = <0x54>;
 			};
 		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/cdns,i3c-master.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/cdns,i3c-master.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..69da2115abdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/cdns,i3c-master.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Bindings for cadence I3C master block
+=====================================
+
+Required properties:
+--------------------
+- compatible: shall be "cdns,i3c-master"
+- clocks: shall reference the pclk and sysclk
+- clock-names: shall contain "pclk" and "sysclk"
+- interrupts: the interrupt line connected to this I3C master
+- reg: I3C master registers
+
+Mandatory properties defined by the generic binding (see
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/i3c.txt for more details):
+
+- #address-cells: shall be set to 1
+- #size-cells: shall be set to 0
+
+Optional properties defined by the generic binding (see
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/i3c.txt for more details):
+
+- i2c-scl-hz
+- i3c-scl-hz
+
+I3C device connected on the bus follow the generic description (see
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/i3c.txt for more details).
+
+Example:
+
+	i3c-master@0d040000 {
+		compatible = "cdns,i3c-master";
+		clocks = <&coreclock>, <&i3csysclock>;
+		clock-names = "pclk", "sysclk";
+		interrupts = <3 0>;
+		reg = <0x0d040000 0x1000>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		i2c-scl-hz = <100000>;
+
+		nunchuk: nunchuk@52 {
+			compatible = "nintendo,nunchuk";
+			reg = <0x52 0x80000010 0>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/i3c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/i3c.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ab729a0a86ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/i3c.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+Generic device tree bindings for I3C busses
+===========================================
+
+This document describes generic bindings that should be used to describe I3C
+busses in a device tree.
+
+Required properties
+-------------------
+
+- #address-cells  - should be <3>. Read more about addresses below.
+- #size-cells     - should be <0>.
+- compatible      - name of the I3C master controller driving the I3C bus
+
+For other required properties e.g. to describe register sets,
+clocks, etc. check the binding documentation of the specific driver.
+The node describing an I3C bus should be named i3c-master.
+
+Optional properties
+-------------------
+
+These properties may not be supported by all I3C master drivers. Each I3C
+master bindings should specify which of them are supported.
+
+- i3c-scl-hz: frequency of the SCL signal used for I3C transfers.
+	      When undefined the core sets it to 12.5MHz.
+
+- i2c-scl-hz: frequency of the SCL signal used for I2C transfers.
+	      When undefined, the core looks at LVR (Legacy Virtual Register)
+	      values of I2C devices described in the device tree to determine
+	      the maximum I2C frequency.
+
+I2C devices
+===========
+
+Each I2C device connected to the bus should be described in a subnode. All
+properties described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c.txt are
+valid here, but several new properties have been added.
+
+New constraint on existing properties:
+--------------------------------------
+- reg: contains 3 cells
+  + first cell : still encoding the I2C address
+
+  + second cell: shall be 0
+
+  + third cell: shall encode the I3C LVR (Legacy Virtual Register)
+	bit[31:8]: unused/ignored
+	bit[7:5]: I2C device index. Possible values
+	* 0: I2C device has a 50 ns spike filter
+	* 1: I2C device does not have a 50 ns spike filter but supports high
+	     frequency on SCL
+	* 2: I2C device does not have a 50 ns spike filter and is not tolerant
+	     to high frequencies
+	* 3-7: reserved
+
+	bit[4]: tell whether the device operates in FM (Fast Mode) or FM+ mode
+	* 0: FM+ mode
+	* 1: FM mode
+
+	bit[3:0]: device type
+	* 0-15: reserved
+
+The I2C node unit-address should always match the first cell of the reg
+property: <device-type>@<i2c-address>.
+
+I3C devices
+===========
+
+All I3C devices are supposed to support DAA (Dynamic Address Assignment), and
+are thus discoverable. So, by default, I3C devices do not have to be described
+in the device tree.
+This being said, one might want to attach extra resources to these devices,
+and those resources may have to be described in the device tree, which in turn
+means we have to describe I3C devices.
+
+Another use case for describing an I3C device in the device tree is when this
+I3C device has a static I2C address and we want to assign it a specific I3C
+dynamic address before the DAA takes place (so that other devices on the bus
+can't take this dynamic address).
+
+The I3C device should be names <device-type>@<static-i2c-address>,<i3c-pid>,
+where device-type is describing the type of device connected on the bus
+(gpio-controller, sensor, ...).
+
+Required properties
+-------------------
+- reg: contains 3 cells
+  + first cell : encodes the static I2C address. Should be 0 if the device does
+		 not have one (0 is not a valid I2C address).
+
+  + second and third cells: should encode the ProvisionalID. The second cell
+			    contains the manufacturer ID left-shifted by 1.
+			    The third cell contains ORing of the part ID
+			    left-shifted by 16, the instance ID left-shifted
+			    by 12 and the extra information. This encoding is
+			    following the PID definition provided by the I3C
+			    specification.
+
+Optional properties
+-------------------
+- assigned-address: dynamic address to be assigned to this device. This
+		    property is only valid if the I3C device has a static
+		    address (first cell of the reg property != 0).
+
+
+Example:
+
+	i3c-master@d040000 {
+		compatible = "cdns,i3c-master";
+		clocks = <&coreclock>, <&i3csysclock>;
+		clock-names = "pclk", "sysclk";
+		interrupts = <3 0>;
+		reg = <0x0d040000 0x1000>;
+		#address-cells = <3>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		i2c-scl-hz = <100000>;
+
+		/* I2C device. */
+		nunchuk: nunchuk@52 {
+			compatible = "nintendo,nunchuk";
+			reg = <0x52 0x0 0x10>;
+		};
+
+		/* I3C device with a static I2C address. */
+		thermal_sensor: sensor@68,39200144004 {
+			reg = <0x68 0x392 0x144004>;
+			assigned-address = <0xa>;
+		};
+
+		/*
+		 * I3C device without a static I2C address but requiring
+		 * resources described in the DT.
+		 */
+		sensor@0,39200154004 {
+			reg = <0x0 0x392 0x154004>;
+			clocks = <&clock_provider 0>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/snps,dw-i3c-master.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/snps,dw-i3c-master.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5020eb71eb8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/snps,dw-i3c-master.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+Bindings for Synopsys DesignWare I3C master block
+=================================================
+
+Required properties:
+--------------------
+- compatible: shall be "snps,dw-i3c-master-1.00a"
+- clocks: shall reference the core_clk
+- interrupts: the interrupt line connected to this I3C master
+- reg: Offset and length of I3C master registers
+
+Mandatory properties defined by the generic binding (see
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/i3c.txt for more details):
+
+- #address-cells: shall be set to 3
+- #size-cells: shall be set to 0
+
+Optional properties defined by the generic binding (see
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/i3c.txt for more details):
+
+- i2c-scl-hz
+- i3c-scl-hz
+
+I3C device connected on the bus follow the generic description (see
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i3c/i3c.txt for more details).
+
+Example:
+
+	i3c-master@2000 {
+		compatible = "snps,dw-i3c-master-1.00a";
+		#address-cells = <3>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		reg = <0x02000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <0>;
+		clocks = <&i3cclk>;
+
+		eeprom@57{
+			compatible = "atmel,24c01";
+			reg = <0x57 0x0 0x10>;
+			pagesize = <0x8>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adxl372.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adxl372.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a289964756a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/adxl372.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+Analog Devices ADXL372 3-Axis, +/-(200g) Digital Accelerometer
+
+http://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/adxl372.pdf
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible : should be "adi,adxl372"
+ - reg: the I2C address or SPI chip select number for the device
+
+Required properties for SPI bus usage:
+ - spi-max-frequency: Max SPI frequency to use
+
+Optional properties:
+ - interrupts: interrupt mapping for IRQ as documented in
+   Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+
+Example for a I2C device node:
+
+	accelerometer@53 {
+		compatible = "adi,adxl372";
+		reg = <0x53>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio>;
+		interrupts = <25 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+	};
+
+Example for a SPI device node:
+
+	accelerometer@0 {
+		compatible = "adi,adxl372";
+		reg = <0>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <1000000>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio>;
+		interrupts = <25 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/lis302.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/lis302.txt
index dfdce67826ba..764e28ec1a0a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/lis302.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/lis302.txt
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Optional properties for all bus drivers:
 
 Example for a SPI device node:
 
-	lis302@0 {
+	accelerometer@0 {
 		compatible = "st,lis302dl-spi";
 		reg = <0>;
 		spi-max-frequency = <1000000>;
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Example for a SPI device node:
 
 Example for a I2C device node:
 
-	lis331dlh: lis331dlh@18 {
+	lis331dlh: accelerometer@18 {
 		compatible = "st,lis331dlh", "st,lis3lv02d";
 		reg = <0x18>;
 		Vdd-supply = <&lis3_reg>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/mma8452.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/mma8452.txt
index 2100e9af379c..e132394375a1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/mma8452.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/mma8452.txt
@@ -20,6 +20,10 @@ Optional properties:
   - interrupt-names: should contain "INT1" and/or "INT2", the accelerometer's
 		     interrupt line in use.
 
+  - vdd-supply: phandle to the regulator that provides vdd power to the accelerometer.
+
+  - vddio-supply: phandle to the regulator that provides vddio power to the accelerometer.
+
 Example:
 
 	mma8453fc@1d {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ad7949.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ad7949.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c7f5057356b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ad7949.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+* Analog Devices AD7949/AD7682/AD7689
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should be one of
+	* "adi,ad7949"
+	* "adi,ad7682"
+	* "adi,ad7689"
+ - reg: spi chip select number for the device
+ - vref-supply: The regulator supply for ADC reference voltage
+
+Example:
+adc@0 {
+	compatible = "adi,ad7949";
+	reg = <0>;
+	vref-supply = <&vdd_supply>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5bbaa330a250
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+Common ADCs properties
+
+Optional properties for child nodes:
+- bipolar : Boolean, if set the channel is used in bipolar mode.
+- diff-channels : Differential channels muxed for this ADC. The first value
+		specifies the positive input pin, the second value the negative
+		input pin.
+
+Example:
+	adc@0 {
+		compatible = "some,adc";
+		...
+		channel@0 {
+			bipolar;
+			diff-channels = <0 1>;
+			...
+		};
+
+		channel@1 {
+			diff-channels = <2 3>;
+			...
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7124.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7124.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..416273dce569
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7124.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+Analog Devices AD7124 ADC device driver
+
+Required properties for the AD7124:
+	- compatible: Must be one of "adi,ad7124-4" or "adi,ad7124-8"
+	- reg: SPI chip select number for the device
+	- spi-max-frequency: Max SPI frequency to use
+		see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+	- clocks: phandle to the master clock (mclk)
+		see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+	- clock-names: Must be "mclk".
+	- interrupts: IRQ line for the ADC
+		see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+
+	  Required properties:
+		* #address-cells: Must be 1.
+		* #size-cells: Must be 0.
+
+	  Subnode(s) represent the external channels which are connected to the ADC.
+	  Each subnode represents one channel and has the following properties:
+		Required properties:
+			* reg: The channel number. It can have up to 4 channels on ad7124-4
+			  and 8 channels on ad7124-8, numbered from 0 to 15.
+			* diff-channels: see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adc.txt
+
+		Optional properties:
+			* bipolar: see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adc.txt
+			* adi,reference-select: Select the reference source to use when
+			  converting on the the specific channel. Valid values are:
+			  0: REFIN1(+)/REFIN1(−).
+			  1: REFIN2(+)/REFIN2(−).
+			  3: AVDD
+			  If this field is left empty, internal reference is selected.
+
+Optional properties:
+	- refin1-supply: refin1 supply can be used as reference for conversion.
+	- refin2-supply: refin2 supply can be used as reference for conversion.
+	- avdd-supply: avdd supply can be used as reference for conversion.
+
+Example:
+	adc@0 {
+		compatible = "adi,ad7124-4";
+		reg = <0>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <5000000>;
+		interrupts = <25 2>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio>;
+		refin1-supply = <&adc_vref>;
+		clocks = <&ad7124_mclk>;
+		clock-names = "mclk";
+
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		channel@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+			diff-channels = <0 1>;
+			adi,reference-select = <0>;
+		};
+
+		channel@1 {
+			reg = <1>;
+			bipolar;
+			diff-channels = <2 3>;
+			adi,reference-select = <0>;
+		};
+
+		channel@2 {
+			reg = <2>;
+			diff-channels = <4 5>;
+		};
+
+		channel@3 {
+			reg = <3>;
+			diff-channels = <6 7>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7606.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7606.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d7b6241ca881
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7606.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+Analog Devices AD7606 Simultaneous Sampling ADC
+
+Required properties for the AD7606:
+
+- compatible: Must be one of
+	* "adi,ad7605-4"
+	* "adi,ad7606-8"
+	* "adi,ad7606-6"
+	* "adi,ad7606-4"
+- reg: SPI chip select number for the device
+- spi-max-frequency: Max SPI frequency to use
+	see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+- spi-cpha: See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+- avcc-supply: phandle to the Avcc power supply
+- interrupts: IRQ line for the ADC
+	see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+- adi,conversion-start-gpios: must be the device tree identifier of the CONVST pin.
+		  This logic input is used to initiate conversions on the analog
+		  input channels. As the line is active high, it should be marked
+		  GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- reset-gpios: must be the device tree identifier of the RESET pin. If specified,
+	       it will be asserted during driver probe. As the line is active high,
+	       it should be marked GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH.
+- standby-gpios: must be the device tree identifier of the STBY pin. This pin is used
+		to place the AD7606 into one of two power-down modes, Standby mode or
+		Shutdown mode. As the line is active low, it should be marked
+		GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW.
+- adi,first-data-gpios: must be the device tree identifier of the FRSTDATA pin.
+		    The FRSTDATA output indicates when the first channel, V1, is
+		    being read back on either the parallel, byte or serial interface.
+		    As the line is active high, it should be marked GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH.
+- adi,range-gpios: must be the device tree identifier of the RANGE pin. The polarity on
+	      this pin determines the input range of the analog input channels. If
+	      this pin is tied to a logic high, the analog input range is ±10V for
+	      all channels. If this pin is tied to a logic low, the analog input range
+	      is ±5V for all channels. As the line is active high, it should be marked
+	      GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH.
+- adi,oversampling-ratio-gpios: must be the device tree identifier of the over-sampling
+				mode pins. As the line is active high, it should be marked
+				GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH.
+
+Example:
+
+	adc@0 {
+		compatible = "adi,ad7606-8";
+		reg = <0>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <1000000>;
+		spi-cpol;
+
+		avcc-supply = <&adc_vref>;
+
+		interrupts = <25 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio>;
+
+		adi,conversion-start-gpios = <&gpio 17 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+		reset-gpios = <&gpio 27 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+		adi,first-data-gpios = <&gpio 22 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+		adi,oversampling-ratio-gpios = <&gpio 18 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH
+						&gpio 23 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH
+						&gpio 26 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+		standby-gpios = <&gpio 24 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7768-1.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7768-1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9f5b88cf680d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7768-1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+Analog Devices AD7768-1 ADC device driver
+
+Required properties for the AD7768-1:
+
+- compatible: Must be "adi,ad7768-1"
+- reg: SPI chip select number for the device
+- spi-max-frequency: Max SPI frequency to use
+	see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+- clocks: phandle to the master clock (mclk)
+	see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+- clock-names: Must be "mclk".
+- interrupts: IRQ line for the ADC
+	see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+- vref-supply: vref supply can be used as reference for conversion
+- adi,sync-in-gpios: must be the device tree identifier of the SYNC-IN pin. Enables
+	synchronization of multiple devices that require simultaneous sampling.
+	A pulse is always required if the configuration is changed in any way, for example
+	if the filter decimation rate changes. As the line is active low, it should
+	be marked GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+ - reset-gpios : GPIO spec for the RESET pin. If specified, it will be asserted during
+	driver probe. As the line is active low, it should be marked GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW.
+
+Example:
+
+	adc@0 {
+		compatible = "adi,ad7768-1";
+		reg = <0>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <2000000>;
+		spi-cpol;
+		spi-cpha;
+		vref-supply = <&adc_vref>;
+		interrupts = <25 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio>;
+		adi,sync-in-gpios = <&gpio 22 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+		reset-gpios = <&gpio 27 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+		clocks = <&ad7768_mclk>;
+		clock-names = "mclk";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/amlogic,meson-saradc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/amlogic,meson-saradc.txt
index 54b823f3a453..75c775954102 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/amlogic,meson-saradc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/amlogic,meson-saradc.txt
@@ -22,6 +22,16 @@ Required properties:
 - vref-supply:	the regulator supply for the ADC reference voltage
 - #io-channel-cells: must be 1, see ../iio-bindings.txt
 
+Optional properties:
+- amlogic,hhi-sysctrl:	phandle to the syscon which contains the 5th bit
+			of the TSC (temperature sensor coefficient) on
+			Meson8b and Meson8m2 (which used to calibrate the
+			temperature sensor)
+- nvmem-cells:		phandle to the temperature_calib eFuse cells
+- nvmem-cell-names:	if present (to enable the temperature sensor
+			calibration) this must contain "temperature_calib"
+
+
 Example:
 	saradc: adc@8680 {
 		compatible = "amlogic,meson-gxl-saradc", "amlogic,meson-saradc";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ingenic,adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ingenic,adc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f01159f20d87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ingenic,adc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+* Ingenic JZ47xx ADC controller IIO bindings
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Should be one of:
+  * ingenic,jz4725b-adc
+  * ingenic,jz4740-adc
+- reg: ADC controller registers location and length.
+- clocks: phandle to the SoC's ADC clock.
+- clock-names: Must be set to "adc".
+- #io-channel-cells: Must be set to <1> to indicate channels are selected
+  by index.
+
+ADC clients must use the format described in iio-bindings.txt, giving
+a phandle and IIO specifier pair ("io-channels") to the ADC controller.
+
+Example:
+
+#include <dt-bindings/iio/adc/ingenic,adc.h>
+
+adc: adc@10070000 {
+	compatible = "ingenic,jz4740-adc";
+	#io-channel-cells = <1>;
+
+	reg = <0x10070000 0x30>;
+
+	clocks = <&cgu JZ4740_CLK_ADC>;
+	clock-names = "adc";
+
+	interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+	interrupts = <18>;
+};
+
+adc-keys {
+	...
+	compatible = "adc-keys";
+	io-channels = <&adc INGENIC_ADC_AUX>;
+	io-channel-names = "buttons";
+	...
+};
+
+battery {
+	...
+	compatible = "ingenic,jz4740-battery";
+	io-channels = <&adc INGENIC_ADC_BATTERY>;
+	io-channel-names = "battery";
+	...
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/lpc32xx-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/lpc32xx-adc.txt
index b3629d3a9adf..b3629d3a9adf 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/lpc32xx-adc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/lpc32xx-adc.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3911.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3911.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3071f48fb30b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/mcp3911.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+* Microchip MCP3911 Dual channel analog front end (ADC)
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should be "microchip,mcp3911"
+ - reg: SPI chip select number for the device
+
+Recommended properties:
+ - spi-max-frequency: Definition as per
+	 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt.
+	 Max frequency for this chip is 20MHz.
+
+Optional properties:
+ - clocks: Phandle and clock identifier for sampling clock
+ - interrupt-parent: Phandle to the parent interrupt controller
+ - interrupts: IRQ line for the ADC
+ - microchip,device-addr: Device address when multiple MCP3911 chips are present on the
+	same SPI bus. Valid values are 0-3. Defaults to 0.
+ - vref-supply: Phandle to the external reference voltage supply.
+
+Example:
+adc@0 {
+	compatible = "microchip,mcp3911";
+	reg = <0>;
+	interrupt-parent = <&gpio5>;
+	interrupts = <15 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+	spi-max-frequency = <20000000>;
+	microchip,device-addr = <0>;
+	vref-supply = <&vref_reg>;
+	clocks = <&xtal>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/nuvoton,npcm-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/nuvoton,npcm-adc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..eb939fe77836
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/nuvoton,npcm-adc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+Nuvoton NPCM Analog to Digital Converter (ADC)
+
+The NPCM ADC is a 10-bit converter for eight channel inputs.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "nuvoton,npcm750-adc" for the NPCM7XX BMC.
+- reg: specifies physical base address and size of the registers.
+- interrupts: Contain the ADC interrupt with flags for falling edge.
+
+Optional properties:
+- clocks: phandle of ADC reference clock, in case the clock is not
+		  added the ADC will use the default ADC sample rate.
+- vref-supply: The regulator supply ADC reference voltage, in case the
+			   vref-supply is not added the ADC will use internal voltage
+			   reference.
+
+Example:
+
+adc: adc@f000c000 {
+	compatible = "nuvoton,npcm750-adc";
+	reg = <0xf000c000 0x8>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	clocks = <&clk NPCM7XX_CLK_ADC>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt
index 0fb46137f936..c81993f8d8c3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
-Qualcomm's SPMI PMIC voltage ADC
+Qualcomm's SPMI PMIC ADC
 
-SPMI PMIC voltage ADC (VADC) provides interface to clients to read
-voltage. The VADC is a 15-bit sigma-delta ADC.
+- SPMI PMIC voltage ADC (VADC) provides interface to clients to read
+  voltage. The VADC is a 15-bit sigma-delta ADC.
+- SPMI PMIC5 voltage ADC (ADC) provides interface to clients to read
+  voltage. The VADC is a 16-bit sigma-delta ADC.
 
 VADC node:
 
@@ -9,11 +11,13 @@ VADC node:
     Usage: required
     Value type: <string>
     Definition: Should contain "qcom,spmi-vadc".
+                Should contain "qcom,spmi-adc5" for PMIC5 ADC driver.
+                Should contain "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2" for PMIC rev2 ADC driver.
 
 - reg:
     Usage: required
     Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
-    Definition: VADC base address and length in the SPMI PMIC register map.
+    Definition: VADC base address in the SPMI PMIC register map.
 
 - #address-cells:
     Usage: required
@@ -45,13 +49,26 @@ Channel node properties:
     Definition: ADC channel number.
             See include/dt-bindings/iio/qcom,spmi-vadc.h
 
+- label:
+    Usage: required for "qcom,spmi-adc5" and "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2"
+    Value type: <empty>
+    Definition: ADC input of the platform as seen in the schematics.
+            For thermistor inputs connected to generic AMUX or GPIO inputs
+            these can vary across platform for the same pins. Hence select
+            the platform schematics name for this channel.
+
 - qcom,decimation:
     Usage: optional
     Value type: <u32>
     Definition: This parameter is used to decrease ADC sampling rate.
             Quicker measurements can be made by reducing decimation ratio.
-            Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096.
-            If property is not found, default value of 512 will be used.
+            - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-vadc", valid values are
+              512, 1024, 2048, 4096. If property is not found, default value
+              of 512 will be used.
+            - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-adc5", valid values are 250, 420
+              and 840. If property is not found, default value of 840 is used.
+            - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2", valid values are 256,
+              512 and 1024. If property is not present, default value is 1024.
 
 - qcom,pre-scaling:
     Usage: optional
@@ -66,21 +83,38 @@ Channel node properties:
 - qcom,ratiometric:
     Usage: optional
     Value type: <empty>
-    Definition: Channel calibration type. If this property is specified
-            VADC will use the VDD reference (1.8V) and GND for channel
-            calibration. If property is not found, channel will be
-            calibrated with 0.625V and 1.25V reference channels, also
-            known as absolute calibration.
+    Definition: Channel calibration type.
+            - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-vadc", if this property is
+              specified VADC will use the VDD reference (1.8V) and GND for
+              channel calibration. If property is not found, channel will be
+              calibrated with 0.625V and 1.25V reference channels, also
+              known as absolute calibration.
+            - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-adc5" and "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2",
+              if this property is specified VADC will use the VDD reference
+              (1.875V) and GND for channel calibration. If property is not found,
+              channel will be calibrated with 0V and 1.25V reference channels,
+              also known as absolute calibration.
 
 - qcom,hw-settle-time:
     Usage: optional
     Value type: <u32>
     Definition: Time between AMUX getting configured and the ADC starting
-            conversion. Delay = 100us * (value) for value < 11, and
-            2ms * (value - 10) otherwise.
-            Valid values are: 0, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800,
-            900 us and 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 ms
-            If property is not found, channel will use 0us.
+            conversion. The 'hw_settle_time' is an index used from valid values
+            and programmed in hardware to achieve the hardware settling delay.
+            - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-vadc" and "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2",
+              Delay = 100us * (hw_settle_time) for hw_settle_time < 11,
+              and 2ms * (hw_settle_time - 10) otherwise.
+              Valid values are: 0, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800,
+              900 us and 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 ms.
+              If property is not found, channel will use 0us.
+            - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-adc5", delay = 15us for
+              value 0, 100us * (value) for values < 11,
+              and 2ms * (value - 10) otherwise.
+              Valid values are: 15, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800,
+              900 us and 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 ms
+              Certain controller digital versions have valid values of
+              15, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128 ms
+              If property is not found, channel will use 15us.
 
 - qcom,avg-samples:
     Usage: optional
@@ -89,22 +123,31 @@ Channel node properties:
             Averaging provides the option to obtain a single measurement
             from the ADC that is an average of multiple samples. The value
             selected is 2^(value).
-            Valid values are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512
-            If property is not found, 1 sample will be used.
+            - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-vadc", valid values
+              are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512
+              If property is not found, 1 sample will be used.
+            - For compatible property "qcom,spmi-adc5" and "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2",
+              valid values are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
+              If property is not found, 1 sample will be used.
 
 NOTE:
 
-Following channels, also known as reference point channels, are used for
-result calibration and their channel configuration nodes should be defined:
+For compatible property "qcom,spmi-vadc" following channels, also known as
+reference point channels, are used for result calibration and their channel
+configuration nodes should be defined:
 VADC_REF_625MV and/or VADC_SPARE1(based on PMIC version) VADC_REF_1250MV,
 VADC_GND_REF and VADC_VDD_VADC.
 
 Example:
 
+#include <dt-bindings/iio/qcom,spmi-vadc.h>
+#include <linux/irq.h>
+/* ... */
+
 	/* VADC node */
 	pmic_vadc: vadc@3100 {
 		compatible = "qcom,spmi-vadc";
-		reg = <0x3100 0x100>;
+		reg = <0x3100>;
 		interrupts = <0x0 0x31 0x0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		#size-cells = <0>;
@@ -112,7 +155,7 @@ Example:
 		io-channel-ranges;
 
 		/* Channel node */
-		usb_id_nopull {
+		adc-chan@VADC_LR_MUX10_USB_ID {
 			reg = <VADC_LR_MUX10_USB_ID>;
 			qcom,decimation = <512>;
 			qcom,ratiometric;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/samsung,exynos-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/samsung,exynos-adc.txt
index 6c49db7f8ad2..e1fe02f3e3e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/samsung,exynos-adc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/samsung,exynos-adc.txt
@@ -11,11 +11,13 @@ New driver handles the following
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible:		Must be "samsung,exynos-adc-v1"
-				for exynos4412/5250 and s5pv210 controllers.
+				for Exynos5250 controllers.
 			Must be "samsung,exynos-adc-v2" for
 				future controllers.
 			Must be "samsung,exynos3250-adc" for
 				controllers compatible with ADC of Exynos3250.
+			Must be "samsung,exynos4212-adc" for
+				controllers compatible with ADC of Exynos4212 and Exynos4412.
 			Must be "samsung,exynos7-adc" for
 				the ADC in Exynos7 and compatibles
 			Must be "samsung,s3c2410-adc" for
@@ -28,6 +30,8 @@ Required properties:
 				the ADC in s3c2443 and compatibles
 			Must be "samsung,s3c6410-adc" for
 				the ADC in s3c6410 and compatibles
+			Must be "samsung,s5pv210-adc" for
+				the ADC in s5pv210 and compatibles
 - reg:			List of ADC register address range
 			- The base address and range of ADC register
 			- The base address and range of ADC_PHY register (every
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sprd,sc27xx-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sprd,sc27xx-adc.txt
index 8aad960de50b..b4daa15dcf15 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sprd,sc27xx-adc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/sprd,sc27xx-adc.txt
@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ Required properties:
 - interrupts: The interrupt number for the ADC device.
 - #io-channel-cells: Number of cells in an IIO specifier.
 - hwlocks: Reference to a phandle of a hwlock provider node.
+- nvmem-cells: A phandle to the calibration cells provided by eFuse device.
+- nvmem-cell-names: Should be "big_scale_calib", "small_scale_calib".
 
 Example:
 
@@ -32,5 +34,7 @@ Example:
 			interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
 			#io-channel-cells = <1>;
 			hwlocks = <&hwlock 4>;
+			nvmem-cells = <&adc_big_scale>, <&adc_small_scale>;
+			nvmem-cell-names = "big_scale_calib", "small_scale_calib";
 		};
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/stmpe-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/stmpe-adc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..480e66422625
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/stmpe-adc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+STMPE ADC driver
+----------------
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: "st,stmpe-adc"
+
+Optional properties:
+Note that the ADC is shared with the STMPE touchscreen. ADC related settings
+have to be done in the mfd.
+- st,norequest-mask: bitmask specifying which ADC channels should _not_ be
+  requestable due to different usage (e.g. touch)
+
+Node name must be stmpe_adc and should be child node of stmpe node to
+which it belongs.
+
+Example:
+
+	stmpe_adc {
+		compatible = "st,stmpe-adc";
+		st,norequest-mask = <0x0F>; /* dont use ADC CH3-0 */
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-adc128s052.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-adc128s052.txt
index daa2b2c29428..c07ce1a3f5c4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-adc128s052.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-adc128s052.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,14 @@
 * Texas Instruments' ADC128S052, ADC122S021 and ADC124S021 ADC chip
 
 Required properties:
- - compatible: Should be "ti,adc128s052", "ti,adc122s021" or "ti,adc124s021"
+ - compatible: Should be one of:
+   - "ti,adc128s052"
+   - "ti,adc122s021"
+   - "ti,adc122s051"
+   - "ti,adc122s101"
+   - "ti,adc124s021"
+   - "ti,adc124s051"
+   - "ti,adc124s101"
  - reg: spi chip select number for the device
  - vref-supply: The regulator supply for ADC reference voltage
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-ads124s08.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-ads124s08.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ecf807bb32f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-ads124s08.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+* Texas Instruments' ads124s08 and ads124s06 ADC chip
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible :
+	"ti,ads124s08"
+	"ti,ads124s06"
+ - reg : spi chip select number for the device
+
+Recommended properties:
+ - spi-max-frequency : Definition as per
+		Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+ - spi-cpha : Definition as per
+		Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+
+Optional properties:
+ - reset-gpios : GPIO pin used to reset the device.
+
+Example:
+adc@0 {
+	compatible = "ti,ads124s08";
+	reg = <0>;
+	spi-max-frequency = <1000000>;
+	spi-cpha;
+	reset-gpios = <&gpio1 16 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/bme680.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/bme680.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7f3827cfb2ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/bme680.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+Bosch Sensortec BME680 pressure/temperature/humidity/voc sensors
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be "bosch,bme680"
+
+Example:
+
+bme680@76 {
+          compatible = "bosch,bme680";
+          reg = <0x76>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/plantower,pms7003.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/plantower,pms7003.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7b5f06f324c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/plantower,pms7003.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+* Plantower PMS7003 particulate matter sensor
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be "plantower,pms7003"
+- vcc-supply: phandle to the regulator that provides power to the sensor
+
+Optional properties:
+- plantower,set-gpios: phandle to the GPIO connected to the SET line
+- reset-gpios: phandle to the GPIO connected to the RESET line
+
+Refer to serial/slave-device.txt for generic serial attached device bindings.
+
+Example:
+
+&uart0 {
+	air-pollution-sensor {
+		compatible = "plantower,pms7003";
+		vcc-supply = <&reg_vcc5v0>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/sensirion,sgp30.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/sensirion,sgp30.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5844ed58173c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/sensirion,sgp30.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+* Sensirion SGP30/SGPC3 multi-pixel Gas Sensor
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible: must be one of
+    "sensirion,sgp30"
+    "sensirion,sgpc3"
+  - reg: the I2C address of the sensor
+
+Example:
+
+gas@58 {
+	compatible = "sensirion,sgp30";
+	reg = <0x58>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/sensirion,sps30.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/sensirion,sps30.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6eee2709b5b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/sensirion,sps30.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+* Sensirion SPS30 particulate matter sensor
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be "sensirion,sps30"
+- reg: the I2C address of the sensor
+
+Example:
+
+sps30@69 {
+	compatible = "sensirion,sps30";
+	reg = <0x69>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad5758.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad5758.txt
index bba01a5cab1b..2f607f41f9d3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad5758.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ad5758.txt
@@ -50,6 +50,9 @@ Required properties:
 
 Optional properties:
 
+ - reset-gpios : GPIO spec for the RESET pin. If specified, it will be
+		 asserted during driver probe.
+
  - adi,dc-dc-ilim-microamp: The dc-to-dc converter current limit
 		   The following values are currently supported [uA]:
 			* 150000
@@ -71,6 +74,8 @@ AD5758 Example:
 		spi-max-frequency = <1000000>;
 		spi-cpha;
 
+		reset-gpios = <&gpio 22 0>;
+
 		adi,dc-dc-mode = <2>;
 		adi,range-microvolt = <0 10000000>;
 		adi,dc-dc-ilim-microamp = <200000>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ltc1660.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ltc1660.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c5b5f22d6c64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ltc1660.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+* Linear Technology Micropower octal 8-Bit and 10-Bit DACs
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Must be one of the following:
+		"lltc,ltc1660"
+		"lltc,ltc1665"
+ - reg: SPI chip select number for the device
+ - vref-supply: Phandle to the voltage reference supply
+
+Recommended properties:
+ - spi-max-frequency: Definition as per
+	 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt.
+	 Max frequency for this chip is 5 MHz.
+
+Example:
+dac@0 {
+	compatible = "lltc,ltc1660";
+	reg = <0>;
+	spi-max-frequency = <5000000>;
+	vref-supply = <&vref_reg>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ti,dac7311.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ti,dac7311.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e5a507db5e01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ti,dac7311.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+TI DAC7311 device tree bindings
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be set to:
+	* "ti,dac7311"
+	* "ti,dac6311"
+	* "ti,dac5311"
+- reg: spi chip select number for the device
+- vref-supply: The regulator supply for ADC reference voltage
+
+Optional properties:
+- spi-max-frequency: Max SPI frequency to use
+
+Example:
+
+	spi_master {
+		dac@0 {
+			compatible = "ti,dac7311";
+			reg = <0>; /* CS0 */
+			spi-max-frequency = <1000000>;
+			vref-supply = <&vdd_supply>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ti,dac7612.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ti,dac7612.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..639c94ed83e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/dac/ti,dac7612.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+* Texas Instruments Dual, 12-Bit Serial Input Digital-to-Analog Converter
+
+The DAC7612 is a dual, 12-bit digital-to-analog converter (DAC) with guaranteed
+12-bit monotonicity performance over the industrial temperature range.
+Is is programmable through an SPI interface.
+
+The internal DACs are loaded when the LOADDACS pin is pulled down.
+
+http://www.ti.com/lit/ds/sbas106/sbas106.pdf
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: Should be one of:
+		"ti,dac7612"
+		"ti,dac7612u"
+		"ti,dac7612ub"
+- reg: Definition as per Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+
+Optional Properties:
+- ti,loaddacs-gpios: GPIO descriptor for the LOADDACS pin.
+- spi-*: Definition as per Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	dac@1 {
+		compatible = "ti,dac7612";
+		reg = <0x1>;
+		ti,loaddacs-gpios = <&msmgpio 25 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/impedance-analyzer/ad5933.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/impedance-analyzer/ad5933.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5ff38728ff91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/impedance-analyzer/ad5933.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Analog Devices AD5933/AD5934 Impedance Converter, Network Analyzer
+
+https://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/AD5933.pdf
+https://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/AD5934.pdf
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible : should be one of
+		"adi,ad5933"
+		"adi,ad5934"
+ - reg : the I2C address.
+ - vdd-supply : The regulator supply for DVDD, AVDD1 and AVDD2 when they
+   are connected together.
+
+Optional properties:
+- clocks : external clock reference.
+- clock-names : must be "mclk" if clocks is set.
+
+Example for a I2C device node:
+
+	impedance-analyzer@0d {
+		compatible = "adi,adxl345";
+		reg = <0x0d>;
+		vdd-supply = <&vdd_supply>;
+		clocks = <&ref_clk>;
+		clock-names = "mclk";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/bmi160.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/bmi160.txt
index 0c1c105fb503..900c169de00f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/bmi160.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/bmi160.txt
@@ -9,9 +9,11 @@ Required properties:
  - spi-max-frequency : set maximum clock frequency (only for SPI)
 
 Optional properties:
- - interrupts : interrupt mapping for IRQ, must be IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW
+ - interrupts : interrupt mapping for IRQ
  - interrupt-names : set to "INT1" if INT1 pin should be used as interrupt
    input, set to "INT2" if INT2 pin should be used instead
+ - drive-open-drain : set if the specified interrupt pin should be configured as
+   open drain. If not set, defaults to push-pull.
 
 Examples:
 
@@ -20,7 +22,7 @@ bmi160@68 {
 	reg = <0x68>;
 
 	interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>;
-	interrupts = <12 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+	interrupts = <12 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
 	interrupt-names = "INT1";
 };
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt
index b2f27da847b8..268bf7568e19 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/inv_mpu6050.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ Required properties:
 		"invensense,mpu9250"
 		"invensense,mpu9255"
 		"invensense,icm20608"
+		"invensense,icm20602"
  - reg : the I2C address of the sensor
  - interrupts: interrupt mapping for IRQ. It should be configured with flags
    IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH, IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING, IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW or
@@ -20,6 +21,7 @@ Required properties:
   bindings.
 
 Optional properties:
+ - vddio-supply: regulator phandle for VDDIO supply
  - mount-matrix: an optional 3x3 mounting rotation matrix
  - i2c-gate node.  These devices also support an auxiliary i2c bus.  This is
    simple enough to be described using the i2c-gate binding. See
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/st_lsm6dsx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/st_lsm6dsx.txt
index ea2d6e0ae4c5..69d53d98d0f0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/st_lsm6dsx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/st_lsm6dsx.txt
@@ -7,11 +7,13 @@ Required properties:
   "st,lsm6dsl"
   "st,lsm6dsm"
   "st,ism330dlc"
+  "st,lsm6dso"
 - reg: i2c address of the sensor / spi cs line
 
 Optional properties:
 - st,drdy-int-pin: the pin on the package that will be used to signal
   "data ready" (valid values: 1 or 2).
+- st,pullups : enable/disable internal i2c controller pullup resistors.
 - drive-open-drain: the interrupt/data ready line will be configured
   as open drain, which is useful if several sensors share the same
   interrupt line. This is a boolean property.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/bh1750.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/bh1750.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1e7685797d7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/bh1750.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+ROHM BH1750 - ALS, Ambient light sensor
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Must be one of:
+    "rohm,bh1710"
+    "rohm,bh1715"
+    "rohm,bh1721"
+    "rohm,bh1750"
+    "rohm,bh1751"
+- reg: the I2C address of the sensor
+
+Example:
+
+light-sensor@23 {
+	compatible = "rohm,bh1750";
+	reg = <0x23>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/max44009.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/max44009.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4a98848e35c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/max44009.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+* MAX44009 Ambient Light Sensor
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: should be "maxim,max44009"
+- reg: the I2C address of the device (default is <0x4a>)
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- interrupts: interrupt mapping for GPIO IRQ. Should be configured with
+  IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING.
+
+Refer to interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for generic interrupt client
+node bindings.
+
+Example:
+
+light-sensor@4a {
+	compatible = "maxim,max44009";
+	reg = <0x4a>;
+
+	interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>;
+	interrupts = <17 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/tsl2772.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/tsl2772.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1c5e6f17a1df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/tsl2772.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+* AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible: Should be one of
+		"amstaos,tsl2571"
+		"amstaos,tsl2671"
+		"amstaos,tmd2671"
+		"amstaos,tsl2771"
+		"amstaos,tmd2771"
+		"amstaos,tsl2572"
+		"amstaos,tsl2672"
+		"amstaos,tmd2672"
+		"amstaos,tsl2772"
+		"amstaos,tmd2772"
+		"avago,apds9930"
+  - reg: the I2C address of the device
+
+Optional properties:
+
+  - amstaos,proximity-diodes - proximity diodes to enable. <0>, <1>, or <0 1>
+                               are the only valid values.
+  - led-max-microamp - current for the proximity LED. Must be 100000, 50000,
+                       25000, or 13000.
+  - vdd-supply: phandle to the regulator that provides power to the sensor.
+  - vddio-supply: phandle to the regulator that provides power to the bus.
+  - interrupts: the sole interrupt generated by the device
+
+  Refer to interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for generic interrupt client
+  node bindings.
+
+Example:
+
+tsl2772@39 {
+	compatible = "amstaos,tsl2772";
+	reg = <0x39>;
+	interrupts-extended = <&msmgpio 61 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+	vdd-supply = <&pm8941_l17>;
+	vddio-supply = <&pm8941_lvs1>;
+	amstaos,proximity-diodes = <0>;
+	led-max-microamp = <100000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/vcnl4035.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/vcnl4035.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c07c7f052556
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/vcnl4035.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+VISHAY VCNL4035 -  Ambient Light and proximity sensor
+
+Link to datasheet: https://www.vishay.com/docs/84251/vcnl4035x01.pdf
+
+Required properties:
+
+	-compatible: should be "vishay,vcnl4035"
+	-reg: I2C address of the sensor, should be 0x60
+	-interrupts: interrupt mapping for GPIO IRQ (level active low)
+
+Example:
+
+light-sensor@60 {
+	compatible = "vishay,vcnl4035";
+	reg = <0x60>;
+	interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>;
+	interrupts = <11 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/mag3110.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/mag3110.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..bdd40bcaaa1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/mag3110.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+* FREESCALE MAG3110 magnetometer sensor
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible : should be "fsl,mag3110"
+  - reg : the I2C address of the magnetometer
+
+Optional properties:
+
+  - interrupts: the sole interrupt generated by the device
+
+  Refer to interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for generic interrupt client
+  node bindings.
+
+  - vdd-supply: phandle to the regulator that provides power to the sensor.
+  - vddio-supply: phandle to the regulator that provides power to the sensor's IO.
+
+Example:
+
+magnetometer@e {
+	compatible = "fsl,mag3110";
+	reg = <0x0e>;
+	pinctrl-names = "default";
+	pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_i2c3_mag3110_int>;
+	interrupt-parent = <&gpio3>;
+	interrupts = <16 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/pni,rm3100.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/pni,rm3100.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..497c932e9e39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/magnetometer/pni,rm3100.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+* PNI RM3100 3-axis magnetometer sensor
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : should be "pni,rm3100"
+- reg : the I2C address or SPI chip select number of the sensor.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- interrupts: data ready (DRDY) from the chip.
+  The interrupts can be triggered on level high.
+
+Example:
+
+rm3100: rm3100@20 {
+	compatible = "pni,rm3100";
+	reg = <0x20>;
+	interrupt-parent = <&gpio0>;
+	interrupts = <4 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/potentiometer/mcp41010.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/potentiometer/mcp41010.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..566711b9950c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/potentiometer/mcp41010.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+* Microchip MCP41010/41050/41100/42010/42050/42100 Digital Potentiometer
+
+Datasheet publicly available at:
+http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/devicedoc/11195c.pdf
+
+The node for this driver must be a child node of a SPI controller, hence
+all mandatory properties described in
+
+        Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+
+must be specified.
+
+Required properties:
+	- compatible:  	Must be one of the following, depending on the
+			model:
+			"microchip,mcp41010"
+			"microchip,mcp41050"
+			"microchip,mcp41100"
+			"microchip,mcp42010"
+			"microchip,mcp42050"
+			"microchip,mcp42100"
+
+Example:
+potentiometer@0 {
+	compatible = "microchip,mcp41010";
+	reg = <0>;
+	spi-max-frequency = <500000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/vl53l0x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/vl53l0x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..aac5f621f8dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/vl53l0x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+ST VL53L0X ToF ranging sensor
+
+Required properties:
+	- compatible: must be "st,vl53l0x"
+	- reg: i2c address where to find the device
+
+Example:
+
+vl53l0x@29 {
+	compatible = "st,vl53l0x";
+	reg = <0x29>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/resolver/ad2s90.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/resolver/ad2s90.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..477d41fa6467
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/resolver/ad2s90.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+Analog Devices AD2S90 Resolver-to-Digital Converter
+
+https://www.analog.com/en/products/ad2s90.html
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: should be "adi,ad2s90"
+  - reg: SPI chip select number for the device
+  - spi-max-frequency: set maximum clock frequency, must be 830000
+  - spi-cpol and spi-cpha:
+        Either SPI mode (0,0) or (1,1) must be used, so specify none or both of
+        spi-cpha, spi-cpol.
+
+See for more details:
+    Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+
+Note about max frequency:
+    Chip's max frequency, as specified in its datasheet, is 2Mhz. But a 600ns
+    delay is expected between the application of a logic LO to CS and the
+    application of SCLK, as also specified. And since the delay is not
+    implemented in the spi code, to satisfy it, SCLK's period should be at most
+    2 * 600ns, so the max frequency should be 1 / (2 * 6e-7), which gives
+    roughly 830000Hz.
+
+Example:
+resolver@0 {
+	compatible = "adi,ad2s90";
+	reg = <0>;
+	spi-max-frequency = <830000>;
+	spi-cpol;
+	spi-cpha;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt
index 6f626f73417e..52ee4baec6f0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt
@@ -48,6 +48,7 @@ Accelerometers:
 - st,lis3l02dq
 - st,lis2dw12
 - st,lis3dhh
+- st,lis3de
 
 Gyroscopes:
 - st,l3g4200d-gyro
@@ -67,6 +68,7 @@ Magnetometers:
 - st,lsm303dlm-magn
 - st,lis3mdl-magn
 - st,lis2mdl
+- st,lsm9ds1-magn
 
 Pressure sensors:
 - st,lps001wp-press
@@ -75,3 +77,4 @@ Pressure sensors:
 - st,lps22hb-press
 - st,lps33hw
 - st,lps35hw
+- st,lps22hh
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cypress,tm2-touchkey.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cypress,tm2-touchkey.txt
index 0c252d9306da..ef2ae729718f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cypress,tm2-touchkey.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/cypress,tm2-touchkey.txt
@@ -1,13 +1,19 @@
 Samsung tm2-touchkey
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: must be "cypress,tm2-touchkey"
+- compatible:
+    * "cypress,tm2-touchkey" - for the touchkey found on the tm2 board
+    * "cypress,midas-touchkey" - for the touchkey found on midas boards
+    * "cypress,aries-touchkey" - for the touchkey found on aries boards
 - reg: I2C address of the chip.
 - interrupts: interrupt to which the chip is connected (see interrupt
 	binding[0]).
 - vcc-supply : internal regulator output. 1.8V
 - vdd-supply : power supply for IC 3.3V
 
+Optional properties:
+- linux,keycodes: array of keycodes (max 4), default KEY_PHONE and KEY_BACK
+
 [0]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
 
 Example:
@@ -21,5 +27,6 @@ Example:
 			interrupts = <2 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
 			vcc-supply=<&ldo32_reg>;
 			vdd-supply=<&ldo33_reg>;
+			linux,keycodes = <KEY_PHONE KEY_BACK>;
 		};
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ilitek,ili2xxx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ilitek,ili2xxx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b2a76301e632
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/ilitek,ili2xxx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Ilitek ILI210x/ILI251x touchscreen controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:
+    ilitek,ili210x for ILI210x
+    ilitek,ili251x for ILI251x
+
+- reg: The I2C address of the device
+
+- interrupts: The sink for the touchscreen's IRQ output
+    See ../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+
+Optional properties for main touchpad device:
+
+- reset-gpios: GPIO specifier for the touchscreen's reset pin (active low)
+
+Example:
+
+	touchscreen@41 {
+		compatible = "ilitek,ili251x";
+		reg = <0x41>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>;
+		interrupts = <7 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+		reset-gpios = <&gpio5 21 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/input-reset.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/input-reset.txt
index 2bb2626fdb78..1ca6cc5ebf8e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/input-reset.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/input-reset.txt
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ The /chosen node should contain a 'linux,sysrq-reset-seq' child node to define
 a set of keys.
 
 Required property:
-sysrq-reset-seq: array of Linux keycodes, one keycode per cell.
+keyset: array of Linux keycodes, one keycode per cell.
 
 Optional property:
 timeout-ms: duration keys must be pressed together in milliseconds before
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/msm-vibrator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/msm-vibrator.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8dcf014ef2e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/msm-vibrator.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+* Device tree bindings for the Qualcomm MSM vibrator
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible: Should be one of
+		"qcom,msm8226-vibrator"
+		"qcom,msm8974-vibrator"
+  - reg: the base address and length of the IO memory for the registers.
+  - pinctrl-names: set to default.
+  - pinctrl-0: phandles pointing to pin configuration nodes. See
+               Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt
+  - clock-names: set to pwm
+  - clocks: phandle of the clock. See
+            Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+  - enable-gpios: GPIO that enables the vibrator.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+  - vcc-supply: phandle to the regulator that provides power to the sensor.
+
+Example from a LG Nexus 5 (hammerhead) phone:
+
+vibrator@fd8c3450 {
+	reg = <0xfd8c3450 0x400>;
+	compatible = "qcom,msm8974-vibrator";
+
+	vcc-supply = <&pm8941_l19>;
+
+	clocks = <&mmcc CAMSS_GP1_CLK>;
+	clock-names = "pwm";
+
+	enable-gpios = <&msmgpio 60 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+
+	pinctrl-names = "default";
+	pinctrl-0 = <&vibrator_pin>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/pwm-vibrator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/pwm-vibrator.txt
index 09145d18491d..88c775a3fe21 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/pwm-vibrator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/pwm-vibrator.txt
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ Example from Motorola Droid 4:
 
 	vibrator {
 		compatible = "pwm-vibrator";
-		pwms = <&pwm8 0 1000000000 0>,
-		       <&pwm9 0 1000000000 0>;
+		pwms = <&pwm9 0 1000000000 0>,
+                       <&pwm8 0 1000000000 0>;
 		pwm-names = "enable", "direction";
 		direction-duty-cycle-ns = <1000000000>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/st,stpmic1-onkey.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/st,stpmic1-onkey.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4494613ae7ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/st,stpmic1-onkey.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+STMicroelectronics STPMIC1 Onkey
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible = "st,stpmic1-onkey";
+- interrupts: interrupt line to use
+- interrupt-names = "onkey-falling", "onkey-rising"
+	onkey-falling: happens when onkey is pressed; IT_PONKEY_F of pmic
+	onkey-rising: happens when onkey is released; IT_PONKEY_R of pmic
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- st,onkey-clear-cc-flag: onkey is able power on after an
+  over-current shutdown event.
+- st,onkey-pu-inactive: onkey pull up is not active
+- power-off-time-sec: Duration in seconds which the key should be kept
+        pressed for device to power off automatically (from 1 to 16 seconds).
+        see See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/keys.txt
+
+Example:
+
+onkey {
+	compatible = "st,stpmic1-onkey";
+	interrupt-parent = <&pmic>;
+	interrupts = <IT_PONKEY_F 0>,<IT_PONKEY_R 1>;
+	interrupt-names = "onkey-falling", "onkey-rising";
+	power-off-time-sec = <10>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/edt-ft5x06.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/edt-ft5x06.txt
index da2dc5d6c98b..870b8c5cce9b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/edt-ft5x06.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/edt-ft5x06.txt
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
 FocalTech EDT-FT5x06 Polytouch driver
 =====================================
 
-There are 3 variants of the chip for various touch panel sizes
+There are 5 variants of the chip for various touch panel sizes
 FT5206GE1  2.8" .. 3.8"
 FT5306DE4  4.3" .. 7"
 FT5406EE8  7"   .. 8.9"
 FT5506EEG  7"   .. 8.9"
+FT5726NEI  5.7” .. 11.6"
 
 The software interface is identical for all those chips, so that
 currently there is no need for the driver to distinguish between the
@@ -19,6 +20,7 @@ Required properties:
            or:  "edt,edt-ft5306"
            or:  "edt,edt-ft5406"
            or:  "edt,edt-ft5506"
+           or:  "evervision,ev-ft5726"
            or:  "focaltech,ft6236"
 
  - reg:         I2C slave address of the chip (0x38)
@@ -42,6 +44,15 @@ Optional properties:
 
  - offset:      allows setting the edge compensation in the range from
                 0 to 31.
+
+ - offset-x:    Same as offset, but applies only to the horizontal position.
+                Range from 0 to 80, only supported by evervision,ev-ft5726
+                devices.
+
+ - offset-y:    Same as offset, but applies only to the vertical position.
+                Range from 0 to 80, only supported by evervision,ev-ft5726
+                devices.
+
  - touchscreen-size-x	   : See touchscreen.txt
  - touchscreen-size-y	   : See touchscreen.txt
  - touchscreen-fuzz-x      : See touchscreen.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/goodix.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/goodix.txt
index f7e95c52f3c7..8cf0b4d38a7e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/goodix.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/goodix.txt
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ Device tree bindings for Goodix GT9xx series touchscreen controller
 Required properties:
 
  - compatible		: Should be "goodix,gt1151"
+				 or "goodix,gt5688"
 				 or "goodix,gt911"
 				 or "goodix,gt9110"
 				 or "goodix,gt912"
@@ -18,11 +19,14 @@ Optional properties:
  - irq-gpios		: GPIO pin used for IRQ. The driver uses the
 			  interrupt gpio pin as output to reset the device.
  - reset-gpios		: GPIO pin used for reset
-
- - touchscreen-inverted-x  : X axis is inverted (boolean)
- - touchscreen-inverted-y  : Y axis is inverted (boolean)
- - touchscreen-swapped-x-y : X and Y axis are swapped (boolean)
-                             (swapping is done after inverting the axis)
+ - touchscreen-inverted-x
+ - touchscreen-inverted-y
+ - touchscreen-size-x
+ - touchscreen-size-y
+ - touchscreen-swapped-x-y
+
+The touchscreen-* properties are documented in touchscreen.txt in this
+directory.
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/raspberrypi,firmware-ts.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/raspberrypi,firmware-ts.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2a1af240ccc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/raspberrypi,firmware-ts.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Raspberry Pi firmware based 7" touchscreen
+=====================================
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: "raspberrypi,firmware-ts"
+
+Optional properties:
+ - firmware: Reference to RPi's firmware device node
+ - touchscreen-size-x: See touchscreen.txt
+ - touchscreen-size-y: See touchscreen.txt
+ - touchscreen-inverted-x: See touchscreen.txt
+ - touchscreen-inverted-y: See touchscreen.txt
+ - touchscreen-swapped-x-y: See touchscreen.txt
+
+Example:
+
+firmware: firmware-rpi {
+	compatible = "raspberrypi,bcm2835-firmware";
+	mboxes = <&mailbox>;
+
+	ts: touchscreen {
+		compatible = "raspberrypi,firmware-ts";
+		touchscreen-size-x = <800>;
+		touchscreen-size-y = <480>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sitronix-st1232.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sitronix-st1232.txt
index 64ad48b824a2..019373253b28 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sitronix-st1232.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sitronix-st1232.txt
@@ -1,13 +1,17 @@
-* Sitronix st1232 touchscreen controller
+* Sitronix st1232 or st1633 touchscreen controller
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: must be "sitronix,st1232"
+- compatible: must contain one of
+  * "sitronix,st1232"
+  * "sitronix,st1633"
 - reg: I2C address of the chip
 - interrupts: interrupt to which the chip is connected
 
 Optional properties:
 - gpios: a phandle to the reset GPIO
 
+For additional optional properties see: touchscreen.txt
+
 Example:
 
 	i2c@00000000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/stmpe.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/stmpe.txt
index 127baa31a77a..c549924603d2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/stmpe.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/stmpe.txt
@@ -5,39 +5,105 @@ Required properties:
  - compatible: "st,stmpe-ts"
 
 Optional properties:
-- st,sample-time: ADC converstion time in number of clock.  (0 -> 36 clocks, 1 ->
-  44 clocks, 2 -> 56 clocks, 3 -> 64 clocks, 4 -> 80 clocks, 5 -> 96 clocks, 6
-  -> 144 clocks), recommended is 4.
-- st,mod-12b: ADC Bit mode (0 -> 10bit ADC, 1 -> 12bit ADC)
-- st,ref-sel: ADC reference source (0 -> internal reference, 1 -> external
-  reference)
-- st,adc-freq: ADC Clock speed (0 -> 1.625 MHz, 1 -> 3.25 MHz, 2 || 3 -> 6.5 MHz)
-- st,ave-ctrl: Sample average control (0 -> 1 sample, 1 -> 2 samples, 2 -> 4
-  samples, 3 -> 8 samples)
-- st,touch-det-delay: Touch detect interrupt delay (0 -> 10 us, 1 -> 50 us, 2 ->
-  100 us, 3 -> 500 us, 4-> 1 ms, 5 -> 5 ms, 6 -> 10 ms, 7 -> 50 ms) recommended
-  is 3
-- st,settling: Panel driver settling time (0 -> 10 us, 1 -> 100 us, 2 -> 500 us, 3
-  -> 1 ms, 4 -> 5 ms, 5 -> 10 ms, 6 for 50 ms, 7 -> 100 ms) recommended is 2
-- st,fraction-z: Length of the fractional part in z (fraction-z ([0..7]) = Count of
-  the fractional part) recommended is 7
-- st,i-drive: current limit value of the touchscreen drivers (0 -> 20 mA typical 35
-  mA max, 1 -> 50 mA typical 80 mA max)
+- st,ave-ctrl		: Sample average control
+				0 -> 1 sample
+				1 -> 2 samples
+				2 -> 4 samples
+				3 -> 8 samples
+- st,touch-det-delay	: Touch detect interrupt delay (recommended is 3)
+				0 -> 10 us
+				1 -> 50 us
+				2 -> 100 us
+				3 -> 500 us
+				4 -> 1 ms
+				5 -> 5 ms
+				6 -> 10 ms
+				7 -> 50 ms
+- st,settling		: Panel driver settling time (recommended is 2)
+				0 -> 10 us
+				1 -> 100 us
+				2 -> 500 us
+				3 -> 1 ms
+				4 -> 5 ms
+				5 -> 10 ms
+				6 -> 50 ms
+				7 -> 100 ms
+- st,fraction-z		: Length of the fractional part in z (recommended is 7)
+			  (fraction-z ([0..7]) = Count of the fractional part)
+- st,i-drive		: current limit value of the touchscreen drivers
+				0 -> 20 mA (typical 35mA max)
+				1 -> 50 mA (typical 80 mA max)
+
+Optional properties common with MFD (deprecated):
+ - st,sample-time	: ADC conversion time in number of clock.
+				0 -> 36 clocks
+				1 -> 44 clocks
+				2 -> 56 clocks
+				3 -> 64 clocks
+				4 -> 80 clocks (recommended)
+				5 -> 96 clocks
+				6 -> 124 clocks
+ - st,mod-12b		: ADC Bit mode
+				0 -> 10bit ADC
+				1 -> 12bit ADC
+ - st,ref-sel		: ADC reference source
+				0 -> internal
+				1 -> external
+ - st,adc-freq		: ADC Clock speed
+				0 -> 1.625 MHz
+				1 -> 3.25 MHz
+				2 || 3 -> 6.5 MHz
 
 Node name must be stmpe_touchscreen and should be child node of stmpe node to
 which it belongs.
 
+Note that common ADC settings of stmpe_touchscreen (child) will take precedence
+over the settings done in MFD.
+
 Example:
 
+stmpe811@41 {
+	compatible = "st,stmpe811";
+	pinctrl-names = "default";
+	pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_touch_int>;
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	reg = <0x41>;
+	interrupts = <10 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+	interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>;
+	interrupt-controller;
+	id = <0>;
+	blocks = <0x5>;
+	irq-trigger = <0x1>;
+	/* Common ADC settings */
+	/* 3.25 MHz ADC clock speed */
+	st,adc-freq = <1>;
+	/* 12-bit ADC */
+	st,mod-12b = <1>;
+	/* internal ADC reference */
+	st,ref-sel = <0>;
+	/* ADC converstion time: 80 clocks */
+	st,sample-time = <4>;
+
 	stmpe_touchscreen {
 		compatible = "st,stmpe-ts";
-		st,sample-time = <4>;
-		st,mod-12b = <1>;
-		st,ref-sel = <0>;
-		st,adc-freq = <1>;
-		st,ave-ctrl = <1>;
-		st,touch-det-delay = <2>;
-		st,settling = <2>;
+		reg = <0>;
+		/* 8 sample average control */
+		st,ave-ctrl = <3>;
+		/* 5 ms touch detect interrupt delay */
+		st,touch-det-delay = <5>;
+		/* 1 ms panel driver settling time */
+		st,settling = <3>;
+		/* 7 length fractional part in z */
 		st,fraction-z = <7>;
+		/*
+		 * 50 mA typical 80 mA max touchscreen drivers
+		 * current limit value
+		 */
 		st,i-drive = <1>;
 	};
+	stmpe_adc {
+		compatible = "st,stmpe-adc";
+		st,norequest-mask = <0x0F>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sx8654.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sx8654.txt
index 4886c4aa2906..0ebe6dd043c7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sx8654.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/sx8654.txt
@@ -1,10 +1,17 @@
 * Semtech SX8654 I2C Touchscreen Controller
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: must be "semtech,sx8654"
+- compatible: must be one of the following, depending on the model:
+	"semtech,sx8650"
+	"semtech,sx8654"
+	"semtech,sx8655"
+	"semtech,sx8656"
 - reg: i2c slave address
 - interrupts: touch controller interrupt
 
+Optional properties:
+ - reset-gpios: GPIO specification for the NRST input
+
 Example:
 
 	sx8654@48 {
@@ -12,4 +19,5 @@ Example:
 		reg = <0x48>;
 		interrupt-parent = <&gpio6>;
 		interrupts = <3 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+		reset-gpios = <&gpio4 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ti-tsc-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ti-tsc-adc.txt
index b1163bf97146..aad5e34965eb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ti-tsc-adc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/ti-tsc-adc.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,12 @@
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
 Required properties:
+- mfd
+	compatible: Should be
+		"ti,am3359-tscadc" for AM335x/AM437x SoCs
+		"ti,am654-tscadc", "ti,am3359-tscadc" for AM654 SoCs
 - child "tsc"
+	compatible: Should be "ti,am3359-tsc".
 	ti,wires: Wires refer to application modes i.e. 4/5/8 wire touchscreen
 		  support on the platform.
 	ti,x-plate-resistance: X plate resistance
@@ -25,6 +30,9 @@ Required properties:
 			AIN0 = 0, AIN1 = 1 and so on till AIN7 = 7.
 			XP  = 0, XN = 1, YP = 2, YN = 3.
 - child "adc"
+	compatible: Should be
+		    "ti,am3359-adc" for AM335x/AM437x SoCs
+		    "ti,am654-adc", "ti,am3359-adc" for AM654 SoCs
 	ti,adc-channels: List of analog inputs available for ADC.
 			 AIN0 = 0, AIN1 = 1 and so on till AIN7 = 7.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt
index d092d5d033a0..8641a2d70851 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt
@@ -1,10 +1,12 @@
 General Touchscreen Properties:
 
 Optional properties for Touchscreens:
+ - touchscreen-min-x		: minimum x coordinate reported (0 if not set)
+ - touchscreen-min-y		: minimum y coordinate reported (0 if not set)
  - touchscreen-size-x		: horizontal resolution of touchscreen
-				  (in pixels)
+				  (maximum x coordinate reported + 1)
  - touchscreen-size-y		: vertical resolution of touchscreen
-				  (in pixels)
+				  (maximum y coordinate reported + 1)
  - touchscreen-max-pressure	: maximum reported pressure (arbitrary range
 				  dependent on the controller)
  - touchscreen-min-pressure	: minimum pressure on the touchscreen to be
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/interconnect.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/interconnect.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5a3c575b387a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/interconnect.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+Interconnect Provider Device Tree Bindings
+=========================================
+
+The purpose of this document is to define a common set of generic interconnect
+providers/consumers properties.
+
+
+= interconnect providers =
+
+The interconnect provider binding is intended to represent the interconnect
+controllers in the system. Each provider registers a set of interconnect
+nodes, which expose the interconnect related capabilities of the interconnect
+to consumer drivers. These capabilities can be throughput, latency, priority
+etc. The consumer drivers set constraints on interconnect path (or endpoints)
+depending on the use case. Interconnect providers can also be interconnect
+consumers, such as in the case where two network-on-chip fabrics interface
+directly.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : contains the interconnect provider compatible string
+- #interconnect-cells : number of cells in a interconnect specifier needed to
+			encode the interconnect node id
+
+Example:
+
+		snoc: interconnect@580000 {
+			compatible = "qcom,msm8916-snoc";
+			#interconnect-cells = <1>;
+			reg = <0x580000 0x14000>;
+			clock-names = "bus_clk", "bus_a_clk";
+			clocks = <&rpmcc RPM_SMD_SNOC_CLK>,
+				 <&rpmcc RPM_SMD_SNOC_A_CLK>;
+		};
+
+
+= interconnect consumers =
+
+The interconnect consumers are device nodes which dynamically express their
+bandwidth requirements along interconnect paths they are connected to. There
+can be multiple interconnect providers on a SoC and the consumer may consume
+multiple paths from different providers depending on use case and the
+components it has to interact with.
+
+Required properties:
+interconnects : Pairs of phandles and interconnect provider specifier to denote
+	        the edge source and destination ports of the interconnect path.
+
+Optional properties:
+interconnect-names : List of interconnect path name strings sorted in the same
+		     order as the interconnects property. Consumers drivers will use
+		     interconnect-names to match interconnect paths with interconnect
+		     specifier pairs.
+
+Example:
+
+	sdhci@7864000 {
+		...
+		interconnects = <&pnoc MASTER_SDCC_1 &bimc SLAVE_EBI_CH0>;
+		interconnect-names = "sdhc-mem";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,sdm845.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,sdm845.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5c4f1d911630
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/qcom,sdm845.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+Qualcomm SDM845 Network-On-Chip interconnect driver binding
+-----------------------------------------------------------
+
+SDM845 interconnect providers support system bandwidth requirements through
+RPMh hardware accelerators known as Bus Clock Manager (BCM). The provider is
+able to communicate with the BCM through the Resource State Coordinator (RSC)
+associated with each execution environment. Provider nodes must reside within
+an RPMh device node pertaining to their RSC and each provider maps to a single
+RPMh resource.
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible : shall contain only one of the following:
+			"qcom,sdm845-rsc-hlos"
+- #interconnect-cells : should contain 1
+
+Examples:
+
+apps_rsc: rsc {
+	rsc_hlos: interconnect {
+		compatible = "qcom,sdm845-rsc-hlos";
+		#interconnect-cells = <1>;
+	};
+};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun4i-ic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun4i-ic.txt
index b290ca150d30..404352524c3a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun4i-ic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun4i-ic.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,9 @@ Allwinner Sunxi Interrupt Controller
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible : should be "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ic"
+- compatible : should be one of the following:
+              "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ic"
+              "allwinner,suniv-f1c100s-ic"
 - reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
 - interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller
 - #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic-v3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic-v3.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ea78c4ef887..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic-v3.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
-* ARM Generic Interrupt Controller, version 3
-
-AArch64 SMP cores are often associated with a GICv3, providing Private
-Peripheral Interrupts (PPI), Shared Peripheral Interrupts (SPI),
-Software Generated Interrupts (SGI), and Locality-specific Peripheral
-Interrupts (LPI).
-
-Main node required properties:
-
-- compatible : should at least contain  "arm,gic-v3".
-- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller
-- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
-  interrupt source. Must be a single cell with a value of at least 3.
-  If the system requires describing PPI affinity, then the value must
-  be at least 4.
-
-  The 1st cell is the interrupt type; 0 for SPI interrupts, 1 for PPI
-  interrupts. Other values are reserved for future use.
-
-  The 2nd cell contains the interrupt number for the interrupt type.
-  SPI interrupts are in the range [0-987]. PPI interrupts are in the
-  range [0-15].
-
-  The 3rd cell is the flags, encoded as follows:
-	bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags.
-		1 = edge triggered
-		4 = level triggered
-
-  The 4th cell is a phandle to a node describing a set of CPUs this
-  interrupt is affine to. The interrupt must be a PPI, and the node
-  pointed must be a subnode of the "ppi-partitions" subnode. For
-  interrupt types other than PPI or PPIs that are not partitionned,
-  this cell must be zero. See the "ppi-partitions" node description
-  below.
-
-  Cells 5 and beyond are reserved for future use and must have a value
-  of 0 if present.
-
-- reg : Specifies base physical address(s) and size of the GIC
-  registers, in the following order:
-  - GIC Distributor interface (GICD)
-  - GIC Redistributors (GICR), one range per redistributor region
-  - GIC CPU interface (GICC)
-  - GIC Hypervisor interface (GICH)
-  - GIC Virtual CPU interface (GICV)
-
-  GICC, GICH and GICV are optional.
-
-- interrupts : Interrupt source of the VGIC maintenance interrupt.
-
-Optional
-
-- redistributor-stride : If using padding pages, specifies the stride
-  of consecutive redistributors. Must be a multiple of 64kB.
-
-- #redistributor-regions: The number of independent contiguous regions
-  occupied by the redistributors. Required if more than one such
-  region is present.
-
-- msi-controller: Boolean property. Identifies the node as an MSI
-  controller. Only present if the Message Based Interrupt
-  functionnality is being exposed by the HW, and the mbi-ranges
-  property present.
-
-- mbi-ranges: A list of pairs <intid span>, where "intid" is the first
-  SPI of a range that can be used an MBI, and "span" the size of that
-  range. Multiple ranges can be provided. Requires "msi-controller" to
-  be set.
-
-- mbi-alias: Address property. Base address of an alias of the GICD
-  region containing only the {SET,CLR}SPI registers to be used if
-  isolation is required, and if supported by the HW.
-
-Sub-nodes:
-
-PPI affinity can be expressed as a single "ppi-partitions" node,
-containing a set of sub-nodes, each with the following property:
-- affinity: Should be a list of phandles to CPU nodes (as described in
-Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt).
-
-GICv3 has one or more Interrupt Translation Services (ITS) that are
-used to route Message Signalled Interrupts (MSI) to the CPUs.
-
-These nodes must have the following properties:
-- compatible : Should at least contain  "arm,gic-v3-its".
-- msi-controller : Boolean property. Identifies the node as an MSI controller
-- #msi-cells: Must be <1>. The single msi-cell is the DeviceID of the device
-  which will generate the MSI.
-- reg: Specifies the base physical address and size of the ITS
-  registers.
-
-Optional:
-- socionext,synquacer-pre-its: (u32, u32) tuple describing the untranslated
-  address and size of the pre-ITS window.
-
-The main GIC node must contain the appropriate #address-cells,
-#size-cells and ranges properties for the reg property of all ITS
-nodes.
-
-Examples:
-
-	gic: interrupt-controller@2cf00000 {
-		compatible = "arm,gic-v3";
-		#interrupt-cells = <3>;
-		#address-cells = <2>;
-		#size-cells = <2>;
-		ranges;
-		interrupt-controller;
-		reg = <0x0 0x2f000000 0 0x10000>,	// GICD
-		      <0x0 0x2f100000 0 0x200000>,	// GICR
-		      <0x0 0x2c000000 0 0x2000>,	// GICC
-		      <0x0 0x2c010000 0 0x2000>,	// GICH
-		      <0x0 0x2c020000 0 0x2000>;	// GICV
-		interrupts = <1 9 4>;
-
-		msi-controller;
-		mbi-ranges = <256 128>;
-
-		gic-its@2c200000 {
-			compatible = "arm,gic-v3-its";
-			msi-controller;
-			#msi-cells = <1>;
-			reg = <0x0 0x2c200000 0 0x20000>;
-		};
-	};
-
-	gic: interrupt-controller@2c010000 {
-		compatible = "arm,gic-v3";
-		#interrupt-cells = <4>;
-		#address-cells = <2>;
-		#size-cells = <2>;
-		ranges;
-		interrupt-controller;
-		redistributor-stride = <0x0 0x40000>;	// 256kB stride
-		#redistributor-regions = <2>;
-		reg = <0x0 0x2c010000 0 0x10000>,	// GICD
-		      <0x0 0x2d000000 0 0x800000>,	// GICR 1: CPUs 0-31
-		      <0x0 0x2e000000 0 0x800000>;	// GICR 2: CPUs 32-63
-		      <0x0 0x2c040000 0 0x2000>,	// GICC
-		      <0x0 0x2c060000 0 0x2000>,	// GICH
-		      <0x0 0x2c080000 0 0x2000>;	// GICV
-		interrupts = <1 9 4>;
-
-		gic-its@2c200000 {
-			compatible = "arm,gic-v3-its";
-			msi-controller;
-			#msi-cells = <1>;
-			reg = <0x0 0x2c200000 0 0x20000>;
-		};
-
-		gic-its@2c400000 {
-			compatible = "arm,gic-v3-its";
-			msi-controller;
-			#msi-cells = <1>;
-			reg = <0x0 0x2c400000 0 0x20000>;
-		};
-
-		ppi-partitions {
-			part0: interrupt-partition-0 {
-				affinity = <&cpu0 &cpu2>;
-			};
-
-			part1: interrupt-partition-1 {
-				affinity = <&cpu1 &cpu3>;
-			};
-		};
-	};
-
-
-	device@0 {
-		reg = <0 0 0 4>;
-		interrupts = <1 1 4 &part0>;
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic-v3.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic-v3.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c34df35a25fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic-v3.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/interrupt-controller/arm,gic-v3.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: ARM Generic Interrupt Controller, version 3
+
+maintainers:
+  - Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
+
+description: |
+  AArch64 SMP cores are often associated with a GICv3, providing Private
+  Peripheral Interrupts (PPI), Shared Peripheral Interrupts (SPI),
+  Software Generated Interrupts (SGI), and Locality-specific Peripheral
+  Interrupts (LPI).
+
+allOf:
+  - $ref: /schemas/interrupt-controller.yaml#
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    oneOf:
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - qcom,msm8996-gic-v3
+          - const: arm,gic-v3
+      - const: arm,gic-v3
+
+  interrupt-controller: true
+
+  "#address-cells":
+    enum: [ 0, 1, 2 ]
+  "#size-cells":
+    enum: [ 1, 2 ]
+
+  ranges: true
+
+  "#interrupt-cells":
+    description: |
+      Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an interrupt source.
+      Must be a single cell with a value of at least 3.
+      If the system requires describing PPI affinity, then the value must
+      be at least 4.
+
+      The 1st cell is the interrupt type; 0 for SPI interrupts, 1 for PPI
+      interrupts. Other values are reserved for future use.
+
+      The 2nd cell contains the interrupt number for the interrupt type.
+      SPI interrupts are in the range [0-987]. PPI interrupts are in the
+      range [0-15].
+
+      The 3rd cell is the flags, encoded as follows:
+      bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags.
+        1 = edge triggered
+        4 = level triggered
+
+      The 4th cell is a phandle to a node describing a set of CPUs this
+      interrupt is affine to. The interrupt must be a PPI, and the node
+      pointed must be a subnode of the "ppi-partitions" subnode. For
+      interrupt types other than PPI or PPIs that are not partitionned,
+      this cell must be zero. See the "ppi-partitions" node description
+      below.
+
+      Cells 5 and beyond are reserved for future use and must have a value
+      of 0 if present.
+    enum: [ 3, 4 ]
+
+  reg:
+    description: |
+      Specifies base physical address(s) and size of the GIC
+      registers, in the following order:
+      - GIC Distributor interface (GICD)
+      - GIC Redistributors (GICR), one range per redistributor region
+      - GIC CPU interface (GICC)
+      - GIC Hypervisor interface (GICH)
+      - GIC Virtual CPU interface (GICV)
+
+      GICC, GICH and GICV are optional.
+    minItems: 2
+    maxItems: 4096   # Should be enough?
+
+  interrupts:
+    description:
+      Interrupt source of the VGIC maintenance interrupt.
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  redistributor-stride:
+    description:
+      If using padding pages, specifies the stride of consecutive
+      redistributors. Must be a multiple of 64kB.
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint64
+      - multipleOf: 0x10000
+        exclusiveMinimum: 0
+
+  "#redistributor-regions":
+    description:
+      The number of independent contiguous regions occupied by the
+      redistributors. Required if more than one such region is present.
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+      - maximum: 4096   # Should be enough?
+
+  msi-controller:
+    description:
+      Only present if the Message Based Interrupt functionnality is
+      being exposed by the HW, and the mbi-ranges property present.
+
+  mbi-ranges:
+    description:
+      A list of pairs <intid span>, where "intid" is the first SPI of a range
+      that can be used an MBI, and "span" the size of that range. Multiple
+      ranges can be provided.
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-matrix
+      - items:
+          minItems: 2
+          maxItems: 2
+
+  mbi-alias:
+    description:
+      Address property. Base address of an alias of the GICD region containing
+      only the {SET,CLR}SPI registers to be used if isolation is required,
+      and if supported by the HW.
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array
+      - items:
+          minItems: 1
+          maxItems: 2
+
+  ppi-partitions:
+    type: object
+    description:
+      PPI affinity can be expressed as a single "ppi-partitions" node,
+      containing a set of sub-nodes.
+    patternProperties:
+      "^interrupt-partition-[0-9]+$":
+        properties:
+          affinity:
+            $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle-array
+            description:
+              Should be a list of phandles to CPU nodes (as described in
+              Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml).
+
+        required:
+          - affinity
+
+dependencies:
+  mbi-ranges: [ msi-controller ]
+  msi-controller: [ mbi-ranges ]
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - interrupts
+  - reg
+
+patternProperties:
+  "^gic-its@": false
+  "^interrupt-controller@[0-9a-f]+$": false
+  # msi-controller is preferred, but allow other names
+  "^(msi-controller|gic-its|interrupt-controller)@[0-9a-f]+$":
+    type: object
+    description:
+      GICv3 has one or more Interrupt Translation Services (ITS) that are
+      used to route Message Signalled Interrupts (MSI) to the CPUs.
+    properties:
+      compatible:
+        const: arm,gic-v3-its
+
+      msi-controller: true
+
+      "#msi-cells":
+        description:
+          The single msi-cell is the DeviceID of the device which will generate
+          the MSI.
+        const: 1
+
+      reg:
+        description:
+          Specifies the base physical address and size of the ITS registers.
+        maxItems: 1
+
+      socionext,synquacer-pre-its:
+        description:
+          (u32, u32) tuple describing the untranslated
+          address and size of the pre-ITS window.
+        allOf:
+          - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array
+          - items:
+              minItems: 2
+              maxItems: 2
+
+    required:
+      - compatible
+      - msi-controller
+      - "#msi-cells"
+      - reg
+
+    additionalProperties: false
+
+additionalProperties: false
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    gic: interrupt-controller@2cf00000 {
+      compatible = "arm,gic-v3";
+      #interrupt-cells = <3>;
+      #address-cells = <1>;
+      #size-cells = <1>;
+      ranges;
+      interrupt-controller;
+      reg = <0x2f000000 0x10000>,  // GICD
+            <0x2f100000 0x200000>,  // GICR
+            <0x2c000000 0x2000>,  // GICC
+            <0x2c010000 0x2000>,  // GICH
+            <0x2c020000 0x2000>;  // GICV
+      interrupts = <1 9 4>;
+
+      msi-controller;
+      mbi-ranges = <256 128>;
+
+      msi-controller@2c200000 {
+        compatible = "arm,gic-v3-its";
+        msi-controller;
+        #msi-cells = <1>;
+        reg = <0x2c200000 0x20000>;
+      };
+    };
+
+    interrupt-controller@2c010000 {
+      compatible = "arm,gic-v3";
+      #interrupt-cells = <4>;
+      #address-cells = <1>;
+      #size-cells = <1>;
+      ranges;
+      interrupt-controller;
+      redistributor-stride = <0x0 0x40000>;  // 256kB stride
+      #redistributor-regions = <2>;
+      reg = <0x2c010000 0x10000>,  // GICD
+            <0x2d000000 0x800000>,  // GICR 1: CPUs 0-31
+            <0x2e000000 0x800000>,  // GICR 2: CPUs 32-63
+            <0x2c040000 0x2000>,  // GICC
+            <0x2c060000 0x2000>,  // GICH
+            <0x2c080000 0x2000>;  // GICV
+      interrupts = <1 9 4>;
+
+      msi-controller@2c200000 {
+        compatible = "arm,gic-v3-its";
+        msi-controller;
+        #msi-cells = <1>;
+        reg = <0x2c200000 0x20000>;
+      };
+
+      msi-controller@2c400000 {
+        compatible = "arm,gic-v3-its";
+        msi-controller;
+        #msi-cells = <1>;
+        reg = <0x2c400000 0x20000>;
+      };
+
+      ppi-partitions {
+        part0: interrupt-partition-0 {
+          affinity = <&cpu0 &cpu2>;
+        };
+
+        part1: interrupt-partition-1 {
+          affinity = <&cpu1 &cpu3>;
+        };
+      };
+    };
+
+
+    device@0 {
+      reg = <0 4>;
+      interrupts = <1 1 4 &part0>;
+    };
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f3244648646..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
-* ARM Generic Interrupt Controller
-
-ARM SMP cores are often associated with a GIC, providing per processor
-interrupts (PPI), shared processor interrupts (SPI) and software
-generated interrupts (SGI).
-
-Primary GIC is attached directly to the CPU and typically has PPIs and SGIs.
-Secondary GICs are cascaded into the upward interrupt controller and do not
-have PPIs or SGIs.
-
-Main node required properties:
-
-- compatible : should be one of:
-	"arm,arm1176jzf-devchip-gic"
-	"arm,arm11mp-gic"
-	"arm,cortex-a15-gic"
-	"arm,cortex-a7-gic"
-	"arm,cortex-a9-gic"
-	"arm,eb11mp-gic"
-	"arm,gic-400"
-	"arm,pl390"
-	"arm,tc11mp-gic"
-	"brcm,brahma-b15-gic"
-	"nvidia,tegra210-agic"
-	"qcom,msm-8660-qgic"
-	"qcom,msm-qgic2"
-- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller
-- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
-  interrupt source.  The type shall be a <u32> and the value shall be 3.
-
-  The 1st cell is the interrupt type; 0 for SPI interrupts, 1 for PPI
-  interrupts.
-
-  The 2nd cell contains the interrupt number for the interrupt type.
-  SPI interrupts are in the range [0-987].  PPI interrupts are in the
-  range [0-15].
-
-  The 3rd cell is the flags, encoded as follows:
-	bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags.
-		1 = low-to-high edge triggered
-		2 = high-to-low edge triggered (invalid for SPIs)
-		4 = active high level-sensitive
-		8 = active low level-sensitive (invalid for SPIs).
-	bits[15:8] PPI interrupt cpu mask.  Each bit corresponds to each of
-	the 8 possible cpus attached to the GIC.  A bit set to '1' indicated
-	the interrupt is wired to that CPU.  Only valid for PPI interrupts.
-	Also note that the configurability of PPI interrupts is IMPLEMENTATION
-	DEFINED and as such not guaranteed to be present (most SoC available
-	in 2014 seem to ignore the setting of this flag and use the hardware
-	default value).
-
-- reg : Specifies base physical address(s) and size of the GIC registers. The
-  first region is the GIC distributor register base and size. The 2nd region is
-  the GIC cpu interface register base and size.
-
-Optional
-- interrupts	: Interrupt source of the parent interrupt controller on
-  secondary GICs, or VGIC maintenance interrupt on primary GIC (see
-  below).
-
-- cpu-offset	: per-cpu offset within the distributor and cpu interface
-  regions, used when the GIC doesn't have banked registers. The offset is
-  cpu-offset * cpu-nr.
-
-- clocks        : List of phandle and clock-specific pairs, one for each entry
-  in clock-names.
-- clock-names   : List of names for the GIC clock input(s). Valid clock names
-  depend on the GIC variant:
-	"ic_clk" (for "arm,arm11mp-gic")
-	"PERIPHCLKEN" (for "arm,cortex-a15-gic")
-	"PERIPHCLK", "PERIPHCLKEN" (for "arm,cortex-a9-gic")
-	"clk" (for "arm,gic-400" and "nvidia,tegra210")
-	"gclk" (for "arm,pl390")
-
-- power-domains : A phandle and PM domain specifier as defined by bindings of
-		  the power controller specified by phandle, used when the GIC
-		  is part of a Power or Clock Domain.
-
-
-Example:
-
-	intc: interrupt-controller@fff11000 {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-gic";
-		#interrupt-cells = <3>;
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		interrupt-controller;
-		reg = <0xfff11000 0x1000>,
-		      <0xfff10100 0x100>;
-	};
-
-
-* GIC virtualization extensions (VGIC)
-
-For ARM cores that support the virtualization extensions, additional
-properties must be described (they only exist if the GIC is the
-primary interrupt controller).
-
-Required properties:
-
-- reg : Additional regions specifying the base physical address and
-  size of the VGIC registers. The first additional region is the GIC
-  virtual interface control register base and size. The 2nd additional
-  region is the GIC virtual cpu interface register base and size.
-
-- interrupts : VGIC maintenance interrupt.
-
-Example:
-
-	interrupt-controller@2c001000 {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15-gic";
-		#interrupt-cells = <3>;
-		interrupt-controller;
-		reg = <0x2c001000 0x1000>,
-		      <0x2c002000 0x2000>,
-		      <0x2c004000 0x2000>,
-		      <0x2c006000 0x2000>;
-		interrupts = <1 9 0xf04>;
-	};
-
-
-* GICv2m extension for MSI/MSI-x support (Optional)
-
-Certain revisions of GIC-400 supports MSI/MSI-x via V2M register frame(s).
-This is enabled by specifying v2m sub-node(s).
-
-Required properties:
-
-- compatible	    : The value here should contain "arm,gic-v2m-frame".
-
-- msi-controller    : Identifies the node as an MSI controller.
-
-- reg		    : GICv2m MSI interface register base and size
-
-Optional properties:
-
-- arm,msi-base-spi  : When the MSI_TYPER register contains an incorrect
-  		      value, this property should contain the SPI base of
-		      the MSI frame, overriding the HW value.
-
-- arm,msi-num-spis  : When the MSI_TYPER register contains an incorrect
-  		      value, this property should contain the number of
-		      SPIs assigned to the frame, overriding the HW value.
-
-Example:
-
-	interrupt-controller@e1101000 {
-		compatible = "arm,gic-400";
-		#interrupt-cells = <3>;
-		#address-cells = <2>;
-		#size-cells = <2>;
-		interrupt-controller;
-		interrupts = <1 8 0xf04>;
-		ranges = <0 0 0 0xe1100000 0 0x100000>;
-		reg = <0x0 0xe1110000 0 0x01000>,
-		      <0x0 0xe112f000 0 0x02000>,
-		      <0x0 0xe1140000 0 0x10000>,
-		      <0x0 0xe1160000 0 0x10000>;
-		v2m0: v2m@8000 {
-			compatible = "arm,gic-v2m-frame";
-			msi-controller;
-			reg = <0x0 0x80000 0 0x1000>;
-		};
-
-		....
-
-		v2mN: v2m@9000 {
-			compatible = "arm,gic-v2m-frame";
-			msi-controller;
-			reg = <0x0 0x90000 0 0x1000>;
-		};
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..758fbd7128e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/interrupt-controller/arm,gic.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: ARM Generic Interrupt Controller v1 and v2
+
+maintainers:
+  - Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
+
+description: |+
+  ARM SMP cores are often associated with a GIC, providing per processor
+  interrupts (PPI), shared processor interrupts (SPI) and software
+  generated interrupts (SGI).
+
+  Primary GIC is attached directly to the CPU and typically has PPIs and SGIs.
+  Secondary GICs are cascaded into the upward interrupt controller and do not
+  have PPIs or SGIs.
+
+allOf:
+  - $ref: /schemas/interrupt-controller.yaml#
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    oneOf:
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - arm,arm11mp-gic
+              - arm,cortex-a15-gic
+              - arm,cortex-a7-gic
+              - arm,cortex-a5-gic
+              - arm,cortex-a9-gic
+              - arm,eb11mp-gic
+              - arm,gic-400
+              - arm,pl390
+              - arm,tc11mp-gic
+              - nvidia,tegra210-agic
+              - qcom,msm-8660-qgic
+              - qcom,msm-qgic2
+
+      - items:
+          - const: arm,arm1176jzf-devchip-gic
+          - const: arm,arm11mp-gic
+
+      - items:
+          - const: brcm,brahma-b15-gic
+          - const: arm,cortex-a15-gic
+
+  interrupt-controller: true
+
+  "#address-cells":
+    enum: [ 0, 1 ]
+  "#size-cells":
+    const: 1
+
+  "#interrupt-cells":
+    const: 3
+    description: |
+      The 1st cell is the interrupt type; 0 for SPI interrupts, 1 for PPI
+      interrupts.
+
+      The 2nd cell contains the interrupt number for the interrupt type.
+      SPI interrupts are in the range [0-987].  PPI interrupts are in the
+      range [0-15].
+
+      The 3rd cell is the flags, encoded as follows:
+        bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags.
+          1 = low-to-high edge triggered
+          2 = high-to-low edge triggered (invalid for SPIs)
+          4 = active high level-sensitive
+          8 = active low level-sensitive (invalid for SPIs).
+        bits[15:8] PPI interrupt cpu mask.  Each bit corresponds to each of
+        the 8 possible cpus attached to the GIC.  A bit set to '1' indicated
+        the interrupt is wired to that CPU.  Only valid for PPI interrupts.
+        Also note that the configurability of PPI interrupts is IMPLEMENTATION
+        DEFINED and as such not guaranteed to be present (most SoC available
+        in 2014 seem to ignore the setting of this flag and use the hardware
+        default value).
+
+  reg:
+    description: |
+      Specifies base physical address(s) and size of the GIC registers. The
+      first region is the GIC distributor register base and size. The 2nd region
+      is the GIC cpu interface register base and size.
+
+      For GICv2 with virtualization extensions, additional regions are
+      required for specifying the base physical address and size of the VGIC
+      registers. The first additional region is the GIC virtual interface
+      control register base and size. The 2nd additional region is the GIC
+      virtual cpu interface register base and size.
+    minItems: 2
+    maxItems: 4
+
+  interrupts:
+    description: Interrupt source of the parent interrupt controller on
+      secondary GICs, or VGIC maintenance interrupt on primary GIC (see
+      below).
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  cpu-offset:
+    description: per-cpu offset within the distributor and cpu interface
+      regions, used when the GIC doesn't have banked registers. The offset
+      is cpu-offset * cpu-nr.
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+
+  clocks:
+    minItems: 1
+    maxItems: 2
+
+  clock-names:
+    description: List of names for the GIC clock input(s). Valid clock names
+      depend on the GIC variant.
+    oneOf:
+      - const: ic_clk # for "arm,arm11mp-gic"
+      - const: PERIPHCLKEN # for "arm,cortex-a15-gic"
+      - items: # for "arm,cortex-a9-gic"
+          - const: PERIPHCLK
+          - const: PERIPHCLKEN
+      - const: clk # for "arm,gic-400" and "nvidia,tegra210"
+      - const: gclk #for "arm,pl390"
+
+  power-domains:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - reg
+
+patternProperties:
+  "^v2m@[0-9a-f]+$":
+    description: |
+      * GICv2m extension for MSI/MSI-x support (Optional)
+
+      Certain revisions of GIC-400 supports MSI/MSI-x via V2M register frame(s).
+      This is enabled by specifying v2m sub-node(s).
+
+    properties:
+      compatible:
+        const: arm,gic-v2m-frame
+
+      msi-controller: true
+
+      reg:
+        maxItems: 1
+        description: GICv2m MSI interface register base and size
+
+      arm,msi-base-spi:
+        description: When the MSI_TYPER register contains an incorrect value,
+          this property should contain the SPI base of the MSI frame, overriding
+          the HW value.
+        $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+
+      arm,msi-num-spis:
+        description: When the MSI_TYPER register contains an incorrect value,
+          this property should contain the number of SPIs assigned to the
+          frame, overriding the HW value.
+        $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+
+    required:
+      - compatible
+      - msi-controller
+      - reg
+
+    additionalProperties: false
+
+additionalProperties: false
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    // GICv1
+    intc: interrupt-controller@fff11000 {
+      compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-gic";
+      #interrupt-cells = <3>;
+      #address-cells = <1>;
+      interrupt-controller;
+      reg = <0xfff11000 0x1000>,
+            <0xfff10100 0x100>;
+    };
+
+  - |
+    // GICv2
+    interrupt-controller@2c001000 {
+      compatible = "arm,cortex-a15-gic";
+      #interrupt-cells = <3>;
+      interrupt-controller;
+      reg = <0x2c001000 0x1000>,
+            <0x2c002000 0x2000>,
+            <0x2c004000 0x2000>,
+            <0x2c006000 0x2000>;
+      interrupts = <1 9 0xf04>;
+    };
+
+  - |
+    // GICv2m extension for MSI/MSI-x support
+    interrupt-controller@e1101000 {
+      compatible = "arm,gic-400";
+      #interrupt-cells = <3>;
+      #address-cells = <2>;
+      #size-cells = <2>;
+      interrupt-controller;
+      interrupts = <1 8 0xf04>;
+      ranges = <0 0 0 0xe1100000 0 0x100000>;
+      reg = <0x0 0xe1110000 0 0x01000>,
+            <0x0 0xe112f000 0 0x02000>,
+            <0x0 0xe1140000 0 0x10000>,
+            <0x0 0xe1160000 0 0x10000>;
+
+      v2m0: v2m@8000 {
+        compatible = "arm,gic-v2m-frame";
+        msi-controller;
+        reg = <0x0 0x80000 0 0x1000>;
+      };
+
+      //...
+
+      v2mN: v2m@9000 {
+        compatible = "arm,gic-v2m-frame";
+        msi-controller;
+        reg = <0x0 0x90000 0 0x1000>;
+      };
+    };
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/csky,apb-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/csky,apb-intc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..44286dcbac62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/csky,apb-intc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+==============================
+C-SKY APB Interrupt Controller
+==============================
+
+C-SKY APB Interrupt Controller is a simple soc interrupt controller
+on the apb bus and we only use it as root irq controller.
+
+ - csky,apb-intc is used in a lot of csky fpgas and socs, it support 64 irq nums.
+ - csky,dual-apb-intc consists of 2 apb-intc and 128 irq nums supported.
+ - csky,gx6605s-intc is gx6605s soc internal irq interrupt controller, 64 irq nums.
+
+=============================
+intc node bindings definition
+=============================
+
+	Description: Describes APB interrupt controller
+
+	PROPERTIES
+
+	- compatible
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <string>
+		Definition: must be "csky,apb-intc"
+				    "csky,dual-apb-intc"
+				    "csky,gx6605s-intc"
+	- #interrupt-cells
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <u32>
+		Definition: must be <1>
+	- reg
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <u32 u32>
+		Definition: <phyaddr size> in soc from cpu view
+	- interrupt-controller:
+		Usage: required
+	- csky,support-pulse-signal:
+		Usage: select
+		Description: to support pulse signal flag
+
+Examples:
+---------
+
+	intc: interrupt-controller@500000 {
+		compatible = "csky,apb-intc";
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+		reg = <0x00500000 0x400>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+	};
+
+	intc: interrupt-controller@500000 {
+		compatible = "csky,dual-apb-intc";
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+		reg = <0x00500000 0x400>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+	};
+
+	intc: interrupt-controller@500000 {
+		compatible = "csky,gx6605s-intc";
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+		reg = <0x00500000 0x400>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/csky,mpintc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/csky,mpintc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ab921f1698fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/csky,mpintc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+===========================================
+C-SKY Multi-processors Interrupt Controller
+===========================================
+
+C-SKY Multi-processors Interrupt Controller is designed for ck807/ck810/ck860
+SMP soc, and it also could be used in non-SMP system.
+
+Interrupt number definition:
+
+  0-15  : software irq, and we use 15 as our IPI_IRQ.
+ 16-31  : private  irq, and we use 16 as the co-processor timer.
+ 31-1024: common irq for soc ip.
+
+=============================
+intc node bindings definition
+=============================
+
+	Description: Describes SMP interrupt controller
+
+	PROPERTIES
+
+	- compatible
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <string>
+		Definition: must be "csky,mpintc"
+	- #interrupt-cells
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <u32>
+		Definition: must be <1>
+	- interrupt-controller:
+		Usage: required
+
+Examples:
+---------
+
+	intc: interrupt-controller {
+		compatible = "csky,mpintc";
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/fsl,irqsteer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/fsl,irqsteer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..582991c426ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/fsl,irqsteer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+Freescale IRQSTEER Interrupt multiplexer
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: should be:
+	- "fsl,imx8m-irqsteer"
+	- "fsl,imx-irqsteer"
+- reg: Physical base address and size of registers.
+- interrupts: Should contain the up to 8 parent interrupt lines used to
+  multiplex the input interrupts. They should be specified sequentially
+  from output 0 to 7.
+- clocks: Should contain one clock for entry in clock-names
+  see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+- clock-names:
+   - "ipg": main logic clock
+- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
+- #interrupt-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+  interrupt source. The value must be 1.
+- fsl,channel: The output channel that all input IRQs should be steered into.
+- fsl,num-irqs: Number of input interrupts of this channel.
+  Should be multiple of 32 input interrupts and up to 512 interrupts.
+
+Example:
+
+	interrupt-controller@32e2d000 {
+		compatible = "fsl,imx8m-irqsteer", "fsl,imx-irqsteer";
+		reg = <0x32e2d000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 18 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		clocks = <&clk IMX8MQ_CLK_DISP_APB_ROOT>;
+		clock-names = "ipg";
+		fsl,channel = <0>;
+		fsl,num-irqs = <64>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/loongson,ls1x-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/loongson,ls1x-intc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a63ed9fcb535
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/loongson,ls1x-intc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+Loongson ls1x Interrupt Controller
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : should be "loongson,ls1x-intc". Valid strings are:
+
+- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
+- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+  interrupt source. The value shall be 2.
+- interrupts : Specifies the CPU interrupt the controller is connected to.
+
+Example:
+
+intc: interrupt-controller@1fd01040 {
+	compatible = "loongson,ls1x-intc";
+	reg = <0x1fd01040 0x18>;
+
+	interrupt-controller;
+	#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+
+	interrupt-parent = <&cpu_intc>;
+	interrupts = <2>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,icu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,icu.txt
index aa8bf2ec8905..1c94a57a661e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,icu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,icu.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,8 @@ The Marvell ICU (Interrupt Consolidation Unit) controller is
 responsible for collecting all wired-interrupt sources in the CP and
 communicating them to the GIC in the AP, the unit translates interrupt
 requests on input wires to MSG memory mapped transactions to the GIC.
+These messages will access a different GIC memory area depending on
+their type (NSR, SR, SEI, REI, etc).
 
 Required properties:
 
@@ -12,20 +14,23 @@ Required properties:
 
 - reg: Should contain ICU registers location and length.
 
-- #interrupt-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
-  interrupt source. The value shall be 3.
+Subnodes: Each group of interrupt is declared as a subnode of the ICU,
+with their own compatible.
+
+Required properties for the icu_nsr/icu_sei subnodes:
 
-  The 1st cell is the group type of the ICU interrupt. Possible group
-  types are:
+- compatible: Should be one of:
+              * "marvell,cp110-icu-nsr"
+	      * "marvell,cp110-icu-sr"
+	      * "marvell,cp110-icu-sei"
+	      * "marvell,cp110-icu-rei"
 
-   ICU_GRP_NSR (0x0) : Shared peripheral interrupt, non-secure
-   ICU_GRP_SR  (0x1) : Shared peripheral interrupt, secure
-   ICU_GRP_SEI (0x4) : System error interrupt
-   ICU_GRP_REI (0x5) : RAM error interrupt
+- #interrupt-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+  interrupt source. The value shall be 2.
 
-  The 2nd cell is the index of the interrupt in the ICU unit.
+  The 1st cell is the index of the interrupt in the ICU unit.
 
-  The 3rd cell is the type of the interrupt. See arm,gic.txt for
+  The 2nd cell is the type of the interrupt. See arm,gic.txt for
   details.
 
 - interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt
@@ -35,17 +40,73 @@ Required properties:
   that allows to trigger interrupts using MSG memory mapped
   transactions.
 
+Note: each 'interrupts' property referring to any 'icu_xxx' node shall
+      have a different number within [0:206].
+
 Example:
 
 icu: interrupt-controller@1e0000 {
 	compatible = "marvell,cp110-icu";
-	reg = <0x1e0000 0x10>;
+	reg = <0x1e0000 0x440>;
+
+	CP110_LABEL(icu_nsr): interrupt-controller@10 {
+		compatible = "marvell,cp110-icu-nsr";
+		reg = <0x10 0x20>;
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		msi-parent = <&gicp>;
+	};
+
+	CP110_LABEL(icu_sei): interrupt-controller@50 {
+		compatible = "marvell,cp110-icu-sei";
+		reg = <0x50 0x10>;
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		msi-parent = <&sei>;
+	};
+};
+
+node1 {
+	interrupt-parent = <&icu_nsr>;
+	interrupts = <106 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+};
+
+node2 {
+	interrupt-parent = <&icu_sei>;
+	interrupts = <107 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+};
+
+/* Would not work with the above nodes */
+node3 {
+	interrupt-parent = <&icu_nsr>;
+	interrupts = <107 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+};
+
+The legacy bindings were different in this way:
+
+- #interrupt-cells: The value was 3.
+	The 1st cell was the group type of the ICU interrupt. Possible
+	group types were:
+	ICU_GRP_NSR (0x0) : Shared peripheral interrupt, non-secure
+	ICU_GRP_SR  (0x1) : Shared peripheral interrupt, secure
+	ICU_GRP_SEI (0x4) : System error interrupt
+	ICU_GRP_REI (0x5) : RAM error interrupt
+	The 2nd cell was the index of the interrupt in the ICU unit.
+	The 3rd cell was the type of the interrupt. See arm,gic.txt for
+	details.
+
+Example:
+
+icu: interrupt-controller@1e0000 {
+	compatible = "marvell,cp110-icu";
+	reg = <0x1e0000 0x440>;
+
 	#interrupt-cells = <3>;
 	interrupt-controller;
 	msi-parent = <&gicp>;
 };
 
-usb3h0: usb3@500000 {
+node1 {
 	interrupt-parent = <&icu>;
 	interrupts = <ICU_GRP_NSR 106 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,sei.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,sei.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0beafed502f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/marvell,sei.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+Marvell SEI (System Error Interrupt) Controller
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+Marvell SEI (System Error Interrupt) controller is an interrupt
+aggregator. It receives interrupts from several sources and aggregates
+them to a single interrupt line (an SPI) on the parent interrupt
+controller.
+
+This interrupt controller can handle up to 64 SEIs, a set comes from the
+AP and is wired while a second set comes from the CPs by the mean of
+MSIs.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: should be one of:
+              * "marvell,ap806-sei"
+- reg: SEI registers location and length.
+- interrupts: identifies the parent IRQ that will be triggered.
+- #interrupt-cells: number of cells to define an SEI wired interrupt
+                    coming from the AP, should be 1. The cell is the IRQ
+                    number.
+- interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+                        for AP interrupts.
+- msi-controller: identifies the node as an MSI controller for the CPs
+                  interrupts.
+
+Example:
+
+        sei: interrupt-controller@3f0200 {
+                compatible = "marvell,ap806-sei";
+                reg = <0x3f0200 0x40>;
+                interrupts = <GIC_SPI 0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+                #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+                interrupt-controller;
+                msi-controller;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt
index 33a98eb44949..c5d589108a94 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required properties:
 	"mediatek,mt8135-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT8135
 	"mediatek,mt8127-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT8127
 	"mediatek,mt7622-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT7622
+	"mediatek,mt7623-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT7623
 	"mediatek,mt6795-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT6795
 	"mediatek,mt6797-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT6797
 	"mediatek,mt6765-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT6765
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mrvl,intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mrvl,intc.txt
index 8b53273cb22f..608fee15a4cf 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mrvl,intc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mrvl,intc.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Required properties:
   "mrvl,mmp2-mux-intc"
 - reg : Address and length of the register set of the interrupt controller.
   If the interrupt controller is intc, address and length means the range
-  of the whold interrupt controller. If the interrupt controller is mux-intc,
+  of the whole interrupt controller. If the interrupt controller is mux-intc,
   address and length means one register. Since address of mux-intc is in the
   range of intc. mux-intc is secondary interrupt controller.
 - reg-names : Name of the register set of the interrupt controller. It's
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/rda,8810pl-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/rda,8810pl-intc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e0062aebf025
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/rda,8810pl-intc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+RDA Micro RDA8810PL Interrupt Controller
+
+The interrupt controller in RDA8810PL SoC is a custom interrupt controller
+which supports up to 32 interrupts.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Should be "rda,8810pl-intc".
+- reg: Specifies base physical address of the registers set.
+- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
+- #interrupt-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+  interrupt source. The value shall be 2.
+
+The interrupt sources are as follows:
+
+ID	Name
+------------
+0:	PULSE_DUMMY
+1:	I2C
+2:	NAND_NFSC
+3:	SDMMC1
+4:	SDMMC2
+5:	SDMMC3
+6:	SPI1
+7:	SPI2
+8:	SPI3
+9:	UART1
+10:	UART2
+11:	UART3
+12:	GPIO1
+13:	GPIO2
+14:	GPIO3
+15:	KEYPAD
+16:	TIMER
+17:	TIMEROS
+18:	COMREG0
+19:	COMREG1
+20:	USB
+21:	DMC
+22:	DMA
+23:	CAMERA
+24:	GOUDA
+25:	GPU
+26:	VPU_JPG
+27:	VPU_HOST
+28:	VOC
+29:	AUIFC0
+30:	AUIFC1
+31:	L2CC
+
+Example:
+		apb@20800000 {
+			compatible = "simple-bus";
+			...
+			intc: interrupt-controller@0 {
+				compatible = "rda,8810pl-intc";
+				reg = <0x0 0x1000>;
+				interrupt-controller;
+				#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+			};
+		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt
index a046ed374d80..f977ea7617f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/renesas,irqc.txt
@@ -2,10 +2,12 @@ DT bindings for the R-Mobile/R-Car/RZ/G interrupt controller
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible: has to be "renesas,irqc-<soctype>", "renesas,irqc" as fallback.
+- compatible: must be "renesas,irqc-<soctype>" or "renesas,intc-ex-<soctype>",
+	      and "renesas,irqc" as fallback.
   Examples with soctypes are:
     - "renesas,irqc-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile APE6)
     - "renesas,irqc-r8a7743" (RZ/G1M)
+    - "renesas,irqc-r8a7744" (RZ/G1N)
     - "renesas,irqc-r8a7745" (RZ/G1E)
     - "renesas,irqc-r8a77470" (RZ/G1C)
     - "renesas,irqc-r8a7790" (R-Car H2)
@@ -14,11 +16,13 @@ Required properties:
     - "renesas,irqc-r8a7793" (R-Car M2-N)
     - "renesas,irqc-r8a7794" (R-Car E2)
     - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a774a1" (RZ/G2M)
+    - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a774c0" (RZ/G2E)
     - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a7795" (R-Car H3)
     - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a7796" (R-Car M3-W)
     - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a77965" (R-Car M3-N)
     - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a77970" (R-Car V3M)
     - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a77980" (R-Car V3H)
+    - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a77990" (R-Car E3)
     - "renesas,intc-ex-r8a77995" (R-Car D3)
 - #interrupt-cells: has to be <2>: an interrupt index and flags, as defined in
   interrupts.txt in this directory
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/st,stm32-exti.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/st,stm32-exti.txt
index 6a36bf66d932..cd01b2292ec6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/st,stm32-exti.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/st,stm32-exti.txt
@@ -14,6 +14,10 @@ Required properties:
   (only needed for exti controller with multiple exti under
   same parent interrupt: st,stm32-exti and st,stm32h7-exti)
 
+Optional properties:
+
+- hwlocks: reference to a phandle of a hardware spinlock provider node.
+
 Example:
 
 exti: interrupt-controller@40013c00 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt
index 8a6ffce12af5..3133f3ba7567 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt
@@ -17,10 +17,20 @@ conditions.
                         "arm,mmu-401"
                         "arm,mmu-500"
                         "cavium,smmu-v2"
+                        "qcom,smmu-v2"
 
                   depending on the particular implementation and/or the
                   version of the architecture implemented.
 
+                  Qcom SoCs must contain, as below, SoC-specific compatibles
+                  along with "qcom,smmu-v2":
+                  "qcom,msm8996-smmu-v2", "qcom,smmu-v2",
+                  "qcom,sdm845-smmu-v2", "qcom,smmu-v2".
+
+                  Qcom SoCs implementing "arm,mmu-500" must also include,
+                  as below, SoC-specific compatibles:
+                  "qcom,sdm845-smmu-500", "arm,mmu-500"
+
 - reg           : Base address and size of the SMMU.
 
 - #global-interrupts : The number of global interrupts exposed by the
@@ -71,6 +81,22 @@ conditions.
                   or using stream matching with #iommu-cells = <2>, and
                   may be ignored if present in such cases.
 
+- clock-names:    List of the names of clocks input to the device. The
+                  required list depends on particular implementation and
+                  is as follows:
+                  - for "qcom,smmu-v2":
+                    - "bus": clock required for downstream bus access and
+                             for the smmu ptw,
+                    - "iface": clock required to access smmu's registers
+                               through the TCU's programming interface.
+                  - unspecified for other implementations.
+
+- clocks:         Specifiers for all clocks listed in the clock-names property,
+                  as per generic clock bindings.
+
+- power-domains:  Specifiers for power domains required to be powered on for
+                  the SMMU to operate, as per generic power domain bindings.
+
 ** Deprecated properties:
 
 - mmu-masters (deprecated in favour of the generic "iommus" binding) :
@@ -137,3 +163,20 @@ conditions.
                 iommu-map = <0 &smmu3 0 0x400>;
                 ...
         };
+
+	/* Qcom's arm,smmu-v2 implementation */
+	smmu4: iommu@d00000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,msm8996-smmu-v2", "qcom,smmu-v2";
+		reg = <0xd00000 0x10000>;
+
+		#global-interrupts = <1>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 73 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+			     <GIC_SPI 320 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+			     <GIC_SPI 321 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		#iommu-cells = <1>;
+		power-domains = <&mmcc MDSS_GDSC>;
+
+		clocks = <&mmcc SMMU_MDP_AXI_CLK>,
+			 <&mmcc SMMU_MDP_AHB_CLK>;
+		clock-names = "bus", "iface";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt
index df5db732138d..6922db598def 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/mediatek,iommu.txt
@@ -41,6 +41,8 @@ Required properties:
 - compatible : must be one of the following string:
 	"mediatek,mt2701-m4u" for mt2701 which uses generation one m4u HW.
 	"mediatek,mt2712-m4u" for mt2712 which uses generation two m4u HW.
+	"mediatek,mt7623-m4u", "mediatek,mt2701-m4u" for mt7623 which uses
+						     generation one m4u HW.
 	"mediatek,mt8173-m4u" for mt8173 which uses generation two m4u HW.
 - reg : m4u register base and size.
 - interrupts : the interrupt of m4u.
@@ -51,7 +53,7 @@ Required properties:
 	according to the local arbiter index, like larb0, larb1, larb2...
 - iommu-cells : must be 1. This is the mtk_m4u_id according to the HW.
 	Specifies the mtk_m4u_id as defined in
-	dt-binding/memory/mt2701-larb-port.h for mt2701,
+	dt-binding/memory/mt2701-larb-port.h for mt2701, mt7623
 	dt-binding/memory/mt2712-larb-port.h for mt2712, and
 	dt-binding/memory/mt8173-larb-port.h for mt8173.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/nvidia,tegra20-gart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/nvidia,tegra20-gart.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 099d9362ebc1..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/nvidia,tegra20-gart.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-NVIDIA Tegra 20 GART
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: "nvidia,tegra20-gart"
-- reg: Two pairs of cells specifying the physical address and size of
-  the memory controller registers and the GART aperture respectively.
-
-Example:
-
-	gart {
-		compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-gart";
-		reg = <0x7000f024 0x00000018	/* controller registers */
-		       0x58000000 0x02000000>;	/* GART aperture */
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt
index c6e2d855fe13..b6bfbec3a849 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/renesas,ipmmu-vmsa.txt
@@ -12,7 +12,10 @@ Required Properties:
 
     - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a73a4" for the R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) IPMMU.
     - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7743" for the R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) IPMMU.
+    - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7744" for the R8A7744 (RZ/G1N) IPMMU.
     - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7745" for the R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) IPMMU.
+    - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a774a1" for the R8A774A1 (RZ/G2M) IPMMU.
+    - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a774c0" for the R8A774C0 (RZ/G2E) IPMMU.
     - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7790" for the R8A7790 (R-Car H2) IPMMU.
     - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7791" for the R8A7791 (R-Car M2-W) IPMMU.
     - "renesas,ipmmu-r8a7793" for the R8A7793 (R-Car M2-N) IPMMU.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
index aa1399814a2a..70876ac11367 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
@@ -37,6 +37,18 @@ Optional properties for child nodes:
      "ide-disk" - LED indicates IDE disk activity (deprecated),
                   in new implementations use "disk-activity"
      "timer" - LED flashes at a fixed, configurable rate
+     "pattern" - LED alters the brightness for the specified duration with one
+                 software timer (requires "led-pattern" property)
+
+- led-pattern : Array of integers with default pattern for certain triggers.
+                Each trigger may parse this property differently:
+                - one-shot : two numbers specifying delay on and delay off (in ms),
+                - timer : two numbers specifying delay on and delay off (in ms),
+                - pattern : the pattern is given by a series of tuples, of
+                  brightness and duration (in ms).  The exact format is
+                  described in:
+                  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-trigger-pattern.txt
+
 
 - led-max-microamp : Maximum LED supply current in microamperes. This property
                      can be made mandatory for the board configurations
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-trigger-pattern.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-trigger-pattern.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d3696680bfc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-trigger-pattern.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+* Pattern format for LED pattern trigger
+
+The pattern is given by a series of tuples, of brightness and duration (ms).
+The LED is expected to traverse the series and each brightness value for the
+specified duration. Duration of 0 means brightness should immediately change to
+new value, and writing malformed pattern deactivates any active one.
+
+1. For gradual dimming, the dimming interval now is set as 50 milliseconds. So
+the tuple with duration less than dimming interval (50ms) is treated as a step
+change of brightness, i.e. the subsequent brightness will be applied without
+adding intervening dimming intervals.
+
+The gradual dimming format of the software pattern values should be:
+"brightness_1 duration_1 brightness_2 duration_2 brightness_3 duration_3 ...".
+For example (using sysfs interface):
+
+echo 0 1000 255 2000 > pattern
+
+It will make the LED go gradually from zero-intensity to max (255) intensity in
+1000 milliseconds, then back to zero intensity in 2000 milliseconds:
+
+LED brightness
+    ^
+255-|       / \            / \            /
+    |      /    \         /    \         /
+    |     /       \      /       \      /
+    |    /          \   /          \   /
+  0-|   /             \/             \/
+    +---0----1----2----3----4----5----6------------> time (s)
+
+2. To make the LED go instantly from one brightness value to another, we should
+use zero-time lengths (the brightness must be same as the previous tuple's). So
+the format should be: "brightness_1 duration_1 brightness_1 0 brightness_2
+duration_2 brightness_2 0 ...".
+For example (using sysfs interface):
+
+echo 0 1000 0 0 255 2000 255 0 > pattern
+
+It will make the LED stay off for one second, then stay at max brightness for
+two seconds:
+
+LED brightness
+    ^
+255-|        +---------+    +---------+
+    |        |         |    |         |
+    |        |         |    |         |
+    |        |         |    |         |
+  0-|   -----+         +----+         +----
+    +---0----1----2----3----4----5----6------------> time (s)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/nvidia,tegra186-hsp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/nvidia,tegra186-hsp.txt
index b99d25fc2f26..ff3eafc5a882 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/nvidia,tegra186-hsp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/nvidia,tegra186-hsp.txt
@@ -15,12 +15,15 @@ Required properties:
     Array of strings.
     one of:
     - "nvidia,tegra186-hsp"
+    - "nvidia,tegra194-hsp", "nvidia,tegra186-hsp"
 - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device.
 - interrupt-names
     Array of strings.
     Contains a list of names for the interrupts described by the interrupt
     property. May contain the following entries, in any order:
     - "doorbell"
+    - "sharedN", where 'N' is a number from zero up to the number of
+      external interrupts supported by the HSP instance minus one.
     Users of this binding MUST look up entries in the interrupt property
     by name, using this interrupt-names property to do so.
 - interrupts
@@ -29,12 +32,29 @@ Required properties:
     in a matching order.
 - #mbox-cells : Should be 2.
 
-The mbox specifier of the "mboxes" property in the client node should
-contain two data. The first one should be the HSP type and the second
-one should be the ID that the client is going to use. Those information
-can be found in the following file.
+The mbox specifier of the "mboxes" property in the client node should contain
+two cells. The first cell determines the HSP type and the second cell is used
+to identify the mailbox that the client is going to use.
 
-- <dt-bindings/mailbox/tegra186-hsp.h>.
+For doorbells, the second cell specifies the index of the doorbell to use.
+
+For shared mailboxes, the second cell is composed of two fields:
+- bits 31..24:
+    A bit mask of flags that further specify how the shared mailbox will be
+    used. Valid flags are:
+    - bit 31:
+        Defines the direction of the mailbox. If set, the mailbox will be used
+        as a producer (i.e. used to send data). If cleared, the mailbox is the
+        consumer of data sent by a producer.
+
+- bits 23.. 0:
+    The index of the shared mailbox to use. The number of available mailboxes
+    may vary by instance of the HSP block and SoC generation.
+
+The following file contains definitions that can be used to construct mailbox
+specifiers:
+
+    <dt-bindings/mailbox/tegra186-hsp.h>
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.txt
index 6e8a9ab0fdae..1232fc9fc709 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/qcom,apcs-kpss-global.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ platforms.
 		    "qcom,msm8916-apcs-kpss-global",
 		    "qcom,msm8996-apcs-hmss-global"
 		    "qcom,msm8998-apcs-hmss-global"
+		    "qcom,qcs404-apcs-apps-global"
 		    "qcom,sdm845-apss-shared"
 
 - reg:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/xlnx,zynqmp-ipi-mailbox.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/xlnx,zynqmp-ipi-mailbox.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4438432bfe9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/xlnx,zynqmp-ipi-mailbox.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+Xilinx IPI Mailbox Controller
+========================================
+
+The Xilinx IPI(Inter Processor Interrupt) mailbox controller is to manage
+messaging between two Xilinx Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC IPI agents. Each IPI
+agent owns registers used for notification and buffers for message.
+
+               +-------------------------------------+
+               | Xilinx ZynqMP IPI Controller        |
+               +-------------------------------------+
+    +--------------------------------------------------+
+ATF                    |                     |
+                       |                     |
+                       |                     |
+    +--------------------------+             |
+                       |                     |
+                       |                     |
+    +--------------------------------------------------+
+            +------------------------------------------+
+            |  +----------------+   +----------------+ |
+Hardware    |  |  IPI Agent     |   |  IPI Buffers   | |
+            |  |  Registers     |   |                | |
+            |  |                |   |                | |
+            |  +----------------+   +----------------+ |
+            |                                          |
+            | Xilinx IPI Agent Block                   |
+            +------------------------------------------+
+
+
+Controller Device Node:
+===========================
+Required properties:
+--------------------
+IPI agent node:
+- compatible:		Shall be: "xlnx,zynqmp-ipi-mailbox"
+- interrupt-parent:	Phandle for the interrupt controller
+- interrupts:		Interrupt information corresponding to the
+			interrupt-names property.
+- xlnx,ipi-id:		local Xilinx IPI agent ID
+- #address-cells:	number of address cells of internal IPI mailbox nodes
+- #size-cells:		number of size cells of internal IPI mailbox nodes
+
+Internal IPI mailbox node:
+- reg:			IPI buffers address ranges
+- reg-names:		Names of the reg resources. It should have:
+			* local_request_region
+			  - IPI request msg buffer written by local and read
+			    by remote
+			* local_response_region
+			  - IPI response msg buffer written by local and read
+			    by remote
+			* remote_request_region
+			  - IPI request msg buffer written by remote and read
+			    by local
+			* remote_response_region
+			  - IPI response msg buffer written by remote and read
+			    by local
+- #mbox-cells:		Shall be 1. It contains:
+			* tx(0) or rx(1) channel
+- xlnx,ipi-id:		remote Xilinx IPI agent ID of which the mailbox is
+			connected to.
+
+Optional properties:
+--------------------
+- method:              The method of accessing the IPI agent registers.
+                       Permitted values are: "smc" and "hvc". Default is
+                       "smc".
+
+Client Device Node:
+===========================
+Required properties:
+--------------------
+- mboxes:		Standard property to specify a mailbox
+			(See ./mailbox.txt)
+- mbox-names:		List of identifier  strings for each mailbox
+			channel.
+
+Example:
+===========================
+	zynqmp_ipi {
+		compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-ipi-mailbox";
+		interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+		interrupts = <0 29 4>;
+		xlnx,ipi-id = <0>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		ranges;
+
+		/* APU<->RPU0 IPI mailbox controller */
+		ipi_mailbox_rpu0: mailbox@ff90400 {
+			reg = <0xff990400 0x20>,
+			      <0xff990420 0x20>,
+			      <0xff990080 0x20>,
+			      <0xff9900a0 0x20>;
+			reg-names = "local_request_region",
+				    "local_response_region",
+				    "remote_request_region",
+				    "remote_response_region";
+			#mbox-cells = <1>;
+			xlnx,ipi-id = <1>;
+		};
+		/* APU<->RPU1 IPI mailbox controller */
+		ipi_mailbox_rpu1: mailbox@ff990440 {
+			reg = <0xff990440 0x20>,
+			      <0xff990460 0x20>,
+			      <0xff990280 0x20>,
+			      <0xff9902a0 0x20>;
+			reg-names = "local_request_region",
+				    "local_response_region",
+				    "remote_request_region",
+				    "remote_response_region";
+			#mbox-cells = <1>;
+			xlnx,ipi-id = <2>;
+		};
+	};
+	rpu0 {
+		...
+		mboxes = <&ipi_mailbox_rpu0 0>,
+			 <&ipi_mailbox_rpu0 1>;
+		mbox-names = "tx", "rx";
+	};
+	rpu1 {
+		...
+		mboxes = <&ipi_mailbox_rpu1 0>,
+			 <&ipi_mailbox_rpu1 1>;
+		mbox-names = "tx", "rx";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/aspeed-video.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/aspeed-video.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..78b464ae2672
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/aspeed-video.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+* Device tree bindings for Aspeed Video Engine
+
+The Video Engine (VE) embedded in the Aspeed AST2400 and AST2500 SOCs can
+capture and compress video data from digital or analog sources.
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible:		"aspeed,ast2400-video-engine" or
+			"aspeed,ast2500-video-engine"
+ - reg:			contains the offset and length of the VE memory region
+ - clocks:		clock specifiers for the syscon clocks associated with
+			the VE (ordering must match the clock-names property)
+ - clock-names:		"vclk" and "eclk"
+ - resets:		reset specifier for the syscon reset associated with
+			the VE
+ - interrupts:		the interrupt associated with the VE on this platform
+
+Example:
+
+video-engine@1e700000 {
+    compatible = "aspeed,ast2500-video-engine";
+    reg = <0x1e700000 0x20000>;
+    clocks = <&syscon ASPEED_CLK_GATE_VCLK>, <&syscon ASPEED_CLK_GATE_ECLK>;
+    clock-names = "vclk", "eclk";
+    resets = <&syscon ASPEED_RESET_VIDEO>;
+    interrupts = <7>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/cedrus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/cedrus.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..bce0705df953
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/cedrus.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+Device-tree bindings for the VPU found in Allwinner SoCs, referred to as the
+Video Engine (VE) in Allwinner literature.
+
+The VPU can only access the first 256 MiB of DRAM, that are DMA-mapped starting
+from the DRAM base. This requires specific memory allocation and handling.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible		: must be one of the following compatibles:
+			- "allwinner,sun4i-a10-video-engine"
+			- "allwinner,sun5i-a13-video-engine"
+			- "allwinner,sun7i-a20-video-engine"
+			- "allwinner,sun8i-a33-video-engine"
+			- "allwinner,sun8i-h3-video-engine"
+			- "allwinner,sun50i-a64-video-engine"
+			- "allwinner,sun50i-h5-video-engine"
+- reg			: register base and length of VE;
+- clocks		: list of clock specifiers, corresponding to entries in
+			  the clock-names property;
+- clock-names		: should contain "ahb", "mod" and "ram" entries;
+- resets		: phandle for reset;
+- interrupts		: VE interrupt number;
+- allwinner,sram	: SRAM region to use with the VE.
+
+Optional properties:
+- memory-region		: CMA pool to use for buffers allocation instead of the
+			  default CMA pool.
+
+Example:
+
+reserved-memory {
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <1>;
+	ranges;
+
+	/* Address must be kept in the lower 256 MiBs of DRAM for VE. */
+	cma_pool: default-pool {
+		compatible = "shared-dma-pool";
+		size = <0x6000000>;
+		alloc-ranges = <0x4a000000 0x6000000>;
+		reusable;
+		linux,cma-default;
+	};
+};
+
+video-codec@1c0e000 {
+	compatible = "allwinner,sun7i-a20-video-engine";
+	reg = <0x01c0e000 0x1000>;
+
+	clocks = <&ccu CLK_AHB_VE>, <&ccu CLK_VE>,
+		 <&ccu CLK_DRAM_VE>;
+	clock-names = "ahb", "mod", "ram";
+
+	resets = <&ccu RST_VE>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 53 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	allwinner,sram = <&ve_sram 1>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/fsl-pxp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/fsl-pxp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2477e7f87381
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/fsl-pxp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Freescale Pixel Pipeline
+========================
+
+The Pixel Pipeline (PXP) is a memory-to-memory graphics processing engine
+that supports scaling, colorspace conversion, alpha blending, rotation, and
+pixel conversion via lookup table. Different versions are present on various
+i.MX SoCs from i.MX23 to i.MX7.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "fsl,<soc>-pxp", where SoC can be one of imx23, imx28,
+  imx6dl, imx6sl, imx6ul, imx6sx, imx6ull, or imx7d.
+- reg: the register base and size for the device registers
+- interrupts: the PXP interrupt, two interrupts for imx6ull and imx7d.
+- clock-names: should be "axi"
+- clocks: the PXP AXI clock
+
+Example:
+
+pxp@21cc000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx6ull-pxp";
+	reg = <0x021cc000 0x4000>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 8 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 18 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	clock-names = "axi";
+	clocks = <&clks IMX6UL_CLK_PXP>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv748x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv748x.txt
index 21ffb5ed8183..4f91686e54a6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv748x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv748x.txt
@@ -10,7 +10,11 @@ Required Properties:
     - "adi,adv7481" for the ADV7481
     - "adi,adv7482" for the ADV7482
 
-  - reg: I2C slave address
+  - reg: I2C slave addresses
+    The ADV748x has up to twelve 256-byte maps that can be accessed via the
+    main I2C ports. Each map has it own I2C address and acts as a standard
+    slave device on the I2C bus. The main address is mandatory, others are
+    optional and remain at default values if not specified.
 
 Optional Properties:
 
@@ -18,6 +22,11 @@ Optional Properties:
 		     "intrq3". All interrupts are optional. The "intrq3" interrupt
 		     is only available on the adv7481
   - interrupts: Specify the interrupt lines for the ADV748x
+  - reg-names : Names of maps with programmable addresses.
+		It shall contain all maps needing a non-default address.
+		Possible map names are:
+		  "main", "dpll", "cp", "hdmi", "edid", "repeater",
+		  "infoframe", "cbus", "cec", "sdp", "txa", "txb"
 
 The device node must contain one 'port' child node per device input and output
 port, in accordance with the video interface bindings defined in
@@ -39,7 +48,16 @@ are numbered as follows.
 	  TXA		source		10
 	  TXB		source		11
 
-The digital output port nodes must contain at least one endpoint.
+The digital output port nodes, when present, shall contain at least one
+endpoint. Each of those endpoints shall contain the data-lanes property as
+described in video-interfaces.txt.
+
+Required source endpoint properties:
+  - data-lanes: an array of physical data lane indexes
+    The accepted value(s) for this property depends on which of the two
+    sources are described. For TXA 1, 2 or 4 data lanes can be described
+    while for TXB only 1 data lane is valid. See video-interfaces.txt
+    for detailed description.
 
 Ports are optional if they are not connected to anything at the hardware level.
 
@@ -47,7 +65,10 @@ Example:
 
 	video-receiver@70 {
 		compatible = "adi,adv7482";
-		reg = <0x70>;
+		reg = <0x70 0x71 0x72 0x73 0x74 0x75
+		       0x60 0x61 0x62 0x63 0x64 0x65>;
+		reg-names = "main", "dpll", "cp", "hdmi", "edid", "repeater",
+			    "infoframe", "cbus", "cec", "sdp", "txa", "txb";
 
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		#size-cells = <0>;
@@ -73,7 +94,7 @@ Example:
 			};
 		};
 
-		port@10 {
+		port@a {
 			reg = <10>;
 
 			adv7482_txa: endpoint {
@@ -83,7 +104,7 @@ Example:
 			};
 		};
 
-		port@11 {
+		port@b {
 			reg = <11>;
 
 			adv7482_txb: endpoint {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.txt
index dcf57e7c60eb..b3e688b77a38 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/adv7604.txt
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Example:
 		 * other maps will retain their default addresses.
 		 */
 		reg = <0x4c>, <0x66>;
-		reg-names "main", "edid";
+		reg-names = "main", "edid";
 
 		reset-gpios = <&ioexp 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
 		hpd-gpios = <&ioexp 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/dongwoon,dw9807.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/dongwoon,dw9807-vcm.txt
index c4701f1eaaf6..c4701f1eaaf6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/dongwoon,dw9807.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/dongwoon,dw9807-vcm.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/melexis,mlx90640.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/melexis,mlx90640.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..060d2b7a5893
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/melexis,mlx90640.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+* Melexis MLX90640 FIR Sensor
+
+Melexis MLX90640 FIR sensor support which allows recording of thermal data
+with 32x24 resolution excluding 2 lines of coefficient data that is used by
+userspace to render processed frames.
+
+Required Properties:
+ - compatible : Must be "melexis,mlx90640"
+ - reg : i2c address of the device
+
+Example:
+
+	i2c0@1c22000 {
+		...
+		mlx90640@33 {
+			compatible = "melexis,mlx90640";
+			reg = <0x33>;
+		};
+		...
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9m001.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9m001.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c920552b03ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9m001.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+MT9M001: 1/2-Inch Megapixel Digital Image Sensor
+
+The MT9M001 is an SXGA-format with a 1/2-inch CMOS active-pixel digital
+image sensor. It is programmable through I2C interface.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: shall be "onnn,mt9m001".
+- clocks: reference to the master clock into sensor
+
+Optional Properties:
+
+- reset-gpios: GPIO handle which is connected to the reset pin of the chip.
+  Active low.
+- standby-gpios: GPIO handle which is connected to the standby pin of the chip.
+  Active high.
+
+The device node must contain one 'port' child node with one 'endpoint' child
+sub-node for its digital output video port, in accordance with the video
+interface bindings defined in:
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	&i2c1 {
+		camera-sensor@5d {
+			compatible = "onnn,mt9m001";
+			reg = <0x5d>;
+			reset-gpios = <&gpio0 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+			standby-gpios = <&gpio0 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+			clocks = <&camera_clk>;
+			port {
+				mt9m001_out: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&vcap_in>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9m111.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9m111.txt
index 6b910036b57e..d0bed6fa901a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9m111.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9m111.txt
@@ -9,8 +9,14 @@ Required Properties:
 - clocks: reference to the master clock.
 - clock-names: shall be "mclk".
 
-For further reading on port node refer to
-Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt.
+The device node must contain one 'port' child node with one 'endpoint' child
+sub-node for its digital output video port, in accordance with the video
+interface bindings defined in:
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
+
+Optional endpoint properties:
+- pclk-sample: For information see ../video-interfaces.txt. The value is set to
+  0 if it isn't specified.
 
 Example:
 
@@ -21,11 +27,10 @@ Example:
 			clocks = <&mclk>;
 			clock-names = "mclk";
 
-			remote = <&pxa_camera>;
 			port {
 				mt9m111_1: endpoint {
-					bus-width = <8>;
 					remote-endpoint = <&pxa_camera>;
+					pclk-sample = <1>;
 				};
 			};
 		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov5645.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov5645.txt
index fd7aec9f8e24..72ad992f77be 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov5645.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov5645.txt
@@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ Example:
 	&i2c1 {
 		...
 
-		ov5645: ov5645@78 {
+		ov5645: ov5645@3c {
 			compatible = "ovti,ov5645";
-			reg = <0x78>;
+			reg = <0x3c>;
 
 			enable-gpios = <&gpio1 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
 			reset-gpios = <&gpio5 20 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Example:
 
 			clocks = <&clks 200>;
 			clock-names = "xclk";
-			clock-frequency = <23880000>;
+			clock-frequency = <24000000>;
 
 			vdddo-supply = <&camera_dovdd_1v8>;
 			vdda-supply = <&camera_avdd_2v8>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/sony,imx214.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/sony,imx214.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f11f28a5fda4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/sony,imx214.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+* Sony 1/3.06-Inch 13.13Mp CMOS Digital Image Sensor
+
+The Sony imx214 is a 1/3.06-inch CMOS active pixel digital image sensor with
+an active array size of 4224H x 3200V. It is programmable through an I2C
+interface.
+Image data is sent through MIPI CSI-2, through 2 or 4 lanes at a maximum
+throughput of 1.2Gbps/lane.
+
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: Shall be "sony,imx214".
+- reg: I2C bus address of the device. Depending on how the sensor is wired,
+       it shall be <0x10> or <0x1a>;
+- enable-gpios: GPIO descriptor for the enable pin.
+- vdddo-supply: Chip digital IO regulator (1.8V).
+- vdda-supply: Chip analog regulator (2.7V).
+- vddd-supply: Chip digital core regulator (1.12V).
+- clocks: Reference to the xclk clock.
+- clock-frequency: Frequency of the xclk clock.
+
+Optional Properties:
+- flash-leds: See ../video-interfaces.txt
+- lens-focus: See ../video-interfaces.txt
+
+The imx214 device node shall contain one 'port' child node with
+an 'endpoint' subnode. For further reading on port node refer to
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt.
+
+Required Properties on endpoint:
+- data-lanes: check ../video-interfaces.txt
+- link-frequencies: check ../video-interfaces.txt
+- remote-endpoint: check ../video-interfaces.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	camera-sensor@1a {
+		compatible = "sony,imx214";
+		reg = <0x1a>;
+		vdddo-supply = <&pm8994_lvs1>;
+		vddd-supply = <&camera_vddd_1v12>;
+		vdda-supply = <&pm8994_l17>;
+		lens-focus = <&ad5820>;
+		enable-gpios = <&msmgpio 25 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+		clocks = <&mmcc CAMSS_MCLK0_CLK>;
+		clock-frequency = <24000000>;
+		port {
+			imx214_ep: endpoint {
+				data-lanes = <1 2 3 4>;
+				link-frequencies = /bits/ 64 <480000000>;
+				remote-endpoint = <&csiphy0_ep>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/imx7-csi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/imx7-csi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3c07bc676bc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/imx7-csi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+Freescale i.MX7 CMOS Sensor Interface
+=====================================
+
+csi node
+--------
+
+This is device node for the CMOS Sensor Interface (CSI) which enables the chip
+to connect directly to external CMOS image sensors.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible    : "fsl,imx7-csi";
+- reg           : base address and length of the register set for the device;
+- interrupts    : should contain CSI interrupt;
+- clocks        : list of clock specifiers, see
+        Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt for details;
+- clock-names   : must contain "axi", "mclk" and "dcic" entries, matching
+                 entries in the clock property;
+
+The device node shall contain one 'port' child node with one child 'endpoint'
+node, according to the bindings defined in:
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt.
+
+In the following example a remote endpoint is a video multiplexer.
+
+example:
+
+                csi: csi@30710000 {
+                        #address-cells = <1>;
+                        #size-cells = <0>;
+
+                        compatible = "fsl,imx7-csi";
+                        reg = <0x30710000 0x10000>;
+                        interrupts = <GIC_SPI 7 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+                        clocks = <&clks IMX7D_CLK_DUMMY>,
+                                        <&clks IMX7D_CSI_MCLK_ROOT_CLK>,
+                                        <&clks IMX7D_CLK_DUMMY>;
+                        clock-names = "axi", "mclk", "dcic";
+
+                        port {
+                                csi_from_csi_mux: endpoint {
+                                        remote-endpoint = <&csi_mux_to_csi>;
+                                };
+                        };
+                };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/imx7-mipi-csi2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/imx7-mipi-csi2.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..71fd74ed3ec8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/imx7-mipi-csi2.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+Freescale i.MX7 Mipi CSI2
+=========================
+
+mipi_csi2 node
+--------------
+
+This is the device node for the MIPI CSI-2 receiver core in i.MX7 SoC. It is
+compatible with previous version of Samsung D-phy.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible    : "fsl,imx7-mipi-csi2";
+- reg           : base address and length of the register set for the device;
+- interrupts    : should contain MIPI CSIS interrupt;
+- clocks        : list of clock specifiers, see
+        Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt for details;
+- clock-names   : must contain "pclk", "wrap" and "phy" entries, matching
+                  entries in the clock property;
+- power-domains : a phandle to the power domain, see
+          Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt for details.
+- reset-names   : should include following entry "mrst";
+- resets        : a list of phandle, should contain reset entry of
+                  reset-names;
+- phy-supply    : from the generic phy bindings, a phandle to a regulator that
+	          provides power to MIPI CSIS core;
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- clock-frequency : The IP's main (system bus) clock frequency in Hz, default
+		    value when this property is not specified is 166 MHz;
+- fsl,csis-hs-settle : differential receiver (HS-RX) settle time;
+
+The device node should contain two 'port' child nodes with one child 'endpoint'
+node, according to the bindings defined in:
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ media/video-interfaces.txt.
+ The following are properties specific to those nodes.
+
+port node
+---------
+
+- reg		  : (required) can take the values 0 or 1, where 0 shall be
+                     related to the sink port and port 1 shall be the source
+                     one;
+
+endpoint node
+-------------
+
+- data-lanes    : (required) an array specifying active physical MIPI-CSI2
+		    data input lanes and their mapping to logical lanes; this
+                    shall only be applied to port 0 (sink port), the array's
+                    content is unused only its length is meaningful,
+                    in this case the maximum length supported is 2;
+
+example:
+
+        mipi_csi: mipi-csi@30750000 {
+                #address-cells = <1>;
+                #size-cells = <0>;
+
+                compatible = "fsl,imx7-mipi-csi2";
+                reg = <0x30750000 0x10000>;
+                interrupts = <GIC_SPI 25 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+                clocks = <&clks IMX7D_IPG_ROOT_CLK>,
+                                <&clks IMX7D_MIPI_CSI_ROOT_CLK>,
+                                <&clks IMX7D_MIPI_DPHY_ROOT_CLK>;
+                clock-names = "pclk", "wrap", "phy";
+                clock-frequency = <166000000>;
+                power-domains = <&pgc_mipi_phy>;
+                phy-supply = <&reg_1p0d>;
+                resets = <&src IMX7_RESET_MIPI_PHY_MRST>;
+                reset-names = "mrst";
+                fsl,csis-hs-settle = <3>;
+
+                port@0 {
+                        reg = <0>;
+
+                        mipi_from_sensor: endpoint {
+                                remote-endpoint = <&ov2680_to_mipi>;
+                                data-lanes = <1>;
+                        };
+                };
+
+                port@1 {
+                        reg = <1>;
+
+                        mipi_vc0_to_csi_mux: endpoint {
+                                remote-endpoint = <&csi_mux_from_mipi_vc0>;
+                        };
+                };
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-decoder.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-decoder.txt
index 3813947b4d4f..044b11913c49 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-decoder.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-jpeg-decoder.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Mediatek JPEG Decoder is the JPEG decode hardware present in Mediatek SoCs
 Required properties:
 - compatible : must be one of the following string:
 	"mediatek,mt8173-jpgdec"
+	"mediatek,mt7623-jpgdec", "mediatek,mt2701-jpgdec"
 	"mediatek,mt2701-jpgdec"
 - reg : physical base address of the jpeg decoder registers and length of
   memory mapped region.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-vcodec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-vcodec.txt
index 2a615d84a682..b6b5dde6abd8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-vcodec.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/mediatek-vcodec.txt
@@ -66,6 +66,15 @@ vcodec_dec: vcodec@16000000 {
                   "vencpll",
                   "venc_lt_sel",
                   "vdec_bus_clk_src";
+    assigned-clocks = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_VENC_LT_SEL>,
+                      <&topckgen CLK_TOP_CCI400_SEL>,
+                      <&topckgen CLK_TOP_VDEC_SEL>,
+                      <&apmixedsys CLK_APMIXED_VCODECPLL>,
+                      <&apmixedsys CLK_APMIXED_VENCPLL>;
+    assigned-clock-parents = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_VCODECPLL_370P5>,
+                             <&topckgen CLK_TOP_UNIVPLL_D2>,
+                             <&topckgen CLK_TOP_VCODECPLL>;
+    assigned-clock-rates = <0>, <0>, <0>, <1482000000>, <800000000>;
   };
 
   vcodec_enc: vcodec@18002000 {
@@ -105,4 +114,8 @@ vcodec_dec: vcodec@16000000 {
                   "venc_sel",
                   "venc_lt_sel_src",
                   "venc_lt_sel";
+    assigned-clocks = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_VENC_SEL>,
+                      <&topckgen CLK_TOP_VENC_LT_SEL>;
+    assigned-clock-parents = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_VENCPLL_D2>,
+                             <&topckgen CLK_TOP_UNIVPLL1_D2>;
   };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/qcom,venus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/qcom,venus.txt
index 00d0d1bf7647..b602c4c025e7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/qcom,venus.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/qcom,venus.txt
@@ -53,7 +53,8 @@
 
 * Subnodes
 The Venus video-codec node must contain two subnodes representing
-video-decoder and video-encoder.
+video-decoder and video-encoder, and one optional firmware subnode.
+Firmware subnode is needed when the platform does not have TrustZone.
 
 Every of video-encoder or video-decoder subnode should have:
 
@@ -79,6 +80,13 @@ Every of video-encoder or video-decoder subnode should have:
 		    power domain which is responsible for collapsing
 		    and restoring power to the subcore.
 
+The firmware subnode must have:
+
+- iommus:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: A list of phandle and IOMMU specifier pairs.
+
 * An Example
 	video-codec@1d00000 {
 		compatible = "qcom,msm8916-venus";
@@ -105,4 +113,8 @@ Every of video-encoder or video-decoder subnode should have:
 			clock-names = "core";
 			power-domains = <&mmcc VENUS_CORE1_GDSC>;
 		};
+
+		video-firmware {
+			iommus = <&apps_iommu 0x10b2 0x0>;
+		};
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt
index 2f420050d57f..224a4615b418 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt
@@ -7,11 +7,13 @@ family of devices.
 Each VIN instance has a single parallel input that supports RGB and YUV video,
 with both external synchronization and BT.656 synchronization for the latter.
 Depending on the instance the VIN input is connected to external SoC pins, or
-on Gen3 platforms to a CSI-2 receiver.
+on Gen3 and RZ/G2 platforms to a CSI-2 receiver.
 
  - compatible: Must be one or more of the following
    - "renesas,vin-r8a7743" for the R8A7743 device
+   - "renesas,vin-r8a7744" for the R8A7744 device
    - "renesas,vin-r8a7745" for the R8A7745 device
+   - "renesas,vin-r8a774c0" for the R8A774C0 device
    - "renesas,vin-r8a7778" for the R8A7778 device
    - "renesas,vin-r8a7779" for the R8A7779 device
    - "renesas,vin-r8a7790" for the R8A7790 device
@@ -23,6 +25,8 @@ on Gen3 platforms to a CSI-2 receiver.
    - "renesas,vin-r8a7796" for the R8A7796 device
    - "renesas,vin-r8a77965" for the R8A77965 device
    - "renesas,vin-r8a77970" for the R8A77970 device
+   - "renesas,vin-r8a77980" for the R8A77980 device
+   - "renesas,vin-r8a77990" for the R8A77990 device
    - "renesas,vin-r8a77995" for the R8A77995 device
    - "renesas,rcar-gen2-vin" for a generic R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1 compatible
      device.
@@ -58,10 +62,10 @@ The per-board settings Gen2 platforms:
     - data-enable-active: polarity of CLKENB signal, see [1] for
       description. Default is active high.
 
-The per-board settings Gen3 platforms:
+The per-board settings Gen3 and RZ/G2 platforms:
 
-Gen3 platforms can support both a single connected parallel input source
-from external SoC pins (port@0) and/or multiple parallel input sources
+Gen3 and RZ/G2 platforms can support both a single connected parallel input
+source from external SoC pins (port@0) and/or multiple parallel input sources
 from local SoC CSI-2 receivers (port@1) depending on SoC.
 
 - renesas,id - ID number of the VIN, VINx in the documentation.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,ceu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,ceu.txt
index 8a7a616e9019..3e2a2652eb19 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,ceu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,ceu.txt
@@ -17,15 +17,19 @@ Required properties:
 The CEU supports a single parallel input and should contain a single 'port'
 subnode with a single 'endpoint'. Connection to input devices are modeled
 according to the video interfaces OF bindings specified in:
-Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
 
 Optional endpoint properties applicable to parallel input bus described in
 the above mentioned "video-interfaces.txt" file are supported.
 
-- hsync-active: Active state of the HSYNC signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively.
-  If property is not present, default is active high.
-- vsync-active: Active state of the VSYNC signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively.
-  If property is not present, default is active high.
+- hsync-active: See [1] for description. If property is not present,
+  default is active high.
+- vsync-active: See [1] for description. If property is not present,
+  default is active high.
+- bus-width: See [1] for description. Accepted values are '8' and '16'.
+  If property is not present, default is '8'.
+- field-even-active: See [1] for description. If property is not present,
+  an even field is identified by a logic 0 (active-low signal).
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,fcp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,fcp.txt
index 3ec91803ba58..79c37395b396 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,fcp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,fcp.txt
@@ -2,8 +2,9 @@ Renesas R-Car Frame Compression Processor (FCP)
 -----------------------------------------------
 
 The FCP is a companion module of video processing modules in the Renesas R-Car
-Gen3 SoCs. It provides data compression and decompression, data caching, and
-conversion of AXI transactions in order to reduce the memory bandwidth.
+Gen3 and RZ/G2 SoCs. It provides data compression and decompression, data
+caching, and conversion of AXI transactions in order to reduce the memory
+bandwidth.
 
 There are three types of FCP: FCP for Codec (FCPC), FCP for VSP (FCPV) and FCP
 for FDP (FCPF). Their configuration and behaviour depend on the module they
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,rcar-csi2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,rcar-csi2.txt
index 2d385b65b275..d63275e17afd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,rcar-csi2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,rcar-csi2.txt
@@ -2,16 +2,19 @@ Renesas R-Car MIPI CSI-2
 ------------------------
 
 The R-Car CSI-2 receiver device provides MIPI CSI-2 capabilities for the
-Renesas R-Car family of devices. It is used in conjunction with the
+Renesas R-Car and RZ/G2 family of devices. It is used in conjunction with the
 R-Car VIN module, which provides the video capture capabilities.
 
 Mandatory properties
 --------------------
  - compatible: Must be one or more of the following
+   - "renesas,r8a774c0-csi2" for the R8A774C0 device.
    - "renesas,r8a7795-csi2" for the R8A7795 device.
    - "renesas,r8a7796-csi2" for the R8A7796 device.
    - "renesas,r8a77965-csi2" for the R8A77965 device.
    - "renesas,r8a77970-csi2" for the R8A77970 device.
+   - "renesas,r8a77980-csi2" for the R8A77980 device.
+   - "renesas,r8a77990-csi2" for the R8A77990 device.
 
  - reg: the register base and size for the device registers
  - interrupts: the interrupt for the device
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vsp1.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vsp1.txt
index 16427017cb45..cd5a955b2ea0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vsp1.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,vsp1.txt
@@ -2,13 +2,13 @@
 
 The VSP is a video processing engine that supports up-/down-scaling, alpha
 blending, color space conversion and various other image processing features.
-It can be found in the Renesas R-Car second generation SoCs.
+It can be found in the Renesas R-Car Gen2, R-Car Gen3, RZ/G1, and RZ/G2 SoCs.
 
 Required properties:
 
   - compatible: Must contain one of the following values
-    - "renesas,vsp1" for the R-Car Gen2 VSP1
-    - "renesas,vsp2" for the R-Car Gen3 VSP2
+    - "renesas,vsp1" for the R-Car Gen2 and RZ/G1 VSP1
+    - "renesas,vsp2" for the R-Car Gen3 and RZ/G2 VSP2
 
   - reg: Base address and length of the registers block for the VSP.
   - interrupts: VSP interrupt specifier.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rockchip-vpu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rockchip-vpu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..35dc464ad7c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rockchip-vpu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+device-tree bindings for rockchip VPU codec
+
+Rockchip (Video Processing Unit) present in various Rockchip platforms,
+such as RK3288 and RK3399.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: value should be one of the following
+		"rockchip,rk3288-vpu";
+		"rockchip,rk3399-vpu";
+- interrupts: encoding and decoding interrupt specifiers
+- interrupt-names: should be "vepu" and "vdpu"
+- clocks: phandle to VPU aclk, hclk clocks
+- clock-names: should be "aclk" and "hclk"
+- power-domains: phandle to power domain node
+- iommus: phandle to a iommu node
+
+Example:
+SoC-specific DT entry:
+	vpu: video-codec@ff9a0000 {
+		compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-vpu";
+		reg = <0x0 0xff9a0000 0x0 0x800>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 9 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+			     <GIC_SPI 10 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		interrupt-names = "vepu", "vdpu";
+		clocks = <&cru ACLK_VCODEC>, <&cru HCLK_VCODEC>;
+		clock-names = "aclk", "hclk";
+		power-domains = <&power RK3288_PD_VIDEO>;
+		iommus = <&vpu_mmu>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/si470x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/si470x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a9403558362e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/si470x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+* Silicon Labs FM Radio receiver
+
+The Silicon Labs Si470x is family of FM radio receivers with receive power scan
+supporting 76-108 MHz, programmable through an I2C interface.
+Some of them includes an RDS encoder.
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: Should contain "silabs,si470x"
+- reg: the I2C address of the device
+
+Optional Properties:
+- interrupts : The interrupt number
+- reset-gpios: GPIO specifier for the chips reset line
+
+Example:
+
+&i2c2 {
+        si470x@63 {
+                compatible = "silabs,si470x";
+                reg = <0x63>;
+
+                interrupt-parent = <&gpj2>;
+                interrupts = <4 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+                reset-gpios = <&gpj2 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+        };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/spi/sony-cxd2880.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/spi/sony-cxd2880.txt
index fc5aa263abe5..98a72c0b3c64 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/spi/sony-cxd2880.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/spi/sony-cxd2880.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,10 @@ Required properties:
 - reg: SPI chip select number for the device.
 - spi-max-frequency: Maximum bus speed, should be set to <55000000> (55MHz).
 
+Optional properties:
+- vcc-supply: Optional phandle to the vcc regulator to power the adapter,
+  as described in the file ../regulator/regulator.txt
+
 Example:
 
 cxd2880@0 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sun6i-csi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sun6i-csi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0dd540bb03db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sun6i-csi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+Allwinner V3s Camera Sensor Interface
+-------------------------------------
+
+Allwinner V3s SoC features a CSI module(CSI1) with parallel interface.
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: value must be one of:
+    * "allwinner,sun6i-a31-csi"
+    * "allwinner,sun8i-h3-csi"
+    * "allwinner,sun8i-v3s-csi"
+    * "allwinner,sun50i-a64-csi"
+  - reg: base address and size of the memory-mapped region.
+  - interrupts: interrupt associated to this IP
+  - clocks: phandles to the clocks feeding the CSI
+    * bus: the CSI interface clock
+    * mod: the CSI module clock
+    * ram: the CSI DRAM clock
+  - clock-names: the clock names mentioned above
+  - resets: phandles to the reset line driving the CSI
+
+The CSI node should contain one 'port' child node with one child 'endpoint'
+node, according to the bindings defined in
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt.
+
+Endpoint node properties for CSI
+---------------------------------
+See the video-interfaces.txt for a detailed description of these properties.
+- remote-endpoint	: (required) a phandle to the bus receiver's endpoint
+			   node
+- bus-width:		: (required) must be 8, 10, 12 or 16
+- pclk-sample		: (optional) (default: sample on falling edge)
+- hsync-active		: (required; parallel-only)
+- vsync-active		: (required; parallel-only)
+
+Example:
+
+csi1: csi@1cb4000 {
+	compatible = "allwinner,sun8i-v3s-csi";
+	reg = <0x01cb4000 0x1000>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 84 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	clocks = <&ccu CLK_BUS_CSI>,
+		 <&ccu CLK_CSI1_SCLK>,
+		 <&ccu CLK_DRAM_CSI>;
+	clock-names = "bus", "mod", "ram";
+	resets = <&ccu RST_BUS_CSI>;
+
+	port {
+		/* Parallel bus endpoint */
+		csi1_ep: endpoint {
+			remote-endpoint = <&adv7611_ep>;
+			bus-width = <16>;
+
+			/* If hsync-active/vsync-active are missing,
+			   embedded BT.656 sync is used */
+			hsync-active = <0>; /* Active low */
+			vsync-active = <0>; /* Active low */
+			pclk-sample = <1>;  /* Rising */
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
index baf9d9756b3c..f884ada0bffc 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
@@ -100,10 +100,12 @@ Optional endpoint properties
   slave device (data source) by the master device (data sink). In the master
   mode the data source device is also the source of the synchronization signals.
 - bus-type: data bus type. Possible values are:
-  0 - autodetect based on other properties (MIPI CSI-2 D-PHY, parallel or Bt656)
   1 - MIPI CSI-2 C-PHY
   2 - MIPI CSI1
   3 - CCP2
+  4 - MIPI CSI-2 D-PHY
+  5 - Parallel
+  6 - Bt.656
 - bus-width: number of data lines actively used, valid for the parallel busses.
 - data-shift: on the parallel data busses, if bus-width is used to specify the
   number of data lines, data-shift can be used to specify which data lines are
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt
index 615abdd0eb0d..e937ddd871a6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-common.txt
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ Required properties:
 - compatible : must be one of :
 	"mediatek,mt2701-smi-common"
 	"mediatek,mt2712-smi-common"
+	"mediatek,mt7623-smi-common", "mediatek,mt2701-smi-common"
 	"mediatek,mt8173-smi-common"
 - reg : the register and size of the SMI block.
 - power-domains : a phandle to the power domain of this local arbiter.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt
index 083155cdc2a0..94eddcae77ab 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/mediatek,smi-larb.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Required properties:
 - compatible : must be one of :
 		"mediatek,mt2701-smi-larb"
 		"mediatek,mt2712-smi-larb"
+		"mediatek,mt7623-smi-larb", "mediatek,mt2701-smi-larb"
 		"mediatek,mt8173-smi-larb"
 - reg : the register and size of this local arbiter.
 - mediatek,smi : a phandle to the smi_common node.
@@ -16,7 +17,7 @@ Required properties:
 	    the register.
   - "smi" : It's the clock for transfer data and command.
 
-Required property for mt2701 and mt2712:
+Required property for mt2701, mt2712 and mt7623:
 - mediatek,larb-id :the hardware id of this larb.
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-emc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra20-emc.txt
index 4c33b29dc660..add95367640b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-emc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra20-emc.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ Properties:
   and chosen using the ramcode board selector. If omitted, only one
   set of tables can be present and said tables will be used
   irrespective of ram-code configuration.
+- interrupts : Should contain EMC General interrupt.
+- clocks : Should contain EMC clock.
 
 Child device nodes describe the memory settings for different configurations and clock rates.
 
@@ -20,6 +22,8 @@ Example:
 		#size-cells = < 0 >;
 		compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-emc";
 		reg = <0x7000f4000 0x200>;
+		interrupts = <0 78 0x04>;
+		clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_EMC>;
 	}
 
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra20-mc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra20-mc.txt
index 7d60a50a4fa1..e55328237df4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra20-mc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/nvidia,tegra20-mc.txt
@@ -1,26 +1,37 @@
 NVIDIA Tegra20 MC(Memory Controller)
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible : "nvidia,tegra20-mc"
-- reg : Should contain 2 register ranges(address and length); see the
-  example below. Note that the MC registers are interleaved with the
-  GART registers, and hence must be represented as multiple ranges.
+- compatible : "nvidia,tegra20-mc-gart"
+- reg : Should contain 2 register ranges: physical base address and length of
+  the controller's registers and the GART aperture respectively.
+- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+  See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- clock-names: Must include the following entries:
+  - mc: the module's clock input
 - interrupts : Should contain MC General interrupt.
 - #reset-cells : Should be 1. This cell represents memory client module ID.
   The assignments may be found in header file <dt-bindings/memory/tegra20-mc.h>
   or in the TRM documentation.
+- #iommu-cells: Should be 0. This cell represents the number of cells in an
+  IOMMU specifier needed to encode an address. GART supports only a single
+  address space that is shared by all devices, therefore no additional
+  information needed for the address encoding.
 
 Example:
 	mc: memory-controller@7000f000 {
-		compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-mc";
-		reg = <0x7000f000 0x024
-		       0x7000f03c 0x3c4>;
-		interrupts = <0 77 0x04>;
+		compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-mc-gart";
+		reg = <0x7000f000 0x400		/* controller registers */
+		       0x58000000 0x02000000>;	/* GART aperture */
+		clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_MC>;
+		clock-names = "mc";
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 77 0x04>;
 		#reset-cells = <1>;
+		#iommu-cells = <0>;
 	};
 
 	video-codec@6001a000 {
 		compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-vde";
 		...
 		resets = <&mc TEGRA20_MC_RESET_VDE>;
+		iommus = <&mc>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/pl353-smc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/pl353-smc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d56615fd343a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/pl353-smc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+Device tree bindings for ARM PL353 static memory controller
+
+PL353 static memory controller supports two kinds of memory
+interfaces.i.e NAND and SRAM/NOR interfaces.
+The actual devices are instantiated from the child nodes of pl353 smc node.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible		: Should be "arm,pl353-smc-r2p1", "arm,primecell".
+- reg			: Controller registers map and length.
+- clock-names		: List of input clock names - "memclk", "apb_pclk"
+			  (See clock bindings for details).
+- clocks		: Clock phandles (see clock bindings for details).
+- address-cells		: Must be 2.
+- size-cells		: Must be 1.
+
+Child nodes:
+ For NAND the "arm,pl353-nand-r2p1" and for NOR the "cfi-flash" drivers are
+supported as child nodes.
+
+for NAND partition information please refer the below file
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partition.txt
+
+Example:
+	smcc: memory-controller@e000e000
+			compatible = "arm,pl353-smc-r2p1", "arm,primecell";
+			clock-names = "memclk", "apb_pclk";
+			clocks = <&clkc 11>, <&clkc 44>;
+			reg = <0xe000e000 0x1000>;
+			#address-cells = <2>;
+			#size-cells = <1>;
+			ranges = <0x0 0x0 0xe1000000 0x1000000 //Nand CS Region
+				  0x1 0x0 0xe2000000 0x2000000 //SRAM/NOR CS Region
+				  0x2 0x0 0xe4000000 0x2000000>; //SRAM/NOR CS Region
+			nand_0: flash@e1000000 {
+				compatible = "arm,pl353-nand-r2p1"
+				reg = <0 0 0x1000000>;
+				(...)
+			};
+			nor0: flash@e2000000 {
+				compatible = "cfi-flash";
+				reg = <1 0 0x2000000>;
+			};
+			nor1: flash@e4000000 {
+				compatible = "cfi-flash";
+				reg = <2 0 0x2000000>;
+			};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/synopsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/synopsys.txt
index a43d26d41e04..9d32762c47e1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/synopsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/synopsys.txt
@@ -1,15 +1,32 @@
 Binding for Synopsys IntelliDDR Multi Protocol Memory Controller
 
-This controller has an optional ECC support in half-bus width (16-bit)
-configuration. The ECC controller corrects one bit error and detects
-two bit errors.
+The ZynqMP DDR ECC controller has an optional ECC support in 64-bit and 32-bit
+bus width configurations.
+
+The Zynq DDR ECC controller has an optional ECC support in half-bus width
+(16-bit) configuration.
+
+These both ECC controllers correct single bit ECC errors and detect double bit
+ECC errors.
 
 Required properties:
- - compatible: Should be 'xlnx,zynq-ddrc-a05'
- - reg: Base address and size of the controllers memory area
+ - compatible: One of:
+	- 'xlnx,zynq-ddrc-a05' : Zynq DDR ECC controller
+	- 'xlnx,zynqmp-ddrc-2.40a' : ZynqMP DDR ECC controller
+ - reg: Should contain DDR controller registers location and length.
+
+Required properties for "xlnx,zynqmp-ddrc-2.40a":
+ - interrupts: Property with a value describing the interrupt number.
 
 Example:
 	memory-controller@f8006000 {
 		compatible = "xlnx,zynq-ddrc-a05";
 		reg = <0xf8006000 0x1000>;
 	};
+
+	mc: memory-controller@fd070000 {
+		compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-ddrc-2.40a";
+		reg = <0x0 0xfd070000 0x0 0x30000>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+		interrupts = <0 112 4>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt
index 9b62831fdf3e..148ef621a5e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/arizona.txt
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Deprecated properties:
 Also see child specific device properties:
   Regulator - ../regulator/arizona-regulator.txt
   Extcon    - ../extcon/extcon-arizona.txt
-  Sound     - ../sound/arizona.txt
+  Sound     - ../sound/wlf,arizona.txt
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/aspeed-lpc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/aspeed-lpc.txt
index 34dd89087cff..86446074e206 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/aspeed-lpc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/aspeed-lpc.txt
@@ -135,6 +135,8 @@ Required properties:
 - clocks:	contains a phandle to the syscon node describing the clocks.
 		There should then be one cell representing the clock to use
 
+Optional properties:
+
 - memory-region: A phandle to a reserved_memory region to be used for the LPC
 		to AHB mapping
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-usart.txt
index 7c0d6b2f53e4..7f0cd72f47d2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-usart.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 * Atmel Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (USART)
 
-Required properties:
+Required properties for USART:
 - compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-usart" or "atmel,<chip>-dbgu"
   The compatible <chip> indicated will be the first SoC to support an
   additional mode or an USART new feature.
@@ -11,7 +11,13 @@ Required properties:
 	Required elements: "usart"
 - clocks: phandles to input clocks.
 
-Optional properties:
+Required properties for USART in SPI mode:
+- #size-cells      : Must be <0>
+- #address-cells   : Must be <1>
+- cs-gpios: chipselects (internal cs not supported)
+- atmel,usart-mode : Must be <AT91_USART_MODE_SPI> (found in dt-bindings/mfd/at91-usart.h)
+
+Optional properties in serial mode:
 - atmel,use-dma-rx: use of PDC or DMA for receiving data
 - atmel,use-dma-tx: use of PDC or DMA for transmitting data
 - {rts,cts,dtr,dsr,rng,dcd}-gpios: specify a GPIO for RTS/CTS/DTR/DSR/RI/DCD line respectively.
@@ -62,3 +68,18 @@ Example:
 		dma-names = "tx", "rx";
 		atmel,fifo-size = <32>;
 	};
+
+- SPI mode:
+	#include <dt-bindings/mfd/at91-usart.h>
+
+	spi0: spi@f001c000 {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-usart", "atmel,at91sam9260-usart";
+		atmel,usart-mode = <AT91_USART_MODE_SPI>;
+		reg = <0xf001c000 0x100>;
+		interrupts = <12 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 5>;
+		clocks = <&usart0_clk>;
+		clock-names = "usart";
+		cs-gpios = <&pioB 3 0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt
index 188f0373d441..2af4ff95d6bc 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt
@@ -32,6 +32,15 @@ Required properties:
 - interrupt-controller: The PMIC has its own internal IRQs
 - #interrupt-cells: Should be set to 1
 
+Supported common regulator properties, see ../regulator/regulator.txt for
+more information:
+- regulator-ramp-delay: sets the ramp up delay in uV/us
+			AXP20x/DCDC2: 1600, 800
+			AXP20x/LDO3:  1600, 800
+- regulator-soft-start:	enable the output at the lowest possible voltage and
+			only then set the desired voltage
+			AXP20x/LDO3: software-based implementation
+
 Optional properties:
 - x-powers,dcdc-freq: defines the work frequency of DC-DC in KHz
 		      AXP152/20X: range:  750-1875, Default: 1.5 MHz
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cirrus,lochnagar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..004b0158cf4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+Cirrus Logic Lochnagar Audio Development Board
+
+Lochnagar is an evaluation and development board for Cirrus Logic
+Smart CODEC and Amp devices. It allows the connection of most Cirrus
+Logic devices on mini-cards, as well as allowing connection of
+various application processor systems to provide a full evaluation
+platform.  Audio system topology, clocking and power can all be
+controlled through the Lochnagar, allowing the device under test
+to be used in a variety of possible use cases.
+
+Also see these documents for generic binding information:
+  [1] GPIO : ../gpio/gpio.txt
+
+And these for relevant defines:
+  [2] include/dt-bindings/pinctrl/lochnagar.h
+  [3] include/dt-bindings/clock/lochnagar.h
+
+And these documents for the required sub-node binding details:
+  [4] Clock: ../clock/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
+  [5] Pinctrl: ../pinctrl/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
+  [6] Regulator: ../regulator/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible : One of the following strings:
+                 "cirrus,lochnagar1"
+                 "cirrus,lochnagar2"
+
+  - reg : I2C slave address
+
+  - reset-gpios : Reset line to the Lochnagar, see [1].
+
+Required sub-nodes:
+
+  - lochnagar-clk : Binding for the clocking components, see [4].
+
+  - lochnagar-pinctrl : Binding for the pin control components, see [5].
+
+Optional sub-nodes:
+
+  - Bindings for the regulator components, see [6]. Only available on
+    Lochnagar 2.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+  - present-gpios : Host present line, indicating the presence of a
+    host system, see [1]. This can be omitted if the present line is
+    tied in hardware.
+
+Example:
+
+lochnagar: lochnagar@22 {
+	compatible = "cirrus,lochnagar2";
+	reg = <0x22>;
+
+	reset-gpios = <&gpio0 55 0>;
+	present-gpios = <&gpio0 60 0>;
+
+	lochnagar-clk {
+		compatible = "cirrus,lochnagar2-clk";
+		...
+	};
+
+	lochnagar-pinctrl {
+		compatible = "cirrus,lochnagar-pinctrl";
+		...
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rohm,bd71837-pmic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rohm,bd71837-pmic.txt
index a4b056761eaa..d5f68ac78d15 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rohm,bd71837-pmic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rohm,bd71837-pmic.txt
@@ -23,6 +23,20 @@ Required properties:
 
 Optional properties:
 - clock-output-names	: Should contain name for output clock.
+- rohm,reset-snvs-powered : Transfer BD718x7 to SNVS state at reset.
+
+The BD718x7 supports two different HW states as reset target states. States
+are called as SNVS and READY. At READY state all the PMIC power outputs go
+down and OTP is reload. At the SNVS state all other logic and external
+devices apart from the SNVS power domain are shut off. Please refer to NXP
+i.MX8 documentation for further information regarding SNVS state. When a
+reset is done via SNVS state the PMIC OTP data is not reload. This causes
+power outputs that have been under SW control to stay down when reset has
+switched power state to SNVS. If reset is done via READY state the power
+outputs will be returned to HW control by OTP loading. Thus the reset
+target state is set to READY by default. If SNVS state is used the boot
+crucial regulators must have the regulator-always-on and regulator-boot-on
+properties set in regulator node.
 
 Example:
 
@@ -43,6 +57,7 @@ Example:
 		#clock-cells = <0>;
 		clocks = <&osc 0>;
 		clock-output-names = "bd71837-32k-out";
+		rohm,reset-snvs-powered;
 
 		regulators {
 			buck1: BUCK1 {
@@ -50,8 +65,10 @@ Example:
 				regulator-min-microvolt = <700000>;
 				regulator-max-microvolt = <1300000>;
 				regulator-boot-on;
+				regulator-always-on;
 				regulator-ramp-delay = <1250>;
 			};
+			// [...]
 		};
 	};
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/st,stpmic1.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/st,stpmic1.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..afd45c089585
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/st,stpmic1.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+* STMicroelectronics STPMIC1 Power Management IC
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:		: "st,stpmic1"
+- reg:			: The I2C slave address for the STPMIC1 chip.
+- interrupts:		: The interrupt line the device is connected to.
+- #interrupt-cells:	: Should be 1.
+- interrupt-controller:	: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller.
+			    Interrupt numbers are defined at
+			    dt-bindings/mfd/st,stpmic1.h.
+
+STPMIC1 consists in a varied group of sub-devices.
+Each sub-device binding is be described in own documentation file.
+
+Device			 Description
+------			------------
+st,stpmic1-onkey	: Power on key, see ../input/st,stpmic1-onkey.txt
+st,stpmic1-regulators	: Regulators, see ../regulator/st,stpmic1-regulator.txt
+st,stpmic1-wdt		: Watchdog, see ../watchdog/st,stpmic1-wdt.txt
+
+Example:
+
+#include <dt-bindings/mfd/st,stpmic1.h>
+
+pmic: pmic@33 {
+	compatible = "st,stpmic1";
+	reg = <0x33>;
+	interrupt-parent = <&gpioa>;
+	interrupts = <0 2>;
+
+	interrupt-controller;
+	#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+
+	onkey {
+		compatible = "st,stpmic1-onkey";
+		interrupts = <IT_PONKEY_F 0>,<IT_PONKEY_R 1>;
+		interrupt-names = "onkey-falling", "onkey-rising";
+		power-off-time-sec = <10>;
+	};
+
+	watchdog {
+		compatible = "st,stpmic1-wdt";
+	};
+
+	regulators {
+		compatible = "st,stpmic1-regulators";
+
+		vdd_core: buck1 {
+			regulator-name = "vdd_core";
+			regulator-boot-on;
+			regulator-min-microvolt = <700000>;
+			regulator-max-microvolt = <1200000>;
+		};
+		vdd: buck3 {
+			regulator-name = "vdd";
+			regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>;
+			regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+			regulator-boot-on;
+			regulator-pull-down;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stmpe.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stmpe.txt
index c797c05cd3c2..d4408a417193 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stmpe.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stmpe.txt
@@ -4,15 +4,29 @@ STMPE is an MFD device which may expose the following inbuilt devices: gpio,
 keypad, touchscreen, adc, pwm, rotator.
 
 Required properties:
- - compatible                   : "st,stmpe[610|801|811|1600|1601|2401|2403]"
- - reg                          : I2C/SPI address of the device
+ - compatible			: "st,stmpe[610|801|811|1600|1601|2401|2403]"
+ - reg				: I2C/SPI address of the device
 
 Optional properties:
- - interrupts                   : The interrupt outputs from the controller
- - interrupt-controller         : Marks the device node as an interrupt controller
- - wakeup-source                : Marks the input device as wakable
- - st,autosleep-timeout         : Valid entries (ms); 4, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 and 1024
- - irq-gpio                     : If present, which GPIO to use for event IRQ
+ - interrupts			: The interrupt outputs from the controller
+ - interrupt-controller		: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller
+ - wakeup-source		: Marks the input device as wakable
+ - st,autosleep-timeout		: Valid entries (ms); 4, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 and 1024
+ - irq-gpio			: If present, which GPIO to use for event IRQ
+
+Optional properties for devices with touch and ADC (STMPE811|STMPE610):
+ - st,sample-time		: ADC conversion time in number of clock.
+					0 -> 36 clocks		4 -> 80 clocks (recommended)
+					1 -> 44 clocks		5 -> 96 clocks
+					2 -> 56 clocks		6 -> 124 clocks
+					3 -> 64 clocks
+ - st,mod-12b			: ADC Bit mode
+					0 -> 10bit ADC		1 -> 12bit ADC
+ - st,ref-sel			: ADC reference source
+					0 -> internal		1 -> external
+ - st,adc-freq			: ADC Clock speed
+					0 -> 1.625 MHz		2 || 3 -> 6.5 MHz
+					1 -> 3.25 MHz
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/lantiq/rcu-gphy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/lantiq/rcu-gphy.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a0c19bd1ce66..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/lantiq/rcu-gphy.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-Lantiq XWAY SoC GPHY binding
-============================
-
-This binding describes a software-defined ethernet PHY, provided by the RCU
-module on newer Lantiq XWAY SoCs (xRX200 and newer).
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Required properties:
-- compatible		: Should be one of
-				"lantiq,xrx200a1x-gphy"
-				"lantiq,xrx200a2x-gphy"
-				"lantiq,xrx300-gphy"
-				"lantiq,xrx330-gphy"
-- reg			: Addrress of the GPHY FW load address register
-- resets		: Must reference the RCU GPHY reset bit
-- reset-names		: One entry, value must be "gphy" or optional "gphy2"
-- clocks		: A reference to the (PMU) GPHY clock gate
-
-Optional properties:
-- lantiq,gphy-mode	: GPHY_MODE_GE (default) or GPHY_MODE_FE as defined in
-			  <dt-bindings/mips/lantiq_xway_gphy.h>
-
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Example for the GPHys on the xRX200 SoCs:
-
-#include <dt-bindings/mips/lantiq_rcu_gphy.h>
-	gphy0: gphy@20 {
-		compatible = "lantiq,xrx200a2x-gphy";
-		reg = <0x20 0x4>;
-
-		resets = <&reset0 31 30>, <&reset1 7 7>;
-		reset-names = "gphy", "gphy2";
-		clocks = <&pmu0 XRX200_PMU_GATE_GPHY>;
-		lantiq,gphy-mode = <GPHY_MODE_GE>;
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/lantiq/rcu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/lantiq/rcu.txt
index 7f0822b4beae..58d51f480c9e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/lantiq/rcu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/lantiq/rcu.txt
@@ -26,24 +26,6 @@ Example of the RCU bindings on a xRX200 SoC:
 		ranges = <0x0 0x203000 0x100>;
 		big-endian;
 
-		gphy0: gphy@20 {
-			compatible = "lantiq,xrx200a2x-gphy";
-			reg = <0x20 0x4>;
-
-			resets = <&reset0 31 30>, <&reset1 7 7>;
-			reset-names = "gphy", "gphy2";
-			lantiq,gphy-mode = <GPHY_MODE_GE>;
-		};
-
-		gphy1: gphy@68 {
-			compatible = "lantiq,xrx200a2x-gphy";
-			reg = <0x68 0x4>;
-
-			resets = <&reset0 29 28>, <&reset1 6 6>;
-			reset-names = "gphy", "gphy2";
-			lantiq,gphy-mode = <GPHY_MODE_GE>;
-		};
-
 		reset0: reset-controller@10 {
 			compatible = "lantiq,xrx200-reset";
 			reg = <0x10 4>, <0x14 4>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,qoriq-mc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,qoriq-mc.txt
index 6611a7c2053a..bb7e896cb644 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,qoriq-mc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/fsl,qoriq-mc.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,25 @@ blocks that can be used to create functional hardware objects/devices
 such as network interfaces, crypto accelerator instances, L2 switches,
 etc.
 
+For an overview of the DPAA2 architecture and fsl-mc bus see:
+Documentation/networking/device_drivers/freescale/dpaa2/overview.rst
+
+As described in the above overview, all DPAA2 objects in a DPRC share the
+same hardware "isolation context" and a 10-bit value called an ICID
+(isolation context id) is expressed by the hardware to identify
+the requester.
+
+The generic 'iommus' property is insufficient to describe the relationship
+between ICIDs and IOMMUs, so an iommu-map property is used to define
+the set of possible ICIDs under a root DPRC and how they map to
+an IOMMU.
+
+For generic IOMMU bindings, see
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/iommu.txt.
+
+For arm-smmu binding, see:
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/arm,smmu.txt.
+
 Required properties:
 
     - compatible
@@ -88,14 +107,34 @@ Sub-nodes:
               Value type: <phandle>
               Definition: Specifies the phandle to the PHY device node associated
                           with the this dpmac.
+Optional properties:
+
+- iommu-map: Maps an ICID to an IOMMU and associated iommu-specifier
+  data.
+
+  The property is an arbitrary number of tuples of
+  (icid-base,iommu,iommu-base,length).
+
+  Any ICID i in the interval [icid-base, icid-base + length) is
+  associated with the listed IOMMU, with the iommu-specifier
+  (i - icid-base + iommu-base).
 
 Example:
 
+        smmu: iommu@5000000 {
+               compatible = "arm,mmu-500";
+               #iommu-cells = <1>;
+               stream-match-mask = <0x7C00>;
+               ...
+        };
+
         fsl_mc: fsl-mc@80c000000 {
                 compatible = "fsl,qoriq-mc";
                 reg = <0x00000008 0x0c000000 0 0x40>,    /* MC portal base */
                       <0x00000000 0x08340000 0 0x40000>; /* MC control reg */
                 msi-parent = <&its>;
+                /* define map for ICIDs 23-64 */
+                iommu-map = <23 &smmu 23 41>;
                 #address-cells = <3>;
                 #size-cells = <1>;
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lwn-bk4.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lwn-bk4.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d6a8c188c087
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lwn-bk4.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+* Liebherr's BK4 controller external SPI
+
+A device which handles data acquisition from compatible industrial
+peripherals.
+The SPI is used for data and management purposes in both master and
+slave modes.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : Should be "lwn,bk4"
+
+Required SPI properties:
+
+- reg : Should be address of the device chip select within
+  the controller.
+
+- spi-max-frequency : Maximum SPI clocking speed of device in Hz, should be
+  30MHz at most for the Liebherr's BK4 external bus.
+
+Example:
+
+spidev0: spi@0 {
+	compatible = "lwn,bk4";
+	spi-max-frequency = <30000000>;
+	reg = <0>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/pvpanic-mmio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/pvpanic-mmio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..985e90736780
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/pvpanic-mmio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+* QEMU PVPANIC MMIO Configuration bindings
+
+QEMU's emulation / virtualization targets provide the following PVPANIC
+MMIO Configuration interface on the "virt" machine.
+type:
+
+- a read-write, 16-bit wide data register.
+
+QEMU exposes the data register to guests as memory mapped registers.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: "qemu,pvpanic-mmio".
+- reg: the MMIO region used by the device.
+  * Bytes 0x0  Write panic event to the reg when guest OS panics.
+  * Bytes 0x1  Reserved.
+
+Example:
+
+/ {
+        #size-cells = <0x2>;
+        #address-cells = <0x2>;
+
+        pvpanic-mmio@9060000 {
+                compatible = "qemu,pvpanic-mmio";
+                reg = <0x0 0x9060000 0x0 0x2>;
+        };
+};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/qcom,fastrpc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/qcom,fastrpc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2a1827ab50d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/qcom,fastrpc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. FastRPC Driver
+
+The FastRPC implements an IPC (Inter-Processor Communication)
+mechanism that allows for clients to transparently make remote method
+invocations across DSP and APPS boundaries. This enables developers
+to offload tasks to the DSP and free up the application processor for
+other tasks.
+
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <stringlist>
+	Definition: must be "qcom,fastrpc"
+
+- label
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: should specify the dsp domain name this fastrpc
+	corresponds to. must be one of this: "adsp", "mdsp", "sdsp", "cdsp"
+
+- #address-cells
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Definition: Must be 1
+
+- #size-cells
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Definition: Must be 0
+
+= COMPUTE BANKS
+Each subnode of the Fastrpc represents compute context banks available
+on the dsp.
+- All Compute context banks MUST contain the following properties:
+
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <stringlist>
+	Definition: must be "qcom,fastrpc-compute-cb"
+
+- reg
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Definition: Context Bank ID.
+
+- qcom,nsessions:
+	Usage: Optional
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Defination: A value indicating how many sessions can share this
+		    context bank. Defaults to 1 when this property
+		    is not specified.
+
+Example:
+
+adsp-pil {
+	compatible = "qcom,msm8996-adsp-pil";
+	...
+	smd-edge {
+		label = "lpass";
+		fastrpc {
+			compatible = "qcom,fastrpc";
+			qcom,smd-channels = "fastrpcsmd-apps-dsp";
+			label = "adsp";
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+
+			cb@1 {
+				compatible = "qcom,fastrpc-compute-cb";
+				reg = <1>;
+			};
+
+			cb@2 {
+				compatible = "qcom,fastrpc-compute-cb";
+				reg = <2>;
+			};
+			...
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt
index e2effe17f05e..1edbb049cccb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt
@@ -16,6 +16,10 @@ Required Properties:
     - "rockchip,rk3399-sdhci-5.1", "arasan,sdhci-5.1": rk3399 eMMC PHY
       For this device it is strongly suggested to include arasan,soc-ctl-syscon.
     - "ti,am654-sdhci-5.1", "arasan,sdhci-5.1": TI AM654 MMC PHY
+	Note: This binding has been deprecated and moved to [5].
+
+  [5] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-am654.txt
+
   - reg: From mmc bindings: Register location and length.
   - clocks: From clock bindings: Handles to clock inputs.
   - clock-names: From clock bindings: Tuple including "clk_xin" and "clk_ahb"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt
index 3e29050ec769..540c65ed9cba 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt
@@ -15,7 +15,9 @@ Required properties:
 	       "fsl,imx6q-usdhc"
 	       "fsl,imx6sl-usdhc"
 	       "fsl,imx6sx-usdhc"
+	       "fsl,imx6ull-usdhc"
 	       "fsl,imx7d-usdhc"
+	       "fsl,imx8qxp-usdhc"
 
 Optional properties:
 - fsl,wp-controller : Indicate to use controller internal write protection
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
index f5a0923b34ca..cdbcfd3a4ff2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
@@ -62,6 +62,8 @@ Optional properties:
   be referred to mmc-pwrseq-simple.txt. But now it's reused as a tunable delay
   waiting for I/O signalling and card power supply to be stable, regardless of
   whether pwrseq-simple is used. Default to 10ms if no available.
+- supports-cqe : The presence of this property indicates that the corresponding
+  MMC host controller supports HW command queue feature.
 
 *NOTE* on CD and WP polarity. To use common for all SD/MMC host controllers line
 polarity properties, we have to fix the meaning of the "normal" and "inverted"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt
index 32b4b4e41923..2cecdc71d94c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt
@@ -39,12 +39,16 @@ sdhci@c8000200 {
 	bus-width = <8>;
 };
 
-Optional properties for Tegra210 and Tegra186:
+Optional properties for Tegra210, Tegra186 and Tegra194:
 - pinctrl-names, pinctrl-0, pinctrl-1 : Specify pad voltage
   configurations. Valid pinctrl-names are "sdmmc-3v3" and "sdmmc-1v8"
   for controllers supporting multiple voltage levels. The order of names
   should correspond to the pin configuration states in pinctrl-0 and
   pinctrl-1.
+- pinctrl-names : "sdmmc-3v3-drv" and "sdmmc-1v8-drv" are applicable for
+  Tegra210 where pad config registers are in the pinmux register domain
+  for pull-up-strength and pull-down-strength values configuration when
+  using pads at 3V3 and 1V8 levels.
 - nvidia,only-1-8-v : The presence of this property indicates that the
   controller operates at a 1.8 V fixed I/O voltage.
 - nvidia,pad-autocal-pull-up-offset-3v3,
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-am654.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-am654.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..15dbbbace27e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-am654.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+Device Tree Bindings for the SDHCI Controllers present on TI's AM654 SOCs
+
+The bindings follow the mmc[1], clock[2] and interrupt[3] bindings.
+Only deviations are documented here.
+
+  [1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
+  [2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+  [3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+
+Required Properties:
+	- compatible: should be "ti,am654-sdhci-5.1"
+	- reg: Must be two entries.
+		- The first should be the sdhci register space
+		- The second should the subsystem/phy register space
+	- clocks: Handles to the clock inputs.
+	- clock-names: Tuple including "clk_xin" and "clk_ahb"
+	- interrupts: Interrupt specifiers
+	- ti,otap-del-sel: Output Tap Delay select
+	- ti,trm-icp: DLL trim select
+	- ti,driver-strength-ohm: driver strength in ohms.
+				  Valid values are 33, 40, 50, 66 and 100 ohms.
+
+Example:
+
+	sdhci0: sdhci@4f80000 {
+		compatible = "ti,am654-sdhci-5.1";
+		reg = <0x0 0x4f80000 0x0 0x260>, <0x0 0x4f90000 0x0 0x134>;
+		power-domains = <&k3_pds 47>;
+		clocks = <&k3_clks 47 0>, <&k3_clks 47 1>;
+		clock-names = "clk_ahb", "clk_xin";
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 136 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		sdhci-caps-mask = <0x80000007 0x0>;
+		mmc-ddr-1_8v;
+		ti,otap-del-sel = <0x2>;
+		ti,trm-icp = <0x8>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt
index 502b3b851ebb..da4edb146a98 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-msm.txt
@@ -4,15 +4,28 @@ This file documents differences between the core properties in mmc.txt
 and the properties used by the sdhci-msm driver.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: Should contain:
+- compatible: Should contain a SoC-specific string and a IP version string:
+	version strings:
 		"qcom,sdhci-msm-v4" for sdcc versions less than 5.0
-		"qcom,sdhci-msm-v5" for sdcc versions >= 5.0
+		"qcom,sdhci-msm-v5" for sdcc version 5.0
 		For SDCC version 5.0.0, MCI registers are removed from SDCC
 		interface and some registers are moved to HC. New compatible
 		string is added to support this change - "qcom,sdhci-msm-v5".
+	full compatible strings with SoC and version:
+		"qcom,apq8084-sdhci", "qcom,sdhci-msm-v4"
+		"qcom,msm8974-sdhci", "qcom,sdhci-msm-v4"
+		"qcom,msm8916-sdhci", "qcom,sdhci-msm-v4"
+		"qcom,msm8992-sdhci", "qcom,sdhci-msm-v4"
+		"qcom,msm8996-sdhci", "qcom,sdhci-msm-v4"
+		"qcom,sdm845-sdhci", "qcom,sdhci-msm-v5"
+		"qcom,qcs404-sdhci", "qcom,sdhci-msm-v5"
+	NOTE that some old device tree files may be floating around that only
+	have the string "qcom,sdhci-msm-v4" without the SoC compatible string
+	but doing that should be considered a deprecated practice.
+
 - reg: Base address and length of the register in the following order:
 	- Host controller register map (required)
-	- SD Core register map (required)
+	- SD Core register map (required for msm-v4 and below)
 - interrupts: Should contain an interrupt-specifiers for the interrupts:
 	- Host controller interrupt (required)
 - pinctrl-names: Should contain only one value - "default".
@@ -29,7 +42,7 @@ Required properties:
 Example:
 
 	sdhc_1: sdhci@f9824900 {
-		compatible = "qcom,sdhci-msm-v4";
+		compatible = "qcom,msm8974-sdhci", "qcom,sdhci-msm-v4";
 		reg = <0xf9824900 0x11c>, <0xf9824000 0x800>;
 		interrupts = <0 123 0>;
 		bus-width = <8>;
@@ -46,7 +59,7 @@ Example:
 	};
 
 	sdhc_2: sdhci@f98a4900 {
-		compatible = "qcom,sdhci-msm-v4";
+		compatible = "qcom,msm8974-sdhci", "qcom,sdhci-msm-v4";
 		reg = <0xf98a4900 0x11c>, <0xf98a4000 0x800>;
 		interrupts = <0 125 0>;
 		bus-width = <4>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-omap.txt
index 393848c2138e..72c4dec7e1db 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-omap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-omap.txt
@@ -2,6 +2,8 @@
 
 Refer to mmc.txt for standard MMC bindings.
 
+For UHS devices which require tuning, the device tree should have a "cpu_thermal" node which maps to the appropriate thermal zone. This is used to get the temperature of the zone during tuning.
+
 Required properties:
 - compatible: Should be "ti,dra7-sdhci" for DRA7 and DRA72 controllers
 	      Should be "ti,k2g-sdhci" for K2G
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap.txt
index 8de579969763..02fd31cf361d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap.txt
@@ -24,31 +24,3 @@ Examples:
 		dmas = <&sdma 61 &sdma 62>;
 		dma-names = "tx", "rx";
 	};
-
-* TI MMC host controller for OMAP1 and 2420
-
-The MMC Host Controller on TI OMAP1 and 2420 family provides
-an interface for MMC, SD, and SDIO types of memory cards.
-
-This file documents differences between the core properties described
-by mmc.txt and the properties used by the omap mmc driver.
-
-Note that this driver will not work with omap2430 or later omaps,
-please see the omap hsmmc driver for the current omaps.
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: Must be "ti,omap2420-mmc", for OMAP2420 controllers
-- ti,hwmods: For 2420, must be "msdi<n>", where n is controller
-  instance starting 1
-
-Examples:
-
-	msdi1: mmc@4809c000 {
-		compatible = "ti,omap2420-mmc";
-		ti,hwmods = "msdi1";
-		reg = <0x4809c000 0x80>;
-		interrupts = <83>;
-		dmas = <&sdma 61 &sdma 62>;
-		dma-names = "tx", "rx";
-	};
-
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt
index 27f2eab2981d..2b4f17ca9087 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/tmio_mmc.txt
@@ -13,12 +13,14 @@ Required properties:
 - compatible: should contain one or more of the following:
 		"renesas,sdhi-sh73a0" - SDHI IP on SH73A0 SoC
 		"renesas,sdhi-r7s72100" - SDHI IP on R7S72100 SoC
+		"renesas,sdhi-r7s9210" - SDHI IP on R7S9210 SoC
 		"renesas,sdhi-r8a73a4" - SDHI IP on R8A73A4 SoC
 		"renesas,sdhi-r8a7740" - SDHI IP on R8A7740 SoC
 		"renesas,sdhi-r8a7743" - SDHI IP on R8A7743 SoC
 		"renesas,sdhi-r8a7744" - SDHI IP on R8A7744 SoC
 		"renesas,sdhi-r8a7745" - SDHI IP on R8A7745 SoC
 		"renesas,sdhi-r8a774a1" - SDHI IP on R8A774A1 SoC
+		"renesas,sdhi-r8a774c0" - SDHI IP on R8A774C0 SoC
 		"renesas,sdhi-r8a77470" - SDHI IP on R8A77470 SoC
 		"renesas,sdhi-mmc-r8a77470" - SDHI/MMC IP on R8A77470 SoC
 		"renesas,sdhi-r8a7778" - SDHI IP on R8A7778 SoC
@@ -56,7 +58,7 @@ Required properties:
 	  "core" and "cd". If the controller only has 1 clock, naming is not
 	  required.
 	  Devices which have more than 1 clock are listed below:
-	  2: R7S72100
+	  2: R7S72100, R7S9210
 
 Optional properties:
 - pinctrl-names: should be "default", "state_uhs"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/amlogic,meson-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/amlogic,meson-nand.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3983c11e062c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/amlogic,meson-nand.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+Amlogic NAND Flash Controller (NFC) for GXBB/GXL/AXG family SoCs
+
+This file documents the properties in addition to those available in
+the MTD NAND bindings.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : contains one of:
+  - "amlogic,meson-gxl-nfc"
+  - "amlogic,meson-axg-nfc"
+- clocks     :
+	A list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs for the clocks listed
+	in clock-names.
+
+- clock-names: Should contain the following:
+	"core" - NFC module gate clock
+	"device" - device clock from eMMC sub clock controller
+	"rx" - rx clock phase
+	"tx" - tx clock phase
+
+- amlogic,mmc-syscon	: Required for NAND clocks, it's shared with SD/eMMC
+				controller port C
+
+Optional children nodes:
+Children nodes represent the available nand chips.
+
+Other properties:
+see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt for generic bindings.
+
+Example demonstrate on AXG SoC:
+
+	sd_emmc_c_clkc: mmc@7000 {
+		compatible = "amlogic,meson-axg-mmc-clkc", "syscon";
+		reg = <0x0 0x7000 0x0 0x800>;
+	};
+
+	nand-controller@7800 {
+		compatible = "amlogic,meson-axg-nfc";
+		reg = <0x0 0x7800 0x0 0x100>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 34 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+
+		clocks = <&clkc CLKID_SD_EMMC_C>,
+			<&sd_emmc_c_clkc CLKID_MMC_DIV>,
+			<&sd_emmc_c_clkc CLKID_MMC_PHASE_RX>,
+			<&sd_emmc_c_clkc CLKID_MMC_PHASE_TX>;
+		clock-names = "core", "device", "rx", "tx";
+		amlogic,mmc-syscon = <&sd_emmc_c_clkc>;
+
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&nand_pins>;
+
+		nand@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <1>;
+
+			nand-on-flash-bbt;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-quadspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-quadspi.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index b93c1e2f25dd..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-quadspi.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-* Atmel Quad Serial Peripheral Interface (QSPI)
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible:     Should be "atmel,sama5d2-qspi".
-- reg:            Should contain the locations and lengths of the base registers
-                  and the mapped memory.
-- reg-names:      Should contain the resource reg names:
-                  - qspi_base: configuration register address space
-                  - qspi_mmap: memory mapped address space
-- interrupts:     Should contain the interrupt for the device.
-- clocks:         The phandle of the clock needed by the QSPI controller.
-- #address-cells: Should be <1>.
-- #size-cells:    Should be <0>.
-
-Example:
-
-spi@f0020000 {
-	compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-qspi";
-	reg = <0xf0020000 0x100>, <0xd0000000 0x8000000>;
-	reg-names = "qspi_base", "qspi_mmap";
-	interrupts = <52 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 7>;
-	clocks = <&spi0_clk>;
-	#address-cells = <1>;
-	#size-cells = <0>;
-	pinctrl-names = "default";
-	pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_spi0_default>;
-
-	m25p80@0 {
-		...
-	};
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/cadence-quadspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/cadence-quadspi.txt
index bb2075df9b38..4345c3a6f530 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/cadence-quadspi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/cadence-quadspi.txt
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Required properties:
 - compatible : should be one of the following:
 	Generic default - "cdns,qspi-nor".
 	For TI 66AK2G SoC - "ti,k2g-qspi", "cdns,qspi-nor".
+	For TI AM654 SoC  - "ti,am654-ospi", "cdns,qspi-nor".
 - reg : Contains two entries, each of which is a tuple consisting of a
 	physical address and length. The first entry is the address and
 	length of the controller register set. The second entry is the
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-quadspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-quadspi.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 483e9cfac1b1..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-quadspi.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-* Freescale Quad Serial Peripheral Interface(QuadSPI)
-
-Required properties:
-  - compatible : Should be "fsl,vf610-qspi", "fsl,imx6sx-qspi",
-		 "fsl,imx7d-qspi", "fsl,imx6ul-qspi",
-		 "fsl,ls1021a-qspi"
-		 or
-		 "fsl,ls2080a-qspi" followed by "fsl,ls1021a-qspi",
-		 "fsl,ls1043a-qspi" followed by "fsl,ls1021a-qspi"
-  - reg : the first contains the register location and length,
-          the second contains the memory mapping address and length
-  - reg-names: Should contain the reg names "QuadSPI" and "QuadSPI-memory"
-  - interrupts : Should contain the interrupt for the device
-  - clocks : The clocks needed by the QuadSPI controller
-  - clock-names : Should contain the name of the clocks: "qspi_en" and "qspi".
-
-Optional properties:
-  - fsl,qspi-has-second-chip: The controller has two buses, bus A and bus B.
-                              Each bus can be connected with two NOR flashes.
-			      Most of the time, each bus only has one NOR flash
-			      connected, this is the default case.
-			      But if there are two NOR flashes connected to the
-			      bus, you should enable this property.
-			      (Please check the board's schematic.)
-  - big-endian : That means the IP register is big endian
-
-Example:
-
-qspi0: quadspi@40044000 {
-	compatible = "fsl,vf610-qspi";
-	reg = <0x40044000 0x1000>, <0x20000000 0x10000000>;
-	reg-names = "QuadSPI", "QuadSPI-memory";
-	interrupts = <0 24 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-	clocks = <&clks VF610_CLK_QSPI0_EN>,
-		<&clks VF610_CLK_QSPI0>;
-	clock-names = "qspi_en", "qspi";
-
-	flash0: s25fl128s@0 {
-		....
-	};
-};
-
-Example showing the usage of two SPI NOR devices:
-
-&qspi2 {
-	pinctrl-names = "default";
-	pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_qspi2>;
-	status = "okay";
-
-	flash0: n25q256a@0 {
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		#size-cells = <1>;
-		compatible = "micron,n25q256a", "jedec,spi-nor";
-		spi-max-frequency = <29000000>;
-		reg = <0>;
-	};
-
-	flash1: n25q256a@1 {
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		#size-cells = <1>;
-		compatible = "micron,n25q256a", "jedec,spi-nor";
-		spi-max-frequency = <29000000>;
-		reg = <1>;
-	};
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt
index 232fa12e90ef..7df0dcaccb7d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt
@@ -29,6 +29,8 @@ file systems on embedded devices.
  - use-advanced-sector-protection: boolean to enable support for the
    advanced sector protection (Spansion: PPB - Persistent Protection
    Bits) locking.
+ - addr-gpios : (optional) List of GPIO descriptors that will be used to
+   address the MSBs address lines. The order goes from LSB to MSB.
 
 For JEDEC compatible devices, the following additional properties
 are defined:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtk-quadspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtk-quadspi.txt
index 56d3668e2c50..a12e3b5c495d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtk-quadspi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtk-quadspi.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-* Serial NOR flash controller for MTK MT81xx (and similar)
+* Serial NOR flash controller for MediaTek SoCs
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible: 	  For mt8173, compatible should be "mediatek,mt8173-nor",
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Required properties:
 		  "mediatek,mt2712-nor", "mediatek,mt8173-nor"
 		  "mediatek,mt7622-nor", "mediatek,mt8173-nor"
 		  "mediatek,mt7623-nor", "mediatek,mt8173-nor"
+		  "mediatek,mt7629-nor", "mediatek,mt8173-nor"
 		  "mediatek,mt8173-nor"
 - reg: 		  physical base address and length of the controller's register
 - clocks: 	  the phandle of the clocks needed by the nor controller
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/redboot-fis.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/redboot-fis.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..fd0ebe4e3415
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/redboot-fis.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+RedBoot FLASH Image System (FIS) Partitions
+===========================================
+
+The FLASH Image System (FIS) directory is a flash description
+format closely associated with the RedBoot boot loader.
+
+It uses one single flash eraseblock in the flash to store an index of
+all images in the flash.
+
+This block size will vary depending on flash but is typically
+32 KB in size.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : (required) must be "redboot-fis"
+- fis-index-block : (required) a index to the eraseblock containing
+  the FIS directory on this device. On a flash memory with 32KB
+  eraseblocks, 0 means the first eraseblock at 0x00000000, 1 means the
+  second eraseblock at 0x00008000 and so on.
+
+Example:
+
+flash@0 {
+	partitions {
+		compatible = "redboot-fis";
+		fis-index-block = <0>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/stm32-fmc2-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/stm32-fmc2-nand.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ad2bef826582
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/stm32-fmc2-nand.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+STMicroelectronics Flexible Memory Controller 2 (FMC2)
+NAND Interface
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be one of:
+              * st,stm32mp15-fmc2
+- reg: NAND flash controller memory areas.
+       First region contains the register location.
+       Regions 2 to 4 respectively contain the data, command,
+       and address space for CS0.
+       Regions 5 to 7 contain the same areas for CS1.
+- interrupts: The interrupt number
+- pinctrl-0: Standard Pinctrl phandle (see: pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt)
+- clocks: The clock needed by the NAND flash controller
+
+Optional properties:
+- resets: Reference to a reset controller asserting the FMC controller
+- dmas: DMA specifiers (see: dma/stm32-mdma.txt)
+- dma-names: Must be "tx", "rx" and "ecc"
+
+* NAND device bindings:
+
+Required properties:
+- reg: describes the CS lines assigned to the NAND device.
+
+Optional properties:
+- nand-on-flash-bbt: see nand.txt
+- nand-ecc-strength: see nand.txt
+- nand-ecc-step-size: see nand.txt
+
+The following ECC strength and step size are currently supported:
+ - nand-ecc-strength = <1>, nand-ecc-step-size = <512> (Hamming)
+ - nand-ecc-strength = <4>, nand-ecc-step-size = <512> (BCH4)
+ - nand-ecc-strength = <8>, nand-ecc-step-size = <512> (BCH8) (default)
+
+Example:
+
+	fmc: nand-controller@58002000 {
+		compatible = "st,stm32mp15-fmc2";
+		reg = <0x58002000 0x1000>,
+		      <0x80000000 0x1000>,
+		      <0x88010000 0x1000>,
+		      <0x88020000 0x1000>,
+		      <0x81000000 0x1000>,
+		      <0x89010000 0x1000>,
+		      <0x89020000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 48 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		clocks = <&rcc FMC_K>;
+		resets = <&rcc FMC_R>;
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&fmc_pins_a>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		nand@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+			nand-on-flash-bbt;
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <1>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bluetooth.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bluetooth.txt
index 4194ff7e6ee6..c26f4e11037c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bluetooth.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bluetooth.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ device the slave device is attached to.
 Required properties:
 
  - compatible: should contain one of the following:
+   * "brcm,bcm20702a1"
+   * "brcm,bcm4330-bt"
    * "brcm,bcm43438-bt"
 
 Optional properties:
@@ -18,8 +20,13 @@ Optional properties:
  - shutdown-gpios: GPIO specifier, used to enable the BT module
  - device-wakeup-gpios: GPIO specifier, used to wakeup the controller
  - host-wakeup-gpios: GPIO specifier, used to wakeup the host processor
- - clocks: clock specifier if external clock provided to the controller
- - clock-names: should be "extclk"
+ - clocks: 1 or 2 clocks as defined in clock-names below, in that order
+ - clock-names: names for clock inputs, matching the clocks given
+   - "extclk": deprecated, replaced by "txco"
+   - "txco": external reference clock (not a standalone crystal)
+   - "lpo": external low power 32.768 kHz clock
+ - vbat-supply: phandle to regulator supply for VBAT
+ - vddio-supply: phandle to regulator supply for VDDIO
 
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/btusb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/btusb.txt
index 37d67926dd6d..b1ad6ee68e90 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/btusb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/btusb.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,9 @@ Required properties:
 		 (more may be added later) are:
 
 		  "usb1286,204e" (Marvell 8997)
+		  "usbcf3,e300" (Qualcomm QCA6174A)
+		  "usb4ca,301a" (Qualcomm QCA6174A (Lite-On))
+
 
 Also, vendors that use btusb may have device additional properties, e.g:
 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-bt-8xxx.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/fsl-flexcan.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/fsl-flexcan.txt
index bfc0c433654f..bc77477c6878 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/fsl-flexcan.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/fsl-flexcan.txt
@@ -24,6 +24,14 @@ Optional properties:
               if this property is present then controller is assumed to be big
               endian.
 
+- fsl,stop-mode: register bits of stop mode control, the format is
+		 <&gpr req_gpr req_bit ack_gpr ack_bit>.
+		 gpr is the phandle to general purpose register node.
+		 req_gpr is the gpr register offset of CAN stop request.
+		 req_bit is the bit offset of CAN stop request.
+		 ack_gpr is the gpr register offset of CAN stop acknowledge.
+		 ack_bit is the bit offset of CAN stop acknowledge.
+
 Example:
 
 	can@1c000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/holt_hi311x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/holt_hi311x.txt
index 903a78da65be..3a9926f99937 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/holt_hi311x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/holt_hi311x.txt
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Example:
 		reg = <1>;
 		clocks = <&clk32m>;
 		interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>;
-		interrupts = <13 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+		interrupts = <13 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
 		vdd-supply = <&reg5v0>;
 		xceiver-supply = <&reg5v0>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt
index 94a7f33ac5e9..9936b9ee67c3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/rcar_can.txt
@@ -3,7 +3,9 @@ Renesas R-Car CAN controller Device Tree Bindings
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible: "renesas,can-r8a7743" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7743 SoC.
+	      "renesas,can-r8a7744" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7744 SoC.
 	      "renesas,can-r8a7745" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7745 SoC.
+	      "renesas,can-r8a774a1" if CAN controller is a part of R8A774A1 SoC.
 	      "renesas,can-r8a7778" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7778 SoC.
 	      "renesas,can-r8a7779" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7779 SoC.
 	      "renesas,can-r8a7790" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7790 SoC.
@@ -13,26 +15,32 @@ Required properties:
 	      "renesas,can-r8a7794" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7794 SoC.
 	      "renesas,can-r8a7795" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7795 SoC.
 	      "renesas,can-r8a7796" if CAN controller is a part of R8A7796 SoC.
+	      "renesas,can-r8a77965" if CAN controller is a part of R8A77965 SoC.
 	      "renesas,rcar-gen1-can" for a generic R-Car Gen1 compatible device.
 	      "renesas,rcar-gen2-can" for a generic R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1
 	      compatible device.
-	      "renesas,rcar-gen3-can" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device.
+	      "renesas,rcar-gen3-can" for a generic R-Car Gen3 or RZ/G2
+	      compatible device.
 	      When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the
 	      SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first
 	      followed by the generic version.
 
 - reg: physical base address and size of the R-Car CAN register map.
 - interrupts: interrupt specifier for the sole interrupt.
-- clocks: phandles and clock specifiers for 3 CAN clock inputs.
-- clock-names: 3 clock input name strings: "clkp1", "clkp2", "can_clk".
+- clocks: phandles and clock specifiers for 2 CAN clock inputs for RZ/G2
+	  devices.
+	  phandles and clock specifiers for 3 CAN clock inputs for every other
+	  SoC.
+- clock-names: 2 clock input name strings for RZ/G2: "clkp1", "can_clk".
+	       3 clock input name strings for every other SoC: "clkp1", "clkp2",
+	       "can_clk".
 - pinctrl-0: pin control group to be used for this controller.
 - pinctrl-names: must be "default".
 
-Required properties for "renesas,can-r8a7795" and "renesas,can-r8a7796"
-compatible:
-In R8A7795 and R8A7796 SoCs, "clkp2" can be CANFD clock. This is a div6 clock
-and can be used by both CAN and CAN FD controller at the same time. It needs to
-be scaled to maximum frequency if any of these controllers use it. This is done
+Required properties for R8A7795, R8A7796 and R8A77965:
+For the denoted SoCs, "clkp2" can be CANFD clock. This is a div6 clock and can
+be used by both CAN and CAN FD controller at the same time. It needs to be
+scaled to maximum frequency if any of these controllers use it. This is done
 using the below properties:
 
 - assigned-clocks: phandle of clkp2(CANFD) clock.
@@ -41,8 +49,9 @@ using the below properties:
 Optional properties:
 - renesas,can-clock-select: R-Car CAN Clock Source Select. Valid values are:
 			    <0x0> (default) : Peripheral clock (clkp1)
-			    <0x1> : Peripheral clock (clkp2)
-			    <0x3> : Externally input clock
+			    <0x1> : Peripheral clock (clkp2) (not supported by
+				    RZ/G2 devices)
+			    <0x3> : External input clock
 
 Example
 -------
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/xilinx_can.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/xilinx_can.txt
index 060e2d46bad9..100cc40b8510 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/xilinx_can.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/xilinx_can.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Required properties:
 			  - "xlnx,zynq-can-1.0" for Zynq CAN controllers
 			  - "xlnx,axi-can-1.00.a" for Axi CAN controllers
 			  - "xlnx,canfd-1.0" for CAN FD controllers
+			  - "xlnx,canfd-2.0" for CAN FD 2.0 controllers
 - reg			: Physical base address and size of the controller
 			  registers map.
 - interrupts		: Property with a value describing the interrupt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw-phy-sel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw-phy-sel.txt
index 764c0c79b43d..5d76f991c027 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw-phy-sel.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw-phy-sel.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-TI CPSW Phy mode Selection Device Tree Bindings
+TI CPSW Phy mode Selection Device Tree Bindings (DEPRECATED)
 -----------------------------------------------
 
 Required properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
index b3acebe08eb0..3264e1978d25 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
@@ -22,7 +22,8 @@ Required properties:
 - cpsw-phy-sel		: Specifies the phandle to the CPSW phy mode selection
 			  device. See also cpsw-phy-sel.txt for it's binding.
 			  Note that in legacy cases cpsw-phy-sel may be
-			  a child device instead of a phandle.
+			  a child device instead of a phandle
+			  (DEPRECATED, use phys property instead).
 
 Optional properties:
 - ti,hwmods		: Must be "cpgmac0"
@@ -44,6 +45,7 @@ Optional properties:
 Slave Properties:
 Required properties:
 - phy-mode		: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory
+- phys			: phandle on phy-gmii-sel PHY (see phy/ti-phy-gmii-sel.txt)
 
 Optional properties:
 - dual_emac_res_vlan	: Specifies VID to be used to segregate the ports
@@ -85,12 +87,14 @@ Examples:
 			phy-mode = "rgmii-txid";
 			/* Filled in by U-Boot */
 			mac-address = [ 00 00 00 00 00 00 ];
+			phys = <&phy_gmii_sel 1 0>;
 		};
 		cpsw_emac1: slave@1 {
 			phy_id = <&davinci_mdio>, <1>;
 			phy-mode = "rgmii-txid";
 			/* Filled in by U-Boot */
 			mac-address = [ 00 00 00 00 00 00 ];
+			phys = <&phy_gmii_sel 2 0>;
 		};
 	};
 
@@ -114,11 +118,13 @@ Examples:
 			phy-mode = "rgmii-txid";
 			/* Filled in by U-Boot */
 			mac-address = [ 00 00 00 00 00 00 ];
+			phys = <&phy_gmii_sel 1 0>;
 		};
 		cpsw_emac1: slave@1 {
 			phy_id = <&davinci_mdio>, <1>;
 			phy-mode = "rgmii-txid";
 			/* Filled in by U-Boot */
 			mac-address = [ 00 00 00 00 00 00 ];
+			phys = <&phy_gmii_sel 2 0>;
 		};
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt
index 24c5cdaba8d2..ca83dcc84fb8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt
@@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ Required properties:
 Optional properties:
 - phy-handle: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
               If absent, davinci_emac driver defaults to 100/FULL.
+- nvmem-cells: phandle, reference to an nvmem node for the MAC address
+- nvmem-cell-names: string, should be "mac-address" if nvmem is to be used
 - ti,davinci-rmii-en: 1 byte, 1 means use RMII
 - ti,davinci-no-bd-ram: boolean, does EMAC have BD RAM?
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/b53.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/b53.txt
index 1811e1972a7a..5201bc15fdd6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/b53.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/b53.txt
@@ -46,6 +46,42 @@ Required properties:
       "brcm,bcm6328-switch"
       "brcm,bcm6368-switch" and the mandatory "brcm,bcm63xx-switch"
 
+Required properties for BCM585xx/586xx/88312 SoCs:
+
+ - reg: a total of 3 register base addresses, the first one must be the
+   Switch Register Access block base, the second is the port 5/4 mux
+   configuration register and the third one is the SGMII configuration
+   and status register base address.
+
+ - interrupts: a total of 13 interrupts must be specified, in the following
+   order: port 0-5, 7-8 link status change, then the integrated PHY interrupt,
+   then the timestamping interrupt and the sleep timer interrupts for ports
+   5,7,8.
+
+Optional properties for BCM585xx/586xx/88312 SoCs:
+
+  - reg-names: a total of 3 names matching the 3 base register address, must
+    be in the following order:
+	"srab"
+	"mux_config"
+	"sgmii_config"
+
+  - interrupt-names: a total of 13 names matching the 13 interrupts specified
+    must be in the following order:
+	"link_state_p0"
+	"link_state_p1"
+	"link_state_p2"
+	"link_state_p3"
+	"link_state_p4"
+	"link_state_p5"
+	"link_state_p7"
+	"link_state_p8"
+	"phy"
+	"ts"
+	"imp_sleep_timer_p5"
+	"imp_sleep_timer_p7"
+	"imp_sleep_timer_p8"
+
 See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt for a list of additional
 required and optional properties.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt
index 3ceeb8de1196..d66a5292b9d3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ limitations.
 Current Binding
 ---------------
 
-Switches are true Linux devices and can be probes by any means. Once
+Switches are true Linux devices and can be probed by any means. Once
 probed, they register to the DSA framework, passing a node
 pointer. This node is expected to fulfil the following binding, and
 may contain additional properties as required by the device it is
@@ -71,6 +71,10 @@ properties, described in binding documents:
 			  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fixed-link.txt
 			  for details.
 
+- local-mac-address	: See
+			  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
+			  for details.
+
 Example
 
 The following example shows three switches on three MDIO busses,
@@ -97,6 +101,7 @@ linked into one DSA cluster.
 			port@1 {
 				reg = <1>;
 				label = "lan1";
+				local-mac-address = [00 00 00 00 00 00];
 			};
 
 			port@2 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/ksz.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/ksz.txt
index ac145b885e95..e7db7268fd0f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/ksz.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/ksz.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,15 @@ Required properties:
   of the following:
   - "microchip,ksz9477"
   - "microchip,ksz9897"
+  - "microchip,ksz9896"
+  - "microchip,ksz9567"
+  - "microchip,ksz8565"
+  - "microchip,ksz9893"
+  - "microchip,ksz9563"
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- reset-gpios		: Should be a gpio specifier for a reset line
 
 See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt for a list of additional
 required and optional properties.
@@ -15,58 +24,96 @@ Examples:
 
 Ethernet switch connected via SPI to the host, CPU port wired to eth0:
 
-                             eth0: ethernet@10001000 {
-                                             fixed-link {
-                                                             speed = <1000>;
-                                                             full-duplex;
-                                             };
-                             };
+	eth0: ethernet@10001000 {
+		fixed-link {
+			speed = <1000>;
+			full-duplex;
+		};
+	};
+
+	spi1: spi@f8008000 {
+		pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_spi_ksz>;
+		cs-gpios = <&pioC 25 0>;
+		id = <1>;
+
+		ksz9477: ksz9477@0 {
+			compatible = "microchip,ksz9477";
+			reg = <0>;
 
-                             spi1: spi@f8008000 {
-                                             pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_spi_ksz>;
-                                             cs-gpios = <&pioC 25 0>;
-                                             id = <1>;
+			spi-max-frequency = <44000000>;
+			spi-cpha;
+			spi-cpol;
 
-                                             ksz9477: ksz9477@0 {
-                                                             compatible = "microchip,ksz9477";
-                                                             reg = <0>;
+			ports {
+				#address-cells = <1>;
+				#size-cells = <0>;
+				port@0 {
+					reg = <0>;
+					label = "lan1";
+				};
+				port@1 {
+					reg = <1>;
+					label = "lan2";
+				};
+				port@2 {
+					reg = <2>;
+					label = "lan3";
+				};
+				port@3 {
+					reg = <3>;
+					label = "lan4";
+				};
+				port@4 {
+					reg = <4>;
+					label = "lan5";
+				};
+				port@5 {
+					reg = <5>;
+					label = "cpu";
+					ethernet = <&eth0>;
+					fixed-link {
+						speed = <1000>;
+						full-duplex;
+					};
+				};
+			};
+		};
+		ksz8565: ksz8565@0 {
+			compatible = "microchip,ksz8565";
+			reg = <0>;
 
-                                                             spi-max-frequency = <44000000>;
-                                                             spi-cpha;
-                                                             spi-cpol;
+			spi-max-frequency = <44000000>;
+			spi-cpha;
+			spi-cpol;
 
-                                                             ports {
-                                                                             #address-cells = <1>;
-                                                                             #size-cells = <0>;
-                                                                             port@0 {
-                                                                                             reg = <0>;
-                                                                                             label = "lan1";
-                                                                             };
-                                                                             port@1 {
-                                                                                             reg = <1>;
-                                                                                             label = "lan2";
-                                                                             };
-                                                                             port@2 {
-                                                                                             reg = <2>;
-                                                                                             label = "lan3";
-                                                                             };
-                                                                             port@3 {
-                                                                                             reg = <3>;
-                                                                                             label = "lan4";
-                                                                             };
-                                                                             port@4 {
-                                                                                             reg = <4>;
-                                                                                             label = "lan5";
-                                                                             };
-                                                                             port@5 {
-                                                                                             reg = <5>;
-                                                                                             label = "cpu";
-                                                                                             ethernet = <&eth0>;
-                                                                                             fixed-link {
-                                                                                                             speed = <1000>;
-                                                                                                             full-duplex;
-                                                                                             };
-                                                                             };
-                                                             };
-                                             };
-                             };
+			ports {
+				#address-cells = <1>;
+				#size-cells = <0>;
+				port@0 {
+					reg = <0>;
+					label = "lan1";
+				};
+				port@1 {
+					reg = <1>;
+					label = "lan2";
+				};
+				port@2 {
+					reg = <2>;
+					label = "lan3";
+				};
+				port@3 {
+					reg = <3>;
+					label = "lan4";
+				};
+				port@6 {
+					reg = <6>;
+					label = "cpu";
+					ethernet = <&eth0>;
+					fixed-link {
+						speed = <1000>;
+						full-duplex;
+					};
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/mt7530.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/mt7530.txt
index aa3527f71fdc..47aa205ee0bd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/mt7530.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/mt7530.txt
@@ -3,12 +3,16 @@ Mediatek MT7530 Ethernet switch
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible: Must be compatible = "mediatek,mt7530";
+- compatible: may be compatible = "mediatek,mt7530"
+	or compatible = "mediatek,mt7621"
 - #address-cells: Must be 1.
 - #size-cells: Must be 0.
 - mediatek,mcm: Boolean; if defined, indicates that either MT7530 is the part
 	on multi-chip module belong to MT7623A has or the remotely standalone
 	chip as the function MT7623N reference board provided for.
+
+If compatible mediatek,mt7530 is set then the following properties are required
+
 - core-supply: Phandle to the regulator node necessary for the core power.
 - io-supply: Phandle to the regulator node necessary for the I/O power.
 	See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mt6323-regulator.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/qca8k.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/qca8k.txt
index bbcb255c3150..93a7469e70d4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/qca8k.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/qca8k.txt
@@ -12,10 +12,15 @@ Required properties:
 Subnodes:
 
 The integrated switch subnode should be specified according to the binding
-described in dsa/dsa.txt. As the QCA8K switches do not have a N:N mapping of
-port and PHY id, each subnode describing a port needs to have a valid phandle
-referencing the internal PHY connected to it. The CPU port of this switch is
-always port 0.
+described in dsa/dsa.txt. If the QCA8K switch is connect to a SoC's external
+mdio-bus each subnode describing a port needs to have a valid phandle
+referencing the internal PHY it is connected to. This is because there's no
+N:N mapping of port and PHY id.
+
+Don't use mixed external and internal mdio-bus configurations, as this is
+not supported by the hardware.
+
+The CPU port of this switch is always port 0.
 
 A CPU port node has the following optional node:
 
@@ -31,8 +36,9 @@ For QCA8K the 'fixed-link' sub-node supports only the following properties:
 - 'full-duplex' (boolean, optional), to indicate that full duplex is
   used. When absent, half duplex is assumed.
 
-Example:
+Examples:
 
+for the external mdio-bus configuration:
 
 	&mdio0 {
 		phy_port1: phy@0 {
@@ -55,12 +61,12 @@ Example:
 			reg = <4>;
 		};
 
-		switch0@0 {
+		switch@10 {
 			compatible = "qca,qca8337";
 			#address-cells = <1>;
 			#size-cells = <0>;
 
-			reg = <0>;
+			reg = <0x10>;
 
 			ports {
 				#address-cells = <1>;
@@ -108,3 +114,56 @@ Example:
 			};
 		};
 	};
+
+for the internal master mdio-bus configuration:
+
+	&mdio0 {
+		switch@10 {
+			compatible = "qca,qca8337";
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+
+			reg = <0x10>;
+
+			ports {
+				#address-cells = <1>;
+				#size-cells = <0>;
+
+				port@0 {
+					reg = <0>;
+					label = "cpu";
+					ethernet = <&gmac1>;
+					phy-mode = "rgmii";
+					fixed-link {
+						speed = 1000;
+						full-duplex;
+					};
+				};
+
+				port@1 {
+					reg = <1>;
+					label = "lan1";
+				};
+
+				port@2 {
+					reg = <2>;
+					label = "lan2";
+				};
+
+				port@3 {
+					reg = <3>;
+					label = "lan3";
+				};
+
+				port@4 {
+					reg = <4>;
+					label = "lan4";
+				};
+
+				port@5 {
+					reg = <5>;
+					label = "wan";
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dwmac-sun8i.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dwmac-sun8i.txt
index 5bb3a18cc38d..54c66d0611cb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dwmac-sun8i.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dwmac-sun8i.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Required properties:
 		"allwinner,sun8i-r40-gmac"
 		"allwinner,sun8i-v3s-emac"
 		"allwinner,sun50i-a64-emac"
+		"allwinner,sun50i-h6-emac", "allwinner-sun50i-a64-emac"
 - reg: address and length of the register for the device.
 - interrupts: interrupt for the device
 - interrupt-names: must be "macirq"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
index cfc376bc977a..a68621580584 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
@@ -10,15 +10,14 @@ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-bindings.txt.
   the boot program; should be used in cases where the MAC address assigned to
   the device by the boot program is different from the "local-mac-address"
   property;
-- nvmem-cells: phandle, reference to an nvmem node for the MAC address;
-- nvmem-cell-names: string, should be "mac-address" if nvmem is to be used;
 - max-speed: number, specifies maximum speed in Mbit/s supported by the device;
 - max-frame-size: number, maximum transfer unit (IEEE defined MTU), rather than
   the maximum frame size (there's contradiction in the Devicetree
   Specification).
 - phy-mode: string, operation mode of the PHY interface. This is now a de-facto
   standard property; supported values are:
-  * "internal"
+  * "internal" (Internal means there is not a standard bus between the MAC and
+     the PHY, something proprietary is being used to embed the PHY in the MAC.)
   * "mii"
   * "gmii"
   * "sgmii"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-enetc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-enetc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c812e25ae90f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-enetc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+* ENETC ethernet device tree bindings
+
+Depending on board design and ENETC port type (internal or
+external) there are two supported link modes specified by
+below device tree bindings.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- reg		: Specifies PCIe Device Number and Function
+		  Number of the ENETC endpoint device, according
+		  to parent node bindings.
+- compatible	: Should be "fsl,enetc".
+
+1) The ENETC external port is connected to a MDIO configurable phy:
+
+In this case, the ENETC node should include a "mdio" sub-node
+that in turn should contain the "ethernet-phy" node describing the
+external phy.  Below properties are required, their bindings
+already defined in ethernet.txt or phy.txt, under
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/*.
+
+Required:
+
+- phy-handle		: Phandle to a PHY on the MDIO bus.
+			  Defined in ethernet.txt.
+
+- phy-connection-type	: Defined in ethernet.txt.
+
+- mdio			: "mdio" node, defined in mdio.txt.
+
+- ethernet-phy		: "ethernet-phy" node, defined in phy.txt.
+
+Example:
+
+	ethernet@0,0 {
+		compatible = "fsl,enetc";
+		reg = <0x000000 0 0 0 0>;
+		phy-handle = <&sgmii_phy0>;
+		phy-connection-type = "sgmii";
+
+		mdio {
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+			sgmii_phy0: ethernet-phy@2 {
+				reg = <0x2>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+2) The ENETC port is an internal port or has a fixed-link external
+connection:
+
+In this case, the ENETC port node defines a fixed link connection,
+as specified by "fixed-link.txt", under
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/*.
+
+Required:
+
+- fixed-link	: "fixed-link" node, defined in "fixed-link.txt".
+
+Example:
+	ethernet@0,2 {
+		compatible = "fsl,enetc";
+		reg = <0x000200 0 0 0 0>;
+		fixed-link {
+			speed = <1000>;
+			full-duplex;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/icplus-ip101ag.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/icplus-ip101ag.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a784592bbb15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/icplus-ip101ag.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+IC Plus Corp. IP101A / IP101G Ethernet PHYs
+
+There are different models of the IP101G Ethernet PHY:
+- IP101GR (32-pin QFN package)
+- IP101G (die only, no package)
+- IP101GA (48-pin LQFP package)
+
+There are different models of the IP101A Ethernet PHY (which is the
+predecessor of the IP101G):
+- IP101A (48-pin LQFP package)
+- IP101AH (48-pin LQFP package)
+
+Optional properties for the IP101GR (32-pin QFN package):
+
+- icplus,select-rx-error:
+  pin 21 ("RXER/INTR_32") will output the receive error status.
+  interrupts are not routed outside the PHY in this mode.
+- icplus,select-interrupt:
+  pin 21 ("RXER/INTR_32") will output the interrupt signal.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt
index 3e17ac1d5d58..8b80515729d7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible: Should be "cdns,[<chip>-]{macb|gem}"
   Use "cdns,at91rm9200-emac" Atmel at91rm9200 SoC.
-  Use "cdns,at91sam9260-macb" for Atmel at91sam9 SoCs or the 10/100Mbit IP
-  available on sama5d3 SoCs.
+  Use "cdns,at91sam9260-macb" for Atmel at91sam9 SoCs.
+  Use "cdns,sam9x60-macb" for Microchip sam9x60 SoC.
   Use "cdns,np4-macb" for NP4 SoC devices.
   Use "cdns,at32ap7000-macb" for other 10/100 usage or use the generic form: "cdns,macb".
   Use "cdns,pc302-gem" for Picochip picoXcell pc302 and later devices based on
@@ -26,6 +26,10 @@ Required properties:
 	Optional elements: 'tsu_clk'
 - clocks: Phandles to input clocks.
 
+Optional properties:
+- nvmem-cells: phandle, reference to an nvmem node for the MAC address
+- nvmem-cell-names: string, should be "mac-address" if nvmem is to be used
+
 Optional properties for PHY child node:
 - reset-gpios : Should specify the gpio for phy reset
 - magic-packet : If present, indicates that the hardware supports waking
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,prestera.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,prestera.txt
index c329608fa887..83370ebf5b89 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,prestera.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell,prestera.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Marvell Prestera Switch Chip bindings
 -------------------------------------
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: one of the following
+- compatible: must be "marvell,prestera" and one of the following
 	"marvell,prestera-98dx3236",
 	"marvell,prestera-98dx3336",
 	"marvell,prestera-98dx4251",
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ switch {
 	ranges = <0 MBUS_ID(0x03, 0x00) 0 0x100000>;
 
 	packet-processor@0 {
-		compatible = "marvell,prestera-98dx3236";
+		compatible = "marvell,prestera-98dx3236", "marvell,prestera";
 		reg = <0 0x4000000>;
 		interrupts = <33>, <34>, <35>;
 		dfx = <&dfx>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt
index bedcfd5a52cd..691f886cfc4a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-armada-370-neta.txt
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Optional properties:
   "marvell,armada-370-neta" and 9800B for others.
 - clock-names: List of names corresponding to clocks property; shall be
   "core" for core clock and "bus" for the optional bus clock.
-
+- phys: comphy for the ethernet port, see ../phy/phy-bindings.txt
 
 Optional properties (valid only for Armada XP/38x):
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux-multiplexer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux-multiplexer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..534e38058fe0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux-multiplexer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+Properties for an MDIO bus multiplexer consumer device
+
+This is a special case of MDIO mux  when MDIO mux is defined as a consumer
+of a mux producer device. The mux producer can be of any type like mmio mux
+producer, gpio mux producer or generic register based mux producer.
+
+Required properties in addition to the MDIO Bus multiplexer properties:
+
+- compatible : should be "mmio-mux-multiplexer"
+- mux-controls : mux controller node to use for operating the mux
+- mdio-parent-bus : phandle to the parent MDIO bus.
+
+each child node of mdio bus multiplexer consumer device represent a mdio
+bus.
+
+for more information please refer
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mux/mux-controller.txt
+and Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux.txt
+
+Example:
+In below example the Mux producer and consumer are separate nodes.
+
+&i2c0 {
+	fpga@66 { // fpga connected to i2c
+		compatible = "fsl,lx2160aqds-fpga", "fsl,fpga-qixis-i2c",
+			     "simple-mfd";
+		reg = <0x66>;
+
+		mux: mux-controller { // Mux Producer
+			compatible = "reg-mux";
+			#mux-control-cells = <1>;
+			mux-reg-masks = <0x54 0xf8>, /* 0: reg 0x54, bits 7:3 */
+					<0x54 0x07>; /* 1: reg 0x54, bits 2:0 */
+		};
+	};
+};
+
+mdio-mux-1 { // Mux consumer
+	compatible = "mdio-mux-multiplexer";
+	mux-controls = <&mux 0>;
+	mdio-parent-bus = <&emdio1>;
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+
+	mdio@0 {
+		reg = <0x0>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+	};
+
+	mdio@8 {
+		reg = <0x8>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+	};
+
+	..
+	..
+};
+
+mdio-mux-2 { // Mux consumer
+	compatible = "mdio-mux-multiplexer";
+	mux-controls = <&mux 1>;
+	mdio-parent-bus = <&emdio2>;
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+
+	mdio@0 {
+		reg = <0x0>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+	};
+
+	mdio@1 {
+		reg = <0x1>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+	};
+
+	..
+	..
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mediatek-bluetooth.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mediatek-bluetooth.txt
index 14ceb2a5b4e8..41a7dcc80f5b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mediatek-bluetooth.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mediatek-bluetooth.txt
@@ -33,3 +33,67 @@ Example:
 			clock-names = "ref";
 		};
 	};
+
+MediaTek UART based Bluetooth Devices
+==================================
+
+This device is a serial attached device to UART device and thus it must be a
+child node of the serial node with UART.
+
+Please refer to the following documents for generic properties:
+
+	Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/slave-device.txt
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible:	Must be
+		  "mediatek,mt7663u-bluetooth": for MT7663U device
+		  "mediatek,mt7668u-bluetooth": for MT7668U device
+- vcc-supply:	Main voltage regulator
+- pinctrl-names: Should be "default", "runtime"
+- pinctrl-0: Should contain UART RXD low when the device is powered up to
+	     enter proper bootstrap mode.
+- pinctrl-1: Should contain UART mode pin ctrl
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- reset-gpios:	GPIO used to reset the device whose initial state keeps low,
+		if the GPIO is missing, then board-level design should be
+		guaranteed.
+- current-speed:  Current baud rate of the device whose defaults to 921600
+
+Example:
+
+	uart1_pins_boot: uart1-default {
+		pins-dat {
+			pinmux = <MT7623_PIN_81_URXD1_FUNC_GPIO81>;
+			output-low;
+		};
+	};
+
+	uart1_pins_runtime: uart1-runtime {
+		pins-dat {
+			pinmux = <MT7623_PIN_81_URXD1_FUNC_URXD1>,
+				 <MT7623_PIN_82_UTXD1_FUNC_UTXD1>;
+		};
+	};
+
+	uart1: serial@11003000 {
+		compatible = "mediatek,mt7623-uart",
+			     "mediatek,mt6577-uart";
+		reg = <0 0x11003000 0 0x400>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 52 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+		clocks = <&pericfg CLK_PERI_UART1_SEL>,
+			 <&pericfg CLK_PERI_UART1>;
+		clock-names = "baud", "bus";
+
+		bluetooth {
+			compatible = "mediatek,mt7663u-bluetooth";
+			vcc-supply = <&reg_5v>;
+			reset-gpios = <&pio 24 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+			pinctrl-names = "default", "runtime";
+			pinctrl-0 = <&uart1_pins_boot>;
+			pinctrl-1 = <&uart1_pins_runtime>;
+			current-speed = <921600>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mediatek-dwmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mediatek-dwmac.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8a08621a5b54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mediatek-dwmac.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+MediaTek DWMAC glue layer controller
+
+This file documents platform glue layer for stmmac.
+Please see stmmac.txt for the other unchanged properties.
+
+The device node has following properties.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:  Should be "mediatek,mt2712-gmac" for MT2712 SoC
+- reg:  Address and length of the register set for the device
+- interrupts:  Should contain the MAC interrupts
+- interrupt-names: Should contain a list of interrupt names corresponding to
+	the interrupts in the interrupts property, if available.
+	Should be "macirq" for the main MAC IRQ
+- clocks: Must contain a phandle for each entry in clock-names.
+- clock-names: The name of the clock listed in the clocks property. These are
+	"axi", "apb", "mac_main", "ptp_ref" for MT2712 SoC
+- mac-address: See ethernet.txt in the same directory
+- phy-mode: See ethernet.txt in the same directory
+- mediatek,pericfg: A phandle to the syscon node that control ethernet
+	interface and timing delay.
+
+Optional properties:
+- mediatek,tx-delay-ps: TX clock delay macro value. Default is 0.
+	It should be defined for RGMII/MII interface.
+- mediatek,rx-delay-ps: RX clock delay macro value. Default is 0.
+	It should be defined for RGMII/MII/RMII interface.
+Both delay properties need to be a multiple of 170 for RGMII interface,
+or will round down. Range 0~31*170.
+Both delay properties need to be a multiple of 550 for MII/RMII interface,
+or will round down. Range 0~31*550.
+
+- mediatek,rmii-rxc: boolean property, if present indicates that the RMII
+	reference clock, which is from external PHYs, is connected to RXC pin
+	on MT2712 SoC.
+	Otherwise, is connected to TXC pin.
+- mediatek,txc-inverse: boolean property, if present indicates that
+	1. tx clock will be inversed in MII/RGMII case,
+	2. tx clock inside MAC will be inversed relative to reference clock
+	   which is from external PHYs in RMII case, and it rarely happen.
+- mediatek,rxc-inverse: boolean property, if present indicates that
+	1. rx clock will be inversed in MII/RGMII case.
+	2. reference clock will be inversed when arrived at MAC in RMII case.
+- assigned-clocks: mac_main and ptp_ref clocks
+- assigned-clock-parents: parent clocks of the assigned clocks
+
+Example:
+	eth: ethernet@1101c000 {
+		compatible = "mediatek,mt2712-gmac";
+		reg = <0 0x1101c000 0 0x1300>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 237 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+		interrupt-names = "macirq";
+		phy-mode ="rgmii";
+		mac-address = [00 55 7b b5 7d f7];
+		clock-names = "axi",
+			      "apb",
+			      "mac_main",
+			      "ptp_ref",
+			      "ptp_top";
+		clocks = <&pericfg CLK_PERI_GMAC>,
+			 <&pericfg CLK_PERI_GMAC_PCLK>,
+			 <&topckgen CLK_TOP_ETHER_125M_SEL>,
+			 <&topckgen CLK_TOP_ETHER_50M_SEL>;
+		assigned-clocks = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_ETHER_125M_SEL>,
+				  <&topckgen CLK_TOP_ETHER_50M_SEL>;
+		assigned-clock-parents = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_ETHERPLL_125M>,
+					 <&topckgen CLK_TOP_APLL1_D3>;
+		mediatek,pericfg = <&pericfg>;
+		mediatek,tx-delay-ps = <1530>;
+		mediatek,rx-delay-ps = <1530>;
+		mediatek,rmii-rxc;
+		mediatek,txc-inverse;
+		mediatek,rxc-inverse;
+		snps,txpbl = <32>;
+		snps,rxpbl = <32>;
+		snps,reset-gpio = <&pio 87 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+		snps,reset-active-low;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nixge.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nixge.txt
index e55af7f0881a..85d7240a9b20 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nixge.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nixge.txt
@@ -1,17 +1,53 @@
 * NI XGE Ethernet controller
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "ni,xge-enet-2.00"
-- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device
+- compatible: Should be "ni,xge-enet-3.00", but can be "ni,xge-enet-2.00" for
+              older device trees with DMA engines co-located in the address map,
+              with the one reg entry to describe the whole device.
+- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device. It contains the
+       information of registers in the same order as described by reg-names.
+- reg-names: Should contain the reg names
+	"dma":  DMA engine control and status region
+        "ctrl": MDIO and PHY control and status region
 - interrupts: Should contain tx and rx interrupt
 - interrupt-names: Should be "rx" and "tx"
 - phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
-- phy-handle: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
 - nvmem-cells: Phandle of nvmem cell containing the MAC address
 - nvmem-cell-names: Should be "address"
 
+Optional properties:
+- mdio subnode to indicate presence of MDIO controller
+- fixed-link : Assume a fixed link. See fixed-link.txt in the same directory.
+  Use instead of phy-handle.
+- phy-handle: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
+
 Examples (10G generic PHY):
 	nixge0: ethernet@40000000 {
+		compatible = "ni,xge-enet-3.00";
+		reg = <0x40000000 0x4000
+		       0x41002000 0x2000>;
+		reg-names = "dma", "ctrl";
+
+		nvmem-cells = <&eth1_addr>;
+		nvmem-cell-names = "address";
+
+		interrupts = <0 29 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, <0 30 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		interrupt-names = "rx", "tx";
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+
+		phy-mode = "xgmii";
+		phy-handle = <&ethernet_phy1>;
+
+		mdio {
+			ethernet_phy1: ethernet-phy@4 {
+				compatible = "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c45";
+				reg = <4>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+Examples (10G generic PHY, no MDIO):
+	nixge0: ethernet@40000000 {
 		compatible = "ni,xge-enet-2.00";
 		reg = <0x40000000 0x6000>;
 
@@ -24,9 +60,33 @@ Examples (10G generic PHY):
 
 		phy-mode = "xgmii";
 		phy-handle = <&ethernet_phy1>;
+	};
+
+Examples (1G generic fixed-link + MDIO):
+	nixge0: ethernet@40000000 {
+		compatible = "ni,xge-enet-2.00";
+		reg = <0x40000000 0x6000>;
 
-		ethernet_phy1: ethernet-phy@4 {
-			compatible = "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c45";
-			reg = <4>;
+		nvmem-cells = <&eth1_addr>;
+		nvmem-cell-names = "address";
+
+		interrupts = <0 29 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, <0 30 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		interrupt-names = "rx", "tx";
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+
+		phy-mode = "xgmii";
+
+		fixed-link {
+			speed = <1000>;
+			pause;
+			link-gpios = <&gpio0 63 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+		};
+
+		mdio {
+			ethernet_phy1: ethernet-phy@4 {
+				compatible = "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c22";
+				reg = <4>;
+			};
 		};
+
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qcom,ethqos.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qcom,ethqos.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..fcf5035810b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qcom,ethqos.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+Qualcomm Ethernet ETHQOS device
+
+This documents dwmmac based ethernet device which supports Gigabit
+ethernet for version v2.3.0 onwards.
+
+This device has following properties:
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Should be qcom,qcs404-ethqos"
+
+- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device
+
+- reg-names: Should contain register names "stmmaceth", "rgmii"
+
+- clocks: Should contain phandle to clocks
+
+- clock-names: Should contain clock names "stmmaceth", "pclk",
+		"ptp_ref", "rgmii"
+
+- interrupts: Should contain phandle to interrupts
+
+- interrupt-names: Should contain interrupt names "macirq", "eth_lpi"
+
+Rest of the properties are defined in stmmac.txt file in same directory
+
+
+Example:
+
+ethernet: ethernet@7a80000 {
+	compatible = "qcom,qcs404-ethqos";
+	reg = <0x07a80000 0x10000>,
+		<0x07a96000 0x100>;
+	reg-names = "stmmaceth", "rgmii";
+	clock-names = "stmmaceth", "pclk", "ptp_ref", "rgmii";
+	clocks = <&gcc GCC_ETH_AXI_CLK>,
+		<&gcc GCC_ETH_SLAVE_AHB_CLK>,
+		<&gcc GCC_ETH_PTP_CLK>,
+		<&gcc GCC_ETH_RGMII_CLK>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 56 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+			<GIC_SPI 55 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	interrupt-names = "macirq", "eth_lpi";
+	snps,reset-gpio = <&tlmm 60 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+	snps,reset-active-low;
+
+	snps,txpbl = <8>;
+	snps,rxpbl = <2>;
+	snps,aal;
+	snps,tso;
+
+	phy-handle = <&phy1>;
+	phy-mode = "rgmii";
+
+	mdio {
+		#address-cells = <0x1>;
+		#size-cells = <0x0>;
+		compatible = "snps,dwmac-mdio";
+		phy1: phy@4 {
+			device_type = "ethernet-phy";
+			reg = <0x4>;
+		};
+	};
+
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt
index 3530256a879c..7ad36213093e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/renesas,ravb.txt
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ Required properties:
 		R-Car Gen2 and RZ/G1 devices.
 
       - "renesas,etheravb-r8a774a1" for the R8A774A1 SoC.
+      - "renesas,etheravb-r8a774c0" for the R8A774C0 SoC.
       - "renesas,etheravb-r8a7795" for the R8A7795 SoC.
       - "renesas,etheravb-r8a7796" for the R8A7796 SoC.
       - "renesas,etheravb-r8a77965" for the R8A77965 SoC.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stm32-dwmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stm32-dwmac.txt
index 1341012722aa..a90eef11dc46 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stm32-dwmac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stm32-dwmac.txt
@@ -14,8 +14,7 @@ Required properties:
 - clock-names: Should be "stmmaceth" for the host clock.
 	       Should be "mac-clk-tx" for the MAC TX clock.
 	       Should be "mac-clk-rx" for the MAC RX clock.
-	       For MPU family need to add also "ethstp" for power mode clock and,
-	                                       "syscfg-clk" for SYSCFG clock.
+	       For MPU family need to add also "ethstp" for power mode clock
 - interrupt-names: Should contain a list of interrupt names corresponding to
            the interrupts in the interrupts property, if available.
 		   Should be "macirq" for the main MAC IRQ
@@ -24,9 +23,9 @@ Required properties:
 	       encompases the glue register, and the offset of the control register.
 
 Optional properties:
-- clock-names:     For MPU family "mac-clk-ck" for PHY without quartz
-- st,int-phyclk (boolean) :  valid only where PHY do not have quartz and need to be clock
-	           by RCC
+- clock-names:     For MPU family "eth-ck" for PHY without quartz
+- st,eth-clk-sel (boolean) : set this property in RGMII PHY when you want to select RCC clock instead of ETH_CLK125.
+- st,eth-ref-clk-sel (boolean) :  set this property in RMII mode when you have PHY without crystal 50MHz and want to select RCC clock instead of ETH_REF_CLK.
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/mediatek,mt76.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/mediatek,mt76.txt
index 0c17a0ec9b7b..7b9a776230c0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/mediatek,mt76.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/mediatek,mt76.txt
@@ -4,6 +4,13 @@ This node provides properties for configuring the MediaTek mt76xx wireless
 device. The node is expected to be specified as a child node of the PCI
 controller to which the wireless chip is connected.
 
+Alternatively, it can specify the wireless part of the MT7628/MT7688 SoC.
+For SoC, use the compatible string "mediatek,mt7628-wmac" and the following
+properties:
+
+- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device.
+- interrupts: Main device interrupt
+
 Optional properties:
 
 - mac-address: See ethernet.txt in the parent directory
@@ -30,3 +37,15 @@ Optional nodes:
 		};
 	};
 };
+
+MT7628 example:
+
+wmac: wmac@10300000 {
+	compatible = "mediatek,mt7628-wmac";
+	reg = <0x10300000 0x100000>;
+
+	interrupt-parent = <&cpuintc>;
+	interrupts = <6>;
+
+	mediatek,mtd-eeprom = <&factory 0x0000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qcom,ath10k.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qcom,ath10k.txt
index 2196d1ab3c8c..ae661e65354e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qcom,ath10k.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qcom,ath10k.txt
@@ -21,10 +21,22 @@ can be provided per device.
 
 SNOC based devices (i.e. wcn3990) uses compatible string "qcom,wcn3990-wifi".
 
-Optional properties:
 - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device.
 - reg-names: Must include the list of following reg names,
 	     "membase"
+- interrupts: reference to the list of 17 interrupt numbers for "qcom,ipq4019-wifi"
+	      compatible target.
+	      reference to the list of 12 interrupt numbers for "qcom,wcn3990-wifi"
+	      compatible target.
+	      Must contain interrupt-names property per entry for
+	      "qcom,ath10k", "qcom,ipq4019-wifi" compatible targets.
+
+- interrupt-names: Must include the entries for MSI interrupt
+		   names ("msi0" to "msi15") and legacy interrupt
+		   name ("legacy") for "qcom,ath10k", "qcom,ipq4019-wifi"
+		   compatible targets.
+
+Optional properties:
 - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
           See ../reset/reseti.txt for details.
 - reset-names: Must include the list of following reset names,
@@ -37,12 +49,9 @@ Optional properties:
 - clocks: List of clock specifiers, must contain an entry for each required
           entry in clock-names.
 - clock-names: Should contain the clock names "wifi_wcss_cmd", "wifi_wcss_ref",
-               "wifi_wcss_rtc".
-- interrupts: List of interrupt lines. Must contain an entry
-	      for each entry in the interrupt-names property.
-- interrupt-names: Must include the entries for MSI interrupt
-		   names ("msi0" to "msi15") and legacy interrupt
-		   name ("legacy"),
+	       "wifi_wcss_rtc" for "qcom,ipq4019-wifi" compatible target and
+	       "cxo_ref_clk_pin" for "qcom,wcn3990-wifi"
+	       compatible target.
 - qcom,msi_addr: MSI interrupt address.
 - qcom,msi_base: Base value to add before writing MSI data into
 		MSI address register.
@@ -55,14 +64,25 @@ Optional properties:
 - qcom,ath10k-pre-calibration-data : pre calibration data as an array,
 				     the length can vary between hw versions.
 - <supply-name>-supply: handle to the regulator device tree node
-			   optional "supply-name" is "vdd-0.8-cx-mx".
+			   optional "supply-name" are "vdd-0.8-cx-mx",
+			   "vdd-1.8-xo", "vdd-1.3-rfa" and "vdd-3.3-ch0".
 - memory-region:
 	Usage: optional
 	Value type: <phandle>
 	Definition: reference to the reserved-memory for the msa region
 		    used by the wifi firmware running in Q6.
+- iommus:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: A list of phandle and IOMMU specifier pairs.
+- ext-fem-name:
+	Usage: Optional
+	Value type: string
+	Definition: Name of external front end module used. Some valid FEM names
+		    for example: "microsemi-lx5586", "sky85703-11"
+		    and "sky85803" etc.
 
-Example (to supply the calibration data alone):
+Example (to supply PCI based wifi block details):
 
 In this example, the node is defined as child node of the PCI controller.
 
@@ -74,10 +94,10 @@ pci {
 		#address-cells = <3>;
 		device_type = "pci";
 
-		ath10k@0,0 {
+		wifi@0,0 {
 			reg = <0 0 0 0 0>;
-			device_type = "pci";
 			qcom,ath10k-calibration-data = [ 01 02 03 ... ];
+			ext-fem-name = "microsemi-lx5586";
 		};
 	};
 };
@@ -138,21 +158,25 @@ wifi@18000000 {
 		compatible = "qcom,wcn3990-wifi";
 		reg = <0x18800000 0x800000>;
 		reg-names = "membase";
-		clocks = <&clock_gcc clk_aggre2_noc_clk>;
-		clock-names = "smmu_aggre2_noc_clk"
+		clocks = <&clock_gcc clk_rf_clk2_pin>;
+		clock-names = "cxo_ref_clk_pin";
 		interrupts =
-			   <0 130 0 /* CE0 */ >,
-			   <0 131 0 /* CE1 */ >,
-			   <0 132 0 /* CE2 */ >,
-			   <0 133 0 /* CE3 */ >,
-			   <0 134 0 /* CE4 */ >,
-			   <0 135 0 /* CE5 */ >,
-			   <0 136 0 /* CE6 */ >,
-			   <0 137 0 /* CE7 */ >,
-			   <0 138 0 /* CE8 */ >,
-			   <0 139 0 /* CE9 */ >,
-			   <0 140 0 /* CE10 */ >,
-			   <0 141 0 /* CE11 */ >;
+			<GIC_SPI 414 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+			<GIC_SPI 415 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+			<GIC_SPI 416 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+			<GIC_SPI 417 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+			<GIC_SPI 418 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+			<GIC_SPI 419 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+			<GIC_SPI 420 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+			<GIC_SPI 421 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+			<GIC_SPI 422 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+			<GIC_SPI 423 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+			<GIC_SPI 424 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+			<GIC_SPI 425 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
 		vdd-0.8-cx-mx-supply = <&pm8998_l5>;
+		vdd-1.8-xo-supply = <&vreg_l7a_1p8>;
+		vdd-1.3-rfa-supply = <&vreg_l17a_1p3>;
+		vdd-3.3-ch0-supply = <&vreg_l25a_3p3>;
 		memory-region = <&wifi_msa_mem>;
+		iommus = <&apps_smmu 0x0040 0x1>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt
index e319fe5e205a..99c4ba6a3f61 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Required properties:
   "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-sid"
   "allwinner,sun8i-h3-sid"
   "allwinner,sun50i-a64-sid"
+  "allwinner,sun50i-h5-sid"
 
 - reg: Should contain registers location and length
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/amlogic-efuse.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/amlogic-efuse.txt
index e3298e18de26..2e0723ab3384 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/amlogic-efuse.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/amlogic-efuse.txt
@@ -2,6 +2,8 @@
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible: should be "amlogic,meson-gxbb-efuse"
+- clocks: phandle to the efuse peripheral clock provided by the
+	  clock controller.
 
 = Data cells =
 Are child nodes of eFuse, bindings of which as described in
@@ -11,6 +13,7 @@ Example:
 
 	efuse: efuse {
 		compatible = "amlogic,meson-gxbb-efuse";
+		clocks = <&clkc CLKID_EFUSE>;
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		#size-cells = <1>;
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt
index 792bc5fafeb9..7a999a135e56 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Freescale i.MX6 On-Chip OTP Controller (OCOTP) device tree bindings
 
 This binding represents the on-chip eFuse OTP controller found on
-i.MX6Q/D, i.MX6DL/S, i.MX6SL, i.MX6SX, i.MX6UL and i.MX6SLL SoCs.
+i.MX6Q/D, i.MX6DL/S, i.MX6SL, i.MX6SX, i.MX6UL, i.MX6ULL/ULZ and i.MX6SLL SoCs.
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible: should be one of
@@ -9,8 +9,10 @@ Required properties:
 	"fsl,imx6sl-ocotp" (i.MX6SL), or
 	"fsl,imx6sx-ocotp" (i.MX6SX),
 	"fsl,imx6ul-ocotp" (i.MX6UL),
+	"fsl,imx6ull-ocotp" (i.MX6ULL/ULZ),
 	"fsl,imx7d-ocotp" (i.MX7D/S),
 	"fsl,imx6sll-ocotp" (i.MX6SLL),
+	"fsl,imx7ulp-ocotp" (i.MX7ULP),
 	followed by "syscon".
 - #address-cells : Should be 1
 - #size-cells : Should be 1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/xlnx,zynqmp-nvmem.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/xlnx,zynqmp-nvmem.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4881561b3a02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/xlnx,zynqmp-nvmem.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+=  Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC nvmem firmware driver binding =
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+The nvmem_firmware node provides access to the hardware related data
+like soc revision, IDCODE... etc, By using the firmware interface.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "xlnx,zynqmp-nvmem-fw"
+
+= Data cells =
+Are child nodes of silicon id, bindings of which as described in
+bindings/nvmem/nvmem.txt
+
+-------
+ Example
+-------
+firmware {
+	zynqmp_firmware: zynqmp-firmware {
+		compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-firmware";
+		method = "smc";
+
+		nvmem_firmware {
+			compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-nvmem-fw";
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <1>;
+
+			/* Data cells */
+			soc_revision: soc_revision {
+				reg = <0x0 0x4>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+};
+
+= Data consumers =
+Are device nodes which consume nvmem data cells.
+
+For example:
+	pcap {
+		...
+
+		nvmem-cells = <&soc_revision>;
+		nvmem-cell-names = "soc_revision";
+
+		...
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/opp/opp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/opp/opp.txt
index c396c4c0af92..76b6c79604a5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/opp/opp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/opp/opp.txt
@@ -129,6 +129,9 @@ Optional properties:
 - opp-microamp-<name>: Named opp-microamp property. Similar to
   opp-microvolt-<name> property, but for microamp instead.
 
+- opp-level: A value representing the performance level of the device,
+  expressed as a 32-bit integer.
+
 - clock-latency-ns: Specifies the maximum possible transition latency (in
   nanoseconds) for switching to this OPP from any other OPP.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/altera-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/altera-pcie.txt
index 6c396f17c91a..816b244a221e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/altera-pcie.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/altera-pcie.txt
@@ -1,11 +1,13 @@
 * Altera PCIe controller
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible :	should contain "altr,pcie-root-port-1.0"
+- compatible :	should contain "altr,pcie-root-port-1.0" or "altr,pcie-root-port-2.0"
 - reg:		a list of physical base address and length for TXS and CRA.
+		For "altr,pcie-root-port-2.0", additional HIP base address and length.
 - reg-names:	must include the following entries:
 		"Txs": TX slave port region
 		"Cra": Control register access region
+		"Hip": Hard IP region (if "altr,pcie-root-port-2.0")
 - interrupts:	specifies the interrupt source of the parent interrupt
 		controller.  The format of the interrupt specifier depends
 		on the parent interrupt controller.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/amlogic,meson-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/amlogic,meson-pcie.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..12b18f82d441
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/amlogic,meson-pcie.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+Amlogic Meson AXG DWC PCIE SoC controller
+
+Amlogic Meson PCIe host controller is based on the Synopsys DesignWare PCI core.
+It shares common functions with the PCIe DesignWare core driver and
+inherits common properties defined in
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pci.txt.
+
+Additional properties are described here:
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:
+	should contain "amlogic,axg-pcie" to identify the core.
+- reg:
+	should contain the configuration address space.
+- reg-names: Must be
+	- "elbi"	External local bus interface registers
+	- "cfg"		Meson specific registers
+	- "phy"		Meson PCIE PHY registers
+	- "config"	PCIe configuration space
+- reset-gpios: The GPIO to generate PCIe PERST# assert and deassert signal.
+- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+- clock-names: Must include the following entries:
+	- "pclk"       PCIe GEN 100M PLL clock
+	- "port"       PCIe_x(A or B) RC clock gate
+	- "general"    PCIe Phy clock
+	- "mipi"       PCIe_x(A or B) 100M ref clock gate
+- resets: phandle to the reset lines.
+- reset-names: must contain "phy" "port" and "apb"
+       - "phy"         Share PHY reset
+       - "port"        Port A or B reset
+       - "apb"         Share APB reset
+- device_type:
+	should be "pci". As specified in designware-pcie.txt
+
+
+Example configuration:
+
+	pcie: pcie@f9800000 {
+			compatible = "amlogic,axg-pcie", "snps,dw-pcie";
+			reg = <0x0 0xf9800000 0x0 0x400000
+					0x0 0xff646000 0x0 0x2000
+					0x0 0xff644000 0x0 0x2000
+					0x0 0xf9f00000 0x0 0x100000>;
+			reg-names = "elbi", "cfg", "phy", "config";
+			reset-gpios = <&gpio GPIOX_19 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+			interrupts = <GIC_SPI 177 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+			#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+			interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 0>;
+			interrupt-map = <0 0 0 0 &gic GIC_SPI 179 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+			bus-range = <0x0 0xff>;
+			#address-cells = <3>;
+			#size-cells = <2>;
+			device_type = "pci";
+			ranges = <0x82000000 0 0 0x0 0xf9c00000 0 0x00300000>;
+
+			clocks = <&clkc CLKID_USB
+					&clkc CLKID_MIPI_ENABLE
+					&clkc CLKID_PCIE_A
+					&clkc CLKID_PCIE_CML_EN0>;
+			clock-names = "general",
+					"mipi",
+					"pclk",
+					"port";
+			resets = <&reset RESET_PCIE_PHY>,
+				<&reset RESET_PCIE_A>,
+				<&reset RESET_PCIE_APB>;
+			reset-names = "phy",
+					"port",
+					"apb";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt
index cb33421184a0..a7f5f5afa0e6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/fsl,imx6q-pcie.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required properties:
 	- "fsl,imx6sx-pcie",
 	- "fsl,imx6qp-pcie"
 	- "fsl,imx7d-pcie"
+	- "fsl,imx8mq-pcie"
 - reg: base address and length of the PCIe controller
 - interrupts: A list of interrupt outputs of the controller. Must contain an
   entry for each entry in the interrupt-names property.
@@ -41,15 +42,23 @@ Optional properties:
 Additional required properties for imx6sx-pcie:
 - clock names: Must include the following additional entries:
 	- "pcie_inbound_axi"
-- power-domains: Must be set to a phandle pointing to the PCIE_PHY power domain
+- power-domains: Must be set to phandles pointing to the DISPLAY and
+  PCIE_PHY power domains
+- power-domain-names: Must be "pcie", "pcie_phy"
 
-Additional required properties for imx7d-pcie:
+Additional required properties for imx7d-pcie and imx8mq-pcie:
 - power-domains: Must be set to a phandle pointing to PCIE_PHY power domain
 - resets: Must contain phandles to PCIe-related reset lines exposed by SRC
   IP block
 - reset-names: Must contain the following entires:
 	       - "pciephy"
 	       - "apps"
+	       - "turnoff"
+- fsl,imx7d-pcie-phy: A phandle to an fsl,imx7d-pcie-phy node.
+
+Additional required properties for imx8mq-pcie:
+- clock-names: Must include the following additional entries:
+	- "pcie_aux"
 
 Example:
 
@@ -76,3 +85,13 @@ Example:
 		clocks = <&clks 144>, <&clks 206>, <&clks 189>;
 		clock-names = "pcie", "pcie_bus", "pcie_phy";
 	};
+
+* Freescale i.MX7d PCIe PHY
+
+This is the PHY associated with the IMX7d PCIe controller.  It's used by the
+PCI-e controller via the fsl,imx7d-pcie-phy phandle.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:
+	- "fsl,imx7d-pcie-phy"
+- reg: base address and length of the PCIe PHY controller
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/host-generic-pci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/host-generic-pci.txt
index 3f1d3fca62bb..614b594f4e72 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/host-generic-pci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/host-generic-pci.txt
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ For CAM, this 24-bit offset is:
         cfg_offset(bus, device, function, register) =
                    bus << 16 | device << 11 | function << 8 | register
 
-Whilst ECAM extends this by 4 bits to accommodate 4k of function space:
+While ECAM extends this by 4 bits to accommodate 4k of function space:
 
         cfg_offset(bus, device, function, register) =
                    bus << 20 | device << 15 | function << 12 | register
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/layerscape-pci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/layerscape-pci.txt
index 66df1e81e0b8..e20ceaab9b38 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/layerscape-pci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/layerscape-pci.txt
@@ -13,12 +13,16 @@ information.
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible: should contain the platform identifier such as:
-        "fsl,ls1021a-pcie", "snps,dw-pcie"
-        "fsl,ls2080a-pcie", "fsl,ls2085a-pcie", "snps,dw-pcie"
+  RC mode:
+        "fsl,ls1021a-pcie"
+        "fsl,ls2080a-pcie", "fsl,ls2085a-pcie"
         "fsl,ls2088a-pcie"
         "fsl,ls1088a-pcie"
         "fsl,ls1046a-pcie"
+        "fsl,ls1043a-pcie"
         "fsl,ls1012a-pcie"
+  EP mode:
+	"fsl,ls1046a-pcie-ep", "fsl,ls-pcie-ep"
 - reg: base addresses and lengths of the PCIe controller register blocks.
 - interrupts: A list of interrupt outputs of the controller. Must contain an
   entry for each entry in the interrupt-names property.
@@ -35,7 +39,7 @@ Required properties:
 Example:
 
 	pcie@3400000 {
-		compatible = "fsl,ls1021a-pcie", "snps,dw-pcie";
+		compatible = "fsl,ls1021a-pcie";
 		reg = <0x00 0x03400000 0x0 0x00010000   /* controller registers */
 		       0x40 0x00000000 0x0 0x00002000>; /* configuration space */
 		reg-names = "regs", "config";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/mediatek-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/mediatek-pcie.txt
index 20227a875ac8..92437a366e5f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/mediatek-pcie.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/mediatek-pcie.txt
@@ -65,7 +65,6 @@ Required properties:
   explanation.
 - ranges: Sub-ranges distributed from the PCIe controller node. An empty
   property is sufficient.
-- num-lanes: Number of lanes to use for this port.
 
 Examples for MT7623:
 
@@ -118,7 +117,6 @@ Examples for MT7623:
 			interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 0>;
 			interrupt-map = <0 0 0 0 &sysirq GIC_SPI 193 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
 			ranges;
-			num-lanes = <1>;
 		};
 
 		pcie@1,0 {
@@ -129,7 +127,6 @@ Examples for MT7623:
 			interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 0>;
 			interrupt-map = <0 0 0 0 &sysirq GIC_SPI 194 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
 			ranges;
-			num-lanes = <1>;
 		};
 
 		pcie@2,0 {
@@ -140,7 +137,6 @@ Examples for MT7623:
 			interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 0>;
 			interrupt-map = <0 0 0 0 &sysirq GIC_SPI 195 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
 			ranges;
-			num-lanes = <1>;
 		};
 	};
 
@@ -172,7 +168,6 @@ Examples for MT2712:
 			#size-cells = <2>;
 			#interrupt-cells = <1>;
 			ranges;
-			num-lanes = <1>;
 			interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 7>;
 			interrupt-map = <0 0 0 1 &pcie_intc0 0>,
 					<0 0 0 2 &pcie_intc0 1>,
@@ -191,7 +186,6 @@ Examples for MT2712:
 			#size-cells = <2>;
 			#interrupt-cells = <1>;
 			ranges;
-			num-lanes = <1>;
 			interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 7>;
 			interrupt-map = <0 0 0 1 &pcie_intc1 0>,
 					<0 0 0 2 &pcie_intc1 1>,
@@ -245,7 +239,6 @@ Examples for MT7622:
 			#size-cells = <2>;
 			#interrupt-cells = <1>;
 			ranges;
-			num-lanes = <1>;
 			interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 7>;
 			interrupt-map = <0 0 0 1 &pcie_intc0 0>,
 					<0 0 0 2 &pcie_intc0 1>,
@@ -264,7 +257,6 @@ Examples for MT7622:
 			#size-cells = <2>;
 			#interrupt-cells = <1>;
 			ranges;
-			num-lanes = <1>;
 			interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 7>;
 			interrupt-map = <0 0 0 1 &pcie_intc1 0>,
 					<0 0 0 2 &pcie_intc1 1>,
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-keystone.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-keystone.txt
index 4dd17de549a7..2030ee0dc4f9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-keystone.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-keystone.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,9 @@ pcie_msi_intc : Interrupt controller device node for MSI IRQ chip
 	interrupt-cells: should be set to 1
 	interrupts: GIC interrupt lines connected to PCI MSI interrupt lines
 
+ti,syscon-pcie-id : phandle to the device control module required to set device
+		    id and vendor id.
+
  Example:
 	pcie_msi_intc: msi-interrupt-controller {
 			interrupt-controller;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-rcar-gen2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-rcar-gen2.txt
index 9fe7e12a7bf3..b94078f58d8e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-rcar-gen2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-rcar-gen2.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ OHCI and EHCI controllers.
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible: "renesas,pci-r8a7743" for the R8A7743 SoC;
+	      "renesas,pci-r8a7744" for the R8A7744 SoC;
 	      "renesas,pci-r8a7745" for the R8A7745 SoC;
 	      "renesas,pci-r8a7790" for the R8A7790 SoC;
 	      "renesas,pci-r8a7791" for the R8A7791 SoC;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-pci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-pci.txt
index a5f7fc62d10e..6904882a0e94 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-pci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/rcar-pci.txt
@@ -2,6 +2,8 @@
 
 Required properties:
 compatible: "renesas,pcie-r8a7743" for the R8A7743 SoC;
+	    "renesas,pcie-r8a7744" for the R8A7744 SoC;
+	    "renesas,pcie-r8a774c0" for the R8A774C0 SoC;
 	    "renesas,pcie-r8a7779" for the R8A7779 SoC;
 	    "renesas,pcie-r8a7790" for the R8A7790 SoC;
 	    "renesas,pcie-r8a7791" for the R8A7791 SoC;
@@ -9,9 +11,11 @@ compatible: "renesas,pcie-r8a7743" for the R8A7743 SoC;
 	    "renesas,pcie-r8a7795" for the R8A7795 SoC;
 	    "renesas,pcie-r8a7796" for the R8A7796 SoC;
 	    "renesas,pcie-r8a77980" for the R8A77980 SoC;
+	    "renesas,pcie-r8a77990" for the R8A77990 SoC;
 	    "renesas,pcie-rcar-gen2" for a generic R-Car Gen2 or
 				     RZ/G1 compatible device.
-	    "renesas,pcie-rcar-gen3" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device.
+	    "renesas,pcie-rcar-gen3" for a generic R-Car Gen3 or
+				     RZ/G2 compatible device.
 
 	    When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the
 	    SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti-pci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti-pci.txt
index 7f7af3044016..d5cbfe6b0d89 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti-pci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti-pci.txt
@@ -1,14 +1,21 @@
 TI PCI Controllers
 
 PCIe DesignWare Controller
- - compatible: Should be "ti,dra7-pcie" for RC
-	       Should be "ti,dra7-pcie-ep" for EP
+ - compatible: Should be "ti,dra7-pcie" for RC (deprecated)
+	       Should be "ti,dra7-pcie-ep" for EP (deprecated)
+	       Should be "ti,dra746-pcie-rc" for dra74x/dra76 in RC mode
+	       Should be "ti,dra746-pcie-ep" for dra74x/dra76 in EP mode
+	       Should be "ti,dra726-pcie-rc" for dra72x in RC mode
+	       Should be "ti,dra726-pcie-ep" for dra72x in EP mode
  - phys : list of PHY specifiers (used by generic PHY framework)
  - phy-names : must be "pcie-phy0", "pcie-phy1", "pcie-phyN".. based on the
 	       number of PHYs as specified in *phys* property.
  - ti,hwmods : Name of the hwmod associated to the pcie, "pcie<X>",
 	       where <X> is the instance number of the pcie from the HW spec.
  - num-lanes as specified in ../designware-pcie.txt
+ - ti,syscon-lane-sel : phandle/offset pair. Phandle to the system control
+			module and the register offset to specify lane
+			selection.
 
 HOST MODE
 =========
@@ -26,6 +33,11 @@ HOST MODE
    ranges,
    interrupt-map-mask,
    interrupt-map : as specified in ../designware-pcie.txt
+ - ti,syscon-unaligned-access: phandle to the syscon DT node. The 1st argument
+			       should contain the register offset within syscon
+			       and the 2nd argument should contain the bit field
+			       for setting the bit to enable unaligned
+			       access.
 
 DEVICE MODE
 ===========
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/uniphier-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/uniphier-pcie.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1fa2c5906d4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/uniphier-pcie.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+Socionext UniPhier PCIe host controller bindings
+
+This describes the devicetree bindings for PCIe host controller implemented
+on Socionext UniPhier SoCs.
+
+UniPhier PCIe host controller is based on the Synopsys DesignWare PCI core.
+It shares common functions with the PCIe DesignWare core driver and inherits
+common properties defined in
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "socionext,uniphier-pcie".
+- reg: Specifies offset and length of the register set for the device.
+	According to the reg-names, appropriate register sets are required.
+- reg-names: Must include the following entries:
+    "dbi"    - controller configuration registers
+    "link"   - SoC-specific glue layer registers
+    "config" - PCIe configuration space
+- clocks: A phandle to the clock gate for PCIe glue layer including
+	the host controller.
+- resets: A phandle to the reset line for PCIe glue layer including
+	the host controller.
+- interrupts: A list of interrupt specifiers. According to the
+	interrupt-names, appropriate interrupts are required.
+- interrupt-names: Must include the following entries:
+    "dma" - DMA interrupt
+    "msi" - MSI interrupt
+
+Optional properties:
+- phys: A phandle to generic PCIe PHY. According to the phy-names, appropriate
+	phys are required.
+- phy-names: Must be "pcie-phy".
+
+Required sub-node:
+- legacy-interrupt-controller: Specifies interrupt controller for legacy PCI
+	interrupts.
+
+Required properties for legacy-interrupt-controller:
+- interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
+- #interrupt-cells: specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+	interrupt source. The value must be 1.
+- interrupt-parent: Phandle to the parent interrupt controller.
+- interrupts: An interrupt specifier for legacy interrupt.
+
+Example:
+
+	pcie: pcie@66000000 {
+		compatible = "socionext,uniphier-pcie", "snps,dw-pcie";
+		status = "disabled";
+		reg-names = "dbi", "link", "config";
+		reg = <0x66000000 0x1000>, <0x66010000 0x10000>,
+		      <0x2fff0000 0x10000>;
+		#address-cells = <3>;
+		#size-cells = <2>;
+		clocks = <&sys_clk 24>;
+		resets = <&sys_rst 24>;
+		num-lanes = <1>;
+		num-viewport = <1>;
+		bus-range = <0x0 0xff>;
+		device_type = "pci";
+		ranges =
+		/* downstream I/O */
+			<0x81000000 0 0x00000000  0x2ffe0000  0 0x00010000
+		/* non-prefetchable memory */
+			 0x82000000 0 0x00000000  0x20000000  0 0x0ffe0000>;
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+		interrupt-names = "dma", "msi";
+		interrupts = <0 224 4>, <0 225 4>;
+		interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0  7>;
+		interrupt-map = <0 0 0  1  &pcie_intc 0>,	/* INTA */
+				<0 0 0  2  &pcie_intc 1>,	/* INTB */
+				<0 0 0  3  &pcie_intc 2>,	/* INTC */
+				<0 0 0  4  &pcie_intc 3>;	/* INTD */
+
+		pcie_intc: legacy-interrupt-controller {
+			interrupt-controller;
+			#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+			interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+			interrupts = <0 226 4>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/nds32v3-pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/nds32v3-pmu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1bd15785b4ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/perf/nds32v3-pmu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+* NDS32 Performance Monitor Units
+
+NDS32 core have a PMU for counting cpu and cache events like cache misses.
+The NDS32 PMU representation in the device tree should be done as under:
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible :
+	"andestech,nds32v3-pmu"
+
+- interrupts : The interrupt number for NDS32 PMU is 13.
+
+Example:
+pmu{
+	compatible = "andestech,nds32v3-pmu";
+	interrupts = <13>;
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm-sata-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm-sata-phy.txt
index 0aced97d8092..b640845fec67 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm-sata-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm-sata-phy.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required properties:
      "brcm,iproc-nsp-sata-phy"
      "brcm,phy-sata3"
      "brcm,iproc-sr-sata-phy"
+     "brcm,bcm63138-sata-phy"
 - address-cells: should be 1
 - size-cells: should be 0
 - reg: register ranges for the PHY PCB interface
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/cdns,dphy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/cdns,dphy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1095bc4e72d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/cdns,dphy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Cadence DPHY
+============
+
+Cadence DPHY block.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be set to "cdns,dphy".
+- reg: physical base address and length of the DPHY registers.
+- clocks: DPHY reference clocks.
+- clock-names: must contain "psm" and "pll_ref".
+- #phy-cells: must be set to 0.
+
+Example:
+	dphy0: dphy@fd0e0000{
+		compatible = "cdns,dphy";
+		reg = <0x0 0xfd0e0000 0x0 0x1000>;
+		clocks = <&psm_clk>, <&pll_ref_clk>;
+		clock-names = "psm", "pll_ref";
+		#phy-cells = <0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/fsl,imx8mq-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/fsl,imx8mq-usb-phy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a22e853d710c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/fsl,imx8mq-usb-phy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+* Freescale i.MX8MQ USB3 PHY binding
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:	Should be "fsl,imx8mq-usb-phy"
+- #phys-cells:	must be 0 (see phy-bindings.txt in this directory)
+- reg:		The base address and length of the registers
+- clocks:	phandles to the clocks for each clock listed in clock-names
+- clock-names:	must contain "phy"
+
+Example:
+	usb3_phy0: phy@381f0040 {
+		compatible = "fsl,imx8mq-usb-phy";
+		reg = <0x381f0040 0x40>;
+		clocks = <&clk IMX8MQ_CLK_USB1_PHY_ROOT>;
+		clock-names = "phy";
+		#phy-cells = <0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-armada38x-comphy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-armada38x-comphy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ad49e5c01334
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-armada38x-comphy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+mvebu armada 38x comphy driver
+------------------------------
+
+This comphy controller can be found on Marvell Armada 38x. It provides a
+number of shared PHYs used by various interfaces (network, sata, usb,
+PCIe...).
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: should be "marvell,armada-380-comphy"
+- reg: should contain the comphy register location and length.
+- #address-cells: should be 1.
+- #size-cells: should be 0.
+
+A sub-node is required for each comphy lane provided by the comphy.
+
+Required properties (child nodes):
+
+- reg: comphy lane number.
+- #phy-cells : from the generic phy bindings, must be 1. Defines the
+               input port to use for a given comphy lane.
+
+Example:
+
+	comphy: phy@18300 {
+		compatible = "marvell,armada-380-comphy";
+		reg = <0x18300 0x100>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		cpm_comphy0: phy@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+			#phy-cells = <1>;
+		};
+
+		cpm_comphy1: phy@1 {
+			reg = <1>;
+			#phy-cells = <1>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-cadence-dp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-cadence-dp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7f49fd54ebc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-cadence-dp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+Cadence MHDP DisplayPort SD0801 PHY binding
+===========================================
+
+This binding describes the Cadence SD0801 PHY hardware included with
+the Cadence MHDP DisplayPort controller.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Required properties (controller (parent) node):
+- compatible	: Should be "cdns,dp-phy"
+- reg		: Defines the following sets of registers in the parent
+		  mhdp device:
+			- Offset of the DPTX PHY configuration registers
+			- Offset of the SD0801 PHY configuration registers
+- #phy-cells	: from the generic PHY bindings, must be 0.
+
+Optional properties:
+- num_lanes	: Number of DisplayPort lanes to use (1, 2 or 4)
+- max_bit_rate	: Maximum DisplayPort link bit rate to use, in Mbps (2160,
+		  2430, 2700, 3240, 4320, 5400 or 8100)
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Example:
+	dp_phy: phy@f0fb030a00 {
+		compatible = "cdns,dp-phy";
+		reg = <0xf0 0xfb030a00 0x0 0x00000040>,
+		      <0xf0 0xfb500000 0x0 0x00100000>;
+		num_lanes = <4>;
+		max_bit_rate = <8100>;
+		#phy-cells = <0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-cadence-sierra.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-cadence-sierra.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6e1b47bfce43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-cadence-sierra.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+Cadence Sierra PHY
+-----------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:	cdns,sierra-phy-t0
+- clocks:	Must contain an entry in clock-names.
+		See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- clock-names:	Must be "phy_clk"
+- resets:	Must contain an entry for each in reset-names.
+		See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names:	Must include "sierra_reset" and "sierra_apb".
+		"sierra_reset" must control the reset line to the PHY.
+		"sierra_apb" must control the reset line to the APB PHY
+		interface.
+- reg:		register range for the PHY.
+- #address-cells: Must be 1
+- #size-cells:	Must be 0
+
+Optional properties:
+- cdns,autoconf:	A boolean property whose presence indicates that the
+			PHY registers will be configured by hardware. If not
+			present, all sub-node optional properties must be
+			provided.
+
+Sub-nodes:
+  Each group of PHY lanes with a single master lane should be represented as
+  a sub-node. Note that the actual configuration of each lane is determined by
+  hardware strapping, and must match the configuration specified here.
+
+Sub-node required properties:
+- #phy-cells:	Generic PHY binding; must be 0.
+- reg:		The master lane number.  This is the lowest numbered lane
+		in the lane group.
+- resets:	Must contain one entry which controls the reset line for the
+		master lane of the sub-node.
+		See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+
+Sub-node optional properties:
+- cdns,num-lanes:	Number of lanes in this group.  From 1 to 4.  The
+			group is made up of consecutive lanes.
+- cdns,phy-type:	Can be PHY_TYPE_PCIE or PHY_TYPE_USB3, depending on
+			configuration of lanes.
+
+Example:
+	pcie_phy4: pcie-phy@fd240000 {
+		compatible = "cdns,sierra-phy-t0";
+		reg = <0x0 0xfd240000 0x0 0x40000>;
+		resets = <&phyrst 0>, <&phyrst 1>;
+		reset-names = "sierra_reset", "sierra_apb";
+		clocks = <&phyclock>;
+		clock-names = "phy_clk";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		pcie0_phy0: pcie-phy@0 {
+				reg = <0>;
+				resets = <&phyrst 2>;
+				cdns,num-lanes = <2>;
+				#phy-cells = <0>;
+				cdns,phy-type = <PHY_TYPE_PCIE>;
+		};
+		pcie0_phy1: pcie-phy@2 {
+				reg = <2>;
+				resets = <&phyrst 4>;
+				cdns,num-lanes = <1>;
+				#phy-cells = <0>;
+				cdns,phy-type = <PHY_TYPE_PCIE>;
+		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mvebu-comphy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mvebu-comphy.txt
index bfcf80341657..cf2cd86db267 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mvebu-comphy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mvebu-comphy.txt
@@ -1,16 +1,27 @@
-mvebu comphy driver
--------------------
+MVEBU comphy drivers
+--------------------
 
-A comphy controller can be found on Marvell Armada 7k/8k on the CP110. It
-provides a number of shared PHYs used by various interfaces (network, sata,
-usb, PCIe...).
+COMPHY controllers can be found on the following Marvell MVEBU SoCs:
+* Armada 7k/8k (on the CP110)
+* Armada 3700
+It provides a number of shared PHYs used by various interfaces (network, SATA,
+USB, PCIe...).
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible: should be "marvell,comphy-cp110"
-- reg: should contain the comphy register location and length.
-- marvell,system-controller: should contain a phandle to the
-                             system controller node.
+- compatible: should be one of:
+  * "marvell,comphy-cp110" for Armada 7k/8k
+  * "marvell,comphy-a3700" for Armada 3700
+- reg: should contain the COMPHY register(s) location(s) and length(s).
+  * 1 entry for Armada 7k/8k
+  * 4 entries for Armada 3700 along with the corresponding reg-names
+    properties, memory areas are:
+    * Generic COMPHY registers
+    * Lane 1 (PCIe/GbE)
+    * Lane 0 (USB3/GbE)
+    * Lane 2 (SATA/USB3)
+- marvell,system-controller: should contain a phandle to the system
+			     controller node (only for Armada 7k/8k)
 - #address-cells: should be 1.
 - #size-cells: should be 0.
 
@@ -18,11 +29,11 @@ A sub-node is required for each comphy lane provided by the comphy.
 
 Required properties (child nodes):
 
-- reg: comphy lane number.
-- #phy-cells : from the generic phy bindings, must be 1. Defines the
+- reg: COMPHY lane number.
+- #phy-cells : from the generic PHY bindings, must be 1. Defines the
                input port to use for a given comphy lane.
 
-Example:
+Examples:
 
 	cpm_comphy: phy@120000 {
 		compatible = "marvell,comphy-cp110";
@@ -41,3 +52,33 @@ Example:
 			#phy-cells = <1>;
 		};
 	};
+
+	comphy: phy@18300 {
+		compatible = "marvell,comphy-a3700";
+		reg = <0x18300 0x300>,
+		<0x1F000 0x400>,
+		<0x5C000 0x400>,
+		<0xe0178 0x8>;
+		reg-names = "comphy",
+		"lane1_pcie_gbe",
+		"lane0_usb3_gbe",
+		"lane2_sata_usb3";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+
+		comphy0: phy@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+			#phy-cells = <1>;
+		};
+
+		comphy1: phy@1 {
+			reg = <1>;
+			#phy-cells = <1>;
+		};
+
+		comphy2: phy@2 {
+			reg = <2>;
+			#phy-cells = <1>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mvebu-utmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mvebu-utmi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..aa99ceec73b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mvebu-utmi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+MVEBU A3700 UTMI PHY
+--------------------
+
+USB2 UTMI+ PHY controllers can be found on the following Marvell MVEBU SoCs:
+* Armada 3700
+
+On Armada 3700, there are two USB controllers, one is compatible with the USB2
+and USB3 specifications and supports OTG. The other one is USB2 compliant and
+only supports host mode. Both of these controllers come with a slightly
+different UTMI PHY.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: Should be one of:
+	      * "marvell,a3700-utmi-host-phy" for the PHY connected to
+	        the USB2 host-only controller.
+	      * "marvell,a3700-utmi-otg-phy" for the PHY connected to
+	        the USB3 and USB2 OTG capable controller.
+- reg: PHY IP register range.
+- marvell,usb-misc-reg: handle on the "USB miscellaneous registers" shared
+			region covering registers related to both the host
+			controller and the PHY.
+- #phy-cells: Standard property (Documentation: phy-bindings.txt) Should be 0.
+
+
+Example:
+
+	usb2_utmi_host_phy: phy@5f000 {
+		compatible = "marvell,armada-3700-utmi-host-phy";
+		reg = <0x5f000 0x800>;
+		marvell,usb-misc-reg = <&usb2_syscon>;
+		#phy-cells = <0>;
+	};
+
+	usb2_syscon: system-controller@5f800 {
+		compatible = "marvell,armada-3700-usb2-host-misc", "syscon";
+		reg = <0x5f800 0x800>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-inno-hdmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-inno-hdmi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..710cccd5ee56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-inno-hdmi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+ROCKCHIP HDMI PHY WITH INNO IP BLOCK
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible : should be one of the listed compatibles:
+	* "rockchip,rk3228-hdmi-phy",
+	* "rockchip,rk3328-hdmi-phy";
+ - reg : Address and length of the hdmi phy control register set
+ - clocks : phandle + clock specifier for the phy clocks
+ - clock-names : string, clock name, must contain "sysclk" for system
+	  control and register configuration, "refoclk" for crystal-
+	  oscillator reference PLL clock input and "refpclk" for pclk-
+	  based refeference PLL clock input.
+ - #clock-cells: should be 0.
+ - clock-output-names : shall be the name for the output clock.
+ - interrupts : phandle + interrupt specified for the hdmiphy interrupt
+ - #phy-cells : must be 0. See ./phy-bindings.txt for details.
+
+Optional properties for rk3328-hdmi-phy:
+ - nvmem-cells = phandle + nvmem specifier for the cpu-version efuse
+ - nvmem-cell-names : "cpu-version" to read the chip version, required
+	  for adjustment to some frequency settings
+
+Example:
+	hdmi_phy: hdmi-phy@12030000 {
+		compatible = "rockchip,rk3228-hdmi-phy";
+		reg = <0x12030000 0x10000>;
+		#phy-cells = <0>;
+		clocks = <&cru PCLK_HDMI_PHY>, <&xin24m>, <&cru DCLK_HDMIPHY>;
+		clock-names = "sysclk", "refoclk", "refpclk";
+		#clock-cells = <0>;
+		clock-output-names = "hdmi_phy";
+		status = "disabled";
+	};
+
+Then the PHY can be used in other nodes such as:
+
+	hdmi: hdmi@200a0000 {
+		compatible = "rockchip,rk3228-dw-hdmi";
+		...
+		phys = <&hdmi_phy>;
+		phy-names = "hdmi";
+		...
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-inno-usb2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-inno-usb2.txt
index 074a7b3b0425..00639baae74a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-inno-usb2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-rockchip-inno-usb2.txt
@@ -23,6 +23,8 @@ Optional properties:
 		 register files". When set driver will request its
 		 phandle as one companion-grf for some special SoCs
 		 (e.g RV1108).
+ - extcon : phandle to the extcon device providing the cable state for
+		 the otg phy.
 
 Required nodes : a sub-node is required for each port the phy provides.
 		 The sub-node name is used to identify host or otg port,
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt
index 0c7629e88bf3..5d181fc3cc18 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt
@@ -9,22 +9,24 @@ Required properties:
 	       "qcom,ipq8074-qmp-pcie-phy" for PCIe phy on IPQ8074
 	       "qcom,msm8996-qmp-pcie-phy" for 14nm PCIe phy on msm8996,
 	       "qcom,msm8996-qmp-usb3-phy" for 14nm USB3 phy on msm8996,
+	       "qcom,msm8998-qmp-usb3-phy" for USB3 QMP V3 phy on msm8998,
+	       "qcom,msm8998-qmp-ufs-phy" for UFS QMP phy on msm8998,
 	       "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-phy" for USB3 QMP V3 phy on sdm845,
-	       "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-uni-phy" for USB3 QMP V3 UNI phy on sdm845.
-
- - reg:
-   - For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-phy":
-     - index 0: address and length of register set for PHY's common serdes
-       block.
-     - named register "dp_com" (using reg-names): address and length of the
-       DP_COM control block.
-   - For all others:
-     - offset and length of register set for PHY's common serdes block.
-
- - #clock-cells: must be 1
-    - Phy pll outputs a bunch of clocks for Tx, Rx and Pipe
-      interface (for pipe based PHYs). These clock are then gate-controlled
-      by gcc.
+	       "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-uni-phy" for USB3 QMP V3 UNI phy on sdm845,
+	       "qcom,sdm845-qmp-ufs-phy" for UFS QMP phy on sdm845.
+
+- reg:
+  - index 0: address and length of register set for PHY's common
+             serdes block.
+  - index 1: address and length of the DP_COM control block (for
+             "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-phy" only).
+
+- reg-names:
+  - For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-phy":
+    - Should be: "reg-base", "dp_com"
+  - For all others:
+    - The reg-names property shouldn't be defined.
+
  - #address-cells: must be 1
  - #size-cells: must be 1
  - ranges: must be present
@@ -35,24 +37,44 @@ Required properties:
 		"aux" for phy aux clock,
 		"ref" for 19.2 MHz ref clk,
 		"com_aux" for phy common block aux clock,
+		"ref_aux" for phy reference aux clock,
+
+		For "qcom,ipq8074-qmp-pcie-phy": no clocks are listed.
 		For "qcom,msm8996-qmp-pcie-phy" must contain:
 			"aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref".
 		For "qcom,msm8996-qmp-usb3-phy" must contain:
 			"aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref".
-		For "qcom,qmp-v3-usb3-phy" must contain:
+		For "qcom,msm8998-qmp-usb3-phy" must contain:
+			"aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref".
+		For "qcom,msm8998-qmp-ufs-phy" must contain:
+			"ref", "ref_aux".
+		For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-phy" must contain:
+			"aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref", "com_aux".
+		For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-uni-phy" must contain:
 			"aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref", "com_aux".
+		For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-ufs-phy" must contain:
+			"ref", "ref_aux".
 
  - resets: a list of phandles and reset controller specifier pairs,
 	   one for each entry in reset-names.
  - reset-names: "phy" for reset of phy block,
 		"common" for phy common block reset,
-		"cfg" for phy's ahb cfg block reset (Optional).
+		"cfg" for phy's ahb cfg block reset.
+
+		For "qcom,ipq8074-qmp-pcie-phy" must contain:
+			"phy", "common".
 		For "qcom,msm8996-qmp-pcie-phy" must contain:
-		 "phy", "common", "cfg".
+			"phy", "common", "cfg".
 		For "qcom,msm8996-qmp-usb3-phy" must contain
-		 "phy", "common".
-		For "qcom,ipq8074-qmp-pcie-phy" must contain:
-		 "phy", "common".
+			"phy", "common".
+		For "qcom,msm8998-qmp-usb3-phy" must contain
+			"phy", "common".
+		For "qcom,msm8998-qmp-ufs-phy": no resets are listed.
+		For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-phy" must contain:
+			"phy", "common".
+		For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-uni-phy" must contain:
+			"phy", "common".
+		For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-ufs-phy": no resets are listed.
 
  - vdda-phy-supply: Phandle to a regulator supply to PHY core block.
  - vdda-pll-supply: Phandle to 1.8V regulator supply to PHY refclk pll block.
@@ -65,37 +87,45 @@ Required nodes:
  - Each device node of QMP phy is required to have as many child nodes as
    the number of lanes the PHY has.
 
-Required properties for child node:
+Required properties for child nodes of PCIe PHYs (one child per lane):
  - reg: list of offset and length pairs of register sets for PHY blocks -
-	- index 0: tx
-	- index 1: rx
-	- index 2: pcs
-	- index 3: pcs_misc (optional)
+	tx, rx, pcs, and pcs_misc (optional).
+ - #phy-cells: must be 0
 
+Required properties for a single "lanes" child node of non-PCIe PHYs:
+ - reg: list of offset and length pairs of register sets for PHY blocks
+	For 1-lane devices:
+		tx, rx, pcs, and (optionally) pcs_misc
+	For 2-lane devices:
+		tx0, rx0, pcs, tx1, rx1, and (optionally) pcs_misc
  - #phy-cells: must be 0
 
+Required properties for child node of PCIe and USB3 qmp phys:
  - clocks: a list of phandles and clock-specifier pairs,
 	   one for each entry in clock-names.
- - clock-names: Must contain following for pcie and usb qmp phys:
+ - clock-names: Must contain following:
 		 "pipe<lane-number>" for pipe clock specific to each lane.
  - clock-output-names: Name of the PHY clock that will be the parent for
 		       the above pipe clock.
-
 	For "qcom,ipq8074-qmp-pcie-phy":
 		- "pcie20_phy0_pipe_clk"	Pipe Clock parent
 			(or)
 		  "pcie20_phy1_pipe_clk"
+ - #clock-cells: must be 0
+    - Phy pll outputs pipe clocks for pipe based PHYs. These clocks are then
+      gate-controlled by the gcc.
 
+Required properties for child node of PHYs with lane reset, AKA:
+	"qcom,msm8996-qmp-pcie-phy"
  - resets: a list of phandles and reset controller specifier pairs,
 	   one for each entry in reset-names.
- - reset-names: Must contain following for pcie qmp phys:
+ - reset-names: Must contain following:
 		 "lane<lane-number>" for reset specific to each lane.
 
 Example:
 	phy@34000 {
 		compatible = "qcom,msm8996-qmp-pcie-phy";
 		reg = <0x34000 0x488>;
-		#clock-cells = <1>;
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		#size-cells = <1>;
 		ranges;
@@ -117,6 +147,7 @@ Example:
 			reg = <0x35000 0x130>,
 				<0x35200 0x200>,
 				<0x35400 0x1dc>;
+			#clock-cells = <0>;
 			#phy-cells = <0>;
 
 			clocks = <&gcc GCC_PCIE_0_PIPE_CLK>;
@@ -130,3 +161,54 @@ Example:
 		...
 		...
 	};
+
+	phy@88eb000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-uni-phy";
+		reg = <0x88eb000 0x18c>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		ranges;
+
+		clocks = <&gcc GCC_USB3_SEC_PHY_AUX_CLK>,
+			 <&gcc GCC_USB_PHY_CFG_AHB2PHY_CLK>,
+			 <&gcc GCC_USB3_SEC_CLKREF_CLK>,
+			 <&gcc GCC_USB3_SEC_PHY_COM_AUX_CLK>;
+		clock-names = "aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref", "com_aux";
+
+		resets = <&gcc GCC_USB3PHY_PHY_SEC_BCR>,
+			 <&gcc GCC_USB3_PHY_SEC_BCR>;
+		reset-names = "phy", "common";
+
+		lane@88eb200 {
+			reg = <0x88eb200 0x128>,
+			      <0x88eb400 0x1fc>,
+			      <0x88eb800 0x218>,
+			      <0x88eb600 0x70>;
+			#clock-cells = <0>;
+			#phy-cells = <0>;
+			clocks = <&gcc GCC_USB3_SEC_PHY_PIPE_CLK>;
+			clock-names = "pipe0";
+			clock-output-names = "usb3_uni_phy_pipe_clk_src";
+		};
+	};
+
+	phy@1d87000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,sdm845-qmp-ufs-phy";
+		reg = <0x1d87000 0x18c>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		ranges;
+		clock-names = "ref",
+			      "ref_aux";
+		clocks = <&gcc GCC_UFS_MEM_CLKREF_CLK>,
+			 <&gcc GCC_UFS_PHY_PHY_AUX_CLK>;
+
+		lanes@1d87400 {
+			reg = <0x1d87400 0x108>,
+			      <0x1d87600 0x1e0>,
+			      <0x1d87c00 0x1dc>,
+			      <0x1d87800 0x108>,
+			      <0x1d87a00 0x1e0>;
+			#phy-cells = <0>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qusb2-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qusb2-phy.txt
index 03025d97998b..fe29f9e0af6d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qusb2-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qusb2-phy.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ QUSB2 controller supports LS/FS/HS usb connectivity on Qualcomm chipsets.
 Required properties:
  - compatible: compatible list, contains
 	       "qcom,msm8996-qusb2-phy" for 14nm PHY on msm8996,
+	       "qcom,msm8998-qusb2-phy" for 10nm PHY on msm8998,
 	       "qcom,sdm845-qusb2-phy" for 10nm PHY on sdm845.
 
  - reg: offset and length of the PHY register set.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt
index eeb9e1874ea6..4f0879a0ca12 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ This file provides information on what the device node for the R-Car generation
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible: "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7743" if the device is a part of R8A7743 SoC.
+	      "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7744" if the device is a part of R8A7744 SoC.
 	      "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7745" if the device is a part of R8A7745 SoC.
 	      "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7790" if the device is a part of R8A7790 SoC.
 	      "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7791" if the device is a part of R8A7791 SoC.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt
index fb4a204da2bf..ad9c290d8f15 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt
@@ -1,10 +1,14 @@
 * Renesas R-Car generation 3 USB 2.0 PHY
 
 This file provides information on what the device node for the R-Car generation
-3 USB 2.0 PHY contains.
+3 and RZ/G2 USB 2.0 PHY contain.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a7795" if the device is a part of an R8A7795
+- compatible: "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a774a1" if the device is a part of an R8A774A1
+	      SoC.
+	      "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a774c0" if the device is a part of an R8A774C0
+	      SoC.
+	      "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a7795" if the device is a part of an R8A7795
 	      SoC.
 	      "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a7796" if the device is a part of an R8A7796
 	      SoC.
@@ -14,7 +18,8 @@ Required properties:
 	      R8A77990 SoC.
 	      "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a77995" if the device is a part of an
 	      R8A77995 SoC.
-	      "renesas,rcar-gen3-usb2-phy" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device.
+	      "renesas,rcar-gen3-usb2-phy" for a generic R-Car Gen3 or RZ/G2
+	      compatible device.
 
 	      When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the
 	      SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first
@@ -31,6 +36,8 @@ channel as USB OTG:
 - interrupts: interrupt specifier for the PHY.
 - vbus-supply: Phandle to a regulator that provides power to the VBUS. This
 	       regulator will be managed during the PHY power on/off sequence.
+- renesas,no-otg-pins: boolean, specify when a board does not provide proper
+		       otg pins.
 
 Example (R-Car H3):
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb3.txt
index 47dd296ecead..9d9826609c2f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb3.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb3.txt
@@ -1,20 +1,22 @@
 * Renesas R-Car generation 3 USB 3.0 PHY
 
 This file provides information on what the device node for the R-Car generation
-3 USB 3.0 PHY contains.
+3 and RZ/G2 USB 3.0 PHY contain.
 If you want to enable spread spectrum clock (ssc), you should use USB_EXTAL
 instead of USB3_CLK. However, if you don't want to these features, you don't
 need this driver.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: "renesas,r8a7795-usb3-phy" if the device is a part of an R8A7795
+- compatible: "renesas,r8a774a1-usb3-phy" if the device is a part of an R8A774A1
+	      SoC.
+	      "renesas,r8a7795-usb3-phy" if the device is a part of an R8A7795
 	      SoC.
 	      "renesas,r8a7796-usb3-phy" if the device is a part of an R8A7796
 	      SoC.
 	      "renesas,r8a77965-usb3-phy" if the device is a part of an
 	      R8A77965 SoC.
-	      "renesas,rcar-gen3-usb3-phy" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible
-	      device.
+	      "renesas,rcar-gen3-usb3-phy" for a generic R-Car Gen3 or RZ/G2
+	      compatible device.
 
 	      When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the
 	      SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/sun4i-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/sun4i-usb-phy.txt
index 07ca4ec4a745..f2e120af17f0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/sun4i-usb-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/sun4i-usb-phy.txt
@@ -14,13 +14,14 @@ Required properties:
   * allwinner,sun8i-r40-usb-phy
   * allwinner,sun8i-v3s-usb-phy
   * allwinner,sun50i-a64-usb-phy
+  * allwinner,sun50i-h6-usb-phy
 - reg : a list of offset + length pairs
 - reg-names :
   * "phy_ctrl"
-  * "pmu0" for H3, V3s and A64
+  * "pmu0" for H3, V3s, A64 or H6
   * "pmu1"
   * "pmu2" for sun4i, sun6i, sun7i, sun8i-a83t or sun8i-h3
-  * "pmu3" for sun8i-h3
+  * "pmu3" for sun8i-h3 or sun50i-h6
 - #phy-cells : from the generic phy bindings, must be 1
 - clocks : phandle + clock specifier for the phy clocks
 - clock-names :
@@ -29,12 +30,13 @@ Required properties:
   * "usb0_phy", "usb1_phy" for sun8i
   * "usb0_phy", "usb1_phy", "usb2_phy" and "usb2_hsic_12M" for sun8i-a83t
   * "usb0_phy", "usb1_phy", "usb2_phy" and "usb3_phy" for sun8i-h3
+  * "usb0_phy" and "usb3_phy" for sun50i-h6
 - resets : a list of phandle + reset specifier pairs
 - reset-names :
   * "usb0_reset"
   * "usb1_reset"
   * "usb2_reset" for sun4i, sun6i, sun7i, sun8i-a83t or sun8i-h3
-  * "usb3_reset" for sun8i-h3
+  * "usb3_reset" for sun8i-h3 and sun50i-h6
 
 Optional properties:
 - usb0_id_det-gpios : gpio phandle for reading the otg id pin value
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy-gmii-sel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy-gmii-sel.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..50ce9ae0f7a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy-gmii-sel.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+CPSW Port's Interface Mode Selection PHY Tree Bindings
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+TI am335x/am437x/dra7(am5)/dm814x CPSW3G Ethernet Subsystem supports
+two 10/100/1000 Ethernet ports with selectable G/MII, RMII, and RGMII interfaces.
+The interface mode is selected by configuring the MII mode selection register(s)
+(GMII_SEL) in the System Control Module chapter (SCM). GMII_SEL register(s) and
+bit fields placement in SCM are different between SoCs while fields meaning
+is the same.
+                                               +--------------+
+        +-------------------------------+      |SCM           |
+        |                     CPSW      |      |  +---------+ |
+        |        +--------------------------------+gmii_sel | |
+        |        |                      |      |  +---------+ |
+        |   +----v---+     +--------+   |      +--------------+
+        |   |Port 1..<--+-->GMII/MII<------->
+        |   |        |  |  |        |   |
+        |   +--------+  |  +--------+   |
+        |               |               |
+        |               |  +--------+   |
+        |               |  | RMII   <------->
+        |               +-->        |   |
+        |               |  +--------+   |
+        |               |               |
+        |               |  +--------+   |
+        |               |  | RGMII  <------->
+        |               +-->        |   |
+        |                  +--------+   |
+        +-------------------------------+
+
+CPSW Port's Interface Mode Selection PHY describes MII interface mode between
+CPSW Port and Ethernet PHY which depends on Eth PHY and board configuration.
+
+CPSW Port's Interface Mode Selection PHY device should defined as child device
+of SCM node (scm_conf) and can be attached to each CPSW port node using standard
+PHY bindings (See phy/phy-bindings.txt).
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible		: Should be "ti,am3352-phy-gmii-sel" for am335x platform
+			  "ti,dra7xx-phy-gmii-sel" for dra7xx/am57xx platform
+			  "ti,am43xx-phy-gmii-sel" for am43xx platform
+			  "ti,dm814-phy-gmii-sel" for dm814x platform
+- reg			: Address and length of the register set for the device
+- #phy-cells		: must be 2.
+			  cell 1 - CPSW port number (starting from 1)
+			  cell 2 - RMII refclk mode
+
+Examples:
+	phy_gmii_sel: phy-gmii-sel {
+		compatible = "ti,am3352-phy-gmii-sel";
+		reg = <0x650 0x4>;
+		#phy-cells = <2>;
+	};
+
+	mac: ethernet@4a100000 {
+		compatible = "ti,am335x-cpsw","ti,cpsw";
+		...
+
+		cpsw_emac0: slave@4a100200 {
+			...
+			phys = <&phy_gmii_sel 1 1>;
+		};
+
+		cpsw_emac1: slave@4a100300 {
+			...
+			phys = <&phy_gmii_sel 2 1>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy.txt
index 57dfda8a7a1d..8f93c3b694a7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti-phy.txt
@@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ Required properties:
 	       DRA7x
 	       Should be "ti,dra7x-usb2-phy2" for the 2nd instance of USB2 PHY
 	       in DRA7x
+	       Should be "ti,am654-usb2" for the USB2 PHYs on AM654.
  - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device.
  - #phy-cells: determine the number of cells that should be given in the
    phandle while referencing this phy.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-pcie-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-pcie-phy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1889d3b89d68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-pcie-phy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+Socionext UniPhier PCIe PHY bindings
+
+This describes the devicetree bindings for PHY interface built into
+PCIe controller implemented on Socionext UniPhier SoCs.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain one of the following:
+    "socionext,uniphier-ld20-pcie-phy" - for LD20 PHY
+    "socionext,uniphier-pxs3-pcie-phy" - for PXs3 PHY
+- reg: Specifies offset and length of the register set for the device.
+- #phy-cells: Must be zero.
+- clocks: A phandle to the clock gate for PCIe glue layer including
+	this phy.
+- resets: A phandle to the reset line for PCIe glue layer including
+	this phy.
+
+Optional properties:
+- socionext,syscon: A phandle to system control to set configurations
+	for phy.
+
+Refer to phy/phy-bindings.txt for the generic PHY binding properties.
+
+Example:
+	pcie_phy: phy@66038000 {
+		compatible = "socionext,uniphier-ld20-pcie-phy";
+		reg = <0x66038000 0x4000>;
+		#phy-cells = <0>;
+		clocks = <&sys_clk 24>;
+		resets = <&sys_rst 24>;
+		socionext,syscon = <&soc_glue>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-usb2-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-usb2-phy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b43b28250cc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-usb2-phy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+Socionext UniPhier USB2 PHY
+
+This describes the devicetree bindings for PHY interface built into
+USB2 controller implemented on Socionext UniPhier SoCs.
+
+Pro4 SoC has both USB2 and USB3 host controllers, however, this USB3
+controller doesn't include its own High-Speed PHY. This needs to specify
+USB2 PHY instead of USB3 HS-PHY.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain one of the following:
+    "socionext,uniphier-pro4-usb2-phy" - for Pro4 SoC
+    "socionext,uniphier-ld11-usb2-phy" - for LD11 SoC
+
+Sub-nodes:
+Each PHY should be represented as a sub-node.
+
+Sub-nodes required properties:
+- #phy-cells: Should be 0.
+- reg: The number of the PHY.
+
+Sub-nodes optional properties:
+- vbus-supply: A phandle to the regulator for USB VBUS.
+
+Refer to phy/phy-bindings.txt for the generic PHY binding properties.
+
+Example:
+	soc-glue@5f800000 {
+		...
+		usb-phy {
+			compatible = "socionext,uniphier-ld11-usb2-phy";
+			usb_phy0: phy@0 {
+				reg = <0>;
+				#phy-cells = <0>;
+			};
+			...
+		};
+	};
+
+	usb@5a800100 {
+		compatible = "socionext,uniphier-ehci", "generic-ehci";
+		...
+		phy-names = "usb";
+		phys = <&usb_phy0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-usb3-hsphy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-usb3-hsphy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e8d8086a7ae9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-usb3-hsphy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+Socionext UniPhier USB3 High-Speed (HS) PHY
+
+This describes the devicetree bindings for PHY interfaces built into
+USB3 controller implemented on Socionext UniPhier SoCs.
+Although the controller includes High-Speed PHY and Super-Speed PHY,
+this describes about High-Speed PHY.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain one of the following:
+    "socionext,uniphier-pro4-usb3-hsphy" - for Pro4 SoC
+    "socionext,uniphier-pxs2-usb3-hsphy" - for PXs2 SoC
+    "socionext,uniphier-ld20-usb3-hsphy" - for LD20 SoC
+    "socionext,uniphier-pxs3-usb3-hsphy" - for PXs3 SoC
+- reg: Specifies offset and length of the register set for the device.
+- #phy-cells: Should be 0.
+- clocks: A list of phandles to the clock gate for USB3 glue layer.
+	According to the clock-names, appropriate clocks are required.
+- clock-names: Should contain the following:
+    "gio", "link" - for Pro4 SoC
+    "phy", "phy-ext", "link" - for PXs3 SoC, "phy-ext" is optional.
+    "phy", "link" - for others
+- resets: A list of phandles to the reset control for USB3 glue layer.
+	According to the reset-names, appropriate resets are required.
+- reset-names: Should contain the following:
+    "gio", "link" - for Pro4 SoC
+    "phy", "link" - for others
+
+Optional properties:
+- vbus-supply: A phandle to the regulator for USB VBUS.
+- nvmem-cells: Phandles to nvmem cell that contains the trimming data.
+	Available only for HS-PHY implemented on LD20 and PXs3, and
+	if unspecified, default value is used.
+- nvmem-cell-names: Should be the following names, which correspond to
+	each nvmem-cells.
+	All of the 3 parameters associated with the following names are
+	required for each port, if any one is omitted, the trimming data
+	of the port will not be set at all.
+    "rterm", "sel_t", "hs_i" - Each cell name for phy parameters
+
+Refer to phy/phy-bindings.txt for the generic PHY binding properties.
+
+Example:
+
+	usb-glue@65b00000 {
+		compatible = "socionext,uniphier-ld20-dwc3-glue",
+			     "simple-mfd";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		ranges = <0 0x65b00000 0x400>;
+
+		usb_vbus0: regulator {
+			...
+		};
+
+		usb_hsphy0: hs-phy@200 {
+			compatible = "socionext,uniphier-ld20-usb3-hsphy";
+			reg = <0x200 0x10>;
+			#phy-cells = <0>;
+			clock-names = "link", "phy";
+			clocks = <&sys_clk 14>, <&sys_clk 16>;
+			reset-names = "link", "phy";
+			resets = <&sys_rst 14>, <&sys_rst 16>;
+			vbus-supply = <&usb_vbus0>;
+			nvmem-cell-names = "rterm", "sel_t", "hs_i";
+			nvmem-cells = <&usb_rterm0>, <&usb_sel_t0>,
+				      <&usb_hs_i0>;
+		};
+		...
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-usb3-ssphy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-usb3-ssphy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..490b815445e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/uniphier-usb3-ssphy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+Socionext UniPhier USB3 Super-Speed (SS) PHY
+
+This describes the devicetree bindings for PHY interfaces built into
+USB3 controller implemented on Socionext UniPhier SoCs.
+Although the controller includes High-Speed PHY and Super-Speed PHY,
+this describes about Super-Speed PHY.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain one of the following:
+    "socionext,uniphier-pro4-usb3-ssphy" - for Pro4 SoC
+    "socionext,uniphier-pxs2-usb3-ssphy" - for PXs2 SoC
+    "socionext,uniphier-ld20-usb3-ssphy" - for LD20 SoC
+    "socionext,uniphier-pxs3-usb3-ssphy" - for PXs3 SoC
+- reg: Specifies offset and length of the register set for the device.
+- #phy-cells: Should be 0.
+- clocks: A list of phandles to the clock gate for USB3 glue layer.
+	According to the clock-names, appropriate clocks are required.
+- clock-names:
+    "gio", "link" - for Pro4 SoC
+    "phy", "phy-ext", "link" - for PXs3 SoC, "phy-ext" is optional.
+    "phy", "link" - for others
+- resets: A list of phandles to the reset control for USB3 glue layer.
+	According to the reset-names, appropriate resets are required.
+- reset-names:
+    "gio", "link" - for Pro4 SoC
+    "phy", "link" - for others
+
+Optional properties:
+- vbus-supply: A phandle to the regulator for USB VBUS.
+
+Refer to phy/phy-bindings.txt for the generic PHY binding properties.
+
+Example:
+
+	usb-glue@65b00000 {
+		compatible = "socionext,uniphier-ld20-dwc3-glue",
+			     "simple-mfd";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		ranges = <0 0x65b00000 0x400>;
+
+		usb_vbus0: regulator {
+			...
+		};
+
+		usb_ssphy0: ss-phy@300 {
+			compatible = "socionext,uniphier-ld20-usb3-ssphy";
+			reg = <0x300 0x10>;
+			#phy-cells = <0>;
+			clock-names = "link", "phy";
+			clocks = <&sys_clk 14>, <&sys_clk 16>;
+			reset-names = "link", "phy";
+			resets = <&sys_rst 14>, <&sys_rst 16>;
+			vbus-supply = <&usb_vbus0>;
+		};
+		...
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/actions,s700-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/actions,s700-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d13ff82f8518
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/actions,s700-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+Actions Semi S700 Pin Controller
+
+This binding describes the pin controller found in the S700 SoC.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible:   Should be "actions,s700-pinctrl"
+- reg:          Should contain the register base address and size of
+		the pin controller.
+- clocks:       phandle of the clock feeding the pin controller
+- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller.
+- gpio-ranges: Specifies the mapping between gpio controller and
+               pin-controller pins.
+- #gpio-cells: Should be two. The first cell is the gpio pin number
+		and the second cell is used for optional parameters.
+- interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller.
+- #interrupt-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+		interrupt.  Shall be set to 2.  The first cell
+		defines the interrupt number, the second encodes
+		the trigger flags described in
+		bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+- interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller. There is one GPIO
+              interrupt per GPIO bank. The number of interrupts listed depends
+              on the number of GPIO banks on the SoC. The interrupts must be
+              ordered by bank, starting with bank 0.
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
+common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the
+phrase "pin configuration node".
+
+The pin configuration nodes act as a container for an arbitrary number of
+subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a
+pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the
+mux function to select on those group(s), and various pin configuration
+parameters, such as pull-up, drive strength, etc.
+
+PIN CONFIGURATION NODES:
+
+The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be enumerated
+and processed purely based on their content.
+
+Each subnode only affects those parameters that are explicitly listed. In
+other words, a subnode that lists a mux function but no pin configuration
+parameters implies no information about any pin configuration parameters.
+Similarly, a pin subnode that describes a pullup parameter implies no
+information about e.g. the mux function.
+
+Pinmux functions are available only for the pin groups while pinconf
+parameters are available for both pin groups and individual pins.
+
+The following generic properties as defined in pinctrl-bindings.txt are valid
+to specify in a pin configuration subnode:
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- pins:		An array of strings, each string containing the name of a pin.
+		These pins are used for selecting the pull control and schmitt
+		trigger parameters. The following are the list of pins
+		available:
+
+		eth_txd0, eth_txd1, eth_txd2, eth_txd3, eth_txen, eth_rxer,
+		eth_crs_dv, eth_rxd1, eth_rxd0, eth_rxd2, eth_rxd3, eth_ref_clk,
+		eth_mdc, eth_mdio, sirq0, sirq1, sirq2, i2s_d0, i2s_bclk0,
+		i2s_lrclk0, i2s_mclk0, i2s_d1, i2s_bclk1, i2s_lrclk1, i2s_mclk1,
+		pcm1_in, pcm1_clk, pcm1_sync, pcm1_out, ks_in0, ks_in1, ks_in2,
+		ks_in3, ks_out0, ks_out1, ks_out2, lvds_oep, lvds_oen, lvds_odp,
+		lvds_odn, lvds_ocp, lvds_ocn, lvds_obp, lvds_obn, lvds_oap,
+		lvds_oan, lvds_eep, lvds_een, lvds_edp, lvds_edn, lvds_ecp,
+		lvds_ecn, lvds_ebp, lvds_ebn, lvds_eap, lvds_ean, lcd0_d18,
+		lcd0_d2, dsi_dp3, dsi_dn3, dsi_dp1, dsi_dn1, dsi_cp, dsi_cn,
+		dsi_dp0, dsi_dn0, dsi_dp2, dsi_dn2, sd0_d0, sd0_d1, sd0_d2,
+		sd0_d3, sd1_d0, sd1_d1, sd1_d2, sd1_d3, sd0_cmd, sd0_clk,
+		sd1_cmd, sd1_clk, spi0_ss, spi0_miso, uart0_rx, uart0_tx,
+		uart2_rx, uart2_tx, uart2_rtsb, uart2_ctsb, uart3_rx, uart3_tx,
+		uart3_rtsb, uart3_ctsb, i2c0_sclk, i2c0_sdata, i2c1_sclk,
+		i2c1_sdata, i2c2_sdata, csi_dn0, csi_dp0, csi_dn1, csi_dp1,
+		csi_cn, csi_cp, csi_dn2, csi_dp2, csi_dn3, csi_dp3,
+		sensor0_pclk, sensor0_ckout, dnand_d0, dnand_d1, dnand_d2,
+		dnand_d3, dnand_d4, dnand_d5, dnand_d6, dnand_d7, dnand_wrb,
+		dnand_rdb, dnand_rdbn, dnand_dqs, dnand_dqsn, dnand_rb0,
+		dnand_ale, dnand_cle, dnand_ceb0, dnand_ceb1, dnand_ceb2,
+		dnand_ceb3, porb, clko_25m, bsel, pkg0, pkg1, pkg2, pkg3
+
+- groups:       An array of strings, each string containing the name of a pin
+                group. These pin groups are used for selecting the pinmux
+                functions.
+		rgmii_txd23_mfp, rgmii_rxd2_mfp, rgmii_rxd3_mfp, lcd0_d18_mfp,
+		rgmii_txd01_mfp, rgmii_txd0_mfp, rgmii_txd1_mfp, rgmii_txen_mfp,
+		rgmii_rxen_mfp, rgmii_rxd1_mfp, rgmii_rxd0_mfp, rgmii_ref_clk_mfp,
+		i2s_d0_mfp, i2s_pcm1_mfp, i2s0_pcm0_mfp, i2s1_pcm0_mfp,
+		i2s_d1_mfp, ks_in2_mfp, ks_in1_mfp, ks_in0_mfp, ks_in3_mfp,
+		ks_out0_mfp, ks_out1_mfp, ks_out2_mfp, lvds_o_pn_mfp, dsi_dn0_mfp,
+		dsi_dp2_mfp, lcd0_d2_mfp, dsi_dp3_mfp, dsi_dn3_mfp, dsi_dp0_mfp,
+		lvds_ee_pn_mfp, uart2_rx_tx_mfp, spi0_i2c_pcm_mfp, dsi_dnp1_cp_d2_mfp,
+		dsi_dnp1_cp_d17_mfp, lvds_e_pn_mfp, dsi_dn2_mfp, uart2_rtsb_mfp,
+		uart2_ctsb_mfp, uart3_rtsb_mfp, uart3_ctsb_mfp, sd0_d0_mfp, sd0_d1_mfp,
+		sd0_d2_d3_mfp, sd1_d0_d3_mfp, sd0_cmd_mfp, sd0_clk_mfp, sd1_cmd_mfp,
+		uart0_rx_mfp, clko_25m_mfp, csi_cn_cp_mfp, sens0_ckout_mfp, uart0_tx_mfp,
+		i2c0_mfp, csi_dn_dp_mfp, sen0_pclk_mfp, pcm1_in_mfp, pcm1_clk_mfp,
+		pcm1_sync_mfp, pcm1_out_mfp, dnand_data_wr_mfp, dnand_acle_ce0_mfp,
+		nand_ceb2_mfp, nand_ceb3_mfp
+
+		These pin groups are used for selecting the drive strength
+		parameters.
+
+		sirq_drv, rgmii_txd23_drv, rgmii_rxd23_drv, rgmii_txd01_txen_drv,
+		rgmii_rxer_drv, rgmii_crs_drv, rgmii_rxd10_drv, rgmii_ref_clk_drv,
+		smi_mdc_mdio_drv, i2s_d0_drv, i2s_bclk0_drv, i2s3_drv, i2s13_drv,
+		pcm1_drv, ks_in_drv, ks_out_drv, lvds_all_drv, lcd_d18_d2_drv,
+		dsi_all_drv, sd0_d0_d3_drv, sd0_cmd_drv, sd0_clk_drv, spi0_all_drv,
+		uart0_rx_drv, uart0_tx_drv, uart2_all_drv, i2c0_all_drv, i2c12_all_drv,
+		sens0_pclk_drv, sens0_ckout_drv, uart3_all_drv
+
+- function:	An array of strings, each string containing the name of the
+		pinmux functions. These functions can only be selected by
+		the corresponding pin groups. The following are the list of
+		pinmux functions available:
+
+		nor, eth_rgmii, eth_sgmii, spi0, spi1, spi2, spi3, seNs0, sens1,
+		uart0, uart1, uart2, uart3, uart4, uart5, uart6, i2s0, i2s1,
+		pcm1, pcm0, ks, jtag, pwm0, pwm1, pwm2, pwm3, pwm4, pwm5, p0,
+		sd0, sd1, sd2, i2c0, i2c1, i2c2, i2c3, dsi, lvds, usb30,
+		clko_25m, mipi_csi, nand, spdif, sirq0, sirq1, sirq2, bt, lcd0
+
+Optional Properties:
+
+- bias-pull-down: No arguments. The specified pins should be configured as
+		pull down.
+- bias-pull-up:   No arguments. The specified pins should be configured as
+		pull up.
+- input-schmitt-enable: No arguments: Enable schmitt trigger for the specified
+		pins
+- input-schmitt-disable: No arguments: Disable schmitt trigger for the specified
+		pins
+- drive-strength: Integer. Selects the drive strength for the specified
+		pins in mA.
+		Valid values are:
+		<2>
+		<4>
+		<8>
+		<12>
+
+Example:
+
+	pinctrl: pinctrl@e01b0000 {
+		compatible = "actions,s700-pinctrl";
+		reg = <0x0 0xe01b0000 0x0 0x1000>;
+		clocks = <&cmu CLK_GPIO>;
+		gpio-controller;
+		gpio-ranges = <&pinctrl 0 0 136>;
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+                interrupts = <GIC_SPI 36 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+                             <GIC_SPI 37 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+                             <GIC_SPI 38 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+                             <GIC_SPI 39 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+                             <GIC_SPI 40 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+
+		uart3-default: uart3-default {
+			pinmux {
+				groups = "uart3_rtsb_mfp", "uart3_ctsb_mfp";
+				function = "uart3";
+			};
+			pinconf {
+				groups = "uart3_all_drv";
+				drive-strength = <2>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt
index 258a4648ab81..cf96b7c20e4d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ Required properties:
   "allwinner,sun50i-h5-pinctrl"
   "allwinner,sun50i-h6-pinctrl"
   "allwinner,sun50i-h6-r-pinctrl"
+  "allwinner,suniv-f1c100s-pinctrl"
   "nextthing,gr8-pinctrl"
 
 - reg: Should contain the register physical address and length for the
@@ -43,6 +44,19 @@ Note: For backward compatibility reasons, the hosc and losc clocks are only
 required if you need to use the optional input-debounce property. Any new
 device tree should set them.
 
+Each pin bank, depending on the SoC, can have an associated regulator:
+
+- vcc-pa-supply: for the A10, A20, A31, A31s, A80 and R40 SoCs
+- vcc-pb-supply: for the A31, A31s, A80 and V3s SoCs
+- vcc-pc-supply: for the A10, A20, A31, A31s, A64, A80, H5, R40 and V3s SoCs
+- vcc-pd-supply: for the A23, A31, A31s, A64, A80, A83t, H3, H5 and R40 SoCs
+- vcc-pe-supply: for the A10, A20, A31, A31s, A64, A80, R40 and V3s SoCs
+- vcc-pf-supply: for the A10, A20, A31, A31s, A80, R40 and V3s SoCs
+- vcc-pg-supply: for the A10, A20, A31, A31s, A64, A80, H3, H5, R40 and V3s SoCs
+- vcc-ph-supply: for the A31, A31s and A80 SoCs
+- vcc-pl-supply: for the r-pinctrl of the A64, A80 and A83t SoCs
+- vcc-pm-supply: for the r-pinctrl of the A31, A31s and A80 SoCs
+
 Optional properties:
   - input-debounce: Array of debouncing periods in microseconds. One period per
     irq bank found in the controller. 0 if no setup required.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pinctrl.txt
index 3e23fece99da..eb39f5051159 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pinctrl.txt
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ such as pull-up, multi drive, etc.
 
 Required properties for iomux controller:
 - compatible: "atmel,at91rm9200-pinctrl" or "atmel,at91sam9x5-pinctrl"
-		or "atmel,sama5d3-pinctrl"
+		or "atmel,sama5d3-pinctrl" or "microchip,sam9x60-pinctrl"
 - atmel,mux-mask: array of mask (periph per bank) to describe if a pin can be
   configured in this periph mode. All the periph and bank need to be describe.
 
@@ -100,6 +100,7 @@ DRIVE_STRENGTH (3 << 5): indicate the drive strength of the pin using the
 				11 - High
 OUTPUT		(1 << 7): indicate this pin need to be configured as an output.
 OUTPUT_VAL	(1 << 8): output val (1 = high, 0 = low)
+SLEWRATE	(1 << 9): slew rate of the pin: 0 = disable, 1 = enable
 DEBOUNCE	(1 << 16): indicate this pin needs debounce.
 DEBOUNCE_VAL	(0x3fff << 17): debounce value.
 
@@ -116,6 +117,19 @@ Some requirements for using atmel,at91rm9200-pinctrl binding:
    configurations by referring to the phandle of that pin configuration node.
 4. The gpio controller must be describe in the pinctrl simple-bus.
 
+For each bank the required properties are:
+- compatible: "atmel,at91sam9x5-gpio" or "atmel,at91rm9200-gpio" or
+  "microchip,sam9x60-gpio"
+- reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers
+- interrupts: interrupt outputs from the controller
+- interrupt-controller: marks the device node as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells: should be 2; refer to ../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+  for more details.
+- gpio-controller
+- #gpio-cells: should be 2; the first cell is the GPIO number and the second
+  cell specifies GPIO flags as defined in <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h>.
+- clocks: bank clock
+
 Examples:
 
 pinctrl@fffff400 {
@@ -125,6 +139,17 @@ pinctrl@fffff400 {
 	compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-pinctrl", "simple-bus";
 	reg = <0xfffff400 0x600>;
 
+	pioA: gpio@fffff400 {
+		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-gpio";
+		reg = <0xfffff400 0x200>;
+		interrupts = <2 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 1>;
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+		gpio-controller;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+		clocks = <&pmc PMC_TYPE_PERIPHERAL 2>;
+	};
+
 	atmel,mux-mask = <
 	      /*    A         B     */
 	       0xffffffff 0xffc00c3b  /* pioA */
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm4708-pinmux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm4708-pinmux.txt
index 4fa9539070cb..8ab2d468dbdb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm4708-pinmux.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/brcm,bcm4708-pinmux.txt
@@ -7,13 +7,15 @@ configure controller correctly.
 
 A list of pins varies across chipsets so few bindings are available.
 
+Node of the pinmux must be nested in the CRU (Central Resource Unit) "syscon"
+noce.
+
 Required properties:
 - compatible: must be one of:
 	"brcm,bcm4708-pinmux"
 	"brcm,bcm4709-pinmux"
 	"brcm,bcm53012-pinmux"
-- reg: iomem address range of CRU (Central Resource Unit) pin registers
-- reg-names: "cru_gpio_control" - the only needed & supported reg right now
+- offset: offset of pin registers in the CRU block
 
 Functions and their groups available for all chipsets:
 - "spi": "spi_grp"
@@ -37,16 +39,12 @@ Example:
 		#size-cells = <1>;
 
 		cru@100 {
-			compatible = "simple-bus";
+			compatible = "syscon", "simple-mfd";
 			reg = <0x100 0x1a4>;
-			ranges;
-			#address-cells = <1>;
-			#size-cells = <1>;
 
-			pin-controller@1c0 {
+			pinctrl {
 				compatible = "brcm,bcm4708-pinmux";
-				reg = <0x1c0 0x24>;
-				reg-names = "cru_gpio_control";
+				offset = <0xc0>;
 
 				spi-pins {
 					function = "spi";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx50-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx50-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6da01d619d33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx50-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+* Freescale IMX50 IOMUX Controller
+
+Please refer to fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding part
+and usage.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "fsl,imx50-iomuxc"
+- fsl,pins: two integers array, represents a group of pins mux and config
+  setting. The format is fsl,pins = <PIN_FUNC_ID CONFIG>, PIN_FUNC_ID is a
+  pin working on a specific function, CONFIG is the pad setting value like
+  pull-up for this pin. Please refer to imx50 datasheet for the valid pad
+  config settings.
+
+CONFIG bits definition:
+PAD_CTL_HVE			(1 << 13)
+PAD_CTL_HYS			(1 << 8)
+PAD_CTL_PKE			(1 << 7)
+PAD_CTL_PUE			(1 << 6)
+PAD_CTL_PUS_100K_DOWN		(0 << 4)
+PAD_CTL_PUS_47K_UP		(1 << 4)
+PAD_CTL_PUS_100K_UP		(2 << 4)
+PAD_CTL_PUS_22K_UP		(3 << 4)
+PAD_CTL_ODE			(1 << 3)
+PAD_CTL_DSE_LOW			(0 << 1)
+PAD_CTL_DSE_MED			(1 << 1)
+PAD_CTL_DSE_HIGH		(2 << 1)
+PAD_CTL_DSE_MAX			(3 << 1)
+PAD_CTL_SRE_FAST		(1 << 0)
+PAD_CTL_SRE_SLOW		(0 << 0)
+
+Refer to imx50-pinfunc.h in device tree source folder for all available
+imx50 PIN_FUNC_ID.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7ulp-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7ulp-pinctrl.txt
index 44ad670ae11e..bfa3703a7446 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7ulp-pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7ulp-pinctrl.txt
@@ -7,55 +7,47 @@ Note:
 This binding doc is only for the IOMUXC1 support in A7 Domain and it only
 supports generic pin config.
 
-Please also refer pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for generic pinctrl
-binding.
-
-=== Pin Controller Node ===
+Please refer to fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding
+part and usage.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible:	"fsl,imx7ulp-iomuxc1"
-- reg:		Should contain the base physical address and size of the iomuxc
-		registers.
-
-=== Pin Configuration Node ===
-- pinmux: One integers array, represents a group of pins mux setting.
-	The format is pinmux = <PIN_FUNC_ID>, PIN_FUNC_ID is a pin working on
-	a specific function.
-
-	NOTE: i.MX7ULP PIN_FUNC_ID consists of 4 integers as it shares one mux
-	and config register as follows:
-	<mux_conf_reg input_reg mux_mode input_val>
-
-	Refer to imx7ulp-pinfunc.h in in device tree source folder for all
-	available imx7ulp PIN_FUNC_ID.
-
-Optional Properties:
-- drive-strength		Integer. Controls Drive Strength
-					0: Standard
-					1: Hi Driver
-- drive-push-pull		Bool. Enable Pin Push-pull
-- drive-open-drain		Bool. Enable Pin Open-drian
-- slew-rate:			Integer. Controls Slew Rate
-					0: Standard
-					1: Slow
-- bias-disable:			Bool. Pull disabled
-- bias-pull-down:		Bool. Pull down on pin
-- bias-pull-up:			Bool. Pull up on pin
+- compatible:	"fsl,imx7ulp-iomuxc1".
+- fsl,pins:	Each entry consists of 5 integers which represents the mux
+		and config setting for one pin. The first 4 integers
+		<mux_conf_reg input_reg mux_mode input_val> are specified
+		using a PIN_FUNC_ID macro, which can be found in
+		imx7ulp-pinfunc.h in the device tree source folder.
+		The last integer CONFIG is the pad setting value like
+		pull-up on this pin.
+
+		Please refer to i.MX7ULP Reference Manual for detailed
+		CONFIG settings.
+
+CONFIG bits definition:
+PAD_CTL_OBE		(1 << 17)
+PAD_CTL_IBE		(1 << 16)
+PAD_CTL_LK		(1 << 16)
+PAD_CTL_DSE_HI		(1 << 6)
+PAD_CTL_DSE_STD		(0 << 6)
+PAD_CTL_ODE		(1 << 5)
+PAD_CTL_PUSH_PULL	(0 << 5)
+PAD_CTL_SRE_SLOW	(1 << 2)
+PAD_CTL_SRE_STD		(0 << 2)
+PAD_CTL_PE		(1 << 0)
 
 Examples:
 #include "imx7ulp-pinfunc.h"
 
 /* Pin Controller Node */
-iomuxc1: iomuxc@40ac0000 {
+iomuxc1: pinctrl@40ac0000 {
 	compatible = "fsl,imx7ulp-iomuxc1";
 	reg = <0x40ac0000 0x1000>;
 
 	/* Pin Configuration Node */
 	pinctrl_lpuart4: lpuart4grp {
-		pinmux = <
-			IMX7ULP_PAD_PTC3__LPUART4_RX
-			IMX7ULP_PAD_PTC2__LPUART4_TX
+		fsl,pins = <
+			IMX7ULP_PAD_PTC3__LPUART4_RX	0x1
+			IMX7ULP_PAD_PTC2__LPUART4_TX	0x1
 		>;
-		bias-pull-up;
 	};
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx8mm-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx8mm-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..524a16fca666
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx8mm-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+* Freescale IMX8MM IOMUX Controller
+
+Please refer to fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt and pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory
+for common binding part and usage.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "fsl,imx8mm-iomuxc"
+- reg: should contain the base physical address and size of the iomuxc
+  registers.
+
+Required properties in sub-nodes:
+- fsl,pins: each entry consists of 6 integers and represents the mux and config
+  setting for one pin.  The first 5 integers <mux_reg conf_reg input_reg mux_val
+  input_val> are specified using a PIN_FUNC_ID macro, which can be found in
+  <dt-bindings/pinctrl/imx8mm-pinfunc.h>. The last integer CONFIG is
+  the pad setting value like pull-up on this pin.  Please refer to i.MX8M Mini
+  Reference Manual for detailed CONFIG settings.
+
+Examples:
+
+&uart1 {
+       pinctrl-names = "default";
+       pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_uart1>;
+};
+
+iomuxc: pinctrl@30330000 {
+        compatible = "fsl,imx8mm-iomuxc";
+        reg = <0x0 0x30330000 0x0 0x10000>;
+
+        pinctrl_uart1: uart1grp {
+                fsl,pins = <
+                        MX8MM_IOMUXC_UART1_RXD_UART1_DCE_RX             0x140
+                        MX8MM_IOMUXC_UART1_TXD_UART1_DCE_TX             0x140
+                >;
+        };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-37xx-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-37xx-pinctrl.txt
index c7c088d2dd50..38dc56a57760 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-37xx-pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-37xx-pinctrl.txt
@@ -58,11 +58,11 @@ group pwm3
  - functions pwm, gpio
 
 group pmic1
- - pin 17
+ - pin 7
  - functions pmic, gpio
 
 group pmic0
- - pin 16
+ - pin 6
  - functions pmic, gpio
 
 group i2c2
@@ -112,19 +112,31 @@ group usb2_drvvbus1
  - functions drvbus, gpio
 
 group sdio_sb
- - pins 60-64
+ - pins 60-65
  - functions sdio, gpio
 
 group rgmii
- - pins 42-55
+ - pins 42-53
  - functions mii, gpio
 
 group pcie1
- - pins 39-40
+ - pins 39
+ - functions pcie, gpio
+
+group pcie1_clkreq
+ - pins 40
  - functions pcie, gpio
 
+group pcie1_wakeup
+ - pins 41
+ - functions pcie, gpio
+
+group smi
+ - pins 54-55
+ - functions smi, gpio
+
 group ptp
- - pins 56-58
+ - pins 56
  - functions ptp, gpio
 
 group ptp_clk
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/meson,pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/meson,pinctrl.txt
index 82ead40311f6..a47dd990a8d3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/meson,pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/meson,pinctrl.txt
@@ -23,11 +23,11 @@ The GPIO bank for the controller is represented as a sub-node and it acts as a
 GPIO controller.
 
 Required properties for sub-nodes are:
- - reg: should contain address and size for mux, pull-enable, pull and
-   gpio register sets
- - reg-names: an array of strings describing the "reg" entries. Must
-   contain "mux", "pull" and "gpio". "pull-enable" is optional and
-   when it is missing the "pull" registers are used instead
+ - reg: should contain a list of address and size, one tuple for each entry
+   in reg-names.
+ - reg-names: an array of strings describing the "reg" entries.
+   Must contain "mux" and "gpio".
+   May contain "pull", "pull-enable" and "ds" when appropriate.
  - gpio-controller: identifies the node as a gpio controller
  - #gpio-cells: must be 2
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/mscc,ocelot-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/mscc,ocelot-pinctrl.txt
index 24a210e0c59a..32a8a8fa7805 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/mscc,ocelot-pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/mscc,ocelot-pinctrl.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,8 @@ Microsemi Ocelot pin controller Device Tree Bindings
 ----------------------------------------------------
 
 Required properties:
- - compatible		: Should be "mscc,ocelot-pinctrl"
+ - compatible		: Should be "mscc,ocelot-pinctrl" or
+				"mscc,jaguar2-pinctrl"
  - reg			: Address and length of the register set for the device
  - gpio-controller	: Indicates this device is a GPIO controller
  - #gpio-cells		: Must be 2.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt6797.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt6797.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..bd83401e6179
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt6797.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+* MediaTek MT6797 Pin Controller
+
+The MediaTek's MT6797 Pin controller is used to control SoC pins.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Value should be one of the following.
+              "mediatek,mt6797-pinctrl", compatible with mt6797 pinctrl.
+- reg:        Should contain address and size for gpio, iocfgl, iocfgb,
+              iocfgr and iocfgt register bases.
+- reg-names:  An array of strings describing the "reg" entries. Must
+              contain "gpio", "iocfgl", "iocfgb", "iocfgr", "iocfgt".
+- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a gpio controller.
+- #gpio-cells: Should be two. The first cell is the gpio pin number
+               and the second cell is used for optional parameters.
+
+Optional properties:
+- interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller.
+- #interrupt-cells: Should be two.
+- interrupts : The interrupt outputs from the controller.
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
+common pinctrl bindings used by client devices.
+
+Subnode format
+A pinctrl node should contain at least one subnodes representing the
+pinctrl groups available on the machine. Each subnode will list the
+pins it needs, and how they should be configured, with regard to muxer
+configuration, pullups, drive strength, input enable/disable and input schmitt.
+
+    node {
+        pinmux = <PIN_NUMBER_PINMUX>;
+        GENERIC_PINCONFIG;
+    };
+
+Required properties:
+- pinmux: Integer array, represents gpio pin number and mux setting.
+    Supported pin number and mux varies for different SoCs, and are defined
+    as macros in dt-bindings/pinctrl/<soc>-pinfunc.h directly.
+
+Optional properties:
+- GENERIC_PINCONFIG: is the generic pinconfig options to use, bias-disable,
+    bias-pull, bias-pull-down, input-enable, input-schmitt-enable,
+    input-schmitt-disable, output-enable output-low, output-high,
+    drive-strength, and slew-rate are valid.
+
+    Valid arguments for 'slew-rate' are '0' for no slew rate controlled and
+    '1' for slower slew rate respectively. Valid arguments for 'drive-strength'
+    is limited, such as 2, 4, 8, 12, or 16 in mA.
+
+    Some optional vendor properties as defined are valid to specify in a
+    pinconf subnode:
+    - mediatek,tdsel: An integer describing the steps for output level shifter
+      duty cycle when asserted (high pulse width adjustment). Valid arguments
+      are from 0 to 15.
+    - mediatek,rdsel: An integer describing the steps for input level shifter
+      duty cycle when asserted (high pulse width adjustment). Valid arguments
+      are from 0 to 63.
+    - mediatek,pull-up-adv: An integer describing the code R1R0 as 0, 1, 2
+      or 3 for the advanced pull-up resistors.
+    - mediatek,pull-down-adv: An integer describing the code R1R0 as 0, 1, 2,
+      or 3 for the advanced pull-down resistors.
+
+Examples:
+
+        pio: pinctrl@10005000 {
+                compatible = "mediatek,mt6797-pinctrl";
+                reg = <0 0x10005000 0 0x1000>,
+                      <0 0x10002000 0 0x400>,
+                      <0 0x10002400 0 0x400>,
+                      <0 0x10002800 0 0x400>,
+                      <0 0x10002C00 0 0x400>;
+                reg-names = "gpio", "iocfgl", "iocfgb",
+                            "iocfgr", "iocfgt";
+                gpio-controller;
+                #gpio-cells = <2>;
+
+                uart1_pins_a: uart1 {
+                        pins1 {
+                                pinmux = <MT6797_GPIO232__FUNC_URXD1>,
+                                         <MT6797_GPIO233__FUNC_UTXD1>;
+                        };
+                };
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt7622.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt7622.txt
index 3b695131c51b..7a7aca1ed705 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt7622.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt7622.txt
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 Required properties for the root node:
  - compatible: Should be one of the following
 	       "mediatek,mt7622-pinctrl" for MT7622 SoC
+	       "mediatek,mt7629-pinctrl" for MT7629 SoC
  - reg: offset and length of the pinctrl space
 
  - gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller.
@@ -324,6 +325,136 @@ group.
 	"uart4_2_rts_cts"		"uart"		95, 96
 	"watchdog"			"watchdog"	78
 
+
+== Valid values for pins, function and groups on MT7629 ==
+
+	Pin #:  Valid values for pins
+	-----------------------------
+	PIN 0: "TOP_5G_CLK"
+	PIN 1: "TOP_5G_DATA"
+	PIN 2: "WF0_5G_HB0"
+	PIN 3: "WF0_5G_HB1"
+	PIN 4: "WF0_5G_HB2"
+	PIN 5: "WF0_5G_HB3"
+	PIN 6: "WF0_5G_HB4"
+	PIN 7: "WF0_5G_HB5"
+	PIN 8: "WF0_5G_HB6"
+	PIN 9: "XO_REQ"
+	PIN 10: "TOP_RST_N"
+	PIN 11: "SYS_WATCHDOG"
+	PIN 12: "EPHY_LED0_N_JTDO"
+	PIN 13: "EPHY_LED1_N_JTDI"
+	PIN 14: "EPHY_LED2_N_JTMS"
+	PIN 15: "EPHY_LED3_N_JTCLK"
+	PIN 16: "EPHY_LED4_N_JTRST_N"
+	PIN 17: "WF2G_LED_N"
+	PIN 18: "WF5G_LED_N"
+	PIN 19: "I2C_SDA"
+	PIN 20: "I2C_SCL"
+	PIN 21: "GPIO_9"
+	PIN 22: "GPIO_10"
+	PIN 23: "GPIO_11"
+	PIN 24: "GPIO_12"
+	PIN 25: "UART1_TXD"
+	PIN 26: "UART1_RXD"
+	PIN 27: "UART1_CTS"
+	PIN 28: "UART1_RTS"
+	PIN 29: "UART2_TXD"
+	PIN 30: "UART2_RXD"
+	PIN 31: "UART2_CTS"
+	PIN 32: "UART2_RTS"
+	PIN 33: "MDI_TP_P1"
+	PIN 34: "MDI_TN_P1"
+	PIN 35: "MDI_RP_P1"
+	PIN 36: "MDI_RN_P1"
+	PIN 37: "MDI_RP_P2"
+	PIN 38: "MDI_RN_P2"
+	PIN 39: "MDI_TP_P2"
+	PIN 40: "MDI_TN_P2"
+	PIN 41: "MDI_TP_P3"
+	PIN 42: "MDI_TN_P3"
+	PIN 43: "MDI_RP_P3"
+	PIN 44: "MDI_RN_P3"
+	PIN 45: "MDI_RP_P4"
+	PIN 46: "MDI_RN_P4"
+	PIN 47: "MDI_TP_P4"
+	PIN 48: "MDI_TN_P4"
+	PIN 49: "SMI_MDC"
+	PIN 50: "SMI_MDIO"
+	PIN 51: "PCIE_PERESET_N"
+	PIN 52: "PWM_0"
+	PIN 53: "GPIO_0"
+	PIN 54: "GPIO_1"
+	PIN 55: "GPIO_2"
+	PIN 56: "GPIO_3"
+	PIN 57: "GPIO_4"
+	PIN 58: "GPIO_5"
+	PIN 59: "GPIO_6"
+	PIN 60: "GPIO_7"
+	PIN 61: "GPIO_8"
+	PIN 62: "SPI_CLK"
+	PIN 63: "SPI_CS"
+	PIN 64: "SPI_MOSI"
+	PIN 65: "SPI_MISO"
+	PIN 66: "SPI_WP"
+	PIN 67: "SPI_HOLD"
+	PIN 68: "UART0_TXD"
+	PIN 69: "UART0_RXD"
+	PIN 70: "TOP_2G_CLK"
+	PIN 71: "TOP_2G_DATA"
+	PIN 72: "WF0_2G_HB0"
+	PIN 73: "WF0_2G_HB1"
+	PIN 74: "WF0_2G_HB2"
+	PIN 75: "WF0_2G_HB3"
+	PIN 76: "WF0_2G_HB4"
+	PIN 77: "WF0_2G_HB5"
+	PIN 78: "WF0_2G_HB6"
+
+Valid values for function are:
+	"eth", "i2c", "led", "flash", "pcie", "pwm", "spi", "uart",
+	"watchdog", "wifi"
+
+Valid values for groups are:
+	Valid value			function	pins (in pin#)
+	----------------------------------------------------------------
+	"mdc_mdio"			"eth"		23, 24
+	"i2c_0"				"i2c"		19, 20
+	"i2c_1"				"i2c"		53, 54
+	"ephy_leds"			"led"		12, 13, 14, 15, 16,
+							17, 18
+	"ephy0_led"			"led"		12
+	"ephy1_led"			"led"		13
+	"ephy2_led"			"led"		14
+	"ephy3_led"			"led"		15
+	"ephy4_led"			"led"		16
+	"wf2g_led"			"led"		17
+	"wf5g_led"			"led"		18
+	"snfi"				"flash"		62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67
+	"spi_nor"			"flash"		62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67
+	"pcie_pereset"			"pcie"		51
+	"pcie_wake"			"pcie"		55
+	"pcie_clkreq"			"pcie"		56
+	"pwm_0"				"pwm"		52
+	"pwm_1"				"pwm"		61
+	"spi_0"				"spi"		21, 22, 23, 24
+	"spi_1"				"spi"		62, 63, 64, 65
+	"spi_wp"			"spi"		66
+	"spi_hold"			"spi"		67
+	"uart0_txd_rxd"			"uart"		68, 69
+	"uart1_0_txd_rxd"		"uart"		25, 26
+	"uart1_0_cts_rts"		"uart"		27, 28
+	"uart1_1_txd_rxd"		"uart"		53, 54
+	"uart1_1_cts_rts"		"uart"		55, 56
+	"uart2_0_txd_rxd"		"uart"		29, 30
+	"uart2_0_cts_rts"		"uart"		31, 32
+	"uart2_1_txd_rxd"		"uart"		57, 58
+	"uart2_1_cts_rts"		"uart"		59, 60
+	"watchdog"			"watchdog"	11
+	"wf0_2g"			"wifi"		70, 71, 72, 73, 74,
+							75, 76, 77, 78
+	"wf0_5g"			"wifi"		0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
+							7, 8, 9, 10
+
 Example:
 
 	pio: pinctrl@10211000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-gpio.txt
index ab4000eab07d..7f64a7e92c28 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/qcom,pmic-gpio.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ PMIC's from Qualcomm.
 		    "qcom,pm8998-gpio"
 		    "qcom,pma8084-gpio"
 		    "qcom,pmi8994-gpio"
+		    "qcom,pmi8998-gpio"
 		    "qcom,pms405-gpio"
 
 		    And must contain either "qcom,spmi-gpio" or "qcom,ssbi-gpio"
@@ -92,7 +93,7 @@ to specify in a pin configuration subnode:
 		    gpio1-gpio26 for pm8998
 		    gpio1-gpio22 for pma8084
 		    gpio1-gpio10 for pmi8994
-		    gpio1-gpio11 for pms405
+		    gpio1-gpio12 for pms405 (holes on gpio1, gpio9 and gpio10)
 
 - function:
 	Usage: required
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,rza2-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,rza2-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a63ccd476cda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/renesas,rza2-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+Renesas RZ/A2 combined Pin and GPIO controller
+
+The Renesas SoCs of the RZ/A2 series feature a combined Pin and GPIO controller.
+Pin multiplexing and GPIO configuration is performed on a per-pin basis.
+Each port features up to 8 pins, each of them configurable for GPIO
+function (port mode) or in alternate function mode.
+Up to 8 different alternate function modes exist for each single pin.
+
+Pin controller node
+-------------------
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: shall be:
+    - "renesas,r7s9210-pinctrl": for RZ/A2M
+  - reg
+    Address base and length of the memory area where the pin controller
+    hardware is mapped to.
+  - gpio-controller
+    This pin controller also controls pins as GPIO
+  - #gpio-cells
+    Must be 2
+  - gpio-ranges
+    Expresses the total number of GPIO ports/pins in this SoC
+
+Example: Pin controller node for RZ/A2M SoC (r7s9210)
+
+	pinctrl: pin-controller@fcffe000 {
+		compatible = "renesas,r7s9210-pinctrl";
+		reg = <0xfcffe000 0x1000>;
+
+		gpio-controller;
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+		gpio-ranges = <&pinctrl 0 0 176>;
+	};
+
+Sub-nodes
+---------
+
+The child nodes of the pin controller designate pins to be used for
+specific peripheral functions or as GPIO.
+
+- Pin multiplexing sub-nodes:
+  A pin multiplexing sub-node describes how to configure a set of
+  (or a single) pin in some desired alternate function mode.
+  The values for the pinmux properties are a combination of port name, pin
+  number and the desired function index. Use the RZA2_PINMUX macro located
+  in include/dt-bindings/pinctrl/r7s9210-pinctrl.h to easily define these.
+  For assigning GPIO pins, use the macro RZA2_PIN also in r7s9210-pinctrl.h
+  to express the desired port pin.
+
+  Required properties:
+    - pinmux:
+      integer array representing pin number and pin multiplexing configuration.
+      When a pin has to be configured in alternate function mode, use this
+      property to identify the pin by its global index, and provide its
+      alternate function configuration number along with it.
+      When multiple pins are required to be configured as part of the same
+      alternate function they shall be specified as members of the same
+      argument list of a single "pinmux" property.
+      Helper macros to ease assembling the pin index from its position
+      (port where it sits on and pin number) and alternate function identifier
+      are provided by the pin controller header file at:
+      <dt-bindings/pinctrl/r7s9210-pinctrl.h>
+      Integers values in "pinmux" argument list are assembled as:
+      ((PORT * 8 + PIN) | MUX_FUNC << 16)
+
+  Example: Board specific pins configuration
+
+	&pinctrl {
+		/* Serial Console */
+		scif4_pins: serial4 {
+			pinmux = <RZA2_PINMUX(PORT9, 0, 4)>,	/* TxD4 */
+				 <RZA2_PINMUX(PORT9, 1, 4)>;	/* RxD4 */
+		};
+	};
+
+  Example: Assigning a GPIO:
+
+	leds {
+		status = "okay";
+		compatible = "gpio-leds";
+
+		led0 {
+			/* P6_0 */
+			gpios = <&pinctrl RZA2_PIN(PORT6, 0) GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.txt
index ef4f2ff4a1aa..48df30a36b01 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.txt
@@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ Optional properties:
    More details in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt.
  - st,bank-ioport: should correspond to the EXTI IOport selection (EXTI line
    used to select GPIOs as interrupts).
+ - hwlocks: reference to a phandle of a hardware spinlock provider node.
 
 Example 1:
 #include <dt-bindings/pinctrl/stm32f429-pinfunc.h>
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/actions,owl-sps.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/actions,owl-sps.txt
index 78edd63641e8..a3571937b019 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/actions,owl-sps.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/actions,owl-sps.txt
@@ -3,11 +3,13 @@ Actions Semi Owl Smart Power System (SPS)
 Required properties:
 - compatible          :  "actions,s500-sps" for S500
                          "actions,s700-sps" for S700
+                         "actions,s900-sps" for S900
 - reg                 :  Offset and length of the register set for the device.
 - #power-domain-cells :  Must be 1.
                          See macros in:
                           include/dt-bindings/power/owl-s500-powergate.h for S500
                           include/dt-bindings/power/owl-s700-powergate.h for S700
+                          include/dt-bindings/power/owl-s900-powergate.h for S900
 
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/fsl,imx-gpcv2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/fsl,imx-gpcv2.txt
index 9acce75b29ab..7c7e972aaa42 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/fsl,imx-gpcv2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/fsl,imx-gpcv2.txt
@@ -6,7 +6,9 @@ Control (PGC) for various power domains.
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx7d-gpc"
+- compatible: Should be one of:
+	- "fsl,imx7d-gpc"
+	- "fsl,imx8mq-gpc"
 
 - reg: should be register base and length as documented in the
   datasheet
@@ -22,13 +24,17 @@ which, in turn, is expected to contain the following:
 Required properties:
 
 - reg: Power domain index. Valid values are defined in
-  include/dt-bindings/power/imx7-power.h
+  include/dt-bindings/power/imx7-power.h for fsl,imx7d-gpc and
+  include/dt-bindings/power/imx8m-power.h for fsl,imx8mq-gpc
 
 - #power-domain-cells: Should be 0
 
 Optional properties:
 
 - power-supply: Power supply used to power the domain
+- clocks: a number of phandles to clocks that need to be enabled during
+  domain power-up sequencing to ensure reset propagation into devices
+  located inside this power domain
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,rpmpd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,rpmpd.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..980e5413d18f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/qcom,rpmpd.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+Qualcomm RPM/RPMh Power domains
+
+For RPM/RPMh Power domains, we communicate a performance state to RPM/RPMh
+which then translates it into a corresponding voltage on a rail
+
+Required Properties:
+ - compatible: Should be one of the following
+	* qcom,msm8996-rpmpd: RPM Power domain for the msm8996 family of SoC
+	* qcom,sdm845-rpmhpd: RPMh Power domain for the sdm845 family of SoC
+ - #power-domain-cells: number of cells in Power domain specifier
+	must be 1.
+ - operating-points-v2: Phandle to the OPP table for the Power domain.
+	Refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt
+	and Documentation/devicetree/bindings/opp/opp.txt for more details
+
+Refer to <dt-bindings/power/qcom-rpmpd.h> for the level values for
+various OPPs for different platforms as well as Power domain indexes
+
+Example: rpmh power domain controller and OPP table
+
+#include <dt-bindings/power/qcom-rpmhpd.h>
+
+opp-level values specified in the OPP tables for RPMh power domains
+should use the RPMH_REGULATOR_LEVEL_* constants from
+<dt-bindings/power/qcom-rpmhpd.h>
+
+	rpmhpd: power-controller {
+		compatible = "qcom,sdm845-rpmhpd";
+		#power-domain-cells = <1>;
+		operating-points-v2 = <&rpmhpd_opp_table>;
+
+		rpmhpd_opp_table: opp-table {
+			compatible = "operating-points-v2";
+
+			rpmhpd_opp_ret: opp1 {
+				opp-level = <RPMH_REGULATOR_LEVEL_RETENTION>;
+			};
+
+			rpmhpd_opp_min_svs: opp2 {
+				opp-level = <RPMH_REGULATOR_LEVEL_MIN_SVS>;
+			};
+
+			rpmhpd_opp_low_svs: opp3 {
+				opp-level = <RPMH_REGULATOR_LEVEL_LOW_SVS>;
+			};
+
+			rpmhpd_opp_svs: opp4 {
+				opp-level = <RPMH_REGULATOR_LEVEL_SVS>;
+			};
+
+			rpmhpd_opp_svs_l1: opp5 {
+				opp-level = <RPMH_REGULATOR_LEVEL_SVS_L1>;
+			};
+
+			rpmhpd_opp_nom: opp6 {
+				opp-level = <RPMH_REGULATOR_LEVEL_NOM>;
+			};
+
+			rpmhpd_opp_nom_l1: opp7 {
+				opp-level = <RPMH_REGULATOR_LEVEL_NOM_L1>;
+			};
+
+			rpmhpd_opp_nom_l2: opp8 {
+				opp-level = <RPMH_REGULATOR_LEVEL_NOM_L2>;
+			};
+
+			rpmhpd_opp_turbo: opp9 {
+				opp-level = <RPMH_REGULATOR_LEVEL_TURBO>;
+			};
+
+			rpmhpd_opp_turbo_l1: opp10 {
+				opp-level = <RPMH_REGULATOR_LEVEL_TURBO_L1>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+Example: rpm power domain controller and OPP table
+
+	rpmpd: power-controller {
+		compatible = "qcom,msm8996-rpmpd";
+		#power-domain-cells = <1>;
+		operating-points-v2 = <&rpmpd_opp_table>;
+
+		rpmpd_opp_table: opp-table {
+			compatible = "operating-points-v2";
+
+			rpmpd_opp_low: opp1 {
+				opp-level = <1>;
+			};
+
+			rpmpd_opp_ret: opp2 {
+				opp-level = <2>;
+			};
+
+			rpmpd_opp_svs: opp3 {
+				opp-level = <3>;
+			};
+
+			rpmpd_opp_normal: opp4 {
+				opp-level = <4>;
+			};
+
+			rpmpd_opp_high: opp5 {
+				opp-level = <5>;
+			};
+
+			rpmpd_opp_turbo: opp6 {
+				opp-level = <6>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+Example: Client/Consumer device using OPP table
+
+	leaky-device0@12350000 {
+		compatible = "foo,i-leak-current";
+		reg = <0x12350000 0x1000>;
+		power-domains = <&rpmhpd SDM845_MX>;
+		operating-points-v2 = <&leaky_opp_table>;
+	};
+
+
+	leaky_opp_table: opp-table {
+		compatible = "operating-points-v2";
+
+		opp1 {
+			opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <144000>;
+			required-opps = <&rpmhpd_opp_low>;
+		};
+
+		opp2 {
+			opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <400000>;
+			required-opps = <&rpmhpd_opp_ret>;
+		};
+
+		opp3 {
+			opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <20000000>;
+			required-opps = <&rpmpd_opp_svs>;
+		};
+
+		opp4 {
+			opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <25000000>;
+			required-opps = <&rpmpd_opp_normal>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,apmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,apmu.txt
index f747f95eee58..5f24586c8cf3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,apmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,apmu.txt
@@ -8,7 +8,9 @@ Required properties:
 - compatible: Should be "renesas,<soctype>-apmu", "renesas,apmu" as fallback.
 	      Examples with soctypes are:
 		- "renesas,r8a7743-apmu" (RZ/G1M)
+		- "renesas,r8a7744-apmu" (RZ/G1N)
 		- "renesas,r8a7745-apmu" (RZ/G1E)
+		- "renesas,r8a77470-apmu" (RZ/G1C)
 		- "renesas,r8a7790-apmu" (R-Car H2)
 		- "renesas,r8a7791-apmu" (R-Car M2-W)
 		- "renesas,r8a7792-apmu" (R-Car V2H)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,rcar-sysc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,rcar-sysc.txt
index 180ae65be753..eae2a880155a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,rcar-sysc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,rcar-sysc.txt
@@ -8,8 +8,11 @@ and various coprocessors.
 Required properties:
   - compatible: Must contain exactly one of the following:
       - "renesas,r8a7743-sysc" (RZ/G1M)
+      - "renesas,r8a7744-sysc" (RZ/G1N)
       - "renesas,r8a7745-sysc" (RZ/G1E)
       - "renesas,r8a77470-sysc" (RZ/G1C)
+      - "renesas,r8a774a1-sysc" (RZ/G2M)
+      - "renesas,r8a774c0-sysc" (RZ/G2E)
       - "renesas,r8a7779-sysc" (R-Car H1)
       - "renesas,r8a7790-sysc" (R-Car H2)
       - "renesas,r8a7791-sysc" (R-Car M2-W)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/gpio-poweroff.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/gpio-poweroff.txt
index 6d8980c18c34..3e56c1b34a4c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/gpio-poweroff.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/gpio-poweroff.txt
@@ -27,6 +27,8 @@ Optional properties:
   it to an output when the power-off handler is called. If this optional
   property is not specified, the GPIO is initialized as an output in its
   inactive state.
+- active-delay-ms: Delay (default 100) to wait after driving gpio active
+- inactive-delay-ms: Delay (default 100) to wait after driving gpio inactive
 - timeout-ms: Time to wait before asserting a WARN_ON(1). If nothing is
               specified, 3000 ms is used.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/qcom,pon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/qcom,pon.txt
index 651491bb63b7..5705f575862d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/qcom,pon.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/qcom,pon.txt
@@ -6,7 +6,10 @@ and resin along with the Android reboot-mode.
 This DT node has pwrkey and resin as sub nodes.
 
 Required Properties:
--compatible: "qcom,pm8916-pon"
+-compatible: Must be one of:
+	"qcom,pm8916-pon"
+	"qcom,pms405-pon"
+
 -reg: Specifies the physical address of the pon register
 
 Optional subnode:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/xlnx,zynqmp-power.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/xlnx,zynqmp-power.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d366f1eb623a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/xlnx,zynqmp-power.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+--------------------------------------------------------------------
+Device Tree Bindings for the Xilinx Zynq MPSoC Power Management
+--------------------------------------------------------------------
+The zynqmp-power node describes the power management configurations.
+It will control remote suspend/shutdown interfaces.
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible:		Must contain:	"xlnx,zynqmp-power"
+ - interrupts:		Interrupt specifier
+
+-------
+Example
+-------
+
+firmware {
+	zynqmp_firmware: zynqmp-firmware {
+		compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-firmware";
+		method = "smc";
+
+		zynqmp_power: zynqmp-power {
+			compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-power";
+			interrupts = <0 35 4>;
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/axp20x_ac_power.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/axp20x_ac_power.txt
index 826e8a879121..7a1fb532abe5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/axp20x_ac_power.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/axp20x_ac_power.txt
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Required Properties:
  - compatible: One of:
 			"x-powers,axp202-ac-power-supply"
 			"x-powers,axp221-ac-power-supply"
+			"x-powers,axp813-ac-power-supply"
 
 This node is a subnode of the axp20x PMIC.
 
@@ -13,6 +14,8 @@ reading ADC channels from the AXP20X ADC.
 The AXP22X is only able to tell if an AC power supply is present and
 usable.
 
+AXP813/AXP803 are able to limit current and supply voltage
+
 Example:
 
 &axp209 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/battery.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/battery.txt
index f4d3b4a10b43..5c913d4cf36c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/battery.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/battery.txt
@@ -16,12 +16,25 @@ Required Properties:
 
 Optional Properties:
  - voltage-min-design-microvolt: drained battery voltage
+ - voltage-max-design-microvolt: fully charged battery voltage
  - energy-full-design-microwatt-hours: battery design energy
  - charge-full-design-microamp-hours: battery design capacity
  - precharge-current-microamp: current for pre-charge phase
  - charge-term-current-microamp: current for charge termination phase
  - constant-charge-current-max-microamp: maximum constant input current
  - constant-charge-voltage-max-microvolt: maximum constant input voltage
+ - factory-internal-resistance-micro-ohms: battery factory internal resistance
+ - ocv-capacity-table-0: An array providing the open circuit voltage (OCV)
+   of the battery and corresponding battery capacity percent, which is used
+   to look up battery capacity according to current OCV value. And the open
+   circuit voltage unit is microvolt.
+ - ocv-capacity-table-1: Same as ocv-capacity-table-0
+ ......
+ - ocv-capacity-table-n: Same as ocv-capacity-table-0
+ - ocv-capacity-celsius: An array containing the temperature in degree Celsius,
+   for each of the battery capacity lookup table. The first temperature value
+   specifies the OCV table 0, and the second temperature value specifies the
+   OCV table 1, and so on.
 
 Battery properties are named, where possible, for the corresponding
 elements in enum power_supply_property, defined in
@@ -36,12 +49,18 @@ Example:
 	bat: battery {
 		compatible = "simple-battery";
 		voltage-min-design-microvolt = <3200000>;
+		voltage-max-design-microvolt = <4200000>;
 		energy-full-design-microwatt-hours = <5290000>;
 		charge-full-design-microamp-hours = <1430000>;
 		precharge-current-microamp = <256000>;
 		charge-term-current-microamp = <128000>;
 		constant-charge-current-max-microamp = <900000>;
 		constant-charge-voltage-max-microvolt = <4200000>;
+		factory-internal-resistance-micro-ohms = <250000>;
+		ocv-capacity-celsius = <(-10) 0 10>;
+		ocv-capacity-table-0 = <4185000 100>, <4113000 95>, <4066000 90>, ...;
+		ocv-capacity-table-1 = <4200000 100>, <4185000 95>, <4113000 90>, ...;
+		ocv-capacity-table-2 = <4250000 100>, <4200000 95>, <4185000 90>, ...;
 	};
 
 	charger: charger@11 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq24190.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq24190.txt
index 9e517d307070..ffe2be408bb6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq24190.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq24190.txt
@@ -3,7 +3,9 @@ TI BQ24190 Li-Ion Battery Charger
 Required properties:
 - compatible: contains one of the following:
     * "ti,bq24190"
+    * "ti,bq24192"
     * "ti,bq24192i"
+    * "ti,bq24196"
 - reg: integer, I2C address of the charger.
 - interrupts[-extended]: configuration for charger INT pin.
 
@@ -19,6 +21,12 @@ Optional properties:
 - ti,system-minimum-microvolt: when power is connected and the battery is below
   minimum system voltage, the system will be regulated above this setting.
 
+child nodes:
+- usb-otg-vbus:
+  Usage: optional
+  Description: Regulator that is used to control the VBUS voltage direction for
+               either USB host mode or for charging on the OTG port.
+
 Notes:
 - Some circuit boards wire the chip's "OTG" pin high (enabling 500mA default
   charge current on USB SDP ports, among other features). To simulate this on
@@ -39,6 +47,8 @@ Example:
 		interrupts-extended = <&gpiochip 10 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
 		monitored-battery = <&bat>;
 		ti,system-minimum-microvolt = <3200000>;
+
+		usb_otg_vbus: usb-otg-vbus { };
 	};
 
 	&twl_gpio {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq25890.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq25890.txt
index c9dd17d142ad..dc0568933359 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq25890.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq25890.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,8 @@
 Binding for TI bq25890 Li-Ion Charger
 
+This driver will support the bq25896 and the bq25890. There are other ICs
+in the same family but those have not been tested.
+
 Required properties:
 - compatible: Should contain one of the following:
     * "ti,bq25890"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq27xxx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq27xxx.txt
index 37994fdb18ca..4fa8e08df2b6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq27xxx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/bq27xxx.txt
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ Required properties:
  * "ti,bq27546" - BQ27546
  * "ti,bq27742" - BQ27742
  * "ti,bq27545" - BQ27545
+ * "ti,bq27411" - BQ27411
  * "ti,bq27421" - BQ27421
  * "ti,bq27425" - BQ27425
  * "ti,bq27426" - BQ27426
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/sc2731_charger.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/sc2731_charger.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5266fab16575
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/sc2731_charger.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+Spreadtrum SC2731 PMIC battery charger binding
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should be "sprd,sc2731-charger".
+ - reg: Address offset of charger register.
+ - phys: Contains a phandle to the USB phy.
+
+Optional Properties:
+- monitored-battery: phandle of battery characteristics devicetree node.
+  The charger uses the following battery properties:
+- charge-term-current-microamp: current for charge termination phase.
+- constant-charge-voltage-max-microvolt: maximum constant input voltage.
+  See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/battery.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	bat: battery {
+		compatible = "simple-battery";
+		charge-term-current-microamp = <120000>;
+		constant-charge-voltage-max-microvolt = <4350000>;
+		......
+	};
+
+	sc2731_pmic: pmic@0 {
+		compatible = "sprd,sc2731";
+		reg = <0>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <26000000>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 31 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		charger@0 {
+			compatible = "sprd,sc2731-charger";
+			reg = <0x0>;
+			phys = <&ssphy>;
+			monitored-battery = <&bat>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/sc27xx-fg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/sc27xx-fg.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0a5705b8b592
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/sc27xx-fg.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+Spreadtrum SC27XX PMICs Fuel Gauge Unit Power Supply Bindings
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be one of the following:
+  "sprd,sc2720-fgu",
+  "sprd,sc2721-fgu",
+  "sprd,sc2723-fgu",
+  "sprd,sc2730-fgu",
+  "sprd,sc2731-fgu".
+- reg: The address offset of fuel gauge unit.
+- battery-detect-gpios: GPIO for battery detection.
+- io-channels: Specify the IIO ADC channels to get temperature and charge voltage.
+- io-channel-names: Should be "bat-temp" or "charge-vol".
+- nvmem-cells: A phandle to the calibration cells provided by eFuse device.
+- nvmem-cell-names: Should be "fgu_calib".
+- monitored-battery: Phandle of battery characteristics devicetree node.
+  See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/battery.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	bat: battery {
+		compatible = "simple-battery";
+		charge-full-design-microamp-hours = <1900000>;
+		constant-charge-voltage-max-microvolt = <4350000>;
+		ocv-capacity-celsius = <20>;
+		ocv-capacity-table-0 = <4185000 100>, <4113000 95>, <4066000 90>,
+					<4022000 85>, <3983000 80>, <3949000 75>,
+					<3917000 70>, <3889000 65>, <3864000 60>,
+					<3835000 55>, <3805000 50>, <3787000 45>,
+					<3777000 40>, <3773000 35>, <3770000 30>,
+					<3765000 25>, <3752000 20>, <3724000 15>,
+					<3680000 10>, <3605000 5>, <3400000 0>;
+		......
+	};
+
+	sc2731_pmic: pmic@0 {
+		compatible = "sprd,sc2731";
+		reg = <0>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <26000000>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 31 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		fgu@a00 {
+			compatible = "sprd,sc2731-fgu";
+			reg = <0xa00>;
+			battery-detect-gpios = <&pmic_eic 9 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+			io-channels = <&pmic_adc 5>, <&pmic_adc 14>;
+			io-channel-names = "bat-temp", "charge-vol";
+			nvmem-cells = <&fgu_calib>;
+			nvmem-cell-names = "fgu_calib";
+			monitored-battery = <&bat>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/xlnx,zynqmp-genpd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/xlnx,zynqmp-genpd.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8d1b8200ebd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/xlnx,zynqmp-genpd.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+-----------------------------------------------------------
+Device Tree Bindings for the Xilinx Zynq MPSoC PM domains
+-----------------------------------------------------------
+The binding for zynqmp-power-controller follow the common
+generic PM domain binding[1].
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt
+
+== Zynq MPSoC Generic PM Domain Node ==
+
+Required property:
+ - Below property should be in zynqmp-firmware node.
+ - #power-domain-cells:	Number of cells in a PM domain specifier. Must be 1.
+
+Power domain ID indexes are mentioned in
+include/dt-bindings/power/xlnx-zynqmp-power.h.
+
+-------
+Example
+-------
+
+firmware {
+	zynqmp_firmware: zynqmp-firmware {
+		...
+		#power-domain-cells = <1>;
+		...
+	};
+};
+
+sata {
+	...
+	power-domains = <&zynqmp_firmware 28>;
+	...
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/property-units.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/property-units.txt
index 45ce054d844d..bfd33734faca 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/property-units.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/property-units.txt
@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ Electricity
 -microwatt-hours: micro Watt-hours
 -microvolt	: micro volts
 -picofarads	: picofarads
+-femtofarads	: femtofarads
 
 Temperature
 ----------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ptp/ptp-qoriq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ptp/ptp-qoriq.txt
index c5d0e7998e2b..454c937076a2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ptp/ptp-qoriq.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ptp/ptp-qoriq.txt
@@ -17,6 +17,11 @@ Clock Properties:
   - fsl,tmr-fiper1   Fixed interval period pulse generator.
   - fsl,tmr-fiper2   Fixed interval period pulse generator.
   - fsl,max-adj      Maximum frequency adjustment in parts per billion.
+  - fsl,extts-fifo   The presence of this property indicates hardware
+		     support for the external trigger stamp FIFO.
+  - little-endian    The presence of this property indicates the 1588 timer
+		     IP block is little-endian mode. The default endian mode
+		     is big-endian.
 
   These properties set the operational parameters for the PTP
   clock. You must choose these carefully for the clock to work right.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-pwm.txt
index c8c831d7b0d1..591ecdd39c7b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-pwm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-pwm.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ Required properties:
     - "atmel,at91sam9rl-pwm"
     - "atmel,sama5d3-pwm"
     - "atmel,sama5d2-pwm"
+    - "microchip,sam9x60-pwm"
   - reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers
   - #pwm-cells: Should be 3. See pwm.txt in this directory for a
     description of the cells format.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-hibvt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-hibvt.txt
index fa7849d67836..daedfef09bb6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-hibvt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-hibvt.txt
@@ -5,6 +5,8 @@ Required properties:
  The SoC specific strings supported including:
 	"hisilicon,hi3516cv300-pwm"
 	"hisilicon,hi3519v100-pwm"
+	"hisilicon,hi3559v100-shub-pwm"
+	"hisilicon,hi3559v100-pwm
 - reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
 - clocks: phandle and clock specifier of the PWM reference clock.
 - resets: phandle and reset specifier for the PWM controller reset.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-tiecap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-tiecap.txt
index 06a363d9ccef..b9a1d7402128 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-tiecap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm-tiecap.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Required properties:
   for da850  - compatible = "ti,da850-ecap", "ti,am3352-ecap", "ti,am33xx-ecap";
   for dra746 - compatible = "ti,dra746-ecap", "ti,am3352-ecap";
   for 66ak2g - compatible = "ti,k2g-ecap", "ti,am3352-ecap";
+  for am654  - compatible = "ti,am654-ecap", "ti,am3352-ecap";
 - #pwm-cells: should be 3. See pwm.txt in this directory for a description of
   the cells format. The PWM channel index ranges from 0 to 4. The only third
   cell flag supported by this binding is PWM_POLARITY_INVERTED.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt
index e1ef6afbe3a7..fbd6a4f943ce 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,pwm-rcar.txt
@@ -3,7 +3,10 @@
 Required Properties:
 - compatible: should be "renesas,pwm-rcar" and one of the following.
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a7743": for RZ/G1M
+ - "renesas,pwm-r8a7744": for RZ/G1N
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a7745": for RZ/G1E
+ - "renesas,pwm-r8a774a1": for RZ/G2M
+ - "renesas,pwm-r8a774c0": for RZ/G2E
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a7778": for R-Car M1A
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a7779": for R-Car H1
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a7790": for R-Car H2
@@ -12,6 +15,8 @@ Required Properties:
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a7795": for R-Car H3
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a7796": for R-Car M3-W
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a77965": for R-Car M3-N
+ - "renesas,pwm-r8a77970": for R-Car V3M
+ - "renesas,pwm-r8a77980": for R-Car V3H
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a77990": for R-Car E3
  - "renesas,pwm-r8a77995": for R-Car D3
 - reg: base address and length of the registers block for the PWM.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,tpu-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,tpu-pwm.txt
index d53a16715da6..848a92b53d81 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,tpu-pwm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/renesas,tpu-pwm.txt
@@ -2,13 +2,19 @@
 
 Required Properties:
 
-  - compatible: should be one of the following.
+  - compatible: must contain one or more of the following:
     - "renesas,tpu-r8a73a4": for R8A73A4 (R-Mobile APE6) compatible PWM controller.
     - "renesas,tpu-r8a7740": for R8A7740 (R-Mobile A1) compatible PWM controller.
     - "renesas,tpu-r8a7743": for R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) compatible PWM controller.
+    - "renesas,tpu-r8a7744": for R8A7744 (RZ/G1N) compatible PWM controller.
     - "renesas,tpu-r8a7745": for R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) compatible PWM controller.
     - "renesas,tpu-r8a7790": for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) compatible PWM controller.
-    - "renesas,tpu": for generic R-Car and RZ/G1 TPU PWM controller.
+    - "renesas,tpu-r8a77970": for R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) compatible PWM
+			      controller.
+    - "renesas,tpu-r8a77980": for R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) compatible PWM
+			      controller.
+    - "renesas,tpu": for the generic TPU PWM controller; this is a fallback for
+		     the entries listed above.
 
   - reg: Base address and length of each memory resource used by the PWM
     controller hardware module.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8945a-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8945a-regulator.txt
index ac955dea00d1..4017527619ab 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8945a-regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8945a-regulator.txt
@@ -15,11 +15,17 @@ Optional input supply properties:
   - inl67-supply: The input supply for REG_LDO3 and REG_LDO4
 
 Any standard regulator properties can be used to configure the single regulator.
+regulator-initial-mode, regulator-allowed-modes and regulator-mode could be
+specified using mode values from dt-bindings/regulator/active-semi,8945a-regulator.h
+file.
 
 The valid names for regulators are:
 	REG_DCDC1, REG_DCDC2, REG_DCDC3, REG_LDO1, REG_LDO2, REG_LDO3, REG_LDO4.
 
 Example:
+
+#include <dt-bindings/regulator/active-semi,8945a-regulator.h>
+
 	pmic@5b {
 		compatible = "active-semi,act8945a";
 		reg = <0x5b>;
@@ -32,6 +38,18 @@ Example:
 				regulator-min-microvolt = <1350000>;
 				regulator-max-microvolt = <1350000>;
 				regulator-always-on;
+
+				regulator-allowed-modes = <ACT8945A_REGULATOR_MODE_FIXED>,
+							  <ACT8945A_REGULATOR_MODE_LOWPOWER>;
+				regulator-initial-mode = <ACT8945A_REGULATOR_MODE_FIXED>;
+
+				regulator-state-mem {
+					regulator-on-in-suspend;
+					regulator-suspend-min-microvolt=<1400000>;
+					regulator-suspend-max-microvolt=<1400000>;
+					regulator-changeable-in-suspend;
+					regulator-mode=<ACT8945A_REGULATOR_MODE_LOWPOWER>;
+				};
 			};
 
 			vdd_1v2_reg: REG_DCDC2 {
@@ -39,6 +57,14 @@ Example:
 				regulator-min-microvolt = <1100000>;
 				regulator-max-microvolt = <1300000>;
 				regulator-always-on;
+
+				regulator-allowed-modes = <ACT8945A_REGULATOR_MODE_FIXED>,
+							  <ACT8945A_REGULATOR_MODE_LOWPOWER>;
+				regulator-initial-mode = <ACT8945A_REGULATOR_MODE_FIXED>;
+
+				regulator-state-mem {
+					regulator-off-in-suspend;
+				};
 			};
 
 			vdd_3v3_reg: REG_DCDC3 {
@@ -53,6 +79,14 @@ Example:
 				regulator-min-microvolt = <2500000>;
 				regulator-max-microvolt = <2500000>;
 				regulator-always-on;
+
+				regulator-allowed-modes = <ACT8945A_REGULATOR_MODE_NORMAL>,
+							  <ACT8945A_REGULATOR_MODE_LOWPOWER>;
+				regulator-initial-mode = <ACT8945A_REGULATOR_MODE_NORMAL>;
+
+				regulator-state-mem {
+					regulator-off-in-suspend;
+				};
 			};
 
 			vdd_3v3_lp_reg: REG_LDO2 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/cirrus,lochnagar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..91974e6ee251
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+Cirrus Logic Lochnagar Audio Development Board
+
+Lochnagar is an evaluation and development board for Cirrus Logic
+Smart CODEC and Amp devices. It allows the connection of most Cirrus
+Logic devices on mini-cards, as well as allowing connection of
+various application processor systems to provide a full evaluation
+platform.  Audio system topology, clocking and power can all be
+controlled through the Lochnagar, allowing the device under test
+to be used in a variety of possible use cases.
+
+This binding document describes the binding for the regulator portion
+of the driver.
+
+Also see these documents for generic binding information:
+  [1] Regulator: ../regulator/regulator.txt
+
+This binding must be part of the Lochnagar MFD binding:
+  [2] ../mfd/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
+
+Optional sub-nodes:
+
+  - VDDCORE : Initialisation data for the VDDCORE regulator, which
+    supplies the CODECs digital core if it has no build regulator for that
+    purpose.
+      Required Properties:
+      - compatible : One of the following strings:
+                     "cirrus,lochnagar2-vddcore"
+      - SYSVDD-supply: Primary power supply for the Lochnagar.
+
+  - MICVDD : Initialisation data for the MICVDD regulator, which
+    supplies the CODECs MICVDD.
+      Required Properties:
+      - compatible : One of the following strings:
+                     "cirrus,lochnagar2-micvdd"
+      - SYSVDD-supply: Primary power supply for the Lochnagar.
+
+  - MIC1VDD, MIC2VDD : Initialisation data for the MICxVDD supplies.
+      Required Properties:
+      - compatible : One of the following strings:
+                     "cirrus,lochnagar2-mic1vdd", "cirrus,lochnagar2-mic2vdd"
+      Optional Properties:
+      - cirrus,micbias-input : A property selecting which of the CODEC
+        minicard micbias outputs should be used, valid values are 1 - 4.
+      - MICBIAS1-supply, MICBIAS2-supply: Regulator supplies for the
+        MICxVDD outputs, supplying the digital microphones, normally
+        supplied from the attached CODEC.
+
+  - VDD1V8 : Recommended fixed regulator for the VDD1V8 regulator, which supplies the
+    CODECs analog and 1.8V digital supplies.
+      Required Properties:
+      - compatible : Should be set to "regulator-fixed"
+      - regulator-min-microvolt : Should be set to 1.8V
+      - regulator-max-microvolt : Should be set to 1.8V
+      - regulator-boot-on
+      - regulator-always-on
+      - vin-supply : Should be set to same supply as SYSVDD
+
+Example:
+
+lochnagar {
+	lochnagar-micvdd: MICVDD {
+		compatible = "cirrus,lochnagar2-micvdd";
+
+		SYSVDD-supply = <&wallvdd>;
+
+		regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>;
+		regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+	};
+
+	lochnagar-vdd1v8: VDD1V8 {
+		compatible = "regulator-fixed";
+
+		regulator-name = "VDD1V8";
+		regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
+		regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>;
+		regulator-boot-on;
+		regulator-always-on;
+
+		vin-supply = <&wallvdd>;
+	};
+};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fan53555.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fan53555.txt
index 54a3f2c80e3a..e7fc045281d1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fan53555.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fan53555.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 Binding for Fairchild FAN53555 regulators
 
 Required properties:
-  - compatible: one of "fcs,fan53555", "silergy,syr827", "silergy,syr828"
+  - compatible: one of "fcs,fan53555", "fcs,fan53526", "silergy,syr827" or
+		"silergy,syr828"
   - reg: I2C address
 
 Optional properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c2a6c8a1536..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-Fixed Voltage regulators
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: Must be "regulator-fixed";
-- regulator-name: Defined in regulator.txt as optional, but required here.
-
-Optional properties:
-- gpio: gpio to use for enable control
-- startup-delay-us: startup time in microseconds
-- enable-active-high: Polarity of GPIO is Active high
-If this property is missing, the default assumed is Active low.
-- gpio-open-drain: GPIO is open drain type.
-  If this property is missing then default assumption is false.
--vin-supply: Input supply name.
-
-Any property defined as part of the core regulator
-binding, defined in regulator.txt, can also be used.
-However a fixed voltage regulator is expected to have the
-regulator-min-microvolt and regulator-max-microvolt
-to be the same.
-
-Example:
-
-	abc: fixedregulator@0 {
-		compatible = "regulator-fixed";
-		regulator-name = "fixed-supply";
-		regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
-		regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>;
-		gpio = <&gpio1 16 0>;
-		startup-delay-us = <70000>;
-		enable-active-high;
-		regulator-boot-on;
-		gpio-open-drain;
-		vin-supply = <&parent_reg>;
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d289c2f7455a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/regulator/fixed-regulator.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Fixed Voltage regulators
+
+maintainers:
+  - Liam Girdwood <lgirdwood@gmail.com>
+  - Mark Brown <broonie@kernel.org>
+
+description:
+  Any property defined as part of the core regulator binding, defined in
+  regulator.txt, can also be used. However a fixed voltage regulator is
+  expected to have the regulator-min-microvolt and regulator-max-microvolt
+  to be the same.
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    const: regulator-fixed
+
+  regulator-name: true
+
+  gpio:
+    description: gpio to use for enable control
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  startup-delay-us:
+    description: startup time in microseconds
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+
+  enable-active-high:
+    description:
+      Polarity of GPIO is Active high. If this property is missing,
+      the default assumed is Active low.
+    type: boolean
+
+  gpio-open-drain:
+    description:
+      GPIO is open drain type. If this property is missing then default
+      assumption is false.
+    type: boolean
+
+  vin-supply:
+    description: Input supply phandle.
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - regulator-name
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    reg_1v8: regulator-1v8 {
+      compatible = "regulator-fixed";
+      regulator-name = "1v8";
+      regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
+      regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>;
+      gpio = <&gpio1 16 0>;
+      startup-delay-us = <70000>;
+      enable-active-high;
+      regulator-boot-on;
+      gpio-open-drain;
+      vin-supply = <&parent_reg>;
+    };
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/gpio-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/gpio-regulator.txt
index 1f496159e2bb..dd25e73b5d79 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/gpio-regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/gpio-regulator.txt
@@ -4,16 +4,30 @@ Required properties:
 - compatible		: Must be "regulator-gpio".
 - regulator-name	: Defined in regulator.txt as optional, but required
 			  here.
-- states		: Selection of available voltages and GPIO configs.
-                          if there are no states, then use a fixed regulator
+- gpios			: Array of one or more GPIO pins used to select the
+			  regulator voltage/current listed in "states".
+- states		: Selection of available voltages/currents provided by
+			  this regulator and matching GPIO configurations to
+			  achieve them. If there are no states in the "states"
+			  array, use a fixed regulator instead.
 
 Optional properties:
-- enable-gpio		: GPIO to use to enable/disable the regulator.
-- gpios			: GPIO group used to control voltage.
-- gpios-states		: gpios pin's initial states array. 0: LOW, 1: HIGH.
-			  defualt is LOW if nothing is specified.
+- enable-gpios		: GPIO used to enable/disable the regulator.
+			  Warning, the GPIO phandle flags are ignored and the
+			  GPIO polarity is controlled solely by the presence
+			  of "enable-active-high" DT property. This is due to
+			  compatibility with old DTs.
+- enable-active-high	: Polarity of "enable-gpio" GPIO is active HIGH.
+			  Default is active LOW.
+- gpios-states		: On operating systems, that don't support reading back
+			  gpio values in output mode (most notably linux), this
+			  array provides the state of GPIO pins set when
+			  requesting them from the gpio controller. Systems,
+			  that are capable of preserving state when requesting
+			  the lines, are free to ignore this property.
+			  0: LOW, 1: HIGH. Default is LOW if nothing else
+			  is specified.
 - startup-delay-us	: Startup time in microseconds.
-- enable-active-high	: Polarity of GPIO is active high (default is low).
 - regulator-type	: Specifies what is being regulated, must be either
 			  "voltage" or "current", defaults to voltage.
 
@@ -30,7 +44,7 @@ Example:
 		regulator-max-microvolt = <2600000>;
 		regulator-boot-on;
 
-		enable-gpio = <&gpio0 23 0x4>;
+		enable-gpios = <&gpio0 23 0x4>;
 		gpios = <&gpio0 24 0x4
 			 &gpio0 25 0x4>;
 		states = <1800000 0x3
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max77650-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max77650-regulator.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f1cbe813c30f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/max77650-regulator.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+Regulator driver for MAX77650 PMIC from Maxim Integrated.
+
+This module is part of the MAX77650 MFD device. For more details
+see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77650.txt.
+
+The regulator controller is represented as a sub-node of the PMIC node
+on the device tree.
+
+The device has a single LDO regulator and a SIMO buck-boost regulator with
+three independent power rails.
+
+Required properties:
+--------------------
+- compatible:		Must be "maxim,max77650-regulator"
+
+Each rail must be instantiated under the regulators subnode of the top PMIC
+node. Up to four regulators can be defined. For standard regulator properties
+refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt.
+
+Available regulator compatible strings are: "ldo", "sbb0", "sbb1", "sbb2".
+
+Example:
+--------
+
+	regulators {
+		compatible = "maxim,max77650-regulator";
+
+		max77650_ldo: regulator@0 {
+			regulator-compatible = "ldo";
+			regulator-name = "max77650-ldo";
+			regulator-min-microvolt = <1350000>;
+			regulator-max-microvolt = <2937500>;
+		};
+
+		max77650_sbb0: regulator@1 {
+			regulator-compatible = "sbb0";
+			regulator-name = "max77650-sbb0";
+			regulator-min-microvolt = <800000>;
+			regulator-max-microvolt = <1587500>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mcp16502-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mcp16502-regulator.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b8f843fa6092
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mcp16502-regulator.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+MCP16502 PMIC
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "microchip,mcp16502"
+- reg: I2C slave address
+- lpm-gpios: GPIO for LPM pin. Note that this GPIO *must* remain high during
+	     suspend-to-ram, keeping the PMIC into HIBERNATE mode.
+- regulators: A node that houses a sub-node for each regulator within
+              the device. Each sub-node is identified using the node's
+              name. The content of each sub-node is defined by the
+              standard binding for regulators; see regulator.txt.
+
+Regualtors of MCP16502 PMIC:
+1) VDD_IO	- Buck (1.2 - 3.7 V)
+2) VDD_DDR	- Buck (0.6 - 1.85 V)
+3) VDD_CORE	- Buck (0.6 - 1.85 V)
+4) VDD_OTHER	- BUCK (0.6 - 1.85 V)
+5) LDO1		- LDO  (1.2 - 3.7 V)
+6) LDO2		- LDO  (1.2 - 3.7 V)
+
+Regulator modes:
+2 - FPWM: higher precision, higher consumption
+4 - AutoPFM: lower precision, lower consumption
+
+Each regulator is defined using the standard binding for regulators.
+
+Example:
+
+mcp16502@5b {
+	compatible = "microchip,mcp16502";
+	reg = <0x5b>;
+	status = "okay";
+	lpm-gpios = <&pioBU 7 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+
+	regulators {
+		VDD_IO {
+			regulator-name = "VDD_IO";
+			regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>;
+			regulator-max-microvolt = <3700000>;
+			regulator-initial-mode = <2>;
+			regulator-allowed-modes = <2>, <4>;
+			regulator-always-on;
+
+			regulator-state-standby {
+				regulator-on-in-suspend;
+				regulator-mode = <4>;
+			};
+
+			regulator-state-mem {
+				regulator-off-in-suspend;
+				regulator-mode = <4>;
+			};
+		};
+
+		VDD_DDR {
+			regulator-name = "VDD_DDR";
+			regulator-min-microvolt = <600000>;
+			regulator-max-microvolt = <1850000>;
+			regulator-initial-mode = <2>;
+			regulator-allowed-modes = <2>, <4>;
+			regulator-always-on;
+
+			regulator-state-standby {
+				regulator-on-in-suspend;
+				regulator-mode = <4>;
+			};
+
+			regulator-state-mem {
+				regulator-on-in-suspend;
+				regulator-mode = <4>;
+			};
+		};
+
+		VDD_CORE {
+			regulator-name = "VDD_CORE";
+			regulator-min-microvolt = <600000>;
+			regulator-max-microvolt = <1850000>;
+			regulator-initial-mode = <2>;
+			regulator-allowed-modes = <2>, <4>;
+			regulator-always-on;
+
+			regulator-state-standby {
+				regulator-on-in-suspend;
+				regulator-mode = <4>;
+			};
+
+			regulator-state-mem {
+				regulator-off-in-suspend;
+				regulator-mode = <4>;
+			};
+		};
+
+		VDD_OTHER {
+			regulator-name = "VDD_OTHER";
+			regulator-min-microvolt = <600000>;
+			regulator-max-microvolt = <1850000>;
+			regulator-initial-mode = <2>;
+			regulator-allowed-modes = <2>, <4>;
+			regulator-always-on;
+
+			regulator-state-standby {
+				regulator-on-in-suspend;
+				regulator-mode = <4>;
+			};
+
+			regulator-state-mem {
+				regulator-off-in-suspend;
+				regulator-mode = <4>;
+			};
+		};
+
+		LDO1 {
+			regulator-name = "LDO1";
+			regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>;
+			regulator-max-microvolt = <3700000>;
+			regulator-always-on;
+
+			regulator-state-standby {
+				regulator-on-in-suspend;
+			};
+
+			regulator-state-mem {
+				regulator-off-in-suspend;
+			};
+		};
+
+		LDO2 {
+			regulator-name = "LDO2";
+			regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>;
+			regulator-max-microvolt = <3700000>;
+			regulator-always-on;
+
+			regulator-state-standby {
+				regulator-on-in-suspend;
+			};
+
+			regulator-state-mem {
+				regulator-off-in-suspend;
+			};
+		};
+
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/pfuze100.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/pfuze100.txt
index f9be1acf891c..4d3b12b92cb3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/pfuze100.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/pfuze100.txt
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Optional properties:
 - fsl,pfuze-support-disable-sw: Boolean, if present disable all unused switch
   regulators to save power consumption. Attention, ensure that all important
   regulators (e.g. DDR ref, DDR supply) has set the "regulator-always-on"
-  property. If not present, the switched regualtors are always on and can't be
+  property. If not present, the switched regulators are always on and can't be
   disabled. This binding is a workaround to keep backward compatibility with
   old dtb's which rely on the fact that the switched regulators are always on
   and don't mark them explicit as "regulator-always-on".
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
index a7cd36877bfe..0a3f087d5844 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
@@ -33,13 +33,16 @@ Optional properties:
   decreases of any level. This is useful for regulators with exponential
   voltage changes.
 - regulator-soft-start: Enable soft start so that voltage ramps slowly
+- regulator-state-standby sub-root node for Standby mode
+  : equivalent with standby Linux sleep state, which provides energy savings
+  with a relatively quick transition back time.
 - regulator-state-mem sub-root node for Suspend-to-RAM mode
   : suspend to memory, the device goes to sleep, but all data stored in memory,
   only some external interrupt can wake the device.
 - regulator-state-disk sub-root node for Suspend-to-DISK mode
   : suspend to disk, this state operates similarly to Suspend-to-RAM,
   but includes a final step of writing memory contents to disk.
-- regulator-state-[mem/disk] node has following common properties:
+- regulator-state-[mem/disk/standby] node has following common properties:
 	- regulator-on-in-suspend: regulator should be on in suspend state.
 	- regulator-off-in-suspend: regulator should be off in suspend state.
 	- regulator-suspend-min-microvolt: minimum voltage may be set in
@@ -76,8 +79,11 @@ Optional properties:
 - regulator-coupled-with: Regulators with which the regulator
   is coupled. The linkage is 2-way - all coupled regulators should be linked
   with each other. A regulator should not be coupled with its supplier.
-- regulator-coupled-max-spread: Max spread between voltages of coupled regulators
-  in microvolts.
+- regulator-coupled-max-spread: Array of maximum spread between voltages of
+  coupled regulators in microvolts, each value in the array relates to the
+  corresponding couple specified by the regulator-coupled-with property.
+- regulator-max-step-microvolt: Maximum difference between current and target
+  voltages that can be changed safely in a single step.
 
 Deprecated properties:
 - regulator-compatible: If a regulator chip contains multiple
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/rohm,bd70528-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/rohm,bd70528-regulator.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..698cfc3bc3dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/rohm,bd70528-regulator.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+ROHM BD70528 Power Management Integrated Circuit regulator bindings
+
+Required properties:
+ - regulator-name: should be "buck1", "buck2", "buck3", "ldo1", "ldo2", "ldo3",
+		   "led_ldo1", "led_ldo2"
+
+List of regulators provided by this controller. BD70528 regulators node
+should be sub node of the BD70528 MFD node. See BD70528 MFD bindings at
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/rohm,bd70528-pmic.txt
+
+The valid names for BD70528 regulator nodes are:
+BUCK1, BUCK2, BUCK3, LDO1, LDO2, LDO3, LED_LDO1, LED_LDO2
+
+Optional properties:
+- Any optional property defined in bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
+
+Example:
+regulators {
+	buck1: BUCK1 {
+		regulator-name = "buck1";
+		regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>;
+		regulator-max-microvolt = <3400000>;
+		regulator-boot-on;
+		regulator-ramp-delay = <125>;
+	};
+	buck2: BUCK2 {
+		regulator-name = "buck2";
+		regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>;
+		regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+		regulator-boot-on;
+		regulator-ramp-delay = <125>;
+	};
+	buck3: BUCK3 {
+		regulator-name = "buck3";
+		regulator-min-microvolt = <800000>;
+		regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>;
+		regulator-boot-on;
+		regulator-ramp-delay = <250>;
+	};
+	ldo1: LDO1 {
+		regulator-name = "ldo1";
+		regulator-min-microvolt = <1650000>;
+		regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+		regulator-boot-on;
+	};
+	ldo2: LDO2 {
+		regulator-name = "ldo2";
+		regulator-min-microvolt = <1650000>;
+		regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+		regulator-boot-on;
+	};
+
+	ldo3: LDO3 {
+		regulator-name = "ldo3";
+		regulator-min-microvolt = <1650000>;
+		regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+	};
+	led_ldo1: LED_LDO1 {
+		regulator-name = "led_ldo1";
+		regulator-min-microvolt = <200000>;
+		regulator-max-microvolt = <300000>;
+	};
+	led_ldo2: LED_LDO2 {
+		regulator-name = "led_ldo2";
+		regulator-min-microvolt = <200000>;
+		regulator-max-microvolt = <300000>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/rohm,bd71837-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/rohm,bd71837-regulator.txt
index 4b98ca26e61a..cbce62c22b60 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/rohm,bd71837-regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/rohm,bd71837-regulator.txt
@@ -27,8 +27,38 @@ BUCK1, BUCK2, BUCK3, BUCK4, BUCK5, BUCK6
 LDO1, LDO2, LDO3, LDO4, LDO5, LDO6
 
 Optional properties:
+- rohm,dvs-run-voltage		: PMIC default "RUN" state voltage in uV.
+				  See below table for bucks which support this.
+- rohm,dvs-idle-voltage		: PMIC default "IDLE" state voltage in uV.
+				  See below table for bucks which support this.
+- rohm,dvs-suspend-voltage	: PMIC default "SUSPEND" state voltage in uV.
+				  See below table for bucks which support this.
 - Any optional property defined in bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
 
+Supported default DVS states:
+
+BD71837:
+buck	| dvs-run-voltage	| dvs-idle-voltage	| dvs-suspend-voltage
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+1	| supported		| supported		| supported
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+2	| supported		| supported		| not supported
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+3	| supported		| not supported		| not supported
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+4	| supported		| not supported		| not supported
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+rest	| not supported		| not supported		| not supported
+
+BD71847:
+buck	| dvs-run-voltage	| dvs-idle-voltage	| dvs-suspend-voltage
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+1	| supported		| supported		| supported
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+2	| supported		| supported		| not supported
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+rest	| not supported		| not supported		| not supported
+
 Example:
 regulators {
 	buck1: BUCK1 {
@@ -36,7 +66,11 @@ regulators {
 		regulator-min-microvolt = <700000>;
 		regulator-max-microvolt = <1300000>;
 		regulator-boot-on;
+		regulator-always-on;
 		regulator-ramp-delay = <1250>;
+		rohm,dvs-run-voltage = <900000>;
+		rohm,dvs-idle-voltage = <850000>;
+		rohm,dvs-suspend-voltage = <800000>;
 	};
 	buck2: BUCK2 {
 		regulator-name = "buck2";
@@ -45,18 +79,22 @@ regulators {
 		regulator-boot-on;
 		regulator-always-on;
 		regulator-ramp-delay = <1250>;
+		rohm,dvs-run-voltage = <1000000>;
+		rohm,dvs-idle-voltage = <900000>;
 	};
 	buck3: BUCK3 {
 		regulator-name = "buck3";
 		regulator-min-microvolt = <700000>;
 		regulator-max-microvolt = <1300000>;
 		regulator-boot-on;
+		rohm,dvs-run-voltage = <1000000>;
 	};
 	buck4: BUCK4 {
 		regulator-name = "buck4";
 		regulator-min-microvolt = <700000>;
 		regulator-max-microvolt = <1300000>;
 		regulator-boot-on;
+		rohm,dvs-run-voltage = <1000000>;
 	};
 	buck5: BUCK5 {
 		regulator-name = "buck5";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/st,stm32mp1-pwr-reg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/st,stm32mp1-pwr-reg.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e372dd3f0c8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/st,stm32mp1-pwr-reg.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+STM32MP1 PWR Regulators
+-----------------------
+
+Available Regulators in STM32MP1 PWR block are:
+  - reg11 for regulator 1V1
+  - reg18 for regulator 1V8
+  - usb33 for the swtich USB3V3
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must be "st,stm32mp1,pwr-reg"
+- list of child nodes that specify the regulator reg11, reg18 or usb33
+  initialization data for defined regulators. The definition for each of
+  these nodes is defined using the standard binding for regulators found at
+  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt.
+- vdd-supply: phandle to the parent supply/regulator node for vdd input
+- vdd_3v3_usbfs-supply: phandle to the parent supply/regulator node for usb33
+
+Example:
+
+pwr_regulators: pwr@50001000 {
+	compatible = "st,stm32mp1,pwr-reg";
+	reg = <0x50001000 0x10>;
+	vdd-supply = <&vdd>;
+	vdd_3v3_usbfs-supply = <&vdd_usb>;
+
+	reg11: reg11 {
+		regulator-name = "reg11";
+		regulator-min-microvolt = <1100000>;
+		regulator-max-microvolt = <1100000>;
+	};
+
+	reg18: reg18 {
+		regulator-name = "reg18";
+		regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>;
+		regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>;
+	};
+
+	usb33: usb33 {
+		regulator-name = "usb33";
+		regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>;
+		regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/st,stpmic1-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/st,stpmic1-regulator.txt
index a3f476240565..6189df71ea98 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/st,stpmic1-regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/st,stpmic1-regulator.txt
@@ -23,16 +23,14 @@ Switches are fixed voltage regulators with only enable/disable capability.
 Optional properties:
 - st,mask-reset: mask reset for this regulator: the regulator configuration
   is maintained during pmic reset.
-- regulator-pull-down: enable high pull down
-  if not specified light pull down is used
 - regulator-over-current-protection:
     if set, all regulators are switched off in case of over-current detection
     on this regulator,
     if not set, the driver only sends an over-current event.
-- interrupt-parent: phandle to the parent interrupt controller
 - interrupts: index of current limit detection interrupt
 - <regulator>-supply: phandle to the parent supply/regulator node
 	each regulator supply can be described except vref_ddr.
+- regulator-active-discharge: can be used on pwr_sw1 and pwr_sw2.
 
 Example:
 regulators {
@@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ regulators {
 	vdd_core: buck1 {
 		regulator-name = "vdd_core";
 		interrupts = <IT_CURLIM_BUCK1 0>;
-		interrupt-parent = <&pmic>;
 		st,mask-reset;
 		regulator-pull-down;
 		regulator-min-microvolt = <700000>;
@@ -53,7 +50,6 @@ regulators {
 	v3v3: buck4 {
 		regulator-name = "v3v3";
 		interrupts = <IT_CURLIM_BUCK4 0>;
-		interrupt-parent = <&mypmic>;
 
 		regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>;
 		regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65218.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65218.txt
index 02f0e9bbfbf8..54aded3b78e2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65218.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps65218.txt
@@ -71,8 +71,13 @@ tps65218: tps65218@24 {
 		regulator-always-on;
 	};
 
+	ls2: regulator-ls2 {
+		regulator-min-microamp = <100000>;
+		regulator-max-microamp = <1000000>;
+	};
+
 	ls3: regulator-ls3 {
-		regulator-min-microvolt = <100000>;
-		regulator-max-microvolt = <1000000>;
+		regulator-min-microamp = <100000>;
+		regulator-max-microamp = <1000000>;
 	};
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp-pil.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp-pil.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..66af2c30944f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp-pil.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+Qualcomm Technology Inc. ADSP Peripheral Image Loader
+
+This document defines the binding for a component that loads and boots firmware
+on the Qualcomm Technology Inc. ADSP Hexagon core.
+
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: must be one of:
+		    "qcom,sdm845-adsp-pil"
+
+- reg:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: must specify the base address and size of the qdsp6ss register
+
+- interrupts-extended:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: must list the watchdog, fatal IRQs ready, handover and
+		    stop-ack IRQs
+
+- interrupt-names:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <stringlist>
+	Definition: must be "wdog", "fatal", "ready", "handover", "stop-ack"
+
+- clocks:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition:  List of 8 phandle and clock specifier pairs for the adsp.
+
+- clock-names:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <stringlist>
+	Definition: List of clock input name strings sorted in the same
+		    order as the clocks property. Definition must have
+		    "xo", "sway_cbcr", "lpass_ahbs_aon_cbcr",
+		    "lpass_ahbm_aon_cbcr", "qdsp6ss_xo", "qdsp6ss_sleep"
+		    and "qdsp6ss_core".
+
+- power-domains:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <phandle>
+	Definition: reference to cx power domain node.
+
+- resets:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <phandle>
+	Definition: reference to the list of 2 reset-controller for the adsp.
+
+- reset-names:
+        Usage: required
+        Value type: <stringlist>
+        Definition: must be "pdc_sync" and "cc_lpass"
+
+- qcom,halt-regs:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: a phandle reference to a syscon representing TCSR followed
+			by the offset within syscon for lpass halt register.
+
+- memory-region:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <phandle>
+	Definition: reference to the reserved-memory for the ADSP
+
+- qcom,smem-states:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <phandle>
+	Definition: reference to the smem state for requesting the ADSP to
+		    shut down
+
+- qcom,smem-state-names:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <stringlist>
+	Definition: must be "stop"
+
+
+= SUBNODES
+The adsp node may have an subnode named "glink-edge" that describes the
+communication edge, channels and devices related to the ADSP.
+See ../soc/qcom/qcom,glink.txt for details on how to describe these.
+
+= EXAMPLE
+The following example describes the resources needed to boot control the
+ADSP, as it is found on SDM845 boards.
+
+	remoteproc@17300000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,sdm845-adsp-pil";
+		reg = <0x17300000 0x40c>;
+
+		interrupts-extended = <&intc GIC_SPI 162 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>,
+			<&adsp_smp2p_in 0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>,
+			<&adsp_smp2p_in 1 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>,
+			<&adsp_smp2p_in 2 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>,
+			<&adsp_smp2p_in 3 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+		interrupt-names = "wdog", "fatal", "ready",
+			"handover", "stop-ack";
+
+		clocks = <&rpmhcc RPMH_CXO_CLK>,
+			<&gcc GCC_LPASS_SWAY_CLK>,
+			<&lpasscc LPASS_Q6SS_AHBS_AON_CLK>,
+			<&lpasscc LPASS_Q6SS_AHBM_AON_CLK>,
+			<&lpasscc LPASS_QDSP6SS_XO_CLK>,
+			<&lpasscc LPASS_QDSP6SS_SLEEP_CLK>,
+			<&lpasscc LPASS_QDSP6SS_CORE_CLK>;
+		clock-names = "xo", "sway_cbcr",
+			"lpass_ahbs_aon_cbcr",
+			"lpass_ahbm_aon_cbcr", "qdsp6ss_xo",
+			"qdsp6ss_sleep", "qdsp6ss_core";
+
+		power-domains = <&rpmhpd SDM845_CX>;
+
+		resets = <&pdc_reset PDC_AUDIO_SYNC_RESET>,
+			 <&aoss_reset AOSS_CC_LPASS_RESTART>;
+		reset-names = "pdc_sync", "cc_lpass";
+
+		qcom,halt-regs = <&tcsr_mutex_regs 0x22000>;
+
+		memory-region = <&pil_adsp_mem>;
+
+		qcom,smem-states = <&adsp_smp2p_out 0>;
+		qcom,smem-state-names = "stop";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp.txt
index 728e4193f7a6..292dfda9770d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,adsp.txt
@@ -10,17 +10,39 @@ on the Qualcomm ADSP Hexagon core.
 		    "qcom,msm8974-adsp-pil"
 		    "qcom,msm8996-adsp-pil"
 		    "qcom,msm8996-slpi-pil"
+		    "qcom,qcs404-adsp-pas"
+		    "qcom,qcs404-cdsp-pas"
+		    "qcom,qcs404-wcss-pas"
+		    "qcom,sdm845-adsp-pas"
+		    "qcom,sdm845-cdsp-pas"
 
 - interrupts-extended:
 	Usage: required
 	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
-	Definition: must list the watchdog, fatal IRQs ready, handover and
-		    stop-ack IRQs
+	Definition: reference to the interrupts that match interrupt-names
 
 - interrupt-names:
 	Usage: required
 	Value type: <stringlist>
-	Definition: must be "wdog", "fatal", "ready", "handover", "stop-ack"
+	Definition: The interrupts needed depends on the compatible
+		    string:
+	qcom,msm8974-adsp-pil:
+	qcom,msm8996-adsp-pil:
+	qcom,msm8996-slpi-pil:
+	qcom,qcs404-adsp-pas:
+	qcom,qcs404-cdsp-pas:
+	qcom,sdm845-adsp-pas:
+	qcom,sdm845-cdsp-pas:
+		    must be "wdog", "fatal", "ready", "handover", "stop-ack"
+	qcom,qcs404-wcss-pas:
+		    must be "wdog", "fatal", "ready", "handover", "stop-ack",
+		    "shutdown-ack"
+
+- firmware-name:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: must list the relative firmware image path for the
+		    Hexagon Core.
 
 - clocks:
 	Usage: required
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,q6v5.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,q6v5.txt
index 601dd9f389aa..41ca5df5be5a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,q6v5.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/remoteproc/qcom,q6v5.txt
@@ -28,24 +28,51 @@ on the Qualcomm Hexagon core.
 - interrupts-extended:
 	Usage: required
 	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
-	Definition: must list the watchdog, fatal IRQs ready, handover and
-		    stop-ack IRQs
+	Definition: reference to the interrupts that match interrupt-names
 
 - interrupt-names:
 	Usage: required
 	Value type: <stringlist>
-	Definition: must be "wdog", "fatal", "ready", "handover", "stop-ack"
+	Definition: The interrupts needed depends on the the compatible
+		    string:
+	qcom,q6v5-pil:
+	qcom,ipq8074-wcss-pil:
+	qcom,msm8916-mss-pil:
+	qcom,msm8974-mss-pil:
+		    must be "wdog", "fatal", "ready", "handover", "stop-ack"
+	qcom,msm8996-mss-pil:
+	qcom,sdm845-mss-pil:
+		    must be "wdog", "fatal", "ready", "handover", "stop-ack",
+		    "shutdown-ack"
+
+- firmware-name:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: <stringlist>
+	Definition: must list the relative firmware image paths for mba and
+		    modem. They are used for booting and authenticating the
+		    Hexagon core.
 
 - clocks:
 	Usage: required
 	Value type: <phandle>
-	Definition: reference to the iface, bus and mem clocks to be held on
-		    behalf of the booting of the Hexagon core
+	Definition: reference to the clocks that match clock-names
 
 - clock-names:
 	Usage: required
 	Value type: <stringlist>
-	Definition: must be "iface", "bus", "mem"
+	Definition: The clocks needed depend on the compatible string:
+	qcom,ipq8074-wcss-pil:
+		    no clock names required
+	qcom,q6v5-pil:
+	qcom,msm8916-mss-pil:
+	qcom,msm8974-mss-pil:
+		    must be "iface", "bus", "mem", "xo"
+	qcom,msm8996-mss-pil:
+		    must be "iface", "bus", "mem", "xo", "gpll0_mss",
+		    "snoc_axi", "mnoc_axi", "pnoc", "qdss"
+	qcom,sdm845-mss-pil:
+		    must be "iface", "bus", "mem", "xo", "gpll0_mss",
+		    "snoc_axi", "mnoc_axi", "prng"
 
 - resets:
 	Usage: required
@@ -53,14 +80,31 @@ on the Qualcomm Hexagon core.
 	Definition: reference to the reset-controller for the modem sub-system
 		    reference to the list of 3 reset-controllers for the
 		    wcss sub-system
+		    reference to the list of 2 reset-controllers for the modem
+		    sub-system on SDM845 SoCs
 
 - reset-names:
 	Usage: required
 	Value type: <stringlist>
 	Definition: must be "mss_restart" for the modem sub-system
-	Definition: must be "wcss_aon_reset", "wcss_reset", "wcss_q6_reset"
-		    for the wcss syb-system
+		    must be "wcss_aon_reset", "wcss_reset", "wcss_q6_reset"
+		    for the wcss sub-system
+		    must be "mss_restart", "pdc_reset" for the modem
+		    sub-system on SDM845 SoCs
+
+For the compatible strings below the following supplies are required:
+  "qcom,q6v5-pil"
+  "qcom,msm8916-mss-pil",
+- cx-supply:
+- mx-supply:
+- pll-supply:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <phandle>
+	Definition: reference to the regulators to be held on behalf of the
+		    booting of the Hexagon core
 
+For the compatible string below the following supplies are required:
+  "qcom,msm8974-mss-pil"
 - cx-supply:
 - mss-supply:
 - mx-supply:
@@ -70,6 +114,33 @@ on the Qualcomm Hexagon core.
 	Definition: reference to the regulators to be held on behalf of the
 		    booting of the Hexagon core
 
+For the compatible string below the following supplies are required:
+  "qcom,msm8996-mss-pil"
+- pll-supply:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <phandle>
+	Definition: reference to the regulators to be held on behalf of the
+		    booting of the Hexagon core
+
+- power-domains:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <phandle>
+	Definition: reference to power-domains that match power-domain-names
+
+- power-domain-names:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <stringlist>
+	Definition: The power-domains needed depend on the compatible string:
+	qcom,q6v5-pil:
+	qcom,ipq8074-wcss-pil:
+	qcom,msm8916-mss-pil:
+	qcom,msm8974-mss-pil:
+		    no power-domain names required
+	qcom,msm8996-mss-pil:
+		    must be "cx", "mx"
+	qcom,sdm845-mss-pil:
+		    must be "cx", "mx", "mss", "load_state"
+
 - qcom,smem-states:
 	Usage: required
 	Value type: <phandle>
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/xen,shared-memory.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/xen,shared-memory.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d483a2103d70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/xen,shared-memory.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+* Xen hypervisor reserved-memory binding
+
+Expose one or more memory regions as reserved-memory to the guest
+virtual machine. Typically, a region is configured at VM creation time
+to be a shared memory area across multiple virtual machines for
+communication among them.
+
+For each of these pre-shared memory regions, a range is exposed under
+the /reserved-memory node as a child node. Each range sub-node is named
+xen-shmem@<address> and has the following properties:
+
+- compatible:
+	compatible = "xen,shared-memory-v1"
+
+- reg:
+	the base guest physical address and size of the shared memory region
+
+- xen,offset: (borrower VMs only)
+	64 bit integer offset within the owner virtual machine's shared
+	memory region used for the mapping in the borrower VM.
+
+- xen,id:
+	a string that identifies the shared memory region as specified in
+	the VM config file
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/brcm,brcmstb-reset.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/brcm,brcmstb-reset.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6e5341b4f891
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/brcm,brcmstb-reset.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Broadcom STB SW_INIT-style reset controller
+===========================================
+
+Broadcom STB SoCs have a SW_INIT-style reset controller with separate
+SET/CLEAR/STATUS registers and possibly multiple banks, each of 32 bit
+reset lines.
+
+Please also refer to reset.txt in this directory for common reset
+controller binding usage.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be brcm,brcmstb-reset
+- reg: register base and length
+- #reset-cells: must be set to 1
+
+Example:
+
+	reset: reset-controller@8404318 {
+		compatible = "brcm,brcmstb-reset";
+		reg = <0x8404318 0x30>;
+		#reset-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+	&ethernet_switch {
+		resets = <&reset>;
+		reset-names = "switch";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/fsl,imx7-src.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/fsl,imx7-src.txt
index 5e1afc3d8480..2ecf33815d18 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/fsl,imx7-src.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/fsl,imx7-src.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,9 @@ Please also refer to reset.txt in this directory for common reset
 controller binding usage.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx7-src", "syscon"
+- compatible:
+	- For i.MX7 SoCs should be "fsl,imx7d-src", "syscon"
+	- For i.MX8MQ SoCs should be "fsl,imx8mq-src", "syscon"
 - reg: should be register base and length as documented in the
   datasheet
 - interrupts: Should contain SRC interrupt
@@ -44,4 +46,5 @@ Example:
 
 
 For list of all valid reset indicies see
-<dt-bindings/reset/imx7-reset.h>
+<dt-bindings/reset/imx7-reset.h> for i.MX7 and
+<dt-bindings/reset/imx8mq-reset.h> for i.MX8MQ
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,pdc-global.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,pdc-global.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a62a492843e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/qcom,pdc-global.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+PDC Global
+======================================
+
+This binding describes a reset-controller found on PDC-Global (Power Domain
+Controller) block for Qualcomm Technologies Inc SDM845 SoCs.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <string>
+	Definition: must be:
+		    "qcom,sdm845-pdc-global"
+
+- reg:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
+	Definition: must specify the base address and size of the register
+	            space.
+
+- #reset-cells:
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <uint>
+	Definition: must be 1; cell entry represents the reset index.
+
+Example:
+
+pdc_reset: reset-controller@b2e0000 {
+	compatible = "qcom,sdm845-pdc-global";
+	reg = <0xb2e0000 0x20000>;
+	#reset-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+PDC reset clients
+======================================
+
+Device nodes that need access to reset lines should
+specify them as a reset phandle in their corresponding node as
+specified in reset.txt.
+
+For a list of all valid reset indices see
+<dt-bindings/reset/qcom,sdm845-pdc.h>
+
+Example:
+
+modem-pil@4080000 {
+	...
+
+	resets = <&pdc_reset PDC_MODEM_SYNC_RESET>;
+	reset-names = "pdc_reset";
+
+	...
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rst.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rst.txt
index 67e83b02e10b..b03c48a1150e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rst.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/renesas,rst.txt
@@ -16,8 +16,11 @@ Required properties:
 		  - "renesas,<soctype>-rst" for R-Car Gen2 and Gen3, and RZ/G
 		Examples with soctypes are:
 		  - "renesas,r8a7743-rst" (RZ/G1M)
+		  - "renesas,r8a7744-rst" (RZ/G1N)
 		  - "renesas,r8a7745-rst" (RZ/G1E)
 		  - "renesas,r8a77470-rst" (RZ/G1C)
+		  - "renesas,r8a774a1-rst" (RZ/G2M)
+		  - "renesas,r8a774c0-rst" (RZ/G2E)
 		  - "renesas,r8a7778-reset-wdt" (R-Car M1A)
 		  - "renesas,r8a7779-reset-wdt" (R-Car H1)
 		  - "renesas,r8a7790-rst" (R-Car H2)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/socfpga-reset.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/socfpga-reset.txt
index 98c9f560e5c5..38fe34fd8b8a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/socfpga-reset.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/socfpga-reset.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 Altera SOCFPGA Reset Manager
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible : "altr,rst-mgr"
+- compatible : "altr,rst-mgr" for (Cyclone5/Arria5/Arria10)
+	       "altr,stratix10-rst-mgr","altr,rst-mgr" for Stratix10 ARM64 SoC
 - reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length)
 - altr,modrst-offset : Should contain the offset of the first modrst register.
 - #reset-cells: 1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/uniphier-reset.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/uniphier-reset.txt
index 101743dda223..ea005177d20a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/uniphier-reset.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/uniphier-reset.txt
@@ -120,27 +120,30 @@ Example:
 	};
 
 
-USB3 core reset
----------------
+Peripheral core reset in glue layer
+-----------------------------------
 
-USB3 core reset belongs to USB3 glue layer. Before using the core reset,
-it is necessary to control the clocks and resets to enable this layer.
-These clocks and resets should be described in each property.
+Some peripheral core reset belongs to its own glue layer. Before using
+this core reset, it is necessary to control the clocks and resets to enable
+this layer. These clocks and resets should be described in each property.
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible: Should be
-    "socionext,uniphier-pro4-usb3-reset" - for Pro4 SoC
-    "socionext,uniphier-pxs2-usb3-reset" - for PXs2 SoC
-    "socionext,uniphier-ld20-usb3-reset" - for LD20 SoC
-    "socionext,uniphier-pxs3-usb3-reset" - for PXs3 SoC
+    "socionext,uniphier-pro4-usb3-reset" - for Pro4 SoC USB3
+    "socionext,uniphier-pxs2-usb3-reset" - for PXs2 SoC USB3
+    "socionext,uniphier-ld20-usb3-reset" - for LD20 SoC USB3
+    "socionext,uniphier-pxs3-usb3-reset" - for PXs3 SoC USB3
+    "socionext,uniphier-pro4-ahci-reset" - for Pro4 SoC AHCI
+    "socionext,uniphier-pxs2-ahci-reset" - for PXs2 SoC AHCI
+    "socionext,uniphier-pxs3-ahci-reset" - for PXs3 SoC AHCI
 - #reset-cells: Should be 1.
 - reg: Specifies offset and length of the register set for the device.
-- clocks: A list of phandles to the clock gate for USB3 glue layer.
+- clocks: A list of phandles to the clock gate for the glue layer.
 	According to the clock-names, appropriate clocks are required.
 - clock-names: Should contain
     "gio", "link" - for Pro4 SoC
     "link"        - for others
-- resets: A list of phandles to the reset control for USB3 glue layer.
+- resets: A list of phandles to the reset control for the glue layer.
 	According to the reset-names, appropriate resets are required.
 - reset-names: Should contain
     "gio", "link" - for Pro4 SoC
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/xlnx,zynqmp-reset.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/xlnx,zynqmp-reset.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..27a45fe5ecf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/xlnx,zynqmp-reset.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ =  Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC reset driver binding =
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+The Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC has several different resets.
+
+See Chapter 36 of the Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC TRM (UG) for more information
+about zynqmp resets.
+
+Please also refer to reset.txt in this directory for common reset
+controller binding usage.
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible:	"xlnx,zynqmp-reset"
+- #reset-cells:	Specifies the number of cells needed to encode reset
+		line, should be 1
+
+-------
+Example
+-------
+
+firmware {
+	zynqmp_firmware: zynqmp-firmware {
+		compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-firmware";
+		method = "smc";
+
+		zynqmp_reset: reset-controller {
+			compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-reset";
+			#reset-cells = <1>;
+		};
+	};
+};
+
+Specifying reset lines connected to IP modules
+==============================================
+
+Device nodes that need access to reset lines should
+specify them as a reset phandle in their corresponding node as
+specified in reset.txt.
+
+For list of all valid reset indicies see
+<dt-bindings/reset/xlnx-zynqmp-resets.h>
+
+Example:
+
+serdes: zynqmp_phy@fd400000 {
+	...
+
+	resets = <&zynqmp_reset ZYNQMP_RESET_SATA>;
+	reset-names = "sata_rst";
+
+	...
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/mtk-rng.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/mtk-rng.txt
index 366b99bff8cd..2bc89f133701 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/mtk-rng.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/mtk-rng.txt
@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
 Device-Tree bindings for Mediatek random number generator
-found in Mediatek SoC family
+found in MediaTek SoC family
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible	    : Should be
 			"mediatek,mt7622-rng", 	"mediatek,mt7623-rng" : for MT7622
+			"mediatek,mt7629-rng",  "mediatek,mt7623-rng" : for MT7629
 			"mediatek,mt7623-rng" : for MT7623
 - clocks	    : list of clock specifiers, corresponding to
 		      entries in clock-names property;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/abracon,abx80x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/abracon,abx80x.txt
index be789685a1c2..2405e35a1bc0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/abracon,abx80x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/abracon,abx80x.txt
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ Required properties:
         "abracon,ab1803"
         "abracon,ab1804"
         "abracon,ab1805"
+        "microcrystal,rv1805"
 	Using "abracon,abx80x" will enable chip autodetection.
  - "reg": I2C bus address of the device
 
@@ -27,4 +28,4 @@ and valid to enable charging:
 
  - "abracon,tc-diode": should be "standard" (0.6V) or "schottky" (0.3V)
  - "abracon,tc-resistor": should be <0>, <3>, <6> or <11>. 0 disables the output
-                          resistor, the other values are in ohm.
+                          resistor, the other values are in kOhm.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/cdns,rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/cdns,rtc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..14a04487b432
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/cdns,rtc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Cadence Real Time Clock
+
+The Cadence RTC controller with date, time and alarm capabilities.
+The alarm may wake the system from low-power state.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "cdns,rtc-r109v3"
+- reg: Specifies base physical address and size of the register area.
+- interrupts: A single interrupt specifier.
+- clocks: Must contain two entries:
+	- pclk: APB registers clock
+	- ref_clk: reference 1Hz or 100Hz clock, depending on IP configuration
+	See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+
+Example:
+        rtc0: rtc@fd080000 {
+        	compatible = "cdns,rtc-r109v3";
+        	reg = <0xfd080000 0x1000>;
+
+        	clock-names = "pclk", "ref_clk";
+        	clocks = <&sysclock>, <&refclock>;
+
+        	interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+        	interrupts = <0 6 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/isil,isl1208.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/isil,isl1208.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..51f003006f04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/isil,isl1208.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+Intersil ISL1209/19 I2C RTC/Alarm chip with event in
+
+ISL12X9 have additional pins EVIN and #EVDET for tamper detection, while the
+ISL1208 and ISL1218 do not.  They are all use the same driver with the bindings
+described here, with chip specific properties as noted.
+
+Required properties supported by the device:
+ - "compatible": Should be one of the following:
+		- "isil,isl1208"
+		- "isil,isl1209"
+		- "isil,isl1218"
+		- "isil,isl1219"
+ - "reg": I2C bus address of the device
+
+Optional properties:
+ - "interrupt-names": list which may contains "irq" and "evdet"
+	evdet applies to isl1209 and isl1219 only
+ - "interrupts": list of interrupts for "irq" and "evdet"
+	evdet applies to isl1209 and isl1219 only
+ - "isil,ev-evienb": Enable or disable internal pull on EVIN pin
+	Applies to isl1209 and isl1219 only
+	Possible values are 0 and 1
+	Value 0 enables internal pull-up on evin pin, 1 disables it.
+	Default will leave the non-volatile configuration of the pullup
+	as is.
+
+Example isl1219 node with #IRQ pin connected to SoC gpio1 pin12 and #EVDET pin
+connected to SoC gpio2 pin 24 and internal pull-up enabled in EVIN pin.
+
+	isl1219: rtc@68 {
+		compatible = "isil,isl1219";
+		reg = <0x68>;
+		interrupt-names = "irq", "evdet";
+		interrupts-extended = <&gpio1 12 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>,
+			<&gpio2 24 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+		isil,ev-evienb = <1>;
+	};
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/isil,isl1219.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/isil,isl1219.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index c3efd48e91c2..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/isil,isl1219.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-Intersil ISL1219 I2C RTC/Alarm chip with event in
-
-ISL1219 has additional pins EVIN and #EVDET for tamper detection.
-
-Required properties supported by the device:
-
- - "compatible": must be "isil,isl1219"
- - "reg": I2C bus address of the device
-
-Optional properties:
-
- - "interrupt-names": list which may contains "irq" and "evdet"
- - "interrupts": list of interrupts for "irq" and "evdet"
- - "isil,ev-evienb": if present EV.EVIENB bit is set to the specified
-                     value for proper operation.
-
-
-Example isl1219 node with #IRQ pin connected to SoC gpio1 pin12
- and #EVDET pin connected to SoC gpio2 pin 24:
-
-	isl1219: rtc@68 {
-		compatible = "isil,isl1219";
-		reg = <0x68>;
-		interrupt-names = "irq", "evdet";
-		interrupts-extended = <&gpio1 12 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>,
-			<&gpio2 24 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
-		isil,ev-evienb = <1>;
-	};
-
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nxp,pcf85063.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nxp,pcf85063.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d3e380ad712d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nxp,pcf85063.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+* NXP PCF85063 Real Time Clock
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain "nxp,pcf85063".
+- reg: I2C address for chip.
+
+Optional property:
+- quartz-load-femtofarads: The capacitive load of the quartz(x-tal),
+  expressed in femto Farad (fF). Valid values are 7000 and 12500.
+  Default value (if no value is specified) is 7000fF.
+
+Example:
+
+pcf85063: rtc@51 {
+	compatible = "nxp,pcf85063";
+	reg = <0x51>;
+	quartz-load-femtofarads = <12500>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nxp,pcf8523.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nxp,pcf8523.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0b1080c60f63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nxp,pcf8523.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+* NXP PCF8523 Real Time Clock
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should contain "nxp,pcf8523".
+- reg: I2C address for chip.
+
+Optional property:
+- quartz-load-femtofarads: The capacitive load of the quartz(x-tal),
+  expressed in femto Farad (fF). Valid values are 7000 and 12500.
+  Default value (if no value is specified) is 12500fF.
+
+Example:
+
+pcf8523: rtc@68 {
+	compatible = "nxp,pcf8523";
+	reg = <0x68>;
+	quartz-load-femtofarads = <7000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nxp,rtc-2123.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nxp,rtc-2123.txt
index 811124a36d16..1994f601800a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nxp,rtc-2123.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nxp,rtc-2123.txt
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ NXP PCF2123 SPI Real Time Clock
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible: should be: "nxp,rtc-pcf2123"
+                      or "microcrystal,rv2123"
 - reg: should be the SPI slave chipselect address
 
 Optional properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/pcf85363.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/pcf85363.txt
index 76fdabc59742..94adc1cf93d9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/pcf85363.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/pcf85363.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-NXP PCF85363 Real Time Clock
+NXP PCF85263/PCF85363 Real Time Clock
 ============================
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: Should contain "nxp,pcf85363".
+- compatible: Should contain "nxp,pcf85263" or "nxp,pcf85363".
 - reg: I2C address for chip.
 
 Optional properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-ds1307.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-ds1307.txt
index eebfbe04207a..eaee19b60960 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-ds1307.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-ds1307.txt
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Optional properties:
 	Should be given if internal trickle charger diode should be disabled
 
 Example:
-	rtc1: ds1339@68 {
+	ds1339: rtc@68 {
 		compatible = "dallas,ds1339";
 		reg = <0x68>;
 		interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-meson.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-meson.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e921fe66a362
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc-meson.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+* Amlogic Meson6, Meson8, Meson8b and Meson8m2 RTC
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be one of the following describing the hardware:
+	* "amlogic,meson6-rtc"
+	* "amlogic,meson8-rtc"
+	* "amlogic,meson8b-rtc"
+	* "amlogic,meson8m2-rtc"
+
+- reg: physical register space for the controller's memory mapped registers.
+- interrupts: the interrupt line of the RTC block.
+- clocks: reference to the external 32.768kHz crystal oscillator.
+- vdd-supply: reference to the power supply of the RTC block.
+- resets: reset controller reference to allow reset of the controller
+
+Optional properties for the battery-backed non-volatile memory:
+- #address-cells: should be 1 to address the battery-backed non-volatile memory
+- #size-cells: should be 1 to reference the battery-backed non-volatile memory
+
+Optional child nodes:
+- see ../nvmem/nvmem.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	rtc: rtc@740 {
+		compatible = "amlogic,meson6-rtc";
+		reg = <0x740 0x14>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 72 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+		clocks = <&rtc32k_xtal>;
+		vdd-supply = <&rtc_vdd>;
+		resets = <&reset RESET_RTC>;
+
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f4687c68c08c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/rtc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+Generic device tree bindings for Real Time Clock devices
+========================================================
+
+This document describes generic bindings which can be used to describe Real Time
+Clock devices in a device tree.
+
+Required properties
+-------------------
+
+- compatible : name of RTC device following generic names recommended practice.
+
+For other required properties e.g. to describe register sets,
+clocks, etc. check the binding documentation of the specific driver.
+
+Optional properties
+-------------------
+
+- start-year : if provided, the default hardware range supported by the RTC is
+               shifted so the first usable year is the specified one.
+
+The following properties may not be supported by all drivers. However, if a
+driver wants to support one of the below features, it should adapt the bindings
+below.
+- trickle-resistor-ohms :   Selected resistor for trickle charger. Should be given
+                            if trickle charger should be enabled
+- trickle-diode-disable :   Do not use internal trickle charger diode Should be
+                            given if internal trickle charger diode should be
+                            disabled
+- wakeup-source :           Enables wake up of host system on alarm
+- quartz-load-femtofarads : The capacitive load of the quartz(x-tal),
+                            expressed in femto Farad (fF).
+                            The default value shall be listed (if optional),
+                            and likewise all valid values.
+
+Trivial RTCs
+------------
+
+This is a list of trivial RTC devices that have simple device tree
+bindings, consisting only of a compatible field, an address and
+possibly an interrupt line.
+
+
+Compatible		Vendor / Chip
+==========		=============
+abracon,abb5zes3	AB-RTCMC-32.768kHz-B5ZE-S3: Real Time Clock/Calendar Module with I2C Interface
+abracon,abeoz9		AB-RTCMC-32.768kHz-EOZ9: Real Time Clock/Calendar Module with I2C Interface
+dallas,ds1374		I2C, 32-Bit Binary Counter Watchdog RTC with Trickle Charger and Reset Input/Output
+dallas,ds1672		Dallas DS1672 Real-time Clock
+dallas,ds3232		Extremely Accurate I²C RTC with Integrated Crystal and SRAM
+epson,rx8010		I2C-BUS INTERFACE REAL TIME CLOCK MODULE
+epson,rx8571		I2C-BUS INTERFACE REAL TIME CLOCK MODULE with Battery Backed RAM
+epson,rx8581		I2C-BUS INTERFACE REAL TIME CLOCK MODULE
+emmicro,em3027		EM Microelectronic EM3027 Real-time Clock
+isil,isl1208		Intersil ISL1208 Low Power RTC with Battery Backed SRAM
+isil,isl1218		Intersil ISL1218 Low Power RTC with Battery Backed SRAM
+isil,isl12022		Intersil ISL12022 Real-time Clock
+microcrystal,rv3028	Real Time Clock Module with I2C-Bus
+microcrystal,rv3029	Real Time Clock Module with I2C-Bus
+microcrystal,rv8523	Real Time Clock
+nxp,pcf2127		Real-time clock
+nxp,pcf2129		Real-time clock
+nxp,pcf8563		Real-time clock/calendar
+pericom,pt7c4338	Real-time Clock Module
+ricoh,r2025sd		I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
+ricoh,r2221tl		I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
+ricoh,rs5c372a		I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
+ricoh,rs5c372b		I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
+ricoh,rv5c386		I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
+ricoh,rv5c387a		I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
+sii,s35390a		2-wire CMOS real-time clock
+whwave,sd3078		I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sun6i-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sun6i-rtc.txt
index 12c083c1140a..6b732c41392b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sun6i-rtc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sun6i-rtc.txt
@@ -3,25 +3,44 @@
 RTC controller for the Allwinner A31
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible	: Should be "allwinner,sun6i-a31-rtc"
+- compatible	: Should be one of the following combinations:
+		    - "allwinner,sun6i-a31-rtc"
+		    - "allwinner,sun8i-a23-rtc"
+		    - "allwinner,sun8i-h3-rtc"
+		    - "allwinner,sun8i-r40-rtc", "allwinner,sun8i-h3-rtc"
+		    - "allwinner,sun8i-v3-rtc"
+		    - "allwinner,sun50i-a64-rtc", "allwinner,sun8i-h3-rtc"
+		    - "allwinner,sun50i-h5-rtc"
+
+		  Where there are two or more compatible strings, this
+		  denotes the hardware covered by the most specific one
+		  is backward-compatible with the latter ones, and the
+		  implementation for the latter ones can be used, albeit
+		  with reduced functionality.
+
 - reg		: physical base address of the controller and length of
 		  memory mapped region.
 - interrupts	: IRQ lines for the RTC alarm 0 and alarm 1, in that order.
 
 Required properties for new device trees
 - clocks	: phandle to the 32kHz external oscillator
-- clock-output-names : names of the LOSC and its external output clocks created
-- #clock-cells  : must be equals to 1. The RTC provides two clocks: the
-		  LOSC and its external output, with index 0 and 1
-		  respectively.
+- clock-output-names : names of up to three clock outputs. See below.
+- #clock-cells  : must be equal to 1.
+
+The RTC provides the following clocks at the given indices:
+- 0: LOSC
+- 1: LOSC external output, known as X32KFOUT in the datasheet.
+     This clock is not available on the A31 and is deprecated for old
+     device trees still using the "allwinner,sun6i-a31-rtc" compatible.
+- 2: InternalOSC, or internal RC oscillator (A64/H3/H5 only)
 
 Example:
 
 rtc: rtc@1f00000 {
 	compatible = "allwinner,sun6i-a31-rtc";
-	reg = <0x01f00000 0x54>;
+	reg = <0x01f00000 0x400>;
 	interrupts = <0 40 4>, <0 41 4>;
-	clock-output-names = "osc32k", "osc32k-out";
+	clock-output-names = "osc32k";
 	clocks = <&ext_osc32k>;
 	#clock-cells = <1>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/8250.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/8250.txt
index aeb6db4e35c3..3cba12f855b7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/8250.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/8250.txt
@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ Required properties:
 	- "altr,16550-FIFO128"
 	- "fsl,16550-FIFO64"
 	- "fsl,ns16550"
+	- "intel,xscale-uart"
 	- "ti,da830-uart"
 	- "aspeed,ast2400-vuart"
 	- "aspeed,ast2500-vuart"
@@ -51,6 +52,7 @@ Optional properties:
 - tx-threshold: Specify the TX FIFO low water indication for parts with
   programmable TX FIFO thresholds.
 - resets : phandle + reset specifier pairs
+- overrun-throttle-ms : how long to pause uart rx when input overrun is encountered.
 
 Note:
 * fsl,ns16550:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-lpuart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-lpuart.txt
index 6bd3f2e93d61..21483ba820bc 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-lpuart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/fsl-lpuart.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ Required properties:
     on LS1021A SoC with 32-bit big-endian register organization
   - "fsl,imx7ulp-lpuart" for lpuart compatible with the one integrated
     on i.MX7ULP SoC with 32-bit little-endian register organization
+  - "fsl,imx8qxp-lpuart" for lpuart compatible with the one integrated
+    on i.MX8QXP SoC with 32-bit little-endian register organization
 - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device
 - interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt
 - clocks : phandle + clock specifier pairs, one for each entry in clock-names
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/ingenic,uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/ingenic,uart.txt
index c3c6406d5cfe..24ed8769f4af 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/ingenic,uart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/ingenic,uart.txt
@@ -6,7 +6,8 @@ Required properties:
   - "ingenic,jz4760-uart",
   - "ingenic,jz4770-uart",
   - "ingenic,jz4775-uart",
-  - "ingenic,jz4780-uart".
+  - "ingenic,jz4780-uart",
+  - "ingenic,x1000-uart".
 - reg : offset and length of the register set for the device.
 - interrupts : should contain uart interrupt.
 - clocks : phandles to the module & baud clocks.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/lantiq_asc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/lantiq_asc.txt
index 3acbd309ab9d..40e81a5818f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/lantiq_asc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/lantiq_asc.txt
@@ -6,8 +6,23 @@ Required properties:
 - interrupts: the 3 (tx rx err) interrupt numbers. The interrupt specifier
   depends on the interrupt-parent interrupt controller.
 
+Optional properties:
+- clocks: Should contain frequency clock and gate clock
+- clock-names: Should be "freq" and "asc"
+
 Example:
 
+asc0: serial@16600000 {
+	compatible = "lantiq,asc";
+	reg = <0x16600000 0x100000>;
+	interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SHARED 103 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		<GIC_SHARED 105 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		<GIC_SHARED 106 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	clocks = <&cgu CLK_SSX4>, <&cgu GCLK_UART>;
+	clock-names = "freq", "asc";
+};
+
 asc1: serial@e100c00 {
 	compatible = "lantiq,asc";
 	reg = <0xE100C00 0x400>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/milbeaut-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/milbeaut-uart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3d2fb1a7ba94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/milbeaut-uart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+Socionext Milbeaut UART controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "socionext,milbeaut-usio-uart".
+- reg: offset and length of the register set for the device.
+- interrupts: two interrupts specifier.
+- interrupt-names: should be "rx", "tx".
+- clocks: phandle to the input clock.
+
+Optional properties:
+- auto-flow-control: flow control enable.
+
+Example:
+	usio1: usio_uart@1e700010 {
+		compatible = "socionext,milbeaut-usio-uart";
+		reg = <0x1e700010 0x10>;
+		interrupts = <0 141 0x4>, <0 149 0x4>;
+		interrupt-names = "rx", "tx";
+		clocks = <&clk 2>;
+		auto-flow-control;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt
index 742cb470595b..bcfb13194f16 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mtk-uart.txt
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ Required properties:
   * "mediatek,mt8127-uart" for MT8127 compatible UARTS
   * "mediatek,mt8135-uart" for MT8135 compatible UARTS
   * "mediatek,mt8173-uart" for MT8173 compatible UARTS
+  * "mediatek,mt8183-uart", "mediatek,mt6577-uart" for MT8183 compatible UARTS
   * "mediatek,mt6577-uart" for MT6577 and all of the above
 
 - reg: The base address of the UART register bank.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra194-tcu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra194-tcu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..085a8591accd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra194-tcu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra Combined UART (TCU)
+
+The TCU is a system for sharing a hardware UART instance among multiple
+systems within the Tegra SoC. It is implemented through a mailbox-
+based protocol where each "virtual UART" has a pair of mailboxes, one
+for transmitting and one for receiving, that is used to communicate
+with the hardware implementing the TCU.
+
+Required properties:
+- name : Should be tcu
+- compatible
+    Array of strings
+    One of:
+    - "nvidia,tegra194-tcu"
+- mbox-names:
+    "rx" - Mailbox for receiving data from hardware UART
+    "tx" - Mailbox for transmitting data to hardware UART
+- mboxes: Mailboxes corresponding to the mbox-names.
+
+This node is a mailbox consumer. See the following files for details of
+the mailbox subsystem, and the specifiers implemented by the relevant
+provider(s):
+
+- .../mailbox/mailbox.txt
+- .../mailbox/nvidia,tegra186-hsp.txt
+
+Example bindings:
+-----------------
+
+tcu: tcu {
+	compatible = "nvidia,tegra194-tcu";
+	mboxes = <&hsp_top0 TEGRA_HSP_MBOX_TYPE_SM 0>,
+	         <&hsp_aon TEGRA_HSP_MBOX_TYPE_SM 1>;
+	mbox-names = "rx", "tx";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/omap_serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/omap_serial.txt
index c35d5ece1156..0a9b5444f4e6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/omap_serial.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/omap_serial.txt
@@ -22,6 +22,8 @@ Optional properties:
 - dma-names : "rx" for receive channel, "tx" for transmit channel.
 - rs485-rts-delay, rs485-rx-during-tx, linux,rs485-enabled-at-boot-time: see rs485.txt
 - rs485-rts-active-high: drive RTS high when sending (default is low).
+- clocks: phandle to the functional clock as per
+  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 77863aefe9ef..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-* ARM AMBA Primecell PL011 serial UART
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: must be "arm,primecell", "arm,pl011", "zte,zx296702-uart"
-- reg: exactly one register range with length 0x1000
-- interrupts: exactly one interrupt specifier
-
-Optional properties:
-- pinctrl:
-	   When present, must have one state named "default",
-	   and may contain a second name named "sleep". The former
-	   state sets up pins for ordinary operation whereas
-	   the latter state will put the associated pins to sleep
-	   when the UART is unused
-- clocks:
-	   When present, the first clock listed must correspond to
-	   the clock named UARTCLK on the IP block, i.e. the clock
-	   to the external serial line, whereas the second clock
-	   must correspond to the PCLK clocking the internal logic
-	   of the block. Just listing one clock (the first one) is
-	   deprecated.
-- clock-names:
-	   When present, the first clock listed must be named
-	   "uartclk" and the second clock listed must be named
-	   "apb_pclk"
-- dmas:	
-	   When present, may have one or two dma channels.
-	   The first one must be named "rx", the second one
-	   must be named "tx".
-- auto-poll:
-	   Enables polling when using RX DMA.
-- poll-rate-ms:
-	   Rate at which poll occurs when auto-poll is set,
-	   default 100ms.
-- poll-timeout-ms:
-	   Poll timeout when auto-poll is set, default
-	   3000ms.
-
-See also bindings/arm/primecell.txt
-
-Example:
-
-uart@80120000 {
-	compatible = "arm,pl011", "arm,primecell";
-	reg = <0x80120000 0x1000>;
-	interrupts = <0 11 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-	dmas = <&dma 13 0 0x2>, <&dma 13 0 0x0>;
-	dma-names = "rx", "tx";
-	clocks = <&foo_clk>, <&bar_clk>;
-	clock-names = "uartclk", "apb_pclk";
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1a64d59152aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/pl011.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/serial/pl011.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: ARM AMBA Primecell PL011 serial UART
+
+maintainers:
+  - Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
+
+allOf:
+  - $ref: /schemas/serial.yaml#
+
+# Need a custom select here or 'arm,primecell' will match on lots of nodes
+select:
+  properties:
+    compatible:
+      contains:
+        enum:
+          - arm,pl011
+          - zte,zx296702-uart
+  required:
+    - compatible
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    oneOf:
+      - items:
+          - const: arm,pl011
+          - const: arm,primecell
+      - items:
+          - const: zte,zx296702-uart
+          - const: arm,primecell
+
+  reg:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  interrupts:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  pinctrl-0: true
+  pinctrl-1: true
+
+  pinctrl-names:
+    description:
+      When present, must have one state named "default",
+      and may contain a second name named "sleep". The former
+      state sets up pins for ordinary operation whereas
+      the latter state will put the associated pins to sleep
+      when the UART is unused
+    minItems: 1
+    items:
+      - const: default
+      - const: sleep
+
+  clocks:
+    description:
+      When present, the first clock listed must correspond to
+      the clock named UARTCLK on the IP block, i.e. the clock
+      to the external serial line, whereas the second clock
+      must correspond to the PCLK clocking the internal logic
+      of the block. Just listing one clock (the first one) is
+      deprecated.
+    maxItems: 2
+
+  clock-names:
+    items:
+      - const: uartclk
+      - const: apb_pclk
+
+  dmas:
+    minItems: 1
+    maxItems: 2
+
+  dma-names:
+    minItems: 1
+    items:
+      - const: rx
+      - const: tx
+
+  auto-poll:
+    description:
+      Enables polling when using RX DMA.
+    type: boolean
+
+  poll-rate-ms:
+    description:
+      Rate at which poll occurs when auto-poll is set.
+      default 100ms.
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+      - default: 100
+
+  poll-timeout-ms:
+    description:
+      Poll timeout when auto-poll is set, default
+      3000ms.
+    allOf:
+      - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+      - default: 3000
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - reg
+  - interrupts
+
+dependencies:
+  poll-rate-ms: [ auto-poll ]
+  poll-timeout-ms: [ auto-poll ]
+
+additionalProperties: false
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    serial@80120000 {
+      compatible = "arm,pl011", "arm,primecell";
+      reg = <0x80120000 0x1000>;
+      interrupts = <0 11 4>;
+      dmas = <&dma 13 0 0x2>, <&dma 13 0 0x0>;
+      dma-names = "rx", "tx";
+      clocks = <&foo_clk>, <&bar_clk>;
+      clock-names = "uartclk", "apb_pclk";
+    };
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/rda,8810pl-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/rda,8810pl-uart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a08df97a69e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/rda,8810pl-uart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+RDA Micro UART
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible :  "rda,8810pl-uart" for RDA8810PL SoCs.
+- reg        :  Offset and length of the register set for the device.
+- interrupts :  Should contain UART interrupt.
+- clocks     :  Phandle to the input clock.
+
+
+Example:
+
+		uart2: serial@20a90000 {
+			compatible = "rda,8810pl-uart";
+			reg = <0x20a90000 0x1000>;
+			interrupts = <11 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+			clocks = <&uart_clk>;
+		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,rzn1-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,rzn1-uart.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b9e0d4dc2e4..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,rzn1-uart.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-Renesas RZ/N1 UART
-
-This controller is based on the Synopsys DesignWare ABP UART and inherits all
-properties defined in snps-dw-apb-uart.txt except for the compatible property.
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible : The device specific string followed by the generic RZ/N1 string.
-   Therefore it must be one of:
-   "renesas,r9a06g032-uart", "renesas,rzn1-uart"
-   "renesas,r9a06g033-uart", "renesas,rzn1-uart"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
index eaca9da79d83..dd63151dc8b6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt
@@ -14,14 +14,24 @@ Required properties:
     - "renesas,scifa-r8a7743" for R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) SCIFA compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scifb-r8a7743" for R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) SCIFB compatible UART.
     - "renesas,hscif-r8a7743" for R8A7743 (RZ/G1M) HSCIF compatible UART.
+    - "renesas,scif-r8a7744" for R8A7744 (RZ/G1N) SCIF compatible UART.
+    - "renesas,scifa-r8a7744" for R8A7744 (RZ/G1N) SCIFA compatible UART.
+    - "renesas,scifb-r8a7744" for R8A7744 (RZ/G1N) SCIFB compatible UART.
+    - "renesas,hscif-r8a7744" for R8A7744 (RZ/G1N) HSCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scif-r8a7745" for R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) SCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scifa-r8a7745" for R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) SCIFA compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scifb-r8a7745" for R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) SCIFB compatible UART.
     - "renesas,hscif-r8a7745" for R8A7745 (RZ/G1E) HSCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scif-r8a77470" for R8A77470 (RZ/G1C) SCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,hscif-r8a77470" for R8A77470 (RZ/G1C) HSCIF compatible UART.
+    - "renesas,scif-r8a774a1" for R8A774A1 (RZ/G2M) SCIF compatible UART.
+    - "renesas,hscif-r8a774a1" for R8A774A1 (RZ/G2M) HSCIF compatible UART.
+    - "renesas,scif-r8a774c0" for R8A774C0 (RZ/G2E) SCIF compatible UART.
+    - "renesas,hscif-r8a774c0" for R8A774C0 (RZ/G2E) HSCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scif-r8a7778" for R8A7778 (R-Car M1) SCIF compatible UART.
+    - "renesas,hscif-r8a7778" for R8A7778 (R-Car M1) HSCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scif-r8a7779" for R8A7779 (R-Car H1) SCIF compatible UART.
+    - "renesas,hscif-r8a7779" for R8A7779 (R-Car H1) HSCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scif-r8a7790" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) SCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scifa-r8a7790" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) SCIFA compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scifb-r8a7790" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) SCIFB compatible UART.
@@ -50,18 +60,20 @@ Required properties:
     - "renesas,hscif-r8a77970" for R8A77970 (R-Car V3M) HSCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scif-r8a77980" for R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) SCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,hscif-r8a77980" for R8A77980 (R-Car V3H) HSCIF compatible UART.
+    - "renesas,scif-r8a77990" for R8A77990 (R-Car E3) SCIF compatible UART.
+    - "renesas,hscif-r8a77990" for R8A77990 (R-Car E3) HSCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scif-r8a77995" for R8A77995 (R-Car D3) SCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,hscif-r8a77995" for R8A77995 (R-Car D3) HSCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scifa-sh73a0" for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) SCIFA compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scifb-sh73a0" for SH73A0 (SH-Mobile AG5) SCIFB compatible UART.
     - "renesas,rcar-gen1-scif" for R-Car Gen1 SCIF compatible UART,
-    - "renesas,rcar-gen2-scif" for R-Car Gen2 SCIF compatible UART,
-    - "renesas,rcar-gen3-scif" for R-Car Gen3 SCIF compatible UART,
-    - "renesas,rcar-gen2-scifa" for R-Car Gen2 SCIFA compatible UART,
-    - "renesas,rcar-gen2-scifb" for R-Car Gen2 SCIFB compatible UART,
+    - "renesas,rcar-gen2-scif" for R-Car Gen2 and RZ/G1 SCIF compatible UART,
+    - "renesas,rcar-gen3-scif" for R-Car Gen3 and RZ/G2 SCIF compatible UART,
+    - "renesas,rcar-gen2-scifa" for R-Car Gen2 and RZ/G1 SCIFA compatible UART,
+    - "renesas,rcar-gen2-scifb" for R-Car Gen2 and RZ/G1 SCIFB compatible UART,
     - "renesas,rcar-gen1-hscif" for R-Car Gen1 HSCIF compatible UART,
-    - "renesas,rcar-gen2-hscif" for R-Car Gen2 HSCIF compatible UART,
-    - "renesas,rcar-gen3-hscif" for R-Car Gen3 HSCIF compatible UART,
+    - "renesas,rcar-gen2-hscif" for R-Car Gen2 and RZ/G1 HSCIF compatible UART,
+    - "renesas,rcar-gen3-hscif" for R-Car Gen3 and RZ/G2 HSCIF compatible UART,
     - "renesas,scif" for generic SCIF compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scifa" for generic SCIFA compatible UART.
     - "renesas,scifb" for generic SCIFB compatible UART.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/rs485.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/rs485.txt
index b7c29f74ebb2..b92592dff6dd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/rs485.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/rs485.txt
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Optional properties:
 - linux,rs485-enabled-at-boot-time: empty property telling to enable the rs485
   feature at boot time. It can be disabled later with proper ioctl.
 - rs485-rx-during-tx: empty property that enables the receiving of data even
-  whilst sending data.
+  while sending data.
 
 RS485 example for Atmel USART:
 	usart0: serial@fff8c000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 12bbe9f22560..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-* Synopsys DesignWare ABP UART
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible : "snps,dw-apb-uart"
-- reg : offset and length of the register set for the device.
-- interrupts : should contain uart interrupt.
-
-Clock handling:
-The clock rate of the input clock needs to be supplied by one of
-- clock-frequency : the input clock frequency for the UART.
-- clocks : phandle to the input clock
-
-The supplying peripheral clock can also be handled, needing a second property
-- clock-names: tuple listing input clock names.
-	Required elements: "baudclk", "apb_pclk"
-
-Optional properties:
-- snps,uart-16550-compatible : reflects the value of UART_16550_COMPATIBLE
-  configuration parameter. Define this if your UART does not implement the busy
-  functionality.
-- resets : phandle to the parent reset controller.
-- reg-shift : quantity to shift the register offsets by.  If this property is
-  not present then the register offsets are not shifted.
-- reg-io-width : the size (in bytes) of the IO accesses that should be
-  performed on the device.  If this property is not present then single byte
-  accesses are used.
-- dcd-override : Override the DCD modem status signal. This signal will always
-  be reported as active instead of being obtained from the modem status
-  register. Define this if your serial port does not use this pin.
-- dsr-override : Override the DTS modem status signal. This signal will always
-  be reported as active instead of being obtained from the modem status
-  register. Define this if your serial port does not use this pin.
-- cts-override : Override the CTS modem status signal. This signal will always
-  be reported as active instead of being obtained from the modem status
-  register. Define this if your serial port does not use this pin.
-- ri-override : Override the RI modem status signal. This signal will always be
-  reported as inactive instead of being obtained from the modem status register.
-  Define this if your serial port does not use this pin.
-
-Example:
-
-	uart@80230000 {
-		compatible = "snps,dw-apb-uart";
-		reg = <0x80230000 0x100>;
-		clock-frequency = <3686400>;
-		interrupts = <10>;
-		reg-shift = <2>;
-		reg-io-width = <4>;
-		dcd-override;
-		dsr-override;
-		cts-override;
-		ri-override;
-	};
-
-Example with one clock:
-
-	uart@80230000 {
-		compatible = "snps,dw-apb-uart";
-		reg = <0x80230000 0x100>;
-		clocks = <&baudclk>;
-		interrupts = <10>;
-		reg-shift = <2>;
-		reg-io-width = <4>;
-	};
-
-Example with two clocks:
-
-	uart@80230000 {
-		compatible = "snps,dw-apb-uart";
-		reg = <0x80230000 0x100>;
-		clocks = <&baudclk>, <&apb_pclk>;
-		clock-names = "baudclk", "apb_pclk";
-		interrupts = <10>;
-		reg-shift = <2>;
-		reg-io-width = <4>;
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b42002542690
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/serial/snps-dw-apb-uart.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Synopsys DesignWare ABP UART
+
+maintainers:
+  - Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
+
+allOf:
+  - $ref: /schemas/serial.yaml#
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    oneOf:
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - renesas,r9a06g032-uart
+              - renesas,r9a06g033-uart
+          - const: renesas,rzn1-uart
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - rockchip,px30-uart
+              - rockchip,rk3036-uart
+              - rockchip,rk3066-uart
+              - rockchip,rk3188-uart
+              - rockchip,rk3288-uart
+              - rockchip,rk3328-uart
+              - rockchip,rk3368-uart
+              - rockchip,rk3399-uart
+              - rockchip,rv1108-uart
+          - const: snps,dw-apb-uart
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - brcm,bcm11351-dw-apb-uart
+              - brcm,bcm21664-dw-apb-uart
+          - const: snps,dw-apb-uart
+      - const: snps,dw-apb-uart
+
+  reg:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  interrupts:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  clock-frequency: true
+
+  clocks:
+    minItems: 1
+    maxItems: 2
+
+  clock-names:
+    items:
+      - const: baudclk
+      - const: apb_pclk
+
+  snps,uart-16550-compatible:
+    description: reflects the value of UART_16550_COMPATIBLE configuration
+      parameter. Define this if your UART does not implement the busy functionality.
+    type: boolean
+
+  resets:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  reg-shift: true
+
+  reg-io-width: true
+
+  dcd-override:
+    description: Override the DCD modem status signal. This signal will
+      always be reported as active instead of being obtained from the modem
+      status register. Define this if your serial port does not use this
+      pin.
+    type: boolean
+
+  dsr-override:
+    description: Override the DTS modem status signal. This signal will
+      always be reported as active instead of being obtained from the modem
+      status register. Define this if your serial port does not use this
+      pin.
+    type: boolean
+
+  cts-override:
+    description: Override the CTS modem status signal. This signal will
+      always be reported as active instead of being obtained from the modem
+      status register. Define this if your serial port does not use this
+      pin.
+    type: boolean
+
+  ri-override:
+    description: Override the RI modem status signal. This signal will always
+      be reported as inactive instead of being obtained from the modem status
+      register. Define this if your serial port does not use this pin.
+    type: boolean
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - reg
+  - interrupts
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    serial@80230000 {
+      compatible = "snps,dw-apb-uart";
+      reg = <0x80230000 0x100>;
+      clock-frequency = <3686400>;
+      interrupts = <10>;
+      reg-shift = <2>;
+      reg-io-width = <4>;
+      dcd-override;
+      dsr-override;
+      cts-override;
+      ri-override;
+    };
+
+  - |
+    // Example with one clock:
+    serial@80230000 {
+      compatible = "snps,dw-apb-uart";
+      reg = <0x80230000 0x100>;
+      clocks = <&baudclk>;
+      interrupts = <10>;
+      reg-shift = <2>;
+      reg-io-width = <4>;
+    };
+
+  - |
+    // Example with two clocks:
+    serial@80230000 {
+      compatible = "snps,dw-apb-uart";
+      reg = <0x80230000 0x100>;
+      clocks = <&baudclk>, <&apb_pclk>;
+      clock-names = "baudclk", "apb_pclk";
+      interrupts = <10>;
+      reg-shift = <2>;
+      reg-io-width = <4>;
+    };
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/uniphier-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/uniphier-uart.txt
index 0b3892a7a528..7a1bf02bb869 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/uniphier-uart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/uniphier-uart.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Required properties:
 - clocks: phandle to the input clock.
 
 Optional properties:
-- fifo-size: the RX/TX FIFO size.  Defaults to 64 if not specified.
+-auto-flow-control: enable automatic flow control support.
 
 Example:
 	aliases {
@@ -19,5 +19,4 @@ Example:
 		reg = <0x54006800 0x40>;
 		interrupts = <0 33 4>;
 		clocks = <&uart_clk>;
-		fifo-size = <64>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/amlogic,canvas.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/amlogic,canvas.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..436d2106e80d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/amlogic,canvas.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Amlogic Canvas
+================================
+
+A canvas is a collection of metadata that describes a pixel buffer.
+Those metadata include: width, height, phyaddr, wrapping, block mode
+and endianness.
+
+Many IPs within Amlogic SoCs rely on canvas indexes to read/write pixel data
+rather than use the phy addresses directly. For instance, this is the case for
+the video decoders and the display.
+
+Amlogic SoCs have 256 canvas.
+
+Device Tree Bindings:
+---------------------
+
+Video Lookup Table
+--------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "amlogic,canvas"
+- reg: Base physical address and size of the canvas registers.
+
+Example:
+
+canvas: video-lut@48 {
+	compatible = "amlogic,canvas";
+	reg = <0x0 0x48 0x0 0x14>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/clk-measure.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/clk-measure.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6bf6b43f8dd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/amlogic/clk-measure.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Amlogic Internal Clock Measurer
+===============================
+
+The Amlogic SoCs contains an IP to measure the internal clocks.
+The precision is multiple of MHz, useful to debug the clock states.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Shall contain one of the following :
+			"amlogic,meson-gx-clk-measure" for GX SoCs
+			"amlogic,meson8-clk-measure" for Meson8 SoCs
+			"amlogic,meson8b-clk-measure" for Meson8b SoCs
+			"amlogic,meson-axg-clk-measure" for AXG SoCs
+			"amlogic,meson-g12a-clk-measure" for G12a SoCs
+- reg: base address and size of the Clock Measurer register space.
+
+Example:
+	clock-measure@8758 {
+		compatible = "amlogic,meson-gx-clk-measure";
+		reg = <0x0 0x8758 0x0 0x10>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/bcm/brcm,bcm2835-pm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/bcm/brcm,bcm2835-pm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3b7d32956391
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/bcm/brcm,bcm2835-pm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+BCM2835 PM (Power domains, watchdog)
+
+The PM block controls power domains and some reset lines, and includes
+a watchdog timer.  This binding supersedes the brcm,bcm2835-pm-wdt
+binding which covered some of PM's register range and functionality.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible:		Should be "brcm,bcm2835-pm"
+- reg:			Specifies base physical address and size of the two
+			  register ranges ("PM" and "ASYNC_BRIDGE" in that
+			  order)
+- clocks:		a) v3d: The V3D clock from CPRMAN
+			b) peri_image: The PERI_IMAGE clock from CPRMAN
+			c) h264: The H264 clock from CPRMAN
+			d) isp: The ISP clock from CPRMAN
+- #reset-cells: 	Should be 1.  This property follows the reset controller
+			  bindings[1].
+- #power-domain-cells:	Should be 1.  This property follows the power domain
+			  bindings[2].
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- timeout-sec:		Contains the watchdog timeout in seconds
+- system-power-controller: Whether the watchdog is controlling the
+    system power.  This node follows the power controller bindings[3].
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/reset.txt
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt
+[3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power-controller.txt
+
+Example:
+
+pm {
+	compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-pm", "brcm,bcm2835-pm-wdt";
+	#power-domain-cells = <1>;
+	#reset-cells = <1>;
+	reg = <0x7e100000 0x114>,
+	      <0x7e00a000 0x24>;
+	clocks = <&clocks BCM2835_CLOCK_V3D>,
+		 <&clocks BCM2835_CLOCK_PERI_IMAGE>,
+		 <&clocks BCM2835_CLOCK_H264>,
+		 <&clocks BCM2835_CLOCK_ISP>;
+	clock-names = "v3d", "peri_image", "h264", "isp";
+	system-power-controller;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/bcm/brcm,bcm2835-vchiq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/bcm/brcm,bcm2835-vchiq.txt
index 8dd7b3a7de65..f331316183f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/bcm/brcm,bcm2835-vchiq.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/bcm/brcm,bcm2835-vchiq.txt
@@ -2,7 +2,8 @@ Broadcom VCHIQ firmware services
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible:	Should be "brcm,bcm2835-vchiq"
+- compatible:	Should be "brcm,bcm2835-vchiq" on BCM2835, otherwise
+		"brcm,bcm2836-vchiq".
 - reg:		Physical base address and length of the doorbell register pair
 - interrupts:	The interrupt number
 		  See bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm2835-armctrl-ic.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt
index f9987c30f0d5..5a2ef1726e2a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt
@@ -19,10 +19,12 @@ IP Pairing
 Required properties in pwrap device node.
 - compatible:
 	"mediatek,mt2701-pwrap" for MT2701/7623 SoCs
+	"mediatek,mt6765-pwrap" for MT6765 SoCs
 	"mediatek,mt6797-pwrap" for MT6797 SoCs
 	"mediatek,mt7622-pwrap" for MT7622 SoCs
 	"mediatek,mt8135-pwrap" for MT8135 SoCs
 	"mediatek,mt8173-pwrap" for MT8173 SoCs
+	"mediatek,mt8183-pwrap" for MT8183 SoCs
 - interrupts: IRQ for pwrap in SOC
 - reg-names: Must include the following entries:
   "pwrap": Main registers base
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,glink.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,glink.txt
index 0b8cc533ca83..cf759e5f9b10 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,glink.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,glink.txt
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ of these nodes are defined by the individual bindings for the specific function
 = EXAMPLE
 The following example represents the GLINK RPM node on a MSM8996 device, with
 the function for the "rpm_request" channel defined, which is used for
-regualtors and root clocks.
+regulators and root clocks.
 
 	apcs_glb: mailbox@9820000 {
 		compatible = "qcom,msm8996-apcs-hmss-global";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,smd-rpm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,smd-rpm.txt
index 89e1cb9212f6..f3fa313963d5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,smd-rpm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,smd-rpm.txt
@@ -23,6 +23,8 @@ resources.
 		    "qcom,rpm-msm8916"
 		    "qcom,rpm-msm8974"
 		    "qcom,rpm-msm8998"
+		    "qcom,rpm-sdm660"
+		    "qcom,rpm-qcs404"
 
 - qcom,smd-channels:
 	Usage: required
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,smp2p.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,smp2p.txt
index a35af2dafdad..49e1d72d3648 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,smp2p.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,smp2p.txt
@@ -41,12 +41,12 @@ processor ID) and a string identifier.
 - qcom,local-pid:
 	Usage: required
 	Value type: <u32>
-	Definition: specifies the identfier of the local endpoint of this edge
+	Definition: specifies the identifier of the local endpoint of this edge
 
 - qcom,remote-pid:
 	Usage: required
 	Value type: <u32>
-	Definition: specifies the identfier of the remote endpoint of this edge
+	Definition: specifies the identifier of the remote endpoint of this edge
 
 = SUBNODES
 Each SMP2P pair contain a set of inbound and outbound entries, these are
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.txt
index 7dc5ce858a0e..46e27cd69f18 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.txt
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ On RK3328 SoCs, the GRF adds a section for USB2PHYGRF,
 Required Properties:
 
 - compatible: GRF should be one of the following:
+   - "rockchip,px30-grf", "syscon": for px30
    - "rockchip,rk3036-grf", "syscon": for rk3036
    - "rockchip,rk3066-grf", "syscon": for rk3066
    - "rockchip,rk3188-grf", "syscon": for rk3188
@@ -23,6 +24,7 @@ Required Properties:
    - "rockchip,rk3399-grf", "syscon": for rk3399
    - "rockchip,rv1108-grf", "syscon": for rv1108
 - compatible: PMUGRF should be one of the following:
+   - "rockchip,px30-pmugrf", "syscon": for px30
    - "rockchip,rk3368-pmugrf", "syscon": for rk3368
    - "rockchip,rk3399-pmugrf", "syscon": for rk3399
 - compatible: SGRF should be one of the following
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/power_domain.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/power_domain.txt
index 5d49d0a2ff29..8304eceb62e4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/power_domain.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/power_domain.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,9 @@ Required properties for power domain controller:
 - compatible: Should be one of the following.
 	"rockchip,px30-power-controller" - for PX30 SoCs.
 	"rockchip,rk3036-power-controller" - for RK3036 SoCs.
+	"rockchip,rk3066-power-controller" - for RK3066 SoCs.
 	"rockchip,rk3128-power-controller" - for RK3128 SoCs.
+	"rockchip,rk3188-power-controller" - for RK3188 SoCs.
 	"rockchip,rk3228-power-controller" - for RK3228 SoCs.
 	"rockchip,rk3288-power-controller" - for RK3288 SoCs.
 	"rockchip,rk3328-power-controller" - for RK3328 SoCs.
@@ -23,7 +25,9 @@ Required properties for power domain sub nodes:
 - reg: index of the power domain, should use macros in:
 	"include/dt-bindings/power/px30-power.h" - for PX30 type power domain.
 	"include/dt-bindings/power/rk3036-power.h" - for RK3036 type power domain.
+	"include/dt-bindings/power/rk3066-power.h" - for RK3066 type power domain.
 	"include/dt-bindings/power/rk3128-power.h" - for RK3128 type power domain.
+	"include/dt-bindings/power/rk3188-power.h" - for RK3188 type power domain.
 	"include/dt-bindings/power/rk3228-power.h" - for RK3228 type power domain.
 	"include/dt-bindings/power/rk3288-power.h" - for RK3288 type power domain.
 	"include/dt-bindings/power/rk3328-power.h" - for RK3328 type power domain.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,adau1977.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,adau1977.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9225472c80b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/adi,adau1977.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+Analog Devices ADAU1977/ADAU1978/ADAU1979
+
+Datasheets:
+http://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/ADAU1977.pdf
+http://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/ADAU1978.pdf
+http://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/ADAU1979.pdf
+
+This driver supports both the I2C and SPI bus.
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should contain one of the following:
+               "adi,adau1977"
+               "adi,adau1978"
+               "adi,adau1979"
+
+ - AVDD-supply: analog power supply for the device, please consult
+                Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
+
+Optional properties:
+ - reset-gpios: the reset pin for the chip, for more details consult
+                Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
+
+ - DVDD-supply: supply voltage for the digital core, please consult
+                Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
+
+- adi,micbias: configures the voltage setting for the MICBIAS pin.
+		Select 0/1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8 to specify MICBIAS voltage
+		5V/5.5V/6V/6.5V/7V/7.5V/8V/8.5V/9V
+		If not specified the default value will be "7" meaning 8.5 Volts.
+		This property is only valid for the ADAU1977
+
+For required properties on SPI, please consult
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+
+Required properties on I2C:
+
+ - reg:         The i2c address. Value depends on the state of ADDR0
+                and ADDR1, as wired in hardware.
+
+Examples:
+
+	adau1977_spi: adau1977@0 {
+		compatible = "adi,adau1977";
+		spi-max-frequency = <600000>;
+
+		AVDD-supply = <&regulator>;
+		DVDD-supply = <&regulator_digital>;
+
+		adi,micbias = <3>;
+		reset-gpios = <&gpio 10 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+	};
+
+	adau1977_i2c: adau1977@11 {
+		compatible = "adi,adau1977";
+		reg = <0x11>;
+
+		AVDD-supply = <&regulator>;
+		DVDD-supply = <&regulator_digital>;
+
+		reset-gpios = <&gpio 10 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4104.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4104.txt
index deca5e18f304..ae5f7f057dc3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4104.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4104.txt
@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ Required properties:
 
 Optional properties:
 
-  - reset-gpio : a GPIO spec for the reset pin. If specified, it will be
-		 deasserted before communication to the device starts.
+  - reset-gpios : a GPIO spec for the reset pin. If specified, it will be
+		  deasserted before communication to the device starts.
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4118.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4118.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6e11a2f7404c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4118.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+AK4118 S/PDIF transceiver
+
+This device supports I2C mode.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : "asahi-kasei,ak4118"
+- reg : The I2C address of the device for I2C
+- reset-gpios: A GPIO specifier for the reset pin
+- irq-gpios: A GPIO specifier for the IRQ pin
+
+Example:
+
+&i2c {
+	ak4118: ak4118@13 {
+		#sound-dai-cells = <0>;
+		compatible = "asahi-kasei,ak4118";
+		reg = <0x13>;
+		reset-gpios = <&gpio 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>
+		irq-gpios = <&gpio 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4458.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4458.txt
index 7839be78448d..e5820235e0d5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4458.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ak4458.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ This device supports I2C mode.
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible : "asahi-kasei,ak4458"
+- compatible : "asahi-kasei,ak4458" or "asahi-kasei,ak4497"
 - reg : The I2C address of the device for I2C
 
 Optional properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/amlogic,axg-pdm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/amlogic,axg-pdm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5672d0bc5b16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/amlogic,axg-pdm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+* Amlogic Audio PDM input
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: 'amlogic,axg-pdm'
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory
+       mapped region.
+- clocks: list of clock phandle, one for each entry clock-names.
+- clock-names: should contain the following:
+  * "pclk"   : peripheral clock.
+  * "dclk"   : pdm digital clock
+  * "sysclk" : dsp system clock
+- #sound-dai-cells: must be 0.
+
+Example of PDM on the A113 SoC:
+
+pdm: audio-controller@ff632000 {
+	compatible = "amlogic,axg-pdm";
+	reg = <0x0 0xff632000 0x0 0x34>;
+	#sound-dai-cells = <0>;
+	clocks = <&clkc_audio AUD_CLKID_PDM>,
+		 <&clkc_audio AUD_CLKID_PDM_DCLK>,
+		 <&clkc_audio AUD_CLKID_PDM_SYSCLK>;
+	clock-names = "pclk", "dclk", "sysclk";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/amlogic,axg-spdifin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/amlogic,axg-spdifin.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2e6cb7d9b202
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/amlogic,axg-spdifin.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+* Amlogic Audio SPDIF Input
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: 'amlogic,axg-spdifin'
+- interrupts: interrupt specifier for the spdif input.
+- clocks: list of clock phandle, one for each entry clock-names.
+- clock-names: should contain the following:
+  * "pclk" : peripheral clock.
+  * "refclk" : spdif input reference clock
+- #sound-dai-cells: must be 0.
+
+Example on the A113 SoC:
+
+spdifin: audio-controller@400 {
+	compatible = "amlogic,axg-spdifin";
+	reg = <0x0 0x400 0x0 0x30>;
+	#sound-dai-cells = <0>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 87 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+	clocks = <&clkc_audio AUD_CLKID_SPDIFIN>,
+		 <&clkc_audio AUD_CLKID_SPDIFIN_CLK>;
+	clock-names = "pclk", "refclk";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-card.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-card.txt
index 7e63e53a901c..269682619a70 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-card.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-card.txt
@@ -32,7 +32,9 @@ Required properties:
 Optional properties:
 - pa-gpios: GPIO used to control external amplifier.
 
+-----------------------
 Example: Single DAI case
+-----------------------
 
 	sound_card {
 		compatible = "audio-graph-card";
@@ -61,7 +63,9 @@ Example: Single DAI case
 		};
 	};
 
+-----------------------
 Example: Multi DAI case
+-----------------------
 
 	sound-card {
 		compatible = "audio-graph-card";
@@ -130,3 +134,204 @@ Example: Multi DAI case
 		};
 	};
 
+
+-----------------------
+Example: Sampling Rate Conversion
+-----------------------
+
+	sound_card {
+		compatible = "audio-graph-card";
+
+		label = "sound-card";
+		prefix = "codec";
+		routing = "codec Playback", "DAI0 Playback",
+			  "DAI0 Capture",   "codec Capture";
+		convert-rate = <48000>;
+
+		dais = <&cpu_port>;
+	};
+
+	audio-codec {
+		...
+		port {
+			codec_endpoint: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&cpu_endpoint>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	dai-controller {
+		...
+		cpu_port: port {
+			cpu_endpoint: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&codec_endpoint>;
+
+				dai-format = "left_j";
+				...
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+-----------------------
+Example: 2 CPU 1 Codec (Mixing)
+-----------------------
+
+	sound_card {
+		compatible = "audio-graph-card";
+
+		label = "sound-card";
+		routing = "codec Playback", "DAI0 Playback",
+			  "codec Playback", "DAI1 Playback",
+			  "DAI0 Capture",   "codec Capture";
+
+		dais = <&cpu_port>;
+	};
+
+	audio-codec {
+		...
+
+		audio-graph-card,prefix = "codec";
+		audio-graph-card,convert-rate = <48000>;
+		port {
+			reg = <0>;
+			codec_endpoint0: endpoint@0 {
+				remote-endpoint = <&cpu_endpoint0>;
+			};
+			codec_endpoint1: endpoint@1 {
+				remote-endpoint = <&cpu_endpoint1>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	dai-controller {
+		...
+		cpu_port: port {
+			cpu_endpoint0: endpoint@0 {
+				remote-endpoint = <&codec_endpoint0>;
+
+				dai-format = "left_j";
+				...
+			};
+			cpu_endpoint1: endpoint@1 {
+				remote-endpoint = <&codec_endpoint1>;
+
+				dai-format = "left_j";
+				...
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+-----------------------
+Example: Multi DAI with DPCM
+-----------------------
+
+	CPU0 ------ ak4613
+	CPU1 ------ HDMI
+	CPU2 ------ PCM3168A-p	/* DPCM 1ch/2ch */
+	CPU3 --/		/* DPCM 3ch/4ch */
+	CPU4 --/		/* DPCM 5ch/6ch */
+	CPU5 --/		/* DPCM 7ch/8ch */
+	CPU6 ------ PCM3168A-c
+
+	sound_card: sound {
+		compatible = "audio-graph-card";
+
+		label = "sound-card";
+
+		routing =	"pcm3168a Playback", "DAI2 Playback",
+				"pcm3168a Playback", "DAI3 Playback",
+				"pcm3168a Playback", "DAI4 Playback",
+				"pcm3168a Playback", "DAI5 Playback";
+
+		dais = <&snd_port0	/* ak4613 */
+			&snd_port1	/* HDMI0  */
+			&snd_port2	/* pcm3168a playback */
+			&snd_port3	/* pcm3168a capture  */
+			>;
+	};
+
+	ak4613: codec@10 {
+		...
+		port {
+			ak4613_endpoint: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&rsnd_endpoint0>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	pcm3168a: audio-codec@44 {
+		...
+		audio-graph-card,prefix = "pcm3168a";
+		audio-graph-card,convert-channels = <8>; /* TDM Split */
+		ports {
+			port@0 {
+				reg = <0>;
+				pcm3168a_endpoint_p1: endpoint@1 {
+					remote-endpoint = <&rsnd_endpoint2>;
+					...
+				};
+				pcm3168a_endpoint_p2: endpoint@2 {
+					remote-endpoint = <&rsnd_endpoint3>;
+					...
+				};
+				pcm3168a_endpoint_p3: endpoint@3 {
+					remote-endpoint = <&rsnd_endpoint4>;
+					...
+				};
+				pcm3168a_endpoint_p4: endpoint@4 {
+					remote-endpoint = <&rsnd_endpoint5>;
+					...
+				};
+			};
+			port@1 {
+				reg = <1>;
+				pcm3168a_endpoint_c: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&rsnd_endpoint6>;
+					...
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	&sound {
+		ports {
+			snd_port0: port@0 {
+				rsnd_endpoint0: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&ak4613_endpoint>;
+					...
+				};
+			};
+			snd_port1: port@1 {
+				rsnd_endpoint1: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&dw_hdmi0_snd_in>;
+					...
+				};
+			};
+			snd_port2: port@2 {
+				#address-cells = <1>;
+				#size-cells = <0>;
+				rsnd_endpoint2: endpoint@2 {
+					remote-endpoint = <&pcm3168a_endpoint_p1>;
+					...
+				};
+				rsnd_endpoint3: endpoint@3 {
+					remote-endpoint = <&pcm3168a_endpoint_p2>;
+					...
+				};
+				rsnd_endpoint4: endpoint@4 {
+					remote-endpoint = <&pcm3168a_endpoint_p3>;
+					...
+				};
+				rsnd_endpoint5: endpoint@5 {
+					remote-endpoint = <&pcm3168a_endpoint_p4>;
+					...
+				};
+			};
+			snd_port3: port@6 {
+				rsnd_endpoint6: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&pcm3168a_endpoint_c>;
+					...
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-scu-card.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-scu-card.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 441dd6f29df1..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-scu-card.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-Audio-Graph-SCU-Card:
-
-Audio-Graph-SCU-Card is "Audio-Graph-Card" + "ALSA DPCM".
-
-It is based on common bindings for device graphs.
-see ${LINUX}/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt
-
-Basically, Audio-Graph-SCU-Card property is same as
-Simple-Card / Simple-SCU-Card / Audio-Graph-Card.
-see ${LINUX}/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt
-    ${LINUX}/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-scu-card.txt
-    ${LINUX}/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/audio-graph-card.txt
-
-Below are same as Simple-Card / Audio-Graph-Card.
-
-- label
-- dai-format
-- frame-master
-- bitclock-master
-- bitclock-inversion
-- frame-inversion
-- dai-tdm-slot-num
-- dai-tdm-slot-width
-- clocks / system-clock-frequency
-
-Below are same as Simple-SCU-Card.
-
-- convert-rate
-- convert-channels
-- prefix
-- routing
-
-Required properties:
-
-- compatible				: "audio-graph-scu-card";
-- dais					: list of CPU DAI port{s}
-
-Example 1. Sampling Rate Conversion
-
-	sound_card {
-		compatible = "audio-graph-scu-card";
-
-		label = "sound-card";
-		prefix = "codec";
-		routing = "codec Playback", "DAI0 Playback",
-			  "DAI0 Capture",   "codec Capture";
-		convert-rate = <48000>;
-
-		dais = <&cpu_port>;
-	};
-
-	audio-codec {
-		...
-
-		port {
-			codec_endpoint: endpoint {
-				remote-endpoint = <&cpu_endpoint>;
-			};
-		};
-	};
-
-	dai-controller {
-		...
-		cpu_port: port {
-			cpu_endpoint: endpoint {
-				remote-endpoint = <&codec_endpoint>;
-
-				dai-format = "left_j";
-				...
-			};
-		};
-	};
-
-Example 2. 2 CPU 1 Codec (Mixing)
-
-	sound_card {
-		compatible = "audio-graph-scu-card";
-
-		label = "sound-card";
-		prefix = "codec";
-		routing = "codec Playback", "DAI0 Playback",
-			  "codec Playback", "DAI1 Playback",
-			  "DAI0 Capture",   "codec Capture";
-		convert-rate = <48000>;
-
-		dais = <&cpu_port0
-			&cpu_port1>;
-	};
-
-	audio-codec {
-		...
-
-		port {
-			codec_endpoint0: endpoint {
-				remote-endpoint = <&cpu_endpoint0>;
-			};
-			codec_endpoint1: endpoint {
-				remote-endpoint = <&cpu_endpoint1>;
-			};
-		};
-	};
-
-	dai-controller {
-		...
-		ports {
-			cpu_port0: port {
-				cpu_endpoint0: endpoint {
-					remote-endpoint = <&codec_endpoint0>;
-
-					dai-format = "left_j";
-					...
-				};
-			};
-			cpu_port1: port {
-				cpu_endpoint1: endpoint {
-					remote-endpoint = <&codec_endpoint1>;
-
-					dai-format = "left_j";
-					...
-				};
-			};
-		};
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs35l36.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs35l36.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..912bd162b477
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs35l36.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+CS35L36 Speaker Amplifier
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible : "cirrus,cs35l36"
+
+  - reg : the I2C address of the device for I2C
+
+  - VA-supply, VP-supply : power supplies for the device,
+  as covered in
+  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt.
+
+  - cirrus,boost-ctl-millivolt : Boost Voltage Value.  Configures the boost
+  converter's output voltage in mV. The range is from 2550mV to 12000mV with
+  increments of 50mV.
+  (Default) VP
+
+  - cirrus,boost-peak-milliamp : Boost-converter peak current limit in mA.
+  Configures the peak current by monitoring the current through the boost FET.
+  Range starts at 1600mA and goes to a maximum of 4500mA with increments of
+  50mA.
+  (Default) 4.50 Amps
+
+  - cirrus,boost-ind-nanohenry : Inductor estimation LBST reference value.
+  Seeds the digital boost converter's inductor estimation block with the initial
+  inductance value to reference.
+
+  1000 = 1uH (Default)
+  1200 = 1.2uH
+
+Optional properties:
+  - cirrus,multi-amp-mode : Boolean to determine if there are more than
+  one amplifier in the system. If more than one it is best to Hi-Z the ASP
+  port to prevent bus contention on the output signal
+
+  - cirrus,boost-ctl-select : Boost conerter control source selection.
+  Selects the source of the BST_CTL target VBST voltage for the boost
+  converter to generate.
+  0x00 - Control Port Value
+  0x01 - Class H Tracking (Default)
+  0x10 - MultiDevice Sync Value
+
+  - cirrus,amp-pcm-inv : Boolean to determine Amplifier will invert incoming
+  PCM data
+
+  - cirrus,imon-pol-inv : Boolean to determine Amplifier will invert the
+  polarity of outbound IMON feedback data
+
+  - cirrus,vmon-pol-inv : Boolean to determine Amplifier will invert the
+  polarity of outbound VMON feedback data
+
+  - cirrus,dcm-mode-enable : Boost converter automatic DCM Mode enable.
+  This enables the digital boost converter to operate in a low power
+  (Discontinuous Conduction) mode during low loading conditions.
+
+  - cirrus,weak-fet-disable : Boolean : The strength of the output drivers is
+  reduced when operating in a Weak-FET Drive Mode and must not be used to drive
+  a large load.
+
+  - cirrus,classh-wk-fet-delay :  Weak-FET entry delay. Controls the delay
+  (in ms) before the Class H algorithm switches to the weak-FET voltage
+  (after the audio falls and remains below the value specified in WKFET_AMP_THLD).
+
+  0 = 0ms
+  1 = 5ms
+  2 = 10ms
+  3 = 50ms
+  4 = 100ms (Default)
+  5 = 200ms
+  6 = 500ms
+  7 = 1000ms
+
+  - cirrus,classh-weak-fet-thld-millivolt : Weak-FET amplifier drive threshold.
+  Configures the signal threshold at which the PWM output stage enters
+  weak-FET operation. The range is 50mV to 700mV in 50mV increments.
+
+  - cirrus,temp-warn-threshold :  Amplifier overtemperature warning threshold.
+  Configures the threshold at which the overtemperature warning condition occurs.
+  When the threshold is met, the overtemperature warning attenuation is applied
+  and the TEMP_WARN_EINT interrupt status bit is set.
+  If TEMP_WARN_MASK = 0, INTb is asserted.
+
+  0 = 105C
+  1 = 115C
+  2 = 125C (Default)
+  3 = 135C
+
+  - cirrus,irq-drive-select : Selects the driver type of the selected interrupt
+  output.
+
+  0 = Open-drain
+  1 = Push-pull (Default)
+
+  - cirrus,irq-gpio-select : Selects the pin to serve as the programmable
+  interrupt output.
+
+  0 = PDM_DATA / SWIRE_SD / INT (Default)
+  1 = GPIO
+
+Optional properties for the "cirrus,vpbr-config" Sub-node
+
+  - cirrus,vpbr-en : VBST brownout prevention enable. Configures whether the
+  VBST brownout prevention algorithm is enabled or disabled.
+
+  0 = VBST brownout prevention disabled (default)
+  1 = VBST brownout prevention enabled
+
+  See Section 7.31.1 VPBR Config for configuration options & further details
+
+  - cirrus,vpbr-thld : Initial VPBR threshold. Configures the VP brownout
+  threshold voltage
+
+  - cirrus,cirrus,vpbr-atk-rate : Attenuation attack step rate. Configures the
+  amount delay between consecutive volume attenuation steps when a brownout
+  condition is present and the VP brownout condition is in an attacking state.
+
+  - cirrus,vpbr-atk-vol : VP brownout prevention step size. Configures the VP
+  brownout prevention attacking attenuation step size when operating in either
+  digital volume or analog gain modes.
+
+  - cirrus,vpbr-max-attn : Maximum attenuation that the VP brownout prevention
+  can apply to the audio signal.
+
+  - cirrus,vpbr-wait : Configures the delay time between a brownout condition
+  no longer being present and the VP brownout prevention entering an attenuation
+  release state.
+
+  - cirrus,vpbr-rel-rate : Attenuation release step rate. Configures the delay
+  between consecutive volume attenuation release steps when a brownout condition
+  is not longer present and the VP brownout is in an attenuation release state.
+
+  - cirrus,vpbr-mute-en : During the attack state, if the vpbr-max-attn value
+  is reached, the error condition still remains, and this bit is set, the audio
+  is muted.
+
+Example:
+
+cs35l36: cs35l36@40 {
+	compatible = "cirrus,cs35l36";
+	reg = <0x40>;
+	VA-supply = <&dummy_vreg>;
+	VP-supply = <&dummy_vreg>;
+	reset-gpios = <&gpio0 54 0>;
+	interrupt-parent = <&gpio8>;
+	interrupts = <3 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+
+	cirrus,boost-ind-nanohenry = <1000>;
+	cirrus,boost-ctl-millivolt = <10000>;
+	cirrus,boost-peak-milliamp = <4500>;
+	cirrus,boost-ctl-select = <0x00>;
+	cirrus,weak-fet-delay = <0x04>;
+	cirrus,weak-fet-thld = <0x01>;
+	cirrus,temp-warn-threshold = <0x01>;
+	cirrus,multi-amp-mode;
+	cirrus,irq-drive-select = <0x01>;
+	cirrus,irq-gpio-select = <0x01>;
+
+	cirrus,vpbr-config {
+		cirrus,vpbr-en = <0x00>;
+		cirrus,vpbr-thld = <0x05>;
+		cirrus,vpbr-atk-rate = <0x02>;
+		cirrus,vpbr-atk-vol = <0x01>;
+		cirrus,vpbr-max-attn = <0x09>;
+		cirrus,vpbr-wait = <0x01>;
+		cirrus,vpbr-rel-rate = <0x05>;
+		cirrus,vpbr-mute-en = <0x00>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4270.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4270.txt
index 6b222f9b8ef5..c33770ec4c3c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4270.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4270.txt
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ Required properties:
 
 Optional properties:
 
-  - reset-gpio : a GPIO spec for the reset pin. If specified, it will be
-		 deasserted before communication to the codec starts.
+  - reset-gpios : a GPIO spec for the reset pin. If specified, it will be
+		  deasserted before communication to the codec starts.
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42l51.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42l51.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4b5de33ce377
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs42l51.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+CS42L51 audio CODEC
+
+Optional properties:
+
+  - clocks : a list of phandles + clock-specifiers, one for each entry in
+    clock-names
+
+  - clock-names : must contain "MCLK"
+
+Example:
+
+cs42l51: cs42l51@4a {
+	compatible = "cirrus,cs42l51";
+	reg = <0x4a>;
+	clocks = <&mclk_prov>;
+	clock-names = "MCLK";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4341.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4341.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..12b4aa8ef0db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/cs4341.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+Cirrus Logic CS4341 audio DAC
+
+This device supports both I2C and SPI (configured with pin strapping
+on the board).
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: "cirrus,cs4341a"
+  - reg : the I2C address of the device for I2C, the chip select
+          number for SPI.
+
+For required properties on I2C-bus, please consult
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c.txt
+For required properties on SPI-bus, please consult
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+
+Example:
+	codec: cs4341@0 {
+		#sound-dai-cells = <0>;
+		compatible = "cirrus,cs4341a";
+		reg = <0>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <6000000>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-mcasp-audio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-mcasp-audio.txt
index 46bc9829c71a..a58f79f5345c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-mcasp-audio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/davinci-mcasp-audio.txt
@@ -30,6 +30,11 @@ Optional properties:
 - ti,hwmods : Must be "mcasp<n>", n is controller instance starting 0
 - tx-num-evt : FIFO levels.
 - rx-num-evt : FIFO levels.
+- dismod : Specify the drive on TX pin during inactive slots
+	0 : 3-state
+	2 : logic low
+	3 : logic high
+	Defaults to 'logic low' when the property is not present
 - sram-size-playback : size of sram to be allocated during playback
 - sram-size-capture  : size of sram to be allocated during capture
 - interrupts : Interrupt numbers for McASP
@@ -40,6 +45,23 @@ Optional properties:
 - fck_parent : Should contain a valid clock name which will be used as parent
 	       for the McASP fck
 
+Optional GPIO support:
+If any McASP pin need to be used as GPIO then the McASP node must have:
+...
+  gpio-controller
+  #gpio-cells = <2>;
+...
+
+When requesting a GPIO, the first parameter is the PIN index in McASP_P*
+registers.
+For example to request the AXR2 pin of mcasp8:
+function-gpios = <&mcasp8 2 0>;
+
+Or to request the ACLKR pin of mcasp8:
+function-gpios = <&mcasp8 29 0>;
+
+For generic gpio information, please refer to bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
+
 Example:
 
 mcasp0: mcasp0@1d00000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/dmic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/dmic.txt
index e957b4136716..32e871037269 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/dmic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/dmic.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Optional properties:
 	- dmicen-gpios: GPIO specifier for dmic to control start and stop
 	- num-channels: Number of microphones on this DAI
 	- wakeup-delay-ms: Delay (in ms) after enabling the DMIC
+	- modeswitch-delay-ms: Delay (in ms) to complete DMIC mode switch
 
 Example node:
 
@@ -17,4 +18,5 @@ Example node:
 		dmicen-gpios = <&gpio4 3 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
 		num-channels = <1>;
 		wakeup-delay-ms <50>;
+		modeswitch-delay-ms <35>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,micfil.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,micfil.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..53e227b15277
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl,micfil.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+NXP MICFIL Digital Audio Interface (MICFIL).
+
+The MICFIL digital interface provides a 16-bit audio signal from a PDM
+microphone bitstream in a configurable output sampling rate.
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible		: Compatible list, contains "fsl,imx8mm-micfil"
+
+  - reg			: Offset and length of the register set for the device.
+
+  - interrupts		: Contains the micfil interrupts.
+
+  - clocks		: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+
+  - clock-names		: Must include the "ipg_clk" for register access and
+			  "ipg_clk_app" for internal micfil clock.
+
+  - dmas		: Generic dma devicetree binding as described in
+			  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt.
+
+Example:
+micfil: micfil@30080000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,imx8mm-micfil";
+	reg = <0x0 0x30080000 0x0 0x10000>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 109 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 110 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	clocks = <&clk IMX8MM_CLK_PDM_IPG>,
+		 <&clk IMX8MM_CLK_PDM_ROOT>;
+	clock-names = "ipg_clk", "ipg_clk_app";
+	dmas = <&sdma2 24 26 0x80000000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-sai.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-sai.txt
index dd9e59738e08..2e726b983845 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-sai.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/fsl-sai.txt
@@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ Required properties:
 
   - fsl,sai-synchronous-rx: This is a boolean property. If present, indicating
 			  that SAI will work in the synchronous mode (sync Tx
-			  with Rx) which means both the transimitter and the
+			  with Rx) which means both the transmitter and the
 			  receiver will send and receive data by following
 			  receiver's bit clocks and frame sync clocks.
 
   - fsl,sai-asynchronous: This is a boolean property. If present, indicating
 			  that SAI will work in the asynchronous mode, which
-			  means both transimitter and receiver will send and
+			  means both transmitter and receiver will send and
 			  receive data by following their own bit clocks and
 			  frame sync clocks separately.
 
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ Optional properties (for mx6ul):
 Note:
 - If both fsl,sai-asynchronous and fsl,sai-synchronous-rx are absent, the
   default synchronous mode (sync Rx with Tx) will be used, which means both
-  transimitter and receiver will send and receive data by following clocks
-  of transimitter.
+  transmitter and receiver will send and receive data by following clocks
+  of transmitter.
 - fsl,sai-asynchronous and fsl,sai-synchronous-rx are exclusive.
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/google,cros-ec-codec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/google,cros-ec-codec.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1084f7f22eea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/google,cros-ec-codec.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+* Audio codec controlled by ChromeOS EC
+
+Google's ChromeOS EC codec is a digital mic codec provided by the
+Embedded Controller (EC) and is controlled via a host-command interface.
+
+An EC codec node should only be found as a sub-node of the EC node (see
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cros-ec.txt).
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must contain "google,cros-ec-codec"
+- #sound-dai-cells: Should be 1. The cell specifies number of DAIs.
+- max-dmic-gain: A number for maximum gain in dB on digital microphone.
+
+Example:
+
+cros-ec@0 {
+	compatible = "google,cros-ec-spi";
+
+	...
+
+	cros_ec_codec: ec-codec {
+		compatible = "google,cros-ec-codec";
+		#sound-dai-cells = <1>;
+		max-dmic-gain = <43>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ingenic,jz4725b-codec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ingenic,jz4725b-codec.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..05adc0d47b13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ingenic,jz4725b-codec.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Ingenic JZ4725B codec controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "ingenic,jz4725b-codec"
+- reg : codec registers location and length
+- clocks : phandle to the AIC clock.
+- clock-names: must be set to "aic".
+- #sound-dai-cells: Must be set to 0.
+
+Example:
+
+codec: audio-codec@100200a4 {
+	compatible = "ingenic,jz4725b-codec";
+	reg = <0x100200a4 0x8>;
+
+	#sound-dai-cells = <0>;
+
+	clocks = <&cgu JZ4725B_CLK_AIC>;
+	clock-names = "aic";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ingenic,jz4740-codec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ingenic,jz4740-codec.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1ffcade87e7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ingenic,jz4740-codec.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Ingenic JZ4740 codec controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "ingenic,jz4740-codec"
+- reg : codec registers location and length
+- clocks : phandle to the AIC clock.
+- clock-names: must be set to "aic".
+- #sound-dai-cells: Must be set to 0.
+
+Example:
+
+codec: audio-codec@10020080 {
+	compatible = "ingenic,jz4740-codec";
+	reg = <0x10020080 0x8>;
+
+	#sound-dai-cells = <0>;
+
+	clocks = <&cgu JZ4740_CLK_AIC>;
+	clock-names = "aic";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/maxim,max98088.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/maxim,max98088.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..da764d913319
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/maxim,max98088.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+MAX98088 audio CODEC
+
+This device supports I2C only.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: "maxim,max98088" or "maxim,max98089".
+- reg: The I2C address of the device.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- clocks: the clock provider of MCLK, see ../clock/clock-bindings.txt section
+  "consumer" for more information.
+- clock-names: must be set to "mclk"
+
+Example:
+
+max98089: codec@10 {
+	compatible = "maxim,max98089";
+	reg = <0x10>;
+	clocks = <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_CKO2>;
+	clock-names = "mclk";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mikroe,mikroe-proto.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mikroe,mikroe-proto.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..912f8fae11c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mikroe,mikroe-proto.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+Mikroe-PROTO audio board
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: "mikroe,mikroe-proto"
+  - dai-format: Must be "i2s".
+  - i2s-controller: The phandle of the I2S controller.
+  - audio-codec: The phandle of the WM8731 audio codec.
+Optional properties:
+  - model: The user-visible name of this sound complex.
+  - bitclock-master: Indicates dai-link bit clock master; for details see simple-card.txt (1).
+  - frame-master: Indicates dai-link frame master; for details see simple-card.txt (1).
+
+(1) : There must be the same master for both bit and frame clocks.
+
+Example:
+	sound {
+		compatible = "mikroe,mikroe-proto";
+		model = "wm8731 @ sama5d2_xplained";
+		i2s-controller = <&i2s0>;
+		audio-codec = <&wm8731>;
+		dai-format = "i2s";
+        };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt6358.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt6358.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5465730013a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt6358.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+Mediatek MT6358 Audio Codec
+
+The communication between MT6358 and SoC is through Mediatek PMIC wrapper.
+For more detail, please visit Mediatek PMIC wrapper documentation.
+
+Must be a child node of PMIC wrapper.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : "mediatek,mt6358-sound".
+- Avdd-supply : power source of AVDD
+
+Example:
+
+mt6358_snd {
+	compatible = "mediatek,mt6358-sound";
+	Avdd-supply = <&mt6358_vaud28_reg>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8183-afe-pcm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8183-afe-pcm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..396ba38619f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mt8183-afe-pcm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+Mediatek AFE PCM controller for mt8183
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible = "mediatek,mt68183-audio";
+- reg: register location and size
+- interrupts: should contain AFE interrupt
+- power-domains: should define the power domain
+- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names
+- clock-names: should have these clock names:
+		"infra_sys_audio_clk",
+		"mtkaif_26m_clk",
+		"top_mux_audio",
+		"top_mux_aud_intbus",
+		"top_sys_pll3_d4",
+		"top_clk26m_clk";
+
+Example:
+
+	afe: mt8183-afe-pcm@11220000  {
+		compatible = "mediatek,mt8183-audio";
+		reg = <0 0x11220000 0 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 161 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+		power-domains = <&scpsys MT8183_POWER_DOMAIN_AUDIO>;
+		clocks = <&infrasys CLK_INFRA_AUDIO>,
+			 <&infrasys CLK_INFRA_AUDIO_26M_BCLK>,
+			 <&topckgen CLK_TOP_MUX_AUDIO>,
+			 <&topckgen CLK_TOP_MUX_AUD_INTBUS>,
+			 <&topckgen CLK_TOP_SYSPLL_D2_D4>,
+			 <&clk26m>;
+		clock-names = "infra_sys_audio_clk",
+			      "mtkaif_26m_clk",
+			      "top_mux_audio",
+			      "top_mux_aud_intbus",
+			      "top_sys_pll_d2_d4",
+			      "top_clk26m_clk";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mtk-btcvsd-snd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mtk-btcvsd-snd.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..679e44839b48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mtk-btcvsd-snd.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+Mediatek ALSA BT SCO CVSD/MSBC Driver
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible = "mediatek,mtk-btcvsd-snd";
+- reg: register location and size of PKV and SRAM_BANK2
+- interrupts: should contain BTSCO interrupt
+- mediatek,infracfg: the phandles of INFRASYS
+- mediatek,offset: Array contains of register offset and mask
+    infra_misc_offset,
+    infra_conn_bt_cvsd_mask,
+    cvsd_mcu_read_offset,
+    cvsd_mcu_write_offset,
+    cvsd_packet_indicator_offset
+
+Example:
+
+	mtk-btcvsd-snd@18000000 {
+		compatible = "mediatek,mtk-btcvsd-snd";
+		reg=<0 0x18000000 0 0x1000>,
+		    <0 0x18080000 0 0x8000>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 286 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+		mediatek,infracfg = <&infrasys>;
+		mediatek,offset = <0xf00 0x800 0xfd0 0xfd4 0xfd8>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nau8822.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nau8822.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a471d162d4e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nau8822.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+NAU8822 audio CODEC
+
+This device supports I2C only.
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible : "nuvoton,nau8822"
+
+  - reg : the I2C address of the device.
+
+Example:
+
+codec: nau8822@1a {
+	compatible = "nuvoton,nau8822";
+	reg = <0x1a>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-hda.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-hda.txt
index 44d27456e8a4..21cd310963b1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-hda.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-hda.txt
@@ -13,6 +13,10 @@ Required properties:
   See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
 - reset-names : Must include the following entries: hda, hda2hdmi, hda2codec_2x
 
+Optional properties:
+- nvidia,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex. Since the property
+  is optional, legacy boards can use default name provided in hda driver.
+
 Example:
 
 hda@70030000 {
@@ -27,4 +31,5 @@ hda@70030000 {
 		 <&tegra_car 128>, /* hda2hdmi */
 		 <&tegra_car 111>; /* hda2codec_2x */
 	reset-names = "hda", "hda2hdmi", "hda2codec_2x";
+	nvidia,model = "jetson-tk1-hda";
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-mcpdm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-mcpdm.txt
index 5f4e68ca228c..ff98a0cb5b3f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-mcpdm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-mcpdm.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ Required properties:
        <L3 interconnect address, size>;
 - interrupts: Interrupt number for McPDM
 - ti,hwmods: Name of the hwmod associated to the McPDM
+- clocks:  phandle for the pdmclk provider, likely <&twl6040>
+- clock-names: Must be "pdmclk"
 
 Example:
 
@@ -18,3 +20,11 @@ mcpdm: mcpdm@40132000 {
 	interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
 	ti,hwmods = "mcpdm";
 };
+
+In board DTS file the pdmclk needs to be added:
+
+&mcpdm {
+	clocks = <&twl6040>;
+	clock-names = "pdmclk";
+	status = "okay";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm3060.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm3060.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..97de66932d44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/pcm3060.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+PCM3060 audio CODEC
+
+This driver supports both I2C and SPI.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: "ti,pcm3060"
+
+- reg : the I2C address of the device for I2C, the chip select
+        number for SPI.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- ti,out-single-ended: "true" if output is single-ended;
+                       "false" or not specified if output is differential.
+
+Examples:
+
+	pcm3060: pcm3060@46 {
+		 compatible = "ti,pcm3060";
+		 reg = <0x46>;
+		 ti,out-single-ended = "true";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,msm8916-wcd-analog.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,msm8916-wcd-analog.txt
index fdcea3d12ee5..e7d17dda55db 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,msm8916-wcd-analog.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,msm8916-wcd-analog.txt
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ Required properties
  - vdd-cdc-io-supply: phandle to VDD_CDC_IO regulator DT node.
  - vdd-cdc-tx-rx-cx-supply: phandle to VDD_CDC_TX/RX/CX regulator DT node.
  - vdd-micbias-supply: phandle of VDD_MICBIAS supply's regulator DT node.
+
 Optional Properties:
  - qcom,mbhc-vthreshold-low: Array of 5 threshold voltages in mV for 5 buttons
 			     detection on headset when the mbhc is powered up
@@ -92,9 +93,9 @@ spmi_bus {
 				  "cdc_ear_cnp_int",
 				  "cdc_hphr_cnp_int",
 				  "cdc_hphl_cnp_int";
-	               VDD-CDC-IO-supply = <&pm8916_l5>;
-	               VDD-CDC-TX-RX-CX-supply = <&pm8916_l5>;
-	               VDD-MICBIAS-supply = <&pm8916_l13>;
+	               vdd-cdc-io-supply = <&pm8916_l5>;
+	               vdd-cdc-tx-rx-cx-supply = <&pm8916_l5>;
+	               vdd-micbias-supply = <&pm8916_l13>;
 	               #sound-dai-cells = <1>;
 	};
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,q6afe.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,q6afe.txt
index a8179409c194..d74888b9f1bb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,q6afe.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,q6afe.txt
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ configuration of each dai. Must contain the following properties.
 	Usage: required for mi2s interface
 	Value type: <prop-encoded-array>
 	Definition: Must be list of serial data lines used by this dai.
-	should be one or more of the 1-4 sd lines.
+	should be one or more of the 0-3 sd lines.
 
  - qcom,tdm-sync-mode:
 	Usage: required for tdm interface
@@ -137,42 +137,42 @@ q6afe@4 {
 
 		prim-mi2s-rx@16 {
 			reg = <16>;
-			qcom,sd-lines = <1 3>;
+			qcom,sd-lines = <0 2>;
 		};
 
 		prim-mi2s-tx@17 {
 			reg = <17>;
-			qcom,sd-lines = <2>;
+			qcom,sd-lines = <1>;
 		};
 
 		sec-mi2s-rx@18 {
 			reg = <18>;
-			qcom,sd-lines = <1 4>;
+			qcom,sd-lines = <0 3>;
 		};
 
 		sec-mi2s-tx@19 {
 			reg = <19>;
-			qcom,sd-lines = <2>;
+			qcom,sd-lines = <1>;
 		};
 
 		tert-mi2s-rx@20 {
 			reg = <20>;
-			qcom,sd-lines = <2 4>;
+			qcom,sd-lines = <1 3>;
 		};
 
 		tert-mi2s-tx@21 {
 			reg = <21>;
-			qcom,sd-lines = <1>;
+			qcom,sd-lines = <0>;
 		};
 
 		quat-mi2s-rx@22 {
 			reg = <22>;
-			qcom,sd-lines = <1>;
+			qcom,sd-lines = <0>;
 		};
 
 		quat-mi2s-tx@23 {
 			reg = <23>;
-			qcom,sd-lines = <2>;
+			qcom,sd-lines = <1>;
 		};
 	};
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,q6asm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,q6asm.txt
index f9c7bd8c1bc0..9f5378c51686 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,q6asm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,q6asm.txt
@@ -27,6 +27,28 @@ used by the apr service device.
 	Value type: <u32>
 	Definition: Must be 1
 
+== ASM DAI is subnode of "dais" and represent a dai, it includes board specific
+configuration of each dai. Must contain the following properties.
+
+- reg
+	Usage: required
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Definition: Must be dai id
+
+- direction:
+	Usage: Required for Compress offload dais
+	Value type: <u32>
+	Definition: Specifies the direction of the dai stream
+			0 for both tx and rx
+			1 for only tx (Capture/Encode)
+			2 for only rx (Playback/Decode)
+
+- is-compress-dai:
+	Usage: Required for Compress offload dais
+	Value type: <boolean>
+	Definition: present for Compress offload dais
+
+
 = EXAMPLE
 
 q6asm@7 {
@@ -35,5 +57,10 @@ q6asm@7 {
 	q6asmdai: dais {
 		compatible = "qcom,q6asm-dais";
 		#sound-dai-cells = <1>;
+		mm@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+			direction = <2>;
+			is-compress-dai;
+		};
 	};
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wcd9335.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wcd9335.txt
index 1d8d49e30af7..5d6ea66a863f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wcd9335.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/qcom,wcd9335.txt
@@ -34,12 +34,12 @@ Required properties with SLIMbus Interface:
 	Definition: Interrupt names of WCD INTR1 and INTR2
 	Should be: "intr1", "intr2"
 
-- reset-gpio:
+- reset-gpios:
 	Usage: required
 	Value type: <String Array>
 	Definition: Reset gpio line
 
-- qcom,ifd:
+- slim-ifc-dev:
 	Usage: required
 	Value type: <phandle>
 	Definition: SLIM interface device
@@ -104,13 +104,13 @@ Required properties with SLIMbus Interface:
 	Value type: <u32>
 	Definition: Must be 1
 
-codec@1{
+audio-codec@1{
 	compatible = "slim217,1a0";
 	reg  = <1 0>;
 	interrupts = <&msmgpio 54 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
 	interrupt-names = "intr2"
-	reset-gpio = <&msmgpio 64 0>;
-	qcom,ifd  = <&wc9335_ifd>;
+	reset-gpios = <&msmgpio 64 0>;
+	slim-ifc-dev  = <&wc9335_ifd>;
 	clock-names = "mclk", "native";
 	clocks = <&rpmcc RPM_SMD_DIV_CLK1>,
 		 <&rpmcc RPM_SMD_BB_CLK1>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt
index 9e764270c36b..648d43e1b1e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/renesas,rsnd.txt
@@ -39,15 +39,7 @@ This is example of
 Playback: [MEM] -> [SRC2] -> [DVC0] -> [SSIU0/SSI0] -> [codec]
 Capture:  [MEM] <- [DVC1] <- [SRC3] <- [SSIU1/SSI1] <- [codec]
 
-	&rcar_sound {
-		...
-		rcar_sound,dai {
-			dai0 {
-				playback = <&ssi0 &src2 &dvc0>;
-				capture  = <&ssi1 &src3 &dvc1>;
-			};
-		};
-	};
+see "Example: simple sound card"
 
 You can use below.
 ${LINUX}/arch/arm/boot/dts/r8a7790.dts can be good example.
@@ -83,29 +75,8 @@ SRC can convert [xx]Hz to [yy]Hz. Then, it has below 2 modes
 **     Asynchronous mode
 ------------------
 
-You need to use "simple-scu-audio-card" sound card for it.
-example)
-
-	sound {
-		compatible = "simple-scu-audio-card";
-		...
-		/*
-		 * SRC Asynchronous mode setting
-		 * Playback:
-		 * All input data will be converted to 48kHz
-		 * Capture:
-		 * Inputed 48kHz data will be converted to
-		 * system specified Hz
-		 */
-		simple-audio-card,convert-rate = <48000>;
-		...
-		simple-audio-card,cpu {
-			sound-dai = <&rcar_sound>;
-		};
-		simple-audio-card,codec {
-			...
-		};
-	};
+You need to use "simple-scu-audio-card" or "audio-graph-scu-card" for it.
+see "Example: simple sound card for Asynchronous mode"
 
 ------------------
 **     Synchronous mode
@@ -141,26 +112,8 @@ For more detail information, see below
 	${LINUX}/sound/soc/sh/rcar/ctu.c
 	 - comment of header
 
-You need to use "simple-scu-audio-card" sound card for it.
-example)
-
-	sound {
-		compatible = "simple-scu-audio-card";
-		...
-		/*
-		 * CTU setting
-		 * All input data will be converted to 2ch
-		 * as output data
-		 */
-		simple-audio-card,convert-channels = <2>;
-		...
-		simple-audio-card,cpu {
-			sound-dai = <&rcar_sound>;
-		};
-		simple-audio-card,codec {
-			...
-		};
-	};
+You need to use "simple-scu-audio-card" or "audio-graph-scu-card" for it.
+see "Example: simple sound card for channel convert"
 
 Ex) Exchange output channel
  Input -> Output
@@ -190,42 +143,13 @@ and these sounds will be merged by MIX.
 	aplay -D plughw:0,0 xxxx.wav &
 	aplay -D plughw:0,1 yyyy.wav
 
-You need to use "simple-scu-audio-card" sound card for it.
+You need to use "simple-scu-audio-card" or "audio-graph-scu-card" for it.
 Ex)
 	[MEM] -> [SRC1] -> [CTU02] -+-> [MIX0] -> [DVC0] -> [SSI0]
 	                            |
 	[MEM] -> [SRC2] -> [CTU03] -+
 
-	sound {
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-
-		compatible = "simple-scu-audio-card";
-		...
-		simple-audio-card,cpu@0 {
-			reg = <0>;
-			sound-dai = <&rcar_sound 0>;
-		};
-		simple-audio-card,cpu@1 {
-			reg = <1>;
-			sound-dai = <&rcar_sound 1>;
-		};
-		simple-audio-card,codec {
-			...
-		};
-	};
-
-	&rcar_sound {
-		...
-		rcar_sound,dai {
-			dai0 {
-				playback = <&src1 &ctu02 &mix0 &dvc0 &ssi0>;
-			};
-			dai1 {
-				playback = <&src2 &ctu03 &mix0 &dvc0 &ssi0>;
-			};
-		};
-	};
+see "Example: simple sound card for MIXer"
 
 =============================================
 * DVC (Digital Volume and Mute Function)
@@ -257,15 +181,31 @@ Volume Ramp
 * SSIU (Serial Sound Interface Unit)
 =============================================
 
-There is no DT settings for SSIU, because SSIU will be automatically
-selected via SSI.
 SSIU can avoid some under/over run error, because it has some buffer.
 But you can't use it if SSI was PIO mode.
-In DMA mode, you can select not to use SSIU by using "no-busif" on DT.
+In DMA mode, you can select not to use SSIU by using "no-busif" via SSI.
 
-	&ssi0 {
-		no-busif;
-	};
+SSIU handles BUSIF which will be used for TDM Split mode.
+This driver is assuming that audio-graph card will be used.
+
+TDM Split mode merges 4 sounds. You can see 4 sound interface on system,
+and these sounds will be merged SSIU/SSI.
+
+	aplay -D plughw:0,0 xxxx.wav &
+	aplay -D plughw:0,1 xxxx.wav &
+	aplay -D plughw:0,2 xxxx.wav &
+	aplay -D plughw:0,3 xxxx.wav
+
+	          2ch                     8ch
+	[MEM] -> [SSIU 30] -+-> [SSIU 3] --> [Codec]
+	          2ch       |
+	[MEM] -> [SSIU 31] -+
+	          2ch       |
+	[MEM] -> [SSIU 32] -+
+	          2ch       |
+	[MEM] -> [SSIU 33] -+
+
+see "Example: simple sound card for TDM Split"
 
 =============================================
 * SSI (Serial Sound Interface)
@@ -304,14 +244,7 @@ This is example if SSI1 want to share WS pin with SSI0
 You can use Multi-SSI.
 This is example of SSI0/SSI1/SSI2 (= for 6ch)
 
-	&rcar_sound {
-		...
-		rcar_sound,dai {
-			dai0 {
-				playback = <&ssi0 &ssi1 &ssi2 &src0 &dvc0>;
-			};
-		};
-	};
+see "Example: simple sound card for Multi channel"
 
 ** TDM-SSI
 
@@ -319,19 +252,7 @@ You can use TDM with SSI.
 This is example of TDM 6ch.
 Driver can automatically switches TDM <-> stereo mode in this case.
 
-	rsnd_tdm: sound {
-		compatible = "simple-audio-card";
-		...
-		simple-audio-card,cpu {
-			/* system can use TDM 6ch */
-			dai-tdm-slot-num = <6>;
-			sound-dai = <&rcar_sound>;
-		};
-		simple-audio-card,codec {
-			...
-		};
-	};
-
+see "Example: simple sound card for TDM"
 
 =============================================
 Required properties:
@@ -340,10 +261,13 @@ Required properties:
 - compatible			: "renesas,rcar_sound-<soctype>", fallbacks
 				  "renesas,rcar_sound-gen1" if generation1, and
 				  "renesas,rcar_sound-gen2" if generation2 (or RZ/G1)
-				  "renesas,rcar_sound-gen3" if generation3
+				  "renesas,rcar_sound-gen3" if generation3 (or RZ/G2)
 				  Examples with soctypes are:
 				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7743" (RZ/G1M)
+				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7744" (RZ/G1N)
 				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7745" (RZ/G1E)
+				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a774a1" (RZ/G2M)
+				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a774c0" (RZ/G2E)
 				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7778" (R-Car M1A)
 				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7779" (R-Car H1)
 				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7790" (R-Car H2)
@@ -353,6 +277,8 @@ Required properties:
 				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7795" (R-Car H3)
 				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a7796" (R-Car M3-W)
 				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a77965" (R-Car M3-N)
+				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a77990" (R-Car E3)
+				    - "renesas,rcar_sound-r8a77995" (R-Car D3)
 - reg				: Should contain the register physical address.
 				  required register is
 				   SRU/ADG/SSI      if generation1
@@ -360,6 +286,9 @@ Required properties:
 - rcar_sound,ssi		: Should contain SSI feature.
 				  The number of SSI subnode should be same as HW.
 				  see below for detail.
+- rcar_sound,ssiu		: Should contain SSIU feature.
+				  The number of SSIU subnode should be same as HW.
+				  see below for detail.
 - rcar_sound,src		: Should contain SRC feature.
 				  The number of SRC subnode should be same as HW.
 				  see below for detail.
@@ -399,8 +328,13 @@ SSI subnode properties:
 - no-busif			: BUSIF is not ussed when [mem -> SSI] via DMA case
 - dma				: Should contain Audio DMAC entry
 - dma-names			: SSI  case "rx"  (=playback), "tx"  (=capture)
+				  Deprecated: see SSIU subnode properties
 				  SSIU case "rxu" (=playback), "txu" (=capture)
 
+SSIU subnode properties:
+- dma				: Should contain Audio DMAC entry
+- dma-names			: "rx" (=playback), "tx" (=capture)
+
 SRC subnode properties:
 - dma				: Should contain Audio DMAC entry
 - dma-names			: "rx" (=playback), "tx" (=capture)
@@ -529,56 +463,55 @@ rcar_sound: sound@ec500000 {
 		};
 	};
 
+	rcar_sound,ssiu {
+		ssiu00: ssiu-0 {
+			dmas = <&audma0 0x15>, <&audma1 0x16>;
+			dma-names = "rx", "tx";
+		};
+		ssiu01: ssiu-1 {
+			dmas = <&audma0 0x35>, <&audma1 0x36>;
+			dma-names = "rx", "tx";
+		};
+
+		...
+
+		ssiu95: ssiu-49 {
+			dmas = <&audma0 0xA5>, <&audma1 0xA6>;
+			dma-names = "rx", "tx";
+		};
+		ssiu96: ssiu-50 {
+			dmas = <&audma0 0xA7>, <&audma1 0xA8>;
+			dma-names = "rx", "tx";
+		};
+		ssiu97: ssiu-51 {
+			dmas = <&audma0 0xA9>, <&audma1 0xAA>;
+			dma-names = "rx", "tx";
+		};
+	};
+
 	rcar_sound,ssi {
 		ssi0: ssi-0 {
 			interrupts = <0 370 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-			dmas = <&audma0 0x01>, <&audma1 0x02>, <&audma0 0x15>, <&audma1 0x16>;
-			dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu";
+			dmas = <&audma0 0x01>, <&audma1 0x02>;
+			dma-names = "rx", "tx";
 		};
 		ssi1: ssi-1 {
 			interrupts = <0 371 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-			dmas = <&audma0 0x03>, <&audma1 0x04>, <&audma0 0x49>, <&audma1 0x4a>;
-			dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu";
-		};
-		ssi2: ssi-2 {
-			interrupts = <0 372 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-			dmas = <&audma0 0x05>, <&audma1 0x06>, <&audma0 0x63>, <&audma1 0x64>;
-			dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu";
-		};
-		ssi3: ssi-3 {
-			interrupts = <0 373 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-			dmas = <&audma0 0x07>, <&audma1 0x08>, <&audma0 0x6f>, <&audma1 0x70>;
-			dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu";
-		};
-		ssi4: ssi-4 {
-			interrupts = <0 374 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-			dmas = <&audma0 0x09>, <&audma1 0x0a>, <&audma0 0x71>, <&audma1 0x72>;
-			dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu";
-		};
-		ssi5: ssi-5 {
-			interrupts = <0 375 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-			dmas = <&audma0 0x0b>, <&audma1 0x0c>, <&audma0 0x73>, <&audma1 0x74>;
-			dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu";
-		};
-		ssi6: ssi-6 {
-			interrupts = <0 376 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-			dmas = <&audma0 0x0d>, <&audma1 0x0e>, <&audma0 0x75>, <&audma1 0x76>;
-			dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu";
-		};
-		ssi7: ssi-7 {
-			interrupts = <0 377 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-			dmas = <&audma0 0x0f>, <&audma1 0x10>, <&audma0 0x79>, <&audma1 0x7a>;
-			dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu";
+			dmas = <&audma0 0x03>, <&audma1 0x04>;
+			dma-names = "rx", "tx";
 		};
+
+		...
+
 		ssi8: ssi-8 {
 			interrupts = <0 378 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-			dmas = <&audma0 0x11>, <&audma1 0x12>, <&audma0 0x7b>, <&audma1 0x7c>;
-			dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu";
+			dmas = <&audma0 0x11>, <&audma1 0x12>;
+			dma-names = "rx", "tx";
 		};
 		ssi9: ssi-9 {
 			interrupts = <0 379 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-			dmas = <&audma0 0x13>, <&audma1 0x14>, <&audma0 0x7d>, <&audma1 0x7e>;
-			dma-names = "rx", "tx", "rxu", "txu";
+			dmas = <&audma0 0x13>, <&audma1 0x14>;
+			dma-names = "rx", "tx";
 		};
 	};
 
@@ -644,25 +577,174 @@ Example: simple sound card
 };
 
 =============================================
+Example: simple sound card for Asynchronous mode
+=============================================
+
+sound {
+	compatible = "simple-scu-audio-card";
+	...
+	/*
+	 * SRC Asynchronous mode setting
+	 * Playback:
+	 * All input data will be converted to 48kHz
+	 * Capture:
+	 * Inputed 48kHz data will be converted to
+	 * system specified Hz
+	 */
+	simple-audio-card,convert-rate = <48000>;
+	...
+	simple-audio-card,cpu {
+		sound-dai = <&rcar_sound>;
+	};
+	simple-audio-card,codec {
+		...
+	};
+};
+
+=============================================
+Example: simple sound card for channel convert
+=============================================
+
+sound {
+	compatible = "simple-scu-audio-card";
+	...
+	/*
+	 * CTU setting
+	 * All input data will be converted to 2ch
+	 * as output data
+	 */
+	simple-audio-card,convert-channels = <2>;
+	...
+	simple-audio-card,cpu {
+		sound-dai = <&rcar_sound>;
+	};
+	simple-audio-card,codec {
+		...
+	};
+};
+
+=============================================
+Example: simple sound card for MIXer
+=============================================
+
+sound {
+	compatible = "simple-scu-audio-card";
+	...
+	simple-audio-card,cpu@0 {
+		sound-dai = <&rcar_sound 0>;
+	};
+	simple-audio-card,cpu@1 {
+		sound-dai = <&rcar_sound 1>;
+	};
+	simple-audio-card,codec {
+		...
+	};
+};
+
+&rcar_sound {
+	...
+	rcar_sound,dai {
+		dai0 {
+			playback = <&src1 &ctu02 &mix0 &dvc0 &ssi0>;
+		};
+		dai1 {
+			playback = <&src2 &ctu03 &mix0 &dvc0 &ssi0>;
+		};
+	};
+};
+
+=============================================
 Example: simple sound card for TDM
 =============================================
 
-	rsnd_tdm: sound {
-		compatible = "simple-audio-card";
+rsnd_tdm: sound {
+	compatible = "simple-audio-card";
 
-		simple-audio-card,format = "left_j";
-		simple-audio-card,bitclock-master = <&sndcodec>;
-		simple-audio-card,frame-master = <&sndcodec>;
+	simple-audio-card,format = "left_j";
+	simple-audio-card,bitclock-master = <&sndcodec>;
+	simple-audio-card,frame-master = <&sndcodec>;
 
-		sndcpu: simple-audio-card,cpu {
-			sound-dai = <&rcar_sound>;
-			dai-tdm-slot-num = <6>;
+	sndcpu: simple-audio-card,cpu {
+		sound-dai = <&rcar_sound>;
+		dai-tdm-slot-num = <6>;
+	};
+
+	sndcodec: simple-audio-card,codec {
+		sound-dai = <&xxx>;
+	};
+};
+
+=============================================
+Example: simple sound card for TDM Split
+=============================================
+
+sound_card: sound {
+	compatible = "audio-graph-scu-card";
+	prefix = "xxxx";
+	routing = "xxxx Playback", "DAI0 Playback",
+		  "xxxx Playback", "DAI1 Playback",
+		  "xxxx Playback", "DAI2 Playback",
+		  "xxxx Playback", "DAI3 Playback";
+	convert-channels = <8>; /* TDM Split */
+
+	dais = <&rsnd_port0     /* playback ch1/ch2 */
+		&rsnd_port1     /* playback ch3/ch4 */
+		&rsnd_port2     /* playback ch5/ch6 */
+		&rsnd_port3     /* playback ch7/ch8 */
+		>;
+};
+
+audio-codec {
+	...
+	port {
+		codec_0: endpoint@1 {
+			remote-endpoint = <&rsnd_ep0>;
+		};
+		codec_1: endpoint@2 {
+			remote-endpoint = <&rsnd_ep1>;
+		};
+		codec_2: endpoint@3 {
+			remote-endpoint = <&rsnd_ep2>;
+		};
+		codec_3: endpoint@4 {
+			remote-endpoint = <&rsnd_ep3>;
 		};
+	};
+};
 
-		sndcodec: simple-audio-card,codec {
-			sound-dai = <&xxx>;
+&rcar_sound {
+	...
+	ports {
+		rsnd_port0: port@0 {
+			rsnd_ep0: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&codec_0>;
+				...
+				playback = <&ssiu30 &ssi3>;
+			};
+		};
+		rsnd_port1: port@1 {
+			rsnd_ep1: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&codec_1>;
+				...
+				playback = <&ssiu31 &ssi3>;
+			};
+		};
+		rsnd_port2: port@2 {
+			rsnd_ep2: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&codec_2>;
+				...
+				playback = <&ssiu32 &ssi3>;
+			};
+		};
+		rsnd_port3: port@3 {
+			rsnd_ep3: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&codec_3>;
+				...
+				playback = <&ssiu33 &ssi3>;
+			};
 		};
 	};
+};
 
 =============================================
 Example: simple sound card for Multi channel
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip,rk3328-codec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip,rk3328-codec.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2469588c7ccb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip,rk3328-codec.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+* Rockchip Rk3328 internal codec
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: "rockchip,rk3328-codec"
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+  region.
+- rockchip,grf: the phandle of the syscon node for GRF register.
+- clocks: a list of phandle + clock-specifer pairs, one for each entry in clock-names.
+- clock-names: should be "pclk".
+- spk-depop-time-ms: speak depop time msec.
+
+Example for rk3328 internal codec:
+
+codec: codec@ff410000 {
+	compatible = "rockchip,rk3328-codec";
+	reg = <0x0 0xff410000 0x0 0x1000>;
+	rockchip,grf = <&grf>;
+	clocks = <&cru PCLK_ACODEC>;
+	clock-names = "pclk";
+	spk-depop-time-ms = 100;
+	status = "disabled";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5631.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5631.txt
index 92b986ca337b..56bc85232c49 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5631.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5631.txt
@@ -35,14 +35,14 @@ Pins on the device (for linking into audio routes):
 
 Example:
 
-alc5631: alc5631@1a {
+alc5631: audio-codec@1a {
 	compatible = "realtek,alc5631";
 	reg = <0x1a>;
 };
 
 or
 
-rt5631: rt5631@1a {
+rt5631: audio-codec@1a {
 	compatible = "realtek,rt5631";
 	reg = <0x1a>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5663.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5663.txt
index 23386446c63d..2a55e9133408 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5663.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rt5663.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,10 @@ Required properties:
 
 - interrupts : The CODEC's interrupt output.
 
+- avdd-supply: Power supply for AVDD, providing 1.8V.
+
+- cpvdd-supply: Power supply for CPVDD, providing 3.5V.
+
 Optional properties:
 
 - "realtek,dc_offset_l_manual"
@@ -51,4 +55,6 @@ rt5663: codec@12 {
 	compatible = "realtek,rt5663";
 	reg = <0x12>;
 	interrupts = <7 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+	avdd-supply = <&pp1800_a_alc5662>;
+	cpvdd-supply = <&pp3500_a_alc5662>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sgtl5000.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sgtl5000.txt
index 9c58f724396a..9d9ff5184939 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sgtl5000.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sgtl5000.txt
@@ -37,6 +37,15 @@ VDDIO		1.8V		2.5V		3.3V
 2 =		3.33 mA		5.74 mA		8.03  mA
 3 =		4.99 mA		8.61 mA		12.05 mA
 
+- sclk-strength: the SCLK pad strength. Possible values are:
+0, 1, 2 and 3 as per the table below:
+
+VDDIO		1.8V		2.5V		3.3V
+0 = 		Disable
+1 =		1.66 mA		2.87 mA		4.02  mA
+2 =		3.33 mA		5.74 mA		8.03  mA
+3 =		4.99 mA		8.61 mA		12.05 mA
+
 Example:
 
 sgtl5000: codec@a {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-amplifier.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-amplifier.txt
index 8647edae7af0..7182ac4f1e65 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-amplifier.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-amplifier.txt
@@ -4,9 +4,14 @@ Required properties:
 - compatible : "dioo,dio2125" or "simple-audio-amplifier"
 - enable-gpios : the gpio connected to the enable pin of the simple amplifier
 
+Optional properties:
+- VCC-supply   : power supply for the device, as covered
+                 in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt
+
 Example:
 
 amp: analog-amplifier {
 	compatible = "simple-audio-amplifier";
+	VCC-supply = <&regulator>;
 	enable-gpios = <&gpio GPIOH_3 0>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt
index a4c72d09cd45..4629c8f8a6b6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt
@@ -95,7 +95,9 @@ Optional CPU/CODEC subnodes properties:
 					  initialization. It is useful for some aCPUs with
 					  fixed clocks.
 
+-------------------------------------------
 Example 1 - single DAI link:
+-------------------------------------------
 
 sound {
 	compatible = "simple-audio-card";
@@ -138,7 +140,9 @@ sh_fsi2: sh_fsi2@ec230000 {
 	interrupts = <0 146 0x4>;
 };
 
+-------------------------------------------
 Example 2 - many DAI links:
+-------------------------------------------
 
 sound {
 	compatible = "simple-audio-card";
@@ -176,8 +180,10 @@ sound {
 	};
 };
 
+-------------------------------------------
 Example 3 - route audio from IMX6 SSI2 through TLV320DAC3100 codec
 through TPA6130A2 amplifier to headphones:
+-------------------------------------------
 
 &i2c0 {
 	codec: tlv320dac3100@18 {
@@ -210,3 +216,134 @@ sound {
 		clocks = ...
 	};
 };
+
+-------------------------------------------
+Example 4. Sampling Rate Conversion
+-------------------------------------------
+
+sound {
+	compatible = "simple-audio-card";
+
+	simple-audio-card,name = "rsnd-ak4643";
+	simple-audio-card,format = "left_j";
+	simple-audio-card,bitclock-master = <&sndcodec>;
+	simple-audio-card,frame-master = <&sndcodec>;
+
+	simple-audio-card,convert-rate = <48000>;
+
+	simple-audio-card,prefix = "ak4642";
+	simple-audio-card,routing = "ak4642 Playback", "DAI0 Playback",
+			"DAI0 Capture", "ak4642 Capture";
+
+	sndcpu: simple-audio-card,cpu {
+		sound-dai = <&rcar_sound>;
+	};
+
+	sndcodec: simple-audio-card,codec {
+		sound-dai = <&ak4643>;
+		system-clock-frequency = <11289600>;
+	};
+};
+
+-------------------------------------------
+Example 5. 2 CPU 1 Codec (Mixing)
+-------------------------------------------
+sound {
+	compatible = "simple-audio-card";
+
+	simple-audio-card,name = "rsnd-ak4643";
+	simple-audio-card,format = "left_j";
+	simple-audio-card,bitclock-master = <&dpcmcpu>;
+	simple-audio-card,frame-master = <&dpcmcpu>;
+
+	simple-audio-card,routing = "ak4642 Playback", "DAI0 Playback",
+			"ak4642 Playback", "DAI1 Playback";
+
+	dpcmcpu: cpu@0 {
+		sound-dai = <&rcar_sound 0>;
+	};
+
+	cpu@1 {
+		sound-dai = <&rcar_sound 1>;
+	};
+
+	codec {
+		prefix = "ak4642";
+		sound-dai = <&ak4643>;
+		clocks = <&audio_clock>;
+	};
+};
+
+-------------------------------------------
+Example 6 - many DAI links with DPCM:
+-------------------------------------------
+
+CPU0 ------ ak4613
+CPU1 ------ PCM3168A-p  /* DPCM 1ch/2ch */
+CPU2 --/                /* DPCM 3ch/4ch */
+CPU3 --/                /* DPCM 5ch/6ch */
+CPU4 --/                /* DPCM 7ch/8ch */
+CPU5 ------ PCM3168A-c
+
+sound {
+	compatible = "simple-audio-card";
+
+	simple-audio-card,routing =
+		  "pcm3168a Playback", "DAI1 Playback",
+		  "pcm3168a Playback", "DAI2 Playback",
+		  "pcm3168a Playback", "DAI3 Playback",
+		  "pcm3168a Playback", "DAI4 Playback";
+
+	simple-audio-card,dai-link@0 {
+		format = "left_j";
+		bitclock-master = <&sndcpu0>;
+		frame-master = <&sndcpu0>;
+
+		sndcpu0: cpu {
+			sound-dai = <&rcar_sound 0>;
+		};
+		codec {
+			sound-dai = <&ak4613>;
+		};
+	};
+	simple-audio-card,dai-link@1 {
+		format = "i2s";
+		bitclock-master = <&sndcpu1>;
+		frame-master = <&sndcpu1>;
+
+		convert-channels = <8>; /* TDM Split */
+
+		sndcpu1: cpu@0 {
+			sound-dai = <&rcar_sound 1>;
+		};
+		cpu@1 {
+			sound-dai = <&rcar_sound 2>;
+		};
+		cpu@2 {
+			sound-dai = <&rcar_sound 3>;
+		};
+		cpu@3 {
+			sound-dai = <&rcar_sound 4>;
+		};
+		codec {
+			mclk-fs = <512>;
+			prefix = "pcm3168a";
+			dai-tdm-slot-num = <8>;
+			sound-dai = <&pcm3168a 0>;
+		};
+	};
+	simple-audio-card,dai-link@2 {
+		format = "i2s";
+		bitclock-master = <&sndcpu2>;
+		frame-master = <&sndcpu2>;
+
+		sndcpu2: cpu {
+			sound-dai = <&rcar_sound 5>;
+		};
+		codec {
+			mclk-fs = <512>;
+			prefix = "pcm3168a";
+			sound-dai = <&pcm3168a 1>;
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-scu-card.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-scu-card.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 32f8dbce5241..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-scu-card.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-ASoC Simple SCU Sound Card
-
-Simple SCU Sound Card is "Simple Sound Card" + "ALSA DPCM".
-For example, you can use this driver if you want to exchange sampling rate convert,
-Mixing, etc...
-
-Required properties:
-
-- compatible				: "simple-scu-audio-card"
-					  "renesas,rsrc-card"
-Optional properties:
-
-- simple-audio-card,name		: see simple-audio-card.txt
-- simple-audio-card,cpu			: see simple-audio-card.txt
-- simple-audio-card,codec		: see simple-audio-card.txt
-
-Optional subnode properties:
-
-- simple-audio-card,format		: see simple-audio-card.txt
-- simple-audio-card,frame-master	: see simple-audio-card.txt
-- simple-audio-card,bitclock-master	: see simple-audio-card.txt
-- simple-audio-card,bitclock-inversion	: see simple-audio-card.txt
-- simple-audio-card,frame-inversion	: see simple-audio-card.txt
-- simple-audio-card,convert-rate	: platform specified sampling rate convert
-- simple-audio-card,convert-channels	: platform specified converted channel size (2 - 8 ch)
-- simple-audio-card,prefix		: see routing
-- simple-audio-card,widgets		: Please refer to widgets.txt.
-- simple-audio-card,routing		: A list of the connections between audio components.
-					  Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink,
-					  the second being the connection's source. Valid names for sources.
-					  use audio-prefix if some components is using same sink/sources naming.
-					  it can be used if compatible was "renesas,rsrc-card";
-
-Required CPU/CODEC subnodes properties:
-
-- sound-dai				: see simple-audio-card.txt
-
-Optional CPU/CODEC subnodes properties:
-
-- clocks / system-clock-frequency	: see simple-audio-card.txt
-
-Example 1. Sampling Rate Conversion
-
-sound {
-	compatible = "simple-scu-audio-card";
-
-	simple-audio-card,name = "rsnd-ak4643";
-	simple-audio-card,format = "left_j";
-	simple-audio-card,bitclock-master = <&sndcodec>;
-	simple-audio-card,frame-master = <&sndcodec>;
-
-	simple-audio-card,convert-rate = <48000>;
-
-	simple-audio-card,prefix = "ak4642";
-	simple-audio-card,routing = "ak4642 Playback", "DAI0 Playback",
-			"DAI0 Capture", "ak4642 Capture";
-
-	sndcpu: simple-audio-card,cpu {
-		sound-dai = <&rcar_sound>;
-	};
-
-	sndcodec: simple-audio-card,codec {
-		sound-dai = <&ak4643>;
-		system-clock-frequency = <11289600>;
-	};
-};
-
-Example 2. 2 CPU 1 Codec (Mixing)
-
-sound {
-	compatible = "simple-scu-audio-card";
-
-	simple-audio-card,name = "rsnd-ak4643";
-	simple-audio-card,format = "left_j";
-	simple-audio-card,bitclock-master = <&dpcmcpu>;
-	simple-audio-card,frame-master = <&dpcmcpu>;
-
-	simple-audio-card,prefix = "ak4642";
-	simple-audio-card,routing = "ak4642 Playback", "DAI0 Playback",
-			"ak4642 Playback", "DAI1 Playback";
-
-	dpcmcpu: cpu@0 {
-		sound-dai = <&rcar_sound 0>;
-	};
-
-	cpu@1 {
-		sound-dai = <&rcar_sound 1>;
-	};
-
-	codec {
-		sound-dai = <&ak4643>;
-		clocks = <&audio_clock>;
-	};
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sprd-pcm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sprd-pcm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4b23e84b2e57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sprd-pcm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+* Spreadtrum DMA platfrom bindings
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "sprd,pcm-platform".
+- dmas: Specify the list of DMA controller phandle and DMA request line ordered pairs.
+- dma-names: Identifier string for each DMA request line in the dmas property.
+  These strings correspond 1:1 with the ordered pairs in dmas.
+
+Example:
+
+	audio_platform:platform@0 {
+		compatible = "sprd,pcm-platform";
+		dmas = <&agcp_dma 1 1>, <&agcp_dma 2 2>,
+		     <&agcp_dma 3 3>, <&agcp_dma 4 4>,
+		     <&agcp_dma 5 5>, <&agcp_dma 6 6>,
+		     <&agcp_dma 7 7>, <&agcp_dma 8 8>,
+		     <&agcp_dma 9 9>, <&agcp_dma 10 10>;
+		dma-names = "normal_p_l", "normal_p_r",
+			"normal_c_l", "normal_c_r",
+			"voice_c", "fast_p",
+			"loop_c", "loop_p",
+			"voip_c", "voip_p";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,sta32x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,sta32x.txt
index 255de3ae5b2f..52265fb757c5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,sta32x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,sta32x.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,10 @@ Required properties:
 
 Optional properties:
 
+  - clocks, clock-names: Clock specifier for XTI input clock.
+	If specified, the clock will be enabled when the codec is probed,
+	and disabled when it is removed. The 'clock-names' must be set to 'xti'.
+
   -  st,output-conf: number, Selects the output configuration:
 	0: 2-channel (full-bridge) power, 2-channel data-out
 	1: 2 (half-bridge). 1 (full-bridge) on-board power
@@ -39,6 +43,9 @@ Optional properties:
   -  st,thermal-warning-recover:
 	If present, thermal warning recovery is enabled.
 
+  - st,fault-detect-recovery:
+	If present, fault detect recovery is enabled.
+
   -  st,thermal-warning-adjustment:
 	If present, thermal warning adjustment is enabled.
 
@@ -76,6 +83,8 @@ Example:
 codec: sta32x@38 {
 	compatible = "st,sta32x";
 	reg = <0x1c>;
+	clocks = <&clock>;
+	clock-names = "xti";
 	reset-gpios = <&gpio1 19 0>;
 	power-down-gpios = <&gpio1 16 0>;
 	st,output-conf = /bits/ 8  <0x3>;	// set output to 2-channel
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,stm32-sai.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,stm32-sai.txt
index 3a3fc506e43a..3f4467ff0aa2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,stm32-sai.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/st,stm32-sai.txt
@@ -31,7 +31,11 @@ SAI subnodes required properties:
   - reg: Base address and size of SAI sub-block register set.
   - clocks: Must contain one phandle and clock specifier pair
 	for sai_ck which feeds the internal clock generator.
+	If the SAI shares a master clock, with another SAI set as MCLK
+	clock provider, SAI provider phandle must be specified here.
   - clock-names: Must contain "sai_ck".
+	Must also contain "MCLK", if SAI shares a master clock,
+	with a SAI set as MCLK clock provider.
   - dmas: see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/stm32-dma.txt
   - dma-names: identifier string for each DMA request line
 	"tx": if sai sub-block is configured as playback DAI
@@ -51,6 +55,9 @@ SAI subnodes Optional properties:
 	configured according to protocol defined in related DAI link node,
 	such as i2s, left justified, right justified, dsp and pdm protocols.
 	Note: ac97 protocol is not supported by SAI driver
+   - #clock-cells: should be 0. This property must be present if the SAI device
+	is a master clock provider, according to clocks bindings, described in
+	Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt.
 
 The device node should contain one 'port' child node with one child 'endpoint'
 node, according to the bindings defined in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sun4i-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sun4i-i2s.txt
index b9d50d6cdef3..61e71c1729e0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sun4i-i2s.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sun4i-i2s.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Required properties:
    - "allwinner,sun6i-a31-i2s"
    - "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-i2s"
    - "allwinner,sun8i-h3-i2s"
+   - "allwinner,sun50i-a64-codec-i2s"
 - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
   region.
 - interrupts: should contain the I2S interrupt.
@@ -26,6 +27,7 @@ Required properties for the following compatibles:
 	- "allwinner,sun6i-a31-i2s"
 	- "allwinner,sun8i-a83t-i2s"
 	- "allwinner,sun8i-h3-i2s"
+	- "allwinner,sun50i-a64-codec-i2s"
 - resets: phandle to the reset line for this codec
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sun50i-codec-analog.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sun50i-codec-analog.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..056a098495cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sun50i-codec-analog.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+* Allwinner A64 Codec Analog Controls
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be one of the following compatibles:
+		- "allwinner,sun50i-a64-codec-analog"
+- reg: must contain the registers location and length
+- cpvdd-supply: Regulator supply for the headphone amplifier
+
+Example:
+	codec_analog: codec-analog@1f015c0 {
+		compatible = "allwinner,sun50i-a64-codec-analog";
+		reg = <0x01f015c0 0x4>;
+		cpvdd-supply = <&reg_eldo1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ts3a227e.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ts3a227e.txt
index 3ed8359144d3..21ab45bc7e8f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ts3a227e.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/ts3a227e.txt
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Required properties:
 
 Optional properies:
  - ti,micbias:   Intended MICBIAS voltage (datasheet section 9.6.7).
-      Select 0/1/2/3/4/5/6/7 to specify MACBIAS voltage
+      Select 0/1/2/3/4/5/6/7 to specify MICBIAS voltage
       2.1V/2.2V/2.3V/2.4V/2.5V/2.6V/2.7V/2.8V
       Default value is "1" (2.2V).
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8782.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8782.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..256cdec6ec4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/wm8782.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+WM8782 stereo ADC
+
+This device does not have any control interface or reset pins.
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible  : "wlf,wm8782"
+ - Vdda-supply : phandle to a regulator for the analog power supply (2.7V - 5.5V)
+ - Vdd-supply  : phandle to a regulator for the digital power supply (2.7V - 3.6V)
+
+Example:
+
+wm8782: stereo-adc {
+	compatible = "wlf,wm8782";
+	Vdda-supply = <&vdda_supply>;
+	Vdd-supply = <&vdd_supply>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/xlnx,audio-formatter.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/xlnx,audio-formatter.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..cbc93c8f4963
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/xlnx,audio-formatter.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Device-Tree bindings for Xilinx PL audio formatter
+
+The IP core supports DMA, data formatting(AES<->PCM conversion)
+of audio samples.
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: "xlnx,audio-formatter-1.0"
+ - interrupt-names: Names specified to list of interrupts in same
+		    order mentioned under "interrupts".
+		    List of supported interrupt names are:
+		    "irq_mm2s" : interrupt from MM2S block
+		    "irq_s2mm" : interrupt from S2MM block
+ - interrupts-parent: Phandle for interrupt controller.
+ - interrupts: List of Interrupt numbers.
+ - reg: Base address and size of the IP core instance.
+ - clock-names: List of input clocks.
+   Required elements: "s_axi_lite_aclk", "aud_mclk"
+ - clocks: Input clock specifier. Refer to common clock bindings.
+
+Example:
+	audio_ss_0_audio_formatter_0: audio_formatter@80010000 {
+		compatible = "xlnx,audio-formatter-1.0";
+		interrupt-names = "irq_mm2s", "irq_s2mm";
+		interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+		interrupts = <0 104 4>, <0 105 4>;
+		reg = <0x0 0x80010000 0x0 0x1000>;
+		clock-names = "s_axi_lite_aclk", "aud_mclk";
+		clocks = <&clk 71>, <&clk_wiz_1 0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/xlnx,i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/xlnx,i2s.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5e7c7d5bb60a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/xlnx,i2s.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+Device-Tree bindings for Xilinx I2S PL block
+
+The IP supports I2S based playback/capture audio
+
+Required property:
+ - compatible: "xlnx,i2s-transmitter-1.0" for playback and
+	       "xlnx,i2s-receiver-1.0" for capture
+
+Required property common to both I2S playback and capture:
+ - reg: Base address and size of the IP core instance.
+ - xlnx,dwidth: sample data width. Can be any of 16, 24.
+ - xlnx,num-channels: Number of I2S streams. Can be any of 1, 2, 3, 4.
+		      supported channels = 2 * xlnx,num-channels
+
+Example:
+
+	i2s_receiver@a0080000 {
+		compatible = "xlnx,i2s-receiver-1.0";
+		reg = <0x0 0xa0080000 0x0 0x10000>;
+		xlnx,dwidth = <0x18>;
+		xlnx,num-channels = <1>;
+	};
+	i2s_transmitter@a0090000 {
+		compatible = "xlnx,i2s-transmitter-1.0";
+		reg = <0x0 0xa0090000 0x0 0x10000>;
+		xlnx,dwidth = <0x18>;
+		xlnx,num-channels = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/xlnx,spdif.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/xlnx,spdif.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..15c2d64d247c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/xlnx,spdif.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+Device-Tree bindings for Xilinx SPDIF IP
+
+The IP supports playback and capture of SPDIF audio
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: "xlnx,spdif-2.0"
+ - clock-names: List of input clocks.
+   Required elements: "s_axi_aclk", "aud_clk_i"
+ - clocks: Input clock specifier. Refer to common clock bindings.
+ - reg: Base address and address length of the IP core instance.
+ - interrupts-parent: Phandle for interrupt controller.
+ - interrupts: List of Interrupt numbers.
+ - xlnx,spdif-mode: 0 :- receiver mode
+		    1 :- transmitter mode
+ - xlnx,aud_clk_i: input audio clock value.
+
+Example:
+	spdif_0: spdif@80010000 {
+		clock-names = "aud_clk_i", "s_axi_aclk";
+		clocks = <&misc_clk_0>, <&clk 71>;
+		compatible = "xlnx,spdif-2.0";
+		interrupt-names = "spdif_interrupt";
+		interrupt-parent = <&gic>;
+		interrupts = <0 91 4>;
+		reg = <0x0 0x80010000 0x0 0x10000>;
+		xlnx,spdif-mode = <1>;
+		xlnx,aud_clk_i = <49152913>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/atmel-quadspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/atmel-quadspi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7c40ea694352
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/atmel-quadspi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+* Atmel Quad Serial Peripheral Interface (QSPI)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:     Should be one of the following:
+		  - "atmel,sama5d2-qspi"
+		  - "microchip,sam9x60-qspi"
+- reg:            Should contain the locations and lengths of the base registers
+                  and the mapped memory.
+- reg-names:      Should contain the resource reg names:
+                  - qspi_base: configuration register address space
+                  - qspi_mmap: memory mapped address space
+- interrupts:     Should contain the interrupt for the device.
+- clocks:         Should reference the peripheral clock and the QSPI system
+                  clock if available.
+- clock-names:    Should contain "pclk" for the peripheral clock and "qspick"
+                  for the system clock when available.
+- #address-cells: Should be <1>.
+- #size-cells:    Should be <0>.
+
+Example:
+
+spi@f0020000 {
+	compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-qspi";
+	reg = <0xf0020000 0x100>, <0xd0000000 0x8000000>;
+	reg-names = "qspi_base", "qspi_mmap";
+	interrupts = <52 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 7>;
+	clocks = <&pmc PMC_TYPE_PERIPHERAL 52>;
+	clock-names = "pclk";
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	pinctrl-names = "default";
+	pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_spi0_default>;
+
+	m25p80@0 {
+		...
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/fsl-imx-cspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/fsl-imx-cspi.txt
index e3c48b20b1a6..2d3264140cc5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/fsl-imx-cspi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/fsl-imx-cspi.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Required properties:
   - "fsl,imx35-cspi" for SPI compatible with the one integrated on i.MX35
   - "fsl,imx51-ecspi" for SPI compatible with the one integrated on i.MX51
   - "fsl,imx53-ecspi" for SPI compatible with the one integrated on i.MX53 and later Soc
+  - "fsl,imx8mq-ecspi" for SPI compatible with the one integrated on i.MX8M
 - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
 - interrupts : Should contain CSPI/eCSPI interrupt
 - clocks : Clock specifiers for both ipg and per clocks.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/fsl-spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/fsl-spi.txt
index 8854004a1d3a..411375eac54d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/fsl-spi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/fsl-spi.txt
@@ -18,6 +18,10 @@ Optional properties:
 - gpios : specifies the gpio pins to be used for chipselects.
   The gpios will be referred to as reg = <index> in the SPI child nodes.
   If unspecified, a single SPI device without a chip select can be used.
+- fsl,spisel_boot : for the MPC8306 and MPC8309, specifies that the
+  SPISEL_BOOT signal is used as chip select for a slave device. Use
+  reg = <number of gpios> in the corresponding child node, i.e. 0 if
+  the gpios property is not present.
 
 Example:
 	spi@4c0 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nuvoton,npcm-pspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nuvoton,npcm-pspi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1fd9a4406a1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nuvoton,npcm-pspi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Nuvoton NPCM Peripheral Serial Peripheral Interface(PSPI) controller driver
+
+Nuvoton NPCM7xx SOC support two PSPI channels.
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible : "nuvoton,npcm750-pspi" for NPCM7XX BMC
+ - #address-cells : should be 1. see spi-bus.txt
+ - #size-cells : should be 0. see spi-bus.txt
+ - specifies physical base address and size of the register.
+ - interrupts : contain PSPI interrupt.
+ - clocks : phandle of PSPI reference clock.
+ - clock-names: Should be "clk_apb5".
+ - pinctrl-names : a pinctrl state named "default" must be defined.
+ - pinctrl-0 : phandle referencing pin configuration of the device.
+ - cs-gpios: Specifies the gpio pins to be used for chipselects.
+            See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+
+Optional properties:
+- clock-frequency : Input clock frequency to the PSPI block in Hz.
+		    Default is 25000000 Hz.
+
+Aliases:
+- All the SPI controller nodes should be represented in the aliases node using
+  the following format 'spi{n}' withe the correct numbered in "aliases" node.
+
+Example:
+
+aliases {
+	spi0 = &spi0;
+};
+
+spi0: spi@f0200000 {
+	compatible = "nuvoton,npcm750-pspi";
+	reg = <0xf0200000 0x1000>;
+	pinctrl-names = "default";
+	pinctrl-0 = <&pspi1_pins>;
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 31 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	clocks = <&clk NPCM7XX_CLK_APB5>;
+	clock-names = "clk_apb5";
+	cs-gpios = <&gpio6 11 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra114-spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra114-spi.txt
index 9ba7c5a273b4..db8e0d71c5bc 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra114-spi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra114-spi.txt
@@ -23,6 +23,18 @@ Required properties:
 Recommended properties:
 - spi-max-frequency: Definition as per
                      Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+Optional properties:
+- nvidia,tx-clk-tap-delay: Delays the clock going out to the external device
+  with this tap value. This property is used to tune the outgoing data from
+  Tegra SPI master with respect to outgoing Tegra SPI master clock.
+  Tap values vary based on the platform design trace lengths from Tegra SPI
+  to corresponding slave devices. Valid tap values are from 0 thru 63.
+- nvidia,rx-clk-tap-delay: Delays the clock coming in from the external device
+  with this tap value. This property is used to adjust the Tegra SPI master
+  clock with respect to the data from the SPI slave device.
+  Tap values vary based on the platform design trace lengths from Tegra SPI
+  to corresponding slave devices. Valid tap values are from 0 thru 63.
+
 Example:
 
 spi@7000d600 {
@@ -38,4 +50,12 @@ spi@7000d600 {
 	reset-names = "spi";
 	dmas = <&apbdma 16>, <&apbdma 16>;
 	dma-names = "rx", "tx";
+	<spi-client>@<bus_num> {
+		...
+		...
+		nvidia,rx-clk-tap-delay = <0>;
+		nvidia,tx-clk-tap-delay = <16>;
+		...
+	};
+
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/omap-spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/omap-spi.txt
index 2ba5f9c023ac..487208c256c0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/omap-spi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/omap-spi.txt
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ OMAP2+ McSPI device
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible :
+  - "ti,am654-mcspi" for AM654.
   - "ti,omap2-mcspi" for OMAP2 & OMAP3.
   - "ti,omap4-mcspi" for OMAP4+.
 - ti,spi-num-cs : Number of chipselect supported  by the instance.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt
index 4b836ad17b19..18e14ee257b2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/sh-msiof.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,9 @@ Required properties:
 - compatible           : "renesas,msiof-r8a7743" (RZ/G1M)
 			 "renesas,msiof-r8a7744" (RZ/G1N)
 			 "renesas,msiof-r8a7745" (RZ/G1E)
+			 "renesas,msiof-r8a77470" (RZ/G1C)
 			 "renesas,msiof-r8a774a1" (RZ/G2M)
+			 "renesas,msiof-r8a774c0" (RZ/G2E)
 			 "renesas,msiof-r8a7790" (R-Car H2)
 			 "renesas,msiof-r8a7791" (R-Car M2-W)
 			 "renesas,msiof-r8a7792" (R-Car V2H)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.txt
index 2864bc6b659c..f54c8c36395e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/snps,dw-apb-ssi.txt
@@ -8,9 +8,16 @@ Required properties:
 - interrupts : One interrupt, used by the controller.
 - #address-cells : <1>, as required by generic SPI binding.
 - #size-cells : <0>, also as required by generic SPI binding.
+- clocks : phandles for the clocks, see the description of clock-names below.
+   The phandle for the "ssi_clk" is required. The phandle for the "pclk" clock
+   is optional. If a single clock is specified but no clock-name, it is the
+   "ssi_clk" clock. If both clocks are listed, the "ssi_clk" must be first.
 
 Optional properties:
-- cs-gpios : Specifies the gpio pis to be used for chipselects.
+- clock-names : Contains the names of the clocks:
+    "ssi_clk", for the core clock used to generate the external SPI clock.
+    "pclk", the interface clock, required for register access.
+- cs-gpios : Specifies the gpio pins to be used for chipselects.
 - num-cs : The number of chipselects. If omitted, this will default to 4.
 - reg-io-width : The I/O register width (in bytes) implemented by this
   device.  Supported values are 2 or 4 (the default).
@@ -25,6 +32,7 @@ Example:
 		interrupts = <0 154 4>;
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		#size-cells = <0>;
+		clocks = <&spi_m_clk>;
 		num-cs = <2>;
 		cs-gpios = <&gpio0 13 0>,
 			   <&gpio0 14 0>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-lpspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-lpspi.txt
index 8d178a4503cf..e71b81a41ac0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-lpspi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-lpspi.txt
@@ -5,8 +5,15 @@ Required properties:
   - "fsl,imx7ulp-spi" for LPSPI compatible with the one integrated on i.MX7ULP soc
   - "fsl,imx8qxp-spi" for LPSPI compatible with the one integrated on i.MX8QXP soc
 - reg : address and length of the lpspi master registers
+- interrupt-parent : core interrupt controller
 - interrupts : lpspi interrupt
-- clocks : lpspi clock specifier
+- clocks : lpspi clock specifier. Its number and order need to correspond to the
+	   value in clock-names.
+- clock-names : Corresponding to per clock and ipg clock in "clocks"
+		respectively. In i.MX7ULP, it only has per clk, so use CLK_DUMMY
+		to fill the "ipg" blank.
+- spi-slave : spi slave mode support. In slave mode, add this attribute without
+	      value. In master mode, remove it.
 
 Examples:
 
@@ -15,5 +22,8 @@ lpspi2: lpspi@40290000 {
 	reg = <0x40290000 0x10000>;
 	interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
 	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 28 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
-	clocks = <&clks IMX7ULP_CLK_LPSPI2>;
+	clocks = <&clks IMX7ULP_CLK_LPSPI2>,
+		 <&clks IMX7ULP_CLK_DUMMY>;
+	clock-names = "per", "ipg";
+	spi-slave;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-qspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-qspi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e8f1d627d288
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-fsl-qspi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+* Freescale Quad Serial Peripheral Interface(QuadSPI)
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible : Should be "fsl,vf610-qspi", "fsl,imx6sx-qspi",
+		 "fsl,imx7d-qspi", "fsl,imx6ul-qspi",
+		 "fsl,ls1021a-qspi"
+		 or
+		 "fsl,ls2080a-qspi" followed by "fsl,ls1021a-qspi",
+		 "fsl,ls1043a-qspi" followed by "fsl,ls1021a-qspi"
+  - reg : the first contains the register location and length,
+          the second contains the memory mapping address and length
+  - reg-names: Should contain the reg names "QuadSPI" and "QuadSPI-memory"
+  - interrupts : Should contain the interrupt for the device
+  - clocks : The clocks needed by the QuadSPI controller
+  - clock-names : Should contain the name of the clocks: "qspi_en" and "qspi".
+
+Required SPI slave node properties:
+  - reg: There are two buses (A and B) with two chip selects each.
+	 This encodes to which bus and CS the flash is connected:
+		<0>: Bus A, CS 0
+		<1>: Bus A, CS 1
+		<2>: Bus B, CS 0
+		<3>: Bus B, CS 1
+
+Example:
+
+qspi0: quadspi@40044000 {
+	compatible = "fsl,vf610-qspi";
+	reg = <0x40044000 0x1000>, <0x20000000 0x10000000>;
+	reg-names = "QuadSPI", "QuadSPI-memory";
+	interrupts = <0 24 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	clocks = <&clks VF610_CLK_QSPI0_EN>,
+		<&clks VF610_CLK_QSPI0>;
+	clock-names = "qspi_en", "qspi";
+
+	flash0: s25fl128s@0 {
+		....
+	};
+};
+
+Example showing the usage of two SPI NOR devices on bus A:
+
+&qspi2 {
+	pinctrl-names = "default";
+	pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_qspi2>;
+	status = "okay";
+
+	flash0: n25q256a@0 {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		compatible = "micron,n25q256a", "jedec,spi-nor";
+		spi-max-frequency = <29000000>;
+		reg = <0>;
+	};
+
+	flash1: n25q256a@1 {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		compatible = "micron,n25q256a", "jedec,spi-nor";
+		spi-max-frequency = <29000000>;
+		reg = <1>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-mt65xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-mt65xx.txt
index 236dcb0faf37..c0f6c8ecfa2e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-mt65xx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-mt65xx.txt
@@ -6,8 +6,11 @@ Required properties:
     - mediatek,mt2712-spi: for mt2712 platforms
     - mediatek,mt6589-spi: for mt6589 platforms
     - mediatek,mt7622-spi: for mt7622 platforms
+    - "mediatek,mt7629-spi", "mediatek,mt7622-spi": for mt7629 platforms
     - mediatek,mt8135-spi: for mt8135 platforms
     - mediatek,mt8173-spi: for mt8173 platforms
+    - mediatek,mt8183-spi: for mt8183 platforms
+    - "mediatek,mt8516-spi", "mediatek,mt2712-spi": for mt8516 platforms
 
 - #address-cells: should be 1.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-mt7621.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-mt7621.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d5baec0fa56e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-mt7621.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Binding for MTK SPI controller (MT7621 MIPS)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be one of the following:
+  - "ralink,mt7621-spi": for mt7621/mt7628/mt7688 platforms
+- #address-cells: should be 1.
+- #size-cells: should be 0.
+- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device
+- resets: phandle to the reset controller asserting this device in
+          reset
+  See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+
+Optional properties:
+- cs-gpios: see spi-bus.txt.
+
+Example:
+
+- SoC Specific Portion:
+spi0: spi@b00 {
+	compatible = "ralink,mt7621-spi";
+	reg = <0xb00 0x100>;
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	resets = <&rstctrl 18>;
+	reset-names = "spi";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-mxic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-mxic.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..529f2dab2648
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-mxic.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+Macronix SPI controller Device Tree Bindings
+--------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "mxicy,mx25f0a-spi"
+- #address-cells: should be 1
+- #size-cells: should be 0
+- reg: should contain 2 entries, one for the registers and one for the direct
+       mapping area
+- reg-names: should contain "regs" and "dirmap"
+- interrupts: interrupt line connected to the SPI controller
+- clock-names: should contain "ps_clk", "send_clk" and "send_dly_clk"
+- clocks: should contain 3 entries for the "ps_clk", "send_clk" and
+	  "send_dly_clk" clocks
+
+Example:
+
+	spi@43c30000 {
+		compatible = "mxicy,mx25f0a-spi";
+		reg = <0x43c30000 0x10000>, <0xa0000000 0x20000000>;
+		reg-names = "regs", "dirmap";
+		clocks = <&clkwizard 0>, <&clkwizard 1>, <&clkc 18>;
+		clock-names = "send_clk", "send_dly_clk", "ps_clk";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		flash@0 {
+			compatible = "jedec,spi-nor";
+			reg = <0>;
+			spi-max-frequency = <25000000>;
+			spi-tx-bus-width = <4>;
+			spi-rx-bus-width = <4>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-nxp-fspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-nxp-fspi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2cd67eb727d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-nxp-fspi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+* NXP Flex Serial Peripheral Interface (FSPI)
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible : Should be "nxp,lx2160a-fspi"
+  - reg :        First contains the register location and length,
+                 Second contains the memory mapping address and length
+  - reg-names :  Should contain the resource reg names:
+	         - fspi_base: configuration register address space
+                 - fspi_mmap: memory mapped address space
+  - interrupts : Should contain the interrupt for the device
+
+Required SPI slave node properties:
+  - reg :        There are two buses (A and B) with two chip selects each.
+                 This encodes to which bus and CS the flash is connected:
+                 - <0>: Bus A, CS 0
+                 - <1>: Bus A, CS 1
+                 - <2>: Bus B, CS 0
+                 - <3>: Bus B, CS 1
+
+Example showing the usage of two SPI NOR slave devices on bus A:
+
+fspi0: spi@20c0000 {
+	compatible = "nxp,lx2160a-fspi";
+	reg = <0x0 0x20c0000 0x0 0x10000>, <0x0 0x20000000 0x0 0x10000000>;
+	reg-names = "fspi_base", "fspi_mmap";
+	interrupts = <0 25 0x4>; /* Level high type */
+	clocks = <&clockgen 4 3>, <&clockgen 4 3>;
+	clock-names = "fspi_en", "fspi";
+
+	mt35xu512aba0: flash@0 {
+		reg = <0>;
+		....
+	};
+
+	mt35xu512aba1: flash@1 {
+		reg = <1>;
+		....
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-pxa2xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-pxa2xx.txt
index 0335a9bd2e8a..e30e0c2a4bce 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-pxa2xx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-pxa2xx.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,9 @@ Required properties:
 Optional properties:
 - cs-gpios: list of GPIO chip selects. See the SPI bus bindings,
   Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+- spi-slave: Empty property indicating the SPI controller is used in slave mode.
+- ready-gpios: GPIO used to signal a SPI master that the FIFO is filled
+  and we're ready to service a transfer. Only useful in slave mode.
 
 Child nodes represent devices on the SPI bus
   See ../spi/spi-bus.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rspi.txt
index fc97ad64fbf2..421722b93992 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rspi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-rspi.txt
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ Required properties:
 			- "renesas,qspi-r8a7743" (RZ/G1M)
 			- "renesas,qspi-r8a7744" (RZ/G1N)
 			- "renesas,qspi-r8a7745" (RZ/G1E)
+			- "renesas,qspi-r8a77470" (RZ/G1C)
 			- "renesas,qspi-r8a7790" (R-Car H2)
 			- "renesas,qspi-r8a7791" (R-Car M2-W)
 			- "renesas,qspi-r8a7792" (R-Car V2H)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sifive.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sifive.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3f5c6e438972
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sifive.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+SiFive SPI controller Device Tree Bindings
+------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible		: Should be "sifive,<chip>-spi" and "sifive,spi<version>".
+			  Supported compatible strings are:
+			  "sifive,fu540-c000-spi" for the SiFive SPI v0 as integrated
+			  onto the SiFive FU540 chip, and "sifive,spi0" for the SiFive
+			  SPI v0 IP block with no chip integration tweaks.
+			  Please refer to sifive-blocks-ip-versioning.txt for details
+- reg			: Physical base address and size of SPI registers map
+			  A second (optional) range can indicate memory mapped flash
+- interrupts		: Must contain one entry
+- interrupt-parent	: Must be core interrupt controller
+- clocks		: Must reference the frequency given to the controller
+- #address-cells	: Must be '1', indicating which CS to use
+- #size-cells		: Must be '0'
+
+Optional properties:
+- sifive,fifo-depth		: Depth of hardware queues; defaults to 8
+- sifive,max-bits-per-word	: Maximum bits per word; defaults to 8
+
+SPI RTL that corresponds to the IP block version numbers can be found here:
+https://github.com/sifive/sifive-blocks/tree/master/src/main/scala/devices/spi
+
+Example:
+	spi: spi@10040000 {
+		compatible = "sifive,fu540-c000-spi", "sifive,spi0";
+		reg = <0x0 0x10040000 0x0 0x1000 0x0 0x20000000 0x0 0x10000000>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&plic>;
+		interrupts = <51>;
+		clocks = <&tlclk>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		sifive,fifo-depth = <8>;
+		sifive,max-bits-per-word = <8>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sprd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sprd.txt
index bad211a19da4..3c7eacce0ee3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sprd.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-sprd.txt
@@ -14,6 +14,11 @@ Required properties:
 	address on the SPI bus. Should be set to 1.
 - #size-cells: Should be set to 0.
 
+Optional properties:
+dma-names: Should contain names of the SPI used DMA channel.
+dmas: Should contain DMA channels and DMA slave ids which the SPI used
+	sorted in the same order as the dma-names property.
+
 Example:
 spi0: spi@70a00000{
 	compatible = "sprd,sc9860-spi";
@@ -21,6 +26,8 @@ spi0: spi@70a00000{
 	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 7 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
 	clock-names = "spi", "source","enable";
 	clocks = <&clk_spi0>, <&ext_26m>, <&clk_ap_apb_gates 5>;
+	dma-names = "rx_chn", "tx_chn";
+	dmas = <&apdma 11 11>, <&apdma 12 12>;
 	#address-cells = <1>;
 	#size-cells = <0>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-stm32.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-stm32.txt
index 1b3fa2c119d5..d82755c63eaf 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-stm32.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-stm32.txt
@@ -7,7 +7,9 @@ from 4 to 32-bit data size. Although it can be configured as master or slave,
 only master is supported by the driver.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: Must be "st,stm32h7-spi".
+- compatible: Should be one of:
+  "st,stm32h7-spi"
+  "st,stm32f4-spi"
 - reg: Offset and length of the device's register set.
 - interrupts: Must contain the interrupt id.
 - clocks: Must contain an entry for spiclk (which feeds the internal clock
@@ -30,8 +32,9 @@ Child nodes represent devices on the SPI bus
   See ../spi/spi-bus.txt
 
 Optional properties:
-- st,spi-midi-ns: (Master Inter-Data Idleness) minimum time delay in
-		  nanoseconds inserted between two consecutive data frames.
+- st,spi-midi-ns: Only for STM32H7, (Master Inter-Data Idleness) minimum time
+		  delay in nanoseconds inserted between two consecutive data
+		  frames.
 
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-uniphier.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-uniphier.txt
index 504a4ecfc7b1..e1201573a29a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-uniphier.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-uniphier.txt
@@ -7,8 +7,11 @@ Required properties:
  - reg: address and length of the spi master registers
  - #address-cells: must be <1>, see spi-bus.txt
  - #size-cells: must be <0>, see spi-bus.txt
- - clocks: A phandle to the clock for the device.
- - resets: A phandle to the reset control for the device.
+ - interrupts: a single interrupt specifier
+ - pinctrl-names: should be "default"
+ - pinctrl-0: pin control state for the default mode
+ - clocks: a phandle to the clock for the device
+ - resets: a phandle to the reset control for the device
 
 Example:
 
@@ -17,6 +20,9 @@ spi0: spi@54006000 {
 	reg = <0x54006000 0x100>;
 	#address-cells = <1>;
 	#size-cells = <0>;
+	interrupts = <0 39 4>;
+	pinctrl-names = "default";
+	pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_spi0>;
 	clocks = <&peri_clk 11>;
 	resets = <&peri_rst 11>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-zynq-qspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-zynq-qspi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..16b734ad3102
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-zynq-qspi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Xilinx Zynq QSPI controller Device Tree Bindings
+-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible		: Should be "xlnx,zynq-qspi-1.0".
+- reg			: Physical base address and size of QSPI registers map.
+- interrupts		: Property with a value describing the interrupt
+			  number.
+- clock-names		: List of input clock names - "ref_clk", "pclk"
+			  (See clock bindings for details).
+- clocks		: Clock phandles (see clock bindings for details).
+
+Optional properties:
+- num-cs		: Number of chip selects used.
+
+Example:
+	qspi: spi@e000d000 {
+		compatible = "xlnx,zynq-qspi-1.0";
+		reg = <0xe000d000 0x1000>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+		interrupts = <0 19 4>;
+		clock-names = "ref_clk", "pclk";
+		clocks = <&clkc 10>, <&clkc 43>;
+		num-cs = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/milbeaut-smp-sram.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/milbeaut-smp-sram.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..194f6a3c1c1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/milbeaut-smp-sram.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+Milbeaut SRAM for smp bringup
+
+Milbeaut SoCs use a part of the sram for the bringup of the secondary cores.
+Once they get powered up in the bootloader, they stay at the specific part
+of the sram.
+Therefore the part needs to be added as the sub-node of mmio-sram.
+
+Required sub-node properties:
+- compatible : should be "socionext,milbeaut-smp-sram"
+
+Example:
+
+        sram: sram@0 {
+                compatible = "mmio-sram";
+                reg = <0x0 0x10000>;
+                #address-cells = <1>;
+                #size-cells = <1>;
+                ranges = <0 0x0 0x10000>;
+
+                smp-sram@f100 {
+                        compatible = "socionext,milbeaut-smp-sram";
+                        reg = <0xf100 0x20>;
+                };
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sunxi-sram.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sunxi-sram.txt
index c51ade86578c..380246a805f2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sunxi-sram.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sunxi-sram.txt
@@ -18,6 +18,9 @@ Required properties:
     - "allwinner,sun8i-h3-system-control"
     - "allwinner,sun50i-a64-sram-controller" (deprecated)
     - "allwinner,sun50i-a64-system-control"
+    - "allwinner,sun50i-h5-system-control"
+    - "allwinner,sun50i-h6-system-control", "allwinner,sun50i-a64-system-control"
+    - "allwinner,suniv-f1c100s-system-control", "allwinner,sun4i-a10-system-control"
 - reg : sram controller register offset + length
 
 SRAM nodes
@@ -53,6 +56,17 @@ The valid sections compatible for H3 are:
 
 The valid sections compatible for A64 are:
     - allwinner,sun50i-a64-sram-c
+    - allwinner,sun50i-a64-sram-c1, allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-c1
+
+The valid sections compatible for H5 are:
+    - allwinner,sun50i-h5-sram-c1, allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-c1
+
+The valid sections compatible for H6 are:
+    - allwinner,sun50i-h6-sram-c, allwinner,sun50i-a64-sram-c
+    - allwinner,sun50i-h6-sram-c1, allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-c1
+
+The valid sections compatible for F1C100s are:
+    - allwinner,suniv-f1c100s-sram-d, allwinner,sun4i-a10-sram-d
 
 Devices using SRAM sections
 ---------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/brcm,sr-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/brcm,sr-thermal.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3ab330219d45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/brcm,sr-thermal.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+* Broadcom Stingray Thermal
+
+This binding describes thermal sensors that is part of Stingray SoCs.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Must be "brcm,sr-thermal"
+- reg : Memory where tmon data will be available.
+- brcm,tmon-mask: A one cell bit mask of valid TMON sources.
+                  Each bit represents single TMON source.
+- #thermal-sensor-cells : Thermal sensor phandler
+- polling-delay: Max number of milliseconds to wait between polls.
+- thermal-sensors: A list of thermal sensor phandles and specifier.
+                   specifier value is tmon ID and it should be
+                   in correspond with brcm,tmon-mask.
+- temperature: trip temperature threshold in millicelsius.
+
+Example:
+	tmons {
+		compatible = "simple-bus";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		ranges = <0x0 0x0 0x8f100000 0x100>;
+
+		tmon: tmon@0 {
+			compatible = "brcm,sr-thermal";
+			reg = <0x0 0x40>;
+			brcm,tmon-mask = <0x3f>;
+			#thermal-sensor-cells = <1>;
+		};
+	};
+
+	thermal-zones {
+		ihost0_thermal: ihost0-thermal {
+			polling-delay-passive = <0>;
+			polling-delay = <1000>;
+			thermal-sensors = <&tmon 0>;
+			trips {
+				cpu-crit {
+					temperature = <105000>;
+					hysteresis = <0>;
+					type = "critical";
+				};
+			};
+		};
+		ihost1_thermal: ihost1-thermal {
+			polling-delay-passive = <0>;
+			polling-delay = <1000>;
+			thermal-sensors = <&tmon 1>;
+			trips {
+				cpu-crit {
+					temperature = <105000>;
+					hysteresis = <0>;
+					type = "critical";
+				};
+			};
+		};
+		ihost2_thermal: ihost2-thermal {
+			polling-delay-passive = <0>;
+			polling-delay = <1000>;
+			thermal-sensors = <&tmon 2>;
+			trips {
+				cpu-crit {
+					temperature = <105000>;
+					hysteresis = <0>;
+					type = "critical";
+				};
+			};
+		};
+		ihost3_thermal: ihost3-thermal {
+			polling-delay-passive = <0>;
+			polling-delay = <1000>;
+			thermal-sensors = <&tmon 3>;
+			trips {
+				cpu-crit {
+					temperature = <105000>;
+					hysteresis = <0>;
+					type = "critical";
+				};
+			};
+		};
+		crmu_thermal: crmu-thermal {
+			polling-delay-passive = <0>;
+			polling-delay = <1000>;
+			thermal-sensors = <&tmon 4>;
+			trips {
+				cpu-crit {
+					temperature = <105000>;
+					hysteresis = <0>;
+					type = "critical";
+				};
+			};
+		};
+		nitro_thermal: nitro-thermal {
+			polling-delay-passive = <0>;
+			polling-delay = <1000>;
+			thermal-sensors = <&tmon 5>;
+			trips {
+				cpu-crit {
+					temperature = <105000>;
+					hysteresis = <0>;
+					type = "critical";
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/mediatek-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/mediatek-thermal.txt
index 41d6a443ad66..f8d7831f3974 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/mediatek-thermal.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/mediatek-thermal.txt
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ Required properties:
   - "mediatek,mt2701-thermal" : For MT2701 family of SoCs
   - "mediatek,mt2712-thermal" : For MT2712 family of SoCs
   - "mediatek,mt7622-thermal" : For MT7622 SoC
+  - "mediatek,mt8183-thermal" : For MT8183 family of SoCs
 - reg: Address range of the thermal controller
 - interrupts: IRQ for the thermal controller
 - clocks, clock-names: Clocks needed for the thermal controller. required
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/nvidia,tegra186-bpmp-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/nvidia,tegra186-bpmp-thermal.txt
index 276387dd6815..e17c07be270b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/nvidia,tegra186-bpmp-thermal.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/nvidia,tegra186-bpmp-thermal.txt
@@ -15,7 +15,8 @@ Required properties:
 - compatible:
     Array of strings.
     One of:
-    - "nvidia,tegra186-bpmp-thermal".
+    - "nvidia,tegra186-bpmp-thermal"
+    - "nvidia,tegra194-bpmp-thermal"
 - #thermal-sensor-cells: Cell for sensor index.
     Single-cell integer.
     Must be <1>.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-temp-alarm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-temp-alarm.txt
index 290ec06fa33a..0273a92a2a84 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-temp-alarm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qcom-spmi-temp-alarm.txt
@@ -6,8 +6,7 @@ interrupt signal and status register to identify high PMIC die temperature.
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible:      Should contain "qcom,spmi-temp-alarm".
-- reg:             Specifies the SPMI address and length of the controller's
-                   registers.
+- reg:             Specifies the SPMI address.
 - interrupts:      PMIC temperature alarm interrupt.
 - #thermal-sensor-cells: Should be 0. See thermal.txt for a description.
 
@@ -20,7 +19,7 @@ Example:
 
 	pm8941_temp: thermal-alarm@2400 {
 		compatible = "qcom,spmi-temp-alarm";
-		reg = <0x2400 0x100>;
+		reg = <0x2400>;
 		interrupts = <0 0x24 0 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
 		#thermal-sensor-cells = <0>;
 
@@ -36,19 +35,14 @@ Example:
 			thermal-sensors = <&pm8941_temp>;
 
 			trips {
-				passive {
-					temperature = <1050000>;
+				stage1 {
+					temperature = <105000>;
 					hysteresis = <2000>;
 					type = "passive";
 				};
-				alert {
+				stage2 {
 					temperature = <125000>;
 					hysteresis = <2000>;
-					type = "hot";
-				};
-				crit {
-					temperature = <145000>;
-					hysteresis = <2000>;
 					type = "critical";
 				};
 			};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qoriq-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qoriq-thermal.txt
index 20ca4ef9d776..04cbb90a5d3e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qoriq-thermal.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/qoriq-thermal.txt
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 * Thermal Monitoring Unit (TMU) on Freescale QorIQ SoCs
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible : Must include "fsl,qoriq-tmu". The version of the device is
-	determined by the TMU IP Block Revision Register (IPBRR0) at
-	offset 0x0BF8.
+- compatible : Must include "fsl,qoriq-tmu" or "fsl,imx8mq-tmu". The
+	version of the device is determined by the TMU IP Block Revision
+	Register (IPBRR0) at offset 0x0BF8.
 	Table of correspondences between IPBRR0 values and example  chips:
 		Value           Device
 		----------      -----
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-gen3-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-gen3-thermal.txt
index cfa154bb0fa7..b6ab60f6abbf 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-gen3-thermal.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-gen3-thermal.txt
@@ -7,9 +7,11 @@ inside the LSI.
 Required properties:
 - compatible		: "renesas,<soctype>-thermal",
 			  Examples with soctypes are:
+			    - "renesas,r8a774a1-thermal" (RZ/G2M)
 			    - "renesas,r8a7795-thermal" (R-Car H3)
 			    - "renesas,r8a7796-thermal" (R-Car M3-W)
 			    - "renesas,r8a77965-thermal" (R-Car M3-N)
+			    - "renesas,r8a77980-thermal" (R-Car V3H)
 - reg			: Address ranges of the thermal registers. Each sensor
 			  needs one address range. Sorting must be done in
 			  increasing order according to datasheet, i.e.
@@ -19,7 +21,7 @@ Required properties:
 
 Optional properties:
 
-- interrupts           : interrupts routed to the TSC (3 for H3, M3-W and M3-N)
+- interrupts		: interrupts routed to the TSC (must be 3).
 - power-domain		: Must contain a reference to the power domain. This
 			  property is mandatory if the thermal sensor instance
 			  is part of a controllable power domain.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt
index 67c563f1b4c4..196112d23b1e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt
@@ -4,15 +4,19 @@ Required properties:
 - compatible		: "renesas,thermal-<soctype>",
 			   "renesas,rcar-gen2-thermal" (with thermal-zone) or
 			   "renesas,rcar-thermal" (without thermal-zone) as
-                           fallback except R-Car D3.
+                           fallback except R-Car V3M/E3/D3 and RZ/G2E.
 			  Examples with soctypes are:
 			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile APE6)
 			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a7743" (RZ/G1M)
+			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a7744" (RZ/G1N)
+			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a774c0" (RZ/G2E)
 			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a7779" (R-Car H1)
 			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a7790" (R-Car H2)
 			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a7791" (R-Car M2-W)
 			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a7792" (R-Car V2H)
 			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a7793" (R-Car M2-N)
+			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a77970" (R-Car V3M)
+			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a77990" (R-Car E3)
 			    - "renesas,thermal-r8a77995" (R-Car D3)
 - reg			: Address range of the thermal registers.
 			  The 1st reg will be recognized as common register
@@ -21,7 +25,7 @@ Required properties:
 Option properties:
 
 - interrupts		: If present should contain 3 interrupts for
-                          R-Car D3 or 1 interrupt otherwise.
+                          R-Car V3M/E3/D3 and RZ/G2E or 1 interrupt otherwise.
 
 Example (non interrupt support):
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/stm32-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/stm32-thermal.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8c0d5a4d8031
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/stm32-thermal.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+Binding for Thermal Sensor for STMicroelectronics STM32 series of SoCs.
+
+On STM32 SoCs, the Digital Temperature Sensor (DTS) is in charge of managing an
+analog block which delivers a frequency depending on the internal SoC's
+temperature. By using a reference frequency, DTS is able to provide a sample
+number which can be translated into a temperature by the user.
+
+DTS provides interrupt notification mechanism by threshold. This mechanism
+offers two temperature trip points: passive and critical. The first is intended
+for passive cooling notification while the second is used for over-temperature
+reset.
+
+Required parameters:
+-------------------
+
+compatible: 	Should be "st,stm32-thermal"
+reg: 		This should be the physical base address and length of the
+		sensor's registers.
+clocks: 	Phandle of the clock used by the thermal sensor.
+		  See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+clock-names: 	Should be "pclk" for register access clock and reference clock.
+		  See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/resource-names.txt
+#thermal-sensor-cells: Should be 0. See ./thermal.txt for a description.
+interrupts:	Standard way to define interrupt number.
+
+Example:
+
+	thermal-zones {
+		cpu_thermal: cpu-thermal {
+			polling-delay-passive = <0>;
+			polling-delay = <0>;
+
+			thermal-sensors = <&thermal>;
+
+			trips {
+				cpu_alert1: cpu-alert1 {
+					temperature = <85000>;
+					hysteresis = <0>;
+					type = "passive";
+				};
+
+				cpu-crit: cpu-crit {
+					temperature = <120000>;
+					hysteresis = <0>;
+					type = "critical";
+				};
+			};
+
+			cooling-maps {
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+	thermal: thermal@50028000 {
+		compatible = "st,stm32-thermal";
+		reg = <0x50028000 0x100>;
+		clocks = <&rcc TMPSENS>;
+		clock-names = "pclk";
+		#thermal-sensor-cells = <0>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 147 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt
index eb7ee91556a5..ca14ba959e0d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Optional property:
   Elem size: one cell	the sensors listed in the thermal-sensors property.
   Elem type: signed	Coefficients defaults to 1, in case this property
 			is not specified. A simple linear polynomial is used:
-			Z = c0 * x0 + c1 + x1 + ... + c(n-1) * x(n-1) + cn.
+			Z = c0 * x0 + c1 * x1 + ... + c(n-1) * x(n-1) + cn.
 
 			The coefficients are ordered and they match with sensors
 			by means of sensor ID. Additional coefficients are
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/amlogic,meson6-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/amlogic,meson6-timer.txt
index a092053f7902..a9da22bda912 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/amlogic,meson6-timer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/amlogic,meson6-timer.txt
@@ -4,12 +4,19 @@ Required properties:
 
 - compatible : should be "amlogic,meson6-timer"
 - reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
-- interrupts : The interrupt of the first timer
+- interrupts : The four interrupts, one for each timer event
+- clocks : phandles to the pclk (system clock) and XTAL clocks
+- clock-names : must contain "pclk" and "xtal"
 
 Example:
 
 timer@c1109940 {
 	compatible = "amlogic,meson6-timer";
 	reg = <0xc1109940 0x14>;
-	interrupts = <0 10 1>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 10 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 11 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 6 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 29 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+	clocks = <&xtal>, <&clk81>;
+	clock-names = "xtal", "pclk";
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/arm,arch_timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/arm,arch_timer.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 68301b77e854..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/arm,arch_timer.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-* ARM architected timer
-
-ARM cores may have a per-core architected timer, which provides per-cpu timers,
-or a memory mapped architected timer, which provides up to 8 frames with a
-physical and optional virtual timer per frame.
-
-The per-core architected timer is attached to a GIC to deliver its
-per-processor interrupts via PPIs. The memory mapped timer is attached to a GIC
-to deliver its interrupts via SPIs.
-
-** CP15 Timer node properties:
-
-- compatible : Should at least contain one of
-	"arm,armv7-timer"
-	"arm,armv8-timer"
-
-- interrupts : Interrupt list for secure, non-secure, virtual and
-  hypervisor timers, in that order.
-
-- clock-frequency : The frequency of the main counter, in Hz. Should be present
-  only where necessary to work around broken firmware which does not configure
-  CNTFRQ on all CPUs to a uniform correct value. Use of this property is
-  strongly discouraged; fix your firmware unless absolutely impossible.
-
-- always-on : a boolean property. If present, the timer is powered through an
-  always-on power domain, therefore it never loses context.
-
-- fsl,erratum-a008585 : A boolean property. Indicates the presence of
-  QorIQ erratum A-008585, which says that reading the counter is
-  unreliable unless the same value is returned by back-to-back reads.
-  This also affects writes to the tval register, due to the implicit
-  counter read.
-
-- hisilicon,erratum-161010101 : A boolean property. Indicates the
-  presence of Hisilicon erratum 161010101, which says that reading the
-  counters is unreliable in some cases, and reads may return a value 32
-  beyond the correct value. This also affects writes to the tval
-  registers, due to the implicit counter read.
-
-** Optional properties:
-
-- arm,cpu-registers-not-fw-configured : Firmware does not initialize
-  any of the generic timer CPU registers, which contain their
-  architecturally-defined reset values. Only supported for 32-bit
-  systems which follow the ARMv7 architected reset values.
-
-- arm,no-tick-in-suspend : The main counter does not tick when the system is in
-  low-power system suspend on some SoCs. This behavior does not match the
-  Architecture Reference Manual's specification that the system counter "must
-  be implemented in an always-on power domain."
-
-
-Example:
-
-	timer {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15-timer",
-			     "arm,armv7-timer";
-		interrupts = <1 13 0xf08>,
-			     <1 14 0xf08>,
-			     <1 11 0xf08>,
-			     <1 10 0xf08>;
-		clock-frequency = <100000000>;
-	};
-
-** Memory mapped timer node properties:
-
-- compatible : Should at least contain "arm,armv7-timer-mem".
-
-- clock-frequency : The frequency of the main counter, in Hz. Should be present
-  only when firmware has not configured the MMIO CNTFRQ registers.
-
-- reg : The control frame base address.
-
-Note that #address-cells, #size-cells, and ranges shall be present to ensure
-the CPU can address a frame's registers.
-
-A timer node has up to 8 frame sub-nodes, each with the following properties:
-
-- frame-number: 0 to 7.
-
-- interrupts : Interrupt list for physical and virtual timers in that order.
-  The virtual timer interrupt is optional.
-
-- reg : The first and second view base addresses in that order. The second view
-  base address is optional.
-
-- status : "disabled" indicates the frame is not available for use. Optional.
-
-Example:
-
-	timer@f0000000 {
-		compatible = "arm,armv7-timer-mem";
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		#size-cells = <1>;
-		ranges;
-		reg = <0xf0000000 0x1000>;
-		clock-frequency = <50000000>;
-
-		frame@f0001000 {
-			frame-number = <0>
-			interrupts = <0 13 0x8>,
-				     <0 14 0x8>;
-			reg = <0xf0001000 0x1000>,
-			      <0xf0002000 0x1000>;
-		};
-
-		frame@f0003000 {
-			frame-number = <1>
-			interrupts = <0 15 0x8>;
-			reg = <0xf0003000 0x1000>;
-		};
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/arm,arch_timer.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/arm,arch_timer.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6deead07728e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/arm,arch_timer.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/timer/arm,arch_timer.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: ARM architected timer
+
+maintainers:
+  - Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
+  - Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
+description: |+
+  ARM cores may have a per-core architected timer, which provides per-cpu timers,
+  or a memory mapped architected timer, which provides up to 8 frames with a
+  physical and optional virtual timer per frame.
+
+  The per-core architected timer is attached to a GIC to deliver its
+  per-processor interrupts via PPIs. The memory mapped timer is attached to a GIC
+  to deliver its interrupts via SPIs.
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    oneOf:
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - arm,cortex-a15-timer
+          - enum:
+              - arm,armv7-timer
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+            - arm,armv7-timer
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+            - arm,armv8-timer
+
+  interrupts:
+    items:
+      - description: secure timer irq
+      - description: non-secure timer irq
+      - description: virtual timer irq
+      - description: hypervisor timer irq
+
+  clock-frequency:
+    description: The frequency of the main counter, in Hz. Should be present
+      only where necessary to work around broken firmware which does not configure
+      CNTFRQ on all CPUs to a uniform correct value. Use of this property is
+      strongly discouraged; fix your firmware unless absolutely impossible.
+
+  always-on:
+    type: boolean
+    description: If present, the timer is powered through an always-on power
+      domain, therefore it never loses context.
+
+  fsl,erratum-a008585:
+    type: boolean
+    description: Indicates the presence of QorIQ erratum A-008585, which says
+      that reading the counter is unreliable unless the same value is returned
+      by back-to-back reads. This also affects writes to the tval register, due
+      to the implicit counter read.
+
+  hisilicon,erratum-161010101:
+    type: boolean
+    description: Indicates the presence of Hisilicon erratum 161010101, which
+      says that reading the counters is unreliable in some cases, and reads may
+      return a value 32 beyond the correct value. This also affects writes to
+      the tval registers, due to the implicit counter read.
+
+  arm,cpu-registers-not-fw-configured:
+    type: boolean
+    description: Firmware does not initialize any of the generic timer CPU
+      registers, which contain their architecturally-defined reset values. Only
+      supported for 32-bit systems which follow the ARMv7 architected reset
+      values.
+
+  arm,no-tick-in-suspend:
+    type: boolean
+    description: The main counter does not tick when the system is in
+      low-power system suspend on some SoCs. This behavior does not match the
+      Architecture Reference Manual's specification that the system counter "must
+      be implemented in an always-on power domain."
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+
+oneOf:
+  - required:
+      - interrupts
+  - required:
+      - interrupts-extended
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    timer {
+      compatible = "arm,cortex-a15-timer",
+             "arm,armv7-timer";
+      interrupts = <1 13 0xf08>,
+             <1 14 0xf08>,
+             <1 11 0xf08>,
+             <1 10 0xf08>;
+      clock-frequency = <100000000>;
+    };
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/arm,arch_timer_mmio.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/arm,arch_timer_mmio.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c4ab59550fc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/arm,arch_timer_mmio.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/timer/arm,arch_timer_mmio.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: ARM memory mapped architected timer
+
+maintainers:
+  - Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
+  - Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
+
+description: |+
+  ARM cores may have a memory mapped architected timer, which provides up to 8
+  frames with a physical and optional virtual timer per frame.
+
+  The memory mapped timer is attached to a GIC to deliver its interrupts via SPIs.
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    items:
+      - enum:
+        - arm,armv7-timer-mem
+
+  reg:
+    maxItems: 1
+    description: The control frame base address
+
+  '#address-cells':
+    enum: [1, 2]
+
+  '#size-cells':
+    const: 1
+
+  clock-frequency:
+    description: The frequency of the main counter, in Hz. Should be present
+      only where necessary to work around broken firmware which does not configure
+      CNTFRQ on all CPUs to a uniform correct value. Use of this property is
+      strongly discouraged; fix your firmware unless absolutely impossible.
+
+  always-on:
+    type: boolean
+    description: If present, the timer is powered through an always-on power
+      domain, therefore it never loses context.
+
+  arm,cpu-registers-not-fw-configured:
+    type: boolean
+    description: Firmware does not initialize any of the generic timer CPU
+      registers, which contain their architecturally-defined reset values. Only
+      supported for 32-bit systems which follow the ARMv7 architected reset
+      values.
+
+  arm,no-tick-in-suspend:
+    type: boolean
+    description: The main counter does not tick when the system is in
+      low-power system suspend on some SoCs. This behavior does not match the
+      Architecture Reference Manual's specification that the system counter "must
+      be implemented in an always-on power domain."
+
+patternProperties:
+  '^frame@[0-9a-z]*$':
+    description: A timer node has up to 8 frame sub-nodes, each with the following properties.
+    properties:
+      frame-number:
+        allOf:
+          - $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32"
+          - minimum: 0
+            maximum: 7
+
+      interrupts:
+        minItems: 1
+        maxItems: 2
+        items:
+          - description: physical timer irq
+          - description: virtual timer irq
+
+      reg :
+        minItems: 1
+        maxItems: 2
+        items:
+          - description: 1st view base address
+          - description: 2nd optional view base address
+
+    required:
+      - frame-number
+      - interrupts
+      - reg
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - reg
+  - '#address-cells'
+  - '#size-cells'
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    timer@f0000000 {
+      compatible = "arm,armv7-timer-mem";
+      #address-cells = <1>;
+      #size-cells = <1>;
+      ranges;
+      reg = <0xf0000000 0x1000>;
+      clock-frequency = <50000000>;
+
+      frame@f0001000 {
+        frame-number = <0>;
+        interrupts = <0 13 0x8>,
+               <0 14 0x8>;
+        reg = <0xf0001000 0x1000>,
+              <0xf0002000 0x1000>;
+      };
+
+      frame@f0003000 {
+        frame-number = <1>;
+        interrupts = <0 15 0x8>;
+        reg = <0xf0003000 0x1000>;
+      };
+    };
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/arm,global_timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/arm,global_timer.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index bdae3a818793..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/arm,global_timer.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-
-* ARM Global Timer
-	Cortex-A9 are often associated with a per-core Global timer.
-
-** Timer node required properties:
-
-- compatible : should contain
-	     * "arm,cortex-a5-global-timer" for Cortex-A5 global timers.
-	     * "arm,cortex-a9-global-timer" for Cortex-A9 global
-	         timers or any compatible implementation. Note: driver
-	         supports versions r2p0 and above.
-
-- interrupts : One interrupt to each core
-
-- reg : Specify the base address and the size of the GT timer
-	register window.
-
-- clocks : Should be phandle to a clock.
-
-Example:
-
-	timer@2c000600 {
-		compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-global-timer";
-		reg = <0x2c000600 0x20>;
-		interrupts = <1 13 0xf01>;
-		clocks = <&arm_periph_clk>;
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/arm,global_timer.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/arm,global_timer.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..21c24a8e28fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/arm,global_timer.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/timer/arm,global_timer.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: ARM Global Timer
+
+maintainers:
+  - Stuart Menefy <stuart.menefy@st.com>
+
+description:
+  Cortex-A9 are often associated with a per-core Global timer.
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    items:
+      - enum:
+          - arm,cortex-a5-global-timer
+          - arm,cortex-a9-global-timer
+
+    description: driver supports versions r2p0 and above.
+
+  reg:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  interrupts:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  clocks:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - reg
+  - clocks
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    timer@2c000600 {
+      compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-global-timer";
+      reg = <0x2c000600 0x20>;
+      interrupts = <1 13 0xf01>;
+      clocks = <&arm_periph_clk>;
+    };
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/csky,gx6605s-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/csky,gx6605s-timer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6b04344f4bea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/csky,gx6605s-timer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+=================
+gx6605s SOC Timer
+=================
+
+The timer is used in gx6605s soc as system timer and the driver
+contain clk event and clk source.
+
+==============================
+timer node bindings definition
+==============================
+
+	Description: Describes gx6605s SOC timer
+
+	PROPERTIES
+
+	- compatible
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <string>
+		Definition: must be "csky,gx6605s-timer"
+	- reg
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <u32 u32>
+		Definition: <phyaddr size> in soc from cpu view
+	- clocks
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: phandle + clock specifier cells
+		Definition: must be input clk node
+	- interrupt
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <u32>
+		Definition: must be timer irq num defined by soc
+
+Examples:
+---------
+
+	timer0: timer@20a000 {
+		compatible = "csky,gx6605s-timer";
+		reg = <0x0020a000 0x400>;
+		clocks = <&dummy_apb_clk>;
+		interrupts = <10>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/csky,mptimer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/csky,mptimer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..15cfec08fbb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/csky,mptimer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+============================
+C-SKY Multi-processors Timer
+============================
+
+C-SKY multi-processors timer is designed for C-SKY SMP system and the
+regs is accessed by cpu co-processor 4 registers with mtcr/mfcr.
+
+ - PTIM_CTLR "cr<0, 14>" Control reg to start reset timer.
+ - PTIM_TSR  "cr<1, 14>" Interrupt cleanup status reg.
+ - PTIM_CCVR "cr<3, 14>" Current counter value reg.
+ - PTIM_LVR  "cr<6, 14>" Window value reg to triger next event.
+
+==============================
+timer node bindings definition
+==============================
+
+	Description: Describes SMP timer
+
+	PROPERTIES
+
+	- compatible
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <string>
+		Definition: must be "csky,mptimer"
+	- clocks
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <node>
+		Definition: must be input clk node
+	- interrupts
+		Usage: required
+		Value type: <u32>
+		Definition: must be timer irq num defined by soc
+
+Examples:
+---------
+
+	timer: timer {
+		compatible = "csky,mptimer";
+		clocks = <&dummy_apb_clk>;
+		interrupts = <16>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/fsl,imxgpt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/fsl,imxgpt.txt
index 9809b11f7180..5d8fd5b52598 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/fsl,imxgpt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/fsl,imxgpt.txt
@@ -2,17 +2,44 @@ Freescale i.MX General Purpose Timer (GPT)
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible : should be "fsl,<soc>-gpt"
-- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
-- interrupts : A list of 4 interrupts; one per timer channel.
-- clocks : The clocks provided by the SoC to drive the timer.
+- compatible : should be one of following:
+  for i.MX1:
+  - "fsl,imx1-gpt";
+  for i.MX21:
+  - "fsl,imx21-gpt";
+  for i.MX27:
+  - "fsl,imx27-gpt", "fsl,imx21-gpt";
+  for i.MX31:
+  - "fsl,imx31-gpt";
+  for i.MX25:
+  - "fsl,imx25-gpt", "fsl,imx31-gpt";
+  for i.MX50:
+  - "fsl,imx50-gpt", "fsl,imx31-gpt";
+  for i.MX51:
+  - "fsl,imx51-gpt", "fsl,imx31-gpt";
+  for i.MX53:
+  - "fsl,imx53-gpt", "fsl,imx31-gpt";
+  for i.MX6Q:
+  - "fsl,imx6q-gpt", "fsl,imx31-gpt";
+  for i.MX6DL:
+  - "fsl,imx6dl-gpt";
+  for i.MX6SL:
+  - "fsl,imx6sl-gpt", "fsl,imx6dl-gpt";
+  for i.MX6SX:
+  - "fsl,imx6sx-gpt", "fsl,imx6dl-gpt";
+- reg : specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
+- interrupts : should be the gpt interrupt.
+- clocks : the clocks provided by the SoC to drive the timer, must contain
+           an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+- clock-names : must include "ipg" entry first, then "per" entry.
 
 Example:
 
 gpt1: timer@10003000 {
-	compatible = "fsl,imx27-gpt", "fsl,imx1-gpt";
+	compatible = "fsl,imx27-gpt", "fsl,imx21-gpt";
 	reg = <0x10003000 0x1000>;
 	interrupts = <26>;
-	clocks = <&clks 46>, <&clks 61>;
+	clocks = <&clks IMX27_CLK_GPT1_IPG_GATE>,
+		 <&clks IMX27_CLK_PER1_GATE>;
 	clock-names = "ipg", "per";
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/mediatek,mtk-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/mediatek,mtk-timer.txt
index 18d4d0166c76..ff7c567a7972 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/mediatek,mtk-timer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/mediatek,mtk-timer.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-Mediatek Timers
+MediaTek Timers
 ---------------
 
-Mediatek SoCs have two different timers on different platforms,
+MediaTek SoCs have two different timers on different platforms,
 - GPT (General Purpose Timer)
 - SYST (System Timer)
 
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ The proper timer will be selected automatically by driver.
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible should contain:
+	For those SoCs that use GPT
 	* "mediatek,mt2701-timer" for MT2701 compatible timers (GPT)
 	* "mediatek,mt6580-timer" for MT6580 compatible timers (GPT)
 	* "mediatek,mt6589-timer" for MT6589 compatible timers (GPT)
@@ -17,7 +18,11 @@ Required properties:
 	* "mediatek,mt8135-timer" for MT8135 compatible timers (GPT)
 	* "mediatek,mt8173-timer" for MT8173 compatible timers (GPT)
 	* "mediatek,mt6577-timer" for MT6577 and all above compatible timers (GPT)
-	* "mediatek,mt6765-timer" for MT6765 compatible timers (SYST)
+
+	For those SoCs that use SYST
+	* "mediatek,mt7629-timer" for MT7629 compatible timers (SYST)
+	* "mediatek,mt6765-timer" for MT6765 and all above compatible timers (SYST)
+
 - reg: Should contain location and length for timer register.
 - clocks: Should contain system clock.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/mrvl,mmp-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/mrvl,mmp-timer.txt
index 9a6e251462e7..b8f02c663521 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/mrvl,mmp-timer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/mrvl,mmp-timer.txt
@@ -5,9 +5,13 @@ Required properties:
 - reg : Address and length of the register set of timer controller.
 - interrupts : Should be the interrupt number.
 
+Optional properties:
+- clocks : Should contain a single entry describing the clock input.
+
 Example:
 	timer0: timer@d4014000 {
 		compatible = "mrvl,mmp-timer";
 		reg = <0xd4014000 0x100>;
 		interrupts = <13>;
+		clocks = <&coreclk 2>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra210-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra210-timer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..032cda96fe0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra210-timer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra210 timer
+
+The Tegra210 timer provides fourteen 29-bit timer counters and one 32-bit
+timestamp counter. The TMRs run at either a fixed 1 MHz clock rate derived
+from the oscillator clock (TMR0-TMR9) or directly at the oscillator clock
+(TMR10-TMR13). Each TMR can be programmed to generate one-shot, periodic,
+or watchdog interrupts.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "nvidia,tegra210-timer".
+- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
+- interrupts : A list of 14 interrupts; one per each timer channels 0 through
+  13.
+- clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
+  See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+
+timer@60005000 {
+	compatible = "nvidia,tegra210-timer";
+	reg = <0x0 0x60005000 0x0 0x400>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 156 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 1 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 41 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 42 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 121 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 152 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 153 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 154 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 155 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 176 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 177 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 178 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 179 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA210_CLK_TIMER>;
+	clock-names = "timer";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/rda,8810pl-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/rda,8810pl-timer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4db542c9a0fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/rda,8810pl-timer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+RDA Micro RDA8810PL Timer
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible      :  "rda,8810pl-timer"
+- reg             :  Offset and length of the register set for the device.
+- interrupts      :  Should contain two interrupts.
+- interrupt-names :  Should be "hwtimer", "ostimer".
+
+Example:
+
+		apb@20900000 {
+			compatible = "simple-bus";
+			...
+			timer@10000 {
+				compatible = "rda,8810pl-timer";
+				reg = <0x10000 0x1000>;
+				interrupts = <16 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+					     <17 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+				interrupt-names = "hwtimer", "ostimer";
+			};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,cmt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,cmt.txt
index b40add2d9bb4..c0594450e9ef 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,cmt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,cmt.txt
@@ -24,8 +24,16 @@ Required Properties:
     - "renesas,r8a73a4-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a73a4.
     - "renesas,r8a7743-cmt0" for the 32-bit CMT0 device included in r8a7743.
     - "renesas,r8a7743-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a7743.
+    - "renesas,r8a7744-cmt0" for the 32-bit CMT0 device included in r8a7744.
+    - "renesas,r8a7744-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a7744.
     - "renesas,r8a7745-cmt0" for the 32-bit CMT0 device included in r8a7745.
     - "renesas,r8a7745-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a7745.
+    - "renesas,r8a77470-cmt0" for the 32-bit CMT0 device included in r8a77470.
+    - "renesas,r8a77470-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a77470.
+    - "renesas,r8a774a1-cmt0" for the 32-bit CMT0 device included in r8a774a1.
+    - "renesas,r8a774a1-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a774a1.
+    - "renesas,r8a774c0-cmt0" for the 32-bit CMT0 device included in r8a774c0.
+    - "renesas,r8a774c0-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a774c0.
     - "renesas,r8a7790-cmt0" for the 32-bit CMT0 device included in r8a7790.
     - "renesas,r8a7790-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a7790.
     - "renesas,r8a7791-cmt0" for the 32-bit CMT0 device included in r8a7791.
@@ -34,6 +42,12 @@ Required Properties:
     - "renesas,r8a7793-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a7793.
     - "renesas,r8a7794-cmt0" for the 32-bit CMT0 device included in r8a7794.
     - "renesas,r8a7794-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a7794.
+    - "renesas,r8a7796-cmt0" for the 32-bit CMT0 device included in r8a7796.
+    - "renesas,r8a7796-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a7796.
+    - "renesas,r8a77970-cmt0" for the 32-bit CMT0 device included in r8a77970.
+    - "renesas,r8a77970-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a77970.
+    - "renesas,r8a77980-cmt0" for the 32-bit CMT0 device included in r8a77980.
+    - "renesas,r8a77980-cmt1" for the 48-bit CMT1 device included in r8a77980.
 
     - "renesas,rcar-gen2-cmt0" for 32-bit CMT0 devices included in R-Car Gen2
 		and RZ/G1.
@@ -41,6 +55,12 @@ Required Properties:
 		and RZ/G1.
 		These are fallbacks for r8a73a4, R-Car Gen2 and RZ/G1 entries
 		listed above.
+    - "renesas,rcar-gen3-cmt0" for 32-bit CMT0 devices included in R-Car Gen3
+		and RZ/G2.
+    - "renesas,rcar-gen3-cmt1" for 48-bit CMT1 devices included in R-Car Gen3
+		and RZ/G2.
+		These are fallbacks for R-Car Gen3 and RZ/G2 entries listed
+		above.
 
   - reg: base address and length of the registers block for the timer module.
   - interrupts: interrupt-specifier for the timer, one per channel.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,ostm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,ostm.txt
index be3ae0fdf775..81a78f8bcf17 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,ostm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,ostm.txt
@@ -9,7 +9,8 @@ Channels are independent from each other.
 Required Properties:
 
   - compatible: must be one or more of the following:
-    - "renesas,r7s72100-ostm" for the r7s72100 OSTM
+    - "renesas,r7s72100-ostm" for the R7S72100 (RZ/A1) OSTM
+    - "renesas,r7s9210-ostm" for the R7S9210 (RZ/A2) OSTM
     - "renesas,ostm" for any OSTM
 		This is a fallback for the above renesas,*-ostm entries
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt
index cd5f20bf2582..13ad07416bdd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt
@@ -10,8 +10,11 @@ Required Properties:
 
   - compatible: must contain one or more of the following:
     - "renesas,tmu-r8a7740" for the r8a7740 TMU
+    - "renesas,tmu-r8a774c0" for the r8a774C0 TMU
     - "renesas,tmu-r8a7778" for the r8a7778 TMU
     - "renesas,tmu-r8a7779" for the r8a7779 TMU
+    - "renesas,tmu-r8a77970" for the r8a77970 TMU
+    - "renesas,tmu-r8a77980" for the r8a77980 TMU
     - "renesas,tmu" for any TMU.
       This is a fallback for the above renesas,tmu-* entries
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/rockchip,rk-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/rockchip,rk-timer.txt
index 16a5f4577a61..d65fdce7c7f0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/rockchip,rk-timer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/rockchip,rk-timer.txt
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ Rockchip rk timer
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible: should be:
+  "rockchip,rv1108-timer", "rockchip,rk3288-timer": for Rockchip RV1108
   "rockchip,rk3036-timer", "rockchip,rk3288-timer": for Rockchip RK3036
   "rockchip,rk3066-timer", "rockchip,rk3288-timer": for Rockchip RK3066
   "rockchip,rk3188-timer", "rockchip,rk3288-timer": for Rockchip RK3188
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/socionext,milbeaut-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/socionext,milbeaut-timer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ac44c4b67530
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/socionext,milbeaut-timer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Milbeaut SoCs Timer Controller
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : should be "socionext,milbeaut-timer".
+- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
+- interrupts : The interrupt of the first timer.
+- clocks: phandle to the input clk.
+
+Example:
+
+timer {
+	compatible = "socionext,milbeaut-timer";
+	reg = <0x1e000050 0x20>
+	interrupts = <0 91 4>;
+	clocks = <&clk 4>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 763a2808a95c..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
-This is a list of trivial i2c devices that have simple device tree
-bindings, consisting only of a compatible field, an address and
-possibly an interrupt line.
-
-If a device needs more specific bindings, such as properties to
-describe some aspect of it, there needs to be a specific binding
-document for it just like any other devices.
-
-
-Compatible		Vendor / Chip
-==========		=============
-abracon,abb5zes3		AB-RTCMC-32.768kHz-B5ZE-S3: Real Time Clock/Calendar Module with I2C Interface
-ad,ad7414		SMBus/I2C Digital Temperature Sensor in 6-Pin SOT with SMBus Alert and Over Temperature Pin
-ad,adm9240		ADM9240:  Complete System Hardware Monitor for uProcessor-Based Systems
-adi,adt7461		+/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
-adt7461			+/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
-adi,adt7473		+/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
-adi,adt7475		+/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
-adi,adt7476		+/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
-adi,adt7490		+/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
-adi,adxl345		Three-Axis Digital Accelerometer
-adi,adxl346		Three-Axis Digital Accelerometer (backward-compatibility value "adi,adxl345" must be listed too)
-ams,iaq-core		AMS iAQ-Core VOC Sensor
-amstaos,tsl2571		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
-amstaos,tsl2671		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
-amstaos,tmd2671		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
-amstaos,tsl2771		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
-amstaos,tmd2771		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
-amstaos,tsl2572		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
-amstaos,tsl2672		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
-amstaos,tmd2672		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
-amstaos,tsl2772		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
-amstaos,tmd2772		AMS/TAOS ALS and proximity sensor
-at,24c08		i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
-atmel,at97sc3204t	i2c trusted platform module (TPM)
-capella,cm32181		CM32181: Ambient Light Sensor
-capella,cm3232		CM3232: Ambient Light Sensor
-cirrus,cs42l51		Cirrus Logic CS42L51 audio codec
-dallas,ds1374		I2C, 32-Bit Binary Counter Watchdog RTC with Trickle Charger and Reset Input/Output
-dallas,ds1631		High-Precision Digital Thermometer
-dallas,ds1672		Dallas DS1672 Real-time Clock
-dallas,ds1682		Total-Elapsed-Time Recorder with Alarm
-dallas,ds1775		Tiny Digital Thermometer and Thermostat
-dallas,ds3232		Extremely Accurate I²C RTC with Integrated Crystal and SRAM
-dallas,ds4510		CPU Supervisor with Nonvolatile Memory and Programmable I/O
-dallas,ds75		Digital Thermometer and Thermostat
-devantech,srf02		Devantech SRF02 ultrasonic ranger in I2C mode
-devantech,srf08		Devantech SRF08 ultrasonic ranger
-devantech,srf10		Devantech SRF10 ultrasonic ranger
-dlg,da9053		DA9053: flexible system level PMIC with multicore support
-dlg,da9063		DA9063: system PMIC for quad-core application processors
-domintech,dmard09	DMARD09: 3-axis Accelerometer
-domintech,dmard10	DMARD10: 3-axis Accelerometer
-epson,rx8010		I2C-BUS INTERFACE REAL TIME CLOCK MODULE
-epson,rx8581		I2C-BUS INTERFACE REAL TIME CLOCK MODULE
-emmicro,em3027		EM Microelectronic EM3027 Real-time Clock
-fsl,mag3110		MAG3110: Xtrinsic High Accuracy, 3D Magnetometer
-fsl,mma7660		MMA7660FC: 3-Axis Orientation/Motion Detection Sensor
-fsl,mma8450		MMA8450Q: Xtrinsic Low-power, 3-axis Xtrinsic Accelerometer
-fsl,mpl3115		MPL3115: Absolute Digital Pressure Sensor
-fsl,mpr121		MPR121: Proximity Capacitive Touch Sensor Controller
-fsl,sgtl5000		SGTL5000: Ultra Low-Power Audio Codec
-gmt,g751		G751: Digital Temperature Sensor and Thermal Watchdog with Two-Wire Interface
-infineon,slb9635tt	Infineon SLB9635 (Soft-) I2C TPM (old protocol, max 100khz)
-infineon,slb9645tt	Infineon SLB9645 I2C TPM (new protocol, max 400khz)
-infineon,tlv493d-a1b6	Infineon TLV493D-A1B6 I2C 3D Magnetic Sensor
-isil,isl1208		Intersil ISL1208 Low Power RTC with Battery Backed SRAM
-isil,isl1218		Intersil ISL1218 Low Power RTC with Battery Backed SRAM
-isil,isl12022		Intersil ISL12022 Real-time Clock
-isil,isl29028		Intersil ISL29028 Ambient Light and Proximity Sensor
-isil,isl29030		Intersil ISL29030 Ambient Light and Proximity Sensor
-maxim,ds1050		5 Bit Programmable, Pulse-Width Modulator
-maxim,max1237		Low-Power, 4-/12-Channel, 2-Wire Serial, 12-Bit ADCs
-maxim,max6621		PECI-to-I2C translator for PECI-to-SMBus/I2C protocol conversion
-maxim,max6625		9-Bit/12-Bit Temperature Sensors with I²C-Compatible Serial Interface
-mcube,mc3230		mCube 3-axis 8-bit digital accelerometer
-memsic,mxc6225		MEMSIC 2-axis 8-bit digital accelerometer
-microchip,mcp4017-502	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (5k)
-microchip,mcp4017-103	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (10k)
-microchip,mcp4017-503	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (50k)
-microchip,mcp4017-104	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (100k)
-microchip,mcp4018-502	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (5k)
-microchip,mcp4018-103	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (10k)
-microchip,mcp4018-503	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (50k)
-microchip,mcp4018-104	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (100k)
-microchip,mcp4019-502	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (5k)
-microchip,mcp4019-103	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (10k)
-microchip,mcp4019-503	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (50k)
-microchip,mcp4019-104	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (100k)
-microchip,mcp4531-502	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (5k)
-microchip,mcp4531-103	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (10k)
-microchip,mcp4531-503	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (50k)
-microchip,mcp4531-104	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (100k)
-microchip,mcp4532-502	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (5k)
-microchip,mcp4532-103	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (10k)
-microchip,mcp4532-503	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (50k)
-microchip,mcp4532-104	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (100k)
-microchip,mcp4541-502	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (5k)
-microchip,mcp4541-103	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (10k)
-microchip,mcp4541-503	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (50k)
-microchip,mcp4541-104	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (100k)
-microchip,mcp4542-502	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (5k)
-microchip,mcp4542-103	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (10k)
-microchip,mcp4542-503	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (50k)
-microchip,mcp4542-104	Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (100k)
-microchip,mcp4551-502	Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (5k)
-microchip,mcp4551-103	Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (10k)
-microchip,mcp4551-503	Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (50k)
-microchip,mcp4551-104	Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (100k)
-microchip,mcp4552-502	Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (5k)
-microchip,mcp4552-103	Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (10k)
-microchip,mcp4552-503	Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (50k)
-microchip,mcp4552-104	Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (100k)
-microchip,mcp4561-502	Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (5k)
-microchip,mcp4561-103	Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (10k)
-microchip,mcp4561-503	Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (50k)
-microchip,mcp4561-104	Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (100k)
-microchip,mcp4562-502	Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (5k)
-microchip,mcp4562-103	Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (10k)
-microchip,mcp4562-503	Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (50k)
-microchip,mcp4562-104	Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (100k)
-microchip,mcp4631-502	Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (5k)
-microchip,mcp4631-103	Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (10k)
-microchip,mcp4631-503	Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (50k)
-microchip,mcp4631-104	Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (100k)
-microchip,mcp4632-502	Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (5k)
-microchip,mcp4632-103	Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (10k)
-microchip,mcp4632-503	Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (50k)
-microchip,mcp4632-104	Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (100k)
-microchip,mcp4641-502	Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (5k)
-microchip,mcp4641-103	Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (10k)
-microchip,mcp4641-503	Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (50k)
-microchip,mcp4641-104	Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (100k)
-microchip,mcp4642-502	Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (5k)
-microchip,mcp4642-103	Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (10k)
-microchip,mcp4642-503	Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (50k)
-microchip,mcp4642-104	Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (100k)
-microchip,mcp4651-502	Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (5k)
-microchip,mcp4651-103	Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (10k)
-microchip,mcp4651-503	Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (50k)
-microchip,mcp4651-104	Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (100k)
-microchip,mcp4652-502	Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (5k)
-microchip,mcp4652-103	Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (10k)
-microchip,mcp4652-503	Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (50k)
-microchip,mcp4652-104	Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (100k)
-microchip,mcp4661-502	Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (5k)
-microchip,mcp4661-103	Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (10k)
-microchip,mcp4661-503	Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (50k)
-microchip,mcp4661-104	Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (100k)
-microchip,mcp4662-502	Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (5k)
-microchip,mcp4662-103	Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (10k)
-microchip,mcp4662-503	Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (50k)
-microchip,mcp4662-104	Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (100k)
-microchip,tc654		PWM Fan Speed Controller With Fan Fault Detection
-microchip,tc655		PWM Fan Speed Controller With Fan Fault Detection
-microcrystal,rv3029	Real Time Clock Module with I2C-Bus
-miramems,da226		MiraMEMS DA226 2-axis 14-bit digital accelerometer
-miramems,da280		MiraMEMS DA280 3-axis 14-bit digital accelerometer
-miramems,da311		MiraMEMS DA311 3-axis 12-bit digital accelerometer
-national,lm63		Temperature sensor with integrated fan control
-national,lm75		I2C TEMP SENSOR
-national,lm80		Serial Interface ACPI-Compatible Microprocessor System Hardware Monitor
-national,lm85		Temperature sensor with integrated fan control
-national,lm92		±0.33°C Accurate, 12-Bit + Sign Temperature Sensor and Thermal Window Comparator with Two-Wire Interface
-nuvoton,npct501		i2c trusted platform module (TPM)
-nuvoton,npct601		i2c trusted platform module (TPM2)
-nuvoton,w83773g		Nuvoton Temperature Sensor
-nxp,pca9556		Octal SMBus and I2C registered interface
-nxp,pca9557		8-bit I2C-bus and SMBus I/O port with reset
-nxp,pcf2127		Real-time clock
-nxp,pcf2129		Real-time clock
-nxp,pcf8523		Real-time Clock
-nxp,pcf8563		Real-time clock/calendar
-nxp,pcf85063		Tiny Real-Time Clock
-oki,ml86v7667		OKI ML86V7667 video decoder
-ovti,ov5642		OV5642: Color CMOS QSXGA (5-megapixel) Image Sensor with OmniBSI and Embedded TrueFocus
-pericom,pt7c4338	Real-time Clock Module
-plx,pex8648		48-Lane, 12-Port PCI Express Gen 2 (5.0 GT/s) Switch
-pulsedlight,lidar-lite-v2	Pulsedlight LIDAR range-finding sensor
-ricoh,r2025sd		I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
-ricoh,r2221tl		I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
-ricoh,rs5c372a		I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
-ricoh,rs5c372b		I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
-ricoh,rv5c386		I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
-ricoh,rv5c387a		I2C bus SERIAL INTERFACE REAL-TIME CLOCK IC
-samsung,24ad0xd1	S524AD0XF1 (128K/256K-bit Serial EEPROM for Low Power)
-sgx,vz89x		SGX Sensortech VZ89X Sensors
-sii,s35390a		2-wire CMOS real-time clock
-silabs,si7020		Relative Humidity and Temperature Sensors
-skyworks,sky81452	Skyworks SKY81452: Six-Channel White LED Driver with Touch Panel Bias Supply
-st,24c256		i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
-taos,tsl2550		Ambient Light Sensor with SMBUS/Two Wire Serial Interface
-ti,ads7828		8-Channels, 12-bit ADC
-ti,ads7830		8-Channels, 8-bit ADC
-ti,amc6821		Temperature Monitoring and Fan Control
-ti,tsc2003		I2C Touch-Screen Controller
-ti,tmp102		Low Power Digital Temperature Sensor with SMBUS/Two Wire Serial Interface
-ti,tmp103		Low Power Digital Temperature Sensor with SMBUS/Two Wire Serial Interface
-ti,tmp275		Digital Temperature Sensor
-winbond,w83793		Winbond/Nuvoton H/W Monitor
-winbond,wpct301		i2c trusted platform module (TPM)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d79fb22bde39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/trivial-devices.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Trivial I2C and SPI devices that have simple device tree bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
+
+description: |
+  This is a list of trivial I2C and SPI devices that have simple device tree
+  bindings, consisting only of a compatible field, an address and possibly an
+  interrupt line.
+
+  If a device needs more specific bindings, such as properties to
+  describe some aspect of it, there needs to be a specific binding
+  document for it just like any other devices.
+
+properties:
+  reg:
+    maxItems: 1
+  interrupts:
+    maxItems: 1
+  compatible:
+    items:
+      - enum:
+            # SMBus/I2C Digital Temperature Sensor in 6-Pin SOT with SMBus Alert and Over Temperature Pin
+          - ad,ad7414
+            # ADM9240:  Complete System Hardware Monitor for uProcessor-Based Systems
+          - ad,adm9240
+            # +/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
+          - adi,adt7461
+            # +/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
+          - adt7461
+            # +/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
+          - adi,adt7473
+            # +/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
+          - adi,adt7475
+            # +/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
+          - adi,adt7476
+            # +/-1C TDM Extended Temp Range I.C
+          - adi,adt7490
+            # Three-Axis Digital Accelerometer
+          - adi,adxl345
+            # Three-Axis Digital Accelerometer (backward-compatibility value "adi,adxl345" must be listed too)
+          - adi,adxl346
+            # AMS iAQ-Core VOC Sensor
+          - ams,iaq-core
+            # i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
+          - at,24c08
+            # i2c trusted platform module (TPM)
+          - atmel,at97sc3204t
+            # CM32181: Ambient Light Sensor
+          - capella,cm32181
+            # CM3232: Ambient Light Sensor
+          - capella,cm3232
+            # High-Precision Digital Thermometer
+          - dallas,ds1631
+            # Total-Elapsed-Time Recorder with Alarm
+          - dallas,ds1682
+            # Tiny Digital Thermometer and Thermostat
+          - dallas,ds1775
+            # CPU Supervisor with Nonvolatile Memory and Programmable I/O
+          - dallas,ds4510
+            # Digital Thermometer and Thermostat
+          - dallas,ds75
+            # Devantech SRF02 ultrasonic ranger in I2C mode
+          - devantech,srf02
+            # Devantech SRF08 ultrasonic ranger
+          - devantech,srf08
+            # Devantech SRF10 ultrasonic ranger
+          - devantech,srf10
+            # DA9053: flexible system level PMIC with multicore support
+          - dlg,da9053
+            # DA9063: system PMIC for quad-core application processors
+          - dlg,da9063
+            # DMARD09: 3-axis Accelerometer
+          - domintech,dmard09
+            # DMARD10: 3-axis Accelerometer
+          - domintech,dmard10
+            # MMA7660FC: 3-Axis Orientation/Motion Detection Sensor
+          - fsl,mma7660
+            # MMA8450Q: Xtrinsic Low-power, 3-axis Xtrinsic Accelerometer
+          - fsl,mma8450
+            # MPL3115: Absolute Digital Pressure Sensor
+          - fsl,mpl3115
+            # MPR121: Proximity Capacitive Touch Sensor Controller
+          - fsl,mpr121
+            # SGTL5000: Ultra Low-Power Audio Codec
+          - fsl,sgtl5000
+            # G751: Digital Temperature Sensor and Thermal Watchdog with Two-Wire Interface
+          - gmt,g751
+            # Infineon SLB9635 (Soft-) I2C TPM (old protocol, max 100khz)
+          - infineon,slb9635tt
+            # Infineon SLB9645 I2C TPM (new protocol, max 400khz)
+          - infineon,slb9645tt
+            # Infineon TLV493D-A1B6 I2C 3D Magnetic Sensor
+          - infineon,tlv493d-a1b6
+            # Intersil ISL29028 Ambient Light and Proximity Sensor
+          - isil,isl29028
+            # Intersil ISL29030 Ambient Light and Proximity Sensor
+          - isil,isl29030
+            # 5 Bit Programmable, Pulse-Width Modulator
+          - maxim,ds1050
+            # Low-Power, 4-/12-Channel, 2-Wire Serial, 12-Bit ADCs
+          - maxim,max1237
+            # PECI-to-I2C translator for PECI-to-SMBus/I2C protocol conversion
+          - maxim,max6621
+            # 9-Bit/12-Bit Temperature Sensors with I²C-Compatible Serial Interface
+          - maxim,max6625
+            # mCube 3-axis 8-bit digital accelerometer
+          - mcube,mc3230
+            # MEMSIC 2-axis 8-bit digital accelerometer
+          - memsic,mxc6225
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (5k)
+          - microchip,mcp4017-502
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (10k)
+          - microchip,mcp4017-103
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (50k)
+          - microchip,mcp4017-503
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (100k)
+          - microchip,mcp4017-104
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (5k)
+          - microchip,mcp4018-502
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (10k)
+          - microchip,mcp4018-103
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (50k)
+          - microchip,mcp4018-503
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (100k)
+          - microchip,mcp4018-104
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (5k)
+          - microchip,mcp4019-502
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (10k)
+          - microchip,mcp4019-103
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (50k)
+          - microchip,mcp4019-503
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital POT (100k)
+          - microchip,mcp4019-104
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (5k)
+          - microchip,mcp4531-502
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (10k)
+          - microchip,mcp4531-103
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (50k)
+          - microchip,mcp4531-503
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (100k)
+          - microchip,mcp4531-104
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (5k)
+          - microchip,mcp4532-502
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (10k)
+          - microchip,mcp4532-103
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (50k)
+          - microchip,mcp4532-503
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (100k)
+          - microchip,mcp4532-104
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (5k)
+          - microchip,mcp4541-502
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (10k)
+          - microchip,mcp4541-103
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (50k)
+          - microchip,mcp4541-503
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (100k)
+          - microchip,mcp4541-104
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (5k)
+          - microchip,mcp4542-502
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (10k)
+          - microchip,mcp4542-103
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (50k)
+          - microchip,mcp4542-503
+            # Microchip 7-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (100k)
+          - microchip,mcp4542-104
+            # Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (5k)
+          - microchip,mcp4551-502
+            # Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (10k)
+          - microchip,mcp4551-103
+            # Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (50k)
+          - microchip,mcp4551-503
+            # Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (100k)
+          - microchip,mcp4551-104
+            # Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (5k)
+          - microchip,mcp4552-502
+            # Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (10k)
+          - microchip,mcp4552-103
+            # Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (50k)
+          - microchip,mcp4552-503
+            # Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer (100k)
+          - microchip,mcp4552-104
+            # Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (5k)
+          - microchip,mcp4561-502
+            # Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (10k)
+          - microchip,mcp4561-103
+            # Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (50k)
+          - microchip,mcp4561-503
+            # Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (100k)
+          - microchip,mcp4561-104
+            # Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (5k)
+          - microchip,mcp4562-502
+            # Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (10k)
+          - microchip,mcp4562-103
+            # Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (50k)
+          - microchip,mcp4562-503
+            # Microchip 8-bit Single I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (100k)
+          - microchip,mcp4562-104
+            # Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (5k)
+          - microchip,mcp4631-502
+            # Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (10k)
+          - microchip,mcp4631-103
+            # Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (50k)
+          - microchip,mcp4631-503
+            # Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (100k)
+          - microchip,mcp4631-104
+            # Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (5k)
+          - microchip,mcp4632-502
+            # Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (10k)
+          - microchip,mcp4632-103
+            # Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (50k)
+          - microchip,mcp4632-503
+            # Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (100k)
+          - microchip,mcp4632-104
+            # Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (5k)
+          - microchip,mcp4641-502
+            # Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (10k)
+          - microchip,mcp4641-103
+            # Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (50k)
+          - microchip,mcp4641-503
+            # Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (100k)
+          - microchip,mcp4641-104
+            # Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (5k)
+          - microchip,mcp4642-502
+            # Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (10k)
+          - microchip,mcp4642-103
+            # Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (50k)
+          - microchip,mcp4642-503
+            # Microchip 7-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (100k)
+          - microchip,mcp4642-104
+            # Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (5k)
+          - microchip,mcp4651-502
+            # Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (10k)
+          - microchip,mcp4651-103
+            # Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (50k)
+          - microchip,mcp4651-503
+            # Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (100k)
+          - microchip,mcp4651-104
+            # Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (5k)
+          - microchip,mcp4652-502
+            # Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (10k)
+          - microchip,mcp4652-103
+            # Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (50k)
+          - microchip,mcp4652-503
+            # Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer (100k)
+          - microchip,mcp4652-104
+            # Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (5k)
+          - microchip,mcp4661-502
+            # Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (10k)
+          - microchip,mcp4661-103
+            # Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (50k)
+          - microchip,mcp4661-503
+            # Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (100k)
+          - microchip,mcp4661-104
+            # Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (5k)
+          - microchip,mcp4662-502
+            # Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (10k)
+          - microchip,mcp4662-103
+            # Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (50k)
+          - microchip,mcp4662-503
+            # Microchip 8-bit Dual I2C Digital Potentiometer with NV Memory (100k)
+          - microchip,mcp4662-104
+            # PWM Fan Speed Controller With Fan Fault Detection
+          - microchip,tc654
+            # PWM Fan Speed Controller With Fan Fault Detection
+          - microchip,tc655
+            # MiraMEMS DA226 2-axis 14-bit digital accelerometer
+          - miramems,da226
+            # MiraMEMS DA280 3-axis 14-bit digital accelerometer
+          - miramems,da280
+            # MiraMEMS DA311 3-axis 12-bit digital accelerometer
+          - miramems,da311
+            # Temperature sensor with integrated fan control
+          - national,lm63
+            # I2C TEMP SENSOR
+          - national,lm75
+            # Serial Interface ACPI-Compatible Microprocessor System Hardware Monitor
+          - national,lm80
+            # Temperature sensor with integrated fan control
+          - national,lm85
+            # ±0.33°C Accurate, 12-Bit + Sign Temperature Sensor and Thermal Window Comparator with Two-Wire Interface
+          - national,lm92
+            # i2c trusted platform module (TPM)
+          - nuvoton,npct501
+            # i2c trusted platform module (TPM2)
+          - nuvoton,npct601
+            # Nuvoton Temperature Sensor
+          - nuvoton,w83773g
+            # Octal SMBus and I2C registered interface
+          - nxp,pca9556
+            # 8-bit I2C-bus and SMBus I/O port with reset
+          - nxp,pca9557
+            # OKI ML86V7667 video decoder
+          - oki,ml86v7667
+            # OV5642: Color CMOS QSXGA (5-megapixel) Image Sensor with OmniBSI and Embedded TrueFocus
+          - ovti,ov5642
+            # 48-Lane, 12-Port PCI Express Gen 2 (5.0 GT/s) Switch
+          - plx,pex8648
+            # Pulsedlight LIDAR range-finding sensor
+          - pulsedlight,lidar-lite-v2
+            # S524AD0XF1 (128K/256K-bit Serial EEPROM for Low Power)
+          - samsung,24ad0xd1
+            # SGX Sensortech VZ89X Sensors
+          - sgx,vz89x
+            # Relative Humidity and Temperature Sensors
+          - silabs,si7020
+            # Skyworks SKY81452: Six-Channel White LED Driver with Touch Panel Bias Supply
+          - skyworks,sky81452
+            # i2c serial eeprom  (24cxx)
+          - st,24c256
+            # Ambient Light Sensor with SMBUS/Two Wire Serial Interface
+          - taos,tsl2550
+            # 8-Channels, 12-bit ADC
+          - ti,ads7828
+            # 8-Channels, 8-bit ADC
+          - ti,ads7830
+            # Temperature Monitoring and Fan Control
+          - ti,amc6821
+            # Temperature sensor with integrated fan control
+          - ti,lm96000
+            # I2C Touch-Screen Controller
+          - ti,tsc2003
+            # Low Power Digital Temperature Sensor with SMBUS/Two Wire Serial Interface
+          - ti,tmp102
+            # Low Power Digital Temperature Sensor with SMBUS/Two Wire Serial Interface
+          - ti,tmp103
+            # Digital Temperature Sensor
+          - ti,tmp275
+            # Winbond/Nuvoton H/W Monitor
+          - winbond,w83793
+            # i2c trusted platform module (TPM)
+          - winbond,wpct301
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - reg
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/cdns,ufshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/cdns,ufshc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a04a4989ec7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/cdns,ufshc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+* Cadence Universal Flash Storage (UFS) Controller
+
+UFS nodes are defined to describe on-chip UFS host controllers.
+Each UFS controller instance should have its own node.
+Please see the ufshcd-pltfrm.txt for a list of all available properties.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible	: Compatible list, contains the following controller:
+			"cdns,ufshc"
+		  complemented with the JEDEC version:
+			"jedec,ufs-2.0"
+
+- reg		: Address and length of the UFS register set.
+- interrupts	: One interrupt mapping.
+- freq-table-hz	: Clock frequency table.
+		  See the ufshcd-pltfrm.txt for details.
+- clocks	: List of phandle and clock specifier pairs.
+- clock-names	: List of clock input name strings sorted in the same
+		  order as the clocks property. "core_clk" is mandatory.
+		  Depending on a type of a PHY,
+		  the "phy_clk" clock can also be added, if needed.
+
+Example:
+	ufs@fd030000 {
+		compatible = "cdns,ufshc", "jedec,ufs-2.0";
+		reg = <0xfd030000 0x10000>;
+		interrupts = <0 1 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		freq-table-hz = <0 0>, <0 0>;
+		clocks = <&ufs_core_clk>, <&ufs_phy_clk>;
+		clock-names = "core_clk", "phy_clk";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/ufs-hisi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/ufs-hisi.txt
index a48c44817367..0b83df1a5418 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/ufs-hisi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/ufs-hisi.txt
@@ -6,9 +6,10 @@ Each UFS Host Controller should have its own node.
 Required properties:
 - compatible        : compatible list, contains one of the following -
 					"hisilicon,hi3660-ufs", "jedec,ufs-1.1" for hisi ufs
-					host controller present on Hi36xx chipset.
+					host controller present on Hi3660 chipset.
+					"hisilicon,hi3670-ufs", "jedec,ufs-2.1" for hisi ufs
+					host controller present on Hi3670 chipset.
 - reg               : should contain UFS register address space & UFS SYS CTRL register address,
-- interrupt-parent  : interrupt device
 - interrupts        : interrupt number
 - clocks	        : List of phandle and clock specifier pairs
 - clock-names       : List of clock input name strings sorted in the same
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/ufshcd-pltfrm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/ufshcd-pltfrm.txt
index 2df00524bd21..5111e9130bc3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/ufshcd-pltfrm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ufs/ufshcd-pltfrm.txt
@@ -4,11 +4,14 @@ UFSHC nodes are defined to describe on-chip UFS host controllers.
 Each UFS controller instance should have its own node.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible		: must contain "jedec,ufs-1.1" or "jedec,ufs-2.0", may
-			  also list one or more of the following:
-					  "qcom,msm8994-ufshc"
-					  "qcom,msm8996-ufshc"
-					  "qcom,ufshc"
+- compatible		: must contain "jedec,ufs-1.1" or "jedec,ufs-2.0"
+
+			  For Qualcomm SoCs must contain, as below, an
+			  SoC-specific compatible along with "qcom,ufshc" and
+			  the appropriate jedec string:
+			    "qcom,msm8994-ufshc", "qcom,ufshc", "jedec,ufs-2.0"
+			    "qcom,msm8996-ufshc", "qcom,ufshc", "jedec,ufs-2.0"
+			    "qcom,sdm845-ufshc", "qcom,ufshc", "jedec,ufs-2.0"
 - interrupts        : <interrupt mapping for UFS host controller IRQ>
 - reg               : <registers mapping>
 
@@ -33,6 +36,12 @@ Optional properties:
 - clocks                : List of phandle and clock specifier pairs
 - clock-names           : List of clock input name strings sorted in the same
                           order as the clocks property.
+			  "ref_clk" indicates reference clock frequency.
+			  UFS host supplies reference clock to UFS device and UFS device
+			  specification allows host to provide one of the 4 frequencies (19.2 MHz,
+			  26 MHz, 38.4 MHz, 52MHz) for reference clock. This "ref_clk" entry is
+			  parsed and used to update the reference clock setting in device.
+			  Defaults to 26 MHz(as per specification) if not specified by host.
 - freq-table-hz		: Array of <min max> operating frequencies stored in the same
                           order as the clocks property. If this property is not
 			  defined or a value in the array is "0" then it is assumed
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt
index 2e9318151df7..a254386a91ad 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ci-hdrc-usb2.txt
@@ -80,13 +80,20 @@ Optional properties:
   controller. It's expected that a mux state of 0 indicates device mode and a
   mux state of 1 indicates host mode.
 - mux-control-names: Shall be "usb_switch" if mux-controls is specified.
+- pinctrl-names: Names for optional pin modes in "default", "host", "device".
+  In case of HSIC-mode, "idle" and "active" pin modes are mandatory. In this
+  case, the "idle" state needs to pull down the data and strobe pin
+  and the "active" state needs to pull up the strobe pin.
+- pinctrl-n: alternate pin modes
 
 i.mx specific properties
 - fsl,usbmisc: phandler of non-core register device, with one
   argument that indicate usb controller index
 - disable-over-current: disable over current detect
-- over-current-active-high: over current signal polarity is high active,
-  typically over current signal polarity is low active.
+- over-current-active-low: over current signal polarity is active low.
+- over-current-active-high: over current signal polarity is active high.
+  It's recommended to specify the over current polarity.
+- power-active-high: power signal polarity is active high
 - external-vbus-divider: enables off-chip resistor divider for Vbus
 
 Example:
@@ -109,3 +116,29 @@ Example:
 		mux-controls = <&usb_switch>;
 		mux-control-names = "usb_switch";
 	};
+
+Example for HSIC:
+
+	usb@2184400 {
+		compatible = "fsl,imx6q-usb", "fsl,imx27-usb";
+		reg = <0x02184400 0x200>;
+		interrupts = <0 41 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		clocks = <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_USBOH3>;
+		fsl,usbphy = <&usbphynop1>;
+		fsl,usbmisc = <&usbmisc 2>;
+		phy_type = "hsic";
+		dr_mode = "host";
+		ahb-burst-config = <0x0>;
+		tx-burst-size-dword = <0x10>;
+		rx-burst-size-dword = <0x10>;
+		pinctrl-names = "idle", "active";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_usbh2_idle>;
+		pinctrl-1 = <&pinctrl_usbh2_active>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		usbnet: smsc@1 {
+			compatible = "usb424,9730";
+			reg = <1>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt
index 46da5f184460..6dc3c4a34483 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc2.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Required properties:
   - brcm,bcm2835-usb: The DWC2 USB controller instance in the BCM2835 SoC.
   - hisilicon,hi6220-usb: The DWC2 USB controller instance in the hi6220 SoC.
   - rockchip,rk3066-usb: The DWC2 USB controller instance in the rk3066 Soc;
+  - "rockchip,px30-usb", "rockchip,rk3066-usb", "snps,dwc2": for px30 Soc;
   - "rockchip,rk3188-usb", "rockchip,rk3066-usb", "snps,dwc2": for rk3188 Soc;
   - "rockchip,rk3288-usb", "rockchip,rk3066-usb", "snps,dwc2": for rk3288 Soc;
   - "lantiq,arx100-usb": The DWC2 USB controller instance in Lantiq ARX SoCs;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt
index 3e4c38b806ac..8e5265e9f658 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ Exception for clocks:
     "cavium,octeon-7130-usb-uctl"
     "qcom,dwc3"
     "samsung,exynos5250-dwusb3"
+    "samsung,exynos5433-dwusb3"
     "samsung,exynos7-dwusb3"
     "sprd,sc9860-dwc3"
     "st,stih407-dwc3"
@@ -36,7 +37,11 @@ Optional properties:
  - phy-names: from the *Generic PHY* bindings; supported names are "usb2-phy"
 	or "usb3-phy".
  - resets: a single pair of phandle and reset specifier
+ - snps,usb2-lpm-disable: indicate if we don't want to enable USB2 HW LPM
  - snps,usb3_lpm_capable: determines if platform is USB3 LPM capable
+ - snps,dis-start-transfer-quirk: when set, disable isoc START TRANSFER command
+			failure SW work-around for DWC_usb31 version 1.70a-ea06
+			and prior.
  - snps,disable_scramble_quirk: true when SW should disable data scrambling.
 	Only really useful for FPGA builds.
  - snps,has-lpm-erratum: true when DWC3 was configured with LPM Erratum enabled
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ehci-mv.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ehci-mv.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..335589895763
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ehci-mv.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+* Marvell PXA/MMP EHCI controller.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: must be "marvell,pxau2o-ehci"
+- reg: physical base addresses of the controller and length of memory mapped region
+- interrupts: one EHCI controller interrupt should be described here
+- clocks: phandle list of usb clocks
+- clock-names: should be "USBCLK"
+- phys: phandle for the PHY device
+- phy-names: should be "usb"
+
+Example:
+
+	ehci0: usb-ehci@d4208000 {
+		compatible = "marvell,pxau2o-ehci";
+		reg = <0xd4208000 0x200>;
+		interrupts = <44>;
+		clocks = <&soc_clocks MMP2_CLK_USB>;
+		clock-names = "USBCLK";
+		phys = <&usb_otg_phy>;
+		phy-names = "usb";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt
index c97374315049..b7111f43fa59 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/exynos-usb.txt
@@ -83,6 +83,8 @@ Required properties:
  - compatible: should be one of the following -
 	       "samsung,exynos5250-dwusb3": for USB 3.0 DWC3 controller on
 					    Exynos5250/5420.
+	       "samsung,exynos5433-dwusb3": for USB 3.0 DWC3 controller on
+					    Exynos5433.
 	       "samsung,exynos7-dwusb3": for USB 3.0 DWC3 controller on Exynos7.
  - #address-cells, #size-cells : should be '1' if the device has sub-nodes
 				 with 'reg' property.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/faraday,fotg210.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/faraday,fotg210.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..06a2286e2054
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/faraday,fotg210.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+Faraday FOTG Host controller
+
+This OTG-capable USB host controller is found in Cortina Systems
+Gemini and other SoC products.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be one of:
+  "faraday,fotg210"
+  "cortina,gemini-usb", "faraday,fotg210"
+- reg: should contain one register range i.e. start and length
+- interrupts: description of the interrupt line
+
+Optional properties:
+- clocks: should contain the IP block clock
+- clock-names: should be "PCLK" for the IP block clock
+
+Required properties for "cortina,gemini-usb" compatible:
+- syscon: a phandle to the system controller to access PHY registers
+
+Optional properties for "cortina,gemini-usb" compatible:
+- cortina,gemini-mini-b: boolean property that indicates that a Mini-B
+  OTG connector is in use
+- wakeup-source: see power/wakeup-source.txt
+
+Example for Gemini:
+
+usb@68000000 {
+	compatible = "cortina,gemini-usb", "faraday,fotg210";
+	reg = <0x68000000 0x1000>;
+	interrupts = <10 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	clocks = <&cc 12>;
+	clock-names = "PCLK";
+	syscon = <&syscon>;
+	wakeup-source;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/fcs,fusb302.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/fcs,fusb302.txt
index 6087dc7f209e..a5d011d2efc8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/fcs,fusb302.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/fcs,fusb302.txt
@@ -5,10 +5,19 @@ Required properties :
 - reg                    : I2C slave address
 - interrupts             : Interrupt specifier
 
-Optional properties :
-- fcs,operating-sink-microwatt :
-			   Minimum amount of power accepted from a sink
-			   when negotiating
+Required sub-node:
+- connector : The "usb-c-connector" attached to the FUSB302 IC. The bindings
+  of the connector node are specified in:
+
+	Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt
+
+Deprecated properties :
+- fcs,max-sink-microvolt : Maximum sink voltage accepted by port controller
+- fcs,max-sink-microamp : Maximum sink current accepted by port controller
+- fcs,max-sink-microwatt : Maximum sink power accepted by port controller
+- fcs,operating-sink-microwatt : Minimum amount of power accepted from a sink
+  when negotiating
+
 
 Example:
 
@@ -17,7 +26,16 @@ fusb302: typec-portc@54 {
 	reg = <0x54>;
 	interrupt-parent = <&nmi_intc>;
 	interrupts = <0 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
-	fcs,max-sink-microvolt = <12000000>;
-	fcs,max-sink-microamp = <3000000>;
-	fcs,max-sink-microwatt = <36000000>;
+
+	usb_con: connector {
+		compatible = "usb-c-connector";
+		label = "USB-C";
+		power-role = "dual";
+		try-power-role = "sink";
+		source-pdos = <PDO_FIXED(5000, 3000, PDO_FIXED_USB_COMM)>;
+		sink-pdos = <PDO_FIXED(5000, 3000, PDO_FIXED_USB_COMM)
+			     PDO_VAR(3000, 12000, 3000)
+			     PDO_PPS_APDO(3000, 11000, 3000)>;
+		op-sink-microwatt = <10000000>;
+	};
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ingenic,jz4740-musb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ingenic,jz4740-musb.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..620355cee63f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ingenic,jz4740-musb.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+Ingenic JZ4740 MUSB driver
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Must be "ingenic,jz4740-musb"
+- reg: Address range of the UDC register set
+- interrupts: IRQ number related to the UDC hardware
+- interrupt-names: must be "mc"
+- clocks: phandle to the "udc" clock
+- clock-names: must be "udc"
+
+Example:
+
+udc: usb@13040000 {
+	compatible = "ingenic,jz4740-musb";
+	reg = <0x13040000 0x10000>;
+
+	interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+	interrupts = <24>;
+	interrupt-names = "mc";
+
+	clocks = <&cgu JZ4740_CLK_UDC>;
+	clock-names = "udc";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-usb.txt
index f96e09f784cc..77df82e36138 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-usb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-usb.txt
@@ -3,7 +3,9 @@ TI Keystone Soc USB Controller
 DWC3 GLUE
 
 Required properties:
- - compatible: should be "ti,keystone-dwc3".
+ - compatible: should be
+		"ti,keystone-dwc3" for Keystone 2 SoCs
+		"ti,am654-dwc3" for AM654 SoC
  - #address-cells, #size-cells : should be '1' if the device has sub-nodes
    with 'reg' property.
  - reg : Address and length of the register set for the USB subsystem on
@@ -21,7 +23,7 @@ SoCs only:
 - clock-names:		Must be "usb".
 
 
-The following are mandatory properties for Keystone 2 66AK2G SoCs only:
+The following are mandatory properties for 66AK2G and AM654:
 
 - power-domains:	Should contain a phandle to a PM domain provider node
 			and an args specifier containing the USB device id
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra124-xusb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra124-xusb.txt
index 3eee9e505400..4156c3e181c5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra124-xusb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra124-xusb.txt
@@ -59,6 +59,14 @@ For Tegra210:
 - avdd-pll-uerefe-supply: PLLE reference PLL power supply. Must supply 1.05 V.
 - dvdd-pex-pll-supply: PCIe/USB3 PLL power supply. Must supply 1.05 V.
 - hvdd-pex-pll-e-supply: High-voltage PLLE power supply. Must supply 1.8 V.
+- power-domains: A list of PM domain specifiers that reference each power-domain
+  used by the xHCI controller. This list must comprise of a specifier for the
+  XUSBA and XUSBC power-domains. See ../power/power_domain.txt and
+  ../arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt for details.
+- power-domain-names: A list of names that represent each of the specifiers in
+  the 'power-domains' property. Must include 'xusb_ss' and 'xusb_host' which
+  represent the power-domains XUSBA and XUSBC, respectively. See
+  ../power/power_domain.txt for details.
 
 Optional properties:
 --------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,dwc3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,dwc3.txt
index 95afdcf3c337..cb695aa3fba4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,dwc3.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/qcom,dwc3.txt
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Required properties:
 - compatible:		Compatible list, contains
 			"qcom,dwc3"
 			"qcom,msm8996-dwc3" for msm8996 SOC.
+			"qcom,msm8998-dwc3" for msm8998 SOC.
 			"qcom,sdm845-dwc3" for sdm845 SOC.
 - reg:			Offset and length of register set for QSCRATCH wrapper
 - power-domains:	specifies a phandle to PM domain provider node
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usb3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usb3.txt
index 2c071bb5801e..35039e720515 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usb3.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usb3.txt
@@ -2,11 +2,14 @@ Renesas Electronics USB3.0 Peripheral driver
 
 Required properties:
   - compatible: Must contain one of the following:
+	- "renesas,r8a774a1-usb3-peri"
+	- "renesas,r8a774c0-usb3-peri"
 	- "renesas,r8a7795-usb3-peri"
 	- "renesas,r8a7796-usb3-peri"
 	- "renesas,r8a77965-usb3-peri"
-	- "renesas,rcar-gen3-usb3-peri" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible
-	  device
+	- "renesas,r8a77990-usb3-peri"
+	- "renesas,rcar-gen3-usb3-peri" for a generic R-Car Gen3 or RZ/G2
+	  compatible device
 
     When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the
     SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt
index 43960faf5a88..d93b6a1504f2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/renesas_usbhs.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,10 @@ Required properties:
   - compatible: Must contain one or more of the following:
 
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a7743" for r8a7743 (RZ/G1M) compatible device
+	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a7744" for r8a7744 (RZ/G1N) compatible device
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a7745" for r8a7745 (RZ/G1E) compatible device
+	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a774a1" for r8a774a1 (RZ/G2M) compatible device
+	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a774c0" for r8a774c0 (RZ/G2E) compatible device
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a7790" for r8a7790 (R-Car H2) compatible device
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a7791" for r8a7791 (R-Car M2-W) compatible device
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a7792" for r8a7792 (R-Car V2H) compatible device
@@ -13,10 +16,11 @@ Required properties:
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a7795" for r8a7795 (R-Car H3) compatible device
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a7796" for r8a7796 (R-Car M3-W) compatible device
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a77965" for r8a77965 (R-Car M3-N) compatible device
+	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a77990" for r8a77990 (R-Car E3) compatible device
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r8a77995" for r8a77995 (R-Car D3) compatible device
 	- "renesas,usbhs-r7s72100" for r7s72100 (RZ/A1) compatible device
 	- "renesas,rcar-gen2-usbhs" for R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1 compatible devices
-	- "renesas,rcar-gen3-usbhs" for R-Car Gen3 compatible device
+	- "renesas,rcar-gen3-usbhs" for R-Car Gen3 or RZ/G2 compatible devices
 	- "renesas,rza1-usbhs" for RZ/A1 compatible device
 
 	When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the
@@ -25,7 +29,11 @@ Required properties:
 
   - reg: Base address and length of the register for the USBHS
   - interrupts: Interrupt specifier for the USBHS
-  - clocks: A list of phandle + clock specifier pairs
+  - clocks: A list of phandle + clock specifier pairs.
+	    - In case of "renesas,rcar-gen3-usbhs", two clocks are required.
+	      First clock should be peripheral and second one should be host.
+	    - In case of except above, one clock is required. First clock
+	      should be peripheral.
 
 Optional properties:
   - renesas,buswait: Integer to use BUSWAIT register
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt
index 0f1b75386207..406252d14c6b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ehci.txt
@@ -15,7 +15,11 @@ Optional properties:
  - needs-reset-on-resume : boolean, set this to force EHCI reset after resume
  - has-transaction-translator : boolean, set this if EHCI have a Transaction
 				Translator built into the root hub.
- - clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs
+ - clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs. In case of Renesas
+	    R-Car Gen3 SoCs:
+	    - if a host only channel: first clock should be host.
+	    - if a USB DRD channel: first clock should be host and second one
+				    should be peripheral.
  - phys : see usb-hcd.txt in the current directory
  - resets : phandle + reset specifier pair
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt
index a8d2103d1f3d..aaaa5255c972 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-ohci.txt
@@ -12,7 +12,11 @@ Optional properties:
 - no-big-frame-no : boolean, set if frame_no lives in bits [15:0] of HCCA
 - remote-wakeup-connected: remote wakeup is wired on the platform
 - num-ports : u32, to override the detected port count
-- clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs
+- clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs. In case of Renesas
+	   R-Car Gen3 SoCs:
+	   - if a host only channel: first clock should be host.
+	   - if a USB DRD channel: first clock should be host and second one
+				   should be peripheral.
 - phys : see usb-hcd.txt in the current directory
 - resets : a list of phandle + reset specifier pairs
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt
index ac4cd0d6195a..fea8b1545751 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb-xhci.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ Required properties:
     - "marvell,armada-375-xhci" for Armada 375 SoCs
     - "marvell,armada-380-xhci" for Armada 38x SoCs
     - "renesas,xhci-r8a7743" for r8a7743 SoC
+    - "renesas,xhci-r8a7744" for r8a7744 SoC
+    - "renesas,xhci-r8a774a1" for r8a774a1 SoC
     - "renesas,xhci-r8a7790" for r8a7790 SoC
     - "renesas,xhci-r8a7791" for r8a7791 SoC
     - "renesas,xhci-r8a7793" for r8a7793 SoC
@@ -17,7 +19,8 @@ Required properties:
     - "renesas,xhci-r8a77990" for r8a77990 SoC
     - "renesas,rcar-gen2-xhci" for a generic R-Car Gen2 or RZ/G1 compatible
       device
-    - "renesas,rcar-gen3-xhci" for a generic R-Car Gen3 compatible device
+    - "renesas,rcar-gen3-xhci" for a generic R-Car Gen3 or RZ/G2 compatible
+      device
     - "xhci-platform" (deprecated)
 
     When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb251xb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb251xb.txt
index 168ff819e827..17915f64b8ee 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb251xb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb251xb.txt
@@ -64,6 +64,8 @@ Optional properties :
  - power-on-time-ms : Specifies the time it takes from the time the host
 	initiates the power-on sequence to a port until the port has adequate
 	power. The value is given in ms in a 0 - 510 range (default is 100ms).
+ - swap-dx-lanes : Specifies the ports which will swap the differential-pair
+	(D+/D-), default is not-swapped.
 
 Examples:
 	usb2512b@2c {
@@ -81,4 +83,6 @@ Examples:
 		manufacturer = "Foo";
 		product = "Foo-Bar";
 		serial = "1234567890A";
+		/* correct misplaced usb connectors on port 1,2 */
+		swap-dx-lanes = <1 2>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
index 2c3fc512e746..8162b0eb4b50 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ amarula	Amarula Solutions
 amazon	Amazon.com, Inc.
 amcc	Applied Micro Circuits Corporation (APM, formally AMCC)
 amd	Advanced Micro Devices (AMD), Inc.
+amediatech	Shenzhen Amediatech Technology Co., Ltd
 amlogic	Amlogic, Inc.
 ampire	Ampire Co., Ltd.
 ams	AMS AG
@@ -65,8 +66,10 @@ bticino Bticino International
 calxeda	Calxeda
 capella	Capella Microsystems, Inc
 cascoda	Cascoda, Ltd.
+catalyst	Catalyst Semiconductor, Inc.
 cavium	Cavium, Inc.
 cdns	Cadence Design Systems Inc.
+cdtech	CDTech(H.K.) Electronics Limited
 ceva	Ceva, Inc.
 chipidea	Chipidea, Inc
 chipone		ChipOne
@@ -84,6 +87,7 @@ cosmic	Cosmic Circuits
 crane	Crane Connectivity Solutions
 creative	Creative Technology Ltd
 crystalfontz	Crystalfontz America, Inc.
+csky	Hangzhou C-SKY Microsystems Co., Ltd
 cubietech	Cubietech, Ltd.
 cypress	Cypress Semiconductor Corporation
 cznic	CZ.NIC, z.s.p.o.
@@ -106,14 +110,18 @@ dongwoon	Dongwoon Anatech
 dptechnics	DPTechnics
 dragino	Dragino Technology Co., Limited
 ea	Embedded Artists AB
+ebs-systart EBS-SYSTART GmbH
 ebv	EBV Elektronik
 eckelmann	Eckelmann AG
 edt	Emerging Display Technologies
 eeti	eGalax_eMPIA Technology Inc
 elan	Elan Microelectronic Corp.
+elgin	Elgin S/A.
 embest	Shenzhen Embest Technology Co., Ltd.
+emlid	Emlid, Ltd.
 emmicro	EM Microelectronic
 emtrion	emtrion GmbH
+endless	Endless Mobile, Inc.
 energymicro	Silicon Laboratories (formerly Energy Micro AS)
 engicam	Engicam S.r.l.
 epcos	EPCOS AG
@@ -127,15 +135,18 @@ everspin	Everspin Technologies, Inc.
 exar	Exar Corporation
 excito	Excito
 ezchip	EZchip Semiconductor
+facebook	Facebook
 fairphone	Fairphone B.V.
 faraday	Faraday Technology Corporation
 fastrax	Fastrax Oy
 fcs	Fairchild Semiconductor
+feiyang	Shenzhen Fly Young Technology Co.,LTD.
 firefly	Firefly
 focaltech	FocalTech Systems Co.,Ltd
 friendlyarm	Guangzhou FriendlyARM Computer Tech Co., Ltd
 fsl	Freescale Semiconductor
 fujitsu	Fujitsu Ltd.
+gateworks	Gateworks Corporation
 gcw Game Consoles Worldwide
 ge	General Electric Company
 geekbuying	GeekBuying
@@ -145,6 +156,7 @@ geniatech	Geniatech, Inc.
 giantec	Giantec Semiconductor, Inc.
 giantplus	Giantplus Technology Co., Ltd.
 globalscale	Globalscale Technologies, Inc.
+globaltop	GlobalTop Technology, Inc.
 gmt	Global Mixed-mode Technology, Inc.
 goodix	Shenzhen Huiding Technology Co., Ltd.
 google	Google, Inc.
@@ -167,6 +179,7 @@ holtek	Holtek Semiconductor, Inc.
 hwacom	HwaCom Systems Inc.
 i2se	I2SE GmbH
 ibm	International Business Machines (IBM)
+icplus	IC Plus Corp.
 idt	Integrated Device Technologies, Inc.
 ifi	Ingenieurburo Fur Ic-Technologie (I/F/I)
 ilitek	ILI Technology Corporation (ILITEK)
@@ -205,6 +218,7 @@ laird	Laird PLC
 lantiq	Lantiq Semiconductor
 lattice	Lattice Semiconductor
 lego	LEGO Systems A/S
+lemaker	Shenzhen LeMaker Technology Co., Ltd.
 lenovo	Lenovo Group Ltd.
 lg	LG Corporation
 libretech	Shenzhen Libre Technology Co., Ltd
@@ -235,6 +249,7 @@ micrel	Micrel Inc.
 microchip	Microchip Technology Inc.
 microcrystal	Micro Crystal AG
 micron	Micron Technology Inc.
+mikroe		MikroElektronika d.o.o.
 minix	MINIX Technology Ltd.
 miramems	MiraMEMS Sensing Technology Co., Ltd.
 mitsubishi	Mitsubishi Electric Corporation
@@ -266,6 +281,7 @@ nintendo	Nintendo
 nlt	NLT Technologies, Ltd.
 nokia	Nokia
 nordic	Nordic Semiconductor
+novtech NovTech, Inc.
 nutsboard	NutsBoard
 nuvoton	Nuvoton Technology Corporation
 nvd	New Vision Display
@@ -274,6 +290,7 @@ nxp	NXP Semiconductors
 okaya	Okaya Electric America, Inc.
 oki	Oki Electric Industry Co., Ltd.
 olimex	OLIMEX Ltd.
+olpc	One Laptop Per Child
 onion	Onion Corporation
 onnn	ON Semiconductor Corp.
 ontat	On Tat Industrial Company
@@ -289,14 +306,19 @@ ovti	OmniVision Technologies
 oxsemi	Oxford Semiconductor, Ltd.
 panasonic	Panasonic Corporation
 parade	Parade Technologies Inc.
+pda	Precision Design Associates, Inc.
 pericom	Pericom Technology Inc.
 pervasive	Pervasive Displays, Inc.
+phicomm PHICOMM Co., Ltd.
 phytec	PHYTEC Messtechnik GmbH
 picochip	Picochip Ltd
 pine64	Pine64
 pixcir  PIXCIR MICROELECTRONICS Co., Ltd
+plantower Plantower Co., Ltd
 plathome	Plat'Home Co., Ltd.
 plda	PLDA
+plx	Broadcom Corporation (formerly PLX Technology)
+pni	PNI Sensor Corporation
 portwell	Portwell Inc.
 poslab	Poslab Technology Co., Ltd.
 powervr	PowerVR (deprecated, use img)
@@ -314,6 +336,7 @@ ralink	Mediatek/Ralink Technology Corp.
 ramtron	Ramtron International
 raspberrypi	Raspberry Pi Foundation
 raydium	Raydium Semiconductor Corp.
+rda	Unisoc Communications, Inc.
 realtek Realtek Semiconductor Corp.
 renesas	Renesas Electronics Corporation
 richtek	Richtek Technology Corporation
@@ -378,6 +401,7 @@ tcl	Toby Churchill Ltd.
 technexion	TechNexion
 technologic	Technologic Systems
 tempo	Tempo Semiconductor
+techstar	Shenzhen Techstar Electronics Co., Ltd.
 terasic	Terasic Inc.
 thine	THine Electronics, Inc.
 ti	Texas Instruments
@@ -409,6 +433,7 @@ vamrs	Vamrs Ltd.
 variscite	Variscite Ltd.
 via	VIA Technologies, Inc.
 virtio	Virtual I/O Device Specification, developed by the OASIS consortium
+vishay	Vishay Intertechnology, Inc
 vitesse	Vitesse Semiconductor Corporation
 vivante	Vivante Corporation
 vocore VoCore Studio
@@ -417,6 +442,7 @@ vot	Vision Optical Technology Co., Ltd.
 wd	Western Digital Corp.
 wetek	WeTek Electronics, limited.
 wexler	Wexler
+whwave  Shenzhen whwave Electronics, Inc.
 wi2wi	Wi2Wi, Inc.
 winbond Winbond Electronics corp.
 winstar	Winstar Display Corp.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/armada-37xx-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/armada-37xx-wdt.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a8d00c31a1d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/armada-37xx-wdt.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+* Armada 37xx CPU Watchdog Timer Controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : must be "marvell,armada-3700-wdt"
+- reg : base physical address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+	region.
+- clocks : the clock feeding the watchdog timer. See clock-bindings.txt
+- marvell,system-controller : reference to syscon node for the CPU Miscellaneous
+	Registers
+
+Example:
+
+	cpu_misc: system-controller@d000 {
+		compatible = "marvell,armada-3700-cpu-misc", "syscon";
+		reg = <0xd000 0x1000>;
+	};
+
+	wdt: watchdog@8300 {
+		compatible = "marvell,armada-3700-wdt";
+		reg = <0x8300 0x40>;
+		marvell,system-controller = <&cpu_misc>;
+		clocks = <&xtalclk>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mpc8xxx-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mpc8xxx-wdt.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a384ff5b3ce8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mpc8xxx-wdt.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+* Freescale mpc8xxx watchdog driver (For 83xx, 86xx and 8xx)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Shall contain one of the following:
+	"mpc83xx_wdt" for an mpc83xx
+	"fsl,mpc8610-wdt" for an mpc86xx
+	"fsl,mpc823-wdt" for an mpc8xx
+- reg: base physical address and length of the area hosting the
+       watchdog registers.
+		On the 83xx, "Watchdog Timer Registers" area:	<0x200 0x100>
+		On the 86xx, "Watchdog Timer Registers" area:	<0xe4000 0x100>
+		On the 8xx, "General System Interface Unit" area: <0x0 0x10>
+
+Optional properties:
+- reg: additional physical address and length (4) of location of the
+       Reset Status Register (called RSTRSCR on the mpc86xx)
+		On the 83xx, it is located at offset 0x910
+		On the 86xx, it is located at offset 0xe0094
+		On the 8xx, it is located at offset 0x288
+
+Example:
+		WDT: watchdog@0 {
+		    compatible = "fsl,mpc823-wdt";
+		    reg = <0x0 0x10 0x288 0x4>;
+		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mtk-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mtk-wdt.txt
index 859dee167b91..8682d6a93e5b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mtk-wdt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/mtk-wdt.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required properties:
 	"mediatek,mt6797-wdt", "mediatek,mt6589-wdt": for MT6797
 	"mediatek,mt7622-wdt", "mediatek,mt6589-wdt": for MT7622
 	"mediatek,mt7623-wdt", "mediatek,mt6589-wdt": for MT7623
+	"mediatek,mt7629-wdt", "mediatek,mt6589-wdt": for MT7629
 
 - reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qcom,pm8916-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qcom,pm8916-wdt.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6fb984f31982
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/qcom,pm8916-wdt.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+QCOM PM8916 watchdog timer controller
+
+This pm8916 watchdog timer controller must be under pm8916-pon node.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "qcom,pm8916-wdt"
+
+Optional properties :
+- interrupts : Watchdog pre-timeout (bark) interrupt.
+- timeout-sec : Watchdog timeout value in seconds.
+
+Example:
+
+	pm8916_0: pm8916@0 {
+		compatible = "qcom,pm8916", "qcom,spmi-pmic";
+		reg = <0x0 SPMI_USID>;
+
+		pon@800 {
+			compatible = "qcom,pm8916-pon";
+			reg = <0x800>;
+
+			watchdog {
+				compatible = "qcom,pm8916-wdt";
+				interrupts = <0x0 0x8 6 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+				timeout-sec = <10>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt
index 9407212a85a8..9f365c1a3399 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/renesas-wdt.txt
@@ -6,8 +6,11 @@ Required properties:
 		version.
 	       Examples with soctypes are:
 		 - "renesas,r8a7743-wdt" (RZ/G1M)
+		 - "renesas,r8a7744-wdt" (RZ/G1N)
 		 - "renesas,r8a7745-wdt" (RZ/G1E)
+		 - "renesas,r8a77470-wdt" (RZ/G1C)
 		 - "renesas,r8a774a1-wdt" (RZ/G2M)
+		 - "renesas,r8a774c0-wdt" (RZ/G2E)
 	         - "renesas,r8a7790-wdt" (R-Car H2)
 	         - "renesas,r8a7791-wdt" (R-Car M2-W)
 	         - "renesas,r8a7792-wdt" (R-Car V2H)
@@ -20,6 +23,7 @@ Required properties:
 	         - "renesas,r8a77990-wdt" (R-Car E3)
 	         - "renesas,r8a77995-wdt" (R-Car D3)
 	         - "renesas,r7s72100-wdt" (RZ/A1)
+	         - "renesas,r7s9210-wdt"  (RZ/A2)
 		The generic compatible string must be:
 		 - "renesas,rza-wdt" for RZ/A
 		 - "renesas,rcar-gen2-wdt" for R-Car Gen2 and RZ/G1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/st,stpmic1-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/st,stpmic1-wdt.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7cc1407f15cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/st,stpmic1-wdt.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+STMicroelectronics STPMIC1 Watchdog
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : should be "st,stpmic1-wdt"
+
+Example:
+
+watchdog {
+	compatible = "st,stpmic1-wdt";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sunxi-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sunxi-wdt.txt
index ed11ce0ac836..46055254e8dd 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sunxi-wdt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/sunxi-wdt.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Required properties:
 	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-wdt"
 	"allwinner,sun6i-a31-wdt"
 	"allwinner,sun50i-a64-wdt","allwinner,sun6i-a31-wdt"
+	"allwinner,suniv-f1c100s-wdt", "allwinner,sun4i-a10-wdt"
 - reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers.
 
 Optional properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/todo.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/todo.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index b5139d1de811..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/todo.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-Todo list for devicetree:
-
-=== General structure ===
-- Switch from custom lists to (h)list_head for nodes and properties structure
-
-=== CONFIG_OF_DYNAMIC ===
-- Switch to RCU for tree updates and get rid of global spinlock
-- Document node lifecycle for CONFIG_OF_DYNAMIC
-- Always set ->full_name at of_attach_node() time
-- pseries: Get rid of open-coded tree modification from arch/powerpc/platforms/pseries/dlpar.c
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/writing-schema.md b/Documentation/devicetree/writing-schema.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a3652d33a48f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/writing-schema.md
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+# Writing DeviceTree Bindings in json-schema
+
+Devicetree bindings are written using json-schema vocabulary. Schema files are
+written in a JSON compatible subset of YAML. YAML is used instead of JSON as it
+considered more human readable and has some advantages such as allowing
+comments (Prefixed with '#').
+
+## Schema Contents
+
+Each schema doc is a structured json-schema which is defined by a set of
+top-level properties. Generally, there is one binding defined per file. The
+top-level json-schema properties used are:
+
+- __$id__ - A json-schema unique identifier string. The string must be a valid
+URI typically containing the binding's filename and path. For DT schema, it must
+begin with "http://devicetree.org/schemas/". The URL is used in constructing
+references to other files specified in schema "$ref" properties. A $ref values
+with a leading '/' will have the hostname prepended. A $ref value a relative
+path or filename only will be prepended with the hostname and path components
+of the current schema file's '$id' value. A URL is used even for local files,
+but there may not actually be files present at those locations.
+
+- __$schema__ - Indicates the meta-schema the schema file adheres to.
+
+- __title__ - A one line description on the contents of the binding schema.
+
+- __maintainers__ - A DT specific property. Contains a list of email address(es)
+for maintainers of this binding.
+
+- __description__ - Optional. A multi-line text block containing any detailed
+information about this binding. It should contain things such as what the block
+or device does, standards the device conforms to, and links to datasheets for
+more information.
+
+- __select__ - Optional. A json-schema used to match nodes for applying the
+schema. By default without 'select', nodes are matched against their possible
+compatible string values or node name. Most bindings should not need select.
+
+- __allOf__ - Optional. A list of other schemas to include. This is used to
+include other schemas the binding conforms to. This may be schemas for a
+particular class of devices such as I2C or SPI controllers.
+
+- __properties__ - A set of sub-schema defining all the DT properties for the
+binding. The exact schema syntax depends on whether properties are known,
+common properties (e.g. 'interrupts') or are binding/vendor specific properties.
+
+  A property can also define a child DT node with child properties defined
+under it.
+
+  For more details on properties sections, see 'Property Schema' section.
+
+- __patternProperties__ - Optional. Similar to 'properties', but names are regex.
+
+- __required__ - A list of DT properties from the 'properties' section that
+must always be present.
+
+- __examples__ - Optional. A list of one or more DTS hunks implementing the
+binding. Note: YAML doesn't allow leading tabs, so spaces must be used instead.
+
+Unless noted otherwise, all properties are required.
+
+## Property Schema
+
+The 'properties' section of the schema contains all the DT properties for a
+binding. Each property contains a set of constraints using json-schema
+vocabulary for that property. The properties schemas are what is used for
+validation of DT files.
+
+For common properties, only additional constraints not covered by the common
+binding schema need to be defined such as how many values are valid or what
+possible values are valid.
+
+Vendor specific properties will typically need more detailed schema. With the
+exception of boolean properties, they should have a reference to a type in
+schemas/types.yaml. A "description" property is always required.
+
+The Devicetree schemas don't exactly match the YAML encoded DT data produced by
+dtc. They are simplified to make them more compact and avoid a bunch of
+boilerplate. The tools process the schema files to produce the final schema for
+validation. There are currently 2 transformations the tools perform.
+
+The default for arrays in json-schema is they are variable sized and allow more
+entries than explicitly defined. This can be restricted by defining 'minItems',
+'maxItems', and 'additionalItems'. However, for DeviceTree Schemas, a fixed
+size is desired in most cases, so these properties are added based on the
+number of entries in an 'items' list.
+
+The YAML Devicetree format also makes all string values an array and scalar
+values a matrix (in order to define groupings) even when only a single value
+is present. Single entries in schemas are fixed up to match this encoding.
+
+## Testing
+
+### Dependencies
+
+The DT schema project must be installed in order to validate the DT schema
+binding documents and validate DTS files using the DT schema. The DT schema
+project can be installed with pip:
+
+`pip3 install git+https://github.com/robherring/yaml-bindings.git@master`
+
+dtc must also be built with YAML output support enabled. This requires that
+libyaml and its headers be installed on the host system.
+
+### Running checks
+
+The DT schema binding documents must be validated using the meta-schema (the
+schema for the schema) to ensure they are both valid json-schema and valid
+binding schema. All of the DT binding documents can be validated using the
+`dt_binding_check` target:
+
+`make dt_binding_check`
+
+In order to perform validation of DT source files, use the `dtbs_check` target:
+
+`make dtbs_check`
+
+This will first run the `dt_binding_check` which generates the processed schema.
+
+It is also possible to run checks with a single schema file by setting the
+'DT_SCHEMA_FILES' variable to a specific schema file.
+
+`make dtbs_check DT_SCHEMA_FILES=Documentation/devicetree/bindings/trivial-devices.yaml`
+
+
+## json-schema Resources
+
+[JSON-Schema Specifications](http://json-schema.org/)
+
+[Using JSON Schema Book](http://usingjsonschema.com/)
diff --git a/Documentation/doc-guide/kernel-doc.rst b/Documentation/doc-guide/kernel-doc.rst
index 8db53cdc225f..f96059767c8c 100644
--- a/Documentation/doc-guide/kernel-doc.rst
+++ b/Documentation/doc-guide/kernel-doc.rst
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ The general format of a function and function-like macro kernel-doc comment is::
    * Context: Describes whether the function can sleep, what locks it takes,
    *          releases, or expects to be held. It can extend over multiple
    *          lines.
-   * Return: Describe the return value of foobar.
+   * Return: Describe the return value of function_name.
    *
    * The return value description can also have multiple paragraphs, and should
    * be placed at the end of the comment block.
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ doc: *title*
 
 functions: *[ function ...]*
   Include documentation for each *function* in *source*.
-  If no *function* if specified, the documentaion for all functions
+  If no *function* is specified, the documentation for all functions
   and types in the *source* will be included.
 
   Examples::
@@ -517,4 +517,17 @@ How to use kernel-doc to generate man pages
 If you just want to use kernel-doc to generate man pages you can do this
 from the kernel git tree::
 
-  $ scripts/kernel-doc -man $(git grep -l '/\*\*' -- :^Documentation :^tools) | scripts/split-man.pl /tmp/man
+  $ scripts/kernel-doc -man \
+    $(git grep -l '/\*\*' -- :^Documentation :^tools) \
+    | scripts/split-man.pl /tmp/man
+
+Some older versions of git do not support some of the variants of syntax for
+path exclusion.  One of the following commands may work for those versions::
+
+  $ scripts/kernel-doc -man \
+    $(git grep -l '/\*\*' -- . ':!Documentation' ':!tools') \
+    | scripts/split-man.pl /tmp/man
+
+  $ scripts/kernel-doc -man \
+    $(git grep -l '/\*\*' -- . ":(exclude)Documentation" ":(exclude)tools") \
+    | scripts/split-man.pl /tmp/man
diff --git a/Documentation/doc-guide/sphinx.rst b/Documentation/doc-guide/sphinx.rst
index f0796daa95b4..c039224b404e 100644
--- a/Documentation/doc-guide/sphinx.rst
+++ b/Documentation/doc-guide/sphinx.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+.. _sphinxdoc:
+
 Introduction
 ============
 
@@ -25,8 +27,8 @@ Sphinx Install
 ==============
 
 The ReST markups currently used by the Documentation/ files are meant to be
-built with ``Sphinx`` version 1.3 or upper. If you're desiring to build
-PDF outputs, it is recommended to use version 1.4.6 or upper.
+built with ``Sphinx`` version 1.3 or higher. If you desire to build
+PDF output, it is recommended to use version 1.4.6 or higher.
 
 There's a script that checks for the Sphinx requirements. Please see
 :ref:`sphinx-pre-install` for further details.
@@ -35,15 +37,15 @@ Most distributions are shipped with Sphinx, but its toolchain is fragile,
 and it is not uncommon that upgrading it or some other Python packages
 on your machine would cause the documentation build to break.
 
-A way to get rid of that is to use a different version than the one shipped
-on your distributions. In order to do that, it is recommended to install
+A way to avoid that is to use a different version than the one shipped
+with your distributions. In order to do so, it is recommended to install
 Sphinx inside a virtual environment, using ``virtualenv-3``
 or ``virtualenv``, depending on how your distribution packaged Python 3.
 
 .. note::
 
    #) Sphinx versions below 1.5 don't work properly with Python's
-      docutils version 0.13.1 or upper. So, if you're willing to use
+      docutils version 0.13.1 or higher. So, if you're willing to use
       those versions, you should run ``pip install 'docutils==0.12'``.
 
    #) It is recommended to use the RTD theme for html output. Depending
@@ -80,7 +82,7 @@ output.
 PDF and LaTeX builds
 --------------------
 
-Such builds are currently supported only with Sphinx versions 1.4 and upper.
+Such builds are currently supported only with Sphinx versions 1.4 and higher.
 
 For PDF and LaTeX output, you'll also need ``XeLaTeX`` version 3.14159265.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/dontdiff b/Documentation/dontdiff
index 2228fcc8e29f..ef25a066d952 100644
--- a/Documentation/dontdiff
+++ b/Documentation/dontdiff
@@ -106,7 +106,6 @@ compile.h*
 conf
 config
 config-*
-config_data.h*
 config.mak
 config.mak.autogen
 conmakehash
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/80211/mac80211.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/80211/mac80211.rst
index 85a8335e80b6..eab40bcf3987 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/80211/mac80211.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/80211/mac80211.rst
@@ -126,6 +126,9 @@ functions/definitions
    :functions: ieee80211_rx_status
 
 .. kernel-doc:: include/net/mac80211.h
+   :functions: mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/net/mac80211.h
    :functions: mac80211_rx_flags
 
 .. kernel-doc:: include/net/mac80211.h
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/acpi/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/acpi/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ace0008e54c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/acpi/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+============
+ACPI Support
+============
+
+.. toctree::
+   :maxdepth: 2
+
+   linuxized-acpica
+   scan_handlers
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/acpi/linuxized-acpica.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/acpi/linuxized-acpica.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0ca8f1538519
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/acpi/linuxized-acpica.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+.. include:: <isonum.txt>
+
+============================================================
+Linuxized ACPICA - Introduction to ACPICA Release Automation
+============================================================
+
+:Copyright: |copy| 2013-2016, Intel Corporation
+
+:Author: Lv Zheng <lv.zheng@intel.com>
+
+
+Abstract
+========
+This document describes the ACPICA project and the relationship between
+ACPICA and Linux.  It also describes how ACPICA code in drivers/acpi/acpica,
+include/acpi and tools/power/acpi is automatically updated to follow the
+upstream.
+
+ACPICA Project
+==============
+
+The ACPI Component Architecture (ACPICA) project provides an operating
+system (OS)-independent reference implementation of the Advanced
+Configuration and Power Interface Specification (ACPI).  It has been
+adapted by various host OSes.  By directly integrating ACPICA, Linux can
+also benefit from the application experiences of ACPICA from other host
+OSes.
+
+The homepage of ACPICA project is: www.acpica.org, it is maintained and
+supported by Intel Corporation.
+
+The following figure depicts the Linux ACPI subsystem where the ACPICA
+adaptation is included::
+
+      +---------------------------------------------------------+
+      |                                                         |
+      |   +---------------------------------------------------+ |
+      |   | +------------------+                              | |
+      |   | | Table Management |                              | |
+      |   | +------------------+                              | |
+      |   | +----------------------+                          | |
+      |   | | Namespace Management |                          | |
+      |   | +----------------------+                          | |
+      |   | +------------------+       ACPICA Components      | |
+      |   | | Event Management |                              | |
+      |   | +------------------+                              | |
+      |   | +---------------------+                           | |
+      |   | | Resource Management |                           | |
+      |   | +---------------------+                           | |
+      |   | +---------------------+                           | |
+      |   | | Hardware Management |                           | |
+      |   | +---------------------+                           | |
+      | +---------------------------------------------------+ | |
+      | | |                            +------------------+ | | |
+      | | |                            | OS Service Layer | | | |
+      | | |                            +------------------+ | | |
+      | | +-------------------------------------------------|-+ |
+      | |   +--------------------+                          |   |
+      | |   | Device Enumeration |                          |   |
+      | |   +--------------------+                          |   |
+      | |   +------------------+                            |   |
+      | |   | Power Management |                            |   |
+      | |   +------------------+     Linux/ACPI Components  |   |
+      | |   +--------------------+                          |   |
+      | |   | Thermal Management |                          |   |
+      | |   +--------------------+                          |   |
+      | |   +--------------------------+                    |   |
+      | |   | Drivers for ACPI Devices |                    |   |
+      | |   +--------------------------+                    |   |
+      | |   +--------+                                      |   |
+      | |   | ...... |                                      |   |
+      | |   +--------+                                      |   |
+      | +---------------------------------------------------+   |
+      |                                                         |
+      +---------------------------------------------------------+
+
+                 Figure 1. Linux ACPI Software Components
+
+.. note::
+    A. OS Service Layer - Provided by Linux to offer OS dependent
+       implementation of the predefined ACPICA interfaces (acpi_os_*).
+       ::
+
+         include/acpi/acpiosxf.h
+         drivers/acpi/osl.c
+         include/acpi/platform
+         include/asm/acenv.h
+    B. ACPICA Functionality - Released from ACPICA code base to offer
+       OS independent implementation of the ACPICA interfaces (acpi_*).
+       ::
+
+         drivers/acpi/acpica
+         include/acpi/ac*.h
+         tools/power/acpi
+    C. Linux/ACPI Functionality - Providing Linux specific ACPI
+       functionality to the other Linux kernel subsystems and user space
+       programs.
+       ::
+
+         drivers/acpi
+         include/linux/acpi.h
+         include/linux/acpi*.h
+         include/acpi
+         tools/power/acpi
+    D. Architecture Specific ACPICA/ACPI Functionalities - Provided by the
+       ACPI subsystem to offer architecture specific implementation of the
+       ACPI interfaces.  They are Linux specific components and are out of
+       the scope of this document.
+       ::
+
+         include/asm/acpi.h
+         include/asm/acpi*.h
+         arch/*/acpi
+
+ACPICA Release
+==============
+
+The ACPICA project maintains its code base at the following repository URL:
+https://github.com/acpica/acpica.git. As a rule, a release is made every
+month.
+
+As the coding style adopted by the ACPICA project is not acceptable by
+Linux, there is a release process to convert the ACPICA git commits into
+Linux patches.  The patches generated by this process are referred to as
+"linuxized ACPICA patches".  The release process is carried out on a local
+copy the ACPICA git repository.  Each commit in the monthly release is
+converted into a linuxized ACPICA patch.  Together, they form the monthly
+ACPICA release patchset for the Linux ACPI community.  This process is
+illustrated in the following figure::
+
+    +-----------------------------+
+    | acpica / master (-) commits |
+    +-----------------------------+
+       /|\         |
+        |         \|/
+        |  /---------------------\    +----------------------+
+        | < Linuxize repo Utility >-->| old linuxized acpica |--+
+        |  \---------------------/    +----------------------+  |
+        |                                                       |
+     /---------\                                                |
+    < git reset >                                                \
+     \---------/                                                  \
+       /|\                                                        /+-+
+        |                                                        /   |
+    +-----------------------------+                             |    |
+    | acpica / master (+) commits |                             |    |
+    +-----------------------------+                             |    |
+                   |                                            |    |
+                  \|/                                           |    |
+         /-----------------------\    +----------------------+  |    |
+        < Linuxize repo Utilities >-->| new linuxized acpica |--+    |
+         \-----------------------/    +----------------------+       |
+                                                                    \|/
+    +--------------------------+                  /----------------------\
+    | Linuxized ACPICA Patches |<----------------< Linuxize patch Utility >
+    +--------------------------+                  \----------------------/
+                   |
+                  \|/
+     /---------------------------\
+    < Linux ACPI Community Review >
+     \---------------------------/
+                   |
+                  \|/
+    +-----------------------+    /------------------\    +----------------+
+    | linux-pm / linux-next |-->< Linux Merge Window >-->| linux / master |
+    +-----------------------+    \------------------/    +----------------+
+
+                Figure 2. ACPICA -> Linux Upstream Process
+
+.. note::
+    A. Linuxize Utilities - Provided by the ACPICA repository, including a
+       utility located in source/tools/acpisrc folder and a number of
+       scripts located in generate/linux folder.
+    B. acpica / master - "master" branch of the git repository at
+       <https://github.com/acpica/acpica.git>.
+    C. linux-pm / linux-next - "linux-next" branch of the git repository at
+       <http://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm.git>.
+    D. linux / master - "master" branch of the git repository at
+       <http://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git>.
+
+   Before the linuxized ACPICA patches are sent to the Linux ACPI community
+   for review, there is a quality assurance build test process to reduce
+   porting issues.  Currently this build process only takes care of the
+   following kernel configuration options:
+   CONFIG_ACPI/CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG/CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUGGER
+
+ACPICA Divergences
+==================
+
+Ideally, all of the ACPICA commits should be converted into Linux patches
+automatically without manual modifications, the "linux / master" tree should
+contain the ACPICA code that exactly corresponds to the ACPICA code
+contained in "new linuxized acpica" tree and it should be possible to run
+the release process fully automatically.
+
+As a matter of fact, however, there are source code differences between
+the ACPICA code in Linux and the upstream ACPICA code, referred to as
+"ACPICA Divergences".
+
+The various sources of ACPICA divergences include:
+   1. Legacy divergences - Before the current ACPICA release process was
+      established, there already had been divergences between Linux and
+      ACPICA. Over the past several years those divergences have been greatly
+      reduced, but there still are several ones and it takes time to figure
+      out the underlying reasons for their existence.
+   2. Manual modifications - Any manual modification (eg. coding style fixes)
+      made directly in the Linux sources obviously hurts the ACPICA release
+      automation.  Thus it is recommended to fix such issues in the ACPICA
+      upstream source code and generate the linuxized fix using the ACPICA
+      release utilities (please refer to Section 4 below for the details).
+   3. Linux specific features - Sometimes it's impossible to use the
+      current ACPICA APIs to implement features required by the Linux kernel,
+      so Linux developers occasionally have to change ACPICA code directly.
+      Those changes may not be acceptable by ACPICA upstream and in such cases
+      they are left as committed ACPICA divergences unless the ACPICA side can
+      implement new mechanisms as replacements for them.
+   4. ACPICA release fixups - ACPICA only tests commits using a set of the
+      user space simulation utilities, thus the linuxized ACPICA patches may
+      break the Linux kernel, leaving us build/boot failures.  In order to
+      avoid breaking Linux bisection, fixes are applied directly to the
+      linuxized ACPICA patches during the release process.  When the release
+      fixups are backported to the upstream ACPICA sources, they must follow
+      the upstream ACPICA rules and so further modifications may appear.
+      That may result in the appearance of new divergences.
+   5. Fast tracking of ACPICA commits - Some ACPICA commits are regression
+      fixes or stable-candidate material, so they are applied in advance with
+      respect to the ACPICA release process.  If such commits are reverted or
+      rebased on the ACPICA side in order to offer better solutions, new ACPICA
+      divergences are generated.
+
+ACPICA Development
+==================
+
+This paragraph guides Linux developers to use the ACPICA upstream release
+utilities to obtain Linux patches corresponding to upstream ACPICA commits
+before they become available from the ACPICA release process.
+
+   1. Cherry-pick an ACPICA commit
+
+   First you need to git clone the ACPICA repository and the ACPICA change
+   you want to cherry pick must be committed into the local repository.
+
+   Then the gen-patch.sh command can help to cherry-pick an ACPICA commit
+   from the ACPICA local repository::
+
+   $ git clone https://github.com/acpica/acpica
+   $ cd acpica
+   $ generate/linux/gen-patch.sh -u [commit ID]
+
+   Here the commit ID is the ACPICA local repository commit ID you want to
+   cherry pick.  It can be omitted if the commit is "HEAD".
+
+   2. Cherry-pick recent ACPICA commits
+
+   Sometimes you need to rebase your code on top of the most recent ACPICA
+   changes that haven't been applied to Linux yet.
+
+   You can generate the ACPICA release series yourself and rebase your code on
+   top of the generated ACPICA release patches::
+
+   $ git clone https://github.com/acpica/acpica
+   $ cd acpica
+   $ generate/linux/make-patches.sh -u [commit ID]
+
+   The commit ID should be the last ACPICA commit accepted by Linux.  Usually,
+   it is the commit modifying ACPI_CA_VERSION.  It can be found by executing
+   "git blame source/include/acpixf.h" and referencing the line that contains
+   "ACPI_CA_VERSION".
+
+   3. Inspect the current divergences
+
+   If you have local copies of both Linux and upstream ACPICA, you can generate
+   a diff file indicating the state of the current divergences::
+
+   # git clone https://github.com/acpica/acpica
+   # git clone http://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git
+   # cd acpica
+   # generate/linux/divergences.sh -s ../linux
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/acpi/scan_handlers.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/acpi/scan_handlers.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7a197b3a33fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/acpi/scan_handlers.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+.. include:: <isonum.txt>
+
+==================
+ACPI Scan Handlers
+==================
+
+:Copyright: |copy| 2012, Intel Corporation
+
+:Author: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+
+During system initialization and ACPI-based device hot-add, the ACPI namespace
+is scanned in search of device objects that generally represent various pieces
+of hardware.  This causes a struct acpi_device object to be created and
+registered with the driver core for every device object in the ACPI namespace
+and the hierarchy of those struct acpi_device objects reflects the namespace
+layout (i.e. parent device objects in the namespace are represented by parent
+struct acpi_device objects and analogously for their children).  Those struct
+acpi_device objects are referred to as "device nodes" in what follows, but they
+should not be confused with struct device_node objects used by the Device Trees
+parsing code (although their role is analogous to the role of those objects).
+
+During ACPI-based device hot-remove device nodes representing pieces of hardware
+being removed are unregistered and deleted.
+
+The core ACPI namespace scanning code in drivers/acpi/scan.c carries out basic
+initialization of device nodes, such as retrieving common configuration
+information from the device objects represented by them and populating them with
+appropriate data, but some of them require additional handling after they have
+been registered.  For example, if the given device node represents a PCI host
+bridge, its registration should cause the PCI bus under that bridge to be
+enumerated and PCI devices on that bus to be registered with the driver core.
+Similarly, if the device node represents a PCI interrupt link, it is necessary
+to configure that link so that the kernel can use it.
+
+Those additional configuration tasks usually depend on the type of the hardware
+component represented by the given device node which can be determined on the
+basis of the device node's hardware ID (HID).  They are performed by objects
+called ACPI scan handlers represented by the following structure::
+
+	struct acpi_scan_handler {
+		const struct acpi_device_id *ids;
+		struct list_head list_node;
+		int (*attach)(struct acpi_device *dev, const struct acpi_device_id *id);
+		void (*detach)(struct acpi_device *dev);
+	};
+
+where ids is the list of IDs of device nodes the given handler is supposed to
+take care of, list_node is the hook to the global list of ACPI scan handlers
+maintained by the ACPI core and the .attach() and .detach() callbacks are
+executed, respectively, after registration of new device nodes and before
+unregistration of device nodes the handler attached to previously.
+
+The namespace scanning function, acpi_bus_scan(), first registers all of the
+device nodes in the given namespace scope with the driver core.  Then, it tries
+to match a scan handler against each of them using the ids arrays of the
+available scan handlers.  If a matching scan handler is found, its .attach()
+callback is executed for the given device node.  If that callback returns 1,
+that means that the handler has claimed the device node and is now responsible
+for carrying out any additional configuration tasks related to it.  It also will
+be responsible for preparing the device node for unregistration in that case.
+The device node's handler field is then populated with the address of the scan
+handler that has claimed it.
+
+If the .attach() callback returns 0, it means that the device node is not
+interesting to the given scan handler and may be matched against the next scan
+handler in the list.  If it returns a (negative) error code, that means that
+the namespace scan should be terminated due to a serious error.  The error code
+returned should then reflect the type of the error.
+
+The namespace trimming function, acpi_bus_trim(), first executes .detach()
+callbacks from the scan handlers of all device nodes in the given namespace
+scope (if they have scan handlers).  Next, it unregisters all of the device
+nodes in that scope.
+
+ACPI scan handlers can be added to the list maintained by the ACPI core with the
+help of the acpi_scan_add_handler() function taking a pointer to the new scan
+handler as an argument.  The order in which scan handlers are added to the list
+is the order in which they are matched against device nodes during namespace
+scans.
+
+All scan handles must be added to the list before acpi_bus_scan() is run for the
+first time and they cannot be removed from it.
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/component.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/component.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2da4a8f20607
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/component.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+======================================
+Component Helper for Aggregate Drivers
+======================================
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/base/component.c
+   :doc: overview
+
+
+API
+===
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/component.h
+   :internal:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/base/component.c
+   :export:
+
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/device-io.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/device-io.rst
index b00b23903078..0e389378f71d 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/device-io.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/device-io.rst
@@ -103,51 +103,6 @@ continuing execution::
         ha->flags.ints_enabled = 0;
     }
 
-In addition to write posting, on some large multiprocessing systems
-(e.g. SGI Challenge, Origin and Altix machines) posted writes won't be
-strongly ordered coming from different CPUs. Thus it's important to
-properly protect parts of your driver that do memory-mapped writes with
-locks and use the :c:func:`mmiowb()` to make sure they arrive in the
-order intended. Issuing a regular readX() will also ensure write ordering,
-but should only be used when the 
-driver has to be sure that the write has actually arrived at the device
-(not that it's simply ordered with respect to other writes), since a
-full readX() is a relatively expensive operation.
-
-Generally, one should use :c:func:`mmiowb()` prior to releasing a spinlock
-that protects regions using :c:func:`writeb()` or similar functions that
-aren't surrounded by readb() calls, which will ensure ordering
-and flushing. The following pseudocode illustrates what might occur if
-write ordering isn't guaranteed via :c:func:`mmiowb()` or one of the
-readX() functions::
-
-    CPU A:  spin_lock_irqsave(&dev_lock, flags)
-    CPU A:  ...
-    CPU A:  writel(newval, ring_ptr);
-    CPU A:  spin_unlock_irqrestore(&dev_lock, flags)
-            ...
-    CPU B:  spin_lock_irqsave(&dev_lock, flags)
-    CPU B:  writel(newval2, ring_ptr);
-    CPU B:  ...
-    CPU B:  spin_unlock_irqrestore(&dev_lock, flags)
-
-In the case above, newval2 could be written to ring_ptr before newval.
-Fixing it is easy though::
-
-    CPU A:  spin_lock_irqsave(&dev_lock, flags)
-    CPU A:  ...
-    CPU A:  writel(newval, ring_ptr);
-    CPU A:  mmiowb(); /* ensure no other writes beat us to the device */
-    CPU A:  spin_unlock_irqrestore(&dev_lock, flags)
-            ...
-    CPU B:  spin_lock_irqsave(&dev_lock, flags)
-    CPU B:  writel(newval2, ring_ptr);
-    CPU B:  ...
-    CPU B:  mmiowb();
-    CPU B:  spin_unlock_irqrestore(&dev_lock, flags)
-
-See tg3.c for a real world example of how to use :c:func:`mmiowb()`
-
 PCI ordering rules also guarantee that PIO read responses arrive after any
 outstanding DMA writes from that bus, since for some devices the result of
 a readb() call may signal to the driver that a DMA transaction is
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/device_link.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/device_link.rst
index d6763272e747..ae1e3d0394b0 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/device_link.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/device_link.rst
@@ -1,6 +1,9 @@
 .. |struct dev_pm_domain| replace:: :c:type:`struct dev_pm_domain <dev_pm_domain>`
 .. |struct generic_pm_domain| replace:: :c:type:`struct generic_pm_domain <generic_pm_domain>`
 
+
+.. _device_link:
+
 ============
 Device links
 ============
@@ -25,8 +28,8 @@ suspend/resume and shutdown ordering.
 
 Device links allow representation of such dependencies in the driver core.
 
-In its standard form, a device link combines *both* dependency types:
-It guarantees correct suspend/resume and shutdown ordering between a
+In its standard or *managed* form, a device link combines *both* dependency
+types:  It guarantees correct suspend/resume and shutdown ordering between a
 "supplier" device and its "consumer" devices, and it guarantees driver
 presence on the supplier.  The consumer devices are not probed before the
 supplier is bound to a driver, and they're unbound before the supplier
@@ -59,18 +62,24 @@ device ``->probe`` callback or a boot-time PCI quirk.
 
 Another example for an inconsistent state would be a device link that
 represents a driver presence dependency, yet is added from the consumer's
-``->probe`` callback while the supplier hasn't probed yet:  Had the driver
-core known about the device link earlier, it wouldn't have probed the
+``->probe`` callback while the supplier hasn't started to probe yet:  Had the
+driver core known about the device link earlier, it wouldn't have probed the
 consumer in the first place.  The onus is thus on the consumer to check
 presence of the supplier after adding the link, and defer probing on
-non-presence.
-
-If a device link is added in the ``->probe`` callback of the supplier or
-consumer driver, it is typically deleted in its ``->remove`` callback for
-symmetry.  That way, if the driver is compiled as a module, the device
-link is added on module load and orderly deleted on unload.  The same
-restrictions that apply to device link addition (e.g. exclusion of a
-parallel suspend/resume transition) apply equally to deletion.
+non-presence.  [Note that it is valid to create a link from the consumer's
+``->probe`` callback while the supplier is still probing, but the consumer must
+know that the supplier is functional already at the link creation time (that is
+the case, for instance, if the consumer has just acquired some resources that
+would not have been available had the supplier not been functional then).]
+
+If a device link with ``DL_FLAG_STATELESS`` set (i.e. a stateless device link)
+is added in the ``->probe`` callback of the supplier or consumer driver, it is
+typically deleted in its ``->remove`` callback for symmetry.  That way, if the
+driver is compiled as a module, the device link is added on module load and
+orderly deleted on unload.  The same restrictions that apply to device link
+addition (e.g. exclusion of a parallel suspend/resume transition) apply equally
+to deletion.  Device links with ``DL_FLAG_STATELESS`` unset (i.e. managed
+device links) are deleted automatically by the driver core.
 
 Several flags may be specified on device link addition, two of which
 have already been mentioned above:  ``DL_FLAG_STATELESS`` to express that no
@@ -80,25 +89,55 @@ integration is desired.
 
 Two other flags are specifically targeted at use cases where the device
 link is added from the consumer's ``->probe`` callback:  ``DL_FLAG_RPM_ACTIVE``
-can be specified to runtime resume the supplier upon addition of the
-device link.  ``DL_FLAG_AUTOREMOVE_CONSUMER`` causes the device link to be
-automatically purged when the consumer fails to probe or later unbinds.
-This obviates the need to explicitly delete the link in the ``->remove``
-callback or in the error path of the ``->probe`` callback.
+can be specified to runtime resume the supplier and prevent it from suspending
+before the consumer is runtime suspended.  ``DL_FLAG_AUTOREMOVE_CONSUMER``
+causes the device link to be automatically purged when the consumer fails to
+probe or later unbinds.
 
 Similarly, when the device link is added from supplier's ``->probe`` callback,
 ``DL_FLAG_AUTOREMOVE_SUPPLIER`` causes the device link to be automatically
 purged when the supplier fails to probe or later unbinds.
 
+If neither ``DL_FLAG_AUTOREMOVE_CONSUMER`` nor ``DL_FLAG_AUTOREMOVE_SUPPLIER``
+is set, ``DL_FLAG_AUTOPROBE_CONSUMER`` can be used to request the driver core
+to probe for a driver for the consumer driver on the link automatically after
+a driver has been bound to the supplier device.
+
+Note, however, that any combinations of ``DL_FLAG_AUTOREMOVE_CONSUMER``,
+``DL_FLAG_AUTOREMOVE_SUPPLIER`` or ``DL_FLAG_AUTOPROBE_CONSUMER`` with
+``DL_FLAG_STATELESS`` are invalid and cannot be used.
+
 Limitations
 ===========
 
-Driver authors should be aware that a driver presence dependency (i.e. when
-``DL_FLAG_STATELESS`` is not specified on link addition) may cause probing of
-the consumer to be deferred indefinitely.  This can become a problem if the
-consumer is required to probe before a certain initcall level is reached.
-Worse, if the supplier driver is blacklisted or missing, the consumer will
-never be probed.
+Driver authors should be aware that a driver presence dependency for managed
+device links (i.e. when ``DL_FLAG_STATELESS`` is not specified on link addition)
+may cause probing of the consumer to be deferred indefinitely.  This can become
+a problem if the consumer is required to probe before a certain initcall level
+is reached.  Worse, if the supplier driver is blacklisted or missing, the
+consumer will never be probed.
+
+Moreover, managed device links cannot be deleted directly.  They are deleted
+by the driver core when they are not necessary any more in accordance with the
+``DL_FLAG_AUTOREMOVE_CONSUMER`` and ``DL_FLAG_AUTOREMOVE_SUPPLIER`` flags.
+However, stateless device links (i.e. device links with ``DL_FLAG_STATELESS``
+set) are expected to be removed by whoever called :c:func:`device_link_add()`
+to add them with the help of either :c:func:`device_link_del()` or
+:c:func:`device_link_remove()`.
+
+Passing ``DL_FLAG_RPM_ACTIVE`` along with ``DL_FLAG_STATELESS`` to
+:c:func:`device_link_add()` may cause the PM-runtime usage counter of the
+supplier device to remain nonzero after a subsequent invocation of either
+:c:func:`device_link_del()` or :c:func:`device_link_remove()` to remove the
+device link returned by it.  This happens if :c:func:`device_link_add()` is
+called twice in a row for the same consumer-supplier pair without removing the
+link between these calls, in which case allowing the PM-runtime usage counter
+of the supplier to drop on an attempt to remove the link may cause it to be
+suspended while the consumer is still PM-runtime-active and that has to be
+avoided.  [To work around this limitation it is sufficient to let the consumer
+runtime suspend at least once, or call :c:func:`pm_runtime_set_suspended()` for
+it with PM-runtime disabled, between the :c:func:`device_link_add()` and
+:c:func:`device_link_del()` or :c:func:`device_link_remove()` calls.]
 
 Sometimes drivers depend on optional resources.  They are able to operate
 in a degraded mode (reduced feature set or performance) when those resources
@@ -282,4 +321,4 @@ API
 ===
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/base/core.c
-   :functions: device_link_add device_link_del
+   :functions: device_link_add device_link_del device_link_remove
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/dmaengine/client.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/dmaengine/client.rst
index fbbb2831f29f..45953f171500 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/dmaengine/client.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/dmaengine/client.rst
@@ -168,6 +168,13 @@ The details of these operations are:
    dmaengine_submit() will not start the DMA operation, it merely adds
    it to the pending queue. For this, see step 5, dma_async_issue_pending.
 
+   .. note::
+
+      After calling ``dmaengine_submit()`` the submitted transfer descriptor
+      (``struct dma_async_tx_descriptor``) belongs to the DMA engine.
+      Consequently, the client must consider invalid the pointer to that
+      descriptor.
+
 5. Issue pending DMA requests and wait for callback notification
 
    The transactions in the pending queue can be activated by calling the
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/dmaengine/dmatest.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/dmaengine/dmatest.rst
index 7ce5e71c353e..e78d070bb468 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/dmaengine/dmatest.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/dmaengine/dmatest.rst
@@ -11,6 +11,10 @@ This small document introduces how to test DMA drivers using dmatest module.
   capability of the following: DMA_MEMCPY (memory-to-memory), DMA_MEMSET
   (const-to-memory or memory-to-memory, when emulated), DMA_XOR, DMA_PQ.
 
+.. note::
+  In case of any related questions use the official mailing list
+  dmaengine@vger.kernel.org.
+
 Part 1 - How to build the test module
 =====================================
 
@@ -26,28 +30,44 @@ Part 2 - When dmatest is built as a module
 
 Example of usage::
 
-    % modprobe dmatest channel=dma0chan0 timeout=2000 iterations=1 run=1
+    % modprobe dmatest timeout=2000 iterations=1 channel=dma0chan0 run=1
 
 ...or::
 
     % modprobe dmatest
-    % echo dma0chan0 > /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/channel
     % echo 2000 > /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/timeout
     % echo 1 > /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/iterations
+    % echo dma0chan0 > /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/channel
     % echo 1 > /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/run
 
 ...or on the kernel command line::
 
-    dmatest.channel=dma0chan0 dmatest.timeout=2000 dmatest.iterations=1 dmatest.run=1
+    dmatest.timeout=2000 dmatest.iterations=1 dmatest.channel=dma0chan0 dmatest.run=1
+
+Example of multi-channel test usage:
+    % modprobe dmatest
+    % echo 2000 > /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/timeout
+    % echo 1 > /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/iterations
+    % echo dma0chan0 > /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/channel
+    % echo dma0chan1 > /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/channel
+    % echo dma0chan2 > /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/channel
+    % echo 1 > /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/run
+
+Note: the channel parameter should always be the last parameter set prior to
+running the test (setting run=1), this is because upon setting the channel
+parameter, that specific channel is requested using the dmaengine and a thread
+is created with the existing parameters. This thread is set as pending
+and will be executed once run is set to 1. Any parameters set after the thread
+is created are not applied.
 
 .. hint::
   available channel list could be extracted by running the following command::
 
     % ls -1 /sys/class/dma/
 
-Once started a message like "dmatest: Started 1 threads using dma0chan0" is
-emitted. After that only test failure messages are reported until the test
-stops.
+Once started a message like " dmatest: Added 1 threads using dma0chan0" is
+emitted. A thread for that specific channel is created and is now pending, the
+pending thread is started once run is to 1.
 
 Note that running a new test will not stop any in progress test.
 
@@ -112,3 +132,85 @@ Example::
 
 The details of a data miscompare error are also emitted, but do not follow the
 above format.
+
+Part 5 - Handling channel allocation
+====================================
+
+Allocating Channels
+-------------------
+
+Channels are required to be configured prior to starting the test run.
+Attempting to run the test without configuring the channels will fail.
+
+Example::
+
+    % echo 1 > /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/run
+    dmatest: Could not start test, no channels configured
+
+Channels are registered using the "channel" parameter. Channels can be requested by their
+name, once requested, the channel is registered and a pending thread is added to the test list.
+
+Example::
+
+    % echo dma0chan2 > /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/channel
+    dmatest: Added 1 threads using dma0chan2
+
+More channels can be added by repeating the example above.
+Reading back the channel parameter will return the name of last channel that was added successfully.
+
+Example::
+
+    % echo dma0chan1 > /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/channel
+    dmatest: Added 1 threads using dma0chan1
+    % echo dma0chan2 > /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/channel
+    dmatest: Added 1 threads using dma0chan2
+    % cat /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/channel
+    dma0chan2
+
+Another method of requesting channels is to request a channel with an empty string, Doing so
+will request all channels available to be tested:
+
+Example::
+
+    % echo "" > /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/channel
+    dmatest: Added 1 threads using dma0chan0
+    dmatest: Added 1 threads using dma0chan3
+    dmatest: Added 1 threads using dma0chan4
+    dmatest: Added 1 threads using dma0chan5
+    dmatest: Added 1 threads using dma0chan6
+    dmatest: Added 1 threads using dma0chan7
+    dmatest: Added 1 threads using dma0chan8
+
+At any point during the test configuration, reading the "test_list" parameter will
+print the list of currently pending tests.
+
+Example::
+
+    % cat /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/test_list
+    dmatest: 1 threads using dma0chan0
+    dmatest: 1 threads using dma0chan3
+    dmatest: 1 threads using dma0chan4
+    dmatest: 1 threads using dma0chan5
+    dmatest: 1 threads using dma0chan6
+    dmatest: 1 threads using dma0chan7
+    dmatest: 1 threads using dma0chan8
+
+Note: Channels will have to be configured for each test run as channel configurations do not
+carry across to the next test run.
+
+Releasing Channels
+-------------------
+
+Channels can be freed by setting run to 0.
+
+Example::
+    % echo dma0chan1 > /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/channel
+    dmatest: Added 1 threads using dma0chan1
+    % cat /sys/class/dma/dma0chan1/in_use
+    1
+    % echo 0 > /sys/module/dmatest/parameters/run
+    % cat /sys/class/dma/dma0chan1/in_use
+    0
+
+Channels allocated by previous test runs are automatically freed when a new
+channel is requested after completing a successful test run.
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/other_interfaces.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/other_interfaces.rst
index 36c47b1e9824..a4ac54b5fd79 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/other_interfaces.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/other_interfaces.rst
@@ -13,3 +13,33 @@ EDD Interfaces
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/firmware/edd.c
    :internal:
 
+Intel Stratix10 SoC Service Layer
+---------------------------------
+Some features of the Intel Stratix10 SoC require a level of privilege
+higher than the kernel is granted. Such secure features include
+FPGA programming. In terms of the ARMv8 architecture, the kernel runs
+at Exception Level 1 (EL1), access to the features requires
+Exception Level 3 (EL3).
+
+The Intel Stratix10 SoC service layer provides an in kernel API for
+drivers to request access to the secure features. The requests are queued
+and processed one by one. ARM’s SMCCC is used to pass the execution
+of the requests on to a secure monitor (EL3).
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/firmware/intel/stratix10-svc-client.h
+   :functions: stratix10_svc_command_code
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/firmware/intel/stratix10-svc-client.h
+   :functions: stratix10_svc_client_msg
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/firmware/intel/stratix10-svc-client.h
+   :functions: stratix10_svc_command_reconfig_payload
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/firmware/intel/stratix10-svc-client.h
+   :functions: stratix10_svc_cb_data
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/firmware/intel/stratix10-svc-client.h
+   :functions: stratix10_svc_client
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/firmware/stratix10-svc.c
+   :export:
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-bridge.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-bridge.rst
index 2c2aaca894bf..71c5a40da320 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-bridge.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-bridge.rst
@@ -4,6 +4,12 @@ FPGA Bridge
 API to implement a new FPGA bridge
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
+* struct :c:type:`fpga_bridge` — The FPGA Bridge structure
+* struct :c:type:`fpga_bridge_ops` — Low level Bridge driver ops
+* :c:func:`devm_fpga_bridge_create()` — Allocate and init a bridge struct
+* :c:func:`fpga_bridge_register()` — Register a bridge
+* :c:func:`fpga_bridge_unregister()` — Unregister a bridge
+
 .. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-bridge.h
    :functions: fpga_bridge
 
@@ -11,39 +17,10 @@ API to implement a new FPGA bridge
    :functions: fpga_bridge_ops
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
-   :functions: fpga_bridge_create
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
-   :functions: fpga_bridge_free
+   :functions: devm_fpga_bridge_create
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
    :functions: fpga_bridge_register
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
    :functions: fpga_bridge_unregister
-
-API to control an FPGA bridge
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-You probably won't need these directly.  FPGA regions should handle this.
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
-   :functions: of_fpga_bridge_get
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
-   :functions: fpga_bridge_get
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
-   :functions: fpga_bridge_put
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
-   :functions: fpga_bridge_get_to_list
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
-   :functions: of_fpga_bridge_get_to_list
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
-   :functions: fpga_bridge_enable
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
-   :functions: fpga_bridge_disable
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-mgr.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-mgr.rst
index 82b6dbbd31cd..576f1945eacd 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-mgr.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-mgr.rst
@@ -49,18 +49,14 @@ probe function calls fpga_mgr_register(), such as::
 		 * them in priv
 		 */
 
-		mgr = fpga_mgr_create(dev, "Altera SOCFPGA FPGA Manager",
-				      &socfpga_fpga_ops, priv);
+		mgr = devm_fpga_mgr_create(dev, "Altera SOCFPGA FPGA Manager",
+					   &socfpga_fpga_ops, priv);
 		if (!mgr)
 			return -ENOMEM;
 
 		platform_set_drvdata(pdev, mgr);
 
-		ret = fpga_mgr_register(mgr);
-		if (ret)
-			fpga_mgr_free(mgr);
-
-		return ret;
+		return fpga_mgr_register(mgr);
 	}
 
 	static int socfpga_fpga_remove(struct platform_device *pdev)
@@ -102,67 +98,19 @@ The ops include a .state function which will determine the state the FPGA is in
 and return a code of type enum fpga_mgr_states.  It doesn't result in a change
 in state.
 
-How to write an image buffer to a supported FPGA
-------------------------------------------------
-
-Some sample code::
-
-	#include <linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h>
-
-	struct fpga_manager *mgr;
-	struct fpga_image_info *info;
-	int ret;
-
-	/*
-	 * Get a reference to FPGA manager.  The manager is not locked, so you can
-	 * hold onto this reference without it preventing programming.
-	 *
-	 * This example uses the device node of the manager.  Alternatively, use
-	 * fpga_mgr_get(dev) instead if you have the device.
-	 */
-	mgr = of_fpga_mgr_get(mgr_node);
-
-	/* struct with information about the FPGA image to program. */
-	info = fpga_image_info_alloc(dev);
-
-	/* flags indicates whether to do full or partial reconfiguration */
-	info->flags = FPGA_MGR_PARTIAL_RECONFIG;
-
-	/*
-	 * At this point, indicate where the image is. This is pseudo-code; you're
-	 * going to use one of these three.
-	 */
-	if (image is in a scatter gather table) {
-
-		info->sgt = [your scatter gather table]
-
-	} else if (image is in a buffer) {
-
-		info->buf = [your image buffer]
-		info->count = [image buffer size]
-
-	} else if (image is in a firmware file) {
-
-		info->firmware_name = devm_kstrdup(dev, firmware_name, GFP_KERNEL);
-
-	}
-
-	/* Get exclusive control of FPGA manager */
-	ret = fpga_mgr_lock(mgr);
-
-	/* Load the buffer to the FPGA */
-	ret = fpga_mgr_buf_load(mgr, &info, buf, count);
-
-	/* Release the FPGA manager */
-	fpga_mgr_unlock(mgr);
-	fpga_mgr_put(mgr);
-
-	/* Deallocate the image info if you're done with it */
-	fpga_image_info_free(info);
-
 API for implementing a new FPGA Manager driver
 ----------------------------------------------
 
+* ``fpga_mgr_states`` —  Values for :c:member:`fpga_manager->state`.
+* struct :c:type:`fpga_manager` —  the FPGA manager struct
+* struct :c:type:`fpga_manager_ops` —  Low level FPGA manager driver ops
+* :c:func:`devm_fpga_mgr_create` —  Allocate and init a manager struct
+* :c:func:`fpga_mgr_register` —  Register an FPGA manager
+* :c:func:`fpga_mgr_unregister` —  Unregister an FPGA manager
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h
+   :functions: fpga_mgr_states
+
 .. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h
    :functions: fpga_manager
 
@@ -170,56 +118,10 @@ API for implementing a new FPGA Manager driver
    :functions: fpga_manager_ops
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: fpga_mgr_create
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: fpga_mgr_free
+   :functions: devm_fpga_mgr_create
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
    :functions: fpga_mgr_register
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
    :functions: fpga_mgr_unregister
-
-API for programming an FPGA
----------------------------
-
-FPGA Manager flags
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h
-   :doc: FPGA Manager flags
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h
-   :functions: fpga_image_info
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h
-   :functions: fpga_mgr_states
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: fpga_image_info_alloc
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: fpga_image_info_free
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: of_fpga_mgr_get
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: fpga_mgr_get
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: fpga_mgr_put
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: fpga_mgr_lock
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: fpga_mgr_unlock
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h
-   :functions: fpga_mgr_states
-
-Note - use :c:func:`fpga_region_program_fpga()` instead of :c:func:`fpga_mgr_load()`
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
-   :functions: fpga_mgr_load
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-programming.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-programming.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b5484df6ff0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-programming.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+In-kernel API for FPGA Programming
+==================================
+
+Overview
+--------
+
+The in-kernel API for FPGA programming is a combination of APIs from
+FPGA manager, bridge, and regions.  The actual function used to
+trigger FPGA programming is :c:func:`fpga_region_program_fpga()`.
+
+:c:func:`fpga_region_program_fpga()` uses functionality supplied by
+the FPGA manager and bridges.  It will:
+
+ * lock the region's mutex
+ * lock the mutex of the region's FPGA manager
+ * build a list of FPGA bridges if a method has been specified to do so
+ * disable the bridges
+ * program the FPGA using info passed in :c:member:`fpga_region->info`.
+ * re-enable the bridges
+ * release the locks
+
+The struct fpga_image_info specifies what FPGA image to program.  It is
+allocated/freed by :c:func:`fpga_image_info_alloc()` and freed with
+:c:func:`fpga_image_info_free()`
+
+How to program an FPGA using a region
+-------------------------------------
+
+When the FPGA region driver probed, it was given a pointer to an FPGA manager
+driver so it knows which manager to use.  The region also either has a list of
+bridges to control during programming or it has a pointer to a function that
+will generate that list.  Here's some sample code of what to do next::
+
+	#include <linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h>
+	#include <linux/fpga/fpga-region.h>
+
+	struct fpga_image_info *info;
+	int ret;
+
+	/*
+	 * First, alloc the struct with information about the FPGA image to
+	 * program.
+	 */
+	info = fpga_image_info_alloc(dev);
+	if (!info)
+		return -ENOMEM;
+
+	/* Set flags as needed, such as: */
+	info->flags = FPGA_MGR_PARTIAL_RECONFIG;
+
+	/*
+	 * Indicate where the FPGA image is. This is pseudo-code; you're
+	 * going to use one of these three.
+	 */
+	if (image is in a scatter gather table) {
+
+		info->sgt = [your scatter gather table]
+
+	} else if (image is in a buffer) {
+
+		info->buf = [your image buffer]
+		info->count = [image buffer size]
+
+	} else if (image is in a firmware file) {
+
+		info->firmware_name = devm_kstrdup(dev, firmware_name,
+						   GFP_KERNEL);
+
+	}
+
+	/* Add info to region and do the programming */
+	region->info = info;
+	ret = fpga_region_program_fpga(region);
+
+	/* Deallocate the image info if you're done with it */
+	region->info = NULL;
+	fpga_image_info_free(info);
+
+	if (ret)
+		return ret;
+
+	/* Now enumerate whatever hardware has appeared in the FPGA. */
+
+API for programming an FPGA
+---------------------------
+
+* :c:func:`fpga_region_program_fpga` —  Program an FPGA
+* :c:type:`fpga_image_info` —  Specifies what FPGA image to program
+* :c:func:`fpga_image_info_alloc()` —  Allocate an FPGA image info struct
+* :c:func:`fpga_image_info_free()` —  Free an FPGA image info struct
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-region.c
+   :functions: fpga_region_program_fpga
+
+FPGA Manager flags
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h
+   :doc: FPGA Manager flags
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-mgr.h
+   :functions: fpga_image_info
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
+   :functions: fpga_image_info_alloc
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
+   :functions: fpga_image_info_free
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-region.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-region.rst
index f30333ce828e..0529b2d2231a 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-region.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/fpga-region.rst
@@ -34,41 +34,6 @@ fpga_image_info including:
  * flags indicating specifics such as whether the image is for partial
    reconfiguration.
 
-How to program an FPGA using a region
--------------------------------------
-
-First, allocate the info struct::
-
-	info = fpga_image_info_alloc(dev);
-	if (!info)
-		return -ENOMEM;
-
-Set flags as needed, i.e.::
-
-	info->flags |= FPGA_MGR_PARTIAL_RECONFIG;
-
-Point to your FPGA image, such as::
-
-	info->sgt = &sgt;
-
-Add info to region and do the programming::
-
-	region->info = info;
-	ret = fpga_region_program_fpga(region);
-
-:c:func:`fpga_region_program_fpga()` operates on info passed in the
-fpga_image_info (region->info).  This function will attempt to:
-
- * lock the region's mutex
- * lock the region's FPGA manager
- * build a list of FPGA bridges if a method has been specified to do so
- * disable the bridges
- * program the FPGA
- * re-enable the bridges
- * release the locks
-
-Then you will want to enumerate whatever hardware has appeared in the FPGA.
-
 How to add a new FPGA region
 ----------------------------
 
@@ -77,26 +42,62 @@ An example of usage can be seen in the probe function of [#f2]_.
 .. [#f1] ../devicetree/bindings/fpga/fpga-region.txt
 .. [#f2] ../../drivers/fpga/of-fpga-region.c
 
-API to program an FPGA
-----------------------
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-region.c
-   :functions: fpga_region_program_fpga
-
 API to add a new FPGA region
 ----------------------------
 
+* struct :c:type:`fpga_region` — The FPGA region struct
+* :c:func:`devm_fpga_region_create` — Allocate and init a region struct
+* :c:func:`fpga_region_register` —  Register an FPGA region
+* :c:func:`fpga_region_unregister` —  Unregister an FPGA region
+
+The FPGA region's probe function will need to get a reference to the FPGA
+Manager it will be using to do the programming.  This usually would happen
+during the region's probe function.
+
+* :c:func:`fpga_mgr_get` — Get a reference to an FPGA manager, raise ref count
+* :c:func:`of_fpga_mgr_get` —  Get a reference to an FPGA manager, raise ref count,
+  given a device node.
+* :c:func:`fpga_mgr_put` — Put an FPGA manager
+
+The FPGA region will need to specify which bridges to control while programming
+the FPGA.  The region driver can build a list of bridges during probe time
+(:c:member:`fpga_region->bridge_list`) or it can have a function that creates
+the list of bridges to program just before programming
+(:c:member:`fpga_region->get_bridges`).  The FPGA bridge framework supplies the
+following APIs to handle building or tearing down that list.
+
+* :c:func:`fpga_bridge_get_to_list` — Get a ref of an FPGA bridge, add it to a
+  list
+* :c:func:`of_fpga_bridge_get_to_list` — Get a ref of an FPGA bridge, add it to a
+  list, given a device node
+* :c:func:`fpga_bridges_put` — Given a list of bridges, put them
+
 .. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fpga/fpga-region.h
    :functions: fpga_region
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-region.c
-   :functions: fpga_region_create
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-region.c
-   :functions: fpga_region_free
+   :functions: devm_fpga_region_create
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-region.c
    :functions: fpga_region_register
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-region.c
    :functions: fpga_region_unregister
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
+   :functions: fpga_mgr_get
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
+   :functions: of_fpga_mgr_get
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-mgr.c
+   :functions: fpga_mgr_put
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
+   :functions: fpga_bridge_get_to_list
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
+   :functions: of_fpga_bridge_get_to_list
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/fpga/fpga-bridge.c
+   :functions: fpga_bridges_put
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/index.rst
index c51e5ebd544a..31a4773bd2e6 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/index.rst
@@ -11,3 +11,5 @@ FPGA Subsystem
    fpga-mgr
    fpga-bridge
    fpga-region
+   fpga-programming
+
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/intro.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/intro.rst
index 50d1cab84950..f54c7dabcc7d 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/intro.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/fpga/intro.rst
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ FPGA Region
 -----------
 
 If you are adding a new interface to the FPGA framework, add it on top
-of an FPGA region to allow the most reuse of your interface.
+of an FPGA region.
 
 The FPGA Region framework (fpga-region.c) associates managers and
 bridges as reconfigurable regions.  A region may refer to the whole
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/board.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/board.rst
index a0f294e2e250..b37f3f7b8926 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/board.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/board.rst
@@ -204,6 +204,7 @@ between a caller and a respective .get/set_multiple() callback of a GPIO chip.
 
 In order to qualify for fast bitmap processing, the array must meet the
 following requirements:
+
 - pin hardware number of array member 0 must also be 0,
 - pin hardware numbers of consecutive array members which belong to the same
   chip as member 0 does must also match their array indexes.
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/driver.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/driver.rst
index a6c14ff0c54f..3043167fc557 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/driver.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/driver.rst
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ This configuration is normally used as a way to achieve one of two things:
 - inverse wire-OR on an I/O line, for example a GPIO line, making it possible
   for any driving stage on the line to drive it low even if any other output
   to the same line is simultaneously driving it high. A special case of this
-  is driving the SCL and SCA lines of an I2C bus, which is by definition a
+  is driving the SCL and SDA lines of an I2C bus, which is by definition a
   wire-OR bus.
 
 Both usecases require that the line be equipped with a pull-up resistor. This
@@ -434,7 +434,9 @@ try_module_get()). A GPIO driver can use the following functions instead
 to request and free descriptors without being pinned to the kernel forever::
 
 	struct gpio_desc *gpiochip_request_own_desc(struct gpio_desc *desc,
-						    const char *label)
+						    u16 hwnum,
+						    const char *label,
+						    enum gpiod_flags flags)
 
 	void gpiochip_free_own_desc(struct gpio_desc *desc)
 
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/legacy.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/legacy.rst
index 5e9421e05f1d..9bc34ba697d9 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/legacy.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/gpio/legacy.rst
@@ -690,11 +690,10 @@ and have the following read/write attributes:
 		and if it has been configured to generate interrupts (see the
 		description of "edge"), you can poll(2) on that file and
 		poll(2) will return whenever the interrupt was triggered. If
-		you use poll(2), set the events POLLPRI and POLLERR. If you
-		use select(2), set the file descriptor in exceptfds. After
-		poll(2) returns, either lseek(2) to the beginning of the sysfs
-		file and read the new value or close the file and re-open it
-		to read the value.
+		you use poll(2), set the events POLLPRI. If you use select(2),
+		set the file descriptor in exceptfds. After poll(2) returns,
+		either lseek(2) to the beginning of the sysfs file and read the
+		new value or close the file and re-open it to read the value.
 
 	"edge" ... reads as either "none", "rising", "falling", or
 		"both". Write these strings to select the signal edge(s)
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/i3c/device-driver-api.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/i3c/device-driver-api.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..85bc3381cd3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/i3c/device-driver-api.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+=====================
+I3C device driver API
+=====================
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/i3c/device.h
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/i3c/device.c
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/i3c/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/i3c/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..783d6dad054b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/i3c/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+=============
+I3C subsystem
+=============
+
+.. toctree::
+
+   protocol
+   device-driver-api
+   master-driver-api
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/i3c/master-driver-api.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/i3c/master-driver-api.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..332552b28358
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/i3c/master-driver-api.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+================================
+I3C master controller driver API
+================================
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/i3c/master.c
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/i3c/master.h
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/i3c/protocol.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/i3c/protocol.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..dae3b6d32c6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/i3c/protocol.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+============
+I3C protocol
+============
+
+Disclaimer
+==========
+
+This chapter will focus on aspects that matter to software developers. For
+everything hardware related (like how things are transmitted on the bus, how
+collisions are prevented, ...) please have a look at the I3C specification.
+
+This document is just a brief introduction to the I3C protocol and the concepts
+it brings to the table. If you need more information, please refer to the MIPI
+I3C specification (can be downloaded here
+http://resources.mipi.org/mipi-i3c-v1-download).
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+The I3C (pronounced 'eye-three-see') is a MIPI standardized protocol designed
+to overcome I2C limitations (limited speed, external signals needed for
+interrupts, no automatic detection of the devices connected to the bus, ...)
+while remaining power-efficient.
+
+I3C Bus
+=======
+
+An I3C bus is made of several I3C devices and possibly some I2C devices as
+well, but let's focus on I3C devices for now.
+
+An I3C device on the I3C bus can have one of the following roles:
+
+* Master: the device is driving the bus. It's the one in charge of initiating
+  transactions or deciding who is allowed to talk on the bus (slave generated
+  events are possible in I3C, see below).
+* Slave: the device acts as a slave, and is not able to send frames to another
+  slave on the bus. The device can still send events to the master on
+  its own initiative if the master allowed it.
+
+I3C is a multi-master protocol, so there might be several masters on a bus,
+though only one device can act as a master at a given time. In order to gain
+bus ownership, a master has to follow a specific procedure.
+
+Each device on the I3C bus has to be assigned a dynamic address to be able to
+communicate. Until this is done, the device should only respond to a limited
+set of commands. If it has a static address (also called legacy I2C address),
+the device can reply to I2C transfers.
+
+In addition to these per-device addresses, the protocol defines a broadcast
+address in order to address all devices on the bus.
+
+Once a dynamic address has been assigned to a device, this address will be used
+for any direct communication with the device. Note that even after being
+assigned a dynamic address, the device should still process broadcast messages.
+
+I3C Device discovery
+====================
+
+The I3C protocol defines a mechanism to automatically discover devices present
+on the bus, their capabilities and the functionalities they provide. In this
+regard I3C is closer to a discoverable bus like USB than it is to I2C or SPI.
+
+The discovery mechanism is called DAA (Dynamic Address Assignment), because it
+not only discovers devices but also assigns them a dynamic address.
+
+During DAA, each I3C device reports 3 important things:
+
+* BCR: Bus Characteristic Register. This 8-bit register describes the device bus
+  related capabilities
+* DCR: Device Characteristic Register. This 8-bit register describes the
+  functionalities provided by the device
+* Provisional ID: A 48-bit unique identifier. On a given bus there should be no
+  Provisional ID collision, otherwise the discovery mechanism may fail.
+
+I3C slave events
+================
+
+The I3C protocol allows slaves to generate events on their own, and thus allows
+them to take temporary control of the bus.
+
+This mechanism is called IBI for In Band Interrupts, and as stated in the name,
+it allows devices to generate interrupts without requiring an external signal.
+
+During DAA, each device on the bus has been assigned an address, and this
+address will serve as a priority identifier to determine who wins if 2 different
+devices are generating an interrupt at the same moment on the bus (the lower the
+dynamic address the higher the priority).
+
+Masters are allowed to inhibit interrupts if they want to. This inhibition
+request can be broadcast (applies to all devices) or sent to a specific
+device.
+
+I3C Hot-Join
+============
+
+The Hot-Join mechanism is similar to USB hotplug. This mechanism allows
+slaves to join the bus after it has been initialized by the master.
+
+This covers the following use cases:
+
+* the device is not powered when the bus is probed
+* the device is hotplugged on the bus through an extension board
+
+This mechanism is relying on slave events to inform the master that a new
+device joined the bus and is waiting for a dynamic address.
+
+The master is then free to address the request as it wishes: ignore it or
+assign a dynamic address to the slave.
+
+I3C transfer types
+==================
+
+If you omit SMBus (which is just a standardization on how to access registers
+exposed by I2C devices), I2C has only one transfer type.
+
+I3C defines 3 different classes of transfer in addition to I2C transfers which
+are here for backward compatibility with I2C devices.
+
+I3C CCC commands
+----------------
+
+CCC (Common Command Code) commands are meant to be used for anything that is
+related to bus management and all features that are common to a set of devices.
+
+CCC commands contain an 8-bit CCC ID describing the command that is executed.
+The MSB of this ID specifies whether this is a broadcast command (bit7 = 0) or a
+unicast one (bit7 = 1).
+
+The command ID can be followed by a payload. Depending on the command, this
+payload is either sent by the master sending the command (write CCC command),
+or sent by the slave receiving the command (read CCC command). Of course, read
+accesses only apply to unicast commands.
+Note that, when sending a CCC command to a specific device, the device address
+is passed in the first byte of the payload.
+
+The payload length is not explicitly passed on the bus, and should be extracted
+from the CCC ID.
+
+Note that vendors can use a dedicated range of CCC IDs for their own commands
+(0x61-0x7f and 0xe0-0xef).
+
+I3C Private SDR transfers
+-------------------------
+
+Private SDR (Single Data Rate) transfers should be used for anything that is
+device specific and does not require high transfer speed.
+
+It is the equivalent of I2C transfers but in the I3C world. Each transfer is
+passed the device address (dynamic address assigned during DAA), a payload
+and a direction.
+
+The only difference with I2C is that the transfer is much faster (typical clock
+frequency is 12.5MHz).
+
+I3C HDR commands
+----------------
+
+HDR commands should be used for anything that is device specific and requires
+high transfer speed.
+
+The first thing attached to an HDR command is the HDR mode. There are currently
+3 different modes defined by the I3C specification (refer to the specification
+for more details):
+
+* HDR-DDR: Double Data Rate mode
+* HDR-TSP: Ternary Symbol Pure. Only usable on busses with no I2C devices
+* HDR-TSL: Ternary Symbol Legacy. Usable on busses with I2C devices
+
+When sending an HDR command, the whole bus has to enter HDR mode, which is done
+using a broadcast CCC command.
+Once the bus has entered a specific HDR mode, the master sends the HDR command.
+An HDR command is made of:
+
+* one 16-bits command word in big endian
+* N 16-bits data words in big endian
+
+Those words may be wrapped with specific preambles/post-ambles which depend on
+the chosen HDR mode and are detailed here (see the specification for more
+details).
+
+The 16-bits command word is made of:
+
+* bit[15]: direction bit, read is 1, write is 0
+* bit[14:8]: command code. Identifies the command being executed, the amount of
+  data words and their meaning
+* bit[7:1]: I3C address of the device this command is addressed to
+* bit[0]: reserved/parity-bit
+
+Backward compatibility with I2C devices
+=======================================
+
+The I3C protocol has been designed to be backward compatible with I2C devices.
+This backward compatibility allows one to connect a mix of I2C and I3C devices
+on the same bus, though, in order to be really efficient, I2C devices should
+be equipped with 50 ns spike filters.
+
+I2C devices can't be discovered like I3C ones and have to be statically
+declared. In order to let the master know what these devices are capable of
+(both in terms of bus related limitations and functionalities), the software
+has to provide some information, which is done through the LVR (Legacy I2C
+Virtual Register).
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/iio/buffers.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/iio/buffers.rst
index 02c99a6bee18..e9036ef9f8f4 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/iio/buffers.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/iio/buffers.rst
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ IIO buffer setup
 ================
 
 The meta information associated with a channel reading placed in a buffer is
-called a scan element . The important bits configuring scan elements are
+called a scan element. The important bits configuring scan elements are
 exposed to userspace applications via the
 :file:`/sys/bus/iio/iio:device{X}/scan_elements/*` directory. This file contains
 attributes of the following form:
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/iio/core.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/iio/core.rst
index 9a34ae03b679..b0bc0c028cc5 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/iio/core.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/iio/core.rst
@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
 Core elements
 =============
 
-The Industrial I/O core offers a unified framework for writing drivers for
-many different types of embedded sensors. a standard interface to user space
+The Industrial I/O core offers both a unified framework for writing drivers for
+many different types of embedded sensors and a standard interface to user space
 applications manipulating sensors. The implementation can be found under
 :file:`drivers/iio/industrialio-*`
 
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Industrial I/O Devices
 ----------------------
 
 * struct :c:type:`iio_dev` - industrial I/O device
-* :c:func:`iio_device_alloc()` - alocate an :c:type:`iio_dev` from a driver
+* :c:func:`iio_device_alloc()` - allocate an :c:type:`iio_dev` from a driver
 * :c:func:`iio_device_free()` - free an :c:type:`iio_dev` from a driver
 * :c:func:`iio_device_register()` - register a device with the IIO subsystem
 * :c:func:`iio_device_unregister()` - unregister a device from the IIO
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/iio/hw-consumer.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/iio/hw-consumer.rst
index 8facce6a6733..e0fe0b98230e 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/iio/hw-consumer.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/iio/hw-consumer.rst
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 ===========
 HW consumer
 ===========
-An IIO device can be directly connected to another device in hardware. in this
+An IIO device can be directly connected to another device in hardware. In this
 case the buffers between IIO provider and IIO consumer are handled by hardware.
 The Industrial I/O HW consumer offers a way to bond these IIO devices without
 software buffer for data. The implementation can be found under
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/iio/triggers.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/iio/triggers.rst
index f89d37e7dd82..5c2156de6284 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/iio/triggers.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/iio/triggers.rst
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ There are two locations in sysfs related to triggers:
 
 * :file:`/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:device{X}/trigger/*`, this directory is
   created once the device supports a triggered buffer. We can associate a
-  trigger with our  device by writing the trigger's name in the
+  trigger with our device by writing the trigger's name in the
   :file:`current_trigger` file.
 
 IIO trigger setup
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst
index 1f0cdba2b2bf..aa87075c7846 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ available subsections can be seen below.
    device_connection
    dma-buf
    device_link
+   component
    message-based
    sound
    frame-buffer
@@ -30,9 +31,10 @@ available subsections can be seen below.
    input
    usb/index
    firewire
-   pci
+   pci/index
    spi
    i2c
+   i3c/index
    hsi
    edac
    scsi
@@ -54,6 +56,7 @@ available subsections can be seen below.
    slimbus
    soundwire/index
    fpga/index
+   acpi/index
 
 .. only::  subproject and html
 
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pci/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pci/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c6cf1fef61ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pci/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+============================================
+The Linux PCI driver implementer's API guide
+============================================
+
+.. class:: toc-title
+
+	   Table of contents
+
+.. toctree::
+   :maxdepth: 2
+
+   pci
+   p2pdma
+
+.. only::  subproject and html
+
+   Indices
+   =======
+
+   * :ref:`genindex`
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pci/p2pdma.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pci/p2pdma.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..44deb52beeb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pci/p2pdma.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+============================
+PCI Peer-to-Peer DMA Support
+============================
+
+The PCI bus has pretty decent support for performing DMA transfers
+between two devices on the bus. This type of transaction is henceforth
+called Peer-to-Peer (or P2P). However, there are a number of issues that
+make P2P transactions tricky to do in a perfectly safe way.
+
+One of the biggest issues is that PCI doesn't require forwarding
+transactions between hierarchy domains, and in PCIe, each Root Port
+defines a separate hierarchy domain. To make things worse, there is no
+simple way to determine if a given Root Complex supports this or not.
+(See PCIe r4.0, sec 1.3.1). Therefore, as of this writing, the kernel
+only supports doing P2P when the endpoints involved are all behind the
+same PCI bridge, as such devices are all in the same PCI hierarchy
+domain, and the spec guarantees that all transactions within the
+hierarchy will be routable, but it does not require routing
+between hierarchies.
+
+The second issue is that to make use of existing interfaces in Linux,
+memory that is used for P2P transactions needs to be backed by struct
+pages. However, PCI BARs are not typically cache coherent so there are
+a few corner case gotchas with these pages so developers need to
+be careful about what they do with them.
+
+
+Driver Writer's Guide
+=====================
+
+In a given P2P implementation there may be three or more different
+types of kernel drivers in play:
+
+* Provider - A driver which provides or publishes P2P resources like
+  memory or doorbell registers to other drivers.
+* Client - A driver which makes use of a resource by setting up a
+  DMA transaction to or from it.
+* Orchestrator - A driver which orchestrates the flow of data between
+  clients and providers.
+
+In many cases there could be overlap between these three types (i.e.,
+it may be typical for a driver to be both a provider and a client).
+
+For example, in the NVMe Target Copy Offload implementation:
+
+* The NVMe PCI driver is both a client, provider and orchestrator
+  in that it exposes any CMB (Controller Memory Buffer) as a P2P memory
+  resource (provider), it accepts P2P memory pages as buffers in requests
+  to be used directly (client) and it can also make use of the CMB as
+  submission queue entries (orchestrator).
+* The RDMA driver is a client in this arrangement so that an RNIC
+  can DMA directly to the memory exposed by the NVMe device.
+* The NVMe Target driver (nvmet) can orchestrate the data from the RNIC
+  to the P2P memory (CMB) and then to the NVMe device (and vice versa).
+
+This is currently the only arrangement supported by the kernel but
+one could imagine slight tweaks to this that would allow for the same
+functionality. For example, if a specific RNIC added a BAR with some
+memory behind it, its driver could add support as a P2P provider and
+then the NVMe Target could use the RNIC's memory instead of the CMB
+in cases where the NVMe cards in use do not have CMB support.
+
+
+Provider Drivers
+----------------
+
+A provider simply needs to register a BAR (or a portion of a BAR)
+as a P2P DMA resource using :c:func:`pci_p2pdma_add_resource()`.
+This will register struct pages for all the specified memory.
+
+After that it may optionally publish all of its resources as
+P2P memory using :c:func:`pci_p2pmem_publish()`. This will allow
+any orchestrator drivers to find and use the memory. When marked in
+this way, the resource must be regular memory with no side effects.
+
+For the time being this is fairly rudimentary in that all resources
+are typically going to be P2P memory. Future work will likely expand
+this to include other types of resources like doorbells.
+
+
+Client Drivers
+--------------
+
+A client driver typically only has to conditionally change its DMA map
+routine to use the mapping function :c:func:`pci_p2pdma_map_sg()` instead
+of the usual :c:func:`dma_map_sg()` function. Memory mapped in this
+way does not need to be unmapped.
+
+The client may also, optionally, make use of
+:c:func:`is_pci_p2pdma_page()` to determine when to use the P2P mapping
+functions and when to use the regular mapping functions. In some
+situations, it may be more appropriate to use a flag to indicate a
+given request is P2P memory and map appropriately. It is important to
+ensure that struct pages that back P2P memory stay out of code that
+does not have support for them as other code may treat the pages as
+regular memory which may not be appropriate.
+
+
+Orchestrator Drivers
+--------------------
+
+The first task an orchestrator driver must do is compile a list of
+all client devices that will be involved in a given transaction. For
+example, the NVMe Target driver creates a list including the namespace
+block device and the RNIC in use. If the orchestrator has access to
+a specific P2P provider to use it may check compatibility using
+:c:func:`pci_p2pdma_distance()` otherwise it may find a memory provider
+that's compatible with all clients using  :c:func:`pci_p2pmem_find()`.
+If more than one provider is supported, the one nearest to all the clients will
+be chosen first. If more than one provider is an equal distance away, the
+one returned will be chosen at random (it is not an arbitrary but
+truly random). This function returns the PCI device to use for the provider
+with a reference taken and therefore when it's no longer needed it should be
+returned with pci_dev_put().
+
+Once a provider is selected, the orchestrator can then use
+:c:func:`pci_alloc_p2pmem()` and :c:func:`pci_free_p2pmem()` to
+allocate P2P memory from the provider. :c:func:`pci_p2pmem_alloc_sgl()`
+and :c:func:`pci_p2pmem_free_sgl()` are convenience functions for
+allocating scatter-gather lists with P2P memory.
+
+Struct Page Caveats
+-------------------
+
+Driver writers should be very careful about not passing these special
+struct pages to code that isn't prepared for it. At this time, the kernel
+interfaces do not have any checks for ensuring this. This obviously
+precludes passing these pages to userspace.
+
+P2P memory is also technically IO memory but should never have any side
+effects behind it. Thus, the order of loads and stores should not be important
+and ioreadX(), iowriteX() and friends should not be necessary.
+
+
+P2P DMA Support Library
+=======================
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/pci/p2pdma.c
+   :export:
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pci.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pci/pci.rst
index ca85e5e78b2c..ca85e5e78b2c 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/pci.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pci/pci.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pinctl.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pinctl.rst
index 6cb68d67fa75..2bb1bc484278 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/pinctl.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pinctl.rst
@@ -274,15 +274,6 @@ configuration in the pin controller ops like this::
 		.confops = &foo_pconf_ops,
 	};
 
-Since some controllers have special logic for handling entire groups of pins
-they can exploit the special whole-group pin control function. The
-pin_config_group_set() callback is allowed to return the error code -EAGAIN,
-for groups it does not want to handle, or if it just wants to do some
-group-level handling and then fall through to iterate over all pins, in which
-case each individual pin will be treated by separate pin_config_set() calls as
-well.
-
-
 Interaction with the GPIO subsystem
 ===================================
 
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pm/cpuidle.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pm/cpuidle.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..006cf6db40c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pm/cpuidle.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+.. include:: <isonum.txt>
+
+.. |struct cpuidle_governor| replace:: :c:type:`struct cpuidle_governor <cpuidle_governor>`
+.. |struct cpuidle_device| replace:: :c:type:`struct cpuidle_device <cpuidle_device>`
+.. |struct cpuidle_driver| replace:: :c:type:`struct cpuidle_driver <cpuidle_driver>`
+.. |struct cpuidle_state| replace:: :c:type:`struct cpuidle_state <cpuidle_state>`
+
+========================
+CPU Idle Time Management
+========================
+
+:Copyright: |copy| 2019 Intel Corporation
+
+:Author: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
+
+
+CPU Idle Time Management Subsystem
+==================================
+
+Every time one of the logical CPUs in the system (the entities that appear to
+fetch and execute instructions: hardware threads, if present, or processor
+cores) is idle after an interrupt or equivalent wakeup event, which means that
+there are no tasks to run on it except for the special "idle" task associated
+with it, there is an opportunity to save energy for the processor that it
+belongs to.  That can be done by making the idle logical CPU stop fetching
+instructions from memory and putting some of the processor's functional units
+depended on by it into an idle state in which they will draw less power.
+
+However, there may be multiple different idle states that can be used in such a
+situation in principle, so it may be necessary to find the most suitable one
+(from the kernel perspective) and ask the processor to use (or "enter") that
+particular idle state.  That is the role of the CPU idle time management
+subsystem in the kernel, called ``CPUIdle``.
+
+The design of ``CPUIdle`` is modular and based on the code duplication avoidance
+principle, so the generic code that in principle need not depend on the hardware
+or platform design details in it is separate from the code that interacts with
+the hardware.  It generally is divided into three categories of functional
+units: *governors* responsible for selecting idle states to ask the processor
+to enter, *drivers* that pass the governors' decisions on to the hardware and
+the *core* providing a common framework for them.
+
+
+CPU Idle Time Governors
+=======================
+
+A CPU idle time (``CPUIdle``) governor is a bundle of policy code invoked when
+one of the logical CPUs in the system turns out to be idle.  Its role is to
+select an idle state to ask the processor to enter in order to save some energy.
+
+``CPUIdle`` governors are generic and each of them can be used on any hardware
+platform that the Linux kernel can run on.  For this reason, data structures
+operated on by them cannot depend on any hardware architecture or platform
+design details as well.
+
+The governor itself is represented by a |struct cpuidle_governor| object
+containing four callback pointers, :c:member:`enable`, :c:member:`disable`,
+:c:member:`select`, :c:member:`reflect`, a :c:member:`rating` field described
+below, and a name (string) used for identifying it.
+
+For the governor to be available at all, that object needs to be registered
+with the ``CPUIdle`` core by calling :c:func:`cpuidle_register_governor()` with
+a pointer to it passed as the argument.  If successful, that causes the core to
+add the governor to the global list of available governors and, if it is the
+only one in the list (that is, the list was empty before) or the value of its
+:c:member:`rating` field is greater than the value of that field for the
+governor currently in use, or the name of the new governor was passed to the
+kernel as the value of the ``cpuidle.governor=`` command line parameter, the new
+governor will be used from that point on (there can be only one ``CPUIdle``
+governor in use at a time).  Also, if ``cpuidle_sysfs_switch`` is passed to the
+kernel in the command line, user space can choose the ``CPUIdle`` governor to
+use at run time via ``sysfs``.
+
+Once registered, ``CPUIdle`` governors cannot be unregistered, so it is not
+practical to put them into loadable kernel modules.
+
+The interface between ``CPUIdle`` governors and the core consists of four
+callbacks:
+
+:c:member:`enable`
+	::
+
+	  int (*enable) (struct cpuidle_driver *drv, struct cpuidle_device *dev);
+
+	The role of this callback is to prepare the governor for handling the
+	(logical) CPU represented by the |struct cpuidle_device| object	pointed
+	to by the ``dev`` argument.  The |struct cpuidle_driver| object pointed
+	to by the ``drv`` argument represents the ``CPUIdle`` driver to be used
+	with that CPU (among other things, it should contain the list of
+	|struct cpuidle_state| objects representing idle states that the
+	processor holding the given CPU can be asked to enter).
+
+	It may fail, in which case it is expected to return a negative error
+	code, and that causes the kernel to run the architecture-specific
+	default code for idle CPUs on the CPU in question instead of ``CPUIdle``
+	until the ``->enable()`` governor callback is invoked for that CPU
+	again.
+
+:c:member:`disable`
+	::
+
+	  void (*disable) (struct cpuidle_driver *drv, struct cpuidle_device *dev);
+
+	Called to make the governor stop handling the (logical) CPU represented
+	by the |struct cpuidle_device| object pointed to by the ``dev``
+	argument.
+
+	It is expected to reverse any changes made by the ``->enable()``
+	callback when it was last invoked for the target CPU, free all memory
+	allocated by that callback and so on.
+
+:c:member:`select`
+	::
+
+	  int (*select) (struct cpuidle_driver *drv, struct cpuidle_device *dev,
+	                 bool *stop_tick);
+
+	Called to select an idle state for the processor holding the (logical)
+	CPU represented by the |struct cpuidle_device| object pointed to by the
+	``dev`` argument.
+
+	The list of idle states to take into consideration is represented by the
+	:c:member:`states` array of |struct cpuidle_state| objects held by the
+	|struct cpuidle_driver| object pointed to by the ``drv`` argument (which
+	represents the ``CPUIdle`` driver to be used with the CPU at hand).  The
+	value returned by this callback is interpreted as an index into that
+	array (unless it is a negative error code).
+
+	The ``stop_tick`` argument is used to indicate whether or not to stop
+	the scheduler tick before asking the processor to enter the selected
+	idle state.  When the ``bool`` variable pointed to by it (which is set
+	to ``true`` before invoking this callback) is cleared to ``false``, the
+	processor will be asked to enter the selected idle state without
+	stopping the scheduler tick on the given CPU (if the tick has been
+	stopped on that CPU already, however, it will not be restarted before
+	asking the processor to enter the idle state).
+
+	This callback is mandatory (i.e. the :c:member:`select` callback pointer
+	in |struct cpuidle_governor| must not be ``NULL`` for the registration
+	of the governor to succeed).
+
+:c:member:`reflect`
+	::
+
+	  void (*reflect) (struct cpuidle_device *dev, int index);
+
+	Called to allow the governor to evaluate the accuracy of the idle state
+	selection made by the ``->select()`` callback (when it was invoked last
+	time) and possibly use the result of that to improve the accuracy of
+	idle state selections in the future.
+
+In addition, ``CPUIdle`` governors are required to take power management
+quality of service (PM QoS) constraints on the processor wakeup latency into
+account when selecting idle states.  In order to obtain the current effective
+PM QoS wakeup latency constraint for a given CPU, a ``CPUIdle`` governor is
+expected to pass the number of the CPU to
+:c:func:`cpuidle_governor_latency_req()`.  Then, the governor's ``->select()``
+callback must not return the index of an indle state whose
+:c:member:`exit_latency` value is greater than the number returned by that
+function.
+
+
+CPU Idle Time Management Drivers
+================================
+
+CPU idle time management (``CPUIdle``) drivers provide an interface between the
+other parts of ``CPUIdle`` and the hardware.
+
+First of all, a ``CPUIdle`` driver has to populate the :c:member:`states` array
+of |struct cpuidle_state| objects included in the |struct cpuidle_driver| object
+representing it.  Going forward this array will represent the list of available
+idle states that the processor hardware can be asked to enter shared by all of
+the logical CPUs handled by the given driver.
+
+The entries in the :c:member:`states` array are expected to be sorted by the
+value of the :c:member:`target_residency` field in |struct cpuidle_state| in
+the ascending order (that is, index 0 should correspond to the idle state with
+the minimum value of :c:member:`target_residency`).  [Since the
+:c:member:`target_residency` value is expected to reflect the "depth" of the
+idle state represented by the |struct cpuidle_state| object holding it, this
+sorting order should be the same as the ascending sorting order by the idle
+state "depth".]
+
+Three fields in |struct cpuidle_state| are used by the existing ``CPUIdle``
+governors for computations related to idle state selection:
+
+:c:member:`target_residency`
+	Minimum time to spend in this idle state including the time needed to
+	enter it (which may be substantial) to save more energy than could
+	be saved by staying in a shallower idle state for the same amount of
+	time, in microseconds.
+
+:c:member:`exit_latency`
+	Maximum time it will take a CPU asking the processor to enter this idle
+	state to start executing the first instruction after a wakeup from it,
+	in microseconds.
+
+:c:member:`flags`
+	Flags representing idle state properties.  Currently, governors only use
+	the ``CPUIDLE_FLAG_POLLING`` flag which is set if the given object
+	does not represent a real idle state, but an interface to a software
+	"loop" that can be used in order to avoid asking the processor to enter
+	any idle state at all.  [There are other flags used by the ``CPUIdle``
+	core in special situations.]
+
+The :c:member:`enter` callback pointer in |struct cpuidle_state|, which must not
+be ``NULL``, points to the routine to execute in order to ask the processor to
+enter this particular idle state:
+
+::
+
+  void (*enter) (struct cpuidle_device *dev, struct cpuidle_driver *drv,
+                 int index);
+
+The first two arguments of it point to the |struct cpuidle_device| object
+representing the logical CPU running this callback and the
+|struct cpuidle_driver| object representing the driver itself, respectively,
+and the last one is an index of the |struct cpuidle_state| entry in the driver's
+:c:member:`states` array representing the idle state to ask the processor to
+enter.
+
+The analogous ``->enter_s2idle()`` callback in |struct cpuidle_state| is used
+only for implementing the suspend-to-idle system-wide power management feature.
+The difference between in and ``->enter()`` is that it must not re-enable
+interrupts at any point (even temporarily) or attempt to change the states of
+clock event devices, which the ``->enter()`` callback may do sometimes.
+
+Once the :c:member:`states` array has been populated, the number of valid
+entries in it has to be stored in the :c:member:`state_count` field of the
+|struct cpuidle_driver| object representing the driver.  Moreover, if any
+entries in the :c:member:`states` array represent "coupled" idle states (that
+is, idle states that can only be asked for if multiple related logical CPUs are
+idle), the :c:member:`safe_state_index` field in |struct cpuidle_driver| needs
+to be the index of an idle state that is not "coupled" (that is, one that can be
+asked for if only one logical CPU is idle).
+
+In addition to that, if the given ``CPUIdle`` driver is only going to handle a
+subset of logical CPUs in the system, the :c:member:`cpumask` field in its
+|struct cpuidle_driver| object must point to the set (mask) of CPUs that will be
+handled by it.
+
+A ``CPUIdle`` driver can only be used after it has been registered.  If there
+are no "coupled" idle state entries in the driver's :c:member:`states` array,
+that can be accomplished by passing the driver's |struct cpuidle_driver| object
+to :c:func:`cpuidle_register_driver()`.  Otherwise, :c:func:`cpuidle_register()`
+should be used for this purpose.
+
+However, it also is necessary to register |struct cpuidle_device| objects for
+all of the logical CPUs to be handled by the given ``CPUIdle`` driver with the
+help of :c:func:`cpuidle_register_device()` after the driver has been registered
+and :c:func:`cpuidle_register_driver()`, unlike :c:func:`cpuidle_register()`,
+does not do that automatically.  For this reason, the drivers that use
+:c:func:`cpuidle_register_driver()` to register themselves must also take care
+of registering the |struct cpuidle_device| objects as needed, so it is generally
+recommended to use :c:func:`cpuidle_register()` for ``CPUIdle`` driver
+registration in all cases.
+
+The registration of a |struct cpuidle_device| object causes the ``CPUIdle``
+``sysfs`` interface to be created and the governor's ``->enable()`` callback to
+be invoked for the logical CPU represented by it, so it must take place after
+registering the driver that will handle the CPU in question.
+
+``CPUIdle`` drivers and |struct cpuidle_device| objects can be unregistered
+when they are not necessary any more which allows some resources associated with
+them to be released.  Due to dependencies between them, all of the
+|struct cpuidle_device| objects representing CPUs handled by the given
+``CPUIdle`` driver must be unregistered, with the help of
+:c:func:`cpuidle_unregister_device()`, before calling
+:c:func:`cpuidle_unregister_driver()` to unregister the driver.  Alternatively,
+:c:func:`cpuidle_unregister()` can be called to unregister a ``CPUIdle`` driver
+along with all of the |struct cpuidle_device| objects representing CPUs handled
+by it.
+
+``CPUIdle`` drivers can respond to runtime system configuration changes that
+lead to modifications of the list of available processor idle states (which can
+happen, for example, when the system's power source is switched from AC to
+battery or the other way around).  Upon a notification of such a change,
+a ``CPUIdle`` driver is expected to call :c:func:`cpuidle_pause_and_lock()` to
+turn ``CPUIdle`` off temporarily and then :c:func:`cpuidle_disable_device()` for
+all of the |struct cpuidle_device| objects representing CPUs affected by that
+change.  Next, it can update its :c:member:`states` array in accordance with
+the new configuration of the system, call :c:func:`cpuidle_enable_device()` for
+all of the relevant |struct cpuidle_device| objects and invoke
+:c:func:`cpuidle_resume_and_unlock()` to allow ``CPUIdle`` to be used again.
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pm/devices.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pm/devices.rst
index 1128705a5731..30835683616a 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/pm/devices.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pm/devices.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+.. include:: <isonum.txt>
+
 .. |struct dev_pm_ops| replace:: :c:type:`struct dev_pm_ops <dev_pm_ops>`
 .. |struct dev_pm_domain| replace:: :c:type:`struct dev_pm_domain <dev_pm_domain>`
 .. |struct bus_type| replace:: :c:type:`struct bus_type <bus_type>`
@@ -6,15 +9,18 @@
 .. |struct wakeup_source| replace:: :c:type:`struct wakeup_source <wakeup_source>`
 .. |struct device| replace:: :c:type:`struct device <device>`
 
+.. _driverapi_pm_devices:
+
 ==============================
 Device Power Management Basics
 ==============================
 
-::
+:Copyright: |copy| 2010-2011 Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>, Novell Inc.
+:Copyright: |copy| 2010 Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+:Copyright: |copy| 2016 Intel Corporation
+
+:Author: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
 
- Copyright (c) 2010-2011 Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>, Novell Inc.
- Copyright (c) 2010 Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
- Copyright (c) 2016 Intel Corp., Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
 
 Most of the code in Linux is device drivers, so most of the Linux power
 management (PM) code is also driver-specific.  Most drivers will do very
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pm/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pm/index.rst
index 2f6d0e9cf6b7..c2a9ef8d115c 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/pm/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pm/index.rst
@@ -1,9 +1,12 @@
-=======================
-Device Power Management
-=======================
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+===============================
+CPU and Device Power Management
+===============================
 
 .. toctree::
 
+   cpuidle
    devices
    notifiers
    types
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pm/notifiers.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pm/notifiers.rst
index 62f860026992..186435c43b77 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/pm/notifiers.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pm/notifiers.rst
@@ -1,10 +1,14 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+.. include:: <isonum.txt>
+
 =============================
 Suspend/Hibernation Notifiers
 =============================
 
-::
+:Copyright: |copy| 2016 Intel Corporation
+
+:Author: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
 
- Copyright (c) 2016 Intel Corp., Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
 
 There are some operations that subsystems or drivers may want to carry out
 before hibernation/suspend or after restore/resume, but they require the system
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pm/types.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pm/types.rst
index 3ebdecc54104..73a231caf764 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/pm/types.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pm/types.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
 ==================================
 Device Power Management Data Types
 ==================================
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/soundwire/stream.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/soundwire/stream.rst
index 29121aa55fb9..26a6064503fd 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/soundwire/stream.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/soundwire/stream.rst
@@ -101,6 +101,34 @@ interface. ::
 	+--------------------+                             |                |
 							   +----------------+
 
+Example 5: Stereo Stream with L and R channel is rendered by 2 Masters, each
+rendering one channel, and is received by two different Slaves, each
+receiving one channel. Both Masters and both Slaves are using single port. ::
+
+	+---------------+                    Clock Signal  +---------------+
+	|    Master     +----------------------------------+     Slave     |
+	|   Interface   |                                  |   Interface   |
+	|       1       |                                  |       1       |
+	|               |                     Data Signal  |               |
+	|       L       +----------------------------------+       L       |
+	|     (Data)    |     Data Direction               |     (Data)    |
+	+---------------+  +----------------------->       +---------------+
+
+	+---------------+                    Clock Signal  +---------------+
+	|    Master     +----------------------------------+     Slave     |
+	|   Interface   |                                  |   Interface   |
+	|       2       |                                  |       2       |
+	|               |                     Data Signal  |               |
+	|       R       +----------------------------------+       R       |
+	|     (Data)    |     Data Direction               |     (Data)    |
+	+---------------+  +----------------------->       +---------------+
+
+Note: In multi-link cases like above, to lock, one would acquire a global
+lock and then go on locking bus instances. But, in this case the caller
+framework(ASoC DPCM) guarantees that stream operations on a card are
+always serialized. So, there is no race condition and hence no need for
+global lock.
+
 SoundWire Stream Management flow
 ================================
 
@@ -174,6 +202,7 @@ per stream. From ASoC DPCM framework, this stream state maybe linked to
 .startup() operation.
 
   .. code-block:: c
+
   int sdw_alloc_stream(char * stream_name);
 
 
@@ -200,6 +229,7 @@ only be invoked once by respective Master(s) and Slave(s). From ASoC DPCM
 framework, this stream state is linked to .hw_params() operation.
 
   .. code-block:: c
+
   int sdw_stream_add_master(struct sdw_bus * bus,
 		struct sdw_stream_config * stream_config,
 		struct sdw_ports_config * ports_config,
@@ -245,6 +275,7 @@ stream. From ASoC DPCM framework, this stream state is linked to
 .prepare() operation.
 
   .. code-block:: c
+
   int sdw_prepare_stream(struct sdw_stream_runtime * stream);
 
 
@@ -274,6 +305,7 @@ stream. From ASoC DPCM framework, this stream state is linked to
 .trigger() start operation.
 
   .. code-block:: c
+
   int sdw_enable_stream(struct sdw_stream_runtime * stream);
 
 SDW_STREAM_DISABLED
@@ -301,6 +333,7 @@ per stream. From ASoC DPCM framework, this stream state is linked to
 .trigger() stop operation.
 
   .. code-block:: c
+
   int sdw_disable_stream(struct sdw_stream_runtime * stream);
 
 
@@ -325,6 +358,7 @@ per stream. From ASoC DPCM framework, this stream state is linked to
 .trigger() stop operation.
 
   .. code-block:: c
+
   int sdw_deprepare_stream(struct sdw_stream_runtime * stream);
 
 
@@ -349,6 +383,7 @@ all the Master(s) and Slave(s) associated with stream. From ASoC DPCM
 framework, this stream state is linked to .hw_free() operation.
 
   .. code-block:: c
+
   int sdw_stream_remove_master(struct sdw_bus * bus,
 		struct sdw_stream_runtime * stream);
   int sdw_stream_remove_slave(struct sdw_slave * slave,
@@ -361,6 +396,7 @@ stream assigned as part of ALLOCATED state.
 In .shutdown() the data structure maintaining stream state are freed up.
 
   .. code-block:: c
+
   void sdw_release_stream(struct sdw_stream_runtime * stream);
 
 Not Supported
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/uio-howto.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/uio-howto.rst
index fb2eb73be4a3..25f50eace28b 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/uio-howto.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/uio-howto.rst
@@ -463,8 +463,8 @@ Getting information about your UIO device
 
 Information about all UIO devices is available in sysfs. The first thing
 you should do in your driver is check ``name`` and ``version`` to make
-sure your talking to the right device and that its kernel driver has the
-version you expect.
+sure you're talking to the right device and that its kernel driver has
+the version you expect.
 
 You should also make sure that the memory mapping you need exists and
 has the size you expect.
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/usb/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/index.rst
index 8fe995a1ec94..cfa8797ea614 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/usb/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/index.rst
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ Linux USB API
    dwc3
    writing_musb_glue_layer
    typec
+   typec_bus
    usb3-debug-port
 
 .. only::  subproject and html
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/usb/power-management.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/power-management.rst
index 79beb807996b..4a74cf6f2797 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/usb/power-management.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/power-management.rst
@@ -370,11 +370,15 @@ autosuspend the interface's device.  When the usage counter is = 0
 then the interface is considered to be idle, and the kernel may
 autosuspend the device.
 
-Drivers need not be concerned about balancing changes to the usage
-counter; the USB core will undo any remaining "get"s when a driver
-is unbound from its interface.  As a corollary, drivers must not call
-any of the ``usb_autopm_*`` functions after their ``disconnect``
-routine has returned.
+Drivers must be careful to balance their overall changes to the usage
+counter.  Unbalanced "get"s will remain in effect when a driver is
+unbound from its interface, preventing the device from going into
+runtime suspend should the interface be bound to a driver again.  On
+the other hand, drivers are allowed to achieve this balance by calling
+the ``usb_autopm_*`` functions even after their ``disconnect`` routine
+has returned -- say from within a work-queue routine -- provided they
+retain an active reference to the interface (via ``usb_get_intf`` and
+``usb_put_intf``).
 
 Drivers using the async routines are responsible for their own
 synchronization and mutual exclusion.
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/usb/typec.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/typec.rst
index 48ff58095f11..201163d8c13e 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/usb/typec.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/typec.rst
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.. _typec:
 
 USB Type-C connector class
 ==========================
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/usb/typec_bus.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/typec_bus.rst
index d5eec1715b5b..f47a69bff498 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-api/usb/typec_bus.rst
+++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/typec_bus.rst
@@ -13,10 +13,10 @@ every alternate mode, so every alternate mode will need a custom driver.
 USB Type-C bus allows binding a driver to the discovered partner alternate
 modes by using the SVID and the mode number.
 
-USB Type-C Connector Class provides a device for every alternate mode a port
-supports, and separate device for every alternate mode the partner supports.
-The drivers for the alternate modes are bound to the partner alternate mode
-devices, and the port alternate mode devices must be handled by the port
+:ref:`USB Type-C Connector Class <typec>` provides a device for every alternate
+mode a port supports, and separate device for every alternate mode the partner
+supports. The drivers for the alternate modes are bound to the partner alternate
+mode devices, and the port alternate mode devices must be handled by the port
 drivers.
 
 When a new partner alternate mode device is registered, it is linked to the
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ enter any modes on their own.
 ``->vdm`` is the most important callback in the operation callbacks vector. It
 will be used to deliver all the SVID specific commands from the partner to the
 alternate mode driver, and vice versa in case of port drivers. The drivers send
-the SVID specific commands to each other using :c:func:`typec_altmode_vmd()`.
+the SVID specific commands to each other using :c:func:`typec_altmode_vdm()`.
 
 If the communication with the partner using the SVID specific commands results
 in need to reconfigure the pins on the connector, the alternate mode driver
@@ -67,15 +67,15 @@ Type-C Specification, and also put the connector back to ``TYPEC_STATE_USB``
 after the mode has been exited.
 
 An example of working definitions for SVID specific pin configurations would
-look like this:
+look like this::
 
-enum {
-	ALTMODEX_CONF_A = TYPEC_STATE_MODAL,
-	ALTMODEX_CONF_B,
-	...
-};
+    enum {
+        ALTMODEX_CONF_A = TYPEC_STATE_MODAL,
+        ALTMODEX_CONF_B,
+        ...
+    };
 
-Helper macro ``TYPEC_MODAL_STATE()`` can also be used:
+Helper macro ``TYPEC_MODAL_STATE()`` can also be used::
 
 #define ALTMODEX_CONF_A = TYPEC_MODAL_STATE(0);
 #define ALTMODEX_CONF_B = TYPEC_MODAL_STATE(1);
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/bus.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/bus.txt
index b577a45b93ea..c247b488a567 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/bus.txt
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/bus.txt
@@ -124,11 +124,11 @@ struct bus_attribute {
 	ssize_t (*store)(struct bus_type *, const char * buf, size_t count);
 };
 
-Bus drivers can export attributes using the BUS_ATTR macro that works
-similarly to the DEVICE_ATTR macro for devices. For example, a definition 
-like this:
+Bus drivers can export attributes using the BUS_ATTR_RW macro that works
+similarly to the DEVICE_ATTR_RW macro for devices. For example, a
+definition like this:
 
-static BUS_ATTR(debug,0644,show_debug,store_debug);
+static BUS_ATTR_RW(debug);
 
 is equivalent to declaring:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
index 43681ca0837f..d7d6f01e81ff 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
@@ -132,6 +132,13 @@ devres.  Complexity is shifted from less maintained low level drivers
 to better maintained higher layer.  Also, as init failure path is
 shared with exit path, both can get more testing.
 
+Note though that when converting current calls or assignments to
+managed devm_* versions it is up to you to check if internal operations
+like allocating memory, have failed. Managed resources pertains to the
+freeing of these resources *only* - all other checks needed are still
+on you. In some cases this may mean introducing checks that were not
+necessary before moving to the managed devm_* calls.
+
 
   3. Devres group
   ---------------
@@ -235,15 +242,16 @@ certainly invest a bit more effort into libata core layer).
 
 CLOCK
   devm_clk_get()
+  devm_clk_get_optional()
   devm_clk_put()
   devm_clk_hw_register()
   devm_of_clk_add_hw_provider()
+  devm_clk_hw_register_clkdev()
 
 DMA
   dmaenginem_async_device_register()
   dmam_alloc_coherent()
   dmam_alloc_attrs()
-  dmam_declare_coherent_memory()
   dmam_free_coherent()
   dmam_pool_create()
   dmam_pool_destroy()
@@ -254,8 +262,8 @@ GPIO
   devm_gpiod_get_index_optional()
   devm_gpiod_get_optional()
   devm_gpiod_put()
+  devm_gpiod_unhinge()
   devm_gpiochip_add_data()
-  devm_gpiochip_remove()
   devm_gpio_request()
   devm_gpio_request_one()
   devm_gpio_free()
diff --git a/Documentation/early-userspace/README b/Documentation/early-userspace/README
index 1e1057958dd3..955d667dc87e 100644
--- a/Documentation/early-userspace/README
+++ b/Documentation/early-userspace/README
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ user root (0).  INITRAMFS_ROOT_GID can be set to a group ID that needs
 to be mapped to group root (0).
 
 A source file must be directives in the format required by the
-usr/gen_init_cpio utility (run 'usr/gen_init_cpio --help' to get the
+usr/gen_init_cpio utility (run 'usr/gen_init_cpio -h' to get the
 file format).  The directives in the file will be passed directly to
 usr/gen_init_cpio.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/fault-injection/fault-injection.txt b/Documentation/fault-injection/fault-injection.txt
index 4d1b7b4ccfaf..a17517a083c3 100644
--- a/Documentation/fault-injection/fault-injection.txt
+++ b/Documentation/fault-injection/fault-injection.txt
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ o #include <linux/fault-inject.h>
 
 o define the fault attributes
 
-  DECLARE_FAULT_INJECTION(name);
+  DECLARE_FAULT_ATTR(name);
 
   Please see the definition of struct fault_attr in fault-inject.h
   for details.
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/fbcon.txt b/Documentation/fb/fbcon.txt
index 62af30511a95..60a5ec04e8f0 100644
--- a/Documentation/fb/fbcon.txt
+++ b/Documentation/fb/fbcon.txt
@@ -163,6 +163,14 @@ C. Boot options
 	be preserved until there actually is some text is output to the console.
 	This option causes fbcon to bind immediately to the fbdev device.
 
+7. fbcon=logo-pos:<location>
+
+	The only possible 'location' is 'center' (without quotes), and when
+	given, the bootup logo is moved from the default top-left corner
+	location to the center of the framebuffer. If more than one logo is
+	displayed due to multiple CPUs, the collected line of logos is moved
+	as a whole.
+
 C. Attaching, Detaching and Unloading
 
 Before going on to how to attach, detach and unload the framebuffer console, an
diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/cBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/cBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt
index 90459cdde314..8620c38d4db0 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/core/cBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/core/cBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: | TODO |
     |       arm64: | TODO |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/eBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/eBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt
index c90a0382fe66..9ae6e8d0d10d 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/core/eBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/core/eBPF-JIT/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt
index 0ef6acdb991c..365df2c2ff0b 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: |  ok  |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: |  ok  |
     |        ia64: |  ok  |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt
index 27cbd63abfd2..7fc2e243dee9 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
@@ -29,5 +30,5 @@
     |          um: | TODO |
     |   unicore32: | TODO |
     |         x86: |  ok  |
-    |      xtensa: | TODO |
+    |      xtensa: |  ok  |
     -----------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt
index f44c274e40ed..d344b99aae1e 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: |  ok  |
+    |        csky: |  ok  |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: |  ok  |
     |        ia64: |  ok  |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt
index 282ecc8ea1da..304dcd461795 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: | TODO |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt
index 01b2b3004e0a..059d58a549c7 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt
index 3b4dff22329f..3e6b8f07d5d0 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: |  ok  |
     |     hexagon: |  ok  |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt
index 7e963d0ae646..68f266944d5f 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: | TODO |
     |       arm64: | TODO |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt
index 4ada027faf16..f4e45bd58fea 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: |  ok  |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt
index 044e13fcca5d..1d5651ef11f8 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: |  ok  |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt
index dce7669c918f..fb297a88f62c 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: | TODO |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt
index 954ac1c95553..9999ea521f3e 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt
index 1a3f9d3229bf..1c577d0cfc7f 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt
index 1d78d1069a5f..6bfa36b0e017 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: | TODO |
     |       arm64: | TODO |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt
index 30c072d2b67c..eb28b5c97ca6 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: |  ok  |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/io/sg-chain/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/io/sg-chain/arch-support.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 6554f0372c3f..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/features/io/sg-chain/arch-support.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-#
-# Feature name:          sg-chain
-#         Kconfig:       ARCH_HAS_SG_CHAIN
-#         description:   arch supports chained scatter-gather lists
-#
-    -----------------------
-    |         arch |status|
-    -----------------------
-    |       alpha: | TODO |
-    |         arc: |  ok  |
-    |         arm: |  ok  |
-    |       arm64: |  ok  |
-    |         c6x: | TODO |
-    |       h8300: | TODO |
-    |     hexagon: | TODO |
-    |        ia64: |  ok  |
-    |        m68k: | TODO |
-    |  microblaze: | TODO |
-    |        mips: | TODO |
-    |       nds32: | TODO |
-    |       nios2: | TODO |
-    |    openrisc: | TODO |
-    |      parisc: | TODO |
-    |     powerpc: |  ok  |
-    |       riscv: | TODO |
-    |        s390: |  ok  |
-    |          sh: | TODO |
-    |       sparc: |  ok  |
-    |          um: | TODO |
-    |   unicore32: | TODO |
-    |         x86: |  ok  |
-    |      xtensa: | TODO |
-    -----------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt
index 51704a2dc8d1..242ff5a6586e 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: | TODO |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt
index bd39c5edd460..941fd5b1094d 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: |  ok  |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt
index da7aff3bee0b..c683da198f31 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: | TODO |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: |  ok  |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt
index 478e9101322c..e3080b82aefd 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: | TODO |
     |       arm64: | TODO |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/rwsem-optimized/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/rwsem-optimized/arch-support.txt
index e54b1f1a8091..7521d7500fbe 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/locking/rwsem-optimized/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/locking/rwsem-optimized/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: |  ok  |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt
index 7331402d1887..d8278bf62b85 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: |  ok  |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt
index 53feeee6cdad..687d049d9cee 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt
index 16164348e0ea..90996e3d18a8 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/sched/membarrier-sync-core/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/sched/membarrier-sync-core/arch-support.txt
index c7858dd1ea8f..8a521a622966 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/sched/membarrier-sync-core/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/sched/membarrier-sync-core/arch-support.txt
@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt
index c68bb2c2cb62..350823692f28 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ..  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: |  ..  |
+    |        csky: |  ..  |
     |       h8300: |  ..  |
     |     hexagon: |  ..  |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt
index d4271b493b41..4fe6c3c3be5c 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt
index 83d9e68462bb..593536f7925b 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt
index 3d4908fce6da..7a27157da408 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: |  ok  |
+    |        csky: |  ok  |
     |       h8300: |  ok  |
     |     hexagon: |  ok  |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt
index c29974afffaa..048bfb6d3872 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt
index 8d73c463ec27..a14bbad8e948 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: |  ..  |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/modern-timekeeping/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/modern-timekeeping/arch-support.txt
index e7c6ea6b8fb3..1d46da165b75 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/time/modern-timekeeping/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/time/modern-timekeeping/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,10 +11,11 @@
     |         arm: | TODO |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: |  ok  |
+    |        csky: |  ok  |
     |       h8300: |  ok  |
     |     hexagon: |  ok  |
     |        ia64: |  ok  |
-    |        m68k: | TODO |
+    |        m68k: |  ok  |
     |  microblaze: |  ok  |
     |        mips: |  ok  |
     |       nds32: |  ok  |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt
index 4646457461cf..fb0d0cab9cab 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: |  ok  |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt
index 1f71d090ff2c..adc25878d217 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt
index fbd5aa463b0a..f05588f9e4b4 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: | TODO |
     |       arm64: | TODO |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: |  ok  |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt
index 5d7ecc378f29..cdfe8925f881 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: |  ..  |
+    |        csky: |  ..  |
     |       h8300: |  ..  |
     |     hexagon: |  ..  |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt
index f7af9678eb66..2bdd3b6cee3c 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: | TODO |
     |       arm64: | TODO |
     |         c6x: |  ..  |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: |  ..  |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt
index d0713ccc7117..019131c5acce 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: | TODO |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt
index 8527601a3739..3a6b87de6a19 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,12 +11,13 @@
     |         arm: | TODO |
     |       arm64: | TODO |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
     |        m68k: | TODO |
     |  microblaze: | TODO |
-    |        mips: | TODO |
+    |        mips: |  ok  |
     |       nds32: | TODO |
     |       nios2: | TODO |
     |    openrisc: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/numa-memblock/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/numa-memblock/arch-support.txt
index 1a988052cd24..3004beb0fd71 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/vm/numa-memblock/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/vm/numa-memblock/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ..  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: |  ..  |
+    |        csky: |  ..  |
     |       h8300: |  ..  |
     |     hexagon: |  ..  |
     |        ia64: |  ok  |
diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt
index a8378424bc98..2dc5df6a1cf5 100644
--- a/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt
+++ b/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     |         arm: |  ok  |
     |       arm64: |  ok  |
     |         c6x: | TODO |
+    |        csky: | TODO |
     |       h8300: | TODO |
     |     hexagon: | TODO |
     |        ia64: | TODO |
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
index efea228ccd8a..7b20c385cc02 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
@@ -118,6 +118,7 @@ set:		exclusive
 --------------------------- super_operations ---------------------------
 prototypes:
 	struct inode *(*alloc_inode)(struct super_block *sb);
+	void (*free_inode)(struct inode *);
 	void (*destroy_inode)(struct inode *);
 	void (*dirty_inode) (struct inode *, int flags);
 	int (*write_inode) (struct inode *, struct writeback_control *wbc);
@@ -139,6 +140,7 @@ locking rules:
 	All may block [not true, see below]
 			s_umount
 alloc_inode:
+free_inode:				called from RCU callback
 destroy_inode:
 dirty_inode:
 write_inode:
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/api-summary.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/api-summary.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..aa51ffcfa029
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/api-summary.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+=============================
+Linux Filesystems API summary
+=============================
+
+This section contains API-level documentation, mostly taken from the source
+code itself.
+
+The Linux VFS
+=============
+
+The Filesystem types
+--------------------
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fs.h
+   :internal:
+
+The Directory Cache
+-------------------
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/dcache.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/dcache.h
+   :internal:
+
+Inode Handling
+--------------
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/inode.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/bad_inode.c
+   :export:
+
+Registration and Superblocks
+----------------------------
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/super.c
+   :export:
+
+File Locks
+----------
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/locks.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/locks.c
+   :internal:
+
+Other Functions
+---------------
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/mpage.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/namei.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/buffer.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: block/bio.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/seq_file.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/filesystems.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/fs-writeback.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/block_dev.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/anon_inodes.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/attr.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/d_path.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/dax.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/direct-io.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/file_table.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/libfs.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/posix_acl.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/stat.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/sync.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/xattr.c
+   :export:
+
+The proc filesystem
+===================
+
+sysctl interface
+----------------
+
+.. kernel-doc:: kernel/sysctl.c
+   :export:
+
+proc filesystem interface
+-------------------------
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/proc/base.c
+   :internal:
+
+Events based on file descriptors
+================================
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/eventfd.c
+   :export:
+
+The Filesystem for Exporting Kernel Objects
+===========================================
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/sysfs/file.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/sysfs/symlink.c
+   :export:
+
+The debugfs filesystem
+======================
+
+debugfs interface
+-----------------
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/debugfs/inode.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/debugfs/file.c
+   :export:
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/binderfs.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/binderfs.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c009671f8434
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/binderfs.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+The Android binderfs Filesystem
+===============================
+
+Android binderfs is a filesystem for the Android binder IPC mechanism.  It
+allows to dynamically add and remove binder devices at runtime.  Binder devices
+located in a new binderfs instance are independent of binder devices located in
+other binderfs instances.  Mounting a new binderfs instance makes it possible
+to get a set of private binder devices.
+
+Mounting binderfs
+-----------------
+
+Android binderfs can be mounted with::
+
+  mkdir /dev/binderfs
+  mount -t binder binder /dev/binderfs
+
+at which point a new instance of binderfs will show up at ``/dev/binderfs``.
+In a fresh instance of binderfs no binder devices will be present.  There will
+only be a ``binder-control`` device which serves as the request handler for
+binderfs. Mounting another binderfs instance at a different location will
+create a new and separate instance from all other binderfs mounts.  This is
+identical to the behavior of e.g. ``devpts`` and ``tmpfs``. The Android
+binderfs filesystem can be mounted in user namespaces.
+
+Options
+-------
+max
+  binderfs instances can be mounted with a limit on the number of binder
+  devices that can be allocated. The ``max=<count>`` mount option serves as
+  a per-instance limit. If ``max=<count>`` is set then only ``<count>`` number
+  of binder devices can be allocated in this binderfs instance.
+
+Allocating binder Devices
+-------------------------
+
+.. _ioctl: http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/ioctl.2.html
+
+To allocate a new binder device in a binderfs instance a request needs to be
+sent through the ``binder-control`` device node.  A request is sent in the form
+of an `ioctl() <ioctl_>`_.
+
+What a program needs to do is to open the ``binder-control`` device node and
+send a ``BINDER_CTL_ADD`` request to the kernel.  Users of binderfs need to
+tell the kernel which name the new binder device should get.  By default a name
+can only contain up to ``BINDERFS_MAX_NAME`` chars including the terminating
+zero byte.
+
+Once the request is made via an `ioctl() <ioctl_>`_ passing a ``struct
+binder_device`` with the name to the kernel it will allocate a new binder
+device and return the major and minor number of the new device in the struct
+(This is necessary because binderfs allocates a major device number
+dynamically.).  After the `ioctl() <ioctl_>`_ returns there will be a new
+binder device located under /dev/binderfs with the chosen name.
+
+Deleting binder Devices
+-----------------------
+
+.. _unlink: http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/unlink.2.html
+.. _rm: http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/rm.1.html
+
+Binderfs binder devices can be deleted via `unlink() <unlink_>`_.  This means
+that the `rm() <rm_>`_ tool can be used to delete them. Note that the
+``binder-control`` device cannot be deleted since this would make the binderfs
+instance unuseable.  The ``binder-control`` device will be deleted when the
+binderfs instance is unmounted and all references to it have been dropped.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/backend-api.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/backend-api.txt
index c0bd5677271b..c418280c915f 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/backend-api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/backend-api.txt
@@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ FS-Cache provides some utilities that a cache backend may make use of:
 	void fscache_get_retrieval(struct fscache_retrieval *op);
 	void fscache_put_retrieval(struct fscache_retrieval *op);
 
-     These two functions are used to retain a retrieval record whilst doing
+     These two functions are used to retain a retrieval record while doing
      asynchronous data retrieval and block allocation.
 
 
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/cachefiles.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/cachefiles.txt
index 748a1ae49e12..28aefcbb1442 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/cachefiles.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/cachefiles.txt
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ filesystems are very specific in nature.
 
 CacheFiles creates a misc character device - "/dev/cachefiles" - that is used
 to communication with the daemon.  Only one thing may have this open at once,
-and whilst it is open, a cache is at least partially in existence.  The daemon
+and while it is open, a cache is at least partially in existence.  The daemon
 opens this and sends commands down it to control the cache.
 
 CacheFiles is currently limited to a single cache.
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Do not mount other things within the cache as this will cause problems.  The
 kernel module contains its own very cut-down path walking facility that ignores
 mountpoints, but the daemon can't avoid them.
 
-Do not create, rename or unlink files and directories in the cache whilst the
+Do not create, rename or unlink files and directories in the cache while the
 cache is active, as this may cause the state to become uncertain.
 
 Renaming files in the cache might make objects appear to be other objects (the
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/netfs-api.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/netfs-api.txt
index 2a6f7399c1f3..ba968e8f5704 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/netfs-api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/netfs-api.txt
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ MISCELLANEOUS OBJECT REGISTRATION
 An optional step is to request an object of miscellaneous type be created in
 the cache.  This is almost identical to index cookie acquisition.  The only
 difference is that the type in the object definition should be something other
-than index type.  Whilst the parent object could be an index, it's more likely
+than index type.  While the parent object could be an index, it's more likely
 it would be some other type of object such as a data file.
 
 	xattr->cache =
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/operations.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/operations.txt
index a1c052cbba35..d8976c434718 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/caching/operations.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/caching/operations.txt
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Operations are used through the following procedure:
  (3) If the submitting thread wants to do the work itself, and has marked the
      operation with FSCACHE_OP_MYTHREAD, then it should monitor
      FSCACHE_OP_WAITING as described above and check the state of the object if
-     necessary (the object might have died whilst the thread was waiting).
+     necessary (the object might have died while the thread was waiting).
 
      When it has finished doing its processing, it should call
      fscache_op_complete() and fscache_put_operation() on it.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt
index 8bf62240e10d..d2c6a5ccf0f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ceph.txt
@@ -22,9 +22,7 @@ In contrast to cluster filesystems like GFS, OCFS2, and GPFS that rely
 on symmetric access by all clients to shared block devices, Ceph
 separates data and metadata management into independent server
 clusters, similar to Lustre.  Unlike Lustre, however, metadata and
-storage nodes run entirely as user space daemons.  Storage nodes
-utilize btrfs to store data objects, leveraging its advanced features
-(checksumming, metadata replication, etc.).  File data is striped
+storage nodes run entirely as user space daemons.  File data is striped
 across storage nodes in large chunks to distribute workload and
 facilitate high throughputs.  When storage nodes fail, data is
 re-replicated in a distributed fashion by the storage nodes themselves
@@ -118,6 +116,10 @@ Mount Options
 	of a non-responsive Ceph file system.  The default is 30
 	seconds.
 
+  caps_max=X
+	Specify the maximum number of caps to hold. Unused caps are released
+	when number of caps exceeds the limit. The default is 0 (no limit)
+
   rbytes
 	When stat() is called on a directory, set st_size to 'rbytes',
 	the summation of file sizes over all files nested beneath that
@@ -151,15 +153,20 @@ Mount Options
         Report overall filesystem usage in statfs instead of using the root
         directory quota.
 
+  nocopyfrom
+        Don't use the RADOS 'copy-from' operation to perform remote object
+        copies.  Currently, it's only used in copy_file_range, which will revert
+        to the default VFS implementation if this option is used.
+
 More Information
 ================
 
 For more information on Ceph, see the home page at
-	http://ceph.newdream.net/
+	https://ceph.com/
 
 The Linux kernel client source tree is available at
-	git://ceph.newdream.net/git/ceph-client.git
+	https://github.com/ceph/ceph-client.git
 	git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client.git
 
 and the source for the full system is at
-	git://ceph.newdream.net/git/ceph.git
+	https://github.com/ceph/ceph.git
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/TODO b/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/TODO
index 852499aed64b..9267f3fb131f 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/TODO
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/TODO
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Version 2.11 September 13, 2017
+Version 2.14 December 21, 2018
 
 A Partial List of Missing Features
 ==================================
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Contributions are welcome.  There are plenty of opportunities
 for visible, important contributions to this module.  Here
 is a partial list of the known problems and missing features:
 
-a) SMB3 (and SMB3.02) missing optional features:
+a) SMB3 (and SMB3.1.1) missing optional features:
    - multichannel (started), integration with RDMA
    - directory leases (improved metadata caching), started (root dir only)
    - T10 copy offload ie "ODX" (copy chunk, and "Duplicate Extents" ioctl
@@ -21,8 +21,9 @@ using Directory Leases, currently only the root file handle is cached longer
 d) quota support (needs minor kernel change since quota calls
 to make it to network filesystems or deviceless filesystems)
 
-e) Compounding (in progress) to reduce number of roundtrips, and also
-better optimize open to reduce redundant opens (using reference counts more).
+e) Additional use cases where we use "compoounding" (e.g. open/query/close
+and open/setinfo/close) to reduce the number of roundtrips, and also
+open to reduce redundant opens (using deferred close and reference counts more).
 
 f) Finish inotify support so kde and gnome file list windows
 will autorefresh (partially complete by Asser). Needs minor kernel
@@ -43,11 +44,13 @@ exists. Also better integration with winbind for resolving SID owners
 
 k) Add tools to take advantage of more smb3 specific ioctls and features
 (passthrough ioctl/fsctl for sending various SMB3 fsctls to the server
-is in progress)
+is in progress, and a passthrough query_info call is already implemented
+in cifs.ko to allow smb3 info levels queries to be sent from userspace)
 
 l) encrypted file support
 
-m) improved stats gathering, tools (perhaps integration with nfsometer?)
+m) improved stats gathering tools (perhaps integration with nfsometer?)
+to extend and make easier to use what is currently in /proc/fs/cifs/Stats
 
 n) allow setting more NTFS/SMB3 file attributes remotely (currently limited to compressed
 file attribute via chflags) and improve user space tools for managing and
@@ -76,6 +79,9 @@ and simplify the code.
 v) POSIX Extensions for SMB3.1.1 (started, create and mkdir support added
 so far).
 
+w) Add support for additional strong encryption types, and additional spnego
+authentication mechanisms (see MS-SMB2)
+
 KNOWN BUGS
 ====================================
 See http://bugzilla.samba.org - search on product "CifsVFS" for
@@ -102,3 +108,12 @@ and when signing is disabled to request larger read sizes (larger than
 negotiated size) and send larger write sizes to modern servers.
 
 4) More exhaustively test against less common servers
+
+5) Continue to extend the smb3 "buildbot" which does automated xfstesting
+against Windows, Samba and Azure currently - to add additional tests and
+to allow the buildbot to execute the tests faster. The URL for the
+buildbot is: http://smb3-test-rhel-75.southcentralus.cloudapp.azure.com
+
+6) Address various coverity warnings (most are not bugs per-se, but
+the more warnings are addressed, the easier it is to spot real
+problems that static analyzers will point out in the future).
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/cifs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/cifs.txt
index 67756607246e..1be3d21c286e 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/cifs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/cifs/cifs.txt
@@ -1,16 +1,21 @@
   This is the client VFS module for the SMB3 NAS protocol as well
-  older dialects such as the Common Internet File System (CIFS)
+  as for older dialects such as the Common Internet File System (CIFS)
   protocol which was the successor to the Server Message Block
   (SMB) protocol, the native file sharing mechanism for most early
   PC operating systems. New and improved versions of CIFS are now
-  called SMB2 and SMB3. These dialects are also supported by the
-  CIFS VFS module. CIFS is fully supported by network
-  file servers such as Windows 2000, 2003, 2008, 2012 and 2016
-  as well by Samba (which provides excellent CIFS
-  server support for Linux and many other operating systems), Apple
-  systems, as well as most Network Attached Storage vendors, so
-  this network filesystem client can mount to a wide variety of
-  servers.
+  called SMB2 and SMB3. Use of SMB3 (and later, including SMB3.1.1)
+  is strongly preferred over using older dialects like CIFS due to
+  security reaasons. All modern dialects, including the most recent,
+  SMB3.1.1 are supported by the CIFS VFS module. The SMB3 protocol
+  is implemented and supported by all major file servers
+  such as all modern versions of Windows (including Windows 2016
+  Server), as well as by Samba (which provides excellent
+  CIFS/SMB2/SMB3 server support and tools for Linux and many other
+  operating systems).  Apple systems also support SMB3 well, as
+  do most Network Attached Storage vendors, so this network
+  filesystem client can mount to a wide variety of systems.
+  It also supports mounting to the cloud (for example
+  Microsoft Azure), including the necessary security features.
 
   The intent of this module is to provide the most advanced network
   file system function for SMB3 compliant servers, including advanced
@@ -24,12 +29,17 @@
   cluster file systems for fileserving in some Linux to Linux environments,
   not just in Linux to Windows (or Linux to Mac) environments.
 
-  This filesystem has an mount utility (mount.cifs) that can be obtained from
+  This filesystem has a mount utility (mount.cifs) and various user space
+  tools (including smbinfo and setcifsacl) that can be obtained from
 
-      https://ftp.samba.org/pub/linux-cifs/cifs-utils/
+      https://git.samba.org/?p=cifs-utils.git
+  or
+      git://git.samba.org/cifs-utils.git
 
-  It must be installed in the directory with the other mount helpers.
+  mount.cifs should be installed in the directory with the other mount helpers.
 
   For more information on the module see the project wiki page at
 
+      https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/LinuxCIFS
+  and
       https://wiki.samba.org/index.php/LinuxCIFS_utils
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt
index 3828e85345ae..16e606c11f40 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/configfs/configfs.txt
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ be called whenever userspace asks for a write(2) on the attribute.
 
 [struct configfs_bin_attribute]
 
-	struct configfs_attribute {
+	struct configfs_bin_attribute {
 		struct configfs_attribute	cb_attr;
 		void				*cb_private;
 		size_t				cb_max_size;
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt
index bc393e0a22b8..6d2c0d340dea 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/dax.txt
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ exposure of uninitialized data through mmap.
 
 These filesystems may be used for inspiration:
 - ext2: see Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt
-- ext4: see Documentation/filesystems/ext4/ext4.rst
+- ext4: see Documentation/filesystems/ext4/
 - xfs:  see Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt
 
 
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/exofs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/exofs.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 23583a136975..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/exofs.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
-===============================================================================
-WHAT IS EXOFS?
-===============================================================================
-
-exofs is a file system that uses an OSD and exports the API of a normal Linux
-file system. Users access exofs like any other local file system, and exofs
-will in turn issue commands to the local OSD initiator.
-
-OSD is a new T10 command set that views storage devices not as a large/flat
-array of sectors but as a container of objects, each having a length, quota,
-time attributes and more. Each object is addressed by a 64bit ID, and is
-contained in a 64bit ID partition. Each object has associated attributes
-attached to it, which are integral part of the object and provide metadata about
-the object. The standard defines some common obligatory attributes, but user
-attributes can be added as needed.
-
-===============================================================================
-ENVIRONMENT
-===============================================================================
-
-To use this file system, you need to have an object store to run it on.  You
-may download a target from:
-http://open-osd.org
-
-See Documentation/scsi/osd.txt for how to setup a working osd environment.
-
-===============================================================================
-USAGE
-===============================================================================
-
-1. Download and compile exofs and open-osd initiator:
-  You need an external Kernel source tree or kernel headers from your
-  distribution. (anything based on 2.6.26 or later).
-
-  a. download open-osd including exofs source using:
-     [parent-directory]$ git clone git://git.open-osd.org/open-osd.git
-
-  b. Build the library module like this:
-     [parent-directory]$ make -C KSRC=$(KER_DIR) open-osd
-
-     This will build both the open-osd initiator as well as the exofs kernel
-     module. Use whatever parameters you compiled your Kernel with and
-     $(KER_DIR) above pointing to the Kernel you compile against. See the file
-     open-osd/top-level-Makefile for an example.
-
-2. Get the OSD initiator and target set up properly, and login to the target.
-  See Documentation/scsi/osd.txt for farther instructions. Also see ./do-osd
-  for example script that does all these steps.
-
-3. Insmod the exofs.ko module:
-   [exofs]$ insmod exofs.ko
-
-4. Make sure the directory where you want to mount exists. If not, create it.
-   (For example, mkdir /mnt/exofs)
-
-5. At first run you will need to invoke the mkfs.exofs application
-
-   As an example, this will create the file system on:
-   /dev/osd0 partition ID 65536
-
-   mkfs.exofs --pid=65536 --format /dev/osd0
-
-   The --format is optional. If not specified, no OSD_FORMAT will be
-   performed and a clean file system will be created in the specified pid,
-   in the available space of the target. (Use --format=size_in_meg to limit
-   the total LUN space available)
-
-   If pid already exists, it will be deleted and a new one will be created in
-   its place. Be careful.
-
-   An exofs lives inside a single OSD partition. You can create multiple exofs
-   filesystems on the same device using multiple pids.
-
-   (run mkfs.exofs without any parameters for usage help message)
-
-6. Mount the file system.
-
-   For example, to mount /dev/osd0, partition ID 0x10000 on /mnt/exofs:
-
-	mount -t exofs -o pid=65536 /dev/osd0 /mnt/exofs/
-
-7. For reference (See do-exofs example script):
-	do-exofs start - an example of how to perform the above steps.
-	do-exofs stop - an example of how to unmount the file system.
-	do-exofs format - an example of how to format and mkfs a new exofs.
-
-8. Extra compilation flags (uncomment in fs/exofs/Kbuild):
-	CONFIG_EXOFS_DEBUG - for debug messages and extra checks.
-
-===============================================================================
-exofs mount options
-===============================================================================
-Similar to any mount command:
-	mount -t exofs -o exofs_options /dev/osdX mount_exofs_directory
-
-Where:
-    -t exofs: specifies the exofs file system
-
-    /dev/osdX: X is a decimal number. /dev/osdX was created after a successful
-               login into an OSD target.
-
-    mount_exofs_directory: The directory to mount the file system on
-
-    exofs specific options: Options are separated by commas (,)
-		pid=<integer> - The partition number to mount/create as
-                                container of the filesystem.
-                                This option is mandatory. integer can be
-                                Hex by pre-pending an 0x to the number.
-		osdname=<id>  - Mount by a device's osdname.
-                                osdname is usually a 36 character uuid of the
-                                form "d2683732-c906-4ee1-9dbd-c10c27bb40df".
-                                It is one of the device's uuid specified in the
-                                mkfs.exofs format command.
-                                If this option is specified then the /dev/osdX
-                                above can be empty and is ignored.
-                to=<integer>  - Timeout in ticks for a single command.
-                                default is (60 * HZ) [for debugging only]
-
-===============================================================================
-DESIGN
-===============================================================================
-
-* The file system control block (AKA on-disk superblock) resides in an object
-  with a special ID (defined in common.h).
-  Information included in the file system control block is used to fill the
-  in-memory superblock structure at mount time. This object is created before
-  the file system is used by mkexofs.c. It contains information such as:
-	- The file system's magic number
-	- The next inode number to be allocated
-
-* Each file resides in its own object and contains the data (and it will be
-  possible to extend the file over multiple objects, though this has not been
-  implemented yet).
-
-* A directory is treated as a file, and essentially contains a list of <file
-  name, inode #> pairs for files that are found in that directory. The object
-  IDs correspond to the files' inode numbers and will be allocated according to
-  a bitmap (stored in a separate object). Now they are allocated using a
-  counter.
-
-* Each file's control block (AKA on-disk inode) is stored in its object's
-  attributes. This applies to both regular files and other types (directories,
-  device files, symlinks, etc.).
-
-* Credentials are generated per object (inode and superblock) when they are
-  created in memory (read from disk or created). The credential works for all
-  operations and is used as long as the object remains in memory.
-
-* Async OSD operations are used whenever possible, but the target may execute
-  them out of order. The operations that concern us are create, delete,
-  readpage, writepage, update_inode, and truncate. The following pairs of
-  operations should execute in the order written, and we need to prevent them
-  from executing in reverse order:
-	- The following are handled with the OBJ_CREATED and OBJ_2BCREATED
-	  flags. OBJ_CREATED is set when we know the object exists on the OSD -
-	  in create's callback function, and when we successfully do a
-	  read_inode.
-	  OBJ_2BCREATED is set in the beginning of the create function, so we
-	  know that we should wait.
-		- create/delete: delete should wait until the object is created
-		  on the OSD.
-		- create/readpage: readpage should be able to return a page
-		  full of zeroes in this case. If there was a write already
-		  en-route (i.e. create, writepage, readpage) then the page
-		  would be locked, and so it would really be the same as
-		  create/writepage.
-		- create/writepage: if writepage is called for a sync write, it
-		  should wait until the object is created on the OSD.
-		  Otherwise, it should just return.
-		- create/truncate: truncate should wait until the object is
-		  created on the OSD.
-		- create/update_inode: update_inode should wait until the
-		  object is created on the OSD.
-	- Handled by VFS locks:
-		- readpage/delete: shouldn't happen because of page lock.
-		- writepage/delete: shouldn't happen because of page lock.
-		- readpage/writepage: shouldn't happen because of page lock.
-
-===============================================================================
-LICENSE/COPYRIGHT
-===============================================================================
-The exofs file system is based on ext2 v0.5b (distributed with the Linux kernel
-version 2.6.10).  All files include the original copyrights, and the license
-is GPL version 2 (only version 2, as is true for the Linux kernel).  The
-Linux kernel can be downloaded from www.kernel.org.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt
index a45c9fc0747b..a19973a4dd1e 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ and are copied into the filesystem.  If a transaction is incomplete at
 the time of the crash, then there is no guarantee of consistency for
 the blocks in that transaction so they are discarded (which means any
 filesystem changes they represent are also lost).
-Check Documentation/filesystems/ext4/ext4.rst if you want to read more about
+Check Documentation/filesystems/ext4/ if you want to read more about
 ext4 and journaling.
 
 References
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt
index e46c2147ddf8..f7b5e4ff0de3 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt
@@ -126,6 +126,8 @@ disable_ext_identify   Disable the extension list configured by mkfs, so f2fs
                        does not aware of cold files such as media files.
 inline_xattr           Enable the inline xattrs feature.
 noinline_xattr         Disable the inline xattrs feature.
+inline_xattr_size=%u   Support configuring inline xattr size, it depends on
+		       flexible inline xattr feature.
 inline_data            Enable the inline data feature: New created small(<~3.4k)
                        files can be written into inode block.
 inline_dentry          Enable the inline dir feature: data in new created
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/fscrypt.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/fscrypt.rst
index 48b424de85bb..08c23b60e016 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/fscrypt.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/fscrypt.rst
@@ -132,47 +132,28 @@ designed for this purpose be used, such as scrypt, PBKDF2, or Argon2.
 Per-file keys
 -------------
 
-Master keys are not used to encrypt file contents or names directly.
-Instead, a unique key is derived for each encrypted file, including
-each regular file, directory, and symbolic link.  This has several
-advantages:
-
-- In cryptosystems, the same key material should never be used for
-  different purposes.  Using the master key as both an XTS key for
-  contents encryption and as a CTS-CBC key for filenames encryption
-  would violate this rule.
-- Per-file keys simplify the choice of IVs (Initialization Vectors)
-  for contents encryption.  Without per-file keys, to ensure IV
-  uniqueness both the inode and logical block number would need to be
-  encoded in the IVs.  This would make it impossible to renumber
-  inodes, which e.g. ``resize2fs`` can do when resizing an ext4
-  filesystem.  With per-file keys, it is sufficient to encode just the
-  logical block number in the IVs.
-- Per-file keys strengthen the encryption of filenames, where IVs are
-  reused out of necessity.  With a unique key per directory, IV reuse
-  is limited to within a single directory.
-- Per-file keys allow individual files to be securely erased simply by
-  securely erasing their keys.  (Not yet implemented.)
-
-A KDF (Key Derivation Function) is used to derive per-file keys from
-the master key.  This is done instead of wrapping a randomly-generated
-key for each file because it reduces the size of the encryption xattr,
-which for some filesystems makes the xattr more likely to fit in-line
-in the filesystem's inode table.  With a KDF, only a 16-byte nonce is
-required --- long enough to make key reuse extremely unlikely.  A
-wrapped key, on the other hand, would need to be up to 64 bytes ---
-the length of an AES-256-XTS key.  Furthermore, currently there is no
-requirement to support unlocking a file with multiple alternative
-master keys or to support rotating master keys.  Instead, the master
-keys may be wrapped in userspace, e.g. as done by the `fscrypt
-<https://github.com/google/fscrypt>`_ tool.
-
-The current KDF encrypts the master key using the 16-byte nonce as an
-AES-128-ECB key.  The output is used as the derived key.  If the
-output is longer than needed, then it is truncated to the needed
-length.  Truncation is the norm for directories and symlinks, since
-those use the CTS-CBC encryption mode which requires a key half as
-long as that required by the XTS encryption mode.
+Since each master key can protect many files, it is necessary to
+"tweak" the encryption of each file so that the same plaintext in two
+files doesn't map to the same ciphertext, or vice versa.  In most
+cases, fscrypt does this by deriving per-file keys.  When a new
+encrypted inode (regular file, directory, or symlink) is created,
+fscrypt randomly generates a 16-byte nonce and stores it in the
+inode's encryption xattr.  Then, it uses a KDF (Key Derivation
+Function) to derive the file's key from the master key and nonce.
+
+The Adiantum encryption mode (see `Encryption modes and usage`_) is
+special, since it accepts longer IVs and is suitable for both contents
+and filenames encryption.  For it, a "direct key" option is offered
+where the file's nonce is included in the IVs and the master key is
+used for encryption directly.  This improves performance; however,
+users must not use the same master key for any other encryption mode.
+
+Below, the KDF and design considerations are described in more detail.
+
+The current KDF works by encrypting the master key with AES-128-ECB,
+using the file's nonce as the AES key.  The output is used as the
+derived key.  If the output is longer than needed, then it is
+truncated to the needed length.
 
 Note: this KDF meets the primary security requirement, which is to
 produce unique derived keys that preserve the entropy of the master
@@ -181,6 +162,20 @@ However, it is nonstandard and has some problems such as being
 reversible, so it is generally considered to be a mistake!  It may be
 replaced with HKDF or another more standard KDF in the future.
 
+Key derivation was chosen over key wrapping because wrapped keys would
+require larger xattrs which would be less likely to fit in-line in the
+filesystem's inode table, and there didn't appear to be any
+significant advantages to key wrapping.  In particular, currently
+there is no requirement to support unlocking a file with multiple
+alternative master keys or to support rotating master keys.  Instead,
+the master keys may be wrapped in userspace, e.g. as is done by the
+`fscrypt <https://github.com/google/fscrypt>`_ tool.
+
+Including the inode number in the IVs was considered.  However, it was
+rejected as it would have prevented ext4 filesystems from being
+resized, and by itself still wouldn't have been sufficient to prevent
+the same key from being directly reused for both XTS and CTS-CBC.
+
 Encryption modes and usage
 ==========================
 
@@ -191,64 +186,80 @@ Currently, the following pairs of encryption modes are supported:
 
 - AES-256-XTS for contents and AES-256-CTS-CBC for filenames
 - AES-128-CBC for contents and AES-128-CTS-CBC for filenames
-- Speck128/256-XTS for contents and Speck128/256-CTS-CBC for filenames
+- Adiantum for both contents and filenames
+
+If unsure, you should use the (AES-256-XTS, AES-256-CTS-CBC) pair.
 
-It is strongly recommended to use AES-256-XTS for contents encryption.
 AES-128-CBC was added only for low-powered embedded devices with
 crypto accelerators such as CAAM or CESA that do not support XTS.
 
-Similarly, Speck128/256 support was only added for older or low-end
-CPUs which cannot do AES fast enough -- especially ARM CPUs which have
-NEON instructions but not the Cryptography Extensions -- and for which
-it would not otherwise be feasible to use encryption at all.  It is
-not recommended to use Speck on CPUs that have AES instructions.
-Speck support is only available if it has been enabled in the crypto
-API via CONFIG_CRYPTO_SPECK.  Also, on ARM platforms, to get
-acceptable performance CONFIG_CRYPTO_SPECK_NEON must be enabled.
+Adiantum is a (primarily) stream cipher-based mode that is fast even
+on CPUs without dedicated crypto instructions.  It's also a true
+wide-block mode, unlike XTS.  It can also eliminate the need to derive
+per-file keys.  However, it depends on the security of two primitives,
+XChaCha12 and AES-256, rather than just one.  See the paper
+"Adiantum: length-preserving encryption for entry-level processors"
+(https://eprint.iacr.org/2018/720.pdf) for more details.  To use
+Adiantum, CONFIG_CRYPTO_ADIANTUM must be enabled.  Also, fast
+implementations of ChaCha and NHPoly1305 should be enabled, e.g.
+CONFIG_CRYPTO_CHACHA20_NEON and CONFIG_CRYPTO_NHPOLY1305_NEON for ARM.
 
 New encryption modes can be added relatively easily, without changes
 to individual filesystems.  However, authenticated encryption (AE)
 modes are not currently supported because of the difficulty of dealing
 with ciphertext expansion.
 
+Contents encryption
+-------------------
+
 For file contents, each filesystem block is encrypted independently.
 Currently, only the case where the filesystem block size is equal to
-the system's page size (usually 4096 bytes) is supported.  With the
-XTS mode of operation (recommended), the logical block number within
-the file is used as the IV.  With the CBC mode of operation (not
-recommended), ESSIV is used; specifically, the IV for CBC is the
-logical block number encrypted with AES-256, where the AES-256 key is
-the SHA-256 hash of the inode's data encryption key.
-
-For filenames, the full filename is encrypted at once.  Because of the
-requirements to retain support for efficient directory lookups and
-filenames of up to 255 bytes, a constant initialization vector (IV) is
-used.  However, each encrypted directory uses a unique key, which
-limits IV reuse to within a single directory.  Note that IV reuse in
-the context of CTS-CBC encryption means that when the original
-filenames share a common prefix at least as long as the cipher block
-size (16 bytes for AES), the corresponding encrypted filenames will
-also share a common prefix.  This is undesirable; it may be fixed in
-the future by switching to an encryption mode that is a strong
-pseudorandom permutation on arbitrary-length messages, e.g. the HEH
-(Hash-Encrypt-Hash) mode.
-
-Since filenames are encrypted with the CTS-CBC mode of operation, the
-plaintext and ciphertext filenames need not be multiples of the AES
-block size, i.e. 16 bytes.  However, the minimum size that can be
-encrypted is 16 bytes, so shorter filenames are NUL-padded to 16 bytes
-before being encrypted.  In addition, to reduce leakage of filename
-lengths via their ciphertexts, all filenames are NUL-padded to the
-next 4, 8, 16, or 32-byte boundary (configurable).  32 is recommended
-since this provides the best confidentiality, at the cost of making
-directory entries consume slightly more space.  Note that since NUL
-(``\0``) is not otherwise a valid character in filenames, the padding
-will never produce duplicate plaintexts.
+the system's page size (usually 4096 bytes) is supported.
+
+Each block's IV is set to the logical block number within the file as
+a little endian number, except that:
+
+- With CBC mode encryption, ESSIV is also used.  Specifically, each IV
+  is encrypted with AES-256 where the AES-256 key is the SHA-256 hash
+  of the file's data encryption key.
+
+- In the "direct key" configuration (FS_POLICY_FLAG_DIRECT_KEY set in
+  the fscrypt_policy), the file's nonce is also appended to the IV.
+  Currently this is only allowed with the Adiantum encryption mode.
+
+Filenames encryption
+--------------------
+
+For filenames, each full filename is encrypted at once.  Because of
+the requirements to retain support for efficient directory lookups and
+filenames of up to 255 bytes, the same IV is used for every filename
+in a directory.
+
+However, each encrypted directory still uses a unique key; or
+alternatively (for the "direct key" configuration) has the file's
+nonce included in the IVs.  Thus, IV reuse is limited to within a
+single directory.
+
+With CTS-CBC, the IV reuse means that when the plaintext filenames
+share a common prefix at least as long as the cipher block size (16
+bytes for AES), the corresponding encrypted filenames will also share
+a common prefix.  This is undesirable.  Adiantum does not have this
+weakness, as it is a wide-block encryption mode.
+
+All supported filenames encryption modes accept any plaintext length
+>= 16 bytes; cipher block alignment is not required.  However,
+filenames shorter than 16 bytes are NUL-padded to 16 bytes before
+being encrypted.  In addition, to reduce leakage of filename lengths
+via their ciphertexts, all filenames are NUL-padded to the next 4, 8,
+16, or 32-byte boundary (configurable).  32 is recommended since this
+provides the best confidentiality, at the cost of making directory
+entries consume slightly more space.  Note that since NUL (``\0``) is
+not otherwise a valid character in filenames, the padding will never
+produce duplicate plaintexts.
 
 Symbolic link targets are considered a type of filename and are
-encrypted in the same way as filenames in directory entries.  Each
-symlink also uses a unique key; hence, the hardcoded IV is not a
-problem for symlinks.
+encrypted in the same way as filenames in directory entries, except
+that IV reuse is not a problem as each symlink has its own inode.
 
 User API
 ========
@@ -282,9 +293,13 @@ This structure must be initialized as follows:
   and FS_ENCRYPTION_MODE_AES_256_CTS (4) for
   ``filenames_encryption_mode``.
 
-- ``flags`` must be set to a value from ``<linux/fs.h>`` which
+- ``flags`` must contain a value from ``<linux/fs.h>`` which
   identifies the amount of NUL-padding to use when encrypting
   filenames.  If unsure, use FS_POLICY_FLAGS_PAD_32 (0x3).
+  In addition, if the chosen encryption modes are both
+  FS_ENCRYPTION_MODE_ADIANTUM, this can contain
+  FS_POLICY_FLAG_DIRECT_KEY to specify that the master key should be
+  used directly, without key derivation.
 
 - ``master_key_descriptor`` specifies how to find the master key in
   the keyring; see `Adding keys`_.  It is up to userspace to choose a
@@ -328,9 +343,9 @@ FS_IOC_SET_ENCRYPTION_POLICY can fail with the following errors:
 - ``ENOTEMPTY``: the file is unencrypted and is a nonempty directory
 - ``ENOTTY``: this type of filesystem does not implement encryption
 - ``EOPNOTSUPP``: the kernel was not configured with encryption
-  support for this filesystem, or the filesystem superblock has not
+  support for filesystems, or the filesystem superblock has not
   had encryption enabled on it.  (For example, to use encryption on an
-  ext4 filesystem, CONFIG_EXT4_ENCRYPTION must be enabled in the
+  ext4 filesystem, CONFIG_FS_ENCRYPTION must be enabled in the
   kernel config, and the superblock must have had the "encrypt"
   feature flag enabled using ``tune2fs -O encrypt`` or ``mkfs.ext4 -O
   encrypt``.)
@@ -436,10 +451,18 @@ astute users may notice some differences in behavior:
 - Unencrypted files, or files encrypted with a different encryption
   policy (i.e. different key, modes, or flags), cannot be renamed or
   linked into an encrypted directory; see `Encryption policy
-  enforcement`_.  Attempts to do so will fail with EPERM.  However,
+  enforcement`_.  Attempts to do so will fail with EXDEV.  However,
   encrypted files can be renamed within an encrypted directory, or
   into an unencrypted directory.
 
+  Note: "moving" an unencrypted file into an encrypted directory, e.g.
+  with the `mv` program, is implemented in userspace by a copy
+  followed by a delete.  Be aware that the original unencrypted data
+  may remain recoverable from free space on the disk; prefer to keep
+  all files encrypted from the very beginning.  The `shred` program
+  may be used to overwrite the source files but isn't guaranteed to be
+  effective on all filesystems and storage devices.
+
 - Direct I/O is not supported on encrypted files.  Attempts to use
   direct I/O on such files will fall back to buffered I/O.
 
@@ -526,7 +549,7 @@ not be encrypted.
 Except for those special files, it is forbidden to have unencrypted
 files, or files encrypted with a different encryption policy, in an
 encrypted directory tree.  Attempts to link or rename such a file into
-an encrypted directory will fail with EPERM.  This is also enforced
+an encrypted directory will fail with EXDEV.  This is also enforced
 during ->lookup() to provide limited protection against offline
 attacks that try to disable or downgrade encryption in known locations
 where applications may later write sensitive data.  It is recommended
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/index.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/index.rst
index 46d1b1be3a51..1131c34d77f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/index.rst
@@ -1,361 +1,43 @@
-=====================
-Linux Filesystems API
-=====================
+===============================
+Filesystems in the Linux kernel
+===============================
 
-The Linux VFS
-=============
+This under-development manual will, some glorious day, provide
+comprehensive information on how the Linux virtual filesystem (VFS) layer
+works, along with the filesystems that sit below it.  For now, what we have
+can be found below.
 
-The Filesystem types
---------------------
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/fs.h
-   :internal:
-
-The Directory Cache
--------------------
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/dcache.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/dcache.h
-   :internal:
-
-Inode Handling
---------------
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/inode.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/bad_inode.c
-   :export:
-
-Registration and Superblocks
-----------------------------
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/super.c
-   :export:
-
-File Locks
-----------
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/locks.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/locks.c
-   :internal:
-
-Other Functions
----------------
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/mpage.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/namei.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/buffer.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: block/bio.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/seq_file.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/filesystems.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/fs-writeback.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/block_dev.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/anon_inodes.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/attr.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/d_path.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/dax.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/direct-io.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/file_table.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/libfs.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/posix_acl.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/stat.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/sync.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/xattr.c
-   :export:
-
-The proc filesystem
-===================
-
-sysctl interface
-----------------
-
-.. kernel-doc:: kernel/sysctl.c
-   :export:
-
-proc filesystem interface
--------------------------
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/proc/base.c
-   :internal:
-
-Events based on file descriptors
-================================
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/eventfd.c
-   :export:
-
-The Filesystem for Exporting Kernel Objects
-===========================================
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/sysfs/file.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/sysfs/symlink.c
-   :export:
-
-The debugfs filesystem
+Core VFS documentation
 ======================
 
-debugfs interface
------------------
+See these manuals for documentation about the VFS layer itself and how its
+algorithms work.
 
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/debugfs/inode.c
-   :export:
+.. toctree::
+   :maxdepth: 2
 
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/debugfs/file.c
-   :export:
+   path-lookup.rst
+   api-summary
+   splice
 
-The Linux Journalling API
+Filesystem support layers
 =========================
 
-Overview
---------
-
-Details
-~~~~~~~
-
-The journalling layer is easy to use. You need to first of all create a
-journal_t data structure. There are two calls to do this dependent on
-how you decide to allocate the physical media on which the journal
-resides. The :c:func:`jbd2_journal_init_inode` call is for journals stored in
-filesystem inodes, or the :c:func:`jbd2_journal_init_dev` call can be used
-for journal stored on a raw device (in a continuous range of blocks). A
-journal_t is a typedef for a struct pointer, so when you are finally
-finished make sure you call :c:func:`jbd2_journal_destroy` on it to free up
-any used kernel memory.
-
-Once you have got your journal_t object you need to 'mount' or load the
-journal file. The journalling layer expects the space for the journal
-was already allocated and initialized properly by the userspace tools.
-When loading the journal you must call :c:func:`jbd2_journal_load` to process
-journal contents. If the client file system detects the journal contents
-does not need to be processed (or even need not have valid contents), it
-may call :c:func:`jbd2_journal_wipe` to clear the journal contents before
-calling :c:func:`jbd2_journal_load`.
-
-Note that jbd2_journal_wipe(..,0) calls
-:c:func:`jbd2_journal_skip_recovery` for you if it detects any outstanding
-transactions in the journal and similarly :c:func:`jbd2_journal_load` will
-call :c:func:`jbd2_journal_recover` if necessary. I would advise reading
-:c:func:`ext4_load_journal` in fs/ext4/super.c for examples on this stage.
-
-Now you can go ahead and start modifying the underlying filesystem.
-Almost.
-
-You still need to actually journal your filesystem changes, this is done
-by wrapping them into transactions. Additionally you also need to wrap
-the modification of each of the buffers with calls to the journal layer,
-so it knows what the modifications you are actually making are. To do
-this use :c:func:`jbd2_journal_start` which returns a transaction handle.
-
-:c:func:`jbd2_journal_start` and its counterpart :c:func:`jbd2_journal_stop`,
-which indicates the end of a transaction are nestable calls, so you can
-reenter a transaction if necessary, but remember you must call
-:c:func:`jbd2_journal_stop` the same number of times as
-:c:func:`jbd2_journal_start` before the transaction is completed (or more
-accurately leaves the update phase). Ext4/VFS makes use of this feature to
-simplify handling of inode dirtying, quota support, etc.
-
-Inside each transaction you need to wrap the modifications to the
-individual buffers (blocks). Before you start to modify a buffer you
-need to call :c:func:`jbd2_journal_get_create_access()` /
-:c:func:`jbd2_journal_get_write_access()` /
-:c:func:`jbd2_journal_get_undo_access()` as appropriate, this allows the
-journalling layer to copy the unmodified
-data if it needs to. After all the buffer may be part of a previously
-uncommitted transaction. At this point you are at last ready to modify a
-buffer, and once you are have done so you need to call
-:c:func:`jbd2_journal_dirty_metadata`. Or if you've asked for access to a
-buffer you now know is now longer required to be pushed back on the
-device you can call :c:func:`jbd2_journal_forget` in much the same way as you
-might have used :c:func:`bforget` in the past.
-
-A :c:func:`jbd2_journal_flush` may be called at any time to commit and
-checkpoint all your transactions.
-
-Then at umount time , in your :c:func:`put_super` you can then call
-:c:func:`jbd2_journal_destroy` to clean up your in-core journal object.
-
-Unfortunately there a couple of ways the journal layer can cause a
-deadlock. The first thing to note is that each task can only have a
-single outstanding transaction at any one time, remember nothing commits
-until the outermost :c:func:`jbd2_journal_stop`. This means you must complete
-the transaction at the end of each file/inode/address etc. operation you
-perform, so that the journalling system isn't re-entered on another
-journal. Since transactions can't be nested/batched across differing
-journals, and another filesystem other than yours (say ext4) may be
-modified in a later syscall.
-
-The second case to bear in mind is that :c:func:`jbd2_journal_start` can block
-if there isn't enough space in the journal for your transaction (based
-on the passed nblocks param) - when it blocks it merely(!) needs to wait
-for transactions to complete and be committed from other tasks, so
-essentially we are waiting for :c:func:`jbd2_journal_stop`. So to avoid
-deadlocks you must treat :c:func:`jbd2_journal_start` /
-:c:func:`jbd2_journal_stop` as if they were semaphores and include them in
-your semaphore ordering rules to prevent
-deadlocks. Note that :c:func:`jbd2_journal_extend` has similar blocking
-behaviour to :c:func:`jbd2_journal_start` so you can deadlock here just as
-easily as on :c:func:`jbd2_journal_start`.
-
-Try to reserve the right number of blocks the first time. ;-). This will
-be the maximum number of blocks you are going to touch in this
-transaction. I advise having a look at at least ext4_jbd.h to see the
-basis on which ext4 uses to make these decisions.
-
-Another wriggle to watch out for is your on-disk block allocation
-strategy. Why? Because, if you do a delete, you need to ensure you
-haven't reused any of the freed blocks until the transaction freeing
-these blocks commits. If you reused these blocks and crash happens,
-there is no way to restore the contents of the reallocated blocks at the
-end of the last fully committed transaction. One simple way of doing
-this is to mark blocks as free in internal in-memory block allocation
-structures only after the transaction freeing them commits. Ext4 uses
-journal commit callback for this purpose.
-
-With journal commit callbacks you can ask the journalling layer to call
-a callback function when the transaction is finally committed to disk,
-so that you can do some of your own management. You ask the journalling
-layer for calling the callback by simply setting
-``journal->j_commit_callback`` function pointer and that function is
-called after each transaction commit. You can also use
-``transaction->t_private_list`` for attaching entries to a transaction
-that need processing when the transaction commits.
-
-JBD2 also provides a way to block all transaction updates via
-:c:func:`jbd2_journal_lock_updates()` /
-:c:func:`jbd2_journal_unlock_updates()`. Ext4 uses this when it wants a
-window with a clean and stable fs for a moment. E.g.
-
-::
-
-
-        jbd2_journal_lock_updates() //stop new stuff happening..
-        jbd2_journal_flush()        // checkpoint everything.
-        ..do stuff on stable fs
-        jbd2_journal_unlock_updates() // carry on with filesystem use.
-
-The opportunities for abuse and DOS attacks with this should be obvious,
-if you allow unprivileged userspace to trigger codepaths containing
-these calls.
-
-Summary
-~~~~~~~
+Documentation for the support code within the filesystem layer for use in
+filesystem implementations.
 
-Using the journal is a matter of wrapping the different context changes,
-being each mount, each modification (transaction) and each changed
-buffer to tell the journalling layer about them.
-
-Data Types
-----------
-
-The journalling layer uses typedefs to 'hide' the concrete definitions
-of the structures used. As a client of the JBD2 layer you can just rely
-on the using the pointer as a magic cookie of some sort. Obviously the
-hiding is not enforced as this is 'C'.
-
-Structures
-~~~~~~~~~~
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/jbd2.h
-   :internal:
-
-Functions
----------
-
-The functions here are split into two groups those that affect a journal
-as a whole, and those which are used to manage transactions
-
-Journal Level
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/jbd2/journal.c
-   :export:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/jbd2/recovery.c
-   :internal:
-
-Transasction Level
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/jbd2/transaction.c
-
-See also
---------
-
-`Journaling the Linux ext2fs Filesystem, LinuxExpo 98, Stephen
-Tweedie <http://kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/sct/ext3/journal-design.ps.gz>`__
-
-`Ext3 Journalling FileSystem, OLS 2000, Dr. Stephen
-Tweedie <http://olstrans.sourceforge.net/release/OLS2000-ext3/OLS2000-ext3.html>`__
-
-splice API
-==========
-
-splice is a method for moving blocks of data around inside the kernel,
-without continually transferring them between the kernel and user space.
-
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/splice.c
-
-pipes API
-=========
-
-Pipe interfaces are all for in-kernel (builtin image) use. They are not
-exported for use by modules.
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/pipe_fs_i.h
-   :internal:
+.. toctree::
+   :maxdepth: 2
 
-.. kernel-doc:: fs/pipe.c
+   journalling
+   fscrypt
 
-Encryption API
-==============
+Filesystem-specific documentation
+=================================
 
-A library which filesystems can hook into to support transparent
-encryption of files and directories.
+Documentation for individual filesystem types can be found here.
 
 .. toctree::
-    :maxdepth: 2
+   :maxdepth: 2
 
-    fscrypt
+   binderfs.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/journalling.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/journalling.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..58ce6b395206
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/journalling.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+The Linux Journalling API
+=========================
+
+Overview
+--------
+
+Details
+~~~~~~~
+
+The journalling layer is easy to use. You need to first of all create a
+journal_t data structure. There are two calls to do this dependent on
+how you decide to allocate the physical media on which the journal
+resides. The :c:func:`jbd2_journal_init_inode` call is for journals stored in
+filesystem inodes, or the :c:func:`jbd2_journal_init_dev` call can be used
+for journal stored on a raw device (in a continuous range of blocks). A
+journal_t is a typedef for a struct pointer, so when you are finally
+finished make sure you call :c:func:`jbd2_journal_destroy` on it to free up
+any used kernel memory.
+
+Once you have got your journal_t object you need to 'mount' or load the
+journal file. The journalling layer expects the space for the journal
+was already allocated and initialized properly by the userspace tools.
+When loading the journal you must call :c:func:`jbd2_journal_load` to process
+journal contents. If the client file system detects the journal contents
+does not need to be processed (or even need not have valid contents), it
+may call :c:func:`jbd2_journal_wipe` to clear the journal contents before
+calling :c:func:`jbd2_journal_load`.
+
+Note that jbd2_journal_wipe(..,0) calls
+:c:func:`jbd2_journal_skip_recovery` for you if it detects any outstanding
+transactions in the journal and similarly :c:func:`jbd2_journal_load` will
+call :c:func:`jbd2_journal_recover` if necessary. I would advise reading
+:c:func:`ext4_load_journal` in fs/ext4/super.c for examples on this stage.
+
+Now you can go ahead and start modifying the underlying filesystem.
+Almost.
+
+You still need to actually journal your filesystem changes, this is done
+by wrapping them into transactions. Additionally you also need to wrap
+the modification of each of the buffers with calls to the journal layer,
+so it knows what the modifications you are actually making are. To do
+this use :c:func:`jbd2_journal_start` which returns a transaction handle.
+
+:c:func:`jbd2_journal_start` and its counterpart :c:func:`jbd2_journal_stop`,
+which indicates the end of a transaction are nestable calls, so you can
+reenter a transaction if necessary, but remember you must call
+:c:func:`jbd2_journal_stop` the same number of times as
+:c:func:`jbd2_journal_start` before the transaction is completed (or more
+accurately leaves the update phase). Ext4/VFS makes use of this feature to
+simplify handling of inode dirtying, quota support, etc.
+
+Inside each transaction you need to wrap the modifications to the
+individual buffers (blocks). Before you start to modify a buffer you
+need to call :c:func:`jbd2_journal_get_create_access()` /
+:c:func:`jbd2_journal_get_write_access()` /
+:c:func:`jbd2_journal_get_undo_access()` as appropriate, this allows the
+journalling layer to copy the unmodified
+data if it needs to. After all the buffer may be part of a previously
+uncommitted transaction. At this point you are at last ready to modify a
+buffer, and once you are have done so you need to call
+:c:func:`jbd2_journal_dirty_metadata`. Or if you've asked for access to a
+buffer you now know is now longer required to be pushed back on the
+device you can call :c:func:`jbd2_journal_forget` in much the same way as you
+might have used :c:func:`bforget` in the past.
+
+A :c:func:`jbd2_journal_flush` may be called at any time to commit and
+checkpoint all your transactions.
+
+Then at umount time , in your :c:func:`put_super` you can then call
+:c:func:`jbd2_journal_destroy` to clean up your in-core journal object.
+
+Unfortunately there a couple of ways the journal layer can cause a
+deadlock. The first thing to note is that each task can only have a
+single outstanding transaction at any one time, remember nothing commits
+until the outermost :c:func:`jbd2_journal_stop`. This means you must complete
+the transaction at the end of each file/inode/address etc. operation you
+perform, so that the journalling system isn't re-entered on another
+journal. Since transactions can't be nested/batched across differing
+journals, and another filesystem other than yours (say ext4) may be
+modified in a later syscall.
+
+The second case to bear in mind is that :c:func:`jbd2_journal_start` can block
+if there isn't enough space in the journal for your transaction (based
+on the passed nblocks param) - when it blocks it merely(!) needs to wait
+for transactions to complete and be committed from other tasks, so
+essentially we are waiting for :c:func:`jbd2_journal_stop`. So to avoid
+deadlocks you must treat :c:func:`jbd2_journal_start` /
+:c:func:`jbd2_journal_stop` as if they were semaphores and include them in
+your semaphore ordering rules to prevent
+deadlocks. Note that :c:func:`jbd2_journal_extend` has similar blocking
+behaviour to :c:func:`jbd2_journal_start` so you can deadlock here just as
+easily as on :c:func:`jbd2_journal_start`.
+
+Try to reserve the right number of blocks the first time. ;-). This will
+be the maximum number of blocks you are going to touch in this
+transaction. I advise having a look at at least ext4_jbd.h to see the
+basis on which ext4 uses to make these decisions.
+
+Another wriggle to watch out for is your on-disk block allocation
+strategy. Why? Because, if you do a delete, you need to ensure you
+haven't reused any of the freed blocks until the transaction freeing
+these blocks commits. If you reused these blocks and crash happens,
+there is no way to restore the contents of the reallocated blocks at the
+end of the last fully committed transaction. One simple way of doing
+this is to mark blocks as free in internal in-memory block allocation
+structures only after the transaction freeing them commits. Ext4 uses
+journal commit callback for this purpose.
+
+With journal commit callbacks you can ask the journalling layer to call
+a callback function when the transaction is finally committed to disk,
+so that you can do some of your own management. You ask the journalling
+layer for calling the callback by simply setting
+``journal->j_commit_callback`` function pointer and that function is
+called after each transaction commit. You can also use
+``transaction->t_private_list`` for attaching entries to a transaction
+that need processing when the transaction commits.
+
+JBD2 also provides a way to block all transaction updates via
+:c:func:`jbd2_journal_lock_updates()` /
+:c:func:`jbd2_journal_unlock_updates()`. Ext4 uses this when it wants a
+window with a clean and stable fs for a moment. E.g.
+
+::
+
+
+        jbd2_journal_lock_updates() //stop new stuff happening..
+        jbd2_journal_flush()        // checkpoint everything.
+        ..do stuff on stable fs
+        jbd2_journal_unlock_updates() // carry on with filesystem use.
+
+The opportunities for abuse and DOS attacks with this should be obvious,
+if you allow unprivileged userspace to trigger codepaths containing
+these calls.
+
+Summary
+~~~~~~~
+
+Using the journal is a matter of wrapping the different context changes,
+being each mount, each modification (transaction) and each changed
+buffer to tell the journalling layer about them.
+
+Data Types
+----------
+
+The journalling layer uses typedefs to 'hide' the concrete definitions
+of the structures used. As a client of the JBD2 layer you can just rely
+on the using the pointer as a magic cookie of some sort. Obviously the
+hiding is not enforced as this is 'C'.
+
+Structures
+~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/jbd2.h
+   :internal:
+
+Functions
+---------
+
+The functions here are split into two groups those that affect a journal
+as a whole, and those which are used to manage transactions
+
+Journal Level
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/jbd2/journal.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/jbd2/recovery.c
+   :internal:
+
+Transasction Level
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/jbd2/transaction.c
+
+See also
+--------
+
+`Journaling the Linux ext2fs Filesystem, LinuxExpo 98, Stephen
+Tweedie <http://kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/sct/ext3/journal-design.ps.gz>`__
+
+`Ext3 Journalling FileSystem, OLS 2000, Dr. Stephen
+Tweedie <http://olstrans.sourceforge.net/release/OLS2000-ext3/OLS2000-ext3.html>`__
+
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/mount_api.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/mount_api.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..00ff0cfccfa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/mount_api.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,732 @@
+			     ====================
+			     FILESYSTEM MOUNT API
+			     ====================
+
+CONTENTS
+
+ (1) Overview.
+
+ (2) The filesystem context.
+
+ (3) The filesystem context operations.
+
+ (4) Filesystem context security.
+
+ (5) VFS filesystem context API.
+
+ (6) Superblock creation helpers.
+
+ (7) Parameter description.
+
+ (8) Parameter helper functions.
+
+
+========
+OVERVIEW
+========
+
+The creation of new mounts is now to be done in a multistep process:
+
+ (1) Create a filesystem context.
+
+ (2) Parse the parameters and attach them to the context.  Parameters are
+     expected to be passed individually from userspace, though legacy binary
+     parameters can also be handled.
+
+ (3) Validate and pre-process the context.
+
+ (4) Get or create a superblock and mountable root.
+
+ (5) Perform the mount.
+
+ (6) Return an error message attached to the context.
+
+ (7) Destroy the context.
+
+To support this, the file_system_type struct gains two new fields:
+
+	int (*init_fs_context)(struct fs_context *fc);
+	const struct fs_parameter_description *parameters;
+
+The first is invoked to set up the filesystem-specific parts of a filesystem
+context, including the additional space, and the second points to the
+parameter description for validation at registration time and querying by a
+future system call.
+
+Note that security initialisation is done *after* the filesystem is called so
+that the namespaces may be adjusted first.
+
+
+======================
+THE FILESYSTEM CONTEXT
+======================
+
+The creation and reconfiguration of a superblock is governed by a filesystem
+context.  This is represented by the fs_context structure:
+
+	struct fs_context {
+		const struct fs_context_operations *ops;
+		struct file_system_type *fs_type;
+		void			*fs_private;
+		struct dentry		*root;
+		struct user_namespace	*user_ns;
+		struct net		*net_ns;
+		const struct cred	*cred;
+		char			*source;
+		char			*subtype;
+		void			*security;
+		void			*s_fs_info;
+		unsigned int		sb_flags;
+		unsigned int		sb_flags_mask;
+		unsigned int		s_iflags;
+		unsigned int		lsm_flags;
+		enum fs_context_purpose	purpose:8;
+		...
+	};
+
+The fs_context fields are as follows:
+
+ (*) const struct fs_context_operations *ops
+
+     These are operations that can be done on a filesystem context (see
+     below).  This must be set by the ->init_fs_context() file_system_type
+     operation.
+
+ (*) struct file_system_type *fs_type
+
+     A pointer to the file_system_type of the filesystem that is being
+     constructed or reconfigured.  This retains a reference on the type owner.
+
+ (*) void *fs_private
+
+     A pointer to the file system's private data.  This is where the filesystem
+     will need to store any options it parses.
+
+ (*) struct dentry *root
+
+     A pointer to the root of the mountable tree (and indirectly, the
+     superblock thereof).  This is filled in by the ->get_tree() op.  If this
+     is set, an active reference on root->d_sb must also be held.
+
+ (*) struct user_namespace *user_ns
+ (*) struct net *net_ns
+
+     There are a subset of the namespaces in use by the invoking process.  They
+     retain references on each namespace.  The subscribed namespaces may be
+     replaced by the filesystem to reflect other sources, such as the parent
+     mount superblock on an automount.
+
+ (*) const struct cred *cred
+
+     The mounter's credentials.  This retains a reference on the credentials.
+
+ (*) char *source
+
+     This specifies the source.  It may be a block device (e.g. /dev/sda1) or
+     something more exotic, such as the "host:/path" that NFS desires.
+
+ (*) char *subtype
+
+     This is a string to be added to the type displayed in /proc/mounts to
+     qualify it (used by FUSE).  This is available for the filesystem to set if
+     desired.
+
+ (*) void *security
+
+     A place for the LSMs to hang their security data for the superblock.  The
+     relevant security operations are described below.
+
+ (*) void *s_fs_info
+
+     The proposed s_fs_info for a new superblock, set in the superblock by
+     sget_fc().  This can be used to distinguish superblocks.
+
+ (*) unsigned int sb_flags
+ (*) unsigned int sb_flags_mask
+
+     Which bits SB_* flags are to be set/cleared in super_block::s_flags.
+
+ (*) unsigned int s_iflags
+
+     These will be bitwise-OR'd with s->s_iflags when a superblock is created.
+
+ (*) enum fs_context_purpose
+
+     This indicates the purpose for which the context is intended.  The
+     available values are:
+
+	FS_CONTEXT_FOR_MOUNT,		-- New superblock for explicit mount
+	FS_CONTEXT_FOR_SUBMOUNT		-- New automatic submount of extant mount
+	FS_CONTEXT_FOR_RECONFIGURE	-- Change an existing mount
+
+The mount context is created by calling vfs_new_fs_context() or
+vfs_dup_fs_context() and is destroyed with put_fs_context().  Note that the
+structure is not refcounted.
+
+VFS, security and filesystem mount options are set individually with
+vfs_parse_mount_option().  Options provided by the old mount(2) system call as
+a page of data can be parsed with generic_parse_monolithic().
+
+When mounting, the filesystem is allowed to take data from any of the pointers
+and attach it to the superblock (or whatever), provided it clears the pointer
+in the mount context.
+
+The filesystem is also allowed to allocate resources and pin them with the
+mount context.  For instance, NFS might pin the appropriate protocol version
+module.
+
+
+=================================
+THE FILESYSTEM CONTEXT OPERATIONS
+=================================
+
+The filesystem context points to a table of operations:
+
+	struct fs_context_operations {
+		void (*free)(struct fs_context *fc);
+		int (*dup)(struct fs_context *fc, struct fs_context *src_fc);
+		int (*parse_param)(struct fs_context *fc,
+				   struct struct fs_parameter *param);
+		int (*parse_monolithic)(struct fs_context *fc, void *data);
+		int (*get_tree)(struct fs_context *fc);
+		int (*reconfigure)(struct fs_context *fc);
+	};
+
+These operations are invoked by the various stages of the mount procedure to
+manage the filesystem context.  They are as follows:
+
+ (*) void (*free)(struct fs_context *fc);
+
+     Called to clean up the filesystem-specific part of the filesystem context
+     when the context is destroyed.  It should be aware that parts of the
+     context may have been removed and NULL'd out by ->get_tree().
+
+ (*) int (*dup)(struct fs_context *fc, struct fs_context *src_fc);
+
+     Called when a filesystem context has been duplicated to duplicate the
+     filesystem-private data.  An error may be returned to indicate failure to
+     do this.
+
+     [!] Note that even if this fails, put_fs_context() will be called
+	 immediately thereafter, so ->dup() *must* make the
+	 filesystem-private data safe for ->free().
+
+ (*) int (*parse_param)(struct fs_context *fc,
+			struct struct fs_parameter *param);
+
+     Called when a parameter is being added to the filesystem context.  param
+     points to the key name and maybe a value object.  VFS-specific options
+     will have been weeded out and fc->sb_flags updated in the context.
+     Security options will also have been weeded out and fc->security updated.
+
+     The parameter can be parsed with fs_parse() and fs_lookup_param().  Note
+     that the source(s) are presented as parameters named "source".
+
+     If successful, 0 should be returned or a negative error code otherwise.
+
+ (*) int (*parse_monolithic)(struct fs_context *fc, void *data);
+
+     Called when the mount(2) system call is invoked to pass the entire data
+     page in one go.  If this is expected to be just a list of "key[=val]"
+     items separated by commas, then this may be set to NULL.
+
+     The return value is as for ->parse_param().
+
+     If the filesystem (e.g. NFS) needs to examine the data first and then
+     finds it's the standard key-val list then it may pass it off to
+     generic_parse_monolithic().
+
+ (*) int (*get_tree)(struct fs_context *fc);
+
+     Called to get or create the mountable root and superblock, using the
+     information stored in the filesystem context (reconfiguration goes via a
+     different vector).  It may detach any resources it desires from the
+     filesystem context and transfer them to the superblock it creates.
+
+     On success it should set fc->root to the mountable root and return 0.  In
+     the case of an error, it should return a negative error code.
+
+     The phase on a userspace-driven context will be set to only allow this to
+     be called once on any particular context.
+
+ (*) int (*reconfigure)(struct fs_context *fc);
+
+     Called to effect reconfiguration of a superblock using information stored
+     in the filesystem context.  It may detach any resources it desires from
+     the filesystem context and transfer them to the superblock.  The
+     superblock can be found from fc->root->d_sb.
+
+     On success it should return 0.  In the case of an error, it should return
+     a negative error code.
+
+     [NOTE] reconfigure is intended as a replacement for remount_fs.
+
+
+===========================
+FILESYSTEM CONTEXT SECURITY
+===========================
+
+The filesystem context contains a security pointer that the LSMs can use for
+building up a security context for the superblock to be mounted.  There are a
+number of operations used by the new mount code for this purpose:
+
+ (*) int security_fs_context_alloc(struct fs_context *fc,
+				   struct dentry *reference);
+
+     Called to initialise fc->security (which is preset to NULL) and allocate
+     any resources needed.  It should return 0 on success or a negative error
+     code on failure.
+
+     reference will be non-NULL if the context is being created for superblock
+     reconfiguration (FS_CONTEXT_FOR_RECONFIGURE) in which case it indicates
+     the root dentry of the superblock to be reconfigured.  It will also be
+     non-NULL in the case of a submount (FS_CONTEXT_FOR_SUBMOUNT) in which case
+     it indicates the automount point.
+
+ (*) int security_fs_context_dup(struct fs_context *fc,
+				 struct fs_context *src_fc);
+
+     Called to initialise fc->security (which is preset to NULL) and allocate
+     any resources needed.  The original filesystem context is pointed to by
+     src_fc and may be used for reference.  It should return 0 on success or a
+     negative error code on failure.
+
+ (*) void security_fs_context_free(struct fs_context *fc);
+
+     Called to clean up anything attached to fc->security.  Note that the
+     contents may have been transferred to a superblock and the pointer cleared
+     during get_tree.
+
+ (*) int security_fs_context_parse_param(struct fs_context *fc,
+					 struct fs_parameter *param);
+
+     Called for each mount parameter, including the source.  The arguments are
+     as for the ->parse_param() method.  It should return 0 to indicate that
+     the parameter should be passed on to the filesystem, 1 to indicate that
+     the parameter should be discarded or an error to indicate that the
+     parameter should be rejected.
+
+     The value pointed to by param may be modified (if a string) or stolen
+     (provided the value pointer is NULL'd out).  If it is stolen, 1 must be
+     returned to prevent it being passed to the filesystem.
+
+ (*) int security_fs_context_validate(struct fs_context *fc);
+
+     Called after all the options have been parsed to validate the collection
+     as a whole and to do any necessary allocation so that
+     security_sb_get_tree() and security_sb_reconfigure() are less likely to
+     fail.  It should return 0 or a negative error code.
+
+     In the case of reconfiguration, the target superblock will be accessible
+     via fc->root.
+
+ (*) int security_sb_get_tree(struct fs_context *fc);
+
+     Called during the mount procedure to verify that the specified superblock
+     is allowed to be mounted and to transfer the security data there.  It
+     should return 0 or a negative error code.
+
+ (*) void security_sb_reconfigure(struct fs_context *fc);
+
+     Called to apply any reconfiguration to an LSM's context.  It must not
+     fail.  Error checking and resource allocation must be done in advance by
+     the parameter parsing and validation hooks.
+
+ (*) int security_sb_mountpoint(struct fs_context *fc, struct path *mountpoint,
+				unsigned int mnt_flags);
+
+     Called during the mount procedure to verify that the root dentry attached
+     to the context is permitted to be attached to the specified mountpoint.
+     It should return 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
+
+
+==========================
+VFS FILESYSTEM CONTEXT API
+==========================
+
+There are four operations for creating a filesystem context and one for
+destroying a context:
+
+ (*) struct fs_context *fs_context_for_mount(
+		struct file_system_type *fs_type,
+		unsigned int sb_flags);
+
+     Allocate a filesystem context for the purpose of setting up a new mount,
+     whether that be with a new superblock or sharing an existing one.  This
+     sets the superblock flags, initialises the security and calls
+     fs_type->init_fs_context() to initialise the filesystem private data.
+
+     fs_type specifies the filesystem type that will manage the context and
+     sb_flags presets the superblock flags stored therein.
+
+ (*) struct fs_context *fs_context_for_reconfigure(
+		struct dentry *dentry,
+		unsigned int sb_flags,
+		unsigned int sb_flags_mask);
+
+     Allocate a filesystem context for the purpose of reconfiguring an
+     existing superblock.  dentry provides a reference to the superblock to be
+     configured.  sb_flags and sb_flags_mask indicate which superblock flags
+     need changing and to what.
+
+ (*) struct fs_context *fs_context_for_submount(
+		struct file_system_type *fs_type,
+		struct dentry *reference);
+
+     Allocate a filesystem context for the purpose of creating a new mount for
+     an automount point or other derived superblock.  fs_type specifies the
+     filesystem type that will manage the context and the reference dentry
+     supplies the parameters.  Namespaces are propagated from the reference
+     dentry's superblock also.
+
+     Note that it's not a requirement that the reference dentry be of the same
+     filesystem type as fs_type.
+
+ (*) struct fs_context *vfs_dup_fs_context(struct fs_context *src_fc);
+
+     Duplicate a filesystem context, copying any options noted and duplicating
+     or additionally referencing any resources held therein.  This is available
+     for use where a filesystem has to get a mount within a mount, such as NFS4
+     does by internally mounting the root of the target server and then doing a
+     private pathwalk to the target directory.
+
+     The purpose in the new context is inherited from the old one.
+
+ (*) void put_fs_context(struct fs_context *fc);
+
+     Destroy a filesystem context, releasing any resources it holds.  This
+     calls the ->free() operation.  This is intended to be called by anyone who
+     created a filesystem context.
+
+     [!] filesystem contexts are not refcounted, so this causes unconditional
+	 destruction.
+
+In all the above operations, apart from the put op, the return is a mount
+context pointer or a negative error code.
+
+For the remaining operations, if an error occurs, a negative error code will be
+returned.
+
+ (*) int vfs_parse_fs_param(struct fs_context *fc,
+			    struct fs_parameter *param);
+
+     Supply a single mount parameter to the filesystem context.  This include
+     the specification of the source/device which is specified as the "source"
+     parameter (which may be specified multiple times if the filesystem
+     supports that).
+
+     param specifies the parameter key name and the value.  The parameter is
+     first checked to see if it corresponds to a standard mount flag (in which
+     case it is used to set an SB_xxx flag and consumed) or a security option
+     (in which case the LSM consumes it) before it is passed on to the
+     filesystem.
+
+     The parameter value is typed and can be one of:
+
+	fs_value_is_flag,		Parameter not given a value.
+	fs_value_is_string,		Value is a string
+	fs_value_is_blob,		Value is a binary blob
+	fs_value_is_filename,		Value is a filename* + dirfd
+	fs_value_is_filename_empty,	Value is a filename* + dirfd + AT_EMPTY_PATH
+	fs_value_is_file,		Value is an open file (file*)
+
+     If there is a value, that value is stored in a union in the struct in one
+     of param->{string,blob,name,file}.  Note that the function may steal and
+     clear the pointer, but then becomes responsible for disposing of the
+     object.
+
+ (*) int vfs_parse_fs_string(struct fs_context *fc, const char *key,
+			     const char *value, size_t v_size);
+
+     A wrapper around vfs_parse_fs_param() that copies the value string it is
+     passed.
+
+ (*) int generic_parse_monolithic(struct fs_context *fc, void *data);
+
+     Parse a sys_mount() data page, assuming the form to be a text list
+     consisting of key[=val] options separated by commas.  Each item in the
+     list is passed to vfs_mount_option().  This is the default when the
+     ->parse_monolithic() method is NULL.
+
+ (*) int vfs_get_tree(struct fs_context *fc);
+
+     Get or create the mountable root and superblock, using the parameters in
+     the filesystem context to select/configure the superblock.  This invokes
+     the ->get_tree() method.
+
+ (*) struct vfsmount *vfs_create_mount(struct fs_context *fc);
+
+     Create a mount given the parameters in the specified filesystem context.
+     Note that this does not attach the mount to anything.
+
+
+===========================
+SUPERBLOCK CREATION HELPERS
+===========================
+
+A number of VFS helpers are available for use by filesystems for the creation
+or looking up of superblocks.
+
+ (*) struct super_block *
+     sget_fc(struct fs_context *fc,
+	     int (*test)(struct super_block *sb, struct fs_context *fc),
+	     int (*set)(struct super_block *sb, struct fs_context *fc));
+
+     This is the core routine.  If test is non-NULL, it searches for an
+     existing superblock matching the criteria held in the fs_context, using
+     the test function to match them.  If no match is found, a new superblock
+     is created and the set function is called to set it up.
+
+     Prior to the set function being called, fc->s_fs_info will be transferred
+     to sb->s_fs_info - and fc->s_fs_info will be cleared if set returns
+     success (ie. 0).
+
+The following helpers all wrap sget_fc():
+
+ (*) int vfs_get_super(struct fs_context *fc,
+		       enum vfs_get_super_keying keying,
+		       int (*fill_super)(struct super_block *sb,
+					 struct fs_context *fc))
+
+     This creates/looks up a deviceless superblock.  The keying indicates how
+     many superblocks of this type may exist and in what manner they may be
+     shared:
+
+	(1) vfs_get_single_super
+
+	    Only one such superblock may exist in the system.  Any further
+	    attempt to get a new superblock gets this one (and any parameter
+	    differences are ignored).
+
+	(2) vfs_get_keyed_super
+
+	    Multiple superblocks of this type may exist and they're keyed on
+	    their s_fs_info pointer (for example this may refer to a
+	    namespace).
+
+	(3) vfs_get_independent_super
+
+	    Multiple independent superblocks of this type may exist.  This
+	    function never matches an existing one and always creates a new
+	    one.
+
+
+=====================
+PARAMETER DESCRIPTION
+=====================
+
+Parameters are described using structures defined in linux/fs_parser.h.
+There's a core description struct that links everything together:
+
+	struct fs_parameter_description {
+		const char	name[16];
+		const struct fs_parameter_spec *specs;
+		const struct fs_parameter_enum *enums;
+	};
+
+For example:
+
+	enum {
+		Opt_autocell,
+		Opt_bar,
+		Opt_dyn,
+		Opt_foo,
+		Opt_source,
+	};
+
+	static const struct fs_parameter_description afs_fs_parameters = {
+		.name		= "kAFS",
+		.specs		= afs_param_specs,
+		.enums		= afs_param_enums,
+	};
+
+The members are as follows:
+
+ (1) const char name[16];
+
+     The name to be used in error messages generated by the parse helper
+     functions.
+
+ (2) const struct fs_parameter_specification *specs;
+
+     Table of parameter specifications, terminated with a null entry, where the
+     entries are of type:
+
+	struct fs_parameter_spec {
+		const char		*name;
+		u8			opt;
+		enum fs_parameter_type	type:8;
+		unsigned short		flags;
+	};
+
+     The 'name' field is a string to match exactly to the parameter key (no
+     wildcards, patterns and no case-independence) and 'opt' is the value that
+     will be returned by the fs_parser() function in the case of a successful
+     match.
+
+     The 'type' field indicates the desired value type and must be one of:
+
+	TYPE NAME		EXPECTED VALUE		RESULT IN
+	=======================	=======================	=====================
+	fs_param_is_flag	No value		n/a
+	fs_param_is_bool	Boolean value		result->boolean
+	fs_param_is_u32		32-bit unsigned int	result->uint_32
+	fs_param_is_u32_octal	32-bit octal int	result->uint_32
+	fs_param_is_u32_hex	32-bit hex int		result->uint_32
+	fs_param_is_s32		32-bit signed int	result->int_32
+	fs_param_is_u64		64-bit unsigned int	result->uint_64
+	fs_param_is_enum	Enum value name 	result->uint_32
+	fs_param_is_string	Arbitrary string	param->string
+	fs_param_is_blob	Binary blob		param->blob
+	fs_param_is_blockdev	Blockdev path		* Needs lookup
+	fs_param_is_path	Path			* Needs lookup
+	fs_param_is_fd		File descriptor		result->int_32
+
+     Note that if the value is of fs_param_is_bool type, fs_parse() will try
+     to match any string value against "0", "1", "no", "yes", "false", "true".
+
+     Each parameter can also be qualified with 'flags':
+
+	fs_param_v_optional	The value is optional
+	fs_param_neg_with_no	result->negated set if key is prefixed with "no"
+	fs_param_neg_with_empty	result->negated set if value is ""
+	fs_param_deprecated	The parameter is deprecated.
+
+     These are wrapped with a number of convenience wrappers:
+
+	MACRO			SPECIFIES
+	=======================	===============================================
+	fsparam_flag()		fs_param_is_flag
+	fsparam_flag_no()	fs_param_is_flag, fs_param_neg_with_no
+	fsparam_bool()		fs_param_is_bool
+	fsparam_u32()		fs_param_is_u32
+	fsparam_u32oct()	fs_param_is_u32_octal
+	fsparam_u32hex()	fs_param_is_u32_hex
+	fsparam_s32()		fs_param_is_s32
+	fsparam_u64()		fs_param_is_u64
+	fsparam_enum()		fs_param_is_enum
+	fsparam_string()	fs_param_is_string
+	fsparam_blob()		fs_param_is_blob
+	fsparam_bdev()		fs_param_is_blockdev
+	fsparam_path()		fs_param_is_path
+	fsparam_fd()		fs_param_is_fd
+
+     all of which take two arguments, name string and option number - for
+     example:
+
+	static const struct fs_parameter_spec afs_param_specs[] = {
+		fsparam_flag	("autocell",	Opt_autocell),
+		fsparam_flag	("dyn",		Opt_dyn),
+		fsparam_string	("source",	Opt_source),
+		fsparam_flag_no	("foo",		Opt_foo),
+		{}
+	};
+
+     An addition macro, __fsparam() is provided that takes an additional pair
+     of arguments to specify the type and the flags for anything that doesn't
+     match one of the above macros.
+
+ (6) const struct fs_parameter_enum *enums;
+
+     Table of enum value names to integer mappings, terminated with a null
+     entry.  This is of type:
+
+	struct fs_parameter_enum {
+		u8		opt;
+		char		name[14];
+		u8		value;
+	};
+
+     Where the array is an unsorted list of { parameter ID, name }-keyed
+     elements that indicate the value to map to, e.g.:
+
+	static const struct fs_parameter_enum afs_param_enums[] = {
+		{ Opt_bar,   "x",      1},
+		{ Opt_bar,   "y",      23},
+		{ Opt_bar,   "z",      42},
+	};
+
+     If a parameter of type fs_param_is_enum is encountered, fs_parse() will
+     try to look the value up in the enum table and the result will be stored
+     in the parse result.
+
+The parser should be pointed to by the parser pointer in the file_system_type
+struct as this will provide validation on registration (if
+CONFIG_VALIDATE_FS_PARSER=y) and will allow the description to be queried from
+userspace using the fsinfo() syscall.
+
+
+==========================
+PARAMETER HELPER FUNCTIONS
+==========================
+
+A number of helper functions are provided to help a filesystem or an LSM
+process the parameters it is given.
+
+ (*) int lookup_constant(const struct constant_table tbl[],
+			 const char *name, int not_found);
+
+     Look up a constant by name in a table of name -> integer mappings.  The
+     table is an array of elements of the following type:
+
+	struct constant_table {
+		const char	*name;
+		int		value;
+	};
+
+     If a match is found, the corresponding value is returned.  If a match
+     isn't found, the not_found value is returned instead.
+
+ (*) bool validate_constant_table(const struct constant_table *tbl,
+				  size_t tbl_size,
+				  int low, int high, int special);
+
+     Validate a constant table.  Checks that all the elements are appropriately
+     ordered, that there are no duplicates and that the values are between low
+     and high inclusive, though provision is made for one allowable special
+     value outside of that range.  If no special value is required, special
+     should just be set to lie inside the low-to-high range.
+
+     If all is good, true is returned.  If the table is invalid, errors are
+     logged to dmesg and false is returned.
+
+ (*) bool fs_validate_description(const struct fs_parameter_description *desc);
+
+     This performs some validation checks on a parameter description.  It
+     returns true if the description is good and false if it is not.  It will
+     log errors to dmesg if validation fails.
+
+ (*) int fs_parse(struct fs_context *fc,
+		  const struct fs_parameter_description *desc,
+		  struct fs_parameter *param,
+		  struct fs_parse_result *result);
+
+     This is the main interpreter of parameters.  It uses the parameter
+     description to look up a parameter by key name and to convert that to an
+     option number (which it returns).
+
+     If successful, and if the parameter type indicates the result is a
+     boolean, integer or enum type, the value is converted by this function and
+     the result stored in result->{boolean,int_32,uint_32,uint_64}.
+
+     If a match isn't initially made, the key is prefixed with "no" and no
+     value is present then an attempt will be made to look up the key with the
+     prefix removed.  If this matches a parameter for which the type has flag
+     fs_param_neg_with_no set, then a match will be made and result->negated
+     will be set to true.
+
+     If the parameter isn't matched, -ENOPARAM will be returned; if the
+     parameter is matched, but the value is erroneous, -EINVAL will be
+     returned; otherwise the parameter's option number will be returned.
+
+ (*) int fs_lookup_param(struct fs_context *fc,
+			 struct fs_parameter *value,
+			 bool want_bdev,
+			 struct path *_path);
+
+     This takes a parameter that carries a string or filename type and attempts
+     to do a path lookup on it.  If the parameter expects a blockdev, a check
+     is made that the inode actually represents one.
+
+     Returns 0 if successful and *_path will be set; returns a negative error
+     code if not.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-cache.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-cache.txt
index ebcaaee21616..c4dac829db0f 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-cache.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/rpc-cache.txt
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Creating a Cache
 		A message from user space has arrived to fill out a
 		cache entry.  It is in 'buf' of length 'len'.
 		cache_parse should parse this, find the item in the
-		cache with sunrpc_cache_lookup, and update the item
+		cache with sunrpc_cache_lookup_rcu, and update the item
 		with sunrpc_cache_update.
 
 
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Creating a Cache
 Using a cache
 -------------
 
-To find a value in a cache, call sunrpc_cache_lookup passing a pointer
+To find a value in a cache, call sunrpc_cache_lookup_rcu passing a pointer
 to the cache_head in a sample item with the 'key' fields filled in.
 This will be passed to ->match to identify the target entry.  If no
 entry is found, a new entry will be create, added to the cache, and
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ item does become valid, the deferred copy of the request will be
 revisited (->revisit).  It is expected that this method will
 reschedule the request for processing.
 
-The value returned by sunrpc_cache_lookup can also be passed to
+The value returned by sunrpc_cache_lookup_rcu can also be passed to
 sunrpc_cache_update to set the content for the item.  A second item is
 passed which should hold the content.  If the item found by _lookup
 has valid data, then it is discarded and a new item is created.  This
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt
index 51c136c821bf..eef7d9d259e8 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/overlayfs.txt
@@ -286,6 +286,12 @@ pointed by REDIRECT. This should not be possible on local system as setting
 "trusted." xattrs will require CAP_SYS_ADMIN. But it should be possible
 for untrusted layers like from a pen drive.
 
+Note: redirect_dir={off|nofollow|follow(*)} conflicts with metacopy=on, and
+results in an error.
+
+(*) redirect_dir=follow only conflicts with metacopy=on if upperdir=... is
+given.
+
 Sharing and copying layers
 --------------------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/path-lookup.md b/Documentation/filesystems/path-lookup.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e2edd45c4bc0..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/path-lookup.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1297 +0,0 @@
-<head>
-<style> p { max-width:50em} ol, ul {max-width: 40em}</style>
-</head>
-
-Pathname lookup in Linux.
-=========================
-
-This write-up is based on three articles published at lwn.net:
-
-- <https://lwn.net/Articles/649115/> Pathname lookup in Linux
-- <https://lwn.net/Articles/649729/> RCU-walk: faster pathname lookup in Linux
-- <https://lwn.net/Articles/650786/> A walk among the symlinks
-
-Written by Neil Brown with help from Al Viro and Jon Corbet.
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
-The most obvious aspect of pathname lookup, which very little
-exploration is needed to discover, is that it is complex.  There are
-many rules, special cases, and implementation alternatives that all
-combine to confuse the unwary reader.  Computer science has long been
-acquainted with such complexity and has tools to help manage it.  One
-tool that we will make extensive use of is "divide and conquer".  For
-the early parts of the analysis we will divide off symlinks - leaving
-them until the final part.  Well before we get to symlinks we have
-another major division based on the VFS's approach to locking which
-will allow us to review "REF-walk" and "RCU-walk" separately.  But we
-are getting ahead of ourselves.  There are some important low level
-distinctions we need to clarify first.
-
-There are two sorts of ...
---------------------------
-
-[`openat()`]: http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/openat.2.html
-
-Pathnames (sometimes "file names"), used to identify objects in the
-filesystem, will be familiar to most readers.  They contain two sorts
-of elements: "slashes" that are sequences of one or more "`/`"
-characters, and "components" that are sequences of one or more
-non-"`/`" characters.  These form two kinds of paths.  Those that
-start with slashes are "absolute" and start from the filesystem root.
-The others are "relative" and start from the current directory, or
-from some other location specified by a file descriptor given to a
-"xxx`at`" system call such as "[`openat()`]".
-
-[`execveat()`]: http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/execveat.2.html
-
-It is tempting to describe the second kind as starting with a
-component, but that isn't always accurate: a pathname can lack both
-slashes and components, it can be empty, in other words.  This is
-generally forbidden in POSIX, but some of those "xxx`at`" system calls
-in Linux permit it when the `AT_EMPTY_PATH` flag is given.  For
-example, if you have an open file descriptor on an executable file you
-can execute it by calling [`execveat()`] passing the file descriptor,
-an empty path, and the `AT_EMPTY_PATH` flag.
-
-These paths can be divided into two sections: the final component and
-everything else.  The "everything else" is the easy bit.  In all cases
-it must identify a directory that already exists, otherwise an error
-such as `ENOENT` or `ENOTDIR` will be reported.
-
-The final component is not so simple.  Not only do different system
-calls interpret it quite differently (e.g. some create it, some do
-not), but it might not even exist: neither the empty pathname nor the
-pathname that is just slashes have a final component.  If it does
-exist, it could be "`.`" or "`..`" which are handled quite differently
-from other components.
-
-[POSIX]: http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap04.html#tag_04_12
-
-If a pathname ends with a slash, such as "`/tmp/foo/`" it might be
-tempting to consider that to have an empty final component.  In many
-ways that would lead to correct results, but not always.  In
-particular, `mkdir()` and `rmdir()` each create or remove a directory named
-by the final component, and they are required to work with pathnames
-ending in "`/`".  According to [POSIX]
-
-> A pathname that contains at least one non- &lt;slash> character and
-> that ends with one or more trailing &lt;slash> characters shall not
-> be resolved successfully unless the last pathname component before
-> the trailing <slash> characters names an existing directory or a
-> directory entry that is to be created for a directory immediately
-> after the pathname is resolved.
-
-The Linux pathname walking code (mostly in `fs/namei.c`) deals with
-all of these issues: breaking the path into components, handling the
-"everything else" quite separately from the final component, and
-checking that the trailing slash is not used where it isn't
-permitted.  It also addresses the important issue of concurrent
-access.
-
-While one process is looking up a pathname, another might be making
-changes that affect that lookup.  One fairly extreme case is that if
-"a/b" were renamed to "a/c/b" while another process were looking up
-"a/b/..", that process might successfully resolve on "a/c".
-Most races are much more subtle, and a big part of the task of
-pathname lookup is to prevent them from having damaging effects.  Many
-of the possible races are seen most clearly in the context of the
-"dcache" and an understanding of that is central to understanding
-pathname lookup.
-
-More than just a cache.
------------------------
-
-The "dcache" caches information about names in each filesystem to
-make them quickly available for lookup.  Each entry (known as a
-"dentry") contains three significant fields: a component name, a
-pointer to a parent dentry, and a pointer to the "inode" which
-contains further information about the object in that parent with
-the given name.  The inode pointer can be `NULL` indicating that the
-name doesn't exist in the parent.  While there can be linkage in the
-dentry of a directory to the dentries of the children, that linkage is
-not used for pathname lookup, and so will not be considered here.
-
-The dcache has a number of uses apart from accelerating lookup.  One
-that will be particularly relevant is that it is closely integrated
-with the mount table that records which filesystem is mounted where.
-What the mount table actually stores is which dentry is mounted on top
-of which other dentry.
-
-When considering the dcache, we have another of our "two types"
-distinctions: there are two types of filesystems.
-
-Some filesystems ensure that the information in the dcache is always
-completely accurate (though not necessarily complete).  This can allow
-the VFS to determine if a particular file does or doesn't exist
-without checking with the filesystem, and means that the VFS can
-protect the filesystem against certain races and other problems.
-These are typically "local" filesystems such as ext3, XFS, and Btrfs.
-
-Other filesystems don't provide that guarantee because they cannot.
-These are typically filesystems that are shared across a network,
-whether remote filesystems like NFS and 9P, or cluster filesystems
-like ocfs2 or cephfs.  These filesystems allow the VFS to revalidate
-cached information, and must provide their own protection against
-awkward races.  The VFS can detect these filesystems by the
-`DCACHE_OP_REVALIDATE` flag being set in the dentry.
-
-REF-walk: simple concurrency management with refcounts and spinlocks
---------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-With all of those divisions carefully classified, we can now start
-looking at the actual process of walking along a path.  In particular
-we will start with the handling of the "everything else" part of a
-pathname, and focus on the "REF-walk" approach to concurrency
-management.  This code is found in the `link_path_walk()` function, if
-you ignore all the places that only run when "`LOOKUP_RCU`"
-(indicating the use of RCU-walk) is set.
-
-[Meet the Lockers]: https://lwn.net/Articles/453685/
-
-REF-walk is fairly heavy-handed with locks and reference counts.  Not
-as heavy-handed as in the old "big kernel lock" days, but certainly not
-afraid of taking a lock when one is needed.  It uses a variety of
-different concurrency controls.  A background understanding of the
-various primitives is assumed, or can be gleaned from elsewhere such
-as in [Meet the Lockers].
-
-The locking mechanisms used by REF-walk include:
-
-### dentry->d_lockref ###
-
-This uses the lockref primitive to provide both a spinlock and a
-reference count.  The special-sauce of this primitive is that the
-conceptual sequence "lock; inc_ref; unlock;" can often be performed
-with a single atomic memory operation.
-
-Holding a reference on a dentry ensures that the dentry won't suddenly
-be freed and used for something else, so the values in various fields
-will behave as expected.  It also protects the `->d_inode` reference
-to the inode to some extent.
-
-The association between a dentry and its inode is fairly permanent.
-For example, when a file is renamed, the dentry and inode move
-together to the new location.  When a file is created the dentry will
-initially be negative (i.e. `d_inode` is `NULL`), and will be assigned
-to the new inode as part of the act of creation.
-
-When a file is deleted, this can be reflected in the cache either by
-setting `d_inode` to `NULL`, or by removing it from the hash table
-(described shortly) used to look up the name in the parent directory.
-If the dentry is still in use the second option is used as it is
-perfectly legal to keep using an open file after it has been deleted
-and having the dentry around helps.  If the dentry is not otherwise in
-use (i.e. if the refcount in `d_lockref` is one), only then will
-`d_inode` be set to `NULL`.  Doing it this way is more efficient for a
-very common case.
-
-So as long as a counted reference is held to a dentry, a non-`NULL` `->d_inode`
-value will never be changed.
-
-### dentry->d_lock ###
-
-`d_lock` is a synonym for the spinlock that is part of `d_lockref` above.
-For our purposes, holding this lock protects against the dentry being
-renamed or unlinked.  In particular, its parent (`d_parent`), and its
-name (`d_name`) cannot be changed, and it cannot be removed from the
-dentry hash table.
-
-When looking for a name in a directory, REF-walk takes `d_lock` on
-each candidate dentry that it finds in the hash table and then checks
-that the parent and name are correct.  So it doesn't lock the parent
-while searching in the cache; it only locks children.
-
-When looking for the parent for a given name (to handle "`..`"),
-REF-walk can take `d_lock` to get a stable reference to `d_parent`,
-but it first tries a more lightweight approach.  As seen in
-`dget_parent()`, if a reference can be claimed on the parent, and if
-subsequently `d_parent` can be seen to have not changed, then there is
-no need to actually take the lock on the child.
-
-### rename_lock ###
-
-Looking up a given name in a given directory involves computing a hash
-from the two values (the name and the dentry of the directory),
-accessing that slot in a hash table, and searching the linked list
-that is found there.
-
-When a dentry is renamed, the name and the parent dentry can both
-change so the hash will almost certainly change too.  This would move the
-dentry to a different chain in the hash table.  If a filename search
-happened to be looking at a dentry that was moved in this way,
-it might end up continuing the search down the wrong chain,
-and so miss out on part of the correct chain.
-
-The name-lookup process (`d_lookup()`) does _not_ try to prevent this
-from happening, but only to detect when it happens.
-`rename_lock` is a seqlock that is updated whenever any dentry is
-renamed.  If `d_lookup` finds that a rename happened while it
-unsuccessfully scanned a chain in the hash table, it simply tries
-again.
-
-### inode->i_mutex ###
-
-`i_mutex` is a mutex that serializes all changes to a particular
-directory.  This ensures that, for example, an `unlink()` and a `rename()`
-cannot both happen at the same time.  It also keeps the directory
-stable while the filesystem is asked to look up a name that is not
-currently in the dcache.
-
-This has a complementary role to that of `d_lock`: `i_mutex` on a
-directory protects all of the names in that directory, while `d_lock`
-on a name protects just one name in a directory.  Most changes to the
-dcache hold `i_mutex` on the relevant directory inode and briefly take
-`d_lock` on one or more the dentries while the change happens.  One
-exception is when idle dentries are removed from the dcache due to
-memory pressure.  This uses `d_lock`, but `i_mutex` plays no role.
-
-The mutex affects pathname lookup in two distinct ways.  Firstly it
-serializes lookup of a name in a directory.  `walk_component()` uses
-`lookup_fast()` first which, in turn, checks to see if the name is in the cache,
-using only `d_lock` locking.  If the name isn't found, then `walk_component()`
-falls back to `lookup_slow()` which takes `i_mutex`, checks again that
-the name isn't in the cache, and then calls in to the filesystem to get a
-definitive answer.  A new dentry will be added to the cache regardless of
-the result.
-
-Secondly, when pathname lookup reaches the final component, it will
-sometimes need to take `i_mutex` before performing the last lookup so
-that the required exclusion can be achieved.  How path lookup chooses
-to take, or not take, `i_mutex` is one of the
-issues addressed in a subsequent section.
-
-### mnt->mnt_count ###
-
-`mnt_count` is a per-CPU reference counter on "`mount`" structures.
-Per-CPU here means that incrementing the count is cheap as it only
-uses CPU-local memory, but checking if the count is zero is expensive as
-it needs to check with every CPU.  Taking a `mnt_count` reference
-prevents the mount structure from disappearing as the result of regular
-unmount operations, but does not prevent a "lazy" unmount.  So holding
-`mnt_count` doesn't ensure that the mount remains in the namespace and,
-in particular, doesn't stabilize the link to the mounted-on dentry.  It
-does, however, ensure that the `mount` data structure remains coherent,
-and it provides a reference to the root dentry of the mounted
-filesystem.  So a reference through `->mnt_count` provides a stable
-reference to the mounted dentry, but not the mounted-on dentry.
-
-### mount_lock ###
-
-`mount_lock` is a global seqlock, a bit like `rename_lock`.  It can be used to
-check if any change has been made to any mount points.
-
-While walking down the tree (away from the root) this lock is used when
-crossing a mount point to check that the crossing was safe.  That is,
-the value in the seqlock is read, then the code finds the mount that
-is mounted on the current directory, if there is one, and increments
-the `mnt_count`.  Finally the value in `mount_lock` is checked against
-the old value.  If there is no change, then the crossing was safe.  If there
-was a change, the `mnt_count` is decremented and the whole process is
-retried.
-
-When walking up the tree (towards the root) by following a ".." link,
-a little more care is needed.  In this case the seqlock (which
-contains both a counter and a spinlock) is fully locked to prevent
-any changes to any mount points while stepping up.  This locking is
-needed to stabilize the link to the mounted-on dentry, which the
-refcount on the mount itself doesn't ensure.
-
-### RCU ###
-
-Finally the global (but extremely lightweight) RCU read lock is held
-from time to time to ensure certain data structures don't get freed
-unexpectedly.
-
-In particular it is held while scanning chains in the dcache hash
-table, and the mount point hash table.
-
-Bringing it together with `struct nameidata`
---------------------------------------------
-
-[First edition Unix]: http://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=V1/u2.s
-
-Throughout the process of walking a path, the current status is stored
-in a `struct nameidata`, "namei" being the traditional name - dating
-all the way back to [First Edition Unix] - of the function that
-converts a "name" to an "inode".  `struct nameidata` contains (among
-other fields):
-
-### `struct path path` ###
-
-A `path` contains a `struct vfsmount` (which is
-embedded in a `struct mount`) and a `struct dentry`.  Together these
-record the current status of the walk.  They start out referring to the
-starting point (the current working directory, the root directory, or some other
-directory identified by a file descriptor), and are updated on each
-step.  A reference through `d_lockref` and `mnt_count` is always
-held.
-
-### `struct qstr last` ###
-
-This is a string together with a length (i.e. _not_ `nul` terminated)
-that is the "next" component in the pathname.
-
-### `int last_type` ###
-
-This is one of `LAST_NORM`, `LAST_ROOT`, `LAST_DOT`, `LAST_DOTDOT`, or
-`LAST_BIND`.  The `last` field is only valid if the type is
-`LAST_NORM`.  `LAST_BIND` is used when following a symlink and no
-components of the symlink have been processed yet.  Others should be
-fairly self-explanatory.
-
-### `struct path root` ###
-
-This is used to hold a reference to the effective root of the
-filesystem.  Often that reference won't be needed, so this field is
-only assigned the first time it is used, or when a non-standard root
-is requested.  Keeping a reference in the `nameidata` ensures that
-only one root is in effect for the entire path walk, even if it races
-with a `chroot()` system call.
-
-The root is needed when either of two conditions holds: (1) either the
-pathname or a symbolic link starts with a "'/'", or (2) a "`..`"
-component is being handled, since "`..`" from the root must always stay
-at the root.  The value used is usually the current root directory of
-the calling process.  An alternate root can be provided as when
-`sysctl()` calls `file_open_root()`, and when NFSv4 or Btrfs call
-`mount_subtree()`.  In each case a pathname is being looked up in a very
-specific part of the filesystem, and the lookup must not be allowed to
-escape that subtree.  It works a bit like a local `chroot()`.
-
-Ignoring the handling of symbolic links, we can now describe the
-"`link_path_walk()`" function, which handles the lookup of everything
-except the final component as:
-
->  Given a path (`name`) and a nameidata structure (`nd`), check that the
->  current directory has execute permission and then advance `name`
->  over one component while updating `last_type` and `last`.  If that
->  was the final component, then return, otherwise call
->  `walk_component()` and repeat from the top.
-
-`walk_component()` is even easier.  If the component is `LAST_DOTS`,
-it calls `handle_dots()` which does the necessary locking as already
-described.  If it finds a `LAST_NORM` component it first calls
-"`lookup_fast()`" which only looks in the dcache, but will ask the
-filesystem to revalidate the result if it is that sort of filesystem.
-If that doesn't get a good result, it calls "`lookup_slow()`" which
-takes the `i_mutex`, rechecks the cache, and then asks the filesystem
-to find a definitive answer.  Each of these will call
-`follow_managed()` (as described below) to handle any mount points.
-
-In the absence of symbolic links, `walk_component()` creates a new
-`struct path` containing a counted reference to the new dentry and a
-reference to the new `vfsmount` which is only counted if it is
-different from the previous `vfsmount`.  It then calls
-`path_to_nameidata()` to install the new `struct path` in the
-`struct nameidata` and drop the unneeded references.
-
-This "hand-over-hand" sequencing of getting a reference to the new
-dentry before dropping the reference to the previous dentry may
-seem obvious, but is worth pointing out so that we will recognize its
-analogue in the "RCU-walk" version.
-
-Handling the final component.
------------------------------
-
-`link_path_walk()` only walks as far as setting `nd->last` and
-`nd->last_type` to refer to the final component of the path.  It does
-not call `walk_component()` that last time.  Handling that final
-component remains for the caller to sort out. Those callers are
-`path_lookupat()`, `path_parentat()`, `path_mountpoint()` and
-`path_openat()` each of which handles the differing requirements of
-different system calls.
-
-`path_parentat()` is clearly the simplest - it just wraps a little bit
-of housekeeping around `link_path_walk()` and returns the parent
-directory and final component to the caller.  The caller will be either
-aiming to create a name (via `filename_create()`) or remove or rename
-a name (in which case `user_path_parent()` is used).  They will use
-`i_mutex` to exclude other changes while they validate and then
-perform their operation.
-
-`path_lookupat()` is nearly as simple - it is used when an existing
-object is wanted such as by `stat()` or `chmod()`.  It essentially just
-calls `walk_component()` on the final component through a call to
-`lookup_last()`.  `path_lookupat()` returns just the final dentry.
-
-`path_mountpoint()` handles the special case of unmounting which must
-not try to revalidate the mounted filesystem.  It effectively
-contains, through a call to `mountpoint_last()`, an alternate
-implementation of `lookup_slow()` which skips that step.  This is
-important when unmounting a filesystem that is inaccessible, such as
-one provided by a dead NFS server.
-
-Finally `path_openat()` is used for the `open()` system call; it
-contains, in support functions starting with "`do_last()`", all the
-complexity needed to handle the different subtleties of O_CREAT (with
-or without O_EXCL), final "`/`" characters, and trailing symbolic
-links.  We will revisit this in the final part of this series, which
-focuses on those symbolic links.  "`do_last()`" will sometimes, but
-not always, take `i_mutex`, depending on what it finds.
-
-Each of these, or the functions which call them, need to be alert to
-the possibility that the final component is not `LAST_NORM`.  If the
-goal of the lookup is to create something, then any value for
-`last_type` other than `LAST_NORM` will result in an error.  For
-example if `path_parentat()` reports `LAST_DOTDOT`, then the caller
-won't try to create that name.  They also check for trailing slashes
-by testing `last.name[last.len]`.  If there is any character beyond
-the final component, it must be a trailing slash.
-
-Revalidation and automounts
----------------------------
-
-Apart from symbolic links, there are only two parts of the "REF-walk"
-process not yet covered.  One is the handling of stale cache entries
-and the other is automounts.
-
-On filesystems that require it, the lookup routines will call the
-`->d_revalidate()` dentry method to ensure that the cached information
-is current.  This will often confirm validity or update a few details
-from a server.  In some cases it may find that there has been change
-further up the path and that something that was thought to be valid
-previously isn't really.  When this happens the lookup of the whole
-path is aborted and retried with the "`LOOKUP_REVAL`" flag set.  This
-forces revalidation to be more thorough.  We will see more details of
-this retry process in the next article.
-
-Automount points are locations in the filesystem where an attempt to
-lookup a name can trigger changes to how that lookup should be
-handled, in particular by mounting a filesystem there.  These are
-covered in greater detail in autofs.txt in the Linux documentation
-tree, but a few notes specifically related to path lookup are in order
-here.
-
-The Linux VFS has a concept of "managed" dentries which is reflected
-in function names such as "`follow_managed()`".  There are three
-potentially interesting things about these dentries corresponding
-to three different flags that might be set in `dentry->d_flags`:
-
-### `DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT` ###
-
-If this flag has been set, then the filesystem has requested that the
-`d_manage()` dentry operation be called before handling any possible
-mount point.  This can perform two particular services:
-
-It can block to avoid races.  If an automount point is being
-unmounted, the `d_manage()` function will usually wait for that
-process to complete before letting the new lookup proceed and possibly
-trigger a new automount.
-
-It can selectively allow only some processes to transit through a
-mount point.  When a server process is managing automounts, it may
-need to access a directory without triggering normal automount
-processing.  That server process can identify itself to the `autofs`
-filesystem, which will then give it a special pass through
-`d_manage()` by returning `-EISDIR`.
-
-### `DCACHE_MOUNTED` ###
-
-This flag is set on every dentry that is mounted on.  As Linux
-supports multiple filesystem namespaces, it is possible that the
-dentry may not be mounted on in *this* namespace, just in some
-other.  So this flag is seen as a hint, not a promise.
-
-If this flag is set, and `d_manage()` didn't return `-EISDIR`,
-`lookup_mnt()` is called to examine the mount hash table (honoring the
-`mount_lock` described earlier) and possibly return a new `vfsmount`
-and a new `dentry` (both with counted references).
-
-### `DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT` ###
-
-If `d_manage()` allowed us to get this far, and `lookup_mnt()` didn't
-find a mount point, then this flag causes the `d_automount()` dentry
-operation to be called.
-
-The `d_automount()` operation can be arbitrarily complex and may
-communicate with server processes etc. but it should ultimately either
-report that there was an error, that there was nothing to mount, or
-should provide an updated `struct path` with new `dentry` and `vfsmount`.
-
-In the latter case, `finish_automount()` will be called to safely
-install the new mount point into the mount table.
-
-There is no new locking of import here and it is important that no
-locks (only counted references) are held over this processing due to
-the very real possibility of extended delays.
-This will become more important next time when we examine RCU-walk
-which is particularly sensitive to delays.
-
-RCU-walk - faster pathname lookup in Linux
-==========================================
-
-RCU-walk is another algorithm for performing pathname lookup in Linux.
-It is in many ways similar to REF-walk and the two share quite a bit
-of code.  The significant difference in RCU-walk is how it allows for
-the possibility of concurrent access.
-
-We noted that REF-walk is complex because there are numerous details
-and special cases.  RCU-walk reduces this complexity by simply
-refusing to handle a number of cases -- it instead falls back to
-REF-walk.  The difficulty with RCU-walk comes from a different
-direction: unfamiliarity.  The locking rules when depending on RCU are
-quite different from traditional locking, so we will spend a little extra
-time when we come to those.
-
-Clear demarcation of roles
---------------------------
-
-The easiest way to manage concurrency is to forcibly stop any other
-thread from changing the data structures that a given thread is
-looking at.  In cases where no other thread would even think of
-changing the data and lots of different threads want to read at the
-same time, this can be very costly.  Even when using locks that permit
-multiple concurrent readers, the simple act of updating the count of
-the number of current readers can impose an unwanted cost.  So the
-goal when reading a shared data structure that no other process is
-changing is to avoid writing anything to memory at all.  Take no
-locks, increment no counts, leave no footprints.
-
-The REF-walk mechanism already described certainly doesn't follow this
-principle, but then it is really designed to work when there may well
-be other threads modifying the data.  RCU-walk, in contrast, is
-designed for the common situation where there are lots of frequent
-readers and only occasional writers.  This may not be common in all
-parts of the filesystem tree, but in many parts it will be.  For the
-other parts it is important that RCU-walk can quickly fall back to
-using REF-walk.
-
-Pathname lookup always starts in RCU-walk mode but only remains there
-as long as what it is looking for is in the cache and is stable.  It
-dances lightly down the cached filesystem image, leaving no footprints
-and carefully watching where it is, to be sure it doesn't trip.  If it
-notices that something has changed or is changing, or if something
-isn't in the cache, then it tries to stop gracefully and switch to
-REF-walk.
-
-This stopping requires getting a counted reference on the current
-`vfsmount` and `dentry`, and ensuring that these are still valid -
-that a path walk with REF-walk would have found the same entries.
-This is an invariant that RCU-walk must guarantee.  It can only make
-decisions, such as selecting the next step, that are decisions which
-REF-walk could also have made if it were walking down the tree at the
-same time.  If the graceful stop succeeds, the rest of the path is
-processed with the reliable, if slightly sluggish, REF-walk.  If
-RCU-walk finds it cannot stop gracefully, it simply gives up and
-restarts from the top with REF-walk.
-
-This pattern of "try RCU-walk, if that fails try REF-walk" can be
-clearly seen in functions like `filename_lookup()`,
-`filename_parentat()`, `filename_mountpoint()`,
-`do_filp_open()`, and `do_file_open_root()`.  These five
-correspond roughly to the four `path_`* functions we met earlier,
-each of which calls `link_path_walk()`.  The `path_*` functions are
-called using different mode flags until a mode is found which works.
-They are first called with `LOOKUP_RCU` set to request "RCU-walk".  If
-that fails with the error `ECHILD` they are called again with no
-special flag to request "REF-walk".  If either of those report the
-error `ESTALE` a final attempt is made with `LOOKUP_REVAL` set (and no
-`LOOKUP_RCU`) to ensure that entries found in the cache are forcibly
-revalidated - normally entries are only revalidated if the filesystem
-determines that they are too old to trust.
-
-The `LOOKUP_RCU` attempt may drop that flag internally and switch to
-REF-walk, but will never then try to switch back to RCU-walk.  Places
-that trip up RCU-walk are much more likely to be near the leaves and
-so it is very unlikely that there will be much, if any, benefit from
-switching back.
-
-RCU and seqlocks: fast and light
---------------------------------
-
-RCU is, unsurprisingly, critical to RCU-walk mode.  The
-`rcu_read_lock()` is held for the entire time that RCU-walk is walking
-down a path.  The particular guarantee it provides is that the key
-data structures - dentries, inodes, super_blocks, and mounts - will
-not be freed while the lock is held.  They might be unlinked or
-invalidated in one way or another, but the memory will not be
-repurposed so values in various fields will still be meaningful.  This
-is the only guarantee that RCU provides; everything else is done using
-seqlocks.
-
-As we saw above, REF-walk holds a counted reference to the current
-dentry and the current vfsmount, and does not release those references
-before taking references to the "next" dentry or vfsmount.  It also
-sometimes takes the `d_lock` spinlock.  These references and locks are
-taken to prevent certain changes from happening.  RCU-walk must not
-take those references or locks and so cannot prevent such changes.
-Instead, it checks to see if a change has been made, and aborts or
-retries if it has.
-
-To preserve the invariant mentioned above (that RCU-walk may only make
-decisions that REF-walk could have made), it must make the checks at
-or near the same places that REF-walk holds the references.  So, when
-REF-walk increments a reference count or takes a spinlock, RCU-walk
-samples the status of a seqlock using `read_seqcount_begin()` or a
-similar function.  When REF-walk decrements the count or drops the
-lock, RCU-walk checks if the sampled status is still valid using
-`read_seqcount_retry()` or similar.
-
-However, there is a little bit more to seqlocks than that.  If
-RCU-walk accesses two different fields in a seqlock-protected
-structure, or accesses the same field twice, there is no a priori
-guarantee of any consistency between those accesses.  When consistency
-is needed - which it usually is - RCU-walk must take a copy and then
-use `read_seqcount_retry()` to validate that copy.
-
-`read_seqcount_retry()` not only checks the sequence number, but also
-imposes a memory barrier so that no memory-read instruction from
-*before* the call can be delayed until *after* the call, either by the
-CPU or by the compiler.  A simple example of this can be seen in
-`slow_dentry_cmp()` which, for filesystems which do not use simple
-byte-wise name equality, calls into the filesystem to compare a name
-against a dentry.  The length and name pointer are copied into local
-variables, then `read_seqcount_retry()` is called to confirm the two
-are consistent, and only then is `->d_compare()` called.  When
-standard filename comparison is used, `dentry_cmp()` is called
-instead.  Notably it does _not_ use `read_seqcount_retry()`, but
-instead has a large comment explaining why the consistency guarantee
-isn't necessary.  A subsequent `read_seqcount_retry()` will be
-sufficient to catch any problem that could occur at this point.
-
-With that little refresher on seqlocks out of the way we can look at
-the bigger picture of how RCU-walk uses seqlocks.
-
-### `mount_lock` and `nd->m_seq` ###
-
-We already met the `mount_lock` seqlock when REF-walk used it to
-ensure that crossing a mount point is performed safely.  RCU-walk uses
-it for that too, but for quite a bit more.
-
-Instead of taking a counted reference to each `vfsmount` as it
-descends the tree, RCU-walk samples the state of `mount_lock` at the
-start of the walk and stores this initial sequence number in the
-`struct nameidata` in the `m_seq` field.  This one lock and one
-sequence number are used to validate all accesses to all `vfsmounts`,
-and all mount point crossings.  As changes to the mount table are
-relatively rare, it is reasonable to fall back on REF-walk any time
-that any "mount" or "unmount" happens.
-
-`m_seq` is checked (using `read_seqretry()`) at the end of an RCU-walk
-sequence, whether switching to REF-walk for the rest of the path or
-when the end of the path is reached.  It is also checked when stepping
-down over a mount point (in `__follow_mount_rcu()`) or up (in
-`follow_dotdot_rcu()`).  If it is ever found to have changed, the
-whole RCU-walk sequence is aborted and the path is processed again by
-REF-walk.
-
-If RCU-walk finds that `mount_lock` hasn't changed then it can be sure
-that, had REF-walk taken counted references on each vfsmount, the
-results would have been the same.  This ensures the invariant holds,
-at least for vfsmount structures.
-
-### `dentry->d_seq` and `nd->seq`. ###
-
-In place of taking a count or lock on `d_reflock`, RCU-walk samples
-the per-dentry `d_seq` seqlock, and stores the sequence number in the
-`seq` field of the nameidata structure, so `nd->seq` should always be
-the current sequence number of `nd->dentry`.  This number needs to be
-revalidated after copying, and before using, the name, parent, or
-inode of the dentry.
-
-The handling of the name we have already looked at, and the parent is
-only accessed in `follow_dotdot_rcu()` which fairly trivially follows
-the required pattern, though it does so for three different cases.
-
-When not at a mount point, `d_parent` is followed and its `d_seq` is
-collected.  When we are at a mount point, we instead follow the
-`mnt->mnt_mountpoint` link to get a new dentry and collect its
-`d_seq`.  Then, after finally finding a `d_parent` to follow, we must
-check if we have landed on a mount point and, if so, must find that
-mount point and follow the `mnt->mnt_root` link.  This would imply a
-somewhat unusual, but certainly possible, circumstance where the
-starting point of the path lookup was in part of the filesystem that
-was mounted on, and so not visible from the root.
-
-The inode pointer, stored in `->d_inode`, is a little more
-interesting.  The inode will always need to be accessed at least
-twice, once to determine if it is NULL and once to verify access
-permissions.  Symlink handling requires a validated inode pointer too.
-Rather than revalidating on each access, a copy is made on the first
-access and it is stored in the `inode` field of `nameidata` from where
-it can be safely accessed without further validation.
-
-`lookup_fast()` is the only lookup routine that is used in RCU-mode,
-`lookup_slow()` being too slow and requiring locks.  It is in
-`lookup_fast()` that we find the important "hand over hand" tracking
-of the current dentry.
-
-The current `dentry` and current `seq` number are passed to
-`__d_lookup_rcu()` which, on success, returns a new `dentry` and a
-new `seq` number.  `lookup_fast()` then copies the inode pointer and
-revalidates the new `seq` number.  It then validates the old `dentry`
-with the old `seq` number one last time and only then continues.  This
-process of getting the `seq` number of the new dentry and then
-checking the `seq` number of the old exactly mirrors the process of
-getting a counted reference to the new dentry before dropping that for
-the old dentry which we saw in REF-walk.
-
-### No `inode->i_mutex` or even `rename_lock` ###
-
-A mutex is a fairly heavyweight lock that can only be taken when it is
-permissible to sleep.  As `rcu_read_lock()` forbids sleeping,
-`inode->i_mutex` plays no role in RCU-walk.  If some other thread does
-take `i_mutex` and modifies the directory in a way that RCU-walk needs
-to notice, the result will be either that RCU-walk fails to find the
-dentry that it is looking for, or it will find a dentry which
-`read_seqretry()` won't validate.  In either case it will drop down to
-REF-walk mode which can take whatever locks are needed.
-
-Though `rename_lock` could be used by RCU-walk as it doesn't require
-any sleeping, RCU-walk doesn't bother.  REF-walk uses `rename_lock` to
-protect against the possibility of hash chains in the dcache changing
-while they are being searched.  This can result in failing to find
-something that actually is there.  When RCU-walk fails to find
-something in the dentry cache, whether it is really there or not, it
-already drops down to REF-walk and tries again with appropriate
-locking.  This neatly handles all cases, so adding extra checks on
-rename_lock would bring no significant value.
-
-`unlazy walk()` and `complete_walk()`
--------------------------------------
-
-That "dropping down to REF-walk" typically involves a call to
-`unlazy_walk()`, so named because "RCU-walk" is also sometimes
-referred to as "lazy walk".  `unlazy_walk()` is called when
-following the path down to the current vfsmount/dentry pair seems to
-have proceeded successfully, but the next step is problematic.  This
-can happen if the next name cannot be found in the dcache, if
-permission checking or name revalidation couldn't be achieved while
-the `rcu_read_lock()` is held (which forbids sleeping), if an
-automount point is found, or in a couple of cases involving symlinks.
-It is also called from `complete_walk()` when the lookup has reached
-the final component, or the very end of the path, depending on which
-particular flavor of lookup is used.
-
-Other reasons for dropping out of RCU-walk that do not trigger a call
-to `unlazy_walk()` are when some inconsistency is found that cannot be
-handled immediately, such as `mount_lock` or one of the `d_seq`
-seqlocks reporting a change.  In these cases the relevant function
-will return `-ECHILD` which will percolate up until it triggers a new
-attempt from the top using REF-walk.
-
-For those cases where `unlazy_walk()` is an option, it essentially
-takes a reference on each of the pointers that it holds (vfsmount,
-dentry, and possibly some symbolic links) and then verifies that the
-relevant seqlocks have not been changed.  If there have been changes,
-it, too, aborts with `-ECHILD`, otherwise the transition to REF-walk
-has been a success and the lookup process continues.
-
-Taking a reference on those pointers is not quite as simple as just
-incrementing a counter.  That works to take a second reference if you
-already have one (often indirectly through another object), but it
-isn't sufficient if you don't actually have a counted reference at
-all.  For `dentry->d_lockref`, it is safe to increment the reference
-counter to get a reference unless it has been explicitly marked as
-"dead" which involves setting the counter to `-128`.
-`lockref_get_not_dead()` achieves this.
-
-For `mnt->mnt_count` it is safe to take a reference as long as
-`mount_lock` is then used to validate the reference.  If that
-validation fails, it may *not* be safe to just drop that reference in
-the standard way of calling `mnt_put()` - an unmount may have
-progressed too far.  So the code in `legitimize_mnt()`, when it
-finds that the reference it got might not be safe, checks the
-`MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT` flag to determine if a simple `mnt_put()` is
-correct, or if it should just decrement the count and pretend none of
-this ever happened.
-
-Taking care in filesystems
----------------------------
-
-RCU-walk depends almost entirely on cached information and often will
-not call into the filesystem at all.  However there are two places,
-besides the already-mentioned component-name comparison, where the
-file system might be included in RCU-walk, and it must know to be
-careful.
-
-If the filesystem has non-standard permission-checking requirements -
-such as a networked filesystem which may need to check with the server
-- the `i_op->permission` interface might be called during RCU-walk.
-In this case an extra "`MAY_NOT_BLOCK`" flag is passed so that it
-knows not to sleep, but to return `-ECHILD` if it cannot complete
-promptly.  `i_op->permission` is given the inode pointer, not the
-dentry, so it doesn't need to worry about further consistency checks.
-However if it accesses any other filesystem data structures, it must
-ensure they are safe to be accessed with only the `rcu_read_lock()`
-held.  This typically means they must be freed using `kfree_rcu()` or
-similar.
-
-[`READ_ONCE()`]: https://lwn.net/Articles/624126/
-
-If the filesystem may need to revalidate dcache entries, then
-`d_op->d_revalidate` may be called in RCU-walk too.  This interface
-*is* passed the dentry but does not have access to the `inode` or the
-`seq` number from the `nameidata`, so it needs to be extra careful
-when accessing fields in the dentry.  This "extra care" typically
-involves using [`READ_ONCE()`] to access fields, and verifying the
-result is not NULL before using it.  This pattern can be seen in
-`nfs_lookup_revalidate()`.
-
-A pair of patterns
-------------------
-
-In various places in the details of REF-walk and RCU-walk, and also in
-the big picture, there are a couple of related patterns that are worth
-being aware of.
-
-The first is "try quickly and check, if that fails try slowly".  We
-can see that in the high-level approach of first trying RCU-walk and
-then trying REF-walk, and in places where `unlazy_walk()` is used to
-switch to REF-walk for the rest of the path.  We also saw it earlier
-in `dget_parent()` when following a "`..`" link.  It tries a quick way
-to get a reference, then falls back to taking locks if needed.
-
-The second pattern is "try quickly and check, if that fails try
-again - repeatedly".  This is seen with the use of `rename_lock` and
-`mount_lock` in REF-walk.  RCU-walk doesn't make use of this pattern -
-if anything goes wrong it is much safer to just abort and try a more
-sedate approach.
-
-The emphasis here is "try quickly and check".  It should probably be
-"try quickly _and carefully,_ then check".  The fact that checking is
-needed is a reminder that the system is dynamic and only a limited
-number of things are safe at all.  The most likely cause of errors in
-this whole process is assuming something is safe when in reality it
-isn't.  Careful consideration of what exactly guarantees the safety of
-each access is sometimes necessary.
-
-A walk among the symlinks
-=========================
-
-There are several basic issues that we will examine to understand the
-handling of symbolic links:  the symlink stack, together with cache
-lifetimes, will help us understand the overall recursive handling of
-symlinks and lead to the special care needed for the final component.
-Then a consideration of access-time updates and summary of the various
-flags controlling lookup will finish the story.
-
-The symlink stack
------------------
-
-There are only two sorts of filesystem objects that can usefully
-appear in a path prior to the final component: directories and symlinks.
-Handling directories is quite straightforward: the new directory
-simply becomes the starting point at which to interpret the next
-component on the path.  Handling symbolic links requires a bit more
-work.
-
-Conceptually, symbolic links could be handled by editing the path.  If
-a component name refers to a symbolic link, then that component is
-replaced by the body of the link and, if that body starts with a '/',
-then all preceding parts of the path are discarded.  This is what the
-"`readlink -f`" command does, though it also edits out "`.`" and
-"`..`" components.
-
-Directly editing the path string is not really necessary when looking
-up a path, and discarding early components is pointless as they aren't
-looked at anyway.  Keeping track of all remaining components is
-important, but they can of course be kept separately; there is no need
-to concatenate them.  As one symlink may easily refer to another,
-which in turn can refer to a third, we may need to keep the remaining
-components of several paths, each to be processed when the preceding
-ones are completed.  These path remnants are kept on a stack of
-limited size.
-
-There are two reasons for placing limits on how many symlinks can
-occur in a single path lookup.  The most obvious is to avoid loops.
-If a symlink referred to itself either directly or through
-intermediaries, then following the symlink can never complete
-successfully - the error `ELOOP` must be returned.  Loops can be
-detected without imposing limits, but limits are the simplest solution
-and, given the second reason for restriction, quite sufficient.
-
-[outlined recently]: http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/1934390/focus=1934550
-
-The second reason was [outlined recently] by Linus:
-
->  Because it's a latency and DoS issue too. We need to react well to
->  true loops, but also to "very deep" non-loops. It's not about memory
->  use, it's about users triggering unreasonable CPU resources.
-
-Linux imposes a limit on the length of any pathname: `PATH_MAX`, which
-is 4096.  There are a number of reasons for this limit; not letting the
-kernel spend too much time on just one path is one of them.  With
-symbolic links you can effectively generate much longer paths so some
-sort of limit is needed for the same reason.  Linux imposes a limit of
-at most 40 symlinks in any one path lookup.  It previously imposed a
-further limit of eight on the maximum depth of recursion, but that was
-raised to 40 when a separate stack was implemented, so there is now
-just the one limit.
-
-The `nameidata` structure that we met in an earlier article contains a
-small stack that can be used to store the remaining part of up to two
-symlinks.  In many cases this will be sufficient.  If it isn't, a
-separate stack is allocated with room for 40 symlinks.  Pathname
-lookup will never exceed that stack as, once the 40th symlink is
-detected, an error is returned.
-
-It might seem that the name remnants are all that needs to be stored on
-this stack, but we need a bit more.  To see that, we need to move on to
-cache lifetimes.
-
-Storage and lifetime of cached symlinks
----------------------------------------
-
-Like other filesystem resources, such as inodes and directory
-entries, symlinks are cached by Linux to avoid repeated costly access
-to external storage.  It is particularly important for RCU-walk to be
-able to find and temporarily hold onto these cached entries, so that
-it doesn't need to drop down into REF-walk.
-
-[object-oriented design pattern]: https://lwn.net/Articles/446317/
-
-While each filesystem is free to make its own choice, symlinks are
-typically stored in one of two places.  Short symlinks are often
-stored directly in the inode.  When a filesystem allocates a `struct
-inode` it typically allocates extra space to store private data (a
-common [object-oriented design pattern] in the kernel).  This will
-sometimes include space for a symlink.  The other common location is
-in the page cache, which normally stores the content of files.  The
-pathname in a symlink can be seen as the content of that symlink and
-can easily be stored in the page cache just like file content.
-
-When neither of these is suitable, the next most likely scenario is
-that the filesystem will allocate some temporary memory and copy or
-construct the symlink content into that memory whenever it is needed.
-
-When the symlink is stored in the inode, it has the same lifetime as
-the inode which, itself, is protected by RCU or by a counted reference
-on the dentry.  This means that the mechanisms that pathname lookup
-uses to access the dcache and icache (inode cache) safely are quite
-sufficient for accessing some cached symlinks safely.  In these cases,
-the `i_link` pointer in the inode is set to point to wherever the
-symlink is stored and it can be accessed directly whenever needed.
-
-When the symlink is stored in the page cache or elsewhere, the
-situation is not so straightforward.  A reference on a dentry or even
-on an inode does not imply any reference on cached pages of that
-inode, and even an `rcu_read_lock()` is not sufficient to ensure that
-a page will not disappear.  So for these symlinks the pathname lookup
-code needs to ask the filesystem to provide a stable reference and,
-significantly, needs to release that reference when it is finished
-with it.
-
-Taking a reference to a cache page is often possible even in RCU-walk
-mode.  It does require making changes to memory, which is best avoided,
-but that isn't necessarily a big cost and it is better than dropping
-out of RCU-walk mode completely.  Even filesystems that allocate
-space to copy the symlink into can use `GFP_ATOMIC` to often successfully
-allocate memory without the need to drop out of RCU-walk.  If a
-filesystem cannot successfully get a reference in RCU-walk mode, it
-must return `-ECHILD` and `unlazy_walk()` will be called to return to
-REF-walk mode in which the filesystem is allowed to sleep.
-
-The place for all this to happen is the `i_op->follow_link()` inode
-method.  In the present mainline code this is never actually called in
-RCU-walk mode as the rewrite is not quite complete.  It is likely that
-in a future release this method will be passed an `inode` pointer when
-called in RCU-walk mode so it both (1) knows to be careful, and (2) has the
-validated pointer.  Much like the `i_op->permission()` method we
-looked at previously, `->follow_link()` would need to be careful that
-all the data structures it references are safe to be accessed while
-holding no counted reference, only the RCU lock.  Though getting a
-reference with `->follow_link()` is not yet done in RCU-walk mode, the
-code is ready to release the reference when that does happen.
-
-This need to drop the reference to a symlink adds significant
-complexity.  It requires a reference to the inode so that the
-`i_op->put_link()` inode operation can be called.  In REF-walk, that
-reference is kept implicitly through a reference to the dentry, so
-keeping the `struct path` of the symlink is easiest.  For RCU-walk,
-the pointer to the inode is kept separately.  To allow switching from
-RCU-walk back to REF-walk in the middle of processing nested symlinks
-we also need the seq number for the dentry so we can confirm that
-switching back was safe.
-
-Finally, when providing a reference to a symlink, the filesystem also
-provides an opaque "cookie" that must be passed to `->put_link()` so that it
-knows what to free.  This might be the allocated memory area, or a
-pointer to the `struct page` in the page cache, or something else
-completely.  Only the filesystem knows what it is.
-
-In order for the reference to each symlink to be dropped when the walk completes,
-whether in RCU-walk or REF-walk, the symlink stack needs to contain,
-along with the path remnants:
-
-- the `struct path` to provide a reference to the inode in REF-walk
-- the `struct inode *` to provide a reference to the inode in RCU-walk
-- the `seq` to allow the path to be safely switched from RCU-walk to REF-walk
-- the `cookie` that tells `->put_path()` what to put.
-
-This means that each entry in the symlink stack needs to hold five
-pointers and an integer instead of just one pointer (the path
-remnant).  On a 64-bit system, this is about 40 bytes per entry;
-with 40 entries it adds up to 1600 bytes total, which is less than
-half a page.  So it might seem like a lot, but is by no means
-excessive.
-
-Note that, in a given stack frame, the path remnant (`name`) is not
-part of the symlink that the other fields refer to.  It is the remnant
-to be followed once that symlink has been fully parsed.
-
-Following the symlink
----------------------
-
-The main loop in `link_path_walk()` iterates seamlessly over all
-components in the path and all of the non-final symlinks.  As symlinks
-are processed, the `name` pointer is adjusted to point to a new
-symlink, or is restored from the stack, so that much of the loop
-doesn't need to notice.  Getting this `name` variable on and off the
-stack is very straightforward; pushing and popping the references is
-a little more complex.
-
-When a symlink is found, `walk_component()` returns the value `1`
-(`0` is returned for any other sort of success, and a negative number
-is, as usual, an error indicator).  This causes `get_link()` to be
-called; it then gets the link from the filesystem.  Providing that
-operation is successful, the old path `name` is placed on the stack,
-and the new value is used as the `name` for a while.  When the end of
-the path is found (i.e. `*name` is `'\0'`) the old `name` is restored
-off the stack and path walking continues.
-
-Pushing and popping the reference pointers (inode, cookie, etc.) is more
-complex in part because of the desire to handle tail recursion.  When
-the last component of a symlink itself points to a symlink, we
-want to pop the symlink-just-completed off the stack before pushing
-the symlink-just-found to avoid leaving empty path remnants that would
-just get in the way.
-
-It is most convenient to push the new symlink references onto the
-stack in `walk_component()` immediately when the symlink is found;
-`walk_component()` is also the last piece of code that needs to look at the
-old symlink as it walks that last component.  So it is quite
-convenient for `walk_component()` to release the old symlink and pop
-the references just before pushing the reference information for the
-new symlink.  It is guided in this by two flags; `WALK_GET`, which
-gives it permission to follow a symlink if it finds one, and
-`WALK_PUT`, which tells it to release the current symlink after it has been
-followed.  `WALK_PUT` is tested first, leading to a call to
-`put_link()`.  `WALK_GET` is tested subsequently (by
-`should_follow_link()`) leading to a call to `pick_link()` which sets
-up the stack frame.
-
-### Symlinks with no final component ###
-
-A pair of special-case symlinks deserve a little further explanation.
-Both result in a new `struct path` (with mount and dentry) being set
-up in the `nameidata`, and result in `get_link()` returning `NULL`.
-
-The more obvious case is a symlink to "`/`".  All symlinks starting
-with "`/`" are detected in `get_link()` which resets the `nameidata`
-to point to the effective filesystem root.  If the symlink only
-contains "`/`" then there is nothing more to do, no components at all,
-so `NULL` is returned to indicate that the symlink can be released and
-the stack frame discarded.
-
-The other case involves things in `/proc` that look like symlinks but
-aren't really.
-
->     $ ls -l /proc/self/fd/1
->     lrwx------ 1 neilb neilb 64 Jun 13 10:19 /proc/self/fd/1 -> /dev/pts/4
-
-Every open file descriptor in any process is represented in `/proc` by
-something that looks like a symlink.  It is really a reference to the
-target file, not just the name of it.  When you `readlink` these
-objects you get a name that might refer to the same file - unless it
-has been unlinked or mounted over.  When `walk_component()` follows
-one of these, the `->follow_link()` method in "procfs" doesn't return
-a string name, but instead calls `nd_jump_link()` which updates the
-`nameidata` in place to point to that target.  `->follow_link()` then
-returns `NULL`.  Again there is no final component and `get_link()`
-reports this by leaving the `last_type` field of `nameidata` as
-`LAST_BIND`.
-
-Following the symlink in the final component
---------------------------------------------
-
-All this leads to `link_path_walk()` walking down every component, and
-following all symbolic links it finds, until it reaches the final
-component.  This is just returned in the `last` field of `nameidata`.
-For some callers, this is all they need; they want to create that
-`last` name if it doesn't exist or give an error if it does.  Other
-callers will want to follow a symlink if one is found, and possibly
-apply special handling to the last component of that symlink, rather
-than just the last component of the original file name.  These callers
-potentially need to call `link_path_walk()` again and again on
-successive symlinks until one is found that doesn't point to another
-symlink.
-
-This case is handled by the relevant caller of `link_path_walk()`, such as
-`path_lookupat()` using a loop that calls `link_path_walk()`, and then
-handles the final component.  If the final component is a symlink
-that needs to be followed, then `trailing_symlink()` is called to set
-things up properly and the loop repeats, calling `link_path_walk()`
-again.  This could loop as many as 40 times if the last component of
-each symlink is another symlink.
-
-The various functions that examine the final component and possibly
-report that it is a symlink are `lookup_last()`, `mountpoint_last()`
-and `do_last()`, each of which use the same convention as
-`walk_component()` of returning `1` if a symlink was found that needs
-to be followed.
-
-Of these, `do_last()` is the most interesting as it is used for
-opening a file.  Part of `do_last()` runs with `i_mutex` held and this
-part is in a separate function: `lookup_open()`.
-
-Explaining `do_last()` completely is beyond the scope of this article,
-but a few highlights should help those interested in exploring the
-code.
-
-1. Rather than just finding the target file, `do_last()` needs to open
- it.  If the file was found in the dcache, then `vfs_open()` is used for
- this.  If not, then `lookup_open()` will either call `atomic_open()` (if
- the filesystem provides it) to combine the final lookup with the open, or
- will perform the separate `lookup_real()` and `vfs_create()` steps
- directly.  In the later case the actual "open" of this newly found or
- created file will be performed by `vfs_open()`, just as if the name
- were found in the dcache.
-
-2. `vfs_open()` can fail with `-EOPENSTALE` if the cached information
- wasn't quite current enough.  Rather than restarting the lookup from
- the top with `LOOKUP_REVAL` set, `lookup_open()` is called instead,
- giving the filesystem a chance to resolve small inconsistencies.
- If that doesn't work, only then is the lookup restarted from the top.
-
-3. An open with O_CREAT **does** follow a symlink in the final component,
-     unlike other creation system calls (like `mkdir`).  So the sequence:
-
-     >     ln -s bar /tmp/foo
-     >     echo hello > /tmp/foo
-
-     will create a file called `/tmp/bar`.  This is not permitted if
-     `O_EXCL` is set but otherwise is handled for an O_CREAT open much
-     like for a non-creating open: `should_follow_link()` returns `1`, and
-     so does `do_last()` so that `trailing_symlink()` gets called and the
-     open process continues on the symlink that was found.
-
-Updating the access time
-------------------------
-
-We previously said of RCU-walk that it would "take no locks, increment
-no counts, leave no footprints."  We have since seen that some
-"footprints" can be needed when handling symlinks as a counted
-reference (or even a memory allocation) may be needed.  But these
-footprints are best kept to a minimum.
-
-One other place where walking down a symlink can involve leaving
-footprints in a way that doesn't affect directories is in updating access times.
-In Unix (and Linux) every filesystem object has a "last accessed
-time", or "`atime`".  Passing through a directory to access a file
-within is not considered to be an access for the purposes of
-`atime`; only listing the contents of a directory can update its `atime`.
-Symlinks are different it seems.  Both reading a symlink (with `readlink()`)
-and looking up a symlink on the way to some other destination can
-update the atime on that symlink.
-
-[clearest statement]: http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap04.html#tag_04_08
-
-It is not clear why this is the case; POSIX has little to say on the
-subject.  The [clearest statement] is that, if a particular implementation
-updates a timestamp in a place not specified by POSIX, this must be
-documented "except that any changes caused by pathname resolution need
-not be documented".  This seems to imply that POSIX doesn't really
-care about access-time updates during pathname lookup.
-
-[Linux 1.3.87]: https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/history/history.git/diff/fs/ext2/symlink.c?id=f806c6db77b8eaa6e00dcfb6b567706feae8dbb8
-
-An examination of history shows that prior to [Linux 1.3.87], the ext2
-filesystem, at least, didn't update atime when following a link.
-Unfortunately we have no record of why that behavior was changed.
-
-In any case, access time must now be updated and that operation can be
-quite complex.  Trying to stay in RCU-walk while doing it is best
-avoided.  Fortunately it is often permitted to skip the `atime`
-update.  Because `atime` updates cause performance problems in various
-areas, Linux supports the `relatime` mount option, which generally
-limits the updates of `atime` to once per day on files that aren't
-being changed (and symlinks never change once created).  Even without
-`relatime`, many filesystems record `atime` with a one-second
-granularity, so only one update per second is required.
-
-It is easy to test if an `atime` update is needed while in RCU-walk
-mode and, if it isn't, the update can be skipped and RCU-walk mode
-continues.  Only when an `atime` update is actually required does the
-path walk drop down to REF-walk.  All of this is handled in the
-`get_link()` function.
-
-A few flags
------------
-
-A suitable way to wrap up this tour of pathname walking is to list
-the various flags that can be stored in the `nameidata` to guide the
-lookup process.  Many of these are only meaningful on the final
-component, others reflect the current state of the pathname lookup.
-And then there is `LOOKUP_EMPTY`, which doesn't fit conceptually with
-the others.  If this is not set, an empty pathname causes an error
-very early on.  If it is set, empty pathnames are not considered to be
-an error.
-
-### Global state flags ###
-
-We have already met two global state flags: `LOOKUP_RCU` and
-`LOOKUP_REVAL`.  These select between one of three overall approaches
-to lookup: RCU-walk, REF-walk, and REF-walk with forced revalidation.
-
-`LOOKUP_PARENT` indicates that the final component hasn't been reached
-yet.  This is primarily used to tell the audit subsystem the full
-context of a particular access being audited.
-
-`LOOKUP_ROOT` indicates that the `root` field in the `nameidata` was
-provided by the caller, so it shouldn't be released when it is no
-longer needed.
-
-`LOOKUP_JUMPED` means that the current dentry was chosen not because
-it had the right name but for some other reason.  This happens when
-following "`..`", following a symlink to `/`, crossing a mount point
-or accessing a "`/proc/$PID/fd/$FD`" symlink.  In this case the
-filesystem has not been asked to revalidate the name (with
-`d_revalidate()`).  In such cases the inode may still need to be
-revalidated, so `d_op->d_weak_revalidate()` is called if
-`LOOKUP_JUMPED` is set when the look completes - which may be at the
-final component or, when creating, unlinking, or renaming, at the penultimate component.
-
-### Final-component flags ###
-
-Some of these flags are only set when the final component is being
-considered.  Others are only checked for when considering that final
-component.
-
-`LOOKUP_AUTOMOUNT` ensures that, if the final component is an automount
-point, then the mount is triggered.  Some operations would trigger it
-anyway, but operations like `stat()` deliberately don't.  `statfs()`
-needs to trigger the mount but otherwise behaves a lot like `stat()`, so
-it sets `LOOKUP_AUTOMOUNT`, as does "`quotactl()`" and the handling of
-"`mount --bind`".
-
-`LOOKUP_FOLLOW` has a similar function to `LOOKUP_AUTOMOUNT` but for
-symlinks.  Some system calls set or clear it implicitly, while
-others have API flags such as `AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW` and
-`UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW` to control it.  Its effect is similar to
-`WALK_GET` that we already met, but it is used in a different way.
-
-`LOOKUP_DIRECTORY` insists that the final component is a directory.
-Various callers set this and it is also set when the final component
-is found to be followed by a slash.
-
-Finally `LOOKUP_OPEN`, `LOOKUP_CREATE`, `LOOKUP_EXCL`, and
-`LOOKUP_RENAME_TARGET` are not used directly by the VFS but are made
-available to the filesystem and particularly the `->d_revalidate()`
-method.  A filesystem can choose not to bother revalidating too hard
-if it knows that it will be asked to open or create the file soon.
-These flags were previously useful for `->lookup()` too but with the
-introduction of `->atomic_open()` they are less relevant there.
-
-End of the road
----------------
-
-Despite its complexity, all this pathname lookup code appears to be
-in good shape - various parts are certainly easier to understand now
-than even a couple of releases ago.  But that doesn't mean it is
-"finished".   As already mentioned, RCU-walk currently only follows
-symlinks that are stored in the inode so, while it handles many ext4
-symlinks, it doesn't help with NFS, XFS, or Btrfs.  That support
-is not likely to be long delayed.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/path-lookup.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/path-lookup.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..434a07b0002b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/path-lookup.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,1361 @@
+===============
+Pathname lookup
+===============
+
+This write-up is based on three articles published at lwn.net:
+
+- <https://lwn.net/Articles/649115/> Pathname lookup in Linux
+- <https://lwn.net/Articles/649729/> RCU-walk: faster pathname lookup in Linux
+- <https://lwn.net/Articles/650786/> A walk among the symlinks
+
+Written by Neil Brown with help from Al Viro and Jon Corbet.
+It has subsequently been updated to reflect changes in the kernel
+including:
+
+- per-directory parallel name lookup.
+
+Introduction to pathname lookup
+===============================
+
+The most obvious aspect of pathname lookup, which very little
+exploration is needed to discover, is that it is complex.  There are
+many rules, special cases, and implementation alternatives that all
+combine to confuse the unwary reader.  Computer science has long been
+acquainted with such complexity and has tools to help manage it.  One
+tool that we will make extensive use of is "divide and conquer".  For
+the early parts of the analysis we will divide off symlinks - leaving
+them until the final part.  Well before we get to symlinks we have
+another major division based on the VFS's approach to locking which
+will allow us to review "REF-walk" and "RCU-walk" separately.  But we
+are getting ahead of ourselves.  There are some important low level
+distinctions we need to clarify first.
+
+There are two sorts of ...
+--------------------------
+
+.. _openat: http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/openat.2.html
+
+Pathnames (sometimes "file names"), used to identify objects in the
+filesystem, will be familiar to most readers.  They contain two sorts
+of elements: "slashes" that are sequences of one or more "``/``"
+characters, and "components" that are sequences of one or more
+non-"``/``" characters.  These form two kinds of paths.  Those that
+start with slashes are "absolute" and start from the filesystem root.
+The others are "relative" and start from the current directory, or
+from some other location specified by a file descriptor given to a
+"``XXXat``" system call such as `openat() <openat_>`_.
+
+.. _execveat: http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/execveat.2.html
+
+It is tempting to describe the second kind as starting with a
+component, but that isn't always accurate: a pathname can lack both
+slashes and components, it can be empty, in other words.  This is
+generally forbidden in POSIX, but some of those "xxx``at``" system calls
+in Linux permit it when the ``AT_EMPTY_PATH`` flag is given.  For
+example, if you have an open file descriptor on an executable file you
+can execute it by calling `execveat() <execveat_>`_ passing
+the file descriptor, an empty path, and the ``AT_EMPTY_PATH`` flag.
+
+These paths can be divided into two sections: the final component and
+everything else.  The "everything else" is the easy bit.  In all cases
+it must identify a directory that already exists, otherwise an error
+such as ``ENOENT`` or ``ENOTDIR`` will be reported.
+
+The final component is not so simple.  Not only do different system
+calls interpret it quite differently (e.g. some create it, some do
+not), but it might not even exist: neither the empty pathname nor the
+pathname that is just slashes have a final component.  If it does
+exist, it could be "``.``" or "``..``" which are handled quite differently
+from other components.
+
+.. _POSIX: http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap04.html#tag_04_12
+
+If a pathname ends with a slash, such as "``/tmp/foo/``" it might be
+tempting to consider that to have an empty final component.  In many
+ways that would lead to correct results, but not always.  In
+particular, ``mkdir()`` and ``rmdir()`` each create or remove a directory named
+by the final component, and they are required to work with pathnames
+ending in "``/``".  According to POSIX_
+
+  A pathname that contains at least one non- &lt;slash> character and
+  that ends with one or more trailing &lt;slash> characters shall not
+  be resolved successfully unless the last pathname component before
+  the trailing <slash> characters names an existing directory or a
+  directory entry that is to be created for a directory immediately
+  after the pathname is resolved.
+
+The Linux pathname walking code (mostly in ``fs/namei.c``) deals with
+all of these issues: breaking the path into components, handling the
+"everything else" quite separately from the final component, and
+checking that the trailing slash is not used where it isn't
+permitted.  It also addresses the important issue of concurrent
+access.
+
+While one process is looking up a pathname, another might be making
+changes that affect that lookup.  One fairly extreme case is that if
+"a/b" were renamed to "a/c/b" while another process were looking up
+"a/b/..", that process might successfully resolve on "a/c".
+Most races are much more subtle, and a big part of the task of
+pathname lookup is to prevent them from having damaging effects.  Many
+of the possible races are seen most clearly in the context of the
+"dcache" and an understanding of that is central to understanding
+pathname lookup.
+
+More than just a cache
+----------------------
+
+The "dcache" caches information about names in each filesystem to
+make them quickly available for lookup.  Each entry (known as a
+"dentry") contains three significant fields: a component name, a
+pointer to a parent dentry, and a pointer to the "inode" which
+contains further information about the object in that parent with
+the given name.  The inode pointer can be ``NULL`` indicating that the
+name doesn't exist in the parent.  While there can be linkage in the
+dentry of a directory to the dentries of the children, that linkage is
+not used for pathname lookup, and so will not be considered here.
+
+The dcache has a number of uses apart from accelerating lookup.  One
+that will be particularly relevant is that it is closely integrated
+with the mount table that records which filesystem is mounted where.
+What the mount table actually stores is which dentry is mounted on top
+of which other dentry.
+
+When considering the dcache, we have another of our "two types"
+distinctions: there are two types of filesystems.
+
+Some filesystems ensure that the information in the dcache is always
+completely accurate (though not necessarily complete).  This can allow
+the VFS to determine if a particular file does or doesn't exist
+without checking with the filesystem, and means that the VFS can
+protect the filesystem against certain races and other problems.
+These are typically "local" filesystems such as ext3, XFS, and Btrfs.
+
+Other filesystems don't provide that guarantee because they cannot.
+These are typically filesystems that are shared across a network,
+whether remote filesystems like NFS and 9P, or cluster filesystems
+like ocfs2 or cephfs.  These filesystems allow the VFS to revalidate
+cached information, and must provide their own protection against
+awkward races.  The VFS can detect these filesystems by the
+``DCACHE_OP_REVALIDATE`` flag being set in the dentry.
+
+REF-walk: simple concurrency management with refcounts and spinlocks
+--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+With all of those divisions carefully classified, we can now start
+looking at the actual process of walking along a path.  In particular
+we will start with the handling of the "everything else" part of a
+pathname, and focus on the "REF-walk" approach to concurrency
+management.  This code is found in the ``link_path_walk()`` function, if
+you ignore all the places that only run when "``LOOKUP_RCU``"
+(indicating the use of RCU-walk) is set.
+
+.. _Meet the Lockers: https://lwn.net/Articles/453685/
+
+REF-walk is fairly heavy-handed with locks and reference counts.  Not
+as heavy-handed as in the old "big kernel lock" days, but certainly not
+afraid of taking a lock when one is needed.  It uses a variety of
+different concurrency controls.  A background understanding of the
+various primitives is assumed, or can be gleaned from elsewhere such
+as in `Meet the Lockers`_.
+
+The locking mechanisms used by REF-walk include:
+
+dentry->d_lockref
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This uses the lockref primitive to provide both a spinlock and a
+reference count.  The special-sauce of this primitive is that the
+conceptual sequence "lock; inc_ref; unlock;" can often be performed
+with a single atomic memory operation.
+
+Holding a reference on a dentry ensures that the dentry won't suddenly
+be freed and used for something else, so the values in various fields
+will behave as expected.  It also protects the ``->d_inode`` reference
+to the inode to some extent.
+
+The association between a dentry and its inode is fairly permanent.
+For example, when a file is renamed, the dentry and inode move
+together to the new location.  When a file is created the dentry will
+initially be negative (i.e. ``d_inode`` is ``NULL``), and will be assigned
+to the new inode as part of the act of creation.
+
+When a file is deleted, this can be reflected in the cache either by
+setting ``d_inode`` to ``NULL``, or by removing it from the hash table
+(described shortly) used to look up the name in the parent directory.
+If the dentry is still in use the second option is used as it is
+perfectly legal to keep using an open file after it has been deleted
+and having the dentry around helps.  If the dentry is not otherwise in
+use (i.e. if the refcount in ``d_lockref`` is one), only then will
+``d_inode`` be set to ``NULL``.  Doing it this way is more efficient for a
+very common case.
+
+So as long as a counted reference is held to a dentry, a non-``NULL`` ``->d_inode``
+value will never be changed.
+
+dentry->d_lock
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``d_lock`` is a synonym for the spinlock that is part of ``d_lockref`` above.
+For our purposes, holding this lock protects against the dentry being
+renamed or unlinked.  In particular, its parent (``d_parent``), and its
+name (``d_name``) cannot be changed, and it cannot be removed from the
+dentry hash table.
+
+When looking for a name in a directory, REF-walk takes ``d_lock`` on
+each candidate dentry that it finds in the hash table and then checks
+that the parent and name are correct.  So it doesn't lock the parent
+while searching in the cache; it only locks children.
+
+When looking for the parent for a given name (to handle "``..``"),
+REF-walk can take ``d_lock`` to get a stable reference to ``d_parent``,
+but it first tries a more lightweight approach.  As seen in
+``dget_parent()``, if a reference can be claimed on the parent, and if
+subsequently ``d_parent`` can be seen to have not changed, then there is
+no need to actually take the lock on the child.
+
+rename_lock
+~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Looking up a given name in a given directory involves computing a hash
+from the two values (the name and the dentry of the directory),
+accessing that slot in a hash table, and searching the linked list
+that is found there.
+
+When a dentry is renamed, the name and the parent dentry can both
+change so the hash will almost certainly change too.  This would move the
+dentry to a different chain in the hash table.  If a filename search
+happened to be looking at a dentry that was moved in this way,
+it might end up continuing the search down the wrong chain,
+and so miss out on part of the correct chain.
+
+The name-lookup process (``d_lookup()``) does _not_ try to prevent this
+from happening, but only to detect when it happens.
+``rename_lock`` is a seqlock that is updated whenever any dentry is
+renamed.  If ``d_lookup`` finds that a rename happened while it
+unsuccessfully scanned a chain in the hash table, it simply tries
+again.
+
+inode->i_rwsem
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``i_rwsem`` is a read/write semaphore that serializes all changes to a particular
+directory.  This ensures that, for example, an ``unlink()`` and a ``rename()``
+cannot both happen at the same time.  It also keeps the directory
+stable while the filesystem is asked to look up a name that is not
+currently in the dcache or, optionally, when the list of entries in a
+directory is being retrieved with ``readdir()``.
+
+This has a complementary role to that of ``d_lock``: ``i_rwsem`` on a
+directory protects all of the names in that directory, while ``d_lock``
+on a name protects just one name in a directory.  Most changes to the
+dcache hold ``i_rwsem`` on the relevant directory inode and briefly take
+``d_lock`` on one or more the dentries while the change happens.  One
+exception is when idle dentries are removed from the dcache due to
+memory pressure.  This uses ``d_lock``, but ``i_rwsem`` plays no role.
+
+The semaphore affects pathname lookup in two distinct ways.  Firstly it
+prevents changes during lookup of a name in a directory.  ``walk_component()`` uses
+``lookup_fast()`` first which, in turn, checks to see if the name is in the cache,
+using only ``d_lock`` locking.  If the name isn't found, then ``walk_component()``
+falls back to ``lookup_slow()`` which takes a shared lock on ``i_rwsem``, checks again that
+the name isn't in the cache, and then calls in to the filesystem to get a
+definitive answer.  A new dentry will be added to the cache regardless of
+the result.
+
+Secondly, when pathname lookup reaches the final component, it will
+sometimes need to take an exclusive lock on ``i_rwsem`` before performing the last lookup so
+that the required exclusion can be achieved.  How path lookup chooses
+to take, or not take, ``i_rwsem`` is one of the
+issues addressed in a subsequent section.
+
+If two threads attempt to look up the same name at the same time - a
+name that is not yet in the dcache - the shared lock on ``i_rwsem`` will
+not prevent them both adding new dentries with the same name.  As this
+would result in confusion an extra level of interlocking is used,
+based around a secondary hash table (``in_lookup_hashtable``) and a
+per-dentry flag bit (``DCACHE_PAR_LOOKUP``).
+
+To add a new dentry to the cache while only holding a shared lock on
+``i_rwsem``, a thread must call ``d_alloc_parallel()``.  This allocates a
+dentry, stores the required name and parent in it, checks if there
+is already a matching dentry in the primary or secondary hash
+tables, and if not, stores the newly allocated dentry in the secondary
+hash table, with ``DCACHE_PAR_LOOKUP`` set.
+
+If a matching dentry was found in the primary hash table then that is
+returned and the caller can know that it lost a race with some other
+thread adding the entry.  If no matching dentry is found in either
+cache, the newly allocated dentry is returned and the caller can
+detect this from the presence of ``DCACHE_PAR_LOOKUP``.  In this case it
+knows that it has won any race and now is responsible for asking the
+filesystem to perform the lookup and find the matching inode.  When
+the lookup is complete, it must call ``d_lookup_done()`` which clears
+the flag and does some other house keeping, including removing the
+dentry from the secondary hash table - it will normally have been
+added to the primary hash table already.  Note that a ``struct
+waitqueue_head`` is passed to ``d_alloc_parallel()``, and
+``d_lookup_done()`` must be called while this ``waitqueue_head`` is still
+in scope.
+
+If a matching dentry is found in the secondary hash table,
+``d_alloc_parallel()`` has a little more work to do. It first waits for
+``DCACHE_PAR_LOOKUP`` to be cleared, using a wait_queue that was passed
+to the instance of ``d_alloc_parallel()`` that won the race and that
+will be woken by the call to ``d_lookup_done()``.  It then checks to see
+if the dentry has now been added to the primary hash table.  If it
+has, the dentry is returned and the caller just sees that it lost any
+race.  If it hasn't been added to the primary hash table, the most
+likely explanation is that some other dentry was added instead using
+``d_splice_alias()``.  In any case, ``d_alloc_parallel()`` repeats all the
+look ups from the start and will normally return something from the
+primary hash table.
+
+mnt->mnt_count
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``mnt_count`` is a per-CPU reference counter on "``mount``" structures.
+Per-CPU here means that incrementing the count is cheap as it only
+uses CPU-local memory, but checking if the count is zero is expensive as
+it needs to check with every CPU.  Taking a ``mnt_count`` reference
+prevents the mount structure from disappearing as the result of regular
+unmount operations, but does not prevent a "lazy" unmount.  So holding
+``mnt_count`` doesn't ensure that the mount remains in the namespace and,
+in particular, doesn't stabilize the link to the mounted-on dentry.  It
+does, however, ensure that the ``mount`` data structure remains coherent,
+and it provides a reference to the root dentry of the mounted
+filesystem.  So a reference through ``->mnt_count`` provides a stable
+reference to the mounted dentry, but not the mounted-on dentry.
+
+mount_lock
+~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``mount_lock`` is a global seqlock, a bit like ``rename_lock``.  It can be used to
+check if any change has been made to any mount points.
+
+While walking down the tree (away from the root) this lock is used when
+crossing a mount point to check that the crossing was safe.  That is,
+the value in the seqlock is read, then the code finds the mount that
+is mounted on the current directory, if there is one, and increments
+the ``mnt_count``.  Finally the value in ``mount_lock`` is checked against
+the old value.  If there is no change, then the crossing was safe.  If there
+was a change, the ``mnt_count`` is decremented and the whole process is
+retried.
+
+When walking up the tree (towards the root) by following a ".." link,
+a little more care is needed.  In this case the seqlock (which
+contains both a counter and a spinlock) is fully locked to prevent
+any changes to any mount points while stepping up.  This locking is
+needed to stabilize the link to the mounted-on dentry, which the
+refcount on the mount itself doesn't ensure.
+
+RCU
+~~~
+
+Finally the global (but extremely lightweight) RCU read lock is held
+from time to time to ensure certain data structures don't get freed
+unexpectedly.
+
+In particular it is held while scanning chains in the dcache hash
+table, and the mount point hash table.
+
+Bringing it together with ``struct nameidata``
+----------------------------------------------
+
+.. _First edition Unix: http://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=V1/u2.s
+
+Throughout the process of walking a path, the current status is stored
+in a ``struct nameidata``, "namei" being the traditional name - dating
+all the way back to `First Edition Unix`_ - of the function that
+converts a "name" to an "inode".  ``struct nameidata`` contains (among
+other fields):
+
+``struct path path``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+A ``path`` contains a ``struct vfsmount`` (which is
+embedded in a ``struct mount``) and a ``struct dentry``.  Together these
+record the current status of the walk.  They start out referring to the
+starting point (the current working directory, the root directory, or some other
+directory identified by a file descriptor), and are updated on each
+step.  A reference through ``d_lockref`` and ``mnt_count`` is always
+held.
+
+``struct qstr last``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This is a string together with a length (i.e. _not_ ``nul`` terminated)
+that is the "next" component in the pathname.
+
+``int last_type``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This is one of ``LAST_NORM``, ``LAST_ROOT``, ``LAST_DOT``, ``LAST_DOTDOT``, or
+``LAST_BIND``.  The ``last`` field is only valid if the type is
+``LAST_NORM``.  ``LAST_BIND`` is used when following a symlink and no
+components of the symlink have been processed yet.  Others should be
+fairly self-explanatory.
+
+``struct path root``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This is used to hold a reference to the effective root of the
+filesystem.  Often that reference won't be needed, so this field is
+only assigned the first time it is used, or when a non-standard root
+is requested.  Keeping a reference in the ``nameidata`` ensures that
+only one root is in effect for the entire path walk, even if it races
+with a ``chroot()`` system call.
+
+The root is needed when either of two conditions holds: (1) either the
+pathname or a symbolic link starts with a "'/'", or (2) a "``..``"
+component is being handled, since "``..``" from the root must always stay
+at the root.  The value used is usually the current root directory of
+the calling process.  An alternate root can be provided as when
+``sysctl()`` calls ``file_open_root()``, and when NFSv4 or Btrfs call
+``mount_subtree()``.  In each case a pathname is being looked up in a very
+specific part of the filesystem, and the lookup must not be allowed to
+escape that subtree.  It works a bit like a local ``chroot()``.
+
+Ignoring the handling of symbolic links, we can now describe the
+"``link_path_walk()``" function, which handles the lookup of everything
+except the final component as:
+
+   Given a path (``name``) and a nameidata structure (``nd``), check that the
+   current directory has execute permission and then advance ``name``
+   over one component while updating ``last_type`` and ``last``.  If that
+   was the final component, then return, otherwise call
+   ``walk_component()`` and repeat from the top.
+
+``walk_component()`` is even easier.  If the component is ``LAST_DOTS``,
+it calls ``handle_dots()`` which does the necessary locking as already
+described.  If it finds a ``LAST_NORM`` component it first calls
+"``lookup_fast()``" which only looks in the dcache, but will ask the
+filesystem to revalidate the result if it is that sort of filesystem.
+If that doesn't get a good result, it calls "``lookup_slow()``" which
+takes ``i_rwsem``, rechecks the cache, and then asks the filesystem
+to find a definitive answer.  Each of these will call
+``follow_managed()`` (as described below) to handle any mount points.
+
+In the absence of symbolic links, ``walk_component()`` creates a new
+``struct path`` containing a counted reference to the new dentry and a
+reference to the new ``vfsmount`` which is only counted if it is
+different from the previous ``vfsmount``.  It then calls
+``path_to_nameidata()`` to install the new ``struct path`` in the
+``struct nameidata`` and drop the unneeded references.
+
+This "hand-over-hand" sequencing of getting a reference to the new
+dentry before dropping the reference to the previous dentry may
+seem obvious, but is worth pointing out so that we will recognize its
+analogue in the "RCU-walk" version.
+
+Handling the final component
+----------------------------
+
+``link_path_walk()`` only walks as far as setting ``nd->last`` and
+``nd->last_type`` to refer to the final component of the path.  It does
+not call ``walk_component()`` that last time.  Handling that final
+component remains for the caller to sort out. Those callers are
+``path_lookupat()``, ``path_parentat()``, ``path_mountpoint()`` and
+``path_openat()`` each of which handles the differing requirements of
+different system calls.
+
+``path_parentat()`` is clearly the simplest - it just wraps a little bit
+of housekeeping around ``link_path_walk()`` and returns the parent
+directory and final component to the caller.  The caller will be either
+aiming to create a name (via ``filename_create()``) or remove or rename
+a name (in which case ``user_path_parent()`` is used).  They will use
+``i_rwsem`` to exclude other changes while they validate and then
+perform their operation.
+
+``path_lookupat()`` is nearly as simple - it is used when an existing
+object is wanted such as by ``stat()`` or ``chmod()``.  It essentially just
+calls ``walk_component()`` on the final component through a call to
+``lookup_last()``.  ``path_lookupat()`` returns just the final dentry.
+
+``path_mountpoint()`` handles the special case of unmounting which must
+not try to revalidate the mounted filesystem.  It effectively
+contains, through a call to ``mountpoint_last()``, an alternate
+implementation of ``lookup_slow()`` which skips that step.  This is
+important when unmounting a filesystem that is inaccessible, such as
+one provided by a dead NFS server.
+
+Finally ``path_openat()`` is used for the ``open()`` system call; it
+contains, in support functions starting with "``do_last()``", all the
+complexity needed to handle the different subtleties of O_CREAT (with
+or without O_EXCL), final "``/``" characters, and trailing symbolic
+links.  We will revisit this in the final part of this series, which
+focuses on those symbolic links.  "``do_last()``" will sometimes, but
+not always, take ``i_rwsem``, depending on what it finds.
+
+Each of these, or the functions which call them, need to be alert to
+the possibility that the final component is not ``LAST_NORM``.  If the
+goal of the lookup is to create something, then any value for
+``last_type`` other than ``LAST_NORM`` will result in an error.  For
+example if ``path_parentat()`` reports ``LAST_DOTDOT``, then the caller
+won't try to create that name.  They also check for trailing slashes
+by testing ``last.name[last.len]``.  If there is any character beyond
+the final component, it must be a trailing slash.
+
+Revalidation and automounts
+---------------------------
+
+Apart from symbolic links, there are only two parts of the "REF-walk"
+process not yet covered.  One is the handling of stale cache entries
+and the other is automounts.
+
+On filesystems that require it, the lookup routines will call the
+``->d_revalidate()`` dentry method to ensure that the cached information
+is current.  This will often confirm validity or update a few details
+from a server.  In some cases it may find that there has been change
+further up the path and that something that was thought to be valid
+previously isn't really.  When this happens the lookup of the whole
+path is aborted and retried with the "``LOOKUP_REVAL``" flag set.  This
+forces revalidation to be more thorough.  We will see more details of
+this retry process in the next article.
+
+Automount points are locations in the filesystem where an attempt to
+lookup a name can trigger changes to how that lookup should be
+handled, in particular by mounting a filesystem there.  These are
+covered in greater detail in autofs.txt in the Linux documentation
+tree, but a few notes specifically related to path lookup are in order
+here.
+
+The Linux VFS has a concept of "managed" dentries which is reflected
+in function names such as "``follow_managed()``".  There are three
+potentially interesting things about these dentries corresponding
+to three different flags that might be set in ``dentry->d_flags``:
+
+``DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+If this flag has been set, then the filesystem has requested that the
+``d_manage()`` dentry operation be called before handling any possible
+mount point.  This can perform two particular services:
+
+It can block to avoid races.  If an automount point is being
+unmounted, the ``d_manage()`` function will usually wait for that
+process to complete before letting the new lookup proceed and possibly
+trigger a new automount.
+
+It can selectively allow only some processes to transit through a
+mount point.  When a server process is managing automounts, it may
+need to access a directory without triggering normal automount
+processing.  That server process can identify itself to the ``autofs``
+filesystem, which will then give it a special pass through
+``d_manage()`` by returning ``-EISDIR``.
+
+``DCACHE_MOUNTED``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This flag is set on every dentry that is mounted on.  As Linux
+supports multiple filesystem namespaces, it is possible that the
+dentry may not be mounted on in *this* namespace, just in some
+other.  So this flag is seen as a hint, not a promise.
+
+If this flag is set, and ``d_manage()`` didn't return ``-EISDIR``,
+``lookup_mnt()`` is called to examine the mount hash table (honoring the
+``mount_lock`` described earlier) and possibly return a new ``vfsmount``
+and a new ``dentry`` (both with counted references).
+
+``DCACHE_NEED_AUTOMOUNT``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+If ``d_manage()`` allowed us to get this far, and ``lookup_mnt()`` didn't
+find a mount point, then this flag causes the ``d_automount()`` dentry
+operation to be called.
+
+The ``d_automount()`` operation can be arbitrarily complex and may
+communicate with server processes etc. but it should ultimately either
+report that there was an error, that there was nothing to mount, or
+should provide an updated ``struct path`` with new ``dentry`` and ``vfsmount``.
+
+In the latter case, ``finish_automount()`` will be called to safely
+install the new mount point into the mount table.
+
+There is no new locking of import here and it is important that no
+locks (only counted references) are held over this processing due to
+the very real possibility of extended delays.
+This will become more important next time when we examine RCU-walk
+which is particularly sensitive to delays.
+
+RCU-walk - faster pathname lookup in Linux
+==========================================
+
+RCU-walk is another algorithm for performing pathname lookup in Linux.
+It is in many ways similar to REF-walk and the two share quite a bit
+of code.  The significant difference in RCU-walk is how it allows for
+the possibility of concurrent access.
+
+We noted that REF-walk is complex because there are numerous details
+and special cases.  RCU-walk reduces this complexity by simply
+refusing to handle a number of cases -- it instead falls back to
+REF-walk.  The difficulty with RCU-walk comes from a different
+direction: unfamiliarity.  The locking rules when depending on RCU are
+quite different from traditional locking, so we will spend a little extra
+time when we come to those.
+
+Clear demarcation of roles
+--------------------------
+
+The easiest way to manage concurrency is to forcibly stop any other
+thread from changing the data structures that a given thread is
+looking at.  In cases where no other thread would even think of
+changing the data and lots of different threads want to read at the
+same time, this can be very costly.  Even when using locks that permit
+multiple concurrent readers, the simple act of updating the count of
+the number of current readers can impose an unwanted cost.  So the
+goal when reading a shared data structure that no other process is
+changing is to avoid writing anything to memory at all.  Take no
+locks, increment no counts, leave no footprints.
+
+The REF-walk mechanism already described certainly doesn't follow this
+principle, but then it is really designed to work when there may well
+be other threads modifying the data.  RCU-walk, in contrast, is
+designed for the common situation where there are lots of frequent
+readers and only occasional writers.  This may not be common in all
+parts of the filesystem tree, but in many parts it will be.  For the
+other parts it is important that RCU-walk can quickly fall back to
+using REF-walk.
+
+Pathname lookup always starts in RCU-walk mode but only remains there
+as long as what it is looking for is in the cache and is stable.  It
+dances lightly down the cached filesystem image, leaving no footprints
+and carefully watching where it is, to be sure it doesn't trip.  If it
+notices that something has changed or is changing, or if something
+isn't in the cache, then it tries to stop gracefully and switch to
+REF-walk.
+
+This stopping requires getting a counted reference on the current
+``vfsmount`` and ``dentry``, and ensuring that these are still valid -
+that a path walk with REF-walk would have found the same entries.
+This is an invariant that RCU-walk must guarantee.  It can only make
+decisions, such as selecting the next step, that are decisions which
+REF-walk could also have made if it were walking down the tree at the
+same time.  If the graceful stop succeeds, the rest of the path is
+processed with the reliable, if slightly sluggish, REF-walk.  If
+RCU-walk finds it cannot stop gracefully, it simply gives up and
+restarts from the top with REF-walk.
+
+This pattern of "try RCU-walk, if that fails try REF-walk" can be
+clearly seen in functions like ``filename_lookup()``,
+``filename_parentat()``, ``filename_mountpoint()``,
+``do_filp_open()``, and ``do_file_open_root()``.  These five
+correspond roughly to the four ``path_``* functions we met earlier,
+each of which calls ``link_path_walk()``.  The ``path_*`` functions are
+called using different mode flags until a mode is found which works.
+They are first called with ``LOOKUP_RCU`` set to request "RCU-walk".  If
+that fails with the error ``ECHILD`` they are called again with no
+special flag to request "REF-walk".  If either of those report the
+error ``ESTALE`` a final attempt is made with ``LOOKUP_REVAL`` set (and no
+``LOOKUP_RCU``) to ensure that entries found in the cache are forcibly
+revalidated - normally entries are only revalidated if the filesystem
+determines that they are too old to trust.
+
+The ``LOOKUP_RCU`` attempt may drop that flag internally and switch to
+REF-walk, but will never then try to switch back to RCU-walk.  Places
+that trip up RCU-walk are much more likely to be near the leaves and
+so it is very unlikely that there will be much, if any, benefit from
+switching back.
+
+RCU and seqlocks: fast and light
+--------------------------------
+
+RCU is, unsurprisingly, critical to RCU-walk mode.  The
+``rcu_read_lock()`` is held for the entire time that RCU-walk is walking
+down a path.  The particular guarantee it provides is that the key
+data structures - dentries, inodes, super_blocks, and mounts - will
+not be freed while the lock is held.  They might be unlinked or
+invalidated in one way or another, but the memory will not be
+repurposed so values in various fields will still be meaningful.  This
+is the only guarantee that RCU provides; everything else is done using
+seqlocks.
+
+As we saw above, REF-walk holds a counted reference to the current
+dentry and the current vfsmount, and does not release those references
+before taking references to the "next" dentry or vfsmount.  It also
+sometimes takes the ``d_lock`` spinlock.  These references and locks are
+taken to prevent certain changes from happening.  RCU-walk must not
+take those references or locks and so cannot prevent such changes.
+Instead, it checks to see if a change has been made, and aborts or
+retries if it has.
+
+To preserve the invariant mentioned above (that RCU-walk may only make
+decisions that REF-walk could have made), it must make the checks at
+or near the same places that REF-walk holds the references.  So, when
+REF-walk increments a reference count or takes a spinlock, RCU-walk
+samples the status of a seqlock using ``read_seqcount_begin()`` or a
+similar function.  When REF-walk decrements the count or drops the
+lock, RCU-walk checks if the sampled status is still valid using
+``read_seqcount_retry()`` or similar.
+
+However, there is a little bit more to seqlocks than that.  If
+RCU-walk accesses two different fields in a seqlock-protected
+structure, or accesses the same field twice, there is no a priori
+guarantee of any consistency between those accesses.  When consistency
+is needed - which it usually is - RCU-walk must take a copy and then
+use ``read_seqcount_retry()`` to validate that copy.
+
+``read_seqcount_retry()`` not only checks the sequence number, but also
+imposes a memory barrier so that no memory-read instruction from
+*before* the call can be delayed until *after* the call, either by the
+CPU or by the compiler.  A simple example of this can be seen in
+``slow_dentry_cmp()`` which, for filesystems which do not use simple
+byte-wise name equality, calls into the filesystem to compare a name
+against a dentry.  The length and name pointer are copied into local
+variables, then ``read_seqcount_retry()`` is called to confirm the two
+are consistent, and only then is ``->d_compare()`` called.  When
+standard filename comparison is used, ``dentry_cmp()`` is called
+instead.  Notably it does _not_ use ``read_seqcount_retry()``, but
+instead has a large comment explaining why the consistency guarantee
+isn't necessary.  A subsequent ``read_seqcount_retry()`` will be
+sufficient to catch any problem that could occur at this point.
+
+With that little refresher on seqlocks out of the way we can look at
+the bigger picture of how RCU-walk uses seqlocks.
+
+``mount_lock`` and ``nd->m_seq``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+We already met the ``mount_lock`` seqlock when REF-walk used it to
+ensure that crossing a mount point is performed safely.  RCU-walk uses
+it for that too, but for quite a bit more.
+
+Instead of taking a counted reference to each ``vfsmount`` as it
+descends the tree, RCU-walk samples the state of ``mount_lock`` at the
+start of the walk and stores this initial sequence number in the
+``struct nameidata`` in the ``m_seq`` field.  This one lock and one
+sequence number are used to validate all accesses to all ``vfsmounts``,
+and all mount point crossings.  As changes to the mount table are
+relatively rare, it is reasonable to fall back on REF-walk any time
+that any "mount" or "unmount" happens.
+
+``m_seq`` is checked (using ``read_seqretry()``) at the end of an RCU-walk
+sequence, whether switching to REF-walk for the rest of the path or
+when the end of the path is reached.  It is also checked when stepping
+down over a mount point (in ``__follow_mount_rcu()``) or up (in
+``follow_dotdot_rcu()``).  If it is ever found to have changed, the
+whole RCU-walk sequence is aborted and the path is processed again by
+REF-walk.
+
+If RCU-walk finds that ``mount_lock`` hasn't changed then it can be sure
+that, had REF-walk taken counted references on each vfsmount, the
+results would have been the same.  This ensures the invariant holds,
+at least for vfsmount structures.
+
+``dentry->d_seq`` and ``nd->seq``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+In place of taking a count or lock on ``d_reflock``, RCU-walk samples
+the per-dentry ``d_seq`` seqlock, and stores the sequence number in the
+``seq`` field of the nameidata structure, so ``nd->seq`` should always be
+the current sequence number of ``nd->dentry``.  This number needs to be
+revalidated after copying, and before using, the name, parent, or
+inode of the dentry.
+
+The handling of the name we have already looked at, and the parent is
+only accessed in ``follow_dotdot_rcu()`` which fairly trivially follows
+the required pattern, though it does so for three different cases.
+
+When not at a mount point, ``d_parent`` is followed and its ``d_seq`` is
+collected.  When we are at a mount point, we instead follow the
+``mnt->mnt_mountpoint`` link to get a new dentry and collect its
+``d_seq``.  Then, after finally finding a ``d_parent`` to follow, we must
+check if we have landed on a mount point and, if so, must find that
+mount point and follow the ``mnt->mnt_root`` link.  This would imply a
+somewhat unusual, but certainly possible, circumstance where the
+starting point of the path lookup was in part of the filesystem that
+was mounted on, and so not visible from the root.
+
+The inode pointer, stored in ``->d_inode``, is a little more
+interesting.  The inode will always need to be accessed at least
+twice, once to determine if it is NULL and once to verify access
+permissions.  Symlink handling requires a validated inode pointer too.
+Rather than revalidating on each access, a copy is made on the first
+access and it is stored in the ``inode`` field of ``nameidata`` from where
+it can be safely accessed without further validation.
+
+``lookup_fast()`` is the only lookup routine that is used in RCU-mode,
+``lookup_slow()`` being too slow and requiring locks.  It is in
+``lookup_fast()`` that we find the important "hand over hand" tracking
+of the current dentry.
+
+The current ``dentry`` and current ``seq`` number are passed to
+``__d_lookup_rcu()`` which, on success, returns a new ``dentry`` and a
+new ``seq`` number.  ``lookup_fast()`` then copies the inode pointer and
+revalidates the new ``seq`` number.  It then validates the old ``dentry``
+with the old ``seq`` number one last time and only then continues.  This
+process of getting the ``seq`` number of the new dentry and then
+checking the ``seq`` number of the old exactly mirrors the process of
+getting a counted reference to the new dentry before dropping that for
+the old dentry which we saw in REF-walk.
+
+No ``inode->i_rwsem`` or even ``rename_lock``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+A semaphore is a fairly heavyweight lock that can only be taken when it is
+permissible to sleep.  As ``rcu_read_lock()`` forbids sleeping,
+``inode->i_rwsem`` plays no role in RCU-walk.  If some other thread does
+take ``i_rwsem`` and modifies the directory in a way that RCU-walk needs
+to notice, the result will be either that RCU-walk fails to find the
+dentry that it is looking for, or it will find a dentry which
+``read_seqretry()`` won't validate.  In either case it will drop down to
+REF-walk mode which can take whatever locks are needed.
+
+Though ``rename_lock`` could be used by RCU-walk as it doesn't require
+any sleeping, RCU-walk doesn't bother.  REF-walk uses ``rename_lock`` to
+protect against the possibility of hash chains in the dcache changing
+while they are being searched.  This can result in failing to find
+something that actually is there.  When RCU-walk fails to find
+something in the dentry cache, whether it is really there or not, it
+already drops down to REF-walk and tries again with appropriate
+locking.  This neatly handles all cases, so adding extra checks on
+rename_lock would bring no significant value.
+
+``unlazy walk()`` and ``complete_walk()``
+-----------------------------------------
+
+That "dropping down to REF-walk" typically involves a call to
+``unlazy_walk()``, so named because "RCU-walk" is also sometimes
+referred to as "lazy walk".  ``unlazy_walk()`` is called when
+following the path down to the current vfsmount/dentry pair seems to
+have proceeded successfully, but the next step is problematic.  This
+can happen if the next name cannot be found in the dcache, if
+permission checking or name revalidation couldn't be achieved while
+the ``rcu_read_lock()`` is held (which forbids sleeping), if an
+automount point is found, or in a couple of cases involving symlinks.
+It is also called from ``complete_walk()`` when the lookup has reached
+the final component, or the very end of the path, depending on which
+particular flavor of lookup is used.
+
+Other reasons for dropping out of RCU-walk that do not trigger a call
+to ``unlazy_walk()`` are when some inconsistency is found that cannot be
+handled immediately, such as ``mount_lock`` or one of the ``d_seq``
+seqlocks reporting a change.  In these cases the relevant function
+will return ``-ECHILD`` which will percolate up until it triggers a new
+attempt from the top using REF-walk.
+
+For those cases where ``unlazy_walk()`` is an option, it essentially
+takes a reference on each of the pointers that it holds (vfsmount,
+dentry, and possibly some symbolic links) and then verifies that the
+relevant seqlocks have not been changed.  If there have been changes,
+it, too, aborts with ``-ECHILD``, otherwise the transition to REF-walk
+has been a success and the lookup process continues.
+
+Taking a reference on those pointers is not quite as simple as just
+incrementing a counter.  That works to take a second reference if you
+already have one (often indirectly through another object), but it
+isn't sufficient if you don't actually have a counted reference at
+all.  For ``dentry->d_lockref``, it is safe to increment the reference
+counter to get a reference unless it has been explicitly marked as
+"dead" which involves setting the counter to ``-128``.
+``lockref_get_not_dead()`` achieves this.
+
+For ``mnt->mnt_count`` it is safe to take a reference as long as
+``mount_lock`` is then used to validate the reference.  If that
+validation fails, it may *not* be safe to just drop that reference in
+the standard way of calling ``mnt_put()`` - an unmount may have
+progressed too far.  So the code in ``legitimize_mnt()``, when it
+finds that the reference it got might not be safe, checks the
+``MNT_SYNC_UMOUNT`` flag to determine if a simple ``mnt_put()`` is
+correct, or if it should just decrement the count and pretend none of
+this ever happened.
+
+Taking care in filesystems
+--------------------------
+
+RCU-walk depends almost entirely on cached information and often will
+not call into the filesystem at all.  However there are two places,
+besides the already-mentioned component-name comparison, where the
+file system might be included in RCU-walk, and it must know to be
+careful.
+
+If the filesystem has non-standard permission-checking requirements -
+such as a networked filesystem which may need to check with the server
+- the ``i_op->permission`` interface might be called during RCU-walk.
+In this case an extra "``MAY_NOT_BLOCK``" flag is passed so that it
+knows not to sleep, but to return ``-ECHILD`` if it cannot complete
+promptly.  ``i_op->permission`` is given the inode pointer, not the
+dentry, so it doesn't need to worry about further consistency checks.
+However if it accesses any other filesystem data structures, it must
+ensure they are safe to be accessed with only the ``rcu_read_lock()``
+held.  This typically means they must be freed using ``kfree_rcu()`` or
+similar.
+
+.. _READ_ONCE: https://lwn.net/Articles/624126/
+
+If the filesystem may need to revalidate dcache entries, then
+``d_op->d_revalidate`` may be called in RCU-walk too.  This interface
+*is* passed the dentry but does not have access to the ``inode`` or the
+``seq`` number from the ``nameidata``, so it needs to be extra careful
+when accessing fields in the dentry.  This "extra care" typically
+involves using  `READ_ONCE() <READ_ONCE_>`_ to access fields, and verifying the
+result is not NULL before using it.  This pattern can be seen in
+``nfs_lookup_revalidate()``.
+
+A pair of patterns
+------------------
+
+In various places in the details of REF-walk and RCU-walk, and also in
+the big picture, there are a couple of related patterns that are worth
+being aware of.
+
+The first is "try quickly and check, if that fails try slowly".  We
+can see that in the high-level approach of first trying RCU-walk and
+then trying REF-walk, and in places where ``unlazy_walk()`` is used to
+switch to REF-walk for the rest of the path.  We also saw it earlier
+in ``dget_parent()`` when following a "``..``" link.  It tries a quick way
+to get a reference, then falls back to taking locks if needed.
+
+The second pattern is "try quickly and check, if that fails try
+again - repeatedly".  This is seen with the use of ``rename_lock`` and
+``mount_lock`` in REF-walk.  RCU-walk doesn't make use of this pattern -
+if anything goes wrong it is much safer to just abort and try a more
+sedate approach.
+
+The emphasis here is "try quickly and check".  It should probably be
+"try quickly _and carefully,_ then check".  The fact that checking is
+needed is a reminder that the system is dynamic and only a limited
+number of things are safe at all.  The most likely cause of errors in
+this whole process is assuming something is safe when in reality it
+isn't.  Careful consideration of what exactly guarantees the safety of
+each access is sometimes necessary.
+
+A walk among the symlinks
+=========================
+
+There are several basic issues that we will examine to understand the
+handling of symbolic links:  the symlink stack, together with cache
+lifetimes, will help us understand the overall recursive handling of
+symlinks and lead to the special care needed for the final component.
+Then a consideration of access-time updates and summary of the various
+flags controlling lookup will finish the story.
+
+The symlink stack
+-----------------
+
+There are only two sorts of filesystem objects that can usefully
+appear in a path prior to the final component: directories and symlinks.
+Handling directories is quite straightforward: the new directory
+simply becomes the starting point at which to interpret the next
+component on the path.  Handling symbolic links requires a bit more
+work.
+
+Conceptually, symbolic links could be handled by editing the path.  If
+a component name refers to a symbolic link, then that component is
+replaced by the body of the link and, if that body starts with a '/',
+then all preceding parts of the path are discarded.  This is what the
+"``readlink -f``" command does, though it also edits out "``.``" and
+"``..``" components.
+
+Directly editing the path string is not really necessary when looking
+up a path, and discarding early components is pointless as they aren't
+looked at anyway.  Keeping track of all remaining components is
+important, but they can of course be kept separately; there is no need
+to concatenate them.  As one symlink may easily refer to another,
+which in turn can refer to a third, we may need to keep the remaining
+components of several paths, each to be processed when the preceding
+ones are completed.  These path remnants are kept on a stack of
+limited size.
+
+There are two reasons for placing limits on how many symlinks can
+occur in a single path lookup.  The most obvious is to avoid loops.
+If a symlink referred to itself either directly or through
+intermediaries, then following the symlink can never complete
+successfully - the error ``ELOOP`` must be returned.  Loops can be
+detected without imposing limits, but limits are the simplest solution
+and, given the second reason for restriction, quite sufficient.
+
+.. _outlined recently: http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/1934390/focus=1934550
+
+The second reason was `outlined recently`_ by Linus:
+
+   Because it's a latency and DoS issue too. We need to react well to
+   true loops, but also to "very deep" non-loops. It's not about memory
+   use, it's about users triggering unreasonable CPU resources.
+
+Linux imposes a limit on the length of any pathname: ``PATH_MAX``, which
+is 4096.  There are a number of reasons for this limit; not letting the
+kernel spend too much time on just one path is one of them.  With
+symbolic links you can effectively generate much longer paths so some
+sort of limit is needed for the same reason.  Linux imposes a limit of
+at most 40 symlinks in any one path lookup.  It previously imposed a
+further limit of eight on the maximum depth of recursion, but that was
+raised to 40 when a separate stack was implemented, so there is now
+just the one limit.
+
+The ``nameidata`` structure that we met in an earlier article contains a
+small stack that can be used to store the remaining part of up to two
+symlinks.  In many cases this will be sufficient.  If it isn't, a
+separate stack is allocated with room for 40 symlinks.  Pathname
+lookup will never exceed that stack as, once the 40th symlink is
+detected, an error is returned.
+
+It might seem that the name remnants are all that needs to be stored on
+this stack, but we need a bit more.  To see that, we need to move on to
+cache lifetimes.
+
+Storage and lifetime of cached symlinks
+---------------------------------------
+
+Like other filesystem resources, such as inodes and directory
+entries, symlinks are cached by Linux to avoid repeated costly access
+to external storage.  It is particularly important for RCU-walk to be
+able to find and temporarily hold onto these cached entries, so that
+it doesn't need to drop down into REF-walk.
+
+.. _object-oriented design pattern: https://lwn.net/Articles/446317/
+
+While each filesystem is free to make its own choice, symlinks are
+typically stored in one of two places.  Short symlinks are often
+stored directly in the inode.  When a filesystem allocates a ``struct
+inode`` it typically allocates extra space to store private data (a
+common `object-oriented design pattern`_ in the kernel).  This will
+sometimes include space for a symlink.  The other common location is
+in the page cache, which normally stores the content of files.  The
+pathname in a symlink can be seen as the content of that symlink and
+can easily be stored in the page cache just like file content.
+
+When neither of these is suitable, the next most likely scenario is
+that the filesystem will allocate some temporary memory and copy or
+construct the symlink content into that memory whenever it is needed.
+
+When the symlink is stored in the inode, it has the same lifetime as
+the inode which, itself, is protected by RCU or by a counted reference
+on the dentry.  This means that the mechanisms that pathname lookup
+uses to access the dcache and icache (inode cache) safely are quite
+sufficient for accessing some cached symlinks safely.  In these cases,
+the ``i_link`` pointer in the inode is set to point to wherever the
+symlink is stored and it can be accessed directly whenever needed.
+
+When the symlink is stored in the page cache or elsewhere, the
+situation is not so straightforward.  A reference on a dentry or even
+on an inode does not imply any reference on cached pages of that
+inode, and even an ``rcu_read_lock()`` is not sufficient to ensure that
+a page will not disappear.  So for these symlinks the pathname lookup
+code needs to ask the filesystem to provide a stable reference and,
+significantly, needs to release that reference when it is finished
+with it.
+
+Taking a reference to a cache page is often possible even in RCU-walk
+mode.  It does require making changes to memory, which is best avoided,
+but that isn't necessarily a big cost and it is better than dropping
+out of RCU-walk mode completely.  Even filesystems that allocate
+space to copy the symlink into can use ``GFP_ATOMIC`` to often successfully
+allocate memory without the need to drop out of RCU-walk.  If a
+filesystem cannot successfully get a reference in RCU-walk mode, it
+must return ``-ECHILD`` and ``unlazy_walk()`` will be called to return to
+REF-walk mode in which the filesystem is allowed to sleep.
+
+The place for all this to happen is the ``i_op->follow_link()`` inode
+method.  In the present mainline code this is never actually called in
+RCU-walk mode as the rewrite is not quite complete.  It is likely that
+in a future release this method will be passed an ``inode`` pointer when
+called in RCU-walk mode so it both (1) knows to be careful, and (2) has the
+validated pointer.  Much like the ``i_op->permission()`` method we
+looked at previously, ``->follow_link()`` would need to be careful that
+all the data structures it references are safe to be accessed while
+holding no counted reference, only the RCU lock.  Though getting a
+reference with ``->follow_link()`` is not yet done in RCU-walk mode, the
+code is ready to release the reference when that does happen.
+
+This need to drop the reference to a symlink adds significant
+complexity.  It requires a reference to the inode so that the
+``i_op->put_link()`` inode operation can be called.  In REF-walk, that
+reference is kept implicitly through a reference to the dentry, so
+keeping the ``struct path`` of the symlink is easiest.  For RCU-walk,
+the pointer to the inode is kept separately.  To allow switching from
+RCU-walk back to REF-walk in the middle of processing nested symlinks
+we also need the seq number for the dentry so we can confirm that
+switching back was safe.
+
+Finally, when providing a reference to a symlink, the filesystem also
+provides an opaque "cookie" that must be passed to ``->put_link()`` so that it
+knows what to free.  This might be the allocated memory area, or a
+pointer to the ``struct page`` in the page cache, or something else
+completely.  Only the filesystem knows what it is.
+
+In order for the reference to each symlink to be dropped when the walk completes,
+whether in RCU-walk or REF-walk, the symlink stack needs to contain,
+along with the path remnants:
+
+- the ``struct path`` to provide a reference to the inode in REF-walk
+- the ``struct inode *`` to provide a reference to the inode in RCU-walk
+- the ``seq`` to allow the path to be safely switched from RCU-walk to REF-walk
+- the ``cookie`` that tells ``->put_path()`` what to put.
+
+This means that each entry in the symlink stack needs to hold five
+pointers and an integer instead of just one pointer (the path
+remnant).  On a 64-bit system, this is about 40 bytes per entry;
+with 40 entries it adds up to 1600 bytes total, which is less than
+half a page.  So it might seem like a lot, but is by no means
+excessive.
+
+Note that, in a given stack frame, the path remnant (``name``) is not
+part of the symlink that the other fields refer to.  It is the remnant
+to be followed once that symlink has been fully parsed.
+
+Following the symlink
+---------------------
+
+The main loop in ``link_path_walk()`` iterates seamlessly over all
+components in the path and all of the non-final symlinks.  As symlinks
+are processed, the ``name`` pointer is adjusted to point to a new
+symlink, or is restored from the stack, so that much of the loop
+doesn't need to notice.  Getting this ``name`` variable on and off the
+stack is very straightforward; pushing and popping the references is
+a little more complex.
+
+When a symlink is found, ``walk_component()`` returns the value ``1``
+(``0`` is returned for any other sort of success, and a negative number
+is, as usual, an error indicator).  This causes ``get_link()`` to be
+called; it then gets the link from the filesystem.  Providing that
+operation is successful, the old path ``name`` is placed on the stack,
+and the new value is used as the ``name`` for a while.  When the end of
+the path is found (i.e. ``*name`` is ``'\0'``) the old ``name`` is restored
+off the stack and path walking continues.
+
+Pushing and popping the reference pointers (inode, cookie, etc.) is more
+complex in part because of the desire to handle tail recursion.  When
+the last component of a symlink itself points to a symlink, we
+want to pop the symlink-just-completed off the stack before pushing
+the symlink-just-found to avoid leaving empty path remnants that would
+just get in the way.
+
+It is most convenient to push the new symlink references onto the
+stack in ``walk_component()`` immediately when the symlink is found;
+``walk_component()`` is also the last piece of code that needs to look at the
+old symlink as it walks that last component.  So it is quite
+convenient for ``walk_component()`` to release the old symlink and pop
+the references just before pushing the reference information for the
+new symlink.  It is guided in this by two flags; ``WALK_GET``, which
+gives it permission to follow a symlink if it finds one, and
+``WALK_PUT``, which tells it to release the current symlink after it has been
+followed.  ``WALK_PUT`` is tested first, leading to a call to
+``put_link()``.  ``WALK_GET`` is tested subsequently (by
+``should_follow_link()``) leading to a call to ``pick_link()`` which sets
+up the stack frame.
+
+Symlinks with no final component
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+A pair of special-case symlinks deserve a little further explanation.
+Both result in a new ``struct path`` (with mount and dentry) being set
+up in the ``nameidata``, and result in ``get_link()`` returning ``NULL``.
+
+The more obvious case is a symlink to "``/``".  All symlinks starting
+with "``/``" are detected in ``get_link()`` which resets the ``nameidata``
+to point to the effective filesystem root.  If the symlink only
+contains "``/``" then there is nothing more to do, no components at all,
+so ``NULL`` is returned to indicate that the symlink can be released and
+the stack frame discarded.
+
+The other case involves things in ``/proc`` that look like symlinks but
+aren't really::
+
+     $ ls -l /proc/self/fd/1
+     lrwx------ 1 neilb neilb 64 Jun 13 10:19 /proc/self/fd/1 -> /dev/pts/4
+
+Every open file descriptor in any process is represented in ``/proc`` by
+something that looks like a symlink.  It is really a reference to the
+target file, not just the name of it.  When you ``readlink`` these
+objects you get a name that might refer to the same file - unless it
+has been unlinked or mounted over.  When ``walk_component()`` follows
+one of these, the ``->follow_link()`` method in "procfs" doesn't return
+a string name, but instead calls ``nd_jump_link()`` which updates the
+``nameidata`` in place to point to that target.  ``->follow_link()`` then
+returns ``NULL``.  Again there is no final component and ``get_link()``
+reports this by leaving the ``last_type`` field of ``nameidata`` as
+``LAST_BIND``.
+
+Following the symlink in the final component
+--------------------------------------------
+
+All this leads to ``link_path_walk()`` walking down every component, and
+following all symbolic links it finds, until it reaches the final
+component.  This is just returned in the ``last`` field of ``nameidata``.
+For some callers, this is all they need; they want to create that
+``last`` name if it doesn't exist or give an error if it does.  Other
+callers will want to follow a symlink if one is found, and possibly
+apply special handling to the last component of that symlink, rather
+than just the last component of the original file name.  These callers
+potentially need to call ``link_path_walk()`` again and again on
+successive symlinks until one is found that doesn't point to another
+symlink.
+
+This case is handled by the relevant caller of ``link_path_walk()``, such as
+``path_lookupat()`` using a loop that calls ``link_path_walk()``, and then
+handles the final component.  If the final component is a symlink
+that needs to be followed, then ``trailing_symlink()`` is called to set
+things up properly and the loop repeats, calling ``link_path_walk()``
+again.  This could loop as many as 40 times if the last component of
+each symlink is another symlink.
+
+The various functions that examine the final component and possibly
+report that it is a symlink are ``lookup_last()``, ``mountpoint_last()``
+and ``do_last()``, each of which use the same convention as
+``walk_component()`` of returning ``1`` if a symlink was found that needs
+to be followed.
+
+Of these, ``do_last()`` is the most interesting as it is used for
+opening a file.  Part of ``do_last()`` runs with ``i_rwsem`` held and this
+part is in a separate function: ``lookup_open()``.
+
+Explaining ``do_last()`` completely is beyond the scope of this article,
+but a few highlights should help those interested in exploring the
+code.
+
+1. Rather than just finding the target file, ``do_last()`` needs to open
+   it.  If the file was found in the dcache, then ``vfs_open()`` is used for
+   this.  If not, then ``lookup_open()`` will either call ``atomic_open()`` (if
+   the filesystem provides it) to combine the final lookup with the open, or
+   will perform the separate ``lookup_real()`` and ``vfs_create()`` steps
+   directly.  In the later case the actual "open" of this newly found or
+   created file will be performed by ``vfs_open()``, just as if the name
+   were found in the dcache.
+
+2. ``vfs_open()`` can fail with ``-EOPENSTALE`` if the cached information
+   wasn't quite current enough.  Rather than restarting the lookup from
+   the top with ``LOOKUP_REVAL`` set, ``lookup_open()`` is called instead,
+   giving the filesystem a chance to resolve small inconsistencies.
+   If that doesn't work, only then is the lookup restarted from the top.
+
+3. An open with O_CREAT **does** follow a symlink in the final component,
+   unlike other creation system calls (like ``mkdir``).  So the sequence::
+
+          ln -s bar /tmp/foo
+          echo hello > /tmp/foo
+
+   will create a file called ``/tmp/bar``.  This is not permitted if
+   ``O_EXCL`` is set but otherwise is handled for an O_CREAT open much
+   like for a non-creating open: ``should_follow_link()`` returns ``1``, and
+   so does ``do_last()`` so that ``trailing_symlink()`` gets called and the
+   open process continues on the symlink that was found.
+
+Updating the access time
+------------------------
+
+We previously said of RCU-walk that it would "take no locks, increment
+no counts, leave no footprints."  We have since seen that some
+"footprints" can be needed when handling symlinks as a counted
+reference (or even a memory allocation) may be needed.  But these
+footprints are best kept to a minimum.
+
+One other place where walking down a symlink can involve leaving
+footprints in a way that doesn't affect directories is in updating access times.
+In Unix (and Linux) every filesystem object has a "last accessed
+time", or "``atime``".  Passing through a directory to access a file
+within is not considered to be an access for the purposes of
+``atime``; only listing the contents of a directory can update its ``atime``.
+Symlinks are different it seems.  Both reading a symlink (with ``readlink()``)
+and looking up a symlink on the way to some other destination can
+update the atime on that symlink.
+
+.. _clearest statement: http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap04.html#tag_04_08
+
+It is not clear why this is the case; POSIX has little to say on the
+subject.  The `clearest statement`_ is that, if a particular implementation
+updates a timestamp in a place not specified by POSIX, this must be
+documented "except that any changes caused by pathname resolution need
+not be documented".  This seems to imply that POSIX doesn't really
+care about access-time updates during pathname lookup.
+
+.. _Linux 1.3.87: https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/history/history.git/diff/fs/ext2/symlink.c?id=f806c6db77b8eaa6e00dcfb6b567706feae8dbb8
+
+An examination of history shows that prior to `Linux 1.3.87`_, the ext2
+filesystem, at least, didn't update atime when following a link.
+Unfortunately we have no record of why that behavior was changed.
+
+In any case, access time must now be updated and that operation can be
+quite complex.  Trying to stay in RCU-walk while doing it is best
+avoided.  Fortunately it is often permitted to skip the ``atime``
+update.  Because ``atime`` updates cause performance problems in various
+areas, Linux supports the ``relatime`` mount option, which generally
+limits the updates of ``atime`` to once per day on files that aren't
+being changed (and symlinks never change once created).  Even without
+``relatime``, many filesystems record ``atime`` with a one-second
+granularity, so only one update per second is required.
+
+It is easy to test if an ``atime`` update is needed while in RCU-walk
+mode and, if it isn't, the update can be skipped and RCU-walk mode
+continues.  Only when an ``atime`` update is actually required does the
+path walk drop down to REF-walk.  All of this is handled in the
+``get_link()`` function.
+
+A few flags
+-----------
+
+A suitable way to wrap up this tour of pathname walking is to list
+the various flags that can be stored in the ``nameidata`` to guide the
+lookup process.  Many of these are only meaningful on the final
+component, others reflect the current state of the pathname lookup.
+And then there is ``LOOKUP_EMPTY``, which doesn't fit conceptually with
+the others.  If this is not set, an empty pathname causes an error
+very early on.  If it is set, empty pathnames are not considered to be
+an error.
+
+Global state flags
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+We have already met two global state flags: ``LOOKUP_RCU`` and
+``LOOKUP_REVAL``.  These select between one of three overall approaches
+to lookup: RCU-walk, REF-walk, and REF-walk with forced revalidation.
+
+``LOOKUP_PARENT`` indicates that the final component hasn't been reached
+yet.  This is primarily used to tell the audit subsystem the full
+context of a particular access being audited.
+
+``LOOKUP_ROOT`` indicates that the ``root`` field in the ``nameidata`` was
+provided by the caller, so it shouldn't be released when it is no
+longer needed.
+
+``LOOKUP_JUMPED`` means that the current dentry was chosen not because
+it had the right name but for some other reason.  This happens when
+following "``..``", following a symlink to ``/``, crossing a mount point
+or accessing a "``/proc/$PID/fd/$FD``" symlink.  In this case the
+filesystem has not been asked to revalidate the name (with
+``d_revalidate()``).  In such cases the inode may still need to be
+revalidated, so ``d_op->d_weak_revalidate()`` is called if
+``LOOKUP_JUMPED`` is set when the look completes - which may be at the
+final component or, when creating, unlinking, or renaming, at the penultimate component.
+
+Final-component flags
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Some of these flags are only set when the final component is being
+considered.  Others are only checked for when considering that final
+component.
+
+``LOOKUP_AUTOMOUNT`` ensures that, if the final component is an automount
+point, then the mount is triggered.  Some operations would trigger it
+anyway, but operations like ``stat()`` deliberately don't.  ``statfs()``
+needs to trigger the mount but otherwise behaves a lot like ``stat()``, so
+it sets ``LOOKUP_AUTOMOUNT``, as does "``quotactl()``" and the handling of
+"``mount --bind``".
+
+``LOOKUP_FOLLOW`` has a similar function to ``LOOKUP_AUTOMOUNT`` but for
+symlinks.  Some system calls set or clear it implicitly, while
+others have API flags such as ``AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW`` and
+``UMOUNT_NOFOLLOW`` to control it.  Its effect is similar to
+``WALK_GET`` that we already met, but it is used in a different way.
+
+``LOOKUP_DIRECTORY`` insists that the final component is a directory.
+Various callers set this and it is also set when the final component
+is found to be followed by a slash.
+
+Finally ``LOOKUP_OPEN``, ``LOOKUP_CREATE``, ``LOOKUP_EXCL``, and
+``LOOKUP_RENAME_TARGET`` are not used directly by the VFS but are made
+available to the filesystem and particularly the ``->d_revalidate()``
+method.  A filesystem can choose not to bother revalidating too hard
+if it knows that it will be asked to open or create the file soon.
+These flags were previously useful for ``->lookup()`` too but with the
+introduction of ``->atomic_open()`` they are less relevant there.
+
+End of the road
+---------------
+
+Despite its complexity, all this pathname lookup code appears to be
+in good shape - various parts are certainly easier to understand now
+than even a couple of releases ago.  But that doesn't mean it is
+"finished".   As already mentioned, RCU-walk currently only follows
+symlinks that are stored in the inode so, while it handles many ext4
+symlinks, it doesn't help with NFS, XFS, or Btrfs.  That support
+is not likely to be long delayed.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/design_notes.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/design_notes.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 106d17fbb05f..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/design_notes.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-POHMELFS: Parallel Optimized Host Message Exchange Layered File System.
-
-		Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
-
-Homepage: http://www.ioremap.net/projects/pohmelfs
-
-POHMELFS first began as a network filesystem with coherent local data and
-metadata caches but is now evolving into a parallel distributed filesystem.
-
-Main features of this FS include:
- * Locally coherent cache for data and metadata with (potentially) byte-range locks.
-	Since all Linux filesystems lock the whole inode during writing, algorithm
-	is very simple and does not use byte-ranges, although they are sent in
-	locking messages.
- * Completely async processing of all events except creation of hard and symbolic
-	links, and rename events.
-	Object creation and data reading and writing are processed asynchronously.
- * Flexible object architecture optimized for network processing.
-	Ability to create long paths to objects and remove arbitrarily huge
-	directories with a single network command.
-	(like removing the whole kernel tree via a single network command).
- * Very high performance.
- * Fast and scalable multithreaded userspace server. Being in userspace it works
-	with any underlying filesystem and still is much faster than async in-kernel NFS one.
- * Client is able to switch between different servers (if one goes down, client
-	automatically reconnects to second and so on).
- * Transactions support. Full failover for all operations.
-	Resending transactions to different servers on timeout or error.
- * Read request (data read, directory listing, lookup requests) balancing between multiple servers.
- * Write requests are replicated to multiple servers and completed only when all of them are acked.
- * Ability to add and/or remove servers from the working set at run-time.
- * Strong authentication and possible data encryption in network channel.
- * Extended attributes support.
-
-POHMELFS is based on transactions, which are potentially long-standing objects that live
-in the client's memory. Each transaction contains all the information needed to process a given
-command (or set of commands, which is frequently used during data writing: single transactions
-can contain creation and data writing commands). Transactions are committed by all the servers
-to which they are sent and, in case of failures, are eventually resent or dropped with an error.
-For example, reading will return an error if no servers are available.
-
-POHMELFS uses a asynchronous approach to data processing. Courtesy of transactions, it is
-possible to detach replies from requests and, if the command requires data to be received, the
-caller sleeps waiting for it. Thus, it is possible to issue multiple read commands to different
-servers and async threads will pick up replies in parallel, find appropriate transactions in the
-system and put the data where it belongs (like the page or inode cache).
-
-The main feature of POHMELFS is writeback data and the metadata cache.
-Only a few non-performance critical operations use the write-through cache and
-are synchronous: hard and symbolic link creation, and object rename. Creation,
-removal of objects and data writing are asynchronous and are sent to
-the server during system writeback. Only one writer at a time is allowed for any
-given inode, which is guarded by an appropriate locking protocol.
-Because of this feature, POHMELFS is extremely fast at metadata intensive
-workloads and can fully utilize the bandwidth to the servers when doing bulk
-data transfers.
-
-POHMELFS clients operate with a working set of servers and are capable of balancing read-only
-operations (like lookups or directory listings) between them according to IO priorities.
-Administrators can add or remove servers from the set at run-time via special commands (described
-in Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/info.txt file). Writes are replicated to all servers, which
-are connected with write permission turned on. IO priority and permissions can be changed in
-run-time.
-
-POHMELFS is capable of full data channel encryption and/or strong crypto hashing.
-One can select any kernel supported cipher, encryption mode, hash type and operation mode
-(hmac or digest). It is also possible to use both or neither (default). Crypto configuration
-is checked during mount time and, if the server does not support it, appropriate capabilities
-will be disabled or mount will fail (if 'crypto_fail_unsupported' mount option is specified).
-Crypto performance heavily depends on the number of crypto threads, which asynchronously perform
-crypto operations and send the resulting data to server or submit it up the stack. This number
-can be controlled via a mount option.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/info.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/info.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index db2e41393626..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/info.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-POHMELFS usage information.
-
-Mount options.
-All but index, number of crypto threads and maximum IO size can changed via remount.
-
-idx=%u
- Each mountpoint is associated with a special index via this option.
- Administrator can add or remove servers from the given index, so all mounts,
- which were attached to it, are updated.
- Default it is 0.
-
-trans_scan_timeout=%u
- This timeout, expressed in milliseconds, specifies time to scan transaction
- trees looking for stale requests, which have to be resent, or if number of
- retries exceed specified limit, dropped with error.
- Default is 5 seconds.
-
-drop_scan_timeout=%u
- Internal timeout, expressed in milliseconds, which specifies how frequently
- inodes marked to be dropped are freed. It also specifies how frequently
- the system checks that servers have to be added or removed from current working set.
- Default is 1 second.
-
-wait_on_page_timeout=%u
- Number of milliseconds to wait for reply from remote server for data reading command.
- If this timeout is exceeded, reading returns an error.
- Default is 5 seconds.
-
-trans_retries=%u
- This is the number of times that a transaction will be resent to a server that did
- not answer for the last @trans_scan_timeout milliseconds.
- When the number of resends exceeds this limit, the transaction is completed with error.
- Default is 5 resends.
-
-crypto_thread_num=%u
- Number of crypto processing threads. Threads are used both for RX and TX traffic.
- Default is 2, or no threads if crypto operations are not supported.
-
-trans_max_pages=%u
- Maximum number of pages in a single transaction. This parameter also controls
- the number of pages,  allocated for crypto processing (each crypto thread has
- pool of pages, the number of which is equal to 'trans_max_pages'.
- Default is 100 pages.
-
-crypto_fail_unsupported
- If specified, mount will fail if the server does not support requested crypto operations.
- By default mount will disable non-matching crypto operations.
-
-mcache_timeout=%u
- Maximum number of milliseconds to wait for the mcache objects to be processed.
- Mcache includes locks (given lock should be granted by server), attributes (they should be
- fully received in the given timeframe).
- Default is 5 seconds.
-
-Usage examples.
-
-Add server server1.net:1025 into the working set with index $idx
-with appropriate hash algorithm and key file and cipher algorithm, mode and key file:
-$cfg A add -a server1.net -p 1025 -i $idx -K $hash_key -k $cipher_key
-
-Mount filesystem with given index $idx to /mnt mountpoint.
-Client will connect to all servers specified in the working set via previous command:
-mount -t pohmel -o idx=$idx q /mnt
-
-Change permissions to read-only (-I 1 option, '-I 2' - write-only, 3 - rw):
-$cfg A modify -a server1.net -p 1025 -i $idx -I 1
-
-Change IO priority to 123 (node with the highest priority gets read requests).
-$cfg A modify -a server1.net -p 1025 -i $idx -P 123
-
-One can check currect status of all connections in the mountstats file:
-# cat /proc/$PID/mountstats
-...
-device none mounted on /mnt with fstype pohmel
-idx addr(:port) socket_type protocol active priority permissions
-0 server1.net:1026 1 6 1 250 1
-0 server2.net:1025 1 6 1 123 3
-
-Server installation.
-
-Creating a server, which listens at port 1025 and 0.0.0.0 address.
-Working root directory (note, that server chroots there, so you have to have appropriate permissions)
-is set to /mnt, server will negotiate hash/cipher with client, in case client requested it, there
-are appropriate key files.
-Number of working threads is set to 10.
-
-# ./fserver -a 0.0.0.0 -p 1025 -r /mnt -w 10 -K hash_key -k cipher_key
-
- -A 6			 - listen on ipv6 address. Default: Disabled.
- -r root                 - path to root directory. Default: /tmp.
- -a addr                 - listen address. Default: 0.0.0.0.
- -p port                 - listen port. Default: 1025.
- -w workers              - number of workers per connected client. Default: 1.
- -K file		 - hash key size. Default: none.
- -k file		 - cipher key size. Default: none.
- -h                      - this help.
-
-Number of worker threads specifies how many workers will be created for each client.
-Bulk single-client transafers usually are better handled with smaller number (like 1-3).
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index c680b4b5353d..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
-POHMELFS network protocol.
-
-Basic structure used in network communication is following command:
-
-struct netfs_cmd
-{
-	__u16			cmd;	/* Command number */
-	__u16			csize;	/* Attached crypto information size */
-	__u16			cpad;	/* Attached padding size */
-	__u16			ext;	/* External flags */
-	__u32			size;	/* Size of the attached data */
-	__u32			trans;	/* Transaction id */
-	__u64			id;	/* Object ID to operate on. Used for feedback.*/
-	__u64			start;	/* Start of the object. */
-	__u64			iv;	/* IV sequence */
-	__u8			data[0];
-};
-
-Commands can be embedded into transaction command (which in turn has own command),
-so one can extend protocol as needed without breaking backward compatibility as long
-as old commands are supported. All string lengths include tail 0 byte.
-
-All commands are transferred over the network in big-endian. CPU endianness is used at the end peers.
-
-@cmd - command number, which specifies command to be processed. Following
-	commands are used currently:
-
-	NETFS_READDIR	= 1,	/* Read directory for given inode number */
-	NETFS_READ_PAGE,	/* Read data page from the server */
-	NETFS_WRITE_PAGE,	/* Write data page to the server */
-	NETFS_CREATE,		/* Create directory entry */
-	NETFS_REMOVE,		/* Remove directory entry */
-	NETFS_LOOKUP,		/* Lookup single object */
-	NETFS_LINK,		/* Create a link */
-	NETFS_TRANS,		/* Transaction */
-	NETFS_OPEN,		/* Open intent */
-	NETFS_INODE_INFO,	/* Metadata cache coherency synchronization message */
-	NETFS_PAGE_CACHE,	/* Page cache invalidation message */
-	NETFS_READ_PAGES,	/* Read multiple contiguous pages in one go */
-	NETFS_RENAME,		/* Rename object */
-	NETFS_CAPABILITIES,	/* Capabilities of the client, for example supported crypto */
-	NETFS_LOCK,		/* Distributed lock message */
-	NETFS_XATTR_SET,	/* Set extended attribute */
-	NETFS_XATTR_GET,	/* Get extended attribute */
-
-@ext - external flags. Used by different commands to specify some extra arguments
-	like partial size of the embedded objects or creation flags.
-
-@size - size of the attached data. For NETFS_READ_PAGE and NETFS_READ_PAGES no data is attached,
-	but size of the requested data is incorporated here. It does not include size of the command
-	header (struct netfs_cmd) itself.
-
-@id - id of the object this command operates on. Each command can use it for own purpose.
-
-@start - start of the object this command operates on. Each command can use it for own purpose.
-
-@csize, @cpad - size and padding size of the (attached if needed) crypto information.
-
-Command specifications.
-
-@NETFS_READDIR
-This command is used to sync content of the remote dir to the client.
-
-@ext - length of the path to object.
-@size - the same.
-@id - local inode number of the directory to read.
-@start - zero.
-
-
-@NETFS_READ_PAGE
-This command is used to read data from remote server.
-Data size does not exceed local page cache size.
-
-@id - inode number.
-@start - first byte offset.
-@size - number of bytes to read plus length of the path to object.
-@ext - object path length.
-
-
-@NETFS_CREATE
-Used to create object.
-It does not require that all directories on top of the object were
-already created, it will create them automatically. Each object has
-associated @netfs_path_entry data structure, which contains creation
-mode (permissions and type) and length of the name as long as name itself.
-
-@start - 0
-@size - size of the all data structures needed to create a path
-@id - local inode number
-@ext - 0
-
-
-@NETFS_REMOVE
-Used to remove object.
-
-@ext - length of the path to object.
-@size - the same.
-@id - local inode number.
-@start - zero.
-
-
-@NETFS_LOOKUP
-Lookup information about object on server.
-
-@ext - length of the path to object.
-@size - the same.
-@id - local inode number of the directory to look object in.
-@start - local inode number of the object to look at.
-
-
-@NETFS_LINK
-Create hard of symlink.
-Command is sent as "object_path|target_path".
-
-@size - size of the above string.
-@id - parent local inode number.
-@start - 1 for symlink, 0 for hardlink.
-@ext - size of the "object_path" above.
-
-
-@NETFS_TRANS
-Transaction header.
-
-@size - incorporates all embedded command sizes including theirs header sizes.
-@start - transaction generation number - unique id used to find transaction.
-@ext - transaction flags. Unused at the moment.
-@id - 0.
-
-
-@NETFS_OPEN
-Open intent for given transaction.
-
-@id - local inode number.
-@start - 0.
-@size - path length to the object.
-@ext - open flags (O_RDWR and so on).
-
-
-@NETFS_INODE_INFO
-Metadata update command.
-It is sent to servers when attributes of the object are changed and received
-when data or metadata were updated. It operates with the following structure:
-
-struct netfs_inode_info
-{
-	unsigned int		mode;
-	unsigned int		nlink;
-	unsigned int		uid;
-	unsigned int		gid;
-	unsigned int		blocksize;
-	unsigned int		padding;
-	__u64			ino;
-	__u64			blocks;
-	__u64			rdev;
-	__u64			size;
-	__u64			version;
-};
-
-It effectively mirrors stat(2) returned data.
-
-
-@ext - path length to the object.
-@size - the same plus size of the netfs_inode_info structure.
-@id - local inode number.
-@start - 0.
-
-
-@NETFS_PAGE_CACHE
-Command is only received by clients. It contains information about
-page to be marked as not up-to-date.
-
-@id - client's inode number.
-@start - last byte of the page to be invalidated. If it is not equal to
-	current inode size, it will be vmtruncated().
-@size - 0
-@ext - 0
-
-
-@NETFS_READ_PAGES
-Used to read multiple contiguous pages in one go.
-
-@start - first byte of the contiguous region to read.
-@size - contains of two fields: lower 8 bits are used to represent page cache shift
-	used by client, another 3 bytes are used to get number of pages.
-@id - local inode number.
-@ext - path length to the object.
-
-
-@NETFS_RENAME
-Used to rename object.
-Attached data is formed into following string: "old_path|new_path".
-
-@id - local inode number.
-@start - parent inode number.
-@size - length of the above string.
-@ext - length of the old path part.
-
-
-@NETFS_CAPABILITIES
-Used to exchange crypto capabilities with server.
-If crypto capabilities are not supported by server, then client will disable it
-or fail (if 'crypto_fail_unsupported' mount options was specified).
-
-@id - superblock index. Used to specify crypto information for group of servers.
-@size - size of the attached capabilities structure.
-@start - 0.
-@size - 0.
-@scsize - 0.
-
-@NETFS_LOCK
-Used to send lock request/release messages. Although it sends byte range request
-and is capable of flushing pages based on that, it is not used, since all Linux
-filesystems lock the whole inode.
-
-@id - lock generation number.
-@start - start of the locked range.
-@size - size of the locked range.
-@ext - lock type: read/write. Not used actually. 15'th bit is used to determine,
-	if it is lock request (1) or release (0).
-
-@NETFS_XATTR_SET
-@NETFS_XATTR_GET
-Used to set/get extended attributes for given inode.
-@id - attribute generation number or xattr setting type
-@start - size of the attribute (request or attached)
-@size - name length, path len and data size for given attribute
-@ext - path length for given object
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/porting b/Documentation/filesystems/porting
index 7b7b845c490a..d392d4b0c393 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/porting
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/porting
@@ -622,3 +622,49 @@ in your dentry operations instead.
 	alloc_file_clone(file, flags, ops) does not affect any caller's references.
 	On success you get a new struct file sharing the mount/dentry with the
 	original, on failure - ERR_PTR().
+--
+[mandatory]
+	->clone_file_range() and ->dedupe_file_range have been replaced with
+	->remap_file_range().  See Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt for more
+	information.
+--
+[recommended]
+	->lookup() instances doing an equivalent of
+		if (IS_ERR(inode))
+			return ERR_CAST(inode);
+		return d_splice_alias(inode, dentry);
+	don't need to bother with the check - d_splice_alias() will do the
+	right thing when given ERR_PTR(...) as inode.  Moreover, passing NULL
+	inode to d_splice_alias() will also do the right thing (equivalent of
+	d_add(dentry, NULL); return NULL;), so that kind of special cases
+	also doesn't need a separate treatment.
+--
+[strongly recommended]
+	take the RCU-delayed parts of ->destroy_inode() into a new method -
+	->free_inode().  If ->destroy_inode() becomes empty - all the better,
+	just get rid of it.  Synchronous work (e.g. the stuff that can't
+	be done from an RCU callback, or any WARN_ON() where we want the
+	stack trace) *might* be movable to ->evict_inode(); however,
+	that goes only for the things that are not needed to balance something
+	done by ->alloc_inode().  IOW, if it's cleaning up the stuff that
+	might have accumulated over the life of in-core inode, ->evict_inode()
+	might be a fit.
+
+	Rules for inode destruction:
+		* if ->destroy_inode() is non-NULL, it gets called
+		* if ->free_inode() is non-NULL, it gets scheduled by call_rcu()
+		* combination of NULL ->destroy_inode and NULL ->free_inode is
+		  treated as NULL/free_inode_nonrcu, to preserve the compatibility.
+
+	Note that the callback (be it via ->free_inode() or explicit call_rcu()
+	in ->destroy_inode()) is *NOT* ordered wrt superblock destruction;
+	as the matter of fact, the superblock and all associated structures
+	might be already gone.  The filesystem driver is guaranteed to be still
+	there, but that's it.  Freeing memory in the callback is fine; doing
+	more than that is possible, but requires a lot of care and is best
+	avoided.
+--
+[mandatory]
+	DCACHE_RCUACCESS is gone; having an RCU delay on dentry freeing is the
+	default.  DCACHE_NORCU opts out, and only d_alloc_pseudo() has any
+	business doing so.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
index 22b4b00dee31..66cad5c86171 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
@@ -125,6 +125,13 @@ process running on the system, which is named after the process ID (PID).
 The link  self  points  to  the  process reading the file system. Each process
 subdirectory has the entries listed in Table 1-1.
 
+Note that an open a file descriptor to /proc/<pid> or to any of its
+contained files or subdirectories does not prevent <pid> being reused
+for some other process in the event that <pid> exits. Operations on
+open /proc/<pid> file descriptors corresponding to dead processes
+never act on any new process that the kernel may, through chance, have
+also assigned the process ID <pid>. Instead, operations on these FDs
+usually fail with ESRCH.
 
 Table 1-1: Process specific entries in /proc
 ..............................................................................
@@ -182,6 +189,7 @@ read the file /proc/PID/status:
   VmSwap:        0 kB
   HugetlbPages:          0 kB
   CoreDumping:    0
+  THP_enabled:	  1
   Threads:        1
   SigQ:   0/28578
   SigPnd: 0000000000000000
@@ -193,8 +201,10 @@ read the file /proc/PID/status:
   CapPrm: 0000000000000000
   CapEff: 0000000000000000
   CapBnd: ffffffffffffffff
+  CapAmb: 0000000000000000
   NoNewPrivs:     0
   Seccomp:        0
+  Speculation_Store_Bypass:       thread vulnerable
   voluntary_ctxt_switches:        0
   nonvoluntary_ctxt_switches:     1
 
@@ -214,7 +224,7 @@ asynchronous manner and the value may not be very precise. To see a precise
 snapshot of a moment, you can see /proc/<pid>/smaps file and scan page table.
 It's slow but very precise.
 
-Table 1-2: Contents of the status files (as of 4.8)
+Table 1-2: Contents of the status files (as of 4.19)
 ..............................................................................
  Field                       Content
  Name                        filename of the executable
@@ -256,6 +266,8 @@ Table 1-2: Contents of the status files (as of 4.8)
  HugetlbPages                size of hugetlb memory portions
  CoreDumping                 process's memory is currently being dumped
                              (killing the process may lead to a corrupted core)
+ THP_enabled		     process is allowed to use THP (returns 0 when
+			     PR_SET_THP_DISABLE is set on the process
  Threads                     number of threads
  SigQ                        number of signals queued/max. number for queue
  SigPnd                      bitmap of pending signals for the thread
@@ -267,8 +279,10 @@ Table 1-2: Contents of the status files (as of 4.8)
  CapPrm                      bitmap of permitted capabilities
  CapEff                      bitmap of effective capabilities
  CapBnd                      bitmap of capabilities bounding set
+ CapAmb                      bitmap of ambient capabilities
  NoNewPrivs                  no_new_privs, like prctl(PR_GET_NO_NEW_PRIV, ...)
  Seccomp                     seccomp mode, like prctl(PR_GET_SECCOMP, ...)
+ Speculation_Store_Bypass    speculative store bypass mitigation status
  Cpus_allowed                mask of CPUs on which this process may run
  Cpus_allowed_list           Same as previous, but in "list format"
  Mems_allowed                mask of memory nodes allowed to this process
@@ -425,6 +439,7 @@ SwapPss:               0 kB
 KernelPageSize:        4 kB
 MMUPageSize:           4 kB
 Locked:                0 kB
+THPeligible:           0
 VmFlags: rd ex mr mw me dw
 
 the first of these lines shows the same information as is displayed for the
@@ -462,6 +477,8 @@ replaced by copy-on-write) part of the underlying shmem object out on swap.
 "SwapPss" shows proportional swap share of this mapping. Unlike "Swap", this
 does not take into account swapped out page of underlying shmem objects.
 "Locked" indicates whether the mapping is locked in memory or not.
+"THPeligible" indicates whether the mapping is eligible for THP pages - 1 if
+true, 0 otherwise.
 
 "VmFlags" field deserves a separate description. This member represents the kernel
 flags associated with the particular virtual memory area in two letter encoded
@@ -496,7 +513,9 @@ manner. The codes are the following:
 
 Note that there is no guarantee that every flag and associated mnemonic will
 be present in all further kernel releases. Things get changed, the flags may
-be vanished or the reverse -- new added.
+be vanished or the reverse -- new added. Interpretation of their meaning
+might change in future as well. So each consumer of these flags has to
+follow each specific kernel version for the exact semantic.
 
 This file is only present if the CONFIG_MMU kernel configuration option is
 enabled.
@@ -858,6 +877,7 @@ Writeback:           0 kB
 AnonPages:      861800 kB
 Mapped:         280372 kB
 Shmem:             644 kB
+KReclaimable:   168048 kB
 Slab:           284364 kB
 SReclaimable:   159856 kB
 SUnreclaim:     124508 kB
@@ -925,6 +945,9 @@ AnonHugePages: Non-file backed huge pages mapped into userspace page tables
 ShmemHugePages: Memory used by shared memory (shmem) and tmpfs allocated
               with huge pages
 ShmemPmdMapped: Shared memory mapped into userspace with huge pages
+KReclaimable: Kernel allocations that the kernel will attempt to reclaim
+              under memory pressure. Includes SReclaimable (below), and other
+              direct allocations with a shrinker.
         Slab: in-kernel data structures cache
 SReclaimable: Part of Slab, that might be reclaimed, such as caches
   SUnreclaim: Part of Slab, that cannot be reclaimed on memory pressure
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/qnx6.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/qnx6.txt
index 4f3d6a882bdc..48ea68f15845 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/qnx6.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/qnx6.txt
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ addressed with 16 direct blocks.
 For more than 16 blocks an indirect addressing in form of another tree is
 used. (scheme is the same as the one used for the superblock root nodes)
 
-The filesize is stored 64bit. Inode counting starts with 1. (whilst long
+The filesize is stored 64bit. Inode counting starts with 1. (while long
 filename inodes start with 0)
 
 Directories
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Then userspace.
 The requirement for a static, fixed preallocated system area comes from how
 qnx6fs deals with writes.
 Each superblock got it's own half of the system area. So superblock #1
-always uses blocks from the lower half whilst superblock #2 just writes to
+always uses blocks from the lower half while superblock #2 just writes to
 blocks represented by the upper half bitmap system area bits.
 
 Bitmap blocks, Inode blocks and indirect addressing blocks for those two
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/splice.rst b/Documentation/filesystems/splice.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..edd874808472
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/splice.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+================
+splice and pipes
+================
+
+splice API
+==========
+
+splice is a method for moving blocks of data around inside the kernel,
+without continually transferring them between the kernel and user space.
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/splice.c
+
+pipes API
+=========
+
+Pipe interfaces are all for in-kernel (builtin image) use. They are not
+exported for use by modules.
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/pipe_fs_i.h
+   :internal:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: fs/pipe.c
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/spufs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/spufs.txt
index 1343d118a9b2..eb9e3aa63026 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/spufs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/spufs.txt
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ RETURN VALUE
 
 
 ERRORS
-       EACCESS
+       EACCES
               The  current  user does not have write access on the spufs mount
               point.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
index a1426cabcef1..5b5311f9358d 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt
@@ -116,6 +116,27 @@ static struct device_attribute dev_attr_foo = {
 	.store = store_foo,
 };
 
+Note as stated in include/linux/kernel.h "OTHER_WRITABLE?  Generally
+considered a bad idea." so trying to set a sysfs file writable for
+everyone will fail reverting to RO mode for "Others".
+
+For the common cases sysfs.h provides convenience macros to make
+defining attributes easier as well as making code more concise and
+readable. The above case could be shortened to:
+
+static struct device_attribute dev_attr_foo = __ATTR_RW(foo);
+
+the list of helpers available to define your wrapper function is:
+__ATTR_RO(name): assumes default name_show and mode 0444
+__ATTR_WO(name): assumes a name_store only and is restricted to mode
+                 0200 that is root write access only.
+__ATTR_RO_MODE(name, mode): fore more restrictive RO access currently
+                 only use case is the EFI System Resource Table
+                 (see drivers/firmware/efi/esrt.c)
+__ATTR_RW(name): assumes default name_show, name_store and setting
+                 mode to 0644.
+__ATTR_NULL: which sets the name to NULL and is used as end of list
+                 indicator (see: kernel/workqueue.c)
 
 Subsystem-Specific Callbacks
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -344,7 +365,9 @@ struct bus_attribute {
 
 Declaring:
 
-BUS_ATTR(_name, _mode, _show, _store)
+static BUS_ATTR_RW(name);
+static BUS_ATTR_RO(name);
+static BUS_ATTR_WO(name);
 
 Creation/Removal:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs-authentication.md b/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs-authentication.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..028b3e2e25f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs-authentication.md
@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
+% UBIFS Authentication
+% sigma star gmbh
+% 2018
+
+# Introduction
+
+UBIFS utilizes the fscrypt framework to provide confidentiality for file
+contents and file names. This prevents attacks where an attacker is able to
+read contents of the filesystem on a single point in time. A classic example
+is a lost smartphone where the attacker is unable to read personal data stored
+on the device without the filesystem decryption key.
+
+At the current state, UBIFS encryption however does not prevent attacks where
+the attacker is able to modify the filesystem contents and the user uses the
+device afterwards. In such a scenario an attacker can modify filesystem
+contents arbitrarily without the user noticing. One example is to modify a
+binary to perform a malicious action when executed [DMC-CBC-ATTACK]. Since
+most of the filesystem metadata of UBIFS is stored in plain, this makes it
+fairly easy to swap files and replace their contents.
+
+Other full disk encryption systems like dm-crypt cover all filesystem metadata,
+which makes such kinds of attacks more complicated, but not impossible.
+Especially, if the attacker is given access to the device multiple points in
+time. For dm-crypt and other filesystems that build upon the Linux block IO
+layer, the dm-integrity or dm-verity subsystems [DM-INTEGRITY, DM-VERITY]
+can be used to get full data authentication at the block layer.
+These can also be combined with dm-crypt [CRYPTSETUP2].
+
+This document describes an approach to get file contents _and_ full metadata
+authentication for UBIFS. Since UBIFS uses fscrypt for file contents and file
+name encryption, the authentication system could be tied into fscrypt such that
+existing features like key derivation can be utilized. It should however also
+be possible to use UBIFS authentication without using encryption.
+
+
+## MTD, UBI & UBIFS
+
+On Linux, the MTD (Memory Technology Devices) subsystem provides a uniform
+interface to access raw flash devices. One of the more prominent subsystems that
+work on top of MTD is UBI (Unsorted Block Images). It provides volume management
+for flash devices and is thus somewhat similar to LVM for block devices. In
+addition, it deals with flash-specific wear-leveling and transparent I/O error
+handling. UBI offers logical erase blocks (LEBs) to the layers on top of it
+and maps them transparently to physical erase blocks (PEBs) on the flash.
+
+UBIFS is a filesystem for raw flash which operates on top of UBI. Thus, wear
+leveling and some flash specifics are left to UBI, while UBIFS focuses on
+scalability, performance and recoverability.
+
+
+
+	+------------+ +*******+ +-----------+ +-----+
+	|            | * UBIFS * | UBI-BLOCK | | ... |
+	| JFFS/JFFS2 | +*******+ +-----------+ +-----+
+	|            | +-----------------------------+ +-----------+ +-----+
+	|            | |              UBI            | | MTD-BLOCK | | ... |
+	+------------+ +-----------------------------+ +-----------+ +-----+
+	+------------------------------------------------------------------+
+	|                  MEMORY TECHNOLOGY DEVICES (MTD)                 |
+	+------------------------------------------------------------------+
+	+-----------------------------+ +--------------------------+ +-----+
+	|         NAND DRIVERS        | |        NOR DRIVERS       | | ... |
+	+-----------------------------+ +--------------------------+ +-----+
+
+            Figure 1: Linux kernel subsystems for dealing with raw flash
+
+
+
+Internally, UBIFS maintains multiple data structures which are persisted on
+the flash:
+
+- *Index*: an on-flash B+ tree where the leaf nodes contain filesystem data
+- *Journal*: an additional data structure to collect FS changes before updating
+  the on-flash index and reduce flash wear.
+- *Tree Node Cache (TNC)*: an in-memory B+ tree that reflects the current FS
+  state to avoid frequent flash reads. It is basically the in-memory
+  representation of the index, but contains additional attributes.
+- *LEB property tree (LPT)*: an on-flash B+ tree for free space accounting per
+  UBI LEB.
+
+In the remainder of this section we will cover the on-flash UBIFS data
+structures in more detail. The TNC is of less importance here since it is never
+persisted onto the flash directly. More details on UBIFS can also be found in
+[UBIFS-WP].
+
+
+### UBIFS Index & Tree Node Cache
+
+Basic on-flash UBIFS entities are called *nodes*. UBIFS knows different types
+of nodes. Eg. data nodes (`struct ubifs_data_node`) which store chunks of file
+contents or inode nodes (`struct ubifs_ino_node`) which represent VFS inodes.
+Almost all types of nodes share a common header (`ubifs_ch`) containing basic
+information like node type, node length, a sequence number, etc. (see
+`fs/ubifs/ubifs-media.h`in kernel source). Exceptions are entries of the LPT
+and some less important node types like padding nodes which are used to pad
+unusable content at the end of LEBs.
+
+To avoid re-writing the whole B+ tree on every single change, it is implemented
+as *wandering tree*, where only the changed nodes are re-written and previous
+versions of them are obsoleted without erasing them right away. As a result,
+the index is not stored in a single place on the flash, but *wanders* around
+and there are obsolete parts on the flash as long as the LEB containing them is
+not reused by UBIFS. To find the most recent version of the index, UBIFS stores
+a special node called *master node* into UBI LEB 1 which always points to the
+most recent root node of the UBIFS index. For recoverability, the master node
+is additionally duplicated to LEB 2. Mounting UBIFS is thus a simple read of
+LEB 1 and 2 to get the current master node and from there get the location of
+the most recent on-flash index.
+
+The TNC is the in-memory representation of the on-flash index. It contains some
+additional runtime attributes per node which are not persisted. One of these is
+a dirty-flag which marks nodes that have to be persisted the next time the
+index is written onto the flash. The TNC acts as a write-back cache and all
+modifications of the on-flash index are done through the TNC. Like other caches,
+the TNC does not have to mirror the full index into memory, but reads parts of
+it from flash whenever needed. A *commit* is the UBIFS operation of updating the
+on-flash filesystem structures like the index. On every commit, the TNC nodes
+marked as dirty are written to the flash to update the persisted index.
+
+
+### Journal
+
+To avoid wearing out the flash, the index is only persisted (*commited*) when
+certain conditions are met (eg. `fsync(2)`). The journal is used to record
+any changes (in form of inode nodes, data nodes etc.) between commits
+of the index. During mount, the journal is read from the flash and replayed
+onto the TNC (which will be created on-demand from the on-flash index).
+
+UBIFS reserves a bunch of LEBs just for the journal called *log area*. The
+amount of log area LEBs is configured on filesystem creation (using
+`mkfs.ubifs`) and stored in the superblock node. The log area contains only
+two types of nodes: *reference nodes* and *commit start nodes*. A commit start
+node is written whenever an index commit is performed. Reference nodes are
+written on every journal update. Each reference node points to the position of
+other nodes (inode nodes, data nodes etc.) on the flash that are part of this
+journal entry. These nodes are called *buds* and describe the actual filesystem
+changes including their data.
+
+The log area is maintained as a ring. Whenever the journal is almost full,
+a commit is initiated. This also writes a commit start node so that during
+mount, UBIFS will seek for the most recent commit start node and just replay
+every reference node after that. Every reference node before the commit start
+node will be ignored as they are already part of the on-flash index.
+
+When writing a journal entry, UBIFS first ensures that enough space is
+available to write the reference node and buds part of this entry. Then, the
+reference node is written and afterwards the buds describing the file changes.
+On replay, UBIFS will record every reference node and inspect the location of
+the referenced LEBs to discover the buds. If these are corrupt or missing,
+UBIFS will attempt to recover them by re-reading the LEB. This is however only
+done for the last referenced LEB of the journal. Only this can become corrupt
+because of a power cut. If the recovery fails, UBIFS will not mount. An error
+for every other LEB will directly cause UBIFS to fail the mount operation.
+
+
+       | ----    LOG AREA     ---- | ----------    MAIN AREA    ------------ |
+
+        -----+------+-----+--------+----   ------+-----+-----+---------------
+        \    |      |     |        |   /  /      |     |     |               \
+        / CS |  REF | REF |        |   \  \ DENT | INO | INO |               /
+        \    |      |     |        |   /  /      |     |     |               \
+         ----+------+-----+--------+---   -------+-----+-----+----------------
+                 |     |                  ^            ^
+                 |     |                  |            |
+                 +------------------------+            |
+                       |                               |
+                       +-------------------------------+
+
+
+                Figure 2: UBIFS flash layout of log area with commit start nodes
+                          (CS) and reference nodes (REF) pointing to main area
+                          containing their buds
+
+
+### LEB Property Tree/Table
+
+The LEB property tree is used to store per-LEB information. This includes the
+LEB type and amount of free and *dirty* (old, obsolete content) space [1] on
+the LEB. The type is important, because UBIFS never mixes index nodes with data
+nodes on a single LEB and thus each LEB has a specific purpose. This again is
+useful for free space calculations. See [UBIFS-WP] for more details.
+
+The LEB property tree again is a B+ tree, but it is much smaller than the
+index. Due to its smaller size it is always written as one chunk on every
+commit. Thus, saving the LPT is an atomic operation.
+
+
+[1] Since LEBs can only be appended and never overwritten, there is a
+difference between free space ie. the remaining space left on the LEB to be
+written to without erasing it and previously written content that is obsolete
+but can't be overwritten without erasing the full LEB.
+
+
+# UBIFS Authentication
+
+This chapter introduces UBIFS authentication which enables UBIFS to verify
+the authenticity and integrity of metadata and file contents stored on flash.
+
+
+## Threat Model
+
+UBIFS authentication enables detection of offline data modification. While it
+does not prevent it, it enables (trusted) code to check the integrity and
+authenticity of on-flash file contents and filesystem metadata. This covers
+attacks where file contents are swapped.
+
+UBIFS authentication will not protect against rollback of full flash contents.
+Ie. an attacker can still dump the flash and restore it at a later time without
+detection. It will also not protect against partial rollback of individual
+index commits. That means that an attacker is able to partially undo changes.
+This is possible because UBIFS does not immediately overwrites obsolete
+versions of the index tree or the journal, but instead marks them as obsolete
+and garbage collection erases them at a later time. An attacker can use this by
+erasing parts of the current tree and restoring old versions that are still on
+the flash and have not yet been erased. This is possible, because every commit
+will always write a new version of the index root node and the master node
+without overwriting the previous version. This is further helped by the
+wear-leveling operations of UBI which copies contents from one physical
+eraseblock to another and does not atomically erase the first eraseblock.
+
+UBIFS authentication does not cover attacks where an attacker is able to
+execute code on the device after the authentication key was provided.
+Additional measures like secure boot and trusted boot have to be taken to
+ensure that only trusted code is executed on a device.
+
+
+## Authentication
+
+To be able to fully trust data read from flash, all UBIFS data structures
+stored on flash are authenticated. That is:
+
+- The index which includes file contents, file metadata like extended
+  attributes, file length etc.
+- The journal which also contains file contents and metadata by recording changes
+  to the filesystem
+- The LPT which stores UBI LEB metadata which UBIFS uses for free space accounting
+
+
+### Index Authentication
+
+Through UBIFS' concept of a wandering tree, it already takes care of only
+updating and persisting changed parts from leaf node up to the root node
+of the full B+ tree. This enables us to augment the index nodes of the tree
+with a hash over each node's child nodes. As a result, the index basically also
+a Merkle tree. Since the leaf nodes of the index contain the actual filesystem
+data, the hashes of their parent index nodes thus cover all the file contents
+and file metadata. When a file changes, the UBIFS index is updated accordingly
+from the leaf nodes up to the root node including the master node. This process
+can be hooked to recompute the hash only for each changed node at the same time.
+Whenever a file is read, UBIFS can verify the hashes from each leaf node up to
+the root node to ensure the node's integrity.
+
+To ensure the authenticity of the whole index, the UBIFS master node stores a
+keyed hash (HMAC) over its own contents and a hash of the root node of the index
+tree. As mentioned above, the master node is always written to the flash whenever
+the index is persisted (ie. on index commit).
+
+Using this approach only UBIFS index nodes and the master node are changed to
+include a hash. All other types of nodes will remain unchanged. This reduces
+the storage overhead which is precious for users of UBIFS (ie. embedded
+devices).
+
+
+                             +---------------+
+                             |  Master Node  |
+                             |    (hash)     |
+                             +---------------+
+                                     |
+                                     v
+                            +-------------------+
+                            |  Index Node #1    |
+                            |                   |
+                            | branch0   branchn |
+                            | (hash)    (hash)  |
+                            +-------------------+
+                               |    ...   |  (fanout: 8)
+                               |          |
+                       +-------+          +------+
+                       |                         |
+                       v                         v
+            +-------------------+       +-------------------+
+            |  Index Node #2    |       |  Index Node #3    |
+            |                   |       |                   |
+            | branch0   branchn |       | branch0   branchn |
+            | (hash)    (hash)  |       | (hash)    (hash)  |
+            +-------------------+       +-------------------+
+                 |   ...                     |   ...   |
+                 v                           v         v
+               +-----------+         +----------+  +-----------+
+               | Data Node |         | INO Node |  | DENT Node |
+               +-----------+         +----------+  +-----------+
+
+
+           Figure 3: Coverage areas of index node hash and master node HMAC
+
+
+
+The most important part for robustness and power-cut safety is to atomically
+persist the hash and file contents. Here the existing UBIFS logic for how
+changed nodes are persisted is already designed for this purpose such that
+UBIFS can safely recover if a power-cut occurs while persisting. Adding
+hashes to index nodes does not change this since each hash will be persisted
+atomically together with its respective node.
+
+
+### Journal Authentication
+
+The journal is authenticated too. Since the journal is continuously written
+it is necessary to also add authentication information frequently to the
+journal so that in case of a powercut not too much data can't be authenticated.
+This is done by creating a continuous hash beginning from the commit start node
+over the previous reference nodes, the current reference node, and the bud
+nodes. From time to time whenever it is suitable authentication nodes are added
+between the bud nodes. This new node type contains a HMAC over the current state
+of the hash chain. That way a journal can be authenticated up to the last
+authentication node. The tail of the journal which may not have a authentication
+node cannot be authenticated and is skipped during journal replay.
+
+We get this picture for journal authentication:
+
+    ,,,,,,,,
+    ,......,...........................................
+    ,. CS  ,               hash1.----.           hash2.----.
+    ,.  |  ,                    .    |hmac            .    |hmac
+    ,.  v  ,                    .    v                .    v
+    ,.REF#0,-> bud -> bud -> bud.-> auth -> bud -> bud.-> auth ...
+    ,..|...,...........................................
+    ,  |   ,
+    ,  |   ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
+    .  |            hash3,----.
+    ,  |                 ,    |hmac
+    ,  v                 ,    v
+    , REF#1 -> bud -> bud,-> auth ...
+    ,,,|,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
+       v
+      REF#2 -> ...
+       |
+       V
+      ...
+
+Since the hash also includes the reference nodes an attacker cannot reorder or
+skip any journal heads for replay. An attacker can only remove bud nodes or
+reference nodes from the end of the journal, effectively rewinding the
+filesystem at maximum back to the last commit.
+
+The location of the log area is stored in the master node. Since the master
+node is authenticated with a HMAC as described above, it is not possible to
+tamper with that without detection. The size of the log area is specified when
+the filesystem is created using `mkfs.ubifs` and stored in the superblock node.
+To avoid tampering with this and other values stored there, a HMAC is added to
+the superblock struct. The superblock node is stored in LEB 0 and is only
+modified on feature flag or similar changes, but never on file changes.
+
+
+### LPT Authentication
+
+The location of the LPT root node on the flash is stored in the UBIFS master
+node. Since the LPT is written and read atomically on every commit, there is
+no need to authenticate individual nodes of the tree. It suffices to
+protect the integrity of the full LPT by a simple hash stored in the master
+node. Since the master node itself is authenticated, the LPTs authenticity can
+be verified by verifying the authenticity of the master node and comparing the
+LTP hash stored there with the hash computed from the read on-flash LPT.
+
+
+## Key Management
+
+For simplicity, UBIFS authentication uses a single key to compute the HMACs
+of superblock, master, commit start and reference nodes. This key has to be
+available on creation of the filesystem (`mkfs.ubifs`) to authenticate the
+superblock node. Further, it has to be available on mount of the filesystem
+to verify authenticated nodes and generate new HMACs for changes.
+
+UBIFS authentication is intended to operate side-by-side with UBIFS encryption
+(fscrypt) to provide confidentiality and authenticity. Since UBIFS encryption
+has a different approach of encryption policies per directory, there can be
+multiple fscrypt master keys and there might be folders without encryption.
+UBIFS authentication on the other hand has an all-or-nothing approach in the
+sense that it either authenticates everything of the filesystem or nothing.
+Because of this and because UBIFS authentication should also be usable without
+encryption, it does not share the same master key with fscrypt, but manages
+a dedicated authentication key.
+
+The API for providing the authentication key has yet to be defined, but the
+key can eg. be provided by userspace through a keyring similar to the way it
+is currently done in fscrypt. It should however be noted that the current
+fscrypt approach has shown its flaws and the userspace API will eventually
+change [FSCRYPT-POLICY2].
+
+Nevertheless, it will be possible for a user to provide a single passphrase
+or key in userspace that covers UBIFS authentication and encryption. This can
+be solved by the corresponding userspace tools which derive a second key for
+authentication in addition to the derived fscrypt master key used for
+encryption.
+
+To be able to check if the proper key is available on mount, the UBIFS
+superblock node will additionally store a hash of the authentication key. This
+approach is similar to the approach proposed for fscrypt encryption policy v2
+[FSCRYPT-POLICY2].
+
+
+# Future Extensions
+
+In certain cases where a vendor wants to provide an authenticated filesystem
+image to customers, it should be possible to do so without sharing the secret
+UBIFS authentication key. Instead, in addition the each HMAC a digital
+signature could be stored where the vendor shares the public key alongside the
+filesystem image. In case this filesystem has to be modified afterwards,
+UBIFS can exchange all digital signatures with HMACs on first mount similar
+to the way the IMA/EVM subsystem deals with such situations. The HMAC key
+will then have to be provided beforehand in the normal way.
+
+
+# References
+
+[CRYPTSETUP2]        http://www.saout.de/pipermail/dm-crypt/2017-November/005745.html
+
+[DMC-CBC-ATTACK]     http://www.jakoblell.com/blog/2013/12/22/practical-malleability-attack-against-cbc-encrypted-luks-partitions/
+
+[DM-INTEGRITY]       https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-integrity.txt
+
+[DM-VERITY]          https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt
+
+[FSCRYPT-POLICY2]    https://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-ext4/msg58710.html
+
+[UBIFS-WP]           http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/doc/ubifs_whitepaper.pdf
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt
index a0a61d2f389f..acc80442a3bb 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ubifs.txt
@@ -91,6 +91,13 @@ chk_data_crc		do not skip checking CRCs on data nodes
 compr=none              override default compressor and set it to "none"
 compr=lzo               override default compressor and set it to "lzo"
 compr=zlib              override default compressor and set it to "zlib"
+auth_key=		specify the key used for authenticating the filesystem.
+			Passing this option makes authentication mandatory.
+			The passed key must be present in the kernel keyring
+			and must be of type 'logon'
+auth_hash_name=		The hash algorithm used for authentication. Used for
+			both hashing and for creating HMACs. Typical values
+			include "sha256" or "sha512"
 
 
 Quick usage instructions
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
index a6c6a8af48a2..761c6fd24a53 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
@@ -857,6 +857,7 @@ struct file_operations {
 	ssize_t (*write) (struct file *, const char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
 	ssize_t (*read_iter) (struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *);
 	ssize_t (*write_iter) (struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *);
+	int (*iopoll)(struct kiocb *kiocb, bool spin);
 	int (*iterate) (struct file *, struct dir_context *);
 	int (*iterate_shared) (struct file *, struct dir_context *);
 	__poll_t (*poll) (struct file *, struct poll_table_struct *);
@@ -883,8 +884,9 @@ struct file_operations {
 	unsigned (*mmap_capabilities)(struct file *);
 #endif
 	ssize_t (*copy_file_range)(struct file *, loff_t, struct file *, loff_t, size_t, unsigned int);
-	int (*clone_file_range)(struct file *, loff_t, struct file *, loff_t, u64);
-	int (*dedupe_file_range)(struct file *, loff_t, struct file *, loff_t, u64);
+	loff_t (*remap_file_range)(struct file *file_in, loff_t pos_in,
+				   struct file *file_out, loff_t pos_out,
+				   loff_t len, unsigned int remap_flags);
 	int (*fadvise)(struct file *, loff_t, loff_t, int);
 };
 
@@ -901,6 +903,8 @@ otherwise noted.
 
   write_iter: possibly asynchronous write with iov_iter as source
 
+  iopoll: called when aio wants to poll for completions on HIPRI iocbs
+
   iterate: called when the VFS needs to read the directory contents
 
   iterate_shared: called when the VFS needs to read the directory contents
@@ -960,11 +964,18 @@ otherwise noted.
 
   copy_file_range: called by the copy_file_range(2) system call.
 
-  clone_file_range: called by the ioctl(2) system call for FICLONERANGE and
-	FICLONE commands.
-
-  dedupe_file_range: called by the ioctl(2) system call for FIDEDUPERANGE
-	command.
+  remap_file_range: called by the ioctl(2) system call for FICLONERANGE and
+	FICLONE and FIDEDUPERANGE commands to remap file ranges.  An
+	implementation should remap len bytes at pos_in of the source file into
+	the dest file at pos_out.  Implementations must handle callers passing
+	in len == 0; this means "remap to the end of the source file".  The
+	return value should the number of bytes remapped, or the usual
+	negative error code if errors occurred before any bytes were remapped.
+	The remap_flags parameter accepts REMAP_FILE_* flags.  If
+	REMAP_FILE_DEDUP is set then the implementation must only remap if the
+	requested file ranges have identical contents.  If REMAP_CAN_SHORTEN is
+	set, the caller is ok with the implementation shortening the request
+	length to satisfy alignment or EOF requirements (or any other reason).
 
   fadvise: possibly called by the fadvise64() system call.
 
@@ -1123,7 +1134,7 @@ struct dentry_operations {
 
   d_manage: called to allow the filesystem to manage the transition from a
 	dentry (optional).  This allows autofs, for example, to hold up clients
-	waiting to explore behind a 'mountpoint' whilst letting the daemon go
+	waiting to explore behind a 'mountpoint' while letting the daemon go
 	past and construct the subtree there.  0 should be returned to let the
 	calling process continue.  -EISDIR can be returned to tell pathwalk to
 	use this directory as an ordinary directory and to ignore anything
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-self-describing-metadata.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-self-describing-metadata.txt
index 05aa455163e3..68604e67a495 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-self-describing-metadata.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs-self-describing-metadata.txt
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ owner field in the metadata object, we can immediately do top down validation to
 determine the scope of the problem.
 
 Different types of metadata have different owner identifiers. For example,
-directory, attribute and extent tree blocks are all owned by an inode, whilst
+directory, attribute and extent tree blocks are all owned by an inode, while
 freespace btree blocks are owned by an allocation group. Hence the size and
 contents of the owner field are determined by the type of metadata object we are
 looking at.  The owner information can also identify misplaced writes (e.g.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt
index a9ae82fb9d13..a5cbb5e0e3db 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ The following sysctls are available for the XFS filesystem:
 		XFS_ERRLEVEL_LOW:       1
 		XFS_ERRLEVEL_HIGH:      5
 
-  fs.xfs.panic_mask		(Min: 0  Default: 0  Max: 255)
+  fs.xfs.panic_mask		(Min: 0  Default: 0  Max: 256)
 	Causes certain error conditions to call BUG(). Value is a bitmask;
 	OR together the tags which represent errors which should cause panics:
 
@@ -285,6 +285,7 @@ The following sysctls are available for the XFS filesystem:
 		XFS_PTAG_SHUTDOWN_IOERROR       0x00000020
 		XFS_PTAG_SHUTDOWN_LOGERROR      0x00000040
 		XFS_PTAG_FSBLOCK_ZERO           0x00000080
+		XFS_PTAG_VERIFIER_ERROR         0x00000100
 
 	This option is intended for debugging only.
 
@@ -417,7 +418,7 @@ level directory:
 	filesystem from ever unmounting fully in the case of "retry forever"
 	handler configurations.
 
-	Note: there is no guarantee that fail_at_unmount can be set whilst an
+	Note: there is no guarantee that fail_at_unmount can be set while an
 	unmount is in progress. It is possible that the sysfs entries are
 	removed by the unmounting filesystem before a "retry forever" error
 	handler configuration causes unmount to hang, and hence the filesystem
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/DSD-properties-rules.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/DSD-properties-rules.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4306f29b6103
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/DSD-properties-rules.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+==================================
+_DSD Device Properties Usage Rules
+==================================
+
+Properties, Property Sets and Property Subsets
+==============================================
+
+The _DSD (Device Specific Data) configuration object, introduced in ACPI 5.1,
+allows any type of device configuration data to be provided via the ACPI
+namespace.  In principle, the format of the data may be arbitrary, but it has to
+be identified by a UUID which must be recognized by the driver processing the
+_DSD output.  However, there are generic UUIDs defined for _DSD recognized by
+the ACPI subsystem in the Linux kernel which automatically processes the data
+packages associated with them and makes those data available to device drivers
+as "device properties".
+
+A device property is a data item consisting of a string key and a value (of a
+specific type) associated with it.
+
+In the ACPI _DSD context it is an element of the sub-package following the
+generic Device Properties UUID in the _DSD return package as specified in the
+Device Properties UUID definition document [1]_.
+
+It also may be regarded as the definition of a key and the associated data type
+that can be returned by _DSD in the Device Properties UUID sub-package for a
+given device.
+
+A property set is a collection of properties applicable to a hardware entity
+like a device.  In the ACPI _DSD context it is the set of all properties that
+can be returned in the Device Properties UUID sub-package for the device in
+question.
+
+Property subsets are nested collections of properties.  Each of them is
+associated with an additional key (name) allowing the subset to be referred
+to as a whole (and to be treated as a separate entity).  The canonical
+representation of property subsets is via the mechanism specified in the
+Hierarchical Properties Extension UUID definition document [2]_.
+
+Property sets may be hierarchical.  That is, a property set may contain
+multiple property subsets that each may contain property subsets of its
+own and so on.
+
+General Validity Rule for Property Sets
+=======================================
+
+Valid property sets must follow the guidance given by the Device Properties UUID
+definition document [1].
+
+_DSD properties are intended to be used in addition to, and not instead of, the
+existing mechanisms defined by the ACPI specification.  Therefore, as a rule,
+they should only be used if the ACPI specification does not make direct
+provisions for handling the underlying use case.  It generally is invalid to
+return property sets which do not follow that rule from _DSD in data packages
+associated with the Device Properties UUID.
+
+Additional Considerations
+-------------------------
+
+There are cases in which, even if the general rule given above is followed in
+principle, the property set may still not be regarded as a valid one.
+
+For example, that applies to device properties which may cause kernel code
+(either a device driver or a library/subsystem) to access hardware in a way
+possibly leading to a conflict with AML methods in the ACPI namespace.  In
+particular, that may happen if the kernel code uses device properties to
+manipulate hardware normally controlled by ACPI methods related to power
+management, like _PSx and _DSW (for device objects) or _ON and _OFF (for power
+resource objects), or by ACPI device disabling/enabling methods, like _DIS and
+_SRS.
+
+In all cases in which kernel code may do something that will confuse AML as a
+result of using device properties, the device properties in question are not
+suitable for the ACPI environment and consequently they cannot belong to a valid
+property set.
+
+Property Sets and Device Tree Bindings
+======================================
+
+It often is useful to make _DSD return property sets that follow Device Tree
+bindings.
+
+In those cases, however, the above validity considerations must be taken into
+account in the first place and returning invalid property sets from _DSD must be
+avoided.  For this reason, it may not be possible to make _DSD return a property
+set following the given DT binding literally and completely.  Still, for the
+sake of code re-use, it may make sense to provide as much of the configuration
+data as possible in the form of device properties and complement that with an
+ACPI-specific mechanism suitable for the use case at hand.
+
+In any case, property sets following DT bindings literally should not be
+expected to automatically work in the ACPI environment regardless of their
+contents.
+
+References
+==========
+
+.. [1] http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-device-properties-UUID.pdf
+.. [2] http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-hierarchical-data-extension-UUID-v1.1.pdf
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/acpi-lid.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/acpi-lid.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..874ce0ed340d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/acpi-lid.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+.. include:: <isonum.txt>
+
+=========================================================
+Special Usage Model of the ACPI Control Method Lid Device
+=========================================================
+
+:Copyright: |copy| 2016, Intel Corporation
+
+:Author: Lv Zheng <lv.zheng@intel.com>
+
+Abstract
+========
+Platforms containing lids convey lid state (open/close) to OSPMs
+using a control method lid device. To implement this, the AML tables issue
+Notify(lid_device, 0x80) to notify the OSPMs whenever the lid state has
+changed. The _LID control method for the lid device must be implemented to
+report the "current" state of the lid as either "opened" or "closed".
+
+For most platforms, both the _LID method and the lid notifications are
+reliable. However, there are exceptions. In order to work with these
+exceptional buggy platforms, special restrictions and expections should be
+taken into account. This document describes the restrictions and the
+expections of the Linux ACPI lid device driver.
+
+
+Restrictions of the returning value of the _LID control method
+==============================================================
+
+The _LID control method is described to return the "current" lid state.
+However the word of "current" has ambiguity, some buggy AML tables return
+the lid state upon the last lid notification instead of returning the lid
+state upon the last _LID evaluation. There won't be difference when the
+_LID control method is evaluated during the runtime, the problem is its
+initial returning value. When the AML tables implement this control method
+with cached value, the initial returning value is likely not reliable.
+There are platforms always retun "closed" as initial lid state.
+
+Restrictions of the lid state change notifications
+==================================================
+
+There are buggy AML tables never notifying when the lid device state is
+changed to "opened". Thus the "opened" notification is not guaranteed. But
+it is guaranteed that the AML tables always notify "closed" when the lid
+state is changed to "closed". The "closed" notification is normally used to
+trigger some system power saving operations on Windows. Since it is fully
+tested, it is reliable from all AML tables.
+
+Expections for the userspace users of the ACPI lid device driver
+================================================================
+
+The ACPI button driver exports the lid state to the userspace via the
+following file::
+
+  /proc/acpi/button/lid/LID0/state
+
+This file actually calls the _LID control method described above. And given
+the previous explanation, it is not reliable enough on some platforms. So
+it is advised for the userspace program to not to solely rely on this file
+to determine the actual lid state.
+
+The ACPI button driver emits the following input event to the userspace:
+  * SW_LID
+
+The ACPI lid device driver is implemented to try to deliver the platform
+triggered events to the userspace. However, given the fact that the buggy
+firmware cannot make sure "opened"/"closed" events are paired, the ACPI
+button driver uses the following 3 modes in order not to trigger issues.
+
+If the userspace hasn't been prepared to ignore the unreliable "opened"
+events and the unreliable initial state notification, Linux users can use
+the following kernel parameters to handle the possible issues:
+
+A. button.lid_init_state=method:
+   When this option is specified, the ACPI button driver reports the
+   initial lid state using the returning value of the _LID control method
+   and whether the "opened"/"closed" events are paired fully relies on the
+   firmware implementation.
+
+   This option can be used to fix some platforms where the returning value
+   of the _LID control method is reliable but the initial lid state
+   notification is missing.
+
+   This option is the default behavior during the period the userspace
+   isn't ready to handle the buggy AML tables.
+
+B. button.lid_init_state=open:
+   When this option is specified, the ACPI button driver always reports the
+   initial lid state as "opened" and whether the "opened"/"closed" events
+   are paired fully relies on the firmware implementation.
+
+   This may fix some platforms where the returning value of the _LID
+   control method is not reliable and the initial lid state notification is
+   missing.
+
+If the userspace has been prepared to ignore the unreliable "opened" events
+and the unreliable initial state notification, Linux users should always
+use the following kernel parameter:
+
+C. button.lid_init_state=ignore:
+   When this option is specified, the ACPI button driver never reports the
+   initial lid state and there is a compensation mechanism implemented to
+   ensure that the reliable "closed" notifications can always be delievered
+   to the userspace by always pairing "closed" input events with complement
+   "opened" input events. But there is still no guarantee that the "opened"
+   notifications can be delivered to the userspace when the lid is actually
+   opens given that some AML tables do not send "opened" notifications
+   reliably.
+
+   In this mode, if everything is correctly implemented by the platform
+   firmware, the old userspace programs should still work. Otherwise, the
+   new userspace programs are required to work with the ACPI button driver.
+   This option will be the default behavior after the userspace is ready to
+   handle the buggy AML tables.
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/aml-debugger.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/aml-debugger.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a889d43bc6c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/aml-debugger.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+.. include:: <isonum.txt>
+
+================
+The AML Debugger
+================
+
+:Copyright: |copy| 2016, Intel Corporation
+:Author: Lv Zheng <lv.zheng@intel.com>
+
+
+This document describes the usage of the AML debugger embedded in the Linux
+kernel.
+
+1. Build the debugger
+=====================
+
+The following kernel configuration items are required to enable the AML
+debugger interface from the Linux kernel::
+
+   CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUGGER=y
+   CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUGGER_USER=m
+
+The userspace utilities can be built from the kernel source tree using
+the following commands::
+
+   $ cd tools
+   $ make acpi
+
+The resultant userspace tool binary is then located at::
+
+   tools/power/acpi/acpidbg
+
+It can be installed to system directories by running "make install" (as a
+sufficiently privileged user).
+
+2. Start the userspace debugger interface
+=========================================
+
+After booting the kernel with the debugger built-in, the debugger can be
+started by using the following commands::
+
+   # mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug
+   # modprobe acpi_dbg
+   # tools/power/acpi/acpidbg
+
+That spawns the interactive AML debugger environment where you can execute
+debugger commands.
+
+The commands are documented in the "ACPICA Overview and Programmer Reference"
+that can be downloaded from
+
+https://acpica.org/documentation
+
+The detailed debugger commands reference is located in Chapter 12 "ACPICA
+Debugger Reference".  The "help" command can be used for a quick reference.
+
+3. Stop the userspace debugger interface
+========================================
+
+The interactive debugger interface can be closed by pressing Ctrl+C or using
+the "quit" or "exit" commands.  When finished, unload the module with::
+
+   # rmmod acpi_dbg
+
+The module unloading may fail if there is an acpidbg instance running.
+
+4. Run the debugger in a script
+===============================
+
+It may be useful to run the AML debugger in a test script. "acpidbg" supports
+this in a special "batch" mode.  For example, the following command outputs
+the entire ACPI namespace::
+
+   # acpidbg -b "namespace"
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/apei/einj.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/apei/einj.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e588bccf5158
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/apei/einj.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+====================
+APEI Error INJection
+====================
+
+EINJ provides a hardware error injection mechanism. It is very useful
+for debugging and testing APEI and RAS features in general.
+
+You need to check whether your BIOS supports EINJ first. For that, look
+for early boot messages similar to this one::
+
+  ACPI: EINJ 0x000000007370A000 000150 (v01 INTEL           00000001 INTL 00000001)
+
+which shows that the BIOS is exposing an EINJ table - it is the
+mechanism through which the injection is done.
+
+Alternatively, look in /sys/firmware/acpi/tables for an "EINJ" file,
+which is a different representation of the same thing.
+
+It doesn't necessarily mean that EINJ is not supported if those above
+don't exist: before you give up, go into BIOS setup to see if the BIOS
+has an option to enable error injection. Look for something called WHEA
+or similar. Often, you need to enable an ACPI5 support option prior, in
+order to see the APEI,EINJ,... functionality supported and exposed by
+the BIOS menu.
+
+To use EINJ, make sure the following are options enabled in your kernel
+configuration::
+
+  CONFIG_DEBUG_FS
+  CONFIG_ACPI_APEI
+  CONFIG_ACPI_APEI_EINJ
+
+The EINJ user interface is in <debugfs mount point>/apei/einj.
+
+The following files belong to it:
+
+- available_error_type
+
+  This file shows which error types are supported:
+
+  ================  ===================================
+  Error Type Value	Error Description
+  ================  ===================================
+  0x00000001        Processor Correctable
+  0x00000002        Processor Uncorrectable non-fatal
+  0x00000004        Processor Uncorrectable fatal
+  0x00000008        Memory Correctable
+  0x00000010        Memory Uncorrectable non-fatal
+  0x00000020        Memory Uncorrectable fatal
+  0x00000040        PCI Express Correctable
+  0x00000080        PCI Express Uncorrectable fatal
+  0x00000100        PCI Express Uncorrectable non-fatal
+  0x00000200        Platform Correctable
+  0x00000400        Platform Uncorrectable non-fatal
+  0x00000800        Platform Uncorrectable fatal
+  ================  ===================================
+
+  The format of the file contents are as above, except present are only
+  the available error types.
+
+- error_type
+
+  Set the value of the error type being injected. Possible error types
+  are defined in the file available_error_type above.
+
+- error_inject
+
+  Write any integer to this file to trigger the error injection. Make
+  sure you have specified all necessary error parameters, i.e. this
+  write should be the last step when injecting errors.
+
+- flags
+
+  Present for kernel versions 3.13 and above. Used to specify which
+  of param{1..4} are valid and should be used by the firmware during
+  injection. Value is a bitmask as specified in ACPI5.0 spec for the
+  SET_ERROR_TYPE_WITH_ADDRESS data structure:
+
+    Bit 0
+      Processor APIC field valid (see param3 below).
+    Bit 1
+      Memory address and mask valid (param1 and param2).
+    Bit 2
+      PCIe (seg,bus,dev,fn) valid (see param4 below).
+
+  If set to zero, legacy behavior is mimicked where the type of
+  injection specifies just one bit set, and param1 is multiplexed.
+
+- param1
+
+  This file is used to set the first error parameter value. Its effect
+  depends on the error type specified in error_type. For example, if
+  error type is memory related type, the param1 should be a valid
+  physical memory address. [Unless "flag" is set - see above]
+
+- param2
+
+  Same use as param1 above. For example, if error type is of memory
+  related type, then param2 should be a physical memory address mask.
+  Linux requires page or narrower granularity, say, 0xfffffffffffff000.
+
+- param3
+
+  Used when the 0x1 bit is set in "flags" to specify the APIC id
+
+- param4
+  Used when the 0x4 bit is set in "flags" to specify target PCIe device
+
+- notrigger
+
+  The error injection mechanism is a two-step process. First inject the
+  error, then perform some actions to trigger it. Setting "notrigger"
+  to 1 skips the trigger phase, which *may* allow the user to cause the
+  error in some other context by a simple access to the CPU, memory
+  location, or device that is the target of the error injection. Whether
+  this actually works depends on what operations the BIOS actually
+  includes in the trigger phase.
+
+BIOS versions based on the ACPI 4.0 specification have limited options
+in controlling where the errors are injected. Your BIOS may support an
+extension (enabled with the param_extension=1 module parameter, or boot
+command line einj.param_extension=1). This allows the address and mask
+for memory injections to be specified by the param1 and param2 files in
+apei/einj.
+
+BIOS versions based on the ACPI 5.0 specification have more control over
+the target of the injection. For processor-related errors (type 0x1, 0x2
+and 0x4), you can set flags to 0x3 (param3 for bit 0, and param1 and
+param2 for bit 1) so that you have more information added to the error
+signature being injected. The actual data passed is this::
+
+	memory_address = param1;
+	memory_address_range = param2;
+	apicid = param3;
+	pcie_sbdf = param4;
+
+For memory errors (type 0x8, 0x10 and 0x20) the address is set using
+param1 with a mask in param2 (0x0 is equivalent to all ones). For PCI
+express errors (type 0x40, 0x80 and 0x100) the segment, bus, device and
+function are specified using param1::
+
+         31     24 23    16 15    11 10      8  7        0
+	+-------------------------------------------------+
+	| segment |   bus  | device | function | reserved |
+	+-------------------------------------------------+
+
+Anyway, you get the idea, if there's doubt just take a look at the code
+in drivers/acpi/apei/einj.c.
+
+An ACPI 5.0 BIOS may also allow vendor-specific errors to be injected.
+In this case a file named vendor will contain identifying information
+from the BIOS that hopefully will allow an application wishing to use
+the vendor-specific extension to tell that they are running on a BIOS
+that supports it. All vendor extensions have the 0x80000000 bit set in
+error_type. A file vendor_flags controls the interpretation of param1
+and param2 (1 = PROCESSOR, 2 = MEMORY, 4 = PCI). See your BIOS vendor
+documentation for details (and expect changes to this API if vendors
+creativity in using this feature expands beyond our expectations).
+
+
+An error injection example::
+
+  # cd /sys/kernel/debug/apei/einj
+  # cat available_error_type		# See which errors can be injected
+  0x00000002	Processor Uncorrectable non-fatal
+  0x00000008	Memory Correctable
+  0x00000010	Memory Uncorrectable non-fatal
+  # echo 0x12345000 > param1		# Set memory address for injection
+  # echo $((-1 << 12)) > param2		# Mask 0xfffffffffffff000 - anywhere in this page
+  # echo 0x8 > error_type			# Choose correctable memory error
+  # echo 1 > error_inject			# Inject now
+
+You should see something like this in dmesg::
+
+  [22715.830801] EDAC sbridge MC3: HANDLING MCE MEMORY ERROR
+  [22715.834759] EDAC sbridge MC3: CPU 0: Machine Check Event: 0 Bank 7: 8c00004000010090
+  [22715.834759] EDAC sbridge MC3: TSC 0
+  [22715.834759] EDAC sbridge MC3: ADDR 12345000 EDAC sbridge MC3: MISC 144780c86
+  [22715.834759] EDAC sbridge MC3: PROCESSOR 0:306e7 TIME 1422553404 SOCKET 0 APIC 0
+  [22716.616173] EDAC MC3: 1 CE memory read error on CPU_SrcID#0_Channel#0_DIMM#0 (channel:0 slot:0 page:0x12345 offset:0x0 grain:32 syndrome:0x0 -  area:DRAM err_code:0001:0090 socket:0 channel_mask:1 rank:0)
+
+For more information about EINJ, please refer to ACPI specification
+version 4.0, section 17.5 and ACPI 5.0, section 18.6.
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/apei/output_format.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/apei/output_format.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c2e7ebddb529
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/apei/output_format.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+==================
+APEI output format
+==================
+
+APEI uses printk as hardware error reporting interface, the output
+format is as follow::
+
+        <error record> :=
+        APEI generic hardware error status
+        severity: <integer>, <severity string>
+        section: <integer>, severity: <integer>, <severity string>
+        flags: <integer>
+        <section flags strings>
+        fru_id: <uuid string>
+        fru_text: <string>
+        section_type: <section type string>
+        <section data>
+
+        <severity string>* := recoverable | fatal | corrected | info
+
+        <section flags strings># :=
+        [primary][, containment warning][, reset][, threshold exceeded]\
+        [, resource not accessible][, latent error]
+
+        <section type string> := generic processor error | memory error | \
+        PCIe error | unknown, <uuid string>
+
+        <section data> :=
+        <generic processor section data> | <memory section data> | \
+        <pcie section data> | <null>
+
+        <generic processor section data> :=
+        [processor_type: <integer>, <proc type string>]
+        [processor_isa: <integer>, <proc isa string>]
+        [error_type: <integer>
+        <proc error type strings>]
+        [operation: <integer>, <proc operation string>]
+        [flags: <integer>
+        <proc flags strings>]
+        [level: <integer>]
+        [version_info: <integer>]
+        [processor_id: <integer>]
+        [target_address: <integer>]
+        [requestor_id: <integer>]
+        [responder_id: <integer>]
+        [IP: <integer>]
+
+        <proc type string>* := IA32/X64 | IA64
+
+        <proc isa string>* := IA32 | IA64 | X64
+
+        <processor error type strings># :=
+        [cache error][, TLB error][, bus error][, micro-architectural error]
+
+        <proc operation string>* := unknown or generic | data read | data write | \
+        instruction execution
+
+        <proc flags strings># :=
+        [restartable][, precise IP][, overflow][, corrected]
+
+        <memory section data> :=
+        [error_status: <integer>]
+        [physical_address: <integer>]
+        [physical_address_mask: <integer>]
+        [node: <integer>]
+        [card: <integer>]
+        [module: <integer>]
+        [bank: <integer>]
+        [device: <integer>]
+        [row: <integer>]
+        [column: <integer>]
+        [bit_position: <integer>]
+        [requestor_id: <integer>]
+        [responder_id: <integer>]
+        [target_id: <integer>]
+        [error_type: <integer>, <mem error type string>]
+
+        <mem error type string>* :=
+        unknown | no error | single-bit ECC | multi-bit ECC | \
+        single-symbol chipkill ECC | multi-symbol chipkill ECC | master abort | \
+        target abort | parity error | watchdog timeout | invalid address | \
+        mirror Broken | memory sparing | scrub corrected error | \
+        scrub uncorrected error
+
+        <pcie section data> :=
+        [port_type: <integer>, <pcie port type string>]
+        [version: <integer>.<integer>]
+        [command: <integer>, status: <integer>]
+        [device_id: <integer>:<integer>:<integer>.<integer>
+        slot: <integer>
+        secondary_bus: <integer>
+        vendor_id: <integer>, device_id: <integer>
+        class_code: <integer>]
+        [serial number: <integer>, <integer>]
+        [bridge: secondary_status: <integer>, control: <integer>]
+        [aer_status: <integer>, aer_mask: <integer>
+        <aer status string>
+        [aer_uncor_severity: <integer>]
+        aer_layer=<aer layer string>, aer_agent=<aer agent string>
+        aer_tlp_header: <integer> <integer> <integer> <integer>]
+
+        <pcie port type string>* := PCIe end point | legacy PCI end point | \
+        unknown | unknown | root port | upstream switch port | \
+        downstream switch port | PCIe to PCI/PCI-X bridge | \
+        PCI/PCI-X to PCIe bridge | root complex integrated endpoint device | \
+        root complex event collector
+
+        if section severity is fatal or recoverable
+        <aer status string># :=
+        unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | Data Link Protocol | \
+        unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | \
+        Poisoned TLP | Flow Control Protocol | Completion Timeout | \
+        Completer Abort | Unexpected Completion | Receiver Overflow | \
+        Malformed TLP | ECRC | Unsupported Request
+        else
+        <aer status string># :=
+        Receiver Error | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | unknown | \
+        Bad TLP | Bad DLLP | RELAY_NUM Rollover | unknown | unknown | unknown | \
+        Replay Timer Timeout | Advisory Non-Fatal
+        fi
+
+        <aer layer string> :=
+        Physical Layer | Data Link Layer | Transaction Layer
+
+        <aer agent string> :=
+        Receiver ID | Requester ID | Completer ID | Transmitter ID
+
+Where, [] designate corresponding content is optional
+
+All <field string> description with * has the following format::
+
+        field: <integer>, <field string>
+
+Where value of <integer> should be the position of "string" in <field
+string> description. Otherwise, <field string> will be "unknown".
+
+All <field strings> description with # has the following format::
+
+        field: <integer>
+        <field strings>
+
+Where each string in <fields strings> corresponding to one set bit of
+<integer>. The bit position is the position of "string" in <field
+strings> description.
+
+For more detailed explanation of every field, please refer to UEFI
+specification version 2.3 or later, section Appendix N: Common
+Platform Error Record.
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/debug.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/debug.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1a152dd1d765
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/debug.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+=================
+ACPI Debug Output
+=================
+
+The ACPI CA, the Linux ACPI core, and some ACPI drivers can generate debug
+output.  This document describes how to use this facility.
+
+Compile-time configuration
+==========================
+
+ACPI debug output is globally enabled by CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG.  If this config
+option is turned off, the debug messages are not even built into the
+kernel.
+
+Boot- and run-time configuration
+================================
+
+When CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG=y, you can select the component and level of messages
+you're interested in.  At boot-time, use the acpi.debug_layer and
+acpi.debug_level kernel command line options.  After boot, you can use the
+debug_layer and debug_level files in /sys/module/acpi/parameters/ to control
+the debug messages.
+
+debug_layer (component)
+=======================
+
+The "debug_layer" is a mask that selects components of interest, e.g., a
+specific driver or part of the ACPI interpreter.  To build the debug_layer
+bitmask, look for the "#define _COMPONENT" in an ACPI source file.
+
+You can set the debug_layer mask at boot-time using the acpi.debug_layer
+command line argument, and you can change it after boot by writing values
+to /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_layer.
+
+The possible components are defined in include/acpi/acoutput.h and
+include/acpi/acpi_drivers.h.  Reading /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_layer
+shows the supported mask values, currently these::
+
+    ACPI_UTILITIES                  0x00000001
+    ACPI_HARDWARE                   0x00000002
+    ACPI_EVENTS                     0x00000004
+    ACPI_TABLES                     0x00000008
+    ACPI_NAMESPACE                  0x00000010
+    ACPI_PARSER                     0x00000020
+    ACPI_DISPATCHER                 0x00000040
+    ACPI_EXECUTER                   0x00000080
+    ACPI_RESOURCES                  0x00000100
+    ACPI_CA_DEBUGGER                0x00000200
+    ACPI_OS_SERVICES                0x00000400
+    ACPI_CA_DISASSEMBLER            0x00000800
+    ACPI_COMPILER                   0x00001000
+    ACPI_TOOLS                      0x00002000
+    ACPI_BUS_COMPONENT              0x00010000
+    ACPI_AC_COMPONENT               0x00020000
+    ACPI_BATTERY_COMPONENT          0x00040000
+    ACPI_BUTTON_COMPONENT           0x00080000
+    ACPI_SBS_COMPONENT              0x00100000
+    ACPI_FAN_COMPONENT              0x00200000
+    ACPI_PCI_COMPONENT              0x00400000
+    ACPI_POWER_COMPONENT            0x00800000
+    ACPI_CONTAINER_COMPONENT        0x01000000
+    ACPI_SYSTEM_COMPONENT           0x02000000
+    ACPI_THERMAL_COMPONENT          0x04000000
+    ACPI_MEMORY_DEVICE_COMPONENT    0x08000000
+    ACPI_VIDEO_COMPONENT            0x10000000
+    ACPI_PROCESSOR_COMPONENT        0x20000000
+
+debug_level
+===========
+
+The "debug_level" is a mask that selects different types of messages, e.g.,
+those related to initialization, method execution, informational messages, etc.
+To build debug_level, look at the level specified in an ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT()
+statement.
+
+The ACPI interpreter uses several different levels, but the Linux
+ACPI core and ACPI drivers generally only use ACPI_LV_INFO.
+
+You can set the debug_level mask at boot-time using the acpi.debug_level
+command line argument, and you can change it after boot by writing values
+to /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_level.
+
+The possible levels are defined in include/acpi/acoutput.h.  Reading
+/sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_level shows the supported mask values,
+currently these::
+
+    ACPI_LV_INIT                    0x00000001
+    ACPI_LV_DEBUG_OBJECT            0x00000002
+    ACPI_LV_INFO                    0x00000004
+    ACPI_LV_INIT_NAMES              0x00000020
+    ACPI_LV_PARSE                   0x00000040
+    ACPI_LV_LOAD                    0x00000080
+    ACPI_LV_DISPATCH                0x00000100
+    ACPI_LV_EXEC                    0x00000200
+    ACPI_LV_NAMES                   0x00000400
+    ACPI_LV_OPREGION                0x00000800
+    ACPI_LV_BFIELD                  0x00001000
+    ACPI_LV_TABLES                  0x00002000
+    ACPI_LV_VALUES                  0x00004000
+    ACPI_LV_OBJECTS                 0x00008000
+    ACPI_LV_RESOURCES               0x00010000
+    ACPI_LV_USER_REQUESTS           0x00020000
+    ACPI_LV_PACKAGE                 0x00040000
+    ACPI_LV_ALLOCATIONS             0x00100000
+    ACPI_LV_FUNCTIONS               0x00200000
+    ACPI_LV_OPTIMIZATIONS           0x00400000
+    ACPI_LV_MUTEX                   0x01000000
+    ACPI_LV_THREADS                 0x02000000
+    ACPI_LV_IO                      0x04000000
+    ACPI_LV_INTERRUPTS              0x08000000
+    ACPI_LV_AML_DISASSEMBLE         0x10000000
+    ACPI_LV_VERBOSE_INFO            0x20000000
+    ACPI_LV_FULL_TABLES             0x40000000
+    ACPI_LV_EVENTS                  0x80000000
+
+Examples
+========
+
+For example, drivers/acpi/bus.c contains this::
+
+    #define _COMPONENT              ACPI_BUS_COMPONENT
+    ...
+    ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT((ACPI_DB_INFO, "Device insertion detected\n"));
+
+To turn on this message, set the ACPI_BUS_COMPONENT bit in acpi.debug_layer
+and the ACPI_LV_INFO bit in acpi.debug_level.  (The ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT
+statement uses ACPI_DB_INFO, which is macro based on the ACPI_LV_INFO
+definition.)
+
+Enable all AML "Debug" output (stores to the Debug object while interpreting
+AML) during boot::
+
+    acpi.debug_layer=0xffffffff acpi.debug_level=0x2
+
+Enable PCI and PCI interrupt routing debug messages::
+
+    acpi.debug_layer=0x400000 acpi.debug_level=0x4
+
+Enable all ACPI hardware-related messages::
+
+    acpi.debug_layer=0x2 acpi.debug_level=0xffffffff
+
+Enable all ACPI_DB_INFO messages after boot::
+
+    # echo 0x4 > /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_level
+
+Show all valid component values::
+
+    # cat /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_layer
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/dsd/data-node-references.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/dsd/data-node-references.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1351984e767c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/dsd/data-node-references.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+.. include:: <isonum.txt>
+
+===================================
+Referencing hierarchical data nodes
+===================================
+
+:Copyright: |copy| 2018 Intel Corporation
+:Author: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@linux.intel.com>
+
+ACPI in general allows referring to device objects in the tree only.
+Hierarchical data extension nodes may not be referred to directly, hence this
+document defines a scheme to implement such references.
+
+A reference consist of the device object name followed by one or more
+hierarchical data extension [1] keys. Specifically, the hierarchical data
+extension node which is referred to by the key shall lie directly under the
+parent object i.e. either the device object or another hierarchical data
+extension node.
+
+The keys in the hierarchical data nodes shall consist of the name of the node,
+"@" character and the number of the node in hexadecimal notation (without pre-
+or postfixes). The same ACPI object shall include the _DSD property extension
+with a property "reg" that shall have the same numerical value as the number of
+the node.
+
+In case a hierarchical data extensions node has no numerical value, then the
+"reg" property shall be omitted from the ACPI object's _DSD properties and the
+"@" character and the number shall be omitted from the hierarchical data
+extension key.
+
+
+Example
+=======
+
+In the ASL snippet below, the "reference" _DSD property [2] contains a
+device object reference to DEV0 and under that device object, a
+hierarchical data extension key "node@1" referring to the NOD1 object
+and lastly, a hierarchical data extension key "anothernode" referring to
+the ANOD object which is also the final target node of the reference.
+::
+
+	Device (DEV0)
+	{
+	    Name (_DSD, Package () {
+		ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"),
+		Package () {
+		    Package () { "node@0", NOD0 },
+		    Package () { "node@1", NOD1 },
+		}
+	    })
+	    Name (NOD0, Package() {
+		ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
+		Package () {
+		    Package () { "random-property", 3 },
+		}
+	    })
+	    Name (NOD1, Package() {
+		ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"),
+		Package () {
+		    Package () { "anothernode", ANOD },
+		}
+	    })
+	    Name (ANOD, Package() {
+		ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
+		Package () {
+		    Package () { "random-property", 0 },
+		}
+	    })
+	}
+
+	Device (DEV1)
+	{
+	    Name (_DSD, Package () {
+		ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
+		Package () {
+		    Package () { "reference", ^DEV0, "node@1", "anothernode" },
+		}
+	    })
+	}
+
+Please also see a graph example in :doc:`graph`.
+
+References
+==========
+
+[1] Hierarchical Data Extension UUID For _DSD.
+<http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-hierarchical-data-extension-UUID-v1.1.pdf>,
+referenced 2018-07-17.
+
+[2] Device Properties UUID For _DSD.
+<http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-device-properties-UUID.pdf>,
+referenced 2016-10-04.
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/dsd/graph.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/dsd/graph.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e0baed35b037
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/dsd/graph.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+======
+Graphs
+======
+
+_DSD
+====
+
+_DSD (Device Specific Data) [7] is a predefined ACPI device
+configuration object that can be used to convey information on
+hardware features which are not specifically covered by the ACPI
+specification [1][6]. There are two _DSD extensions that are relevant
+for graphs: property [4] and hierarchical data extensions [5]. The
+property extension provides generic key-value pairs whereas the
+hierarchical data extension supports nodes with references to other
+nodes, forming a tree. The nodes in the tree may contain properties as
+defined by the property extension. The two extensions together provide
+a tree-like structure with zero or more properties (key-value pairs)
+in each node of the tree.
+
+The data structure may be accessed at runtime by using the device_*
+and fwnode_* functions defined in include/linux/fwnode.h .
+
+Fwnode represents a generic firmware node object. It is independent on
+the firmware type. In ACPI, fwnodes are _DSD hierarchical data
+extensions objects. A device's _DSD object is represented by an
+fwnode.
+
+The data structure may be referenced to elsewhere in the ACPI tables
+by using a hard reference to the device itself and an index to the
+hierarchical data extension array on each depth.
+
+
+Ports and endpoints
+===================
+
+The port and endpoint concepts are very similar to those in Devicetree
+[3]. A port represents an interface in a device, and an endpoint
+represents a connection to that interface.
+
+All port nodes are located under the device's "_DSD" node in the hierarchical
+data extension tree. The data extension related to each port node must begin
+with "port" and must be followed by the "@" character and the number of the
+port as its key. The target object it refers to should be called "PRTX", where
+"X" is the number of the port. An example of such a package would be::
+
+    Package() { "port@4", PRT4 }
+
+Further on, endpoints are located under the port nodes. The hierarchical
+data extension key of the endpoint nodes must begin with
+"endpoint" and must be followed by the "@" character and the number of the
+endpoint. The object it refers to should be called "EPXY", where "X" is the
+number of the port and "Y" is the number of the endpoint. An example of such a
+package would be::
+
+    Package() { "endpoint@0", EP40 }
+
+Each port node contains a property extension key "port", the value of which is
+the number of the port. Each endpoint is similarly numbered with a property
+extension key "reg", the value of which is the number of the endpoint. Port
+numbers must be unique within a device and endpoint numbers must be unique
+within a port. If a device object may only has a single port, then the number
+of that port shall be zero. Similarly, if a port may only have a single
+endpoint, the number of that endpoint shall be zero.
+
+The endpoint reference uses property extension with "remote-endpoint" property
+name followed by a reference in the same package. Such references consist of
+the remote device reference, the first package entry of the port data extension
+reference under the device and finally the first package entry of the endpoint
+data extension reference under the port. Individual references thus appear as::
+
+    Package() { device, "port@X", "endpoint@Y" }
+
+In the above example, "X" is the number of the port and "Y" is the number of
+the endpoint.
+
+The references to endpoints must be always done both ways, to the
+remote endpoint and back from the referred remote endpoint node.
+
+A simple example of this is show below::
+
+    Scope (\_SB.PCI0.I2C2)
+    {
+        Device (CAM0)
+        {
+            Name (_DSD, Package () {
+                ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
+                Package () {
+                    Package () { "compatible", Package () { "nokia,smia" } },
+                },
+                ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"),
+                Package () {
+                    Package () { "port@0", PRT0 },
+                }
+            })
+            Name (PRT0, Package() {
+                ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
+                Package () {
+                    Package () { "reg", 0 },
+                },
+                ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"),
+                Package () {
+                    Package () { "endpoint@0", EP00 },
+                }
+            })
+            Name (EP00, Package() {
+                ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
+                Package () {
+                    Package () { "reg", 0 },
+                    Package () { "remote-endpoint", Package() { \_SB.PCI0.ISP, "port@4", "endpoint@0" } },
+                }
+            })
+        }
+    }
+
+    Scope (\_SB.PCI0)
+    {
+        Device (ISP)
+        {
+            Name (_DSD, Package () {
+                ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"),
+                Package () {
+                    Package () { "port@4", PRT4 },
+                }
+            })
+
+            Name (PRT4, Package() {
+                ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
+                Package () {
+                    Package () { "reg", 4 }, /* CSI-2 port number */
+                },
+                ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"),
+                Package () {
+                    Package () { "endpoint@0", EP40 },
+                }
+            })
+
+            Name (EP40, Package() {
+                ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
+                Package () {
+                    Package () { "reg", 0 },
+                    Package () { "remote-endpoint", Package () { \_SB.PCI0.I2C2.CAM0, "port@0", "endpoint@0" } },
+                }
+            })
+        }
+    }
+
+Here, the port 0 of the "CAM0" device is connected to the port 4 of
+the "ISP" device and vice versa.
+
+
+References
+==========
+
+[1] _DSD (Device Specific Data) Implementation Guide.
+    http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-implementation-guide-toplevel-1_1.htm,
+    referenced 2016-10-03.
+
+[2] Devicetree. http://www.devicetree.org, referenced 2016-10-03.
+
+[3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt
+
+[4] Device Properties UUID For _DSD.
+    http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-device-properties-UUID.pdf,
+    referenced 2016-10-04.
+
+[5] Hierarchical Data Extension UUID For _DSD.
+    http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-hierarchical-data-extension-UUID-v1.1.pdf,
+    referenced 2016-10-04.
+
+[6] Advanced Configuration and Power Interface Specification.
+    http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/ACPI_6_1.pdf,
+    referenced 2016-10-04.
+
+[7] _DSD Device Properties Usage Rules.
+    :doc:`../DSD-properties-rules`
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/enumeration.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/enumeration.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6b32b7be8c85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/enumeration.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,463 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+=============================
+ACPI Based Device Enumeration
+=============================
+
+ACPI 5 introduced a set of new resources (UartTSerialBus, I2cSerialBus,
+SpiSerialBus, GpioIo and GpioInt) which can be used in enumerating slave
+devices behind serial bus controllers.
+
+In addition we are starting to see peripherals integrated in the
+SoC/Chipset to appear only in ACPI namespace. These are typically devices
+that are accessed through memory-mapped registers.
+
+In order to support this and re-use the existing drivers as much as
+possible we decided to do following:
+
+  - Devices that have no bus connector resource are represented as
+    platform devices.
+
+  - Devices behind real busses where there is a connector resource
+    are represented as struct spi_device or struct i2c_device
+    (standard UARTs are not busses so there is no struct uart_device).
+
+As both ACPI and Device Tree represent a tree of devices (and their
+resources) this implementation follows the Device Tree way as much as
+possible.
+
+The ACPI implementation enumerates devices behind busses (platform, SPI and
+I2C), creates the physical devices and binds them to their ACPI handle in
+the ACPI namespace.
+
+This means that when ACPI_HANDLE(dev) returns non-NULL the device was
+enumerated from ACPI namespace. This handle can be used to extract other
+device-specific configuration. There is an example of this below.
+
+Platform bus support
+====================
+
+Since we are using platform devices to represent devices that are not
+connected to any physical bus we only need to implement a platform driver
+for the device and add supported ACPI IDs. If this same IP-block is used on
+some other non-ACPI platform, the driver might work out of the box or needs
+some minor changes.
+
+Adding ACPI support for an existing driver should be pretty
+straightforward. Here is the simplest example::
+
+	#ifdef CONFIG_ACPI
+	static const struct acpi_device_id mydrv_acpi_match[] = {
+		/* ACPI IDs here */
+		{ }
+	};
+	MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(acpi, mydrv_acpi_match);
+	#endif
+
+	static struct platform_driver my_driver = {
+		...
+		.driver = {
+			.acpi_match_table = ACPI_PTR(mydrv_acpi_match),
+		},
+	};
+
+If the driver needs to perform more complex initialization like getting and
+configuring GPIOs it can get its ACPI handle and extract this information
+from ACPI tables.
+
+DMA support
+===========
+
+DMA controllers enumerated via ACPI should be registered in the system to
+provide generic access to their resources. For example, a driver that would
+like to be accessible to slave devices via generic API call
+dma_request_slave_channel() must register itself at the end of the probe
+function like this::
+
+	err = devm_acpi_dma_controller_register(dev, xlate_func, dw);
+	/* Handle the error if it's not a case of !CONFIG_ACPI */
+
+and implement custom xlate function if needed (usually acpi_dma_simple_xlate()
+is enough) which converts the FixedDMA resource provided by struct
+acpi_dma_spec into the corresponding DMA channel. A piece of code for that case
+could look like::
+
+	#ifdef CONFIG_ACPI
+	struct filter_args {
+		/* Provide necessary information for the filter_func */
+		...
+	};
+
+	static bool filter_func(struct dma_chan *chan, void *param)
+	{
+		/* Choose the proper channel */
+		...
+	}
+
+	static struct dma_chan *xlate_func(struct acpi_dma_spec *dma_spec,
+			struct acpi_dma *adma)
+	{
+		dma_cap_mask_t cap;
+		struct filter_args args;
+
+		/* Prepare arguments for filter_func */
+		...
+		return dma_request_channel(cap, filter_func, &args);
+	}
+	#else
+	static struct dma_chan *xlate_func(struct acpi_dma_spec *dma_spec,
+			struct acpi_dma *adma)
+	{
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	#endif
+
+dma_request_slave_channel() will call xlate_func() for each registered DMA
+controller. In the xlate function the proper channel must be chosen based on
+information in struct acpi_dma_spec and the properties of the controller
+provided by struct acpi_dma.
+
+Clients must call dma_request_slave_channel() with the string parameter that
+corresponds to a specific FixedDMA resource. By default "tx" means the first
+entry of the FixedDMA resource array, "rx" means the second entry. The table
+below shows a layout::
+
+	Device (I2C0)
+	{
+		...
+		Method (_CRS, 0, NotSerialized)
+		{
+			Name (DBUF, ResourceTemplate ()
+			{
+				FixedDMA (0x0018, 0x0004, Width32bit, _Y48)
+				FixedDMA (0x0019, 0x0005, Width32bit, )
+			})
+		...
+		}
+	}
+
+So, the FixedDMA with request line 0x0018 is "tx" and next one is "rx" in
+this example.
+
+In robust cases the client unfortunately needs to call
+acpi_dma_request_slave_chan_by_index() directly and therefore choose the
+specific FixedDMA resource by its index.
+
+SPI serial bus support
+======================
+
+Slave devices behind SPI bus have SpiSerialBus resource attached to them.
+This is extracted automatically by the SPI core and the slave devices are
+enumerated once spi_register_master() is called by the bus driver.
+
+Here is what the ACPI namespace for a SPI slave might look like::
+
+	Device (EEP0)
+	{
+		Name (_ADR, 1)
+		Name (_CID, Package() {
+			"ATML0025",
+			"AT25",
+		})
+		...
+		Method (_CRS, 0, NotSerialized)
+		{
+			SPISerialBus(1, PolarityLow, FourWireMode, 8,
+				ControllerInitiated, 1000000, ClockPolarityLow,
+				ClockPhaseFirst, "\\_SB.PCI0.SPI1",)
+		}
+		...
+
+The SPI device drivers only need to add ACPI IDs in a similar way than with
+the platform device drivers. Below is an example where we add ACPI support
+to at25 SPI eeprom driver (this is meant for the above ACPI snippet)::
+
+	#ifdef CONFIG_ACPI
+	static const struct acpi_device_id at25_acpi_match[] = {
+		{ "AT25", 0 },
+		{ },
+	};
+	MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(acpi, at25_acpi_match);
+	#endif
+
+	static struct spi_driver at25_driver = {
+		.driver = {
+			...
+			.acpi_match_table = ACPI_PTR(at25_acpi_match),
+		},
+	};
+
+Note that this driver actually needs more information like page size of the
+eeprom etc. but at the time writing this there is no standard way of
+passing those. One idea is to return this in _DSM method like::
+
+	Device (EEP0)
+	{
+		...
+		Method (_DSM, 4, NotSerialized)
+		{
+			Store (Package (6)
+			{
+				"byte-len", 1024,
+				"addr-mode", 2,
+				"page-size, 32
+			}, Local0)
+
+			// Check UUIDs etc.
+
+			Return (Local0)
+		}
+
+Then the at25 SPI driver can get this configuration by calling _DSM on its
+ACPI handle like::
+
+	struct acpi_buffer output = { ACPI_ALLOCATE_BUFFER, NULL };
+	struct acpi_object_list input;
+	acpi_status status;
+
+	/* Fill in the input buffer */
+
+	status = acpi_evaluate_object(ACPI_HANDLE(&spi->dev), "_DSM",
+				      &input, &output);
+	if (ACPI_FAILURE(status))
+		/* Handle the error */
+
+	/* Extract the data here */
+
+	kfree(output.pointer);
+
+I2C serial bus support
+======================
+
+The slaves behind I2C bus controller only need to add the ACPI IDs like
+with the platform and SPI drivers. The I2C core automatically enumerates
+any slave devices behind the controller device once the adapter is
+registered.
+
+Below is an example of how to add ACPI support to the existing mpu3050
+input driver::
+
+	#ifdef CONFIG_ACPI
+	static const struct acpi_device_id mpu3050_acpi_match[] = {
+		{ "MPU3050", 0 },
+		{ },
+	};
+	MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(acpi, mpu3050_acpi_match);
+	#endif
+
+	static struct i2c_driver mpu3050_i2c_driver = {
+		.driver	= {
+			.name	= "mpu3050",
+			.owner	= THIS_MODULE,
+			.pm	= &mpu3050_pm,
+			.of_match_table = mpu3050_of_match,
+			.acpi_match_table = ACPI_PTR(mpu3050_acpi_match),
+		},
+		.probe		= mpu3050_probe,
+		.remove		= mpu3050_remove,
+		.id_table	= mpu3050_ids,
+	};
+
+GPIO support
+============
+
+ACPI 5 introduced two new resources to describe GPIO connections: GpioIo
+and GpioInt. These resources can be used to pass GPIO numbers used by
+the device to the driver. ACPI 5.1 extended this with _DSD (Device
+Specific Data) which made it possible to name the GPIOs among other things.
+
+For example::
+
+	Device (DEV)
+	{
+		Method (_CRS, 0, NotSerialized)
+		{
+			Name (SBUF, ResourceTemplate()
+			{
+				...
+				// Used to power on/off the device
+				GpioIo (Exclusive, PullDefault, 0x0000, 0x0000,
+					IoRestrictionOutputOnly, "\\_SB.PCI0.GPI0",
+					0x00, ResourceConsumer,,)
+				{
+					// Pin List
+					0x0055
+				}
+
+				// Interrupt for the device
+				GpioInt (Edge, ActiveHigh, ExclusiveAndWake, PullNone,
+					0x0000, "\\_SB.PCI0.GPI0", 0x00, ResourceConsumer,,)
+				{
+					// Pin list
+					0x0058
+				}
+
+				...
+
+			}
+
+			Return (SBUF)
+		}
+
+		// ACPI 5.1 _DSD used for naming the GPIOs
+		Name (_DSD, Package ()
+		{
+			ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
+			Package ()
+			{
+				Package () {"power-gpios", Package() {^DEV, 0, 0, 0 }},
+				Package () {"irq-gpios", Package() {^DEV, 1, 0, 0 }},
+			}
+		})
+		...
+
+These GPIO numbers are controller relative and path "\\_SB.PCI0.GPI0"
+specifies the path to the controller. In order to use these GPIOs in Linux
+we need to translate them to the corresponding Linux GPIO descriptors.
+
+There is a standard GPIO API for that and is documented in
+Documentation/gpio/.
+
+In the above example we can get the corresponding two GPIO descriptors with
+a code like this::
+
+	#include <linux/gpio/consumer.h>
+	...
+
+	struct gpio_desc *irq_desc, *power_desc;
+
+	irq_desc = gpiod_get(dev, "irq");
+	if (IS_ERR(irq_desc))
+		/* handle error */
+
+	power_desc = gpiod_get(dev, "power");
+	if (IS_ERR(power_desc))
+		/* handle error */
+
+	/* Now we can use the GPIO descriptors */
+
+There are also devm_* versions of these functions which release the
+descriptors once the device is released.
+
+See Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt for more information about the
+_DSD binding related to GPIOs.
+
+MFD devices
+===========
+
+The MFD devices register their children as platform devices. For the child
+devices there needs to be an ACPI handle that they can use to reference
+parts of the ACPI namespace that relate to them. In the Linux MFD subsystem
+we provide two ways:
+
+  - The children share the parent ACPI handle.
+  - The MFD cell can specify the ACPI id of the device.
+
+For the first case, the MFD drivers do not need to do anything. The
+resulting child platform device will have its ACPI_COMPANION() set to point
+to the parent device.
+
+If the ACPI namespace has a device that we can match using an ACPI id or ACPI
+adr, the cell should be set like::
+
+	static struct mfd_cell_acpi_match my_subdevice_cell_acpi_match = {
+		.pnpid = "XYZ0001",
+		.adr = 0,
+	};
+
+	static struct mfd_cell my_subdevice_cell = {
+		.name = "my_subdevice",
+		/* set the resources relative to the parent */
+		.acpi_match = &my_subdevice_cell_acpi_match,
+	};
+
+The ACPI id "XYZ0001" is then used to lookup an ACPI device directly under
+the MFD device and if found, that ACPI companion device is bound to the
+resulting child platform device.
+
+Device Tree namespace link device ID
+====================================
+
+The Device Tree protocol uses device identification based on the "compatible"
+property whose value is a string or an array of strings recognized as device
+identifiers by drivers and the driver core.  The set of all those strings may be
+regarded as a device identification namespace analogous to the ACPI/PNP device
+ID namespace.  Consequently, in principle it should not be necessary to allocate
+a new (and arguably redundant) ACPI/PNP device ID for a devices with an existing
+identification string in the Device Tree (DT) namespace, especially if that ID
+is only needed to indicate that a given device is compatible with another one,
+presumably having a matching driver in the kernel already.
+
+In ACPI, the device identification object called _CID (Compatible ID) is used to
+list the IDs of devices the given one is compatible with, but those IDs must
+belong to one of the namespaces prescribed by the ACPI specification (see
+Section 6.1.2 of ACPI 6.0 for details) and the DT namespace is not one of them.
+Moreover, the specification mandates that either a _HID or an _ADR identification
+object be present for all ACPI objects representing devices (Section 6.1 of ACPI
+6.0).  For non-enumerable bus types that object must be _HID and its value must
+be a device ID from one of the namespaces prescribed by the specification too.
+
+The special DT namespace link device ID, PRP0001, provides a means to use the
+existing DT-compatible device identification in ACPI and to satisfy the above
+requirements following from the ACPI specification at the same time.  Namely,
+if PRP0001 is returned by _HID, the ACPI subsystem will look for the
+"compatible" property in the device object's _DSD and will use the value of that
+property to identify the corresponding device in analogy with the original DT
+device identification algorithm.  If the "compatible" property is not present
+or its value is not valid, the device will not be enumerated by the ACPI
+subsystem.  Otherwise, it will be enumerated automatically as a platform device
+(except when an I2C or SPI link from the device to its parent is present, in
+which case the ACPI core will leave the device enumeration to the parent's
+driver) and the identification strings from the "compatible" property value will
+be used to find a driver for the device along with the device IDs listed by _CID
+(if present).
+
+Analogously, if PRP0001 is present in the list of device IDs returned by _CID,
+the identification strings listed by the "compatible" property value (if present
+and valid) will be used to look for a driver matching the device, but in that
+case their relative priority with respect to the other device IDs listed by
+_HID and _CID depends on the position of PRP0001 in the _CID return package.
+Specifically, the device IDs returned by _HID and preceding PRP0001 in the _CID
+return package will be checked first.  Also in that case the bus type the device
+will be enumerated to depends on the device ID returned by _HID.
+
+For example, the following ACPI sample might be used to enumerate an lm75-type
+I2C temperature sensor and match it to the driver using the Device Tree
+namespace link:
+
+	Device (TMP0)
+	{
+		Name (_HID, "PRP0001")
+		Name (_DSD, Package() {
+			ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
+			Package () {
+				Package (2) { "compatible", "ti,tmp75" },
+			}
+		})
+		Method (_CRS, 0, Serialized)
+		{
+			Name (SBUF, ResourceTemplate ()
+			{
+				I2cSerialBusV2 (0x48, ControllerInitiated,
+					400000, AddressingMode7Bit,
+					"\\_SB.PCI0.I2C1", 0x00,
+					ResourceConsumer, , Exclusive,)
+			})
+			Return (SBUF)
+		}
+	}
+
+It is valid to define device objects with a _HID returning PRP0001 and without
+the "compatible" property in the _DSD or a _CID as long as one of their
+ancestors provides a _DSD with a valid "compatible" property.  Such device
+objects are then simply regarded as additional "blocks" providing hierarchical
+configuration information to the driver of the composite ancestor device.
+
+However, PRP0001 can only be returned from either _HID or _CID of a device
+object if all of the properties returned by the _DSD associated with it (either
+the _DSD of the device object itself or the _DSD of its ancestor in the
+"composite device" case described above) can be used in the ACPI environment.
+Otherwise, the _DSD itself is regarded as invalid and therefore the "compatible"
+property returned by it is meaningless.
+
+Refer to :doc:`DSD-properties-rules` for more information.
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/gpio-properties.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/gpio-properties.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..bb6d74f23ee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/gpio-properties.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+======================================
+_DSD Device Properties Related to GPIO
+======================================
+
+With the release of ACPI 5.1, the _DSD configuration object finally
+allows names to be given to GPIOs (and other things as well) returned
+by _CRS.  Previously, we were only able to use an integer index to find
+the corresponding GPIO, which is pretty error prone (it depends on
+the _CRS output ordering, for example).
+
+With _DSD we can now query GPIOs using a name instead of an integer
+index, like the ASL example below shows::
+
+  // Bluetooth device with reset and shutdown GPIOs
+  Device (BTH)
+  {
+      Name (_HID, ...)
+
+      Name (_CRS, ResourceTemplate ()
+      {
+          GpioIo (Exclusive, PullUp, 0, 0, IoRestrictionInputOnly,
+                  "\\_SB.GPO0", 0, ResourceConsumer) {15}
+          GpioIo (Exclusive, PullUp, 0, 0, IoRestrictionInputOnly,
+                  "\\_SB.GPO0", 0, ResourceConsumer) {27, 31}
+      })
+
+      Name (_DSD, Package ()
+      {
+          ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
+          Package ()
+	  {
+              Package () {"reset-gpios", Package() {^BTH, 1, 1, 0 }},
+              Package () {"shutdown-gpios", Package() {^BTH, 0, 0, 0 }},
+          }
+      })
+  }
+
+The format of the supported GPIO property is::
+
+  Package () { "name", Package () { ref, index, pin, active_low }}
+
+ref
+  The device that has _CRS containing GpioIo()/GpioInt() resources,
+  typically this is the device itself (BTH in our case).
+index
+  Index of the GpioIo()/GpioInt() resource in _CRS starting from zero.
+pin
+  Pin in the GpioIo()/GpioInt() resource. Typically this is zero.
+active_low
+  If 1 the GPIO is marked as active_low.
+
+Since ACPI GpioIo() resource does not have a field saying whether it is
+active low or high, the "active_low" argument can be used here.  Setting
+it to 1 marks the GPIO as active low.
+
+In our Bluetooth example the "reset-gpios" refers to the second GpioIo()
+resource, second pin in that resource with the GPIO number of 31.
+
+It is possible to leave holes in the array of GPIOs. This is useful in
+cases like with SPI host controllers where some chip selects may be
+implemented as GPIOs and some as native signals. For example a SPI host
+controller can have chip selects 0 and 2 implemented as GPIOs and 1 as
+native::
+
+  Package () {
+      "cs-gpios",
+      Package () {
+          ^GPIO, 19, 0, 0, // chip select 0: GPIO
+          0,               // chip select 1: native signal
+          ^GPIO, 20, 0, 0, // chip select 2: GPIO
+      }
+  }
+
+Other supported properties
+==========================
+
+Following Device Tree compatible device properties are also supported by
+_DSD device properties for GPIO controllers:
+
+- gpio-hog
+- output-high
+- output-low
+- input
+- line-name
+
+Example::
+
+  Name (_DSD, Package () {
+      // _DSD Hierarchical Properties Extension UUID
+      ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"),
+      Package () {
+          Package () {"hog-gpio8", "G8PU"}
+      }
+  })
+
+  Name (G8PU, Package () {
+      ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
+      Package () {
+          Package () {"gpio-hog", 1},
+          Package () {"gpios", Package () {8, 0}},
+          Package () {"output-high", 1},
+          Package () {"line-name", "gpio8-pullup"},
+      }
+  })
+
+- gpio-line-names
+
+Example::
+
+  Package () {
+      "gpio-line-names",
+      Package () {
+          "SPI0_CS_N", "EXP2_INT", "MUX6_IO", "UART0_RXD", "MUX7_IO",
+          "LVL_C_A1", "MUX0_IO", "SPI1_MISO"
+      }
+  }
+
+See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt for more information
+about these properties.
+
+ACPI GPIO Mappings Provided by Drivers
+======================================
+
+There are systems in which the ACPI tables do not contain _DSD but provide _CRS
+with GpioIo()/GpioInt() resources and device drivers still need to work with
+them.
+
+In those cases ACPI device identification objects, _HID, _CID, _CLS, _SUB, _HRV,
+available to the driver can be used to identify the device and that is supposed
+to be sufficient to determine the meaning and purpose of all of the GPIO lines
+listed by the GpioIo()/GpioInt() resources returned by _CRS.  In other words,
+the driver is supposed to know what to use the GpioIo()/GpioInt() resources for
+once it has identified the device.  Having done that, it can simply assign names
+to the GPIO lines it is going to use and provide the GPIO subsystem with a
+mapping between those names and the ACPI GPIO resources corresponding to them.
+
+To do that, the driver needs to define a mapping table as a NULL-terminated
+array of struct acpi_gpio_mapping objects that each contain a name, a pointer
+to an array of line data (struct acpi_gpio_params) objects and the size of that
+array.  Each struct acpi_gpio_params object consists of three fields,
+crs_entry_index, line_index, active_low, representing the index of the target
+GpioIo()/GpioInt() resource in _CRS starting from zero, the index of the target
+line in that resource starting from zero, and the active-low flag for that line,
+respectively, in analogy with the _DSD GPIO property format specified above.
+
+For the example Bluetooth device discussed previously the data structures in
+question would look like this::
+
+  static const struct acpi_gpio_params reset_gpio = { 1, 1, false };
+  static const struct acpi_gpio_params shutdown_gpio = { 0, 0, false };
+
+  static const struct acpi_gpio_mapping bluetooth_acpi_gpios[] = {
+    { "reset-gpios", &reset_gpio, 1 },
+    { "shutdown-gpios", &shutdown_gpio, 1 },
+    { },
+  };
+
+Next, the mapping table needs to be passed as the second argument to
+acpi_dev_add_driver_gpios() that will register it with the ACPI device object
+pointed to by its first argument.  That should be done in the driver's .probe()
+routine.  On removal, the driver should unregister its GPIO mapping table by
+calling acpi_dev_remove_driver_gpios() on the ACPI device object where that
+table was previously registered.
+
+Using the _CRS fallback
+=======================
+
+If a device does not have _DSD or the driver does not create ACPI GPIO
+mapping, the Linux GPIO framework refuses to return any GPIOs. This is
+because the driver does not know what it actually gets. For example if we
+have a device like below::
+
+  Device (BTH)
+  {
+      Name (_HID, ...)
+
+      Name (_CRS, ResourceTemplate () {
+          GpioIo (Exclusive, PullNone, 0, 0, IoRestrictionNone,
+                  "\\_SB.GPO0", 0, ResourceConsumer) {15}
+          GpioIo (Exclusive, PullNone, 0, 0, IoRestrictionNone,
+                  "\\_SB.GPO0", 0, ResourceConsumer) {27}
+      })
+  }
+
+The driver might expect to get the right GPIO when it does::
+
+  desc = gpiod_get(dev, "reset", GPIOD_OUT_LOW);
+
+but since there is no way to know the mapping between "reset" and
+the GpioIo() in _CRS desc will hold ERR_PTR(-ENOENT).
+
+The driver author can solve this by passing the mapping explictly
+(the recommended way and documented in the above chapter).
+
+The ACPI GPIO mapping tables should not contaminate drivers that are not
+knowing about which exact device they are servicing on. It implies that
+the ACPI GPIO mapping tables are hardly linked to ACPI ID and certain
+objects, as listed in the above chapter, of the device in question.
+
+Getting GPIO descriptor
+=======================
+
+There are two main approaches to get GPIO resource from ACPI::
+
+  desc = gpiod_get(dev, connection_id, flags);
+  desc = gpiod_get_index(dev, connection_id, index, flags);
+
+We may consider two different cases here, i.e. when connection ID is
+provided and otherwise.
+
+Case 1::
+
+  desc = gpiod_get(dev, "non-null-connection-id", flags);
+  desc = gpiod_get_index(dev, "non-null-connection-id", index, flags);
+
+Case 2::
+
+  desc = gpiod_get(dev, NULL, flags);
+  desc = gpiod_get_index(dev, NULL, index, flags);
+
+Case 1 assumes that corresponding ACPI device description must have
+defined device properties and will prevent to getting any GPIO resources
+otherwise.
+
+Case 2 explicitly tells GPIO core to look for resources in _CRS.
+
+Be aware that gpiod_get_index() in cases 1 and 2, assuming that there
+are two versions of ACPI device description provided and no mapping is
+present in the driver, will return different resources. That's why a
+certain driver has to handle them carefully as explained in previous
+chapter.
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/i2c-muxes.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/i2c-muxes.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3a8997ccd7c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/i2c-muxes.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+==============
+ACPI I2C Muxes
+==============
+
+Describing an I2C device hierarchy that includes I2C muxes requires an ACPI
+Device () scope per mux channel.
+
+Consider this topology::
+
+    +------+   +------+
+    | SMB1 |-->| MUX0 |--CH00--> i2c client A (0x50)
+    |      |   | 0x70 |--CH01--> i2c client B (0x50)
+    +------+   +------+
+
+which corresponds to the following ASL::
+
+    Device (SMB1)
+    {
+        Name (_HID, ...)
+        Device (MUX0)
+        {
+            Name (_HID, ...)
+            Name (_CRS, ResourceTemplate () {
+                I2cSerialBus (0x70, ControllerInitiated, I2C_SPEED,
+                            AddressingMode7Bit, "^SMB1", 0x00,
+                            ResourceConsumer,,)
+            }
+
+            Device (CH00)
+            {
+                Name (_ADR, 0)
+
+                Device (CLIA)
+                {
+                    Name (_HID, ...)
+                    Name (_CRS, ResourceTemplate () {
+                        I2cSerialBus (0x50, ControllerInitiated, I2C_SPEED,
+                                    AddressingMode7Bit, "^CH00", 0x00,
+                                    ResourceConsumer,,)
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            Device (CH01)
+            {
+                Name (_ADR, 1)
+
+                Device (CLIB)
+                {
+                    Name (_HID, ...)
+                    Name (_CRS, ResourceTemplate () {
+                        I2cSerialBus (0x50, ControllerInitiated, I2C_SPEED,
+                                    AddressingMode7Bit, "^CH01", 0x00,
+                                    ResourceConsumer,,)
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/index.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ae609eec4679
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+============
+ACPI Support
+============
+
+.. toctree::
+   :maxdepth: 1
+
+   namespace
+   dsd/graph
+   dsd/data-node-references
+   enumeration
+   osi
+   method-customizing
+   method-tracing
+   DSD-properties-rules
+   debug
+   aml-debugger
+   apei/output_format
+   apei/einj
+   gpio-properties
+   i2c-muxes
+   acpi-lid
+   lpit
+   video_extension
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/lpit.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/lpit.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..aca928fab027
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/lpit.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+===========================
+Low Power Idle Table (LPIT)
+===========================
+
+To enumerate platform Low Power Idle states, Intel platforms are using
+“Low Power Idle Table” (LPIT). More details about this table can be
+downloaded from:
+http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/Intel_ACPI_Low_Power_S0_Idle.pdf
+
+Residencies for each low power state can be read via FFH
+(Function fixed hardware) or a memory mapped interface.
+
+On platforms supporting S0ix sleep states, there can be two types of
+residencies:
+
+  - CPU PKG C10 (Read via FFH interface)
+  - Platform Controller Hub (PCH) SLP_S0 (Read via memory mapped interface)
+
+The following attributes are added dynamically to the cpuidle
+sysfs attribute group::
+
+  /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/low_power_idle_cpu_residency_us
+  /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/low_power_idle_system_residency_us
+
+The "low_power_idle_cpu_residency_us" attribute shows time spent
+by the CPU package in PKG C10
+
+The "low_power_idle_system_residency_us" attribute shows SLP_S0
+residency, or system time spent with the SLP_S0# signal asserted.
+This is the lowest possible system power state, achieved only when CPU is in
+PKG C10 and all functional blocks in PCH are in a low power state.
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/method-customizing.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/method-customizing.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..de3ebcaed4cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/method-customizing.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+=======================================
+Linux ACPI Custom Control Method How To
+=======================================
+
+:Author: Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com>
+
+
+Linux supports customizing ACPI control methods at runtime.
+
+Users can use this to:
+
+1. override an existing method which may not work correctly,
+   or just for debugging purposes.
+2. insert a completely new method in order to create a missing
+   method such as _OFF, _ON, _STA, _INI, etc.
+
+For these cases, it is far simpler to dynamically install a single
+control method rather than override the entire DSDT, because kernel
+rebuild/reboot is not needed and test result can be got in minutes.
+
+.. note::
+
+  - Only ACPI METHOD can be overridden, any other object types like
+    "Device", "OperationRegion", are not recognized. Methods
+    declared inside scope operators are also not supported.
+
+  - The same ACPI control method can be overridden for many times,
+    and it's always the latest one that used by Linux/kernel.
+
+  - To get the ACPI debug object output (Store (AAAA, Debug)),
+    please run::
+
+      echo 1 > /sys/module/acpi/parameters/aml_debug_output
+
+
+1. override an existing method
+==============================
+a) get the ACPI table via ACPI sysfs I/F. e.g. to get the DSDT,
+   just run "cat /sys/firmware/acpi/tables/DSDT > /tmp/dsdt.dat"
+b) disassemble the table by running "iasl -d dsdt.dat".
+c) rewrite the ASL code of the method and save it in a new file,
+d) package the new file (psr.asl) to an ACPI table format.
+   Here is an example of a customized \_SB._AC._PSR method::
+
+      DefinitionBlock ("", "SSDT", 1, "", "", 0x20080715)
+      {
+         Method (\_SB_.AC._PSR, 0, NotSerialized)
+         {
+            Store ("In AC _PSR", Debug)
+            Return (ACON)
+         }
+      }
+
+   Note that the full pathname of the method in ACPI namespace
+   should be used.
+e) assemble the file to generate the AML code of the method.
+   e.g. "iasl -vw 6084 psr.asl" (psr.aml is generated as a result)
+   If parameter "-vw 6084" is not supported by your iASL compiler,
+   please try a newer version.
+f) mount debugfs by "mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug"
+g) override the old method via the debugfs by running
+   "cat /tmp/psr.aml > /sys/kernel/debug/acpi/custom_method"
+
+2. insert a new method
+======================
+This is easier than overriding an existing method.
+We just need to create the ASL code of the method we want to
+insert and then follow the step c) ~ g) in section 1.
+
+3. undo your changes
+====================
+The "undo" operation is not supported for a new inserted method
+right now, i.e. we can not remove a method currently.
+For an overridden method, in order to undo your changes, please
+save a copy of the method original ASL code in step c) section 1,
+and redo step c) ~ g) to override the method with the original one.
+
+
+.. note:: We can use a kernel with multiple custom ACPI method running,
+   But each individual write to debugfs can implement a SINGLE
+   method override. i.e. if we want to insert/override multiple
+   ACPI methods, we need to redo step c) ~ g) for multiple times.
+
+.. note:: Be aware that root can mis-use this driver to modify arbitrary
+   memory and gain additional rights, if root's privileges got
+   restricted (for example if root is not allowed to load additional
+   modules after boot).
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/method-tracing.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/method-tracing.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d0b077b73f5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/method-tracing.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+.. include:: <isonum.txt>
+
+=====================
+ACPICA Trace Facility
+=====================
+
+:Copyright: |copy| 2015, Intel Corporation
+:Author: Lv Zheng <lv.zheng@intel.com>
+
+
+Abstract
+========
+This document describes the functions and the interfaces of the
+method tracing facility.
+
+Functionalities and usage examples
+==================================
+
+ACPICA provides method tracing capability. And two functions are
+currently implemented using this capability.
+
+Log reducer
+-----------
+
+ACPICA subsystem provides debugging outputs when CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG is
+enabled. The debugging messages which are deployed via
+ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT() macro can be reduced at 2 levels - per-component
+level (known as debug layer, configured via
+/sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_layer) and per-type level (known as
+debug level, configured via /sys/module/acpi/parameters/debug_level).
+
+But when the particular layer/level is applied to the control method
+evaluations, the quantity of the debugging outputs may still be too
+large to be put into the kernel log buffer. The idea thus is worked out
+to only enable the particular debug layer/level (normally more detailed)
+logs when the control method evaluation is started, and disable the
+detailed logging when the control method evaluation is stopped.
+
+The following command examples illustrate the usage of the "log reducer"
+functionality:
+
+a. Filter out the debug layer/level matched logs when control methods
+   are being evaluated::
+
+      # cd /sys/module/acpi/parameters
+      # echo "0xXXXXXXXX" > trace_debug_layer
+      # echo "0xYYYYYYYY" > trace_debug_level
+      # echo "enable" > trace_state
+
+b. Filter out the debug layer/level matched logs when the specified
+   control method is being evaluated::
+
+      # cd /sys/module/acpi/parameters
+      # echo "0xXXXXXXXX" > trace_debug_layer
+      # echo "0xYYYYYYYY" > trace_debug_level
+      # echo "\PPPP.AAAA.TTTT.HHHH" > trace_method_name
+      # echo "method" > /sys/module/acpi/parameters/trace_state
+
+c. Filter out the debug layer/level matched logs when the specified
+   control method is being evaluated for the first time::
+
+      # cd /sys/module/acpi/parameters
+      # echo "0xXXXXXXXX" > trace_debug_layer
+      # echo "0xYYYYYYYY" > trace_debug_level
+      # echo "\PPPP.AAAA.TTTT.HHHH" > trace_method_name
+      # echo "method-once" > /sys/module/acpi/parameters/trace_state
+
+Where:
+   0xXXXXXXXX/0xYYYYYYYY
+     Refer to Documentation/acpi/debug.txt for possible debug layer/level
+     masking values.
+   \PPPP.AAAA.TTTT.HHHH
+     Full path of a control method that can be found in the ACPI namespace.
+     It needn't be an entry of a control method evaluation.
+
+AML tracer
+----------
+
+There are special log entries added by the method tracing facility at
+the "trace points" the AML interpreter starts/stops to execute a control
+method, or an AML opcode. Note that the format of the log entries are
+subject to change::
+
+   [    0.186427]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Method Begin [0xf58394d8:\_SB.PCI0.LPCB.ECOK] execution.
+   [    0.186630]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode Begin [0xf5905c88:If] execution.
+   [    0.186820]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode Begin [0xf5905cc0:LEqual] execution.
+   [    0.187010]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode Begin [0xf5905a20:-NamePath-] execution.
+   [    0.187214]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode End [0xf5905a20:-NamePath-] execution.
+   [    0.187407]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode Begin [0xf5905f60:One] execution.
+   [    0.187594]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode End [0xf5905f60:One] execution.
+   [    0.187789]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode End [0xf5905cc0:LEqual] execution.
+   [    0.187980]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode Begin [0xf5905cc0:Return] execution.
+   [    0.188146]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode Begin [0xf5905f60:One] execution.
+   [    0.188334]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode End [0xf5905f60:One] execution.
+   [    0.188524]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode End [0xf5905cc0:Return] execution.
+   [    0.188712]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Opcode End [0xf5905c88:If] execution.
+   [    0.188903]   exdebug-0398 ex_trace_point        : Method End [0xf58394d8:\_SB.PCI0.LPCB.ECOK] execution.
+
+Developers can utilize these special log entries to track the AML
+interpretion, thus can aid issue debugging and performance tuning. Note
+that, as the "AML tracer" logs are implemented via ACPI_DEBUG_PRINT()
+macro, CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG is also required to be enabled for enabling
+"AML tracer" logs.
+
+The following command examples illustrate the usage of the "AML tracer"
+functionality:
+
+a. Filter out the method start/stop "AML tracer" logs when control
+   methods are being evaluated::
+
+      # cd /sys/module/acpi/parameters
+      # echo "0x80" > trace_debug_layer
+      # echo "0x10" > trace_debug_level
+      # echo "enable" > trace_state
+
+b. Filter out the method start/stop "AML tracer" when the specified
+   control method is being evaluated::
+
+      # cd /sys/module/acpi/parameters
+      # echo "0x80" > trace_debug_layer
+      # echo "0x10" > trace_debug_level
+      # echo "\PPPP.AAAA.TTTT.HHHH" > trace_method_name
+      # echo "method" > trace_state
+
+c. Filter out the method start/stop "AML tracer" logs when the specified
+   control method is being evaluated for the first time::
+
+      # cd /sys/module/acpi/parameters
+      # echo "0x80" > trace_debug_layer
+      # echo "0x10" > trace_debug_level
+      # echo "\PPPP.AAAA.TTTT.HHHH" > trace_method_name
+      # echo "method-once" > trace_state
+
+d. Filter out the method/opcode start/stop "AML tracer" when the
+   specified control method is being evaluated::
+
+      # cd /sys/module/acpi/parameters
+      # echo "0x80" > trace_debug_layer
+      # echo "0x10" > trace_debug_level
+      # echo "\PPPP.AAAA.TTTT.HHHH" > trace_method_name
+      # echo "opcode" > trace_state
+
+e. Filter out the method/opcode start/stop "AML tracer" when the
+   specified control method is being evaluated for the first time::
+
+      # cd /sys/module/acpi/parameters
+      # echo "0x80" > trace_debug_layer
+      # echo "0x10" > trace_debug_level
+      # echo "\PPPP.AAAA.TTTT.HHHH" > trace_method_name
+      # echo "opcode-opcode" > trace_state
+
+Note that all above method tracing facility related module parameters can
+be used as the boot parameters, for example::
+
+   acpi.trace_debug_layer=0x80 acpi.trace_debug_level=0x10 \
+   acpi.trace_method_name=\_SB.LID0._LID acpi.trace_state=opcode-once
+
+
+Interface descriptions
+======================
+
+All method tracing functions can be configured via ACPI module
+parameters that are accessible at /sys/module/acpi/parameters/:
+
+trace_method_name
+  The full path of the AML method that the user wants to trace.
+
+  Note that the full path shouldn't contain the trailing "_"s in its
+  name segments but may contain "\" to form an absolute path.
+
+trace_debug_layer
+  The temporary debug_layer used when the tracing feature is enabled.
+
+  Using ACPI_EXECUTER (0x80) by default, which is the debug_layer
+  used to match all "AML tracer" logs.
+
+trace_debug_level
+  The temporary debug_level used when the tracing feature is enabled.
+
+  Using ACPI_LV_TRACE_POINT (0x10) by default, which is the
+  debug_level used to match all "AML tracer" logs.
+
+trace_state
+  The status of the tracing feature.
+
+  Users can enable/disable this debug tracing feature by executing
+  the following command::
+
+   # echo string > /sys/module/acpi/parameters/trace_state
+
+Where "string" should be one of the following:
+
+"disable"
+  Disable the method tracing feature.
+
+"enable"
+  Enable the method tracing feature.
+  
+  ACPICA debugging messages matching "trace_debug_layer/trace_debug_level"
+  during any method execution will be logged.
+
+"method"
+  Enable the method tracing feature.
+
+  ACPICA debugging messages matching "trace_debug_layer/trace_debug_level"
+  during method execution of "trace_method_name" will be logged.
+
+"method-once"
+  Enable the method tracing feature.
+
+  ACPICA debugging messages matching "trace_debug_layer/trace_debug_level"
+  during method execution of "trace_method_name" will be logged only once.
+
+"opcode"
+  Enable the method tracing feature.
+
+  ACPICA debugging messages matching "trace_debug_layer/trace_debug_level"
+  during method/opcode execution of "trace_method_name" will be logged.
+
+"opcode-once"
+  Enable the method tracing feature.
+
+  ACPICA debugging messages matching "trace_debug_layer/trace_debug_level"
+  during method/opcode execution of "trace_method_name" will be logged only
+  once.
+
+Note that, the difference between the "enable" and other feature
+enabling options are:
+
+1. When "enable" is specified, since
+   "trace_debug_layer/trace_debug_level" shall apply to all control
+   method evaluations, after configuring "trace_state" to "enable",
+   "trace_method_name" will be reset to NULL.
+2. When "method/opcode" is specified, if
+   "trace_method_name" is NULL when "trace_state" is configured to
+   these options, the "trace_debug_layer/trace_debug_level" will
+   apply to all control method evaluations.
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/namespace.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/namespace.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..835521baeb89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/namespace.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+.. include:: <isonum.txt>
+
+===================================================
+ACPI Device Tree - Representation of ACPI Namespace
+===================================================
+
+:Copyright: |copy| 2013, Intel Corporation
+
+:Author: Lv Zheng <lv.zheng@intel.com>
+
+:Credit:   Thanks for the help from Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com> and
+           Rafael J.Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>.
+
+Abstract
+========
+The Linux ACPI subsystem converts ACPI namespace objects into a Linux
+device tree under the /sys/devices/LNXSYSTEM:00 and updates it upon
+receiving ACPI hotplug notification events.  For each device object
+in this hierarchy there is a corresponding symbolic link in the
+/sys/bus/acpi/devices.
+
+This document illustrates the structure of the ACPI device tree.
+
+ACPI Definition Blocks
+======================
+
+The ACPI firmware sets up RSDP (Root System Description Pointer) in the
+system memory address space pointing to the XSDT (Extended System
+Description Table).  The XSDT always points to the FADT (Fixed ACPI
+Description Table) using its first entry, the data within the FADT
+includes various fixed-length entries that describe fixed ACPI features
+of the hardware.  The FADT contains a pointer to the DSDT
+(Differentiated System Descripition Table).  The XSDT also contains
+entries pointing to possibly multiple SSDTs (Secondary System
+Description Table).
+
+The DSDT and SSDT data is organized in data structures called definition
+blocks that contain definitions of various objects, including ACPI
+control methods, encoded in AML (ACPI Machine Language).  The data block
+of the DSDT along with the contents of SSDTs represents a hierarchical
+data structure called the ACPI namespace whose topology reflects the
+structure of the underlying hardware platform.
+
+The relationships between ACPI System Definition Tables described above
+are illustrated in the following diagram::
+
+   +---------+    +-------+    +--------+    +------------------------+
+   |  RSDP   | +->| XSDT  | +->|  FADT  |    |  +-------------------+ |
+   +---------+ |  +-------+ |  +--------+  +-|->|       DSDT        | |
+   | Pointer | |  | Entry |-+  | ...... |  | |  +-------------------+ |
+   +---------+ |  +-------+    | X_DSDT |--+ |  | Definition Blocks | |
+   | Pointer |-+  | ..... |    | ...... |    |  +-------------------+ |
+   +---------+    +-------+    +--------+    |  +-------------------+ |
+                  | Entry |------------------|->|       SSDT        | |
+                  +- - - -+                  |  +-------------------| |
+                  | Entry | - - - - - - - -+ |  | Definition Blocks | |
+                  +- - - -+                | |  +-------------------+ |
+                                          | |  +- - - - - - - - - -+ |
+                                          +-|->|       SSDT        | |
+                                             |  +-------------------+ |
+                                             |  | Definition Blocks | |
+                                             |  +- - - - - - - - - -+ |
+                                             +------------------------+
+                                                         |
+                                             OSPM Loading |
+                                                         \|/
+                                                   +----------------+
+                                                   | ACPI Namespace |
+                                                   +----------------+
+
+                  Figure 1. ACPI Definition Blocks
+
+.. note:: RSDP can also contain a pointer to the RSDT (Root System
+   Description Table).  Platforms provide RSDT to enable
+   compatibility with ACPI 1.0 operating systems.  The OS is expected
+   to use XSDT, if present.
+
+
+Example ACPI Namespace
+======================
+
+All definition blocks are loaded into a single namespace.  The namespace
+is a hierarchy of objects identified by names and paths.
+The following naming conventions apply to object names in the ACPI
+namespace:
+
+   1. All names are 32 bits long.
+   2. The first byte of a name must be one of 'A' - 'Z', '_'.
+   3. Each of the remaining bytes of a name must be one of 'A' - 'Z', '0'
+      - '9', '_'.
+   4. Names starting with '_' are reserved by the ACPI specification.
+   5. The '\' symbol represents the root of the namespace (i.e. names
+      prepended with '\' are relative to the namespace root).
+   6. The '^' symbol represents the parent of the current namespace node
+      (i.e. names prepended with '^' are relative to the parent of the
+      current namespace node).
+
+The figure below shows an example ACPI namespace::
+
+   +------+
+   | \    |                     Root
+   +------+
+     |
+     | +------+
+     +-| _PR  |                 Scope(_PR): the processor namespace
+     | +------+
+     |   |
+     |   | +------+
+     |   +-| CPU0 |             Processor(CPU0): the first processor
+     |     +------+
+     |
+     | +------+
+     +-| _SB  |                 Scope(_SB): the system bus namespace
+     | +------+
+     |   |
+     |   | +------+
+     |   +-| LID0 |             Device(LID0); the lid device
+     |   | +------+
+     |   |   |
+     |   |   | +------+
+     |   |   +-| _HID |         Name(_HID, "PNP0C0D"): the hardware ID
+     |   |   | +------+
+     |   |   |
+     |   |   | +------+
+     |   |   +-| _STA |         Method(_STA): the status control method
+     |   |     +------+
+     |   |
+     |   | +------+
+     |   +-| PCI0 |             Device(PCI0); the PCI root bridge
+     |     +------+
+     |       |
+     |       | +------+
+     |       +-| _HID |         Name(_HID, "PNP0A08"): the hardware ID
+     |       | +------+
+     |       |
+     |       | +------+
+     |       +-| _CID |         Name(_CID, "PNP0A03"): the compatible ID
+     |       | +------+
+     |       |
+     |       | +------+
+     |       +-| RP03 |         Scope(RP03): the PCI0 power scope
+     |       | +------+
+     |       |   |
+     |       |   | +------+
+     |       |   +-| PXP3 |     PowerResource(PXP3): the PCI0 power resource
+     |       |     +------+
+     |       |
+     |       | +------+
+     |       +-| GFX0 |         Device(GFX0): the graphics adapter
+     |         +------+
+     |           |
+     |           | +------+
+     |           +-| _ADR |     Name(_ADR, 0x00020000): the PCI bus address
+     |           | +------+
+     |           |
+     |           | +------+
+     |           +-| DD01 |     Device(DD01): the LCD output device
+     |             +------+
+     |               |
+     |               | +------+
+     |               +-| _BCL | Method(_BCL): the backlight control method
+     |                 +------+
+     |
+     | +------+
+     +-| _TZ  |                 Scope(_TZ): the thermal zone namespace
+     | +------+
+     |   |
+     |   | +------+
+     |   +-| FN00 |             PowerResource(FN00): the FAN0 power resource
+     |   | +------+
+     |   |
+     |   | +------+
+     |   +-| FAN0 |             Device(FAN0): the FAN0 cooling device
+     |   | +------+
+     |   |   |
+     |   |   | +------+
+     |   |   +-| _HID |         Name(_HID, "PNP0A0B"): the hardware ID
+     |   |     +------+
+     |   |
+     |   | +------+
+     |   +-| TZ00 |             ThermalZone(TZ00); the FAN thermal zone
+     |     +------+
+     |
+     | +------+
+     +-| _GPE |                 Scope(_GPE): the GPE namespace
+       +------+
+
+                     Figure 2. Example ACPI Namespace
+
+
+Linux ACPI Device Objects
+=========================
+
+The Linux kernel's core ACPI subsystem creates struct acpi_device
+objects for ACPI namespace objects representing devices, power resources
+processors, thermal zones.  Those objects are exported to user space via
+sysfs as directories in the subtree under /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00.  The
+format of their names is <bus_id:instance>, where 'bus_id' refers to the
+ACPI namespace representation of the given object and 'instance' is used
+for distinguishing different object of the same 'bus_id' (it is
+two-digit decimal representation of an unsigned integer).
+
+The value of 'bus_id' depends on the type of the object whose name it is
+part of as listed in the table below::
+
+                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
+                |   | Object/Feature  | Table | bus_id   |
+                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
+                | N | Root            | xSDT  | LNXSYSTM |
+                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
+                | N | Device          | xSDT  | _HID     |
+                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
+                | N | Processor       | xSDT  | LNXCPU   |
+                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
+                | N | ThermalZone     | xSDT  | LNXTHERM |
+                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
+                | N | PowerResource   | xSDT  | LNXPOWER |
+                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
+                | N | Other Devices   | xSDT  | device   |
+                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
+                | F | PWR_BUTTON      | FADT  | LNXPWRBN |
+                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
+                | F | SLP_BUTTON      | FADT  | LNXSLPBN |
+                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
+                | M | Video Extension | xSDT  | LNXVIDEO |
+                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
+                | M | ATA Controller  | xSDT  | LNXIOBAY |
+                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
+                | M | Docking Station | xSDT  | LNXDOCK  |
+                +---+-----------------+-------+----------+
+
+                 Table 1. ACPI Namespace Objects Mapping
+
+The following rules apply when creating struct acpi_device objects on
+the basis of the contents of ACPI System Description Tables (as
+indicated by the letter in the first column and the notation in the
+second column of the table above):
+
+   N:
+      The object's source is an ACPI namespace node (as indicated by the
+      named object's type in the second column).  In that case the object's
+      directory in sysfs will contain the 'path' attribute whose value is
+      the full path to the node from the namespace root.
+   F:
+      The struct acpi_device object is created for a fixed hardware
+      feature (as indicated by the fixed feature flag's name in the second
+      column), so its sysfs directory will not contain the 'path'
+      attribute.
+   M:
+      The struct acpi_device object is created for an ACPI namespace node
+      with specific control methods (as indicated by the ACPI defined
+      device's type in the second column).  The 'path' attribute containing
+      its namespace path will be present in its sysfs directory.  For
+      example, if the _BCL method is present for an ACPI namespace node, a
+      struct acpi_device object with LNXVIDEO 'bus_id' will be created for
+      it.
+
+The third column of the above table indicates which ACPI System
+Description Tables contain information used for the creation of the
+struct acpi_device objects represented by the given row (xSDT means DSDT
+or SSDT).
+
+The forth column of the above table indicates the 'bus_id' generation
+rule of the struct acpi_device object:
+
+   _HID:
+      _HID in the last column of the table means that the object's bus_id
+      is derived from the _HID/_CID identification objects present under
+      the corresponding ACPI namespace node. The object's sysfs directory
+      will then contain the 'hid' and 'modalias' attributes that can be
+      used to retrieve the _HID and _CIDs of that object.
+   LNXxxxxx:
+      The 'modalias' attribute is also present for struct acpi_device
+      objects having bus_id of the "LNXxxxxx" form (pseudo devices), in
+      which cases it contains the bus_id string itself.
+   device:
+      'device' in the last column of the table indicates that the object's
+      bus_id cannot be determined from _HID/_CID of the corresponding
+      ACPI namespace node, although that object represents a device (for
+      example, it may be a PCI device with _ADR defined and without _HID
+      or _CID).  In that case the string 'device' will be used as the
+      object's bus_id.
+
+
+Linux ACPI Physical Device Glue
+===============================
+
+ACPI device (i.e. struct acpi_device) objects may be linked to other
+objects in the Linux' device hierarchy that represent "physical" devices
+(for example, devices on the PCI bus).  If that happens, it means that
+the ACPI device object is a "companion" of a device otherwise
+represented in a different way and is used (1) to provide configuration
+information on that device which cannot be obtained by other means and
+(2) to do specific things to the device with the help of its ACPI
+control methods.  One ACPI device object may be linked this way to
+multiple "physical" devices.
+
+If an ACPI device object is linked to a "physical" device, its sysfs
+directory contains the "physical_node" symbolic link to the sysfs
+directory of the target device object.  In turn, the target device's
+sysfs directory will then contain the "firmware_node" symbolic link to
+the sysfs directory of the companion ACPI device object.
+The linking mechanism relies on device identification provided by the
+ACPI namespace.  For example, if there's an ACPI namespace object
+representing a PCI device (i.e. a device object under an ACPI namespace
+object representing a PCI bridge) whose _ADR returns 0x00020000 and the
+bus number of the parent PCI bridge is 0, the sysfs directory
+representing the struct acpi_device object created for that ACPI
+namespace object will contain the 'physical_node' symbolic link to the
+/sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:02:0/ sysfs directory of the
+corresponding PCI device.
+
+The linking mechanism is generally bus-specific.  The core of its
+implementation is located in the drivers/acpi/glue.c file, but there are
+complementary parts depending on the bus types in question located
+elsewhere.  For example, the PCI-specific part of it is located in
+drivers/pci/pci-acpi.c.
+
+
+Example Linux ACPI Device Tree
+=================================
+
+The sysfs hierarchy of struct acpi_device objects corresponding to the
+example ACPI namespace illustrated in Figure 2 with the addition of
+fixed PWR_BUTTON/SLP_BUTTON devices is shown below::
+
+   +--------------+---+-----------------+
+   | LNXSYSTEM:00 | \ | acpi:LNXSYSTEM: |
+   +--------------+---+-----------------+
+     |
+     | +-------------+-----+----------------+
+     +-| LNXPWRBN:00 | N/A | acpi:LNXPWRBN: |
+     | +-------------+-----+----------------+
+     |
+     | +-------------+-----+----------------+
+     +-| LNXSLPBN:00 | N/A | acpi:LNXSLPBN: |
+     | +-------------+-----+----------------+
+     |
+     | +-----------+------------+--------------+
+     +-| LNXCPU:00 | \_PR_.CPU0 | acpi:LNXCPU: |
+     | +-----------+------------+--------------+
+     |
+     | +-------------+-------+----------------+
+     +-| LNXSYBUS:00 | \_SB_ | acpi:LNXSYBUS: |
+     | +-------------+-------+----------------+
+     |   |
+     |   | +- - - - - - - +- - - - - - +- - - - - - - -+
+     |   +-| PNP0C0D:00 | \_SB_.LID0 | acpi:PNP0C0D: |
+     |   | +- - - - - - - +- - - - - - +- - - - - - - -+
+     |   |
+     |   | +------------+------------+-----------------------+
+     |   +-| PNP0A08:00 | \_SB_.PCI0 | acpi:PNP0A08:PNP0A03: |
+     |     +------------+------------+-----------------------+
+     |       |
+     |       | +-----------+-----------------+-----+
+     |       +-| device:00 | \_SB_.PCI0.RP03 | N/A |
+     |       | +-----------+-----------------+-----+
+     |       |   |
+     |       |   | +-------------+----------------------+----------------+
+     |       |   +-| LNXPOWER:00 | \_SB_.PCI0.RP03.PXP3 | acpi:LNXPOWER: |
+     |       |     +-------------+----------------------+----------------+
+     |       |
+     |       | +-------------+-----------------+----------------+
+     |       +-| LNXVIDEO:00 | \_SB_.PCI0.GFX0 | acpi:LNXVIDEO: |
+     |         +-------------+-----------------+----------------+
+     |           |
+     |           | +-----------+-----------------+-----+
+     |           +-| device:01 | \_SB_.PCI0.DD01 | N/A |
+     |             +-----------+-----------------+-----+
+     |
+     | +-------------+-------+----------------+
+     +-| LNXSYBUS:01 | \_TZ_ | acpi:LNXSYBUS: |
+       +-------------+-------+----------------+
+         |
+         | +-------------+------------+----------------+
+         +-| LNXPOWER:0a | \_TZ_.FN00 | acpi:LNXPOWER: |
+         | +-------------+------------+----------------+
+         |
+         | +------------+------------+---------------+
+         +-| PNP0C0B:00 | \_TZ_.FAN0 | acpi:PNP0C0B: |
+         | +------------+------------+---------------+
+         |
+         | +-------------+------------+----------------+
+         +-| LNXTHERM:00 | \_TZ_.TZ00 | acpi:LNXTHERM: |
+           +-------------+------------+----------------+
+
+                  Figure 3. Example Linux ACPI Device Tree
+
+.. note:: Each node is represented as "object/path/modalias", where:
+
+   1. 'object' is the name of the object's directory in sysfs.
+   2. 'path' is the ACPI namespace path of the corresponding
+      ACPI namespace object, as returned by the object's 'path'
+      sysfs attribute.
+   3. 'modalias' is the value of the object's 'modalias' sysfs
+      attribute (as described earlier in this document).
+
+.. note:: N/A indicates the device object does not have the 'path' or the
+   'modalias' attribute.
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/osi.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/osi.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..29e9ef79ebc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/osi.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+==========================
+ACPI _OSI and _REV methods
+==========================
+
+An ACPI BIOS can use the "Operating System Interfaces" method (_OSI)
+to find out what the operating system supports. Eg. If BIOS
+AML code includes _OSI("XYZ"), the kernel's AML interpreter
+can evaluate that method, look to see if it supports 'XYZ'
+and answer YES or NO to the BIOS.
+
+The ACPI _REV method returns the "Revision of the ACPI specification
+that OSPM supports"
+
+This document explains how and why the BIOS and Linux should use these methods.
+It also explains how and why they are widely misused.
+
+How to use _OSI
+===============
+
+Linux runs on two groups of machines -- those that are tested by the OEM
+to be compatible with Linux, and those that were never tested with Linux,
+but where Linux was installed to replace the original OS (Windows or OSX).
+
+The larger group is the systems tested to run only Windows.  Not only that,
+but many were tested to run with just one specific version of Windows.
+So even though the BIOS may use _OSI to query what version of Windows is running,
+only a single path through the BIOS has actually been tested.
+Experience shows that taking untested paths through the BIOS
+exposes Linux to an entire category of BIOS bugs.
+For this reason, Linux _OSI defaults must continue to claim compatibility
+with all versions of Windows.
+
+But Linux isn't actually compatible with Windows, and the Linux community
+has also been hurt with regressions when Linux adds the latest version of
+Windows to its list of _OSI strings.  So it is possible that additional strings
+will be more thoroughly vetted before shipping upstream in the future.
+But it is likely that they will all eventually be added.
+
+What should an OEM do if they want to support Linux and Windows
+using the same BIOS image?  Often they need to do something different
+for Linux to deal with how Linux is different from Windows.
+Here the BIOS should ask exactly what it wants to know:
+
+_OSI("Linux-OEM-my_interface_name")
+where 'OEM' is needed if this is an OEM-specific hook,
+and 'my_interface_name' describes the hook, which could be a
+quirk, a bug, or a bug-fix.
+
+In addition, the OEM should send a patch to upstream Linux
+via the linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org mailing list.  When that patch
+is checked into Linux, the OS will answer "YES" when the BIOS
+on the OEM's system uses _OSI to ask if the interface is supported
+by the OS.  Linux distributors can back-port that patch for Linux
+pre-installs, and it will be included by all distributions that
+re-base to upstream.  If the distribution can not update the kernel binary,
+they can also add an acpi_osi=Linux-OEM-my_interface_name
+cmdline parameter to the boot loader, as needed.
+
+If the string refers to a feature where the upstream kernel
+eventually grows support, a patch should be sent to remove
+the string when that support is added to the kernel.
+
+That was easy.  Read on, to find out how to do it wrong.
+
+Before _OSI, there was _OS
+==========================
+
+ACPI 1.0 specified "_OS" as an
+"object that evaluates to a string that identifies the operating system."
+
+The ACPI BIOS flow would include an evaluation of _OS, and the AML
+interpreter in the kernel would return to it a string identifying the OS:
+
+Windows 98, SE: "Microsoft Windows"
+Windows ME: "Microsoft WindowsME:Millenium Edition"
+Windows NT: "Microsoft Windows NT"
+
+The idea was on a platform tasked with running multiple OS's,
+the BIOS could use _OS to enable devices that an OS
+might support, or enable quirks or bug workarounds
+necessary to make the platform compatible with that pre-existing OS.
+
+But _OS had fundamental problems.  First, the BIOS needed to know the name
+of every possible version of the OS that would run on it, and needed to know
+all the quirks of those OS's.  Certainly it would make more sense
+for the BIOS to ask *specific* things of the OS, such
+"do you support a specific interface", and thus in ACPI 3.0,
+_OSI was born to replace _OS.
+
+_OS was abandoned, though even today, many BIOS look for
+_OS "Microsoft Windows NT", though it seems somewhat far-fetched
+that anybody would install those old operating systems
+over what came with the machine.
+
+Linux answers "Microsoft Windows NT" to please that BIOS idiom.
+That is the *only* viable strategy, as that is what modern Windows does,
+and so doing otherwise could steer the BIOS down an untested path.
+
+_OSI is born, and immediately misused
+=====================================
+
+With _OSI, the *BIOS* provides the string describing an interface,
+and asks the OS: "YES/NO, are you compatible with this interface?"
+
+eg. _OSI("3.0 Thermal Model") would return TRUE if the OS knows how
+to deal with the thermal extensions made to the ACPI 3.0 specification.
+An old OS that doesn't know about those extensions would answer FALSE,
+and a new OS may be able to return TRUE.
+
+For an OS-specific interface, the ACPI spec said that the BIOS and the OS
+were to agree on a string of the form such as "Windows-interface_name".
+
+But two bad things happened.  First, the Windows ecosystem used _OSI
+not as designed, but as a direct replacement for _OS -- identifying
+the OS version, rather than an OS supported interface.  Indeed, right
+from the start, the ACPI 3.0 spec itself codified this misuse
+in example code using _OSI("Windows 2001").
+
+This misuse was adopted and continues today.
+
+Linux had no choice but to also return TRUE to _OSI("Windows 2001")
+and its successors.  To do otherwise would virtually guarantee breaking
+a BIOS that has been tested only with that _OSI returning TRUE.
+
+This strategy is problematic, as Linux is never completely compatible with
+the latest version of Windows, and sometimes it takes more than a year
+to iron out incompatibilities.
+
+Not to be out-done, the Linux community made things worse by returning TRUE
+to _OSI("Linux").  Doing so is even worse than the Windows misuse
+of _OSI, as "Linux" does not even contain any version information.
+_OSI("Linux") led to some BIOS' malfunctioning due to BIOS writer's
+using it in untested BIOS flows.  But some OEM's used _OSI("Linux")
+in tested flows to support real Linux features.  In 2009, Linux
+removed _OSI("Linux"), and added a cmdline parameter to restore it
+for legacy systems still needed it.  Further a BIOS_BUG warning prints
+for all BIOS's that invoke it.
+
+No BIOS should use _OSI("Linux").
+
+The result is a strategy for Linux to maximize compatibility with
+ACPI BIOS that are tested on Windows machines.  There is a real risk
+of over-stating that compatibility; but the alternative has often been
+catastrophic failure resulting from the BIOS taking paths that
+were never validated under *any* OS.
+
+Do not use _REV
+===============
+
+Since _OSI("Linux") went away, some BIOS writers used _REV
+to support Linux and Windows differences in the same BIOS.
+
+_REV was defined in ACPI 1.0 to return the version of ACPI
+supported by the OS and the OS AML interpreter.
+
+Modern Windows returns _REV = 2.  Linux used ACPI_CA_SUPPORT_LEVEL,
+which would increment, based on the version of the spec supported.
+
+Unfortunately, _REV was also misused.  eg. some BIOS would check
+for _REV = 3, and do something for Linux, but when Linux returned
+_REV = 4, that support broke.
+
+In response to this problem, Linux returns _REV = 2 always,
+from mid-2015 onward.  The ACPI specification will also be updated
+to reflect that _REV is deprecated, and always returns 2.
+
+Apple Mac and _OSI("Darwin")
+============================
+
+On Apple's Mac platforms, the ACPI BIOS invokes _OSI("Darwin")
+to determine if the machine is running Apple OSX.
+
+Like Linux's _OSI("*Windows*") strategy, Linux defaults to
+answering YES to _OSI("Darwin") to enable full access
+to the hardware and validated BIOS paths seen by OSX.
+Just like on Windows-tested platforms, this strategy has risks.
+
+Starting in Linux-3.18, the kernel answered YES to _OSI("Darwin")
+for the purpose of enabling Mac Thunderbolt support.  Further,
+if the kernel noticed _OSI("Darwin") being invoked, it additionally
+disabled all _OSI("*Windows*") to keep poorly written Mac BIOS
+from going down untested combinations of paths.
+
+The Linux-3.18 change in default caused power regressions on Mac
+laptops, and the 3.18 implementation did not allow changing
+the default via cmdline "acpi_osi=!Darwin".  Linux-4.7 fixed
+the ability to use acpi_osi=!Darwin as a workaround, and
+we hope to see Mac Thunderbolt power management support in Linux-4.11.
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/video_extension.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/video_extension.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..099b8607e07b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/acpi/video_extension.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+=====================
+ACPI video extensions
+=====================
+
+This driver implement the ACPI Extensions For Display Adapters for
+integrated graphics devices on motherboard, as specified in ACPI 2.0
+Specification, Appendix B, allowing to perform some basic control like
+defining the video POST device, retrieving EDID information or to
+setup a video output, etc.  Note that this is an ref. implementation
+only.  It may or may not work for your integrated video device.
+
+The ACPI video driver does 3 things regarding backlight control.
+
+Export a sysfs interface for user space to control backlight level
+==================================================================
+
+If the ACPI table has a video device, and acpi_backlight=vendor kernel
+command line is not present, the driver will register a backlight device
+and set the required backlight operation structure for it for the sysfs
+interface control. For every registered class device, there will be a
+directory named acpi_videoX under /sys/class/backlight.
+
+The backlight sysfs interface has a standard definition here:
+Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight.
+
+And what ACPI video driver does is:
+
+actual_brightness:
+  on read, control method _BQC will be evaluated to
+  get the brightness level the firmware thinks it is at;
+bl_power:
+  not implemented, will set the current brightness instead;
+brightness:
+  on write, control method _BCM will run to set the requested brightness level;
+max_brightness:
+  Derived from the _BCL package(see below);
+type:
+  firmware
+
+Note that ACPI video backlight driver will always use index for
+brightness, actual_brightness and max_brightness. So if we have
+the following _BCL package::
+
+	Method (_BCL, 0, NotSerialized)
+	{
+		Return (Package (0x0C)
+		{
+			0x64,
+			0x32,
+			0x0A,
+			0x14,
+			0x1E,
+			0x28,
+			0x32,
+			0x3C,
+			0x46,
+			0x50,
+			0x5A,
+			0x64
+		})
+	}
+
+The first two levels are for when laptop are on AC or on battery and are
+not used by Linux currently. The remaining 10 levels are supported levels
+that we can choose from. The applicable index values are from 0 (that
+corresponds to the 0x0A brightness value) to 9 (that corresponds to the
+0x64 brightness value) inclusive. Each of those index values is regarded
+as a "brightness level" indicator. Thus from the user space perspective
+the range of available brightness levels is from 0 to 9 (max_brightness)
+inclusive.
+
+Notify user space about hotkey event
+====================================
+
+There are generally two cases for hotkey event reporting:
+
+i) For some laptops, when user presses the hotkey, a scancode will be
+   generated and sent to user space through the input device created by
+   the keyboard driver as a key type input event, with proper remap, the
+   following key code will appear to user space::
+
+	EV_KEY, KEY_BRIGHTNESSUP
+	EV_KEY, KEY_BRIGHTNESSDOWN
+	etc.
+
+For this case, ACPI video driver does not need to do anything(actually,
+it doesn't even know this happened).
+
+ii) For some laptops, the press of the hotkey will not generate the
+    scancode, instead, firmware will notify the video device ACPI node
+    about the event. The event value is defined in the ACPI spec. ACPI
+    video driver will generate an key type input event according to the
+    notify value it received and send the event to user space through the
+    input device it created:
+
+	=====		==================
+	event		keycode
+	=====		==================
+	0x86		KEY_BRIGHTNESSUP
+	0x87		KEY_BRIGHTNESSDOWN
+	etc.
+	=====		==================
+
+so this would lead to the same effect as case i) now.
+
+Once user space tool receives this event, it can modify the backlight
+level through the sysfs interface.
+
+Change backlight level in the kernel
+====================================
+
+This works for machines covered by case ii) in Section 2. Once the driver
+received a notification, it will set the backlight level accordingly. This does
+not affect the sending of event to user space, they are always sent to user
+space regardless of whether or not the video module controls the backlight level
+directly. This behaviour can be controlled through the brightness_switch_enabled
+module parameter as documented in admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst. It is
+recommended to disable this behaviour once a GUI environment starts up and
+wants to have full control of the backlight level.
diff --git a/Documentation/firmware-guide/index.rst b/Documentation/firmware-guide/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5355784ca0a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/firmware-guide/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+===============================
+The Linux kernel firmware guide
+===============================
+
+This section describes the ACPI subsystem in Linux from firmware perspective.
+
+.. toctree::
+   :maxdepth: 1
+
+   acpi/index
+
diff --git a/Documentation/flexible-arrays.txt b/Documentation/flexible-arrays.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a0f2989dd804..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/flexible-arrays.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-===================================
-Using flexible arrays in the kernel
-===================================
-
-:Updated: Last updated for 2.6.32
-:Author: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
-
-Large contiguous memory allocations can be unreliable in the Linux kernel.
-Kernel programmers will sometimes respond to this problem by allocating
-pages with vmalloc().  This solution not ideal, though.  On 32-bit systems,
-memory from vmalloc() must be mapped into a relatively small address space;
-it's easy to run out.  On SMP systems, the page table changes required by
-vmalloc() allocations can require expensive cross-processor interrupts on
-all CPUs.  And, on all systems, use of space in the vmalloc() range
-increases pressure on the translation lookaside buffer (TLB), reducing the
-performance of the system.
-
-In many cases, the need for memory from vmalloc() can be eliminated by
-piecing together an array from smaller parts; the flexible array library
-exists to make this task easier.
-
-A flexible array holds an arbitrary (within limits) number of fixed-sized
-objects, accessed via an integer index.  Sparse arrays are handled
-reasonably well.  Only single-page allocations are made, so memory
-allocation failures should be relatively rare.  The down sides are that the
-arrays cannot be indexed directly, individual object size cannot exceed the
-system page size, and putting data into a flexible array requires a copy
-operation.  It's also worth noting that flexible arrays do no internal
-locking at all; if concurrent access to an array is possible, then the
-caller must arrange for appropriate mutual exclusion.
-
-The creation of a flexible array is done with::
-
-    #include <linux/flex_array.h>
-
-    struct flex_array *flex_array_alloc(int element_size,
-					unsigned int total,
-					gfp_t flags);
-
-The individual object size is provided by element_size, while total is the
-maximum number of objects which can be stored in the array.  The flags
-argument is passed directly to the internal memory allocation calls.  With
-the current code, using flags to ask for high memory is likely to lead to
-notably unpleasant side effects.
-
-It is also possible to define flexible arrays at compile time with::
-
-    DEFINE_FLEX_ARRAY(name, element_size, total);
-
-This macro will result in a definition of an array with the given name; the
-element size and total will be checked for validity at compile time.
-
-Storing data into a flexible array is accomplished with a call to::
-
-    int flex_array_put(struct flex_array *array, unsigned int element_nr,
-    		       void *src, gfp_t flags);
-
-This call will copy the data from src into the array, in the position
-indicated by element_nr (which must be less than the maximum specified when
-the array was created).  If any memory allocations must be performed, flags
-will be used.  The return value is zero on success, a negative error code
-otherwise.
-
-There might possibly be a need to store data into a flexible array while
-running in some sort of atomic context; in this situation, sleeping in the
-memory allocator would be a bad thing.  That can be avoided by using
-GFP_ATOMIC for the flags value, but, often, there is a better way.  The
-trick is to ensure that any needed memory allocations are done before
-entering atomic context, using::
-
-    int flex_array_prealloc(struct flex_array *array, unsigned int start,
-			    unsigned int nr_elements, gfp_t flags);
-
-This function will ensure that memory for the elements indexed in the range
-defined by start and nr_elements has been allocated.  Thereafter, a
-flex_array_put() call on an element in that range is guaranteed not to
-block.
-
-Getting data back out of the array is done with::
-
-    void *flex_array_get(struct flex_array *fa, unsigned int element_nr);
-
-The return value is a pointer to the data element, or NULL if that
-particular element has never been allocated.
-
-Note that it is possible to get back a valid pointer for an element which
-has never been stored in the array.  Memory for array elements is allocated
-one page at a time; a single allocation could provide memory for several
-adjacent elements.  Flexible array elements are normally initialized to the
-value FLEX_ARRAY_FREE (defined as 0x6c in <linux/poison.h>), so errors
-involving that number probably result from use of unstored array entries.
-Note that, if array elements are allocated with __GFP_ZERO, they will be
-initialized to zero and this poisoning will not happen.
-
-Individual elements in the array can be cleared with::
-
-    int flex_array_clear(struct flex_array *array, unsigned int element_nr);
-
-This function will set the given element to FLEX_ARRAY_FREE and return
-zero.  If storage for the indicated element is not allocated for the array,
-flex_array_clear() will return -EINVAL instead.  Note that clearing an
-element does not release the storage associated with it; to reduce the
-allocated size of an array, call::
-
-    int flex_array_shrink(struct flex_array *array);
-
-The return value will be the number of pages of memory actually freed.
-This function works by scanning the array for pages containing nothing but
-FLEX_ARRAY_FREE bytes, so (1) it can be expensive, and (2) it will not work
-if the array's pages are allocated with __GFP_ZERO.
-
-It is possible to remove all elements of an array with a call to::
-
-    void flex_array_free_parts(struct flex_array *array);
-
-This call frees all elements, but leaves the array itself in place.
-Freeing the entire array is done with::
-
-    void flex_array_free(struct flex_array *array);
-
-As of this writing, there are no users of flexible arrays in the mainline
-kernel.  The functions described here are also not exported to modules;
-that will probably be fixed when somebody comes up with a need for it.
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/afbc.rst b/Documentation/gpu/afbc.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4d38dc49d105
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/afbc.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
+
+===================================
+ Arm Framebuffer Compression (AFBC)
+===================================
+
+AFBC is a proprietary lossless image compression protocol and format.
+It provides fine-grained random access and minimizes the amount of
+data transferred between IP blocks.
+
+AFBC can be enabled on drivers which support it via use of the AFBC
+format modifiers defined in drm_fourcc.h. See DRM_FORMAT_MOD_ARM_AFBC(*).
+
+All users of the AFBC modifiers must follow the usage guidelines laid
+out in this document, to ensure compatibility across different AFBC
+producers and consumers.
+
+Components and Ordering
+=======================
+
+AFBC streams can contain several components - where a component
+corresponds to a color channel (i.e. R, G, B, X, A, Y, Cb, Cr).
+The assignment of input/output color channels must be consistent
+between the encoder and the decoder for correct operation, otherwise
+the consumer will interpret the decoded data incorrectly.
+
+Furthermore, when the lossless colorspace transform is used
+(AFBC_FORMAT_MOD_YTR, which should be enabled for RGB buffers for
+maximum compression efficiency), the component order must be:
+
+ * Component 0: R
+ * Component 1: G
+ * Component 2: B
+
+The component ordering is communicated via the fourcc code in the
+fourcc:modifier pair. In general, component '0' is considered to
+reside in the least-significant bits of the corresponding linear
+format. For example, COMP(bits):
+
+ * DRM_FORMAT_ABGR8888
+
+   * Component 0: R(8)
+   * Component 1: G(8)
+   * Component 2: B(8)
+   * Component 3: A(8)
+
+ * DRM_FORMAT_BGR888
+
+   * Component 0: R(8)
+   * Component 1: G(8)
+   * Component 2: B(8)
+
+ * DRM_FORMAT_YUYV
+
+   * Component 0: Y(8)
+   * Component 1: Cb(8, 2x1 subsampled)
+   * Component 2: Cr(8, 2x1 subsampled)
+
+In AFBC, 'X' components are not treated any differently from any other
+component. Therefore, an AFBC buffer with fourcc DRM_FORMAT_XBGR8888
+encodes with 4 components, like so:
+
+ * DRM_FORMAT_XBGR8888
+
+   * Component 0: R(8)
+   * Component 1: G(8)
+   * Component 2: B(8)
+   * Component 3: X(8)
+
+Please note, however, that the inclusion of a "wasted" 'X' channel is
+bad for compression efficiency, and so it's recommended to avoid
+formats containing 'X' bits. If a fourth component is
+required/expected by the encoder/decoder, then it is recommended to
+instead use an equivalent format with alpha, setting all alpha bits to
+'1'. If there is no requirement for a fourth component, then a format
+which doesn't include alpha can be used, e.g. DRM_FORMAT_BGR888.
+
+Number of Planes
+================
+
+Formats which are typically multi-planar in linear layouts (e.g. YUV
+420), can be encoded into one, or multiple, AFBC planes. As with
+component order, the encoder and decoder must agree about the number
+of planes in order to correctly decode the buffer. The fourcc code is
+used to determine the number of encoded planes in an AFBC buffer,
+matching the number of planes for the linear (unmodified) format.
+Within each plane, the component ordering also follows the fourcc
+code:
+
+For example:
+
+ * DRM_FORMAT_YUYV: nplanes = 1
+
+   * Plane 0:
+
+     * Component 0: Y(8)
+     * Component 1: Cb(8, 2x1 subsampled)
+     * Component 2: Cr(8, 2x1 subsampled)
+
+ * DRM_FORMAT_NV12: nplanes = 2
+
+   * Plane 0:
+
+     * Component 0: Y(8)
+
+   * Plane 1:
+
+     * Component 0: Cb(8, 2x1 subsampled)
+     * Component 1: Cr(8, 2x1 subsampled)
+
+Cross-device interoperability
+=============================
+
+For maximum compatibility across devices, the table below defines
+canonical formats for use between AFBC-enabled devices. Formats which
+are listed here must be used exactly as specified when using the AFBC
+modifiers. Formats which are not listed should be avoided.
+
+.. flat-table:: AFBC formats
+
+   * - Fourcc code
+     - Description
+     - Planes/Components
+
+   * - DRM_FORMAT_ABGR2101010
+     - 10-bit per component RGB, with 2-bit alpha
+     - Plane 0: 4 components
+              * Component 0: R(10)
+              * Component 1: G(10)
+              * Component 2: B(10)
+              * Component 3: A(2)
+
+   * - DRM_FORMAT_ABGR8888
+     - 8-bit per component RGB, with 8-bit alpha
+     - Plane 0: 4 components
+              * Component 0: R(8)
+              * Component 1: G(8)
+              * Component 2: B(8)
+              * Component 3: A(8)
+
+   * - DRM_FORMAT_BGR888
+     - 8-bit per component RGB
+     - Plane 0: 3 components
+              * Component 0: R(8)
+              * Component 1: G(8)
+              * Component 2: B(8)
+
+   * - DRM_FORMAT_BGR565
+     - 5/6-bit per component RGB
+     - Plane 0: 3 components
+              * Component 0: R(5)
+              * Component 1: G(6)
+              * Component 2: B(5)
+
+   * - DRM_FORMAT_ABGR1555
+     - 5-bit per component RGB, with 1-bit alpha
+     - Plane 0: 4 components
+              * Component 0: R(5)
+              * Component 1: G(5)
+              * Component 2: B(5)
+              * Component 3: A(1)
+
+   * - DRM_FORMAT_VUY888
+     - 8-bit per component YCbCr 444, single plane
+     - Plane 0: 3 components
+              * Component 0: Y(8)
+              * Component 1: Cb(8)
+              * Component 2: Cr(8)
+
+   * - DRM_FORMAT_VUY101010
+     - 10-bit per component YCbCr 444, single plane
+     - Plane 0: 3 components
+              * Component 0: Y(10)
+              * Component 1: Cb(10)
+              * Component 2: Cr(10)
+
+   * - DRM_FORMAT_YUYV
+     - 8-bit per component YCbCr 422, single plane
+     - Plane 0: 3 components
+              * Component 0: Y(8)
+              * Component 1: Cb(8, 2x1 subsampled)
+              * Component 2: Cr(8, 2x1 subsampled)
+
+   * - DRM_FORMAT_NV16
+     - 8-bit per component YCbCr 422, two plane
+     - Plane 0: 1 component
+              * Component 0: Y(8)
+       Plane 1: 2 components
+              * Component 0: Cb(8, 2x1 subsampled)
+              * Component 1: Cr(8, 2x1 subsampled)
+
+   * - DRM_FORMAT_Y210
+     - 10-bit per component YCbCr 422, single plane
+     - Plane 0: 3 components
+              * Component 0: Y(10)
+              * Component 1: Cb(10, 2x1 subsampled)
+              * Component 2: Cr(10, 2x1 subsampled)
+
+   * - DRM_FORMAT_P210
+     - 10-bit per component YCbCr 422, two plane
+     - Plane 0: 1 component
+              * Component 0: Y(10)
+       Plane 1: 2 components
+              * Component 0: Cb(10, 2x1 subsampled)
+              * Component 1: Cr(10, 2x1 subsampled)
+
+   * - DRM_FORMAT_YUV420_8BIT
+     - 8-bit per component YCbCr 420, single plane
+     - Plane 0: 3 components
+              * Component 0: Y(8)
+              * Component 1: Cb(8, 2x2 subsampled)
+              * Component 2: Cr(8, 2x2 subsampled)
+
+   * - DRM_FORMAT_YUV420_10BIT
+     - 10-bit per component YCbCr 420, single plane
+     - Plane 0: 3 components
+              * Component 0: Y(10)
+              * Component 1: Cb(10, 2x2 subsampled)
+              * Component 2: Cr(10, 2x2 subsampled)
+
+   * - DRM_FORMAT_NV12
+     - 8-bit per component YCbCr 420, two plane
+     - Plane 0: 1 component
+              * Component 0: Y(8)
+       Plane 1: 2 components
+              * Component 0: Cb(8, 2x2 subsampled)
+              * Component 1: Cr(8, 2x2 subsampled)
+
+   * - DRM_FORMAT_P010
+     - 10-bit per component YCbCr 420, two plane
+     - Plane 0: 1 component
+              * Component 0: Y(10)
+       Plane 1: 2 components
+              * Component 0: Cb(10, 2x2 subsampled)
+              * Component 1: Cr(10, 2x2 subsampled)
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu-dc.rst b/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu-dc.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..cc89b0fc11df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/amdgpu-dc.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+===================================
+drm/amd/display - Display Core (DC)
+===================================
+
+*placeholder - general description of supported platforms, what dc is, etc.*
+
+Because it is partially shared with other operating systems, the Display Core
+Driver is divided in two pieces.
+
+1. **Display Core (DC)** contains the OS-agnostic components. Things like
+   hardware programming and resource management are handled here.
+2. **Display Manager (DM)** contains the OS-dependent components. Hooks to the
+   amdgpu base driver and DRM are implemented here.
+
+It doesn't help that the entire package is frequently referred to as DC. But
+with the context in mind, it should be clear.
+
+When CONFIG_DRM_AMD_DC is enabled, DC will be initialized by default for
+supported ASICs. To force disable, set `amdgpu.dc=0` on kernel command line.
+Likewise, to force enable on unsupported ASICs, set `amdgpu.dc=1`.
+
+To determine if DC is loaded, search dmesg for the following entry:
+
+``Display Core initialized with <version number here>``
+
+AMDgpu Display Manager
+======================
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/display/amdgpu_dm/amdgpu_dm.c
+   :doc: overview
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/display/amdgpu_dm/amdgpu_dm.h
+   :internal:
+
+Lifecycle
+---------
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/display/amdgpu_dm/amdgpu_dm.c
+   :doc: DM Lifecycle
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/display/amdgpu_dm/amdgpu_dm.c
+   :functions: dm_hw_init dm_hw_fini
+
+Interrupts
+----------
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/display/amdgpu_dm/amdgpu_dm_irq.c
+   :doc: overview
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/display/amdgpu_dm/amdgpu_dm_irq.c
+   :internal:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/display/amdgpu_dm/amdgpu_dm.c
+   :functions: register_hpd_handlers dm_crtc_high_irq dm_pflip_high_irq
+
+Atomic Implementation
+---------------------
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/display/amdgpu_dm/amdgpu_dm.c
+   :doc: atomic
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/amd/display/amdgpu_dm/amdgpu_dm.c
+   :functions: amdgpu_dm_atomic_check amdgpu_dm_atomic_commit_tail
+
+Display Core
+============
+
+**WIP**
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/dp-mst/topology-figure-1.dot b/Documentation/gpu/dp-mst/topology-figure-1.dot
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..157e17c7e0b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/dp-mst/topology-figure-1.dot
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+digraph T {
+    /* Make sure our payloads are always drawn below the driver node */
+    subgraph cluster_driver {
+        fillcolor = grey;
+        style = filled;
+        driver -> {payload1, payload2} [dir=none];
+    }
+
+    /* Driver malloc references */
+    edge [style=dashed];
+    driver -> port1;
+    driver -> port2;
+    driver -> port3:e;
+    driver -> port4;
+
+    payload1:s -> port1:e;
+    payload2:s -> port3:e;
+    edge [style=""];
+
+    subgraph cluster_topology {
+        label="Topology Manager";
+        labelloc=bottom;
+
+        /* Topology references */
+        mstb1 -> {port1, port2};
+        port1 -> mstb2;
+        port2 -> mstb3 -> {port3, port4};
+        port3 -> mstb4;
+
+        /* Malloc references */
+        edge [style=dashed;dir=back];
+        mstb1 -> {port1, port2};
+        port1 -> mstb2;
+        port2 -> mstb3 -> {port3, port4};
+        port3 -> mstb4;
+    }
+
+    driver [label="DRM driver";style=filled;shape=box;fillcolor=lightblue];
+
+    payload1 [label="Payload #1";style=filled;shape=box;fillcolor=lightblue];
+    payload2 [label="Payload #2";style=filled;shape=box;fillcolor=lightblue];
+
+    mstb1 [label="MSTB #1";style=filled;fillcolor=palegreen;shape=oval];
+    mstb2 [label="MSTB #2";style=filled;fillcolor=palegreen;shape=oval];
+    mstb3 [label="MSTB #3";style=filled;fillcolor=palegreen;shape=oval];
+    mstb4 [label="MSTB #4";style=filled;fillcolor=palegreen;shape=oval];
+
+    port1 [label="Port #1";shape=oval];
+    port2 [label="Port #2";shape=oval];
+    port3 [label="Port #3";shape=oval];
+    port4 [label="Port #4";shape=oval];
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/dp-mst/topology-figure-2.dot b/Documentation/gpu/dp-mst/topology-figure-2.dot
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4243dd1737cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/dp-mst/topology-figure-2.dot
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+digraph T {
+    /* Make sure our payloads are always drawn below the driver node */
+    subgraph cluster_driver {
+        fillcolor = grey;
+        style = filled;
+        driver -> {payload1, payload2} [dir=none];
+    }
+
+    /* Driver malloc references */
+    edge [style=dashed];
+    driver -> port1;
+    driver -> port2;
+    driver -> port3:e;
+    driver -> port4 [color=red];
+
+    payload1:s -> port1:e;
+    payload2:s -> port3:e;
+    edge [style=""];
+
+    subgraph cluster_topology {
+        label="Topology Manager";
+        labelloc=bottom;
+
+        /* Topology references */
+        mstb1 -> {port1, port2};
+        port1 -> mstb2;
+        edge [color=red];
+        port2 -> mstb3 -> {port3, port4};
+        port3 -> mstb4;
+        edge [color=""];
+
+        /* Malloc references */
+        edge [style=dashed;dir=back];
+        mstb1 -> {port1, port2};
+        port1 -> mstb2;
+        port2 -> mstb3 -> port3;
+        edge [color=red];
+        mstb3 -> port4;
+        port3 -> mstb4;
+    }
+
+    mstb1 [label="MSTB #1";style=filled;fillcolor=palegreen];
+    mstb2 [label="MSTB #2";style=filled;fillcolor=palegreen];
+    mstb3 [label="MSTB #3";style=filled;fillcolor=palegreen];
+    mstb4 [label="MSTB #4";style=filled;fillcolor=grey];
+
+    port1 [label="Port #1"];
+    port2 [label="Port #2"];
+    port3 [label="Port #3"];
+    port4 [label="Port #4";style=filled;fillcolor=grey];
+
+    driver [label="DRM driver";style=filled;shape=box;fillcolor=lightblue];
+
+    payload1 [label="Payload #1";style=filled;shape=box;fillcolor=lightblue];
+    payload2 [label="Payload #2";style=filled;shape=box;fillcolor=lightblue];
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/dp-mst/topology-figure-3.dot b/Documentation/gpu/dp-mst/topology-figure-3.dot
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6cd78d06778b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/dp-mst/topology-figure-3.dot
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+digraph T {
+    /* Make sure our payloads are always drawn below the driver node */
+    subgraph cluster_driver {
+        fillcolor = grey;
+        style = filled;
+        edge [dir=none];
+        driver -> payload1;
+        driver -> payload2 [penwidth=3];
+        edge [dir=""];
+    }
+
+    /* Driver malloc references */
+    edge [style=dashed];
+    driver -> port1;
+    driver -> port2;
+    driver -> port3:e;
+    driver -> port4 [color=grey];
+    payload1:s -> port1:e;
+    payload2:s -> port3:e [penwidth=3];
+    edge [style=""];
+
+    subgraph cluster_topology {
+        label="Topology Manager";
+        labelloc=bottom;
+
+        /* Topology references */
+        mstb1 -> {port1, port2};
+        port1 -> mstb2;
+        edge [color=grey];
+        port2 -> mstb3 -> {port3, port4};
+        port3 -> mstb4;
+        edge [color=""];
+
+        /* Malloc references */
+        edge [style=dashed;dir=back];
+        mstb1 -> {port1, port2};
+        port1 -> mstb2;
+        port2 -> mstb3 [penwidth=3];
+        mstb3 -> port3 [penwidth=3];
+        edge [color=grey];
+        mstb3 -> port4;
+        port3 -> mstb4;
+    }
+
+    mstb1 [label="MSTB #1";style=filled;fillcolor=palegreen];
+    mstb2 [label="MSTB #2";style=filled;fillcolor=palegreen];
+    mstb3 [label="MSTB #3";style=filled;fillcolor=palegreen;penwidth=3];
+    mstb4 [label="MSTB #4";style=filled;fillcolor=grey];
+
+    port1 [label="Port #1"];
+    port2 [label="Port #2";penwidth=5];
+    port3 [label="Port #3";penwidth=3];
+    port4 [label="Port #4";style=filled;fillcolor=grey];
+
+    driver [label="DRM driver";style=filled;shape=box;fillcolor=lightblue];
+
+    payload1 [label="Payload #1";style=filled;shape=box;fillcolor=lightblue];
+    payload2 [label="Payload #2";style=filled;shape=box;fillcolor=lightblue;penwidth=3];
+}
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst
index 65be325bf282..044a7025477c 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/drivers.rst
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ GPU Driver Documentation
 .. toctree::
 
    amdgpu
+   amdgpu-dc
    i915
    meson
    pl111
@@ -13,8 +14,11 @@ GPU Driver Documentation
    tve200
    v3d
    vc4
+   vkms
    bridge/dw-hdmi
    xen-front
+   afbc
+   komeda-kms
 
 .. only::  subproject and html
 
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-internals.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-internals.rst
index 5ee9674fb9e9..3ae23a5454ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-internals.rst
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-internals.rst
@@ -39,68 +39,6 @@ sections.
 Driver Information
 ------------------
 
-Driver Features
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-Drivers inform the DRM core about their requirements and supported
-features by setting appropriate flags in the driver_features field.
-Since those flags influence the DRM core behaviour since registration
-time, most of them must be set to registering the :c:type:`struct
-drm_driver <drm_driver>` instance.
-
-u32 driver_features;
-
-DRIVER_USE_AGP
-    Driver uses AGP interface, the DRM core will manage AGP resources.
-
-DRIVER_LEGACY
-    Denote a legacy driver using shadow attach. Don't use.
-
-DRIVER_KMS_LEGACY_CONTEXT
-    Used only by nouveau for backwards compatibility with existing userspace.
-    Don't use.
-
-DRIVER_PCI_DMA
-    Driver is capable of PCI DMA, mapping of PCI DMA buffers to
-    userspace will be enabled. Deprecated.
-
-DRIVER_SG
-    Driver can perform scatter/gather DMA, allocation and mapping of
-    scatter/gather buffers will be enabled. Deprecated.
-
-DRIVER_HAVE_DMA
-    Driver supports DMA, the userspace DMA API will be supported.
-    Deprecated.
-
-DRIVER_HAVE_IRQ; DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED
-    DRIVER_HAVE_IRQ indicates whether the driver has an IRQ handler
-    managed by the DRM Core. The core will support simple IRQ handler
-    installation when the flag is set. The installation process is
-    described in ?.
-
-    DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED indicates whether the device & handler support
-    shared IRQs (note that this is required of PCI drivers).
-
-DRIVER_GEM
-    Driver use the GEM memory manager.
-
-DRIVER_MODESET
-    Driver supports mode setting interfaces (KMS).
-
-DRIVER_PRIME
-    Driver implements DRM PRIME buffer sharing.
-
-DRIVER_RENDER
-    Driver supports dedicated render nodes.
-
-DRIVER_ATOMIC
-    Driver supports atomic properties. In this case the driver must
-    implement appropriate obj->atomic_get_property() vfuncs for any
-    modeset objects with driver specific properties.
-
-DRIVER_SYNCOBJ
-    Driver support drm sync objects.
-
 Major, Minor and Patchlevel
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
@@ -143,6 +81,9 @@ Device Instance and Driver Handling
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_drv.c
    :doc: driver instance overview
 
+.. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_device.h
+   :internal:
+
 .. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_drv.h
    :internal:
 
@@ -230,6 +171,15 @@ Printer
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_print.c
    :export:
 
+Utilities
+---------
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_util.h
+   :doc: drm utils
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_util.h
+   :internal:
+
 
 Legacy Support Code
 ===================
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms-helpers.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms-helpers.rst
index f9cfcdcdf024..17ca7f8bf3d3 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms-helpers.rst
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms-helpers.rst
@@ -59,19 +59,28 @@ Implementing Asynchronous Atomic Commit
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_helper.c
    :doc: implementing nonblocking commit
 
+Helper Functions Reference
+--------------------------
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_atomic_helper.h
+   :internal:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_helper.c
+   :export:
+
 Atomic State Reset and Initialization
 -------------------------------------
 
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_helper.c
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_state_helper.c
    :doc: atomic state reset and initialization
 
-Helper Functions Reference
---------------------------
+Atomic State Helper Reference
+-----------------------------
 
-.. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_atomic_helper.h
+.. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_atomic_state_helper.h
    :internal:
 
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_helper.c
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_state_helper.c
    :export:
 
 Simple KMS Helper Reference
@@ -107,8 +116,6 @@ Framebuffer CMA Helper Functions Reference
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_fb_cma_helper.c
    :export:
 
-.. _drm_bridges:
-
 Framebuffer GEM Helper Reference
 ================================
 
@@ -118,6 +125,8 @@ Framebuffer GEM Helper Reference
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_gem_framebuffer_helper.c
    :export:
 
+.. _drm_bridges:
+
 Bridges
 =======
 
@@ -199,18 +208,40 @@ Display Port Dual Mode Adaptor Helper Functions Reference
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_dual_mode_helper.c
    :export:
 
-Display Port MST Helper Functions Reference
-===========================================
+Display Port MST Helpers
+========================
+
+Overview
+--------
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_mst_topology.c
    :doc: dp mst helper
 
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_mst_topology.c
+   :doc: Branch device and port refcounting
+
+Functions Reference
+-------------------
+
 .. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_dp_mst_helper.h
    :internal:
 
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_mst_topology.c
    :export:
 
+Topology Lifetime Internals
+---------------------------
+
+These functions aren't exported to drivers, but are documented here to help make
+the MST topology helpers easier to understand
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_dp_mst_topology.c
+   :functions: drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_mstb drm_dp_mst_topology_get_mstb
+               drm_dp_mst_topology_put_mstb
+               drm_dp_mst_topology_try_get_port drm_dp_mst_topology_get_port
+               drm_dp_mst_topology_put_port
+               drm_dp_mst_get_mstb_malloc drm_dp_mst_put_mstb_malloc
+
 MIPI DSI Helper Functions Reference
 ===================================
 
@@ -223,6 +254,18 @@ MIPI DSI Helper Functions Reference
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_mipi_dsi.c
    :export:
 
+Display Stream Compression Helper Functions Reference
+=====================================================
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_dsc.c
+   :doc: dsc helpers
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_dsc.h
+   :internal:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_dsc.c
+   :export:
+
 Output Probing Helper Functions Reference
 =========================================
 
@@ -253,18 +296,6 @@ SCDC Helper Functions Reference
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_scdc_helper.c
    :export:
 
-Rectangle Utilities Reference
-=============================
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_rect.h
-   :doc: rect utils
-
-.. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_rect.h
-   :internal:
-
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_rect.c
-   :export:
-
 HDMI Infoframes Helper Reference
 ================================
 
@@ -279,6 +310,18 @@ libraries and hence is also included here.
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/video/hdmi.c
    :export:
 
+Rectangle Utilities Reference
+=============================
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_rect.h
+   :doc: rect utils
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_rect.h
+   :internal:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_rect.c
+   :export:
+
 Flip-work Helper Reference
 ==========================
 
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst
index 5dee6b8a4c12..23a3c986ef6d 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-kms.rst
@@ -287,8 +287,14 @@ Atomic Mode Setting Function Reference
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic.c
    :export:
 
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic.c
-   :internal:
+Atomic Mode Setting IOCTL and UAPI Functions
+--------------------------------------------
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_uapi.c
+   :doc: overview
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_uapi.c
+   :export:
 
 CRTC Abstraction
 ================
@@ -323,6 +329,12 @@ Frame Buffer Functions Reference
 DRM Format Handling
 ===================
 
+.. kernel-doc:: include/uapi/drm/drm_fourcc.h
+   :doc: overview
+
+Format Functions Reference
+--------------------------
+
 .. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_fourcc.h
    :internal:
 
@@ -398,102 +410,6 @@ Encoder Functions Reference
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_encoder.c
    :export:
 
-KMS Initialization and Cleanup
-==============================
-
-A KMS device is abstracted and exposed as a set of planes, CRTCs,
-encoders and connectors. KMS drivers must thus create and initialize all
-those objects at load time after initializing mode setting.
-
-CRTCs (:c:type:`struct drm_crtc <drm_crtc>`)
---------------------------------------------
-
-A CRTC is an abstraction representing a part of the chip that contains a
-pointer to a scanout buffer. Therefore, the number of CRTCs available
-determines how many independent scanout buffers can be active at any
-given time. The CRTC structure contains several fields to support this:
-a pointer to some video memory (abstracted as a frame buffer object), a
-display mode, and an (x, y) offset into the video memory to support
-panning or configurations where one piece of video memory spans multiple
-CRTCs.
-
-CRTC Initialization
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-A KMS device must create and register at least one struct
-:c:type:`struct drm_crtc <drm_crtc>` instance. The instance is
-allocated and zeroed by the driver, possibly as part of a larger
-structure, and registered with a call to :c:func:`drm_crtc_init()`
-with a pointer to CRTC functions.
-
-
-Cleanup
--------
-
-The DRM core manages its objects' lifetime. When an object is not needed
-anymore the core calls its destroy function, which must clean up and
-free every resource allocated for the object. Every
-:c:func:`drm_\*_init()` call must be matched with a corresponding
-:c:func:`drm_\*_cleanup()` call to cleanup CRTCs
-(:c:func:`drm_crtc_cleanup()`), planes
-(:c:func:`drm_plane_cleanup()`), encoders
-(:c:func:`drm_encoder_cleanup()`) and connectors
-(:c:func:`drm_connector_cleanup()`). Furthermore, connectors that
-have been added to sysfs must be removed by a call to
-:c:func:`drm_connector_unregister()` before calling
-:c:func:`drm_connector_cleanup()`.
-
-Connectors state change detection must be cleanup up with a call to
-:c:func:`drm_kms_helper_poll_fini()`.
-
-Output discovery and initialization example
--------------------------------------------
-
-.. code-block:: c
-
-    void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
-    {
-        struct drm_connector *connector;
-        struct intel_output *intel_output;
-
-        intel_output = kzalloc(sizeof(struct intel_output), GFP_KERNEL);
-        if (!intel_output)
-            return;
-
-        connector = &intel_output->base;
-        drm_connector_init(dev, &intel_output->base,
-                   &intel_crt_connector_funcs, DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_VGA);
-
-        drm_encoder_init(dev, &intel_output->enc, &intel_crt_enc_funcs,
-                 DRM_MODE_ENCODER_DAC);
-
-        drm_connector_attach_encoder(&intel_output->base,
-                          &intel_output->enc);
-
-        /* Set up the DDC bus. */
-        intel_output->ddc_bus = intel_i2c_create(dev, GPIOA, "CRTDDC_A");
-        if (!intel_output->ddc_bus) {
-            dev_printk(KERN_ERR, &dev->pdev->dev, "DDC bus registration "
-                   "failed.\n");
-            return;
-        }
-
-        intel_output->type = INTEL_OUTPUT_ANALOG;
-        connector->interlace_allowed = 0;
-        connector->doublescan_allowed = 0;
-
-        drm_encoder_helper_add(&intel_output->enc, &intel_crt_helper_funcs);
-        drm_connector_helper_add(connector, &intel_crt_connector_helper_funcs);
-
-        drm_connector_register(connector);
-    }
-
-In the example above (taken from the i915 driver), a CRTC, connector and
-encoder combination is created. A device-specific i2c bus is also
-created for fetching EDID data and performing monitor detection. Once
-the process is complete, the new connector is registered with sysfs to
-make its properties available to applications.
-
 KMS Locking
 ===========
 
@@ -542,6 +458,18 @@ Plane Composition Properties
 .. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_blend.c
    :export:
 
+FB_DAMAGE_CLIPS
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_damage_helper.c
+   :doc: overview
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_damage_helper.c
+   :export:
+
+.. kernel-doc:: include/drm/drm_damage_helper.h
+   :internal:
+
 Color Management Properties
 ---------------------------
 
@@ -560,9 +488,16 @@ Tile Group Property
 Explicit Fencing Properties
 ---------------------------
 
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic.c
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_atomic_uapi.c
    :doc: explicit fencing properties
 
+
+Variable Refresh Properties
+---------------------------
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_connector.c
+   :doc: Variable refresh properties
+
 Existing KMS Properties
 -----------------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst
index 21b6b72a9ba8..54a696d961a7 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-mm.rst
@@ -72,16 +72,13 @@ object TTM to provide a pool for buffer object allocation by clients and
 the kernel itself. The type of this object should be
 TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_BO, and its size should be sizeof(struct
 ttm_bo_global). Again, driver-specific init and release functions may
-be provided, likely eventually calling ttm_bo_global_init() and
-ttm_bo_global_release(), respectively. Also, like the previous
+be provided, likely eventually calling ttm_bo_global_ref_init() and
+ttm_bo_global_ref_release(), respectively. Also, like the previous
 object, ttm_global_item_ref() is used to create an initial reference
 count for the TTM, which will call your initialization function.
 
 See the radeon_ttm.c file for an example of usage.
 
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/drm_global.c
-   :export:
-
 
 The Graphics Execution Manager (GEM)
 ====================================
@@ -297,7 +294,7 @@ made up of several fields, the more interesting ones being:
 	struct vm_operations_struct {
 		void (*open)(struct vm_area_struct * area);
 		void (*close)(struct vm_area_struct * area);
-		int (*fault)(struct vm_fault *vmf);
+		vm_fault_t (*fault)(struct vm_fault *vmf);
 	};
 
 
@@ -505,7 +502,7 @@ GPU Scheduler
 Overview
 --------
 
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/scheduler/gpu_scheduler.c
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/scheduler/sched_main.c
    :doc: Overview
 
 Scheduler Function References
@@ -514,5 +511,5 @@ Scheduler Function References
 .. kernel-doc:: include/drm/gpu_scheduler.h
    :internal:
 
-.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/scheduler/gpu_scheduler.c
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/scheduler/sched_main.c
    :export:
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/drm-uapi.rst b/Documentation/gpu/drm-uapi.rst
index a2214cc1f821..c9fd23efd957 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpu/drm-uapi.rst
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/drm-uapi.rst
@@ -190,13 +190,16 @@ ENOSPC:
 
         Simply running out of kernel/system memory is signalled through ENOMEM.
 
-EPERM/EACCESS:
+EPERM/EACCES:
         Returned for an operation that is valid, but needs more privileges.
         E.g. root-only or much more common, DRM master-only operations return
         this when when called by unpriviledged clients. There's no clear
-        difference between EACCESS and EPERM.
+        difference between EACCES and EPERM.
 
 ENODEV:
+        The device is not (yet) present or fully initialized.
+
+EOPNOTSUPP:
         Feature (like PRIME, modesetting, GEM) is not supported by the driver.
 
 ENXIO:
@@ -235,6 +238,14 @@ DRM specific patterns. Note that ENOTTY has the slightly unintuitive meaning of
 Testing and validation
 ======================
 
+Testing Requirements for userspace API
+--------------------------------------
+
+New cross-driver userspace interface extensions, like new IOCTL, new KMS
+properties, new files in sysfs or anything else that constitutes an API change
+should have driver-agnostic testcases in IGT for that feature, if such a test
+can be reasonably made using IGT for the target hardware.
+
 Validating changes with IGT
 ---------------------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/komeda-kms.rst b/Documentation/gpu/komeda-kms.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b08da1cffecc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/komeda-kms.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,488 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+==============================
+ drm/komeda Arm display driver
+==============================
+
+The drm/komeda driver supports the Arm display processor D71 and later products,
+this document gives a brief overview of driver design: how it works and why
+design it like that.
+
+Overview of D71 like display IPs
+================================
+
+From D71, Arm display IP begins to adopt a flexible and modularized
+architecture. A display pipeline is made up of multiple individual and
+functional pipeline stages called components, and every component has some
+specific capabilities that can give the flowed pipeline pixel data a
+particular processing.
+
+Typical D71 components:
+
+Layer
+-----
+Layer is the first pipeline stage, which prepares the pixel data for the next
+stage. It fetches the pixel from memory, decodes it if it's AFBC, rotates the
+source image, unpacks or converts YUV pixels to the device internal RGB pixels,
+then adjusts the color_space of pixels if needed.
+
+Scaler
+------
+As its name suggests, scaler takes responsibility for scaling, and D71 also
+supports image enhancements by scaler.
+The usage of scaler is very flexible and can be connected to layer output
+for layer scaling, or connected to compositor and scale the whole display
+frame and then feed the output data into wb_layer which will then write it
+into memory.
+
+Compositor (compiz)
+-------------------
+Compositor blends multiple layers or pixel data flows into one single display
+frame. its output frame can be fed into post image processor for showing it on
+the monitor or fed into wb_layer and written to memory at the same time.
+user can also insert a scaler between compositor and wb_layer to down scale
+the display frame first and and then write to memory.
+
+Writeback Layer (wb_layer)
+--------------------------
+Writeback layer does the opposite things of Layer, which connects to compiz
+and writes the composition result to memory.
+
+Post image processor (improc)
+-----------------------------
+Post image processor adjusts frame data like gamma and color space to fit the
+requirements of the monitor.
+
+Timing controller (timing_ctrlr)
+--------------------------------
+Final stage of display pipeline, Timing controller is not for the pixel
+handling, but only for controlling the display timing.
+
+Merger
+------
+D71 scaler mostly only has the half horizontal input/output capabilities
+compared with Layer, like if Layer supports 4K input size, the scaler only can
+support 2K input/output in the same time. To achieve the ful frame scaling, D71
+introduces Layer Split, which splits the whole image to two half parts and feeds
+them to two Layers A and B, and does the scaling independently. After scaling
+the result need to be fed to merger to merge two part images together, and then
+output merged result to compiz.
+
+Splitter
+--------
+Similar to Layer Split, but Splitter is used for writeback, which splits the
+compiz result to two parts and then feed them to two scalers.
+
+Possible D71 Pipeline usage
+===========================
+
+Benefitting from the modularized architecture, D71 pipelines can be easily
+adjusted to fit different usages. And D71 has two pipelines, which support two
+types of working mode:
+
+-   Dual display mode
+    Two pipelines work independently and separately to drive two display outputs.
+
+-   Single display mode
+    Two pipelines work together to drive only one display output.
+
+    On this mode, pipeline_B doesn't work indenpendently, but outputs its
+    composition result into pipeline_A, and its pixel timing also derived from
+    pipeline_A.timing_ctrlr. The pipeline_B works just like a "slave" of
+    pipeline_A(master)
+
+Single pipeline data flow
+-------------------------
+
+.. kernel-render:: DOT
+   :alt: Single pipeline digraph
+   :caption: Single pipeline data flow
+
+   digraph single_ppl {
+      rankdir=LR;
+
+      subgraph {
+         "Memory";
+         "Monitor";
+      }
+
+      subgraph cluster_pipeline {
+          style=dashed
+          node [shape=box]
+          {
+              node [bgcolor=grey style=dashed]
+              "Scaler-0";
+              "Scaler-1";
+              "Scaler-0/1"
+          }
+
+         node [bgcolor=grey style=filled]
+         "Layer-0" -> "Scaler-0"
+         "Layer-1" -> "Scaler-0"
+         "Layer-2" -> "Scaler-1"
+         "Layer-3" -> "Scaler-1"
+
+         "Layer-0" -> "Compiz"
+         "Layer-1" -> "Compiz"
+         "Layer-2" -> "Compiz"
+         "Layer-3" -> "Compiz"
+         "Scaler-0" -> "Compiz"
+         "Scaler-1" -> "Compiz"
+
+         "Compiz" -> "Scaler-0/1" -> "Wb_layer"
+         "Compiz" -> "Improc" -> "Timing Controller"
+      }
+
+      "Wb_layer" -> "Memory"
+      "Timing Controller" -> "Monitor"
+   }
+
+Dual pipeline with Slave enabled
+--------------------------------
+
+.. kernel-render:: DOT
+   :alt: Slave pipeline digraph
+   :caption: Slave pipeline enabled data flow
+
+   digraph slave_ppl {
+      rankdir=LR;
+
+      subgraph {
+         "Memory";
+         "Monitor";
+      }
+      node [shape=box]
+      subgraph cluster_pipeline_slave {
+          style=dashed
+          label="Slave Pipeline_B"
+          node [shape=box]
+          {
+              node [bgcolor=grey style=dashed]
+              "Slave.Scaler-0";
+              "Slave.Scaler-1";
+          }
+
+         node [bgcolor=grey style=filled]
+         "Slave.Layer-0" -> "Slave.Scaler-0"
+         "Slave.Layer-1" -> "Slave.Scaler-0"
+         "Slave.Layer-2" -> "Slave.Scaler-1"
+         "Slave.Layer-3" -> "Slave.Scaler-1"
+
+         "Slave.Layer-0" -> "Slave.Compiz"
+         "Slave.Layer-1" -> "Slave.Compiz"
+         "Slave.Layer-2" -> "Slave.Compiz"
+         "Slave.Layer-3" -> "Slave.Compiz"
+         "Slave.Scaler-0" -> "Slave.Compiz"
+         "Slave.Scaler-1" -> "Slave.Compiz"
+      }
+
+      subgraph cluster_pipeline_master {
+          style=dashed
+          label="Master Pipeline_A"
+          node [shape=box]
+          {
+              node [bgcolor=grey style=dashed]
+              "Scaler-0";
+              "Scaler-1";
+              "Scaler-0/1"
+          }
+
+         node [bgcolor=grey style=filled]
+         "Layer-0" -> "Scaler-0"
+         "Layer-1" -> "Scaler-0"
+         "Layer-2" -> "Scaler-1"
+         "Layer-3" -> "Scaler-1"
+
+         "Slave.Compiz" -> "Compiz"
+         "Layer-0" -> "Compiz"
+         "Layer-1" -> "Compiz"
+         "Layer-2" -> "Compiz"
+         "Layer-3" -> "Compiz"
+         "Scaler-0" -> "Compiz"
+         "Scaler-1" -> "Compiz"
+
+         "Compiz" -> "Scaler-0/1" -> "Wb_layer"
+         "Compiz" -> "Improc" -> "Timing Controller"
+      }
+
+      "Wb_layer" -> "Memory"
+      "Timing Controller" -> "Monitor"
+   }
+
+Sub-pipelines for input and output
+----------------------------------
+
+A complete display pipeline can be easily divided into three sub-pipelines
+according to the in/out usage.
+
+Layer(input) pipeline
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. kernel-render:: DOT
+   :alt: Layer data digraph
+   :caption: Layer (input) data flow
+
+   digraph layer_data_flow {
+      rankdir=LR;
+      node [shape=box]
+
+      {
+         node [bgcolor=grey style=dashed]
+           "Scaler-n";
+      }
+
+      "Layer-n" -> "Scaler-n" -> "Compiz"
+   }
+
+.. kernel-render:: DOT
+   :alt: Layer Split digraph
+   :caption: Layer Split pipeline
+
+   digraph layer_data_flow {
+      rankdir=LR;
+      node [shape=box]
+
+      "Layer-0/1" -> "Scaler-0" -> "Merger"
+      "Layer-2/3" -> "Scaler-1" -> "Merger"
+      "Merger" -> "Compiz"
+   }
+
+Writeback(output) pipeline
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+.. kernel-render:: DOT
+   :alt: writeback digraph
+   :caption: Writeback(output) data flow
+
+   digraph writeback_data_flow {
+      rankdir=LR;
+      node [shape=box]
+
+      {
+         node [bgcolor=grey style=dashed]
+           "Scaler-n";
+      }
+
+      "Compiz" -> "Scaler-n" -> "Wb_layer"
+   }
+
+.. kernel-render:: DOT
+   :alt: split writeback digraph
+   :caption: Writeback(output) Split data flow
+
+   digraph writeback_data_flow {
+      rankdir=LR;
+      node [shape=box]
+
+      "Compiz" -> "Splitter"
+      "Splitter" -> "Scaler-0" -> "Merger"
+      "Splitter" -> "Scaler-1" -> "Merger"
+      "Merger" -> "Wb_layer"
+   }
+
+Display output pipeline
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+.. kernel-render:: DOT
+   :alt: display digraph
+   :caption: display output data flow
+
+   digraph single_ppl {
+      rankdir=LR;
+      node [shape=box]
+
+      "Compiz" -> "Improc" -> "Timing Controller"
+   }
+
+In the following section we'll see these three sub-pipelines will be handled
+by KMS-plane/wb_conn/crtc respectively.
+
+Komeda Resource abstraction
+===========================
+
+struct komeda_pipeline/component
+--------------------------------
+
+To fully utilize and easily access/configure the HW, the driver side also uses
+a similar architecture: Pipeline/Component to describe the HW features and
+capabilities, and a specific component includes two parts:
+
+-  Data flow controlling.
+-  Specific component capabilities and features.
+
+So the driver defines a common header struct komeda_component to describe the
+data flow control and all specific components are a subclass of this base
+structure.
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/arm/display/komeda/komeda_pipeline.h
+   :internal:
+
+Resource discovery and initialization
+=====================================
+
+Pipeline and component are used to describe how to handle the pixel data. We
+still need a @struct komeda_dev to describe the whole view of the device, and
+the control-abilites of device.
+
+We have &komeda_dev, &komeda_pipeline, &komeda_component. Now fill devices with
+pipelines. Since komeda is not for D71 only but also intended for later products,
+of course we’d better share as much as possible between different products. To
+achieve this, split the komeda device into two layers: CORE and CHIP.
+
+-   CORE: for common features and capabilities handling.
+-   CHIP: for register programing and HW specific feature (limitation) handling.
+
+CORE can access CHIP by three chip function structures:
+
+-   struct komeda_dev_funcs
+-   struct komeda_pipeline_funcs
+-   struct komeda_component_funcs
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/arm/display/komeda/komeda_dev.h
+   :internal:
+
+Format handling
+===============
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/arm/display/komeda/komeda_format_caps.h
+   :internal:
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/arm/display/komeda/komeda_framebuffer.h
+   :internal:
+
+Attach komeda_dev to DRM-KMS
+============================
+
+Komeda abstracts resources by pipeline/component, but DRM-KMS uses
+crtc/plane/connector. One KMS-obj cannot represent only one single component,
+since the requirements of a single KMS object cannot simply be achieved by a
+single component, usually that needs multiple components to fit the requirement.
+Like set mode, gamma, ctm for KMS all target on CRTC-obj, but komeda needs
+compiz, improc and timing_ctrlr to work together to fit these requirements.
+And a KMS-Plane may require multiple komeda resources: layer/scaler/compiz.
+
+So, one KMS-Obj represents a sub-pipeline of komeda resources.
+
+-   Plane: `Layer(input) pipeline`_
+-   Wb_connector: `Writeback(output) pipeline`_
+-   Crtc: `Display output pipeline`_
+
+So, for komeda, we treat KMS crtc/plane/connector as users of pipeline and
+component, and at any one time a pipeline/component only can be used by one
+user. And pipeline/component will be treated as private object of DRM-KMS; the
+state will be managed by drm_atomic_state as well.
+
+How to map plane to Layer(input) pipeline
+-----------------------------------------
+
+Komeda has multiple Layer input pipelines, see:
+-   `Single pipeline data flow`_
+-   `Dual pipeline with Slave enabled`_
+
+The easiest way is binding a plane to a fixed Layer pipeline, but consider the
+komeda capabilities:
+
+-   Layer Split, See `Layer(input) pipeline`_
+
+    Layer_Split is quite complicated feature, which splits a big image into two
+    parts and handles it by two layers and two scalers individually. But it
+    imports an edge problem or effect in the middle of the image after the split.
+    To avoid such a problem, it needs a complicated Split calculation and some
+    special configurations to the layer and scaler. We'd better hide such HW
+    related complexity to user mode.
+
+-   Slave pipeline, See `Dual pipeline with Slave enabled`_
+
+    Since the compiz component doesn't output alpha value, the slave pipeline
+    only can be used for bottom layers composition. The komeda driver wants to
+    hide this limitation to the user. The way to do this is to pick a suitable
+    Layer according to plane_state->zpos.
+
+So for komeda, the KMS-plane doesn't represent a fixed komeda layer pipeline,
+but multiple Layers with same capabilities. Komeda will select one or more
+Layers to fit the requirement of one KMS-plane.
+
+Make component/pipeline to be drm_private_obj
+---------------------------------------------
+
+Add :c:type:`drm_private_obj` to :c:type:`komeda_component`, :c:type:`komeda_pipeline`
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+    struct komeda_component {
+        struct drm_private_obj obj;
+        ...
+    }
+
+    struct komeda_pipeline {
+        struct drm_private_obj obj;
+        ...
+    }
+
+Tracking component_state/pipeline_state by drm_atomic_state
+-----------------------------------------------------------
+
+Add :c:type:`drm_private_state` and user to :c:type:`komeda_component_state`,
+:c:type:`komeda_pipeline_state`
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+    struct komeda_component_state {
+        struct drm_private_state obj;
+        void *binding_user;
+        ...
+    }
+
+    struct komeda_pipeline_state {
+        struct drm_private_state obj;
+        struct drm_crtc *crtc;
+        ...
+    }
+
+komeda component validation
+---------------------------
+
+Komeda has multiple types of components, but the process of validation are
+similar, usually including the following steps:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+    int komeda_xxxx_validate(struct komeda_component_xxx xxx_comp,
+                struct komeda_component_output *input_dflow,
+                struct drm_plane/crtc/connector *user,
+                struct drm_plane/crtc/connector_state, *user_state)
+    {
+         setup 1: check if component is needed, like the scaler is optional depending
+                  on the user_state; if unneeded, just return, and the caller will
+                  put the data flow into next stage.
+         Setup 2: check user_state with component features and capabilities to see
+                  if requirements can be met; if not, return fail.
+         Setup 3: get component_state from drm_atomic_state, and try set to set
+                  user to component; fail if component has been assigned to another
+                  user already.
+         Setup 3: configure the component_state, like set its input component,
+                  convert user_state to component specific state.
+         Setup 4: adjust the input_dflow and prepare it for the next stage.
+    }
+
+komeda_kms Abstraction
+----------------------
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/arm/display/komeda/komeda_kms.h
+   :internal:
+
+komde_kms Functions
+-------------------
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/arm/display/komeda/komeda_crtc.c
+   :internal:
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/arm/display/komeda/komeda_plane.c
+   :internal:
+
+Build komeda to be a Linux module driver
+========================================
+
+Now we have two level devices:
+
+-   komeda_dev: describes the real display hardware.
+-   komeda_kms_dev: attachs or connects komeda_dev to DRM-KMS.
+
+All komeda operations are supplied or operated by komeda_dev or komeda_kms_dev,
+the module driver is only a simple wrapper to pass the Linux command
+(probe/remove/pm) into komeda_dev or komeda_kms_dev.
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst b/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst
index a7c150d6b63f..159a4aba49e6 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/todo.rst
@@ -28,22 +28,16 @@ them, but also all the virtual ones used by KVM, so everyone qualifies).
 
 Contact: Daniel Vetter, Thierry Reding, respective driver maintainers
 
-Switch from reference/unreference to get/put
---------------------------------------------
-
-For some reason DRM core uses ``reference``/``unreference`` suffixes for
-refcounting functions, but kernel uses ``get``/``put`` (e.g.
-``kref_get``/``put()``). It would be good to switch over for consistency, and
-it's shorter. Needs to be done in 3 steps for each pair of functions:
 
-* Create new ``get``/``put`` functions, define the old names as compatibility
-  wrappers
-* Switch over each file/driver using a cocci-generated spatch.
-* Once all users of the old names are gone, remove them.
+Remove custom dumb_map_offset implementations
+---------------------------------------------
 
-This way drivers/patches in the progress of getting merged won't break.
+All GEM based drivers should be using drm_gem_create_mmap_offset() instead.
+Audit each individual driver, make sure it'll work with the generic
+implementation (there's lots of outdated locking leftovers in various
+implementations), and then remove it.
 
-Contact: Daniel Vetter
+Contact: Daniel Vetter, respective driver maintainers
 
 Convert existing KMS drivers to atomic modesetting
 --------------------------------------------------
@@ -88,30 +82,6 @@ events for atomic commits correctly. But fixing these bugs is good anyway.
 
 Contact: Daniel Vetter, respective driver maintainers
 
-Better manual-upload support for atomic
----------------------------------------
-
-This would be especially useful for tinydrm:
-
-- Add a struct drm_rect dirty_clip to drm_crtc_state. When duplicating the
-  crtc state, clear that to the max values, x/y = 0 and w/h = MAX_INT, in
-  __drm_atomic_helper_crtc_duplicate_state().
-
-- Move tinydrm_merge_clips into drm_framebuffer.c, dropping the tinydrm\_
-  prefix ofc and using drm_fb\_. drm_framebuffer.c makes sense since this
-  is a function useful to implement the fb->dirty function.
-
-- Create a new drm_fb_dirty function which does essentially what e.g.
-  mipi_dbi_fb_dirty does. You can use e.g. drm_atomic_helper_update_plane as the
-  template. But instead of doing a simple full-screen plane update, this new
-  helper also sets crtc_state->dirty_clip to the right coordinates. And of
-  course it needs to check whether the fb is actually active (and maybe where),
-  so there's some book-keeping involved. There's also some good fun involved in
-  scaling things appropriately. For that case we might simply give up and
-  declare the entire area covered by the plane as dirty.
-
-Contact: Noralf Trønnes, Daniel Vetter
-
 Fallout from atomic KMS
 -----------------------
 
@@ -127,7 +97,8 @@ interfaces to fix these issues:
   the acquire context explicitly on stack and then also pass it down into
   drivers explicitly so that the legacy-on-atomic functions can use them.
 
-  Except for some driver code this is done.
+  Except for some driver code this is done. This task should be finished by
+  adding WARN_ON(!drm_drv_uses_atomic_modeset) in drm_modeset_lock_all().
 
 * A bunch of the vtable hooks are now in the wrong place: DRM has a split
   between core vfunc tables (named ``drm_foo_funcs``), which are used to
@@ -137,13 +108,6 @@ interfaces to fix these issues:
   ``_helper_funcs`` since they are not part of the core ABI. There's a
   ``FIXME`` comment in the kerneldoc for each such case in ``drm_crtc.h``.
 
-* There's a new helper ``drm_atomic_helper_best_encoder()`` which could be
-  used by all atomic drivers which don't select the encoder for a given
-  connector at runtime. That's almost all of them, and would allow us to get
-  rid of a lot of ``best_encoder`` boilerplate in drivers.
-
-  This was almost done, but new drivers added a few more cases again.
-
 Contact: Daniel Vetter
 
 Get rid of dev->struct_mutex from GEM drivers
@@ -164,9 +128,8 @@ private lock. The tricky part is the BO free functions, since those can't
 reliably take that lock any more. Instead state needs to be protected with
 suitable subordinate locks or some cleanup work pushed to a worker thread. For
 performance-critical drivers it might also be better to go with a more
-fine-grained per-buffer object and per-context lockings scheme. Currently the
-following drivers still use ``struct_mutex``: ``msm``, ``omapdrm`` and
-``udl``.
+fine-grained per-buffer object and per-context lockings scheme. Currently only the
+``msm`` driver still use ``struct_mutex``.
 
 Contact: Daniel Vetter, respective driver maintainers
 
@@ -190,7 +153,8 @@ Convert drivers to use simple modeset suspend/resume
 
 Most drivers (except i915 and nouveau) that use
 drm_atomic_helper_suspend/resume() can probably be converted to use
-drm_mode_config_helper_suspend/resume().
+drm_mode_config_helper_suspend/resume(). Also there's still open-coded version
+of the atomic suspend/resume code in older atomic modeset drivers.
 
 Contact: Maintainer of the driver you plan to convert
 
@@ -221,6 +185,36 @@ Would be great to refactor this all into a set of small common helpers.
 
 Contact: Daniel Vetter
 
+Generic fbdev defio support
+---------------------------
+
+The defio support code in the fbdev core has some very specific requirements,
+which means drivers need to have a special framebuffer for fbdev. Which prevents
+us from using the generic fbdev emulation code everywhere. The main issue is
+that it uses some fields in struct page itself, which breaks shmem gem objects
+(and other things).
+
+Possible solution would be to write our own defio mmap code in the drm fbdev
+emulation. It would need to fully wrap the existing mmap ops, forwarding
+everything after it has done the write-protect/mkwrite trickery:
+
+- In the drm_fbdev_fb_mmap helper, if we need defio, change the
+  default page prots to write-protected with something like this::
+
+      vma->vm_page_prot = pgprot_wrprotect(vma->vm_page_prot);
+
+- Set the mkwrite and fsync callbacks with similar implementions to the core
+  fbdev defio stuff. These should all work on plain ptes, they don't actually
+  require a struct page.  uff. These should all work on plain ptes, they don't
+  actually require a struct page.
+
+- Track the dirty pages in a separate structure (bitfield with one bit per page
+  should work) to avoid clobbering struct page.
+
+Might be good to also have some igt testcases for this.
+
+Contact: Daniel Vetter, Noralf Tronnes
+
 Put a reservation_object into drm_gem_object
 --------------------------------------------
 
@@ -240,26 +234,82 @@ efficient.
 
 Contact: Daniel Vetter
 
+Defaults for .gem_prime_import and export
+-----------------------------------------
+
+Most drivers don't need to set drm_driver->gem_prime_import and
+->gem_prime_export now that drm_gem_prime_import() and drm_gem_prime_export()
+are the default.
+
+struct drm_gem_object_funcs
+---------------------------
+
+GEM objects can now have a function table instead of having the callbacks on the
+DRM driver struct. This is now the preferred way and drivers can be moved over.
+
+Use DRM_MODESET_LOCK_ALL_* helpers instead of boilerplate
+---------------------------------------------------------
+
+For cases where drivers are attempting to grab the modeset locks with a local
+acquire context. Replace the boilerplate code surrounding
+drm_modeset_lock_all_ctx() with DRM_MODESET_LOCK_ALL_BEGIN() and
+DRM_MODESET_LOCK_ALL_END() instead.
+
+This should also be done for all places where drm_modest_lock_all() is still
+used.
+
+As a reference, take a look at the conversions already completed in drm core.
+
+Contact: Sean Paul, respective driver maintainers
+
+Rename CMA helpers to DMA helpers
+---------------------------------
+
+CMA (standing for contiguous memory allocator) is really a bit an accident of
+what these were used for first, a much better name would be DMA helpers. In the
+text these should even be called coherent DMA memory helpers (so maybe CDM, but
+no one knows what that means) since underneath they just use dma_alloc_coherent.
+
+Contact: Laurent Pinchart, Daniel Vetter
+
+Convert direct mode.vrefresh accesses to use drm_mode_vrefresh()
+----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+drm_display_mode.vrefresh isn't guaranteed to be populated. As such, using it
+is risky and has been known to cause div-by-zero bugs. Fortunately, drm core
+has helper which will use mode.vrefresh if it's !0 and will calculate it from
+the timings when it's 0.
+
+Use simple search/replace, or (more fun) cocci to replace instances of direct
+vrefresh access with a call to the helper. Check out
+https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/dri-devel/2019-January/205186.html for
+inspiration.
+
+Once all instances of vrefresh have been converted, remove vrefresh from
+drm_display_mode to avoid future use.
+
+Contact: Sean Paul
+
+Remove drm_display_mode.hsync
+-----------------------------
+
+We have drm_mode_hsync() to calculate this from hsync_start/end, since drivers
+shouldn't/don't use this, remove this member to avoid any temptations to use it
+in the future. If there is any debug code using drm_display_mode.hsync, convert
+it to use drm_mode_hsync() instead.
+
+Contact: Sean Paul
+
 Core refactorings
 =================
 
 Clean up the DRM header mess
 ----------------------------
 
-Currently the DRM subsystem has only one global header, ``drmP.h``. This is
-used both for functions exported to helper libraries and drivers and functions
-only used internally in the ``drm.ko`` module. The goal would be to move all
-header declarations not needed outside of ``drm.ko`` into
-``drivers/gpu/drm/drm_*_internal.h`` header files. ``EXPORT_SYMBOL`` also
-needs to be dropped for these functions.
-
-This would nicely tie in with the below task to create kerneldoc after the API
-is cleaned up. Or with the "hide legacy cruft better" task.
-
-Note that this is well in progress, but ``drmP.h`` is still huge. The updated
-plan is to switch to per-file driver API headers, which will also structure
-the kerneldoc better. This should also allow more fine-grained ``#include``
-directives.
+The DRM subsystem originally had only one huge global header, ``drmP.h``. This
+is now split up, but many source files still include it. The remaining part of
+the cleanup work here is to replace any ``#include <drm/drmP.h>`` by only the
+headers needed (and fixing up any missing pre-declarations in the headers).
 
 In the end no .c file should need to include ``drmP.h`` anymore.
 
@@ -278,26 +328,6 @@ See https://dri.freedesktop.org/docs/drm/ for what's there already.
 
 Contact: Daniel Vetter
 
-Hide legacy cruft better
-------------------------
-
-Way back DRM supported only drivers which shadow-attached to PCI devices with
-userspace or fbdev drivers setting up outputs. Modern DRM drivers take charge
-of the entire device, you can spot them with the DRIVER_MODESET flag.
-
-Unfortunately there's still large piles of legacy code around which needs to
-be hidden so that driver writers don't accidentally end up using it. And to
-prevent security issues in those legacy IOCTLs from being exploited on modern
-drivers. This has multiple possible subtasks:
-
-* Extract support code for legacy features into a ``drm-legacy.ko`` kernel
-  module and compile it only when one of the legacy drivers is enabled.
-
-This is mostly done, the only thing left is to split up ``drm_irq.c`` into
-legacy cruft and the parts needed by modern KMS drivers.
-
-Contact: Daniel Vetter
-
 Make panic handling work
 ------------------------
 
@@ -368,12 +398,15 @@ KMS cleanups
 
 Some of these date from the very introduction of KMS in 2008 ...
 
-- drm_mode_config.crtc_idr is misnamed, since it contains all KMS object. Should
-  be renamed to drm_mode_config.object_idr.
+- Make ->funcs and ->helper_private vtables optional. There's a bunch of empty
+  function tables in drivers, but before we can remove them we need to make sure
+  that all the users in helpers and drivers do correctly check for a NULL
+  vtable.
 
-- drm_display_mode doesn't need to be derived from drm_mode_object. That's
-  leftovers from older (never merged into upstream) KMS designs where modes
-  where set using their ID, including support to add/remove modes.
+- Cleanup up the various ->destroy callbacks. A lot of them just wrapt the
+  drm_*_cleanup implementations and can be removed. Some tack a kfree() at the
+  end, for which we could add drm_*_cleanup_kfree(). And then there's the (for
+  historical reasons) misnamed drm_primary_helper_destroy() function.
 
 Better Testing
 ==============
@@ -396,17 +429,12 @@ converting things over. For modeset tests we also first need a bit of
 infrastructure to use dumb buffers for untiled buffers, to be able to run all
 the non-i915 specific modeset tests.
 
-Contact: Daniel Vetter
-
-Create a virtual KMS driver for testing (vkms)
-----------------------------------------------
-
-With all the latest helpers it should be fairly simple to create a virtual KMS
-driver useful for testing, or for running X or similar on headless machines
-(to be able to still use the GPU). This would be similar to vgem, but aimed at
-the modeset side.
+Extend virtual test driver (VKMS)
+---------------------------------
 
-Once the basics are there there's tons of possibilities to extend it.
+See the documentation of :ref:`VKMS <vkms>` for more details. This is an ideal
+internship task, since it only requires a virtual machine and can be sized to
+fit the available time.
 
 Contact: Daniel Vetter
 
@@ -441,21 +469,10 @@ those drivers as simple as possible, so lots of room for refactoring:
   one of the ideas for having a shared dsi/dbi helper, abstracting away the
   transport details more.
 
-- tinydrm_gem_cma_prime_import_sg_table should probably go into the cma
-  helpers, as a _vmapped variant (since not every driver needs the vmap).
-  And tinydrm_gem_cma_free_object could the be merged into
-  drm_gem_cma_free_object().
-
-- tinydrm_fb_create we could move into drm_simple_pipe, only need to add
-  the fb_create hook to drm_simple_pipe_funcs, which would again simplify a
-  bunch of things (since it gives you a one-stop vfunc for simple drivers).
-
 - Quick aside: The unregister devm stuff is kinda getting the lifetimes of
   a drm_device wrong. Doesn't matter, since everyone else gets it wrong
   too :-)
 
-- also rework the drm_framebuffer_funcs->dirty hook wire-up, see above.
-
 Contact: Noralf Trønnes, Daniel Vetter
 
 AMD DC Display Driver
diff --git a/Documentation/gpu/vkms.rst b/Documentation/gpu/vkms.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..61586fc861bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/gpu/vkms.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+.. _vkms:
+
+==========================================
+ drm/vkms Virtual Kernel Modesetting
+==========================================
+
+.. kernel-doc:: drivers/gpu/drm/vkms/vkms_drv.c
+   :doc: vkms (Virtual Kernel Modesetting)
+
+TODO
+====
+
+CRC API Improvements
+--------------------
+
+- Optimize CRC computation ``compute_crc()`` and plane blending ``blend()``
+
+- Use the alpha value to blend vaddr_src with vaddr_dst instead of
+  overwriting it in ``blend()``.
+
+- Add igt test to check cleared alpha value for XRGB plane format.
+
+- Add igt test to check extreme alpha values i.e. fully opaque and fully
+  transparent (intermediate values are affected by hw-specific rounding modes).
+
+Runtime Configuration
+---------------------
+
+We want to be able to reconfigure vkms instance without having to reload the
+module. Use/Test-cases:
+
+- Hotplug/hotremove connectors on the fly (to be able to test DP MST handling of
+  compositors).
+
+- Configure planes/crtcs/connectors (we'd need some code to have more than 1 of
+  them first).
+
+- Change output configuration: Plug/unplug screens, change EDID, allow changing
+  the refresh rate.
+
+The currently proposed solution is to expose vkms configuration through
+configfs.  All existing module options should be supported through configfs too.
+
+Add Plane Features
+------------------
+
+There's lots of plane features we could add support for:
+
+- Real overlay planes, not just cursor.
+
+- Full alpha blending on all planes.
+
+- Rotation, scaling.
+
+- Additional buffer formats, especially YUV formats for video like NV12.
+  Low/high bpp RGB formats would also be interesting.
+
+- Async updates (currently only possible on cursor plane using the legacy cursor
+  api).
+
+For all of these, we also want to review the igt test coverage and make sure all
+relevant igt testcases work on vkms.
+
+Writeback support
+-----------------
+
+Currently vkms only computes a CRC for each frame. Once we have additional plane
+features, we could write back the entire composited frame, and expose it as:
+
+- Writeback connector. This is useful for testing compositors if you don't have
+  hardware with writeback support.
+
+- As a v4l device. This is useful for debugging compositors on special vkms
+  configurations, so that developers see what's really going on.
+
+Prime Buffer Sharing
+--------------------
+
+We already have vgem, which is a gem driver for testing rendering, similar to
+how vkms is for testing the modeset side. Adding buffer sharing support to vkms
+allows us to test them together, to test synchronization and lots of other
+features. Also, this allows compositors to test whether they work correctly on
+SoC chips, where the display and rendering is very often split between 2
+drivers.
+
+Output Features
+---------------
+
+- Variable refresh rate/freesync support. This probably needs prime buffer
+  sharing support, so that we can use vgem fences to simulate rendering in
+  testing. Also needs support to specify the EDID.
+
+- Add support for link status, so that compositors can validate their runtime
+  fallbacks when e.g. a Display Port link goes bad.
+
+- All the hotplug handling describe under "Runtime Configuration".
+
+Atomic Check using eBPF
+-----------------------
+
+Atomic drivers have lots of restrictions which are not exposed to userspace in
+any explicit form through e.g. possible property values. Userspace can only
+inquiry about these limits through the atomic IOCTL, possibly using the
+TEST_ONLY flag. Trying to add configurable code for all these limits, to allow
+compositors to be tested against them, would be rather futile exercise. Instead
+we could add support for eBPF to validate any kind of atomic state, and
+implement a library of different restrictions.
+
+This needs a bunch of features (plane compositing, multiple outputs, ...)
+enabled already to make sense.
diff --git a/Documentation/hid/uhid.txt b/Documentation/hid/uhid.txt
index c8656dd029a9..958fff945304 100644
--- a/Documentation/hid/uhid.txt
+++ b/Documentation/hid/uhid.txt
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ them but you should handle them according to your needs.
   UHID_OUTPUT:
   This is sent if the HID device driver wants to send raw data to the I/O
   device on the interrupt channel. You should read the payload and forward it to
-  the device. The payload is of type "struct uhid_data_req".
+  the device. The payload is of type "struct uhid_output_req".
   This may be received even though you haven't received UHID_OPEN, yet.
 
   UHID_GET_REPORT:
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ab8500 b/Documentation/hwmon/ab8500
deleted file mode 100644
index cf169c8ef4e3..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/ab8500
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver ab8500
-====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * ST-Ericsson AB8500
-    Prefix: 'ab8500'
-    Addresses scanned: -
-    Datasheet: http://www.stericsson.com/developers/documentation.jsp
-
-Authors:
-        Martin Persson <martin.persson@stericsson.com>
-        Hongbo Zhang <hongbo.zhang@linaro.org>
-
-Description
------------
-
-See also Documentation/hwmon/abx500. This is the ST-Ericsson AB8500 specific
-driver.
-
-Currently only the AB8500 internal sensor and one external sensor for battery
-temperature are monitored. Other GPADC channels can also be monitored if needed
-in future.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ab8500.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/ab8500.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..33f93a9cec04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ab8500.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Kernel driver ab8500
+====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * ST-Ericsson AB8500
+
+    Prefix: 'ab8500'
+
+    Addresses scanned: -
+
+    Datasheet: http://www.stericsson.com/developers/documentation.jsp
+
+Authors:
+	- Martin Persson <martin.persson@stericsson.com>
+	- Hongbo Zhang <hongbo.zhang@linaro.org>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+See also Documentation/hwmon/abx500.rst. This is the ST-Ericsson AB8500 specific
+driver.
+
+Currently only the AB8500 internal sensor and one external sensor for battery
+temperature are monitored. Other GPADC channels can also be monitored if needed
+in future.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru b/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru
deleted file mode 100644
index 44013d23b3f0..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver abituguru
-=======================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Abit uGuru revision 1 & 2 (Hardware Monitor part only)
-    Prefix: 'abituguru'
-    Addresses scanned: ISA 0x0E0
-    Datasheet: Not available, this driver is based on reverse engineering.
-	A "Datasheet" has been written based on the reverse engineering it
-	should be available in the same dir as this file under the name
-	abituguru-datasheet.
-    Note:
-	The uGuru is a microcontroller with onboard firmware which programs
-	it to behave as a hwmon IC. There are many different revisions of the
-	firmware and thus effectivly many different revisions of the uGuru.
-	Below is an incomplete list with which revisions are used for which
-	Motherboards:
-	uGuru 1.00    ~ 1.24    (AI7, KV8-MAX3, AN7) (1)
-	uGuru 2.0.0.0 ~ 2.0.4.2 (KV8-PRO)
-	uGuru 2.1.0.0 ~ 2.1.2.8 (AS8, AV8, AA8, AG8, AA8XE, AX8)
-	uGuru 2.2.0.0 ~ 2.2.0.6 (AA8 Fatal1ty)
-	uGuru 2.3.0.0 ~ 2.3.0.9 (AN8)
-	uGuru 3.0.0.0 ~ 3.0.x.x (AW8, AL8, AT8, NI8 SLI, AT8 32X, AN8 32X,
-				 AW9D-MAX) (2)
-	1) For revisions 2 and 3 uGuru's the driver can autodetect the
-	   sensortype (Volt or Temp) for bank1 sensors, for revision 1 uGuru's
-	   this does not always work. For these uGuru's the autodetection can
-	   be overridden with the bank1_types module param. For all 3 known
-	   revison 1 motherboards the correct use of this param is:
-	   bank1_types=1,1,0,0,0,0,0,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,0,1
-	   You may also need to specify the fan_sensors option for these boards
-	   fan_sensors=5
-	2) There is a separate abituguru3 driver for these motherboards,
-	   the abituguru (without the 3 !) driver will not work on these
-	   motherboards (and visa versa)!
-
-Authors:
-	Hans de Goede <j.w.r.degoede@hhs.nl>,
-	(Initial reverse engineering done by Olle Sandberg
-	 <ollebull@gmail.com>)
-
-
-Module Parameters
------------------
-
-* force: bool		Force detection. Note this parameter only causes the
-			detection to be skipped, and thus the insmod to
-			succeed. If the uGuru can't be read the actual hwmon
-			driver will not load and thus no hwmon device will get
-			registered.
-* bank1_types: int[]	Bank1 sensortype autodetection override:
-			  -1 autodetect (default)
-			   0 volt sensor
-			   1 temp sensor
-			   2 not connected
-* fan_sensors: int	Tell the driver how many fan speed sensors there are
-			on your motherboard. Default: 0 (autodetect).
-* pwms: int		Tell the driver how many fan speed controls (fan
-			pwms) your motherboard has. Default: 0 (autodetect).
-* verbose: int		How verbose should the driver be? (0-3):
-			   0 normal output
-			   1 + verbose error reporting
-			   2 + sensors type probing info (default)
-			   3 + retryable error reporting
-			Default: 2 (the driver is still in the testing phase)
-
-Notice if you need any of the first three options above please insmod the
-driver with verbose set to 3 and mail me <j.w.r.degoede@hhs.nl> the output of:
-dmesg | grep abituguru
-
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver supports the hardware monitoring features of the first and
-second revision of the Abit uGuru chip found on Abit uGuru featuring
-motherboards (most modern Abit motherboards).
-
-The first and second revision of the uGuru chip in reality is a Winbond
-W83L950D in disguise (despite Abit claiming it is "a new microprocessor
-designed by the ABIT Engineers"). Unfortunately this doesn't help since the
-W83L950D is a generic microcontroller with a custom Abit application running
-on it.
-
-Despite Abit not releasing any information regarding the uGuru, Olle
-Sandberg <ollebull@gmail.com> has managed to reverse engineer the sensor part
-of the uGuru. Without his work this driver would not have been possible.
-
-Known Issues
-------------
-
-The voltage and frequency control parts of the Abit uGuru are not supported.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru-datasheet b/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru-datasheet
deleted file mode 100644
index 86c0b1251c81..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru-datasheet
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,312 +0,0 @@
-uGuru datasheet
-===============
-
-First of all, what I know about uGuru is no fact based on any help, hints or
-datasheet from Abit. The data I have got on uGuru have I assembled through
-my weak knowledge in "backwards engineering".
-And just for the record, you may have noticed uGuru isn't a chip developed by
-Abit, as they claim it to be. It's really just an microprocessor (uC) created by
-Winbond (W83L950D). And no, reading the manual for this specific uC or
-mailing  Windbond for help won't give any useful data about uGuru, as it is
-the program inside the uC that is responding to calls.
-
-Olle Sandberg <ollebull@gmail.com>, 2005-05-25
-
-
-Original version by Olle Sandberg who did the heavy lifting of the initial
-reverse engineering. This version has been almost fully rewritten for clarity
-and extended with write support and info on more databanks, the write support
-is once again reverse engineered by Olle the additional databanks have been
-reverse engineered by me. I would like to express my thanks to Olle, this
-document and the Linux driver could not have been written without his efforts.
-
-Note: because of the lack of specs only the sensors part of the uGuru is
-described here and not the CPU / RAM / etc voltage & frequency control.
-
-Hans de Goede <j.w.r.degoede@hhs.nl>, 28-01-2006
-
-
-Detection
-=========
-
-As far as known the uGuru is always placed at and using the (ISA) I/O-ports
-0xE0 and 0xE4, so we don't have to scan any port-range, just check what the two
-ports are holding for detection. We will refer to 0xE0 as CMD (command-port)
-and 0xE4 as DATA because Abit refers to them with these names.
-
-If DATA holds 0x00 or 0x08 and CMD holds 0x00 or 0xAC an uGuru could be
-present. We have to check for two different values at data-port, because
-after a reboot uGuru will hold 0x00 here, but if the driver is removed and
-later on attached again data-port will hold 0x08, more about this later.
-
-After wider testing of the Linux kernel driver some variants of the uGuru have
-turned up which will hold 0x00 instead of 0xAC at the CMD port, thus we also
-have to test CMD for two different values. On these uGuru's DATA will initially
-hold 0x09 and will only hold 0x08 after reading CMD first, so CMD must be read
-first!
-
-To be really sure an uGuru is present a test read of one or more register
-sets should be done.
-
-
-Reading / Writing
-=================
-
-Addressing
-----------
-
-The uGuru has a number of different addressing levels. The first addressing
-level we will call banks. A bank holds data for one or more sensors. The data
-in a bank for a sensor is one or more bytes large.
-
-The number of bytes is fixed for a given bank, you should always read or write
-that many bytes, reading / writing more will fail, the results when writing
-less then the number of bytes for a given bank are undetermined.
-
-See below for all known bank addresses, numbers of sensors in that bank,
-number of bytes data per sensor and contents/meaning of those bytes.
-
-Although both this document and the kernel driver have kept the sensor
-terminoligy for the addressing within a bank this is not 100% correct, in
-bank 0x24 for example the addressing within the bank selects a PWM output not
-a sensor.
-
-Notice that some banks have both a read and a write address this is how the
-uGuru determines if a read from or a write to the bank is taking place, thus
-when reading you should always use the read address and when writing the
-write address. The write address is always one (1) more than the read address.
-
-
-uGuru ready
------------
-
-Before you can read from or write to the uGuru you must first put the uGuru
-in "ready" mode.
-
-To put the uGuru in ready mode first write 0x00 to DATA and then wait for DATA
-to hold 0x09, DATA should read 0x09 within 250 read cycles.
-
-Next CMD _must_ be read and should hold 0xAC, usually CMD will hold 0xAC the
-first read but sometimes it takes a while before CMD holds 0xAC and thus it
-has to be read a number of times (max 50).
-
-After reading CMD, DATA should hold 0x08 which means that the uGuru is ready
-for input. As above DATA will usually hold 0x08 the first read but not always.
-This step can be skipped, but it is undetermined what happens if the uGuru has
-not yet reported 0x08 at DATA and you proceed with writing a bank address.
-
-
-Sending bank and sensor addresses to the uGuru
-----------------------------------------------
-
-First the uGuru must be in "ready" mode as described above, DATA should hold
-0x08 indicating that the uGuru wants input, in this case the bank address.
-
-Next write the bank address to DATA. After the bank address has been written
-wait for to DATA to hold 0x08 again indicating that it wants / is ready for
-more input (max 250 reads).
-
-Once DATA holds 0x08 again write the sensor address to CMD.
-
-
-Reading
--------
-
-First send the bank and sensor addresses as described above.
-Then for each byte of data you want to read wait for DATA to hold 0x01
-which indicates that the uGuru is ready to be read (max 250 reads) and once
-DATA holds 0x01 read the byte from CMD.
-
-Once all bytes have been read data will hold 0x09, but there is no reason to
-test for this. Notice that the number of bytes is bank address dependent see
-above and below.
-
-After completing a successful read it is advised to put the uGuru back in
-ready mode, so that it is ready for the next read / write cycle. This way
-if your program / driver is unloaded and later loaded again the detection
-algorithm described above will still work.
-
-
-
-Writing
--------
-
-First send the bank and sensor addresses as described above.
-Then for each byte of data you want to write wait for DATA to hold 0x00
-which indicates that the uGuru is ready to be written (max 250 reads) and
-once DATA holds 0x00 write the byte to CMD.
-
-Once all bytes have been written wait for DATA to hold 0x01 (max 250 reads)
-don't ask why this is the way it is.
-
-Once DATA holds 0x01 read CMD it should hold 0xAC now.
-
-After completing a successful write it is advised to put the uGuru back in
-ready mode, so that it is ready for the next read / write cycle. This way
-if your program / driver is unloaded and later loaded again the detection
-algorithm described above will still work.
-
-
-Gotchas
--------
-
-After wider testing of the Linux kernel driver some variants of the uGuru have
-turned up which do not hold 0x08 at DATA within 250 reads after writing the
-bank address. With these versions this happens quite frequent, using larger
-timeouts doesn't help, they just go offline for a second or 2, doing some
-internal callibration or whatever. Your code should be prepared to handle
-this and in case of no response in this specific case just goto sleep for a
-while and then retry.
-
-
-Address Map
-===========
-
-Bank 0x20 Alarms (R)
---------------------
-This bank contains 0 sensors, iow the sensor address is ignored (but must be
-written) just use 0. Bank 0x20 contains 3 bytes:
-
-Byte 0:
-This byte holds the alarm flags for sensor 0-7 of Sensor Bank1, with bit 0
-corresponding to sensor 0, 1 to 1, etc.
-
-Byte 1:
-This byte holds the alarm flags for sensor 8-15 of Sensor Bank1, with bit 0
-corresponding to sensor 8, 1 to 9, etc.
-
-Byte 2:
-This byte holds the alarm flags for sensor 0-5 of Sensor Bank2, with bit 0
-corresponding to sensor 0, 1 to 1, etc.
-
-
-Bank 0x21 Sensor Bank1 Values / Readings (R)
---------------------------------------------
-This bank contains 16 sensors, for each sensor it contains 1 byte.
-So far the following sensors are known to be available on all motherboards:
-Sensor  0 CPU temp
-Sensor  1 SYS temp
-Sensor  3 CPU core volt
-Sensor  4 DDR volt
-Sensor 10 DDR Vtt volt
-Sensor 15 PWM temp
-
-Byte 0:
-This byte holds the reading from the sensor. Sensors in Bank1 can be both
-volt and temp sensors, this is motherboard specific. The uGuru however does
-seem to know (be programmed with) what kindoff sensor is attached see Sensor
-Bank1 Settings description.
-
-Volt sensors use a linear scale, a reading 0 corresponds with 0 volt and a
-reading of 255 with 3494 mV. The sensors for higher voltages however are
-connected through a division circuit. The currently known division circuits
-in use result in ranges of: 0-4361mV, 0-6248mV or 0-14510mV. 3.3 volt sources
-use the 0-4361mV range, 5 volt the 0-6248mV and 12 volt the 0-14510mV .
-
-Temp sensors also use a linear scale, a reading of 0 corresponds with 0 degree
-Celsius and a reading of 255 with a reading of 255 degrees Celsius.
-
-
-Bank 0x22 Sensor Bank1 Settings (R)
-Bank 0x23 Sensor Bank1 Settings (W)
------------------------------------
-
-This bank contains 16 sensors, for each sensor it contains 3 bytes. Each
-set of 3 bytes contains the settings for the sensor with the same sensor
-address in Bank 0x21 .
-
-Byte 0:
-Alarm behaviour for the selected sensor. A 1 enables the described behaviour.
-Bit 0: Give an alarm if measured temp is over the warning threshold	(RW) *
-Bit 1: Give an alarm if measured volt is over the max threshold		(RW) **
-Bit 2: Give an alarm if measured volt is under the min threshold	(RW) **
-Bit 3: Beep if alarm							(RW)
-Bit 4: 1 if alarm cause measured temp is over the warning threshold	(R)
-Bit 5: 1 if alarm cause measured volt is over the max threshold		(R)
-Bit 6: 1 if alarm cause measured volt is under the min threshold	(R)
-Bit 7: Volt sensor: Shutdown if alarm persist for more than 4 seconds	(RW)
-       Temp sensor: Shutdown if temp is over the shutdown threshold	(RW)
-
-*  This bit is only honored/used by the uGuru if a temp sensor is connected
-** This bit is only honored/used by the uGuru if a volt sensor is connected
-Note with some trickery this can be used to find out what kinda sensor is
-detected see the Linux kernel driver for an example with many comments on
-how todo this.
-
-Byte 1:
-Temp sensor: warning threshold  (scale as bank 0x21)
-Volt sensor: min threshold      (scale as bank 0x21)
-
-Byte 2:
-Temp sensor: shutdown threshold (scale as bank 0x21)
-Volt sensor: max threshold      (scale as bank 0x21)
-
-
-Bank 0x24 PWM outputs for FAN's (R)
-Bank 0x25 PWM outputs for FAN's (W)
------------------------------------
-
-This bank contains 3 "sensors", for each sensor it contains 5 bytes.
-Sensor 0 usually controls the CPU fan
-Sensor 1 usually controls the NB (or chipset for single chip) fan
-Sensor 2 usually controls the System fan
-
-Byte 0:
-Flag 0x80 to enable control, Fan runs at 100% when disabled.
-low nibble (temp)sensor address at bank 0x21 used for control.
-
-Byte 1:
-0-255 = 0-12v (linear), specify voltage at which fan will rotate when under
-low threshold temp (specified in byte 3)
-
-Byte 2:
-0-255 = 0-12v (linear), specify voltage at which fan will rotate when above
-high threshold temp (specified in byte 4)
-
-Byte 3:
-Low threshold temp  (scale as bank 0x21)
-
-byte 4:
-High threshold temp (scale as bank 0x21)
-
-
-Bank 0x26 Sensors Bank2 Values / Readings (R)
----------------------------------------------
-
-This bank contains 6 sensors (AFAIK), for each sensor it contains 1 byte.
-So far the following sensors are known to be available on all motherboards:
-Sensor 0: CPU fan speed
-Sensor 1: NB (or chipset for single chip) fan speed
-Sensor 2: SYS fan speed
-
-Byte 0:
-This byte holds the reading from the sensor. 0-255 = 0-15300 (linear)
-
-
-Bank 0x27 Sensors Bank2 Settings (R)
-Bank 0x28 Sensors Bank2 Settings (W)
-------------------------------------
-
-This bank contains 6 sensors (AFAIK), for each sensor it contains 2 bytes.
-
-Byte 0:
-Alarm behaviour for the selected sensor. A 1 enables the described behaviour.
-Bit 0: Give an alarm if measured rpm is under the min threshold	(RW)
-Bit 3: Beep if alarm						(RW)
-Bit 7: Shutdown if alarm persist for more than 4 seconds	(RW)
-
-Byte 1:
-min threshold (scale as bank 0x26)
-
-
-Warning for the adventurous
-===========================
-
-A word of caution to those who want to experiment and see if they can figure
-the voltage / clock programming out, I tried reading and only reading banks
-0-0x30 with the reading code used for the sensor banks (0x20-0x28) and this
-resulted in a _permanent_ reprogramming of the voltages, luckily I had the
-sensors part configured so that it would shutdown my system on any out of spec
-voltages which proprably safed my computer (after a reboot I managed to
-immediately enter the bios and reload the defaults). This probably means that
-the read/write cycle for the non sensor part is different from the sensor part.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru-datasheet.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru-datasheet.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6d5253e2223b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru-datasheet.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+===============
+uGuru datasheet
+===============
+
+First of all, what I know about uGuru is no fact based on any help, hints or
+datasheet from Abit. The data I have got on uGuru have I assembled through
+my weak knowledge in "backwards engineering".
+And just for the record, you may have noticed uGuru isn't a chip developed by
+Abit, as they claim it to be. It's really just an microprocessor (uC) created by
+Winbond (W83L950D). And no, reading the manual for this specific uC or
+mailing  Windbond for help won't give any useful data about uGuru, as it is
+the program inside the uC that is responding to calls.
+
+Olle Sandberg <ollebull@gmail.com>, 2005-05-25
+
+
+Original version by Olle Sandberg who did the heavy lifting of the initial
+reverse engineering. This version has been almost fully rewritten for clarity
+and extended with write support and info on more databanks, the write support
+is once again reverse engineered by Olle the additional databanks have been
+reverse engineered by me. I would like to express my thanks to Olle, this
+document and the Linux driver could not have been written without his efforts.
+
+Note: because of the lack of specs only the sensors part of the uGuru is
+described here and not the CPU / RAM / etc voltage & frequency control.
+
+Hans de Goede <j.w.r.degoede@hhs.nl>, 28-01-2006
+
+
+Detection
+=========
+
+As far as known the uGuru is always placed at and using the (ISA) I/O-ports
+0xE0 and 0xE4, so we don't have to scan any port-range, just check what the two
+ports are holding for detection. We will refer to 0xE0 as CMD (command-port)
+and 0xE4 as DATA because Abit refers to them with these names.
+
+If DATA holds 0x00 or 0x08 and CMD holds 0x00 or 0xAC an uGuru could be
+present. We have to check for two different values at data-port, because
+after a reboot uGuru will hold 0x00 here, but if the driver is removed and
+later on attached again data-port will hold 0x08, more about this later.
+
+After wider testing of the Linux kernel driver some variants of the uGuru have
+turned up which will hold 0x00 instead of 0xAC at the CMD port, thus we also
+have to test CMD for two different values. On these uGuru's DATA will initially
+hold 0x09 and will only hold 0x08 after reading CMD first, so CMD must be read
+first!
+
+To be really sure an uGuru is present a test read of one or more register
+sets should be done.
+
+
+Reading / Writing
+=================
+
+Addressing
+----------
+
+The uGuru has a number of different addressing levels. The first addressing
+level we will call banks. A bank holds data for one or more sensors. The data
+in a bank for a sensor is one or more bytes large.
+
+The number of bytes is fixed for a given bank, you should always read or write
+that many bytes, reading / writing more will fail, the results when writing
+less then the number of bytes for a given bank are undetermined.
+
+See below for all known bank addresses, numbers of sensors in that bank,
+number of bytes data per sensor and contents/meaning of those bytes.
+
+Although both this document and the kernel driver have kept the sensor
+terminoligy for the addressing within a bank this is not 100% correct, in
+bank 0x24 for example the addressing within the bank selects a PWM output not
+a sensor.
+
+Notice that some banks have both a read and a write address this is how the
+uGuru determines if a read from or a write to the bank is taking place, thus
+when reading you should always use the read address and when writing the
+write address. The write address is always one (1) more than the read address.
+
+
+uGuru ready
+-----------
+
+Before you can read from or write to the uGuru you must first put the uGuru
+in "ready" mode.
+
+To put the uGuru in ready mode first write 0x00 to DATA and then wait for DATA
+to hold 0x09, DATA should read 0x09 within 250 read cycles.
+
+Next CMD _must_ be read and should hold 0xAC, usually CMD will hold 0xAC the
+first read but sometimes it takes a while before CMD holds 0xAC and thus it
+has to be read a number of times (max 50).
+
+After reading CMD, DATA should hold 0x08 which means that the uGuru is ready
+for input. As above DATA will usually hold 0x08 the first read but not always.
+This step can be skipped, but it is undetermined what happens if the uGuru has
+not yet reported 0x08 at DATA and you proceed with writing a bank address.
+
+
+Sending bank and sensor addresses to the uGuru
+----------------------------------------------
+
+First the uGuru must be in "ready" mode as described above, DATA should hold
+0x08 indicating that the uGuru wants input, in this case the bank address.
+
+Next write the bank address to DATA. After the bank address has been written
+wait for to DATA to hold 0x08 again indicating that it wants / is ready for
+more input (max 250 reads).
+
+Once DATA holds 0x08 again write the sensor address to CMD.
+
+
+Reading
+-------
+
+First send the bank and sensor addresses as described above.
+Then for each byte of data you want to read wait for DATA to hold 0x01
+which indicates that the uGuru is ready to be read (max 250 reads) and once
+DATA holds 0x01 read the byte from CMD.
+
+Once all bytes have been read data will hold 0x09, but there is no reason to
+test for this. Notice that the number of bytes is bank address dependent see
+above and below.
+
+After completing a successful read it is advised to put the uGuru back in
+ready mode, so that it is ready for the next read / write cycle. This way
+if your program / driver is unloaded and later loaded again the detection
+algorithm described above will still work.
+
+
+
+Writing
+-------
+
+First send the bank and sensor addresses as described above.
+Then for each byte of data you want to write wait for DATA to hold 0x00
+which indicates that the uGuru is ready to be written (max 250 reads) and
+once DATA holds 0x00 write the byte to CMD.
+
+Once all bytes have been written wait for DATA to hold 0x01 (max 250 reads)
+don't ask why this is the way it is.
+
+Once DATA holds 0x01 read CMD it should hold 0xAC now.
+
+After completing a successful write it is advised to put the uGuru back in
+ready mode, so that it is ready for the next read / write cycle. This way
+if your program / driver is unloaded and later loaded again the detection
+algorithm described above will still work.
+
+
+Gotchas
+-------
+
+After wider testing of the Linux kernel driver some variants of the uGuru have
+turned up which do not hold 0x08 at DATA within 250 reads after writing the
+bank address. With these versions this happens quite frequent, using larger
+timeouts doesn't help, they just go offline for a second or 2, doing some
+internal callibration or whatever. Your code should be prepared to handle
+this and in case of no response in this specific case just goto sleep for a
+while and then retry.
+
+
+Address Map
+===========
+
+Bank 0x20 Alarms (R)
+--------------------
+This bank contains 0 sensors, iow the sensor address is ignored (but must be
+written) just use 0. Bank 0x20 contains 3 bytes:
+
+Byte 0:
+  This byte holds the alarm flags for sensor 0-7 of Sensor Bank1, with bit 0
+  corresponding to sensor 0, 1 to 1, etc.
+
+Byte 1:
+  This byte holds the alarm flags for sensor 8-15 of Sensor Bank1, with bit 0
+  corresponding to sensor 8, 1 to 9, etc.
+
+Byte 2:
+  This byte holds the alarm flags for sensor 0-5 of Sensor Bank2, with bit 0
+  corresponding to sensor 0, 1 to 1, etc.
+
+
+Bank 0x21 Sensor Bank1 Values / Readings (R)
+--------------------------------------------
+This bank contains 16 sensors, for each sensor it contains 1 byte.
+So far the following sensors are known to be available on all motherboards:
+
+- Sensor  0 CPU temp
+- Sensor  1 SYS temp
+- Sensor  3 CPU core volt
+- Sensor  4 DDR volt
+- Sensor 10 DDR Vtt volt
+- Sensor 15 PWM temp
+
+Byte 0:
+  This byte holds the reading from the sensor. Sensors in Bank1 can be both
+  volt and temp sensors, this is motherboard specific. The uGuru however does
+  seem to know (be programmed with) what kindoff sensor is attached see Sensor
+  Bank1 Settings description.
+
+Volt sensors use a linear scale, a reading 0 corresponds with 0 volt and a
+reading of 255 with 3494 mV. The sensors for higher voltages however are
+connected through a division circuit. The currently known division circuits
+in use result in ranges of: 0-4361mV, 0-6248mV or 0-14510mV. 3.3 volt sources
+use the 0-4361mV range, 5 volt the 0-6248mV and 12 volt the 0-14510mV .
+
+Temp sensors also use a linear scale, a reading of 0 corresponds with 0 degree
+Celsius and a reading of 255 with a reading of 255 degrees Celsius.
+
+
+Bank 0x22 Sensor Bank1 Settings (R) and Bank 0x23 Sensor Bank1 Settings (W)
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Those banks contain 16 sensors, for each sensor it contains 3 bytes. Each
+set of 3 bytes contains the settings for the sensor with the same sensor
+address in Bank 0x21 .
+
+Byte 0:
+  Alarm behaviour for the selected sensor. A 1 enables the described
+  behaviour.
+
+Bit 0:
+  Give an alarm if measured temp is over the warning threshold		(RW) [1]_
+
+Bit 1:
+  Give an alarm if measured volt is over the max threshold		(RW) [2]_
+
+Bit 2:
+  Give an alarm if measured volt is under the min threshold		(RW) [2]_
+
+Bit 3:
+  Beep if alarm								(RW)
+
+Bit 4:
+  1 if alarm cause measured temp is over the warning threshold		(R)
+
+Bit 5:
+  1 if alarm cause measured volt is over the max threshold		(R)
+
+Bit 6:
+  1 if alarm cause measured volt is under the min threshold		(R)
+
+Bit 7:
+  - Volt sensor: Shutdown if alarm persist for more than 4 seconds	(RW)
+  - Temp sensor: Shutdown if temp is over the shutdown threshold	(RW)
+
+.. [1] This bit is only honored/used by the uGuru if a temp sensor is connected
+
+.. [2] This bit is only honored/used by the uGuru if a volt sensor is connected
+       Note with some trickery this can be used to find out what kinda sensor
+       is detected see the Linux kernel driver for an example with many
+       comments on how todo this.
+
+Byte 1:
+  - Temp sensor: warning threshold  (scale as bank 0x21)
+  - Volt sensor: min threshold      (scale as bank 0x21)
+
+Byte 2:
+  - Temp sensor: shutdown threshold (scale as bank 0x21)
+  - Volt sensor: max threshold      (scale as bank 0x21)
+
+
+Bank 0x24 PWM outputs for FAN's (R) and Bank 0x25 PWM outputs for FAN's (W)
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Those banks contain 3 "sensors", for each sensor it contains 5 bytes.
+  - Sensor 0 usually controls the CPU fan
+  - Sensor 1 usually controls the NB (or chipset for single chip) fan
+  - Sensor 2 usually controls the System fan
+
+Byte 0:
+  Flag 0x80 to enable control, Fan runs at 100% when disabled.
+  low nibble (temp)sensor address at bank 0x21 used for control.
+
+Byte 1:
+  0-255 = 0-12v (linear), specify voltage at which fan will rotate when under
+  low threshold temp (specified in byte 3)
+
+Byte 2:
+  0-255 = 0-12v (linear), specify voltage at which fan will rotate when above
+  high threshold temp (specified in byte 4)
+
+Byte 3:
+  Low threshold temp  (scale as bank 0x21)
+
+byte 4:
+  High threshold temp (scale as bank 0x21)
+
+
+Bank 0x26 Sensors Bank2 Values / Readings (R)
+---------------------------------------------
+
+This bank contains 6 sensors (AFAIK), for each sensor it contains 1 byte.
+
+So far the following sensors are known to be available on all motherboards:
+  - Sensor 0: CPU fan speed
+  - Sensor 1: NB (or chipset for single chip) fan speed
+  - Sensor 2: SYS fan speed
+
+Byte 0:
+  This byte holds the reading from the sensor. 0-255 = 0-15300 (linear)
+
+
+Bank 0x27 Sensors Bank2 Settings (R) and Bank 0x28 Sensors Bank2 Settings (W)
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Those banks contain 6 sensors (AFAIK), for each sensor it contains 2 bytes.
+
+Byte 0:
+  Alarm behaviour for the selected sensor. A 1 enables the described behaviour.
+
+Bit 0:
+  Give an alarm if measured rpm is under the min threshold	(RW)
+
+Bit 3:
+  Beep if alarm							(RW)
+
+Bit 7:
+  Shutdown if alarm persist for more than 4 seconds		(RW)
+
+Byte 1:
+  min threshold (scale as bank 0x26)
+
+
+Warning for the adventurous
+===========================
+
+A word of caution to those who want to experiment and see if they can figure
+the voltage / clock programming out, I tried reading and only reading banks
+0-0x30 with the reading code used for the sensor banks (0x20-0x28) and this
+resulted in a _permanent_ reprogramming of the voltages, luckily I had the
+sensors part configured so that it would shutdown my system on any out of spec
+voltages which proprably safed my computer (after a reboot I managed to
+immediately enter the bios and reload the defaults). This probably means that
+the read/write cycle for the non sensor part is different from the sensor part.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d8243c827de9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+Kernel driver abituguru
+=======================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Abit uGuru revision 1 & 2 (Hardware Monitor part only)
+
+    Prefix: 'abituguru'
+
+    Addresses scanned: ISA 0x0E0
+
+    Datasheet: Not available, this driver is based on reverse engineering.
+    A "Datasheet" has been written based on the reverse engineering it
+    should be available in the same dir as this file under the name
+    abituguru-datasheet.
+
+    Note:
+	The uGuru is a microcontroller with onboard firmware which programs
+	it to behave as a hwmon IC. There are many different revisions of the
+	firmware and thus effectivly many different revisions of the uGuru.
+	Below is an incomplete list with which revisions are used for which
+	Motherboards:
+
+	- uGuru 1.00    ~ 1.24    (AI7, KV8-MAX3, AN7) [1]_
+	- uGuru 2.0.0.0 ~ 2.0.4.2 (KV8-PRO)
+	- uGuru 2.1.0.0 ~ 2.1.2.8 (AS8, AV8, AA8, AG8, AA8XE, AX8)
+	- uGuru 2.2.0.0 ~ 2.2.0.6 (AA8 Fatal1ty)
+	- uGuru 2.3.0.0 ~ 2.3.0.9 (AN8)
+	- uGuru 3.0.0.0 ~ 3.0.x.x (AW8, AL8, AT8, NI8 SLI, AT8 32X, AN8 32X,
+	  AW9D-MAX) [2]_
+
+.. [1]  For revisions 2 and 3 uGuru's the driver can autodetect the
+	sensortype (Volt or Temp) for bank1 sensors, for revision 1 uGuru's
+	this does not always work. For these uGuru's the autodetection can
+	be overridden with the bank1_types module param. For all 3 known
+	revison 1 motherboards the correct use of this param is:
+	bank1_types=1,1,0,0,0,0,0,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,0,1
+	You may also need to specify the fan_sensors option for these boards
+	fan_sensors=5
+
+.. [2]  There is a separate abituguru3 driver for these motherboards,
+	the abituguru (without the 3 !) driver will not work on these
+	motherboards (and visa versa)!
+
+Authors:
+	- Hans de Goede <j.w.r.degoede@hhs.nl>,
+	- (Initial reverse engineering done by Olle Sandberg
+	  <ollebull@gmail.com>)
+
+
+Module Parameters
+-----------------
+
+* force: bool
+			Force detection. Note this parameter only causes the
+			detection to be skipped, and thus the insmod to
+			succeed. If the uGuru can't be read the actual hwmon
+			driver will not load and thus no hwmon device will get
+			registered.
+* bank1_types: int[]
+			Bank1 sensortype autodetection override:
+
+			  * -1 autodetect (default)
+			  *  0 volt sensor
+			  *  1 temp sensor
+			  *  2 not connected
+* fan_sensors: int
+			Tell the driver how many fan speed sensors there are
+			on your motherboard. Default: 0 (autodetect).
+* pwms: int
+			Tell the driver how many fan speed controls (fan
+			pwms) your motherboard has. Default: 0 (autodetect).
+* verbose: int
+			How verbose should the driver be? (0-3):
+
+			   * 0 normal output
+			   * 1 + verbose error reporting
+			   * 2 + sensors type probing info (default)
+			   * 3 + retryable error reporting
+
+			Default: 2 (the driver is still in the testing phase)
+
+Notice: if you need any of the first three options above please insmod the
+driver with verbose set to 3 and mail me <j.w.r.degoede@hhs.nl> the output of:
+dmesg | grep abituguru
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver supports the hardware monitoring features of the first and
+second revision of the Abit uGuru chip found on Abit uGuru featuring
+motherboards (most modern Abit motherboards).
+
+The first and second revision of the uGuru chip in reality is a Winbond
+W83L950D in disguise (despite Abit claiming it is "a new microprocessor
+designed by the ABIT Engineers"). Unfortunately this doesn't help since the
+W83L950D is a generic microcontroller with a custom Abit application running
+on it.
+
+Despite Abit not releasing any information regarding the uGuru, Olle
+Sandberg <ollebull@gmail.com> has managed to reverse engineer the sensor part
+of the uGuru. Without his work this driver would not have been possible.
+
+Known Issues
+------------
+
+The voltage and frequency control parts of the Abit uGuru are not supported.
+
+.. toctree::
+   :maxdepth: 1
+
+   abituguru-datasheet.rst
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru3 b/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru3
deleted file mode 100644
index a6ccfe4bb6aa..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver abituguru3
-========================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Abit uGuru revision 3 (Hardware Monitor part, reading only)
-    Prefix: 'abituguru3'
-    Addresses scanned: ISA 0x0E0
-    Datasheet: Not available, this driver is based on reverse engineering.
-    Note:
-	The uGuru is a microcontroller with onboard firmware which programs
-	it to behave as a hwmon IC. There are many different revisions of the
-	firmware and thus effectivly many different revisions of the uGuru.
-	Below is an incomplete list with which revisions are used for which
-	Motherboards:
-	uGuru 1.00    ~ 1.24    (AI7, KV8-MAX3, AN7)
-	uGuru 2.0.0.0 ~ 2.0.4.2 (KV8-PRO)
-	uGuru 2.1.0.0 ~ 2.1.2.8 (AS8, AV8, AA8, AG8, AA8XE, AX8)
-	uGuru 2.3.0.0 ~ 2.3.0.9 (AN8)
-	uGuru 3.0.0.0 ~ 3.0.x.x (AW8, AL8, AT8, NI8 SLI, AT8 32X, AN8 32X,
-				 AW9D-MAX)
-	The abituguru3 driver is only for revison 3.0.x.x motherboards,
-	this driver will not work on older motherboards. For older
-	motherboards use the abituguru (without the 3 !) driver.
-
-Authors:
-	Hans de Goede <j.w.r.degoede@hhs.nl>,
-	(Initial reverse engineering done by Louis Kruger)
-
-
-Module Parameters
------------------
-
-* force: bool		Force detection. Note this parameter only causes the
-			detection to be skipped, and thus the insmod to
-			succeed. If the uGuru can't be read the actual hwmon
-			driver will not load and thus no hwmon device will get
-			registered.
-* verbose: bool		Should the driver be verbose?
-			0/off/false  normal output
-			1/on/true    + verbose error reporting (default)
-			Default: 1 (the driver is still in the testing phase)
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver supports the hardware monitoring features of the third revision of
-the Abit uGuru chip, found on recent Abit uGuru featuring motherboards.
-
-The 3rd revision of the uGuru chip in reality is a Winbond W83L951G.
-Unfortunately this doesn't help since the W83L951G is a generic microcontroller
-with a custom Abit application running on it.
-
-Despite Abit not releasing any information regarding the uGuru revision 3,
-Louis Kruger has managed to reverse engineer the sensor part of the uGuru.
-Without his work this driver would not have been possible.
-
-Known Issues
-------------
-
-The voltage and frequency control parts of the Abit uGuru are not supported,
-neither is writing any of the sensor settings and writing / reading the
-fanspeed control registers (FanEQ)
-
-If you encounter any problems please mail me <j.w.r.degoede@hhs.nl> and
-include the output of: "dmesg | grep abituguru"
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru3.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru3.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..514f11f41e8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/abituguru3.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+Kernel driver abituguru3
+========================
+
+Supported chips:
+  * Abit uGuru revision 3 (Hardware Monitor part, reading only)
+
+    Prefix: 'abituguru3'
+
+    Addresses scanned: ISA 0x0E0
+
+    Datasheet: Not available, this driver is based on reverse engineering.
+
+    Note:
+	The uGuru is a microcontroller with onboard firmware which programs
+	it to behave as a hwmon IC. There are many different revisions of the
+	firmware and thus effectivly many different revisions of the uGuru.
+	Below is an incomplete list with which revisions are used for which
+	Motherboards:
+
+	- uGuru 1.00    ~ 1.24    (AI7, KV8-MAX3, AN7)
+	- uGuru 2.0.0.0 ~ 2.0.4.2 (KV8-PRO)
+	- uGuru 2.1.0.0 ~ 2.1.2.8 (AS8, AV8, AA8, AG8, AA8XE, AX8)
+	- uGuru 2.3.0.0 ~ 2.3.0.9 (AN8)
+	- uGuru 3.0.0.0 ~ 3.0.x.x (AW8, AL8, AT8, NI8 SLI, AT8 32X, AN8 32X,
+	  AW9D-MAX)
+
+	The abituguru3 driver is only for revison 3.0.x.x motherboards,
+	this driver will not work on older motherboards. For older
+	motherboards use the abituguru (without the 3 !) driver.
+
+Authors:
+	- Hans de Goede <j.w.r.degoede@hhs.nl>,
+	- (Initial reverse engineering done by Louis Kruger)
+
+
+Module Parameters
+-----------------
+
+* force: bool
+			Force detection. Note this parameter only causes the
+			detection to be skipped, and thus the insmod to
+			succeed. If the uGuru can't be read the actual hwmon
+			driver will not load and thus no hwmon device will get
+			registered.
+* verbose: bool
+			Should the driver be verbose?
+
+			* 0/off/false  normal output
+			* 1/on/true    + verbose error reporting (default)
+
+			Default: 1 (the driver is still in the testing phase)
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver supports the hardware monitoring features of the third revision of
+the Abit uGuru chip, found on recent Abit uGuru featuring motherboards.
+
+The 3rd revision of the uGuru chip in reality is a Winbond W83L951G.
+Unfortunately this doesn't help since the W83L951G is a generic microcontroller
+with a custom Abit application running on it.
+
+Despite Abit not releasing any information regarding the uGuru revision 3,
+Louis Kruger has managed to reverse engineer the sensor part of the uGuru.
+Without his work this driver would not have been possible.
+
+Known Issues
+------------
+
+The voltage and frequency control parts of the Abit uGuru are not supported,
+neither is writing any of the sensor settings and writing / reading the
+fanspeed control registers (FanEQ)
+
+If you encounter any problems please mail me <j.w.r.degoede@hhs.nl> and
+include the output of: `dmesg | grep abituguru`
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/abx500 b/Documentation/hwmon/abx500
deleted file mode 100644
index 319a058cec7c..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/abx500
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver abx500
-====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * ST-Ericsson ABx500 series
-    Prefix: 'abx500'
-    Addresses scanned: -
-    Datasheet: http://www.stericsson.com/developers/documentation.jsp
-
-Authors:
-        Martin Persson <martin.persson@stericsson.com>
-        Hongbo Zhang <hongbo.zhang@linaro.org>
-
-Description
------------
-
-Every ST-Ericsson Ux500 SOC consists of both ABx500 and DBx500 physically,
-this is kernel hwmon driver for ABx500.
-
-There are some GPADCs inside ABx500 which are designed for connecting to
-thermal sensors, and there is also a thermal sensor inside ABx500 too, which
-raises interrupt when critical temperature reached.
-
-This abx500 is a common layer which can monitor all of the sensors, every
-specific abx500 chip has its special configurations in its own file, e.g. some
-sensors can be configured invisible if they are not available on that chip, and
-the corresponding gpadc_addr should be set to 0, thus this sensor won't be
-polled.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/abx500.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/abx500.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3d88b2ce0f00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/abx500.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+Kernel driver abx500
+====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * ST-Ericsson ABx500 series
+
+    Prefix: 'abx500'
+
+    Addresses scanned: -
+
+    Datasheet: http://www.stericsson.com/developers/documentation.jsp
+
+Authors:
+	Martin Persson <martin.persson@stericsson.com>
+	Hongbo Zhang <hongbo.zhang@linaro.org>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+Every ST-Ericsson Ux500 SOC consists of both ABx500 and DBx500 physically,
+this is kernel hwmon driver for ABx500.
+
+There are some GPADCs inside ABx500 which are designed for connecting to
+thermal sensors, and there is also a thermal sensor inside ABx500 too, which
+raises interrupt when critical temperature reached.
+
+This abx500 is a common layer which can monitor all of the sensors, every
+specific abx500 chip has its special configurations in its own file, e.g. some
+sensors can be configured invisible if they are not available on that chip, and
+the corresponding gpadc_addr should be set to 0, thus this sensor won't be
+polled.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/acpi_power_meter b/Documentation/hwmon/acpi_power_meter
deleted file mode 100644
index c80399a00c50..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/acpi_power_meter
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver power_meter
-=========================
-
-This driver talks to ACPI 4.0 power meters.
-
-Supported systems:
-  * Any recent system with ACPI 4.0.
-    Prefix: 'power_meter'
-    Datasheet: http://acpi.info/, section 10.4.
-
-Author: Darrick J. Wong
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver implements sensor reading support for the power meters exposed in
-the ACPI 4.0 spec (Chapter 10.4).  These devices have a simple set of
-features--a power meter that returns average power use over a configurable
-interval, an optional capping mechanism, and a couple of trip points.  The
-sysfs interface conforms with the specification outlined in the "Power" section
-of Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface.
-
-Special Features
-----------------
-
-The power[1-*]_is_battery knob indicates if the power supply is a battery.
-Both power[1-*]_average_{min,max} must be set before the trip points will work.
-When both of them are set, an ACPI event will be broadcast on the ACPI netlink
-socket and a poll notification will be sent to the appropriate
-power[1-*]_average sysfs file.
-
-The power[1-*]_{model_number, serial_number, oem_info} fields display arbitrary
-strings that ACPI provides with the meter.  The measures/ directory contains
-symlinks to the devices that this meter measures.
-
-Some computers have the ability to enforce a power cap in hardware.  If this is
-the case, the power[1-*]_cap and related sysfs files will appear.  When the
-average power consumption exceeds the cap, an ACPI event will be broadcast on
-the netlink event socket and a poll notification will be sent to the
-appropriate power[1-*]_alarm file to indicate that capping has begun, and the
-hardware has taken action to reduce power consumption.  Most likely this will
-result in reduced performance.
-
-There are a few other ACPI notifications that can be sent by the firmware.  In
-all cases the ACPI event will be broadcast on the ACPI netlink event socket as
-well as sent as a poll notification to a sysfs file.  The events are as
-follows:
-
-power[1-*]_cap will be notified if the firmware changes the power cap.
-power[1-*]_interval will be notified if the firmware changes the averaging
-interval.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/acpi_power_meter.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/acpi_power_meter.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4a0941ade0ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/acpi_power_meter.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+Kernel driver power_meter
+=========================
+
+This driver talks to ACPI 4.0 power meters.
+
+Supported systems:
+
+  * Any recent system with ACPI 4.0.
+
+    Prefix: 'power_meter'
+
+    Datasheet: http://acpi.info/, section 10.4.
+
+Author: Darrick J. Wong
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver implements sensor reading support for the power meters exposed in
+the ACPI 4.0 spec (Chapter 10.4).  These devices have a simple set of
+features--a power meter that returns average power use over a configurable
+interval, an optional capping mechanism, and a couple of trip points.  The
+sysfs interface conforms with the specification outlined in the "Power" section
+of Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface.rst.
+
+Special Features
+----------------
+
+The `power[1-*]_is_battery` knob indicates if the power supply is a battery.
+Both `power[1-*]_average_{min,max}` must be set before the trip points will work.
+When both of them are set, an ACPI event will be broadcast on the ACPI netlink
+socket and a poll notification will be sent to the appropriate
+`power[1-*]_average` sysfs file.
+
+The `power[1-*]_{model_number, serial_number, oem_info}` fields display
+arbitrary strings that ACPI provides with the meter.  The measures/ directory
+contains symlinks to the devices that this meter measures.
+
+Some computers have the ability to enforce a power cap in hardware.  If this is
+the case, the `power[1-*]_cap` and related sysfs files will appear.  When the
+average power consumption exceeds the cap, an ACPI event will be broadcast on
+the netlink event socket and a poll notification will be sent to the
+appropriate `power[1-*]_alarm` file to indicate that capping has begun, and the
+hardware has taken action to reduce power consumption.  Most likely this will
+result in reduced performance.
+
+There are a few other ACPI notifications that can be sent by the firmware.  In
+all cases the ACPI event will be broadcast on the ACPI netlink event socket as
+well as sent as a poll notification to a sysfs file.  The events are as
+follows:
+
+`power[1-*]_cap` will be notified if the firmware changes the power cap.
+`power[1-*]_interval` will be notified if the firmware changes the averaging
+interval.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ad7314 b/Documentation/hwmon/ad7314
deleted file mode 100644
index 1912549c7467..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/ad7314
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver ad7314
-====================
-
-Supported chips:
-   * Analog Devices AD7314
-     Prefix: 'ad7314'
-     Datasheet: Publicly available at Analog Devices website.
-   * Analog Devices ADT7301
-     Prefix: 'adt7301'
-     Datasheet: Publicly available at Analog Devices website.
-   * Analog Devices ADT7302
-     Prefix: 'adt7302'
-     Datasheet: Publicly available at Analog Devices website.
-
-Description
------------
-
-Driver supports the above parts.  The ad7314 has a 10 bit
-sensor with 1lsb = 0.25 degrees centigrade. The adt7301 and
-adt7302 have 14 bit sensors with 1lsb = 0.03125 degrees centigrade.
-
-Notes
------
-
-Currently power down mode is not supported.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ad7314.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/ad7314.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..bf389736bcd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ad7314.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+Kernel driver ad7314
+====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+   * Analog Devices AD7314
+
+     Prefix: 'ad7314'
+
+     Datasheet: Publicly available at Analog Devices website.
+
+   * Analog Devices ADT7301
+
+     Prefix: 'adt7301'
+
+     Datasheet: Publicly available at Analog Devices website.
+
+   * Analog Devices ADT7302
+
+     Prefix: 'adt7302'
+
+     Datasheet: Publicly available at Analog Devices website.
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+Driver supports the above parts.  The ad7314 has a 10 bit
+sensor with 1lsb = 0.25 degrees centigrade. The adt7301 and
+adt7302 have 14 bit sensors with 1lsb = 0.03125 degrees centigrade.
+
+Notes
+-----
+
+Currently power down mode is not supported.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adc128d818 b/Documentation/hwmon/adc128d818
deleted file mode 100644
index 39c95004dabc..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adc128d818
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver adc128d818
-========================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Texas Instruments ADC818D818
-    Prefix: 'adc818d818'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, 0x2d, 0x2e, 0x2f
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the TI website
-               http://www.ti.com/
-
-Author: Guenter Roeck
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver implements support for the Texas Instruments ADC128D818.
-It is described as 'ADC System Monitor with Temperature Sensor'.
-
-The ADC128D818 implements one temperature sensor and seven voltage sensors.
-
-Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. There is one set of limits.
-When the HOT Temperature Limit is crossed, this will cause an alarm that will
-be reasserted until the temperature drops below the HOT Hysteresis.
-Measurements are guaranteed between -55 and +125 degrees. The temperature
-measurement has a resolution of 0.5 degrees; the limits have a resolution
-of 1 degree.
-
-Voltage sensors (also known as IN sensors) report their values in volts.
-An alarm is triggered if the voltage has crossed a programmable minimum
-or maximum limit. Note that minimum in this case always means 'closest to
-zero'; this is important for negative voltage measurements. All voltage
-inputs can measure voltages between 0 and 2.55 volts, with a resolution
-of 0.625 mV.
-
-If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register
-is read at least once. This means that the cause for the alarm may
-already have disappeared by the time the alarm is read. The driver
-caches the alarm status for each sensor until it is at least reported
-once, to ensure that alarms are reported to user space.
-
-The ADC128D818 only updates its values approximately once per second;
-reading it more often will do no harm, but will return 'old' values.
-
-In addition to the scanned address list, the chip can also be configured for
-addresses 0x35 to 0x37. Those addresses are not scanned. You have to instantiate
-the driver explicitly if the chip is configured for any of those addresses in
-your system.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adc128d818.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/adc128d818.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6753468932ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adc128d818.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+Kernel driver adc128d818
+========================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Texas Instruments ADC818D818
+
+    Prefix: 'adc818d818'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, 0x2d, 0x2e, 0x2f
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the TI website http://www.ti.com/
+
+Author: Guenter Roeck
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver implements support for the Texas Instruments ADC128D818.
+It is described as 'ADC System Monitor with Temperature Sensor'.
+
+The ADC128D818 implements one temperature sensor and seven voltage sensors.
+
+Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. There is one set of limits.
+When the HOT Temperature Limit is crossed, this will cause an alarm that will
+be reasserted until the temperature drops below the HOT Hysteresis.
+Measurements are guaranteed between -55 and +125 degrees. The temperature
+measurement has a resolution of 0.5 degrees; the limits have a resolution
+of 1 degree.
+
+Voltage sensors (also known as IN sensors) report their values in volts.
+An alarm is triggered if the voltage has crossed a programmable minimum
+or maximum limit. Note that minimum in this case always means 'closest to
+zero'; this is important for negative voltage measurements. All voltage
+inputs can measure voltages between 0 and 2.55 volts, with a resolution
+of 0.625 mV.
+
+If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register
+is read at least once. This means that the cause for the alarm may
+already have disappeared by the time the alarm is read. The driver
+caches the alarm status for each sensor until it is at least reported
+once, to ensure that alarms are reported to user space.
+
+The ADC128D818 only updates its values approximately once per second;
+reading it more often will do no harm, but will return 'old' values.
+
+In addition to the scanned address list, the chip can also be configured for
+addresses 0x35 to 0x37. Those addresses are not scanned. You have to instantiate
+the driver explicitly if the chip is configured for any of those addresses in
+your system.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1021 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1021
deleted file mode 100644
index 02ad96cf9b2b..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1021
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver adm1021
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Analog Devices ADM1021
-    Prefix: 'adm1021'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
-  * Analog Devices ADM1021A/ADM1023
-    Prefix: 'adm1023'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
-  * Genesys Logic GL523SM
-    Prefix: 'gl523sm'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
-    Datasheet:
-  * Maxim MAX1617
-    Prefix: 'max1617'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Maxim website
-  * Maxim MAX1617A
-    Prefix: 'max1617a'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Maxim website
-  * National Semiconductor LM84
-    Prefix: 'lm84'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website
-  * Philips NE1617
-    Prefix: 'max1617' (probably detected as a max1617)
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Philips website
-  * Philips NE1617A
-    Prefix: 'max1617' (probably detected as a max1617)
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Philips website
-  * TI THMC10
-    Prefix: 'thmc10'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the TI website
-  * Onsemi MC1066
-    Prefix: 'mc1066'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Onsemi website
-
-
-Authors:
-        Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>,
-        Philip Edelbrock <phil@netroedge.com>
-
-Module Parameters
------------------
-
-* read_only: int
-  Don't set any values, read only mode
-
-
-Description
------------
-
-The chips supported by this driver are very similar. The Maxim MAX1617 is
-the oldest; it has the problem that it is not very well detectable. The
-MAX1617A solves that. The ADM1021 is a straight clone of the MAX1617A.
-Ditto for the THMC10. From here on, we will refer to all these chips as
-ADM1021-clones.
-
-The ADM1021 and MAX1617A reports a die code, which is a sort of revision
-code. This can help us pinpoint problems; it is not very useful
-otherwise.
-
-ADM1021-clones implement two temperature sensors. One of them is internal,
-and measures the temperature of the chip itself; the other is external and
-is realised in the form of a transistor-like device. A special alarm
-indicates whether the remote sensor is connected.
-
-Each sensor has its own low and high limits. When they are crossed, the
-corresponding alarm is set and remains on as long as the temperature stays
-out of range. Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. Measurements
-are possible between -65 and +127 degrees, with a resolution of one degree.
-
-If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register
-is read at least once. This means that the cause for the alarm may already
-have disappeared!
-
-This driver only updates its values each 1.5 seconds; reading it more often
-will do no harm, but will return 'old' values. It is possible to make
-ADM1021-clones do faster measurements, but there is really no good reason
-for that.
-
-
-Netburst-based Xeon support
----------------------------
-
-Some Xeon processors based on the Netburst (early Pentium 4, from 2001 to
-2003) microarchitecture had real MAX1617, ADM1021, or compatible chips
-within them, with two temperature sensors. Other Xeon processors of this
-era (with 400 MHz FSB) had chips with only one temperature sensor.
-
-If you have such an old Xeon, and you get two valid temperatures when
-loading the adm1021 module, then things are good.
-
-If nothing happens when loading the adm1021 module, and you are certain
-that your specific Xeon processor model includes compatible sensors, you
-will have to explicitly instantiate the sensor chips from user-space. See
-method 4 in Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices. Possible slave
-addresses are 0x18, 0x1a, 0x29, 0x2b, 0x4c, or 0x4e. It is likely that
-only temp2 will be correct and temp1 will have to be ignored.
-
-Previous generations of the Xeon processor (based on Pentium II/III)
-didn't have these sensors. Next generations of Xeon processors (533 MHz
-FSB and faster) lost them, until the Core-based generation which
-introduced integrated digital thermal sensors. These are supported by
-the coretemp driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1021.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1021.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6cbb0f75fe00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1021.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+Kernel driver adm1021
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Analog Devices ADM1021
+
+    Prefix: 'adm1021'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
+
+  * Analog Devices ADM1021A/ADM1023
+
+    Prefix: 'adm1023'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
+
+  * Genesys Logic GL523SM
+
+    Prefix: 'gl523sm'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
+
+    Datasheet:
+
+  * Maxim MAX1617
+
+    Prefix: 'max1617'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Maxim website
+
+  * Maxim MAX1617A
+
+    Prefix: 'max1617a'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Maxim website
+
+  * National Semiconductor LM84
+
+    Prefix: 'lm84'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website
+
+  * Philips NE1617
+
+    Prefix: 'max1617' (probably detected as a max1617)
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Philips website
+
+  * Philips NE1617A
+
+    Prefix: 'max1617' (probably detected as a max1617)
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Philips website
+
+  * TI THMC10
+
+    Prefix: 'thmc10'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the TI website
+
+  * Onsemi MC1066
+
+    Prefix: 'mc1066'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1a, 0x29 - 0x2b, 0x4c - 0x4e
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Onsemi website
+
+
+Authors:
+	- Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>,
+	- Philip Edelbrock <phil@netroedge.com>
+
+Module Parameters
+-----------------
+
+* read_only: int
+  Don't set any values, read only mode
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The chips supported by this driver are very similar. The Maxim MAX1617 is
+the oldest; it has the problem that it is not very well detectable. The
+MAX1617A solves that. The ADM1021 is a straight clone of the MAX1617A.
+Ditto for the THMC10. From here on, we will refer to all these chips as
+ADM1021-clones.
+
+The ADM1021 and MAX1617A reports a die code, which is a sort of revision
+code. This can help us pinpoint problems; it is not very useful
+otherwise.
+
+ADM1021-clones implement two temperature sensors. One of them is internal,
+and measures the temperature of the chip itself; the other is external and
+is realised in the form of a transistor-like device. A special alarm
+indicates whether the remote sensor is connected.
+
+Each sensor has its own low and high limits. When they are crossed, the
+corresponding alarm is set and remains on as long as the temperature stays
+out of range. Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. Measurements
+are possible between -65 and +127 degrees, with a resolution of one degree.
+
+If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register
+is read at least once. This means that the cause for the alarm may already
+have disappeared!
+
+This driver only updates its values each 1.5 seconds; reading it more often
+will do no harm, but will return 'old' values. It is possible to make
+ADM1021-clones do faster measurements, but there is really no good reason
+for that.
+
+
+Netburst-based Xeon support
+---------------------------
+
+Some Xeon processors based on the Netburst (early Pentium 4, from 2001 to
+2003) microarchitecture had real MAX1617, ADM1021, or compatible chips
+within them, with two temperature sensors. Other Xeon processors of this
+era (with 400 MHz FSB) had chips with only one temperature sensor.
+
+If you have such an old Xeon, and you get two valid temperatures when
+loading the adm1021 module, then things are good.
+
+If nothing happens when loading the adm1021 module, and you are certain
+that your specific Xeon processor model includes compatible sensors, you
+will have to explicitly instantiate the sensor chips from user-space. See
+method 4 in Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices. Possible slave
+addresses are 0x18, 0x1a, 0x29, 0x2b, 0x4c, or 0x4e. It is likely that
+only temp2 will be correct and temp1 will have to be ignored.
+
+Previous generations of the Xeon processor (based on Pentium II/III)
+didn't have these sensors. Next generations of Xeon processors (533 MHz
+FSB and faster) lost them, until the Core-based generation which
+introduced integrated digital thermal sensors. These are supported by
+the coretemp driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1025 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1025
deleted file mode 100644
index 99f05049c68a..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1025
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver adm1025
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Analog Devices ADM1025, ADM1025A
-    Prefix: 'adm1025'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2e
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
-  * Philips NE1619
-    Prefix: 'ne1619'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2d
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Philips website
-
-The NE1619 presents some differences with the original ADM1025:
-  * Only two possible addresses (0x2c - 0x2d).
-  * No temperature offset register, but we don't use it anyway.
-  * No INT mode for pin 16. We don't play with it anyway.
-
-Authors:
-        Chen-Yuan Wu <gwu@esoft.com>,
-        Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
-
-Description
------------
-
-(This is from Analog Devices.) The ADM1025 is a complete system hardware
-monitor for microprocessor-based systems, providing measurement and limit
-comparison of various system parameters. Five voltage measurement inputs
-are provided, for monitoring +2.5V, +3.3V, +5V and +12V power supplies and
-the processor core voltage. The ADM1025 can monitor a sixth power-supply
-voltage by measuring its own VCC. One input (two pins) is dedicated to a
-remote temperature-sensing diode and an on-chip temperature sensor allows
-ambient temperature to be monitored.
-
-One specificity of this chip is that the pin 11 can be hardwired in two
-different manners. It can act as the +12V power-supply voltage analog
-input, or as the a fifth digital entry for the VID reading (bit 4). It's
-kind of strange since both are useful, and the reason for designing the
-chip that way is obscure at least to me. The bit 5 of the configuration
-register can be used to define how the chip is hardwired. Please note that
-it is not a choice you have to make as the user. The choice was already
-made by your motherboard's maker. If the configuration bit isn't set
-properly, you'll have a wrong +12V reading or a wrong VID reading. The way
-the driver handles that is to preserve this bit through the initialization
-process, assuming that the BIOS set it up properly beforehand. If it turns
-out not to be true in some cases, we'll provide a module parameter to force
-modes.
-
-This driver also supports the ADM1025A, which differs from the ADM1025
-only in that it has "open-drain VID inputs while the ADM1025 has on-chip
-100k pull-ups on the VID inputs". It doesn't make any difference for us.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1025.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1025.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..283e65e348a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1025.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+Kernel driver adm1025
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Analog Devices ADM1025, ADM1025A
+
+    Prefix: 'adm1025'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2e
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
+
+  * Philips NE1619
+
+    Prefix: 'ne1619'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2d
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Philips website
+
+The NE1619 presents some differences with the original ADM1025:
+
+  * Only two possible addresses (0x2c - 0x2d).
+  * No temperature offset register, but we don't use it anyway.
+  * No INT mode for pin 16. We don't play with it anyway.
+
+Authors:
+	- Chen-Yuan Wu <gwu@esoft.com>,
+	- Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+(This is from Analog Devices.) The ADM1025 is a complete system hardware
+monitor for microprocessor-based systems, providing measurement and limit
+comparison of various system parameters. Five voltage measurement inputs
+are provided, for monitoring +2.5V, +3.3V, +5V and +12V power supplies and
+the processor core voltage. The ADM1025 can monitor a sixth power-supply
+voltage by measuring its own VCC. One input (two pins) is dedicated to a
+remote temperature-sensing diode and an on-chip temperature sensor allows
+ambient temperature to be monitored.
+
+One specificity of this chip is that the pin 11 can be hardwired in two
+different manners. It can act as the +12V power-supply voltage analog
+input, or as the a fifth digital entry for the VID reading (bit 4). It's
+kind of strange since both are useful, and the reason for designing the
+chip that way is obscure at least to me. The bit 5 of the configuration
+register can be used to define how the chip is hardwired. Please note that
+it is not a choice you have to make as the user. The choice was already
+made by your motherboard's maker. If the configuration bit isn't set
+properly, you'll have a wrong +12V reading or a wrong VID reading. The way
+the driver handles that is to preserve this bit through the initialization
+process, assuming that the BIOS set it up properly beforehand. If it turns
+out not to be true in some cases, we'll provide a module parameter to force
+modes.
+
+This driver also supports the ADM1025A, which differs from the ADM1025
+only in that it has "open-drain VID inputs while the ADM1025 has on-chip
+100k pull-ups on the VID inputs". It doesn't make any difference for us.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1026 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1026
deleted file mode 100644
index d8fabe0c23ac..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1026
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver adm1026
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Analog Devices ADM1026
-    Prefix: 'adm1026'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
-               http://www.onsemi.com/PowerSolutions/product.do?id=ADM1026
-
-Authors:
-        Philip Pokorny <ppokorny@penguincomputing.com> for Penguin Computing
-        Justin Thiessen <jthiessen@penguincomputing.com>
-
-Module Parameters
------------------
-
-* gpio_input: int array (min = 1, max = 17)
-  List of GPIO pins (0-16) to program as inputs
-* gpio_output: int array (min = 1, max = 17)
-  List of GPIO pins (0-16) to program as outputs
-* gpio_inverted: int array (min = 1, max = 17)
-  List of GPIO pins (0-16) to program as inverted
-* gpio_normal: int array (min = 1, max = 17)
-  List of GPIO pins (0-16) to program as normal/non-inverted
-* gpio_fan: int array (min = 1, max = 8)
-  List of GPIO pins (0-7) to program as fan tachs
-
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver implements support for the Analog Devices ADM1026. Analog
-Devices calls it a "complete thermal system management controller."
-
-The ADM1026 implements three (3) temperature sensors, 17 voltage sensors,
-16 general purpose digital I/O lines, eight (8) fan speed sensors (8-bit),
-an analog output and a PWM output along with limit, alarm and mask bits for
-all of the above. There is even 8k bytes of EEPROM memory on chip.
-
-Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. There are two external
-sensor inputs and one internal sensor. Each sensor has a high and low
-limit. If the limit is exceeded, an interrupt (#SMBALERT) can be
-generated. The interrupts can be masked. In addition, there are over-temp
-limits for each sensor. If this limit is exceeded, the #THERM output will
-be asserted. The current temperature and limits have a resolution of 1
-degree.
-
-Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute) but measured
-in counts of a 22.5kHz internal clock. Each fan has a high limit which
-corresponds to a minimum fan speed. If the limit is exceeded, an interrupt
-can be generated. Each fan can be programmed to divide the reference clock
-by 1, 2, 4 or 8. Not all RPM values can accurately be represented, so some
-rounding is done. With a divider of 8, the slowest measurable speed of a
-two pulse per revolution fan is 661 RPM.
-
-There are 17 voltage sensors. An alarm is triggered if the voltage has
-crossed a programmable minimum or maximum limit. Note that minimum in this
-case always means 'closest to zero'; this is important for negative voltage
-measurements. Several inputs have integrated attenuators so they can measure
-higher voltages directly. 3.3V, 5V, 12V, -12V and battery voltage all have
-dedicated inputs. There are several inputs scaled to 0-3V full-scale range
-for SCSI terminator power. The remaining inputs are not scaled and have
-a 0-2.5V full-scale range. A 2.5V or 1.82V reference voltage is provided
-for negative voltage measurements.
-
-If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register
-is read at least once. This means that the cause for the alarm may already
-have disappeared! Note that in the current implementation, all hardware
-registers are read whenever any data is read (unless it is less than 2.0
-seconds since the last update). This means that you can easily miss
-once-only alarms.
-
-The ADM1026 measures continuously. Analog inputs are measured about 4
-times a second. Fan speed measurement time depends on fan speed and
-divisor. It can take as long as 1.5 seconds to measure all fan speeds.
-
-The ADM1026 has the ability to automatically control fan speed based on the
-temperature sensor inputs. Both the PWM output and the DAC output can be
-used to control fan speed. Usually only one of these two outputs will be
-used. Write the minimum PWM or DAC value to the appropriate control
-register. Then set the low temperature limit in the tmin values for each
-temperature sensor. The range of control is fixed at 20 °C, and the
-largest difference between current and tmin of the temperature sensors sets
-the control output. See the datasheet for several example circuits for
-controlling fan speed with the PWM and DAC outputs. The fan speed sensors
-do not have PWM compensation, so it is probably best to control the fan
-voltage from the power lead rather than on the ground lead.
-
-The datasheet shows an example application with VID signals attached to
-GPIO lines. Unfortunately, the chip may not be connected to the VID lines
-in this way. The driver assumes that the chips *is* connected this way to
-get a VID voltage.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1026.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1026.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..35d63e6498a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1026.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+Kernel driver adm1026
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+  * Analog Devices ADM1026
+
+    Prefix: 'adm1026'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
+
+	       http://www.onsemi.com/PowerSolutions/product.do?id=ADM1026
+
+Authors:
+	- Philip Pokorny <ppokorny@penguincomputing.com> for Penguin Computing
+	- Justin Thiessen <jthiessen@penguincomputing.com>
+
+Module Parameters
+-----------------
+
+* gpio_input: int array (min = 1, max = 17)
+    List of GPIO pins (0-16) to program as inputs
+
+* gpio_output: int array (min = 1, max = 17)
+    List of GPIO pins (0-16) to program as outputs
+
+* gpio_inverted: int array (min = 1, max = 17)
+    List of GPIO pins (0-16) to program as inverted
+
+* gpio_normal: int array (min = 1, max = 17)
+    List of GPIO pins (0-16) to program as normal/non-inverted
+
+* gpio_fan: int array (min = 1, max = 8)
+    List of GPIO pins (0-7) to program as fan tachs
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver implements support for the Analog Devices ADM1026. Analog
+Devices calls it a "complete thermal system management controller."
+
+The ADM1026 implements three (3) temperature sensors, 17 voltage sensors,
+16 general purpose digital I/O lines, eight (8) fan speed sensors (8-bit),
+an analog output and a PWM output along with limit, alarm and mask bits for
+all of the above. There is even 8k bytes of EEPROM memory on chip.
+
+Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. There are two external
+sensor inputs and one internal sensor. Each sensor has a high and low
+limit. If the limit is exceeded, an interrupt (#SMBALERT) can be
+generated. The interrupts can be masked. In addition, there are over-temp
+limits for each sensor. If this limit is exceeded, the #THERM output will
+be asserted. The current temperature and limits have a resolution of 1
+degree.
+
+Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute) but measured
+in counts of a 22.5kHz internal clock. Each fan has a high limit which
+corresponds to a minimum fan speed. If the limit is exceeded, an interrupt
+can be generated. Each fan can be programmed to divide the reference clock
+by 1, 2, 4 or 8. Not all RPM values can accurately be represented, so some
+rounding is done. With a divider of 8, the slowest measurable speed of a
+two pulse per revolution fan is 661 RPM.
+
+There are 17 voltage sensors. An alarm is triggered if the voltage has
+crossed a programmable minimum or maximum limit. Note that minimum in this
+case always means 'closest to zero'; this is important for negative voltage
+measurements. Several inputs have integrated attenuators so they can measure
+higher voltages directly. 3.3V, 5V, 12V, -12V and battery voltage all have
+dedicated inputs. There are several inputs scaled to 0-3V full-scale range
+for SCSI terminator power. The remaining inputs are not scaled and have
+a 0-2.5V full-scale range. A 2.5V or 1.82V reference voltage is provided
+for negative voltage measurements.
+
+If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register
+is read at least once. This means that the cause for the alarm may already
+have disappeared! Note that in the current implementation, all hardware
+registers are read whenever any data is read (unless it is less than 2.0
+seconds since the last update). This means that you can easily miss
+once-only alarms.
+
+The ADM1026 measures continuously. Analog inputs are measured about 4
+times a second. Fan speed measurement time depends on fan speed and
+divisor. It can take as long as 1.5 seconds to measure all fan speeds.
+
+The ADM1026 has the ability to automatically control fan speed based on the
+temperature sensor inputs. Both the PWM output and the DAC output can be
+used to control fan speed. Usually only one of these two outputs will be
+used. Write the minimum PWM or DAC value to the appropriate control
+register. Then set the low temperature limit in the tmin values for each
+temperature sensor. The range of control is fixed at 20 °C, and the
+largest difference between current and tmin of the temperature sensors sets
+the control output. See the datasheet for several example circuits for
+controlling fan speed with the PWM and DAC outputs. The fan speed sensors
+do not have PWM compensation, so it is probably best to control the fan
+voltage from the power lead rather than on the ground lead.
+
+The datasheet shows an example application with VID signals attached to
+GPIO lines. Unfortunately, the chip may not be connected to the VID lines
+in this way. The driver assumes that the chips *is* connected this way to
+get a VID voltage.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1031 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1031
deleted file mode 100644
index a143117c99cb..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1031
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver adm1031
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Analog Devices ADM1030
-    Prefix: 'adm1030'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c to 0x2e
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
-               http://www.analog.com/en/prod/0%2C2877%2CADM1030%2C00.html
-
-  * Analog Devices ADM1031
-    Prefix: 'adm1031'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c to 0x2e
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
-               http://www.analog.com/en/prod/0%2C2877%2CADM1031%2C00.html
-
-Authors:
-        Alexandre d'Alton <alex@alexdalton.org>
-        Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
-
-Description
------------
-
-The ADM1030 and ADM1031 are digital temperature sensors and fan controllers.
-They sense their own temperature as well as the temperature of up to one
-(ADM1030) or two (ADM1031) external diodes.
-
-All temperature values are given in degrees Celsius. Resolution is 0.5
-degree for the local temperature, 0.125 degree for the remote temperatures.
-
-Each temperature channel has its own high and low limits, plus a critical
-limit.
-
-The ADM1030 monitors a single fan speed, while the ADM1031 monitors up to
-two. Each fan channel has its own low speed limit.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1031.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1031.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a677c3ab5574
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1031.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Kernel driver adm1031
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+  * Analog Devices ADM1030
+
+    Prefix: 'adm1030'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c to 0x2e
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
+
+	       http://www.analog.com/en/prod/0%2C2877%2CADM1030%2C00.html
+
+  * Analog Devices ADM1031
+
+    Prefix: 'adm1031'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c to 0x2e
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
+
+	       http://www.analog.com/en/prod/0%2C2877%2CADM1031%2C00.html
+
+Authors:
+	- Alexandre d'Alton <alex@alexdalton.org>
+	- Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The ADM1030 and ADM1031 are digital temperature sensors and fan controllers.
+They sense their own temperature as well as the temperature of up to one
+(ADM1030) or two (ADM1031) external diodes.
+
+All temperature values are given in degrees Celsius. Resolution is 0.5
+degree for the local temperature, 0.125 degree for the remote temperatures.
+
+Each temperature channel has its own high and low limits, plus a critical
+limit.
+
+The ADM1030 monitors a single fan speed, while the ADM1031 monitors up to
+two. Each fan channel has its own low speed limit.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275
deleted file mode 100644
index 39033538eb03..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver adm1275
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Analog Devices ADM1075
-    Prefix: 'adm1075'
-    Addresses scanned: -
-    Datasheet: www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADM1075.pdf
-  * Analog Devices ADM1272
-    Prefix: 'adm1272'
-    Addresses scanned: -
-    Datasheet: www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADM1272.pdf
-  * Analog Devices ADM1275
-    Prefix: 'adm1275'
-    Addresses scanned: -
-    Datasheet: www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADM1275.pdf
-  * Analog Devices ADM1276
-    Prefix: 'adm1276'
-    Addresses scanned: -
-    Datasheet: www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADM1276.pdf
-  * Analog Devices ADM1278
-    Prefix: 'adm1278'
-    Addresses scanned: -
-    Datasheet: www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADM1278.pdf
-  * Analog Devices ADM1293/ADM1294
-    Prefix: 'adm1293', 'adm1294'
-    Addresses scanned: -
-    Datasheet: http://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/ADM1293_1294.pdf
-
-Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
-
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver supports hardware monitoring for Analog Devices ADM1075, ADM1272,
-ADM1275, ADM1276, ADM1278, ADM1293, and ADM1294 Hot-Swap Controller and
-Digital Power Monitors.
-
-ADM1075, ADM1272, ADM1275, ADM1276, ADM1278, ADM1293, and ADM1294 are hot-swap
-controllers that allow a circuit board to be removed from or inserted into
-a live backplane. They also feature current and voltage readback via an
-integrated 12 bit analog-to-digital converter (ADC), accessed using a
-PMBus interface.
-
-The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see
-Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details on PMBus client drivers.
-
-
-Usage Notes
------------
-
-This driver does not auto-detect devices. You will have to instantiate the
-devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for
-details.
-
-The ADM1075, unlike many other PMBus devices, does not support internal voltage
-or current scaling. Reported voltages, currents, and power are raw measurements,
-and will typically have to be scaled.
-
-
-Platform data support
----------------------
-
-The driver supports standard PMBus driver platform data. Please see
-Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details.
-
-
-Sysfs entries
--------------
-
-The following attributes are supported. Limits are read-write, history reset
-attributes are write-only, all other attributes are read-only.
-
-inX_label		"vin1" or "vout1" depending on chip variant and
-			configuration. On ADM1075, ADM1293, and ADM1294,
-			vout1 reports the voltage on the VAUX pin.
-inX_input		Measured voltage.
-inX_min			Minimum Voltage.
-inX_max			Maximum voltage.
-inX_min_alarm		Voltage low alarm.
-inX_max_alarm		Voltage high alarm.
-inX_highest		Historical maximum voltage.
-inX_reset_history	Write any value to reset history.
-
-curr1_label		"iout1"
-curr1_input		Measured current.
-curr1_max		Maximum current.
-curr1_max_alarm		Current high alarm.
-curr1_lcrit		Critical minimum current. Depending on the chip
-			configuration, either curr1_lcrit or curr1_crit is
-			supported, but not both.
-curr1_lcrit_alarm	Critical current low alarm.
-curr1_crit		Critical maximum current. Depending on the chip
-			configuration, either curr1_lcrit or curr1_crit is
-			supported, but not both.
-curr1_crit_alarm	Critical current high alarm.
-curr1_highest		Historical maximum current.
-curr1_reset_history	Write any value to reset history.
-
-power1_label		"pin1"
-power1_input		Input power.
-power1_input_lowest	Lowest observed input power. ADM1293 and ADM1294 only.
-power1_input_highest	Highest observed input power.
-power1_reset_history	Write any value to reset history.
-
-			Power attributes are supported on ADM1075, ADM1272,
-			ADM1276, ADM1293, and ADM1294.
-
-temp1_input		Chip temperature.
-temp1_max		Maximum chip temperature.
-temp1_max_alarm		Temperature alarm.
-temp1_crit		Critical chip temperature.
-temp1_crit_alarm	Critical temperature high alarm.
-temp1_highest		Highest observed temperature.
-temp1_reset_history	Write any value to reset history.
-
-			Temperature attributes are supported on ADM1272 and
-			ADM1278.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9a1913e5b4d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+Kernel driver adm1275
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Analog Devices ADM1075
+
+    Prefix: 'adm1075'
+
+    Addresses scanned: -
+
+    Datasheet: www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADM1075.pdf
+
+  * Analog Devices ADM1272
+
+    Prefix: 'adm1272'
+
+    Addresses scanned: -
+
+    Datasheet: www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADM1272.pdf
+
+  * Analog Devices ADM1275
+
+    Prefix: 'adm1275'
+
+    Addresses scanned: -
+
+    Datasheet: www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADM1275.pdf
+
+  * Analog Devices ADM1276
+
+    Prefix: 'adm1276'
+
+    Addresses scanned: -
+
+    Datasheet: www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADM1276.pdf
+
+  * Analog Devices ADM1278
+
+    Prefix: 'adm1278'
+
+    Addresses scanned: -
+
+    Datasheet: www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADM1278.pdf
+
+  * Analog Devices ADM1293/ADM1294
+
+    Prefix: 'adm1293', 'adm1294'
+
+    Addresses scanned: -
+
+    Datasheet: http://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/ADM1293_1294.pdf
+
+Author: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver supports hardware monitoring for Analog Devices ADM1075, ADM1272,
+ADM1275, ADM1276, ADM1278, ADM1293, and ADM1294 Hot-Swap Controller and
+Digital Power Monitors.
+
+ADM1075, ADM1272, ADM1275, ADM1276, ADM1278, ADM1293, and ADM1294 are hot-swap
+controllers that allow a circuit board to be removed from or inserted into
+a live backplane. They also feature current and voltage readback via an
+integrated 12 bit analog-to-digital converter (ADC), accessed using a
+PMBus interface.
+
+The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see
+Documentation/hwmon/pmbus.rst for details on PMBus client drivers.
+
+
+Usage Notes
+-----------
+
+This driver does not auto-detect devices. You will have to instantiate the
+devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for
+details.
+
+The ADM1075, unlike many other PMBus devices, does not support internal voltage
+or current scaling. Reported voltages, currents, and power are raw measurements,
+and will typically have to be scaled.
+
+The shunt value in micro-ohms can be set via device tree at compile-time. Please
+refer to the Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/adm1275.txt for bindings
+if the device tree is used.
+
+Platform data support
+---------------------
+
+The driver supports standard PMBus driver platform data. Please see
+Documentation/hwmon/pmbus.rst for details.
+
+
+Sysfs entries
+-------------
+
+The following attributes are supported. Limits are read-write, history reset
+attributes are write-only, all other attributes are read-only.
+
+======================= =======================================================
+inX_label		"vin1" or "vout1" depending on chip variant and
+			configuration. On ADM1075, ADM1293, and ADM1294,
+			vout1 reports the voltage on the VAUX pin.
+inX_input		Measured voltage.
+inX_min			Minimum Voltage.
+inX_max			Maximum voltage.
+inX_min_alarm		Voltage low alarm.
+inX_max_alarm		Voltage high alarm.
+inX_highest		Historical maximum voltage.
+inX_reset_history	Write any value to reset history.
+
+curr1_label		"iout1"
+curr1_input		Measured current.
+curr1_max		Maximum current.
+curr1_max_alarm		Current high alarm.
+curr1_lcrit		Critical minimum current. Depending on the chip
+			configuration, either curr1_lcrit or curr1_crit is
+			supported, but not both.
+curr1_lcrit_alarm	Critical current low alarm.
+curr1_crit		Critical maximum current. Depending on the chip
+			configuration, either curr1_lcrit or curr1_crit is
+			supported, but not both.
+curr1_crit_alarm	Critical current high alarm.
+curr1_highest		Historical maximum current.
+curr1_reset_history	Write any value to reset history.
+
+power1_label		"pin1"
+power1_input		Input power.
+power1_input_lowest	Lowest observed input power. ADM1293 and ADM1294 only.
+power1_input_highest	Highest observed input power.
+power1_reset_history	Write any value to reset history.
+
+			Power attributes are supported on ADM1075, ADM1272,
+			ADM1276, ADM1293, and ADM1294.
+
+temp1_input		Chip temperature.
+temp1_max		Maximum chip temperature.
+temp1_max_alarm		Temperature alarm.
+temp1_crit		Critical chip temperature.
+temp1_crit_alarm	Critical temperature high alarm.
+temp1_highest		Highest observed temperature.
+temp1_reset_history	Write any value to reset history.
+
+			Temperature attributes are supported on ADM1272 and
+			ADM1278.
+======================= =======================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm9240 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm9240
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b174fc700cc..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm9240
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver adm9240
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Analog Devices ADM9240
-    Prefix: 'adm9240'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2f
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
-    http://www.analog.com/UploadedFiles/Data_Sheets/79857778ADM9240_0.pdf
-
-  * Dallas Semiconductor DS1780
-    Prefix: 'ds1780'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2f
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Dallas Semiconductor (Maxim) website
-    http://pdfserv.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/DS1780.pdf
-
-  * National Semiconductor LM81
-    Prefix: 'lm81'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2f
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website
-    http://www.national.com/ds.cgi/LM/LM81.pdf
-
-Authors:
-    Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>,
-    Philip Edelbrock <phil@netroedge.com>,
-    Michiel Rook <michiel@grendelproject.nl>,
-    Grant Coady <gcoady.lk@gmail.com> with guidance
-        from Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
-
-Interface
----------
-The I2C addresses listed above assume BIOS has not changed the
-chip MSB 5-bit address. Each chip reports a unique manufacturer
-identification code as well as the chip revision/stepping level.
-
-Description
------------
-[From ADM9240] The ADM9240 is a complete system hardware monitor for
-microprocessor-based systems, providing measurement and limit comparison
-of up to four power supplies and two processor core voltages, plus
-temperature, two fan speeds and chassis intrusion. Measured values can
-be read out via an I2C-compatible serial System Management Bus, and values
-for limit comparisons can be programmed in over the same serial bus. The
-high speed successive approximation ADC allows frequent sampling of all
-analog channels to ensure a fast interrupt response to any out-of-limit
-measurement.
-
-The ADM9240, DS1780 and LM81 are register compatible, the following
-details are common to the three chips. Chip differences are described
-after this section.
-
-
-Measurements
-------------
-The measurement cycle
-
-The adm9240 driver will take a measurement reading no faster than once
-each two seconds. User-space may read sysfs interface faster than the
-measurement update rate and will receive cached data from the most
-recent measurement.
-
-ADM9240 has a very fast 320us temperature and voltage measurement cycle
-with independent fan speed measurement cycles counting alternating rising
-edges of the fan tacho inputs.
-
-DS1780 measurement cycle is about once per second including fan speed.
-
-LM81 measurement cycle is about once per 400ms including fan speed.
-The LM81 12-bit extended temperature measurement mode is not supported.
-
-Temperature
------------
-On chip temperature is reported as degrees Celsius as 9-bit signed data
-with resolution of 0.5 degrees Celsius. High and low temperature limits
-are 8-bit signed data with resolution of one degree Celsius.
-
-Temperature alarm is asserted once the temperature exceeds the high limit,
-and is cleared when the temperature falls below the temp1_max_hyst value.
-
-Fan Speed
----------
-Two fan tacho inputs are provided, the ADM9240 gates an internal 22.5kHz
-clock via a divider to an 8-bit counter. Fan speed (rpm) is calculated by:
-
-rpm = (22500 * 60) / (count * divider)
-
-Automatic fan clock divider
-
-  * User sets 0 to fan_min limit
-    - low speed alarm is disabled
-    - fan clock divider not changed
-    - auto fan clock adjuster enabled for valid fan speed reading
-
-  * User sets fan_min limit too low
-    - low speed alarm is enabled
-    - fan clock divider set to max
-    - fan_min set to register value 254 which corresponds
-      to 664 rpm on adm9240
-    - low speed alarm will be asserted if fan speed is
-      less than minimum measurable speed
-    - auto fan clock adjuster disabled
-
-  * User sets reasonable fan speed
-    - low speed alarm is enabled
-    - fan clock divider set to suit fan_min
-    - auto fan clock adjuster enabled: adjusts fan_min
-
-  * User sets unreasonably high low fan speed limit
-    - resolution of the low speed limit may be reduced
-    - alarm will be asserted
-    - auto fan clock adjuster enabled: adjusts fan_min
-
-    * fan speed may be displayed as zero until the auto fan clock divider
-      adjuster brings fan speed clock divider back into chip measurement
-      range, this will occur within a few measurement cycles.
-
-Analog Output
--------------
-An analog output provides a 0 to 1.25 volt signal intended for an external
-fan speed amplifier circuit. The analog output is set to maximum value on
-power up or reset. This doesn't do much on the test Intel SE440BX-2.
-
-Voltage Monitor
-
-Voltage (IN) measurement is internally scaled:
-
-    nr  label       nominal     maximum   resolution
-                      mV          mV         mV
-    0   +2.5V        2500        3320       13.0
-    1   Vccp1        2700        3600       14.1
-    2   +3.3V        3300        4380       17.2
-    3     +5V        5000        6640       26.0
-    4    +12V       12000       15940       62.5
-    5   Vccp2        2700        3600       14.1
-
-The reading is an unsigned 8-bit value, nominal voltage measurement is
-represented by a reading of 192, being 3/4 of the measurement range.
-
-An alarm is asserted for any voltage going below or above the set limits.
-
-The driver reports and accepts voltage limits scaled to the above table.
-
-VID Monitor
------------
-The chip has five inputs to read the 5-bit VID and reports the mV value
-based on detected CPU type.
-
-Chassis Intrusion
------------------
-An alarm is asserted when the CI pin goes active high. The ADM9240
-Datasheet has an example of an external temperature sensor driving
-this pin. On an Intel SE440BX-2 the Chassis Intrusion header is
-connected to a normally open switch.
-
-The ADM9240 provides an internal open drain on this line, and may output
-a 20 ms active low pulse to reset an external Chassis Intrusion latch.
-
-Clear the CI latch by writing value 0 to the sysfs intrusion0_alarm file.
-
-Alarm flags reported as 16-bit word
-
-    bit     label               comment
-    ---     -------------       --------------------------
-     0      +2.5 V_Error        high or low limit exceeded
-     1      VCCP_Error          high or low limit exceeded
-     2      +3.3 V_Error        high or low limit exceeded
-     3      +5 V_Error          high or low limit exceeded
-     4      Temp_Error          temperature error
-     6      FAN1_Error          fan low limit exceeded
-     7      FAN2_Error          fan low limit exceeded
-     8      +12 V_Error         high or low limit exceeded
-     9      VCCP2_Error         high or low limit exceeded
-    12      Chassis_Error       CI pin went high
-
-Remaining bits are reserved and thus undefined. It is important to note
-that alarm bits may be cleared on read, user-space may latch alarms and
-provide the end-user with a method to clear alarm memory.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm9240.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/adm9240.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..91063b0f4c6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm9240.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+Kernel driver adm9240
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Analog Devices ADM9240
+
+    Prefix: 'adm9240'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2f
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
+
+	http://www.analog.com/UploadedFiles/Data_Sheets/79857778ADM9240_0.pdf
+
+  * Dallas Semiconductor DS1780
+
+    Prefix: 'ds1780'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2f
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Dallas Semiconductor (Maxim) website
+
+	http://pdfserv.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/DS1780.pdf
+
+  * National Semiconductor LM81
+
+    Prefix: 'lm81'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c - 0x2f
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website
+
+	http://www.national.com/ds.cgi/LM/LM81.pdf
+
+Authors:
+    - Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>,
+    - Philip Edelbrock <phil@netroedge.com>,
+    - Michiel Rook <michiel@grendelproject.nl>,
+    - Grant Coady <gcoady.lk@gmail.com> with guidance
+      from Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
+
+Interface
+---------
+The I2C addresses listed above assume BIOS has not changed the
+chip MSB 5-bit address. Each chip reports a unique manufacturer
+identification code as well as the chip revision/stepping level.
+
+Description
+-----------
+[From ADM9240] The ADM9240 is a complete system hardware monitor for
+microprocessor-based systems, providing measurement and limit comparison
+of up to four power supplies and two processor core voltages, plus
+temperature, two fan speeds and chassis intrusion. Measured values can
+be read out via an I2C-compatible serial System Management Bus, and values
+for limit comparisons can be programmed in over the same serial bus. The
+high speed successive approximation ADC allows frequent sampling of all
+analog channels to ensure a fast interrupt response to any out-of-limit
+measurement.
+
+The ADM9240, DS1780 and LM81 are register compatible, the following
+details are common to the three chips. Chip differences are described
+after this section.
+
+
+Measurements
+------------
+The measurement cycle
+
+The adm9240 driver will take a measurement reading no faster than once
+each two seconds. User-space may read sysfs interface faster than the
+measurement update rate and will receive cached data from the most
+recent measurement.
+
+ADM9240 has a very fast 320us temperature and voltage measurement cycle
+with independent fan speed measurement cycles counting alternating rising
+edges of the fan tacho inputs.
+
+DS1780 measurement cycle is about once per second including fan speed.
+
+LM81 measurement cycle is about once per 400ms including fan speed.
+The LM81 12-bit extended temperature measurement mode is not supported.
+
+Temperature
+-----------
+On chip temperature is reported as degrees Celsius as 9-bit signed data
+with resolution of 0.5 degrees Celsius. High and low temperature limits
+are 8-bit signed data with resolution of one degree Celsius.
+
+Temperature alarm is asserted once the temperature exceeds the high limit,
+and is cleared when the temperature falls below the temp1_max_hyst value.
+
+Fan Speed
+---------
+Two fan tacho inputs are provided, the ADM9240 gates an internal 22.5kHz
+clock via a divider to an 8-bit counter. Fan speed (rpm) is calculated by:
+
+rpm = (22500 * 60) / (count * divider)
+
+Automatic fan clock divider
+
+  * User sets 0 to fan_min limit
+
+    - low speed alarm is disabled
+    - fan clock divider not changed
+    - auto fan clock adjuster enabled for valid fan speed reading
+
+  * User sets fan_min limit too low
+
+    - low speed alarm is enabled
+    - fan clock divider set to max
+    - fan_min set to register value 254 which corresponds
+      to 664 rpm on adm9240
+    - low speed alarm will be asserted if fan speed is
+      less than minimum measurable speed
+    - auto fan clock adjuster disabled
+
+  * User sets reasonable fan speed
+
+    - low speed alarm is enabled
+    - fan clock divider set to suit fan_min
+    - auto fan clock adjuster enabled: adjusts fan_min
+
+  * User sets unreasonably high low fan speed limit
+
+    - resolution of the low speed limit may be reduced
+    - alarm will be asserted
+    - auto fan clock adjuster enabled: adjusts fan_min
+
+  * fan speed may be displayed as zero until the auto fan clock divider
+    adjuster brings fan speed clock divider back into chip measurement
+    range, this will occur within a few measurement cycles.
+
+Analog Output
+-------------
+An analog output provides a 0 to 1.25 volt signal intended for an external
+fan speed amplifier circuit. The analog output is set to maximum value on
+power up or reset. This doesn't do much on the test Intel SE440BX-2.
+
+Voltage Monitor
+
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Voltage (IN) measurement is internally scaled:
+
+    === =========== =========== ========= ==========
+    nr  label       nominal     maximum   resolution
+		      mV          mV         mV
+    === =========== =========== ========= ==========
+    0   +2.5V        2500        3320       13.0
+    1   Vccp1        2700        3600       14.1
+    2   +3.3V        3300        4380       17.2
+    3     +5V        5000        6640       26.0
+    4    +12V       12000       15940       62.5
+    5   Vccp2        2700        3600       14.1
+    === =========== =========== ========= ==========
+
+The reading is an unsigned 8-bit value, nominal voltage measurement is
+represented by a reading of 192, being 3/4 of the measurement range.
+
+An alarm is asserted for any voltage going below or above the set limits.
+
+The driver reports and accepts voltage limits scaled to the above table.
+
+VID Monitor
+-----------
+The chip has five inputs to read the 5-bit VID and reports the mV value
+based on detected CPU type.
+
+Chassis Intrusion
+-----------------
+An alarm is asserted when the CI pin goes active high. The ADM9240
+Datasheet has an example of an external temperature sensor driving
+this pin. On an Intel SE440BX-2 the Chassis Intrusion header is
+connected to a normally open switch.
+
+The ADM9240 provides an internal open drain on this line, and may output
+a 20 ms active low pulse to reset an external Chassis Intrusion latch.
+
+Clear the CI latch by writing value 0 to the sysfs intrusion0_alarm file.
+
+Alarm flags reported as 16-bit word
+
+    ===     =============       ==========================
+    bit     label               comment
+    ===     =============       ==========================
+     0      +2.5 V_Error        high or low limit exceeded
+     1      VCCP_Error          high or low limit exceeded
+     2      +3.3 V_Error        high or low limit exceeded
+     3      +5 V_Error          high or low limit exceeded
+     4      Temp_Error          temperature error
+     6      FAN1_Error          fan low limit exceeded
+     7      FAN2_Error          fan low limit exceeded
+     8      +12 V_Error         high or low limit exceeded
+     9      VCCP2_Error         high or low limit exceeded
+    12      Chassis_Error       CI pin went high
+    ===     =============       ==========================
+
+Remaining bits are reserved and thus undefined. It is important to note
+that alarm bits may be cleared on read, user-space may latch alarms and
+provide the end-user with a method to clear alarm memory.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ads1015 b/Documentation/hwmon/ads1015
deleted file mode 100644
index 02d2a459385f..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/ads1015
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver ads1015
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Texas Instruments ADS1015
-    Prefix: 'ads1015'
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Texas Instruments website :
-               http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ads1015.pdf
-  * Texas Instruments ADS1115
-    Prefix: 'ads1115'
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Texas Instruments website :
-               http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ads1115.pdf
-
-Authors:
-        Dirk Eibach, Guntermann & Drunck GmbH <eibach@gdsys.de>
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver implements support for the Texas Instruments ADS1015/ADS1115.
-
-This device is a 12/16-bit A-D converter with 4 inputs.
-
-The inputs can be used single ended or in certain differential combinations.
-
-The inputs can be made available by 8 sysfs input files in0_input - in7_input:
-in0: Voltage over AIN0 and AIN1.
-in1: Voltage over AIN0 and AIN3.
-in2: Voltage over AIN1 and AIN3.
-in3: Voltage over AIN2 and AIN3.
-in4: Voltage over AIN0 and GND.
-in5: Voltage over AIN1 and GND.
-in6: Voltage over AIN2 and GND.
-in7: Voltage over AIN3 and GND.
-
-Which inputs are available can be configured using platform data or devicetree.
-
-By default all inputs are exported.
-
-Platform Data
--------------
-
-In linux/platform_data/ads1015.h platform data is defined, channel_data contains
-configuration data for the used input combinations:
-- pga is the programmable gain amplifier (values are full scale)
-  0: +/- 6.144 V
-  1: +/- 4.096 V
-  2: +/- 2.048 V
-  3: +/- 1.024 V
-  4: +/- 0.512 V
-  5: +/- 0.256 V
-- data_rate in samples per second
-  0: 128
-  1: 250
-  2: 490
-  3: 920
-  4: 1600
-  5: 2400
-  6: 3300
-
-Example:
-struct ads1015_platform_data data = {
-	.channel_data = {
-		[2] = { .enabled = true, .pga = 1, .data_rate = 0 },
-		[4] = { .enabled = true, .pga = 4, .data_rate = 5 },
-	}
-};
-
-In this case only in2_input (FS +/- 4.096 V, 128 SPS) and in4_input
-(FS +/- 0.512 V, 2400 SPS) would be created.
-
-Devicetree
-----------
-
-Configuration is also possible via devicetree:
-Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ads1015.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ads1015.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/ads1015.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e0951c4e57bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ads1015.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+Kernel driver ads1015
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Texas Instruments ADS1015
+
+    Prefix: 'ads1015'
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Texas Instruments website:
+
+	       http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ads1015.pdf
+
+  * Texas Instruments ADS1115
+
+    Prefix: 'ads1115'
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Texas Instruments website:
+
+	       http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ads1115.pdf
+
+Authors:
+	Dirk Eibach, Guntermann & Drunck GmbH <eibach@gdsys.de>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver implements support for the Texas Instruments ADS1015/ADS1115.
+
+This device is a 12/16-bit A-D converter with 4 inputs.
+
+The inputs can be used single ended or in certain differential combinations.
+
+The inputs can be made available by 8 sysfs input files in0_input - in7_input:
+
+  - in0: Voltage over AIN0 and AIN1.
+  - in1: Voltage over AIN0 and AIN3.
+  - in2: Voltage over AIN1 and AIN3.
+  - in3: Voltage over AIN2 and AIN3.
+  - in4: Voltage over AIN0 and GND.
+  - in5: Voltage over AIN1 and GND.
+  - in6: Voltage over AIN2 and GND.
+  - in7: Voltage over AIN3 and GND.
+
+Which inputs are available can be configured using platform data or devicetree.
+
+By default all inputs are exported.
+
+Platform Data
+-------------
+
+In linux/platform_data/ads1015.h platform data is defined, channel_data contains
+configuration data for the used input combinations:
+
+- pga is the programmable gain amplifier (values are full scale)
+
+    - 0: +/- 6.144 V
+    - 1: +/- 4.096 V
+    - 2: +/- 2.048 V
+    - 3: +/- 1.024 V
+    - 4: +/- 0.512 V
+    - 5: +/- 0.256 V
+
+- data_rate in samples per second
+
+    - 0: 128
+    - 1: 250
+    - 2: 490
+    - 3: 920
+    - 4: 1600
+    - 5: 2400
+    - 6: 3300
+
+Example::
+
+  struct ads1015_platform_data data = {
+	.channel_data = {
+		[2] = { .enabled = true, .pga = 1, .data_rate = 0 },
+		[4] = { .enabled = true, .pga = 4, .data_rate = 5 },
+	}
+  };
+
+In this case only in2_input (FS +/- 4.096 V, 128 SPS) and in4_input
+(FS +/- 0.512 V, 2400 SPS) would be created.
+
+Devicetree
+----------
+
+Configuration is also possible via devicetree:
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ads1015.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ads7828 b/Documentation/hwmon/ads7828
deleted file mode 100644
index f6e263e0f607..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/ads7828
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver ads7828
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Texas Instruments/Burr-Brown ADS7828
-    Prefix: 'ads7828'
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Texas Instruments website:
-               http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ads7828.pdf
-
-  * Texas Instruments ADS7830
-    Prefix: 'ads7830'
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Texas Instruments website:
-               http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ads7830.pdf
-
-Authors:
-        Steve Hardy <shardy@redhat.com>
-        Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
-        Guillaume Roguez <guillaume.roguez@savoirfairelinux.com>
-
-Platform data
--------------
-
-The ads7828 driver accepts an optional ads7828_platform_data structure (defined
-in include/linux/platform_data/ads7828.h). The structure fields are:
-
-* diff_input: (bool) Differential operation
-  set to true for differential mode, false for default single ended mode.
-
-* ext_vref: (bool) External reference
-  set to true if it operates with an external reference, false for default
-  internal reference.
-
-* vref_mv: (unsigned int) Voltage reference
-  if using an external reference, set this to the reference voltage in mV,
-  otherwise it will default to the internal value (2500mV). This value will be
-  bounded with limits accepted by the chip, described in the datasheet.
-
- If no structure is provided, the configuration defaults to single ended
- operation and internal voltage reference (2.5V).
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver implements support for the Texas Instruments ADS7828 and ADS7830.
-
-The ADS7828 device is a 12-bit 8-channel A/D converter, while the ADS7830 does
-8-bit sampling.
-
-It can operate in single ended mode (8 +ve inputs) or in differential mode,
-where 4 differential pairs can be measured.
-
-The chip also has the facility to use an external voltage reference.  This
-may be required if your hardware supplies the ADS7828 from a 5V supply, see
-the datasheet for more details.
-
-There is no reliable way to identify this chip, so the driver will not scan
-some addresses to try to auto-detect it. That means that you will have to
-statically declare the device in the platform support code.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ads7828.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/ads7828.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b830b490cfe4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ads7828.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+Kernel driver ads7828
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Texas Instruments/Burr-Brown ADS7828
+
+    Prefix: 'ads7828'
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Texas Instruments website:
+
+	       http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ads7828.pdf
+
+  * Texas Instruments ADS7830
+
+    Prefix: 'ads7830'
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Texas Instruments website:
+
+	       http://focus.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/ads7830.pdf
+
+Authors:
+	- Steve Hardy <shardy@redhat.com>
+	- Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
+	- Guillaume Roguez <guillaume.roguez@savoirfairelinux.com>
+
+Platform data
+-------------
+
+The ads7828 driver accepts an optional ads7828_platform_data structure (defined
+in include/linux/platform_data/ads7828.h). The structure fields are:
+
+* diff_input: (bool) Differential operation
+    set to true for differential mode, false for default single ended mode.
+
+* ext_vref: (bool) External reference
+    set to true if it operates with an external reference, false for default
+    internal reference.
+
+* vref_mv: (unsigned int) Voltage reference
+    if using an external reference, set this to the reference voltage in mV,
+    otherwise it will default to the internal value (2500mV). This value will be
+    bounded with limits accepted by the chip, described in the datasheet.
+
+ If no structure is provided, the configuration defaults to single ended
+ operation and internal voltage reference (2.5V).
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver implements support for the Texas Instruments ADS7828 and ADS7830.
+
+The ADS7828 device is a 12-bit 8-channel A/D converter, while the ADS7830 does
+8-bit sampling.
+
+It can operate in single ended mode (8 +ve inputs) or in differential mode,
+where 4 differential pairs can be measured.
+
+The chip also has the facility to use an external voltage reference.  This
+may be required if your hardware supplies the ADS7828 from a 5V supply, see
+the datasheet for more details.
+
+There is no reliable way to identify this chip, so the driver will not scan
+some addresses to try to auto-detect it. That means that you will have to
+statically declare the device in the platform support code.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7410 b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7410
deleted file mode 100644
index 9817941e5f19..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7410
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver adt7410
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Analog Devices ADT7410
-    Prefix: 'adt7410'
-    Addresses scanned: None
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
-               http://www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADT7410.pdf
-  * Analog Devices ADT7420
-    Prefix: 'adt7420'
-    Addresses scanned: None
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
-               http://www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADT7420.pdf
-  * Analog Devices ADT7310
-    Prefix: 'adt7310'
-    Addresses scanned: None
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
-               http://www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADT7310.pdf
-  * Analog Devices ADT7320
-    Prefix: 'adt7320'
-    Addresses scanned: None
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
-               http://www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADT7320.pdf
-
-Author: Hartmut Knaack <knaack.h@gmx.de>
-
-Description
------------
-
-The ADT7310/ADT7410 is a temperature sensor with rated temperature range of
--55°C to +150°C. It has a high accuracy of +/-0.5°C and can be operated at a
-resolution of 13 bits (0.0625°C) or 16 bits (0.0078°C). The sensor provides an
-INT pin to indicate that a minimum or maximum temperature set point has been
-exceeded, as well as a critical temperature (CT) pin to indicate that the
-critical temperature set point has been exceeded. Both pins can be set up with a
-common hysteresis of 0°C - 15°C and a fault queue, ranging from 1 to 4 events.
-Both pins can individually set to be active-low or active-high, while the whole
-device can either run in comparator mode or interrupt mode. The ADT7410 supports
-continuous temperature sampling, as well as sampling one temperature value per
-second or even just get one sample on demand for power saving. Besides, it can
-completely power down its ADC, if power management is required.
-
-The ADT7320/ADT7420 is register compatible, the only differences being the
-package, a slightly narrower operating temperature range (-40°C to +150°C), and
-a better accuracy (0.25°C instead of 0.50°C.)
-
-The difference between the ADT7310/ADT7320 and ADT7410/ADT7420 is the control
-interface, the ADT7310 and ADT7320 use SPI while the ADT7410 and ADT7420 use
-I2C.
-
-Configuration Notes
--------------------
-
-Since the device uses one hysteresis value, which is an offset to minimum,
-maximum and critical temperature, it can only be set for temp#_max_hyst.
-However, temp#_min_hyst and temp#_crit_hyst show their corresponding
-hysteresis.
-The device is set to 16 bit resolution and comparator mode.
-
-sysfs-Interface
----------------
-
-temp#_input		- temperature input
-temp#_min		- temperature minimum setpoint
-temp#_max		- temperature maximum setpoint
-temp#_crit		- critical temperature setpoint
-temp#_min_hyst		- hysteresis for temperature minimum (read-only)
-temp#_max_hyst		- hysteresis for temperature maximum (read/write)
-temp#_crit_hyst		- hysteresis for critical temperature (read-only)
-temp#_min_alarm		- temperature minimum alarm flag
-temp#_max_alarm		- temperature maximum alarm flag
-temp#_crit_alarm	- critical temperature alarm flag
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7410.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7410.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..24caaa83c8ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7410.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+Kernel driver adt7410
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Analog Devices ADT7410
+
+    Prefix: 'adt7410'
+
+    Addresses scanned: None
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
+
+	       http://www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADT7410.pdf
+  * Analog Devices ADT7420
+
+    Prefix: 'adt7420'
+
+    Addresses scanned: None
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
+
+	       http://www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADT7420.pdf
+
+  * Analog Devices ADT7310
+
+    Prefix: 'adt7310'
+
+    Addresses scanned: None
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
+
+	       http://www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADT7310.pdf
+
+  * Analog Devices ADT7320
+
+    Prefix: 'adt7320'
+
+    Addresses scanned: None
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
+
+	       http://www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADT7320.pdf
+
+Author: Hartmut Knaack <knaack.h@gmx.de>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The ADT7310/ADT7410 is a temperature sensor with rated temperature range of
+-55°C to +150°C. It has a high accuracy of +/-0.5°C and can be operated at a
+resolution of 13 bits (0.0625°C) or 16 bits (0.0078°C). The sensor provides an
+INT pin to indicate that a minimum or maximum temperature set point has been
+exceeded, as well as a critical temperature (CT) pin to indicate that the
+critical temperature set point has been exceeded. Both pins can be set up with a
+common hysteresis of 0°C - 15°C and a fault queue, ranging from 1 to 4 events.
+Both pins can individually set to be active-low or active-high, while the whole
+device can either run in comparator mode or interrupt mode. The ADT7410 supports
+continuous temperature sampling, as well as sampling one temperature value per
+second or even just get one sample on demand for power saving. Besides, it can
+completely power down its ADC, if power management is required.
+
+The ADT7320/ADT7420 is register compatible, the only differences being the
+package, a slightly narrower operating temperature range (-40°C to +150°C), and
+a better accuracy (0.25°C instead of 0.50°C.)
+
+The difference between the ADT7310/ADT7320 and ADT7410/ADT7420 is the control
+interface, the ADT7310 and ADT7320 use SPI while the ADT7410 and ADT7420 use
+I2C.
+
+Configuration Notes
+-------------------
+
+Since the device uses one hysteresis value, which is an offset to minimum,
+maximum and critical temperature, it can only be set for temp#_max_hyst.
+However, temp#_min_hyst and temp#_crit_hyst show their corresponding
+hysteresis.
+The device is set to 16 bit resolution and comparator mode.
+
+sysfs-Interface
+---------------
+
+======================== ====================================================
+temp#_input		 temperature input
+temp#_min		 temperature minimum setpoint
+temp#_max		 temperature maximum setpoint
+temp#_crit		 critical temperature setpoint
+temp#_min_hyst		 hysteresis for temperature minimum (read-only)
+temp#_max_hyst		 hysteresis for temperature maximum (read/write)
+temp#_crit_hyst		 hysteresis for critical temperature (read-only)
+temp#_min_alarm		 temperature minimum alarm flag
+temp#_max_alarm		 temperature maximum alarm flag
+temp#_crit_alarm	 critical temperature alarm flag
+======================== ====================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7411 b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7411
deleted file mode 100644
index 1632960f9745..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7411
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver adt7411
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Analog Devices ADT7411
-    Prefix: 'adt7411'
-    Addresses scanned: 0x48, 0x4a, 0x4b
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
-
-Author: Wolfram Sang (based on adt7470 by Darrick J. Wong)
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver implements support for the Analog Devices ADT7411 chip. There may
-be other chips that implement this interface.
-
-The ADT7411 can use an I2C/SMBus compatible 2-wire interface or an
-SPI-compatible 4-wire interface. It provides a 10-bit analog to digital
-converter which measures 1 temperature, vdd and 8 input voltages. It has an
-internal temperature sensor, but an external one can also be connected (one
-loses 2 inputs then). There are high- and low-limit registers for all inputs.
-
-Check the datasheet for details.
-
-sysfs-Interface
----------------
-
-in0_input	- vdd voltage input
-in[1-8]_input	- analog 1-8 input
-temp1_input	- temperature input
-
-Besides standard interfaces, this driver adds (0 = off, 1 = on):
-
-  adc_ref_vdd	- Use vdd as reference instead of 2.25 V
-  fast_sampling	- Sample at 22.5 kHz instead of 1.4 kHz, but drop filters
-  no_average	- Turn off averaging over 16 samples
-
-Notes
------
-
-SPI, external temperature sensor and limit registers are not supported yet.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7411.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7411.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..57ad16fb216a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7411.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+Kernel driver adt7411
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Analog Devices ADT7411
+
+    Prefix: 'adt7411'
+
+    Addresses scanned: 0x48, 0x4a, 0x4b
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
+
+Author: Wolfram Sang (based on adt7470 by Darrick J. Wong)
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver implements support for the Analog Devices ADT7411 chip. There may
+be other chips that implement this interface.
+
+The ADT7411 can use an I2C/SMBus compatible 2-wire interface or an
+SPI-compatible 4-wire interface. It provides a 10-bit analog to digital
+converter which measures 1 temperature, vdd and 8 input voltages. It has an
+internal temperature sensor, but an external one can also be connected (one
+loses 2 inputs then). There are high- and low-limit registers for all inputs.
+
+Check the datasheet for details.
+
+sysfs-Interface
+---------------
+
+================ =================
+in0_input	 vdd voltage input
+in[1-8]_input	 analog 1-8 input
+temp1_input	 temperature input
+================ =================
+
+Besides standard interfaces, this driver adds (0 = off, 1 = on):
+
+  ============== =======================================================
+  adc_ref_vdd	 Use vdd as reference instead of 2.25 V
+  fast_sampling	 Sample at 22.5 kHz instead of 1.4 kHz, but drop filters
+  no_average	 Turn off averaging over 16 samples
+  ============== =======================================================
+
+Notes
+-----
+
+SPI, external temperature sensor and limit registers are not supported yet.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7462 b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7462
deleted file mode 100644
index ec660b328275..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7462
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver adt7462
-======================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Analog Devices ADT7462
-    Prefix: 'adt7462'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x58, 0x5C
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
-
-Author: Darrick J. Wong
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver implements support for the Analog Devices ADT7462 chip family.
-
-This chip is a bit of a beast.  It has 8 counters for measuring fan speed.  It
-can also measure 13 voltages or 4 temperatures, or various combinations of the
-two.  See the chip documentation for more details about the exact set of
-configurations.  This driver does not allow one to configure the chip; that is
-left to the system designer.
-
-A sophisticated control system for the PWM outputs is designed into the ADT7462
-that allows fan speed to be adjusted automatically based on any of the three
-temperature sensors. Each PWM output is individually adjustable and
-programmable. Once configured, the ADT7462 will adjust the PWM outputs in
-response to the measured temperatures without further host intervention.  This
-feature can also be disabled for manual control of the PWM's.
-
-Each of the measured inputs (voltage, temperature, fan speed) has
-corresponding high/low limit values. The ADT7462 will signal an ALARM if
-any measured value exceeds either limit.
-
-The ADT7462 samples all inputs continuously. The driver will not read
-the registers more often than once every other second. Further,
-configuration data is only read once per minute.
-
-Special Features
-----------------
-
-The ADT7462 have a 10-bit ADC and can therefore measure temperatures
-with 0.25 degC resolution.
-
-The Analog Devices datasheet is very detailed and describes a procedure for
-determining an optimal configuration for the automatic PWM control.
-
-The driver will report sensor labels when it is able to determine that
-information from the configuration registers.
-
-Configuration Notes
--------------------
-
-Besides standard interfaces driver adds the following:
-
-* PWM Control
-
-* pwm#_auto_point1_pwm and temp#_auto_point1_temp and
-* pwm#_auto_point2_pwm and temp#_auto_point2_temp -
-
-point1: Set the pwm speed at a lower temperature bound.
-point2: Set the pwm speed at a higher temperature bound.
-
-The ADT7462 will scale the pwm between the lower and higher pwm speed when
-the temperature is between the two temperature boundaries.  PWM values range
-from 0 (off) to 255 (full speed).  Fan speed will be set to maximum when the
-temperature sensor associated with the PWM control exceeds temp#_max.
-
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7462.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7462.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..139e19696188
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7462.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+Kernel driver adt7462
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Analog Devices ADT7462
+
+    Prefix: 'adt7462'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x58, 0x5C
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
+
+Author: Darrick J. Wong
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver implements support for the Analog Devices ADT7462 chip family.
+
+This chip is a bit of a beast.  It has 8 counters for measuring fan speed.  It
+can also measure 13 voltages or 4 temperatures, or various combinations of the
+two.  See the chip documentation for more details about the exact set of
+configurations.  This driver does not allow one to configure the chip; that is
+left to the system designer.
+
+A sophisticated control system for the PWM outputs is designed into the ADT7462
+that allows fan speed to be adjusted automatically based on any of the three
+temperature sensors. Each PWM output is individually adjustable and
+programmable. Once configured, the ADT7462 will adjust the PWM outputs in
+response to the measured temperatures without further host intervention.  This
+feature can also be disabled for manual control of the PWM's.
+
+Each of the measured inputs (voltage, temperature, fan speed) has
+corresponding high/low limit values. The ADT7462 will signal an ALARM if
+any measured value exceeds either limit.
+
+The ADT7462 samples all inputs continuously. The driver will not read
+the registers more often than once every other second. Further,
+configuration data is only read once per minute.
+
+Special Features
+----------------
+
+The ADT7462 have a 10-bit ADC and can therefore measure temperatures
+with 0.25 degC resolution.
+
+The Analog Devices datasheet is very detailed and describes a procedure for
+determining an optimal configuration for the automatic PWM control.
+
+The driver will report sensor labels when it is able to determine that
+information from the configuration registers.
+
+Configuration Notes
+-------------------
+
+Besides standard interfaces driver adds the following:
+
+* PWM Control
+
+* pwm#_auto_point1_pwm and temp#_auto_point1_temp and
+* pwm#_auto_point2_pwm and temp#_auto_point2_temp -
+
+  - point1: Set the pwm speed at a lower temperature bound.
+  - point2: Set the pwm speed at a higher temperature bound.
+
+The ADT7462 will scale the pwm between the lower and higher pwm speed when
+the temperature is between the two temperature boundaries.  PWM values range
+from 0 (off) to 255 (full speed).  Fan speed will be set to maximum when the
+temperature sensor associated with the PWM control exceeds temp#_max.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7470 b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7470
deleted file mode 100644
index fe68e18a0c8d..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7470
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver adt7470
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Analog Devices ADT7470
-    Prefix: 'adt7470'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2C, 0x2E, 0x2F
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
-
-Author: Darrick J. Wong
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver implements support for the Analog Devices ADT7470 chip.  There may
-be other chips that implement this interface.
-
-The ADT7470 uses the 2-wire interface compatible with the SMBus 2.0
-specification. Using an analog to digital converter it measures up to ten (10)
-external temperatures. It has four (4) 16-bit counters for measuring fan speed.
-There are four (4) PWM outputs that can be used to control fan speed.
-
-A sophisticated control system for the PWM outputs is designed into the ADT7470
-that allows fan speed to be adjusted automatically based on any of the ten
-temperature sensors. Each PWM output is individually adjustable and
-programmable. Once configured, the ADT7470 will adjust the PWM outputs in
-response to the measured temperatures with further host intervention.  This
-feature can also be disabled for manual control of the PWM's.
-
-Each of the measured inputs (temperature, fan speed) has corresponding high/low
-limit values. The ADT7470 will signal an ALARM if any measured value exceeds
-either limit.
-
-The ADT7470 samples all inputs continuously.  A kernel thread is started up for
-the purpose of periodically querying the temperature sensors, thus allowing the
-automatic fan pwm control to set the fan speed.  The driver will not read the
-registers more often than once every 5 seconds.  Further, configuration data is
-only read once per minute.
-
-Special Features
-----------------
-
-The ADT7470 has a 8-bit ADC and is capable of measuring temperatures with 1
-degC resolution.
-
-The Analog Devices datasheet is very detailed and describes a procedure for
-determining an optimal configuration for the automatic PWM control.
-
-Configuration Notes
--------------------
-
-Besides standard interfaces driver adds the following:
-
-* PWM Control
-
-* pwm#_auto_point1_pwm and pwm#_auto_point1_temp and
-* pwm#_auto_point2_pwm and pwm#_auto_point2_temp -
-
-point1: Set the pwm speed at a lower temperature bound.
-point2: Set the pwm speed at a higher temperature bound.
-
-The ADT7470 will scale the pwm between the lower and higher pwm speed when
-the temperature is between the two temperature boundaries.  PWM values range
-from 0 (off) to 255 (full speed).  Fan speed will be set to maximum when the
-temperature sensor associated with the PWM control exceeds
-pwm#_auto_point2_temp.
-
-The driver also allows control of the PWM frequency:
-
-* pwm1_freq
-
-The PWM frequency is rounded to the nearest one of:
-
-* 11.0 Hz
-* 14.7 Hz
-* 22.1 Hz
-* 29.4 Hz
-* 35.3 Hz
-* 44.1 Hz
-* 58.8 Hz
-* 88.2 Hz
-* 1.4 kHz
-* 22.5 kHz
-
-Notes
------
-
-The temperature inputs no longer need to be read periodically from userspace in
-order for the automatic pwm algorithm to run.  This was the case for earlier
-versions of the driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7470.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7470.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d225f816e992
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7470.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+Kernel driver adt7470
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Analog Devices ADT7470
+
+    Prefix: 'adt7470'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2C, 0x2E, 0x2F
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Analog Devices website
+
+Author: Darrick J. Wong
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver implements support for the Analog Devices ADT7470 chip.  There may
+be other chips that implement this interface.
+
+The ADT7470 uses the 2-wire interface compatible with the SMBus 2.0
+specification. Using an analog to digital converter it measures up to ten (10)
+external temperatures. It has four (4) 16-bit counters for measuring fan speed.
+There are four (4) PWM outputs that can be used to control fan speed.
+
+A sophisticated control system for the PWM outputs is designed into the ADT7470
+that allows fan speed to be adjusted automatically based on any of the ten
+temperature sensors. Each PWM output is individually adjustable and
+programmable. Once configured, the ADT7470 will adjust the PWM outputs in
+response to the measured temperatures with further host intervention.  This
+feature can also be disabled for manual control of the PWM's.
+
+Each of the measured inputs (temperature, fan speed) has corresponding high/low
+limit values. The ADT7470 will signal an ALARM if any measured value exceeds
+either limit.
+
+The ADT7470 samples all inputs continuously.  A kernel thread is started up for
+the purpose of periodically querying the temperature sensors, thus allowing the
+automatic fan pwm control to set the fan speed.  The driver will not read the
+registers more often than once every 5 seconds.  Further, configuration data is
+only read once per minute.
+
+Special Features
+----------------
+
+The ADT7470 has a 8-bit ADC and is capable of measuring temperatures with 1
+degC resolution.
+
+The Analog Devices datasheet is very detailed and describes a procedure for
+determining an optimal configuration for the automatic PWM control.
+
+Configuration Notes
+-------------------
+
+Besides standard interfaces driver adds the following:
+
+* PWM Control
+
+* pwm#_auto_point1_pwm and pwm#_auto_point1_temp and
+* pwm#_auto_point2_pwm and pwm#_auto_point2_temp -
+
+  - point1: Set the pwm speed at a lower temperature bound.
+  - point2: Set the pwm speed at a higher temperature bound.
+
+The ADT7470 will scale the pwm between the lower and higher pwm speed when
+the temperature is between the two temperature boundaries.  PWM values range
+from 0 (off) to 255 (full speed).  Fan speed will be set to maximum when the
+temperature sensor associated with the PWM control exceeds
+pwm#_auto_point2_temp.
+
+The driver also allows control of the PWM frequency:
+
+* pwm1_freq
+
+The PWM frequency is rounded to the nearest one of:
+
+* 11.0 Hz
+* 14.7 Hz
+* 22.1 Hz
+* 29.4 Hz
+* 35.3 Hz
+* 44.1 Hz
+* 58.8 Hz
+* 88.2 Hz
+* 1.4 kHz
+* 22.5 kHz
+
+Notes
+-----
+
+The temperature inputs no longer need to be read periodically from userspace in
+order for the automatic pwm algorithm to run.  This was the case for earlier
+versions of the driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7475 b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7475
deleted file mode 100644
index 09d73a10644c..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7475
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver adt7475
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Analog Devices ADT7473
-    Prefix: 'adt7473'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2C, 0x2D, 0x2E
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the On Semiconductors website
-  * Analog Devices ADT7475
-    Prefix: 'adt7475'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2E
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the On Semiconductors website
-  * Analog Devices ADT7476
-    Prefix: 'adt7476'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2C, 0x2D, 0x2E
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the On Semiconductors website
-  * Analog Devices ADT7490
-    Prefix: 'adt7490'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2C, 0x2D, 0x2E
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the On Semiconductors website
-
-Authors:
-	Jordan Crouse
-	Hans de Goede
-	Darrick J. Wong (documentation)
-	Jean Delvare
-
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver implements support for the Analog Devices ADT7473, ADT7475,
-ADT7476 and ADT7490 chip family. The ADT7473 and ADT7475 differ only in
-minor details. The ADT7476 has additional features, including extra voltage
-measurement inputs and VID support. The ADT7490 also has additional
-features, including extra voltage measurement inputs and PECI support. All
-the supported chips will be collectively designed by the name "ADT747x" in
-the rest of this document.
-
-The ADT747x uses the 2-wire interface compatible with the SMBus 2.0
-specification. Using an analog to digital converter it measures three (3)
-temperatures and two (2) or more voltages. It has four (4) 16-bit counters
-for measuring fan speed. There are three (3) PWM outputs that can be used
-to control fan speed.
-
-A sophisticated control system for the PWM outputs is designed into the
-ADT747x that allows fan speed to be adjusted automatically based on any of the
-three temperature sensors. Each PWM output is individually adjustable and
-programmable. Once configured, the ADT747x will adjust the PWM outputs in
-response to the measured temperatures without further host intervention.
-This feature can also be disabled for manual control of the PWM's.
-
-Each of the measured inputs (voltage, temperature, fan speed) has
-corresponding high/low limit values. The ADT747x will signal an ALARM if
-any measured value exceeds either limit.
-
-The ADT747x samples all inputs continuously. The driver will not read
-the registers more often than once every other second. Further,
-configuration data is only read once per minute.
-
-Chip Differences Summary
-------------------------
-
-ADT7473:
-  * 2 voltage inputs
-  * system acoustics optimizations (not implemented)
-
-ADT7475:
-  * 2 voltage inputs
-
-ADT7476:
-  * 5 voltage inputs
-  * VID support
-
-ADT7490:
-  * 6 voltage inputs
-  * 1 Imon input (not implemented)
-  * PECI support (not implemented)
-  * 2 GPIO pins (not implemented)
-  * system acoustics optimizations (not implemented)
-
-Special Features
-----------------
-
-The ADT747x has a 10-bit ADC and can therefore measure temperatures
-with a resolution of 0.25 degree Celsius. Temperature readings can be
-configured either for two's complement format or "Offset 64" format,
-wherein 64 is subtracted from the raw value to get the temperature value.
-
-The datasheet is very detailed and describes a procedure for determining
-an optimal configuration for the automatic PWM control.
-
-Fan Speed Control
------------------
-
-The driver exposes two trip points per PWM channel.
-
-point1: Set the PWM speed at the lower temperature bound
-point2: Set the PWM speed at the higher temperature bound
-
-The ADT747x will scale the PWM linearly between the lower and higher PWM
-speed when the temperature is between the two temperature boundaries.
-Temperature boundaries are associated to temperature channels rather than
-PWM outputs, and a given PWM output can be controlled by several temperature
-channels. As a result, the ADT747x may compute more than one PWM value
-for a channel at a given time, in which case the maximum value (fastest
-fan speed) is applied. PWM values range from 0 (off) to 255 (full speed).
-
-Fan speed may be set to maximum when the temperature sensor associated with
-the PWM control exceeds temp#_max.
-
-At Tmin - hysteresis the PWM output can either be off (0% duty cycle) or at the
-minimum (i.e. auto_point1_pwm). This behaviour can be configured using the
-pwm[1-*]_stall_disable sysfs attribute. A value of 0 means the fans will shut
-off. A value of 1 means the fans will run at auto_point1_pwm.
-
-The responsiveness of the ADT747x to temperature changes can be configured.
-This allows smoothing of the fan speed transition. To set the transition time
-set the value in ms in the temp[1-*]_smoothing sysfs attribute.
-
-Notes
------
-
-The nVidia binary driver presents an ADT7473 chip via an on-card i2c bus.
-Unfortunately, they fail to set the i2c adapter class, so this driver may
-fail to find the chip until the nvidia driver is patched.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adt7475.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7475.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ef3ea1ea9bc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adt7475.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+Kernel driver adt7475
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Analog Devices ADT7473
+
+    Prefix: 'adt7473'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2C, 0x2D, 0x2E
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the On Semiconductors website
+
+  * Analog Devices ADT7475
+
+    Prefix: 'adt7475'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2E
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the On Semiconductors website
+
+  * Analog Devices ADT7476
+
+    Prefix: 'adt7476'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2C, 0x2D, 0x2E
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the On Semiconductors website
+
+  * Analog Devices ADT7490
+
+    Prefix: 'adt7490'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2C, 0x2D, 0x2E
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the On Semiconductors website
+
+Authors:
+	- Jordan Crouse
+	- Hans de Goede
+	- Darrick J. Wong (documentation)
+	- Jean Delvare
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver implements support for the Analog Devices ADT7473, ADT7475,
+ADT7476 and ADT7490 chip family. The ADT7473 and ADT7475 differ only in
+minor details. The ADT7476 has additional features, including extra voltage
+measurement inputs and VID support. The ADT7490 also has additional
+features, including extra voltage measurement inputs and PECI support. All
+the supported chips will be collectively designed by the name "ADT747x" in
+the rest of this document.
+
+The ADT747x uses the 2-wire interface compatible with the SMBus 2.0
+specification. Using an analog to digital converter it measures three (3)
+temperatures and two (2) or more voltages. It has four (4) 16-bit counters
+for measuring fan speed. There are three (3) PWM outputs that can be used
+to control fan speed.
+
+A sophisticated control system for the PWM outputs is designed into the
+ADT747x that allows fan speed to be adjusted automatically based on any of the
+three temperature sensors. Each PWM output is individually adjustable and
+programmable. Once configured, the ADT747x will adjust the PWM outputs in
+response to the measured temperatures without further host intervention.
+This feature can also be disabled for manual control of the PWM's.
+
+Each of the measured inputs (voltage, temperature, fan speed) has
+corresponding high/low limit values. The ADT747x will signal an ALARM if
+any measured value exceeds either limit.
+
+The ADT747x samples all inputs continuously. The driver will not read
+the registers more often than once every other second. Further,
+configuration data is only read once per minute.
+
+Chip Differences Summary
+------------------------
+
+ADT7473:
+  * 2 voltage inputs
+  * system acoustics optimizations (not implemented)
+
+ADT7475:
+  * 2 voltage inputs
+
+ADT7476:
+  * 5 voltage inputs
+  * VID support
+
+ADT7490:
+  * 6 voltage inputs
+  * 1 Imon input (not implemented)
+  * PECI support (not implemented)
+  * 2 GPIO pins (not implemented)
+  * system acoustics optimizations (not implemented)
+
+Sysfs Mapping
+-------------
+
+==== =========== =========== ========= ==========
+in   ADT7490     ADT7476     ADT7475   ADT7473
+==== =========== =========== ========= ==========
+in0  2.5VIN (22) 2.5VIN (22) -         -
+in1  VCCP   (23) VCCP   (23) VCCP (14) VCCP (14)
+in2  VCC    (4)  VCC    (4)  VCC  (4)  VCC  (3)
+in3  5VIN   (20) 5VIN   (20)
+in4  12VIN  (21) 12VIN  (21)
+in5  VTT    (8)
+==== =========== =========== ========= ==========
+
+Special Features
+----------------
+
+The ADT747x has a 10-bit ADC and can therefore measure temperatures
+with a resolution of 0.25 degree Celsius. Temperature readings can be
+configured either for two's complement format or "Offset 64" format,
+wherein 64 is subtracted from the raw value to get the temperature value.
+
+The datasheet is very detailed and describes a procedure for determining
+an optimal configuration for the automatic PWM control.
+
+Fan Speed Control
+-----------------
+
+The driver exposes two trip points per PWM channel.
+
+- point1: Set the PWM speed at the lower temperature bound
+- point2: Set the PWM speed at the higher temperature bound
+
+The ADT747x will scale the PWM linearly between the lower and higher PWM
+speed when the temperature is between the two temperature boundaries.
+Temperature boundaries are associated to temperature channels rather than
+PWM outputs, and a given PWM output can be controlled by several temperature
+channels. As a result, the ADT747x may compute more than one PWM value
+for a channel at a given time, in which case the maximum value (fastest
+fan speed) is applied. PWM values range from 0 (off) to 255 (full speed).
+
+Fan speed may be set to maximum when the temperature sensor associated with
+the PWM control exceeds temp#_max.
+
+At Tmin - hysteresis the PWM output can either be off (0% duty cycle) or at the
+minimum (i.e. auto_point1_pwm). This behaviour can be configured using the
+`pwm[1-*]_stall_disable sysfs attribute`. A value of 0 means the fans will shut
+off. A value of 1 means the fans will run at auto_point1_pwm.
+
+The responsiveness of the ADT747x to temperature changes can be configured.
+This allows smoothing of the fan speed transition. To set the transition time
+set the value in ms in the `temp[1-*]_smoothing` sysfs attribute.
+
+Notes
+-----
+
+The nVidia binary driver presents an ADT7473 chip via an on-card i2c bus.
+Unfortunately, they fail to set the i2c adapter class, so this driver may
+fail to find the chip until the nvidia driver is patched.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/amc6821 b/Documentation/hwmon/amc6821
deleted file mode 100644
index ced8359c50f8..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/amc6821
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver amc6821
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-	Texas Instruments AMC6821
-	Prefix: 'amc6821'
-	Addresses scanned: 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e, 0x4c, 0x4d, 0x4e
-	Datasheet: http://focus.ti.com/docs/prod/folders/print/amc6821.html
-
-Authors:
-	Tomaz Mertelj <tomaz.mertelj@guest.arnes.si>
-
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver implements support for the Texas Instruments amc6821 chip.
-The chip has one on-chip and one remote temperature sensor and one pwm fan
-regulator.
-The pwm can be controlled either from software or automatically.
-
-The driver provides the following sensor accesses in sysfs:
-
-temp1_input		ro	on-chip temperature
-temp1_min		rw	"
-temp1_max		rw	"
-temp1_crit	 	rw	"
-temp1_min_alarm		ro	"
-temp1_max_alarm		ro	"
-temp1_crit_alarm	ro	"
-
-temp2_input		ro	remote temperature
-temp2_min		rw	"
-temp2_max		rw	"
-temp2_crit	 	rw	"
-temp2_min_alarm		ro	"
-temp2_max_alarm		ro	"
-temp2_crit_alarm	ro	"
-temp2_fault		ro	"
-
-fan1_input	 	ro	tachometer speed
-fan1_min		rw	"
-fan1_max		rw	"
-fan1_fault	 	ro	"
-fan1_div		rw	Fan divisor can be either 2 or 4.
-
-pwm1			rw	pwm1
-pwm1_enable		rw	regulator mode, 1=open loop, 2=fan controlled
-				by remote temperature, 3=fan controlled by
-				combination of the on-chip temperature and
-				remote-sensor temperature,
-pwm1_auto_channels_temp ro	1 if pwm_enable==2, 3 if pwm_enable==3
-pwm1_auto_point1_pwm	ro	Hardwired to 0, shared for both
-				temperature channels.
-pwm1_auto_point2_pwm	rw	This value is shared for both temperature
-				channels.
-pwm1_auto_point3_pwm	rw	Hardwired to 255, shared for both
-				temperature channels.
-
-temp1_auto_point1_temp	ro	Hardwired to temp2_auto_point1_temp
-				which is rw. Below this temperature fan stops.
-temp1_auto_point2_temp	rw	The low-temperature limit of the proportional
-				range. Below this temperature
-				pwm1 = pwm1_auto_point2_pwm. It can go from
-				0 degree C to 124 degree C in steps of
-				4 degree C. Read it out after writing to get
-				the actual value.
-temp1_auto_point3_temp	rw	Above this temperature fan runs at maximum
-				speed. It can go from temp1_auto_point2_temp.
-				It can only have certain discrete values
-				which depend on temp1_auto_point2_temp and
-				pwm1_auto_point2_pwm. Read it out after
-				writing to get the actual value.
-
-temp2_auto_point1_temp	rw	Must be between 0 degree C and 63 degree C and
-				it defines the passive cooling temperature.
-				Below this temperature the fan stops in
-				the closed loop mode.
-temp2_auto_point2_temp	rw	The low-temperature limit of the proportional
-				range. Below this temperature
-				pwm1 = pwm1_auto_point2_pwm. It can go from
-				0 degree C to 124 degree C in steps
-				of 4 degree C.
-
-temp2_auto_point3_temp	rw	Above this temperature fan runs at maximum
-				speed. It can only have certain discrete
-				values which depend on temp2_auto_point2_temp
-				and pwm1_auto_point2_pwm. Read it out after
-				writing to get actual value.
-
-
-Module parameters
------------------
-
-If your board has a BIOS that initializes the amc6821 correctly, you should
-load the module with: init=0.
-
-If your board BIOS doesn't initialize the chip, or you want
-different settings, you can set the following parameters:
-init=1,
-pwminv: 0 default pwm output, 1 inverts pwm output.
-
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/amc6821.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/amc6821.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5ddb2849da90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/amc6821.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+Kernel driver amc6821
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+	Texas Instruments AMC6821
+
+	Prefix: 'amc6821'
+
+	Addresses scanned: 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e, 0x4c, 0x4d, 0x4e
+
+	Datasheet: http://focus.ti.com/docs/prod/folders/print/amc6821.html
+
+Authors:
+	Tomaz Mertelj <tomaz.mertelj@guest.arnes.si>
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver implements support for the Texas Instruments amc6821 chip.
+The chip has one on-chip and one remote temperature sensor and one pwm fan
+regulator.
+The pwm can be controlled either from software or automatically.
+
+The driver provides the following sensor accesses in sysfs:
+
+======================= ==      ===============================================
+temp1_input		ro	on-chip temperature
+temp1_min		rw	"
+temp1_max		rw	"
+temp1_crit		rw	"
+temp1_min_alarm		ro	"
+temp1_max_alarm		ro	"
+temp1_crit_alarm	ro	"
+
+temp2_input		ro	remote temperature
+temp2_min		rw	"
+temp2_max		rw	"
+temp2_crit		rw	"
+temp2_min_alarm		ro	"
+temp2_max_alarm		ro	"
+temp2_crit_alarm	ro	"
+temp2_fault		ro	"
+
+fan1_input		ro	tachometer speed
+fan1_min		rw	"
+fan1_max		rw	"
+fan1_fault		ro	"
+fan1_div		rw	Fan divisor can be either 2 or 4.
+
+pwm1			rw	pwm1
+pwm1_enable		rw	regulator mode, 1=open loop, 2=fan controlled
+				by remote temperature, 3=fan controlled by
+				combination of the on-chip temperature and
+				remote-sensor temperature,
+pwm1_auto_channels_temp ro	1 if pwm_enable==2, 3 if pwm_enable==3
+pwm1_auto_point1_pwm	ro	Hardwired to 0, shared for both
+				temperature channels.
+pwm1_auto_point2_pwm	rw	This value is shared for both temperature
+				channels.
+pwm1_auto_point3_pwm	rw	Hardwired to 255, shared for both
+				temperature channels.
+
+temp1_auto_point1_temp	ro	Hardwired to temp2_auto_point1_temp
+				which is rw. Below this temperature fan stops.
+temp1_auto_point2_temp	rw	The low-temperature limit of the proportional
+				range. Below this temperature
+				pwm1 = pwm1_auto_point2_pwm. It can go from
+				0 degree C to 124 degree C in steps of
+				4 degree C. Read it out after writing to get
+				the actual value.
+temp1_auto_point3_temp	rw	Above this temperature fan runs at maximum
+				speed. It can go from temp1_auto_point2_temp.
+				It can only have certain discrete values
+				which depend on temp1_auto_point2_temp and
+				pwm1_auto_point2_pwm. Read it out after
+				writing to get the actual value.
+
+temp2_auto_point1_temp	rw	Must be between 0 degree C and 63 degree C and
+				it defines the passive cooling temperature.
+				Below this temperature the fan stops in
+				the closed loop mode.
+temp2_auto_point2_temp	rw	The low-temperature limit of the proportional
+				range. Below this temperature
+				pwm1 = pwm1_auto_point2_pwm. It can go from
+				0 degree C to 124 degree C in steps
+				of 4 degree C.
+
+temp2_auto_point3_temp	rw	Above this temperature fan runs at maximum
+				speed. It can only have certain discrete
+				values which depend on temp2_auto_point2_temp
+				and pwm1_auto_point2_pwm. Read it out after
+				writing to get actual value.
+======================= ==      ===============================================
+
+
+Module parameters
+-----------------
+
+If your board has a BIOS that initializes the amc6821 correctly, you should
+load the module with: init=0.
+
+If your board BIOS doesn't initialize the chip, or you want
+different settings, you can set the following parameters:
+
+- init=1,
+- pwminv: 0 default pwm output, 1 inverts pwm output.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/asb100 b/Documentation/hwmon/asb100
deleted file mode 100644
index ab7365e139be..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/asb100
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver asb100
-====================
-
-Supported Chips:
-  * Asus ASB100 and ASB100-A "Bach"
-    Prefix: 'asb100'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2d
-    Datasheet: none released
-
-Author: Mark M. Hoffman <mhoffman@lightlink.com>
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver implements support for the Asus ASB100 and ASB100-A "Bach".
-These are custom ASICs available only on Asus mainboards. Asus refuses to
-supply a datasheet for these chips. Thanks go to many people who helped
-investigate their hardware, including:
-
-Vitaly V. Bursov
-Alexander van Kaam (author of MBM for Windows)
-Bertrik Sikken
-
-The ASB100 implements seven voltage sensors, three fan rotation speed
-sensors, four temperature sensors, VID lines and alarms. In addition to
-these, the ASB100-A also implements a single PWM controller for fans 2 and
-3 (i.e. one setting controls both.) If you have a plain ASB100, the PWM
-controller will simply not work (or maybe it will for you... it doesn't for
-me).
-
-Temperatures are measured and reported in degrees Celsius.
-
-Fan speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is
-triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit.
-
-Voltage sensors (also known as IN sensors) report values in volts.
-
-The VID lines encode the core voltage value: the voltage level your
-processor should work with. This is hardcoded by the mainboard and/or
-processor itself. It is a value in volts.
-
-Alarms: (TODO question marks indicate may or may not work)
-
-0x0001 => in0 (?)
-0x0002 => in1 (?)
-0x0004 => in2
-0x0008 => in3
-0x0010 => temp1 (1)
-0x0020 => temp2
-0x0040 => fan1
-0x0080 => fan2
-0x0100 => in4
-0x0200 => in5 (?) (2)
-0x0400 => in6 (?) (2)
-0x0800 => fan3
-0x1000 => chassis switch
-0x2000 => temp3
-
-Alarm Notes:
-
-(1) This alarm will only trigger if the hysteresis value is 127C.
-I.e. it behaves the same as w83781d.
-
-(2) The min and max registers for these values appear to
-be read-only or otherwise stuck at 0x00.
-
-TODO:
-* Experiment with fan divisors > 8.
-* Experiment with temp. sensor types.
-* Are there really 13 voltage inputs? Probably not...
-* Cleanups, no doubt...
-
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/asb100.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/asb100.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c2d5f97085fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/asb100.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+Kernel driver asb100
+====================
+
+Supported Chips:
+
+  * Asus ASB100 and ASB100-A "Bach"
+
+    Prefix: 'asb100'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2d
+
+    Datasheet: none released
+
+Author: Mark M. Hoffman <mhoffman@lightlink.com>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver implements support for the Asus ASB100 and ASB100-A "Bach".
+These are custom ASICs available only on Asus mainboards. Asus refuses to
+supply a datasheet for these chips. Thanks go to many people who helped
+investigate their hardware, including:
+
+Vitaly V. Bursov
+Alexander van Kaam (author of MBM for Windows)
+Bertrik Sikken
+
+The ASB100 implements seven voltage sensors, three fan rotation speed
+sensors, four temperature sensors, VID lines and alarms. In addition to
+these, the ASB100-A also implements a single PWM controller for fans 2 and
+3 (i.e. one setting controls both.) If you have a plain ASB100, the PWM
+controller will simply not work (or maybe it will for you... it doesn't for
+me).
+
+Temperatures are measured and reported in degrees Celsius.
+
+Fan speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is
+triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit.
+
+Voltage sensors (also known as IN sensors) report values in volts.
+
+The VID lines encode the core voltage value: the voltage level your
+processor should work with. This is hardcoded by the mainboard and/or
+processor itself. It is a value in volts.
+
+Alarms: (TODO question marks indicate may or may not work)
+
+- 0x0001 => in0 (?)
+- 0x0002 => in1 (?)
+- 0x0004 => in2
+- 0x0008 => in3
+- 0x0010 => temp1 [1]_
+- 0x0020 => temp2
+- 0x0040 => fan1
+- 0x0080 => fan2
+- 0x0100 => in4
+- 0x0200 => in5 (?) [2]_
+- 0x0400 => in6 (?) [2]_
+- 0x0800 => fan3
+- 0x1000 => chassis switch
+- 0x2000 => temp3
+
+.. [1]	This alarm will only trigger if the hysteresis value is 127C.
+	I.e. it behaves the same as w83781d.
+
+.. [2]	The min and max registers for these values appear to
+	be read-only or otherwise stuck at 0x00.
+
+TODO:
+  * Experiment with fan divisors > 8.
+  * Experiment with temp. sensor types.
+  * Are there really 13 voltage inputs? Probably not...
+  * Cleanups, no doubt...
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/asc7621 b/Documentation/hwmon/asc7621
deleted file mode 100644
index 7287be7e1f21..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/asc7621
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,296 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver asc7621
-==================
-
-Supported chips:
-    Andigilog aSC7621 and aSC7621a
-    Prefix: 'asc7621'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
-    Datasheet: http://www.fairview5.com/linux/asc7621/asc7621.pdf
-
-Author:
-		George Joseph
-
-Description provided by Dave Pivin @ Andigilog:
-
-Andigilog has both the PECI and pre-PECI versions of the Heceta-6, as
-Intel calls them. Heceta-6e has high frequency PWM and Heceta-6p has
-added PECI and a 4th thermal zone. The Andigilog aSC7611 is the
-Heceta-6e part and aSC7621 is the Heceta-6p part. They are both in
-volume production, shipping to Intel and their subs.
-
-We have enhanced both parts relative to the governing Intel
-specification. First enhancement is temperature reading resolution. We
-have used registers below 20h for vendor-specific functions in addition
-to those in the Intel-specified vendor range.
-
-Our conversion process produces a result that is reported as two bytes.
-The fan speed control uses this finer value to produce a "step-less" fan
-PWM output. These two bytes are "read-locked" to guarantee that once a
-high or low byte is read, the other byte is locked-in until after the
-next read of any register. So to get an atomic reading, read high or low
-byte, then the very next read should be the opposite byte. Our data
-sheet says 10-bits of resolution, although you may find the lower bits
-are active, they are not necessarily reliable or useful externally. We
-chose not to mask them.
-
-We employ significant filtering that is user tunable as described in the
-data sheet. Our temperature reports and fan PWM outputs are very smooth
-when compared to the competition, in addition to the higher resolution
-temperature reports. The smoother PWM output does not require user
-intervention.
-
-We offer GPIO features on the former VID pins. These are open-drain
-outputs or inputs and may be used as general purpose I/O or as alarm
-outputs that are based on temperature limits. These are in 19h and 1Ah.
-
-We offer flexible mapping of temperature readings to thermal zones. Any
-temperature may be mapped to any zone, which has a default assignment
-that follows Intel's specs.
-
-Since there is a fan to zone assignment that allows for the "hotter" of
-a set of zones to control the PWM of an individual fan, but there is no
-indication to the user, we have added an indicator that shows which zone
-is currently controlling the PWM for a given fan. This is in register
-00h.
-
-Both remote diode temperature readings may be given an offset value such
-that the reported reading as well as the temperature used to determine
-PWM may be offset for system calibration purposes.
-
-PECI Extended configuration allows for having more than two domains per
-PECI address and also provides an enabling function for each PECI
-address. One could use our flexible zone assignment to have a zone
-assigned to up to 4 PECI addresses. This is not possible in the default
-Intel configuration. This would be useful in multi-CPU systems with
-individual fans on each that would benefit from individual fan control.
-This is in register 0Eh.
-
-The tachometer measurement system is flexible and able to adapt to many
-fan types. We can also support pulse-stretched PWM so that 3-wire fans
-may be used. These characteristics are in registers 04h to 07h.
-
-Finally, we have added a tach disable function that turns off the tach
-measurement system for individual tachs in order to save power. That is
-in register 75h.
-
---
-aSC7621 Product Description
-
-The aSC7621 has a two wire digital interface compatible with SMBus 2.0.
-Using a 10-bit ADC, the aSC7621 measures the temperature of two remote diode
-connected transistors as well as its own die. Support for Platform
-Environmental Control Interface (PECI) is included.
-
-Using temperature information from these four zones, an automatic fan speed
-control algorithm is employed to minimize acoustic impact while achieving
-recommended CPU temperature under varying operational loads.
-
-To set fan speed, the aSC7621 has three independent pulse width modulation
-(PWM) outputs that are controlled by one, or a combination of three,
-temperature zones. Both high- and low-frequency PWM ranges are supported.
-
-The aSC7621 also includes a digital filter that can be invoked to smooth
-temperature readings for better control of fan speed and minimum acoustic
-impact.
-
-The aSC7621 has tachometer inputs to measure fan speed on up to four fans.
-Limit and status registers for all measured values are included to alert
-the system host that any measurements are outside of programmed limits
-via status registers.
-
-System voltages of VCCP, 2.5V, 3.3V, 5.0V, and 12V motherboard power are
-monitored efficiently with internal scaling resistors.
-
-Features
-- Supports PECI interface and monitors internal and remote thermal diodes
-- 2-wire, SMBus 2.0 compliant, serial interface
-- 10-bit ADC
-- Monitors VCCP, 2.5V, 3.3V, 5.0V, and 12V motherboard/processor supplies
-- Programmable autonomous fan control based on temperature readings
-- Noise filtering of temperature reading for fan speed control
-- 0.25C digital temperature sensor resolution
-- 3 PWM fan speed control outputs for 2-, 3- or 4-wire fans and up to 4 fan
-	tachometer inputs
-- Enhanced measured temperature to Temperature Zone assignment.
-- Provides high and low PWM frequency ranges
-- 3 GPIO pins for custom use
-- 24-Lead QSOP package
-
-Configuration Notes
-===================
-
-Except where noted below, the sysfs entries created by this driver follow
-the standards defined in "sysfs-interface".
-
-temp1_source
-	0 	(default) peci_legacy = 0, Remote 1 Temperature
-			peci_legacy = 1, PECI Processor Temperature 0
-	1 	Remote 1 Temperature
-	2 	Remote 2 Temperature
-	3 	Internal Temperature
-	4 	PECI Processor Temperature 0
-	5 	PECI Processor Temperature 1
-	6 	PECI Processor Temperature 2
-	7  PECI Processor Temperature 3
-
-temp2_source
-	0 	(default) Internal Temperature
-	1 	Remote 1 Temperature
-	2 	Remote 2 Temperature
-	3 	Internal Temperature
-	4 	PECI Processor Temperature 0
-	5 	PECI Processor Temperature 1
-	6 	PECI Processor Temperature 2
-	7 	PECI Processor Temperature 3
-
-temp3_source
-	0 	(default) Remote 2 Temperature
-	1 	Remote 1 Temperature
-	2 	Remote 2 Temperature
-	3 	Internal Temperature
-	4 	PECI Processor Temperature 0
-	5 	PECI Processor Temperature 1
-	6 	PECI Processor Temperature 2
-	7 	PECI Processor Temperature 3
-
-temp4_source
-	0 	(default) peci_legacy = 0, PECI Processor Temperature 0
-			peci_legacy = 1, Remote 1 Temperature
-	1 	Remote 1 Temperature
-	2 	Remote 2 Temperature
-	3 	Internal Temperature
-	4 	PECI Processor Temperature 0
-	5 	PECI Processor Temperature 1
-	6 	PECI Processor Temperature 2
-	7 	PECI Processor Temperature 3
-
-temp[1-4]_smoothing_enable
-temp[1-4]_smoothing_time
-	Smooths spikes in temp readings caused by noise.
-	Valid values in milliseconds are:
-	35000
-	17600
-	11800
-	 7000
-	 4400
-	 3000
-	 1600
-	  800
-
-temp[1-4]_crit
-	When the corresponding zone temperature reaches this value,
-	ALL pwm outputs will got to 100%.
-
-temp[5-8]_input
-temp[5-8]_enable
-	The aSC7621 can also read temperatures provided by the processor
-	via the PECI bus.  Usually these are "core" temps and are relative
-	to the point where the automatic thermal control circuit starts
-	throttling.  This means that these are usually negative numbers.
-
-pwm[1-3]_enable
-	0		Fan off.
-	1		Fan on manual control.
-	2		Fan on automatic control and will run at the minimum pwm
-				if the temperature for the zone is below the minimum.
-	3		Fan on automatic control but will be off if the temperature
-				for the zone is below the minimum.
-	4-254	Ignored.
-	255		Fan on full.
-
-pwm[1-3]_auto_channels
-	Bitmap as described in sysctl-interface with the following
-	exceptions...
-	Only the following combination of zones (and their corresponding masks)
-	are valid:
-	1
-	2
-	3
-	2,3
-	1,2,3
-	4
-	1,2,3,4
-
-	Special values:
-	0			Disabled.
-	16		Fan on manual control.
-	31		Fan on full.
-
-
-pwm[1-3]_invert
-	When set, inverts the meaning of pwm[1-3].
-	i.e.  when pwm = 0, the fan will be on full and
-	when pwm = 255 the fan will be off.
-
-pwm[1-3]_freq
-	PWM frequency in Hz
-	Valid values in Hz are:
-
-	10
-	15
-	23
-	30  (default)
-	38
-	47
-	62
-	94
-	23000
-	24000
-	25000
-	26000
-	27000
-	28000
-	29000
-	30000
-
-	Setting any other value will be ignored.
-
-peci_enable
-	Enables or disables PECI
-
-peci_avg
-	Input filter average time.
-
-	0 	0 Sec. (no Smoothing) (default)
-	1 	0.25 Sec.
-	2 	0.5 Sec.
-	3 	1.0 Sec.
-	4 	2.0 Sec.
-	5 	4.0 Sec.
-	6 	8.0 Sec.
-	7 	0.0 Sec.
-
-peci_legacy
-
-	0	Standard Mode (default)
-		Remote Diode 1 reading is associated with
-		Temperature Zone 1, PECI is associated with
-		Zone 4
-
-	1	Legacy Mode
-		PECI is associated with Temperature Zone 1,
-		Remote Diode 1 is associated with Zone 4
-
-peci_diode
-	Diode filter
-
-	0	0.25 Sec.
-	1 	1.1 Sec.
-	2 	2.4 Sec.  (default)
-	3 	3.4 Sec.
-	4 	5.0 Sec.
-	5 	6.8 Sec.
-	6 	10.2 Sec.
-	7 	16.4 Sec.
-
-peci_4domain
-	Four domain enable
-
-	0 	1 or 2 Domains for enabled processors (default)
-	1 	3 or 4 Domains for enabled processors
-
-peci_domain
-	Domain
-
-	0 	Processor contains a single domain (0) 	 (default)
-	1 	Processor contains two domains (0,1)
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/asc7621.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/asc7621.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b5a9fad0f172
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/asc7621.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
+=====================
+Kernel driver asc7621
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+    Andigilog aSC7621 and aSC7621a
+
+    Prefix: 'asc7621'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
+
+    Datasheet: http://www.fairview5.com/linux/asc7621/asc7621.pdf
+
+Author:
+		George Joseph
+
+Description provided by Dave Pivin @ Andigilog:
+
+Andigilog has both the PECI and pre-PECI versions of the Heceta-6, as
+Intel calls them. Heceta-6e has high frequency PWM and Heceta-6p has
+added PECI and a 4th thermal zone. The Andigilog aSC7611 is the
+Heceta-6e part and aSC7621 is the Heceta-6p part. They are both in
+volume production, shipping to Intel and their subs.
+
+We have enhanced both parts relative to the governing Intel
+specification. First enhancement is temperature reading resolution. We
+have used registers below 20h for vendor-specific functions in addition
+to those in the Intel-specified vendor range.
+
+Our conversion process produces a result that is reported as two bytes.
+The fan speed control uses this finer value to produce a "step-less" fan
+PWM output. These two bytes are "read-locked" to guarantee that once a
+high or low byte is read, the other byte is locked-in until after the
+next read of any register. So to get an atomic reading, read high or low
+byte, then the very next read should be the opposite byte. Our data
+sheet says 10-bits of resolution, although you may find the lower bits
+are active, they are not necessarily reliable or useful externally. We
+chose not to mask them.
+
+We employ significant filtering that is user tunable as described in the
+data sheet. Our temperature reports and fan PWM outputs are very smooth
+when compared to the competition, in addition to the higher resolution
+temperature reports. The smoother PWM output does not require user
+intervention.
+
+We offer GPIO features on the former VID pins. These are open-drain
+outputs or inputs and may be used as general purpose I/O or as alarm
+outputs that are based on temperature limits. These are in 19h and 1Ah.
+
+We offer flexible mapping of temperature readings to thermal zones. Any
+temperature may be mapped to any zone, which has a default assignment
+that follows Intel's specs.
+
+Since there is a fan to zone assignment that allows for the "hotter" of
+a set of zones to control the PWM of an individual fan, but there is no
+indication to the user, we have added an indicator that shows which zone
+is currently controlling the PWM for a given fan. This is in register
+00h.
+
+Both remote diode temperature readings may be given an offset value such
+that the reported reading as well as the temperature used to determine
+PWM may be offset for system calibration purposes.
+
+PECI Extended configuration allows for having more than two domains per
+PECI address and also provides an enabling function for each PECI
+address. One could use our flexible zone assignment to have a zone
+assigned to up to 4 PECI addresses. This is not possible in the default
+Intel configuration. This would be useful in multi-CPU systems with
+individual fans on each that would benefit from individual fan control.
+This is in register 0Eh.
+
+The tachometer measurement system is flexible and able to adapt to many
+fan types. We can also support pulse-stretched PWM so that 3-wire fans
+may be used. These characteristics are in registers 04h to 07h.
+
+Finally, we have added a tach disable function that turns off the tach
+measurement system for individual tachs in order to save power. That is
+in register 75h.
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+aSC7621 Product Description
+===========================
+
+The aSC7621 has a two wire digital interface compatible with SMBus 2.0.
+Using a 10-bit ADC, the aSC7621 measures the temperature of two remote diode
+connected transistors as well as its own die. Support for Platform
+Environmental Control Interface (PECI) is included.
+
+Using temperature information from these four zones, an automatic fan speed
+control algorithm is employed to minimize acoustic impact while achieving
+recommended CPU temperature under varying operational loads.
+
+To set fan speed, the aSC7621 has three independent pulse width modulation
+(PWM) outputs that are controlled by one, or a combination of three,
+temperature zones. Both high- and low-frequency PWM ranges are supported.
+
+The aSC7621 also includes a digital filter that can be invoked to smooth
+temperature readings for better control of fan speed and minimum acoustic
+impact.
+
+The aSC7621 has tachometer inputs to measure fan speed on up to four fans.
+Limit and status registers for all measured values are included to alert
+the system host that any measurements are outside of programmed limits
+via status registers.
+
+System voltages of VCCP, 2.5V, 3.3V, 5.0V, and 12V motherboard power are
+monitored efficiently with internal scaling resistors.
+
+Features
+--------
+
+- Supports PECI interface and monitors internal and remote thermal diodes
+- 2-wire, SMBus 2.0 compliant, serial interface
+- 10-bit ADC
+- Monitors VCCP, 2.5V, 3.3V, 5.0V, and 12V motherboard/processor supplies
+- Programmable autonomous fan control based on temperature readings
+- Noise filtering of temperature reading for fan speed control
+- 0.25C digital temperature sensor resolution
+- 3 PWM fan speed control outputs for 2-, 3- or 4-wire fans and up to 4 fan
+  tachometer inputs
+- Enhanced measured temperature to Temperature Zone assignment.
+- Provides high and low PWM frequency ranges
+- 3 GPIO pins for custom use
+- 24-Lead QSOP package
+
+Configuration Notes
+===================
+
+Except where noted below, the sysfs entries created by this driver follow
+the standards defined in "sysfs-interface".
+
+temp1_source
+	=	===============================================
+	0 	(default) peci_legacy = 0, Remote 1 Temperature
+		peci_legacy = 1, PECI Processor Temperature 0
+	1 	Remote 1 Temperature
+	2 	Remote 2 Temperature
+	3 	Internal Temperature
+	4 	PECI Processor Temperature 0
+	5 	PECI Processor Temperature 1
+	6 	PECI Processor Temperature 2
+	7	PECI Processor Temperature 3
+	=	===============================================
+
+temp2_source
+	=	===============================================
+	0 	(default) Internal Temperature
+	1 	Remote 1 Temperature
+	2 	Remote 2 Temperature
+	3 	Internal Temperature
+	4 	PECI Processor Temperature 0
+	5 	PECI Processor Temperature 1
+	6 	PECI Processor Temperature 2
+	7 	PECI Processor Temperature 3
+	=	===============================================
+
+temp3_source
+	=	===============================================
+	0 	(default) Remote 2 Temperature
+	1 	Remote 1 Temperature
+	2 	Remote 2 Temperature
+	3 	Internal Temperature
+	4 	PECI Processor Temperature 0
+	5 	PECI Processor Temperature 1
+	6 	PECI Processor Temperature 2
+	7 	PECI Processor Temperature 3
+	=	===============================================
+
+temp4_source
+	=	===============================================
+	0 	(default) peci_legacy = 0, PECI Processor Temperature 0
+		peci_legacy = 1, Remote 1 Temperature
+	1 	Remote 1 Temperature
+	2 	Remote 2 Temperature
+	3 	Internal Temperature
+	4 	PECI Processor Temperature 0
+	5 	PECI Processor Temperature 1
+	6 	PECI Processor Temperature 2
+	7 	PECI Processor Temperature 3
+	=	===============================================
+
+temp[1-4]_smoothing_enable / temp[1-4]_smoothing_time
+	Smooths spikes in temp readings caused by noise.
+	Valid values in milliseconds are:
+
+	* 35000
+	* 17600
+	* 11800
+	*  7000
+	*  4400
+	*  3000
+	*  1600
+	*   800
+
+temp[1-4]_crit
+	When the corresponding zone temperature reaches this value,
+	ALL pwm outputs will got to 100%.
+
+temp[5-8]_input / temp[5-8]_enable
+	The aSC7621 can also read temperatures provided by the processor
+	via the PECI bus.  Usually these are "core" temps and are relative
+	to the point where the automatic thermal control circuit starts
+	throttling.  This means that these are usually negative numbers.
+
+pwm[1-3]_enable
+	=============== ========================================================
+	0		Fan off.
+	1		Fan on manual control.
+	2		Fan on automatic control and will run at the minimum pwm
+			if the temperature for the zone is below the minimum.
+	3		Fan on automatic control but will be off if the
+			temperature for the zone is below the minimum.
+	4-254		Ignored.
+	255		Fan on full.
+	=============== ========================================================
+
+pwm[1-3]_auto_channels
+	Bitmap as described in sysctl-interface with the following
+	exceptions...
+
+	Only the following combination of zones (and their corresponding masks)
+	are valid:
+
+	* 1
+	* 2
+	* 3
+	* 2,3
+	* 1,2,3
+	* 4
+	* 1,2,3,4
+
+	* Special values:
+
+	  ==		======================
+	  0		Disabled.
+	  16		Fan on manual control.
+	  31		Fan on full.
+	  ==		======================
+
+
+pwm[1-3]_invert
+	When set, inverts the meaning of pwm[1-3].
+	i.e.  when pwm = 0, the fan will be on full and
+	when pwm = 255 the fan will be off.
+
+pwm[1-3]_freq
+	PWM frequency in Hz
+	Valid values in Hz are:
+
+	* 10
+	* 15
+	* 23
+	* 30  (default)
+	* 38
+	* 47
+	* 62
+	* 94
+	* 23000
+	* 24000
+	* 25000
+	* 26000
+	* 27000
+	* 28000
+	* 29000
+	* 30000
+
+	Setting any other value will be ignored.
+
+peci_enable
+	Enables or disables PECI
+
+peci_avg
+	Input filter average time.
+
+	* 0 	0 Sec. (no Smoothing) (default)
+	* 1 	0.25 Sec.
+	* 2 	0.5 Sec.
+	* 3 	1.0 Sec.
+	* 4 	2.0 Sec.
+	* 5 	4.0 Sec.
+	* 6 	8.0 Sec.
+	* 7 	0.0 Sec.
+
+peci_legacy
+	=	============================================
+	0	Standard Mode (default)
+		Remote Diode 1 reading is associated with
+		Temperature Zone 1, PECI is associated with
+		Zone 4
+
+	1	Legacy Mode
+		PECI is associated with Temperature Zone 1,
+		Remote Diode 1 is associated with Zone 4
+	=	============================================
+
+peci_diode
+	Diode filter
+
+	=	====================
+	0	0.25 Sec.
+	1 	1.1 Sec.
+	2 	2.4 Sec.  (default)
+	3 	3.4 Sec.
+	4 	5.0 Sec.
+	5 	6.8 Sec.
+	6 	10.2 Sec.
+	7 	16.4 Sec.
+	=	====================
+
+peci_4domain
+	Four domain enable
+
+	=	===============================================
+	0 	1 or 2 Domains for enabled processors (default)
+	1 	3 or 4 Domains for enabled processors
+	=	===============================================
+
+peci_domain
+	Domain
+
+	=	==================================================
+	0 	Processor contains a single domain (0) 	 (default)
+	1 	Processor contains two domains (0,1)
+	=	==================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/aspeed-pwm-tacho b/Documentation/hwmon/aspeed-pwm-tacho
deleted file mode 100644
index 7cfb34977460..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/aspeed-pwm-tacho
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver aspeed-pwm-tacho
-==============================
-
-Supported chips:
-	ASPEED AST2400/2500
-
-Authors:
-	<jaghu@google.com>
-
-Description:
-------------
-This driver implements support for ASPEED AST2400/2500 PWM and Fan Tacho
-controller. The PWM controller supports upto 8 PWM outputs. The Fan tacho
-controller supports up to 16 tachometer inputs.
-
-The driver provides the following sensor accesses in sysfs:
-
-fanX_input	ro	provide current fan rotation value in RPM as reported
-			by the fan to the device.
-
-pwmX		rw	get or set PWM fan control value. This is an integer
-			value between 0(off) and 255(full speed).
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/aspeed-pwm-tacho.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/aspeed-pwm-tacho.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6dcec845fbc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/aspeed-pwm-tacho.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+Kernel driver aspeed-pwm-tacho
+==============================
+
+Supported chips:
+	ASPEED AST2400/2500
+
+Authors:
+	<jaghu@google.com>
+
+Description:
+------------
+This driver implements support for ASPEED AST2400/2500 PWM and Fan Tacho
+controller. The PWM controller supports upto 8 PWM outputs. The Fan tacho
+controller supports up to 16 tachometer inputs.
+
+The driver provides the following sensor accesses in sysfs:
+
+=============== ======= =====================================================
+fanX_input	ro	provide current fan rotation value in RPM as reported
+			by the fan to the device.
+
+pwmX		rw	get or set PWM fan control value. This is an integer
+			value between 0(off) and 255(full speed).
+=============== ======= =====================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp b/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp
deleted file mode 100644
index fec5a9bf755f..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver coretemp
-======================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * All Intel Core family
-    Prefix: 'coretemp'
-    CPUID: family 0x6, models 0xe (Pentium M DC), 0xf (Core 2 DC 65nm),
-                              0x16 (Core 2 SC 65nm), 0x17 (Penryn 45nm),
-                              0x1a (Nehalem), 0x1c (Atom), 0x1e (Lynnfield),
-                              0x26 (Tunnel Creek Atom), 0x27 (Medfield Atom),
-                              0x36 (Cedar Trail Atom)
-    Datasheet: Intel 64 and IA-32 Architectures Software Developer's Manual
-               Volume 3A: System Programming Guide
-               http://softwarecommunity.intel.com/Wiki/Mobility/720.htm
-
-Author: Rudolf Marek
-
-Description
------------
-This driver permits reading the DTS (Digital Temperature Sensor) embedded
-inside Intel CPUs. This driver can read both the per-core and per-package
-temperature using the appropriate sensors. The per-package sensor is new;
-as of now, it is present only in the SandyBridge platform. The driver will
-show the temperature of all cores inside a package under a single device
-directory inside hwmon.
-
-Temperature is measured in degrees Celsius and measurement resolution is
-1 degree C. Valid temperatures are from 0 to TjMax degrees C, because
-the actual value of temperature register is in fact a delta from TjMax.
-
-Temperature known as TjMax is the maximum junction temperature of processor,
-which depends on the CPU model. See table below. At this temperature, protection
-mechanism will perform actions to forcibly cool down the processor. Alarm
-may be raised, if the temperature grows enough (more than TjMax) to trigger
-the Out-Of-Spec bit. Following table summarizes the exported sysfs files:
-
-All Sysfs entries are named with their core_id (represented here by 'X').
-tempX_input	 - Core temperature (in millidegrees Celsius).
-tempX_max	 - All cooling devices should be turned on (on Core2).
-tempX_crit	 - Maximum junction temperature (in millidegrees Celsius).
-tempX_crit_alarm - Set when Out-of-spec bit is set, never clears.
-		   Correct CPU operation is no longer guaranteed.
-tempX_label	 - Contains string "Core X", where X is processor
-		   number. For Package temp, this will be "Physical id Y",
-		   where Y is the package number.
-
-On CPU models which support it, TjMax is read from a model-specific register.
-On other models, it is set to an arbitrary value based on weak heuristics.
-If these heuristics don't work for you, you can pass the correct TjMax value
-as a module parameter (tjmax).
-
-Appendix A. Known TjMax lists (TBD):
-Some information comes from ark.intel.com
-
-Process		Processor					TjMax(C)
-
-22nm		Core i5/i7 Processors
-		i7 3920XM, 3820QM, 3720QM, 3667U, 3520M		105
-		i5 3427U, 3360M/3320M				105
-		i7 3770/3770K					105
-		i5 3570/3570K, 3550, 3470/3450			105
-		i7 3770S					103
-		i5 3570S/3550S, 3475S/3470S/3450S		103
-		i7 3770T					94
-		i5 3570T					94
-		i5 3470T					91
-
-32nm		Core i3/i5/i7 Processors
-		i7 2600						98
-		i7 660UM/640/620, 640LM/620, 620M, 610E		105
-		i5 540UM/520/430, 540M/520/450/430		105
-		i3 330E, 370M/350/330				90 rPGA, 105 BGA
-		i3 330UM					105
-
-32nm		Core i7 Extreme Processors
-		980X						100
-
-32nm		Celeron Processors
-		U3400						105
-		P4505/P4500 					90
-
-32nm		Atom Processors
-		S1260/1220					95
-		S1240						102
-		Z2460						90
-		Z2760						90
-		D2700/2550/2500					100
-		N2850/2800/2650/2600				100
-
-45nm		Xeon Processors 5400 Quad-Core
-		X5492, X5482, X5472, X5470, X5460, X5450	85
-		E5472, E5462, E5450/40/30/20/10/05		85
-		L5408						95
-		L5430, L5420, L5410				70
-
-45nm		Xeon Processors 5200 Dual-Core
-		X5282, X5272, X5270, X5260			90
-		E5240						90
-		E5205, E5220					70, 90
-		L5240						70
-		L5238, L5215					95
-
-45nm		Atom Processors
-		D525/510/425/410				100
-		K525/510/425/410				100
-		Z670/650					90
-		Z560/550/540/530P/530/520PT/520/515/510PT/510P	90
-		Z510/500					90
-		N570/550					100
-		N475/470/455/450				100
-		N280/270					90
-		330/230						125
-		E680/660/640/620				90
-		E680T/660T/640T/620T				110
-		E665C/645C					90
-		E665CT/645CT					110
-		CE4170/4150/4110				110
-		CE4200 series					unknown
-		CE5300 series					unknown
-
-45nm		Core2 Processors
-		Solo ULV SU3500/3300				100
-		T9900/9800/9600/9550/9500/9400/9300/8300/8100	105
-		T6670/6500/6400					105
-		T6600						90
-		SU9600/9400/9300				105
-		SP9600/9400					105
-		SL9600/9400/9380/9300				105
-		P9700/9600/9500/8800/8700/8600/8400/7570	105
-		P7550/7450					90
-
-45nm		Core2 Quad Processors
-		Q9100/9000					100
-
-45nm		Core2 Extreme Processors
-		X9100/9000					105
-		QX9300						100
-
-45nm		Core i3/i5/i7 Processors
-		i7 940XM/920					100
-		i7 840QM/820/740/720				100
-
-45nm		Celeron Processors
-		SU2300						100
-		900 						105
-
-65nm		Core2 Duo Processors
-		Solo U2200, U2100				100
-		U7700/7600/7500					100
-		T7800/7700/7600/7500/7400/7300/7250/7200/7100	100
-		T5870/5670/5600/5550/5500/5470/5450/5300/5270	100
-		T5250						100
-		T5800/5750/5200					85
-		L7700/7500/7400/7300/7200			100
-
-65nm		Core2 Extreme Processors
-		X7900/7800					100
-
-65nm		Core Duo Processors
-		U2500/2400					100
-		T2700/2600/2450/2400/2350/2300E/2300/2250/2050	100
-		L2500/2400/2300					100
-
-65nm		Core Solo Processors
-		U1500/1400/1300					100
-		T1400/1350/1300/1250				100
-
-65nm		Xeon Processors 5000 Quad-Core
-		X5000						90-95
-		E5000						80
-		L5000						70
-		L5318						95
-
-65nm		Xeon Processors 5000 Dual-Core
-		5080, 5063, 5060, 5050, 5030			80-90
-		5160, 5150, 5148, 5140, 5130, 5120, 5110	80
-		L5138						100
-
-65nm		Celeron Processors
-		T1700/1600					100
-		560/550/540/530					100
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c609329e3bc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/coretemp.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+Kernel driver coretemp
+======================
+
+Supported chips:
+  * All Intel Core family
+
+    Prefix: 'coretemp'
+
+    CPUID: family 0x6, models
+
+			    - 0xe (Pentium M DC), 0xf (Core 2 DC 65nm),
+			    - 0x16 (Core 2 SC 65nm), 0x17 (Penryn 45nm),
+			    - 0x1a (Nehalem), 0x1c (Atom), 0x1e (Lynnfield),
+			    - 0x26 (Tunnel Creek Atom), 0x27 (Medfield Atom),
+			    - 0x36 (Cedar Trail Atom)
+
+    Datasheet:
+
+	       Intel 64 and IA-32 Architectures Software Developer's Manual
+	       Volume 3A: System Programming Guide
+
+	       http://softwarecommunity.intel.com/Wiki/Mobility/720.htm
+
+Author: Rudolf Marek
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver permits reading the DTS (Digital Temperature Sensor) embedded
+inside Intel CPUs. This driver can read both the per-core and per-package
+temperature using the appropriate sensors. The per-package sensor is new;
+as of now, it is present only in the SandyBridge platform. The driver will
+show the temperature of all cores inside a package under a single device
+directory inside hwmon.
+
+Temperature is measured in degrees Celsius and measurement resolution is
+1 degree C. Valid temperatures are from 0 to TjMax degrees C, because
+the actual value of temperature register is in fact a delta from TjMax.
+
+Temperature known as TjMax is the maximum junction temperature of processor,
+which depends on the CPU model. See table below. At this temperature, protection
+mechanism will perform actions to forcibly cool down the processor. Alarm
+may be raised, if the temperature grows enough (more than TjMax) to trigger
+the Out-Of-Spec bit. Following table summarizes the exported sysfs files:
+
+All Sysfs entries are named with their core_id (represented here by 'X').
+
+================= ========================================================
+tempX_input	  Core temperature (in millidegrees Celsius).
+tempX_max	  All cooling devices should be turned on (on Core2).
+tempX_crit	  Maximum junction temperature (in millidegrees Celsius).
+tempX_crit_alarm  Set when Out-of-spec bit is set, never clears.
+		  Correct CPU operation is no longer guaranteed.
+tempX_label	  Contains string "Core X", where X is processor
+		  number. For Package temp, this will be "Physical id Y",
+		  where Y is the package number.
+================= ========================================================
+
+On CPU models which support it, TjMax is read from a model-specific register.
+On other models, it is set to an arbitrary value based on weak heuristics.
+If these heuristics don't work for you, you can pass the correct TjMax value
+as a module parameter (tjmax).
+
+Appendix A. Known TjMax lists (TBD):
+Some information comes from ark.intel.com
+
+=============== =============================================== ================
+Process		Processor					TjMax(C)
+
+22nm		Core i5/i7 Processors
+		i7 3920XM, 3820QM, 3720QM, 3667U, 3520M		105
+		i5 3427U, 3360M/3320M				105
+		i7 3770/3770K					105
+		i5 3570/3570K, 3550, 3470/3450			105
+		i7 3770S					103
+		i5 3570S/3550S, 3475S/3470S/3450S		103
+		i7 3770T					94
+		i5 3570T					94
+		i5 3470T					91
+
+32nm		Core i3/i5/i7 Processors
+		i7 2600						98
+		i7 660UM/640/620, 640LM/620, 620M, 610E		105
+		i5 540UM/520/430, 540M/520/450/430		105
+		i3 330E, 370M/350/330				90 rPGA, 105 BGA
+		i3 330UM					105
+
+32nm		Core i7 Extreme Processors
+		980X						100
+
+32nm		Celeron Processors
+		U3400						105
+		P4505/P4500 					90
+
+32nm		Atom Processors
+		S1260/1220					95
+		S1240						102
+		Z2460						90
+		Z2760						90
+		D2700/2550/2500					100
+		N2850/2800/2650/2600				100
+
+45nm		Xeon Processors 5400 Quad-Core
+		X5492, X5482, X5472, X5470, X5460, X5450	85
+		E5472, E5462, E5450/40/30/20/10/05		85
+		L5408						95
+		L5430, L5420, L5410				70
+
+45nm		Xeon Processors 5200 Dual-Core
+		X5282, X5272, X5270, X5260			90
+		E5240						90
+		E5205, E5220					70, 90
+		L5240						70
+		L5238, L5215					95
+
+45nm		Atom Processors
+		D525/510/425/410				100
+		K525/510/425/410				100
+		Z670/650					90
+		Z560/550/540/530P/530/520PT/520/515/510PT/510P	90
+		Z510/500					90
+		N570/550					100
+		N475/470/455/450				100
+		N280/270					90
+		330/230						125
+		E680/660/640/620				90
+		E680T/660T/640T/620T				110
+		E665C/645C					90
+		E665CT/645CT					110
+		CE4170/4150/4110				110
+		CE4200 series					unknown
+		CE5300 series					unknown
+
+45nm		Core2 Processors
+		Solo ULV SU3500/3300				100
+		T9900/9800/9600/9550/9500/9400/9300/8300/8100	105
+		T6670/6500/6400					105
+		T6600						90
+		SU9600/9400/9300				105
+		SP9600/9400					105
+		SL9600/9400/9380/9300				105
+		P9700/9600/9500/8800/8700/8600/8400/7570	105
+		P7550/7450					90
+
+45nm		Core2 Quad Processors
+		Q9100/9000					100
+
+45nm		Core2 Extreme Processors
+		X9100/9000					105
+		QX9300						100
+
+45nm		Core i3/i5/i7 Processors
+		i7 940XM/920					100
+		i7 840QM/820/740/720				100
+
+45nm		Celeron Processors
+		SU2300						100
+		900 						105
+
+65nm		Core2 Duo Processors
+		Solo U2200, U2100				100
+		U7700/7600/7500					100
+		T7800/7700/7600/7500/7400/7300/7250/7200/7100	100
+		T5870/5670/5600/5550/5500/5470/5450/5300/5270	100
+		T5250						100
+		T5800/5750/5200					85
+		L7700/7500/7400/7300/7200			100
+
+65nm		Core2 Extreme Processors
+		X7900/7800					100
+
+65nm		Core Duo Processors
+		U2500/2400					100
+		T2700/2600/2450/2400/2350/2300E/2300/2250/2050	100
+		L2500/2400/2300					100
+
+65nm		Core Solo Processors
+		U1500/1400/1300					100
+		T1400/1350/1300/1250				100
+
+65nm		Xeon Processors 5000 Quad-Core
+		X5000						90-95
+		E5000						80
+		L5000						70
+		L5318						95
+
+65nm		Xeon Processors 5000 Dual-Core
+		5080, 5063, 5060, 5050, 5030			80-90
+		5160, 5150, 5148, 5140, 5130, 5120, 5110	80
+		L5138						100
+
+65nm		Celeron Processors
+		T1700/1600					100
+		560/550/540/530					100
+=============== =============================================== ================
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/da9052 b/Documentation/hwmon/da9052
deleted file mode 100644
index 5bc51346b689..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/da9052
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-Supported chips:
-  * Dialog Semiconductors DA9052-BC and DA9053-AA/Bx PMICs
-    Prefix: 'da9052'
-    Datasheet: Datasheet is not publicly available.
-
-Authors: David Dajun Chen <dchen@diasemi.com>
-
-Description
------------
-
-The DA9052/53 provides an Analogue to Digital Converter (ADC) with 10 bits
-resolution and track and hold circuitry combined with an analogue input
-multiplexer. The analogue input multiplexer will allow conversion of up to 10
-different inputs. The track and hold circuit ensures stable input voltages at
-the input of the ADC during the conversion.
-
-The ADC is used to measure the following inputs:
-Channel 0: VDDOUT - measurement of the system voltage
-Channel 1: ICH - internal battery charger current measurement
-Channel 2: TBAT - output from the battery NTC
-Channel 3: VBAT - measurement of the battery voltage
-Channel 4: ADC_IN4 - high impedance input (0 - 2.5V)
-Channel 5: ADC_IN5 - high impedance input (0 - 2.5V)
-Channel 6: ADC_IN6 - high impedance input (0 - 2.5V)
-Channel 7: XY - TSI interface to measure the X and Y voltage of the touch
-	   screen resistive potentiometers
-Channel 8: Internal Tjunc. - sense (internal temp. sensor)
-Channel 9: VBBAT - measurement of the backup battery voltage
-
-By using sysfs attributes we can measure the system voltage VDDOUT, the battery
-charging current ICH, battery temperature TBAT, battery junction temperature
-TJUNC, battery voltage VBAT and the back up battery voltage VBBAT.
-
-Voltage Monitoring
-------------------
-
-Voltages are sampled by a 10 bit ADC.
-
-The battery voltage is calculated as:
-	Milli volt = ((ADC value * 1000) / 512) + 2500
-
-The backup battery voltage is calculated as:
-	Milli volt = (ADC value * 2500) / 512;
-
-The voltages on ADC channels 4, 5 and 6 are calculated as:
-	Milli volt = (ADC value * 2500) / 1023
-
-Temperature Monitoring
-----------------------
-
-Temperatures are sampled by a 10 bit ADC.  Junction and battery temperatures
-are monitored by the ADC channels.
-
-The junction temperature is calculated:
-	Degrees celsius = 1.708 * (TJUNC_RES - T_OFFSET) - 108.8
-The junction temperature attribute is supported by the driver.
-
-The battery temperature is calculated:
-	Degree Celsius = 1 / (t1 + 1/298)- 273
-where t1 = (1/B)* ln(( ADCval * 2.5)/(R25*ITBAT*255))
-Default values of R25, B, ITBAT are 10e3, 3380 and 50e-6 respectively.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/da9052.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/da9052.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c1c0f1f08904
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/da9052.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+Kernel driver da9052
+====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Dialog Semiconductors DA9052-BC and DA9053-AA/Bx PMICs
+
+    Prefix: 'da9052'
+
+    Datasheet: Datasheet is not publicly available.
+
+Authors: David Dajun Chen <dchen@diasemi.com>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The DA9052/53 provides an Analogue to Digital Converter (ADC) with 10 bits
+resolution and track and hold circuitry combined with an analogue input
+multiplexer. The analogue input multiplexer will allow conversion of up to 10
+different inputs. The track and hold circuit ensures stable input voltages at
+the input of the ADC during the conversion.
+
+The ADC is used to measure the following inputs:
+
+========= ===================================================================
+Channel 0 VDDOUT - measurement of the system voltage
+Channel 1 ICH - internal battery charger current measurement
+Channel 2 TBAT - output from the battery NTC
+Channel 3 VBAT - measurement of the battery voltage
+Channel 4 ADC_IN4 - high impedance input (0 - 2.5V)
+Channel 5 ADC_IN5 - high impedance input (0 - 2.5V)
+Channel 6 ADC_IN6 - high impedance input (0 - 2.5V)
+Channel 7 XY - TSI interface to measure the X and Y voltage of the touch
+	  screen resistive potentiometers
+Channel 8 Internal Tjunc. - sense (internal temp. sensor)
+Channel 9 VBBAT - measurement of the backup battery voltage
+========= ===================================================================
+
+By using sysfs attributes we can measure the system voltage VDDOUT, the battery
+charging current ICH, battery temperature TBAT, battery junction temperature
+TJUNC, battery voltage VBAT and the back up battery voltage VBBAT.
+
+Voltage Monitoring
+------------------
+
+Voltages are sampled by a 10 bit ADC.
+
+The battery voltage is calculated as:
+
+	Milli volt = ((ADC value * 1000) / 512) + 2500
+
+The backup battery voltage is calculated as:
+
+	Milli volt = (ADC value * 2500) / 512;
+
+The voltages on ADC channels 4, 5 and 6 are calculated as:
+
+	Milli volt = (ADC value * 2500) / 1023
+
+Temperature Monitoring
+----------------------
+
+Temperatures are sampled by a 10 bit ADC.  Junction and battery temperatures
+are monitored by the ADC channels.
+
+The junction temperature is calculated:
+
+	Degrees celsius = 1.708 * (TJUNC_RES - T_OFFSET) - 108.8
+
+The junction temperature attribute is supported by the driver.
+
+The battery temperature is calculated:
+
+	Degree Celsius = 1 / (t1 + 1/298) - 273
+
+where t1 = (1/B)* ln(( ADCval * 2.5)/(R25*ITBAT*255))
+
+Default values of R25, B, ITBAT are 10e3, 3380 and 50e-6 respectively.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/da9055 b/Documentation/hwmon/da9055
deleted file mode 100644
index 855c3f536e00..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/da9055
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-Supported chips:
-  * Dialog Semiconductors DA9055 PMIC
-    Prefix: 'da9055'
-    Datasheet: Datasheet is not publicly available.
-
-Authors: David Dajun Chen <dchen@diasemi.com>
-
-Description
------------
-
-The DA9055 provides an Analogue to Digital Converter (ADC) with 10 bits
-resolution and track and hold circuitry combined with an analogue input
-multiplexer. The analogue input multiplexer will allow conversion of up to 5
-different inputs. The track and hold circuit ensures stable input voltages at
-the input of the ADC during the conversion.
-
-The ADC is used to measure the following inputs:
-Channel 0: VDDOUT - measurement of the system voltage
-Channel 1: ADC_IN1 - high impedance input (0 - 2.5V)
-Channel 2: ADC_IN2 - high impedance input (0 - 2.5V)
-Channel 3: ADC_IN3 - high impedance input (0 - 2.5V)
-Channel 4: Internal Tjunc. - sense (internal temp. sensor)
-
-By using sysfs attributes we can measure the system voltage VDDOUT,
-chip junction temperature and auxiliary channels voltages.
-
-Voltage Monitoring
-------------------
-
-Voltages are sampled in a AUTO mode it can be manually sampled too and results
-are stored in a 10 bit ADC.
-
-The system voltage is calculated as:
-	Milli volt = ((ADC value * 1000) / 85) + 2500
-
-The voltages on ADC channels 1, 2 and 3 are calculated as:
-	Milli volt = (ADC value * 1000) / 102
-
-Temperature Monitoring
-----------------------
-
-Temperatures are sampled by a 10 bit ADC.  Junction temperatures
-are monitored by the ADC channels.
-
-The junction temperature is calculated:
-	Degrees celsius = -0.4084 * (ADC_RES - T_OFFSET) + 307.6332
-The junction temperature attribute is supported by the driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/da9055.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/da9055.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..beae271a3312
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/da9055.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+Kernel driver da9055
+====================
+
+Supported chips:
+  * Dialog Semiconductors DA9055 PMIC
+
+    Prefix: 'da9055'
+
+    Datasheet: Datasheet is not publicly available.
+
+Authors: David Dajun Chen <dchen@diasemi.com>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The DA9055 provides an Analogue to Digital Converter (ADC) with 10 bits
+resolution and track and hold circuitry combined with an analogue input
+multiplexer. The analogue input multiplexer will allow conversion of up to 5
+different inputs. The track and hold circuit ensures stable input voltages at
+the input of the ADC during the conversion.
+
+The ADC is used to measure the following inputs:
+
+- Channel 0: VDDOUT - measurement of the system voltage
+- Channel 1: ADC_IN1 - high impedance input (0 - 2.5V)
+- Channel 2: ADC_IN2 - high impedance input (0 - 2.5V)
+- Channel 3: ADC_IN3 - high impedance input (0 - 2.5V)
+- Channel 4: Internal Tjunc. - sense (internal temp. sensor)
+
+By using sysfs attributes we can measure the system voltage VDDOUT,
+chip junction temperature and auxiliary channels voltages.
+
+Voltage Monitoring
+------------------
+
+Voltages are sampled in a AUTO mode it can be manually sampled too and results
+are stored in a 10 bit ADC.
+
+The system voltage is calculated as:
+
+	Milli volt = ((ADC value * 1000) / 85) + 2500
+
+The voltages on ADC channels 1, 2 and 3 are calculated as:
+
+	Milli volt = (ADC value * 1000) / 102
+
+Temperature Monitoring
+----------------------
+
+Temperatures are sampled by a 10 bit ADC.  Junction temperatures
+are monitored by the ADC channels.
+
+The junction temperature is calculated:
+
+	Degrees celsius = -0.4084 * (ADC_RES - T_OFFSET) + 307.6332
+
+The junction temperature attribute is supported by the driver.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/dme1737 b/Documentation/hwmon/dme1737
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d2935145a1c..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/dme1737
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,328 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver dme1737
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * SMSC DME1737 and compatibles (like Asus A8000)
-    Prefix: 'dme1737'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
-    Datasheet: Provided by SMSC upon request and under NDA
-  * SMSC SCH3112, SCH3114, SCH3116
-    Prefix: 'sch311x'
-    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super-I/O config space
-    Datasheet: Available on the Internet
-  * SMSC SCH5027
-    Prefix: 'sch5027'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
-    Datasheet: Provided by SMSC upon request and under NDA
-  * SMSC SCH5127
-    Prefix: 'sch5127'
-    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super-I/O config space
-    Datasheet: Provided by SMSC upon request and under NDA
-
-Authors:
-    Juerg Haefliger <juergh@gmail.com>
-
-
-Module Parameters
------------------
-
-* force_start: bool	Enables the monitoring of voltage, fan and temp inputs
-			and PWM output control functions. Using this parameter
-			shouldn't be required since the BIOS usually takes care
-			of this.
-* probe_all_addr: bool	Include non-standard LPC addresses 0x162e and 0x164e
-			when probing for ISA devices. This is required for the
-			following boards:
-			- VIA EPIA SN18000
-
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver implements support for the hardware monitoring capabilities of the
-SMSC DME1737 and Asus A8000 (which are the same), SMSC SCH5027, SCH311x,
-and SCH5127 Super-I/O chips. These chips feature monitoring of 3 temp sensors
-temp[1-3] (2 remote diodes and 1 internal), 8 voltages in[0-7] (7 external and
-1 internal) and up to 6 fan speeds fan[1-6]. Additionally, the chips implement
-up to 5 PWM outputs pwm[1-3,5-6] for controlling fan speeds both manually and
-automatically.
-
-For the DME1737, A8000 and SCH5027, fan[1-2] and pwm[1-2] are always present.
-Fan[3-6] and pwm[3,5-6] are optional features and their availability depends on
-the configuration of the chip. The driver will detect which features are
-present during initialization and create the sysfs attributes accordingly.
-
-For the SCH311x and SCH5127, fan[1-3] and pwm[1-3] are always present and
-fan[4-6] and pwm[5-6] don't exist.
-
-The hardware monitoring features of the DME1737, A8000, and SCH5027 are only
-accessible via SMBus, while the SCH311x and SCH5127 only provide access via
-the ISA bus. The driver will therefore register itself as an I2C client driver
-if it detects a DME1737, A8000, or SCH5027 and as a platform driver if it
-detects a SCH311x or SCH5127 chip.
-
-
-Voltage Monitoring
-------------------
-
-The voltage inputs are sampled with 12-bit resolution and have internal
-scaling resistors. The values returned by the driver therefore reflect true
-millivolts and don't need scaling. The voltage inputs are mapped as follows
-(the last column indicates the input ranges):
-
-DME1737, A8000:
-	in0: +5VTR	(+5V standby)		0V - 6.64V
-	in1: Vccp	(processor core)	0V - 3V
-	in2: VCC	(internal +3.3V)	0V - 4.38V
-	in3: +5V				0V - 6.64V
-	in4: +12V				0V - 16V
-	in5: VTR	(+3.3V standby)		0V - 4.38V
-	in6: Vbat	(+3.0V)			0V - 4.38V
-
-SCH311x:
-	in0: +2.5V				0V - 3.32V
-	in1: Vccp	(processor core)	0V - 2V
-	in2: VCC	(internal +3.3V)	0V - 4.38V
-	in3: +5V				0V - 6.64V
-	in4: +12V				0V - 16V
-	in5: VTR	(+3.3V standby)		0V - 4.38V
-	in6: Vbat	(+3.0V)			0V - 4.38V
-
-SCH5027:
-	in0: +5VTR	(+5V standby)		0V - 6.64V
-	in1: Vccp	(processor core)	0V - 3V
-	in2: VCC	(internal +3.3V)	0V - 4.38V
-	in3: V2_IN				0V - 1.5V
-	in4: V1_IN				0V - 1.5V
-	in5: VTR	(+3.3V standby)		0V - 4.38V
-	in6: Vbat	(+3.0V)			0V - 4.38V
-
-SCH5127:
-	in0: +2.5				0V - 3.32V
-	in1: Vccp	(processor core)	0V - 3V
-	in2: VCC	(internal +3.3V)	0V - 4.38V
-	in3: V2_IN				0V - 1.5V
-	in4: V1_IN				0V - 1.5V
-	in5: VTR	(+3.3V standby)		0V - 4.38V
-	in6: Vbat	(+3.0V)			0V - 4.38V
-	in7: Vtrip	(+1.5V)			0V - 1.99V
-
-Each voltage input has associated min and max limits which trigger an alarm
-when crossed.
-
-
-Temperature Monitoring
-----------------------
-
-Temperatures are measured with 12-bit resolution and reported in millidegree
-Celsius. The chip also features offsets for all 3 temperature inputs which -
-when programmed - get added to the input readings. The chip does all the
-scaling by itself and the driver therefore reports true temperatures that don't
-need any user-space adjustments. The temperature inputs are mapped as follows
-(the last column indicates the input ranges):
-
-	temp1: Remote diode 1 (3904 type) temperature	-127C - +127C
-	temp2: DME1737 internal temperature		-127C - +127C
-	temp3: Remote diode 2 (3904 type) temperature	-127C - +127C
-
-Each temperature input has associated min and max limits which trigger an alarm
-when crossed. Additionally, each temperature input has a fault attribute that
-returns 1 when a faulty diode or an unconnected input is detected and 0
-otherwise.
-
-
-Fan Monitoring
---------------
-
-Fan RPMs are measured with 16-bit resolution. The chip provides inputs for 6
-fan tachometers. All 6 inputs have an associated min limit which triggers an
-alarm when crossed. Fan inputs 1-4 provide type attributes that need to be set
-to the number of pulses per fan revolution that the connected tachometer
-generates. Supported values are 1, 2, and 4. Fan inputs 5-6 only support fans
-that generate 2 pulses per revolution. Fan inputs 5-6 also provide a max
-attribute that needs to be set to the maximum attainable RPM (fan at 100% duty-
-cycle) of the input. The chip adjusts the sampling rate based on this value.
-
-
-PWM Output Control
-------------------
-
-This chip features 5 PWM outputs. PWM outputs 1-3 are associated with fan
-inputs 1-3 and PWM outputs 5-6 are associated with fan inputs 5-6. PWM outputs
-1-3 can be configured to operate either in manual or automatic mode by setting
-the appropriate enable attribute accordingly. PWM outputs 5-6 can only operate
-in manual mode, their enable attributes are therefore read-only. When set to
-manual mode, the fan speed is set by writing the duty-cycle value to the
-appropriate PWM attribute. In automatic mode, the PWM attribute returns the
-current duty-cycle as set by the fan controller in the chip. All PWM outputs
-support the setting of the output frequency via the freq attribute.
-
-In automatic mode, the chip supports the setting of the PWM ramp rate which
-defines how fast the PWM output is adjusting to changes of the associated
-temperature input. Associating PWM outputs to temperature inputs is done via
-temperature zones. The chip features 3 zones whose assignments to temperature
-inputs is static and determined during initialization. These assignments can
-be retrieved via the zone[1-3]_auto_channels_temp attributes. Each PWM output
-is assigned to one (or hottest of multiple) temperature zone(s) through the
-pwm[1-3]_auto_channels_zone attributes. Each PWM output has 3 distinct output
-duty-cycles: full, low, and min. Full is internally hard-wired to 255 (100%)
-and low and min can be programmed via pwm[1-3]_auto_point1_pwm and
-pwm[1-3]_auto_pwm_min, respectively. The thermal thresholds of the zones are
-programmed via zone[1-3]_auto_point[1-3]_temp and
-zone[1-3]_auto_point1_temp_hyst:
-
-	pwm[1-3]_auto_point2_pwm	full-speed duty-cycle (255, i.e., 100%)
-	pwm[1-3]_auto_point1_pwm	low-speed duty-cycle
-	pwm[1-3]_auto_pwm_min		min-speed duty-cycle
-
-	zone[1-3]_auto_point3_temp	full-speed temp (all outputs)
-	zone[1-3]_auto_point2_temp	full-speed temp
-	zone[1-3]_auto_point1_temp	low-speed temp
-	zone[1-3]_auto_point1_temp_hyst	min-speed temp
-
-The chip adjusts the output duty-cycle linearly in the range of auto_point1_pwm
-to auto_point2_pwm if the temperature of the associated zone is between
-auto_point1_temp and auto_point2_temp. If the temperature drops below the
-auto_point1_temp_hyst value, the output duty-cycle is set to the auto_pwm_min
-value which only supports two values: 0 or auto_point1_pwm. That means that the
-fan either turns completely off or keeps spinning with the low-speed
-duty-cycle. If any of the temperatures rise above the auto_point3_temp value,
-all PWM outputs are set to 100% duty-cycle.
-
-Following is another representation of how the chip sets the output duty-cycle
-based on the temperature of the associated thermal zone:
-
-			Duty-Cycle	Duty-Cycle
-	Temperature	Rising Temp	Falling Temp
-	-----------	-----------	------------
-	full-speed	full-speed	full-speed
-
-			< linearly adjusted duty-cycle >
-
-	low-speed	low-speed	low-speed
-			min-speed	low-speed
-	min-speed	min-speed	min-speed
-			min-speed	min-speed
-
-
-Sysfs Attributes
-----------------
-
-Following is a list of all sysfs attributes that the driver provides, their
-permissions and a short description:
-
-Name				Perm	Description
-----				----	-----------
-cpu0_vid			RO	CPU core reference voltage in
-					millivolts.
-vrm				RW	Voltage regulator module version
-					number.
-
-in[0-7]_input			RO	Measured voltage in millivolts.
-in[0-7]_min			RW	Low limit for voltage input.
-in[0-7]_max			RW	High limit for voltage input.
-in[0-7]_alarm			RO	Voltage input alarm. Returns 1 if
-					voltage input is or went outside the
-					associated min-max range, 0 otherwise.
-
-temp[1-3]_input			RO	Measured temperature in millidegree
-					Celsius.
-temp[1-3]_min			RW	Low limit for temp input.
-temp[1-3]_max			RW	High limit for temp input.
-temp[1-3]_offset		RW	Offset for temp input. This value will
-					be added by the chip to the measured
-					temperature.
-temp[1-3]_alarm			RO	Alarm for temp input. Returns 1 if temp
-					input is or went outside the associated
-					min-max range, 0 otherwise.
-temp[1-3]_fault			RO	Temp input fault. Returns 1 if the chip
-					detects a faulty thermal diode or an
-					unconnected temp input, 0 otherwise.
-
-zone[1-3]_auto_channels_temp	RO	Temperature zone to temperature input
-					mapping. This attribute is a bitfield
-					and supports the following values:
-						1: temp1
-						2: temp2
-						4: temp3
-zone[1-3]_auto_point1_temp_hyst	RW	Auto PWM temp point1 hysteresis. The
-					output of the corresponding PWM is set
-					to the pwm_auto_min value if the temp
-					falls below the auto_point1_temp_hyst
-					value.
-zone[1-3]_auto_point[1-3]_temp	RW	Auto PWM temp points. Auto_point1 is
-					the low-speed temp, auto_point2 is the
-					full-speed temp, and auto_point3 is the
-					temp at which all PWM outputs are set
-					to full-speed (100% duty-cycle).
-
-fan[1-6]_input			RO	Measured fan speed in RPM.
-fan[1-6]_min			RW	Low limit for fan input.
-fan[1-6]_alarm			RO	Alarm for fan input. Returns 1 if fan
-					input is or went below the associated
-					min value, 0 otherwise.
-fan[1-4]_type			RW	Type of attached fan. Expressed in
-					number of pulses per revolution that
-					the fan generates. Supported values are
-					1, 2, and 4.
-fan[5-6]_max			RW	Max attainable RPM at 100% duty-cycle.
-					Required for chip to adjust the
-					sampling rate accordingly.
-
-pmw[1-3,5-6]			RO/RW	Duty-cycle of PWM output. Supported
-					values are 0-255 (0%-100%). Only
-					writeable if the associated PWM is in
-					manual mode.
-pwm[1-3]_enable			RW	Enable of PWM outputs 1-3. Supported
-					values are:
-						 0: turned off (output @ 100%)
-						 1: manual mode
-						 2: automatic mode
-pwm[5-6]_enable			RO	Enable of PWM outputs 5-6. Always
-					returns 1 since these 2 outputs are
-					hard-wired to manual mode.
-pmw[1-3,5-6]_freq		RW	Frequency of PWM output. Supported
-					values are in the range 11Hz-30000Hz
-					(default is 25000Hz).
-pmw[1-3]_ramp_rate		RW	Ramp rate of PWM output. Determines how
-					fast the PWM duty-cycle will change
-					when the PWM is in automatic mode.
-					Expressed in ms per PWM step. Supported
-					values are in the range 0ms-206ms
-					(default is 0, which means the duty-
-					cycle changes instantly).
-pwm[1-3]_auto_channels_zone	RW	PWM output to temperature zone mapping.
-					This attribute is a bitfield and
-					supports the following values:
-						1: zone1
-						2: zone2
-						4: zone3
-						6: highest of zone[2-3]
-						7: highest of zone[1-3]
-pwm[1-3]_auto_pwm_min		RW	Auto PWM min pwm. Minimum PWM duty-
-					cycle. Supported values are 0 or
-					auto_point1_pwm.
-pwm[1-3]_auto_point1_pwm	RW	Auto PWM pwm point. Auto_point1 is the
-					low-speed duty-cycle.
-pwm[1-3]_auto_point2_pwm	RO	Auto PWM pwm point. Auto_point2 is the
-					full-speed duty-cycle which is hard-
-					wired to 255 (100% duty-cycle).
-
-Chip Differences
-----------------
-
-Feature			dme1737	sch311x	sch5027	sch5127
--------------------------------------------------------
-temp[1-3]_offset	yes	yes
-vid			yes
-zone3			yes	yes	yes
-zone[1-3]_hyst		yes	yes
-pwm min/off		yes	yes
-fan3			opt	yes	opt	yes
-pwm3			opt	yes	opt	yes
-fan4			opt		opt
-fan5			opt		opt
-pwm5			opt		opt
-fan6			opt		opt
-pwm6			opt		opt
-in7						yes
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/dme1737.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/dme1737.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..82fcbc6b2b43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/dme1737.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+Kernel driver dme1737
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * SMSC DME1737 and compatibles (like Asus A8000)
+
+    Prefix: 'dme1737'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
+
+    Datasheet: Provided by SMSC upon request and under NDA
+
+  * SMSC SCH3112, SCH3114, SCH3116
+
+    Prefix: 'sch311x'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super-I/O config space
+
+    Datasheet: Available on the Internet
+
+  * SMSC SCH5027
+
+    Prefix: 'sch5027'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
+
+    Datasheet: Provided by SMSC upon request and under NDA
+
+  * SMSC SCH5127
+
+    Prefix: 'sch5127'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super-I/O config space
+
+    Datasheet: Provided by SMSC upon request and under NDA
+
+Authors:
+    Juerg Haefliger <juergh@gmail.com>
+
+
+Module Parameters
+-----------------
+
+* force_start: bool
+			Enables the monitoring of voltage, fan and temp inputs
+			and PWM output control functions. Using this parameter
+			shouldn't be required since the BIOS usually takes care
+			of this.
+
+* probe_all_addr: bool
+			Include non-standard LPC addresses 0x162e and 0x164e
+			when probing for ISA devices. This is required for the
+			following boards:
+			- VIA EPIA SN18000
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver implements support for the hardware monitoring capabilities of the
+SMSC DME1737 and Asus A8000 (which are the same), SMSC SCH5027, SCH311x,
+and SCH5127 Super-I/O chips. These chips feature monitoring of 3 temp sensors
+temp[1-3] (2 remote diodes and 1 internal), 8 voltages in[0-7] (7 external and
+1 internal) and up to 6 fan speeds fan[1-6]. Additionally, the chips implement
+up to 5 PWM outputs pwm[1-3,5-6] for controlling fan speeds both manually and
+automatically.
+
+For the DME1737, A8000 and SCH5027, fan[1-2] and pwm[1-2] are always present.
+Fan[3-6] and pwm[3,5-6] are optional features and their availability depends on
+the configuration of the chip. The driver will detect which features are
+present during initialization and create the sysfs attributes accordingly.
+
+For the SCH311x and SCH5127, fan[1-3] and pwm[1-3] are always present and
+fan[4-6] and pwm[5-6] don't exist.
+
+The hardware monitoring features of the DME1737, A8000, and SCH5027 are only
+accessible via SMBus, while the SCH311x and SCH5127 only provide access via
+the ISA bus. The driver will therefore register itself as an I2C client driver
+if it detects a DME1737, A8000, or SCH5027 and as a platform driver if it
+detects a SCH311x or SCH5127 chip.
+
+
+Voltage Monitoring
+------------------
+
+The voltage inputs are sampled with 12-bit resolution and have internal
+scaling resistors. The values returned by the driver therefore reflect true
+millivolts and don't need scaling. The voltage inputs are mapped as follows
+(the last column indicates the input ranges):
+
+DME1737, A8000::
+
+	in0: +5VTR	(+5V standby)		0V - 6.64V
+	in1: Vccp	(processor core)	0V - 3V
+	in2: VCC	(internal +3.3V)	0V - 4.38V
+	in3: +5V				0V - 6.64V
+	in4: +12V				0V - 16V
+	in5: VTR	(+3.3V standby)		0V - 4.38V
+	in6: Vbat	(+3.0V)			0V - 4.38V
+
+SCH311x::
+
+	in0: +2.5V				0V - 3.32V
+	in1: Vccp	(processor core)	0V - 2V
+	in2: VCC	(internal +3.3V)	0V - 4.38V
+	in3: +5V				0V - 6.64V
+	in4: +12V				0V - 16V
+	in5: VTR	(+3.3V standby)		0V - 4.38V
+	in6: Vbat	(+3.0V)			0V - 4.38V
+
+SCH5027::
+
+	in0: +5VTR	(+5V standby)		0V - 6.64V
+	in1: Vccp	(processor core)	0V - 3V
+	in2: VCC	(internal +3.3V)	0V - 4.38V
+	in3: V2_IN				0V - 1.5V
+	in4: V1_IN				0V - 1.5V
+	in5: VTR	(+3.3V standby)		0V - 4.38V
+	in6: Vbat	(+3.0V)			0V - 4.38V
+
+SCH5127::
+
+	in0: +2.5				0V - 3.32V
+	in1: Vccp	(processor core)	0V - 3V
+	in2: VCC	(internal +3.3V)	0V - 4.38V
+	in3: V2_IN				0V - 1.5V
+	in4: V1_IN				0V - 1.5V
+	in5: VTR	(+3.3V standby)		0V - 4.38V
+	in6: Vbat	(+3.0V)			0V - 4.38V
+	in7: Vtrip	(+1.5V)			0V - 1.99V
+
+Each voltage input has associated min and max limits which trigger an alarm
+when crossed.
+
+
+Temperature Monitoring
+----------------------
+
+Temperatures are measured with 12-bit resolution and reported in millidegree
+Celsius. The chip also features offsets for all 3 temperature inputs which -
+when programmed - get added to the input readings. The chip does all the
+scaling by itself and the driver therefore reports true temperatures that don't
+need any user-space adjustments. The temperature inputs are mapped as follows
+(the last column indicates the input ranges)::
+
+	temp1: Remote diode 1 (3904 type) temperature	-127C - +127C
+	temp2: DME1737 internal temperature		-127C - +127C
+	temp3: Remote diode 2 (3904 type) temperature	-127C - +127C
+
+Each temperature input has associated min and max limits which trigger an alarm
+when crossed. Additionally, each temperature input has a fault attribute that
+returns 1 when a faulty diode or an unconnected input is detected and 0
+otherwise.
+
+
+Fan Monitoring
+--------------
+
+Fan RPMs are measured with 16-bit resolution. The chip provides inputs for 6
+fan tachometers. All 6 inputs have an associated min limit which triggers an
+alarm when crossed. Fan inputs 1-4 provide type attributes that need to be set
+to the number of pulses per fan revolution that the connected tachometer
+generates. Supported values are 1, 2, and 4. Fan inputs 5-6 only support fans
+that generate 2 pulses per revolution. Fan inputs 5-6 also provide a max
+attribute that needs to be set to the maximum attainable RPM (fan at 100% duty-
+cycle) of the input. The chip adjusts the sampling rate based on this value.
+
+
+PWM Output Control
+------------------
+
+This chip features 5 PWM outputs. PWM outputs 1-3 are associated with fan
+inputs 1-3 and PWM outputs 5-6 are associated with fan inputs 5-6. PWM outputs
+1-3 can be configured to operate either in manual or automatic mode by setting
+the appropriate enable attribute accordingly. PWM outputs 5-6 can only operate
+in manual mode, their enable attributes are therefore read-only. When set to
+manual mode, the fan speed is set by writing the duty-cycle value to the
+appropriate PWM attribute. In automatic mode, the PWM attribute returns the
+current duty-cycle as set by the fan controller in the chip. All PWM outputs
+support the setting of the output frequency via the freq attribute.
+
+In automatic mode, the chip supports the setting of the PWM ramp rate which
+defines how fast the PWM output is adjusting to changes of the associated
+temperature input. Associating PWM outputs to temperature inputs is done via
+temperature zones. The chip features 3 zones whose assignments to temperature
+inputs is static and determined during initialization. These assignments can
+be retrieved via the zone[1-3]_auto_channels_temp attributes. Each PWM output
+is assigned to one (or hottest of multiple) temperature zone(s) through the
+pwm[1-3]_auto_channels_zone attributes. Each PWM output has 3 distinct output
+duty-cycles: full, low, and min. Full is internally hard-wired to 255 (100%)
+and low and min can be programmed via pwm[1-3]_auto_point1_pwm and
+pwm[1-3]_auto_pwm_min, respectively. The thermal thresholds of the zones are
+programmed via zone[1-3]_auto_point[1-3]_temp and
+zone[1-3]_auto_point1_temp_hyst:
+
+	=============================== =======================================
+	pwm[1-3]_auto_point2_pwm	full-speed duty-cycle (255, i.e., 100%)
+	pwm[1-3]_auto_point1_pwm	low-speed duty-cycle
+	pwm[1-3]_auto_pwm_min		min-speed duty-cycle
+
+	zone[1-3]_auto_point3_temp	full-speed temp (all outputs)
+	zone[1-3]_auto_point2_temp	full-speed temp
+	zone[1-3]_auto_point1_temp	low-speed temp
+	zone[1-3]_auto_point1_temp_hyst	min-speed temp
+	=============================== =======================================
+
+The chip adjusts the output duty-cycle linearly in the range of auto_point1_pwm
+to auto_point2_pwm if the temperature of the associated zone is between
+auto_point1_temp and auto_point2_temp. If the temperature drops below the
+auto_point1_temp_hyst value, the output duty-cycle is set to the auto_pwm_min
+value which only supports two values: 0 or auto_point1_pwm. That means that the
+fan either turns completely off or keeps spinning with the low-speed
+duty-cycle. If any of the temperatures rise above the auto_point3_temp value,
+all PWM outputs are set to 100% duty-cycle.
+
+Following is another representation of how the chip sets the output duty-cycle
+based on the temperature of the associated thermal zone:
+
+	=============== =============== =================
+	Temperature	Duty-Cycle	Duty-Cycle
+			Rising Temp	Falling Temp
+	=============== =============== =================
+	full-speed	full-speed	full-speed
+
+	-		< linearly	-
+			adjusted
+			duty-cycle >
+
+	low-speed	low-speed	low-speed
+	-		min-speed	low-speed
+	min-speed	min-speed	min-speed
+	-		min-speed	min-speed
+	=============== =============== =================
+
+
+Sysfs Attributes
+----------------
+
+Following is a list of all sysfs attributes that the driver provides, their
+permissions and a short description:
+
+=============================== ======= =======================================
+Name				Perm	Description
+=============================== ======= =======================================
+cpu0_vid			RO	CPU core reference voltage in
+					millivolts.
+vrm				RW	Voltage regulator module version
+					number.
+
+in[0-7]_input			RO	Measured voltage in millivolts.
+in[0-7]_min			RW	Low limit for voltage input.
+in[0-7]_max			RW	High limit for voltage input.
+in[0-7]_alarm			RO	Voltage input alarm. Returns 1 if
+					voltage input is or went outside the
+					associated min-max range, 0 otherwise.
+
+temp[1-3]_input			RO	Measured temperature in millidegree
+					Celsius.
+temp[1-3]_min			RW	Low limit for temp input.
+temp[1-3]_max			RW	High limit for temp input.
+temp[1-3]_offset		RW	Offset for temp input. This value will
+					be added by the chip to the measured
+					temperature.
+temp[1-3]_alarm			RO	Alarm for temp input. Returns 1 if temp
+					input is or went outside the associated
+					min-max range, 0 otherwise.
+temp[1-3]_fault			RO	Temp input fault. Returns 1 if the chip
+					detects a faulty thermal diode or an
+					unconnected temp input, 0 otherwise.
+
+zone[1-3]_auto_channels_temp	RO	Temperature zone to temperature input
+					mapping. This attribute is a bitfield
+					and supports the following values:
+
+						- 1: temp1
+						- 2: temp2
+						- 4: temp3
+zone[1-3]_auto_point1_temp_hyst	RW	Auto PWM temp point1 hysteresis. The
+					output of the corresponding PWM is set
+					to the pwm_auto_min value if the temp
+					falls below the auto_point1_temp_hyst
+					value.
+zone[1-3]_auto_point[1-3]_temp	RW	Auto PWM temp points. Auto_point1 is
+					the low-speed temp, auto_point2 is the
+					full-speed temp, and auto_point3 is the
+					temp at which all PWM outputs are set
+					to full-speed (100% duty-cycle).
+
+fan[1-6]_input			RO	Measured fan speed in RPM.
+fan[1-6]_min			RW	Low limit for fan input.
+fan[1-6]_alarm			RO	Alarm for fan input. Returns 1 if fan
+					input is or went below the associated
+					min value, 0 otherwise.
+fan[1-4]_type			RW	Type of attached fan. Expressed in
+					number of pulses per revolution that
+					the fan generates. Supported values are
+					1, 2, and 4.
+fan[5-6]_max			RW	Max attainable RPM at 100% duty-cycle.
+					Required for chip to adjust the
+					sampling rate accordingly.
+
+pmw[1-3,5-6]			RO/RW	Duty-cycle of PWM output. Supported
+					values are 0-255 (0%-100%). Only
+					writeable if the associated PWM is in
+					manual mode.
+pwm[1-3]_enable			RW	Enable of PWM outputs 1-3. Supported
+					values are:
+
+						- 0: turned off (output @ 100%)
+						- 1: manual mode
+						- 2: automatic mode
+pwm[5-6]_enable			RO	Enable of PWM outputs 5-6. Always
+					returns 1 since these 2 outputs are
+					hard-wired to manual mode.
+pmw[1-3,5-6]_freq		RW	Frequency of PWM output. Supported
+					values are in the range 11Hz-30000Hz
+					(default is 25000Hz).
+pmw[1-3]_ramp_rate		RW	Ramp rate of PWM output. Determines how
+					fast the PWM duty-cycle will change
+					when the PWM is in automatic mode.
+					Expressed in ms per PWM step. Supported
+					values are in the range 0ms-206ms
+					(default is 0, which means the duty-
+					cycle changes instantly).
+pwm[1-3]_auto_channels_zone	RW	PWM output to temperature zone mapping.
+					This attribute is a bitfield and
+					supports the following values:
+
+						- 1: zone1
+						- 2: zone2
+						- 4: zone3
+						- 6: highest of zone[2-3]
+						- 7: highest of zone[1-3]
+pwm[1-3]_auto_pwm_min		RW	Auto PWM min pwm. Minimum PWM duty-
+					cycle. Supported values are 0 or
+					auto_point1_pwm.
+pwm[1-3]_auto_point1_pwm	RW	Auto PWM pwm point. Auto_point1 is the
+					low-speed duty-cycle.
+pwm[1-3]_auto_point2_pwm	RO	Auto PWM pwm point. Auto_point2 is the
+					full-speed duty-cycle which is hard-
+					wired to 255 (100% duty-cycle).
+=============================== ======= =======================================
+
+Chip Differences
+----------------
+
+======================= ======= ======= ======= =======
+Feature			dme1737	sch311x	sch5027	sch5127
+======================= ======= ======= ======= =======
+temp[1-3]_offset	yes	yes
+vid			yes
+zone3			yes	yes	yes
+zone[1-3]_hyst		yes	yes
+pwm min/off		yes	yes
+fan3			opt	yes	opt	yes
+pwm3			opt	yes	opt	yes
+fan4			opt		opt
+fan5			opt		opt
+pwm5			opt		opt
+fan6			opt		opt
+pwm6			opt		opt
+in7						yes
+======================= ======= ======= ======= =======
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ds1621 b/Documentation/hwmon/ds1621
deleted file mode 100644
index fa3407997795..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/ds1621
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver ds1621
-====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Dallas Semiconductor / Maxim Integrated DS1621
-    Prefix: 'ds1621'
-    Addresses scanned: none
-    Datasheet: Publicly available from www.maximintegrated.com
-
-  * Dallas Semiconductor DS1625
-    Prefix: 'ds1625'
-    Addresses scanned: none
-    Datasheet: Publicly available from www.datasheetarchive.com
-
-  * Maxim Integrated DS1631
-    Prefix: 'ds1631'
-    Addresses scanned: none
-    Datasheet: Publicly available from www.maximintegrated.com
-
-  * Maxim Integrated DS1721
-    Prefix: 'ds1721'
-    Addresses scanned: none
-    Datasheet: Publicly available from www.maximintegrated.com
-
-  * Maxim Integrated DS1731
-    Prefix: 'ds1731'
-    Addresses scanned: none
-    Datasheet: Publicly available from www.maximintegrated.com
-
-Authors:
-        Christian W. Zuckschwerdt <zany@triq.net>
-        valuable contributions by Jan M. Sendler <sendler@sendler.de>
-        ported to 2.6 by Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
-        with the help of Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
-
-Module Parameters
-------------------
-
-* polarity int
-  Output's polarity: 0 = active high, 1 = active low
-
-Description
------------
-
-The DS1621 is a (one instance) digital thermometer and thermostat. It has
-both high and low temperature limits which can be user defined (i.e.
-programmed into non-volatile on-chip registers). Temperature range is -55
-degree Celsius to +125 in 0.5 increments. You may convert this into a
-Fahrenheit range of -67 to +257 degrees with 0.9 steps. If polarity
-parameter is not provided, original value is used.
-
-As for the thermostat, behavior can also be programmed using the polarity
-toggle. On the one hand ("heater"), the thermostat output of the chip,
-Tout, will trigger when the low limit temperature is met or underrun and
-stays high until the high limit is met or exceeded. On the other hand
-("cooler"), vice versa. That way "heater" equals "active low", whereas
-"conditioner" equals "active high". Please note that the DS1621 data sheet
-is somewhat misleading in this point since setting the polarity bit does
-not simply invert Tout.
-
-A second thing is that, during extensive testing, Tout showed a tolerance
-of up to +/- 0.5 degrees even when compared against precise temperature
-readings. Be sure to have a high vs. low temperature limit gap of al least
-1.0 degree Celsius to avoid Tout "bouncing", though!
-
-The alarm bits are set when the high or low limits are met or exceeded and
-are reset by the module as soon as the respective temperature ranges are
-left.
-
-The alarm registers are in no way suitable to find out about the actual
-status of Tout. They will only tell you about its history, whether or not
-any of the limits have ever been met or exceeded since last power-up or
-reset. Be aware: When testing, it showed that the status of Tout can change
-with neither of the alarms set.
-
-Since there is no version or vendor identification register, there is
-no unique identification for these devices. Therefore, explicit device
-instantiation is required for correct device identification and functionality
-(one device per address in this address range: 0x48..0x4f).
-
-The DS1625 is pin compatible and functionally equivalent with the DS1621,
-but the DS1621 is meant to replace it. The DS1631, DS1721, and DS1731 are
-also pin compatible with the DS1621 and provide multi-resolution support.
-
-Additionally, the DS1721 data sheet says the temperature flags (THF and TLF)
-are used internally, however, these flags do get set and cleared as the actual
-temperature crosses the min or max settings (which by default are set to 75
-and 80 degrees respectively).
-
-Temperature Conversion:
------------------------
-DS1621 - 750ms (older devices may take up to 1000ms)
-DS1625 - 500ms
-DS1631 - 93ms..750ms for 9..12 bits resolution, respectively.
-DS1721 - 93ms..750ms for 9..12 bits resolution, respectively.
-DS1731 - 93ms..750ms for 9..12 bits resolution, respectively.
-
-Note:
-On the DS1621, internal access to non-volatile registers may last for 10ms
-or less (unverified on the other devices).
-
-Temperature Accuracy:
----------------------
-DS1621: +/- 0.5 degree Celsius (from 0 to +70 degrees)
-DS1625: +/- 0.5 degree Celsius (from 0 to +70 degrees)
-DS1631: +/- 0.5 degree Celsius (from 0 to +70 degrees)
-DS1721: +/- 1.0 degree Celsius (from -10 to +85 degrees)
-DS1731: +/- 1.0 degree Celsius (from -10 to +85 degrees)
-
-Note:
-Please refer to the device datasheets for accuracy at other temperatures.
-
-Temperature Resolution:
------------------------
-As mentioned above, the DS1631, DS1721, and DS1731 provide multi-resolution
-support, which is achieved via the R0 and R1 config register bits, where:
-
-R0..R1
-------
- 0  0 => 9 bits, 0.5 degrees Celsius
- 1  0 => 10 bits, 0.25 degrees Celsius
- 0  1 => 11 bits, 0.125 degrees Celsius
- 1  1 => 12 bits, 0.0625 degrees Celsius
-
-Note:
-At initial device power-on, the default resolution is set to 12-bits.
-
-The resolution mode for the DS1631, DS1721, or DS1731 can be changed from
-userspace, via the device 'update_interval' sysfs attribute. This attribute
-will normalize the range of input values to the device maximum resolution
-values defined in the datasheet as follows:
-
-Resolution    Conversion Time    Input Range
- (C/LSB)       (msec)             (msec)
-------------------------------------------------
-0.5             93.75              0....94
-0.25            187.5              95...187
-0.125           375                188..375
-0.0625          750                376..infinity
-------------------------------------------------
-
-The following examples show how the 'update_interval' attribute can be
-used to change the conversion time:
-
-$ cat update_interval
-750
-$ cat temp1_input
-22062
-$
-$ echo 300 > update_interval
-$ cat update_interval
-375
-$ cat temp1_input
-22125
-$
-$ echo 150 > update_interval
-$ cat update_interval
-188
-$ cat temp1_input
-22250
-$
-$ echo 1 > update_interval
-$ cat update_interval
-94
-$ cat temp1_input
-22000
-$
-$ echo 1000 > update_interval
-$ cat update_interval
-750
-$ cat temp1_input
-22062
-$
-
-As shown, the ds1621 driver automatically adjusts the 'update_interval'
-user input, via a step function. Reading back the 'update_interval' value
-after a write operation provides the conversion time used by the device.
-
-Mathematically, the resolution can be derived from the conversion time
-via the following function:
-
-   g(x) = 0.5 * [minimum_conversion_time/x]
-
-where:
- -> 'x' = the output from 'update_interval'
- -> 'g(x)' = the resolution in degrees C per LSB.
- -> 93.75ms = minimum conversion time
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ds1621.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/ds1621.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..552b37e9dd34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ds1621.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+Kernel driver ds1621
+====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Dallas Semiconductor / Maxim Integrated DS1621
+
+    Prefix: 'ds1621'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available from www.maximintegrated.com
+
+  * Dallas Semiconductor DS1625
+
+    Prefix: 'ds1625'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available from www.datasheetarchive.com
+
+  * Maxim Integrated DS1631
+
+    Prefix: 'ds1631'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available from www.maximintegrated.com
+
+  * Maxim Integrated DS1721
+
+    Prefix: 'ds1721'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available from www.maximintegrated.com
+
+  * Maxim Integrated DS1731
+
+    Prefix: 'ds1731'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available from www.maximintegrated.com
+
+Authors:
+      - Christian W. Zuckschwerdt <zany@triq.net>
+      - valuable contributions by Jan M. Sendler <sendler@sendler.de>
+      - ported to 2.6 by Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
+	with the help of Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
+
+Module Parameters
+------------------
+
+* polarity int
+  Output's polarity:
+
+  * 0 = active high,
+  * 1 = active low
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The DS1621 is a (one instance) digital thermometer and thermostat. It has
+both high and low temperature limits which can be user defined (i.e.
+programmed into non-volatile on-chip registers). Temperature range is -55
+degree Celsius to +125 in 0.5 increments. You may convert this into a
+Fahrenheit range of -67 to +257 degrees with 0.9 steps. If polarity
+parameter is not provided, original value is used.
+
+As for the thermostat, behavior can also be programmed using the polarity
+toggle. On the one hand ("heater"), the thermostat output of the chip,
+Tout, will trigger when the low limit temperature is met or underrun and
+stays high until the high limit is met or exceeded. On the other hand
+("cooler"), vice versa. That way "heater" equals "active low", whereas
+"conditioner" equals "active high". Please note that the DS1621 data sheet
+is somewhat misleading in this point since setting the polarity bit does
+not simply invert Tout.
+
+A second thing is that, during extensive testing, Tout showed a tolerance
+of up to +/- 0.5 degrees even when compared against precise temperature
+readings. Be sure to have a high vs. low temperature limit gap of al least
+1.0 degree Celsius to avoid Tout "bouncing", though!
+
+The alarm bits are set when the high or low limits are met or exceeded and
+are reset by the module as soon as the respective temperature ranges are
+left.
+
+The alarm registers are in no way suitable to find out about the actual
+status of Tout. They will only tell you about its history, whether or not
+any of the limits have ever been met or exceeded since last power-up or
+reset. Be aware: When testing, it showed that the status of Tout can change
+with neither of the alarms set.
+
+Since there is no version or vendor identification register, there is
+no unique identification for these devices. Therefore, explicit device
+instantiation is required for correct device identification and functionality
+(one device per address in this address range: 0x48..0x4f).
+
+The DS1625 is pin compatible and functionally equivalent with the DS1621,
+but the DS1621 is meant to replace it. The DS1631, DS1721, and DS1731 are
+also pin compatible with the DS1621 and provide multi-resolution support.
+
+Additionally, the DS1721 data sheet says the temperature flags (THF and TLF)
+are used internally, however, these flags do get set and cleared as the actual
+temperature crosses the min or max settings (which by default are set to 75
+and 80 degrees respectively).
+
+Temperature Conversion
+----------------------
+
+- DS1621 - 750ms (older devices may take up to 1000ms)
+- DS1625 - 500ms
+- DS1631 - 93ms..750ms for 9..12 bits resolution, respectively.
+- DS1721 - 93ms..750ms for 9..12 bits resolution, respectively.
+- DS1731 - 93ms..750ms for 9..12 bits resolution, respectively.
+
+Note:
+On the DS1621, internal access to non-volatile registers may last for 10ms
+or less (unverified on the other devices).
+
+Temperature Accuracy
+--------------------
+
+- DS1621: +/- 0.5 degree Celsius (from 0 to +70 degrees)
+- DS1625: +/- 0.5 degree Celsius (from 0 to +70 degrees)
+- DS1631: +/- 0.5 degree Celsius (from 0 to +70 degrees)
+- DS1721: +/- 1.0 degree Celsius (from -10 to +85 degrees)
+- DS1731: +/- 1.0 degree Celsius (from -10 to +85 degrees)
+
+.. Note::
+
+   Please refer to the device datasheets for accuracy at other temperatures.
+
+Temperature Resolution:
+-----------------------
+As mentioned above, the DS1631, DS1721, and DS1731 provide multi-resolution
+support, which is achieved via the R0 and R1 config register bits, where:
+
+R0..R1
+------
+
+== ==  ===============================
+R0 R1
+== ==  ===============================
+ 0  0  9 bits, 0.5 degrees Celsius
+ 1  0  10 bits, 0.25 degrees Celsius
+ 0  1  11 bits, 0.125 degrees Celsius
+ 1  1  12 bits, 0.0625 degrees Celsius
+== ==  ===============================
+
+.. Note::
+
+   At initial device power-on, the default resolution is set to 12-bits.
+
+The resolution mode for the DS1631, DS1721, or DS1731 can be changed from
+userspace, via the device 'update_interval' sysfs attribute. This attribute
+will normalize the range of input values to the device maximum resolution
+values defined in the datasheet as follows:
+
+============= ================== ===============
+Resolution    Conversion Time    Input Range
+ (C/LSB)       (msec)             (msec)
+============= ================== ===============
+0.5             93.75              0....94
+0.25            187.5              95...187
+0.125           375                188..375
+0.0625          750                376..infinity
+============= ================== ===============
+
+The following examples show how the 'update_interval' attribute can be
+used to change the conversion time::
+
+  $ cat update_interval
+  750
+  $ cat temp1_input
+  22062
+  $
+  $ echo 300 > update_interval
+  $ cat update_interval
+  375
+  $ cat temp1_input
+  22125
+  $
+  $ echo 150 > update_interval
+  $ cat update_interval
+  188
+  $ cat temp1_input
+  22250
+  $
+  $ echo 1 > update_interval
+  $ cat update_interval
+  94
+  $ cat temp1_input
+  22000
+  $
+  $ echo 1000 > update_interval
+  $ cat update_interval
+  750
+  $ cat temp1_input
+  22062
+  $
+
+As shown, the ds1621 driver automatically adjusts the 'update_interval'
+user input, via a step function. Reading back the 'update_interval' value
+after a write operation provides the conversion time used by the device.
+
+Mathematically, the resolution can be derived from the conversion time
+via the following function:
+
+   g(x) = 0.5 * [minimum_conversion_time/x]
+
+where:
+
+ - 'x' = the output from 'update_interval'
+ - 'g(x)' = the resolution in degrees C per LSB.
+ - 93.75ms = minimum conversion time
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ds620 b/Documentation/hwmon/ds620
deleted file mode 100644
index 1fbe3cd916cc..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/ds620
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver ds620
-===================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Dallas Semiconductor DS620
-    Prefix: 'ds620'
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Dallas Semiconductor website
-               http://www.dalsemi.com/
-
-Authors:
-        Roland Stigge <stigge@antcom.de>
-        based on ds1621.c by
-        Christian W. Zuckschwerdt <zany@triq.net>
-
-Description
------------
-
-The DS620 is a (one instance) digital thermometer and thermostat. It has both
-high and low temperature limits which can be user defined (i.e.  programmed
-into non-volatile on-chip registers). Temperature range is -55 degree Celsius
-to +125. Between 0 and 70 degree Celsius, accuracy is 0.5 Kelvin. The value
-returned via sysfs displays post decimal positions.
-
-The thermostat function works as follows: When configured via platform_data
-(struct ds620_platform_data) .pomode == 0 (default), the thermostat output pin
-PO is always low. If .pomode == 1, the thermostat is in PO_LOW mode. I.e., the
-output pin PO becomes active when the temperature falls below temp1_min and
-stays active until the temperature goes above temp1_max.
-
-Likewise, with .pomode == 2, the thermostat is in PO_HIGH mode. I.e., the PO
-output pin becomes active when the temperature goes above temp1_max and stays
-active until the temperature falls below temp1_min.
-
-The PO output pin of the DS620 operates active-low.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ds620.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/ds620.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2d686b17b547
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ds620.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+Kernel driver ds620
+===================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Dallas Semiconductor DS620
+
+    Prefix: 'ds620'
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Dallas Semiconductor website
+
+	       http://www.dalsemi.com/
+
+Authors:
+	Roland Stigge <stigge@antcom.de>
+	based on ds1621.c by
+	Christian W. Zuckschwerdt <zany@triq.net>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The DS620 is a (one instance) digital thermometer and thermostat. It has both
+high and low temperature limits which can be user defined (i.e.  programmed
+into non-volatile on-chip registers). Temperature range is -55 degree Celsius
+to +125. Between 0 and 70 degree Celsius, accuracy is 0.5 Kelvin. The value
+returned via sysfs displays post decimal positions.
+
+The thermostat function works as follows: When configured via platform_data
+(struct ds620_platform_data) .pomode == 0 (default), the thermostat output pin
+PO is always low. If .pomode == 1, the thermostat is in PO_LOW mode. I.e., the
+output pin PO becomes active when the temperature falls below temp1_min and
+stays active until the temperature goes above temp1_max.
+
+Likewise, with .pomode == 2, the thermostat is in PO_HIGH mode. I.e., the PO
+output pin becomes active when the temperature goes above temp1_max and stays
+active until the temperature falls below temp1_min.
+
+The PO output pin of the DS620 operates active-low.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/emc1403 b/Documentation/hwmon/emc1403
deleted file mode 100644
index a869b0ef6a9d..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/emc1403
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver emc1403
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * SMSC / Microchip EMC1402, EMC1412
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18, 0x1c, 0x29, 0x4c, 0x4d, 0x5c
-    Prefix: 'emc1402'
-    Datasheets:
-	http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/1412.pdf
-	http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/1402.pdf
-  * SMSC / Microchip EMC1403, EMC1404, EMC1413, EMC1414
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18, 0x29, 0x4c, 0x4d
-    Prefix: 'emc1403', 'emc1404'
-    Datasheets:
-	http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/1403_1404.pdf
-	http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/1413_1414.pdf
-  * SMSC / Microchip EMC1422
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c
-    Prefix: 'emc1422'
-    Datasheet:
-	http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/1422.pdf
-  * SMSC / Microchip EMC1423, EMC1424
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c
-    Prefix: 'emc1423', 'emc1424'
-    Datasheet:
-	http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/1423_1424.pdf
-
-Author:
-    Kalhan Trisal <kalhan.trisal@intel.com
-
-
-Description
------------
-
-The Standard Microsystems Corporation (SMSC) / Microchip EMC14xx chips
-contain up to four temperature sensors. EMC14x2 support two sensors
-(one internal, one external). EMC14x3 support three sensors (one internal,
-two external), and EMC14x4 support four sensors (one internal, three
-external).
-
-The chips implement three limits for each sensor: low (tempX_min), high
-(tempX_max) and critical (tempX_crit.) The chips also implement an
-hysteresis mechanism which applies to all limits. The relative difference
-is stored in a single register on the chip, which means that the relative
-difference between the limit and its hysteresis is always the same for
-all three limits.
-
-This implementation detail implies the following:
-* When setting a limit, its hysteresis will automatically follow, the
-  difference staying unchanged. For example, if the old critical limit
-  was 80 degrees C, and the hysteresis was 75 degrees C, and you change
-  the critical limit to 90 degrees C, then the hysteresis will
-  automatically change to 85 degrees C.
-* The hysteresis values can't be set independently. We decided to make
-  only temp1_crit_hyst writable, while all other hysteresis attributes
-  are read-only. Setting temp1_crit_hyst writes the difference between
-  temp1_crit_hyst and temp1_crit into the chip, and the same relative
-  hysteresis applies automatically to all other limits.
-* The limits should be set before the hysteresis.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/emc1403.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/emc1403.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3a4913b63ef3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/emc1403.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+Kernel driver emc1403
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * SMSC / Microchip EMC1402, EMC1412
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18, 0x1c, 0x29, 0x4c, 0x4d, 0x5c
+
+    Prefix: 'emc1402'
+
+    Datasheets:
+
+	- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/1412.pdf
+	- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/1402.pdf
+
+  * SMSC / Microchip EMC1403, EMC1404, EMC1413, EMC1414
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18, 0x29, 0x4c, 0x4d
+
+    Prefix: 'emc1403', 'emc1404'
+
+    Datasheets:
+
+	- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/1403_1404.pdf
+	- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/1413_1414.pdf
+
+  * SMSC / Microchip EMC1422
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c
+
+    Prefix: 'emc1422'
+
+    Datasheet:
+
+	- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/1422.pdf
+
+  * SMSC / Microchip EMC1423, EMC1424
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c
+
+    Prefix: 'emc1423', 'emc1424'
+
+    Datasheet:
+
+	- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/1423_1424.pdf
+
+Author:
+    Kalhan Trisal <kalhan.trisal@intel.com
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The Standard Microsystems Corporation (SMSC) / Microchip EMC14xx chips
+contain up to four temperature sensors. EMC14x2 support two sensors
+(one internal, one external). EMC14x3 support three sensors (one internal,
+two external), and EMC14x4 support four sensors (one internal, three
+external).
+
+The chips implement three limits for each sensor: low (tempX_min), high
+(tempX_max) and critical (tempX_crit.) The chips also implement an
+hysteresis mechanism which applies to all limits. The relative difference
+is stored in a single register on the chip, which means that the relative
+difference between the limit and its hysteresis is always the same for
+all three limits.
+
+This implementation detail implies the following:
+
+* When setting a limit, its hysteresis will automatically follow, the
+  difference staying unchanged. For example, if the old critical limit
+  was 80 degrees C, and the hysteresis was 75 degrees C, and you change
+  the critical limit to 90 degrees C, then the hysteresis will
+  automatically change to 85 degrees C.
+* The hysteresis values can't be set independently. We decided to make
+  only temp1_crit_hyst writable, while all other hysteresis attributes
+  are read-only. Setting temp1_crit_hyst writes the difference between
+  temp1_crit_hyst and temp1_crit into the chip, and the same relative
+  hysteresis applies automatically to all other limits.
+* The limits should be set before the hysteresis.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/emc2103 b/Documentation/hwmon/emc2103
deleted file mode 100644
index a12b2c127140..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/emc2103
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver emc2103
-======================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * SMSC EMC2103
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2e
-    Prefix: 'emc2103'
-    Datasheet: Not public
-
-Authors:
-        Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@smsc.com>
-
-Description
------------
-
-The Standard Microsystems Corporation (SMSC) EMC2103 chips
-contain up to 4 temperature sensors and a single fan controller.
-
-Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is
-triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. Fan
-readings can be divided by a programmable divider (1, 2, 4 or 8) to give
-the readings more range or accuracy. Not all RPM values can accurately be
-represented, so some rounding is done. With a divider of 1, the lowest
-representable value is 480 RPM.
-
-This driver supports RPM based control, to use this a fan target
-should be written to fan1_target and pwm1_enable should be set to 3.
-
-The 2103-2 and 2103-4 variants have a third temperature sensor, which can
-be connected to two anti-parallel diodes.  These values can be read
-as temp3 and temp4.  If only one diode is attached to this channel, temp4
-will show as "fault".  The module parameter "apd=0" can be used to suppress
-this 4th channel when anti-parallel diodes are not fitted.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/emc2103.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/emc2103.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6a6ca6d1b34e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/emc2103.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+Kernel driver emc2103
+======================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * SMSC EMC2103
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2e
+
+    Prefix: 'emc2103'
+
+    Datasheet: Not public
+
+Authors:
+	Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@smsc.com>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The Standard Microsystems Corporation (SMSC) EMC2103 chips
+contain up to 4 temperature sensors and a single fan controller.
+
+Fan rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is
+triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. Fan
+readings can be divided by a programmable divider (1, 2, 4 or 8) to give
+the readings more range or accuracy. Not all RPM values can accurately be
+represented, so some rounding is done. With a divider of 1, the lowest
+representable value is 480 RPM.
+
+This driver supports RPM based control, to use this a fan target
+should be written to fan1_target and pwm1_enable should be set to 3.
+
+The 2103-2 and 2103-4 variants have a third temperature sensor, which can
+be connected to two anti-parallel diodes.  These values can be read
+as temp3 and temp4.  If only one diode is attached to this channel, temp4
+will show as "fault".  The module parameter "apd=0" can be used to suppress
+this 4th channel when anti-parallel diodes are not fitted.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/emc6w201 b/Documentation/hwmon/emc6w201
deleted file mode 100644
index 757629b12897..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/emc6w201
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver emc6w201
-======================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * SMSC EMC6W201
-    Prefix: 'emc6w201'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
-    Datasheet: Not public
-
-Author: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
-
-
-Description
------------
-
-From the datasheet:
-
-"The EMC6W201 is an environmental monitoring device with automatic fan
-control capability and enhanced system acoustics for noise suppression.
-This ACPI compliant device provides hardware monitoring for up to six
-voltages (including its own VCC) and five external thermal sensors,
-measures the speed of up to five fans, and controls the speed of
-multiple DC fans using three Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) outputs. Note
-that it is possible to control more than three fans by connecting two
-fans to one PWM output. The EMC6W201 will be available in a 36-pin
-QFN package."
-
-The device is functionally close to the EMC6D100 series, but is
-register-incompatible.
-
-The driver currently only supports the monitoring of the voltages,
-temperatures and fan speeds. Limits can be changed. Alarms are not
-supported, and neither is fan speed control.
-
-
-Known Systems With EMC6W201
----------------------------
-
-The EMC6W201 is a rare device, only found on a few systems, made in
-2005 and 2006. Known systems with this device:
-* Dell Precision 670 workstation
-* Gigabyte 2CEWH mainboard
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/emc6w201.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/emc6w201.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a8e1185b9bb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/emc6w201.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+Kernel driver emc6w201
+======================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * SMSC EMC6W201
+
+    Prefix: 'emc6w201'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e
+
+    Datasheet: Not public
+
+Author: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+From the datasheet:
+
+"The EMC6W201 is an environmental monitoring device with automatic fan
+control capability and enhanced system acoustics for noise suppression.
+This ACPI compliant device provides hardware monitoring for up to six
+voltages (including its own VCC) and five external thermal sensors,
+measures the speed of up to five fans, and controls the speed of
+multiple DC fans using three Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) outputs. Note
+that it is possible to control more than three fans by connecting two
+fans to one PWM output. The EMC6W201 will be available in a 36-pin
+QFN package."
+
+The device is functionally close to the EMC6D100 series, but is
+register-incompatible.
+
+The driver currently only supports the monitoring of the voltages,
+temperatures and fan speeds. Limits can be changed. Alarms are not
+supported, and neither is fan speed control.
+
+
+Known Systems With EMC6W201
+---------------------------
+
+The EMC6W201 is a rare device, only found on a few systems, made in
+2005 and 2006. Known systems with this device:
+
+* Dell Precision 670 workstation
+* Gigabyte 2CEWH mainboard
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/f71805f b/Documentation/hwmon/f71805f
deleted file mode 100644
index 48a356084bc6..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/f71805f
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,167 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver f71805f
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Fintek F71805F/FG
-    Prefix: 'f71805f'
-    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
-    Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
-  * Fintek F71806F/FG
-    Prefix: 'f71872f'
-    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
-    Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
-  * Fintek F71872F/FG
-    Prefix: 'f71872f'
-    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
-    Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
-
-Author: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
-
-Thanks to Denis Kieft from Barracuda Networks for the donation of a
-test system (custom Jetway K8M8MS motherboard, with CPU and RAM) and
-for providing initial documentation.
-
-Thanks to Kris Chen and Aaron Huang from Fintek for answering technical
-questions and providing additional documentation.
-
-Thanks to Chris Lin from Jetway for providing wiring schematics and
-answering technical questions.
-
-
-Description
------------
-
-The Fintek F71805F/FG Super I/O chip includes complete hardware monitoring
-capabilities. It can monitor up to 9 voltages (counting its own power
-source), 3 fans and 3 temperature sensors.
-
-This chip also has fan controlling features, using either DC or PWM, in
-three different modes (one manual, two automatic).
-
-The Fintek F71872F/FG Super I/O chip is almost the same, with two
-additional internal voltages monitored (VSB and battery). It also features
-6 VID inputs. The VID inputs are not yet supported by this driver.
-
-The Fintek F71806F/FG Super-I/O chip is essentially the same as the
-F71872F/FG, and is undistinguishable therefrom.
-
-The driver assumes that no more than one chip is present, which seems
-reasonable.
-
-
-Voltage Monitoring
-------------------
-
-Voltages are sampled by an 8-bit ADC with a LSB of 8 mV. The supported
-range is thus from 0 to 2.040 V. Voltage values outside of this range
-need external resistors. An exception is in0, which is used to monitor
-the chip's own power source (+3.3V), and is divided internally by a
-factor 2. For the F71872F/FG, in9 (VSB) and in10 (battery) are also
-divided internally by a factor 2.
-
-The two LSB of the voltage limit registers are not used (always 0), so
-you can only set the limits in steps of 32 mV (before scaling).
-
-The wirings and resistor values suggested by Fintek are as follow:
-
-        pin                                           expected
-        name    use           R1      R2     divider  raw val.
-
-in0     VCC     VCC3.3V     int.    int.        2.00    1.65 V
-in1     VIN1    VTT1.2V      10K       -        1.00    1.20 V
-in2     VIN2    VRAM        100K    100K        2.00   ~1.25 V (1)
-in3     VIN3    VCHIPSET     47K    100K        1.47    2.24 V (2)
-in4     VIN4    VCC5V       200K     47K        5.25    0.95 V
-in5     VIN5    +12V        200K     20K       11.00    1.05 V
-in6     VIN6    VCC1.5V      10K       -        1.00    1.50 V
-in7     VIN7    VCORE        10K       -        1.00   ~1.40 V (1)
-in8     VIN8    VSB5V       200K     47K        1.00    0.95 V
-in10    VSB     VSB3.3V     int.    int.        2.00    1.65 V (3)
-in9     VBAT    VBATTERY    int.    int.        2.00    1.50 V (3)
-
-(1) Depends on your hardware setup.
-(2) Obviously not correct, swapping R1 and R2 would make more sense.
-(3) F71872F/FG only.
-
-These values can be used as hints at best, as motherboard manufacturers
-are free to use a completely different setup. As a matter of fact, the
-Jetway K8M8MS uses a significantly different setup. You will have to
-find out documentation about your own motherboard, and edit sensors.conf
-accordingly.
-
-Each voltage measured has associated low and high limits, each of which
-triggers an alarm when crossed.
-
-
-Fan Monitoring
---------------
-
-Fan rotation speeds are reported as 12-bit values from a gated clock
-signal. Speeds down to 366 RPM can be measured. There is no theoretical
-high limit, but values over 6000 RPM seem to cause problem. The effective
-resolution is much lower than you would expect, the step between different
-register values being 10 rather than 1.
-
-The chip assumes 2 pulse-per-revolution fans.
-
-An alarm is triggered if the rotation speed drops below a programmable
-limit or is too low to be measured.
-
-
-Temperature Monitoring
-----------------------
-
-Temperatures are reported in degrees Celsius. Each temperature measured
-has a high limit, those crossing triggers an alarm. There is an associated
-hysteresis value, below which the temperature has to drop before the
-alarm is cleared.
-
-All temperature channels are external, there is no embedded temperature
-sensor. Each channel can be used for connecting either a thermal diode
-or a thermistor. The driver reports the currently selected mode, but
-doesn't allow changing it. In theory, the BIOS should have configured
-everything properly.
-
-
-Fan Control
------------
-
-Both PWM (pulse-width modulation) and DC fan speed control methods are
-supported. The right one to use depends on external circuitry on the
-motherboard, so the driver assumes that the BIOS set the method
-properly. The driver will report the method, but won't let you change
-it.
-
-When the PWM method is used, you can select the operating frequency,
-from 187.5 kHz (default) to 31 Hz. The best frequency depends on the
-fan model. As a rule of thumb, lower frequencies seem to give better
-control, but may generate annoying high-pitch noise. So a frequency just
-above the audible range, such as 25 kHz, may be a good choice; if this
-doesn't give you good linear control, try reducing it. Fintek recommends
-not going below 1 kHz, as the fan tachometers get confused by lower
-frequencies as well.
-
-When the DC method is used, Fintek recommends not going below 5 V, which
-corresponds to a pwm value of 106 for the driver. The driver doesn't
-enforce this limit though.
-
-Three different fan control modes are supported; the mode number is written
-to the pwm<n>_enable file.
-
-* 1: Manual mode
-  You ask for a specific PWM duty cycle or DC voltage by writing to the
-  pwm<n> file.
-
-* 2: Temperature mode
-  You define 3 temperature/fan speed trip points using the
-  pwm<n>_auto_point<m>_temp and _fan files. These define a staircase
-  relationship between temperature and fan speed with two additional points
-  interpolated between the values that you define. When the temperature
-  is below auto_point1_temp the fan is switched off.
-
-* 3: Fan speed mode
-  You ask for a specific fan speed by writing to the fan<n>_target file.
-
-Both of the automatic modes require that pwm1 corresponds to fan1, pwm2 to
-fan2 and pwm3 to fan3. Temperature mode also requires that temp1 corresponds
-to pwm1 and fan1, etc.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/f71805f.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/f71805f.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1efe5e5d337c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/f71805f.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+Kernel driver f71805f
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Fintek F71805F/FG
+
+    Prefix: 'f71805f'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
+
+    Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
+
+  * Fintek F71806F/FG
+
+    Prefix: 'f71872f'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
+
+    Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
+
+  * Fintek F71872F/FG
+
+    Prefix: 'f71872f'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
+
+    Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
+
+Author: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
+
+Thanks to Denis Kieft from Barracuda Networks for the donation of a
+test system (custom Jetway K8M8MS motherboard, with CPU and RAM) and
+for providing initial documentation.
+
+Thanks to Kris Chen and Aaron Huang from Fintek for answering technical
+questions and providing additional documentation.
+
+Thanks to Chris Lin from Jetway for providing wiring schematics and
+answering technical questions.
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The Fintek F71805F/FG Super I/O chip includes complete hardware monitoring
+capabilities. It can monitor up to 9 voltages (counting its own power
+source), 3 fans and 3 temperature sensors.
+
+This chip also has fan controlling features, using either DC or PWM, in
+three different modes (one manual, two automatic).
+
+The Fintek F71872F/FG Super I/O chip is almost the same, with two
+additional internal voltages monitored (VSB and battery). It also features
+6 VID inputs. The VID inputs are not yet supported by this driver.
+
+The Fintek F71806F/FG Super-I/O chip is essentially the same as the
+F71872F/FG, and is undistinguishable therefrom.
+
+The driver assumes that no more than one chip is present, which seems
+reasonable.
+
+
+Voltage Monitoring
+------------------
+
+Voltages are sampled by an 8-bit ADC with a LSB of 8 mV. The supported
+range is thus from 0 to 2.040 V. Voltage values outside of this range
+need external resistors. An exception is in0, which is used to monitor
+the chip's own power source (+3.3V), and is divided internally by a
+factor 2. For the F71872F/FG, in9 (VSB) and in10 (battery) are also
+divided internally by a factor 2.
+
+The two LSB of the voltage limit registers are not used (always 0), so
+you can only set the limits in steps of 32 mV (before scaling).
+
+The wirings and resistor values suggested by Fintek are as follow:
+
+======= ======= =========== ==== ======= ============ ==============
+in      pin                                           expected
+	name    use           R1      R2     divider  raw val.
+======= ======= =========== ==== ======= ============ ==============
+in0     VCC     VCC3.3V     int.    int.        2.00    1.65 V
+in1     VIN1    VTT1.2V      10K       -        1.00    1.20 V
+in2     VIN2    VRAM        100K    100K        2.00   ~1.25 V [1]_
+in3     VIN3    VCHIPSET     47K    100K        1.47    2.24 V [2]_
+in4     VIN4    VCC5V       200K     47K        5.25    0.95 V
+in5     VIN5    +12V        200K     20K       11.00    1.05 V
+in6     VIN6    VCC1.5V      10K       -        1.00    1.50 V
+in7     VIN7    VCORE        10K       -        1.00   ~1.40 V [1]_
+in8     VIN8    VSB5V       200K     47K        1.00    0.95 V
+in10    VSB     VSB3.3V     int.    int.        2.00    1.65 V [3]_
+in9     VBAT    VBATTERY    int.    int.        2.00    1.50 V [3]_
+======= ======= =========== ==== ======= ============ ==============
+
+.. [1] Depends on your hardware setup.
+.. [2] Obviously not correct, swapping R1 and R2 would make more sense.
+.. [3] F71872F/FG only.
+
+These values can be used as hints at best, as motherboard manufacturers
+are free to use a completely different setup. As a matter of fact, the
+Jetway K8M8MS uses a significantly different setup. You will have to
+find out documentation about your own motherboard, and edit sensors.conf
+accordingly.
+
+Each voltage measured has associated low and high limits, each of which
+triggers an alarm when crossed.
+
+
+Fan Monitoring
+--------------
+
+Fan rotation speeds are reported as 12-bit values from a gated clock
+signal. Speeds down to 366 RPM can be measured. There is no theoretical
+high limit, but values over 6000 RPM seem to cause problem. The effective
+resolution is much lower than you would expect, the step between different
+register values being 10 rather than 1.
+
+The chip assumes 2 pulse-per-revolution fans.
+
+An alarm is triggered if the rotation speed drops below a programmable
+limit or is too low to be measured.
+
+
+Temperature Monitoring
+----------------------
+
+Temperatures are reported in degrees Celsius. Each temperature measured
+has a high limit, those crossing triggers an alarm. There is an associated
+hysteresis value, below which the temperature has to drop before the
+alarm is cleared.
+
+All temperature channels are external, there is no embedded temperature
+sensor. Each channel can be used for connecting either a thermal diode
+or a thermistor. The driver reports the currently selected mode, but
+doesn't allow changing it. In theory, the BIOS should have configured
+everything properly.
+
+
+Fan Control
+-----------
+
+Both PWM (pulse-width modulation) and DC fan speed control methods are
+supported. The right one to use depends on external circuitry on the
+motherboard, so the driver assumes that the BIOS set the method
+properly. The driver will report the method, but won't let you change
+it.
+
+When the PWM method is used, you can select the operating frequency,
+from 187.5 kHz (default) to 31 Hz. The best frequency depends on the
+fan model. As a rule of thumb, lower frequencies seem to give better
+control, but may generate annoying high-pitch noise. So a frequency just
+above the audible range, such as 25 kHz, may be a good choice; if this
+doesn't give you good linear control, try reducing it. Fintek recommends
+not going below 1 kHz, as the fan tachometers get confused by lower
+frequencies as well.
+
+When the DC method is used, Fintek recommends not going below 5 V, which
+corresponds to a pwm value of 106 for the driver. The driver doesn't
+enforce this limit though.
+
+Three different fan control modes are supported; the mode number is written
+to the pwm<n>_enable file.
+
+* 1: Manual mode
+  You ask for a specific PWM duty cycle or DC voltage by writing to the
+  pwm<n> file.
+
+* 2: Temperature mode
+  You define 3 temperature/fan speed trip points using the
+  pwm<n>_auto_point<m>_temp and _fan files. These define a staircase
+  relationship between temperature and fan speed with two additional points
+  interpolated between the values that you define. When the temperature
+  is below auto_point1_temp the fan is switched off.
+
+* 3: Fan speed mode
+  You ask for a specific fan speed by writing to the fan<n>_target file.
+
+Both of the automatic modes require that pwm1 corresponds to fan1, pwm2 to
+fan2 and pwm3 to fan3. Temperature mode also requires that temp1 corresponds
+to pwm1 and fan1, etc.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/f71882fg b/Documentation/hwmon/f71882fg
deleted file mode 100644
index de91c0db5846..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/f71882fg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver f71882fg
-======================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Fintek F71808E
-    Prefix: 'f71808e'
-    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
-    Datasheet: Not public
-  * Fintek F71808A
-    Prefix: 'f71808a'
-    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
-    Datasheet: Not public
-  * Fintek F71858FG
-    Prefix: 'f71858fg'
-    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
-    Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
-  * Fintek F71862FG and F71863FG
-    Prefix: 'f71862fg'
-    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
-    Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
-  * Fintek F71869F and F71869E
-    Prefix: 'f71869'
-    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
-    Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
-  * Fintek F71869A
-    Prefix: 'f71869a'
-    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
-    Datasheet: Not public
-  * Fintek F71882FG and F71883FG
-    Prefix: 'f71882fg'
-    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
-    Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
-  * Fintek F71889FG
-    Prefix: 'f71889fg'
-    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
-    Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
-  * Fintek F71889ED
-    Prefix: 'f71889ed'
-    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
-    Datasheet: Should become available on the Fintek website soon
-  * Fintek F71889A
-    Prefix: 'f71889a'
-    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
-    Datasheet: Should become available on the Fintek website soon
-  * Fintek F8000
-    Prefix: 'f8000'
-    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
-    Datasheet: Not public
-  * Fintek F81801U
-    Prefix: 'f71889fg'
-    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
-    Datasheet: Not public
-    Note: This is the 64-pin variant of the F71889FG, they have the
-	  same device ID and are fully compatible as far as hardware
-	  monitoring is concerned.
-  * Fintek F81865F
-    Prefix: 'f81865f'
-    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
-    Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
-
-Author: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
-
-
-Description
------------
-
-Fintek F718xx/F8000 Super I/O chips include complete hardware monitoring
-capabilities. They can monitor up to 9 voltages, 4 fans and 3 temperature
-sensors.
-
-These chips also have fan controlling features, using either DC or PWM, in
-three different modes (one manual, two automatic).
-
-The driver assumes that no more than one chip is present, which seems
-reasonable.
-
-
-Monitoring
-----------
-
-The Voltage, Fan and Temperature Monitoring uses the standard sysfs
-interface as documented in sysfs-interface, without any exceptions.
-
-
-Fan Control
------------
-
-Both PWM (pulse-width modulation) and DC fan speed control methods are
-supported. The right one to use depends on external circuitry on the
-motherboard, so the driver assumes that the BIOS set the method
-properly.
-
-Note that the lowest numbered temperature zone trip point corresponds to
-to the border between the highest and one but highest temperature zones, and
-vica versa. So the temperature zone trip points 1-4 (or 1-2) go from high temp
-to low temp! This is how things are implemented in the IC, and the driver
-mimicks this.
-
-There are 2 modes to specify the speed of the fan, PWM duty cycle (or DC
-voltage) mode, where 0-100% duty cycle (0-100% of 12V) is specified. And RPM
-mode where the actual RPM of the fan (as measured) is controlled and the speed
-gets specified as 0-100% of the fan#_full_speed file.
-
-Since both modes work in a 0-100% (mapped to 0-255) scale, there isn't a
-whole lot of a difference when modifying fan control settings. The only
-important difference is that in RPM mode the 0-100% controls the fan speed
-between 0-100% of fan#_full_speed. It is assumed that if the BIOS programs
-RPM mode, it will also set fan#_full_speed properly, if it does not then
-fan control will not work properly, unless you set a sane fan#_full_speed
-value yourself.
-
-Switching between these modes requires re-initializing a whole bunch of
-registers, so the mode which the BIOS has set is kept. The mode is
-printed when loading the driver.
-
-Three different fan control modes are supported; the mode number is written
-to the pwm#_enable file. Note that not all modes are supported on all
-chips, and some modes may only be available in RPM / PWM mode.
-Writing an unsupported mode will result in an invalid parameter error.
-
-* 1: Manual mode
-  You ask for a specific PWM duty cycle / DC voltage or a specific % of
-  fan#_full_speed by writing to the pwm# file. This mode is only
-  available on the F71858FG / F8000 if the fan channel is in RPM mode.
-
-* 2: Normal auto mode
-  You can define a number of temperature/fan speed trip points, which % the
-  fan should run at at this temp and which temp a fan should follow using the
-  standard sysfs interface. The number and type of trip points is chip
-  depended, see which files are available in sysfs.
-  Fan/PWM channel 3 of the F8000 is always in this mode!
-
-* 3: Thermostat mode (Only available on the F8000 when in duty cycle mode)
-  The fan speed is regulated to keep the temp the fan is mapped to between
-  temp#_auto_point2_temp and temp#_auto_point3_temp.
-
-All of the automatic modes require that pwm1 corresponds to fan1, pwm2 to
-fan2 and pwm3 to fan3.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/f71882fg.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/f71882fg.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5c0b7b0db150
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/f71882fg.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+Kernel driver f71882fg
+======================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Fintek F71808E
+
+    Prefix: 'f71808e'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
+
+    Datasheet: Not public
+
+  * Fintek F71808A
+
+    Prefix: 'f71808a'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
+
+    Datasheet: Not public
+
+  * Fintek F71858FG
+
+    Prefix: 'f71858fg'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
+
+    Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
+
+  * Fintek F71862FG and F71863FG
+
+    Prefix: 'f71862fg'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
+
+    Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
+
+  * Fintek F71869F and F71869E
+
+    Prefix: 'f71869'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
+
+    Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
+
+  * Fintek F71869A
+
+    Prefix: 'f71869a'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
+
+    Datasheet: Not public
+
+  * Fintek F71882FG and F71883FG
+
+    Prefix: 'f71882fg'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
+
+    Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
+
+  * Fintek F71889FG
+
+    Prefix: 'f71889fg'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
+
+    Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
+
+  * Fintek F71889ED
+
+    Prefix: 'f71889ed'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
+
+    Datasheet: Should become available on the Fintek website soon
+
+  * Fintek F71889A
+
+    Prefix: 'f71889a'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
+
+    Datasheet: Should become available on the Fintek website soon
+
+  * Fintek F8000
+
+    Prefix: 'f8000'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
+
+    Datasheet: Not public
+
+  * Fintek F81801U
+
+    Prefix: 'f71889fg'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
+
+    Datasheet: Not public
+
+    Note:
+	  This is the 64-pin variant of the F71889FG, they have the
+	  same device ID and are fully compatible as far as hardware
+	  monitoring is concerned.
+
+  * Fintek F81865F
+
+    Prefix: 'f81865f'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
+
+    Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
+
+Author: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+Fintek F718xx/F8000 Super I/O chips include complete hardware monitoring
+capabilities. They can monitor up to 9 voltages, 4 fans and 3 temperature
+sensors.
+
+These chips also have fan controlling features, using either DC or PWM, in
+three different modes (one manual, two automatic).
+
+The driver assumes that no more than one chip is present, which seems
+reasonable.
+
+
+Monitoring
+----------
+
+The Voltage, Fan and Temperature Monitoring uses the standard sysfs
+interface as documented in sysfs-interface, without any exceptions.
+
+
+Fan Control
+-----------
+
+Both PWM (pulse-width modulation) and DC fan speed control methods are
+supported. The right one to use depends on external circuitry on the
+motherboard, so the driver assumes that the BIOS set the method
+properly.
+
+Note that the lowest numbered temperature zone trip point corresponds to
+to the border between the highest and one but highest temperature zones, and
+vica versa. So the temperature zone trip points 1-4 (or 1-2) go from high temp
+to low temp! This is how things are implemented in the IC, and the driver
+mimics this.
+
+There are 2 modes to specify the speed of the fan, PWM duty cycle (or DC
+voltage) mode, where 0-100% duty cycle (0-100% of 12V) is specified. And RPM
+mode where the actual RPM of the fan (as measured) is controlled and the speed
+gets specified as 0-100% of the fan#_full_speed file.
+
+Since both modes work in a 0-100% (mapped to 0-255) scale, there isn't a
+whole lot of a difference when modifying fan control settings. The only
+important difference is that in RPM mode the 0-100% controls the fan speed
+between 0-100% of fan#_full_speed. It is assumed that if the BIOS programs
+RPM mode, it will also set fan#_full_speed properly, if it does not then
+fan control will not work properly, unless you set a sane fan#_full_speed
+value yourself.
+
+Switching between these modes requires re-initializing a whole bunch of
+registers, so the mode which the BIOS has set is kept. The mode is
+printed when loading the driver.
+
+Three different fan control modes are supported; the mode number is written
+to the pwm#_enable file. Note that not all modes are supported on all
+chips, and some modes may only be available in RPM / PWM mode.
+Writing an unsupported mode will result in an invalid parameter error.
+
+* 1: Manual mode
+  You ask for a specific PWM duty cycle / DC voltage or a specific % of
+  fan#_full_speed by writing to the pwm# file. This mode is only
+  available on the F71858FG / F8000 if the fan channel is in RPM mode.
+
+* 2: Normal auto mode
+  You can define a number of temperature/fan speed trip points, which % the
+  fan should run at at this temp and which temp a fan should follow using the
+  standard sysfs interface. The number and type of trip points is chip
+  depended, see which files are available in sysfs.
+  Fan/PWM channel 3 of the F8000 is always in this mode!
+
+* 3: Thermostat mode (Only available on the F8000 when in duty cycle mode)
+  The fan speed is regulated to keep the temp the fan is mapped to between
+  temp#_auto_point2_temp and temp#_auto_point3_temp.
+
+All of the automatic modes require that pwm1 corresponds to fan1, pwm2 to
+fan2 and pwm3 to fan3.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/fam15h_power b/Documentation/hwmon/fam15h_power
deleted file mode 100644
index fb594c281c46..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/fam15h_power
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver fam15h_power
-==========================
-
-Supported chips:
-* AMD Family 15h Processors
-* AMD Family 16h Processors
-
-  Prefix: 'fam15h_power'
-  Addresses scanned: PCI space
-  Datasheets:
-  BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide (BKDG) For AMD Family 15h Processors
-  BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide (BKDG) For AMD Family 16h Processors
-  AMD64 Architecture Programmer's Manual Volume 2: System Programming
-
-Author: Andreas Herrmann <herrmann.der.user@googlemail.com>
-
-Description
------------
-
-1) Processor TDP (Thermal design power)
-
-Given a fixed frequency and voltage, the power consumption of a
-processor varies based on the workload being executed. Derated power
-is the power consumed when running a specific application. Thermal
-design power (TDP) is an example of derated power.
-
-This driver permits reading of registers providing power information
-of AMD Family 15h and 16h processors via TDP algorithm.
-
-For AMD Family 15h and 16h processors the following power values can
-be calculated using different processor northbridge function
-registers:
-
-* BasePwrWatts: Specifies in watts the maximum amount of power
-  consumed by the processor for NB and logic external to the core.
-* ProcessorPwrWatts: Specifies in watts the maximum amount of power
-  the processor can support.
-* CurrPwrWatts: Specifies in watts the current amount of power being
-  consumed by the processor.
-
-This driver provides ProcessorPwrWatts and CurrPwrWatts:
-* power1_crit (ProcessorPwrWatts)
-* power1_input (CurrPwrWatts)
-
-On multi-node processors the calculated value is for the entire
-package and not for a single node. Thus the driver creates sysfs
-attributes only for internal node0 of a multi-node processor.
-
-2) Accumulated Power Mechanism
-
-This driver also introduces an algorithm that should be used to
-calculate the average power consumed by a processor during a
-measurement interval Tm. The feature of accumulated power mechanism is
-indicated by CPUID Fn8000_0007_EDX[12].
-
-* Tsample: compute unit power accumulator sample period
-* Tref: the PTSC counter period
-* PTSC: performance timestamp counter
-* N: the ratio of compute unit power accumulator sample period to the
-  PTSC period
-* Jmax: max compute unit accumulated power which is indicated by
-  MaxCpuSwPwrAcc MSR C001007b
-* Jx/Jy: compute unit accumulated power which is indicated by
-  CpuSwPwrAcc MSR C001007a
-* Tx/Ty: the value of performance timestamp counter which is indicated
-  by CU_PTSC MSR C0010280
-* PwrCPUave: CPU average power
-
-i. Determine the ratio of Tsample to Tref by executing CPUID Fn8000_0007.
-	N = value of CPUID Fn8000_0007_ECX[CpuPwrSampleTimeRatio[15:0]].
-
-ii. Read the full range of the cumulative energy value from the new
-MSR MaxCpuSwPwrAcc.
-	Jmax = value returned.
-iii. At time x, SW reads CpuSwPwrAcc MSR and samples the PTSC.
-	Jx = value read from CpuSwPwrAcc and Tx = value read from
-PTSC.
-
-iv. At time y, SW reads CpuSwPwrAcc MSR and samples the PTSC.
-	Jy = value read from CpuSwPwrAcc and Ty = value read from
-PTSC.
-
-v. Calculate the average power consumption for a compute unit over
-time period (y-x). Unit of result is uWatt.
-	if (Jy < Jx) // Rollover has occurred
-		Jdelta = (Jy + Jmax) - Jx
-	else
-		Jdelta = Jy - Jx
-	PwrCPUave = N * Jdelta * 1000 / (Ty - Tx)
-
-This driver provides PwrCPUave and interval(default is 10 millisecond
-and maximum is 1 second):
-* power1_average (PwrCPUave)
-* power1_average_interval (Interval)
-
-The power1_average_interval can be updated at /etc/sensors3.conf file
-as below:
-
-chip "fam15h_power-*"
-	set power1_average_interval 0.01
-
-Then save it with "sensors -s".
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/fam15h_power.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/fam15h_power.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..fdde632c93a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/fam15h_power.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+Kernel driver fam15h_power
+==========================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+* AMD Family 15h Processors
+
+* AMD Family 16h Processors
+
+  Prefix: 'fam15h_power'
+
+  Addresses scanned: PCI space
+
+  Datasheets:
+
+  - BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide (BKDG) For AMD Family 15h Processors
+  - BIOS and Kernel Developer's Guide (BKDG) For AMD Family 16h Processors
+  - AMD64 Architecture Programmer's Manual Volume 2: System Programming
+
+Author: Andreas Herrmann <herrmann.der.user@googlemail.com>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+1) Processor TDP (Thermal design power)
+
+Given a fixed frequency and voltage, the power consumption of a
+processor varies based on the workload being executed. Derated power
+is the power consumed when running a specific application. Thermal
+design power (TDP) is an example of derated power.
+
+This driver permits reading of registers providing power information
+of AMD Family 15h and 16h processors via TDP algorithm.
+
+For AMD Family 15h and 16h processors the following power values can
+be calculated using different processor northbridge function
+registers:
+
+* BasePwrWatts:
+    Specifies in watts the maximum amount of power
+    consumed by the processor for NB and logic external to the core.
+
+* ProcessorPwrWatts:
+    Specifies in watts the maximum amount of power
+    the processor can support.
+* CurrPwrWatts:
+    Specifies in watts the current amount of power being
+    consumed by the processor.
+
+This driver provides ProcessorPwrWatts and CurrPwrWatts:
+
+* power1_crit (ProcessorPwrWatts)
+* power1_input (CurrPwrWatts)
+
+On multi-node processors the calculated value is for the entire
+package and not for a single node. Thus the driver creates sysfs
+attributes only for internal node0 of a multi-node processor.
+
+2) Accumulated Power Mechanism
+
+This driver also introduces an algorithm that should be used to
+calculate the average power consumed by a processor during a
+measurement interval Tm. The feature of accumulated power mechanism is
+indicated by CPUID Fn8000_0007_EDX[12].
+
+* Tsample:
+	compute unit power accumulator sample period
+
+* Tref:
+	the PTSC counter period
+
+* PTSC:
+	performance timestamp counter
+
+* N:
+	the ratio of compute unit power accumulator sample period to the
+	PTSC period
+
+* Jmax:
+	max compute unit accumulated power which is indicated by
+	MaxCpuSwPwrAcc MSR C001007b
+
+* Jx/Jy:
+	compute unit accumulated power which is indicated by
+	CpuSwPwrAcc MSR C001007a
+* Tx/Ty:
+	the value of performance timestamp counter which is indicated
+	by CU_PTSC MSR C0010280
+
+* PwrCPUave:
+	CPU average power
+
+i. Determine the ratio of Tsample to Tref by executing CPUID Fn8000_0007.
+
+	N = value of CPUID Fn8000_0007_ECX[CpuPwrSampleTimeRatio[15:0]].
+
+ii. Read the full range of the cumulative energy value from the new
+    MSR MaxCpuSwPwrAcc.
+
+	Jmax = value returned.
+
+iii. At time x, SW reads CpuSwPwrAcc MSR and samples the PTSC.
+
+	Jx = value read from CpuSwPwrAcc and Tx = value read from PTSC.
+
+iv. At time y, SW reads CpuSwPwrAcc MSR and samples the PTSC.
+
+	Jy = value read from CpuSwPwrAcc and Ty = value read from PTSC.
+
+v. Calculate the average power consumption for a compute unit over
+   time period (y-x). Unit of result is uWatt::
+
+	if (Jy < Jx) // Rollover has occurred
+		Jdelta = (Jy + Jmax) - Jx
+	else
+		Jdelta = Jy - Jx
+	PwrCPUave = N * Jdelta * 1000 / (Ty - Tx)
+
+This driver provides PwrCPUave and interval(default is 10 millisecond
+and maximum is 1 second):
+
+* power1_average (PwrCPUave)
+* power1_average_interval (Interval)
+
+The power1_average_interval can be updated at /etc/sensors3.conf file
+as below:
+
+chip `fam15h_power-*`
+	set power1_average_interval 0.01
+
+Then save it with "sensors -s".
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ftsteutates b/Documentation/hwmon/ftsteutates
deleted file mode 100644
index af54db92391b..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/ftsteutates
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver ftsteutates
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * FTS Teutates
-    Prefix: 'ftsteutates'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x73 (7-Bit)
-
-Author: Thilo Cestonaro <thilo.cestonaro@ts.fujitsu.com>
-
-
-Description
------------
-The BMC Teutates is the Eleventh generation of Superior System
-monitoring and thermal management solution. It is builds on the basic
-functionality of the BMC Theseus and contains several new features and
-enhancements. It can monitor up to 4 voltages, 16 temperatures and
-8 fans. It also contains an integrated watchdog which is currently
-implemented in this driver.
-
-To clear a temperature or fan alarm, execute the following command with the
-correct path to the alarm file:
-	echo 0 >XXXX_alarm
-
-Specification of the chip can be found here:
-ftp://ftp.ts.fujitsu.com/pub/Mainboard-OEM-Sales/Services/Software&Tools/Linux_SystemMonitoring&Watchdog&GPIO/BMC-Teutates_Specification_V1.21.pdf
-ftp://ftp.ts.fujitsu.com/pub/Mainboard-OEM-Sales/Services/Software&Tools/Linux_SystemMonitoring&Watchdog&GPIO/Fujitsu_mainboards-1-Sensors_HowTo-en-US.pdf
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ftsteutates.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/ftsteutates.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..58a2483d8d0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ftsteutates.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+Kernel driver ftsteutates
+=========================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * FTS Teutates
+
+    Prefix: 'ftsteutates'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x73 (7-Bit)
+
+Author: Thilo Cestonaro <thilo.cestonaro@ts.fujitsu.com>
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The BMC Teutates is the Eleventh generation of Superior System
+monitoring and thermal management solution. It is builds on the basic
+functionality of the BMC Theseus and contains several new features and
+enhancements. It can monitor up to 4 voltages, 16 temperatures and
+8 fans. It also contains an integrated watchdog which is currently
+implemented in this driver.
+
+To clear a temperature or fan alarm, execute the following command with the
+correct path to the alarm file::
+
+	echo 0 >XXXX_alarm
+
+Specification of the chip can be found here:
+
+- ftp://ftp.ts.fujitsu.com/pub/Mainboard-OEM-Sales/Services/Software&Tools/Linux_SystemMonitoring&Watchdog&GPIO/BMC-Teutates_Specification_V1.21.pdf
+- ftp://ftp.ts.fujitsu.com/pub/Mainboard-OEM-Sales/Services/Software&Tools/Linux_SystemMonitoring&Watchdog&GPIO/Fujitsu_mainboards-1-Sensors_HowTo-en-US.pdf
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/g760a b/Documentation/hwmon/g760a
deleted file mode 100644
index cfc894537061..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/g760a
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver g760a
-===================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Global Mixed-mode Technology Inc. G760A
-    Prefix: 'g760a'
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the GMT website
-      http://www.gmt.com.tw/product/datasheet/EDS-760A.pdf
-
-Author: Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
-
-Description
------------
-
-The GMT G760A Fan Speed PWM Controller is connected directly to a fan
-and performs closed-loop control of the fan speed.
-
-The fan speed is programmed by setting the period via 'pwm1' of two
-consecutive speed pulses. The period is defined in terms of clock
-cycle counts of an assumed 32kHz clock source.
-
-Setting a period of 0 stops the fan; setting the period to 255 sets
-fan to maximum speed.
-
-The measured fan rotation speed returned via 'fan1_input' is derived
-from the measured speed pulse period by assuming again a 32kHz clock
-source and a 2 pulse-per-revolution fan.
-
-The 'alarms' file provides access to the two alarm bits provided by
-the G760A chip's status register: Bit 0 is set when the actual fan
-speed differs more than 20% with respect to the programmed fan speed;
-bit 1 is set when fan speed is below 1920 RPM.
-
-The g760a driver will not update its values more frequently than every
-other second; reading them more often will do no harm, but will return
-'old' values.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/g760a.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/g760a.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d82952cc8319
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/g760a.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+Kernel driver g760a
+===================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Global Mixed-mode Technology Inc. G760A
+
+    Prefix: 'g760a'
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the GMT website
+
+      http://www.gmt.com.tw/product/datasheet/EDS-760A.pdf
+
+Author: Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The GMT G760A Fan Speed PWM Controller is connected directly to a fan
+and performs closed-loop control of the fan speed.
+
+The fan speed is programmed by setting the period via 'pwm1' of two
+consecutive speed pulses. The period is defined in terms of clock
+cycle counts of an assumed 32kHz clock source.
+
+Setting a period of 0 stops the fan; setting the period to 255 sets
+fan to maximum speed.
+
+The measured fan rotation speed returned via 'fan1_input' is derived
+from the measured speed pulse period by assuming again a 32kHz clock
+source and a 2 pulse-per-revolution fan.
+
+The 'alarms' file provides access to the two alarm bits provided by
+the G760A chip's status register: Bit 0 is set when the actual fan
+speed differs more than 20% with respect to the programmed fan speed;
+bit 1 is set when fan speed is below 1920 RPM.
+
+The g760a driver will not update its values more frequently than every
+other second; reading them more often will do no harm, but will return
+'old' values.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/g762 b/Documentation/hwmon/g762
deleted file mode 100644
index 923db9c5b5bc..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/g762
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver g762
-==================
-
-The GMT G762 Fan Speed PWM Controller is connected directly to a fan
-and performs closed-loop or open-loop control of the fan speed. Two
-modes - PWM or DC - are supported by the device.
-
-For additional information, a detailed datasheet is available at
-http://natisbad.org/NAS/ref/GMT_EDS-762_763-080710-0.2.pdf. sysfs
-bindings are described in Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface.
-
-The following entries are available to the user in a subdirectory of
-/sys/bus/i2c/drivers/g762/ to control the operation of the device.
-This can be done manually using the following entries but is usually
-done via a userland daemon like fancontrol.
-
-Note that those entries do not provide ways to setup the specific
-hardware characteristics of the system (reference clock, pulses per
-fan revolution, ...); Those can be modified via devicetree bindings
-documented in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/g762.txt or
-using a specific platform_data structure in board initialization
-file (see include/linux/platform_data/g762.h).
-
-  fan1_target: set desired fan speed. This only makes sense in closed-loop
-            fan speed control (i.e. when pwm1_enable is set to 2).
-
-  fan1_input: provide current fan rotation value in RPM as reported by
-            the fan to the device.
-
-  fan1_div: fan clock divisor. Supported value are 1, 2, 4 and 8.
-
-  fan1_pulses: number of pulses per fan revolution. Supported values
-            are 2 and 4.
-
-  fan1_fault: reports fan failure, i.e. no transition on fan gear pin for
-            about 0.7s (if the fan is not voluntarily set off).
-
-  fan1_alarm: in closed-loop control mode, if fan RPM value is 25% out
-            of the programmed value for over 6 seconds 'fan1_alarm' is
-            set to 1.
-
-  pwm1_enable: set current fan speed control mode i.e. 1 for manual fan
-            speed control (open-loop) via pwm1 described below, 2 for
-            automatic fan speed control (closed-loop) via fan1_target
-            above.
-
-  pwm1_mode: set or get fan driving mode: 1 for PWM mode, 0 for DC mode.
-
-  pwm1: get or set PWM fan control value in open-loop mode. This is an
-            integer value between 0 and 255. 0 stops the fan, 255 makes
-            it run at full speed.
-
-Both in PWM mode ('pwm1_mode' set to 1) and DC mode ('pwm1_mode' set to 0),
-when current fan speed control mode is open-loop ('pwm1_enable' set to 1),
-the fan speed is programmed by setting a value between 0 and 255 via 'pwm1'
-entry (0 stops the fan, 255 makes it run at full speed). In closed-loop mode
-('pwm1_enable' set to 2), the expected rotation speed in RPM can be passed to
-the chip via 'fan1_target'. In closed-loop mode, the target speed is compared
-with current speed (available via 'fan1_input') by the device and a feedback
-is performed to match that target value. The fan speed value is computed
-based on the parameters associated with the physical characteristics of the
-system: a reference clock source frequency, a number of pulses per fan
-revolution, etc.
-
-Note that the driver will update its values at most once per second.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/g762.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/g762.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0371b3365c48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/g762.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+Kernel driver g762
+==================
+
+The GMT G762 Fan Speed PWM Controller is connected directly to a fan
+and performs closed-loop or open-loop control of the fan speed. Two
+modes - PWM or DC - are supported by the device.
+
+For additional information, a detailed datasheet is available at
+http://natisbad.org/NAS/ref/GMT_EDS-762_763-080710-0.2.pdf. sysfs
+bindings are described in Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface.rst.
+
+The following entries are available to the user in a subdirectory of
+/sys/bus/i2c/drivers/g762/ to control the operation of the device.
+This can be done manually using the following entries but is usually
+done via a userland daemon like fancontrol.
+
+Note that those entries do not provide ways to setup the specific
+hardware characteristics of the system (reference clock, pulses per
+fan revolution, ...); Those can be modified via devicetree bindings
+documented in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/g762.txt or
+using a specific platform_data structure in board initialization
+file (see include/linux/platform_data/g762.h).
+
+  fan1_target:
+	    set desired fan speed. This only makes sense in closed-loop
+	    fan speed control (i.e. when pwm1_enable is set to 2).
+
+  fan1_input:
+	    provide current fan rotation value in RPM as reported by
+	    the fan to the device.
+
+  fan1_div:
+	    fan clock divisor. Supported value are 1, 2, 4 and 8.
+
+  fan1_pulses:
+	    number of pulses per fan revolution. Supported values
+	    are 2 and 4.
+
+  fan1_fault:
+	    reports fan failure, i.e. no transition on fan gear pin for
+	    about 0.7s (if the fan is not voluntarily set off).
+
+  fan1_alarm:
+	    in closed-loop control mode, if fan RPM value is 25% out
+	    of the programmed value for over 6 seconds 'fan1_alarm' is
+	    set to 1.
+
+  pwm1_enable:
+	    set current fan speed control mode i.e. 1 for manual fan
+	    speed control (open-loop) via pwm1 described below, 2 for
+	    automatic fan speed control (closed-loop) via fan1_target
+	    above.
+
+  pwm1_mode:
+	    set or get fan driving mode: 1 for PWM mode, 0 for DC mode.
+
+  pwm1:
+	    get or set PWM fan control value in open-loop mode. This is an
+	    integer value between 0 and 255. 0 stops the fan, 255 makes
+	    it run at full speed.
+
+Both in PWM mode ('pwm1_mode' set to 1) and DC mode ('pwm1_mode' set to 0),
+when current fan speed control mode is open-loop ('pwm1_enable' set to 1),
+the fan speed is programmed by setting a value between 0 and 255 via 'pwm1'
+entry (0 stops the fan, 255 makes it run at full speed). In closed-loop mode
+('pwm1_enable' set to 2), the expected rotation speed in RPM can be passed to
+the chip via 'fan1_target'. In closed-loop mode, the target speed is compared
+with current speed (available via 'fan1_input') by the device and a feedback
+is performed to match that target value. The fan speed value is computed
+based on the parameters associated with the physical characteristics of the
+system: a reference clock source frequency, a number of pulses per fan
+revolution, etc.
+
+Note that the driver will update its values at most once per second.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm b/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm
deleted file mode 100644
index 494bb55b6e72..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver gl518sm
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Genesys Logic GL518SM release 0x00
-    Prefix: 'gl518sm'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c and 0x2d
-  * Genesys Logic GL518SM release 0x80
-    Prefix: 'gl518sm'
-    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c and 0x2d
-    Datasheet: http://www.genesyslogic.com/
-
-Authors:
-        Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>,
-        Kyösti Mälkki <kmalkki@cc.hut.fi>
-        Hong-Gunn Chew <hglinux@gunnet.org>
-        Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
-
-Description
------------
-
-IMPORTANT:
-
-For the revision 0x00 chip, the in0, in1, and in2  values (+5V, +3V,
-and +12V) CANNOT be read. This is a limitation of the chip, not the driver.
-
-This driver supports the Genesys Logic GL518SM chip. There are at least
-two revision of this chip, which we call revision 0x00 and 0x80. Revision
-0x80 chips support the reading of all voltages and revision 0x00 only
-for VIN3.
-
-The GL518SM implements one temperature sensor, two fan rotation speed
-sensors, and four voltage sensors. It can report alarms through the
-computer speakers.
-
-Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. An alarm goes off while the
-temperature is above the over temperature limit, and has not yet dropped
-below the hysteresis limit. The alarm always reflects the current
-situation. Measurements are guaranteed between -10 degrees and +110
-degrees, with a accuracy of +/-3 degrees.
-
-Rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is
-triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. In
-case when you have selected to turn fan1 off, no fan1 alarm is triggered.
-
-Fan readings can be divided by a programmable divider (1, 2, 4 or 8) to
-give the readings more range or accuracy.  Not all RPM values can
-accurately be represented, so some rounding is done. With a divider
-of 2, the lowest representable value is around 1900 RPM.
-
-Voltage sensors (also known as VIN sensors) report their values in volts.
-An alarm is triggered if the voltage has crossed a programmable minimum or
-maximum limit. Note that minimum in this case always means 'closest to
-zero'; this is important for negative voltage measurements. The VDD input
-measures voltages between 0.000 and 5.865 volt, with a resolution of 0.023
-volt. The other inputs measure voltages between 0.000 and 4.845 volt, with
-a resolution of 0.019 volt. Note that revision 0x00 chips do not support
-reading the current voltage of any input except for VIN3; limit setting and
-alarms work fine, though.
-
-When an alarm is triggered, you can be warned by a beeping signal through your
-computer speaker. It is possible to enable all beeping globally, or only the
-beeping for some alarms.
-
-If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register
-is read at least once (except for temperature alarms). This means that the
-cause for the alarm may already have disappeared! Note that in the current
-implementation, all hardware registers are read whenever any data is read
-(unless it is less than 1.5 seconds since the last update). This means that
-you can easily miss once-only alarms.
-
-The GL518SM only updates its values each 1.5 seconds; reading it more often
-will do no harm, but will return 'old' values.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..bf1e0b5e824b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+Kernel driver gl518sm
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Genesys Logic GL518SM release 0x00
+
+    Prefix: 'gl518sm'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c and 0x2d
+
+  * Genesys Logic GL518SM release 0x80
+
+    Prefix: 'gl518sm'
+
+    Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c and 0x2d
+
+    Datasheet: http://www.genesyslogic.com/
+
+Authors:
+       - Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>,
+       - Kyösti Mälkki <kmalkki@cc.hut.fi>
+       - Hong-Gunn Chew <hglinux@gunnet.org>
+       - Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+.. important::
+
+   For the revision 0x00 chip, the in0, in1, and in2  values (+5V, +3V,
+   and +12V) CANNOT be read. This is a limitation of the chip, not the driver.
+
+This driver supports the Genesys Logic GL518SM chip. There are at least
+two revision of this chip, which we call revision 0x00 and 0x80. Revision
+0x80 chips support the reading of all voltages and revision 0x00 only
+for VIN3.
+
+The GL518SM implements one temperature sensor, two fan rotation speed
+sensors, and four voltage sensors. It can report alarms through the
+computer speakers.
+
+Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. An alarm goes off while the
+temperature is above the over temperature limit, and has not yet dropped
+below the hysteresis limit. The alarm always reflects the current
+situation. Measurements are guaranteed between -10 degrees and +110
+degrees, with a accuracy of +/-3 degrees.
+
+Rotation speeds are reported in RPM (rotations per minute). An alarm is
+triggered if the rotation speed has dropped below a programmable limit. In
+case when you have selected to turn fan1 off, no fan1 alarm is triggered.
+
+Fan readings can be divided by a programmable divider (1, 2, 4 or 8) to
+give the readings more range or accuracy.  Not all RPM values can
+accurately be represented, so some rounding is done. With a divider
+of 2, the lowest representable value is around 1900 RPM.
+
+Voltage sensors (also known as VIN sensors) report their values in volts.
+An alarm is triggered if the voltage has crossed a programmable minimum or
+maximum limit. Note that minimum in this case always means 'closest to
+zero'; this is important for negative voltage measurements. The VDD input
+measures voltages between 0.000 and 5.865 volt, with a resolution of 0.023
+volt. The other inputs measure voltages between 0.000 and 4.845 volt, with
+a resolution of 0.019 volt. Note that revision 0x00 chips do not support
+reading the current voltage of any input except for VIN3; limit setting and
+alarms work fine, though.
+
+When an alarm is triggered, you can be warned by a beeping signal through your
+computer speaker. It is possible to enable all beeping globally, or only the
+beeping for some alarms.
+
+If an alarm triggers, it will remain triggered until the hardware register
+is read at least once (except for temperature alarms). This means that the
+cause for the alarm may already have disappeared! Note that in the current
+implementation, all hardware registers are read whenever any data is read
+(unless it is less than 1.5 seconds since the last update). This means that
+you can easily miss once-only alarms.
+
+The GL518SM only updates its values each 1.5 seconds; reading it more often
+will do no harm, but will return 'old' values.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/hih6130 b/Documentation/hwmon/hih6130
deleted file mode 100644
index 73dae918ea7b..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/hih6130
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver hih6130
-=====================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * Honeywell HIH-6130 / HIH-6131
-    Prefix: 'hih6130'
-    Addresses scanned: none
-    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Honeywell website
-    http://sensing.honeywell.com/index.php?ci_id=3106&la_id=1&defId=44872
-
-Author:
-  Iain Paton <ipaton0@gmail.com>
-
-Description
------------
-
-The HIH-6130 & HIH-6131 are humidity and temperature sensors in a SO8 package.
-The difference between the two devices is that the HIH-6131 has a condensation
-filter.
-
-The devices communicate with the I2C protocol. All sensors are set to the same
-I2C address 0x27 by default, so an entry with I2C_BOARD_INFO("hih6130", 0x27)
-can be used in the board setup code.
-
-Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for details on how to
-instantiate I2C devices.
-
-sysfs-Interface
----------------
-
-temp1_input - temperature input
-humidity1_input - humidity input
-
-Notes
------
-
-Command mode and alarms are not currently supported.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/hih6130.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/hih6130.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..649bd4be4fc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/hih6130.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+Kernel driver hih6130
+=====================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * Honeywell HIH-6130 / HIH-6131
+
+    Prefix: 'hih6130'
+
+    Addresses scanned: none
+
+    Datasheet: Publicly available at the Honeywell website
+
+	http://sensing.honeywell.com/index.php?ci_id=3106&la_id=1&defId=44872
+
+Author:
+  Iain Paton <ipaton0@gmail.com>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The HIH-6130 & HIH-6131 are humidity and temperature sensors in a SO8 package.
+The difference between the two devices is that the HIH-6131 has a condensation
+filter.
+
+The devices communicate with the I2C protocol. All sensors are set to the same
+I2C address 0x27 by default, so an entry with I2C_BOARD_INFO("hih6130", 0x27)
+can be used in the board setup code.
+
+Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for details on how to
+instantiate I2C devices.
+
+sysfs-Interface
+---------------
+
+temp1_input
+	temperature input
+
+humidity1_input
+	humidity input
+
+Notes
+-----
+
+Command mode and alarms are not currently supported.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/hwmon-kernel-api.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/hwmon-kernel-api.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c41eb6108103
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/hwmon-kernel-api.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+The Linux Hardware Monitoring kernel API
+========================================
+
+Guenter Roeck
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+This document describes the API that can be used by hardware monitoring
+drivers that want to use the hardware monitoring framework.
+
+This document does not describe what a hardware monitoring (hwmon) Driver or
+Device is. It also does not describe the API which can be used by user space
+to communicate with a hardware monitoring device. If you want to know this
+then please read the following file: Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface.rst.
+
+For additional guidelines on how to write and improve hwmon drivers, please
+also read Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches.rst.
+
+The API
+-------
+Each hardware monitoring driver must #include <linux/hwmon.h> and, in most
+cases, <linux/hwmon-sysfs.h>. linux/hwmon.h declares the following
+register/unregister functions::
+
+  struct device *
+  hwmon_device_register_with_groups(struct device *dev, const char *name,
+				    void *drvdata,
+				    const struct attribute_group **groups);
+
+  struct device *
+  devm_hwmon_device_register_with_groups(struct device *dev,
+					 const char *name, void *drvdata,
+					 const struct attribute_group **groups);
+
+  struct device *
+  hwmon_device_register_with_info(struct device *dev,
+				  const char *name, void *drvdata,
+				  const struct hwmon_chip_info *info,
+				  const struct attribute_group **extra_groups);
+
+  struct device *
+  devm_hwmon_device_register_with_info(struct device *dev,
+				       const char *name,
+				       void *drvdata,
+				       const struct hwmon_chip_info *info,
+				       const struct attribute_group **extra_groups);
+
+  void hwmon_device_unregister(struct device *dev);
+
+  void devm_hwmon_device_unregister(struct device *dev);
+
+hwmon_device_register_with_groups registers a hardware monitoring device.
+The first parameter of this function is a pointer to the parent device.
+The name parameter is a pointer to the hwmon device name. The registration
+function wil create a name sysfs attribute pointing to this name.
+The drvdata parameter is the pointer to the local driver data.
+hwmon_device_register_with_groups will attach this pointer to the newly
+allocated hwmon device. The pointer can be retrieved by the driver using
+dev_get_drvdata() on the hwmon device pointer. The groups parameter is
+a pointer to a list of sysfs attribute groups. The list must be NULL terminated.
+hwmon_device_register_with_groups creates the hwmon device with name attribute
+as well as all sysfs attributes attached to the hwmon device.
+This function returns a pointer to the newly created hardware monitoring device
+or PTR_ERR for failure.
+
+devm_hwmon_device_register_with_groups is similar to
+hwmon_device_register_with_groups. However, it is device managed, meaning the
+hwmon device does not have to be removed explicitly by the removal function.
+
+hwmon_device_register_with_info is the most comprehensive and preferred means
+to register a hardware monitoring device. It creates the standard sysfs
+attributes in the hardware monitoring core, letting the driver focus on reading
+from and writing to the chip instead of having to bother with sysfs attributes.
+The parent device parameter cannot be NULL with non-NULL chip info. Its
+parameters are described in more detail below.
+
+devm_hwmon_device_register_with_info is similar to
+hwmon_device_register_with_info. However, it is device managed, meaning the
+hwmon device does not have to be removed explicitly by the removal function.
+
+hwmon_device_unregister deregisters a registered hardware monitoring device.
+The parameter of this function is the pointer to the registered hardware
+monitoring device structure. This function must be called from the driver
+remove function if the hardware monitoring device was registered with
+hwmon_device_register_with_groups or hwmon_device_register_with_info.
+
+devm_hwmon_device_unregister does not normally have to be called. It is only
+needed for error handling, and only needed if the driver probe fails after
+the call to devm_hwmon_device_register_with_groups or
+hwmon_device_register_with_info and if the automatic (device managed)
+removal would be too late.
+
+All supported hwmon device registration functions only accept valid device
+names. Device names including invalid characters (whitespace, '*', or '-')
+will be rejected. The 'name' parameter is mandatory.
+
+Using devm_hwmon_device_register_with_info()
+--------------------------------------------
+
+hwmon_device_register_with_info() registers a hardware monitoring device.
+The parameters to this function are
+
+=============================================== ===============================================
+`struct device *dev`				Pointer to parent device
+`const char *name`				Device name
+`void *drvdata`					Driver private data
+`const struct hwmon_chip_info *info`		Pointer to chip description.
+`const struct attribute_group **extra_groups` 	Null-terminated list of additional non-standard
+						sysfs attribute groups.
+=============================================== ===============================================
+
+This function returns a pointer to the created hardware monitoring device
+on success and a negative error code for failure.
+
+The hwmon_chip_info structure looks as follows::
+
+	struct hwmon_chip_info {
+		const struct hwmon_ops *ops;
+		const struct hwmon_channel_info **info;
+	};
+
+It contains the following fields:
+
+* ops:
+	Pointer to device operations.
+* info:
+	NULL-terminated list of device channel descriptors.
+
+The list of hwmon operations is defined as::
+
+  struct hwmon_ops {
+	umode_t (*is_visible)(const void *, enum hwmon_sensor_types type,
+			      u32 attr, int);
+	int (*read)(struct device *, enum hwmon_sensor_types type,
+		    u32 attr, int, long *);
+	int (*write)(struct device *, enum hwmon_sensor_types type,
+		     u32 attr, int, long);
+  };
+
+It defines the following operations.
+
+* is_visible:
+    Pointer to a function to return the file mode for each supported
+    attribute. This function is mandatory.
+
+* read:
+    Pointer to a function for reading a value from the chip. This function
+    is optional, but must be provided if any readable attributes exist.
+
+* write:
+    Pointer to a function for writing a value to the chip. This function is
+    optional, but must be provided if any writeable attributes exist.
+
+Each sensor channel is described with struct hwmon_channel_info, which is
+defined as follows::
+
+	struct hwmon_channel_info {
+		enum hwmon_sensor_types type;
+		u32 *config;
+	};
+
+It contains following fields:
+
+* type:
+    The hardware monitoring sensor type.
+
+    Supported sensor types are
+
+     ================== ==================================================
+     hwmon_chip		A virtual sensor type, used to describe attributes
+			which are not bound to a specific input or output
+     hwmon_temp		Temperature sensor
+     hwmon_in		Voltage sensor
+     hwmon_curr		Current sensor
+     hwmon_power		Power sensor
+     hwmon_energy	Energy sensor
+     hwmon_humidity	Humidity sensor
+     hwmon_fan		Fan speed sensor
+     hwmon_pwm		PWM control
+     ================== ==================================================
+
+* config:
+    Pointer to a 0-terminated list of configuration values for each
+    sensor of the given type. Each value is a combination of bit values
+    describing the attributes supposed by a single sensor.
+
+As an example, here is the complete description file for a LM75 compatible
+sensor chip. The chip has a single temperature sensor. The driver wants to
+register with the thermal subsystem (HWMON_C_REGISTER_TZ), and it supports
+the update_interval attribute (HWMON_C_UPDATE_INTERVAL). The chip supports
+reading the temperature (HWMON_T_INPUT), it has a maximum temperature
+register (HWMON_T_MAX) as well as a maximum temperature hysteresis register
+(HWMON_T_MAX_HYST)::
+
+	static const u32 lm75_chip_config[] = {
+		HWMON_C_REGISTER_TZ | HWMON_C_UPDATE_INTERVAL,
+		0
+	};
+
+	static const struct hwmon_channel_info lm75_chip = {
+		.type = hwmon_chip,
+		.config = lm75_chip_config,
+	};
+
+	static const u32 lm75_temp_config[] = {
+		HWMON_T_INPUT | HWMON_T_MAX | HWMON_T_MAX_HYST,
+		0
+	};
+
+	static const struct hwmon_channel_info lm75_temp = {
+		.type = hwmon_temp,
+		.config = lm75_temp_config,
+	};
+
+	static const struct hwmon_channel_info *lm75_info[] = {
+		&lm75_chip,
+		&lm75_temp,
+		NULL
+	};
+
+	The HWMON_CHANNEL_INFO() macro can and should be used when possible.
+	With this macro, the above example can be simplified to
+
+	static const struct hwmon_channel_info *lm75_info[] = {
+		HWMON_CHANNEL_INFO(chip,
+				HWMON_C_REGISTER_TZ | HWMON_C_UPDATE_INTERVAL),
+		HWMON_CHANNEL_INFO(temp,
+				HWMON_T_INPUT | HWMON_T_MAX | HWMON_T_MAX_HYST),
+		NULL
+	};
+
+	The remaining declarations are as follows.
+
+	static const struct hwmon_ops lm75_hwmon_ops = {
+		.is_visible = lm75_is_visible,
+		.read = lm75_read,
+		.write = lm75_write,
+	};
+
+	static const struct hwmon_chip_info lm75_chip_info = {
+		.ops = &lm75_hwmon_ops,
+		.info = lm75_info,
+	};
+
+A complete list of bit values indicating individual attribute support
+is defined in include/linux/hwmon.h. Definition prefixes are as follows.
+
+=============== =================================================
+HWMON_C_xxxx	Chip attributes, for use with hwmon_chip.
+HWMON_T_xxxx	Temperature attributes, for use with hwmon_temp.
+HWMON_I_xxxx	Voltage attributes, for use with hwmon_in.
+HWMON_C_xxxx	Current attributes, for use with hwmon_curr.
+		Notice the prefix overlap with chip attributes.
+HWMON_P_xxxx	Power attributes, for use with hwmon_power.
+HWMON_E_xxxx	Energy attributes, for use with hwmon_energy.
+HWMON_H_xxxx	Humidity attributes, for use with hwmon_humidity.
+HWMON_F_xxxx	Fan speed attributes, for use with hwmon_fan.
+HWMON_PWM_xxxx	PWM control attributes, for use with hwmon_pwm.
+=============== =================================================
+
+Driver callback functions
+-------------------------
+
+Each driver provides is_visible, read, and write functions. Parameters
+and return values for those functions are as follows::
+
+  umode_t is_visible_func(const void *data, enum hwmon_sensor_types type,
+			  u32 attr, int channel)
+
+Parameters:
+	data:
+		Pointer to device private data structure.
+	type:
+		The sensor type.
+	attr:
+		Attribute identifier associated with a specific attribute.
+		For example, the attribute value for HWMON_T_INPUT would be
+		hwmon_temp_input. For complete mappings of bit fields to
+		attribute values please see include/linux/hwmon.h.
+	channel:
+		The sensor channel number.
+
+Return value:
+	The file mode for this attribute. Typically, this will be 0 (the
+	attribute will not be created), S_IRUGO, or 'S_IRUGO | S_IWUSR'.
+
+::
+
+	int read_func(struct device *dev, enum hwmon_sensor_types type,
+		      u32 attr, int channel, long *val)
+
+Parameters:
+	dev:
+		Pointer to the hardware monitoring device.
+	type:
+		The sensor type.
+	attr:
+		Attribute identifier associated with a specific attribute.
+		For example, the attribute value for HWMON_T_INPUT would be
+		hwmon_temp_input. For complete mappings please see
+		include/linux/hwmon.h.
+	channel:
+		The sensor channel number.
+	val:
+		Pointer to attribute value.
+
+Return value:
+	0 on success, a negative error number otherwise.
+
+::
+
+	int write_func(struct device *dev, enum hwmon_sensor_types type,
+		       u32 attr, int channel, long val)
+
+Parameters:
+	dev:
+		Pointer to the hardware monitoring device.
+	type:
+		The sensor type.
+	attr:
+		Attribute identifier associated with a specific attribute.
+		For example, the attribute value for HWMON_T_INPUT would be
+		hwmon_temp_input. For complete mappings please see
+		include/linux/hwmon.h.
+	channel:
+		The sensor channel number.
+	val:
+		The value to write to the chip.
+
+Return value:
+	0 on success, a negative error number otherwise.
+
+
+Driver-provided sysfs attributes
+--------------------------------
+
+If the hardware monitoring device is registered with
+hwmon_device_register_with_info or devm_hwmon_device_register_with_info,
+it is most likely not necessary to provide sysfs attributes. Only additional
+non-standard sysfs attributes need to be provided when one of those registration
+functions is used.
+
+The header file linux/hwmon-sysfs.h provides a number of useful macros to
+declare and use hardware monitoring sysfs attributes.
+
+In many cases, you can use the exsting define DEVICE_ATTR or its variants
+DEVICE_ATTR_{RW,RO,WO} to declare such attributes. This is feasible if an
+attribute has no additional context. However, in many cases there will be
+additional information such as a sensor index which will need to be passed
+to the sysfs attribute handling function.
+
+SENSOR_DEVICE_ATTR and SENSOR_DEVICE_ATTR_2 can be used to define attributes
+which need such additional context information. SENSOR_DEVICE_ATTR requires
+one additional argument, SENSOR_DEVICE_ATTR_2 requires two.
+
+Simplified variants of SENSOR_DEVICE_ATTR and SENSOR_DEVICE_ATTR_2 are available
+and should be used if standard attribute permissions and function names are
+feasible. Standard permissions are 0644 for SENSOR_DEVICE_ATTR[_2]_RW,
+0444 for SENSOR_DEVICE_ATTR[_2]_RO, and 0200 for SENSOR_DEVICE_ATTR[_2]_WO.
+Standard functions, similar to DEVICE_ATTR_{RW,RO,WO}, have _show and _store
+appended to the provided function name.
+
+SENSOR_DEVICE_ATTR and its variants define a struct sensor_device_attribute
+variable. This structure has the following fields::
+
+	struct sensor_device_attribute {
+		struct device_attribute dev_attr;
+		int index;
+	};
+
+You can use to_sensor_dev_attr to get the pointer to this structure from the
+attribute read or write function. Its parameter is the device to which the
+attribute is attached.
+
+SENSOR_DEVICE_ATTR_2 and its variants define a struct sensor_device_attribute_2
+variable, which is defined as follows::
+
+	struct sensor_device_attribute_2 {
+		struct device_attribute dev_attr;
+		u8 index;
+		u8 nr;
+	};
+
+Use to_sensor_dev_attr_2 to get the pointer to this structure. Its parameter
+is the device to which the attribute is attached.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/hwmon-kernel-api.txt b/Documentation/hwmon/hwmon-kernel-api.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index eb7a78aebb38..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/hwmon-kernel-api.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,333 +0,0 @@
-The Linux Hardware Monitoring kernel API.
-=========================================
-
-Guenter Roeck
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
-This document describes the API that can be used by hardware monitoring
-drivers that want to use the hardware monitoring framework.
-
-This document does not describe what a hardware monitoring (hwmon) Driver or
-Device is. It also does not describe the API which can be used by user space
-to communicate with a hardware monitoring device. If you want to know this
-then please read the following file: Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface.
-
-For additional guidelines on how to write and improve hwmon drivers, please
-also read Documentation/hwmon/submitting-patches.
-
-The API
--------
-Each hardware monitoring driver must #include <linux/hwmon.h> and, in most
-cases, <linux/hwmon-sysfs.h>. linux/hwmon.h declares the following
-register/unregister functions:
-
-struct device *
-hwmon_device_register_with_groups(struct device *dev, const char *name,
-				  void *drvdata,
-				  const struct attribute_group **groups);
-
-struct device *
-devm_hwmon_device_register_with_groups(struct device *dev,
-				       const char *name, void *drvdata,
-				       const struct attribute_group **groups);
-
-struct device *
-hwmon_device_register_with_info(struct device *dev,
-				const char *name, void *drvdata,
-				const struct hwmon_chip_info *info,
-				const struct attribute_group **extra_groups);
-
-struct device *
-devm_hwmon_device_register_with_info(struct device *dev,
-				const char *name,
-				void *drvdata,
-				const struct hwmon_chip_info *info,
-				const struct attribute_group **extra_groups);
-
-void hwmon_device_unregister(struct device *dev);
-void devm_hwmon_device_unregister(struct device *dev);
-
-hwmon_device_register_with_groups registers a hardware monitoring device.
-The first parameter of this function is a pointer to the parent device.
-The name parameter is a pointer to the hwmon device name. The registration
-function wil create a name sysfs attribute pointing to this name.
-The drvdata parameter is the pointer to the local driver data.
-hwmon_device_register_with_groups will attach this pointer to the newly
-allocated hwmon device. The pointer can be retrieved by the driver using
-dev_get_drvdata() on the hwmon device pointer. The groups parameter is
-a pointer to a list of sysfs attribute groups. The list must be NULL terminated.
-hwmon_device_register_with_groups creates the hwmon device with name attribute
-as well as all sysfs attributes attached to the hwmon device.
-This function returns a pointer to the newly created hardware monitoring device
-or PTR_ERR for failure.
-
-devm_hwmon_device_register_with_groups is similar to
-hwmon_device_register_with_groups. However, it is device managed, meaning the
-hwmon device does not have to be removed explicitly by the removal function.
-
-hwmon_device_register_with_info is the most comprehensive and preferred means
-to register a hardware monitoring device. It creates the standard sysfs
-attributes in the hardware monitoring core, letting the driver focus on reading
-from and writing to the chip instead of having to bother with sysfs attributes.
-The parent device parameter cannot be NULL with non-NULL chip info. Its
-parameters are described in more detail below.
-
-devm_hwmon_device_register_with_info is similar to
-hwmon_device_register_with_info. However, it is device managed, meaning the
-hwmon device does not have to be removed explicitly by the removal function.
-
-hwmon_device_unregister deregisters a registered hardware monitoring device.
-The parameter of this function is the pointer to the registered hardware
-monitoring device structure. This function must be called from the driver
-remove function if the hardware monitoring device was registered with
-hwmon_device_register_with_groups or hwmon_device_register_with_info.
-
-devm_hwmon_device_unregister does not normally have to be called. It is only
-needed for error handling, and only needed if the driver probe fails after
-the call to devm_hwmon_device_register_with_groups or
-hwmon_device_register_with_info and if the automatic (device managed)
-removal would be too late.
-
-All supported hwmon device registration functions only accept valid device
-names. Device names including invalid characters (whitespace, '*', or '-')
-will be rejected. The 'name' parameter is mandatory.
-
-Using devm_hwmon_device_register_with_info()
---------------------------------------------
-
-hwmon_device_register_with_info() registers a hardware monitoring device.
-The parameters to this function are
-
-struct device *dev	Pointer to parent device
-const char *name	Device name
-void *drvdata		Driver private data
-const struct hwmon_chip_info *info
-			Pointer to chip description.
-const struct attribute_group **extra_groups
-			Null-terminated list of additional non-standard
-			sysfs attribute groups.
-
-This function returns a pointer to the created hardware monitoring device
-on success and a negative error code for failure.
-
-The hwmon_chip_info structure looks as follows.
-
-struct hwmon_chip_info {
-	const struct hwmon_ops *ops;
-	const struct hwmon_channel_info **info;
-};
-
-It contains the following fields:
-
-* ops:	Pointer to device operations.
-* info: NULL-terminated list of device channel descriptors.
-
-The list of hwmon operations is defined as:
-
-struct hwmon_ops {
-	umode_t (*is_visible)(const void *, enum hwmon_sensor_types type,
-			      u32 attr, int);
-	int (*read)(struct device *, enum hwmon_sensor_types type,
-		    u32 attr, int, long *);
-	int (*write)(struct device *, enum hwmon_sensor_types type,
-		     u32 attr, int, long);
-};
-
-It defines the following operations.
-
-* is_visible: Pointer to a function to return the file mode for each supported
-  attribute. This function is mandatory.
-
-* read: Pointer to a function for reading a value from the chip. This function
-  is optional, but must be provided if any readable attributes exist.
-
-* write: Pointer to a function for writing a value to the chip. This function is
-  optional, but must be provided if any writeable attributes exist.
-
-Each sensor channel is described with struct hwmon_channel_info, which is
-defined as follows.
-
-struct hwmon_channel_info {
-	enum hwmon_sensor_types type;
-	u32 *config;
-};
-
-It contains following fields:
-
-* type: The hardware monitoring sensor type.
-  Supported sensor types are
-  * hwmon_chip		A virtual sensor type, used to describe attributes
-  *			which are not bound to a specific input or output
-  * hwmon_temp		Temperature sensor
-  * hwmon_in		Voltage sensor
-  * hwmon_curr		Current sensor
-  * hwmon_power		Power sensor
-  * hwmon_energy	Energy sensor
-  * hwmon_humidity	Humidity sensor
-  * hwmon_fan		Fan speed sensor
-  * hwmon_pwm		PWM control
-
-* config: Pointer to a 0-terminated list of configuration values for each
-  sensor of the given type. Each value is a combination of bit values
-  describing the attributes supposed by a single sensor.
-
-As an example, here is the complete description file for a LM75 compatible
-sensor chip. The chip has a single temperature sensor. The driver wants to
-register with the thermal subsystem (HWMON_C_REGISTER_TZ), and it supports
-the update_interval attribute (HWMON_C_UPDATE_INTERVAL). The chip supports
-reading the temperature (HWMON_T_INPUT), it has a maximum temperature
-register (HWMON_T_MAX) as well as a maximum temperature hysteresis register
-(HWMON_T_MAX_HYST).
-
-static const u32 lm75_chip_config[] = {
-	HWMON_C_REGISTER_TZ | HWMON_C_UPDATE_INTERVAL,
-	0
-};
-
-static const struct hwmon_channel_info lm75_chip = {
-	.type = hwmon_chip,
-	.config = lm75_chip_config,
-};
-
-static const u32 lm75_temp_config[] = {
-	HWMON_T_INPUT | HWMON_T_MAX | HWMON_T_MAX_HYST,
-	0
-};
-
-static const struct hwmon_channel_info lm75_temp = {
-	.type = hwmon_temp,
-	.config = lm75_temp_config,
-};
-
-static const struct hwmon_channel_info *lm75_info[] = {
-	&lm75_chip,
-	&lm75_temp,
-	NULL
-};
-
-static const struct hwmon_ops lm75_hwmon_ops = {
-	.is_visible = lm75_is_visible,
-	.read = lm75_read,
-	.write = lm75_write,
-};
-
-static const struct hwmon_chip_info lm75_chip_info = {
-	.ops = &lm75_hwmon_ops,
-	.info = lm75_info,
-};
-
-A complete list of bit values indicating individual attribute support
-is defined in include/linux/hwmon.h. Definition prefixes are as follows.
-
-HWMON_C_xxxx	Chip attributes, for use with hwmon_chip.
-HWMON_T_xxxx	Temperature attributes, for use with hwmon_temp.
-HWMON_I_xxxx	Voltage attributes, for use with hwmon_in.
-HWMON_C_xxxx	Current attributes, for use with hwmon_curr.
-		Notice the prefix overlap with chip attributes.
-HWMON_P_xxxx	Power attributes, for use with hwmon_power.
-HWMON_E_xxxx	Energy attributes, for use with hwmon_energy.
-HWMON_H_xxxx	Humidity attributes, for use with hwmon_humidity.
-HWMON_F_xxxx	Fan speed attributes, for use with hwmon_fan.
-HWMON_PWM_xxxx	PWM control attributes, for use with hwmon_pwm.
-
-Driver callback functions
--------------------------
-
-Each driver provides is_visible, read, and write functions. Parameters
-and return values for those functions are as follows.
-
-umode_t is_visible_func(const void *data, enum hwmon_sensor_types type,
-			u32 attr, int channel)
-
-Parameters:
-	data:	Pointer to device private data structure.
-	type:	The sensor type.
-	attr:	Attribute identifier associated with a specific attribute.
-		For example, the attribute value for HWMON_T_INPUT would be
-		hwmon_temp_input. For complete mappings of bit fields to
-		attribute values please see include/linux/hwmon.h.
-	channel:The sensor channel number.
-
-Return value:
-	The file mode for this attribute. Typically, this will be 0 (the
-	attribute will not be created), S_IRUGO, or 'S_IRUGO | S_IWUSR'.
-
-int read_func(struct device *dev, enum hwmon_sensor_types type,
-	      u32 attr, int channel, long *val)
-
-Parameters:
-	dev:	Pointer to the hardware monitoring device.
-	type:	The sensor type.
-	attr:	Attribute identifier associated with a specific attribute.
-		For example, the attribute value for HWMON_T_INPUT would be
-		hwmon_temp_input. For complete mappings please see
-		include/linux/hwmon.h.
-	channel:The sensor channel number.
-	val:	Pointer to attribute value.
-
-Return value:
-	0 on success, a negative error number otherwise.
-
-int write_func(struct device *dev, enum hwmon_sensor_types type,
-	       u32 attr, int channel, long val)
-
-Parameters:
-	dev:	Pointer to the hardware monitoring device.
-	type:	The sensor type.
-	attr:	Attribute identifier associated with a specific attribute.
-		For example, the attribute value for HWMON_T_INPUT would be
-		hwmon_temp_input. For complete mappings please see
-		include/linux/hwmon.h.
-	channel:The sensor channel number.
-	val:	The value to write to the chip.
-
-Return value:
-	0 on success, a negative error number otherwise.
-
-
-Driver-provided sysfs attributes
---------------------------------
-
-If the hardware monitoring device is registered with
-hwmon_device_register_with_info or devm_hwmon_device_register_with_info,
-it is most likely not necessary to provide sysfs attributes. Only additional
-non-standard sysfs attributes need to be provided when one of those registration
-functions is used.
-
-The header file linux/hwmon-sysfs.h provides a number of useful macros to
-declare and use hardware monitoring sysfs attributes.
-
-In many cases, you can use the exsting define DEVICE_ATTR to declare such
-attributes. This is feasible if an attribute has no additional context. However,
-in many cases there will be additional information such as a sensor index which
-will need to be passed to the sysfs attribute handling function.
-
-SENSOR_DEVICE_ATTR and SENSOR_DEVICE_ATTR_2 can be used to define attributes
-which need such additional context information. SENSOR_DEVICE_ATTR requires
-one additional argument, SENSOR_DEVICE_ATTR_2 requires two.
-
-SENSOR_DEVICE_ATTR defines a struct sensor_device_attribute variable.
-This structure has the following fields.
-
-struct sensor_device_attribute {
-	struct device_attribute dev_attr;
-	int index;
-};
-
-You can use to_sensor_dev_attr to get the pointer to this structure from the
-attribute read or write function. Its parameter is the device to which the
-attribute is attached.
-
-SENSOR_DEVICE_ATTR_2 defines a struct sensor_device_attribute_2 variable,
-which is defined as follows.
-
-struct sensor_device_attribute_2 {
-	struct device_attribute dev_attr;
-	u8 index;
-	u8 nr;
-};
-
-Use to_sensor_dev_attr_2 to get the pointer to this structure. Its parameter
-is the device to which the attribute is attached.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ibm-cffps b/Documentation/hwmon/ibm-cffps
deleted file mode 100644
index e05ecd8ecfcf..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/ibm-cffps
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver ibm-cffps
-=======================
-
-Supported chips:
-  * IBM Common Form Factor power supply
-
-Author: Eddie James <eajames@us.ibm.com>
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver supports IBM Common Form Factor (CFF) power supplies. This driver
-is a client to the core PMBus driver.
-
-Usage Notes
------------
-
-This driver does not auto-detect devices. You will have to instantiate the
-devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for
-details.
-
-Sysfs entries
--------------
-
-The following attributes are supported:
-
-curr1_alarm		Output current over-current alarm.
-curr1_input		Measured output current in mA.
-curr1_label		"iout1"
-
-fan1_alarm		Fan 1 warning.
-fan1_fault		Fan 1 fault.
-fan1_input		Fan 1 speed in RPM.
-fan2_alarm		Fan 2 warning.
-fan2_fault		Fan 2 fault.
-fan2_input		Fan 2 speed in RPM.
-
-in1_alarm		Input voltage under-voltage alarm.
-in1_input		Measured input voltage in mV.
-in1_label		"vin"
-in2_alarm		Output voltage over-voltage alarm.
-in2_input		Measured output voltage in mV.
-in2_label		"vout1"
-
-power1_alarm		Input fault or alarm.
-power1_input		Measured input power in uW.
-power1_label		"pin"
-
-temp1_alarm		PSU inlet ambient temperature over-temperature alarm.
-temp1_input		Measured PSU inlet ambient temp in millidegrees C.
-temp2_alarm		Secondary rectifier temp over-temperature alarm.
-temp2_input		Measured secondary rectifier temp in millidegrees C.
-temp3_alarm		ORing FET temperature over-temperature alarm.
-temp3_input		Measured ORing FET temperature in millidegrees C.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ibm-cffps.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/ibm-cffps.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..52e74e39463a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ibm-cffps.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+Kernel driver ibm-cffps
+=======================
+
+Supported chips:
+
+  * IBM Common Form Factor power supply
+
+Author: Eddie James <eajames@us.ibm.com>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver supports IBM Common Form Factor (CFF) power supplies. This driver
+is a client to the core PMBus driver.
+
+Usage Notes
+-----------
+
+This driver does not auto-detect devices. You will have to instantiate the
+devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for
+details.
+
+Sysfs entries
+-------------
+
+The following attributes are supported:
+
+======================= ======================================================
+curr1_alarm		Output current over-current alarm.
+curr1_input		Measured output current in mA.
+curr1_label		"iout1"
+
+fan1_alarm		Fan 1 warning.
+fan1_fault		Fan 1 fault.
+fan1_input		Fan 1 speed in RPM.
+fan2_alarm		Fan 2 warning.
+fan2_fault		Fan 2 fault.
+fan2_input		Fan 2 speed in RPM.
+
+in1_alarm		Input voltage under-voltage alarm.
+in1_input		Measured input voltage in mV.
+in1_label		"vin"
+in2_alarm		Output voltage over-voltage alarm.
+in2_input		Measured output voltage in mV.
+in2_label		"vout1"
+
+power1_alarm		Input fault or alarm.
+power1_input		Measured input power in uW.
+power1_label		"pin"
+
+temp1_alarm		PSU inlet ambient temperature over-temperature alarm.
+temp1_input		Measured PSU inlet ambient temp in millidegrees C.
+temp2_alarm		Secondary rectifier temp over-temperature alarm.
+temp2_input		Measured secondary rectifier temp in millidegrees C.
+temp3_alarm		ORing FET temperature over-temperature alarm.
+temp3_input		Measured ORing FET temperature in millidegrees C.
+======================= ======================================================
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ibmaem b/Documentation/hwmon/ibmaem
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e0d59e000b4..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/ibmaem
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-Kernel driver ibmaem
-======================
-
-This driver talks to the IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager, known
-henceforth as AEM.
-
-Supported systems:
-  * Any recent IBM System X server with AEM support.
-    This includes the x3350, x3550, x3650, x3655, x3755, x3850 M2,
-    x3950 M2, and certain HC10/HS2x/LS2x/QS2x blades.  The IPMI host interface
-    driver ("ipmi-si") needs to be loaded for this driver to do anything.
-    Prefix: 'ibmaem'
-    Datasheet: Not available
-
-Author: Darrick J. Wong
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver implements sensor reading support for the energy and power meters
-available on various IBM System X hardware through the BMC.  All sensor banks
-will be exported as platform devices; this driver can talk to both v1 and v2
-interfaces.  This driver is completely separate from the older ibmpex driver.
-
-The v1 AEM interface has a simple set of features to monitor energy use.  There
-is a register that displays an estimate of raw energy consumption since the
-last BMC reset, and a power sensor that returns average power use over a
-configurable interval.
-
-The v2 AEM interface is a bit more sophisticated, being able to present a wider
-range of energy and power use registers, the power cap as set by the AEM
-software, and temperature sensors.
-
-Special Features
-----------------
-
-The "power_cap" value displays the current system power cap, as set by the AEM
-software.  Setting the power cap from the host is not currently supported.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ibmaem.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/ibmaem.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f07a14a1c2f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ibmaem.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+Kernel driver ibmaem
+====================
+
+This driver talks to the IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager, known
+henceforth as AEM.
+
+Supported systems:
+
+  * Any recent IBM System X server with AEM support.
+
+    This includes the x3350, x3550, x3650, x3655, x3755, x3850 M2,
+    x3950 M2, and certain HC10/HS2x/LS2x/QS2x blades.
+
+    The IPMI host interface
+    driver ("ipmi-si") needs to be loaded for this driver to do anything.
+
+    Prefix: 'ibmaem'
+
+    Datasheet: Not available
+
+Author: Darrick J. Wong
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver implements sensor reading support for the energy and power meters
+available on various IBM System X hardware through the BMC.  All sensor banks
+will be exported as platform devices; this driver can talk to both v1 and v2
+interfaces.  This driver is completely separate from the older ibmpex driver.
+
+The v1 AEM interface has a simple set of features to monitor energy use.  There
+is a register that displays an estimate of raw energy consumption since the
+last BMC reset, and a power sensor that returns average power use over a
+configurable interval.
+
+The v2 AEM interface is a bit more sophisticated, being able to present a wider
+range of energy and power use registers, the power cap as set by the AEM
+software, and temperature sensors.
+
+Special Features
+----------------
+
+The "power_cap" value displays the current system power cap, as set by the AEM
+software.  Setting the power cap from the host is not currently supported.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv b/Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv
deleted file mode 100644
index 56468258711f..000000000000
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-Kernel Driver IBMPOWERNV
-========================
-
-Supported systems:
-  * Any recent IBM P servers based on POWERNV platform
-
-Author: Neelesh Gupta
-
-Description
------------
-
-This driver implements reading the platform sensors data like temperature/fan/
-voltage/power for 'POWERNV' platform.
-
-The driver uses the platform device infrastructure. It probes the device tree
-for sensor devices during the __init phase and registers them with the 'hwmon'.
-'hwmon' populates the 'sysfs' tree having attribute files, each for a given
-sensor type and its attribute data.
-
-All the nodes in the DT appear under "/ibm,opal/sensors" and each valid node in
-the DT maps to an attribute file in 'sysfs'. The node exports unique 'sensor-id'
-which the driver uses to make an OPAL call to the firmware.
-
-Usage notes
------------
-The driver is built statically with the kernel by enabling the config
-CONFIG_SENSORS_IBMPOWERNV. It can also be built as module 'ibmpowernv'.
-
-Sysfs attributes
-----------------
-
-fanX_input		Measured RPM value.
-fanX_min		Threshold RPM for alert generation.
-fanX_fault		0: No fail condition
-			1: Failing fan
-
-tempX_input		Measured ambient temperature.
-tempX_max		Threshold ambient temperature for alert generation.
-tempX_highest		Historical maximum temperature
-tempX_lowest		Historical minimum temperature
-tempX_enable		Enable/disable all temperature sensors belonging to the
-			sub-group. In POWER9, this attribute corresponds to
-			each OCC. Using this attribute each OCC can be asked to
-			disable/enable all of its temperature sensors.
-			1: Enable
-			0: Disable
-
-inX_input		Measured power supply voltage (millivolt)
-inX_fault		0: No fail condition.
-			1: Failing power supply.
-inX_highest		Historical maximum voltage
-inX_lowest		Historical minimum voltage
-inX_enable		Enable/disable all voltage sensors belonging to the
-			sub-group. In POWER9, this attribute corresponds to
-			each OCC. Using this attribute each OCC can be asked to
-			disable/enable all of its voltage sensors.
-			1: Enable
-			0: Disable
-
-powerX_input		Power consumption (microWatt)
-powerX_input_highest	Historical maximum power
-powerX_input_lowest	Historical minimum power
-powerX_enable		Enable/disable all power sensors belonging to the
-			sub-group. In POWER9, this attribute corresponds to
-			each OCC. Using this attribute each OCC can be asked to
-			disable/enable all of its power sensors.
-			1: Enable
-			0: Disable
-
-currX_input		Measured current (milliampere)
-currX_highest		Historical maximum current
-currX_lowest		Historical minimum current
-currX_enable		Enable/disable all current sensors belonging to the
-			sub-group. In POWER9, this attribute corresponds to
-			each OCC. Using this attribute each OCC can be asked to
-			disable/enable all of its current sensors.
-			1: Enable
-			0: Disable
-
-energyX_input		Cumulative energy (microJoule)
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv.rst b/Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv.rst
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5d642bc3dec0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+Kernel Driver IBMPOWERNV
+========================
+
+Supported systems:
+
+  * Any recent IBM P servers based on POWERNV platform
+
+Author: Neelesh Gupta
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver implements reading the platform sensors data like temperature/fan/
+voltage/power for 'POWERNV' platform.
+
+The driver uses the platform device infrastructure. It probes the device tree
+for sensor devices during the __init phase and registers them with the 'hwmon'.
+'hwmon' populates the 'sysfs' tree having attribute files, each for a given
+sensor type and its attribute data.
+
+All the nodes in the DT appear under "/ibm,opal/sensors" and each valid node in
+the DT maps to an attribute file in 'sysfs'. The node exports unique 'sensor-id'
+which the driver uses to make an OPAL call to the firmware.
+
+Usage notes
+-----------
+The driver is built statically with the kernel by enabling the config
+CONFIG_SENSORS_IBMPOWERNV. It can also be built as module 'ibmpowernv'.
+
+Sysfs attributes
+----------------
+
+======================= =======================================================
+fanX_input		Measured RPM value.
+fanX_min		Threshold RPM for alert generation.
+fanX_fault		- 0: No fail condition
+			- 1: Failing fan
+
+tempX_input		Measured ambient temperature.
+tempX_max		Threshold ambient temperature for alert generation.
+tempX_highest		Historical maximum temperature
+tempX_lowest		Historical minimum temperature
+tempX_enable		Enable/disable all temperature sensors belonging to the
+			sub-group. In POWER9, this attribute corresponds to
+			each OCC. Using this attribute each OCC can be asked to
+			disable/enable all of its temperature sensors.
+
+			- 1: Enable
+			- 0: Disable
+
+inX_input		Measured power supply voltage (millivolt)
+inX_fault		- 0: No fail condition.
+			- 1: Failing power supply.
+inX_highest		Historical maximum voltage
+inX_lowest		Historical minimum voltage
+inX_enable		Enable/disable all voltage sensors belonging to the
+			sub-group. In POWER9, this attribute corresponds to
+			each OCC. Using this attribute each OCC can be asked to
+			disable/enable all of its voltage sensors.
+
+			- 1: Enable
+			- 0: Disable
+
+powerX_input		Power consumption (microWatt)
+powerX_input_highest	Historical maximum power
+powerX_input_lowest	Historical minimum power
+powerX_enable		Enable/disable all power sensors belonging to the
+			sub-group. In POWER9, this attribute corresponds to
+			each OCC. Using this attribute each OCC can be asked to
+			disable/enable all of its power sensors.

path: root/modules-available/statistics/config.json

{
	"category": "main.status",
	"dependencies": [
	    "js_chart",
	    "js_selectize",
	    "bootstrap_datepicker"
	],
	"permission": "0"
}